Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog / University of Maryland, College Park"

See other formats


UNDERGRADUATE  CATALOG  1991-1992 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  COLLEGE  PARK 


GOALS 


\n  education  al  the  l  niversitj  ol 
Maryland  al  <  ollege  I 'ark  strives 
to  cultivate  intellect  by  teaching 
students  to  extend  principles  and 
ideas  to  new  situations  and  to 
new  groups  ol  people.  It  aims  to 
provide  students  with  .1  sense  ol 
identit)  and  purposi 
(01  others  a  ense  ol  responsibilir) 
i.ii  iin  quality  ol  life  around  them, 
.1  continuing  eagerness  foi 
knowledge  and  understanding, 
and  a  foundation  tor  a  lifetime  ol 
personal  enrichment  It  enlivens 
students  to  enlarge  the  common 
understanding,  to  develop 
humane  values,  to  celebrate 
tolerance  and  fairness  • 
tribute  to  the  sihi.iI  conscience,  to 
monitor  and  assess  private  and 
.  olla  rive  assumptions,  and  to 
recognize  the  glory,  tragedy,  and 
humor  of  the  human  condition 
Specifically,  undergraduate  educa- 
tion at  College  Park  seeks  to 
enable  students  to  develop  and  ex- 
pand their  use  of  basic  academic 
and  intellectual  tools.  Students  are 
educated  to  be  able  to  read  with 
perception  and  pleasure,  write  and 
speak  with  clarity  and  verve  han- 
dle numbers  and  computation  pro- 
ticientlv,  reason  mathematically, 
generate  clear  questions  and  tind 
probable  arguments,  reach 
substantiated  conclusions,  and  ac- 
cept ambiguity   Students  also 
study  m  depth  and  acquire  a 
substantial  competence  in  a 
enl  academic  discipline  A 
Park  education  helps 
students  to  become  aware  oi  the 
ot  ways  ot  knowing  the 
complexity  ot  being  human  ,\nd 

to  understand  their  place  in 
history  and  in  the  contemporai) 
world    Students  learn  to  analyze 
and  appreciate  artistic  creations   to 
identify  and  evaluate  moral  ques 

tions  to  synthesize  and  integrate 
knowledge,  and  to  become  in- 
tellectually flexible,  inventive  and 
creative 


From  Promise  to  Keep.  TV  College  Pad  Plan  ft*  Undergndu*  EJuaitKm, 
Approved  fa  the  Campus  Senate  March,  1988. 


HISTORY 


hi  1888,  the  campus 
consisted  of  an  ad- 
ministration building,  a 
classroom  building,  and  a 
laboratory.  As  the 
Maryland  Agricultural 
College,  it  became  one 
of  the  nation's  first  land- 
grant  institutions  in 
1865. 


i, 


A 


Just  after  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, the  state  of  Maryland 

hed  its  lirsi  two  colleges  at 
Chestertown  and  Annapolis.  By 
the  1850s,  at  least  thirty  little  col- 
leges had  sprung  up  over  the 
state,  many  with  state  support, 
but  many  of  them  disappearing 
within  a  few  years.  Then,  in  1859 
a  different  kind  of  institution  ap- 
peared at  College  Park— the 
Maryland  Agricultural  College  the 
third  such  college  in  the  world, 
created  mainly  for  farmers'  sons. 
The  college  was  established  by 
Charles  Benedict  Calvert,  a 
wealthy  planter  from  nearby 
Riversdale— now  Riverdale— and 
later  a  congressman.  Calvert  built 
a  handsome  Gothic  dormitory- 
classroom  structure  located  in  a 
grove  of  trees  near  the  present 
Morrill  Hall,  and  he  divided  the 
land  down  to  the  Baltimore- 
Washington  Turnpike  into  small 
plots  where  each  of  the  50-or-so 
students  expenmented  with  a  dif- 
ferent agricultural  crop.  After  the 
Ciul  War  the  institution  became  a 
land-grant  college,  with  small  ap- 
propriations from  Washington 
The  little  college  began  to  grow 
about  1900  when  agricultural  ex- 
periments began  to  bnng  prosperi- 
ty to  Maryland,  and  when  the  col- 
lege expanded  its  offerings  into 
engineering,  business,  and  the 


^mntrnviwrnn  ma-mmm  '-f"* 


liberal  arts  In  1912  the  old  Gothk 
building  burned,  and  Ihe  state 
provided  modem  structures 
Women  were  admitted  to  the 
campus  and  graduate  work 
began  In  ll|20  the  college  combin- 
ed u  ith  the  long-established  pro- 
fessional schools  of  Baltimore  and 
changed  its  name  to  the  Universi- 
t\  .'i  Maryland.  Growth  ac- 
celerated alter  L935  when  the 
politically  astute  football  coach, 
H.C.  'Curley'  Byrd  became  presi- 
dent, added  scores  ot  new  pro- 
grams, and  won  national  football 
championships.  In  the  1950s  and 
1960s,  President  Wilson  H.  Elkins 
maintained  the  rapid  growth,  and 
College  Park  became  one  of  the 
largest  campuses  in  the  nation. 
President  Elkins,  a  Rhodes 
Scholar,  transformed  the  institu- 
tion's public  image  from  that  of  a 
party  school  to  one  of  academic 
integrity.  In  the  1970s  and  1980s, 
the  university's  graduate  and 
research  programs  have  especially 
flourished.  In  1988,  the  General 
Assemblv  of  Maryland  combined 
six  state  colleges  with  the  five 
campuses  of  the  University  of 
Maryland,  and  specifically  charged 
College  Park  with  the  role  of 
leadership.  The  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  recog- 
nizes its  special  responsibility  as 
the  flagship  and  the  largest  of  the 
eleven  institutions  within  the 
statewide  university  system  to  lead 
the  University  of  Maryland's  quest 


~* 


for  excellence.  To  this  end,  College 
Park  offers  broad  coverage  in  the 
traditional  arts  and  sciences  as 
well  as  in  a  wide  range  of  profes- 
sional and  pre-professional  pro- 
grams. The  institution  is  organized 
into  fourteen  colleges  and  schools 
encompassing  over  100  depart- 
ments and  campus-wide  programs 
of  study.  A  growing  number  of 
these  departments  and  programs 
rank  among  the  best  in  the  nation. 
Today  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  stands,  by  any 
measure,  as  one  of  the  leading  in- 
stitutions of  higher  education  in 
the  world. 


EElRlfl 


The  university's  close 
links  to  Baltimore,  An- 
napolis, and  Washington, 
D.C.  provide  exciting  op- 
portunities for  intern- 
ships, research,  cultural 
activities,  and  recreation. 


LfelSL 


RESEARCH 


Opportunity^  tn!  conducting 
research  abound  at  the  University 
ol  Maryland  c  ollege  Park  and  in 
the  surrounding  area,  both  tor 
faculty  to  advance  their  own  ex- 
pertise and  bring  their  insights 
back  into  the  classroom,  and  for 
students  to  begin  the  exploration 
of  their  special  interests  with 
hands-on  experience.  On  campus, 
special  facilities  and  a  number  of 
organized  research  bureaus, 
centers,  and  institutes  promote  the 
acquisition  and  analysis  of  new 
knowledge  in  the  arts,  sciences, 
and  applied  fields.  A  sampling  of 
such  facilities  includes  a  computer 
vision  laboratory,  a  full-scale  low- 
velocity  wind  tunnel,  computer- 
assisted  cartographic  laboratories,  a 
psyc  In  'linguistics  laboratory,  a 
Superconductivity  Research 
Center,  the  Laboratory  for  Plasma 
and  Fusion  Studies,  the  Develop- 
mental Psychology  Laboratory,  the 
Center  on  Aging,  the  Systems 
Research  Center,  the  Engineering 
Research  Center,  the  Center  for 
Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies, 
and  the  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station.  Off  campus,  University  ol 
Maryland  at  College  Park  scientists 
placed  a  Low  Energy  Charged 
Particle  experiment  on  board 

issed  Neptune 
in  August,  1989;  others  are  involv- 
ed in  the  development  of  tin- 
world's  largest  array  of  radio 
telescopes  housed  at  the  Hat 
Creek  Observatory  ol  the  L  niversi- 
tj  Ol  California  at  Berkeley    L  NIC  P 
is  leading  a  multi-institutional  ex- 
cavation of  the  ruined  city  of 
Caesarea  Mantima  in  Israel    where 
Pontius  Pilate  lived  while  serving 
as  Roman  governor  of  ludea    Aid 


Undergraduate  students 
are  encouraged  to  begin 
their  own  explorations 
through  access  to  state 
of  the  art  facilities  and 
resources. 


ed  bj  the  Maryland  Sea  Grant, 
i  ollege  Part  zoologists  and 
microbiologists  study  the  fisheries 
o!  the  i.  hesapeake  Baj 
universit]  s  unique  location— just 
10  miles  from  downtown 
Washington,  D.C.  and  approx- 
imate!) 30  null's  from  ivth  An- 
napolis aiul  Baltimore— enhances 
tin'  research  ol  its  facult)  and 
students  because  ol  it--  access  to 
some  of  the  finest  libraries  and 
research  centers  m  the  country, 
rhese  include  the  National  In- 
stitutes of  Health,  the  Smithsonian 
Institution   the  USDA  Beltsville 
National  Agricultural  Research 
Center  and  National  Agricultural 
Library,  the  Library  of  Congress, 
the  National  Archives,  the  Folger 
Shakespeare  Library,  and  many 
other  academic  and  special 
libraries.  In  the  Baltimore  area,  in 
addition  to  the  university's  own 
libraries  at  Baltimore  County  and 
on  the  professional  campus  in 
Baltimore  City,  are  the  Enoch  Pratt 
Free  Library  and  the  Man-land 
Historical  Association  Library.  The 
state  capital  at  Annapolis  is  the 
site  of  the  Maryland  Hall  of 
Records. 


A  major  research  univer- 
sity attracts  top  faculty 
who  bring  their  research 
interests  and  insights  to 
the  classroom. 


ACCREDITATION 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  accredited  by  the  Middle 
States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and 
is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Universities.  In 
addition,  individual  colleges,  schools,  and  departments  are 
accredited  by  such  groups  as  the  American  Association  of 
Collegiate  Schools  of  Business,  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  the 
Section  of  Legal  Education  and  Admissions  to  the  Bar  of 
the  American  Bar  Association,  the  Accrediting  Council  on 
Education  in  Journalism  and  Mass  Communications,  the 
American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  the  Council 
on  Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association, 
the  Committee  on  Accreditation  of  the  American  Library 
Association,  the  American  Psychological  Association,  the 
Commission  on  Accreditation  of  the  Council  on  Social  Work 
Education,  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and 
Technology  (see  College  of  Engineering  for  a  listing  of  ac- 
credited engineering  programs),  the  National  Council  for  Ac- 
creditation of  Teacher  Education,  the  National  League  for 
Nursing,  and  the  National  Architectural  Accrediting  Board.  In 
addition,  all  programs  in  the  Department  of  Human  Nutri- 
tion and  Food  Systems  have  been  approved  by  the 
American  Dietetic  Association. 


LIBRARIES 


Seven  libraries  and  num- 
erous special  collections 
provide  rich  material  and 
technical  support  for 
teaching  and  research. 


The  seven  libraries  which  make  up 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  Col- 
lege Park  library  system  offer 
outstanding  resources  and  ser- 
vices. The  holdings  of  the  libraries 
include  over  2  million  volumes, 
approximately  4  million  microform 
units,  22,000  current  periodical  and 
newspaper  subscriptions  as  well  as 
over  666,000  government 
documents,  175,000  maps,  and  ex- 
tensive holdings  of  phonorecords, 
films  and  filmstrips,  slides,  prints, 
and  music  scores.  The  libraries 
also  feature  a  Technical  Reports 
Center  collection  of  nearly  2 
million  items— one  of  the  most 
outstanding  collections  of  its  kind 
in  the  nation.  Hombake  Library  is 
the  undergraduate  library,  pro- 
siding  reference,  circulation  and 


reserve  services  in  all  subject  areas 
in  undergraduate  students.  A  late- 
night  study  room  is  open  24  hours 
during  the  fall  and  spring  terms. 
Nonprint  Media  Services,  located 
on  the  fourth  th Kir  cd  Hornbake,  is 
the  central  audio-visual  depart- 
ment for  the  UMCP  libraries.  The 
collection  consists  primarily  of 
videocassettes,  films,  audiocasset- 
tes,  and  the  equipment  and 
facilities  to  use  them.  The 
Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is 
the  main  research  library'  of  the 
UMCP  library'  system.  In  addition, 
McKeldin's  reference  works, 
periodicals,  circulating  books, 
special  collections  and  other 
materials  provide  support  for 
research  and  teaching  throughout 
the  university,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  the  humanities,  the 
social  sciences,  and  the  life 
sciences.  The  five  specialized 
branch  libraries  on  campus  offer 
extensive  resources  which  provide 
essential  support  for  study, 
research,  and  teaching.  These  in- 
clude the  Architecture  Library,  the 
Art  Library,  the  Engineering  and 
Physical  Sciences  Library, the 
Music  Library,  and  the  White 
Memorial  (Chemistry)  Library.  In- 
cluded among  the  most  outstan- 
ding special  holdings  of  the 
libraries  are  the  International  Piano 
Archives  at  Maryland,  a  world- 
renowned  collection  of  piano  per- 
formance materials;  the  National 
Trust  for  Historic  Preservation 
Library,  located  in  the  Architecture 
Library;  the  Maryland  Room— a 
major  center  for  Maryland  studies, 
the  Gordon  \V   Prange  Collection 
of  Japanese-language  publications, 
L945-49;  the  U.S.  Patent  P. ; 
ton  Library;  the  Government 
Document  and  Maps  Room, 
featuring  U.S.  government 
publications  as  well  as  publications 
of  the  United  Nations,  the  League 
of  Nations  and  other  international 
organizations,  maps  from  the  U.S. 
Amu  Map  Service  and  the  U.S. 
Survey;  and  the  East 
Asia  Collection. 


Touch-sensitive  com- 
puters are  part  of  a 
campus-wide  network  of 
workstation  and  micro- 
computer laboratories. 


Effective  July  5,  1989,  any  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  with  a 
currently  validated  identification  card  at  one  the  following  Maryland 
colleges  and  universities  is  entitled  to  direct  borrowing  privileges  at 
any  of  them:  the  eleven  institutions  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
System;  Morgan  State  University;  St.  Mary's  College  of  Maryland;  and 
the  UM  Center  for  Environmental  Estuarine  Studies.  For  more  informa- 
tion, please  contact  the  library  circulation  desk  at  your  home 
institution. 


COMPUTER  The  Computer  Science  Center 

supports  on-campus  computing 
SCIENCE  through  a  full  range  of  quality 

/\PUTrn  computing  services.  It  offers  many 

wtli  I  tn  training  courses  in  popular 

microcomputer  and  mainframe 
software  packages,  as  well  as  con- 
sulting and  First-Aid  Center.  The 
center  supports  advanced  worksta- 
tion and  microcomputer 
laboratories  across  campus  for  day 
and  evening  self-study  and  class 
projects.  To  support  teaching  and 
research,  the  center  offers  net- 
worked computer  resources,  in- 
cluding IBM,  Unix-based,  and 
Unisys  mainframes  and  special 
purpose  scientific  computers. 
Qualified  researchers  at  College 
Park  may  also  access  off-campus 
supercomputers.  The  center 
houses  a  Program  Library,  main- 
tains the  campus  network 
backbone  (UMDNET),  operates  a 
computer  store,  which  sells 
microcomputers  and  provides  low 
cost  service  and  maintenance  to 
members  of  the  campus 
community. 


vii 


UNDERGRADUATE 
PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Agricultural  Chemistr) 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agriculture 

Agriculture  Veterinary  (combined) 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agronomy 

Animal  Sciences 

Food  Science 

Horticulture 

Natural  Resources  Management  Program 

SCHOOL  OF  ARCHITECTURE 
Architecture 
Architecture/Urban  Studies 

COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  HUMANITIES 

Advertising  Design 

American  Studies 

Art 

Art  History  and  Archeology 

Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 

Dance 

East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 

English  Language  and  Literature 

French  Language  and  Literature 

Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures 

History 

Housing 

Interior  Design 

Jewish  Studies 

Linguistics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Radio  IcIiATsion/Film 

Romance  Languages 

Russian  Area  Studies 

Russian  Languages  and  Literature 

Spanish  Languages  and  Literature 

Speech  Communication 

Theatre 

COLLEGE  OF  BEHAVIORAL  AND 
SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Afro-American  Studies 
Anthropology 
Criminal  justice 

Economics 

Geography 

Government  and  Politics 

Hearing  and  Speech  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Urban  Studies 

COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND 
EMENT 

Accounting 

Business  Law 

Finance 

General  Business  Administration 

Management  Science  and  Statistics 

Marketing 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations 

Production  Management 

Transportation 


COLLEGE  OF  COMPUTER, 

MATHEMATICAL,  AND  PHYSICAL 

SCIENCES 

Astronomy 

Computer  Science 

Geology 

Mathematics 

Physical  Sciences 

Physics 

COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Elementary  Education 
Industrial  Arts 
Industrial  Technology 
Secondary  Education 

Art 

English 

Language  Arts 

Foreign  Language 

General  Business 

Home  Economics 

Marketing  and  Distribution 

Mathematics 

Music 

Science 

Secretarial 

Social  Studies 

Speech  and  English 

Theatre  and  English 

Special  Education 

Vocational  Technical  Education 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

UNDERGRADUATE  STUDIES 

Aerospace  Engineenng 

Allied  Health  IWessiwis/Ptr-pretaBOnil 

Agncultural  Engineering 

Option 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 

Civil  Engineenng 

Pre-Dentistr\  • 

Electrical  Engineering 

Pre-Law* 

Engineenng 

Pre-Medical  Technology 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Pre-Medidne" 

Materials  and  Nuclear  Engine 

Pre-\ursing 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Pre-Optometry* 

Pre-Osteopathic  Medione" 

COLLEGE  OF  HEALTH  AND  HUMAN 

Pre-Pharmacy 

PERFORMANCE 

Pre-Physical  Therapy 

Health  Education 

Pre-Podiatnc  Medicine' 

Kinesiolog] 

Individual  Studies  Program 

Physical  Education 

IVograms 

Recreation 

•Advising  Available 

COLLEGE  OF  HUMAN  ECOLOGY 

CAMPUS-WIDE  CERTIFICATES 

Apparel  Design 

Afro-American  Studies 

Community  Studies 

East  Asian  Studies 

Consumer  Economics 

Liberal  Arts  in  Business 

Dietetics 

Women's  Studies 

Experimental  Foods 

Family  Studies 

Foodservice  Administration 

Human  \utrition  and  Foods 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising 

Textile  Science 

COLLEGE  OF  JOURNALISM 

COLLEGE  OF  LIFE  SCIENCES 

Biochemistry 

Biological  Sciences 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Entomology 

Mkrobiologj 

Zoology 

viii 


Cultural  and  ethnic 
diversity  are  part  of 
the  educational  tradition 
at  Maryland. 


CONTENTS 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR x 

GUIDE  TO  INFORMATION x 

POLICY  STATEMENT xi 

1.  ADMISSIONS,  REQUIREMENTS,  AND  APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 1 

2.  FEES,  EXPENSES,  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 12 

3.  CAMPUS  ADMINISTRATION,  RESOURCES,  AND  STUDENT  SERVICES 19 

4.  REGISTRATION,  ACADEMIC  REQUIREMENTS,  AND  REGULATIONS 29 

5.  GENERAL  EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS  (CORE) 44 

6.  THE  COLLEGES  AND  SCHOOLS 54 

College  of  Agriculture 54 

School  of  Architecture 57 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 58 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 60 

College  of  Business  and  Management* 62 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical  Sciences 67 

College  of  Education  68 

College  of  Engineering 70 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 74 

College  of  Human  Ecology 74 

College  of  Journalism" 75 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services** 77 

College  of  Life  Sciences 77 

School  of  Public  Affairs** 78 

*  This  college  is  not  organized  by  departments.  This  chapter  includes  all 
information  on  the  college's  program  requirements. 

**  Graduate  Programs  only.  See  the  current  Graduate  Catalog. 

7.  DEPARTMENTS  AND  CAMPUS-WIDE  PROGRAMS 79 

Note:  Departments  and  programs  are  listed  alphabetically,  regardless  of  college 
or  school.  Undergraduate  certificate  programs  and  pre-professional  programs  ap- 
pear at  the  end  of  the  list.  The  acronyms  in  parentheses  represent  course  code 
prefixes. 

Aerospace  Engineering  (ENAE) 79 

Afro-American  Studies  Program  (AASP) 80 

Agricultural  Chemistry  (AGCH) 81 

Agricultural  Engineering  (ENAG) 81 

Agricultural  Sciences,  General  (AGRI) 82 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  (AEED) 83 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  (AREC) 83 

Agronomy  (AGRO) 84 

American  Studies  (AMST) 85 

Animal  Sciences  (ANSC) 85 

Anthropology  (ANTH) 86 

Applied  Mathematics  Program  (MAPL) 87 

Architecture  (ARCH).  See  college  listing 87 

Art  (ARTT) 87 

Art  History  and  Archeology  (ARTH) 88 

Astronomy  Program  (ASTR) 88 

Biological  Sciences  Program 89 

Botany  (BOTN) 90 

Business  (BMGT).  See  college  listing 90 

Chemical  Engineering  (ENCH) 90 

Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (CHEM,  BCHM) 91 

Civil  Engineering  (ENCE) 92 

Classics  (CLAS,  LATN,  GREK) 93 

Comparative  Literature  Program  (CMLT) 93 

Computer  Science  (CMSC) 94 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  (EDCP) 95 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  (CRIM;  CJUS) 95 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (EDCI) 96 

Dance  (DANC) 101 

Economics  (ECON) 101 

Education  Planning,  Policy  and  Admin.  (EDPA) 102 


I  lectrfcal  Engineering  (ENEE) 103 

Engineering,  General  B.S  104 

I  nglilh  Language  .md  literature  (ENGL) 105 

I  iii.muilogy  (ENTO)  IDS 

Family  and  Community  Development  (FMCD)   106 

Rre  Prevention  Engineering  (ENFP) 107 

Food  Science  Program  (FDSC) 108 

French  and  Italian  (FREN,  ITAL) 109 

Geography  (GEOG) UN 

Geology  (GEOL) Ill 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  (GERM,  SLAV) Ill 

Government  and  Politics  (CVPT) 112 

Health  Education  (HLTH) in 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  (HESP) 114 

Hebrew  and  East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 

(HEBR,  CHIN,  JAPN) 114 

History  (HIST) 115 

Horticulture  (HORT) 116 

Housing  and  Design  (HSAD,  APDS) 117 

Human  Development  (EDHD) 119 

Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  (HNFS) 119 

Industrial,  Technical  and  Occupational  Ed.  (EDIT) 121 

Jewish  Studies  Program  (ARHU) 124 

Journalism  (JOUR).  See  college  listing 124 

Kinesiology  (KNES) 124 

Linguistics  Program  (LING) 126 

Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering  (ENMA,  ENNU) 126 

Mathematics  (MATH) 126 

Measurement,  Statistics  and  Evaluation  (EDMS) 129 

Mechanical  Engineering  (ENME) 130 

Meteorology  (METO) 131 

Microbiology  (MICB) 131 

Music  (MUSC) 131 

Natural  Resources  Management  Program  (NMRT) 132 

Philosophy  (PHIL) 133 

Physical  Sciences  Program 134 

Physics  Program  (PHYS) 134 

Psychology  (PSYC) 135 

Radio,  Television  and  Film  (RTVF) 136 

Recreation  (RECR) 137 

Romance  Languages  Program  (ARHU) 137 

Russian  Area  Studies  Program  (ARHU) 138 

Sociology  (SOCY) 138 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  (SPAN,  PORT) 139 

Special  Education  (EDSP) 140 

Speech  Communications  (SPCH) 142 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  (TEXT) 142 

Theatre  (THET) 144 

Urban  Studies  (URBS) 145 

Women's  Studies  Program  (WMST) 146 

Zoology  (ZOOL) 146 

CAMPUS  WIDE  PROGRAMS 147 

Air  Force  ROTC  (Air  Science) 147 

Study  Abroad 148 

UNDERGRADUATE  STUDIES 149 

Individual  Studies  (IVST) 149 

University  Honors  Program  (HONR) 149 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 149 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 150 

Pre-Dentistry* 150 

Pre-Law* 151 

Pre-Medical  and  Research  Technology 151 

Pre-Medicine* 152 

Pre-Nursing 152 

Pre-Optometry* 153 

Pre-Osteopathic  Medicine* 153 

Pre-Pharmacy 153 

Pre-Physical  Therapy* 154 

Pre-Podiatric  Medicine 154 

'Advising  Available 

IX 


UNDERGRADUATE  CERTIFICATE  PROGRAMS 154 

Afro-American  Studies 154 

East  Asian  Studies 154 

Liberal  Arts  in  Business 155 

Women's  Studies 155 

8.  APPROVED  COURSES 156 

9.  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SYSTEM  AND 

COLLEGE  PARK  ADMINISTRATORS  AND  FACULTY 236 

10.  APPENDICES 271 

General  Summary 271 

A.  Human  Relations  Code 271 

B  Campus  Policies  and  Procedures  on  Sexual  Harassment 275 

C.  Code  of  Student  Conduct 276 

D.  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records 282 

E.  Smoking  Policy  and  Guidelines 284 

F.  Resolution  on  Academic  Integrity 285 

G.  Statute  of  Limitations  for  the  Termination  of  DegTee  Programs 285 

H.  Policy  for  Student  Residency  Classification  for  Admission, 

Tuition,  and  Charge-Differential  Purposes 286 

I.  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure 287 

J.  Procedures  for  Review  of  Alleged  Arbitrary  and  Capricious  Grading 291 

11.  INDEX 292 

CAMPUS  MAP 296 


1991-92  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


SUMMER  SESSION  1, 1991 

First  Day  of  Classes June  3 

Last  Day  of  Classes July  12 

SUMMER  SESSION  II,  1991 

First  Day  of  Classes July  15 

Last  Day  of  Classes August  23 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1991 

First  Day  of  Classes September  3 

Thanksgiving  Recess November  28-Dec  1 

Last  Day  of  Classes December  10 

Final  Examinations December  12-19 

Commencement December  20 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1992 

First  Day  of  Classes January  21 

Spring  Recess March  9-15 

Last  Day  of  Classes May  8 

Final  Exams May  11-18 

Commencement May  19 


GUIDE  TO  INFORMATION 

PUBLICATIONS 

Departmental  Brochures:  Small  brochures  describing  many  of 
the  departments  and  programs  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  are  available  free.  Write  to  the  Office  of  Under- 
graduate Admissions,  Mitchell  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  or  contact  the  department 
directly. 

Graduate  Catalog/Graduate  Bulletin:  For  information  about  ob- 
taining the  Graduate  Catalog  or  Graduate  Bulletin,  call 
301/314-4198,  or  write  to  the  Graduate  Office,  Lee  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 

Prelude:  College  Park  publishes  a  free  mini-catalog  and  applica- 
tion packet,  Prelude,  for  prospective  undergraduate  students. 
For  a  copy  of  this  booklet,  call  301/314-8385,  or  write  to  the  Of- 
fice of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  Mitchell  Building,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 

Schedule  of  Classes:  The  Schedule  of  Classes  lists  course  offer- 
ings and  class  times  and  room  assignments,  registration  dates 
and  procedures,  deadlines,  fees,  and  general  information.  The 
schedule  is  published  four  times  a  year,  twice  each  semester. 
The  first  edition  is  available  prior  to  early  registration  for  the 
spring  and  fall  semesters.  The  second  edition,  published  a  few 
weeks  before  the  beginning  of  each  semester,  updates  course 
offerings  and  registration  procedures.  The  schedule  is  available 
to  all  students  fTee  of  charge  and  can  be  picked  up  at  the  Mit- 
chell Building,  Stamp  Student  Union,  Hornbake  Library  and 
McKeldin  Library. 

Undergraduate  Catalog:  The  Undergraduate  Catalog  is  sent  to 
all  students  admitted  to  College  Park,  and  is  available  free  to  all 
undergraduates  and  faculty  at  College  Park  with  a  valid  ID. 
Copies  are  available  for  consultation  in  libraries  and  in  high 
schools  in  Maryland,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  Virginia. 
Copies  are  on  sale  to  the  general  public  for  52.50  to  cover 
postage  and  handling.  Send  a  check  (payable  to  University 
Book  Center)  to  the  University  Book  Center,  Stamp  Student 
Union,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742.  Write 
"Catalog"  on  the  check.  Please  allow  four  weeks  for  delivery. 


FREQUENTLY  CALLED  NUMBERS  (Area  code:  301) 

General  Information 405-1000 

Admissions 314-8385 

Advising 314-8418 

Financial  Aid 314-8313 

Housing.  Off -Campus  314-4832 

Housing,  On-Campus.  314-2100 

Orientation  314-8213 

Parking 314PARK 

Student  Accounts  314-9041 

Summer  Programs  405-6551 


POLICY  STATEMENT 


DISCLOSURE  OF  INFORMATION: 

In  accordance  with  "The  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 
Act  of  1974"  (P.L.  93-380), 
popularly  referred  to  as  the 
"Buckley  Amendment," 
disclosure  of  student  informa- 
tion, including  financial  and 
academic,  Is  restricted.  Release 
to  anyone  other  than  the  stu- 
dent requires  a  written  waiver 
from  the  student.  (For  complete 
University  policy  on  access  to 
and  release  of  student  data/in- 
formation, see  Appendix  D.) 


The  University  of  Maryland  is  an 
equal  opportunity  institution 
with  respect  to  both  education 
and  employment  The  universi- 
ty's policies,  programs  and  ac- 
tivities are  in  compliance  with 
pertinent  federal  and  state  laws 
and  regulations  on  non- 
discrimination regarding  race, 
color,  religion,  age,  national 
origin,  sex  and  handicap.  In- 
quiries regarding  compliance 
with  Title  VI  of  the  Civil  Rights 
Act  of  1964,  as  amended.  Title  IX 
of  the  1972  Educational  Amend- 
ments, Section  504,  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  or 
related  legal  requirements  should 
be  directed  to: 
Director, 

Office  of  Human  Relations 
1107  Hornbake  Library 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  MD  20742. 

(Complete  texts  of  the  University 
Human  Relations  Code  and  the 
Campus  Policies  and  Procedures 
on  Sexual  Harassment  are 
printed  in  Appendix  A  and  Ap- 
pendix B.) 

Inquiries  concerning  the  applica- 
tion of  Section  504  and  part  4  of 
C.F.R.  to  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park  MD  may 
be  directed  to: 

Disabled  Student  Services 

0126  Shoemaker  Hall 

University  of  Maryland 

College  Park,  MD  20742. 

Disclaimer:  The  provisions  of 
this  publication  are  not  to  be 
regarded  as  a  contract  between 
the  student  and  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Changes  are  effected 
from  time  to  time  in  the  general 
regulations  and  in  the  academic 
requirements.  There  are 
established  procedures  for  mak- 
ing changes,  procedures  which 
protect  the  institution's  integrity 
and  the  individual  student's  in- 
terest and  welfare.  A  curriculum 
or  graduation  requirement,  when 


altered,  is  not  made  retroactive 
unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  stu- 
dent's advantage  and  can  be  ac- 
commodated within  the  span  of 
years  normally  required  for 
graduation.  The  university  cannot 
giiv  assurance  that  all  students  will 
be  able  to  take  all  courses  required  to 
complete  the  academic  program  of 
their  choice  within  eight  semesters. 
Additionally,  because  of  space  limita- 
tions in  selectiw  admission  pro- 
grams. College  Park  may  not  be  able 
to  offer  admission  to  all  qualified 
students  applying  to  these  programs. 

When  the  actions  of  a  student 
are  judged  by  competent  authori- 
ty, using  established  procedure, 
to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests 
of  the  university  community, 
that  person  may  be  required  to 
withdraw  from  the  University. 
(For  the  complete  University  of 
Maryland  Code  of  Student  Con- 
duct, see  Appendix  C.) 

Important  Information  on  Fees 
and  Expenses:  All  Students  Who 
Pre-register  Incur  a  Financial 
Obligation  to  the  University.  Those 
students  who  pre-register  and 
subsequently  decide  not  to  at- 
tend must  notify  the  Registra- 
tions Office,  1130A  Mitchell 
Building  (formerly  North  Ad- 
ministration Building),  in  writing, 
prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes.  If 
this  office  has  not  received  a  re- 
quest for  cancellation  by  4:30 
p.m.  of  the  last  day  before 
classes  begin,  the  university  will 
assume  the  student  plans  to  at- 
tend and  accepts  his  or  her 
financial  obligation. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who 
wish  to  terminate  their  registra- 
tion must  follow  the  withdrawal 
procedures  and  are  liable  for 
charges  applicable  at  the  time  of 
withdrawal. 


State  of  Maryland  legislation  has 
established  a  State  Central  Col- 
lections Unit,  and  in  accordance 
with  state  law,  the  university  is 
required  to  turn  over  all  delin- 
quent accounts  to  it  for  collection 
and  legal  follow-up.  This  is  done 
automatically  on  a  month-to- 
month  basis  by  computer 
read-out. 

Collection  Costs:  Collection  costs 
incurred  in  collecting  delinquent 
accounts  will  be  charged  to  the 
student.  The  minimum  collection 
fee  is  15%,  plus  any  attorney 
and/or  court  costs. 

Gender  Reference:  The 

masculine  gender  whenever  used 
in  this  document  is  intended  to 
include  the  feminine  gender  as 
well. 

Smoking  Policy:  It  is  hereby 
established  as  the  policy  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Col- 
lege Park  to  achieve  a  public  en- 
vironment as  close  to  smoke-free 
as  practicably  possible.  (See  Ap- 
pendix E  of  this  catalog  for  the 
complete  "Smoking  Policy  and 
Guidelines") 

For  the  purposes  of  this  publica- 
tion the  term  University  of 
Maryland  refers  only  to  the  cam- 
puses existing  prior  to  July  1, 
1988.  This  includes  the  campuses 
at  Baltimore,  Baltimore  County, 
College  Park,  Eastern  Shore  and 
University  College. 


CHAPTER  1 


ADMISSIONS  REQUIREMENTS  AND 
APPUCATION  PROCEDURES 


FRESHMAN  ADMISSION 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  publicly-supported,  land  grant  institution 
dedicated  primarily  to  the  educational  needs  of  Maryland  residents.  Within 
its  responsibilities  as  a  state  institution,  the  university  attracts  a  cosmo- 
politan student  body  and  each  year  offers  admission  to  a  number  of 
promising  students  from  other  states  and  jurisdictions.  Currently,  fifty 
states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  two  territories,  and  100  foreign  countries 
are  represented  in  the  undergraduate  population.  Admission  policies  for 
the  upcoming  semesters  are  determined  by  the  Board  of  Regents. 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  maintains  a  competitive 
admission  policy,  with  priority  given  to  those  students  with  the  most 
outstanding  academic  credentials,  and  seeks  to  enroll  students  who 
demonstrate  the  potential  for  academic  success. 

That  potential  is  typically  assessed  by  examination  of  high  school  course 
work  and  results  from  either  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  the 
American  College  Test  Assessment  (ACT).  In  general,  all  entering  students 
should  have  completed  four  years  of  high  school  English;  three  years  of 
history  or  social  science;  two  years  of  science,  both  of  which  will  involve 
laboratory  work;  and  three  years  of  mathematics  courses  equivalent  at 
least  to  Algebra  I,  Algebra  II,  and  Plane  Geometry;  and  beginning  in  fall 
1 991 ,  one  year  of  a  foreign  language,  with  two  years  of  a  foreign  language 
required  in  fall  1 992.  In  addition,  students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take 
a  fourth  year  of  mathematics. 

High  School  Transcripts 

In  general,  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  requires  freshman 
applicants  to  earn  a  high  school  diploma  prior  to  their  first  registration  at 
the  university.  Applicants  should  make  sure  that  final  high  school  transcripts 
are  sent  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  prior  to  enrolling.  All 
offers  of  admission  are  contingent  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  current 
work. 

Use  of  Mid-Year  Grades 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  will  consider  mid-year  grades 
for  the  senior  year  in  high  school  if  they  are  available  when  an  application 
is  initially  considered.  Early  applicants  may  also  be  asked  to  submit  a  mid- 
year transcript  to  demonstrate  senior  year  progress.  The  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  is  unable  to  utilize  the  final  high  school  marks 
in  rendering  decisions  for  applicants  who  are  applying  for  admission 
directly  from  high  school. 

Subjects  Used  for  Computation  of  the  High  School 
Academic  Grade-Point  Average 

Because  of  variations  in  course  titles  in  the  secondary  school  systems, 
this  listing  is  not  inclusive.  It  does,  however,  provide  examples  of  the  types 
of  courses  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  includes  when 
computing  the  high  school  academic  grade-point  average  (GPA). 

English:  Communications,  Composition,  Conversational  Lan- 

guage, Creative  Writing,  Debate,  Expressive  Writing, 
Journalism,  Language  Arts,  Literature,  Public  Speaking, 
World  Literature 


Foreign 
Languages: 


French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Italian,  Latin,  Russian, 
Spanish,  Other 


Mathematics:  Advanced  Topics,  Algebra  I,  Algebra  II,  Analysis  or 
Elementary  Analysis,  Analytic  Geometry,  Calculus, 
Computer  Math,  Functions,  Geometry,  Mathematics  II, 
Mathematics  III.  Mathematics  IV,  Matrices  Probabilities. 
Modern  Geometry,  Modern  Math,  Probability  and  Statis- 
tics, E.A.M.  (Rev.  Acad.  Math),  S.M.S.G..  Trigonometry 


Science: 


Social 
Studies 


Advanced  Biology.  Advanced  Chemistry,  Biology, 
Chemistry,  Earth  Science,  General  Science,  Genetics, 
Geology,  Laboratory  Science,  Physical  Science,  Phys- 
ics, Space  Science,  Zoology 

Afro-American  Studies,  American  History,  Ancient  His- 
tory, Anthropology,  Child  Development,  Civics-Citizen- 
ship,  Contemporary  Issues  (C.I.S.S.),  Cultural  Areas, 
Cultural  Heritage.  Economics,  Economic  Citizenship, 
Ethics  (not  including  Religion  courses).  European  His- 
tory, European  History  and  Survey,  Family  Living.  Far 
East,  Geography,  Government,  Humanities,  International 
Affairs,  Medieval  History,  Modern  History,  Modern  Prob- 
lems, National  Government,  Pan  American,  Philosophy, 
Political  Science,  Problems  of  Democracy,  Problems  of 
20th  Century,  Psychology,  Sociology,  State  History,  U.S. 
History,  World  Civilization,  World  Cultures 


Standardized  Admission  Test  Scores 

All  freshman  applicants  must  present  results  from  either  the  ACT  or  the 
SAT.  Test  results  must  be  submitted  directly  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  by  the  American  College  Testing  Program  for  the  ACT  or 
the  Educational  Testing  Service  for  the  SAT.  The  applicant  is  strongly 
urged  to  include  his  or  her  social-security  number  when  registering  for 
either  test.  The  Social  Security  number  will  expedite  processing  of  the 
application  for  admission  by  this  campus.  The  reporting  code  for  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  is  1746  for  applicants  submitting 
the  ACT,  and  is  581 4  for  those  submitting  the  SAT.  The  university  strongly 
recommends  that  these  tests  be  taken  as  early  as  possible,  but  no  later 
than  January  of  the  year  of  application.  Further  information  on  both  tests 
may  be  obtained  from  high  school  guidance  counselors  or  directly  from  the 
American  College  Testing  Program,  Iowa  City,  Iowa  52243  and  the 
Educational  Testing  Service,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 

While  standardized  test  scores  and  grade-point  averages  play  an  important 
role  in  the  admission  process,  they  are  not  the  sole  factors  in  determining 
a  candidate's  admissibility.  The  Admissions  Committee  may  review  a 
student  in  light  of  his  or  her  unique  talents  and  abilities.  Students  with 
accomplishments  in  other  realms,  such  as  fine  arts,  leadership,  and 
athletics,  should  make  this  information  available  to  the  Admissions  Office. 

To  help  students  evaluate  their  chance  for  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park,  a  profile  of  students  enrolled  in  the  Fall  1990 
freshman  class  is  provided.  Since  use  of  the  ACT  in  the  admission 
process  will  begin  for  students  seeking  admission  in  the  Fall  of  1 992,  ACT 
score  profile  information  is  not  yet  available. 


2    Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures 


Total  Freshman  Class 


SAT  Score 


%  Enrolled 


1 200  or  above 
1000  to  1199 
900  to  999 
899  or  below 
No  Scores 


Academic  Grade  Point  Average 


3.5  or  above 
3.0  to  3.49 
2.5  to  2.99 
2.49  or  below 
NoGPA 


18 
32 
33 
15 
2 


Criteria  for  Out-of-State  Applicants 

The  university  is  committed  to  developing  a  cosmopolitan  student  body. 
Therefore,  applications  from  students  residing  in  jurisdictions  other  than 
Maryland  are  welcome.  Generally,  a  successful  out-of-state  applicant 
must  have  higher  than  average  high  school  grades  and  standardized  test 
scores. 


APPLICATION  PROCEDURES 
Application  Forms 

Application  forms  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Office  of  Undergradu- 
ate Admissions,  Mitchell  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
MD  20742,  or  by  calling  314-8385.  Application  forms  may  be  obtained  in 
many  high  school  guidance  offices. 

Application  Fee 

A  non-refundable  $25.00  application  fee  is  required  with  each  application. 

Application  Deadlines 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  strongly  urges  that  all 
applicants  apply  early  before  stated  deadlines  to  assure  consideration  for 
admission.  Because  of  space  limitations,  the  campus  may  not  be  able  to 
offer  admission  to  all  qualified  applicants. 

For  each  term,  applications  will  be  processed  on  a  space-available  basis. 

A  completed  application  received  by  Undergraduate  Admissions  will 
include  official  high  school  transcript  and  SAT  or  ACT  report,  application 
and  $25  fee. 

Fall  1991  Matriculation 

March  1 ,  1 991  — International  students'  deadline  for  submission  of  appli- 
cations and  all  other  required  documents. 

July  31,  1991 — Transfer  applicants'  deadline  for  submission  of  applica- 
tions and  all  other  required  documents. 


Spring  1992  Matriculation 

August  1 . 1 991  — International  students'  deadline  for  submission  of  appli- 
cations and  all  other  required  documents. 

December  13,  1991 — Undergraduate  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of 
applications  and  all  other  required  documents. 

Fall  1992  Matriculation 

December  1 , 1 991  — Applications,  transcripts  and.  for  freshmen  only,  SAT 
or  ACT  results  must  be  received  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  who 
are  eligible  for  admission  and  wish  to  receive  first  consideration  for 
housing  within  their  own  priority  group  for  Fall  1992. 


February  1 ,  1992— Architecture  applicants  must  apply  by  this  date  to  be 
assured  of  consideration 

March  1 ,  1992 — International  students'  deadline  for  submission  of  appli- 
cations and  all  other  required  documents. 

April  30,  1992 — Estimated  freshman  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of 
applications  and  all  other  required  documents.  Please  note  space  may 
not  be  available  to  accommodate  all  qualified  freshmen  who  apply  by  this 
date. 

July  15,  1992 — Transfer  applicants'  deadline  for  submission  of  applica- 
tions and  all  other  required  documents. 

"Transfer  applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  first-semester  freshmen  in  a 
college  or  university  for  the  first  time  during  the  Fall  1991  semester  are 
eligible  to  receive  first  consideration  for  housing  within  their  own  priority 
group  if:  1)  the  application  and  high  school  transcript  are  received  in  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  (OUA)  by  December  1 ,  1 991  and  2) 
the  applicant's  college  or  university  transcript  reflecting  Fall  1991  grades 
is  received  in  the  OUA  by  January  2,  1992. 

Modified  Rolling  Admission  Plan 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  uses  a  modified  rolling 
admission  process.  The  following  chart  describes  the  notification  proce- 
dures for  fall  1992  applicants.  Spring  1993  applicants  are  handled  on  a 
rolling  admission  basis  and  should  submit  their  completed  applications  by 
December  15,  1992. 

Important  Dates  for  Fall  1992  Freshmen  Applicants 

Date  Action 

Dec.  1,  1991  Applicationscompletedbythisdatewillbereviewed. 

The  most  academically  talented  students  will  be 
admitted.  Most  others  will  be  deferred  and  en- 
couraged to  submit  senior  mid-year  grades,  new 
SAT  or  ACT  scores,  and  other  supporting  docu- 
ments for  further  consideration.  Decisions  will  be 
released  no  later  than  January  1,  1992. 

Feb.  15,  1992"  Applications  completed  by  this  date  and  those 

deferred  from  December  1st  will  be  reviewed  for 
admission.  Admission,  denial,  or  wait  list  decisions 
will  be  released  March  15.  1992. 

March  15,  1992"        Applications  completed  by  this  date  will  be  reviewed. 
Decisions  will  be  released  on  April  1,  1992. 

April  30,  1 992"  Estimated  freshman  application  deadline.  All  appli- 

cations completed  between  March  1 5  and  Apnl  30. 
1992  will  be  reviewed  on  a  rolling  basis. 

May  1,1992  Enrollment  confirmation  deadline:  All  admitted 

students  must  confirm  their  intention  to  enroll  in 
writing  with  $100  deposit 

June  1 ,  1 992  Students  who  were  initially  wait  listed  will  be  noti- 

fied of  decisions  no  later  than  this  date. 


"Because  of  space  limitations,  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 
may  not  be  able  to  accommodate  all  qualified  students  who  apply  by  the 
published  deadlines  We  urge  students  to  apply  significantly  earlier  than 
the  deadlines  noted  above. 

Special  Admission  Options 

To  serve  students  who  are  not  typical  freshmen,  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  has  developed  special  options  for  admission: 

Admission  Options  for  High  Achieving  High  School  Students 

1.  Concurrent  Enrollment:  Talented  high  school  seniors  have  the  op- 
portunity to  enroll  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  for  two 
courses,  or  seven  credits,  each  semester  Successful  applicants  will 
have  pursued  a  rigorous  high  school  program  and  will  have  indicated 
exceptional  performance  and  ability  achieved  over  time  To  apply. 
students  must  submit  a)  the  completed  application  and  fee.  and  b)  high 


Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures    3 


school  transcript,  c)  an  essay  explaining  why  they  are  interested  in  the 
program,  d)  a  letter  ol  recommendation  from  the  high  school,  and  e) 
a  letter  ol  permission  from  the  parents  or  guardian  Students  must  live 
within  commuting  distance  Tuition  is  assessed  on  a  per-credit-hour 
basis.  All  mandatory  tees  apply  in  full. 

2.  Summer  Enrollment:  High  school  students  with  a  minimum  3.00 
grade-point  average  may  enroll  for  courses  during  the  summer  pre- 
ceding their  junior  or  senior  year.  They  must  file  a  regular  application 
and  transcript.  Tuition  is  assessed  on  a  per-credit  hour  basis  All 
mandatory  fees  apply  in  full 

3.  Early  Admission:  Although  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 
generally  requires  applicants  to  earn  a  high  school  diploma  prior  to 
their  first  full-time  registration,  the  university  will  admit  a  limited  number 
of  well-qualified  students  without  high  school  diplomas.  Successful 
applicants  will  have  pursued  a  rigorous  high  school  program  and  will 
have  indicated  exceptional  performance  and  ability  achieved  over 
time.  Students  must  be  within  two  credits  of  high  school  graduation  and 
have  the  commitment  of  the  high  school  to  award  a  diploma  after 
successful  completion  of  the  freshman  year  at  Maryland.  To  apply, 
students  must  submit  a)  the  completed  application  and  fee,  b)  high 
school  transcript  and  SAT  or  ACT  results,  c)  an  essay  explaining  how 
they  will  benefit  from  the  program,  d)  a  letter  of  permission  from  the 
parents  or  guardian. 

Early  admission  students  are  eligible  for  on-campus  housing,  schol- 
arships based  on  academic  achievement,  and  the  University  Honors 
Program.  Early  application  is  advised. 

4.  Gifted  Student  Admission:  The  university  admits  a  limited  number  of 
gifted  students  who  have  completed  at  least  the  seventh  grade,  have 
an  SAT  combined  score  of  1200,  or  the  equivalent  ACT  score,  and 
have  a  superior  academic  record.  Students  must  have  an  initial 
conference  with  a  member  of  the  Undergraduate  Admissions  staff. 
The  Admissions  staff  may.  if  it  is  deemed  helpful  to  the  admission 
decision,  make  referrals  for  further  assessment  to  campus  counseling 
services. 

5.  Students  With  Learning  Disabilities:  The  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  expects  that  all  students  admitted  to  its  degree  programs 
will  fulfill  all  of  the  published  requirements  for  graduation.  These 
requirements  are  widely  published,  and  include  fundamental  studies 
in  English  and  mathematics,  as  well  as  other  general  education 
requirements  of  the  University  Studies  or  CORE  programs,  and  all 
curriculum  requirements  of  the  major  program  and  the  degree-granted 
college  or  school.  Students  should  not  accept  an  offer  of  admission 
with  the  expectation  that  any  requirement  will  be  waived. 

High  School  Equivalence  Examination  (GED) 

Maryland  residents  who  are  at  least  16  years  of  age  and  who  have  not 
received  a  high  school  diploma  may  be  considered  for  admission,  provided 
they  have  earned  the  high  school  General  Education  Equivalency  (GED) 
certificate.  In  order  to  be  admitted,  the  applicant  must  present  an  above 
average  total  score,  as  well  as  above  average  scores  on  each  of  the  five 
parts  of  the  test. 

Non-Accredited/Non-Approved  Maryland  High  School 

There  are  specific  academic  requirements  for  applicants  from  non- 
accredited/non-approved  Maryland  high  schools.  Students  from  non- 
accredited/non-approved  high  schools  who  seek  admission  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park  should  contact  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions  for  information. 

Advanced  Placement  (AP)  Credit 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  encourages  applicants  to  seek 
AP  credit  so  that  academically  successful  students  may  move  forward  in 
their  programs  at  an  appropriate  pace.  However,  credit  is  not  granted  for 
all  exams  offered  by  the  College  Board.  Credits  are  accepted  and  courses 
are  exempted,  based  on  departmental  approval,  according  to  the  chart 
that  follows  on  the  next  page.  Students  should  arrange  to  have  their 
scores  sent  directly  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  from  the 
Educational  Testing  Service;  the  code  is  5814.  Students  should  also 
inform  their  advisors  at  Orientation  that  they  anticipate  receiving  AP  credit, 
because  this  information  may  affect  their  placement  in  subject-matter 
courses. 


Assignment  of  Credit 


If  a  student  has  already  received  AP  credit  at  another  institution,  this  credit 
will  be  reevaluated  The  score  received  must  be  equivalent  to  the 
minimum  score  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  accepted  at  the 
time  the  test  was  taken:  otherwise,  the  credit  will  not  be  eligible  for  transfer 
AP  credits  that  are  accepted  are  recorded  as  transfer  credit  on  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park  records,  and  figure  in  the  total  number  of 
credits  earned  toward  graduation  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  AP 
and  satisfactorily  completing  an  equivalent  course  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  or  elsewhere  If  students  earn  credit  in  a  course 
equivalent  to  an  AP  exam  for  which  they  also  earned  credit,  the  AP  credit 
will  be  deleted  from  their  records  Students  should  check  with  their 
advisors  for  detailed  information  on  the  assignment  of  AP  credit. 

Please  note  that  the  chart  represents  a  general  outline  of  AP  credit.  In  all 
cases,  credit  is  available  tor  grades  of  3  or  higher  only,  subject  to 
departmental  revaluation  to  take  place  in  the  spring  of  1 991  All  depart- 
ments reserve  the  right  to  reevaluate  the  content  of  exams  and  to  change 
the  assignment  of  credit  and  course  equivalences.  Any  new  exams 
offered  after  February  15,  1990  may  or  may  not  be  evaluated  by  the 
appropriate  department.  Students  should  check  with  their  advisor  at 
orientation. 

Certain  departments,  particularly  Math  and  Physics,  have  separate  criteria 
for  placement  in  courses  and  the  assignment  of  credit  Students  should 
check  with  those  departments  for  additional  information  All  entering 
freshmen  will  be  placed  in  math  courses  according  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  math  placement  exam. 


Orientation  Programs 


Upon  final  admission  to  the  university  the  new  student  will  receive 
materials  about  the  Orientation  and  Registration  Program.  This  program 
is  offered  by  the  Orientation  Office,  and  all  entering  students  are  encour- 
aged to  attend.  The  primary  goals  of  the  program  are  to  inform  the  student 
about  the  university  and  to  help  the  student  register  for  the  first  semester. 
Through  this  program  the  entering  student  receives  a  personalized  and 
individual  introduction  to  the  university  plus  individual  advising  concerning 
course  selection  for  the  first  semester.  During  this  Orientation  Program, 
new  students  register  for  courses  for  their  initial  semester  on  campus. 

Parents  also  have  an  opportunity  to  learn  about  university  life  through  the 
Parent  Orientation  Program.  More  information  about  this  program  may  be 
found  under  "Orientation,"  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

For  more  information,  contact  the  Orientation  Office,  1 1 95  Stamp  Student 
Union,  (301)314-8213. 


Admission  to  Limited-Enrollment  Majors 

The  policies  for  all  LEP  s  are  now  under  review.  The  following 
information  is  subject  to  change  without  notice.  Updated  informa- 
tion can  be  obtained  from  the  office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  at 
301-314-8378,  or  from  the  individual  program. 

Certain  colleges,  schools,  and  departments  within  the  university  have 
taken  steps  to  limit  their  enrollment  in  order  to  maintain  quality  programs. 
For  the  1 990-91  academic  year,  these  included:  School  of  Architecture, 
College  of  Business  and  Management,  Department  of  Economics, 
Department  of  Electrical  Engineering,  College  of  Engineering,  De- 
partment of  Housing  and  Design,  College  of  Journalism,  Department 
of  Radio-Television-Film,  Department  of  Special  Education  and  all 
teacher  education  majors.  Enrollment  is  competitive,  and  except  for  a 
select  number  of  outstanding  freshmen,  students  must  complete  a  par- 
ticular set  of  requirements  before  admission. 

Students  not  admitted  directly  as  freshmen  may  still  enroll  in  the  Division 
of  Letters  and  Sciences.  Students  are  not  guaranteed  admission  to  their 
major  of  choice,  although  they  may  gain  admission  by  meeting  the 
requirements  outlined  by  the  particular  program.  To  assess  your  chances 
of  being  admitted  at  a  later  date,  contact  an  academic  advisor  within  the 
appropriate  program. 

Limited  Enrollment  status  for  the  following  programs  for  fall  1991  is  under 
review  at  the  time  of  publication  of  this  catalog.  Students  should  check  with 
the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  or  the  department  for  updated 
information:  Architecture,  Business  &  Management,  Design,  Educa- 


4    Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures 


EQUIVALENT 
AP  EXAM  CREDITS  OR  RELATED 

TITLE  SCORE  AWARDED         COURSES 


APPLICABILITY 
MAJOR    CORE    USP 


NOTES 


ART  HISTORY 

History  of  Art  3 

4  or  5 


3  Credits  ARTH  100  Yes  Yes        Yes 

6  Credits  ARTH  200  &  Yes  Yes        Yes 

ARTH  201  Yes  Yes        Yes 


Students  may  use  AP  ARTH  credit  to  fulfill  CORE- 
Arts  or  one  of  the  two  USP  Area  C  requirements. 
Students  with  scores  of  4  or  5  may  not  take  ARTH 
100,  200.  or  201  for  credit  Consult  department 
with  questions  about  placement.  405-1490 


ART 

Art-Drawing 
Art-General 


4  or  5  3  Credits  ARTT110  Yes  No  No  Students  interested  in  establishing  credit  for 

4  or  5  3  Credits  LL  Elective  No  No  No  specific  courses  must  submit  portfolio  to  depart- 

ment for  evaluation.  405-1442 


BIOLOGY  3  4  Credits  LL  Elective  No  No         Yes  AP  BIOL  105  fulfills  requirement  for  all  majors  in 

4  or  5  8  Credits  BIOL  105  &  Yes  Yes        Yes  the  College  of  Life  Science;  also  fulfills  lab  science 

LL  Elective  No  No         Yes  requirement  (CORE  and  USP).  AP  LL  Elective 

fulfills  USP  Area  B  nonlab  requirement.  Consult 
department  with  questions  about  placement, 
405-2080 


CHEMISTRY 

3 

4  Credits 

CHEM  103 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

4  or  5 

8  Credits 

CHEM  103& 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

CHEM  113 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Students  with  score  of  3  may  not  take  CHEM  101 , 
102.  103,  or  103H  for  credit;  with  score  of  4  or  5. 
also  may  not  take  1 13  for  credit  AP  CHEM  fulfills 
requirements  for  all  Life  Science  majors;  also 
fulfills  lab  science  requirement  (CORE  and  USP) 
Consult  department  with  questions  about 
placement,  405-1791. 


COMPUTER 

SCIENCE 

Comp.  Sci.  A 

4  or  5 

4  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

Comps  Sci.  AB 

4 

4  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

5 

6  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

ECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics 

3  or  4 

3  Credits 

ECON  205 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

5 

3  Credits 

ECON  201 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Microeconomics 

3  or  4 

3  Credits 

ECON  105 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

5 

3  Credits 

ECON  203 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Credit  will  be  given  for  either  the  A  or  the  AB 
exam,  not  both.  Students  are  exempt  from  CMSC 
1 1 2  and  may  not  take  CMSC  1 1 2  or  CMSC  1 20 
for  credit.  Consult  department  with  questions 
about  placement,  405-2672. 


Economics  majors  must  score  5  in  order  to  receive 
credit  which  counts  toward  the  major.  AP  ECON 
fulfills  USP  Area  D  or  CORE-BSS  requirements. 
Consult  Department  with  questions  about  place- 
ment, 405-3491. 


Literature  and 

3 

3  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

Composition 

4  or  5 

6  Credits 

ENGL  101  & 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

Language  and 

3 

3  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

Composition 

4  or  5 

6  Credits 

ENGL  101  & 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

FRENCH 

Language 

3 

3  Credits 

FREN  203 

No 

No 

Yes 

4  or  5 

6  Credits 

FREN  204  & 

Yes 

No 

No 

FREN  211 

Yes 

No 

No 

Literature 

3 

3  Credits 

FREN  250 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

4  or  5 

6  Credits 

FREN 250  & 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

FREN  204 

Yes 

No 

No 

Students  with  score  of  4  or  5  on  either  English 
examination  satisfy  the  Fundamental  Studies 
freshman  writing  requirement  (ENGL  101).  Stu- 
dents with  credit  for  the  Language  examination 
may  not  receive  credit  for  ENGL  291  or  its 
equivalent.  Consult  department  with  questions 
about  placement,  405-3825. 


Language:  Students  with  score  of  3  who  wish  to 
continue  must  enroll  in  FREN  204  or  higher;  with 
score  of  4  or  5  must  enroll  in  300  level  courses 
Literature;  Students  with  score  of  3,  4,  or  5  must 
enroll  in  300  level  courses    AP  FREN  203  fulfills 
one  of  two  Area  A  USP  requirements;  AP  FREN 
250  fulfills  one  of  two  Area  C  USP's  or  the  CORE- 
Lit.  requirement.  Students  continuing  French 
study  should  consult  department  for  proper 
placement,  405-4034. 


GERMAN 

Language 

3 

4  Credits 

GERM  101 

No 

No 

Yes 

4  or  5 

8  Credits 

GERM  101  & 

No 

No 

Yes 

GERM  102 

No 

No 

Yes 

GOVERNMENT 

AND  POLITICS 

United  States 

3,  4  or  5 

3  Credits 

GVPT  170 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Comparative 

3,  4  or  5 

3  Credits 

GVPT  280 

Yes 

No 

No 

Consult  department  for  proper  placement.  405-4091 . 


GVPT  170  fulfills  one  of  two  CORE-BSS  require- 
ments. Consult  Department  with  questions  about 
placement.  405-4150. 


Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures    5 


AP  EXAM 
TITLE 


CREDITS 
AWARDED 


EQUIVALENT 
OR  RELATED 
COURSES 


APPLICABILITY 
MAJOR    CORE    USP 


HISTORY 
United  States 

3 

4  or  5 

3  Credits 
6  Credits 

LL  Elective 
LL  Elective 

No 
No 

No 
No 

No 
No 

European 

3 
4  or  5 

3  Credits 
6  Credits 

LL  Elective 
LL  Elective 

No 
No 

No 
No 

No 
No 

US  History:  A  score  o)  3  will  be  awarded  three 
credits  and  student  may  take  either  HIST  156  or 
HIST  157  for  credit,  but  not  both    A  score  of  4  or  5 
will  be  awarded  6  credits  and  student  may  not  take 
either  HIST  156  or  HIST  157  for  credit  European 
History:  A  score  of  3  will  be  awarded  3  credits  and 
student  may  take  not  more  than' three  courses 
from  the  sequence  HIST  1 10,  1 11,  112.  and  1 13 
tor  credit    A  score  of  4  or  5  will  be  awarded  6 
credits  and  student  may  take  no  more  than  two 
courses  from  the  same  sequence  for  credit 
Consult  the  department  with  questions  about 
placement,  405-4246. 


LATIN 

Vergil 

4  or  5 

4  Credits 

LATN  201 

Yes 

No 

Yes 

Catullus  & 

4  or  5 

3  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No 

No 

No 

Horace 

Students  with  score  of  4  or  5  may  not  take  LATN 
201  or  lower  for  credit.  LATN  201  counts  lor 
majors  in  "Classical  Humanities"  or  "Greek  and 
Latin."  Consult  department  with  questions  about 
placement.  405-2013 


MATHEMATICS 

Calculus  AB  3 

4  or  5 


4  Credits 
8  Credits 


Calculus  BC  3,  4,  or  5        8  Credits 


MATH  140  Yes 

MATH  140  &  Yes 

MATH  141  Yes 


MATH  140& 
MATH  141 


Yes 
Yes 


Yes        Yes  Students  who  receive  credit  have  fulfilled  both 

Yes        Yes  Fundamental  Studies  math  and  a  non-laboratory 

Yes        Yes  math/science  requirement  (CORE  &  USP). 

Students  who  receive  credit  for  MATH  140  or  140 
Yes        Yes  &  141  may  not  receive  credit  for  MATH  220  or  220 

Yes        Yes  &  221 .  Consult  department  with  questions  about 

placement,  405-5053. 


MUSIC 

Listening  &  3,  4,  or  5        3  Credits 

Literature 


Theory  4  or  5 

(Non-Majors) 
Theory  (Majors)     4  or  5 


3  Credits 
3  Credits 


MUSC130 


MUSC  140 


MUSC  150/ 
MUSC  151 


Yes 
Yes 


Yes       Yes 

No  No 


Music  majors  with  score  of  4  on  Theory  exam  take 
MUSC  151 ;  majors  with  score  of  5  receive  credit 
for  MUSC  1 50/1 51 .  Consult  department  with  ques- 
tions about  placement,  405-5563. 


PHYSICS 

Physics  B  4  or  5  6  Credits  See  Note  See  Note 

Physics  C 

Mechanics  3, 4  or  5         3  Credits  See  Note  See  Note 

Elec.  & 

Magnetism         3, 4  or  5         3  Credits  See  Note  See  Note 


Students  completing  any  of  the  Physics  AP 
Examinations  with  scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  must  see 
the  Physics  Department  for  proper  evaluation  and 
placement.  Please  bring  documentation  concern- 
ing scores  on  the  Calculus  BC  AP  Examination 
and/or  the  UMCP  Math  Department  Placement 
scores.  These  scores  will  be  considered  in 
determining  evaluation  and  placement.  Under 
certain  circumstances  credit  may  apply  to  CORE 
and  USP  science  requirements.  Contact  Student 
Services  in  the  Physics  Department,  405-5980. 


SPANISH 

Language 

3 
4  or  5 

3  Credits 
6  Credits 

SPAN  203 
SPAN  204  & 
SPAN  205 

No 
Yes 

No 
No 
No 

Yes 
Yes 
Yes 

Literature 

3 
4  or  5 

3  Credits 
6  Credits 

SPAN  221 
SPAN  204  & 

Yes 
Yes 

Yes 
No 

Yes 
Yes 

Language:  Students  with  score  of  3  who  wish  to 
continue  must  enroll  in  SPAN  204,  205,  or  221; 
with  score  of  4  or  5  must  enroll  in  300  level 
courses.  Literature:  Students  with  score  of  3,  4,  or 
5  must  enroll  in  300  level  courses.  AP  SPAN  203, 
204,  and  205  fulfill  Area  A  USP  requirements.  AP 
SPAN  221  fulfills  one  of  two  Area  C  USP 
requirements.  Students  continuing  Spanish  study 
should  consult  department  for  proper  placement, 
405-6452.  **  SPAN  205  counts  for  Spanish  major, 
Business  option  only. 


Please  Note:  LL  refers  to  courses  at  the  lower  (100  and  200)  level.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  both  for  AP  courses  and  for 
equivalent  UMCP  or  transfer  courses.  AP  credit  will  be  deleted  In  such  cases.  Decisions  about  applicability  of  courses  to  CORE  are 
updated  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Consult  Schedule  of  Classes  for  most  recent  information.  Native  speakers  may  not  earn  AP  credit  for 
the  French,  German,  or  Spanish  language  exams. 


6    Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures 


tlon,  Engineering,  Government  &  Politics,  Journalism,  Psychology, 
and  Radio,  Television  &  Film. 


Preprofessional  Programs  and  Options 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  offers  preprofessional  advising 
in  Dental  Hygiene,  Dentistry,  Law,  Medical  and  Research  Technology, 
Medicine,  Nursing,  Optometry,  Osteopathy,  Pharmacy,  Physical  Therapy, 
Podiatry,  and  Veterinary  Medicine.  This  advising  will  guide  the  student  to 
the  best  preparation  for  advanced  study  and  training  in  these  fields.  For 
additional  information,  see  the  description  of  "Campus-Wide  Programs"  in 
this  catalog. 

Participation  in  a  preprofessional  program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  another  branch  of  the 
university  or  to  another  institution. 

The  Radiologic  Technology  program  previously  offered  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  (UMAB)  is  no  longer  available.  Students  choosing 
the  preprofessional  program  in  this  field  will  receive  training  that  should 
prepare  them  for  transfer  to  other  institutions. 

Students  who  have  already  earned  more  than  thirty  semester  hours  at 
anothercollege-level  institution,  and  who  seek  admission  to  preprofessional 
programs  in  Nursing,  Pharmacy,  Dental  Hygiene,  Physical  Therapy,  and 
Medical  and  Research  Technology,  should  contact  the  academic  advisor 
for  the  preprofessional  programs  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  before  filing  an  application  for  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park.  Please  address  correspondence  to  the  academic  advisor  of  the 
specific  preprofessional  program  to  which  you  are  applying;  for  example, 
Advisor  for  Pre-Nursing  Program,  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  University  of 
Maryland.  College  Park,  MD  20742. 

Special  Applicants 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  participates  in  the  University 
of  Maryland's  Golden  Identification  Card  Program.  The  institution  will 
make  available  courses  and  various  services  to  persons  who  are  60  years 
of  age  or  older,  who  are  legal  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland,  and  who 
are  retired  (not  engaged  in  gainful  employment  for  more  than  20  hours  per 
week).  When  persons  eligible  for  this  program  are  admitted  to  the 
university,  they  register  on  a  space-available  basis  for  credit  courses  as 
regular  or  special  students  in  any  session,  and  receive  a  Golden  Identifi- 
cation card.  Golden  ID  students  must  meet  all  course  pre-requisite  and  co- 
requisite  requirements  Golden  ID  students  are  not  eligible  for  Consortium 
courses  with  the  waiver  of  fees.  The  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  tuition  and  most  other  fees  are  waived  Golden  ID  students  may 
register  for  a  maximum  of  three  courses  perterm.  The  Golden  Identification 
Card  will  entitle  eligible  persons  to  certain  academic  services,  including 
the  use  of  the  libraries,  as  well  as  certain  other  non-academic  services. 
Such  services  will  be  available  during  any  session  only  to  persons  who 
have  registered  for  one  or  more  courses  for  that  session.  Golden  ID 
students  also  have  the  opportunity  to  become  involved  with  the  Golden  ID 
Student  Association  which  provides  cultural  and  social  events,  course 
recommendations,  and  peer  advising.  Additional  information  may  be 
obtained  from  Undergraduate  Admissions,  Mitchell  Building,  314-8385,  or 
the  Golden  ID  Student  Program.  01 19  Hombake  Library,  405-3956. 

Minority  Students 

In  keeping  with  the  University  Affirmative  Action  Program,  special  con- 
sideration will  be  given  to  minority  students  who  demonstrate  the  potential 
for  academic  success.  Minority  students  are  urged  to  contact  both  an 
admissions  counselor  and  Minority  Student  Education,  1101  Hombake 
Library,  (301)405-5616. 


Non-Degree  (Special)  Students 


Applicants  who  qualify  for  admission  but  do  not  desire  to  work  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree  may  be  admitted  as  non-degree-seeking  (special) 
students. 

Special  students  who  have  received  a  baccalaureate  degree  are  advised 
that  no  credit  earned  while  enrolled  as  special  students  may  be  applied  at 
a  later  date  to  a  graduate  program.  These  post-baccalaureate  students 
may  enroll  in  undergraduate  courses  for  which  they  possess  the  neces- 


sary prerequisites,  but  may  not  enroll  in  courses  restricted  to  graduate 
students  only.  Students  who  wish  to  take  courses  at  the  graduate  level 
(600  and  above)  must  contact  the  Graduate  School  for  information 
concerning  admission  requirements  for  Advanced  Special  Student  status. 

Non-degree  seeking  (special)  students  who  do  not  have  a  baccalaureate 
degree  must  submit  transcripts  and  meet  regular  admission  standards 
Transcripts  are  not  required  from  students  with  baccalaureate  degrees. 
Because  of  space  limitation,  several  departments  require  permission  be 
given  in  advance  to  enroll  as  a  non-degree  student  Please  contact 
Undergraduate  Admissions  for  further  information. 

Returning  Students  and  Veterans 

Maryland  residents  who  have  not  attended  school  for  more  than  five 
years,  or  who  have  had  military  experience,  may  find  that  the  published 
standards  for  freshman  and  transfer  admissions  do  not  apply  to  their 
situation.  To  discuss  educational  plans,  returning  students  and  veterans 
should  contact  both  an  admissions  counselor  and  the  Returning  Students 
Program,  314-7693. 

Students  returning  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  after  a 
separation  of  five  calendar  years  may  petition  their  appropriate  dean  to 
have  a  number  of  grades  and  credits  from  courses  previously  taken  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  removed  from  the  calculation  of 
their  cumulative  grade-point  averages  and  from  the  credits  applied  toward 
graduation  requirements.  For  more  information,  consult  the  section  on 
Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements. 


INTERNATIONAL  STUDENTS  ADMISSION 

The  University  of  Maryland  values  the  contribution  international  students 
make  to  the  College  Park  academic  community.  Therefore,  applications 
from  the  international  community  are  welcomed.  However,  due  to  the 
differences  between  foreign  educational  systems  and  education  in  the 
United  States,  international  students  will  face  a  number  of  challenges  in 
adapting  to  study  at  the  university.  Students  who  have  received,  through- 
out their  secondary  school  and  university  level  work,  marks  or  examination 
results  considered  to  be  "very  good"  to  "excellent "  are  those  who  are  most 
likely  to  succeed  at  our  institution  Admission  for  international  students  is 
competitive  and  offered  only  to  those  who  are  considered  by  the  university 
to  be  better  than  average  in  their  own  educational  setting.  Students  also 
have  to  demonstrate,  in  their  secondary  level  studies,  that  they  have 
successfully  completed  a  diversity  of  subjects  representing  language, 
mathematics,  physical  or  biological  science  and  social  sciences  Because 
of  the  keen  competition  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  we  suggest 
applicants  apply  early. 

Those  who  will  hold  the  following  visa  types.  A,  E,  F,  G.  H.  I.  J,  and  L,  will 
be  admitted  on  the  basis  of  their  academic  backgrounds  and  must  present 
records  with  marks  of  "very  good"  to  "excellent".  However,  non-immigrants, 
other  than  F  or  J  visa  holders,  who  have  completed  four  years  of  U.S. 
secondary  education  (grades  9  through  1 2).  will  be  evaluated  on  the  same 
basis  as  U.S.  Citizens  and  Permanent  Residents/Immigrants  International 
applicants  who  present  one  full  year  of  acceptable  university  level  credit 
will  be  considered  for  admission  as  transfer  students  Those  with  less  than 
one  full  year  of  acceptable  credit  must  also  meet  the  freshman  admission 
requirements  for  international  applicants. 

International  students  applying  for  admission  to  undergraduate  programs 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  must  submit:  1 )  an  application 
and  fee  for  admission;  2)  copies  of  official  secondary  school  records, 
including  any  secondary  external  examinations,  such  as  the  GC.E 
"Ordinary"  level  examinations,  or  the  Baccalaureate;  3)  transcripts  of  any 
university  level  studies  completed  in  the  United  States  or  elsewhere 
Original  documents  written  in  a  language  other  than  English  must  be 
accompanied  by  certified  English  translations. 

International  students  who  have  completed  grades  10.  11.  and  12  in  a 
United  States  high  school  must  also  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)  or  American  College  Test  Assessment  (ACT)  and  submit  the 
results.  All  freshman  applicants  to  the  College  of  Engineenng,  regardless 
of  where  they  have  studied,  must  present  SAT  scores.  Admission  to 
limited-enrollment  majors  (see  "Admissions  to  Limited-Enrollment  Maiors" 
for  identification  of  these  majors)  requires  international  students  to  have 
marks  of  no  less  than  "excellent"  in  previous  education 

International  students  on  F- 1  Student  visas  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
university  will  receive  the  I-20  form  from  the  office  of  International 
Education  Services  (IES);  this  form  is  needed  to  secure,  transfer,  and 


exlend  the  Student  visa  after  applicants  have  certified  their  financial 
support  and  submitted  evidence  of  satisfactory  English  proficiency  to  the 
IES  office 

International  students  accepted  for  admission  will  be  expected  to  plan 
their  arrival  sufficiently  in  advance  of  the  registration  period  to  secure 
housing  and  attend  the  special  orientation  program  lor  international 
students  that  is  held  the  week  prior  to  registration 

English  Proficiency 

All  applicants  must  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of  English  proficiency 
Such  proficiency  is  necessary  to  pursue  a  full  course  of  study  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  All  non-native  speakers  of  English 
must  submit  a  score  report  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL)  during  the  application  process.  Non-native  speakers  who  have 
received  a  degree  from  a  tertiary  level  institution  in  the  U.S..  English- 
speaking  Canada,  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  or 
Commonwealth  Caribbean  are  exempt  from  the  TOEFL  requirement. 
Native  speakers  of  English  are  defined  as  those  educated  entirely  in  the 
U.S.,  English-speaking  Canada.  United  Kingdom.  Ireland.  Australia,  New 
Zealand,  or  Commonwealth  Caribbean  Applicants  who  are  unsure  as  to 
whether  or  not  they  need  to  take  the  TOEFL  should  contact  the  office  of 
International  Education  Services.  Non-native  speakers  of  English  who 
have  graduated  from  U.S.  high  schools  must  submit  TOEFL  examination 
results.  For  information  and  a  TOEFL  application  brochure,  write  to: 
TOEFL,  Box  2896,  Princeton,  NJ  08540. 


Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures    7 


Application  Deadlines 


1 .  Those  applicants  who  would  be  studying  under  F  (Student)  or  J 
(Exchange  Visitor)  visas  must  meet  the  following  application 
deadlines: 

Fall  semester — March  1 
Spring  semester — August  1 

2.  Non-Immigrants  (A,  E,  G,  H,  I,  L  visas)  must  have  complete 
applications  submitted  by  the  following  deadlines.  Complete  ap- 
plications include  all  academic  records  and  transcripts  for  work 
completed,  and  TOEFL  scores  if  the  applicant  is  a  non-native 
speaker  of  English: 

Fall  semester— March  1 
Spring  semester — August  1 

3.  All  applicants  must  submit  all  foreign  educational  credentials,  and 
certified  English  translations  of  such  records  in  languages  other 
than  English  at  least  three  months  in  advance  of  the  first  day  of 
classes  to  be  given  full  consideration  for  admission. 

Return  of  Foreign  Records 

Transcripts  records  and  mark  sheets  of  applicants  with  foreign  credentials 
are  maintained  by  the  office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  two  years. 
If  these  documents  are  original  copies,  the  student  must  request  their 
return  within  two  years  of  application.  At  the  end  of  this  period,  the  records 
are  destroyed. 

Immigrant  Students 

Immigrant  applicants  for  admission  at  the  undergraduate  level  are  ad- 
missible under  the  same  guidelines  as  U.S.  citizens  EXCEPT  that 
applicants,  including  transfer  applicants,  whose  native  language  is  other 
than  English  must  ALSO  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of  English 
proficiency  to  pursue  an  approved  course  of  study. 


TRANSFER  ADMISSION 

Criteria:  A  student  who  has  attended  any  regionally  accredited  institution 
of  higher  education  following  graduation  from  high  school  and  attempted 
twelve  or  more  credits  will  be  considered  for  admission  as  a  transfer 
student.  In  calculating  eligibility,  the  university  will  use  the  average  stated 
on  the  transcript  by  the  sending  institution.  When  an  applicant  has 
attended  more  than  one  institution,  a  cumulative  average  for  all  previous 
college  work  attempted  will  be  used.  Transfer  applicants  must  be  in  good 
academic  and  disciplinary  standing  at  their  previous  institutions  to  be 
eligible  for  transfer  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 


Where  the  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number 
that  can  be  accommodated  at  this  institution,  or  in  a  particular  professional 
or  specialized  program,  admission  will  be  based  on  overall  grade-point 
average  and  the  strength  of  the  academic  program  the  student  has 
pursued 

Requirements 

Admission  for  transfer  applicants  is  primarily  based  on  the  number  of 
credits  a  student  has  earned  and  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  for 
all  college-level  work  To  be  considered,  course  work  must  have  been 
completed  at  a  regionally  accredited  college  or  university  The  grade-point 
average  requirement  can  vary,  depending  on  the  availability  of  space,  but 
should  not  be  lower  than  3  0  All  students  with  grade-point  averages  below 
3  0  will  be  considered  on  a  space  available  basis  In  accordance  with 
Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  transfer  policies,  applicants  from 
Maryland  community  colleges  are,  in  some  instances,  given  special 
consideration,  and,  when  qualified,  can  be  admitted  with  a  cumulative 
grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  better.  Students  who  were  not  admissible  as 
high  school  seniors  must  complete  at  least  twenty-eight  semester  hours 
with  the  grade-point  average  as  stated  above. 

Application  Deadlines 

Date 


Semester 

Fall  1991 
Spring  1992 
Fall  1992 
Spring  1993 
Fall  1993 


July  31.  1991 
Dec.  1,  1991 
July  15.  1992 
Dec.  1,  1992 
June  30,  1993 


Undergraduate  Students  Transferring  from  Within  the 
University  System 

A  student  seeking  to  move  from  one  institution  of  the  University  to  another 
must  have  been  a  regular  degree-seeking  student  eligible  to  return  to  his 
or  her  original  institution.  Students  who  were  special  or  non-degree 
students  must  contact  the  admissions  office  of  the  receiving  institution. 
Undergraduate  students  who  are  not  eligible  to  return  to  their  original 
institution  must  be  reinstated  there  before  being  considered  for  admission 
to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Students  must  comply  with  the  normal  deadlines  and,  where  space  is 
limited,  admission  to  the  new  institution  will  be  based  on  criteria  designed 
to  select  the  best  qualified  students 

Transfer  Students  from  Maryland  Community 
Colleges 

Currently,  Maryland  residents  who  attend  Maryland  public  community 
colleges  may  be  admitted  in  accordance  with  the  criteria  outlined  in  the 
general  statement  above.  The  university  subscribes  to  the  policies  set 
forth  in  the  Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  transfer  policies. 
Where  the  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number 
that  can  be  accommodated  in  a  particular  professional  or  specialized 
program,  admission  will  be  based  on  criteria  developed  by  the  university 
to  select  the  best  qualified  students. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

In  general,  credit  from  academic  courses  taken  at  institutions  of  higher 
education  accredited  by  a  regional  accrediting  association  will  transfer, 
provided  that  the  appropriate  academic  officials  at  this  institution  consider 
such  courses  part  of  the  student's  curricular  program  and  that  the  student 
earned  at  least  grades  of  C  in  those  courses.  An  academic  advisor  will 
discuss  this  and  other  matters  during  the  period  of  registration. 

Maryland  Public  Colleges  and  Universities 

Transfer  of  course  work  completed  at  Maryland  public  colleges  and 
universities  is  covered  by  the  Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission 
transfer  policies. 


8    Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures 


Maryland  Community  College  Articulated  Programs 

An  articulated  transfer  program  is  a  list  of  community  college  courses  that 
best  prepare  the  applicant  for  a  particular  course  of  study  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  If  the  applicant  takes  appropriate  courses 
that  are  specified  in  the  articulated  program  guide,  and  earns  an  accept- 
able grade,  he/she  is  guaranteed  transfer  with  no  loss  of  credit  Articulated 
career  program  guides  help  students  plan  their  new  programs  after 
changing  career  objectives.  The  guides  are  available  at  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 
and  in  the  transfer  advisor's  office  at  each  of  the  community  colleges. 
Applicants  can  eliminate  all  doubt  concerning  transfer  of  courses  by 
following  programs  outlined  in  the  guide. 

University  of  Maryland  System 

Most  credits  for  undergraduate  courses  will  transfer  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  from  other  University  of  Maryland  System 
institutions.  The  applicability  of  these  courses  to  the  particular  program 
chosen  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  will  be  determined 
by  an  academic  advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  of  the  dean  (see  Orientation 
Programs,  above). 

Other  Universities  and  Colleges 

In  most  cases  credit  will  transfer  from  institutions  of  higher  education 
accredited  by  a  regional  accrediting  association  (e.g.,  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools;  New  England  Association  of  Schools 
and  Colleges;  North  Central  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools; 
Northwest  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges;  Southern  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Schools;  Western  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges), 
provided  that  the  course  is  completed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  C  and  the 
course  is  similar  in  content  and  level  to  work  offered  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  The  applicability  of  these  courses  to  the 
particular  course  of  study  chosen  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  will  be  determined  by  an  academic  advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  of 
the  appropriate  dean. 

Foreign  Language  Credit 

Transfer  of  foreign  language  credit  is  acceptable  in  meeting  requirements. 
Prospective  students  should  consult  the  appropriate  sections  of  this 
catalog  to  determine  the  specific  requirements  of  various  colleges  and 
curricula. 

Advanced  Placement  Credit 

If  Advanced  Placement  credits  are  already  on  a  student  record  from  an 
institution  outside  the  University  of  Maryland  System,  the  score  must  be 
equivalent  to  a  minimum  university  score  or  the  credit  will  not  be  consid- 
ered for  transfer.  Students  must  have  an  official  score  report  sent  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  in  order  to  be  considered  for  AP 
credit. 

MARYLAND  HIGHER  EDUCATION  COMMISSION 
TRANSFER  POLICIES 

Authorization 

These  Student  Transfer  Policies,  as  adopted  by  the  Maryland  Higher 
Education  Commission,  will  supersede  the  transfer  policies  in  effect  since 
1972,  as  modified  and  adopted  in  1979.  These  policies  shall  be  effective 
and  applicable  to  students  first  enrolling  in  Maryland  public  post-secondary 
educational  institutions  in  Fall  1990,  and  thereafter. 

Applicability  of  Policies 

These  transfer  policies  and  procedures  apply  to  admission,  credit  trans- 
fer, program  articulation,  and  related  matters  for  undergraduate  students 
who  wish  to  transfer  between  Maryland  public  colleges  and  universities 
The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  also  recommends  them  to 
Maryland  independent  institutions. 

Rationale 

A  major  premise  of  the  Maryland  public  higher  education  system  is  that  a 
student  should  be  able  to  progress  from  one  segment  of  higher  education 


to  another  without  loss  of  time  or  unnecessary  duplication  of  effort.  The 
Maryland  Higher  Education  Commissions  objective  is  to  ensure  that  a 
student  who  intends  to  complete  a  baccalaureate  degree  and  who  begins 
his  or  her  work  at  a  community  college,  is  able  to  move  towards  the 
completion  of  that  degree  by  transferring  to  a  baccalaureate  degree- 
granting  institution  without  loss  of  credit  or  unnecessary  duplication  of 
course  content.  At  the  same  time,  the  Commission  recognizes  that  some 
students  change  their  educational  objectives  as  they  progress  in  their 
studies,  indeed,  sometimes  because  their  studies  expose  them  to  new 
ideas  and  possibilities.  These  students  should  also  be  able  to  complete 
their  general  education  courses  and  have  them  transfer  without  loss  of 
credit. 

One  means  of  accomplishing  this  objective  is  through  the  development  of 
recommended  transfer  programs  between  two-  and  four-year  institutions 
A  recommended  transfer  program,  developed  by  careful  planning  and 
agreement  between  specific  two-  and  four-year  institutions,  is  that  rec- 
ommended sequence  of  courses  which  a  student  takes  at  a  community 
college  which  will  constitute  the  first  two  years  of  a  baccalaureate  degree 
program  at  a  Maryland  public  institution  of  higher  education. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  recognizes  that  students 
select  institutions  of  higher  education  for  a  variety  of  reasons.  These 
policies  also  recognize  that  each  Maryland  public  college  or  university  has 
a  separate  and  distinct  mission,  and  that  each  has  the  responsibility  to 
establish  and  maintain  standards  of  expectations  for  courses,  programs, 
certificates,  and  degrees  consistent  with  that  mission.  Nevertheless, 
effective  and  efficient  transfer  of  credits  between  and  among  these 
institutions  must  occur  within  the  larger  context  of  the  statewide  structure 
of  baccalaureate  and  community  college  education. 

Successful  and  harmonious  articulation  depends  upon 

firm  agreement  that  the  needs  of  the  student  should  be  a  pnmary 
concern  in  developing  articulation  procedures,  while  maintaining 
the  integrity  of  educational  programs; 

the  establishment  of  clear  and  equitable  policies  to  assure  opti- 
mum accessibility  for  transfer  students  with  minimal  loss  of  credits 
and  minimal  duplication  of  course  content; 

mechanisms  for  evaluating  and  resolving  difficulties  students  may 
encounter  in  moving  from  one  school  to  another; 

free  and  continuous  communications  among  institutions; 

mutual  respect  for  institutions  and  their  missions; 

adaptability,  within  a  context  of  understanding  that  changes  affect 
not  only  the  institution  making  changes  but  also  the  students  and 
institutions  impacted  by  the  changes; 

free  exchange  of  data  among  institutions;  and 

timely  exchange  of  information  relative  to  students'  progress. 

The  intended  principal  benefactor  is  the  student,  whose  uninterrupted 
progress  towards  a  degree — based  on  successful  academic  perfor- 
mance— is  best  served  by  the  open  exchange  of  current  information  about 
programs,  and  is  best  protected  by  a  clear  transfer  policy  pertaining  to  the 
public  segments  of  higher  education  in  Maryland. 

The  State's  interests  are  similarly  served  through  such  a  policy,  which 
results  in  the  optimal  use  of  its  higher  education  resources  by  reducing  the 
costly  duplication  that  results  in  the  needless  waste  of  the  valuable  time 
and  effort  of  Maryland  students,  faculty,  and  administration. 

Institutional  interests  and  missions  are  also  protected  by  this  systematic 
approach,  which  permits  them  to  incorporate  into  their  academic  planning 
more  accurate  projections  about  the  programmatic  backgrounds  of 
transferring  students. 

In  more  specific  ways  this  document's  purpose  is  to: 

Define  broad  areas  of  agreement  among  the  public  two-year  and 
four-year  institutions  of  higher  education  pertaining  to  facilitating 
the  transfer  of  students  within  these  segments; 

Provide  a  mechanism  for  continuous  evaluation  of  programs, 
policies,  procedures,  and  relationships  affecting  transfer  of  stu- 
dents; 

Provide  such  revisions  as  are  needed  to  promote  the  academic 
success  and  general  well-being  of  the  transfer  student; 


Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures    9 


Provide  a  system  o(  appeals  beginning  on  the  campus  level  to 
resolve  difficulties  that  students  experience  in  transfer 

While  policies  and  procedures  can  be  established  which  facilitate  the 
transfer  of  students,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student,  as  the  principal 
in  the  process,  to  know  and  follow  the  procedures  defined 

I.  POLICIES 

The  fair  and  equal  treatment  of  "native"  and  "transfer"  students  is  the 
fundamental  principle  of  these  policies. 

A    Admission  of  Transfer  Students 

1 .  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  Holders  (or  those  with  56  or  more  credit 
hours): 

a.  Students  who  have  completed  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  or 
students  who  have  completed  56  semester  hours  of  credit  with 
a  cumulative  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  2.0  or  higher  on  a 
scale  of  4.0,  in  either  case  in  college  and  university  parallel 
courses,  shall  not  be  denied  direct  transfer  to  an  institution. 
(Only  the  last  grade  received  in  a  course  repeated  by  the 
student  shall  be  used  in  computing  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average.) 

If  the  number  of  students  seeking  admission  exceeds  the 
number  that  can  be  accommodated  in  a  particular  professional 
or  specialized  program,  or  certain  circumstances  exist  which 
limit  the  size  of  an  upper  division  program  or  the  total  enrollment, 
admission  decisions  will  be  based  on  criteria  developed  and 
published  by  the  receiving  institution,  providing  fair  and  equal 
treatment  for  native  and  transfer  students. 

b.  Courses  taken  at  a  Maryland  community  college  as  part  of  a 
recommended  transfer  program  oriented  toward  a  baccalaureate 
degree  shall  be  applicable  to  related  programs  at  a  Maryland 
public  institution  granting  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

c.  The  Associate  of  Arts  degree  (or  those  with  56  or  more  credit 
hours)  shall  meet  the  lower  level  general  education  requirements 
at  the  receiving  institution.  In  cases  where  the  general  educa- 
tion requirements  at  the  receiving  institution  exceed  those  of 
the  sending  institution,  the  transfer  student  will  be  required  to 
take  no  more  than  the  same  number  of  lower  division  general 
education  credits  than  those  required  of  the  native  student. 

d.  The  determination  of  the  major  program  requirements  for  a 
baccalaureate  degree,  including  courses  in  the  major  taken  in 
the  lower  division,  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  faculty  of  the 
institution  awarding  the  degree.  The  receiving  institution  may 
set  major  requirements  which  may  fulfill  general  education 
requirements  simultaneously.  However,  in  developing  its  lower 
division  course  work,  the  degree-granting  institution  would  be 
expected  systematically  to  exchange  information  with  the  com- 
munity college  to  assure  the  transferability  of  credits  into  that 
program. 

2.  Transfer  Without  an  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  (or  fewer  than  56 
credit  hours): 

a.  Students  from  Maryland  community  colleges  who  were  ad- 
missible to  the  four-year  institution  as  high  school  seniors,  and 
who  have  attained  a  cumulative  2.00  average  in  college/ 
university  parallel  courses  shall  be  eligible  for  transfer  to  the 
institution  regardless  of  the  number  of  credits. 

b.  Students  who  were  not  admissible  as  high  school  seniors,  but 
who  have  earned  sufficient  credits  to  be  classified  by  the 
receiving  institution  as  sophomores,  must  meet  the  stated 
admission  criteria  of  the  receiving  institution.  Such  requirements 
for  admission  may  vary  by  program,  according  to  criteria 
developed  and  published  by  the  receiving  institution.  Such 
admission  criteria  shall  provide  for  equal  access  for  native  and 
transfer  students. 

d.  Transferable  courses  defined  as  meeting  the  general  educa- 
tion requirements  at  the  sending  institution. 

B.  Credit  Transferability 

1 .   Traditional  Credit: 


a.  Credit  earned  at  any  public  institution  in  Maryland  shall  be 
transferable  to  any  other  public  institution  provided: 

the  credit  is  from  a  college  or  university  parallel  course  or 
program; 

the  grades  in  the  block  of  courses  transferred  average  2.0  or 
higher:  and 

the  acceptance  of  the  credit  is  consistent  with  the  policies  of  the 
receiving  institution  governing  students  following  the  same 
program.  (For  example,  if  a  "native"  student's  "D"  grade  in  a 
specific  course  is  acceptable  in  a  program,  then  a  grade  of  "D" 
earned  by  a  transfer  student  in  the  same  course  is  also 
acceptable  in  the  same  program.) 

b.  Credit  earned  in  or  transferred  from  a  community  college 
normally  shall  be  limited  to  half  the  baccalaureate  degree 
program  requirement,  but  in  no  case  more  than  70  credits,  and 
to  the  first  two  years  of  the  undergraduate  educational  experi- 
ence. 

2.   Non-Traditional  Credit: 

a.  The  assignment  of  credit  for  AP,  CLEP,  or  other  nationally 
recognized,  standardized  examination  scores  presented  by 
transfer  students  will  be  determined  according  to  the  same 
regulations  that  apply  to  native  students  in  the  receiving  insti- 
tution, and  such  assignment  must  be  consistent  with  the  State 
minimum  requirements. 

b.  Transfer  of  credit  from  the  following  areas  shall  be  consistent 
with  the  State  minimum  standards  and  shall  be  evaluated  by  the 
receiving  institution  on  a  course-by-course  basis: 

technical  courses  from  career  programs 

course  credit  awarded  through  articulation  agreements  with 
other  segments  or  agencies 

credit  awarded  for  clinical  practica  or  cooperative  education 
experiences 

credit  awarded  for  life  and  work  experiences. 

The  basis  for  the  awarding  of  the  credit  shall  be  indicated  on  the 
student's  transcript. 

c.  The  baccalaureate  degree  granting  institution  shall  inform 
transfer  students  of  the  procedures  through  which  coursework 
for  which  there  is  no  clear  equivalency  can  be  validated,  such 
as  ACE  recommendations,  portfolio  assessment,  credit  through 
challenge  examinations  and  satisfactory  completion  of  the  next 
course  in  sequence  in  the  academic  area. 

d.  The  baccalaureate  degree-granting  institution  shall  use  valida- 
tion procedures  when  a  transferring  student  successfully 
completes  a  course  at  the  lower  division  level  which  the  degree- 
granting  institution  offers  at  the  upper  division  level,  and  once 
validated,  the  credits  earned  for  the  course  shall  be  substituted 
for  the  upper  division  course. 

C.  Program  Articulation 

Recommended  transfer  programs  will  be  developed  through  con- 
sultation between  the  two  institutions  that  allow  students  aspiring 
to  the  baccalaureate  degree  to  plan  their  programs.  These  pro- 
grams will  constitute  freshman/sophomore  level  coursework  to  be 
taken  at  the  community  college  in  fulfillment  of  the  receiving 
institution's  lower  division  coursework  requirement. 

II.    POLICIES  TO  PROMOTE  THE  ACADEMIC  SUCCESS  AND  GEN- 
ERAL WELL-BEING  OF  TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

A.  By  the  Sending  Institutions: 

1 .  Students  who  enroll  at  Maryland  community  colleges  shall  be 
encouraged  to  complete  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  or  to 
complete  56  hours  in  a  recommended  transfer  program  which 
includes  both  general  education  courses  and  courses  appli- 
cable toward  the  program  at  the  receiving  institution. 

2.  Community  college  students  are  encouraged  to  choose  as 
early  as  possible  the  institution  and  program  into  which  they 
expect  to  transfer. 


10    Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures 


3.  Sending  institutions  shall  provide  to  community  college  stu- 
dents information  about  the  specific  transferability  of  courses  at 
four-year  colleges 

4.  Information  about  transfer  students  who  are  capable  of  honors 
work  or  independent  study  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  receiving 
institution. 

5.  The  sending  institution  should  promptly  supply  the  receiving 
institution  with  all  the  required  documents  provided  the  student 
has  met  all  requirements  of  the  sending  institution  for  transfer 

B.  By  the  Receiving  Institutions: 

1 .  Admission  requirements  and  curriculum  prerequisites  shall  be 
stated  explicitly  in  institutional  publications. 

2.  Transfer  students  from  newly  established  public  colleges  which 
are  functioning  with  the  approval  of  the  Maryland  Higher 
Education  Commission  shall  be  admitted  on  the  same  basis  as 
applicants  from  regionally  accredited  colleges. 

3.  The  receiving  institution  shall  evaluate  the  transcripts  of  degree 
seeking  transfer  students  as  expeditiously  as  possible,  and 
shall  notify  students  of  the  results  no  later  than  at  the  completion 
of  the  students'  first  semester  of  enrollment  at  the  receiving 
institution.  Students  shall  be  informed  both  of  which  courses 
are  acceptable  for  transfer  credit  and  which  of  those  are 
applicable  to  the  student's  intended  program  of  study. 

4.  Transfer  students  shall  be  given  the  option  of  satisfying  insti- 
tutional graduation  requirements  which  were  in  effect  at  the 
receiving  institution  at  the  time  they  enrolled  as  freshmen  at  the 
sending  institution.  In  the  case  of  major  requirements,  the 
transfer  student  has  the  option  of  satisfying  the  major  require- 
ments in  effect  at  the  time  when  the  student  was  identifiable  as 
pursuing  the  recommended  transfer  program  at  the  sending 
institution.  These  conditions  are  applicable  to  the  student  who 
has  been  continuously  enrolled  at  the  community  college  by 
completing  a  minimum  of  12  hours  within  the  calendar  year. 

III.  MAINTAINING  PROGRAMMATIC  CURRENCY,  STUDENT  AP- 
PEALS, AND  PERIODIC  REVIEW 

A.  Programmatic  Currency: 

1.  Receiving  institutions  shall  provide  to  the  community  college 
current  and  accurate  information  on  recommended  transfer 
programs  and  the  transferability  status  of  courses.  Community 
college  students  shall  have  access  to  this  information. 

2.  Recommended  transfer  programs  will  be  developed  with  each 
community  college  whenever  new  baccalaureate  programs  are 
approved  by  the  degree-granting  institution. 

3.  When  considering  curricular  changes,  institutions  shall  notify 
each  other  of  the  proposed  changes  that  might  affect  transfer 
students.  An  appropriate  mechanism  shall  be  created  to  ensure 
that  both  two  and  four  year  public  colleges  provide  input  or 
comments  to  the  institution  proposing  the  change.  Sufficient 
lead  time  shall  be  provided  to  effect  the  change  with  minimum 
disruption.  Transfer  students  shall  not  be  required  to  repeat 
equivalent  coursework  successfully  completed  at  the  community 
college. 

B.  Appeal  Process: 

1 .  A  campus-based  system  of  appeals  which  will  not  exceed  three 
levels  shall  be  implemented  at  each  institution.  The  procedures 
for  appeal  shall  be  published  in  the  college's  catalog  and 
student  handbook 

2.  If  a  student  believes  he  or  she  has  not  been  treated  fairly  in  the 
application  of  these  policies,  the  student  may  contact  the 
receiving  institution's  Transfer  Coordinator  (see  Periodic  Re- 
view section  2  below)  who  will  provide  information  on  academic 
appeals  policies  and  procedures  at  that  institution,  as  de- 
scribed in  catalogs  and  other  official  publications 

3.  Initially,  differences  of  interpretation  regarding  the  award  of 
transfer  credit  shall  be  resolved  between  the  student  and  the 
institution  to  which  he  or  she  has  transferred.  If  a  difference 


remains  unresolved  after  using  the  appropriate  appeal  proce- 
dures of  the  receiving  institution,  the  student  shall  present  his 
or  her  evaluation  of  the  situation  to  the  institution  from  which  the 
student  has  transferred  Representatives  from  the  two  institu- 
tions shall  then  have  the  opportunity  to  resolve  the  differences 

4.  The  sending  institution  shall  have  the  right  to  present  any 
unresolved  case  to  the  Advisory  Articulation  and  Transfer 
Committee  (se  Periodic  Review  section  3  below)  through  a 
written  appeal.  A  hearing  may  be  requested  by  either  party.  The 
Committee  shall  receive  relevant  documentation,  opinions, 
and  interpretations  in  writing  from  the  sending  and  receiving 
institutions  and  from  the  student  The  Committee  will  hold 
hearings  if  required  and  make  a  recommendation  as  to  the 
merits  of  the  appeal  The  Secretary  will  forward  the  recom- 
mendation to  the  appropriate  segment  head  for  disposition 

5.  A  student  must  initiate  his  or  her  complaint  about  the  awarding 
of  transfer  credits  within  one  calendar  year  of  transferable  credit 
notification  from  the  receiving  institution. 

6.  It  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  both  the  sending  and  receiving 
institutions  to  make  certain  that  any  student  who  is  considering 
any  appeal,  that  he/she  be  provided  a  copy  of  the  appeal 
procedure  and  be  advised  and  counseled  on  the  appeal  pro- 
cess. 

C.  Periodic  Review: 

1 .  The  progress  of  students  who  transfer  from  two-and  four-year 
institutions  within  the  State  shall  be  reported  annually  by  the 
receiving  institution  to  each  community  college  and  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Maryland  Commission  of  Higher  Education 
The  Commission  will  share  the  results  with  the  State  Board  for 
Community  Colleges.  Such  information  shall  include  longitudi- 
nal reports  on  the  subsequent  academic  success  of  enrolled 
transfer  students,  including  graduation  rates,  by  major  subject 
areas.  Comparable  information  on  the  progress  of  native  stu- 
dents shall  be  included. 

2.  Each  public  institution  of  higher  education  shall  designate  a 
Transfer  Coordinator,  who  serves  as  a  resource  person  to 
transfer  students  at  either  the  sending  or  receiving  campus,  and 
who  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  application  of  the  policies 
and  procedures  outlined  in  this  plan.  The  Transfer  Coordinator 
shall  also  assist  in  interpreting  transfer  policies  to  the  individual 
student  and  to  the  institution. 

3.  The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission  shall  establish  a 
permanent  Transfer  Advisory  Committee  that  meets  regularly 
to  review  transfer  issues  and  recommend  policy  changes  as 
needed.  The  Committee  shall  also  arbitrate  disagreements  as 
necessary  and  receive  written  appeals  as  descnbed  in  the 
"student  appeals"  section  above. 

4.  The  Transfer  Advisory  Committee  shall  review  these  transfer 
policies  at  least  every  five  years  and  recommend  changes  as 
necessary. 

IV.  DEFINITIONS 

A.  Native  Student  —  A  student  whose  initial  college  enrollment  was 
at  a  given  institution  of  higher  education  and  who  has  not  trans- 
ferred to  another  institution  of  higher  education  since  that  initial 
enrollment. 

B.  Parallel  Programs  —  The  program  of  study  (or  courses)  at  one 
institution  of  higher  education  which  has  comparable  objectives  as 
those  at  another  higher  education  institution,  e.g.  a  transfer  pro- 
gram in  psychology  in  a  community  college  is  definable  as  a 
parallel  program  to  a  baccalaureate  psychology  program  at  a  four 
year  institution  of  higher  education 

C  Receiving  Institution  —  The  institution  of  higher  education  at  which 
a  transfer  student  currently  desires  to  enroll 

D.  Recommend  Transfer  Program  —  A  planned  program  of  courses, 
including  both  general  education  and  courses  in  the  major,  taken 
at  the  community  college  which  is  applicable  to  a  baccalaureate 
program  at  a  receiving  institution:  ordmanly  the  first  two  years  of  the 
baccalaureate  degree. 


Admission  Requirements  and  Application  Procedures    11 


E.  Sending  Institution  —  The  institution  ol  higher  education  ol  most 
recent  previous  enrollment  by  a  transfer  student  at  which  transfer- 
able academic  credit  was  earned 

F.  Transfer  Student  —  A  student  entering  an  institution  for  the  first 
time  with  academic  credit  earned  at  another  institution  which  is 
applicable  for  credit  at  the  institution  the  student  is  entering. 


ADDITIONAL  ADMISSION  INFORMATION 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission.  Tuition,  and  Charge 
Differential  Purposes:  See  Appendix  M  for  the  complete  text  of  this 
policy. 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition,  and 
charge-differential  purposes  will  be  made  by  the  university  at  the  time  a 
student's  application  for  admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determi- 
nation made  at  that  time,  and  any  determination  made  thereafter  shall 
prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  determination  is  successfully  challenged . 
Students  may  challenge  their  classification  by  submitting  a  petition. 
Petitions  are  available  in  the  office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions.  The 
deadline  for  meeting  all  requirements  for  in-state  status  and  for  submitting 
all  documents  for  reclassification  is  the  last  day  of  late  registration  for  the 
semester  if  the  student  wishes  to  be  classified  as  an  in-state  student. 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  necessitate  a  delay  in 
completing  the  review  process.  It  is  hoped  that  a  decision  in  each  case  will 
be  made  within  ninety  days  of  receipt  of  a  request  for  redetermination  and 
all  necessary  documentation.  During  this  period  of  time,  or  any  further 
period  of  time  required  by  the  university,  fees  and  charges  based  on  the 
previous  determination  must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is  changed,  any 
excess  fees  and  charges  will  be  refunded. 

Petitions,  related  documents  and  questions  concerning  the  policy  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of  in-state  status  should  be 
directed  to  the  Campus  Classification  Office,  1116  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2030. 

Students  Classified  as  In-State  for  Admission,  Tuition,  and  Charge- 
Differential  Purposes:  Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admission, 
tuition,  and  charge-differential  purposes  are  responsible  for  notifying  the 
office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  in  writing  within  fifteen  days  of  any 
change  in  their  circumstances  what  might  in  any  way  affect  their  classi- 
fication at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

The  written  notice  of  change  in  circumstances  or  questions  concerning  the 
policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of  in-state  status 
should  be  directed  to  Undergraduate  Admissions,  Ground  Floor,  Mitchell 
Building. 

READMISSI0N  AND  REINSTATEMENT 

Students  who  do  not  maintain  continuous  registration  must  apply  for 
readmission  or  reinstatement  if  they  intend  to  reenroll  at  the  university.  A 
student  who  was  previously  admitted  and  did  not  register  for  that  semester 
must  apply  again  for  admission.  A  student  who  was  previously  admitted, 
registered,  and  canceled  this  registration,  must  also  apply  for  admission. 

Readmission 

Students  must  apply  for  readmission  if  they  interrupt  registration  for  one 
or  more  semesters  and  were  neither  academically  dismissed  nor  withdrew 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  last  semester  of  attendance. 


are  reviewed  by  a  Faculty  Petition  Board.  Students  may  apply  for 
reinstatement  for  the  semester  immediately  following  withdrawal/dis- 
missal or  for  any  subsequent  semester.  The  Board  members  are  empow- 
ered to  grant  reinstatement  if  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 

Students  who  are  denied  reinstatement  may  apply  for  future  reinstatement 
in  accordance  with  published  deadlines.  Students  may  be  required  to 
comply  with  specific  recommendations  made  by  the  Faculty  Petition 
Board  in  order  to  qualify  for  reinstatement. 

Deadlines 

There  are  no  deadlines  for  readmission.  However,  students  are  encour- 
aged to  apply  early  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  early  registration. 

Students  applying  for  reinstatement  must  observe  the  following  deadlines: 

Fall  Semester — June  15 
Spring  Semester — November  1 
Summer  Session  I — April  15 
Summer  Session  II — May  15 

These  deadlines  are  strictly  enforced. 

Summer  School 

Fall  dismissals  who  are  denied  reinstatement  for  the  spring  semester  are 
not  eligible  to  attend  summer  sessions  unless  they  are  approved  for 
reinstatement  in  the  interim.  Students  dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  spring 
semester  may  attend  the  first  and\or  second  summer  sessions  prior  to 
reinstatement.  However,  these  students  must  be  approved  for  reinstate- 
ment in  order  to  attend  during  the  fall  semester. 

Clearances 

Clearances  from  Judicial  Programs.the  Bursar's  office,  Health  Center,  or 
International  Education  Services  may  be  requested  of  the  applicant. 

Applications 

Applications  for  readmission  and  reinstatement  are  available  at  the 
Information  Counter,  Undergraduate  Admissions,  Ground  Floor,  Mitchell 
Building.  Applications  may  also  be  requested  by  phone. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  contact  Reenrollment  Office.  0117  Mitchell 
Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  314-8382. 

GRADUATE  STUDENT  ADMISSION 

Those  who  have  earned  or  will  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  at  a  regionally 
accredited  college  or  university  in  the  United  States,  or  the  equivalent  of 
this  degree  as  determined  by  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 
in  another  country,  will  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  graduate  school 
at  College  Park.  Criteria  are  listed  in  the  Graduate  School's  Application 
Brochure  obtainable  from  the  graduate  school.  Requests  for  information 
about  graduate  programs  or  correspondence  concerning  application  for 
admission  to  the  graduate  school  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  should  be  addressed  to  Admissions  Office,  University  of  Maryland 
Graduate  School,  Lee  Building,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 


Reinstatement 


Students  who  withdraw  or  who  are  academically  dismissed  from  the 
university  must  apply  for  reinstatement.  All  applications  for  reinstatement 


12 


CHAPTER  2 


FEES.  EXPENSES  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 


FEES  AND  EXPENSES 
Student  Accounts  Office 

1 103  Lee  Building.  405-9041  and  405-4641 

Tuition  and  fees  for  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  are  listed 
below.  The  university  requires  that  all  deposits  and  fees  be  paid  by  stated 
deadlines,  or  penalties  must  be  imposed.  Many  potential  administrative 
difficulties  can  be  avoided  if  students  carefully  follow  published  procedures 
and  notify  the  appropriate  office(s)  of  any  changes  that  might  affect  their 
financial  obligation  to  the  university.  This  includes  notifying  the  university 
of  changes  of  address,  so  that  mail  affecting  the  student's  financial 
relationship  with  the  university  will  not  be  delayed  or  returned. 

College  Park  is  in  the  process  of  securing  administrative  approval  to 
sponsor  a  low  cost  commercial  ten  month  budget  plan.  TUITION  PLAN, 
for  the  combined  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Also,  a  single  semester  three 
payment  plan  is  available,  albeit  somewhat  more  expensive.  Information 
regarding  these  plans  is  available  by  calling  1-800-343-091 1 . 

All  charges  incurred  during  a  semester  are  payable  immediately.  Returning 
students  will  not  be  permitted  to  complete  registration  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  university,  including  library  fines,  parking  violations,  and 
other  penalty  fees  and  services  charges,  are  paid  in  full. 

Payment  for  past  due  balances  and  current  semester  fees  are  due  on  or 
before  the  first  day  of  classes.  Students  who  register  in  advance  must  pay 
their  bills  in  full  prior  to  the  general  registration  period.  Students  who 
register  after  the  initial  registration  period  are  required  to  make  full 
payment  by  the  close  of  business  the  following  working  day  to  avoid 
cancellation  of  their  enrollment  and  loss  of  their  classroom  seats  to  other 
students. 

Although  the  university  regularly  mails  bills  to  students,  it  cannot  assume 
responsibility  for  their  receipt.  Students  are  reminded  that  it  is  their 
responsibility  to  notify  the  university  of  any  change  in  address,  or  to  correct 
an  address.  If  a  student  bill  is  not  received  on  or  before  the  beginning  of 
each  semester,  it  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  obtain  a  copy  of  the  bill, 
1 103  Lee  Building,  Monday  through  Friday.  8:30  a.m.  to  4:15  p.m. 

All  checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  the  exact  amount  due.  Student  name  and  student  social 
security  number  should  be  written  on  the  front  side  ot  the  check. 

University  grants,  scholarships,  or  workship  awards  will  be  deducted  on 
the  bill,  which  is  mailed  approximately  one  month  after  the  start  of  the 
semester.  However,  the  first  bill  mailed  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each 
semester  may  not  include  these  deductions. 

Students  are  urged  to  check  their  residence  hall  and  dining  service 
agreements  for  procedures  for  cancellation  of  reservations,  and  for 
deadlines  for  receiving  refunds  of  deposits  Refunds  cannot  be  made  after 
these  deadlines,  even  if  the  student  decides  not  to  attend  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Students  will  incur  a  late  payment  fee  in  the  event  of  failure  to  pay  a 
balance  on  their  student  account  by  its  due  date  A  $25.00  fee  and  a  late 
payment  fee  of  $5.00  or  5%.  whichever  is  higher,  will  be  assessed  in 
addition  to  payment  for  the  total  past  due  amount 

Students  removed  from  housing  because  of  delinquent  indebtedness  will 
be  required  to  reapply  for  housing  after  they  have  satisfied  their  financial 
obligation.  Students  who  fail  to  pay  the  indebtedness  during  the  semester 


in  which  delinquency  occurs  will  be  ineligible  to  preregister  for  subsequent 
semesters  until  the  debt  and  the  penalty  fees  are  cleared. 

In  the  event  of  actual  registration  for  a  subsequent  semester  by  a 
delinquent  student  who  has  not  settled  his  or  her  student  account  prior  to 
that  semester,  such  registration  will  be  canceled  and  no  credit  will  be 
earned  for  the  semester. 

The  state  has  established,  under  legislative  mandate,  a  Central  Collec- 
tions Unit  (CCU)  within  the  Department  of  Budget  and  Fiscal  Planning. 
The  university  is  required  by  state  law  to  refer  all  delinquent  accounts  to 
the  State  Collections  Unit.  Please  note  that  Maryland  law  allows  the 
Central  Collections  Unit  to  intercept  state  income  tax  refunds  for  individuals 
with  delinquent  accounts,  and  that  failure  to  make  timely  payment  in 
response  to  CCU  collection  efforts  may  impair  a  credit  rating. 

All  Accounts  Due  from  Students,  Faculty,  Staff,  Non-Students,  etc., 
are  included  within  these  guidelines. 

Collection  costs  incurred  in  collecting  delinquent  accounts  will  be  charged 
to  the  student.  The  minimum  collection  fee  is  15%  plus  attorney  and/or 
court  costs. 

No  degrees,  grades,  diplomas,  certificates,  or  transcripts  of  records  will  be 
issued  to  students  who  have  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  their 
accounts. 

An  Important  Fee  Notice:  Although  changes  in  fees  and  charges  ordi- 
narily will  be  announced  in  advance,  the  university  reserves  the  right  to 
make  such  changes  without  prior  announcement. 

Note:  Additional  Information  on  Student  Financial  Obligations.  Disclosure 
of  Information,  Delinquent  Accounts,  and  Special  Fees,  can  be  found  in 
the  "Policy  Statement"  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

Payment  of  Fees 

All  checks,  money  orders,  or  postal  notes  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  student's  Social  Security  number  must  be 
written  on  the  front  of  the  check.  VISA  and  Master-Card  credit  cards  are 
accepted. 

A.   UNDERGRADUATE  FEES 

'Increases  in  board  and  lodging  for  1991-92  are  under  consideration 
by  the  Board  of  Regents  at  the  time  of  this  printing. 

1.   Full-time  Undergraduate  Students  1991-92  Academic  Year 

(For  billing  purposes,  a  student  is  considered  full-time  if  the 
number  of  credit  hours  enrolled  is  9  or  more.) 

a.  Maryland  Residents 

Total  Academic  Year  Cost 
Tuition  $1.926  00 

Mandatory  Fees  (see  Explanation  of  Fees  below)       509  00 
Board  Contract  (FY  90-91)' 

1)  Point  Plan  2.094  00 

Lodging  (FY  90-91)'  2.618.00 

b.  Residents  ol  the  District  of  Columbia,  other  states,  and  other 
countries: 

Total  Academic  Year  Cost 
Tuition  6.794.00 


Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid    13 


Mandatory  Fees  (see  Explanation  of  Fees  below)      509.00 
Board  Contract  (FY90-91)' 

1)  Point  Plan  2,094.00 

Lodging  (FY90-91)  2.618.00 

2.   Fees  for  Part-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

Tuition  (per  credit  hour)  $115.00 

Mandatory  Fees  (per  semester)  122.00 

Note:  The  term  "part-time  undergraduate  student"  is  interpreted 
to  mean  an  undergraduate  student  taking  eight  semester  credit 
hours  or  less.  Students  carrying  nine  semester  hours  or  more  are 
considered  to  be  full-time  and  must  pay  the  regular  full-time  fees. 

B.   GRADUATE  FEES 

1 .  Maryland  Residents  (fee  per  credit  hour)  143.00 

2.  Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  other  states 

other  countries  (fee  per  credit  hour)  256.00 

3.  Mandatory  Fees  (per  semester) 

Full-time  (9  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester)  132.50 

Part-time  (8  or  less  credit  hours  per  semester)  1 13.50 

EXPLANATION  OF  FEES 
Mandatory  Fees 

Academic  Services  Fee  (Non-Refundable):  The  Academic  Services 
Fee  is  charged  to  all  students  each  semester. 

Instructional  Materials  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students  for 
instructional  materials  and/or  laboratory  supplies  furnished  to  students. 

Student  Activities  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  undergraduate 
students  at  the  request  of  the  Student  Government  Association.  It  is  used 
in  sponsoring  various  student  activities,  student  publications,  and  cultural 
programs. 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students.  This  fee 
is  paid  into  a  fund  that  is  used  for  capital  improvement,  expansion,  and 
construction  of  various  campus  facilities  such  as  open  recreation  areas 
(tennis  courts,  basketball  courts,  etc.),  transportation  alternatives  (shuttle 
buses),  and  the  Stamp  Student  Union.  These  capital  projects  are  not 
funded  or  are  funded  only  in  part  from  other  sources. 

Athletic  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students  for  the  support  of  the 
Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics.  All  students  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  all  of  the  activities  of  this  department,  or  to  attend  the 
contests  if  they  do  not  participate. 

Student  Health  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  Health  Service  facility. 

Shuttle  Bus  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students  for  the  support 
of  the  Shuttle  Bus  transportation  system. 

Stamp  Student  Union  and  Recreational  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to 
all  students  and  is  used  to  expand  recreational  facilities  and  Stamp 
Student  Union  services. 

Building  Recreation  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students  specifi- 
cally to  support  the  construction  and  operation  of  Ritchie  Coliseum  and  the 
new  Campus  Recreation  Building,  a  multi-use  facility  that  will  include: 
basketball  and  racquetball  courts,  indoor  and  outdoor  pools,  an  indoor 
jogging  track  and  multipurpose  activity  spaces. 

Other  Fees 

Application  Fee  (Non-Refundable):  $26.00.  Charged  to  all  new  under- 
graduate students. 

Enrollment  Confirmation  Deposit  (Non-Refundable):  $1 00.00.  All  newly 
accepted  undergraduate  students  who  intend  to  matriculate  in  the  fall  or 
spring  semester  must  submit  a  $100  fee  which  is  credited  to  their  tuition 
charges  when  they  enroll.  Should  the  student  decide  not  to  enroll  for  the 
specific  semester  of  application  the  $100  fee  is  forfeited,  and  cannot  be 
used  to  offset  any  charges  including  orientation  charges  the  student  may 
incur. 

Students  admitted  for  the  fall  term  by  April  1  must  submit  this  deposit  by 
May  1;  students  admitted  for  the  spring  term  prior  to  December  1  must 


submit  this  deposit  within  30  days  Students  admitted  after  December  1 
for  the  spring  term  must  submit  this  deposit  within  14  days. 

Pre-College  Orientation  Program  Registration  Fee  $78  00  (two-day 
program);  $54.00  (one-day  program);  $27.00  (one  parent);  $54  00  (two 
parents) 

Late  Registration  Fee:  $20  00  All  students  are  expected  to  complete 
their  registration  including  the  filing  of  Schedule  Adjustment  Forms  on  the 
regular  registration  days.  Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration 
during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  this  fee. 

Special  Fee  for  students  requiring  additional  preparation  in  math- 
ematics (MATH  001  and  MATH  002)  per  semester:  $145 .00.  (Required 
of  students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  MATH  1 1 0  or  1 1 5  and  who  do  not 
pass  the  qualifying  examination  for  these  courses. )  This  Special  Math  Fee 
is  in  addition  to  course  charge.  Students  enrolled  in  this  course  and 
concurrently  enrolled  for  six  or  more  credit  hours  will  be  considered  as  full- 
time  students  for  purposes  of  assessing  fees.  Students  taking  only  MATH 
001  pay  for  three  credits  plus  $145.00.  A  three-credit  course  plus  MATH 
001  results  in  a  charge  for  6  credits  plus  $1 45.00.  A  full-time  student  pays 
full-time  fees  plus  $1 45.00.  This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any 
degree  at  the  university. 

Special  Fee  for  Students  Requiring  Additional  Preparation  in 
Chemistry  (CHEM  001)  per  Semester:  $135.00  CHEM  001  is  recom- 
mended for  students  who  do  not  qualify  for  MATH  1 10  or  higher,  or  who 
have  no  high  school  chemistry  and  must  take  CHEM  103.  This  course 
does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  university.  This  Special 
Chemistry  Fee  is  in  addition  to  course  charge. 

Cooperative  Education  in  Liberal  Arts,  Business  and  Science  (CO- 
OP 098-099)  Per  Semester:  $65.00 

Engineering  COOP  Program  (ENCO  098-099)  Per  Semester:  $65.00 

Fees  for  Auditors  and  courses  taken  for  audit  are  the  same  as  those 
charged  for  courses  taken  for  credit  at  both  the  undergraduate  and 
graduate  levels.  Audited  credit  hours  will  be  added  to  hours  taken  for  credit 
to  determine  full-time  or  part-time  status  for  fee  assessment  purposes. 
Special  Students  are  assessed  fees  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  for 
the  comparable  undergraduate  or  graduate  classification. 

Special  Examination  Fee  (Credit-by-Exam)  $30.00  per  course  for  all 
undergraduates  and  full-time  graduate  students;  credit-hour  charge  for 
part-time  graduate  students. 

Vehicle  Registration  Fees:  Vehicles  must  be  registered  each  academic 
year  by  all  students  enrolled  for  classes  on  the  College  Park  campus  and 
who  drive  or  park  a  vehicle  anywhere  or  anytime  on  the  campus.  For 
additional  information,  please  refer  to  the  entry  for  Department  of  Campus 
Parking  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies:  Textbooks  and  classroom  supplies  vary  with 
the  course  pursued,  but  will  average  $475.00  per  year  (two  semesters). 

Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks:  Payable  for  each  check  which 
is  returned  unpaid  by  the  drawee  bank  on  initial  presentation  because  of 
insufficient  funds,  payment  stopped,  post-dating,  drawn  against  uncollected 
items,  etc. 

For  checks  up  to  $100.00:  $10.00 

For  checks  from  $100.01  to  $500.00:  $25.00 

For  checks  over  $500.00:  $50.00 

When  a  check  is  returned  unpaid,  the  student  must  redeem  the  check  and 
pay  any  outstanding  balance  in  the  account  within  1 0  days  or  all  university 
services  may  be  severed  and  the  account  transferred  to  the  State  Central 
Collection  Unit  for  legal  follow-up.  Additionally,  a  minimum  1 5%  collection 
charge  is  added  to  the  charges  posted  to  the  student's  account  at  the  time 
the  transfer  is  made.  When  a  check  is  returned  unpaid  due  to  an  error 
made  by  the  student's  bank,  the  student  must  obtain  a  letter  from  the 
branch  manager  of  the  bank  or  a  person  of  equivalent  status  admitting  the 
error.  This  letter  must  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  to  have  the 
service  charged  waived. 

Overdue  Library  Charges:  For  items  from  the  library's  main  circulating 
collections,  charges  are  35  cents  per  day  per  item,  and  recalled  item  fines 
are  $1 .50  per  day.  If  an  item  is  lost  or  mutilated,  the  borrower  is  charged 
the  estimated  cost  of  the  item  plus  a  processing  fee  to  cover  acquisition 
and  cataloging  costs.  Different  fine  rates  may  apply  for  other  library 
collections,  such  as  reserve  collections. 


14    Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid 


Maryland  English  Institute  Fee  Semi-intensive.  $1,420.00.  Intensive, 
$2,840  00.  Students  enrolled  with  the  Maryland  English  Institute  pay  this 
fee  in  support  of  the  institute.  Students  enrolled  in  the  semi-intensive 
program  may  also  enroll  for  regular  academic  courses  and  pay  the  tuition 
and  fees  associated  with  those  offerings.  The  program  also  offers  non- 
credit  courses:  English  Pronunciation,  $240.00,  and  Workshop  for  For- 
eign Teaching  Assistants,  $480.00. 

Property  Damage  Charge:  Students  will  be  charged  for  damage  to 
property  or  equipment.  Where  responsibility  for  the  damage  can  be  fixed, 
the  individual  student  will  be  billed  for  it;  where  responsibility  cannot  be 
fixed,  the  cost  of  repairing  the  damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  be 
prorated  among  the  individuals  involved. 

Late  Payment  Fee:  One  time  fee  of  5%  of  overdue  amount,  or  $10.00, 
whichever  is  greater,  plus  an  additional  1%  on  subsequent  billing. 

Withdrawal  or  Refund  Fees:  Students  compelled  to  leave  the  university 
at  any  time  during  the  academic  year  should  secure  a  form  for  withdrawal 
from  the  Records  and  Registrations  Office.  The  completed  form  and  the 
semester  Identification/Registration  Card  are  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Records  and  Registrations  Office.  Students  will  forfeit  their  right  to  refund 
if  the  withdrawal  action  described  above  is  not  adhered  to.  The  effective 
date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  withdrawal  form  is  filed  in 
the  Records  and  Registrations  Office  Stop  Payment  on  a  check,  failure 
to  pay  the  semester  bill,  failure  to  attend  classes,  does  not  constitute 
withdrawal.  A  request  for  a  refund  must  be  processed  by  students  with  the 
Office  of  the  Bursar;  otherwise  any  credit  on  student  accounts  will 
automatically  be  carried  over  to  the  next  semester.  Cancellation  of 
Registration  -  Submitted  to  the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office 
before  the  official  first  day  of  classes  entitles  students  to  full  credit 
of  semester  tuition. 

Undergraduate  students  withdrawing  from  the  university  will  be  credited 
for  tuition  and  fees  (except  the  registration  fee)  in  accordance  with  the 
following  schedule: 


Prior  to  1st  day  of  classes 
1st  10  days  of  classes 
3rd  week 
4th  week 
5th  week 
After  5th  week 


100% 
80% 
60% 
40% 
20% 
No  Refund 


Prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes,  if  full-time  undergraduate  students  drop 
a  course  or  courses,  thereby  changing  the  total  number  of  credits  for  which 
they  are  preregistered  to  eight  or  fewer,  charges  for  the  semester  will  be 
assessed  on  the  basis  of  the  per  credit  hour  fee  for  part-time  students. 
However,  if  students  later  add  a  course  or  courses  thereby  changing  the 
total  number  of  credits  for  which  they  are  registered  to  nine  or  more,  they 
will  be  billed  for  the  difference  between  per  credit  hour  fees  paid  and  the 
general  fees  for  full-time  undergraduates. 

If  during  the  first  five  days  of  classes  full-time  undergraduates  drop  a 
course  or  courses  thereby  changing  the  total  number  of  credits  for  which 
they  are  registered  to  eight  or  less,  charges  for  the  semester  will  be 
assessed  on  the  basis  of  part-time  charges  plus  20%  of  the  difference 
between  the  full-time  fees  and  appropriate  part-time  charges.  After  the 
first  five  days  of  classes,  there  is  no  refund  for  changing  from  full-time  to 
part-time  status. 

Students  who  register  as  part-time  undergraduate  students  and  apply  for 
a  refund  for  courses  dropped  during  the  first  week  of  classes  will  be  given 
a  refund.  No  refund  will  be  made  for  courses  dropped  thereafter. 

No  part  of  the  charges  for  room  and  board  is  refundable  except  when 
students  officially  withdraw  from  the  university  or  when  they  are  given 
permission  by  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  university  to  move  from  the 
residence  halls  and/or  to  discontinue  dining  hall  privileges.  In  these  cases, 
the  room  refund  will  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  number  of  periods 
remaining  by  the  pro  rata  weekly  rate  after  adjusting  for  a  service  charge. 
Refunds  to  students  having  full  board  contracts  will  be  calculated  in  a 
similar  manner  No  room  and/or  board  refunds  will  be  made  after  the 
fourteenth  week  of  the  semester  Students  are  reminded  that  reservations 
for  room  and  board  must  be  canceled  by  the  date  published  in  the 
residence  hall  and  dining  services  agreement(s). 

In  computing  refunds  to  students  who  have  received  the  benefit  of 
scholarships  and  loans  from  university  funds,  the  computation  will  be 
made  to  return  the  maximum  amount  to  the  scholarship  and  loan  accounts 
without  loss  to  the  university. 


Military  Call-Up 

Students  who  must  withdraw  from  the  University  as  a  result  of  being  called 
for  military  duty  should  contact  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registration 
immediately,  and  should  have  available  a  copy  of  their  orders  The 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  has  procedures  to  ensure  an 
orderly  process  of  separation  for  these  students. 


FINANCIAL  AID 

Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

2130  Mitchell  Building.  314-8313 

Applying  for  financial  aid.  receiving  financial  aid.  and  keeping  financial  aid 
do  not  happen  automatically.  Students  have  to  make  it  happen! 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  (OSFA)  provides  advice  and  assistance 
in  the  formulation  of  student  financial  plans  and,  in  cooperation  with  other 
university  offices,  participates  in  the  awarding  of  scholarships  and  grants 
to  deserving  students.  The  primary  responsibility  for  financing  attendance 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  lies  with  students  and 
families. 

Scholarships,  grants,  loans,  and  work-study  positions  are  awarded  on  the 
basis  of  academic  ability  and  financial  need  determined  by  a  federal  needs 
analysis  system.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  committee  on  Financial  Aid  to  provide 
awards  to  those  qualified  students  who  might  not  otherwise  be  able  to 
pursue  college  studies. 

Financial  aid  funds  are  limited;  therefore,  all  new,  readmitted,  and  returning 
students  must  follow  these  steps  to  receive  priority  consideration  for 
financial  aid: 

1 .  Submit  admissions  applications  and  all  necessary  supporting  docu- 
ments to  the  Office  of  Admission  by  the  appropriate  deadlines. 

2.  Complete  a  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF)  after  January  1 .  FAF  forms  are 
available  from  OSFA  A  new  FAF  is  required  for  each  academic 
year  of  the  student's  enrollment. 

New  students  should  not  wait  to  be  admitted  before  filing  the  FAF. 

A  financial  aid  application  has  no  bearing  on  a  student's  admission 
application.  However,  students  will  not  receive  final  consideration  for 
aid  until  they  are  admitted  to  a  degree  program. 

3.  Mail  the  form  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service  no  later  than  January 
15,  so  that  the  service's  analysis  of  the  FAF  is  received  in  the  Office 
of  Student  Financial  Aid  by  February  15.  Income  for  the  previous 
year  may  be  estimated  initially,  and  corrected  later  on  the  Student 
Aid  Report. 

Applications  received  after  February  15,  1991  will  be  reviewed  after  on- 
time  applications  in  order  of  receipt  as  long  as  funds  are  available  All 
transfer  students  and  new  graduate  students  must  provide  a  financial  aid 
transcript  from  all  post-secondary  schools  attended,  whether  aid  was 
received  or  not. 

General  Regulations  Applicable  to  All  Forms  of  Aid 

Full-Time  Status.  For  most  types  of  aid.  students  must  register  for  and 
attempt  at  least  12  credit  hours  through  schedule  adjustment  each 
semester  in  order  to  receive  the  full  financial  aid  award.  Please  refer  to  the 
standards  of  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  when  considering  dropping 
below  12  credit  hours  for  any  given  semester. 

Citizenship  Status 

Students  must  be  United  States  citizens  or  eligible  non-citizens  in  order 
to  be  eligible  for  federal,  state,  or  university  financial  assistance. 

Default/Owe  Refund:  To  receive  federal  financial  aid.  you  cannot  be  in 
default  on  an  educational  loan,  nor  can  you  owe  any  refund  on  a  Pell  Grant 
or  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG)  previously 
awarded  at  any  post-secondary  institution 

Degree  Seeking:  To  receive  federal  financial  aid.  students  must  be 
working  toward  a  degree  or  certificate.  Students  must  be  admitted  to  the 
university  as  "degree-seeking." 


Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid    15 


Satisfactory  Progress:  To  receive  federal  financial  aid,  students  must  be 
making  satisfactory  progress  toward  a  degree  or  certificate  according  to 
the  Standards  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  printed  at  the  end  of 
this  chapter. 

Financial  Aid  Transcripts.  Any  student  who  has  attended  another  post- 
secondary  institution  must  submit  a  financial  aid  transcript  regardless  of 
whether  he  or  she  received  financial  assistance  or  not. 

Selective  Service:  To  receive  federal  financial  aid.  students  must  be 
registered  with  Selective  Service  if  they  are  male,  at  least  1 8  years  old  and 
born  after  December  31,  1959.  unless  they  are  not  required  to  be 
registered.  Compliance  with  the  registration  requirement  will  be  verified  by 
the  federal  government.  The  names  of  those  students  whose  status 
cannot  be  verified  will  be  referred  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice  for 
possible  prosecution. 

Anti-Drug  Abuse  Act:  All  Pell  Grant  recipients  must  sign  an  Anti-Drug 
Abuse  Act  certification  form  stating  that  they  will  not  engage  in  the  unlawful 
manufacture,  distribution,  dispensation,  possession  or  use  of  a  controlled 
substance  during  the  period  covered  by  the  Pell  Grant. 

Receiving  a  Non-University  Award:  If  students  receive  assistance 
(scholarship  or  loan)  from  a  non-university  source,  the  university  will 
normally  reduce  the  financial  aid  awarded  by  the  university.  It  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  notify  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  of  all  outside 
awards.  Unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  donor,  outside  non-university 
awards  will  be  credited  to  students'  accounts,  one  half  each  semester  of 
the  academic  year. 

Change  in  Financial  Situation:  It  is  the  students'  responsibility  to  notify 
the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  of  any  changes  in  their  financial 
situation  during  the  year. 

Reapplication  Requirement:  No  form  of  assistance  is  automatically 
renewed  from  year  to  year.  All  students  requesting  aid  must  reapply  by 
submitting  a  new  FAF  annually .  Such  reapplication  must  indicate  continued 
financial  need  as  well  as  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress. 

Award  Policy:  Financial  aid  is  normally  a  combination  of  grant  funds,  loan 
funds,  and  employment.  The  financial  aid  "package"  is  determined  by  the 
availability  of  the  various  types  of  financial  aid  and  the  individual  cir- 
cumstances of  the  students.  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  any  special 
application  for  university  grants.  The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  will 
determine  awards  which  best  fit  the  needs  and  qualifications  of  the 
candidates. 

Estimating  Educational  Cost 

A  budget  of  average  educational  costs  is  used  in  determining  how  much 
aid  a  student  is  awarded  during  the  academic  year.  The  typical  budget  for 
an  in-state  undergraduate  at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  1990-91 
academic  year  was  as  follows: 

Dependent  Student  Living  on  Campus 

Tuition  (in-state)  $2270.00  out-of-state:  $6326.00 

Room  2818.00 

Board  2100.00 

Incidentals  1500.00 

Books  450.00 


TOTAL 


$9138.00 


$13,194.00 


Notes:  1.   The  above  budget  is  subject  to  change  for  the  1991-92 
academic  year. 
2.   To  determine  1991-92  budget,  add  approximately  4%-5%  to 
costs. 

Merit-Based  Financial  Assistance 

Scholarships 

There  are  increasing  numbers  of  merit-based  scholarships  available  to 
academically  talented  students  attending  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park.  The  following  is  a  list  of  such  awards,  several  of  which  are 
dependent  upon  a  particular  major,  academic  standing,  and/or  in  some 
cases,  financial  need,  as  determined  by  the  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF). 
Students  applying  for  merit  awards  may  be  eligible  for  more  than  one  of 
these  scholarships.  For  more  information  about  these  awards,  students 
are  encouraged  to  contact  the  department  or  office  responsible  for  the 
selection. 


Benjamin  Banneker  Scholarship.  Merit  awards  are  available  to  aca- 
demically talented  black  students.  Awards  are  made  to  entering  freshmen 
and  are  renewable  lor  up  to  four  years  ol  undergraduate  study.  The  award 
provides  funds  to  cover  full-time  tuition,  mandatory  lees,  room,  board,  and 
a  book  allowance.  December  1  is  the  deadline  for  receipt  of  both  the 
application  for  admission  and  awards  Automatic  consideration  is  given  to 
all  National  Achievement  Finalists.  Banneker  Scholars  are  also  admitted 
to  the  University  Honors  Program  if  they  choose  to  participate.  Contact 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions.  Awards  are  made  in  March  or  early 
April. 

Full  University  Scholarship.  This  four-year  award  covers  the  recipient's 
room,  board,  tuition,  and  mandatory  fees  charged  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  Those  eligible  for  consideration  must  be 
incoming  freshmen  with  a  grade  point  average  ol  3.5  or  better,  combined 
SAT  scores  of  1 100  or  higher,  and  must  demonstrate  extreme  need  as 
determined  by  the  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF)  and  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  Approximately  1 5  Full  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year. 
Candidates  will  be  selected  from  among  those  eligible  freshmen  admitted 
by  March  1st.  Contact  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid.  Awards  are  made 
in  early  April. 

Francis  Scott  Key  Scholars  Program.  Scholarships,  renewable  for  four 
years  of  undergraduate  study,  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  merit  to 
incoming  freshmen.  The  awardees  are  known  as  Key  Scholars.  The 
awards  provide  funds  to  cover  full-time  tuition,  mandatory  fees,  room, 
board,  and  a  book  allowance.  In  addition,  Key  Scholars  receive  preferential 
housing.  Recipients  are  designated  by  the  President  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  committee  that  screens  nominations  submitted  by  high 
school  guidance  counselors  and  administrators  of  the  university.  For 
consideration,  students  must  submit  an  application  for  admission  to  the 
university  and  be  nominated  for  this  award  by  December  1st.  Automatic 
consideration  is  given  to  all  National  Merit  Finalists  and  Semi-Finalists,  all 
Distinguished  Scholar  Finalists  and  Semi-Finalists,  and  Honorable 
Mentions.  Contact  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions.  Awards  are 
made  in  March  or  early  April. 

Regents  Scholars  Program.  Each  year,  the  University  of  Maryland 
System  selects  from  the  brightest  high  school  graduates  in  the  nation  a 
small  number  of  Regent  Scholars  to  continue  their  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  or  any  of  the  other  University  of 
Maryland  System  institutions  which  admit  freshman.  The  President  of 
each  institution  selects  nominees  from  among  the  applicants  for  consid- 
eration by  the  Chancellor  and  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University. 
Scholarships  are  based  on  academic  achievement  (SAT's  approaching 
1400  and  high  school  GPA  approaching  4.0)  and  leadership  potential. 
Each  scholar  will  receive  an  annual  award  to  cover  in-state  tuition, 
mandatory  fees,  on-campus  room  and  board,  and  a  set  annual  stipend  to 
help  defray  other  educational  expenses  over  a  four-year  baccalaureate 
program.  Final  selection  and  official  appointment  to  the  Regents  Scholars 
program  is  by  the  Board  of  Regents.  Contact  the  Office  Undergraduate 
Admissions  for  an  application.  Applications  should  be  made  by  March  1 
so  that  awards  may  be  made  in  early  spring. 

University  Sponsored  Scholarships.  Most  scholarships  are  awarded  to 
students  before  they  enter  the  university.  However,  students  who  have 
completed  one  or  more  semesters,  have  a  3.0  GPA  or  better,  and  have  not 
received  such  an  award  are  eligible  to  apply.  Applicants  will  receive 
consideration  for  all  scholarships  administered  by  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid  for  which  they  are  eligible.  Students  must  submit  an  FAF  by 
February  15,  including  all  supporting  documents,  and  must  submit  a 
scholarship  application  by  May  1st,  in  order  to  be  considered  for  schol- 
arship assistance  for  the  ensuing  year.  Contact  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  Scholarship  awards  will  be  made  on  an  ongoing  basis. 

Regulations  and  procedures  for  the  awarding  of  scholarships  are  formulated 
by  the  Committee  on  Financial  Aid.  All  recipients  are  subject  to  the 
academic  and  non-academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  university. 

The  committee  reserves  the  right  to  review  the  scholarship  program 
annually  and  to  make  adjustments  in  the  amounts  and  the  recipients  of  the 
awards  in  accordance  with  the  funds  available  and  the  scholastic 
achievement  of  the  recipients. 

College  and  Departmental  Scholarships.  Questions  about  any  award 
that  is  recommended  by  a  college/school  or  department  should  be 
directed  to  the  chair  or  dean.  Refer  to  the  appropriate  college  or  depart- 
ment entry  in  this  catalog,  or  contact  the  department  or  college  directly. 

Maryland  State  Scholarships.  The  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  has 
created  several  programs  of  scholarships  for  Maryland  residents  who 
need  financial  help  to  obtain  a  college  education.  The  undergraduate 
programs  include  (1)  General  State  scholarships,  (2)  Senatorial  scholar- 


16    Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid 


ships,  and  (3)  House  of  Delegates  scholarships.  High  school  seniors 
wishing  to  apply  for  these  scholarships  should  contact  their  guidance 
counselors.  Students  presently  attending  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  should  contact  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid.  Students 
who  are  entering  college  for  the  first  time  must  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude 
Test  in  November  or  December  of  their  senior  year  A  Maryland  State 
Financial  Aid  form  must  be  mailed  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service  in 
Princeton,  New  Jersey.  The  deadline  for  applying  for  these  scholarships 
is  March  1  each  year.  For  additional  information,  contact  the  Maryland 
State  Scholarship  Administration,  1 6  Francis  Street,  2nd  Floor,  Annapolis, 
MD  21401;  (301)  974-5370. 

Local  and  National  Scholarships.  In  addition  to  the  scholarships  pro- 
vided by  the  University  of  Maryland,  a  student  should  give  careful 
consideration  to  scholarship  aid  provided  by  local  and  national  scholar- 
ship programs.  The  university  maintains  a  database  of  these  scholarships 
and  will  perform  a  scholarship  search  for  students.  Contact  the  Office  of 
Student  Financial  Aid  for  details. 

Out-of-State  Scholarship  Programs.  Several  states  have  scholarship 
and  grant  programs  which  permit  students  to  use  the  state  scholarship  or 
grant  at  an  out-of-state  institution.  Students  should  contact  the  awarding 
agency  in  their  home  states 

Need-Based  Financial  Assistance 
Grants 

Students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  will  be  considered 
for  grant  funds  when  they  submit  a  completed  Financial  Aid  Form  by  our 
priority  deadline  (February  1 5).  Grant  awards  are  made  to  undergraduate 
students  from  the  federal  Pell  and  SEOG  programs  and  from  limited 
university  funds.  These  awards  are  generally  based  on  financial  need  and 
vary  in  value. 

Pell  Grant.  The  federal  government  provides  grant  assistance  to  eligible 
students  who  need  it  to  attend  post-secondary  institutions.  Each  applicant 
receives  a  Student  Aid  Report  (SAR)  from  the  federal  Pell  Grant  Processor. 
Students  must  submit  the  SAR  to  the  institution  in  which  they  plan  to  enroll. 
Eligible  students  may  receive  a  Pell  Grant  for  each  year  of  undergraduate 
study  up  to  a  maximum  of  5  years.  Eligibility  for  the  program  ends  once  the 
first  undergraduate  degree  is  received. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG).  The  federal 
SEOG  program  is  administered  by  the  university  and  provides  grants  to 
students  who  have  exceptional  financial  need.  Eligible  students  must 
enroll  in  and  attempt  twelve  (12)  credit  hours  per  semester  through 
schedule  adjustment.  Eligibility  for  this  program  ends  once  the  first 
undergraduate  degree  is  completed. 

University  Grant.  The  university  administers  this  need-based  program  to 
students.  Applicants  who  have  at  least  a  3.0  GPA  and  whose  FAF  is 
processed  by  February  15th  are  considered  for  this  grant. 

UMCP  Grant.  This  need-based  grant  is  administered  by  the  university.  To 
be  considered,  students  must  have  their  FAF  processed  by  February  15, 
the  priority  deadline  for  OSFA. 

Self-Help 

The  university  administers  a  number  of  student  loan  programs  which 
provide  low-interest,  long-term  loans  to  undergraduate  students  with 
financial  need.  Only  students  who  complete  an  FAF  are  considered  for 
these  programs.  Loans  are  becoming  a  very  important  part  of  the  financial 
aid  package.  It  is  imperative  to  plan  carefully  for  a  college  education,  so 
that  the  amount  of  indebtedness  upon  leaving  school  does  not  exceed 
ability  to  repay  the  loans. 

Perkins  Loans.  The  Perkins  program  was  designed  to  make  low-interest 
loans  to  students  who  demonstrate  financial  need.  The  borrower  must 
sign  a  promissory  note.  Repayment,  at  an  interest  rate  of  5  per  cent, 
begins  six  or  nine  months  after  a  student  graduates,  withdraws,  or  drops 
below  half-time  status. 

Stafford  Loans.  The  federal  Stafford  Loan  program  allows  students  to 
borrow  funds  directly  from  banks,  credit  unions,  savings  and  loans,  or 
other  participating  lenders.  The  commercial  lending  institution,  not  the 
university,  makes  the  loan  to  the  student.  Undergraduates  may  borrow  up 
to  $2,625  per  year  for  their  first  two  years  of  study,  or  $4,000  per  year  after 
completing  two  years  of  study,  depending  on  their  need  and  lender 
policies  Need  is  determined  by  completion  of  an  FAF  The  interest  rate 


is  8%  during  the  first  four  years  of  repayment,  and  increases  to  10% 
beginning  with  the  fifth  year  of  repayment. 

Applications  for  Maryland  lenders  are  sent  with  OSFA  award  letters.  The 
FAF  is  required.  Loans  will  not  be  processed  until  a  processed  FAF  has 
been  received  from  CSS  and  all  Financial  Aid  Transcripts  from  previous 
institutions  have  been  received.  Forms  should  be  completed  at  least  three 
months  before  the  funds  are  required. 

Parent  Loans  (PLUS)  or  Supplemental  Loans  for  Students  (SLS). 

Some  banks  or  lending  institutions  currently  participate  in  the  Parent  Loan 
(PLUS)  or  Supplemental  Loan  (SLS)  programs.  These  loans  are  available 
to  parents  or  dependent  students  and  to  independent  students  The 
maximum  that  parents  and  independent  students  may  borrow  in  a  year  is 
$4,000.  The  interest  rate  is  variable,  but  will  not  exceed  12%.  Repayment 
begins  60  days  after  disbursement  of  the  loan  In  all  cases,  the  key  to 
obtaining  one  of  these  loans  is  finding  a  bank  or  lender  willing  to  make  the 
loan.  The  recommended  application  filing  deadline  is  July  31st.  NOTE: 
Effective  August  17,  1988,  students  must  complete  an  FAF  before  a 
Supplemental  Loan  can  be  processed. 

Part-time  Employment 

Working  during  college  years  may  offer  advantages  in  addition  to  the 
obvious  one  of  financing  a  college  education.  A  job  can  provide  valuable 
work  experience  and  enhance  skills  that  will  contribute  to  a  student's 
educational  and  personal  development. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

Under  provisions  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1976,  employment 
may  be  awarded  as  a  means  of  financial  aid  to  students  who  ( 1 )  are  in  need 
of  earnings  from  such  employment  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  at  a  college 
or  university,  and  (2)  are  capable  of  maintaining  good  standing  in  their 
course  of  study  while  employed.  Underthe  Work-Study  Program,  students 
may  work  up  to  twenty  hours  per  week  during  the  school  year  and  up  to 
a  maximum  of  forty  hours  per  week  during  the  summer.  The  amount  of 
money  that  may  be  earned  is  determined  by  the  student's  demonstrated 
need. 

Dining  Hall  Workship  Program 

Under  the  Dining  Hall  Workship  Program,  students  may  earn  their  board 
by  working  approximately  twelve  hours  per  week.  After  a  successful 
semester,  the  workload  may  be  increased  at  the  student's  request. 
Students  normally  cannot  make  arrangement  for  employment  until  they 
are  on  campus  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  Application  must  be 
made  in  person  and  the  applicants  should  have  a  schedule  of  classes  and 
study  hours  so  that  they  can  seek  employment  best  suited  to  their  free 
time.  Contact  Dining  Services.  314-8051. 

Library  Workship  Program 

Students  may  be  awarded  jobs  under  the  Library  Workship  program 
through  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid.  Students  must  follow  the  usual 
financial  aid  application  procedures  and  show  financial  need.  The  amount 
of  the  award  (generally  about  $1 .200  per  year)  is  credited  to  the  student's 
account.  Application  must  be  made  in  person,  and  applicants  should  have 
a  schedule  of  classes  and  study  hours  so  tnat  they  can  seek  employment 
best  suited  to  their  free  time.  Contact  McKeldin  Library  Personnel  Office. 
314-4156. 

Additional  Resources 
Job  Referral  Services 

In  addition  to  the  need-based  College  Work  Study  (CWS)  program,  the 
Job  Referral  Service.  3 1 20  Hornbake  Library,  serves  without  charge  as  a 
clearinghouse  for  students  seeking  part-time  work  and  for  employers 
seeking  help.  Call  314-8324  for  further  information  Many  |Obs.  including 
full-time  summer  employment  opportunities,  are  available  both  on  and  off 
campus. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

As  a  recipient  of  federal  student  aid.  students  have  certain  rights  they 
should  exercise,  and  certain  responsibilities  they  must  meet  Knowing 
what  these  are  puts  them  in  a  better  position  to  make  decisions  about 
educational  goals  and  how  they  can  best  achieve  them 


Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid    17 


Student  Rights 


1 .  You  have  the  right  to  know  what  financial  aid  programs  are  available. 

2.  You  have  the  right  to  know  the  deadlines  lor  submitting  applications 
tor  each  ol  the  financial  aid  programs  available. 

3.  You  have  the  right  to  know  how  financial  aid  will  be  distributed,  how 
decisions  on  that  distribution  are  made,  and  the  basis  for  these 
decisions. 

4.  You  have  the  right  to  know  how  financial  need  was  determined.  This 
includes  how  costs  for  tuition  and  fees,  room  and  board,  travel,  books 
and  supplies,  personal  and  miscellaneous  expenses,  and  the  like  are 
considered  in  the  budget. 

5.  You  have  the  right  to  know  what  resources  (such  as  parental  contri- 
bution, other  financial  aid,  your  assets,  etc.)  were  considered  in  the 
calculation  of  your  need. 

6.  You  have  the  right  to  know  how  much  of  your  financial  need  as 
determined  by  the  institution  has  been  met. 

7.  You  have  the  right  to  request  an  explanation  of  the  various  programs 
in  your  student  aid  package. 

8.  You  have  the  right  to  know  the  school's  refund  policy. 

9.  You  have  the  right  to  know  what  portion  of  the  financial  aid  you  receive 
must  be  repaid,  and  what  portion  is  grant  aid.  If  the  aid  is  a  loan,  you 
have  the  right  to  know  what  the  interest  rate  is,  the  total  amount  that 
must  be  repaid,  the  payback  procedures,  the  length  of  time  you  have 
to  repay  the  loan,  and  when  repayment  is  to  begin. 


Student  Responsibilities 


1 .  You  must  complete  all  application  forms  accurately  and  submit  them 
by  the  deadline  date  to  the  appropriate  office.  It  is  understood  that  in 
some  instances  estimated  income  must  be  used  in  order  to  meet 
deadlines;  however,  you  are  required  to  update  estimated  information 
after  this  information  is  completed  or  corrected  by  making  corrections 
on  the  Student  Aid  Reports  (SAR)  and  the  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF) 
acknowledgement  processed  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service. 

2.  You  must  provide  correct  information.  If  you  purposefully  give  false  or 
misleading  information  on  your  financial  aid  application  forms,  it  is 
considered  a  criminal  offense  which  could  result  in  indictment  under 
the  U.S.  Criminal  Code. 

3.  You  must  return  all  additional  verification,  corrections,  and/or  new 
information  requested  by  either  the  financial  aid  office  or  the  agency 
to  which  you  submitted  your  application. 

4.  You  are  responsible  for  reading  and  understanding  all  forms  that  you 
are  asked  to  sign  and  for  keeping  copies  of  them. 

5.  You  must  accept  responsibility  for  all  agreements  that  you  sign. 

6.  You  must  perform  the  work  that  is  agreed  upon  in  accepting  a  College 
Work-Study  award. 

7.  You  must  be  aware  of  and  comply  with  the  deadlines  for  application 
or  reapplication  for  aid. 

8.  You  should  be  aware  of  the  school's  refund  procedures. 

9.  You  must  complete  an  entrance  interview  if  you  are  a  first  time 
Stafford  Loan  borrower. 

10.  You  must  complete  an  exit  interview  if  your  are  a  loan  borrower  and 
are  terminating  student  status  or  registering  as  less  than  a  half-time 
student. 

1 1 .  You  must  maintain  current  and  correct  addresses  with  the  Office 
of  the  Bursar  and  the  Records  and  Registrations  Office. 

12.  You  should  be  aware  of  any  stipulations  (e.g.,  minimum  amount  of 
credits  you  must  be  registered  for)  in  order  to  maintain  financial  aid 
(i.e.,  grants,  scholarships,  loans). 

1 3.  You  are  responsible  to  contact  your  Financial  Aid  Counselor  to  report 
any  changes,  decisions,  or  changes  in  registration  status  (e.g., 
transferring  to  another  institution,  withdrawing  from  the  university  or 
from  a  class,  graduation  date,  co-oping).  Failure  to  do  so  may  result 
in  the  cancellation  of  all  or  a  portion  of  your  aid. 

For  in-depth  instructions,  directions,  and  answers  to  financial  aid  ques- 
tions and  concerns,  please  refer  to  the  "Financial  Facts"  handbook  (a 
guide  to  financial  aid  resources)  published  yearly  by  the  Financial  Aid 
Office.  This  book  is  made  available  with  the  financial  aid  packet,  or  stop 
by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  2130  Mitchell  Building,  to  obtain  your  free 
copy. 

The  "Financial  Facts"  handbook  contains  vital  information  a  student  needs 
to  know,  from  applying  for  financial  aid  to  receiving  financial  aid  and 
keeping  the  financial  aid  offered. 

Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for  Financial  Aid 

Federal  legislation  governing  the  administration  of  the  Pell  Grant,  the 


Perkins  Loan  (formerly  National  Direct  Student  Loan),  the  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG),  the  College  Work-Study  (CWS). 
the  Stafford  Loan  (formerly  GSL),  and  the  PLUS/Supplemental  Loan 
requires  that  colleges  and  universities  define  and  enforce  standards  of 
progress  for  students  receiving  or  applying  for  federal  financial  aid.  To 
comply  with  that  legislation,  the  following  Standards  of  Satisfactory 
Academic  Progress  have  been  established,  and  all  recipients  of  the 
above-mentioned  forms  of  financial  aid  are  subject  to  these  standards  for 
renewal  or  receipt  of  their  federal  financial  aid. 

A  review  of  the  student's  compliance  with  the  Standards  of  Satisfactory 
Academic  Progress  will  normally  occur  at  the  end  of  the  Spring  semester. 
Students  who  have  not  met  the  minimum  credit  hour-requirement  and/or 
minimum  grade  point  average  requirement  will  be  informed  in  writing  prior 
to  the  Fall  semester. 

What  Students  Must  Do  To  Keep  Aid 

1.  All  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  must  earn  a  basic  annual 
credit  minimum.  The  following  chart  will  be  used  to  determine  eligibility 
for  renewal/receipt  of  federal  student  financial  aid  funds: 

Undergraduate  Students 

Full-time  Undergraduate  Students 

First-year  students  must  earn  15  credits  per  year. 
Second-year  students  must  earn  18  credits  per  year. 
Third-year  and  up  students  must  earn  24  credits  per  year. 

Part-time  Undergraduate  Students 

First-year  students  must  earn  8  credits  per  year 
Second-year  students  must  earn  9  credits  per  year 
Third-year  and  up  students  must  earn  12  credits  per  year 

Graduate  Students 

Full-time  Graduate  Students 

First-year  students  must  earn  12  credits  per  year 
Second-year  and  up  students  must  earn  18  credits  per  year 

Part-time  Graduate  Students 

First-year  students  must  earn  6  credits  per  year 
Third-year  and  up  students  must  earn  9  credits  per  year 

Graduate  students  registered  for  dissertation  or  thesis  hours  are 
required  to  complete  48  units  per  year  rather  than  a  minimum  number 
of  credit  hours. 

2.  Federal  aid  recipients  must  maintain  the  required  grade  point  average 
necessary  to  continue  as  degree  seeking  students  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  Therefore,  you  must  maintain  academic 
standing  consistent  with  the  institution's  graduation  standards  as 
defined  by  the  Registrar  and  the  Graduate  School  as  outlined  in  the 
Undergraduate  and  Graduate  Catalogs. 

3.  Students  are  eligible  to  receive  federal  student  financial  assistance  for 
the  following  maximum  time  periods: 

The  maximum  time  frame  allowed  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  is  as 
follows: 

Pell  Recipients 

Full-time  Students  5  years  (10  semesters) 

Part-time  Students  10  years  (20  semesters) 

All  Other  Federal  Aid  Programs 


Full-time  Students: 


Part-time  Students: 


4-year  program 
5-year  program 
4-year  program 
5-year  program 


6  years 

(12  semesters) 

7  years 

(14  semesters) 

12  years 

(24  semesters) 

1 4  years 

(28  semesters) 


The  maximum  time  frame  allowed  for  a  Master's  degree/AGS  certificate 
is  as  follows: 

All  Federal  Aid  Programs 

Full-time  or  part-time  5  years  (10  semesters) 

'Exceptions  made  on  an  individual  basis  for  programs  requiring  additional 
coursework. 


18    Fees,  Expenses,  and  Financial  Aid 


The  maximum  time  frame  allowed  for  Doctoral  degree  candidates  is  as 

follows: 

All  Federal  Aid  Programs 

Full-time  or  part-time     9  years  (18  semesters) 

How  to  Regain  Eligibility 

If  a  student  is  denied  aid  because  of  lack  of  progress,  courses  must  be 
taken  at  the  student's  own  expense  until  he  or  she  has  earned  the 
minimum  credit  hours  required,  or  earned  the  required  grade  point 
average.  At  the  time  the  student  fulfills  the  Standards  of  Satisfactory 
Progress,  the  student  must  notify  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  by 
submitting  an  appeal  form  to  us  indicating  that  the  requirements  have 
been  met. 

Appeals 

Students  who  do  not  comply  with  the  Standards  of  Satisfactory  Progress 
may  submit  a  written  appeal  to  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  if 
extenuating  circumstances  have  affected  their  academic  progress.  The 
written  appeal  should  include  appropriate  third-party  documentation.  If 
the  appeal  is  denied,  the  student  must  complete  the  needed  hours  or 
grades  before  he  or  she  will  become  eligible  for  federal  financial  assis- 
tance. 


Complications . . .  Consequences 

If  you  do  not  meet  these  standards,  your  aid  will  be  canceled.  Should  you 
submit  a  written  appeal  and  if  we  approve  it  based  on  your  academic 
record  and  the  unusual  circumstances  described,  your  eligibility  may  be 
reinstated.  If  you  are  not  eligible  for  aid  because  you  did  not  pass  the 
minimum  number  of  required  credits,  eligibility  may  be  reinstated  after 
successful  completion  of  the  deficient  credits  at  your  own  expense  Aid  will 
be  reinstated  on  a  funds  available  basis 

Not  all  credits  count  toward  the  minimum  credit  requirement;  only  grades 
of  A,  B,C,  D,  Pass,  or  Satisfactory  will  count  The  following  credits  are  not 
counted:  "F"  (Fail),  "I"  (Incomplete),  "W  (Withdrawal).  Unsatisfactory, 
Audit,  and  Repeats. 

The  annual  credit  requirement  and  grade  point  average  applies  to  you 
whether  or  not  you  receive  financial  aid. 

For  more  information  on  specific  Standards  of  Satisfactory  Academic 
Progress  issues,  please  contact  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  If  you 
choose  to  withdraw  from  a  class  or  are  in  danger  of  not  passing  a  class, 
you  should  contact  this  office  to  see  how  your  financial  aid  will  be  affected. 


19 


(.  IIAI'IIK  > 


CAMPUS  ADMINISTRATION,  RESOURCES, 
AND  STUDENT  SERVICES 


CAMPUS  ADMINISTRATION 
Office  of  the  President 

1101  Main  Administration,  405-5803 

The  President  is  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park.  Four  Vice  Presidents,  who  report  to  the  President, 
manage  different  divisions  of  the  campus  administration.  The  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs,  the  Campus  Senate,  and  the  Department  of 
Intercollegiate  Athletics  report  to  the  Office  of  the  President. 

Academic  Affairs 

1119  Mam  Administration,  405-5252 

The  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  coordinates  the 
academic  life  of  all  students  at  College  Park — both  graduate  and  under- 
graduate— from  admission  and  the  granting  of  financial  aid  through  the 
development  of  programs  of  study  and  academic  policies,  to  the  awarding 
of  degrees.  The  vice  president  is  responsible  for  the  formulation,  periodic 
revision,  and  implementation  of  academic  policies  and  procedures,  and 
for  ensuring  the  integrity  and  continuity  of  all  curricula  offered  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  The  office  also  functions  as  the 
coordinator  for  participants  in  the  Academic  Common  Market,  an  interstate 
agreement  for  sharing  academic  programs  through  an  exchange  of 
students  across  state  lines.  Under  this  program,  students  have  access  to 
selected  programs  not  offered  at  public  post-secondary  institutions  in 
Maryland  without  having  to  pay  out-of-state  tuition  charges. 

Administrative  Affairs 

1 132  Main  Administration,  405-1 108 

The  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Administrative  Affairs  is  responsible 
for  the  effective  management  of  the  physical,  fiscal,  and  staff  support 
resources  of  the  institution.  It  also  provides  campus  safety  and  security, 
materials  management,  administrative  computing,  and  other  necessary 
support  services.  Of  particular  interest  to  students  are  the  community 
awareness  and  security  programs  offered  by  the  University  Police  and  the 
information  and  assistance  services  provided  by  the  bursar  for  concerns 
of  students  regarding  university  billings. 

Institutional  Advancement 

1114  Main  Administration,  405-4680 

The  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement  conducts 
a  variety  of  programs  to  develop  greater  understanding  and  support  for  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  among  its  many  publics.  Units  of 
this  office  include  Development,  Public  Information,  Creative  Services, 
Special  Events,  and  Alumni  Programs.  The  Office  of  Institutional  Ad- 
vancement is  responsible  for  all  official  campus-wide  advancement 
programs  such  as  fund  raising,  alumni  affairs,  production  of  official 
campus  publications,  films  and  video  presentations,  media  relations,  and 
management  of  major  campus  events. 

Student  Affairs 

2108  Mitchell  Building,  314-8428 

The  Office  of  the  Vice  Presidentfor  Student  Affairs  provides  administrative 
leadership  for  the  development  of  programs  and  services  that  help 
students  clarify  and  fulfill  their  needs  and  objectives,  and  that  contribute 


to  a  constructive  campus  learning  environment.  The  office  serves  as  a 
general  point  of  contact  for  students  and  their  families  regarding  student 
life.  It  coordinates  student  affairs  efforts  with  the  academic  colleges,  the 
graduate  school,  and  other  administrative  units  in  the  areas  of  student 
conduct,  due  process  and  student-related  legal  matters.  The  office 
maintains  liaison  with  the  university  chaplains,  the  Student  Government 
Association  (SGA),  and  the  Graduate  Student  Association  (GSA).  and 
also  advises  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  National  Leadership  Honor  Society. 

Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

1115  Hornbake  Library,  South  Wing,  405-9363 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  coordinates  the 
interpretation  and  implementation  of  academic  regulations  and  require- 
ments with  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs,  and  cooperates  with 
academic  deans  and  department  chairs  to  assure  the  overall  organization 
andcontinuity  of  the  undergraduate  curriculum.  Specifically,  the  office 
oversees  the  general  education  requirements  as  well  as  undergraduate 
advising  at  both  the  departmental  and  college  levels. 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  supervises  the  Division 
of  Letters  and  Sciences  which  is  the  administrative  structure  responsible 
for  coordinating  advising  for  those  students  who  have  not  yet  decided 
upon  a  major. 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  also  supervises  the 
University  Honors  Program  and  the  Individual  Studies  Program,  admin- 
isters the  Distinguished  Scholar-Teacher  Program,  and  serves  as  the 
campus  coordinator  for  Francis  Scott  Key  and  Benjamin  Banneker 
Scholarships  and  Honor  Societies  (see  below).  It  also  administers  the 
Credit  by  Examination  Program  and  coordinates  information  about  CLEP 
and  Advanced  Placement  credits. 

Academic  service  components  reporting  to  this  office  include:  the  Career 
Development  Center,  the  Office  for  Experiential  Learning  Programs,  the 
Undergraduate  Advising  Center,  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office, 
Intensive  Educational  Development,  Upward  Bound,  Talent  Search,  the 
Retention  Office,  and  related  tutorial  services. 

Honor  Societies.  Students  who  excel  in  scholarship  and  leadership  may 
be  invited  to  join  the  appropriate  honor  society.  For  information,  contact 
the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies,  405-9363.  Honor  societies  at 
College  Park  include: 

'Alpha  Epsilon  (Agricultural  Engineering) 

'Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  (Pre-medicine) 

'Alpha  Kappa  Delta  (Sociology) 

'Alpha  Lambda  Delta  (Scholarship-Freshmen) 

Alpha  Zeta  (Agriculture) 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  (Accounting  major  in  Business  and  Management) 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma  (Business  and  Management) 

Delta  Phi  Alpha  (National  German  Honors  Society) 

Eta  Beta  Rho  (Hebrew) 

'Eta  Kappa  Nu  (Electrical  Engineering) 

Financial  Management  Association 

'Gamma  Theta  Upsilon  (Geography) 

Golden  Key  National  Honor  Society  (Scholarship  and  Leadership:  juniors 

and  seniors) 

lota  Lambda  Sigma  (Industrial  Education) 

"Kappa  Delta  Pi  (Education) 

"Kappa  Tau  Alpha  (Journalism) 

'Lambda  Pi  Eta  (Speech  Communication) 

'Mortar  Board  (Scholarship  and  Leadership) 


20    Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services 


'Omega  Chi  Epsilon  (Chemical  Engineering) 

'Omega  Rho  (Business  and  Management) 

'Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  (Economics) 

'Omicron  Delta  Kappa  (Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

'Omicron  Nu  (Home  Economics) 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  (Health  and  Human  Performance) 

'Phi  Alpha  Theta  (History) 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  (Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences) 

'Phi  Eta  Sigma  (Scholarship-Freshmen) 

'Phi  Kappa  Phi  (Senior  and  Graduate  Scholarship) 

"Phi  Sigma  (Biology) 

"Phi  Sigma  lota  (French  and  Italian) 

Phi  Sigma  Pi  (Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

Pi  Alpha  Xi  (Horticulture) 

Pi  Mu  Epsilon  (Mathematics) 

Pi  Pi  (Slavic  Languages) 

"Pi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 

'Psi  Chi  (Psychology) 

Salamander  (Fire  Protection  Engineering) 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  (Microbiology) 

Sigma  Delta  Chi  (Society  of  Professional  Journalists) 

"Sigma  Delta  Pi  (Spanish) 

"Sigma  Gamma  Tau  (Aerospace  Engineering) 

"Sigma  Tau  Delta  (English) 

"Tau  Beta  Pi  (Engineering) 

("Members  of  Association  of  College  Honor  Societies) 

Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs 

2103  Reckord  Armory,  405-6551 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  offers  two  six-week  summer 
sessions  each  year  in  addition  to  regular  fall  and  spring  semesters.  The 
Academic  Calendar  in  the  front  of  this  catalog  or  the  Schedule  of  Classes 
provide  exact  dates.  New  freshman  applicants  who  have  met  the  regular 
University  admission  requirements  for  fall  enrollment  may  begin  their 
studies  during  the  summer  rather  than  waiting  for  the  next  fall  term.  By 
taking  advantage  of  this  opportunity  and  continuing  to  attend  summer 
sessions,  the  time  required  for  completion  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  can 
be  shortened  by  a  year  or  more,  depending  upon  the  requirements  of  the 
chosen  curriculum  and  the  rate  of  progress. 

Many  new  students  have  found  that  attendance  during  the  summer 
sessions  eases  the  transition  from  high  school  to  college.  Courses  offered 
during  the  summer  are  the  same  in  content  and  instruction  as  those 
offered  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

The  Summer  Cultural  and  Recreational  Program  is  an  important  part  of 
"Summer  at  Maryland  "  The  Maryland  Summer  Institute  for  the  Creative 
and  Performing  Arts  offers  a  series  of  programs  in  art,  dance,  drama,  film 
and  music,  and  outstanding  performers  in  these  media  appear  on  the 
^campus. 

Facilities  for  most  sports  and  an  intramural  program  in  several  team  and 
individual  sports  are  available  to  the  students.  For  additional  information, 
write  for  a  Summer  Programs  catalog.  Administrative  Dean  for  Summer 
Programs,  The  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 


CAMPUS  RESOURCES  AND  SERVICES 


Academic  Achievement  Programs 

0111  Chemistry  Building,  405-4736 

Intensive  Educational  Development:  Provides  comprehensive,  struc- 
tured support  services  to  first-  and  second-year  students  currently  enrolled 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  whose  academic  profile 
would  suggest  that  they  might  be  at  retention  risk  without  this  support.  IED 
also  provides  as-needed  academic  support  and  counseling  services  to 
upper-level  IED  students.  Support  services  include  math  and  English 
review,  tutoring,  and  study  skills  enhancement  instruction. 

Prospective  students  attempting  to  gain  admission  to  the  University  by 
participating  in  this  program  are  required  to  attend  the  six-week  Summer 
Transitional  Program,  designed  to  develop,  expand,  and  improve  English, 
math,  and  study  skills,  assist  in  the  transition  from  high  school  to  the 
University,  and  both  challenge  and  evaluate  each  student's  potential  for 
success  at  this  institution. 

Student  Support  Services:  A  U.S.  Department  of  Education  grant- 


supported  program,  which  provides  academic  advisement  (first  and 
second  years),  counseling,  tutoring,  and  skill  enhancement  instruction  to 
low-income  and  first-generation  college  students  SSS  also  assists  par- 
ticipants in  identifying  and  acquiring  significant  financial  aid  to  meet  a 
student's  full  unmet  need. 

Ronald  E.  McNalr  Post-baccalaureate  Achievement:  A  US  Depart- 
ment of  Education  grant-supported  program,  which  provides  low-income 
and  first-generation  college  juniors  and  seniors  with  skill  enhancement, 
counseling,  tutoring,  academic  advisement,  mentoring,  and  scholarly  and 
research  experience  designed  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  educa- 
tion .  The  six-week  summer  component  includes  a  stipend  of  approximately 
$1,000. 

Academic  Support  for  Returning  Athletes:  Provides  continuing  edu- 
cational opportunities  and  support  to  former  basketball  and  football 
athletes  who  were  in  good  academic  standing,  had  attained  junior  or 
senior  level  status;  had  exhausted  athletic  eligibility,  and  left  the  University 
without  obtaining  the  undergraduate  degree.  The  program  enables  stu- 
dents to  return  to  the  classroom  and  complete  degree  requirements. 

Academic  Advising 

Undergraduate  Advising  Center:  1117  Hornbake  Library,  3 1 4-84 1 8 
Health  Professions  Advising:  405-2793 
Credit-By-Exam/ Advanced  Placement/CLEP:  314-8418 

Academic  advising  is  available  to  all  students  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park.  Advising  is  an  essential  part  of  an  undergraduate's 
educational  experiences.  From  orientation  to  graduation,  advising  can 
provide  students  with  the  assistance  they  need  to  plan  their  programs 
constructively.  Effective  academic  advising  functions  like  the  hub  of  a 
wheel,  providing  connections  between  coursework  and  career,  between 
learning  and  doing,  between  seeking  advice  and  accepting  responsibility. 

Advantages  for  Students:  As  active  and  regular  participants  in  existing 
advising  programs,  students  can  reasonably  expect  to 

(1)  better  understand  their  purposes  for  attending  the  university; 

(2)  develop  insights  about  personal  behaviors  that  promote  improved 
adjustment  to  the  campus  setting; 

(3)  increase  their  awareness  of  academic  programs  and  course 
offerings  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park; 

(4)  more  frequently  explore  opportunities  both  inside  and  outside  the 
classroom  for  intellectual  and  cultural  development; 

(5)  acquire  decision-making  skills  that  can  accelerate  academic  and 
career  planning; 

(6)  more  realistically  evaluate  their  academic  progress  and  its  rela- 
tionships to  successful  planning;  and 

(7)  understand  the  relationship  between  academic  success  and 
planning  skills. 

Required  Advising 

Students  enrolled  in  certain  majors  are  required  to  see  advisors  before 
each  registration.  For  most  students,  routine  advising  is  not  mandatory 
However,  the  university  does  require  all  students  to  see  an  advisor  under 
certain  circumstances: 

Students  in  Their  First  Year  of  Registration  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  are  urged  to  meet  with  an  advisor  pnor 
to  scheduling  their  classes  Some  academic  units  mandate  advising 
during  the  first  year. 

Students  Receiving  an  Academic  Warning  at  the  end  of  any 

semester  will  be  urged  in  writing  to  meet  with  an  advisor  pnor  to  the 
beginning  of  the  next  semester.  Students  who  do  not  meet  with  an 
advisor  will  not  be  allowed  to  drop  or  add  courses  or  to  register  for 
the  following  semester. 

Students  Dismissed  From  the  University  for  academic  reasons 
must,  as  a  condition  of  reinstatement,  meet  with  an  academic 
advisor.  According  to  the  student's  individual  needs,  this  meeting 
may  occur  before  or  after  reinstatement  is  granted,  in  no  case. 
however,  may  a  reinstated  student  complete  registration  until  the 
fact  of  this  meeting  has  been  acknowledged/recorded  by  the 
advisor 

Students  Who  Withdraw.  Given  circumstances  deemed  appro- 
priate by  the  Office  of  Reenrollment,  certain  students  applying  for 
reinstatement  following  withdrawal  may  be  required  to  meet  with 
an  advisor  as  a  condition  of  their  reinstatement  When  this  occurs. 


Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services    21 


the  fact  ol  the  meeting  must  be  acknowledged/recorded  by  an 
advisor  before  registration  can  be  completed.  The  intent  is  to 
require  advising  ot  those  students  who  have  a  record  ot  consecu- 
tive withdrawals,  withdrawal  during  a  semester  following  probation, 
and  various  other  reasons  for  similar  concern. 

Senior  Audit.  After  a  student  has  earned  between  70  and  80 
credits  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree,  that  student  shall  be  urged 
in  writing  to  meet  with  an  advisor.  This  meeting  is  for  the  express 
purpose  of  reviewing  the  student's  progress  toward  the  degree 
and,  at  a  minimum,  requires  the  advisor  to  detail,  in  writing,  all 
coursework  yet  to  be  completed  in  fulfillment  of  the  degree  re- 
quirements Each  college  and  department  will  have  available  one 
or  more  advisors  to  meet  with  these  students  at  appropriate  times. 

Finding  An  Advisor 

Undergraduate  students  are  encouraged  to  use  the  many  advisement 
opportunities  available  to  them.  At  both  academic  levels — college  and 
department — at  least  one  person  has  been  designated  to  coordinate 
advising.  A  list  of  these  persons,  providing  name,  room  number,  and 
telephone  extension  is  published  each  semester  in  the  Schedule  of 
Classes.  Students  who  are  unable  to  locate  an  advisor  or  who  have 
questions  about  campus  advising  programs  should  visit  or  call  the 
Undergraduate  Advising  Center,  1117  Hornbake  Library,  314-8418. 

Division  of  Letters  and  Sciences 

Many  university  students  have  decided  to  be  "undecided"  about  their 
majors  and  want  help  in  defining  their  goals.  Other  students  have  plans  to 
enter  a  particular  program  but  are  not  certain  they  will  meet  the  require- 
ments. Still  other  students  discover  they  have  chosen  the  wrong  majors 
and  need  help  redefining  their  goals. 

Whatever  their  reasons  for  being  "undecided,"  these  students  have  a 
temporary  advising  home  in  the  Division  of  Letters  and  Sciences.  Working 
with  the  division's  staff  of  trained  academic  advisors,  they  are  able  to 
explore  majors,  choose  and  schedule  courses,  plan  their  academic 
program,  and  learn  about  campus-wide  resources  available  for  solving 
problems  they  encounter. 

The  Division  of  Letters  and  Sciences  staff  works  closely  with  the  Career 
Development  Center,  the  Counseling  Center,  various  tutoring  services, 
and  advisors  from  academic  departments  and  programs  across  campus 
to  provide  a  coordinated  advising  network  which  helps  students  design 
their  personal  academic  plans,  as  follows: 

Choosing  a  Major:  Providing  information  and  referral  to  the  wide 
range  of  academic  programs  available  to  students  and  coordinating 
with  services  offered  by  the  Career  Development  Center,  the 
Counseling  Center,  and  the  academic  colleges  and  departments. 
The  Division  of  Letters  and  Sciences  helps  students  select  majors 
which  best  meet  their  interests  and  further  their  career  goals. 

Pre-professional  Advising:  Offering  pre-professional  advising 
for  pre-law  students  (314-8418),  and  referral  for  students  with 
interest  in  the  health  professions.  For  further  information  on  pre- 
professional  advising  for  pre-medical,  pre-dental,  and  pre-allied 
health  students,  consult  the  entry  on  Campus-wide  Programs  in 
this  catalog,  or  call  405-2793. 

Information  and  Referral:  Maintaining  a  central  file  of  information 
about  academic  programs  and  requirements  and  academic  sup- 
port services  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
Workshops  designed  to  help  students  select  majors  and  courses 
are  offered  regularly  during  the  pre-registration  period. 

Troubleshooting:  Helping  individual  students  identify  and  solve 
specific  advising  problems  and  difficulties  with  administrative  pro- 
cedures, such  as  transfer  credit  evaluation,  schedule  revisions, 
changing  majors,  errors  in  academic  records,  etc. 

Policy  Interpretation:  Keeping  students  and  advisors  informed 
about  new  academic  policies  and  helping  to  interpret  existing 
policies  and  practices  and  determine  under  what  conditions  ex- 
ceptions might  be  granted. 

Credit-by -Exam.  CLEP,  Advanced  Placement  (314-8418): 

Administering  the  campus-wide  program  of  credit-by-examination 
and  coordinating  information  about  CLEP  and  advanced  placement 
credits. 


General  Assistance:  Giving  general  assistance  to  students  who 
have  not  been  assigned  to  a  permanent  advising  home,  such  as 
students  visiting  this  campus  from  other  institutions 

Admissions 

Ground  Level,  Mitchell  Building,  314-8385 

The  services  offered  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  are 
designed  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  prospective  students.  The  office 
provides  general  information  about  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  through  brochures,  letters,  group  information  sessions,  and  campus 
tours.  It  also  evaluates  the  applications  of  both  freshman  and  transfer 
students  in  order  to  select  qualified  students.  The  Office- of  Reenrollment 
reviews  all  applications  for  readmission  and  reinstatement.  For  more 
information,  see  the  chapter  on  undergraduate  admissions  in  this  catalog. 

Campus  Activities 

1191  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-7174 

The  Office  of  Campus  Activities  is  a  major  resource  for  students  wishing 
to  become  involved  in  extracurricular  activities  while  attending  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  Campus  Activities  provides  advisement, 
consultation,  and  programming  assistance  to  student  organizations  for 
the  primary  purpose  of  enhancing  the  educational  growth  of  groups' 
leaders,  members,  and  associates.  Efforts  focus  on  encouraging  in- 
volvement of  all  students  in  campus  life  activities,  establishing  various 
programs  for  the  benefit  of  the  university  community,  and  providing 
numerous  leadership  development  opportunities.  Specific  efforts  include: 

Student  Organizations.  Campus  Activities  registers  all  student 
organizations  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  and 
make  available  a  directory  of  more  than  300  groups.  The  office  also 
arranges  reservations  for  these  organizations  when  they  wish  to 
use  campus  facilities  for  their  programs  and  events.  Additionally, 
a  full-service  accounting  office  serves  those  groups  which  have 
received  funding  from  Student  Activity  Fees  by  the  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association. 

Organization  Advisement.  Major  student  groups  such  as  the 
Student  Government  Association,  the  Homecoming  Committee, 
and  SEE  Productions  receive  direct  advisement  from  the  staff  of 
Campus  Activities.  Other  student  groups  can  also  obtain  help  from 
the  trained  staff  merely  by  requesting  it. 

Leadership  Development.  Campus  Activities  offers  a  wide  range 
of  training  experiences  in  interpersonal  and  organizational  devel- 
opment skills  ranging  in  format  from  half-day  seminars  to  weekend 
workshops  to  full  semester  courses  earning  academic  credit. 

Fraternities  and  Sororities.  Social  fraternities  and  sororities  are 
advised  and  supported  by  Campus  Activities,  individually  and 
through  the  three  "umbrella"  organizations:  the  Intrafraternity 
Council,  the  Pan-Hellenic  Council,  and  the  Pan-Hellenic  Association* 

Campus  Senate 

0104A  Reckord  Armory,  405-5805 

The  Campus  Senate,  an  integral  part  of  the  institution's  system  of 
governance,  is  unique  in  that  it  has  representation  from  all  segments  of  the 
campus  community:  administrators,  staff,  faculty,  and  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students.  Participation  in  the  senate  or  any  of  its  fourteen 
standing  committees  is  an  honor  and  a  responsibility. 

The  full  senate  meets  eight  times  a  year  to  consider  matters  of  concern  to 
the  institution  including  academic  issues,  university  policies,  plans,  facilities, 
and  the  welfare  of  faculty,  staff,  and  students.  The  senate  advises  the 
president,  the  chancellor,  or  the  Board  of  Regents  as  it  deems  appropriate. 
To  become  a  student  senator,  students  must  be  elected  through  their 
college  or  school,  or  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies.  Elections  are 
held  every  year  during  the  spring  semester.  Students  are  also  encouraged 
to  participate  in  a  series  of  senate  standing  committees,  such  as  Student 
Affairs  and  Human  Relations.  These  committees  draw  membership  from 
the  campus  community  at  large  and  cover  every  aspect  of  campus  life  and 
function.  Details  about  the  election  and  appointment  processes  are 
available  from  the  Campus  Senate  office. 

Career  Development  Center 

3121  Hornbake  Library,  South  Wing,  314-7225 


22    Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services 


The  Career  Development  Center  (CDC)  supports  and  assists  students 
from  all  departments  in  early  and  systematic  consideration  o(  career 
questions  and  concerns,  such  as:  "How  are  my  interests,  skills  and  values 
related  to  career  fields  and  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 
majors?"  "What  are  effective  strategies  in  securing  a  job  or  selecting  a 
graduate  school?"  "How  do  I  prepare  now  for  a  rewarding  career  in  the 
future?"  Career  Development  Center  programs  and  services  are  de- 
signed to  be  used  most  effectively  by  students  beginning  in  the  freshman 
year  and  continuing  through  the  college  years.  Students  who  begin  to  plan 
their  education  and  career  early  in  their  college  experience  will  be  in  the 
best  position  to  direct  themselves  toward  meaningful  and  rewarding 
careers  upon  graduation. 

Career  Development  Center  Programs  and  Services 

Career  Resource  Center.  The  Career  Resource  Center  provides 
information  and  guidance  for  career  exploration,  decision-making, 
graduate  school  planning  and  job  seeking.  The  center's  holdings 
include  comprehensive  reference  material  on  all  aspects  of  work, 
education,  and  career  exploration,  as  well  as  listings  of  job  vacancies. 
employer  and  graduate  school  information,  job  seeking  guides. 
videotapes  of  career  workshops  and  employer  information,  and  the 
DISCOVER  computerized  career  information  system 

Career  Counselors.  Career  counselors  will  assist  students  in 
identifying  careers  and  majors  suited  to  their  interests  and  skills, 
and  in  developing  the  skills  needed  for  their  job  search,  graduate 
training,  or  career  change.  Counselors  are  available  with  or  without 
an  appointment.  Check  the  center  for  walk-in  times  and  further 
information. 

Course:  EDCP  108D — Career  Planning  and  Decision  Making 
(1  credit).  This  course  emphasizes  the  lifelong  process  of  career 
planning.  Assignments  are  chosen  to  facilitate  self  and  career 
exploration,  to  teach  effective  decision-making  skills  for  choosing 
a  major,  selecting  career  objectives,  and  planning  for  future  job/ 
career  changes. 

Credentials  Service.  Credentials  are  a  student's  permanent 
professional  record  including  letters  of  recommendation,  evalua- 
tions, and  course  and  resume  information.  Any  undergraduate  or 
graduate  student  may  develop  a  file  in  preparation  for  graduation. 
Credential  files  are  most  helpful  to  students  applying  to  graduate 
and  professional  schools  (law,  medicine,  dentistry,  etc.).  and  those 
seeking  jobs  in  education,  government,  and  not-for-profit  organi- 
zations. All  senior  Education  majors  are  required  to  establish  a 
credential  file  for  employment  purposes. 

Group  Programs  and  Campus-wide  Events.  Group  programs 
on  a  wide  variety  of  career  development  topics  run  continuously 
throughout  each  semester,  including  How  to  Choose  a  Major, 
Beginning  and  Advanced  Interviewing,  Resume  Writing,  Orienta- 
tion to  the  On-Campus  Recruiting  Program,  Your  Job  Search,  and 
Applying  to  Graduate  School.  Campus-wide  programs  including 
career  panels,  Graduate/Professional  School  Fair,  and  career/job 
fairs  bring  students  and  employer  representatives  together  for 
information  exchange  and  employment  contact.  Check  for  current 
dates  and  times  of  these  special  events. 

On-Campus  Recruiting  Program  (OCRP).  Each  year  600-700 
employers  come  to  campus  to  interview  interested  students  who 
are  within  two  semesters  of  graduation  Job  opportunities  are 
concentrated  in  the  areas  of  management  training,  engineering, 
computer  science,  accounting  and  financial  operations,  and  scien- 
tific research  and  applications.  The  Baltimore-Washington  corridor 
offers  additional  opportunities  in  a  variety  of  government  and 
specialized  careers  Employers  also  have  the  opportunity  to  list 
vacancies  in  the  Career  Resource  Center,  and  to  receive  informa- 
tion from  those  graduating  seniors  who  register  for  and  participate 
in  the  Mini-Resume  Referral  database  service.  Job  searches 
should  be  initiated  at  least  one  year  in  advance  of  graduation. 

Placement  Manual  and  Handouts.  The  Placement  Manual  pro- 
vides detailed,  comprehensive  information  regarding  the  services 
offered  by  the  Career  Development  Center.  Career  planning  and 
job  search  strategies,  including  resume  writing  and  interviewing 
techniques,  are  discussed  and  a  preliminary  listing  of  employers 
participating  in  the  On-Campus  Recruiting  Program  is  provided. 
There  are  also  numerous  handouts  available  to  all  students, 
covering  a  wide  variety  of  career  planning  topics. 


Commuter  Affairs 

1 195  Stamp  Student  Union.  314-5274 

The  Office  of  Commuter  Aflairs  has  established  services  to  work  on  behalf 
of,  with,  and  for  the  commuter  students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park.  In  addition  to  the  services  described  below,  the  office  is 
actively  involved  in  several  research  projects,  and  houses  the  National 
Clearinghouse  for  Commuter  Programs.  Commuter  Connection,  a 
newspaper  mailed  to  the  homes  of  commuters  twice  a  semester,  contains 
helpful  information  on  campus  life. 

Carpooling.  Students  interested  in  forming  a  carpool  can  join  the 
individual  match-up  program  by  filling  out  an  application  at  the 
Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  or  calling  1-800-492-3757.  Students 
who  carpool  with  three  or  more  people  may  apply  at  OCA  for 
Priority  Parking  and  receive  a  parking  permit  for  a  faculty/staff  lot. 

Off-Campus  Housing  Service  (314-3645)  maintains  up-to-date 
computerized  listings  of  rooms,  apartments,  and  houses  (both 
vacant  and  to  share).  Area  maps,  apartment  directories,  and 
brochures  concerning  topics  of  interest  to  commuter  students  are 

available  in  the  office. 

Settling  In.  Umaps  serve  as  a  unique  guide  to  the  institution, 
helping  students  match  their  own  interests  with  courses,  careers, 
and  opportunities  for  involvement  on  campus.  Personal  copies  of 
Umaps  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs.  Through  the 
S.H.O.W.  (Students  Helping,  Orienting  and  Welcoming)  Program 
(31 4-7250),  new  students  are  matched  upon  request  with  upperclass 
students  to  learn  about  the  campus  and  campus  life. 

Shuttle-UM  (314-2255)  provides  bus  service  for  students,  faculty 
and  staff.  The  bus  system  offers  five  distinct  programs:  daytime 
commuter  routes,  evening  security  routes,  evening  security  call-a- 
ride,  transit  service  for  disabled  faculty,  staff  or  students,  and 
charter  services  for  University-affiliated  groups.  Schedules  are 
available  at  the  Stamp  Student  Union  Information  Desk,  the  Office 
of  Commuter  Affairs,  and  the  Shuttle-UM  Office. 

Counseling  Center 

Shoemaker  Building,  314-7651 

The  Counseling  Center  provides  comprehensive  psychological  and 
counseling  services  to  meet  the  mental  health  and  developmental  needs 
of  students.  Records  kept  as  part  of  providing  counseling  services  are 
confidential,  and  are  not  part  of  the  university's  educational  records  The 
Counseling  Center  is  open  Monday  through  Thursday,  8:30  a.m.  to  9:00 
p.m.  and  Friday,  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

In  order  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  university  community,  the  Counseling 
Center  provides  the  following  special  services  and  programs: 

Counseling  Service  (314-7651).  Psychologists  provide  profes- 
sional, individual  and  group  counseling  services  for  students  with 
socio-emotional  and  educational-vocational  adjustment  concerns. 
Counseling  is  available  for  individuals  and  groups  to  overcome 
depression,  career  indecisiveness.  anxiety,  loneliness  and  other 
problems  experienced  by  students.  Workshops  ranging  from  de- 
veloping assertiveness  and  self-esteem  to  managing  stress  are 
offered.  A  3:00  p.m.  Minority  Student  Walk-in  Hour  is  held  daily 
The  center  also  provides  a  series  of  tape-recorded  interviews  with 
College  Park  academic  department  heads  about  courses  and 
career  options  in  those  fields. 

Disabled  Student  Service  (314-7682,  TDD  314-7683).  Profes- 
sionals provide  services  for  disabled  students  including  assistance 
in  locating  interpreters  tor  hearing  impaired  students,  readers  for 
visually  impaired  students,  and  access  guides  to  various  buildings 
and  facilities  on  campus  Services  must  be  arranged  in  advance. 
New  students  are  urged  to  contact  the  office  as  soon  as  possible 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  while  responsible  tor 
maintaining  the  integrity  of  its  degree  programs,  recognizes  that 
learning  disabilities  may  affect  learning  styles  and  sometimes 
present  students  with  difficulties  in  fulfilling  degree  requirements. 
In  recognition  of  this,  the  institution  and  its  faculty  are  committed  to 
making  reasonable  accommodations  that  will  permit  students  with 
specific  learning  disabilities  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demon- 
strate proficiency  in  the  required  subiect  matter  As  the  guiding 
pnnciple  was  stated  by  the  Campus  Senate  in  1 989,  "consideration 


Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services    23 


should  always  be  to  accommodate  the  student's  learning  differ- 
ences, not  to  water  down  scholastic  requirements." 

Students  and  the  institution  share  responsibility  lor  assuring  that  appro- 
priate accommodations  are  made,  reflecting  the  diverse  nature  of  learning 
disabilities. 

Responsibilities  of  Students  with  Learning  Disabilities 

Students  bear  the  primary  responsibility  for  identifying  their  dis- 
abilities and  for  making  the  necessary  adjustments  to  the  learning 
environment.  Student  with  learning  disabilities  are  responsible  for 
promptly  communicating  their  needs  for  appropriate  accommo- 
dations to  the  Office  of  Disabled  Student  Services  (DSS).  Those 
students  with  prior  histories  of  disability  are  expected  to  register 
with  the  Office  of  Disabled  Student  Services  as  soon  as  they  accept 
an  offer  of  admission  to  UMCP.  Students  who  identify  or  suspect 
that  they  have  a  learning  disability  while  enrolled  at  UMCP  are 
expected  to  register  with  DSS  as  soon  as  circumstances  warrant. 
Students  may  be  required  to  obtain  official  documentation,  testing 
and  evaluation  because  determination  of  appropriate  accommo- 
dation is  based  on  the  specific  nature  of  the  disability  in  individual 
cases.  Some  accommodations  are  within  the  authority  of  DSS  and/ 
or  the  faculty  member(s)  involved.  However,  written  requests  for 
adjustments  to  a  curriculum  on  the  basis  of  learning  disability  must 
be  made  to  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  in  the  case  of 
general  education  requirements  and  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  or 
School  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled  in  a  major  program  in  the 
case  of  college  and  departmental  curriculum  requirements.  The 
request(s)  must  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  the  "Guidelines 
for  Curriculum  Adjustment  Requests  on  the  Basis  of  Learning 
Disabilities,"  as  published  by  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Center. 

Responsibilities  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 

DSS  counsels  students  and  faculty  and  makes  recommendations 
to  the  appropriate  offices  regarding  whether  and  what  kind  of 
special  aids  or  adaptations  may  be  required  by  students  with 
disabilities.  Instructional,  testing,  and  evaluation  adjustments  may 
be  made  by  the  faculty  member(s)  involved  after  the  specific 
learning  disability  has  been  identified,  verified,  and  discussed  with 
DSS.  The  Deans  will  make  the  final  decisions  regarding  requests 
for  adjustments  to  curriculum,  in  consultation  with  DSS  and  the 
faculty  member(s)  involved. 

The  office,  0126  Shoemaker,  is  open  Monday  through  Friday,  8:30  a.m. 
to  4:30  p.m. 

Learning  Assistance  Service  (314-7693).  Educational  special- 
ists offer  individual  and  group  sessions  for  improving  academic 
skills  such  as  reading,  writing,  listening,  notetaking,  and  how  to 
learn  mathematics  and  science  material.  Workshops  cover  such 
topics  as  study  skills,  time  management,  learning  math  skills,  exam 
anxiety,  and  learning  English  as  a  second  language. 

Parent  Consultation  and  Child  Evaluation  Service  (314-7673). 

Professional  help  is  available  through  consultation,  testing,  and 
counseling  for  youngsters  ages  5  through  14,  and  families. 

Testing,  Research,  and  Data  Processing  Unit  (314-7688).  Na- 
tional testing  programs  such  as  CLEP,  GRE,  LSAT,  MCAT,  GMAT 
and  Miller  Analogies,  as  well  as  testing  for  counseling  purposes 
including  vocational  assessment  are  administered  through  this 
office.  Staff  members  also  produce  a  wide  variety  of  research 
reports  on  characteristics  of  students  and  the  campus  environment. 

Counseling  Center  services  allow  students  to  overcome  barriers  to  their 
learning  and  development.  Call  or  come  to  the  Shoemaker  Building  for 
more  information,  or  to  schedule  an  appointment. 

Dining  Services 

1144  South  Dining  Hall,  314-8054 
Meal  Plan  Information:  314-8068 

Dining  Services  offers  several  meal  plan  alternatives  at  31  different  dining 
locations  across  campus.  It  is  the  intent  of  Dining  Services  to  provide 
flexibility,  convenience,  a  diverse  selection  of  foods,  and  convenient  hours 
to  all  students,  faculty,  and  staff. 

Meal  plans  available  to  both  on-campus  and  off-campus  students  include 
both  a  resident  meal  plan  with  two  options  and  the  D.S.  Cash  Card  for  off- 
campus  students  or  students  living  in  apartments  on  campus. 


Dining  locations  include  dining  rooms,  a  custom  deli,  ethnic  eateries,  a 
table  service  restaurant,  an  upscale  '50's-style  eatery,  a  bakery,  a  dairy 
ice  cream  shop,  traditional  fast  foods,  and  two  convenience  stores. 
Students  may  obtain  more  information  and  apply  for  a  meal  plan  in  the 
Dining  Services  Contract  Office. 

Experiential  Learning  Programs 

0119  Hornbake  Library.  405-3956 

The  Office  of  Experiential  Learning  Programs  (ELP)  provides  a  number  of 
learning  opportunities  that  involve  students  in  the  work  of  the  community 
and  the  campus  These  programs  encourage  students  to  test  classroom 
learning  in  work  situations,  explorecareer  possibilities  by  direct  participation, 
learn  about  the  culture  and  people  of  an  organization,  geographic  area,  or 
academic  environment,  and  enhance  their  personal  development  through 
work,  academic  travel,  and  volunteer  experiences.  The  programs  include 
the  following: 

Internships  and  Field  Experience.  There  are  several  ways  for 
students  to  earn  academic  credit  through  a  work  experience.  Two 
internship  courses,  numbered  386  (Field  Experience)  and  387 
(Analysis  of  Field  Experience),  are  available  in  many  departments 
across  the  campus.  These  courses  allow  students  to  develop 
individualized  work  and  learning  plans  with  a  sponsoring  faculty 
member.  After  departmental  approval,  students  must  register 
concurrently  for  these  courses.  Students  may  take  the  386/387 
sequence  only  once  in  any  department  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits.  No  more  than  one  386/387  sequence  may  be  taken  in  each 
semester.  In  addition,  the  student  must  prepare  and  submit  a 
learning  proposal  to  the  Experiential  Learning  Program  Office  by 
the  end  of  late  registration  for  the  semester  of  the  internship.  The 
maximum  number  of  386/387  credits  applicable  toward  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  is  24.  Many  departments  also  offer  their  own 
internship  programs.  ELP  will  help  students  match  their  interests 
with  internship  options  and  the  nearly  1 ,500  local  placement  sites. 
Students  should  plan  ahead  for  their  internship. 

Volunteer  Service.  The  ELP  Office  maintains  a  listing  of  over  300 
agencies  and  organizations  that  have  expressed  an  interest  in 
having  volunteers  from  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
Volunteer  service  opportunities  can  range  from  research  and 
advocacy  to  direct  service  to  agencies  and  individuals.  Students 
who  wish  to  volunteer  in  a  group  setting  may  get  involved  with 
People  Active  in  Community  Effort  (PACE),  a  student  organization 
that  provides  valuable  volunteer  service/learning  opportunities. 

Cooperative  Education  for  Liberal  Arts,  Business,  and  the 
Sciences.  Cooperative  Education  (Co-op)  allows  students  to  gain 
paid,  professional-level  work  experience  that  is  related  to  their 
major.  Students  learn  more  about  their  field  of  study  and  earn  a 
competitive  salary.  While  many  opportunities  exist  in  the  computer 
science  and  business  fields,  there  are  some  positions  available  for 
students  in  most  majors.  To  be  eligible,  a  student  must  have 
completed  thirty-six  semester  hours,  twelve  of  which  must  have 
been  earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  the 
semester  before  co-oping,  and  have  a  minimum  2.0  cumulative 
GPA  in  the  major,  and  each  semester  before  co-oping.  While  most 
co-op  students  alternate  semesters  of  on-campus  study  with 
semesters  of  full-time  paid  work,  some  choose  a  part-time  co-op 
schedule.  The  minimum  work  commitment  is  the  equivalent  of  six 
months  of  full-time  work. 

Interested  students  must  complete  a  co-op  application  and  attend 
three  required  information  and  preparation  sessions.  Students 
interested  in  co-oping  beginning  with  the  spring  semester  should 
apply  in  the  fall.  Those  interested  in  co-oping  beginning  summer  or 
fall  should  apply  in  the  spring.  See  the  College  of  Engineering  entry 
in  this  catalog  for  details  about  the  Engineering  Co-op  Program. 

National  Student  Exchange.  National  Student  Exchange  (NSE) 
provides  students  with  the  opportunity  to  experience  educational 
travel,  curricular  development,  cultural  enrichment,  and  personal 
growth.  Students  may  attend  one  of  about  99  state-supported 
colleges  and  universities  in  the  NSE  consortium  for  a  seme? 'er  or 
academic  year.  The  campuses  vary  and  are  located  throughout  the 
continental  U.S.  and  in  Hawaii,  the  Virgin  Islands,  Alaska,  Guam, 
and  Puerto  Rico.  Students  often  participate  in  NSE  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  selecting  schools  that  provide  a  particular  academic 
focus,  unique  cultural  environment,  or  different  geographic  loca- 
tion. NSE  provides  the  opportunity  for  students  to  experience  a 
new  living  and  learning  environment  and  assists  with  a  simplified 


24    Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services 


admissions  process  and  assurance  of  transferability  of  credit 
Exchanges  should  be  completed  prior  to  the  student's  final  thirty 
hours  of  coursework  at  the  College  Park  campus. 

Maryland  students  pay  tuition  and  mandatory  fees  to  UMCP  and 
room  and  board  and  miscellaneous  fees  to  the  host  institution. 
Exchanges  for  the  next  academic  year  are  negotiated  in  March  by 
the  NSE  coordinator.  Whenever  possible,  students  are  placed  at 
the  school  of  their  first  choice. 

Students  must  have  a  2.5  cumulative  GPA  at  the  time  of  application 
and  exchange.  Students  may  not  exchange  during  their  final  thirty 
credits. 

Financial  Aid 

2130  Mitchell  Building.  314-8313 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  (OSFA)  administers  a  variety  of 
financial  assistance  and  student  employment  opportunities,  primarily 
based  on  the  need  of  the  applicant.  Members  of  the  office  staff  are 
available  for  individual  counseling  on  matters  pertaining  to  financial 
planning  for  college  expenses.  For  additional  information,  see  the  chapter 
on  Fees  and  Financial  Aid  in  this  catalog. 

Health  Center 

Campus  Drive,  opposite  the  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-8180 

The  UM  University  Health  Center  is  located  across  from  the  Stamp  Union 
on  Campus  Drive.  The  services  provided  by  the  University  Health  Center 
include  primary  care  for  illness  and  injury,  health  education  and  consul- 
tation, dental  clinic,  men's  clinic,  women's  clinic,  allergy  clinic,  skin  care 
clinic,  sports  medicine,  physical  therapy  (located  in  the  HLHP  building), 
nutrition,  mental  health,  social  services,  lab  services,  x-ray  and  a  phar- 
macy. Individual  and  group  health  education  programs  are  available  on 
topics  such  as  sexual  health  and  contraception,  stress  management, 
substance  abuse,  date  rape,  dental  health,  and  eating  disorders.  The 
University  Health  Center  is  open  24  hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week,  with 
varied  hours  during  semester  breaks  and  holidays.  Students  are  seen  for 
routine  care  between  9:00  and  5:00  on  weekdays.  Medical  services  are 
limited  after  5:00p.m.  and  on  weekends. 

All  currently  registered  students  pay  a  mandatory  health  fee  and  are 
eligible  for  care.  While  the  student  health  fee  covers  most  routine  costs  at 
the  University  Health  Center,  there  are  additional  charges  for  x-rays,  lab 
tests,  dental  treatment,  allergy  injections,  physical  therapy  and  pharmacy 
supplies.  All  students  are  encouraged  to  carry  hospitalization  insurance. 
A  student  health  insurance  plan  is  available  through  the  University.  All 
students'  medical  records  are  strictly  confidential  and  may  only  be 
released  with  the  student's  consent  or  through  court-ordered  subpoena. 


University  Health  Center  Phone  Numbers: 


Information 
Appointments 
Dental  Clinic 
Health  Education 


314-8180 
314-8184 
314-8178 
314-8128 


Health  Insurance  314-8165 

Mental  Health  314-8106 

Pharmacy  314-8167 


Honors  Programs 

University  Honors  Program 

01 10  Hombake  Library.  405-6771 

Many  special  opportunities  are  available  to  energetic,  academically 
talented  students  through  the  University's  Honors  programs.  Freshman 
and  sophomores  broaden  their  intellectual  horizons  through  a  wide  variety 
of  special  honors  seminars  and  honors  versions  of  regular  courses  in  the 
arts  and  sciences.  These  courses  allow  students  to  pursue  their  general 
education  at  a  challenging  and  demanding  level  Students  may  also  work 
towards  a  16  credit  Honors  certificate.  Juniors  and  seniors  may  apply  to 
one  of  the  over  thirty  departmental  and  college  Honors  programs.  These 
honors  programs  offer  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  their  studies  in 
their  chosen  fields  of  concentration  in  greater  depth.  These  programs 
usually  begin  in  the  junior  year,  although  a  few  may  start  earlier. 

All  Honors  programs  off  er  challenging  academic  experiences  charactenzed 
by  small  classes,  active  student  participation,  and  an  Honors  faculty  who 
encourage  critical  thinking  and  discussion.  Individually  guided  research, 
field  experience,  and  independent  study  are  also  important  aspects  of 
Honors  work. 

For  information  about  the  University  Honors  Program,  call  405-6771 ,  or 


write  Director,  University  Honors  Program,  The  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park.  MD  20742. 

Human  Relations  Programs 

1 107  Hombake  Library,  405-2838 

The  Human  Relations  Office  (HRO)  is  responsible  for  initiating  action  in 
compliance  with  institution,  state,  and  federal  directives  designed  to 
provide  equal  education  and  employment  opportunities  for  College  Park 
campus  students  and  employees.  It  also  monitors  the  outcomes  of  actions 
taken  in  this  regard,  reporting  its  findings  to  the  president,  the  Campus 
Senate,  and  to  the  campus  community  at  large.  The  HRO  will  provide 
students  and  staff  with  general  information  on  equity  efforts  and  on  the 
status  of  equity  and  compliance  matters  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park. 

The  HRO  sponsors  programs  that  promote  cross-cultural  appreciation, 
and  processes  complaints  of  discrimination,  following  procedures  set 
forth  in  the  Campus  Human  Relations  Code  (see  Appendix  A)  Copies  of 
the  code  are  also  available  from  the  HRO  and  from  the  offices  of  the  vice 
presidents  and  deans  of  the  colleges  and  schools.  Equity  officers  will 
provide  them  on  request  (see  list  below). 

Students  or  employees  having  a  concern  about  possible  inequities  in 
educational  or  employment  matters,  or  who  wish  to  register  a  complaint, 
may  contact  an  equity  officer.  Students  may  also  contact  the  HRO  office 
directly. 

Minority  and/or  women  students  and  staff  wanting  specific  information 
about  programs  and  opportunities  available  to  them  within  a  particular 
academic  or  administrative  unit  may  contact  the  equity  officer  within  that 
unit. 

Campus  Equity  Officers 

HRO  Campus  Compliance  Officer 

Ms.  Gladys  Brown,  1 107  Hombake  Library  405-2838 

Academic  Affairs  (acting) 

Dr.  Dario  Cortes,  2133  Lee  Building  405-4182 

Administrative  Affairs  (acting) 

Dr.  Sylvia  Stewart,  1 1 32  Main  Administration  405- 1 1 09 

Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 

Dr.  Amel  Anderson,  1224  Symons  Hall  405-2085 

Architecture 

Mr.  Stephen  F.  Sachs.  1205  Architecture  Bldg.  405-6314 

Arts  and  Humanities 

Dr.  Cordell  Black,  3104  Jimenez  Hall  405-4030 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

Dr.  Diana  Jackson,  2141  Tydings  Hall  405-1679 

Business  and  Management 

Dr.  Mary  Susan  Taylor.  Tydings  Hall  405-2240 

Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical  Sciences 

Dr.  Victor  Korenman,  2300  Mathematics  Building  405-231 3 

Education 

Dr.  Jeanette  Kreiser,  3119  Benjamin  Building  405-2339 

Engineering 

Dr.  Marilyn  Berman,  1 1 37  Engineering  Classroom  Bldg  405-3871 
Health  and  Human  Performance 

Ms.  Colleen  (Coke)  Farmer,  2314  HLHP  Bldg.  405-2475 

Human  Ecology 

Dr.  Noel  Myncks.  1204F  Marie  Mount  Hall  405-4007 

Institutional  Advancement 

Ms.  Nancy  Hiles.  2101  Turner  Laboratory  405-4631 

Journalism 

Dr.  Greig  Stewart,  2115  Journalism  Building  405-2390 

Library  and  Information  Services 

Dr.  William  Cunningham,  41 1 1C  Hombake  Library  405-2046 

President's  Office 

Mr  Ray  Gillian.  1111  Mam  Administration  405-5795 

Public  Affairs 

Dr.  Bill  Powers.  2106  Mornll  Hall  405-2336 

Student  Affairs 

Ms.  Sharon  Fnes-Bntt.  2108  Mitchell  Building  314-8431 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 

Cole  Student  Activities  Building.  314-7075 

The  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  is  responsible  for  directing 
intercollegiate  athletic  programs  for  both  women  and  men.  and  for 
managing  the  College  Park  athletic  complex 


Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services    25 


Women's  intercollegiate  athletic  teams  include  cross  country,  field  hockey, 
soccer,  and  volleyball  in  the  (all;  basketball,  swimming,  indoor  track  and 
gymnastics  during  the  winter;  and  lacrosse  and  track  in  the  spring  Tennis 
competition  is  scheduled  in  both  the  (all  and  spring  seasons 

There  are  men's  teams  in  football,  soccer  and  cross  country  in  the  fall; 
basketball,  swimming,  wrestling,  and  indoor  track  dunng  the  winter;  and 
baseball,  golf,  tennis,  lacrosse,  and  outdoor  track  in  the  spring. 

Both  men's  and  women's  teams  compete  in  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference 
(ACC)  and  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (NCAA). 

National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  Requirements  for 

Student  Athletes 

1  NCAA  eligibility  for  regular  season  competition  subsequent  to  the 
student's  first  year  is  based  upon  satisfactory  completion  prior  to  each 
fall  term  of  twenty  four  (24)  semester  hours  of  acceptable  degree 
credits  or  an  average  of  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  per  term  of 
attendance. 

2.  The  calculation  of  credit  hours  shall  be  based  upon  hours  accepted  for 
degree  credit  at  the  institution. 

3.  Student  athletes  must  declare  a  major  program  of  study  no  later  than 
the  beginning  of  their  fifth  term  of  attendance. 

4.  Credit  hours  earned  toward  athletic  eligibility  for  students  in  declared 
majors  must  be  acceptable  in  their  specific  majors. 

5.  The  24  credit  hours  of  acceptable  credit  required  each  year  may 
include  credits  earned  for  a  repeated  course  when  the  previous  grade 
was  an  F,  but  may  not  include  the  credits  if  the  previous  grade  was  D 
or  better. 

University  of  Maryland  Athletic  Eligibility  Requirements 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  requires  student  athletes  to 
maintain  a  specified  minimum  grade  point  average  to  be  eligible  for 
practice  and  competition.  The  following  standards  are  effective  for  fall 
term,  1991: 


Freshman  (second  term) 
2nd  year  enrollment 
3rd  year  enrollment 
4th  year  enrollment 
5th  year  enrollment 

Mid-Year  Enrollees 


1.29  cumulative  GPA 
1.78  cumulative  GPA 
1.86  cumulative  GPA 
2.00  cumulative  GPA 
2.00  cumulative  GPA 


Student  athletes  who  matriculate  in  the  spring  semester  are  required  to 
meet  the  following  grade  point  average  standards: 


End  of  1st  semester 

1 .29  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  2nd  semester 

1 .78  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  3rd  semester 

1 .86  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  4th  semester 

1.86  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  5th  semester 

1.94  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  6th  semester 

2.00  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  7th  semester 

2.00  cumulative  GPA 

End  of  8th  semester 

2.00  cumulative  GPA 

Student  athletes  who  meet  the  required  grade  point  average  and  all  other 
NCAA  eligibility  requirements  will  be  eligible  to  compete  and  practice  for 
the  full  academic  year  with  the  exceptions  noted  below: 

1.  Student  athletes  who  fail  to  meet  necessary  grade  point  average 
requirements  for  the  fall  semester  are  ineligible  for  the  entire  academic 
year.  However,  ineligible  student  athletes  may  restore  their  eligibility 
at  the  end  of  any  semester  if  they  raise  their  grade  point  average  to  the 
minimum  standard  for  the  ensuing  year. 

2.  Ineligible  student  athletes  are  not  permitted  to  practice  or  compete. 

3.  First  semester  freshmen  and  transfer  student  athletes  will  be  required 
to  meet  established  grade  point  average  requirements  after  their  initial 
semester  at  the  university.  Transfer  students  are  required  to  attain  the 
appropriate  grade  point  averages  based  upon  year  of  enrollment. 

4.  Mid-year  matriculants  are  required  to  meet  the  established  GPA 
standard  for  each  of  their  first  three  semesters.  Thereafter,  they  will  be 
reviewed  at  the  beginning  of  each  fall  term. 

5.  Student  athletes  in  their  final  year  of  eligibility  must  maintain  a  2.0 
cumulative  GPA  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  practice  and  competition 
during  spring  term. 

6.  Eligible  student  athletes  who  go  on  academic  warning  after  fall  term 
are  required  to  attend  regularly  supervised  study  sessions  and  receive 
academic  support  services  as  assigned  by  the  Academic  Support  Unit 
Staff. 

7.  Dismissed  and  later  reinstated  student  athletes  are  ineligible  for  both 


practice  and  competition  until  they  meet  designated  grade  point 
averages. 

The  Office  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  also  sponsors  a  number  of  awards 
for  achievement  in  athletics  and/or  scholarship  Consult  the  Student 
Athlete  Handbook  for  details. 

For  further  information,  contact  the  Academic  Support  Unit.  314-7042. 

International  Education  Services 

31 16A  Mitchell  Building,  314-7740 

International  students  and  faculty  receive  a  wide  variety  of  services 
designed  to  help  them  benefit  from  their  experience  in  the  United  States. 
International  Education  Services  works  closely  with  the  Office  of  Under- 
graduate Admissions,  evaluating  academic  records  from  overseas  and 
processing  applications  for  English  proficiency,  visa,  and  financial  re- 
quirements. Other  services  provided  to  the  prospective  student  include 
special  advising  and  orientations,  help  with  securing  housing,  information 
about  programs  of  international  interest,  and  assistance  with  the  forms 
that  are  required  for  compliance  with  immigration  and  other  governmental 
regulations. 

Study  Abroad  Office.  American  students  and  faculty  receive 
advisement  and  information  about  study,  travel,  and  work  in 
other  countries.  Students  may  obtain  assistance  with  transfer 
credits,  reenrollment,  pre-registration,  and  housing  for  the 
semester  they  return  to  campus.  The  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  offers  study  abroad  programs  in  Israel  and 
London.  Information  and  advisement  are  also  available  about 
programs  through  other  universities  to  most  areas  of  the  world. 
For  more  information  about  Study  Abroad,  see  the  Campus- 
wide  Programs  section  of  this  catalog. 

English  Language  Instruction  to  Non-native  Speakers.  The 

University  of  Maryland,  through  the  Maryland  English  Institute, 
offers  two  programs  of  English  language  instruction  for  those 
who  are  not  native  speakers  of  English.  For  those  students  who 
are  admissible  but  require  part-time  English  instruction,  the 
Maryland  English  Institute  offers  semi-intensive  (part-time) 
instruction.  Semi-intensive  study  would  also  require  the  student 
to  enroll  in  a  half-time  academic  program.  Applicants  who  need 
more  instruction  take  an  intensive  (full-time)  program  before 
beginning  an  academic  program.  These  programs  are  offered 
on  a  semester  basis  and  are  also  available  during  the  summer. 
During  the  summer  only,  semi-intensive  instruction  is  also 
available  to  students  not  admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park.  For  information  regarding  admission  to  the 
intensive  Maryland  English  Institute,  contact  the  International 
Education  Services  Office.  For  more  information  about  the 
Maryland  English  Institute,  see  the  College  of  Arts  and  Hu- 
manities entry  in  this  catalog. 

Judicial  Programs 

2117  Mitchell  Building,  314-8204 

(To  report  instances  of  academic  dishonesty,  314-8206) 

General  Policy.  The  primary  purpose  for  the  imposition  of  discipline  in  the 
university  setting  is  to  protect  the  campus  community  and  to  create  an 
atmosphere  of  personal  freedom,  in  which  the  rights  of  all  students  and 
staff  members  are  fully  protected. 

Students  may  be  accountable  to  both  civil  authorities  and  to  the  university 
for  acts  which  constitute  violations  of  law  and  of  university  regulations. 
Likewise,  an  act  constituting  a  violation  of  the  resident  hall  contract  and 
university  regulations  may  result  in  removal  from  university  housing,  the 
imposition  of  disciplinary  sanctions,  or  both. 

General  Statement  of  Student  Responsibility.  Students  are  expected 
to  conduct  themselves  at  all  times  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the 
university  responsibility  of  ensuring  to  all  members  of  the  community  the 
opportunity  to  pursue  their  educational  objectives,  and  of  protecting  the 
safety,  welfare,  rights,  and  property  of  all  members  of  the  community  and 
of  the  university  itself.  Students  should  consult  the  Code  of  Student 
Conduct,  Appendix  C,  for  further  information. 

Office  of  Judicial  Programs.  The  Office  of  Judicial  Programs  directs  the 
efforts  of  students  and  staff  members  in  matters  involving  student  disci- 
pline. The  responsibilities  of  the  office  include:  (1)  determining  the 
disciplinary  charges  to  be  filed  against  individual  students  or  groups  of 
students;  (2)  interviewing  and  advising  parties  involved  in  disciplinary 


26    Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services 


proceedings;  (3)  supervising,  training,  and  advising  the  various  judicial 
boards;  (4)  reviewing  the  decisions  of  the  judicial  boards;  (5)  maintaining 
all  student  disciplinary  records;  and  (6)  collecting  and  disseminating 
research  and  analysis  concerning  student  conduct. 

Student  judicial  board  members  are  invited  to  assume  positions  of 
responsibility  in  the  university  discipline  system  in  order  that  they  might 
contribute  their  insights  to  the  resolutions  of  disciplinary  cases.  Final 
authority  in  disciplinary  matters,  however,  is  vested  in  the  campus 
administration  and  in  the  Board  of  Regents. 

Disciplinary  Procedures.  Students  accused  of  violating  university 
regulations  are  accorded  fundamental  due  process  in  disciplinary  pro- 
ceedings. Formal  rules  of  evidence,  however,  shall  not  be  applicable,  nor 
shall  deviations  from  prescribed  procedures  necessarily  invalidate  a 
decision  or  proceeding  unless  significant  prejudice  to  one  of  the  parties 
may  result,  university  hearing  and  conference  procedures  are  outlined  in 
the  documents  titled  "Preparing  for  a  Hearing"  and  "Preparing  for  a 
Conference,"  available  from  the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs. 

Minority  Student  Education 

1101  Hornbake  Library,  405-5616 

The  Office  of  Minority  Student  Education  (OMSE)  was  officially  created  on 
July  1 , 1 972,  as  a  result  of  proposals  and  recommendations  submitted  to 
the  chancellor  from  the  Campus  Black  Community  and  the  Study  Com- 
mission on  Student  Life.  The  office  exists  to  enhance  the  personal  and 
social  development  and  the  academic  success  of  minority  students.  Its 
mission  is  to  work  together  with  other  resources  on  campus  to  provide 
support  services  for  minority  students  throughout  their  college  career  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Throughout  the  year  OMSE  implements  several  key  programs  that  have 
as  their  objective  enhancing  the  recruitment,  retention,  and  graduation  of 
minority  students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  Included 
among  the  programs  are  the  Tutorial  Program,  Job  Fair,  a  mentoring 
program,  a  course,  EDCP  108N:  College  and  Career  Advancement: 
Concepts  and  Skills  for  Minority  Students,  and  Celebrating  Academic 
Excellence  to  recognize  outstanding  students  of  color  at  UMCP 

The  OMSE  Tutorial  Program  is  designed  to  provide  assistance  to  minority 
students  on  a  walk-in  or  appointment  basis. 

The  Job  Fair,  an  annual  event  sponsored  by  OMSE  in  conjunction  with  the 
Career  Development  Center,  is  designed  to  contribute  to  the  career 
development  of  minority  undergraduates  at  all  levels.  It  brings  represen- 
tatives from  local  and  national  companies  to  interview  students  who  are 
interested  in  either  permanent  positions,  summer  positions,  internships, 
or  general  occupational  information.  Workshops  in  resume  writing  and 
interviewing  techniques  are  available  for  students  prior  to  the  Job  Fair. 

OMSE  staff  members  attempt  to  develop  a  healthy  socio-cultural  minority 
community  by  encouraging  and  assisting  in  the  organizing  of  pre-pro- 
fessional  societies  in  each  academic  department.  OMSE  supports  some 
and  works  cooperatively  with  a  number  of  minority  pre-professional 
societies,  including  law,  business,  media,  engineering,  and  computer 
science.  OMSE  also  works  closely  with  the  campus  Hispanic  Student 
Union,  the  Native  American  Student  Union,  the  Black  Student  Union,  and 
the  Panhellenic  Council. 

OMSE  contains  a  study-lounge  that  doubles  as  a  tutorial  center  and  an 
OMSE/CSC  Open  WAM  lab.  It  provides  minority  students  with  an  op- 
portunity to  study,  get  assistance  from  a  tutor,  or  work  at  state-of-the-art 
computers  in  a  relaxed,  atmosphere. 

Orientation 

1195  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-8217 

The  primary  goal  of  orientation  is  to  ease  the  transition  of  new  students  into 
the  university  community.  Orientation  begins  when  students  are  admitted 
to  the  university,  and  ends  at  the  culmination  of  the  first  semester.  At  the 
time  of  admission  to  the  university,  new  students  will  receive  material 
announcing  the  orientation  program.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to 

•  Introduce  new  students  to  the  academic  community 

•  Coordinate  academic  advisement  for  the  first  semester 

•  Introduce  campus  services  and  resources 

•  Administer  the  math  placement  test 

•  Register  students  for  their  first  semester  courses 

The  Freshman  Program  runs  for  two  days  and  provides  new  students  with 


the  opportunity  to  interact  formally  and  informally  with  faculty,  administra- 
tors, returning  students,  and  other  new  students  The  Transfer  Program 
lasts  for  one  day  and  focuses  on  transfer  evaluation,  advisement,  and 
registration.  The  math  placement  test  is  administered  during  both  orien- 
tation programs. 

Note:  Students  who  arrive  after  8;30  a.m.  on  their  program  day  will  be 
reassigned  to  the  next  available  day. 

Parents  of  new  students  are  invited  to  attend  a  one-day  program  specifically 
designed  to  introduce  parents  to  the  academic,  social,  and  cultural  milieux 
of  the  university.  These  programs  are  offered  during  June  and  July 

The  Orientation  Office  also  coordinates  the  ongoing  one-credit  orientation 
course  EDCP  1 08-O  The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  students  to  the 
world  of  higher  education  generally,  and  the  University  ol  Maryland 
specifically.  The  course  is  taught  by  faculty  and  administrators,  and  is 
limited  to  25  students  per  section. 

Parking 

Parking  Garage  2  (off  Regents  Drive).  314-PARK 

The  Department  of  Campus  Parking  (DCP)  is  responsible  for  managing 
and  maintaining  over  1 6,000  parking  spaces  on  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  campus.  All  College  Park  students  who  plan  to  park  a 
motor  vehicle  in  one  of  these  spaces  must  register  with  the  DCP. 
Motorcycles  are  considered  in  the  same  category  as  any  other  vehicle  for 
the  purposes  of  registration.  It  is  important  to  note  that  campus  resident 
students  who  have  earned  55  or  fewer  UMCP-accepted  credits  may  not 
register  for  a  parking  permit.  Students  may  contact  DCP  for  more 
information. 

The  DCP  mails  registration  applications  in  July  of  each  year  for  the 
convenience  of  students.  Students  who  do  not  receive  a  mail-in  application 
packet  may  register  for  parking  at  the  DCP  Office,  located  in  Parking 
Garage  2,  off  Regents  Drive,  at  any  time  during  regular  business  hours. 
Extended  hours  are  available  during  the  first  week  of  the  semester. 

When  registering  for  parking,  students  should  bring  their  student  ID  card 
and  the  appropriate  payment  A  UMCP-DCP  "Application  for  Student 
Parking  Registration"  form  must  be  completed  by  each  student  at  the  time 
of  registration. 

Student  rates  for  parking  on  campus  range  from  $1 0.00  to  $75.00  for  the 
academic  year. 

Illegally  parked  vehicles,  as  well  as  those  vehicles  not  displaying  a 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  hanging  permit,  will  be  ticketed, 
and  students  with  outstanding  parking  fines  may  be  barred  from  registra- 
tion. Complete  parking  regulations,  fines,  and  other  information  can  be 
obtained  when  students  register  for  parking. 

Bicycles  and  mopeds  need  not  be  registered,  but  should  be  parked  in 
bicycle  racks  provided.  Bicycles  or  mopeds  parked  or  secured  in  any 
manner  which  would  obstruct  vehicles  or  pedestrians  will  be  sub|ect  to 
impoundment. 

Records  and  Registrations 

First  floor.  Mitchell  Building,  314-8240 

The  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  provides  services  to  students 
and  academic  departments  related  to  the  processes  of  registration, 
scheduling,  withdrawal,  and  graduation  The  office  also  maintains  the 
student's  academic  records,  and  issues  transcripts.  Staff  members  are 
available  to  students  for  consultation  For  detailed  information  about 
registration  procedures,  student  records,  and  academic  regulations, 
please  see  the  chapter  on  Records  and  Registration  in  this  catalog 

Recreation  Services 

1 104  Reckord  Armory,  314-7218 
24-hour  recording;  314-5454 

Thousands  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  students,  faculty  and  staff 
members  recognize  the  value  of  spending  their  free  time  in  some  sort  of 
healthful  physical  activity  They  find  a  lifestyle  which  balances  academic 
pursuits  with  recreational  and  social  involvement  ideal  for  a  fulfilling  and 
enjoyable  college  experience.  The  Campus  Recreation  Services  (CRS) 
staff  meets  almost  everyone's  leisure-time  needs  through  informal  rec- 
reational opportunities,  intramural  sports  activities,  fitness  and  wellness 
programs,  sport  clubs,  and  special  events 


Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services    27 


Informal  recreational  opportunities  include  lifting  weights,  running,  swim- 
ming laps,  and  pining  a  colleague  tor  a  friendly  game  ot  racquetball, 
squash,  or  tennis.  Intramural  sports  provide  organized  tournament  and 
league  play  for  individuals,  pairs,  and  teams  Students  have  the  choice  of 
over  twenty-five  competitive  sports  (from  badminton  and  basketball  to 
track  and  field  and  volleyball)  in  the  Men's  Open  (for  commuters).  Men's 
Dormitory.  Fraternity,  and  Women's  Leagues  There  Is  a  Graduate 
Students/Faculty/Staff  League,  as  well.  In  most  sports,  entrants  can 
select  the  above  average  or  average  skill  level  of  play. 

Fitness  and  wellness  programs  exist  in  the  form  of  aerobics  and  water 
aerobics  sessions  and  the  Terrapin  Fitness  Challenge,  a  self-directed 
fitness  program,  while  more  than  twenty-live  sport  clubs  (from  bowling  and 
martial  arts  to  rugby  and  sailing)  are  organized  and  supported  through 
CRS.  These  groups  comprise  students,  faculty,  and  staff  interested  in 
participating  (and  sometimes  competing  against  other  colleges)  in  one 
particular  sport.  Special  events,  such  as  the  Team  Triathlon,  the  Sports 
Trivia  Bowl,  and  the  Home  Run  Derby  round  out  the  activities  calendar  at 
CRS. 

Fees  paid  at  the  time  of  class  registration  cover  virtually  all  the  costs  of 
participating  in  CRS  activities. 

Religious  Programs 

University  Memorial  Chapel  and  0101  Annapolis  Hall,  314-7884 

A  broad  range  of  religious  traditions  is  represented  by  the  chaplains  and 
religious  advisors  at  the  university.  Individually  and  cooperatively,  they 
offer  many  services,  including  counseling,  worship,  student  programs 
here  and  abroad,  personal  growth  groups,  and  opportunities  for  service 
and  involvement. 


The  following  chaplains  and  their  services  are  available: 

1 101  Memorial  Chapel,  405-8442 


Baptist 

Gerald  Buckner.  Chaplain 


Black  Ministries  Program 

Weldon  Thomas,  Chaplain  2120  Memorial  Chapel,  405-8445 


Christian  Science 

Betsy  Barber,  Advisor 


Church  of  Christ 

Chaplain  Position  Vacant 


1112  Memorial  Chapel,  699-9152 


2112  Memorial  Chapel 


Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of         7601  Mowatt  Lane 
Latter  Day  Saints  (Mormon)      College  Park,  MD  20740 
Neil  Petty,  Director  422-7570 


Episcopal 

Peter  Peters,  Chaplain 


Jewish 

Robert  Saks,  Chaplain 


Lutheran 

Elizabeth  Platz,  Chaplain 

Roman  Catholic 

Thomas  Kalita,  Chaplain 
Rita  Ricker,  Associate 


2116  Memorial  Chapel.  405-8453 

Jewish  Student  Center 

7612  Mowatt  Lane 

College  Park,  MD  20740,  422-6200 


2103  Memorial  Chapel,  405-8448 

4141  Guilford  Drive 
College  Park,  MD  20740 
(Opposite  Lot  3) 
864-6223 

2101  Memorial  Chapel,  405-8450 


United  Campus  Ministry 

Rob  Burdette,  Chaplain 

Holly  Ulmer,  Chaplain 

Ki  Yul  Chung,  Associate  Chaplain 

(Supported  by  the  Church  of  the  Brethren,  Disciples  of  Christ,  United 
Presbyterian  Church,  United  Church  of  Christ,  and  United  Methodist 
Church.) 

Resident  Life 

2100  Annapolis  Hall,  314-2100 

The  Department  of  Resident  Life  is  responsible  for  management  of  the 
residence  halls  as  well  as  for  cultural,  educational,  recreational,  and  social 
programming  activities  in  the  resident  halls.  A  staff  of  undergraduate  and 
graduate  employees  helps  to  meet  the  needs  of  resident  students. 


On-campus  housing/dining  is  readily  available  for  all  undergraduate 
students  in  35  undergraduate  resident  halls  near  academic,  cultural, 
social,  and  recreational  resources  of  the  campus.  All-male,  all-female, 
and  coeducational  living  arrangements  are  available  in  the  halls,  which 
accommodate  from  34  to  575  residents.  Most  new  students  will  be 
assigned  to  traditional  residence  halls.  Apartment  suites  for  four  to  six 
students,  and  kitchenless  suites  for  four  to  eight  students  are  available  for 
upper  class  students. 

Because  about  one-half  of  the  7,500  available  spaces  each  year  are 
reserved  by  students  returning  to  the  residence  halls,  entering  students 
are  assigned  to  the  spaces  that  remain.  Soon  after  admission  to  College 
Park,  all  students  who  requested  housing/dining  services  are  sent  the 
official  Residence  Halls/Dining  Services  Agreement  for  the  academic 
year.  On-campus  housing/dining  is  for  the  entire  academic  year  (fall  and 
spring  semesters). 

All  students  are  encouraged  to  live  on  campus.  Freshman  and  transfer 
students  will  find  housing  accommodations  and  student  interaction  a 
benefit  to  the  college  experience.  To  secure  an  offer  of  housing  and  dining 
services  for  the  academic  year,  check  the  interest  block  on  the  under- 
graduate application  for  admission.  Students  may  also  apply  for  on- 
campus  housing  through  Resident  Life  after  they  are  admitted.  Once 
accommodated,  students  may  remain  in  residence  halls  throughout  their 
undergraduate  career. 

Stamp  Student  Union 

Administrative  Offices,  2104  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-8502 

The  Adele  H.  Stamp  Student  Union  is  the  "community  center"  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  More  than  20,000  students, 
faculty,  staff  members,  and  campus  guests  visit  the  union  daily  to  take 
advantage  of  its  services,  programs,  and  facilities.  In  serving  as  the 
campus  community  center,  the  union  offers  lounge  space,  a  variety  of 
information  services,  recreation  and  leisure  activities,  student  sponsored 
programs,  visual  arts,  retail  outlets,  and  more  than  40,000  square  feet  of 
reservable  space. 

Information  Services 

•  AIM  (Access  to  Information  about  Maryland),  a  computerized 
guide  to  activities  and  events  on  the  College  Park  campus,  located 
in  the  union  and  library  lobbies. 

•  Information  Center  located  in  the  main  lobby,  314-DESK 

•  Bulletin  Boards  located  throughout  the  building 

•  Copy  machines  in  the  main  lobby. 

•  Display  showcases  located  on  the  main  level 

Recreation  and  Leisure 

•  Hoff  Movie  Theatre,  314-HOFF 

•  Piano  practice  rooms  located  on  the  second  level 

•  Recreation  Center,  including  full-service  bowling  lanes,  billiard 
tables,  and  video  games,  314-BOWL. 

Student  Sponsored  Programs 

•  Stamp  Union  Program  Council  (SUPC),  a  student-directed  program 
board  whose  committees  plan  games,  tournaments,  concerts, 
lectures,  outdoor  recreation  trips,  and  bicycle  and  road  races,  314- 
8495. 

•  Student  Tutorial  Academic  Referral  Center  (STAR  Center),  offer- 
ing tutor  listings  and  test  files,  314-8359. 

•  Student  Organization  offices  of  over  40  student  groups,  including 
the  Student  Government  Association. 

Visual  Arts,  31 4-ARTS 

•  Art  Center,  a  visual  arts  work  and  teaching  center,  offering  mini- 
courses  and  arts  services,  including  graphic  design,  sign,  and 
banner  services. 

•  Parents'  Association  Art  Gallery,  located  off  the  main  lobby. 

Retail  Outlets  (except  for  the  University  Book  Center,  located  in  the  lower 
level  mall  area) 

•  Citizens  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  of  Maryland  314-8603 

•  Bookstore  University  Book  Center  (lower  level)  314-BOOK 

•  Flower  Cart  (Union  Shop)  314-7467 

•  Food  Services:  Eateries,  Dory's  Ice  Cream,  Maryland  Food 

Co-op,  Deli  and  Sandwich  Factory,  Pizza  Shop,  Hardee's 
(314-8276),  and  Umberto's  Restaurant  (314-8022). 

•  Ticket  Office,  offering  campus  performance  tickets,  and  a  full 
Ticket  Center  Outlet,  314-TKTS. 

•  Union  Shop,  featuring  snacks,  sodas,  tobacco,  and  newspapers 
and  magazines 


28    Campus  Administration,  Resources,  and  Student  Services 


•  U.S.  Postal  Service  Automated  Facility 

Reservable  Space 

The  union  offers  meeting  rooms  that  accommodate  groups  from  8  to  1 000 
people.  For  reservations,  or  catering  information,  contact  the  Union 
Reservation  Office,  314-8488. 

Stamp  Student  Union  Hours 

The  union  is  open  Monday  through  Thursday,  7:00  a.m.  to  1 2:00  midnight; 
Friday,  until  1:00  a.m.;  Saturday,  8:00  a.m.  to  1:00  a.m.,  and  Sunday, 
12:00  noon  to  12:00  midnight. 

Talent  Search 

01 12  Chemistry  Building,  314-7763 

The  federally-funded  Educational  Talent  Search  Program  identifies  and 
recruits  low-income  and  potential  first-generation  college  students  between 
the  ages  of  12  and  27,  who  display  the  talent  and  academic  ability  to 
succeed  in  college,  or  who  would  like  to  reenter  secondary  or  post- 
secondary  programs.  Through  outreach  to  schools  and  community  agen- 
cies. Talent  Search  provides  college  orientation  and  placement  assistance 
services,  advisement  on  post-secondary  career  and  financial  aid  resources, 
pre-college  development  programs  and  workshops,  college  campus 
visits,  and  assistance  in  preparing  for  college  entrance  exams  and  the 
application  process.  Nine  hundred  and  fifty  (950)  participants  are  served 
annually. 

Tutoring 

Students  needing  tutoring  should  first  contact  their  professors  or  the 
graduate  teaching  assistants  assigned  to  courses.  They  should  inquire 
also  at  the  department  office  to  find  out  if  the  department  sponsors  any 
tutoring  services.  Many  campus  clubs,  organizations,  and  honors  societies 
also  offer  tutoring.  Check  out  the  Learning  Assistance  Center,  University 
Honors  Program,  Office  of  Minority  Student  Education,  and  the  STAR 
Center  in  the  Stamp  Student  Union. 

Tutoring  for  all  100  and  200  level  courses  is  available  through  the 
Intensive  Education  Development  Office,  01 12  Chemistry  Building.  Stu- 
dents may  also  sign  up  as  tutors  at  IED.  Call  405-4736  for  further 
information. 


University  Book  Center 

Lower  level.  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-BOOK 

The  University  Book  Center  provides  a  convenient,  on-campus  selection 
of  textbooks  and  general  interest  books,  including  literature,  technical 
books,  and  best  sellers.  It  also  offers  a  large  selection  of  school  and  office 
supplies  to  meet  every  educational  need  The  Book  Center  also  carries  a 
wide  selection  of  imprinted  clothes  and  related  items,  plus  cards,  balloons, 
gifts,  posters,  snacks,  beverages,  and  other  convenience  items  including 
health  and  beauty  aids. 

The  Book  Center  is  open  Monday  through  Friday,  8:30  am.  to  7:30  p.m.; 
Saturday  and  Sunday,  12:00  noon  to  5:00  p.m. 

Upward  Bound  Program 

1 107  West  Education  Annex,  405-6776 

The  University  of  Maryland  Upward  Bound  Program  is  designed  to 
provide  academic  and  counseling  assistance  tocapable  but  underachieving 
high  school  students  with  the  purpose  of  preparing  them  to  pursue  post 
secondary  education.  The  Upward  Bound  Program  serves  as  a  supple- 
ment to  its  participants'  secondary  school  experiences.  It  provides  the 
opportunity  for  each  student  to  improve  or  develop  the  skills  necessary  for 
acquiring  a  positive  self  image,  broadening  his  or  her  education  and 
cultural  perspectives,  and  realizing  undiscovered  potentials. 

Upward  Bound  Program  students  are  selected  from  high  schools  in  Pnnce 
George's  and  Montgomery  counties,  and  are  recommended  to  the  pro- 
gram through  high  school  principals,  teachers,  counselors,  the  Talent 
Search  Program,  social  service  agencies,  and  individuals  familiar  with  the 
program 

Counseling  services  and  opportunities  to  develop  academic  skills  are 
available  to  students  throughout  the  school  year  and  during  the  summer 
program.  Academic  instruction,  tutonng,  counseling,  and  other  related 
innovative  educational  experiences  are  provided  for  the  development  of 
basic  academic  skills  and  motivation  necessary  for  success  in  secondary 
school. 

For  more  information,  please  contact  the  Director  of  Upward  Bound. 
Room  1 107,  West  Education  Annex,  The  University  of  Maryland.  College 
Park,  MD  20742;  405-6776. 


29 


CHAPTER  4 


REGISTRATION,  ACADEMIC  REQUIREMENTS, 
AND  REGULATIONS 


REGISTRATION 

First  Floor  Mitchell  Building,  314-8240 

To  attend  classes  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  it  is 
necessary  to  process  an  official  registration.  Specific  registration  dates 
and  instructions  can  be  found  in  the  current  Schedule  of  Classes.  The 
schedule  is  issued  four  times  per  year:  prior  to  early  registration  for  the  fall 
and  spring  semesters,  and  again  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  The 
Summer  Programs  catalog  is  distributed  in  late  March. 

1 .  Newly  admitted  students  are  invited  and  encouraged  to  attend  an 
orientation  session.  Advising  and  course  registration  are  part  of 
the  program.  All  newly  admitted  students  must  meet  with  an 
advisor  prior  to  registration. 

2.  All  newly  admitted  freshman  and  transfer  students  are  required 
to  provide  proof  of  immunization  for  measles,  rubella,  mumps, 
and  tetanus/diphtheria. 

3.  Currently  enrolled  students  are  invited  to  early  registration. 
Registration  appointments  for  the  fall  semester  begin  in  mid 
March ;  appointments  for  the  spring  semester  begin  in  late  October. 

4.  Open  registration  follows  Early  Registration  and  continues  up  to 
the  first  day  of  classes.  During  this  time  students  may  make 
schedule  adjustments  or  process  an  original  registration. 

5.  The  schedule  adjustment  period  is  the  first  ten  day  of  classes 
for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters,  and  the  first  five  days  of  classes 
for  summer  sessions.  During  this  period,  full-time  undergraduates 
may  drop  or  add  courses,  change  sections,  or  change  credit  level 
with  no  charge.  Part-time  undergraduates  may  also  drop  or  add 
courses,  change  sections,  or  change  credit  level,  but  they  should 
consult  the  deadline  section  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  to  avoid 
incurring  additional  charges.  The  choice  of  grading  method 
option  (including  the  pass-fail  option)  may  be  changed  only 
during  the  schedule  adjustment  period.  Registration  is  final  and 
official  when  all  fees  are  paid. 

Departments  may  identify  courses  or  sections  of  courses  with  the 
approval  of  the  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs, 
which  after  the  first  five  days  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period 
in  spring  and  fall  semesters,  shall  require  faculty  or  departmental 
approval  for  students  to  add. 

Courses  may  be  added,  where  space  is  available,  during  the 
schedule  adjustment  period  and  will  appear  on  the  student's 
permanent  record  along  with  other  courses  previously  listed. 
Courses  dropped  during  this  period  will  not  appear  on  the 
student's  permanent  record. 

6.  After  the  schedule  adjustment  period: 

a)  Courses  may  not  be  added  without  special  permission  of  the 
department  and  the  dean  of  the  academic  unit  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled. 

b)  All  courses  for  which  the  student  is  enrolled  shall  remain  as  a 
part  of  the  student's  permanent  record.  The  student's  status 
shall  be  considered  as  full-time  for  certification  purposes  if  the 
number  of  credit  hours  enrolled  at  this  time  is  twelve  or  more. 
For  billing  purposes,  a  student  is  considered  full-time  if  the 
number  of  credit  hours  enrolled  is  nine  or  more. 

c)  An  official  class  list  for  each  course  being  offered  is  issued  to 
the  appropriate  department  by  the  Office  of  Records  and 
Registrations.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  a  class  if 
their  names  do  not  appear  on  the  class  list.  Instructors  must 
report  discrepancies  to  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registra- 
tions. 


7.  The  drop  period  for  undergraduate  students  will  begin  at  the 
close  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period  and  terminate  at  the  end 
of  tenth  week  of  classes  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  and 
at  a  corresponding  time  for  summer  sessions. 

During  the  drop  period  a  student  may  drop  a  maximum  of  four 
credits.  However,  if  the  course  that  the  student  wishes  to  drop 
carries  more  than  four  credits,  the  student  may  drop  the  entire 
course  or,  in  the  case  of  a  variable  credit  course,  reduce  the  credit 
level  by  up  to  four  credits.  Such  a  drop  will  be  recorded  on  the 
student's  permanent  record  with  the  notation  "W"  and  will  be 
considered  to  represent  a  single  enrollment  (one  of  two  possible) 
in  the  course.  This  mark  shall  not  be  used  in  any  computation  of 
cumulative  grade  point  average. 

8.  At  the  end  of  the  semester  official  grade  lists  are  issued  to  each 
department.  Instructors  mark  the  final  grades  on  the  grade  lists, 
sign  the  lists  and  return  them  to  Records  and  Registrations. 

9.  Withdrawal  from  the  University.  Students  wishing  to  withdraw 
from  all  courses  must  do  so  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  classes. 
The  policies  governing  withdrawals  are  as  follows: 

a.  Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the 
university  at  any  time,  he  or  she  must  secure  a  form  for 
withdrawal  from  the  Records  Office,  and  submit  the  form 
along  with  the  semester  identification  and  registration  cards. 

b.  The  effective  date  of  withdrawal  as  far  as  refunds  are  concerned 
is  the  date  that  the  withdrawal  form  is  received  by  the  Records 
Office.  Notation  of  Withdrawal,  and  the  effective  date  of  the 
withdrawal,  will  be  posted  to  the  permanent  record.  The 
instructors  and  the  college  offices  will  be  notified  of  all 
withdrawn  students.  The  deadline  date  for  submitting  the 
withdrawal  form  for  each  semester  is  the  last  day  of  classes. 
Contact  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  readmission  informa- 
tion. 

c.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  to 
facilitate  the  withdrawal  or  change  in  registration  and  the 
reenrollment  of  students  who  are  called  to  active  military  duty 
during  the  semester.  The  student  (or  a  representative)  should 
bring  a  copy  of  the  military  orders  to  room  1101,  Mitchell 
Building,  and  process  "withdrawal"  papers  or  "change  in 
registration"  papers.  Complete  procedures  are  available  from 
the  office  of  Records  and  Registration. 

10.  When  Dean's  approval  is  required,  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies  shall  assume  the  responsibilities  normally  delegated  to 
the  dean  in  the  case  students  who  are  advised  in  the  Division  of 
Letters  and  Science. 

General  Education  Requirements 

In  addition  to  completing  a  major  course  of  study,  students  are  required 
to  complete  a  set  of  general  education  requirements.  These  requirements 
are  intended  to  expose  students  to  broad  areas  of  historic  and  contem- 
porary thought  and  experience.  The  Board  of  Regents  and  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park  Campus  Senate  have  recently  approved  a 
new  general  education  program.  This  program,  Core  Liberal  Arts  and 
Sciences  Studies  (CORE),  must  be  completed  by  all  students  entering  in 
May  1990  and  thereafter  with  eight  (8)  or  fewer  credits  from  this  or  any 
other  higher  education  institution.  Students  who  enter  and  have  completed 
nine  (9)  or  more  credits  before  May  1 990  from  this  or  any  other  higher 
education  institution  will  complete  their  general  education  requirements 
under  the  University  Studies  Program  (USP).  They  may,  however,  choose 
the  new  CORE  program  if  they  so  desire.  Students  who  entered  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  prior  to  May  1980  are  referred  to 


30    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


the  chapter  on  General  Education  ("Statue  of  Limitations")  tor  additional 
information. 

For  a  detailed  outline  of  the  program  requirements  for  both  the  CORE  and 
the  USP  programs,  students  should  refer  to  the  chapter  on  General 
Education.  Also  included  in  this  chapter  are  lists  of  approved  courses 
which  may  be  selected  to  meet  program  requirements. 

Enrollment  in  Majors 

A  student  who  is  eligible  to  remain  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  may  transfer  among  curricula,  colleges,  or  other  academic  units 
except  where  limitations  on  enrollments  have  been  approved.  Students 
must  be  enrolled  in  the  major  program  from  which  they  plan  to  graduate, 
when  registering  for  the  final  fifteen  hours  of  the  baccalaureate  program. 
This  requirement  also  applies  to  the  third  year  of  the  combined, 
preprofessional  degree  programs. 

Students  who  wish  to  complete  a  second  major  In  addition  to  their  primary 
major  of  record  must  obtain  written  permission  in  advance  from  the 
appropriate  dean(s).  As  early  as  possible,  but  in  no  case  later  than  the 
beginning  of  the  second  semester  before  the  expected  date  of  graduation, 
students  must  file  with  the  departments  or  programs  involved  and  with  the 
appropriate  dean(s),  formal  programs  showing  the  courses  to  be  offered 
to  meet  requirements  in  each  of  the  majors  and  supporting  areas  as  well 
as  the  college  and  general  education  requirements.  Approval  will  not  be 
granted  if  there  is  extensive  overlap  between  the  two  programs.  Students 
enrolled  in  two  majors  simultaneously  must  satisfactorily  complete  the 
regularly  prescribed  requirements  for  each  of  the  programs.  Courses 
taken  for  one  major  may  be  counted  as  part  of  the  degree  requirements 
for  the  other  and  toward  the  University's  general  education  requirements. 
If  two  colleges  are  involved  in  the  double  major  program,  the  student  must 
designate  which  college  is  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  records. 

Credit  Unit  and  Load  Each  Semester 

No  baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  fewer  than  120  semester  hours. 
The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  of  credit,  is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject 
pursued  one  period  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  or  three  hours  of 
laboratory  or  field  work  are  equivalent  to  one  lecture  or  recitation  period. 
The  student  is  expected  to  devote  three  hours  a  week  in  classroom  or 
laboratory  or  in  outside  preparation  for  each  credit  hour  in  any  course. 

In  order  for  undergraduate  students  to  complete  most  curricula  in  four 
academic  years,  the  semester  credit  load  must  range  form  twelve  to 
nineteen  hours  so  that  they  would  complete  from  thirty  to  thirty-six  hours 
each  year  toward  the  degree.  Students  registering  for  more  than  nineteen 
hours  per  semester  must  have  the  approval  of  their  dean. 

Classification  of  Students 

Official  classifications  of  undergraduate  students  are  based  on  earned 
credits  as  follows:  freshman,  1  -27  semester  hours;  sophomore,  28-55; 
junior,  56-85;  and  senior,  86  to  at  least  120. 

Concurrent  Undergraduate-Graduate  Registration 

A  senior  at  the  University  of  Maryland  whose  GPA  is  at  least  3.0  and  who 
is  within  seven  hours  of  completing  the  requirements  for  the  undergraduate 
degree  may,  with  the  approval  of  his  or  her  dean,  the  chair  of  the 
department  concerned,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register  for  graduate 
courses,  which  may  later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit  toward  an 
advanced  degree  at  this  university.  The  total  of  undergraduate  and 
graduate  credits  in  the  senior  year  cannot  be  used  for  graduate  credit 
unless  proper  pre-arrangement  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to  take 
advantage  of  this  opportunity  must  formally  apply  for  admission  to  the 
graduate  school. 

Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level  Courses 

Subject  to  requirements  determined  by  the  graduate  faculty  of  the 
department  or  program  offering  the  course,  undergraduate  students  may 
register  for  graduate  level  courses,  i.e.,  those  numbered  from  600  to  898. 
with  the  exception  of  799,  for  undergraduate  credit. 

A  student  seeking  to  utilize  the  option  will  normally  be  in  the  senior  year, 
have  earned  an  accumulated  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.0,  have 
successfully  completed,  with  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better,  the  prerequisite  and 
correlative  courses,  and  be  a  major  in  the  offering  or  closely  related 
department.  The  student  will  be  required  to  obtain  prior  approval  of  the 
department  offering  the  course.  Graduate  School  approval  is  not  required. 


Enrollment  in  a  graduate  level  course  does  not  in  any  way  imply  subse- 
quent departmental  or  graduate  school  approval  for  admission  into  a 
graduate  program,  nor  may  the  course  be  used  as  credit  for  a  graduate 
degree  at  the  University  of  Maryland 

Individual  Combined  BA/MA  Programs 

In  1 990,  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  authorized  the 
individual  development  ot  combined  Bachelor's  and  Master's  degree 
programs.  For  complete  guidelines,  requirements,  and  application  pro- 
cedures, students  should  consult  with  their  major  department  no  later  than 
the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 


Courses  taken  at  Other  Institutions 

Courses  taken  at  another  institution  may  not  be  credited  toward  a  degree 
without  approval  in  advance  by  the  dean  of  the  college  from  which  the 
student  expects  a  degree.  The  same  rule  applies  to  off  campus  registra- 
tion in  the  summer  program  of  another  institution.  However,  courses  taken 
through  The  Consortium  of  Universities  of  the  Washington  Metropolitan 
Area  are  treated  as  resident  credit.  (See  section  on  the  Consortium, 
below.)  Permission  to  enroll  in  off -campus  courses  must  be  requested  for 
any  course  which  will  eventually  be  added  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  transcript. 

THE  CONSORTIUM  OF  UNIVERSITIES  OF  THE 
WASHINGTON  METROPOLITAN  AREA 

The  Consortium  of  Universities  of  the  Washington  Metropolitan  Area 
consists  of  American  University,  The  Catholic  University  of  America, 
Gallaudet  College,  Georgetown  University,  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, Howard  University,  Marymount  University,  Mt.  Vernon  College. 
Trinity  College,  University  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  Students  enrolled  in  these  institutions  are 
able  to  attend  certain  classes  at  the  other  campuses  and  have  the  credit 
considered  as  "residence"  credit  at  their  own  institutions.  The  intention  is 
to  allow  students  to  take  an  occasional  course  to  augment  a  program 
rather  than  to  develop  an  individual  program  Payment  of  tuition  for 
courses  will  be  made  at  the  student's  home  campus. 

Currently  registered,  degree-seeking  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  undergraduates  may  participate  in  the  consortium  program  ac- 
cording to  the  stipulations  listed  in  the  current  edition  of  the  Schedule  of 
Classes.  Golden  ID  students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  courses  through 
the  consortium  with  waiver  of  fees.  Students  interested  in  additional 
information  about  the  consortium  program  should  contact  the  consortium 
coordinator  in  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations.  Mitchell  Building. 

VETERANS  BENEFITS 

Students  attending  the  university  under  the  Veterans  Education  Assistance 
Act  (Title  38,  U.S.  Code)  may  receive  assistance  and  enrollment  certifi- 
cation at  the  Veterans  Certification  Office  in  Records  and  Registrations, 
first  floor  of  the  Mitchell  Building.  Consult  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for 
further  information. 

IDENTIFICATION  CARDS 

There  are  two  cards,  used  jointly,  to  identify  currently  enrolled  students: 
the  photo  ID  and  the  semester  registration  card.  The  photo  ID  card  is 
issued  at  the  time  the  student  first  registers  for  classes  This  card  is  to  be 
used  for  the  entire  duration  of  enrollment  The  semester  registration  card 
validates  the  photo  identification  card  and  is  issued  for  each  semester  in 
which  the  student  is  registered.  Both  cards  should  be  earned  at  all  times. 

Together  the  photo  identification  card  and  semester  registration  card  can 
be  used  by  students  to  withdraw  books  from  the  libraries,  for  admission  to 
most  athletic,  social,  and  cultural  events,  and  as  a  general  form  of 
identification  on  campus  Students  who  have  food  service  contracts  use 
a  separate  identification  card  issued  by  Dining  Services 

There  is  a  replacement  charge  of  $1 .00  for  lost  or  stolen  registration  cards 
and  $7.00  for  lost,  stolen,  or  broken  photo  identification  cards.  Questions 
concerning  the  identification  card  system  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Office  of  Records  and  Registrations 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    31 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS 

Students  are  expected  to  notify  the  Office  ol  Records  and  Registrations 
of  any  change  in  their  local  or  permanent  address.  Change  ot  Address 
lorms  are  available  at  the  Registration  Counter,  first  floor,  Mitchell  Building 
and  at  the  Office  of  the  Bursar,  first  floor.  Lee  Building. 

ATTENDANCE 

1  The  university  expects  each  student  to  take  full  responsibility  for 
his  or  her  academic  work  and  academic  progress  The  student, 
to  progress  satisfactorily,  must  meet  the  quantitative  requirements 
of  each  course  for  which  he  or  she  is  registered.  Students  are 
expected  to  attend  classes  regularly,  for  consistent  attendance 
offers  the  most  effective  opportunity  open  to  all  students  to  gain 
developing  command  of  the  concepts  and  materials  of  their 
course  of  study.  However,  attendance  in  class,  in  and  of  itself,  is 
not  a  criterion  for  evaluation  of  the  student's  degree  of  success 
or  failure.  Furthermore,  absences  (whether  excused  or  unexcused) 
do  not  alter  what  is  expected  of  the  student  qualitatively  and 
quantitatively  Except  as  provided  below,  absences  will  not  be 
used  in  the  computation  of  grades,  and  the  recording  of  student 
absences  will  not  be  required  of  the  faculty. 

2  In  certain  courses  in-class  participation  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
work  of  the  course.  A  few  examples  would  be  courses  in  public 
speaking  and  group  discussion,  courses  emphasizing  conver- 
sation in  foreign  languages,  certain  courses  in  physical  educa- 
tion, and  certain  laboratory  sessions.  Eacti  department  shall 
determine  which  of  its  courses  fall  into  this  category.  It  shall  be  the 
responsibility  of  the  instructor  in  such  a  course  to  inform  each 
class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  that  in-class  participation 
is  an  integral  part  of  the  work  of  the  course  and  that  absences  will 
be  taken  into  account  in  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  work  in  the 
course. 

3.  Laboratory  meetings  require  special  preparation  of  equipment 
and  materials  by  the  staff.  A  student  who  is  not  present  for  a 
laboratory  exercise  has  missed  that  part  of  the  course  and  cannot 
expect  that  he  or  she  will  be  given  an  opportunity  to  make  up  this 
work  later  in  the  term. 

4.  Special  provision  for  freshmen:  The  freshman  year  is  a  tran- 
sitional year.  Absences  of  freshmen  in  the  basic  freshman 
courses  will  be  reported  to  the  student's  dean  or  college  officer 
when  the  student  has  accumulated  more  than  three  unexcused 
absences. 

5.  Excuses  for  absences  (in  basic  freshman  courses  and  in  courses 
where  in-class  participation  is  a  significant  part  of  the  work  of  the 
course)  will  be  handled  by  the  instructor  in  the  course  in  accor- 
dance with  the  general  policy  of  his  or  her  department  and 
college. 

STATEMENT  ON  CLASSROOM  CLIMATE 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  values  the  diversity  of  its 
student  body  and  is  committed  to  providing  a  classroom  atmosphere  that 
encourages  the  equitable  participation  of  all  students.  Patterns  of  inter- 
action in  the  classroom  between  the  faculty  member  and  students  and 
among  the  students  themselves  may  inadvertently  communicate  precon- 
ceptions about  student  abilities  based  on  age,  disability,  ethnicity,  gender, 
national  origin,  race,  religion  or  sexual  orientation.  These  patterns  are  due 
in  part  to  the  differences  the  students  themselves  bring  to  the  classroom. 
Classroom  instructors  should  be  particularly  sensitive  to  being  equitable 
in  the  opportunities  they  provide  students  to  answer  questions  in  class,  to 
contribute  their  own  ideas,  and  to  participate  fully  in  projects  in  and  outside 
of  the  classroom. 

Of  equal  importance  to  equity  in  the  classroom  is  the  need  to  attend  to 
potential  devaluation  of  students  that  can  occur  by  reference  to  demeaning 
stereotypes  of  any  group  and/or  overlooking  the  contributions  of  a 
particular  group  to  the  topic  under  discussion.  Joking  at  the  expense  of 
any  group  creates  an  inhospitable  environment  and  is  inappropriate. 
Moreover,  in  providing  evaluations  of  students,  it  is  essential  that  instructors 
avoid  distorting  these  evaluations  with  preconceived  expectations  about 
the  intellectual  capacities  of  any  group. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  individual  faculty  members  to  review  their 
classroom  behaviors,  and  those  of  any  teaching  assistants  they  supervise, 
to  ensure  that  students  are  treated  equitably  and  not  discouraged  or 
devalued  based  on  their  differences.  Resources  for  self-evaluation  and 
training  forfaculty  members  on  classroom  climate  and  interaction  patterns 
are  available  from  the  Office  of  Human  Relations. 


EXAMINATIONS 


1 .  All  examinations  and  tests  shall  be  given  during  class  hours  in 
accordance  with  the  regularly  scheduled  (or  officially  "arranged") 
time  and  place  ol  each  course  listed  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes. 
Unpublished  changes  in  the  scheduling  or  location  ot  classes/ 
tests  must  be  approved  by  the  department  chair  and  reported  to 
the  dean.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  be  informed 
concerning  the  dates  of  announced  quizzes,  tests,  and  exami- 
nations. 

2.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  university  to  excuse  the  absences  of  students 
that  result  from  religious  observances  and  to  provide  without 
penalty  for  the  rescheduling  of  examinations  and  other  written 
tests  that  fall  on  religious  holidays.  Examinations  and  other 
written  tests  may  not  be  scheduled  on  Rosh  Hashanah,  Yom 
Kippur,  or  Good  Friday.  An  instructor  is  not  under  obligation  to 
give  a  student  a  make-up  examination  unless  the  absence  was 
caused  by  illness,  religious  observance,  participation  in  univer- 
sity activities  at  the  request  of  university  authorities,  or  compel- 
ling circumstances  beyond  the  student's  control.  In  cases  of 
dispute,  the  student  may  appeal  to  the  chair  of  the  department 
offering  the  course  within  one  week  from  the  date  of  the  refusal 
of  the  right  to  take  a  make-up  exam.  A  make-up  examination, 
when  permitted,  must  be  given  on  campus,  unless  the  published 
schedule  and  course  description  require  other  arrangements. 
The  make-up  examination  must  be  at  a  time  and  a  place  mutually 
agreeable  to  the  instructor  and  student,  cover  only  the  material 
for  which  the  student  was  originally  responsible,  and  be  given 
with  in  a  time  limit  that  retains  currency  of  the  material.  The  make- 
up must  not  interfere  with  the  student's  regularly  scheduled 
classes.  In  the  event  that  a  group  of  students  require  the  same 
make-up  examination,  one  make-up  time  may  be  scheduled  at 
the  convenience  of  the  instructor  and  the  largest  possible  number 
of  students  involved.  Under  the  same  guidelines  students  shall 
have  equal  access  to  all  information  and  drills  missed  due  to  the 
reasons  listed. 

3.  Afinal  examination  shall  be  given  in  every  undergraduate  course. 
Exceptions  may  be  made  with  the  written  approval  of  the  chair  of 
the  department  or  the  dean.  To  avoid  basing  too  much  of  the 
semester  grade  upon  the  final  examination,  additional  tests, 
quizzes,  term  papers,  reports  and  the  like  should  be  used  to 
determine  a  student's  comprehension  of  a  course.  The  order  of 
procedure  in  these  matters  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  departments 
or  professors  and  should  be  announced  to  the  class  at  the 
beginning  of  course.  All  final  examinations  must  be  held  on 
the  examination  days  of  the  Official  Final  Examination 
Schedule.  No  final  examination  shall  be  given  at  a  time  other 
than  that  scheduled  in  the  Official  Examination  Schedule 
without  written  permission  of  the  department  chair. 

4.  As  of  fall  semester,  1 980,  graduating  seniors  will  be  expected  to 
take  final  exams  during  the  regular  examination  period.  However, 
graduating  seniors  are  not  required  to  take  final  examinations  on 
the  day  of  graduation  or  on  any  regularly  scheduled  examination 
day  following  graduation.  In  courses  with  exams  scheduled  on 
those  days,  graduating  seniors  are  expected  to  see  their  instructors 
early  in  the  semester  to  make  alternate  arrangements. 

5.  A  file  of  all  final  examination  questions  must  be  kept  by  the  chair 
of  each  department. 

6.  The  chair  of  each  department  is  responsible  for  the  adequate 
administration  of  examinations  in  courses  under  his  or  her 
jurisdiction.  The  deans  should  present  the  matter  of  examinations 
for  consideration  in  staff  conferences  from  time  to  time  and 
investigate  examination  procedures  in  their  respective  colleges. 

7.  Every  examination  shall  be  designed  to  require  for  its  completion 
not  more  than  the  regularly  scheduled  period  except  for  final 
examinations. 

8.  A  typewritten,  mimeographed  or  printed  set  of  questions  shall  be 
placed  in  the  hands  of  every  examinee  in  every  test  or  examination 
requiring  at  least  one  period,  unless  the  dean  has  authorized 
some  other  procedure. 

9.  Each  instructor  must  safeguard  examination  questions  and  all 
trial  sheets,  drafts,  and  stencils. 

10.  Each  instructor  should  avoid  the  use  of  examination  questions 
which  have  been  included  in  recently  given  examinations  and 
should  prepare  examinations  that  will  make  dishonesty  difficult. 

11.  Only  clerical  help  approved  by  the  department  chair  shall  be 
employed  in  the  preparation  or  reproduction  of  tests  or  examina- 
tion questions. 

12.  Proctors  must  be  in  the  examination  room  at  least  ten  minutes 
before  the  hour  of  a  final  examination.  Provisions  should  be  made 
for  proper  ventilation,  lighting,  and  a  seating  plan.  At  least  one 
ofthe  proctors  present  must  be  sufficiently  cognizant  of  the 


32    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


subject  matter  of  the  examination  to  deal  authoritatively  with 
inquiries  arising  from  the  examination. 

13.  Books,  papers,  etc  belonging  to  the  student,  must  be  left  in  a 
place  designated  by  the  instructor  before  the  student  takes  his  or 
her  seat,  except  in  such  cases  where  books  or  work  sheets  are 
permitted 

14.  Students  should  be  seated  at  least  every  other  seat  apart,  or  its 
equivalent,  I.e.,  about  three  feet.  Where  this  arrangement  is  not 
possible  some  means  must  be  provided  to  protect  the  integrity  of 
the  examination. 

1 5.  "Blue  books"  only  must  be  used  in  periodic  or  final  examinations 
unless  special  forms  are  furnished  by  the  department  concerned . 

16.  If  mathematical  tables  are  required  in  an  examination,  they  shall 
be  furnished  by  the  instructor.  If  texlbooks  are  used,  this  rule  does 
not  apply. 

1 7.  Proctors  must  exercise  all  diligence  to  prevent  dishonesty  and  to 
enforce  proper  examination  decorum,  including  abstention  from 
smoking. 

18.  Where  an  instructor  must  proctor  more  than  forty  students,  he  or 
she  should  consult  the  chair  of  the  department  concerning 
proctorial  assistance.  An  instructor  should  consult  the  department 
chair  if  in  his  or  her  opinion  a  smaller  number  of  students  for  an 
examination  requires  the  help  of  another  instructor. 

19.  No  student  who  leaves  an  examination  room  will  be  permitted  to 
return,  except  in  unusual  circumstances,  in  which  case  permis- 
sion to  do  so  must  be  granted  by  the  proctor  prior  to  the  student's 
departure. 

20.  All  conversation  will  cease  prior  to  the  passing  out  of  examination 
papers,  and  silence  will  be  maintained  in  the  room  during  the 
entire  examination  period. 

21.  Examination  papers  will  be  placed  face  down  on  the  writing 
surface  until  the  examination  is  officially  begun  by  the  proctor. 

22.  Examination  papers  will  be  kept  flat  on  the  writing  surface  at  all 
times. 


RECORDS 

Marking  System  and  Record  Notations 

The  Records  Office,  located  on  the  first  floor  of  the  Mitchell  Building,  is 
responsible  for  maintaining  student  records  and  issuing  official  transcripts. 

The  following  symbols  are  used  on  the  student's  permanent  record  for  all 
courses  in  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled  after  the  initial  registration  and 
schedule  adjustment  period:  A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  I,  P,  S.  and  W.  These  marks 
remain  as  part  of  the  student's  permanent  records  and  may  be  changed 
only  by  the  original  instructor  on  certification,  approved  by  the  department 
chair  and  the  dean,  that  an  actual  mistake  was  made  in  determining  or 
recording  the  grade. 

A  —  denotes  excellent  mastery  of  the  subject  and  outstanding 
scholarship.  In  computations  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages, 
a  mark  of  A  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  4  quality  points  per  credit 
hour. 

B  —  denotes  good  mastery  of  the  subject  and  good  scholarship.  A 
mark  of  B  is  assigned  a  value  of  3  quality  points  per  credit  hour. 

C  —  denotes  acceptable  mastery  of  the  subject  and  the  usual 
achievement  expected.  A  mark  of  C  is  assigned  a  value  of  2  quality 
points  per  credit  hour. 

D  —  denotes  borderline  understanding  of  the  subject.  It  denotes 
marginal  performance,  and  it  does  not  represent  satisfactory 
progress  toward  a  degree.  A  mark  of  D  is  assigned  a  value  of  1 
quality  point  per  credit  hour. 

F—  denotes  failure  to  understand  the  subject  and  unsatisfactory 
performance.  A  mark  of  F  is  assigned  a  value  of  0  quality  points  per 
credit  hour. 

S  —  is  a  department  option  mark  that  may  be  used  to  denote 
satisfactory  performance  by  a  student  in  progressing  thesis  projects, 
orientation  courses,  practice  teaching,  and  the  like.  In  computation 
of  cumulative  averages  a  mark  of  S  will  not  be  included. 

W  —  is  used  to  indicate  withdrawal  from  a  course  in  which  the 
student  was  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period 
For  information  and  completeness,  the  mark  of  W  is  placed  on  the 
student's  permanent  record  by  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registra- 


tions. The  instructor  will  be  notified  that  the  student  has  withdrawn 
from  the  course.  This  mark  is  not  used  in  any  computation  of  quality 
points  or  cumulative  average  totals  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 

Audit  —  A  student  may  register  to  audit  a  course  or  courses  which 
have  been  designated  as  available  under  the  audit  option  and  in 
which  space  is  available.  The  notation  AUD  will  be  placed  on  the 
transcript  for  each  course  audited  A  notation  to  the  effect  that  this 
symbol  does  not  imply  attendance  or  any  other  effort  in  the  course 
will  be  included  on  the  transcript  in  the  explanation  of  the  grading 
system. 

Pass-Fall  —  The  mark  of  P  is  a  student  option  mark,  equivalent  to 
A,  B,  Cor  D.  The  student  must  inform  the  Registrations  Office  of  the 
selection  of  this  option  by  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment 
period 

The  following  policy  was  approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents  for  imple- 
mentation beginning  with  the  spring  1989  semester: 

1.  To  register  for  a  course  under  the  pass-fail  option,  an  under- 
graduate must  have  completed  30  or  more  credit  hours  of  college 
credit  with  a  GPA  of  at  least  2.0.  At  least  1 5  of  these  credit  hours 
must  have  been  completed  at  UMCP  with  a  University  of  Mary- 
land GPA  of  at  least  2.0 

2.  Courses  for  which  this  option  applies  must  be  electives  in  the 
student's  program  The  courses  may  not  be  college,  major,  field 
of  concentration,  or  general  education  program  requirements. 

3.  Only  one  course  per  semester  may  be  registered  for  under  the 
pass-fail  option. 

4.  No  more  than  1 2  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  taken  under  the 
pass-fail  option  during  a  student's  college  career. 

5.  Students  may  not  choose  this  option  when  re-registenng  for  a 
course. 

6.  When  registering  under  the  pass-fail  option,  a  course  that  is 
passed  will  count  as  hours  in  the  student's  record  but  will  not  be 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average.  A  course  that  is  failed  will 
appear  on  the  student's  record  and  will  be  computed  both  in  the 
overall  average  and  the  semester  average. 

7.  Students  registering  for  a  course  under  the  pass-fail  option  are 
required  to  complete  all  regular  course  requirements.  Their  work 
will  be  evaluated  by  the  instructor  by  the  normal  procedure  for 
letter  grades.  The  instructor  will  submit  the  normal  grade.  The 
grades  A,  B,  C,  or  D  will  automatically  be  converted  by  the  Office 
of  Records  and  Registrations  to  the  grade  P  on  the  student's 
permanent  record.  The  grade  F  will  remain  as  given.  The  choice 
of  grading  option  may  be  changed  only  dunng  the  schedule 
adjustment  period  for  courses  in  which  the  student  is  currently 
registered. 

Incompletes.  The  mark  of  "I"  is  an  exceptional  mark  that  is  an  instructor 
option.  It  is  given  only  to  a  student  whose  work  in  a  course  has  been 
qualitatively  satisfactory,  when,  because  of  illness  or  other  circumstances 
beyond  the  student's  control,  he  or  she  has  been  unable  to  complete  some 
small  portion  of  the  work  of  the  course.  In  no  case  will  the  mark  T  be 
recorded  for  a  student  who  has  not  completed  the  major  portion  of  the  work 
of  the  course 

1 .  The  student  will  remove  the  T  by  completing  work  assigned  by 
the  instructor.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  request  ar- 
rangements for  completion  of  the  work  and  to  request  that  an 
Incomplete  Contract  be  written  These  arrangements  must  be 
documented  in  the  Incomplete  Contract,  and  signed  by  both  the 
student  and  the  instructor 

2.  The  Incomplete  Contract  must  be  submitted  to  the  dean  of  the 
college  offenng  the  course,  and  a  copy  forwarded  to  the  Records 
Office,  within  six  weeks  after  the  grade  submittal  deadline  or  the 
"I"  will  convert  to  a  grade  of  "F."  A  copy  of  the  signed  agreement 
should  also  be  filed  in  the  department  office. 

3.  All  course  work  required  by  an  Incomplete  Contract  must  be 
completed  by  the  time  stipulated  in  the  contract,  usually  the  end 
of  the  next  semester:  but  in  any  event,  no  later  than  one  year.  If 
the  instructor  is  unavailable,  the  department  chair  will,  upon 
request  of  the  student,  make  the  arrangements  for  the  student  to 
complete  the  course  requirements  If  the  remaining  wort*  for  the 
course  as  defined  in  the  contract  is  not  completed  on  schedule, 
the  "I"  will  be  converted  to  the  grade  indicated  on  the  contract 

4.  Exceptions  to  the  time  period  cited  above  may  be  granted  by  the 
student's  dean  upon  the  written  request  of  the  student  if  cir- 
cumstances are  deemed  to  warrant  further  delay  The  new 
completion  date  must  again  be  specified  and  agreed  to  m  writing 
by  the  student  and  the  dean. 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    33 


5.  II  is  the  responsibility  ot  the  instructor  or  the  department  chair 
concerned  to  return  the  appropriate  supplementary  grade  report, 
both  to  the  appropriate  dean  and  to  the  Office  of  Records  and 
Registrations,  upon  completion  of  the  conditions  of  the  Incom- 
plete Contract 

6.  The  "I"  cannot  be  removed  through  re-registration  for  the  course 
or  through  the  technique  of  "credit  by  examination."  In  any  event 
this  mark  shall  not  be  used  in  any  computation  of  quality  points 
or  cumulative  averages 

RECORD  NOTATIONS 

In  addition  to  the  above  marks,  there  are  provisions  for  other  record  or 
transcript  notations  that  may  be  used  based  on  university  policy  and 
individual  circumstances. 

Repeat: 

Students  matriculating  Fall  1990  and  later  are  required  to  follow  the 
Repeat  Policy  outlined  below: 

1 .  There  is  a  limit  to  the  number  of  times  a  student  may  repeat 
a  course.  Students  may  have  one  repeat  of  any  given  course  in 
which  a  mark  of  A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  P,  S  or  W.  [In  addition  to  the  grades 
listed  above,  these  additional  marks  will  count  as  attempts  in  the 
repeat  program:  I,  NGR  or  Audit]  No  student  may  be  registered 
after  the  schedule  adjustment  period  for  any  given  course  more 
than  two  times.  An  exception  allowing  one  additional  repeat  in  a 
course  may  be  granted  by  a  dean's  office.  When  requesting  such 
an  exception,  a  student  must  present  a  plan  for  successfully 
completing  the  course. 

2.  There  is  also  a  limit  on  the  number  of  courses  that  a  student 
may  repeat.  The  total  number  of  different  courses  that  may  be 
repeated  by  a  student  will  be  function  of  his/her  class  standing 
when  admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  The 
following  guidelines  will  be  applied: 


Credits 
at  Entry* 

0-27 
28-55 
56-85 
86  + 


Class 
Standing 

Freshman 
Sophomore 
Junior 
Senior 


Repeatable 
Credits 

18 
14 
10 
6 


•Credits  on  entry  will  be  based  on  acceptable  transfer  credit. 

An  exception  to  the  above  limitations  may  be  obtained  under  very 
unusual  circumstances  by  an  appeal  to  the  Vice  President  for 
Academic  Affairs/Provost. 

3.  All  attempts  at  a  given  course  resulting  in  a  grade  of  A,  B,  C,  D, 
or  F  will  be  included  in  the  computation  of  the  grade  point 
average.  However,  the  following  two  exceptions  are  made  to 
assist  the  adjustment  to  the  campus  of  students  admitted  as 
freshmen  to  College  Park,  and  students  transferring  to  College 
Park  from  other  institutions  of  higher  learning.  Grades  in  courses 
will  be  dropped  from  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  if  they 
are  subsequently  repeated  with  a  higher  grade  provided  that: 

A)  They  are  earned  during  the  first  semester  of  residence  at 
College  Park,  or 

B)  The  student's  first  registration  in  the  class  for  which  the 
grade  is  to  be  dropped  is  during  or  prior  to  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  reaches  the  24  credit  limit  (the  total 
number  of  credits  earned  at  College  Park  plus  credits 
transferred  to  College  Park  from  other  institutions  of  higher 
education).  Anygrade  earned  in  prior  attempts  of  a  repeated 
course  will  appear  on  the  student's  transcript,  regardless  of 
whether  the  grade  is  dropped  from  or  averaged  into  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average. 

Repeat  policy  for  students  matriculating  Summer  1990  and  before: 

The  highest  grade  received  in  the  repeated  course  is  used  to  calculate  the 
GPA.  A  student  may  repeat  any  course;  however  no  student  may  be 
registered  for  a  course  more  than  three  times. 

If  a  student  repeats  a  course  in  which  he  or  she  has  already  earned  a  mark 
of  A,  B,  C,  D,  P,  or  S,  the  subsequent  attempt  shall  not  increase  the  total 


hours  earned  toward  the  degree  Only  the  highest  mark  will  be  used  in 
computation  of  the  student's  cumulative  average.  Under  unusual  circum- 
stances, the  student's  dean  may  grant  an  exception  to  this  policy. 

Duplicate  course:  Used  to  indicate  two  courses  with  the  same  course 
content.  The  second  course  is  counted  in  the  cumulative  totals  earned; 
both  courses  are  counted  in  the  cumulative  attempted  credit  and  in  the 
calculation  of  grade  point  average  unless  an  exception  is  made  by  the 
student's  dean. 

Non-applicable  (Non-Appl):  In  all  cases  of  transfer  from  one  college  to 
another  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park,  the  dean  of  the 
receiving  college,  with  the  approval  of  the  student,  shall  indicate  which 
courses,  if  any,  in  the  student's  previous  academic  program  are  not 
applicable  to  his  or  her  new  program,  and  shall  notify  the  Office  of  Records 
and  Registration  of  the  adjustments  that  are  to  be  made  in  determining  the 
student's  progress  toward  a  degree.  Deletions  may  occur  both  in  credits 
attempted  and  correspondingly  in  credits  earned.  This  evaluation  shall  be 
made  upon  the  student's  initial  entry  into  a  new  program,  not  thereafter. 
If  a  student  transfers  from  one  program  to  another,  his  or  her  record 
evaluation  shall  be  made  by  the  dean  in  the  same  way  as  if  he  or  she  were 
transferring  colleges.  If  the  student  subsequently  transfers  to  a  third 
college,  the  dean  of  the  third  college  shall  make  a  similar  initial  adjustment; 
courses  marked  "nonapplicable"  by  the  second  dean  may  become  ap- 
plicable in  the  third  program. 

Excluded  Credit  (Excl  Crd)  -  Excluded  credit  is  noted  when  Academic 
Clemency  has  been  granted. 

Academic  Clemency  Policy 

Undergraduate  students  returning  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  after  a  separation  of  a  minimum  of  five  calendar  years  may  petition 
the  appropriate  dean  to  have  a  number  of  previously  earned  grades  and 
credits  removed  from  the  calculation  of  their  cumulative  grade  point 
average.  Up  to  sixteen  credits  and  corresponding  grades  from  courses 
previously  completed  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  will  be 
removed  from  calculation  of  the  grade  point  average  and  will  not  be 
counted  toward  graduation  requirements.  The  petition  for  clemency  must 
be  filed  in  the  first  semester  of  return  to  the  institution.  Approval  is  neither 
automatic  or  guaranteed. 

PROFICIENCY  EXAMINATION  PROGRAMS 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  offers  new,  continuing,  and 
returning  students  several  opportunities  to  earn  college  credit  by  dem- 
onstrating achievement  in  a  subject  field  through  examination.  College 
Park  recognizes  three  proficiency  examination  programs  for  credit:  Ad- 
vanced Placement  (AP),  Departmental  Proficiency  Examination  Program 
(Credit  By  Examination),  and  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP). 
Undergraduate  students  may  earn  a  total  of  up  to  one-half  of  the  credits 
required  for  their  degree  through  examination.  Usually,  this  is  no  more 
than  60  credits.  Students  are  responsible  for  consulting  with  the  appro- 
priate dean  or  advisor  about  the  applicability  of  any  credits  earned  by 
examination  to  a  specific  degree  program.  Students  should  also  seek 
assistance  in  determining  which  UMCP  courses  duplicate  credits  earned 
for  an  examination.  Students  will  not  receive  credit  for  both  passing 
an  examination  and  completing  an  equivalent  course. 

Advanced  Placement  (AP)  Credit.  For  complete  information  about  the 
applicability  of  AP  exams  and  the  assignment  of  credit,  please  see  the 
Admissions  chapter  of  this  catalog. 

Departmental  Proficiency  Examination  (Credit  by  Examination). 

College  Park  Departmental  Proficiency  Examinations,  customarily  referred 
to  as  "credit  by  examination,"  are  comparable  to  comprehensive  final 
examinations  in  a  course.  Although  the  mathematics  and  foreign  lan- 
guage departments  receive  the  most  applications  for  credit  by  examination, 
many  departments  will  provide  examinations  for  certain  of  their  courses. 
Initial  inquiry  as  to  whether  an  examination  in  a  specific  course  is  available 
is  best  made  at  the  academic  department  which  offers  the  course  in 
question. 

If  an  examination  for  a  course  is  available,  the  department  will  provide 
information  regarding  time  and  place,  type  of  examination,  and  material 
which  might  be  helpful  in  preparing  for  the  examination.  An  undergraduate 
who  passes  a  departmental  proficiency  examination  is  given  credit  and 
quality  points  toward  graduation  in  the  amount  regularly  allowed  in  the 
course,  provided  such  credits  do  not  duplicate  credit  obtained  by  some 
other  means. 


34    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


After  making  arrangements  with  the  department,  apply  through  the 
Undergraduate  Advising  Office,  1 1 17  Hornbake,  314-8418. 

Policies  governing  credit  by  examination: 

1.  The  applicant  must  be  formally  admitted  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  Posting  of  credit  earned,  however,  will 
be  delayed  until  the  student  is  registered. 

2.  Departmental  Proficiency  Examinations  may  not  be  taken  for 
courses  in  which  the  student  has  remained  registered  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  beyond  the  Schedule 
Adjustment  Period  with  a  transcript  notation  of  W" 

3.  Departmental  Proficiency  Examinations  may  not  be  used  to 
change  grades,  including  Incompletes  and  Withdrawals. 

4.  Application  for  credit-by-examination  is  equivalent  to  registration 
for  the  course;  however,  the  following  conditions  apply: 

a.  A  student  may  cancel  the  application  at  any  time  prior  to 
completion  of  the  examination  with  no  entry  on  his/her  perma- 
nent record.  (Equivalent  to  the  schedule  adjustment  period.) 

b.  The  instructor  makes  the  results  of  the  examination  available 
to  the  student  prior  to  formal  submission  of  the  grade.  Before 
final  submission  of  the  grade,  the  student  may  elect  not  to 
have  this  grade  recorded.  In  this  case,  a  mark  of  W  is 
recorded.  (Equivalent  to  the  drop  period.) 

c.  No  examination  may  be  attempted  more  than  twice. 

d.  The  instructor  must  certify  on  the  report  of  the  examination 

submitted  to  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  that 
copies  of  the  examination  questions  (or  identifying  informa- 
tion in  the  case  of  standardized  examinations),  and  the 
student's  answers  have  been  filed  with  the  Chair  of  the 
department  offering  the  course. 
5      If  accepted  by  the  student  (see  4b,  above),  letter  grades  earned 
through  credit  by  examination  are  entered  on  the  student's 
transcript,  and  are  used  in  computing  his/her  cumulative  grade 
point  average.  A  student  may  elect  to  take  a  "credit  by  examination" 
"Pass-Fail"  only  if  the  credit  fulfills  an  elective  in  the  students 
degree  program.  No  College,  major,  field  of  concentration,  or 
general  education  program  requirement  may  be  taken  under 
the  pass-fail  option.  Please  refer  to  the  Pass-Fail  policy  under 
the  "Records"  section  in  this  chapter. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP) 

The  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  recognizes  college  level 
competence  achieved  outside  the  college  classroom.  Two  types  of  CLEP 
tests  are  available:  General  Examinations,  which  cover  the  content  of  a 
broad  field  of  study;  and  Subject  Examinations,  which  cover  the  specific 
content  of  a  college  course.  Credit  can  be  earned  and  will  be  recognized 
by  College  Park  for  some  CLEP  General  or  Subject  Examinations, 
provided  satisfactory  scores  are  attained.  Credits  earned  under  CLEP  are 
not  considered  "residence"  credit,  but  are  treated  as  transfer  credit. 

CLEP  exams  are  administered  at  CLEP  testing  centers  throughout  the 
country.  The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  is  a  CLEP  Test  Center 
(Test  Center  Code  #58 1 4).  To  obtain  an  application  or  additional  informa- 
tion, contact  the  CLEP  Administrator  in  the  Counseling  Center,  Room 
01 06A  Shoemaker  Hall.  (31 4-7688),  or  write  toCLEP,  CN  6600.  Princeton, 
New  Jersey,  08541-6600. 

Students  who  want  to  earn  credit  through  CLEP  must  request  their  official 
score  reports  to  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions, 
Mitchell  Building,  University  of  Maryland.  College  Park,  MD  20742.  (The 
UMCP  Score  Recipient  Code  is  #5814.) 

Policies  governing  CLEP  are  as  follows: 

1 .  A  student  must  matriculate  at  College  Park  before  CLEP  credits 
are  officially  posted.  The  posting  will  not  be  done  until  a  student 
has  established  a  record. 

2.  Each  institution  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System  establishes 
standards  for  acceptance  of  CLEP  exemptions  and  credits. 
Students  must  check  with  the  institution  to  which  they  will  transfer 
to  learn  if  they  will  lose,  maintain,  or  gain  credit. 

3.  College  Park  will  award  credit  for  a  CLEP  examination 

(a)  provided  the  examination  was  being  accepted  for  credit 
here  on  the  date  the  student  took  the  examination,  and 

(b)  provided  that  the  examination  was  not  taken  during  a 
student's  final  thirty  credits.  The  final  thirty  hours  of  credit 


are  to  be  taken  in  residence,  unless  prior  approval  has  been 
granted  by  the  student's  dean. 

4.  Credit  will  not  be  given  for  both  completing  a  course  and 

passing  an  examination  covering  substantially  the  same 
material. 

5.  Furthermore,  credit  will  not  be  awarded  for  CLEP  examinations 
if  the  student  has  previously  completed  more  advanced  courses 
in  the  same  field. 

6.  CLEP  examinations  posted  on  transcripts  from  other  institutions 
will  be  accepted  if  the  examination  has  been  approved  by  College 
Park  and  the  scores  reported  are  equal  to  or  higher  than  those 
required  by  this  institution.  If  the  transcript  from  the  prior 
institution  does  not  carry  the  scores,  it  will  be  the  responsibility  of 
the  student  to  request  Educational  Testing  Service  to  forward  a 
copy  of  the  official  report  to  the  Office  of  Admissions. 

If  you  have  questions  about  the  applicability  of  specific  credit  to  your 
program,  contact  your  Dean's  Office  or  the  Undergraduate  Advising 
Center,  Room  1117,  Hornbake  Library,  314-8418. 

College  Park  awards  credits  for  CLEP  Examinations  only  as  indicated  on 
the  chart  below  (if  an  examination  is  not  listed  below,  it  is  not  accepted  for 
credit  at  this  institution). 


TRANSFER  CREDIT 

The  Records  Office  posts  all  transfer  credit  that  would  be  acceptable  to 
any  of  the  degree  programs  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
The  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled  determines  which 
transfer  credits  are  applicable  to  the  student's  degree  program.  In  general, 
credit  from  academic  courses  taken  at  institutions  of  higher  education 
accredited  by  a  regional  accrediting  association  will  transfer,  provided  that 
the  course  is  completed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  C  and  the  course  is  similar 
in  content  and  level  to  work  offered  at  College  Park.  The  title  of  courses 
accepted  for  transfer  credit  will  be  noted  on  the  student's  record;  however, 
the  grade  will  not.  Grades  from  transferred  courses  are  not  included  in  the 
UMCP  grade  point  average  calculation.  See  the  chapter  on  Admissions 
in  this  catalog  for  additional  information. 

Courses  Taken  at  Other  Institutions  While  Attending  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park 

1.  Courses  taken  at  another  institution  may  not  be  credited  to- 
ward a  degree  without  approval  in  advance  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  from  which  the  student  expects  a  degree  The  same  rule 
applies  to  registration  inthesummerprogramof  another  institution . 
"Permission  to  Enroll  in  Another  Institution"  forms  are  available  in 
the  office  of  the  student's  dean.  This  form  must  be  submitted  and 
approved  by  the  college  for  any  course  which  will  eventually  be 
added  to  the  College  Park  transcript. 

2.  Courses  taken  at  other  University  of  Maryland  Institution* 
For  students  who  began  their  attendance  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  in  fall  1989  or  later,  all  coursework 
taken  at  any  University  of  Maryland  System  (UMS)  institution  will 
be  posted  as  transfer  credit.  For  all  students  who  attended 
College  Park  prior  to  fall  1 989,  courses  taken  at  another  University 
of  Maryland  Board  of  Regents  institution  (UMBC.  UMAB.  UMES. 
UMUC)  prior  to  fall  1989  will  be  included  in  the  cumulative  GPA. 
Courses  taken  at  any  other  institution  may  not  be  credited  toward 
a  degree  without  advance  approval  See  #1  above  for  informa- 
tion. 

3.  UMS  Concurrent  Inter-Institutional  Registration  Program 
College  Park  undergraduate  students  participating  in  the  UMS 
Concurrent  Inter-Institutional  Registration  Program  may  receive 
permission  from  their  dean  to  have  coursework  count  as  resident 
credit.  Students  participating  in  this  program  must  be  enrolled 
full-time  in  a  degree  program  at  College  Park  for  the  semester  in 
which  these  courses  are  taken. 

4.  Consortium  of  Universities  of  the  Washington  Metropolitan 
Area 

Courses  taken  through  the  Consortium  are  considered  to  be 
resident  credit.  See  above  under  "Consortium"  and  see  the 
Schedule  of  Classes  for  information. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  RETENTION 

Academic  retention  is  based  solely  on  grade  point  average  (GPA)  The 
significance  of  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  (cumulative  GPA) 
varies  according  to  the  number  of  credits  attempted  A  minimum  of  120 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    35 


CLEPEXAM 
TITLE 


SCORE 


CREDITS 
AWARDED 


EQUIVALENT 
OR  RELATED 
COURSES 


APPLICABILITY 
MAJOR    CORE       USP 


GENERAL  EXAMS 

NATURAL  SCIENCE 

489 

6  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No            No 

No 

HUMANITIES 

Subscore  II              50 

3  Credits 

LL  Elective 

No            No 

No 

Subscore  II  is  the  Literature  subscore. 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 
and  HISTORY 

Subscore  I  50 


3  Credits  LL  Elective  No  No  No  Subscore  I  is  the  Social  Science  subscore. 


SUBJECT  EXAMS 


BIOLOGY 

Gen.  Biology 


49 


3  Credits 


LL  Elective 


Students  who  receive  CLEP  credit  in  Biology  and 
wish  to  take  additional  BIOL  credit  should  enroll  in 
BIOL  105. 


CHEMISTRY 

Gen.  Chemistry 


3  Credits 


LL  Elective 


No  No  Students  who  receive  CLEP  credit  in  Chemistry  and 

wish  to  take  additional  CHEM  credit  should  enroll  in 
CHEM  103orCHEM103H. 


ECONOMICS 

Intro.  Macro 


51-64  3  Credits  ECON  205  No  Yes  Yes        Credit  will  be  given  for  either  ECON  201  or  ECON 

65  3  Credits  ECON  201  Yes  Yes  Yes        205  as  a  result  of  the  introductory  macro-economic 

51-64  3  Credits  ECON  105  No  Yes  Yes        examination,  not  both. 

65  3  Credits  ECON  203  Yes  Yes  Yes        Credit  will  be  given  for  either  ECON  203  or  ECON 

105  as  a  result  of  the  introductory  micro-economics 
examination,  not  both. 


ENGLISH 

Analysis  & 

Interpretation 

of  Literature         — 
College 

Composition 

Essay"  51 


None 
3  Credits 


None 
See  Note" 


No 
No 


See  Note" 


"The  Essay  is  a  separate  test  given  following  the 
College  Composition  objective  test.  A  passing  grade 
of  "C"  or  better  must  be  earned  on  the  Essay.  Both 
the  College  Composition  exam  and  the  Essay  must 
be  passed  in  order  to  receive  credit  for  ENGL  101 . 
Contact  the  Testing  Office  in  Shoemaker  (314-7688) 
if  you  have  not  received  your  essay  grade  within 
three  weeks. 


GOVERNMENT 

American 
Government 


3  Credits 


LL  Elective 


No 


No 


No 


Lower  level  elective  credit  only. 


MATHEMATICS 

Calculus  &  Elem. 

Functions 

50 

6  Credits 

MATH  140 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

College  Algebra 

— 

None 

None 

No 

No 

No 

College  Algebra/ 

Trigonometry 

49 

3  Credits 

MATH  115 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

For  CORE,  MATH  140  fulfills  the  Math  &  Formal 
Reasoning  non-lab  requirement;  for  USP,  it  fulfills 
the  Area  B  non-lab  requirement.  MATH  140  also 
fulfills  CORE  and  USP  Fundamental  Studies  Math 
requirements.  MATH  115  fulfills  CORE  and  USP 
Fundamental  Studies  Math  requirement. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Gen.  Psychology 


None 


The  Psychology  Department  awards  no  credit  for 
this  examination. 


SOCIOLOGY 

Introd.  Sociology 


3  Credits 


LL  Elective 


No 


Sociology  majors  who  receive  credit  for  this  exam  will 
be  exempt  from  SOCY  100.  Other  students  who 
wish  to  fulfill  either  a  CORE  or  USP  requirement  are 
encouraged  to  enroll  in  SOCY  105. 


Please  Note:  LL  refers  to  courses  at  the  lower  (100  and  200)  level.  Any  test  not  listed  will  not  be  accepted  for  credit  at  UMCP. 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  both  for  CLEP  courses  and  for  equivalent  UMCP  courses  or  transfer  courses.  CLEP  credit  will  be  deleted  in 
such  cases.  Applicable  scores  for  a  particular  examination  are  those  in  effect  when  a  student  takes  the  exam.  Contact  your  College  Dean  if  you 
have  questions. 


36    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


credits  of  successfully  completed  (not  I,  F,  or  W)  course  credits  is  required 
for  graduation  in  any  degree  curriculum. 

Semester  Academic  Honors  (Dean's  List)  will  be  awarded  to  a  student 
who  completes  within  any  given  semester  twelve  or  more  credits  (exclud- 
ing courses  with  grades  of  P  and  S)  with  a  semester  GPA  of  3.500  or 
higher.  This  notation  will  be  placed  on  the  individual's  permanent  record. 

Satisfactory  Performance  applies  to  those  students  with  a  cumulative 
GPA  between  4.000  and  2.000. 

1 .  Students  with  cumulative  GPA  of  less  than  2.000  fall  into  three 
categories:  Unsatisfactory  Performance,  Academic  Warning  and 
Academic  Dismissal.  The  notations  Academic  Warning  and 
Academic  Dismissal  will  be  placed  on  the  student's  permanent 
record  The  cumulative  GPA  that  defines  each  of  the  categories 
varies  according  to  the  credit  level  as  noted  below: 


Credit 

Unsatisfactory 

Academic 

Academic 

Level 

Performance 

Warning 

Dismissal 

0-13 

1.999-1.290 

1.289-0.230 

0.229-0.000 

14-28 

1.999-1.780 

1.779-1.280 

1.279-0.000 

29-56 

1.999-1.860 

1.859-1.630 

1.629-0.000 

57-74 

1.999-1.940 

1.939-1.830 

1 .829-0.000 

75-more 



1.999-1.940 

1.939-0.000 

2.  Computation  of  GPA.  Credits  completed  with  grades  of  A,  B,  C, 
D,  and  F,  but  not  P  and  S,  will  be  used  in  computation  of  the 
semester  and  cumulative  GPA  with  values  of  4.000,  3.000, 
2.000,  1.000  and  0.000  respectively.  Marks  of  I,  P,  S,  W,  NGR 
and  Audit  will  not  be  used  in  the  computation  of  semester  and 
cumulative  GPA. 

3.  Students  with  an  unsatisfactory  performance  for  any  semester 
will  be  urged  in  writing  to  consult  their  advisors. 

4.  Students  on  academic  warning  will  have  this  fact  noted  on  their 
transcripts  and  will  be  urged  in  writing  to  consult  with  their 
advisors  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  next  semester.  Students 
who  receive  an  academic  warning  in  any  semester  will  not  be 
allowed  either  to  add  or  drop  courses  or  to  register  during  the 
semester  following  the  receipt  of  the  academic  warning  without 
seeing  an  advisor. 

5.  Any  student  with  sixty  credits  or  more  attempted  and  who 
thereafter  received  academic  warning  for  two  consecutive  se- 


mesters will  be  academically  dismissed.  Students  who  are  aca- 
demically dismissed  will  have  this  action  entered  on  their  tran- 
script 

6.  No  student  transfernng  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  from  outside  the  University  of  Maryland  will  be  subject  to 
Academic  Dismissal  at  the  end  of  the  first  semester  as  long  as  the 
student  obtains  a  cumulative  GPA  of  0.23  or  more.  (A  student 
who  would  otherwise  be  subject  to  Academic  Dismissal  will 
receive  an  Academic  Warning.)  Thereafter,  such  a  student  will  be 
subject  to  the  normal  standards  of  academic  progress  This 
provision  does  not  apply  to  students  reinstated  or  readmitted  to 
College  Park. 

7.  A  student  who  has  been  academically  dismissed  and  who  is 
reinstated  will  be  academically  dismissed  again  if  minimum 
academic  standard  are  not  met  by  the  end  of  the  first  semester 
after  reinstatement.  (See  Readmission  and  Reinstatement  m  the 
Admissions  chapter  of  this  catalog.) 

8.  Credits  transferred,  or  earned  during  prior  admissions  terminat- 
ing in  academic  dismissal  or  withdrawal  and  followed  by 
readmission,  will  be  applicable  toward  meeting  credit  requirements 
for  a  degree. 

9.  Under  unusual  circumstances,  the  Faculty  Petition  Board  may 
set  more  rigorous  requirements  for  the  semester  in  which  a 
reinstated  student  returns,  or  may  allow  a  lengthened  period  (not 
to  exceed  two  semesters)  to  reach  the  minimum  or  set  academic 
standards. 

10.  Any  appeal  from  the  regulations  governing  academic  warning  or 
academic  dismissal  shall  be  directed  to  the  Faculty  Petition 
Board  which  shall  be  empowered  to  grant  relief  in  unusual  cases 
if  the  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 

1 1 .  See  Repeat  Policy  above  to  determine  the  effect  of  repeated 
courses  in  calculation  of  GPA. 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students.  The  university  reserves  the  right  to 
request  at  any  time  the  withdrawal  of  a  student  who  cannot  or  does  not 
maintain  the  required  standard  of  scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in 
the  university  would  be  detrimental  to  his  or  her  health,  or  to  the  health  of 
others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the 
university.  Additional  information  about  the  dismissal  of  delinquent  stu- 
dents may  be  found  in  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct,  Appendix  C. 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    37 


GRADUATION  AND  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

The  University  of  Maryland  al  College  Park  awards  the  following  degrees: 
Bachelor  ot  Arts.  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  (no  admission  to  program 
as  of  fall  1 988).  Bachelor  of  Music.  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Applied 
Anthropology,  Master  of  Architecture.  Master  of  Arts.  Master  of  Business 
Administration,  Master  of  Education.  Master  of  Fine  Arts,  Master  of  Library 
Science.  Master  of  Music,  Master  ot  Public  Management.  Master  of  Public 
Policy.  Master  of  Science,  Doctor  of  Education,  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts, 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Students  in  specified  two-year  curricula  may  be 
awarded  certificates. 

Graduation  Applications 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  or  certificate  must  file  a  formal  application 
with  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations.  The  deadline  for  application 
is  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period  for  the  semester  in  which  the 
student  plans  to  graduate,  or  at  the  end  of  the  first  week  of  the  second 
summer  session  for  August  degrees. 

In  all  cases,  graduation  applications  must  be  filed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
student's  final  semester  before  receiving  a  degree.  If  all  degree  require- 
ments are  not  completed  during  the  semester  in  which  the  graduation 
application  was  submitted,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  file  a  new 
graduation  application  with  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  at  the 
beginning  of  a  subsequent  semester  when  all  degree  requirements  may 
be  completed.  The  graduation  application  fee  is  a  one-time,  non-refund- 
able charge.  If  a  subsequent  application  is  filed  for  the  same  degree,  the 
fee  will  not  be  charged  a  second  time. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  requirements  for  graduation  vary  according  to  the  character  of  work 
in  the  different  colleges,  schools,  departments  and  academic  units.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  colleges,  schools,  departments  and  other  academic 
units  to  establish  and  publish  clearly  defined  degree  requirements. 
Responsibility  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  requirements  for 
graduation  in  any  curriculum  rests  with  the  student.  Specific  degree 
requirements  are  listed  in  this  catalog  under  the  college  and/or  depart- 
ment as  appropriate. 

Each  student  should  check  with  the  proper  academic  authorities  no  later 
than  the  close  of  the  junior  year  to  ascertain  his  or  her  standing  with 
respect  to  advancement  toward  a  degree.  For  this  purpose,  each  student 
should  be  sure  to  retain  a  copy  of  the  semester  grade  reports  issued  by 
the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  at  the  close  of  each  semester. 

1)  Residency  requirement  -  Final  Thirty-Hour  Rule 

a.  All  candidates  for  College  Park  degrees  should  plan  to  take 
their  final  thirty  credits  in  residence  since  the  advanced  work  of 
their  major  study  normally  occurs  in  the  last  year  of  the 
undergraduate  program.  Included  in  these  thirty  semester 
hours  will  be  a  minimum  of  fifteen  semester  hours  in  courses 
numbered  300  or  above,  including  at  least  twelve  semester 
hours  required  in  the  major  field  (in  curricula  requiring  such 
concentrations). 

b.  A  student  who  at  the  time  of  graduation  will  have  completed 
thirty  hours  in  residence  at  College  Park  may,  under  unusual 
circumstances,  be  permitted  to  take  a  maximum  of  six  of  the 
final  thirty  credits  of  record  at  another  institution.  In  such  cases, 
written  permission  must  be  obtained  in  advance  from  the  dean 
of  the  academic  unit  from  which  the  student  expects  to  receive 
the  degree.  Exceptions  beyond  six  credits  will  be  made  only 
under  highly  unusual  circumstances;  requests  for  an  exception 
must  be  made  through  the  Dean's  office  to  the  Office  of  the  Vice 
President  for  Academic  Affairs. 

c.  For  students  in  the  combined  three-year,  preprofessional  pro- 
grams, the  final  thirty  hours  of  the  ninety-hour  program  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  must  be  taken  in 
residence. 

2)  Enrollment  in  Majors.  A  student  must  be  enrolled  in  the  major 
program  from  which  he  or  she  plans  to  graduate,  when  registering 
for  the  final  fifteen  hours  of  the  baccalaureate  program.  This 
requirement  also  applies  to  the  third  year  of  the  combined. 
preprofessional  degree  programs. 


3)  Credit  Requirements.  While  several  undergraduate  curricula  re- 
quire more  than  1 20  credits,  no  baccalaureate  curriculum  requires 
fewer  than  120.  No  baccalaureate  degree  will  be  awarded  in 
instances  in  which  fewer  than  120  credit  hours  have  been  earned. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  to  familiarize  himself  or 
herself  with  the  requirements  of  specific  curricula  The  student  is 
urged  to  seek  advice  on  these  matters  from  the  departments, 
colleges,  or  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 

To  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park,  a  minimum  of  thirty  credits  must  be  taken  in  resi- 
dence. 

4)  Grade  Point  Average 

A  minimum  2.00  grade  point  average  is  required  for  graduation  in 
all  curricula. 


Second  Degrees  and  Second  Majors 


Second  Degree  Taken  Sequentially.  A  student  who  has  com- 
pleted requirements  for  and  has  received  one  baccalaureate 
degree  and  who  wishes  to  earn  a  second  baccalaureate  degree 
from  College  Park  must  satisfactorily  complete  the  requirements  of 
the  second  degree  and  enough  additional  credits  so  that  the  total, 
including  all  applicable  credits  earned  at  College  Park  or  else- 
where, is  at  least  150  credits.  In  no  case,  however,  will  a  second 
baccalaureate  degree  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  has  not 
completed  thirty  credits  in  residence  at  College  Park.  Approval  of 
the  second  degree  will  not  be  granted  when  there  is  extensive 
overlap  between  the  two  programs. 

Second  Degree  Taken  Simultaneously.  A  student  who  wishes  to 
receive  simultaneously  two  baccalaureate  degrees  from  College 
Park  must  satisfactorily  complete  a  minimum  of  150  credits  (180 
credits  if  one  of  the  degrees  is  in  Special  Education).  The  regularly 
prescribed  requirements  of  both  degree  programs  must  be  com- 
pleted. As  early  as  possible  and,  in  any  case,  no  later  than  one  full 
semester  (preferably  one  year)  before  the  expected  date  of 
graduation,  the  student  must  file  with  the  departments  or  programs 
involved,  as  well  as  with  the  appropriate  deans,  formal  programs 
showing  the  courses  to  be  offered  to  meet  the  major,  supporting 
area,  college,  and  general  education  program  requirements.  If  two 
colleges  are  involved  in  the  double  degree  program,  the  student 
must  designate  which  college  is  responsible  for  the  maintenance 
of  records.  Approval  of  the  second  degree  will  not  be  granted  when 
there  is  extensive  overlap  between  two  programs. 

Second  Major.  A  student  who  wishes  to  complete  a  second  major 
concurrently  with  his  or  her  primary  major  of  record  must  obtain 
written  permission  in  advance  from  the  appropriate  deans.  As  early 
as  possible,  but  in  no  case  later  than  one  full  semester  before  the 
expected  date  of  graduation,  the  student  must  file  with  the  de- 
partments or  programs  involved  and  with  the  appropriate  deans, 
formal  programs  showing  the  courses  to  be  offered  to  meet 
requirements  in  each  of  the  majors  and  supporting  areas  as  well  as 
the  college  and  general  education  program  requirements.  Approval 
will  not  be  granted  if  there  is  extensive  overlap  between  the  two 
programs.  Students  enrolled  in  two  majors  simultaneously  must 
satisfactorily  complete  the  regularly  prescribed  requirements  for 
each  of  the  programs.  Courses  taken  for  one  major  may  be  counted 
as  part  of  the  degree  requirements  for  the  other  and  toward  the 
requirements  for  the  general  education  requirements  as  appropriate. 
If  two  colleges  are  involved  in  the  double  major  program,  the 
student  must  designate  which  college  is  responsible  for  the 
maintenance  of  records. 


COMMENCEMENT  HONORS 

Summa  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude,  and  Cum  Laude  are  the 
commencement  honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship.  Honors  are  awarded 
to  students  with  a  GPA  equal  to  the  highest  two  percent  (Summa).  the  next 
highest  three  percent  (Magna),  and  the  following  five  percent  (Cum  laude) 
of  the  GPA  distribution  used  in  calculations  for  that  semester.  The  GPA 
distribution  shall  be  computed  each  semester  from  the  GPAs  of  the  three 
preceding  classes  of  the  student's  degree-granting  unit.  To  be  eligible  for 
this  recognition,  at  least  60  semester  hours  must  be  earned  at  or 
transferred  with  a  grade  to  College  Park.  No  more  than  six  credits  taken 


38    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


pass/fail  or  satisfactory/fail  shall  count  toward  the  60-hour  minimum.  No 
student  with  an  average  less  than  3.30  will  be  considered  for  a  commence- 
ment honor.  Because  grades  lor  a  term  generally  are  officially  recorded 
after  the  term's  graduation  day,  computation  of  the  student's  GPA  will  not 
include  grades  for  courses  taken  during  the  student's  final  semester  at 
College  Park.  However,  the  hours  taken  during  that  semester  will  apply 
toward  the  60-hour  requirement. 

Election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa 

Organized  in  1776,  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  the  oldest  and  most  widely 
respected  academic  honorary  society  in  the  United  States.  Invitation  to 
membership  is  based  on  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  in  studies  of 
the  liberal  arts  and  sciences.  Student  members  are  chosen  entirely  on  the 
basis  of  academic  excellence;  neither  extra-curricular  leadership  nor 
service  to  the  community  is  considered.  Election  is  held  only  once  a  year, 
in  the  spring  semester. 

The  process  for  election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa  involves  the  annual  review  in 
March  by  a  select  committee  of  faculty  members  representing  the  hu- 
manities, social  sciences  and  natural  sciences.  The  committee  reviews 
transcripts  of  all  juniors  and  seniors  with  qualifying  grade  point  averages 
(irrespective  of  the  graduation  month  of  such  a  student).  Whether  a 
student  qualifies  for  membership  in  Phi  Beta  Kappa  depends  on  the 
quality,  depth  and  breadth  of  the  student's  record  in  liberal  education 
courses.  The  final  decision  for  election  rests  with  the  resident  faculty 
members  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa.  There  is  no  application  procedure  for 
election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

Requirements  for  selection  to  membership  in  the  campus  chapter  of  Phi 
Beta  Kappa  include: 

1 .  Residence.  At  least  60  hours  taken  at  the  College  Park  campus  of 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

2.  Liberal  Courses.  For  seniors,  at  least  90  hours  in  liberal  courses  in 
the  arts  and  sciences  (where  "liberal"  means  academic,  rather  than 
professional  or  technical)  at  least  45  of  which  are  at  the  College 
Park  campus.  For  juniors,  at  least  75  total  hours  must  be  completed, 
at  least  60  of  which  are  liberal  courses,  of  which  at  least  45  are  at 
the  College  Park  campus. 

3.  Required  Courses.  One  semester  of  mathematics  and  two  semes- 
ters at  least  at  the  elementary  level  of  one  foreign  language.  The 
mathematics  requirement  must  be  fulfilled  by  college  credit  hours; 
the  foreign  language  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  a  proficiency 
examination. 

4.  Grade  Point  Average.  For  seniors  a  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
3.5  in  all  liberal  courses  taken;  for  juniors  a  grade  point  average  of 
at  least  3.75  in  such  courses. 

5.  Distribution.  Normally  the  credit  hours  presented  for  Phi  Beta 
Kappa  must  contain  at  least  nine  liberal  hours  in  each  of  the  three 
areas  of  humanities,  social  sciences  and  natural  sciences  (including 
a  laboratory  science  course).  Students  with  more  challenging 
courses  and  moderately  high  grade  point  averages  are  preferred 
by  the  committee  to  those  with  higher  grade  point  averages  but  a 
narrow  range  of  courses.  Minimal  qualifications  in  more  than  one 
area  may  preclude  election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

Recommended  criteria  include: 

1.  Regular  grades  (rather  than  pass/fail)  in  (a)  mathematics  and 
foreign  language  courses,  and  (b)  distribution  areas  in  which  the 
number  of  courses  taken  is  minimal 

2.  Some  traditional  social  sciences  and  humanities  courses  that 
require  written  essays  and  papers.  (Note  that  internships  may  be 
counted  as  professional  courses  and  not  as  liberal  courses.) 

3.  Courses  in  at  least  two  of  the  required  areas  to  be  taken  at  the 
College  Park  campus,  especially  if  courses  are  transferred  from 
other  institutions  without  chapters  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

Meeting  the  above  requirements  does  not  guarantee  election  to  Phi  Beta 
Kappa.  The  judgment  of  the  resident  faculty  members  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
on  the  quality,  depth,  and  breadth  of  the  student's  record  is  the  deciding 
factor  in  every  case. 

Any  questions  about  criteria  for  election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa  (including 
equivalency  examinations  in  foreign  languages)  should  be  directed  to  the 


Phi  Beta  Kappa  Office,  2103  Mathematics  Building.  454-3303. 

AWARDS  AND  PRIZES 

In  addition  to  the  campus  honors  described  above,  many  colleges, 
departments,  programs,  corporations,  and  individuals  sponsor  awards 
and  prizes  to  graduating  seniors. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  COLLEGE  PARK 
CODE  OF  ACADEMIC  INTEGRITY  (Approved  by 
the  Campus  Senate  February  13, 1989) 

Introduction 

The  university  is  an  academic  community.  Its  fundamental  purpose  is  the 
pursuit  of  knowledge.  Like  all  other  communities,  the  university  can 
function  properly  only  if  its  members  adhere  to  clearly  established  goals 
and  values.  Essential  to  the  fundamental  purpose  of  the  university  is  the 
commitment  to  the  principles  of  truth  and  academic  honesty.  Accordingly, 
The  Code  of  Academic  Integrity  is  designed  to  ensure  that  the  principle  of 
academic  honesty  is  upheld.  While  all  members  of  the  university  share  this 
responsibility,  The  Code  of  Academic  Integrity  is  designed  so  that  special 
responsibility  for  upholding  the  principle  of  academic  honesty  lies  with  the 
students. 

Definitions 

1 .  ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY  Any  of  the  following  acts,  when  com- 
mitted by  a  student,  shall  constitute  academic  dishonesty: 

(a)  CHEATING — intentionally  using  or  attempting  to  use  unautho- 
rized materials,  information,  or  study  aids  in  any  academic 
exercise. 

(b)  FABRICATION— intentional  and  unauthorized  falsification  or 
invention  of  any  information  or  citation  in  an  academic  exer- 
cise. 

(c)  FACILITATING  ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY— intentionally  or 
knowingly  helping  or  attempting  to  help  another  to  violate  any 
provision  of  this  code. 

(d)  PLAGIARISM— intentionally  or  knowingly  representing  the 
words  or  ideas  of  another  as  one's  own  in  any  academic 
exercise. 

Responsibility  to  Report  Academic  Dishonesty 

2.  Academic  dishonesty  is  a  corrosive  force  in  the  academic  life  of  a 
university.  It  jeopardizes  the  quality  of  education  and  depreciates 
the  genuine  achievements  of  others.  It  is,  without  reservation,  a 
responsibility  of  all  members  of  the  campus  community  to  actively 
deter  it.  Apathy  or  acquiescence  in  the  presence  of  academic 
dishonesty  is  not  a  neutral  act.  Histories  of  institutions  demonstrate 
that  a  laissez-faire  response  will  reinforce,  perpetuate,  and  enlarge 
the  scope  of  such  misconduct.  Institutional  reputations  for  academic 
dishonesty  are  regrettable  aspects  of  modem  education.  These 
reputations  become  self-fulfilling  and  grow,  unless  vigorously 
challenged  by  students  and  faculty  alike 

All  members  of  the  university  commumtystudents.  faculty,  and 
staffshare  the  responsibility  and  authority  to  challenge  and  make 
known  acts  of  apparent  academic  dishonesty  Faculty  must  under- 
take a  threshold  responsibility  for  such  traditional  safeguards  as 
examination  security  and  proctonng. 


Honor  Pledge 


All  applicants  for  admission  to  undergraduate  or  graduate  pro- 
grams at  the  University  of  Maryland  College  Park,  as  well  as  all 
students  registering  for  courses,  will  be  expected  to  sign  an  Honor 
Pledge  as  a  condition  of  admission  and  at  each  registration  The 
wording  of  the  pledge  will  be  recommended  by  the  Student  Honor 
Council,  for  approval  by  the  Campus  Senate 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    39 


Procedures:  Academic  Dishonesty 


4.  Any  member  of  the  university  community  who  has  witnessed  an 
apparent  act  of  academic  dishonesty,  or  has  information  that 
reasonably  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  such  an  act  has  occurred 
or  has  been  attempted,  has  the  responsibility  to  inform  the  Office 
of  Judicial  Programs  promptly  The  Office  of  Judicial  Programs 
will  then  send  a  written  report  of  the  allegation  to  the  Student 
Honor  Council,  the  accused  student,  and  the  instructor  teaching 
the  course. 

5.  Upon  receipt  of  a  report  of  academic  dishonesty,  the  Student 
Honor  Council  will  assign  the  matter  to  three  of  its  members  for 
preliminary  inquiry.  Members  of  the  Student  Honor  Council  when 
acting  in  this  capacity  shall  be  designated  Review  Officers.  In  the 
event  the  report  pertains  to  the  conduct  of  a  graduate  student, 
then  at  least  two  Review  Officers  will  be  graduate  students. 

6.  The  Review  Officers  shall  conduct  a  preliminary  inquiry  into  the 
facts  of  the  case  in  order  to  determine  if  there  is  reasonable  cause 
to  believe  that  an  act  of  academic  dishonesty  has  occurred,  or 
has  been  attempted. 

7.  University  administrators  and  faculty  members  are  expected  to 
provide  reasonable  assistance  to  the  Review  Officers,  and  to 
permit  access  to  pertinent  student  papers  or  examinations,  as 
determined  by  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs.  The 
Review  Officers  shall  be  advised  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs. 

8.  If,  after  consultation  with  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs: 

(a)  a  majority  of  Review  Officers  determine  that  an  act  of 
academic  dishonesty  did  not  occur,  or  was  not  attempted, 
the  council  will  inform  the  student  and  the  course  instructor 
of  its  finding;  or 

(b)  if  a  majority  of  Review  Officers  determine  that  there  is 
reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  an  act  of  academic  dis- 
honesty did  occur,  or  was  attempted,  they  will  forward  a 
written  referral  containing  a  statement  of  facts  and  their 
rationale  to  the  Student  Honor  Council. 

9.  Upon  receipt  of  a  written  referral  from  the  Review  Officers,  the 
Student  Honor  Council  shall: 

(a)  convene  an  Honor  Board  to  resolve  the  matter  through  an 
Honor  Review.  The  Board  will  be  selected  in  the  manner 
described  in  Paragraph  13,  below. 

(b)  Appoint  one  of  the  Review  Officers  or  the  Campus  Advocate 
to  serve  as  the  Presenter  of  the  case.  The  responsibilities  of 
the  Presenter  are  more  full  described  in  Paragraph  11, 
below. 

1 0.  The  meetings  and  deliberations  of  the  Review  Officers  and  of  the 
Student  Honor  Council  shall  be  privileged  and  confidential. 

1 1 .  The  principal  responsibilities  of  the  Presenter  are: 

(a)  to  prepare  a  formal  Charge  of  Academic  Dishonesty,  includ- 
ing the  identity  of  the  complaining  party,  and  deliver  it  to  the 
student  and  the  Honor  Board.  The  student  will  be  deemed 
to  have  received  such  notice  on  the  date  of  personal 
delivery,  or  if  certified  mail  is  used,  on  the  date  of  delivery  at 
the  most  recent  address  provided  to  the  university  by  the 
student; 

(b)  to  inform  the  complaining  party  of  the  actions  being  taken; 

(c)  to  present  the  evidence  and  analysis  upon  which  the  Charge 
is  based  to  the  Honor  Board  during  the  Honor  Review; 

(d)  to  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  requested  by  the 
Student  Honor  Council  or  the  Honor  Board. 

12.  The  Charge  of  Academic  Dishonesty  serves  to  give  a  student  a 
reasonable  understanding  of  the  act  and  circumstances  to  be 
considered  by  the  Honor  Board,  thereby  placing  the  student  in  a 
position  to  contribute  in  a  meaningful  way  to  the  inquiry.  It  also 
serves  to  provide  initial  focus  to  that  inquiry.  It  is  not,  however,  a 
technical  or  legal  document,  and  is  not  analogous  to  an  indictment 


or  other  form  of  process.  The  charge  may  be  modified  as  the 
discussion  proceeds,  as  long  as  the  accused  student  is  accorded 
a  reasonable  opportunity  to  prepare  a  response. 

Procedures:  Resolution  by  an  Honor  Review 

1 3.  An  Honor  Review  is  conducted  by  an  Honor  Board.  The  Board  is 
convened  by  the  Student  Honor  Council  acting  for  the  Vice 
President  for  Academic  Affairs.  It  must  consist  of  six  persons,  five 
of  whom  will  be  voting  members.  Determinations  of  the  Honor 
Board  will  be  by  a  majority  vote  (three  votes  or  more).  Honor 
Boards  are  selected  as  follows: 

(a)  three  students  selected  by  the  Student  Honor  Council  from 
among  its  members.  In  the  event  the  student  accused  of 
academic  dishonesty  is  a  graduate  student,  then  at  least 
two  of  the  student  members  shall  be  graduate  students.  No 
person  who  served  as  a  Review  Officer  may  serve  on  a 
factually  related  Honor  Board. 

(b)  Two  faculty  members  selected  in  accordance  with  proce- 
dures established  by  the  Vice  President  for  Academic 
Affairs.  In  the  event  the  student  accused  of  academic 
dishonesty  is  a  graduate  student,  then  at  least  one  of  the 
persons  selected  shall  be  a  regular  member  of  the  Graduate 
Faculty. 

(c)  The  Honor  Board  shall  have  one  non-voting  member,  who 
shall  serve  as  the  Presiding  Officer.  The  Presiding  Officer 
may  be  a  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  of  the  university. 
The  Presiding  Officer  will  be  selected  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs. 

14.  If  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  determines  that  the 
Student  Honor  Council  or  a  Student  Honor  Board  cannot  be 
convened  within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  an  accusation 
is  made,  the  Vice  President  or  a  designee  may  review  the  case. 
If  there  is  reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  an  act  of  academic 
dishonesty  has  occurred  or  has  been  attempted,  the  Vice  Presi- 
dent or  designee  will  convene  an  ad  hoc  Honor  Board  by 
selecting  and  appointing  two  students  and  one  faculty/staff 
member.  Whenever  possible,  student  members  of  ad  hoc  honor 
boards  shall  be  members  of  the  Student  Honor  Council.  A  non- 
voting presiding  officer  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs.  If  Review  Officers  cannot  be  appointed  in 
accordance  with  Part  Five  of  this  Code,  the  Campus  Advocate  or 
another  person  designated  by  the  Vice  President  for  Academic 
Affairs  will  serve  in  that  capacity. 

1 5.  The  purpose  of  an  Honor  Review  is  to  explore  and  investigate  the 
incident  giving  rise  to  the  appearance  of  academic  dishonesty,  to 
reach  an  informed  conclusion  as  to  whether  or  not  academic 
dishonesty  occurred,  and  to  make  a  recommendation  to  the 
Dean.  In  keeping  with  the  ultimate  premise  and  justification  of 
academic  life,  the  duty  of  all  persons  at  an  Honor  Review  is  to 
assist  in  a  thorough  and  honest  exposition  of  all  related  facts. 

The  basic  tenets  of  scholarship — full  and  willing  disclosure, 
accuracy  of  statement,  and  intellectual  integrity  in  hypothesis,  in 
argument  and  in  conclusion — must  always  take  precedence  over 
the  temptation  to  gain  a  particular  resolution  of  the  case.  An 
Honor  Review  is  not  in  the  character  of  a  criminal  or  civil  legal 
proceeding.  It  is  not  modeled  on  these  adversarial  systems;  nor 
does  it  serve  the  same  social  functions.  It  is  not  a  court  or  tribunal. 
Rather,  it  is  an  academic  process  unique  to  the  community  of 
scholars  that  comprise  a  university. 

16.  The  role  of  the  Presiding  Officer  is  to  exercise  impartial  control 
over  the  Honor  Review  in  order  to  achieve  an  equitable,  orderly, 
timely  and  efficient  process.  The  Presiding  Officer  is  authorized 
to  make  all  decisions  and  rulings  as  are  necessary  and  proper  to 
achieve  that  end,  including  such  decisions  and  rulings  as  pertain 
to  scheduling  and  to  the  admissibility  of  evidence.  If  in  the 
judgment  of  the  Presiding  Officer  there  is  reasonable  cause  to 
question  the  impartiality  of  a  board  member,  the  Presiding  Officer 
will  so  inform  the  Honor  Council,  which  will  reconstitute  the  board. 

17.  The  Presiding  Officer  will  select  the  date,  time  and  place  for  the 
Honor  Review,  and  notify  the  student  in  writing  a  minimum  of  ten 
(10)  days  prior  to  the  review. 

18.  The  sequence  of  an  Honor  Review  is  necessarily  controlled  by 


40    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


the  nature  of  the  incident  to  be  investigated  and  the  character  of 
the  information  to  be  examined.  It  thus  lies  within  the  judgment  of 
the  Presiding  Officer  to  fashion  the  most  reasonable  approach. 
The  following  steps,  however,  have  been  found  to  be  efficient, 
and  are  generally  recommended: 

(a)  The  Presenter,  and  then  the  student,  summarize  the  matter 
before  the  Honor  Board,  including  any  relevant  Information 
or  arguments. 

(b)  The  Presenter,  and  then  the  student,  present  and  question 
persons  having  knowledge  of  the  incident,  and  offer  docu- 
ments or  other  materials  bearing  on  the  case.  The  Pre- 
senter, the  student,  and  all  members  of  the  Honor  Board 
may  question  any  person  giving  testimony. 

(c)  The  members  of  the  Honor  Board  may  ask  the  Presenter  or 
the  student  any  relevant  questions.  The  members  may  also 
request  any  additional  material  or  the  appearance  of  other 
persons  they  deem  appropriate. 

(d)  The  Presenter,  and  then  the  student,  should  make  brief 
closing  statements. 

(e)  The  Honor  Board  meets  privately  to  discuss  the  case,  and 
reaches  a  finding  by  a  majority  vote. 

(f)  The  Honor  Board  will  not  conclude  that  a  student  has 
attempted  or  engaged  in  an  act  of  academic  dishonesty 
unless,  after  considering  all  the  information  before  it,  a 
majority  of  members  believe  that  such  a  conclusion  is 
supported  by  clear  and  convincing  evidence.  If  this  is  not  the 
case,  the  Honor  Board  will  dismiss  the  charge  of  academic 
dishonesty  in  favor  of  the  student  with  a  finding  that  an 
attempt  or  act  of  academic  dishonesty  "did  not  occur",  or 
that  it  was  "not  proven",  whichever  more  accurately  de- 
scribes the  result  of  its  investigation.  The  student  would  then 
be  notified  in  writing  of  the  decision  to  dismiss  the  charge. 

(g)  If  the  Honor  Board  finds  the  student  has  engaged  in  an  act 
of  academic  dishonesty,  both  the  Presenter  and  the  student 
may  recommend  an  appropriate  penalty.  Pertinent  docu- 
ments and  other  material  may  be  offered.  The  Honor  Board 
then  meets  privately  to  formulate  a  Recommendation.  The 
recommendation  of  the  Honor  Board  will  be  by  a  majority 
vote  of  its  members. 

(h)  The  Presiding  Officer  will  provide  the  appropriate  Dean  with 
a  written  report  of  the  Honor  Board's  findings  and  recom- 
mendations. 

19.  The  Presiding  Officer  will  attempt  to  ensure  the  following  rules 
and  points  of  order  are  observed: 

(a)  The  student  may  be  assisted  by  an  adviser,  who  may  be  an 
attorney.  The  role  of  an  adviser  will  be  limited  to: 

I.  Making  brief  opening  and  closing  statements,  as  well  as 
comments  on  an  appropriate  sanction. 

II.  Suggesting  relevant  questions  which  the  Presiding 
Officer  may  direct  to  a  witness: 

III.  Providing  confidential  advice  to  the  student. 

Even  if  accompanied  by  an  adviser,  the  student  must 
take  an  active  and  constructive  role  in  the  Honor  Review. 
In  particular,  the  student  must  fully  cooperate  with  the 
Honor  Board  and  respond  to  its  Inquiries  without  undue 
intrusion  or  comment  by  an  adviser 

In  consideration  of  the  limited  role  of  an  adviser  and  of  the 
compelling  interest  of  the  university  to  expeditiously  conclude  the 
matter,  the  work  of  an  Honor  Board  will  not,  as  a  general  practice, 
be  delayed  due  to  the  unavailability  of  an  adviser. 

(b)  A  tape  recording  of  the  Honor  Review  will  be  maintained 

(c)  Presence  at  an  Honor  Review  lies  within  the  judgment  of  the 
Presiding  Oflicer.  An  Honor  Review  is  a  confidential  inves- 
tigation. It  requires  a  deliberative  and  candid  atmosphere, 
free  from  distraction.  Accordingly,  it  is  not  open  to  the  public 


or  other  "interested"  persons.  However,  at  the  student's 
request,  the  Presiding  Officer  will  permit  a  student's  parents 
or  spouse  to  observe  and  may  permit  a  limited  number  of 
additional  observers  The  Presiding  Officer  may  cause  to  be 
removed  from  the  Honor  Review  any  person,  including  the 
student  or  an  adviser,  who  disrupts  or  impedes  the  inves- 
tigation, or  who  fails  to  adhere  to  the  rulings  of  the  Presiding 
Officer  The  Presiding  Officer  may  direct  that  persons,  other 
than  the  student  and  the  Presenter,  who  are  to  be  called 
upon  to  provide  information,  be  excluded  from  the  Honor 
Review  except  for  that  purpose  The  members  of  the  Honor 
Board  may  conduct  private  deliberations  at  such  times  and 
places  as  they  deem  proper. 

(d)  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  person  desiring  the  presence  of 
a  witness  before  an  Honor  Board  to  ensure  that  the  witness 
appears.  If  necessary,  a  subpoena  may  be  requested,  in 
accordance  with  Part  32  (b)  of  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct. 
Because  experience  has  demonstrated  that  the  actual 
appearance  of  an  individual  is  of  greater  value  than  a  written 
statement,  the  latter  is  discouraged  and  should  not  be  used 
unless  the  individual  cannot  or  reasonably  should  not  be 
expected  to  appear.  Any  written  statement  must  be  dated, 
signed  by  the  person  making  it,  and  witnessed  by  a  univer- 
sity employee.  The  work  of  an  Honor  Board  will  not,  as  a 
general  practice,  be  delayed  due  to  the  unavailability  of  a 
witness. 

(e)  An  Honor  Review  is  not  a  trial.  Formal  rules  of  evidence 
commonly  associated  with  a  civil  or  criminal  trial  may  be 
counterproductive  in  an  academic  investigatory  proceed- 
ing, and  shall  not  be  applied.  The  Presiding  Officer  will 
accept  for  consideration  all  matters  which  reasonable  per- 
sons would  accept  as  having  probative  value  in  the  conduct 
of  their  affairs.  Unduly  repetitious,  irrelevant,  or  personally 
abusive  material  should  be  excluded. 

20.  If  the  Honor  Board  finds  that  an  attempt  or  act  of  academic 
dishonesty  did  occur,  it  shall  recommend  an  appropnate  sanc- 
tion. The  normal  sanction  shall  be  a  grade  of  XF  in  the  course,  but 
the  Honor  Board  may  recommend  a  lesser  or  more  severe 
sanction.  Generally,  acts  involving  advance  planning,  falsification 
of  papers,  collaboration  with  others,  or  some  actual  or  potential 
harm  toother  students  will  merit  a  severe  sanction,  i.e.  suspension 
or  expulsion,  even  for  a  first  offense.  An  attempt  to  commit  an  act 
shall  be  punished  to  the  same  extent  as  the  consummated  act. 

21.  The  finding  of  the  Honor  Board  will  be  final  and  not  subject  to 
review.  The  Board's  sanction  recommendation  is  advisory  to  the 
Dean.  If  the  Dean  modifies  the  Honor  Board's  recommendation, 
the  Dean  will  provide  written  reasons  to  the  Honor  Board. 

Procedures:  Action  by  the  Dean,  Instructor, 
Vice  President,  President 

22.  If  the  Honor  Board  finds  that  an  attempt  or  act  of  academic 
dishonesty  did  occur,  then  the  Dean  will  provide  the  student  a 
copy  of  the  Board's  findings  and  recommendations,  by  personal 
delivery  or  certified  mail  The  student  may  submita  written  appeal 
to  the  Dean  concerning  the  Honor  Board's  recommendation 
within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  student  receives  the  Board's 
findings  and  recommendations.  The  student  will  be  deemed  to 
have  received  such  findings  and  recommendations  on  the  date 
of  personal  delivery,  or  if  certified  mail  is  used,  on  the  date  of 
delivery  at  the  last  address  provided  to  the  university  by  the 
student. 

23.  If  the  Dean  awards  the  student  a  grade,  including  the  grade  of 
"XF".  or  fashions  an  academic  requirement,  the  decision  consti- 
tutes the  final  and  conclusive  action  of  the  university  It  the  Dean 
determines  to  suspend  the  student,  then  this  will  not  be  imple- 
mented until  reviewed  by  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
(or  designee)  If  the  Dean  determines  to  expel  the  student,  then 
this  will  not  be  implemented  until  reviewed  by  the  President  (or 
designee).  If  the  Dean  determines  to  take  an  action  not  otherwise 
described  above  (e.g.  a  community  service  assignment),  then 
this  will  not  be  implemented  until  reviewed  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs.  In  each  instance,  the  review  shall  be  limited 
to  ensuring  the  sanction  is  not  grossly  disproportionate  to  the 
findings  of  the  Honor  Board. 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    41 


The  Grade  of  "XF" 

24.  The  grade  ol  "XF"  is  intended  to  denote  a  failure  to  accept  and 
exhibit  the  fundamental  value  ol  academic  honesty.  The  grade 
"XF"  shall  be  recorded  on  the  student's  transcript  with  the 
notation  "failure  due  to  academic  dishonesty "  The  grade  "XF" 
shall  be  treated  in  the  same  way  as  an  "F"  for  the  purposes  of 
Grade  Point  Average,  course  repeatability,  and  determination  of 
academic  standing. 

25.  No  student  with  an  "XF"  on  the  student's  transcript  shall  be 
permitted  to  represent  the  university  in  any  extracurricular  activ- 
ity, or  run  for  or  hold  office  in  any  student  organization  which  is 
allowed  to  use  university  facilities,  or  which  receives  university 
funds. 

26.  A  student  may  file  a  written  petition  to  the  Student  Honor  Council 
to  have  the  grade  of  "XF"  removed  and  permanently  replaced 
with  the  grade  of  "F".  The  decision  to  remove  the  grade  of  "XF" 
and  replace  it  with  an  "F"  shall  rest  in  the  discretion  and  judgment 
of  a  majority  of  a  quorum  of  the  Council;  provided  that: 

(a)  at  the  time  the  petition  is  received,  at  least  twelve  months 
shall  have  elapsed  since  the  grade  of  "XF  was  imposed; 
and, 

(b)  at  the  time  the  petition  is  received,  the  student  shall  have 
successfully  completed  a  non-credit  seminar  on  academic 
integrity,  as  administered  by  the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs; 
or,  for  the  person  no  longer  enrolled  at  the  university,  an 
equivalent  activity  as  determined  by  the  Office  of  Judicial 
Programs,  and, 

(c)  the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs  certifies  that  to  the  best  of  its 
knowledge  the  student  has  not  been  found  responsible  for 
any  other  act  of  academic  dishonesty  or  similar  disciplinary 
offense  at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  another  institution. 

27.  Prior  to  deciding  a  petition,  the  Honor  Council  will  review  the 
record  of  the  case  and  consult  with  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs.  Generally,  the  grade  of  "XF"  ought  not  to  be  removed 
if  awarded  for  an  act  of  academic  dishonesty  requiring  significant 
premeditation.  If  the  "XF"  grade  is  removed,  records  of  the 
incident  may  be  voided  in  accordance  with  Parts  47  and  48  of  the 
Code  of  Student  Conduct.  The  decision  of  the  Honor  Council 
shall  not  be  subject  to  subsequent  Honor  Council  review  for  four 
years,  unless  the  Honor  Council  specifies  an  earlier  date  on 
which  the  petition  may  be  reconsidered.  Honor  Council  deter- 
minations pertaining  to  the  removal  of  the  "XF"  grade  penalty  may 
be  appealed  to  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs.  If  the  Vice 
President  removes  the  grade  of  "XF"  from  the  student's  transcript, 
the  Vice  President  shall  provide  written  reasons  to  the  Honor 
Council. 

The  Student  Honor  Council 

28.  There  shall  be  a  Student  Honor  Council.  The  Honor  Council  is 
composed  of  twenty-five  (25)  full-time  students,  normally  ap- 
pointed in  the  spring  for  the  following  academic  year,  and  who 
may  each  be  reappointed  for  additional  one  year  terms. 

29.  The  members  of  the  Honor  Council  are  appointed  in  the  following 
manner: 

(a)  The  Deans  of  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture;  Arts  and  Hu- 
manities; Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences;  Business  and 
Management;  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sci- 
ences; Education;  Engineering;  Human  Ecology;  Journal- 
ism; Life  Sciences;  Health  and  Human  Performance;  the 
Dean  of  the  School  of  Architecture;  and  the  Dean  for  Un- 
dergraduate Studies  will  each  appoint  one  undergraduate 
student. 

(b)  The  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  will  appoint  seven  gradu- 
ate students. 

(c)  A  committee  consisting  of  the  Vice  President  for  Academic 
Affairs,  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs,  the  Chair  of 
the  Graduate  Student  Association,  and  the  President  of  the 
Student  Government  Association  will  appoint  the  remaining 
members. 


30.  A  member  must  be  in  high  academic  standing  (a  cumulative 
G.P.A.  of  at  least  3.0)  at  the  university  and  have  no  history  of 
disciplinary,  academic,  or  criminal  misconduct. 

31.  All  council  members  are  subject  to  the  training  and  conduct 
requirements  of  Parts  25  and  26  of  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct. 

32.  The  Student  Honor  Council  has  the  following  responsibilities  and 
authority: 

(a)  To  develop  bylaws  subject  to  approval  by  the  university  for 
legal  sufficiency  and  consistency  with  the  requirements  of 
this  Code,  and  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct. 

(b)  To  designate  from  its  members  students  to  serve  as  Review 
Officers,  Presenters,  and  members  of  Honor  Boards  as 
specified  in  this  Code.  Appointment  to  these  responsibilities 
will  generally  rotate  in  accordance  with  the  bylaws  of  the 
Honor  Council. 

(c)  To  consider  petitions  for  the  removal  of  the  grade  of  "XF" 
from  university  records  in  accordance  with  Part  26  of  this 
Code. 

(d)  To  receive  complaints  or  reports  of  academic  dishonesty 
from  any  source. 

(e)  To  assist  in  the  design  and  teaching  of  the  non-credit 
seminar  on  academic  integrity  and  moral  development,  as 
determined  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

(f)  To  advise  and  consult  with  faculty  and  administrative  offic- 
ers on  matters  pertaining  to  academic  integrity  at  the 
university. 

(g)  To  issue  an  annual  report  to  the  Campus  Senate  on  academic 
integrity  standards,  policies,  and  procedures,  including  rec- 
ommendations for  appropriate  changes. 

33.  The  campus  administration  shall  provide  an  appropriate  facility, 
reserved  for  the  primary  use  of  the  Honor  Council,  and  suitable 
for  the  conduct  of  hearings.  Clerical  and  secretarial  assistance 
will  also  be  provided. 

Future  Self  Governance 

34.  Insofar  as  academic  dishonesty  is  most  immediately  injurious  to 
the  student  body,  and  because  the  student  body  is  in  a  unique 
position  to  challenge  and  deter  it,  it  is  the  intent  of  the  university 
that  ultimately  this  Code  will  evolve  into  one  the  provisions  of 
which  are  marked  by  complete  student  administration.  The 
Campus  Senate  shall  review  the  operation  of  this  Code  during  the 
1 992-93  academic  year  based  in  part  on  the  annual  reports  of  the 
Student  Honor  Council  for  the  first  three  years  of  its  operation. 
Consideration  at  that  time  should  be  given  to  introducing  additional 
enforcement  responsibilities  and  privileges  characteristic  of  tra- 
ditional honor  systems  at  sister  institutions,  including  the  provi- 
sion that  only  student  members  of  Honor  Boards  may  vote.  It  is 
expected  that  faculty  participation  on  the  Honor  Boards  will 
continue,  since  the  faculty  has  an  important  interest  in  academic 
integrity,  and  since  faculty  members  will  have  insights  that  should 
be  considered  in  the  resolution  of  individual  cases. 


TERMS 

AD  HOC  HONOR  BOARD:  board  consisting  of  two  students  and  one 
faculty  member  appointed  by  the  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs,  and 
a  Presiding  Officer  appointed  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs.  [Part 
14]. 

ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY:  see  Part  1  of  this  Code. 

CHARGE  OF  ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY:  a  formal  description  of  the 
case  being  considered  by  the  Honor  Board.  [Part  12]. 

HONOR  BOARD:  body  appointed  by  the  Student  Honor  Council  to  hear 
and  resolve  a  case  of  academic  dishonesty.  The  board  consists  of  five 
voting  members  (three  student  members  of  the  Honor  Council  and  two 
faculty  members).  [Part  13]. 


42    Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations 


HONOR  REVIEW:  the  process  leading  to  resolution  of  an  academic 
dishonesty  case.  The  process  is  conducted  by  an  Honor  Board.  [Parts  1 8- 
21]. 

PRESENTER:  officer  responsible  for  preparing  the  charge  of  academic 
dishonesty  and  presenting  the  case  before  the  Honor  Board.  The  presenter 
is  appointed  by  the  Honor  Board  from  among  the  Review  Officers,  or  is  the 
Campus  Advocate.  [Part  1 1]. 

PRESIDING  OFFICER:  individual  on  the  Honor  Board  responsible  for 
directing  proceedings  during  the  Honor  Review.  The  presiding  officer  is  a 
non-voting  member  of  the  Honor  Board  selected  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs.  [Part  16]. 

QUORUM:  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the  Student  Honor  Council. 

REVIEW  OFFICERS:  three  members  of  the  Student  Honor  Council 
assigned  to  make  a  preliminary  inquiry  into  an  allegation  of  academic 
dishonesty.  [Part  5]. 


STUDENT  HONOR  COUNCIL:  body  of  25  students  appointed  by  the 
various  Deans  and  Vice  Presidents,  as  well  as  by  the  President  of  the 
Student  Government  Association  and  the  Chair  of  the  Graduate  Student 
Association. 

Students  accused  of  academic  dishonesty  should  request  a  copy  of  the 
university  document  "Preparing  for  an  Honor  Review"  Contact  the  Office 
of  Judicial  Programs  at  314-8204  TO  REPORT  ACADEMIC  DISHON- 
ESTY, DIAL  314-8206  AND  ASK  FOR  THE  -CAMPUS  ADVOCATE." 

'  As  used  throughout  this  document,  the  term  "Dean"  refers  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  in  which  the  alleged  academic  dishonesty  occurred,  or,  if 
the  accused  student  is  a  graduate  student,  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 


Registration,  Academic  Requirements,  and  Regulations    43 

NOTES 


44 


CHAPTER  5 


GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS 

Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies:  Dr.  Kathryn  Mohrman 
1115  Hornbake  Library,  405-9354 

The  Purpose  of  General  Education 

To  fulfill  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park,  students  must  complete  both  a  major  course  of 
study  and  a  set  of  campus-wide  general  education  requirements.  These 
requirements  expose  students  to  both  the  great  ideas  and  the  controversies 
in  historic  and  contemporary  human  thought  and  experience.  They 
provide  the  breadth,  perspective  and  challenge  that  allow  graduates  to 
claim  to  be  "educated  people." 

In  a  world  of  rapid  economic,  social,  and  technological  change,  the 
importance  of  a  broadly  based  education  remains  essential.  Important 
societal  questions  and  problems  demand  answers  based  on  the  broad 
perspective  afforded  by  general  education.  Participation  in  a  democratic 
society  requires  more  than  the  central  training  provided  by  the  major  field 
of  study.  General  education  elevates  a  university  above  serving  merely  as 
a  job-training  institution.  General  education  requirements  ensure  that 
students  develop  a  wide  range  of  abilities  and  knowledge  and  gain  the 
intellectual  integration  and  awareness  which  will  prepare  them  for  the 
developments  and  changes  they  will  experience  in  their  personal,  social, 
political,  and  professional  lives. 

General  education  requirements  are  spread  strategically  throughout  the 
student's  four  years  of  baccalaureate  study  and  represent  a  third  of  the 
total  academic  work  required  for  graduation.  At  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park,  the  general  education  program  has  three  major  com- 
ponents: 

FUNDAMENTAL  STUDIES 

These  courses  establish  the  student's  ability  to  participate  in  the 
discourse  of  the  university  through  demonstrated  mastery  of 
written  English  and  mathematics.  These  requirements  provide 
every  student  with  the  tools  necessary  for  success  in  higher 
education,  and  in  the  world  beyond. 

DISTRIBUTIVE  STUDIES 

These  courses  expose  students  to  broad  areas  of  learning  in  many 
disciplines.  They  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  different  kinds  of 
knowledge  and  to  the  nature  of  scholarship  in  the  humanities, 
physical  and  life  sciences,  mathematics,  and  social  sciences. 
Students  generally  take  distributive  courses  in  the  first  two  years  of 
their  coursework. 

ADVANCED  STUDIES 

These  courses  continue  the  broadening  experience  of  the  Dis- 
tributive Studies  courses  and  furnish  the  opportunity  to  cultivate 
higher-level  critical  thinking  skills  in  the  analysis  of  problems  They 
provide  reflection  upon  contemporary  problems  in  areas  outside 
maiors  Students  take  the  advanced  studies  courses  in  their  junior 
and  senior  years. 


STATEMENT  ON  APPLICABILITY  OF  THE  NEW  CORE 
PROGRAM  AND  THE  USP  PROGRAM 

The  Campus  Senate  and  the  Board  of  Regents  approved  a  new  general 
education  program  for  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  eflective 
in  Fall  1 990  This  program,  called  Core  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  Studies 
(CORE),  must  be  completed  by  all  students  entering  in  May  1990  and 
thereafter  who  have  earned  eight  (8)  or  fewer  credits  from  this  or  any  other 
college.  Students  who  enter  and  have  earned  nine  (9)  or  more  credits 
before  May  1 990  from  this  or  any  other  college  will  complete  their  general 
educationrequirements  under  the  University  Studies  Program  (USP). 
Advanced  Placement  (AP)  and  other  examination  based  credits  will  not  be 
considered  in  these  determinations.  Students  who  do  fall  under  the  older 
general  education  program.  University  Studies  Program  (USP),  require- 
ments may  choose  to  meet  CORE  program  requirements  instead  if  they 
so  desire  Each  program  is  outlined  below  and  lists  of  approved  courses 
for  each  are  provided. 

STATUTE  OF  LIMITATIONS  FOR  PREVIOUS  GEP  AND 
GUR  PROGRAMS 

Undergraduate  students  returning  or  transferring  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  after  August  1 987  will  no  longer  have  the  option 
of  completing  general  education  requirements  under  the  older  General 
Education  Program  (GEP)  orthe  General  University  Requirements  (GUR). 

Thereafter,  following  any  substantive  change  in  general  education  re- 
quirements, undergraduate  students  returning  or  transfernng  to  College 
Park  after  a  separation  of  five  continuous  years  must  follow  the  require- 
ments in  effect  at  the  time  of  re-entry  Exceptions  may  be  granted  to  those 
students  who  at  the  time  of  separation  had  completed  60°o  of  the  general 
education  requirements  then  in  effect. 

Students  from  Maryland  public  community  colleges  shall  be  treated  as  if 
registration  dates  were  concurrent  with  enrollment  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park.  Other  exceptions  to  this  policy  may  be  appealed 
to  the  Dean  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 


GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  OUTLINES 

THE  CORE  LIBERAL  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  STUDIES 
PROGRAM  (CORE) 

This  program  must  be  completed  by  all  students  entenng  in  May  1 990  and 
thereafter  who  have  earned  eight  (8)  or  fewer  credits  from  this  or  any  other 
college.  Advanced  Placement  (AP)  and  other  examination  based  credits 
will  not  be  considered  in  this  determination  A  course  taken  to  satisfy 
college,  major,  and/or  supporting  area  requirements  may  also  be  used  to 
satisfy  CORE  Fundamental  Studies  and  Distnbutive  Studies  requirements 
if  that  course  appears  on  the  list  of  approved  courses  for  this  program 
Courses  taken  to  satisfy  CORE  requirements  may  not  be  taken  on  a  Pass- 
Fail  basis. 


General  Education  Programs    45 


CORE  FUNDAMENTAL  STUDIES 

Nine  (9)  credits  required.  (Except  tor  the  Advanced  Writing  requirement, 
the  Fundamental  Studies  requirements  must  be  attempted  by  the  time  the 
student  has  completed  thirty  credit  hours  anbd  passed  successfully  by  the 
time  the  student  has  completed  sixty  credit  hours.)  List  of  approved  CORE 
courses  follows  CORE  outline. 

1     Freshman  composition  —  3  credits 

Exemptions:     a.   SAT  verbal  score  600  or  above 
b.   AP  English  score  of  4  or  5 
2.   Advanced  Writing  —  3  credits  (taken  after  completion  of  56 
credit  hours) 

Exemptions:     a.   Gradeof"A"inENGL101  (NOTENGL  101A 
or  ENGL  1 0 1 X) ,  except  for  students  majoring 
in  Engineering. 
(Note:  No  exemption  from  the  Advanced  Writing  requirement 
will  be  granted  for  achievement  on  SAT  verbal  exam.) 
3    Mathematics  —  3  credits 

Exemptions:     a.   SAT  Math  score  600  or  above 

b.  College  Board  Achievement  Test  in  Math- 
ematics, Level  I  or  II,  score  of  600  or  above 

c.  AP  score  of  3  or  above  in  Calculus  AB  or  BC 

d.  Any  CLEP  Subject  Examination  in  Math- 
ematics score  60  or  above. 

CORE  DISTRIBUTIVE  STUDIES 

Twenty-eight  (28)  credits  minimum  required.  List  of  approved 
CORE  courses  follows  CORE  outline. 

Humanities  and  the  Arts  —  9  credits  minimum 

One  course  from  A,  one  course  from  B  and  a  third  course 
chosen  from  A,  B  or  C. 

A.  Literature 

B.  History/Theory  of  the  Arts 
C    Humanities 

Mathematics  and  the  Sciences  —  10  credits  minimum 

No  more  than  two  courses  from  A  or  B,  no  more  than  one 
course  from  C.  One  course  must  include  or  be  accompanied 
by  a  laboratory. 

A.  Physical  Sciences 

B.  Life  Sciences 

C.  Mathematics  and  Formal  Reasoning 

Social  Science  —  9  credits  minimum 

One  course  from  A  and  two  courses  from  B. 

A.  Social  or  Political  History 

B.  Behavioral  and  Social  Science 

CORE  ADVANCED  STUDIES 

Six  (6)  credits  minimum  required.  List  of  approved  courses  will  be 
available  in  1991 .  See  your  undergraduate  advisor. 

One  course  from  A  and  a  second  course  chosen  from  A,  B, 
orC. 

A.  Analysis  of  Social  and  Ethical  Problems  (outside  the 
major) 

B.  Development  of  Knowledge  (outside  the  major) 

C.  Approved  senior  level  Capstone  Course  (within  the 
major) 

CORE  DIVERSITY 

One  (1 )  course  required.  List  of  approved  CORE  Diversity  courses 
follows  CORE  outline. 

Focus  must  be  on  (a)  the  history,  status,  treatment,  or  accomplish- 
ment of  women  or  minonty  groups  and  subcultures,  or  (b)  non- 
Western  culture.  Course  may  but  need  not  be  drawn  from  either 
Distributive  or  Advanced  Studies.  A  course  taken  to  satisfy  a 
CORE  Distributive  Studies  or  CORE  Advanced  Studies  require- 
ment, college,  major,  and/or  supporting  area  requirement  also  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  the  CORE  diversity  requirement  if  that  course 
appears  on  the  list  of  approved  CORE  Diversity  courses. 

APPROVED  COURSE  LISTS  FOR  CORE  PROGRAM 

Note:  Additional  courses  may  be  approved  after  this  catalog  goes  to 


press  Students  should  consult  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  a  more  current 
list  of  the  courses  approved  for  the  CORE  program. 

CORE  FUNDAMENTAL  STUDIES  COURSES 

CORE  Freshman  Composition.  3  credits,  one  course  (must  be  attempted 
within  first  thirty  credits;  must  be  passed  successfully  within  first  sixty 
credits): 


ENGL  101 
ENGL  101A 


ENGL  101H 
ENGL101X 


Introduction  to  Writing 

Introduction  to  Writing  (Must  be  taken  if  student 
has  TSWE  [SAT  verbal  subtest]  score  below  330) 
Introduction  to  Writing  (Honors  Students) 
Introduction  to  Writing  (Students  for  whom  En- 
glish is  a  second  language  may  registerfor  ENGL 
101 X  instead  of  ENGL  101 . To  register  for  ENGL 
101 X,  a  student  must  present  one  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1)  550  on  the  TOEFL,  or 

(2)  220  on  the  Comprehensive  English  Lan- 
guage Test  (CELT)  administered  at  the  Col- 
lege Park  campus  by  the  Maryland  English 
Institute,  or 

(3)  successful  completion  of  the  Institute's  semi- 
intensive  course  in  English.  Based  on  scores 
from  either  the  TOEFL  or  CELT  a  student 
might  be  required  to  complete  a  program  of 
English  language  instruction  for  non-native 
speakers  through  the  Maryland  English  In- 
stitute before  being  allowed  to  register  for 
ENGL101X.) 


CORE  Advanced  Writing,  3  credits,  one  course,  taken  after  comple- 
tion ot  56  credit  hours: 

ENGL  391  Advanced  Composition 

ENGL  391 H  Advanced  Composition  (Honors  Students) 

ENGL  391 X  Advanced  Composition  (ESL) 

ENGL  392  Advanced  Composition  (Pre-law) 

ENGL  393  Technical  Writing 

ENGL  393H  Technical  Writing  (Honors  Students) 

ENGL  393X  Technical  Writing  (ESL) 

ENGL  393Z  Technical  Writing  (includes  computer  assisted 

instruction) 

ENGL  394  Business  Writing 

ENGL  395  Technical  Writing  (pre-med  and  health  careers) 

CORE  Mathematics,  3  credits,  one  course  (must  be  attempted  within 
first  thirty  credits;  must  be  passed  successfully  within  first  sixty 
credits.) 

MATH  110  Elementary  Mathematical  Models  OR 

MATH  1 1 5  Precalculus  OR 

Any  100  or  200  level  Mathematics  or  statistics  course  except 
MATH  210,  and  MATH  211 

CORE  DISTRIBUTIVE  STUDIES  COURSES 

NOTE:  Some  of  these  courses  are  also  approved  for  CORE  Diversity 
credit.  Courses  that  are  on  both  the  approved  CORE  Distributive  Studies 
list  and  the  approved  CORE  Diversity  list  are  noted  with  a  "(D)"  and  may 
be  double  counted.  Check  the  catalog  course  descriptions  and  the 
Schedule  of  Classes  for  information  on  pre-requisites,  etc. 

Humanities  and  the  Arts  category,  9  credits 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Literature  Courses: 

CHIN  213  Chinese  Poetry  into  English:  An  Introduction 

CHIN  315  Modern  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation  (D) 

CLAS  100  Classical  Foundations 

CLAS  170  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology 

CLAS  270  Greek  Literature  in  Translation 

CLAS  271  Roman  Literature  in  Translation 

CLAS  372  Classical  Epic 

ENGL  201  Western  World  Literature:  Homer  to  the  Renais- 
sance 

ENGL  202  Western  World  Literature:  The  Renaissance  to 

the  Present 

ENGL  205  Introduction  to  Shakespeare 

ENGL  21 1  English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to  1800 

ENGL  2 1 2  English  Literature  from  1 800  to  the  Present 


46    General  Education  Programs 


ENGL  221 
ENGL  222 
ENGL  234 
ENGL  240 
ENGL  241 
ENGL  242 
ENGL  243 
ENGL  244 
ENGL  250 
FREN  240 
FREN  241 

FREN  242 

FREN  250 
FREN  351 


GERM  282 
GERM  285 
GERM  349M 

GERM  383 
GERM  384 
GERM  389C 
GERM  389I 
HEBR  223 
HEBR  224 
HEBR  231 
HONR  138A 
HONR  138B 

HONR  138C 
HONR  138D 
HONR  138F 

HONR  138J 
HONR  138K 
ITAL  251 
ITAL  351 
ITAL  352 

RUSS  328 
SPAN  221 
SPAN  223 

SPAN  224 
SPAN  321 

SPAN  322 
SPAN  323 
SPAN  324 


American  Literature:  Beginning  to  1865 
American  Literature:  1865  to  the  Present 
Introduction  to  African-American  Literature 
Introduction  to  Fiction,  Poetry  and  Drama 
Introduction  to  the  Novel 
Introduction  to  Non-Fiction  Prose 
Introduction  to  Poetry 
Introduction  to  Drama 
Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  (D) 
Masterworks  ot  French  Literature  in  Translation 
Women  Writers  of  French  Expression  in  Transla- 
tion (D) 

Black  Writers  of  French  Expression  in  Transla- 
tion (D) 

Readings  in  French 

French  Literature  from  the  Revolution  to  the 
Present 

French  Literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the 
Revolution 
Germanic  Mythology 
German  Film  and  Literature 
Germanic  Literatures  in  Translation:  Masterworks 
of  Yiddish  Literature 
Viking  Culture  and  Civilization 
Germanic  Chivalric  Culture 
Topics  in  Germanic  Culture:  The  Ancient  Celts 
Topics  in  Germanic  Culture:  Ancient  India 
The  Hebrew  Bible:  Narrative 
The  Hebrew  Bible:  Poetry  and  Rhetoric 
Jewish  Literature  in  Translation 
Classical  Mythology  and  the  Arts 
Images  of  Masculinity  in  Twentieth  Century 
American  Literature  and  Film 
Thanatos:  The  many  Meanings  of  Death 
The  Story:  In  Short 

Varieties  of  Religious  Experience  in  Modern 
Fiction 

Literature  and  Madness 

Nature  and  Place:  A  Course  in  Non-Fiction  Prose 
Introduction  to  Italian  Literature 
Italian  Literature  from  Dante  to  the  Renaissance 
Italian  Literature  from  the  Renaissance  to  the 
Present 

19th  Century  Russian  Literature  in  Translation 
Readings  in  Spanish 

Rhetorical  Strategies  and  Society  in  Golden  Age 
Texts 

Violence  and  Resistance  in  the  Americas  (D) 
Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  12th  to  17th  Cen- 
tury 

Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  18th  to  20  Century 
Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  I 
Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  II 


GERM  280 
HEBR  298J 


HIST  110 
HIST  112 
HONR  118A 
HONR  118B 
HONR  118C 

HONR  138G 
HONR  138L 
LING  240 
PHIL  100 
PHIL  101 
PHIL  103 
PHIL  105 
PHIL  110 
PHIL  140 
PHIL  201 
PHIL  209J 

PHIL  243 
PHIL  245 
PHIL  250 
PORT  224 
RUSS 281 
SPAN  125 


Historical  and  Philosophical  Perspectives  on 
Education 

German-American  Cultural  Contrast 
(Crosslisted  with  PHIL  209J)  Special  Topics  in 
Jewish  Studies:  Authority,  Faith,  and  Reason  in 
Judaism 

The  Ancient  World 
The  Rise  of  the  West:  1500-1789 
In  Search  of  Ancient  Astronomies  (D) 
Individual  Rights  from  Cicero  to  Rand 
Western  Intellectual  Heritage:  The  Hero  and 
Society 

Literature,  Landscape  and  Heritage 
The  Mind  and  Language 
Language  and  Mind 
Introduction  to  Philosophy 
The  Structure  of  Knowledge 
Self  and  Identity  (formerly  PHIL  150) 
God  and  Cosmos 
Plato's  Republic 
Contemporary  Moral  Issues 
ssues  m  the  Philosophy  of  Life 
(Crosslisted  with  HEBR  298J)  Philosophical  Is- 
sues: Authority,  Faith  and  Reason  in  Judaism 
Philosophy  of  Rural  Life 
Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I 
Philosophy  of  Science  I 
Brazilian  Culture  in  English 
19th  Century  Russian  Culture 
Spain:  From  Kingdoms  to  Nationalities 


CORE  Distributive  Studies  Historyn"heory  ot  the  Arts  courses: 

AMST  205  Material  Aspects  of  American  Life 

ARCH  170  Introduction  to  the  Built  Environment 

ARTH  100  Introduction  to  Art 

ARTH  200  Art  of  the  Western  World  I 

ARTH  201  Art  of  the  Western  World  II 

ARTH  275  Art  of  Africa  (D) 

ARTH  290  Art  of  Asia 

DANC  200  Introduction  to  Dance 

DESN  204  History  of  Design  (formerly  APDS  104) 

DESN  362  Ideas  in  Design  (formerly  HSAD  362) 

ENGL  245  Film  and  the  Narrative  Tradition 

HONR  138E  Art  and  Vision 

HONR  1381  Watching  Poetry/Reading  TV 

HONR  138M  The  Limits  of  Naturalism  and  Pictorial  Art 

MUSC  130  Survey  of  Music  Literature 

MUSC  140  Music  Fundamentals  I 

MUSC  210  The  Impact  of  Music  on  Life  (D) 

WMST  250  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women,  Art 
and  Culture  (D) 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Humanities  courses: 

AASP  200  African  Civilization 

AMST  201  Introduction  to  American  Studies 

AMST  203  Popular  Culture  in  America 

AMST  204  Film  and  American  Culture  Studies 


CORE  Mathematics  and  the  Sciences  category,  10  credits: 

NON-LABORATORY  COURSES: 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Physical  Sciences  Non-Lab 
Courses: 

ASTR  200  Introduction  to  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 

CHEM  121  Chemistry  in  the  Modern  World 

ENES  389A  Selected  Topics:  How  Things  Work  -  Technologi- 
cal Literacy  for  the  1990's 

ENME  1 1 1  Energy  and  Power  Generation 

GEOL  120  Environmental  Geology 

HONR  128E  Our  Nuclear  Society:  From  Chernobyl  to  PET 
Scans 

HONR  128F        Managing  Planet  Earth 

PHYS  101  Contemporary  Physics 

PHYS  1 1 1  Physics  in  the  Modem  World 

PHYS  1 1 2  Physics  in  the  Modem  World 

PHYS  161  General  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Particle  Dy- 

namics 

PHYS  171  Introductory  Physics:  Mechanics 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Life  Sciences  Non-Lab  Courses: 

AGRO  105  Soil  and  Environmental  Quality 

BOTN  21 1  Ecology  and  Mankind 

ENTM  100  Insects 

HONR  128C  Natural  Science  of  Maryland 

HONR  128G  Sea  Monsters  and  Deep  Sea  Sharks 

HONR  1 281  Why  and  How  to  Conserve  Biodiversity 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Math  or  Formal  Reasoning  Non- 
Lab  Courses: 

CMSC  150  Introduction  to  Discrete  Structures 

DESN  370  Computers.  Graphics,  and  Design  (formerly  HSAD 

370) 

HONR  128A  Science  and  Pseudoscience:  An  Investigative 

Approach 

HONR  128J  Selected  Mathematical  Classics 

MATH  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Probability 

MATH  140  Calculus  I 

MATH  141  Calculus  II 

MATH  220  Elementary  Calculus  I 

MATH  221  Elementary  Calculus  II 

MATH  240  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MATH  250  Analysis  I  (Honors) 

MATH  251  Analysis  II  (Honors) 

PHIL  271  Symbolic  Logic  I 

STAT  100  Elementary  statistics  and  Probability 


General  Education  Programs    47 


LABORATORY  COURSES: 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Physical  Sciences  Laboratory  Courses: 

ASTR  100  &  ASTR  110  Introduction  lo  Astronomy  and  As- 
tronomy Laboratory  (must  be  taken 
together) 
ASTR  100  &  ASTR  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Astronomy  and  Obser- 
vational Astronomy  Laboratory  (must 
be  taken  together) 
CHEM  102  Chemistry  ot  Our  Environment 

CHEM  103  General  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  113  General  Chemistry  II 

CHEM  121  &  CHEM  122  Chemistry  in  the  Modern  World  and 
Laboratory  Chemistry  (must  be  taken 
together) 
GEOG201  &GEOG211  Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 
and  Geography  of  Environmental 
Systems  Laboratory  (must  be  taken 
together) 

Physical  Geology  and  Physical  Geol- 
ogy Laboratory  (must  be  taken  to- 
gether) 

Physical  Geology  for  Science  Students 
Physics  of  Music  and  Physics  of  Music 
Laboratory  (must  be  taken  together) 
Light,  Perception,  Photography  and 
Visual  Phenomena  and  Light,  Per- 
ception, Photography  and  Visual 
Phenomena  Laboratory  (must  be  taken 
together) 
Introduction  to  Physics 
Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 
Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 
Principles  of  Physics 
Principles  of  Physics 

General  Physics:  Vibrations.  Waves,  Heat,  Elec- 
tricity and  Magnetism 
General  Physics:  Electrodynamics 


GEOL  100&GEOL  110 


GEOL  101 

PHYS  102  &  PHYS  103 


PHYS  106  & PHYS  107 


PHYS  117 
PHYS  121 
PHYS  122 
PHYS  141 
PHYS  142 
PHYS  262 


PHYS  263 

PHYS  272  &  PHYS  275  Introductory  Physics:  Vibration,  Waves, 
Heat,  Electrostatics  and  Magneto- 
statics,  and  Experimental  Physics  I: 
Mechanics  and  Thermodynamics 
(must  be  taken  together) 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Life  Sciences  Laboratory  Courses: 


AGRO101 
AGRO  302 
BIOL  101  & 

BIOL  105 
BIOL  106 

BOTN  104) 


CHEM  104 
ENTM  205 
HORT100 
MICB  100 
MICB  200 
ZOOL  201 
ZOOL  202 
ZOOL  210 


Introduction  to  Crop  Science 
Fundamentals  of  Soil  Science 
BIOL  1 02         Concepts  of  Biology  and  Laboratory  in 

Biology  (must  be  taken  together) 
Principles  of  Biology  I 
Principles  of  Biology  II 
',  BOTN  105      Plant  Biology  for  Non-Science  Students 

and  Laboratory  in  Plant  Biology  (must 

be  taken  together) 
Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry 
Principles  of  Entomology 
Introduction  to  Horticulture 
Basic  Microbiology 
General  Microbiology 
Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I 
Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II 
Animal  Diversity 


CORE  Distributive  Studies  Math  or  Formal  Reasoning  Laboratory 
Courses: 

CMSC  1 1 3  Computer  Science  II  (Co-requisite  is  MATH  141) 


CORE  Social  Science  category,  9  credits: 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Social  or  Political  History  Courses: 

AASP  100  Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  202  Black  Culture  in  the  United  States 

HIST  106  American  Jewish  Experience 

HIST  111  The  Medieval  World 

HIST  1 1 3  Modem  Europe:  1 789  -  Present 

HIST  126  Jewish  Civilization 

HIST  156  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865 

HIST  157  History  of  the  United  States  since  1865 


HIST  174  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Science 

HIST  175  Science  and  Technology  in  Western  Civilization 

HIST  2 1 0  Women  in  America  to  1 880  (D) 

HIST  2 1 1  Women  in  America  since  1 880  (D) 

HIST  234  History  of  Britain  to  1 485 

HIST235  Historyof  Britain  1461-1714 

HIST  236  History  of  Britain  1688  to  Present 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization  (D) 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I  (D) 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  II  (D) 

HIST  275  Law  and  Constitutionalism  in  American  History 

HIST  282  History  of  the  Jewish  People  I 

HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  People  II  (D) 

HONR  148A  America  and  the  Mass  Media  Since  1945 

HONR  148G  Social  and  Group  Violence  in  America 

HONR  1481  Uses  of  Education 

HONR  148K  The  Anatomy  of  the  Two  Cold  Wars 

KNES  293  History  of  Sport  in  America 

CORE  Distributive  Studies  Behavioral  and  Social  Science  Courses: 


AASP  101 
AMST  207 
ANTH  102 

AREC  240 
AREC  250 
CNEC  100 
CRIM  220 
ECON  105 
ECON  201 
ECON  203 
ECON  205 
EDHD  230 

GEOG100 
GEOG  150 
GEOG  202 
GVPT  100 
GVPT170 
GVPT  200 
HESP  120 
HONR  148B 

HONR  148J 
LING  200 
PSYC  100 
SOCY  100 
SOCY  105 
WMST  200 


Public  Policy  and  the  Black  Community 
Contemporary  American  Cultures 
Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Cultural  Anthro- 
pology and  Linguistics 
Environment  and  Human  Ecology 
Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 
Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 
Criminology 

Economics  of  Social  Problems 
Principles  of  Economics  I 
Principles  of  Economics  II 
Fundamentals  of  Economics 
Human  Development  and  Societal  Institutions 
(formerly  EDHD  330)  (D) 
Introduction  to  Geography 
World  Cities 

The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective 
Principles  of  Government  and  Politics 
American  Government 
International  Political  Relations 
Introduction  to  Linguistics 
Culture  and  Gender:  Conflict  Between  the  Sexes 
(D) 

Religion  and  Culture 
Introductory  Linguistics 
Introduction  to  Psychology 
Introduction  to  Sociology 
Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 
Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women  and 
Society  (D) 

This  list  includes  all  courses  approved  by  the  CORE  program  committees 
as  of  December  12,  1990  as  suitable  for  satisfying  requirements  of  the 
program.  Since  course  approval  is  an  ongoing  process  and  since  all 
approved  courses  are  not  offered  every  semester,  students  should 
consult  the  Schedule  of  Classes  each  semester  for  the  most  current  list. 

CORE  ADVANCED  STUDIES:  6  credits: 

CORE  Analysis  of  Social  and  Ethical  Problems:  List  of  approved  courses 
will  be  available  in  1991.  See  your  undergraduate  advisor. 

CORE  Development  of  Knowledge:  List  of  approved  courses  will  be 
available  in  1991.  See  your  undergraduate  advisor. 

CORE  Capstone  Course:  List  of  approved  courses  will  be  available  in  your 
department.  See  your  undergraduate  advisor. 

CORE  DIVERSITY  COURSES,  3  credits: 

NOTE:  Some  of  these  courses  are  also  approved  for  CORE  Distributive 
Studies  credit.  Courses  that  are  on  both  the  approved  CORE  Diversity  list 
and  the  approved  CORE  Distributive  Studies  list  are  noted  with  an  asterisk 
(*)  and  may  be  double  counted.  Check  the  catalog  course  descriptions 
and  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  information  on  pre-requisites,  etc. 

AASP  312  Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Colonization  and 

Racism 
AASP  441  Science,  Technology  and  the  Black  Community 

AASP  443  Blacks  and  the  Law 

AGRO  303  International  Crop  Production 

AMST  41 8J         Women  and  Family  in  American  Culture 


48    General  Education  Programs 


AREC  365 
AREC  445 
ARTH  275 
ARTH  475 
ARTH  476 
CHIN  315 
CLAS  320 
CRIM  498A 
ECON  375 
EDHD  230 

ENGL  250 
FMCD  381 


FREN  242 
FREN  478B 


FREN  479D 

FREN  499B 
GEOG  326 
GEOG416 

HIST  210 


World  Hunger,  Population  and  Food  Supplies 
Agricultural  Development  in  the  Third  World 
Art  of  Africa' 
Ancient  Art  of  Africa 
Living  Art  of  Africa 

Modern  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation* 
Women  in  Classical  Antiquity 
Women  and  Crime 

Economics  of  Poverty  and  Discrimination 
Human  Development  and  Societal  Institutions 
(formerly  EDHD  320)* 
Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women* 
Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Families  and 
Communities 

Women  Writers  of  French  Expression  in  Trans- 
lation* 

Black  Writers  of  French  Expression  in  Translation* 
Themes  and  Movements  of  French  Literature  in 
Translation:   Autobiographical   Fiction   by 
Francophone  Women  Writers 
Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in  Translation: 
Ideologies  and  Relations  Between  the  Sexes 
Literature  of  Francophone 
Africa 

Overseas  European  Colonization  and  the  Third 
World 
Women  in  America  to  1880" 


HIST  21 1  Women  in  America  since  1880* 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization* 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I* 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  IP 

HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  People  II* 

HIST  458A  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History:  Victorian 

Women  in  England,  France  and  the  United  States 
HONR  1 18A        In  Search  of  Ancient  Astronomies* 
HONR  1 48B        Culture  and  Gender:  Conflict  Between  the  Sexes* 
HONR  148C       Women  and  Mental  Illness 
HONR  148E        Science,  Technology  and  the  Third  World 
JOUR  452  Women  in  the  Media 

KNES492  History  of  the  American  Sportswoman  in 

AmericanOrganizations 
MUSC210  The  Impact  of  Music  on  Life* 

MUSC  432  Music  in  World  Cultures  I 

MUSC  433  Music  in  World  Cultures  II 

RTVF  462  African  American  Women  Filmmakers 

SPAN  224  Violence  and  Resistance  in  the  Americas* 

TEXT  345  History  of  Costume  I 

WMST  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women  and 

Society* 
WMST  250  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women,  Art 

and  Culture' 
ZOOL313  Women  and  Science 


THE  UNIVERSITY  STUDIES  PROGRAM  (USP) 

This  general  education  program  must  be  completed  by  all  students  entering  before  May  1 990  with  nine  (9)  or  more  credits  from  this  or  any  other  college, 
unless  they  choose  to  complete  the  CORE  program  instead.  A  course  taken  to  satisfy  college,  major,  and/or  supporting  area  requirements  may  also  be 
used  to  satisfy  USP  Fundamental  Studies  and  Distributive  Studies  requirements  if  that  course  appears  on  the  list  of  approved  USP  courses.  Courses  taken 
to  satisfy  USP  requirements  may  not  be  taken  on  a  Pass-Fail  basis.  (Please  refer  to  the  Statute  of  Limitations  for  information  regarding  students  who  may 
have  questions  regarding  completion  of  requirements  under  the  GEP  and  GUR  general  education  programs.) 


USP  FUNDAMENTAL  STUDIES 

Nine  (9)  credits  required.  (Except  for  the  Advanced  Writing  requirement, 
the  Fundamental  Studies  requirements  must  be  attempted  by  the  time  the 
student  has  completed  thirty  credit  hours  and  passed  successfully  by  the 
time  the  student  has  completed  sixty  credit  hours.)  List  of  approved  USP 
courses  follows  USP. 

1 .  Freshman  composition:  3  credits 
Exemptions:     a.   SAT  verbal  score  600  or  above 

b.  AP  score  of  4  or  5 

2.  Advanced  Writing,  3  credits  (taken  after  completion  of  56  credit 

hours) 
Exemptions:     a.   Gradeof"A"inENGL101  (NOTENGL101A 
or  ENGL  101X),  except  for  students  major- 
ing in  Engineering  (effective  Fall  1989) 
(Note:  No  exemption  from  the  Advanced  Writing  requirement 
will  be  granted  for  achievement  on  SAT  verbal  exam.) 

3.  Mathematics,  3  credits 

Exemptions:     a.   SAT  Math  score  600  or  above 

b.  College  Board  Achievement  Test  in  Math- 
ematics, Level  I  or  II,  score  600  or  above 

c.  AP  score  of  3  or  above  in  Calculus  AB  or  BC 

d.  Any  CLEP  Subject  Examination  in  Math- 
ematics score  60  or  above. 

USP  DISTRIBUTIVE  STUDIES 

Twenty-four  (24)  credits  required.  List  of  approved  courses  follows 

USP  outline. 

Culture  and  History,  6  credits.  2  courses 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  6  credits,  2 

courses  One  course  must  be  a  laboratory  science 

from  the  approved  list. 

Literature  and  the  Arts.  6  credits,  2  courses.  Courses 

must  be  taken  in  two  different  departments. 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences.  6  credits,  2  courses 


Area  A: 
Area  B: 


Area  C: 


Area  D: 

USP  ADVANCED  STUDIES: 

Six  (6)  credits  required.  Courses  must  be  taken  in  two  different 
departments  outside  the  student's  ma|or  List  of  approved  courses 
follows  USP  outline 


Development  of  Knowledge,  3  credits,  1  course 
Analysis  of  Human  Problems.  3  credits,  1  course 

USP  COURSE  LISTS 

USP  FUNDAMENTAL  STUDIES  COURSES  (Identical  to  CORE  Funda- 
mental Studies  Courses) 

USP  Freshman  Composition,  3  credits,  one  course  (must  be 
attempted  within  first  thirty  credits;  must  be  passed  successfully 
within  first  sixty  credits): 


ENGL  101 
ENGL101A 


ENGL101H 
ENGL101X 


Introduction  to  Writing 

Introduction  to  Writing  (Must  be  taken  if  student 
has  TSWE  [SAT  verbal  subtest]  score  below  330) 
Introduction  to  Writing  (Honors  Students) 
Introduction  to  Writing  (Students  for  whom  English 
is  a  second  language  may  register  for  ENGL 
101 X  instead  of  ENGL  101  To  register  for  ENGL 
101 X,  a  student  must  present  one  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

(1)  550  on  the  TOEFL,  or 

(2)  220  on  the  Comprehensive  English  Lan- 
guage Test  (CELT)  administered  at  the 
College  Park  campus  by  the  Maryland  En- 
glish Institute,  or 

(3)  successful  completion  of  the  Institute's  semi- 
intensive  course  in  English.  Based  on  scores 
from  either  the  TOEFL  or  CELT  a  student 
might  be  required  to  complete  a  program  of 
English  language  instruction  for  non-natrve 
speakers  through  the  Maryland  English  In- 
stitute before  being  allowed  to  register  for 
ENGL  101X.) 


USP  Advanced  Writing,  3  credits,  one  course  taken  after  comple- 
tion of  56  credit  hours: 

ENGL  391  Advanced  Composition 

ENGL  391 H        Advanced  Composition  (Honors  Students) 

ENGL  391 X        Advanced  Composition  (ESL) 


General  Education  Programs    49 


ENGL  392  Advanced  Composition  (Pre-law) 

ENGL  393  Technical  Writing 

ENGL  393H  Technical  Writing  (Honors  Students) 

ENGL  393X  Technical  Writing  (ESL) 

ENGL  393Z  Technical  Writing  (includes  computer  assisted 

instruction) 

ENGL  394  Business  Writing 

ENGL  395  Technical  Writing  (pre-med  and  health  careers) 

Mathematics  (USP)  3  credits,  one  course  (must  be  attempted 
within  first  thirty  credits:  must  be  passed  successfully  within  first 
sixty  credits): 

MATH  1 10  Elementary  Mathematical  Models  OR 

MATH  115  Precalculus  OR 

Any  100  or  200  level  Mathematics  or  statistics  course  except 
MATH  210,  and  MATH  211 

USP  DISTRIBUTIVE  STUDIES  COURSES 

USP  Area  A:  Culture  and  History,  6  credits,  2  courses: 

AASP  100  Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  200  African  Civilizations 

AASP  202  Black  Culture  in  the  United  States 

AMST  201  Introduction  to  American  Studies 

AMST  205  Material  Aspects  of  American  Life 

AMST  207  Contemporary  American  Cultures 

ANTH  298A  Chesapeake:  An  Archaeology  of  Maryland 

ANTH  298B  The  First  Americans 

CHIN  101  Intensive  Elementary  Chinese  I 

CHIN  102  Elementary  Spoken  Chinese 

CHIN  103  Elementary  Written  Chinese 

CHIN  201  Intermediate  Spoken  Chinese  I 

CHIN  202  Intermediate  Written  Chinese  I 

CHIN  203  Intermediate  Spoken  Chinese  II 

CHIN  204  Intermediate  Written  Chinese  II 

CLAS  170  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology 

EDPA210  Historical  and  Philosophical  Perspectives  on 

Education 

ENGL  260  Introduction  to  Folklore 

FMCD  330  Family  Patterns 

FREN  101  Elementary  French  I 

FREN  102  Elementary  French  II 

FREN  103  Review  of  Elementary  French 
FREN121/121H        Accelerated  French  I 
FREN  122/122H         Accelerated  French  II 

FREN  203  Intermediate  French 

FREN  31 1  Advanced  Comprehension  and  Expression  in 

French 

FREN  312  Introduction  to  French  Civilization:  The  French 

Press 

FREN  370  Aspects  of  French  Civilization 

GEOG150  World  Cities 

GEOG  202  The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective  (Changed  from 

AreaD.  Fall  1983) 

GEOG  321  Maryland  and  Adjacent  Areas 

GEOG  324  Europe 

GEOG  325  The  Soviet  Union 

GEOG  326  Africa 

GEOG  327  South  Asia 

GEOG  331  Southeast  Asia 

GERM  101  Elementary  German  I 

GERM  102  Elementary  German  II 

GERM  103  Review  of  Elementary  German 

GERM  201  Intermediate  German 

GERM  280  German-American  Cultural  Contrast 

GERM  281  Women  in  German  Literature  and  Society  (Taught 

in  English) 

GERM  282  Germanic  Mythology 

GERM  381  German  Civilization  I 

GERM  382  German  Civilization  II 

GERM  383  Viking  Culture  and  Civilization 

GERM  384  German  Chivalric  Culture 

GERM  389C  Topics  in  German  Culture:  The  Ancient  Celts 

GERM  389I  Topics  in  German  Culture:  Ancient  India 

GREK  101  Elementary  Greek  I 

GREK102  Elementary  Greek  II 

GREK  203  Intermediate  Greek  (Grammar  and  Reading) 

GVPT  240  Political  Ideologies 


HEBR  1 1 1  Elementary  Hebrew  I 

HEBR  112  Elementary  Hebrew  II 

HEBR  21 1  Intermediate  Hebrew  I 

HEBR  212  Intermediate  Hebrew  II 

HEBR  333  Hebrew  Civilization  (Taught  in  English) 

HEBR  334  Hebrew  Civilization  (Taught  in  English) 

HIST  101  Great  Ideas,  Events  and  Personalities  in  History 

HIST  1 1 0  The  Ancient  World 

HIST  111  The  Medieval  World 

HIST  1 1 2  The  Rise  of  the  West,  1 500- 1 789 

HIST  1 13  Modern  Europe,  1789-Present 

HIST  120  Islamic  Civilization 

HIST  122  African  Civilization 

HIST  1 56  History  of  the  United  States  to'  1 865 

HIST  1 70  The  Humanities  I 

HIST  171  The  Humanities  II 

HIST  174  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Science 

HIST  175  History  and  Technology  in  Western  Civilization 

HIST  176  Modern  Business  History 

HIST  210  Women  in  America  to  1880 

HIST  21 1  Women  in  America  Since  1 880 

HIST  234  History  of  Britain  to  1 485 

HIST  235  History  of  Britain,  1461-1714 

HIST  236  History  of  Britain,  1688  to  Present 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  II 

HIST  282  History  of  the  Jewish  People  I 

HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  People  II 

HIST  284  East  Asian  Civilization  I 

HIST  285  East  Asian  Civilization  II 

HONR  118  Freshman  Honors  Colloquium,  Cultural  and  His- 
torical 

HONR  318  Honors  Seminar,  Cultural  and  Historical 

ITAL  101  Elementary  Italian  I 

ITAL  102  Elementary  Italian  II 

ITAL121/121H  Accelerated  Italian  I 

ITAL122/122H  Accelerated  Italian  II 

ITAL  203  Intermediate  Italian 

ITAL  204  Review  Grammar  and  Composition 

ITAL  21 1  Intermediate  Conversation 

ITAL  370  Italian  Civilization  in  Translation 

JAPN  101  Elementary  Japanese  I 

JAPN  102  Elementary  Japanese  II 

JAPN  205  Intermediate  Japanese  I 

JAPN  206  Intermediate  Japanese  II 

JAPN  217  Buddhism  and  Japanese  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion 

KNES  293  History  of  Sport  in  America 

LATN  101  Elementary  Latin  I 

LATN  102  Elementary  Latin  II 

LATN  120  Intensive  Latin 

LATN  201  Intermediate  Latin  I 

LATN  220  Intermediate  Intensive  Latin 

PHIL  100  Introduction  to  Philosophy 

PH I L  1 1 0  Plato's  Republic 

PHIL  243  Philosophy  of  Rural  Life 

PHIL  250  Philosophy  of  Science  I 

PORT  101  Elementary  Portuguese  I 

PORT  102  Elementary  Portuguese  II 

PORT  203  Intermediate  Portuguese 

RUSS  101  Elementary  Russian  I 

RUSS  102  Elementary  Russian  II 

RUSS  281  19th  Century  Russian  Culture 

SPAN  101  Elementary  Spanish  I 

SPAN  102  Elementary  Spanish  II 

SPAN  103  Review  of  Elementary  Spanish 

SPAN  203/203H  Intermediate  Spanish 

SPAN  204  Review  of  Oral  and  Written  Spanish 

SPAN  205  Intermediate  Conversation 

SPAN  31 1  Advanced  Conversation  I 

SPAN  312  Advanced  Conversation  II 

SPAN  325  Spanish  Civilization  I 

SPAN  326  Spanish  Civilization  II 

SPAN  346  Latin  American  Civilization  I 

SPAN  347  Latin  American  Civilization  II 

TEXT  345  History  of  Costume  I 

TEXT  347  History  of  Costume  II 

TEXT  363  History  of  Textiles 

THET310  The  American  Theatre 


U 


50    General  Education  Programs 


USP  Area  B:  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  6  credits,  2 
courses: 

USP  NON-LABORATORY  SCIENCES  AND  MATHEMATICS 
COURSES: 

AGRO  105  Soil  and  the  Environment 

ANSC  101  Principles  of  Animal  Science 

ANTH  101  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Archaeology  and 
Physical  Anthropology 

ASTR  100  Introduction  to  Astronomy 

ASTR  350  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 

BIOL  101  Organization  and  Interrelationships  in  the  Bio- 
logical World 

BOTN  103  Human  Aspects  of  Plant  Biology 

BOTN  104  Plant  Biology  for  Non-Science  Students 

BOTN  21 1  Ecology  and  Mankind 

CHEM  121  Chemistry  in  the  Modern  World 

ENAG  232  Water,  A  Renewable  Resource 

ENES  120  Noise  Pollution 

ENES  121  The  Man-Made  World 

ENTM  100  Insects 

GEOG  140  Coastal  Environments 

GEOG  170  Maps  and  Map  Use 

GEOG  201  The  Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 

GEOL  100  Physical  Geology 

GEOL  102  Historical  Geology 

GEOL  120  Environmental  Geology 

HESP  305  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech  Mecha- 
nism 

HONR  128  Freshman  Honors  Colloquium,  Natural  Sciences 
and  Mathematics 

HONR  328  Honors  Seminar,  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

MATH  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Math  II 

MATH  140  Calculus  I 

MATH  141  Calculus  II 

MATH  210  Elements  of  Mathematics 

MATH  211  Elements  of  Geometry 

MATH  220  Elementary  Calculus  I 

MATH  221  Elementary  Calculus  II 

MATH  240  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MATH  241  Calculus  III 

MATH  246  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engi- 
neers 

MATH  250  Analysis  I 

MATH  251  Analysis  II 

MICB  322  Microbiology  and  the  Public 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition 

PHIL  271  Symbolic  Logic  I 

PHYS  101  Contemporary  Physics 

PHYS  102  Physics  of  Music 

PHYS  106  Light,  Perception,  Photography  and  Visual  Phe- 
nomena 

PHYS  1 1 1  Physics  in  the  Modern  World  I 

PHYS  112  Physics  in  the  Modern  World  II 

PHYS  161  General  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Particle  Dy- 
namics 

PHYS  171  Introductory  Physics.  Mechanics 

PSYC  206  Developmental  Biopsychology 

PSYC  301  Biological  Basis  of  Behavior 

SOCY  201  Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology 

STAT  100  Elementary  Statistics  and  Probability 

ZOOL  181  Life  in  the  Oceans 


USP  LABORATORY  SCIENCE  COURSES: 

AGRO  101  Introduction  to  Crop  Science 

AGRO  302  Fundmentals  of  Soil  Science 

ASTR  100  &  ASTR  110      Introduction  to  Astronomy  and 
Astronomy  Laboratory 
OR 

ASTR  1 00  &  ASTR  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Astronomy  and  Obser- 
vational Astronomy  Laboratory 

BIOL  101  &  BIOL  102  Organization  and  Interrelationships  in 
the  Biological  World,  and  Laboratory  in 
Biology 

BIOL  105  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BIOL  106  Principles  of  Biology  II 

BOTN  104  &  BOTN  105     Plant  Biology  for  Non-Science 

Sludents  and  Laboratory  in  Plant 
Biology 


CHEM  102  Chemistry  of  Our  Environment 

CHEM  103  General  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  104  Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemislry 

CHEM  1 1 3  General  Chemistry  II 

CHEM  121  &  CHEM  122    Chemistry  in  the  Modern  World  and 

Laboratory  Chemistry 
ENTM  205  Principles  of  Entomology 


GEOG  170& 
GEOG  201  & 

GEOL  100  &  GEOL  110 

GEOL  101 
HORT  100 
KNES  360 
MICB  100 
MICB  200 
PHYS  102& 

PHYS  106  &  PHYS  107 


PHYS  114 
PHYS  117 
PHYS  121 
PHYS  122 
PHYS  141 
PHYS  142 
PHYS  221 
PHYS  222 
PHYS  262 

PHYS  263 

PHYS  272  & 


PHYS  273  &  PHYS  276 


ZOOL  210 


GEOG  171     Maps  and  Map  Use,  and  Maps  and 

Map  Use  Laboratory 
GEOG  21 1    The  Geography  of  Environmental 
Systems  and  The  Geography  of 
Environmental  Systems  Laboratory 
Physical  Geology  and  Physical 
Geology  Laboratory 

Physical  Geology  for  Science  Students 

Introduction  to  Horticulture 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

Basic  Microbiology 

General  Microbiology 
PHYS  1 03      Physics  of  Music  and  Physics  of  Music 
Laboratory 

Light  Perception.  Photography  and 
Visual  Phenomena,  and  Light 
Perception,  Photography  and 
Visual  Phenomena  Laboratory 

Energy  and  the  Environment 

Introduction  to  Physics 

Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 

Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 

Principles  of  Physics  I 

Principles  of  Physics  II 

General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  I 

General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  II 

(lab)  General  Physics:  Heat.  Electricity  and 

Magnetism 

(lab)  General  Physics:  Waves.  Relativity  and 

Quantum  Physics 
PHYS  275      Introductory  Physics:  Thermodynam- 
ics, Electricity  and  Magnetism  and 
Experimental  Physics  I:  Mechanics 
and  Thermodynamics 
Introductory  Physics:  Electricity  and 
Magnetism.  Waves  Optics  Experi- 
mental Physics  II:  Electricity  and 
Magnetism 

Animal  Diversity 


USP  Area  C:  Literature  and  the  Arts.  6  credits.  2  courses: 
Note:  Courses  must  be  taken  in  different  departments. 

ARCH  170  An  Introduction  to  the  Built  Environment 

ARCH  222  History  of  Western  Architecture 

ARTH  100  Introduction  lo  Art 

ARTH  200  Art  of  the  Western  World  I 

ARTH  201  Art  of  the  Western  World  II 

ARTH  275  Art  of  Africa 

ARTH  290  Arts  of  Asia 

CHIN  213  Chinese  Poetry  in  English 

CHIN  314  Chinese  Fiction  and  Drama  in  Translation 

CHIN  315  Modern  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction 

CHIN  442  Modern  Chinese  Fiction 

CLAS  270  Greek  Literature  in  Translation 

CLAS  271  Roman  Literature  in  Translation 

DANC  200  Introduction  lo  Dance 

DESN  204  History  of  Design  (formerly  APDS  104) 

ENGL  201  World  Literature:  Homer  to  the  Renaissance 

ENGL  202  World  Literature.  The  Renaissance  to  the  Present 

ENGL  205  Introduction  to  Shakespeare 

ENGL  21 1  English  Literature  from  Beginnings  to  1800 

ENGL  212  English  Literature  from  1800  to  Present 

ENGL  221  American  Literature:  The  beginning  to  1865 

ENGL  222  American  Literature:  1865  to  Present 

ENGL  234  Introduction  to  Afncan-Amencan  Literature 

ENGL  240  Introduction  to  Fiction.  Poetry,  and  Drama 

ENGL  241  Introduction  to  the  Novel 

ENGL  242  Introduction  to  Non-Fiction  Prose 

ENGL  243  Introduction  to  Poetry 

ENGL  244  Introduction  to  Drama 

ENGL  245  Film  and  the  Narrative  Tradition 

ENGL  246  The  Short  Story 

ENGL  247  Literature  of  Fantasy 


General  Education  Programs    51 


ENGL  250  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women 

ENGL  271  Honors  World  Literature:  Homer  to  the 

Renaissance 

ENGL  272  Honors  World  Literature:  Renaissance  to  the 

20th  Century 

ENGL  301  Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  ot  Literature 

ENGL  302  English  Medieval  Literature  in  Translation 

ENGL  304  Major  Works  of  Shakespeare 

ENGL  305  Shakespeare  and  His  Contemporaries:  An  In- 

troduction 

ENGL  345  Twentieth  Century  Poetry  ol  Britain  and  America 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad 

FREN  250  Readings  in  French  Literature 

FREN  340  Modern  French  Literature  in  Translation 

FREN  351/351H  French  Literature  from  the  Revolution  to 

the  Present 

FREN  352/352H  French  Literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  to 

the  Revolution 

GERM  220  Introduction  to  German  Literature 

GERM  285  German  Film  and  Literature 

GREK  204  Intermediate  Greek  (Homer) 

HEBR  223  The  Hebrew  Bible:  Narrative 

HEBR  224  The  Hebrew  Bible:  Poetry  and  Rhetoric 

HEBR  231  Introduction  to  Jewish  Literature  in  Translation 

HEBR  322  Israeli  Literature  in  Translation 

HONR  138  Freshman  Honors  Colloquium:  Literature  and  the 

Arts 

HONR  338  Honors  Seminar:  Literature  and  the  Arts 

HORT  160  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 

ITAL  251  Introduction  to  Italian  Literature 

ITAL  351  Mtalian  Literature  from  Dante  to  the  Renaissance 

ITAL  352  Italian  Literature  from  the  Renaissance  to  the 

Present 

ITAL  376  The  Italian  Opera  Libretto 

MUSC  130  Survey  of  Music  Literature 

MUSC  140  Music  Fundamentals  I 

MUSC  141  Music  Fundamentals  II 

MUSC  215  The  Art  of  the  Performer 

RTVF314  The  Structure  and  Meaning  of  Film  for  Non- 

Majors 

RUSS  221  Masterworks  of  Russian  Literature  I 

RUSS  222  Masterworks  of  Russian  Literature  II 

RUSS  328A        Nineteenth  Century  Russian  Literature  in  Trans- 
lation I:  From  Pushkin  to  Dostoevsky 

RUSS  328B        Nineteenth  Century  Russian  Literature  in  Trans- 
lation II:  From  Dostoevsky  to  Chekhov 

SPAN  221  Readings  in  Spanish 

SPAN  321  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  12th-17th  Century 

SPAN  322  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  18th-20th  Century 

SPAN  323  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  I 

SPAN  324  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  II 

THET  1 1 0  Introduction  to  the  Theatre 

WMST  250  Women,  Art  and  Culture 


EDHD  230  Human  Development  and  Societal  Institutions 
(formerly  EDHD  330) 

EDHD  306  A  Study  of  Human  Behavior 

EDPA  201  Education  in  Contemporary  American  Society 

FMCD  201  Concepts  in  Community  Development 

FMCD  250  Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communities 

FOOD  110  Food  for  People 

FOOD  300  Economics  of  Food  Consumption 

GEOG  100  Introduction  to  Geography 

GEOG  110  The  World  Today:  A  Regional  Geography 

GEOG  130  Developing  Countries 

GEOG  203  Economic  Geography 

GVPT  100  Principles  of  Government  and  Politics 

GVPT  170  American  Government 

GVPT  220  Introduction  to  Political  Behavior 

GVPT  273  Introduction  to  Environmental  Policy 

GVPT  343  Political  Themes  in  Contemporary  Literature 

HESP  120  Introduction  to  Linguistics 

HIST  157  History  of  the  U.S.  Since  1865 

HIST  275  Law  and  Constitutionalism  in  American  History 

HLTH  230  Introduction  to  Health  Behavior 

HLTH  285  Controlling  Stress  and  Tension 

HONR  148  Freshman  Honors  Colloquium:  Social  and  Be- 
havioral Sciences 

HONR  348  Honors  Seminar:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

JOUR  100  Introduction  to  Mass  Communication 

KNES  287  Sport  and  American  Society 

KNES  350  Psychology  of  Sport 

KNES  385  Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 

LING  200  Introduction  to  Linguistics 

LING  240  Language  and  Mind 

PHIL  140  Contemporary  Moral  Issues 

PHIL  245  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 

PSYC  221  Social  Psychology 

PSYC  235  Personality  and  Adjustment  (formerly,  PSYC  335) 

PSYC  310  Perception 

PSYC  353  Adult  Psychopathology 

PSYC  355  Child  Psychology 

RECR  130  Recreation  and  Leisure 

RTVF  124  Mass  Communication  in  20th  Century  Society 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 

SOCY  227  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Deviance  (formerly 
SOCY  327) 

SOCY  230  Sociological  Social  Psychology 

SOCY  241  Inequality  in  American  Society  (formerly  SOCY 
341) 

SOCY  300  American  Society 

SOCY  331  Work,  Bureaucracy  and  Industry 

SPCH  350  Foundation  of  Communication  Theory 

URBS  100  Introduction  to  Urban  Studies  and  Planning 

WMST  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies 


USP  Area  D:  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  6  credits,  2 
courses: 

AMST  203  Popular  Culture  in  America 

AMST  204  Film  and  American  Culture  Studies 

AMST  206  Business  and  American  Culture  Studies 

ANTH  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology 

ANTH  221  Man  and  Environment 

ANTH  241  Introduction  to  Archaeology 

ANTH  271  Language  and  Culture 

AREC  240  Environmental  and  Human  Ecology 

ARSC  310  Management  and  Leadership  I 

ARSC  320  National  Security  Forces  in  Contemporary 
American  Society  I 

BSOS  200  Introduction  to  Applied  Behavioral  and  Social 
Science 

CJUS  100  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 

CRIM  220  Criminology 

ECON  105  Economics  of  Social  Problems 

ECON  201  Principles  of  Economics  I 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics 

ECON  307  Development  of  Economic  Ideas 

ECON  310  Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  Western  Eu- 
rope and  the  United  States 

ECON  31 1  American  Economic  Development 


USP  ADVANCED  STUDIES  COURSES 

USP  Development  of  Knowledge,  3  credits,  one  course: 

AGRO  440  Crops,  Soils,  and  Civilization 

AASP  301  Applied  Policy  Analysis  and  the  Black  Commu- 

nity 
AASP  303  Computer  Applications  in  Afro-American  Studies 

AMST  41 8E        Cultural  Themes  in  America:  the  American  Image 

of  Africa 
AMST418K        Cultural  Themes  in  America:  Race  in  America: 

Theory  and  Policy 
AMST428A        American  Cultural  Eras:  Social  Dramas  in 

American  Cultural  History 
AMST  429B        Perspectives  on  Popular  Culture:  Science  Fiction 

in  American  Culture 
AMST  432  Literature  and  American  Society 

ANTH  371  Introduction  to  Linguistics 

ANTH  389C        Research  Problems:  Cultural  and  Personality 
ANTH  401  Cultural  Anthropology:  Principles  and  Processes 

ANTH  451  Archaeology  of  the  New  World 

ARHU  308B        An  Interdisciplinary  Analysis  of  Scandinavian 

Civilization 
ARHU  309A        Forms  and  Forces  of  Human  Experience:  An 

Interdisciplinary  Exploration  Philosophies  of  Art 
ASTR  300  Stars  and  Stellar  Systems 

ASTR  330  Solar  System  Astronomy 

ASTR  340  Galaxies  and  the  Universe 

ASTR  380  Life  in  the  Universe 


u 


52    General  Education  Programs 


BCHM  361 
CJUS  330 
CLAS  320 
CLAS  470 
DESN  474 

ECON  402 
EDMS451 


ENGL  320 
ENGL  379B 

ENGL  379E 

ENGL  379I 

ENGL  379J 
ENGL  379K 
ENGL  379L 

ENGL  379M 

ENGL  3790 

ENGL  379V 

ENGL  385 
ENGL  412 
ENGL  432 

ENGL  440 
ENGL  453 
ENGL  477 
ENGL  479R 

ENGL  489A 

ENGL  489C 

GEOL301 
GERM  349A 

GERM  479B 

GNED  301 
GVPT  399K 

GVPT  429B 

GVPT  441 
GVPT  442 
GVPT  443 
GVPT  448A 

HEBR  498B 

HEBR  498R 

HIST  341 
HIST  401 

HIST  402 

HIST  403 

HIST  406 

HIST419C 

HLTH  498T 

HONR  368 
ITAL  421 
KNES  362 
LING  440 
MATH  406 
MATH  430 


Origins  of  Biochemistry 
Contemporary  Legal  Policy  Issues 
Women  In  Classical  Antiquity 
Advanced  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology 
Gaming  Simulation  in  Design  I  (formerly  HSAD 
451) 

Macroeconomic  Models  and  Forecasting 
Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 
(Students  in  a  program  requiring  a  different  in- 
troductory applied  statistics  course  for  the  major, 
e.g.,  BMGT.  PSYC,  ECON,  and  possibly  others, 
may  not  use  EDMS  451  to  satisfy  the  USP 
Advanced  Studies  requirement.) 
English  Romantic  Literature 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Caribbean  Literature 
in  English 

Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Film  Analysis:  The 
Rhetoric  of  Fictional  Worlds 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Science  and  Litera- 
ture 

Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Interpreting  the  Bible 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Private  Lives 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  The  Great  Divide: 
The  Modern  and  Pre-Modern  Worlds 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Britain  in  the  Age  of 
Revolution,  1760-1820 

Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Language  and  Gen- 
der: Male/Female  Difference  in  Language  Use 
Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Modern  Poetry  and 
the  Visual  Arts 
Semantics 

Literature  of  the  17th  Century,  1600-1660 
American  Literature,  1865-1914:  Realism  and 
Naturalism 

The  American  Novel  to  1915 
Literary  Criticism 
Studies  in  Mythmaking 

Special  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature 
after  1800:  Readers,  Writers,  and  Rhetoric 

Special  Topics  in  English  Language:  The  Lan- 
guage of  Advertising 

Special  Topics  in  English  Language:  The  Lan- 
guage of  the  Law 

Evolution  in  Geology 

Germanic  Literature  in  Translation:  The  Holocaust 

in  Film  and  Literature 

Selected  Topics  in  Germanic  Philology:  Language 

and  Science 

The  Arts  and  the  Sciences 

Seminar  in  Government  and  Politics:  Greek 

Tragedy  as  Political  Theory 

Problems  in  Political  Behavior:  Formal  Theories 

of  Politics 

History  of  Political  Theory:  Ancient  and  Medieval 

History  of  Political  Theory:  Medieval  to  Recent 

Contemporary  Political  Theory 

Non-Western  Political  Thought:  The  Origins  of 

Islamic  Political  Philosophy 

Special  Topics  in  Hebrew:  Issues  in  Jewish  Ethics 

and  Law 

Special  Topics  in  Hebrew:  Reconstructing  Ancient 

Civilizations:  The  Case  of  Mesopotamia 

History  of  Anti-Semitism 

The  Scientific  Revolution:  From  Copernicus  to 

Newton 

The  Development  of  Modern  Physical  Science: 

From  Newton  to  Einstein 

Twentieth  Century  Revolutions  in  Physical 

Sciences 

History  of  Technology  (formerly  HIST  407;  HIST 

407  is  now  a  different  course  listed  below  under 

Analysis  of  Human  Problems.) 

Special  Topics  in  History:  Redefining  Gender  in 

the  United  States.  1880-1935 

Ways  of  Knowing  about  Human  Stress  and 

Tension 

Honors  Seminar:  Development  of  Knowledge 

The  Italian  Renaissance 

Philosophy  of  Sport  (formerly  PHED  362) 

Grammars  and  Cognition 

Introduction  to  Number  Theory 

Euclidean  and  Non-Euclidean  Geometries 


NUTR  335  History  of  Nutrition 

PHIL  308A  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Philoso- 

phy of  Literature  and  Film 

PHIL  308D  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Discovery 

and  Analogy  in  Science 

PHIL  308E  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Philoso- 

phy of  History 

PHIL  310  Ancient  Philosophy 

PHIL  328B  Marxist  Philosophy 

PHIL  331  Philosophy  of  Art 

PHIL  332  Philosophy  of  Beauty 

PHIL  334  Philosophy  of  Music 

PHIL  380  Philosophy  of  Psychology 

PHIL  385  Philosophy  and  Computer 

PHIL  408D  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Philosophi- 

cal Issues  in  Art  History 

PHIL  408F  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Contempo- 

rary French  and  German  Philosophy 

PHIL  408S  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  The  Nature 

of  Scientific  Understanding 

PHIL  428A  Origins  of  the  Modem  Scientific  World-View 

PHIL  431  Aesthetic  Theory 

PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  of  Science  II 

PHIL  454  Philosophy  of  Economics 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social  Sciences 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  of  Biology 

PHIL  458A  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Science:  Philosophy 

of  Agricultural  Science 

PHIL  458X  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Science:  Causation 

and  Causal  Thinking 

PHIL  472  Philosophy  of  Mathematics 

PHYS  420  Principles  of  Modern  Physics 

PHYS421  Introduction  to  Modem  Physics 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modern  Physics 

PHYS  499F  Special  Topics  in  Physics:  Twentieth  Century 
Physics-Physics  for  Managers  and  Analysts 

PORT  478A  Themes  and  Movements  of  Luso-Brazilian  Lit- 
erature in  Translation:  Africa  in  Brazil 

PORT  478C  Themes  and  Movements  of  Luso-Brazilian  Lit- 
erature in  Translation:  Women  as  Authors  and 
Characters  in  Brazilian  Fiction 

PSYC  457  Cultural  Context  of  Psychological  Development 

SOCY  403  Intermediate  Sociological  Theory 

SOCY  498K  Selected  Topics  in  Sociology:  Sociology  of 
Knowledge 

SPCH  324  Communication  and  Gender 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhetoncal  Theory 

THET  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory  and  Criticism 

WMST  400  Theories  of  Feminism 

ZOOL  301  Biological  Issues  and  Scientific  Evidence 

ZOOL  323  Brain  and  Behavior 


USP  Analysis  of  Human  Problems,  3  credits,  one  cour»e: 

AASP  312  Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Colonization  and 

Racism 

AASP  441  Science,  Technology,  and  the  Black  Community 

AASP  496Z 

AASP  499A  Advanced  Topics  in  Public  Policy  and  the  Black 
Community:  Economics  of  Poverty  and  Dis- 
crimination (Crosslisted  with  ECON  375) 

AEED  323  Developing  Youth  Programs 

AGRO  303  International  Crop  Production 

AMST  330  Critics  of  Amencan  Culture 

AMST  4 1 8B  Cultural  Themes  in  Amenca:  Culture  and  Mental 
Disorders  in  Modem  Amenca 

AMST  418C  Cultural  Themes  in  America  The  Amencan  En- 
vironment: Conservation  and  Energy 

AMST418D  Cultural  Themes  in  America:  Growing  Up 
Amencan 

AMST  428B  American  Cultural  Eras:  American  Film  Culture  in 
the  1960s 

ANTH  389B         Medicine.  Health  and  Culture 

AREC  365  World  Hunger:  Population  and  Food  Supplies 

AREC  433  Food  and  Agricultural  Policy 

AREC  445  Agncultural  Development  in  the  Third  World 

AREC  453  Natural  Resource  and  Public  Policy 


General  Education  Programs    53 


ARHU  308A        Post  World  War  1 1  Japan  through  Film  and  Fiction 

CHEM  374  Technology,  Energy  and  Risk 

CLAS  374  Greek  Literature  in  Translation 

CNEC  310  Consumer  Economics  and  Public  Policy 

CNEC410  Consumer  Finance 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law 

CNEC  435  Economics  o(  Consumption 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior 

ECON  315  Economic  Development  ol  Underdeveloped 

Areas 

ECON  370  Labor  Markets,  Human  Resources,  and  Trade 

Unions 

ECON  375  (Crosshsted  with  AASP  499A)  Economics  ot 

Poverty  and  Discrimination 

ECON  451  Public  Choice  and  Public  Policy 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic  Problemsand  Policies 

EDCI  381  Schools  and  Children 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism 

EDCP  462  The  Disabled  Person  in  American  Society 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children 

EDIT  476  Application  of  Technology  to  Societal  Problems 

EDIT  492  Issues  Encountered  in  Daily  Living  in  the  Home 

EDPA  400  The  Future  of  the  Human  Community 

EDPA  401  Educational  Technology,   Policy  and  Social 

Change 

ENAG  315  Energy:  Its  Effects  on  Agriculture  and  Food 

ENGL  379F         Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Coping  with  Change 

ENGL  379N  Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Literature  of  Senti- 
ment and  Sentimentality 

ENGL  379Q  Special  Topics  in  Literature:  More's  Utopia  and 
Utopian  Vision 

ENGL  379R  Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Different  Views  of 
the  Chesapeake  Bay 

ENGL  379S  Special  Topics  in  Literature:  Changing  Ideas  of 
the  City  in  Western  Literature 

ENGL  379T        Special  Topics  in  Literature:  On  Argument 

ENGL  479A  Selected  Topics  in  English  and  American  Lit- 
erature After  1800:  Ideal  and  Real  Communities 
in  1 9th  Century  American  Literature 

ENTM  303  International  Pesticide  Problems  and  Solutions 

FMCD  381  Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Low  Income 

Families  and  the  Community 

FMCD  431  Family  Crises  and  Intervention 

FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems 

FMCD  497  The  Child  and  the  Law 

FREN  478B  Themes  and  Movements  of  French  Literature  in 
Translation:  Autobiographical  Fiction  by 
Francophone  Women  Writers 

FREN  478C  Themes  of  Movements  of  French  Literature  in 
Translation:  Conflict  Between  Individual  and 
Society  in  French  Literature 

FREN  479A  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in  Translation: 
The  Age  of  Anxiety:  The  Literature  of  Existential- 
ism and  the  Absurd 

FREN  479D  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in  Translation: 
Ideologies  and  Relations  between  the  Sexes 

GEOG  434         Agricultural  and  Rural  Development 

GEOG  456  Social  Geography  of  Metropolitan  Areas 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water  Resource  Planning 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollution 

GEOG  464  Energy  Resources  and  Planning 

GERM  389J  Topics  in  Germanic  Culture:  Honor  as  a  Theme  in 
Western  Literature 

GERM  389R       Topics  in  Germanic  Culture:  Reason  and  Faith 

GNED  300  Perspectives  on  Nuclear  War 

GVPT  306  Global  Ecopolitics 

GVPT  403  Law,  Morality  and  War  (cross-listed  with  PHIL 

446) 


GVPT  405  Defense  Policy  and  Arms  Control 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution 

GVPT  457  American  Foreign  Relations 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics 

GVPT  471  Women  and  Politics 

HIST  31 2A  Crisis  and  Change  in  the  United  States:  The 

Changing  Urban  Scene 
HIST  312B  Crisis  and  Change  in  the  United  States:  Dynamics 

of  Federal  Indian  Policy 
HIST  31 3A  Crisis  and  Change  in  European  Society:  Freedom 

and  Authority 
HIST  31 4A  Crisis  and  Change  in  the  Middle  East  and  Africa: 

Nationalism  and  Nation  Building  in  the  Middle 

East 
HIST  31 6A  Crisis  and  Change  in  Latin  America:  Slavery  and 

Race  Relations 
HIST  340  Eastern  Europe  Under  Communism 

HIST  342  Fascism:  Theory  and  Practice 

HIST  407  Technology  and  Social  Change  in  History 

HIST  41 9F  Special  Topics  in  History:  Deviance  and  Western 

Culture 
HIST  458A  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History:  Victorian 

Women  in  England,  France  and  the  United  States 
HLTH  476  Death  Education 

HLTH  490  Theories  of  Children's  Love  and  Peace  Behaviors 

HONR  378  Honors  Seminar:  Analysis  of  Human  Problems 

ITAL  41 1  Dante  in  Translation 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition 

NUTR  498F         Development  and  Modification  of  Food  Habits 
PHIL  308B  Philosophy  of  Life 

PHIL  308F  Philosophical  Aspects  of  Feminism 

PHIL  340  Making  Decisions 

PHIL  342  Moral  Problems  in  Medicine 

PHIL  408A  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Analysis 

and  Design  of  Legal  and  Moral  Institutions 
PHIL  408L  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy:  Racial  and 

Sexual  Discrimination 
PHIL  441  History  of  Ethics 

PHIL  446  Law,  Morality  and  War  (cross-listed  with  GVPT 

403) 
PHYS  31 8N        Topics  in  Contemporary  Physics:  the  Risks  of 

Nuclear  Power 
PSYC  354  Cross-Cultural  Psychology 

SOCY  305  Scarcity  and  Modern  Society 

SOCY  325  Sex  Roles 

SOCY  333  Technology  and  Society 

SOCY  410  Social  Demography  (formerly  Population  I) 

SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior 

SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organizations 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification  and  Inequality 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Work 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology 

SOCY  474  Soviet  Ethnic  Issues 

SOCY  498A        Selected  Topics  in  Sociology:  Medical  Sociology 
SOC Y  498N        Selected  Topics  in  Sociology:  Sociology  of  Nuclear 

War 
SOCY  498R        Selected  Topics  in  Sociology:  Work,  Family, 

Community  and  Friendship:  Issues  in  Social 

Identity  and  Well  Being 
ZOOL  346  Human  Genetics  and  Society 

ZOOL  381  Natural  History  and  the  Chesapeake  Bay 

"This  list  includes  all  courses  approved  by  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies  as  suitable  for  satisfying  requirements  of  the  USP 
program.  Since  all  courses  approved  are  not  offered  every  semester, 
students  should  consult  the  Schedule  of  Classes  each  semester  for  the 


54 


CHAPTER  6 


THE  COLLEGES  AND  SCHOOLS 


COLLEGE  OF  AGRICULTURE  (AGRI) 

1224  Symons  Hall,  405-2080 

Dean:  Paul  H.  Mazzocchi  (Acting) 

Today's  agriculture  is  a  highly  complex  and  extremely  efficient  industry 
that  involves  supplies  and  services  used  in  agricultural  production,  and 
the  marketing,  processing  and  distribution  of  products  to  meet  consumers' 
needs  and  wants.  The  mission  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  includes  the 
application  of  knowledge  to  the  solution  of  some  of  the  world's  most  critical 
problems  concerning  adequate  amounts  and  quality  of  food  and  the 
quality  of  the  environment  in  which  we  live.  The  college  strives  to  provide 
an  agricultural  education  that  fits  all  the  needs  of  today's  advanced 
science  of  agriculture. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  educational  programs  with  a  broad 
cultural  and  scientific  base.  Instruction  in  the  college  includes  the  fun- 
damental sciences,  and  helps  develop  the  foundation  for  its  students' 
future  roles  by  emphasizing  the  precise  knowledge  graduates  must 
employ  in  the  industrialized  agriculture  of  today.  Students  are  prepared  for 
careers  in  agriculturally  related  sciences,  technology  and  business. 
Course  programs  in  specialized  areas  may  be  tailored  to  fit  the  particular 
needs  of  the  individual  student.  Previous  training  in  agriculture  is  not  a 
prerequisite  for  study  in  the  College  of  Agriculture;  students  with  rural, 
suburban  and  urban  backgrounds  comprise  the  student  body.  Graduates 
of  the  College  of  Agriculture  have  an  appropriate  educational  background 
for  careers  and  continued  learning  after  college  in  business,  industry, 
production,  teaching,  research,  extension,  and  many  other  professional 
fields. 

The  original  college  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  was 
chartered  in  1856.  The  College  of  Agriculture  has  a  continuous  record  of 
leadership  in  education  since  that  date.  It  became  the  beneficiary  of  the 
Land  Grant  in  1862.  The  College  of  Agriculture  continues  to  grow  and 
develop  as  part  of  the  university  system,  providing  education  and  research 
activities  enabling  us  to  use  our  environment  and  natural  resources  to  best 
advantage  while  conserving  basic  resources  for  future  generations. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  the  following  majors  and  programs  of 
study: 

Agricultural  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  Engineering 

AgricultureGeneral  Curriculum 

Agronomy 

Animal  Sciences 

Food  Science  Program 

Horticulture 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture  (two-year  program) 

Natural  Resources  Management  Program 

Combined  DegreeCollege  of  Agriculture  and  Veterinary  Medicine 

Advantage  of  Location  and  Facilities 

Educational  opportunities  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  are  enhanced  by 
the  proximity  of  several  research  units  of  the  federal  government.  Teaching 
and  research  activities  in  the  college  are  conducted  with  the  cooperation 
of  scientists  and  professional  people  in  government  positions.  Of  particular 
interest  are  the  Agricultural  Research  Center  at  Beltsville,  the  important 
National  Agricultural  Library  there,  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agnculture 


Headquarters  in  Washington,  DC  Related  research  laboratories  of  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health,  military  hospitals.  National  Aeronautics  and 
Space  Agency,  and  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  are  also  located  in 
the  vicinity  of  College  Park.  Interaction  of  faculty  and  students  with 
personnel  from  these  agencies  is  encouraged. 

Instruction  in  the  basic  biological  and  physical  sciences,  social  sciences 
and  engineering  principles  is  conducted  in  well-designed  classrooms  and 
laboratories.  The  application  of  basic  principles  to  practical  situations  is 
demonstrated  for  the  student  in  numerous  ways.  For  example,  modem 
greenhouses  are  available  for  teaching  and  research  on  a  wide  variety  of 
plants,  plant  pests,  and  crop  cultural  systems.  Dairy  and  beef  cattle  and 
flocks  of  poultry  are  available  for  teaching  and  research  purposes. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  facilities,  several  operating  research  farms, 
located  in  Central,  Western,  and  Southern  Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern 
Shore, support  the  educational  programs  in  agriculture  by  providing  lo- 
cations where  important  crops,  animals,  and  poultry  can  be  grown  and 
maintained  under  practical  and  research  conditions.  These  farms  add  an 
important  dimension  to  the  courses  offered  in  agriculture.  Data  from  these 
operations  and  from  cooperating  producers  and  processors  of  agricultural 
products  are  utilized  by  students  interested  in  economics,  teaching, 
engineering,  and  conservation,  as  they  relate  to  agriculture,  as  well  as  by 
those  concerned  with  biology  or  management  of  agricultural  crops  and 
animals. 

Requirements  for  Admission 

For  students  entering  the  College  of  Agriculture  it  is  recommended  that 
their  high  school  preparatory  course  include:  English.  4  units;  mathemat- 
ics, 3  units;  biological  and  physical  sciences.  3  units;  and  history  or  social 
sciences.  2  units.  Four  units  of  mathematics  should  be  elected  by  students 
who  plan  to  major  in  agricultural  engineering  or  agricultural  chemistry. 

Degree  Requirements 

Students  graduating  from  the  college  must  complete  at  least  120  credits 
with  an  average  of  2.0  in  all  courses  applicable  toward  the  degree. 
Included  in  the  120  credits  must  be  the  following: 

1     CORE  (40  credits) 

2.  College  Requirements 

a.  Chemistry:  Any  one  course  of  three  or  more  credits  in  chemistry 
numbered  102  or  higher. 

b.  Mathematics  or  any  course  that  satisfies  the  CORE  Program 

c.  Biological  Sciences:  Any  one  course  carrying  three  or  more  credits 
selected  Irom  offenngs  of  the  Departments  ol  Botany.  Entomology. 
Microbiology,  or  Zoology 

Courses  marked  "for  non-science  maiors"  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy 
degree  requirements  for  any  major  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

3.  Requirements  of  the  major  and  supporting  areas,  which  are  listed 
under  individual  program  headings  in  Chapter  7. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  required  for  students  in  the  College  of  Agnculture  are  listed  in 
each  curriculum.  The  program  for  the  freshman  year  is  similar  for  all 
curricula  Variations  in  programs  will  be  suggested  based  on  students 
interests  and  test  scores 


College  of  Agriculture    55 


Typical  Freshman  Program — College  of  Agriculture 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

MATH 3 

ANSC  101— Principles  ol  Animal  Science 3 

BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II 4 

AGRO  100 2 

AGRO  102 2 

SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

CORE  Program  Requirement _3_  3 

Total 15  15 

Advising 

Each  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  assigned  to  a  faculty  advisor. 
Advisors  normally  work  with  a  limited  number  of  students  and  are  able  to 
give  individual  guidance.  Students  entering  the  freshman  year  with  a 
definite  choice  of  curriculum  are  assigned  to  departmental  advisors  for 
counsel  and  planning  of  all  academic  programs.  Students  who  have  not 
selected  a  definite  curriculum  are  assigned  to  a  general  advisor  who 
assists  with  the  choice  of  electives  and  acquaints  students  with  opportunities 
in  the  curricula  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  in  other  units  of  the 
university. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  for  students  enrolled  in  the  College 
of  Agriculture.  These  include  awards  by  the  Agricultural  Development 
Fund,  Arthur  M.  Ahalt  Memorial  Scholarship,  Capitol  Milk  Producers 
Cooperative,  Inc.,  George  Earle  Cook,  Jr.  Scholarship  Fund,  Dr.  Ernest  N. 
Cory  Trust  Fund,  Ernest  T.  Cullen  Memorial  Scholarship,  Dairymen,  Inc. 
Scholarship.  Delmarva  Corn  and  Soybean  Scholarship,  Delaware- 
Maryland  Plant  Food  Association,  Mylo  S.  Downey  Memorial  Scholarship, 
James  R.  Ferguson  Memorial  Scholarship,  Forbes  Chocolate  Leadership 
Award,  Goddard  Memorial  Scholarship,  Manasses  J.  and  Susanna  Grove 
Memorial  Scholarship,  Joe  E.  James  Memorial  Award  Fund,  The  Kinghorne 
Fund,  Gary  Lee  Lake  Memorial  Scholarship,  Maryland  Holstein-Freisian 
Association  Scholarship,  Maryland  Turfgrass  Association,  Maryland  State 
Golf  Association,  Maryland  and  Virginia  Milk  Producers,  Inc.,  Dr.  Ray  A. 
Murray  Scholarship  Fund,  Paul  R.  Poffenberger  Scholarship  Fund,  R.  J. 
Reynolds  Tobacco  Scholarship,  Ralston  Purina  Company,  J.  Homer 
Remsberg  Memorial  Scholarship,  The  Schluderberg  Foundation,  The 
Ross  and  Pauline  Smith  Fund  for  Agriculture,  Southern  States  Cooperative, 
Inc.,  The  David  N.  Steger  Scholarship  Fund,  T.  B.  Symons  Memorial 
Scholarship,  Veterinary  Science  Scholarship,  Winslow  Foundation,  and 
The  Nicholas  Brice  Worthington  Scholarship  Fund. 

Honors 

An  Honors  Program  is  approved  for  majors  in  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  The  objective  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to  recognize  superior 
scholarship  and  to  provide  opportunity  for  excellent  students  to  broaden 
their  perspective  and  to  increase  the  depth  of  their  studies.  The  programs 
in  Honors  are  administered  by  departmental  Honors  committees.  Students 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  are  in  the  top  20  percent  of  their  class  at 
the  end  of  their  first  year  may  be  considered  for  admission  into  the  Honors 
Program.  Of  this  group  up  to  50  percent  may  be  admitted. 

Sophomores  or  first  semester  juniors  will  be  considered  upon  application 
from  those  students  in  the  upper  20  percent  of  their  class.  While  application 
may  be  made  until  the  student  enters  the  sixth  semester,  early  entrance 
into  the  program  is  recommended.  Students  admitted  to  the  program 
enjoy  certain  academic  privileges. 

Student  Organizations 

Students  find  opportunity  for  varied  expression  and  growth  in  the  several 
voluntary  organizations  sponsored  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  These 
organizations  are  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics  Club,  Agronomy 
Club,  American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers,  Animal  Husbandry 
Club,  Collegiate  4-H  Club,  Collegiate  Future  Farmers  of  America.  Forestry 
Club,  Equestrian  Association,  Food  Science  Club,  Horticultural  Club, 
INAG  Club,  Poultry  Science  Club,  Soil  Conservation  Society  of  AmericaThe 
University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter,  and  Veterinary  Science  Club. 


Alpha  Zeta  is  a  national  agricultural  honor  fraternity.  Members  are  chosen 
Irom  students  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture  who  have  attained  the  scholas- 
tic requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in  agriculture. 

The  Agricultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  of  representatives  from  the 
various  student  organizations  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  Its  purpose  is 
to  coordinate  activities  of  these  organizations  and  to  promote  work  that  is 
beneficial  to  the  college. 

Combined  Degree  Curriculum— College  of  Agriculture 
and  Veterinary  Medicine 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  completed  at 
least  ninety  hours,  including  all  university  and  college  requirements,  may 
qualify  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  University  of  Mary  land, 
College  of  Agriculture,  upon  successful  completion  in  an  accredited 
College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  of  at  least  thirty  semester  hours.  It  is 
strongly  recommended  that  the  ninety  hours  include  credits  in  animal 
science. 

Combined  Degree  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 40 

ANSC  221 — Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production 3 

ANSC  201— Genetics 3 

ANSC  203— Feeds  &  Feeding 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II 4 

Mathematics  (must  include  at  least  3  credits  of  Calculus) 6 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II 4 

CHEM  233— Organic  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  243— Organic  Chemistry  II 4 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 4 

Biochemistry 3 

Electives 10 

"Includes  eleven  required  credits  listed  above. 

For  additional  information,  please  contact  the  Associate  Dean,  VMRCVM, 
1 203  Gudelsky  Veterinary  Center,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
MD  20742,  (301)935-6083. 


VIRGINIA-MARYLAND  REGIONAL  COLLEGE  OF 
VETERINARY  MEDICINE-MARYLAND  CAMPUS 

College  of  Agriculture 

1203  Gudelsky  Veterinary  Center,  405-6083 

Professor  and  Associate  Dean:  Mohanty 

Professor:  Marquardt 

Associate  Professors:  Dutta,  Mallinson,  Snyder,  Stephenson 

Assistant  Professors:  Carmel,  Ingling,  Samal,  Sarmiento,  Vakharia 

Instructors:  Bradley,  Penny 

The  Virginia-Maryland  Regional  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  is  oper- 
ated by  the  University  of  Maryland  and  the  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
and  State  University.  Each  year,  thirty  Maryland  and  fifty  Virginia  residents 
comprise  the  entering  class  of  a  four-year  program  leading  to  a  Doctor  of 
Veterinary  Medicine  (DVM). 

The  first  three  years  are  given  at  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University  in  Blacksburg,  Virginia.  The  final  year  of  instruction  is  given  at 
several  locations,  including  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

A  student  desiring  admission  to  the  college  must  complete  the  pre- 
veterinary  requirements  and  apply  for  admission  to  the  professional 
curriculum.  Admission  to  this  program  is  competitive,  and  open  to  all 
Maryland  residents.  All  Maryland  residents'  applications  are  processed  at 
the  Department  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park. 


56    College  of  Agriculture 


Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture— Two- Year  Program 

The  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture,  a  two-year,  college-level  program 
offered  as  an  alternative  to  the  four-year  program,  prepares  students  for 
specific  occupations  in  technical  agriculture. 

The  Institute  offers  three  major  programs  with  the  following  specialty 
areas: 

I.  Business  Farming 

A.  Farm  Production  and  Management 

B.  Agricultural  Business  Management 

II.  Ornamental  Horticulture 

A.  General  Ornamental  Horticulture 

B.  Landscape  Management 

C.  Urban  Forest  Management 

III.  Turfgrass  Management  and  Golf  Course  Management 

The  Business  Farming  program  develops  skills  needed  for  farm  operation 
or  for  employment  in  agricultural  service  and  supply  businesses  such  as 
feed,  seed,  fertilizer,  machinery  companies,  and  farmers'  cooperatives. 

Options  in  Ornamental  Horticulture  prepare  students  for  employment 
in,  or  management  of,  greenhouses,  nurseries,  garden  centers,  landscape 
maintenance  companies  and  tree  care  professions. 

The  Turfgrass  Management  program  concentrates  on  the  technical  and 
management  skills  needed  to  work  as  a  golf  course  superintendent,  in 
commercial  or  residential  lawn  care  companies  or  in  other  turfgrass- 
related  industries  such  as  parks  and  cemeteries. 

To  enhance  a  student's  occupational  knowledge,  the  Institute  requires 
completion  of  a  Supervised  Work  Experience  program,  usually  done  in  the 
summer  between  the  first  and  second  years. 

A  graduate  of  the  Institute  is  awarded  a  Certificate  in  Agriculture  specifying 
the  student's  major  area  of  study.  Graduation  requires  the  successful 
completion  of  sixty  credit  hours  of  a  recognized  program  option,  completion 
of  Supervised  Work  Experience,  and  a  2.00  cumulative  grade  point 
average. 

Though  designed  as  a  two-year  terminal  program,  the  Institute  does  not 
restrict  continuing  education.  In  general,  all  Institute  courses  are  transferable 
to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  the  University  of 
Maryland  Eastern  Shore.  The  extent  to  which  the  courses  can  be  applied 
to  a  baccalaureate  degree  will  depend  on  the  individual  department  in 
which  a  student  is  planning  to  major. 

Courses  Common  to  All  Programs 

COMM  1-1— Oral  Communication 3 

COMM  I-2— Written  Communication 3 

AGMA  1-1— Agricultural  Mathematics 3 

BOTN  1-1— Introduction  to  Plant  Science 3 

AGRO  1-1— Soils  and  Fertilizers* 3 

AGRO  1-11— Pesticide  Use  and  Safety 2 

AGEN  1-1  A,  B— Agricultural  Mechanics  I,  II 2-2 

AGEC  I-2— Business  Law 3 

AGEC  I-4 — Business  Operations 3 

AGEC  I-8 — Using  Computers  in  Agriculture 2 

AGEC  1-10 — Personnel  Management 3 

AGEC  1-14 — Supervised  Work  Experience 1 

AGEC  1-15 — Business  Management 3 

Courses  tor  Farm  Production  and  Agribusiness  Management  Majors 

ANSC  1-1 — Introduction  to  Animal  Science 3 

ANSC  i-2— Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

ANSC  I-3— Animal  Health 3 

ANSC  242— Dairy  Production 3 

ANSC  i-8 — Livestock  Management 3 

ANSC  1-10— Seminar 1 

ANSC  422— Meats 3 

ENTM  242— Agricultural  Insect  Pests 3 

AGRO  I-7 — Grain  and  Forage  Crop  Production 4 

AGRO  1-12— Crop  Production  Practices 3 

AGEC  I-7— Agricultural  Marketing 3 

AGEC  1-11— Farm  Management 3 

Courses  for  Ornamental  Horticulture  and  Turfgrass  Majors 

HORT  I-2— Woody  Ornamentals 3 

HORT  i-3— Plant  Propagation 3 


HORT  I-7 — Greenhouse  Management 2 

HORT  I-8— Arboriculture 2 

HORT  1-12— Floral  Crop  Production 2 

HORT  1-18—  Woody  Ornamentals  II 2 

HORT  I-26 — Landscape  Design  and  Implementation 4 

HORT  I-27 — Landscape  Management 4 

HORT  1 -30— Vegetable  Production  Practices 2 

ENTM  i-2— Pests  of  Ornamental  Plants 3 

AGRO  i-2— Turf  Management 4 

AGRO  I-4 — Golf  Course  Management  I 3 

AGRO  I-5 — Golf  Course  Management  II 3 

URFS  1-1 — Urban  Forest  Management 3 

URFS  i-2— I. P.M.  Monitoring 2 

For  additional  information,  write:  Director,  The  Institute  of  Applied  Agri- 
culture, 2123  Jull  Hall,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742- 
2525,  or  call  (301)405-4686. 

Research  and  Service  Units 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

Ensuring  agriculture's  continued  viability,  while  safeguarding  Maryland's 
environment  and  natural  resources,  necessitates  continual  expansion  of 
our  research  knowledge  base.  The  Maryland  Agricultural  Expenment 
Station,  a  research  component  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System,  uses 
a  statewide  network  of  facilities  and  faculty  to  support  not  only  established 
and  emerging  agricultural  enterprises,  but  also  the  broader  needs  of  our 
environment,  economy  and  society.  Headquartered  in  College  Park,  the 
Experiment  Station  was  created  in  1 988  to  comply  with  the  Hatch  Act  of 
1987.  The  Act  authorized  the  establishment  of  an  agricultural  experiment 
station  at  each  of  the  Land  Grant  Colleges.  The  Experiment  Station  has 
appointments  with  nearly  150  scientists  within  the  University  of  Maryland 
System.  It  also  works  closely  with  other  public  and  private  research  units, 
such  as  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture's  nearby  Beltsville  Agricultural 
Research  Center.  The  Experiment  Station  has  four  research  and  education 
centers,  with  nine  facilities,  located  throughout  Maryland.  It  is  supported 
through  state  and  federal  funds,  grants  and  contracts,  and  other  sources 

The  Experiment  Station  uses  the  latest  scientific  tools  to  support  a  diverse. 
interdisciplinary  research  program  that  includes:  plant  and  animal  biol- 
ogy; biotechnology;  agricultural  productivity,  utilization  and  marketing; 
environment  and  natural  resources;  and  land  use  and  public  policy  These 
tools  include  a  prototype  robotic  milking  system  and  a  production-scale 
striped  bass  laboratory,  the  Crane  Aquaculture  Facility.  Genetic  principles 
and  biotechnological  techniques  are  used  for  the  improvement  of  turf  and 
ornamentals,  vegetable  and  field  crops,  poultry,  beef  and  dairy  cattle,  and 
other  animals.  Also  included  are  studies  of  alternative  crops,  and  of  plant 
species  that  can  tolerate  the  increased  levels  of  ultraviolet  light  and  other 
conditions  brought  on  by  global  problems  such  as  ozone  depletion  and  the 
greenhouse  effect.  Pathological  principles  are  used  to  improve  the 
identification,  prevention,  and  control  of  plant  and  animal  diseases 
Studies  of  insect-plant  evolutionary  patterns  offer  insight  into  natural  plant 
defenses  against  pests,  and  may  yield  non-chemical  means  of  pest 
control. 

Biochemistry  plays  an  important  role  in  evaluating  the  nutritional  value  of 
crops,  the  feed  conversion  efficiency  of  poultry  and  other  animals,  and  the 
quality  of  plant  and  animal  products  for  human  consumption  Engmeenng 
principles  are  applied  for  producing  and  maintaining  optimal  environments 
for  agricultural  production,  for  improving  processing  systems  that  lead  to 
enhanced  food  quality,  and  for  enhancing  waste  utilization  and  disposal 
techniques.  Water  quality  studies  include  determining  the  presence  and 
effects  of  toxins  entering  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  as  well  as  efforts  to 
minimize  the  possible  flow  of  agricultural  chemicals  into  surface  and 
ground  water.  Economic  and  social  science  studies  are  utilized  in  efforts 
to  preserve  Maryland's  high  quality  of  life  by  maintaining  farmland  and 
open  space. 

Experiment  Station  research  is  conducted  by  faculty  aided  by  research 
technicians,  and  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  Scientists  dis- 
seminate their  results  to  fellow  professionals  through  publications  in  peer- 
reviewed  journals  and  society  meetings,  and  to  the  general  public  through 
the  research  and  education  centers  and  the  Expenment  Station's  productive 
linkage  with  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 

As  part  of  the  total  university  system,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service 
takes  the  University  of  Maryland  to  the  people  of  Maryland,  wherever  they 
are.  In  its  role  as  the  "off-campus,  non -credit,  out-of -classroom"  arm  of  the 


School  of  Architecture    57 


university,  it  extends  the  classroom  to  all  parts  ot  the  state  With  its 
uniquely  effective  educational  delivery  system,  the  Cooperative  Exten- 
sion Service  helps  people  to  help  themselves,  to  define  their  problems,  to 
evaluate  reasonable  alternatives,  and  to  generate  action  to  solve  their 
problems  To  accomplish  its  mission,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service 
works  closely  with  teaching  and  research  (acuity  ot  the  university  and  with 
units  of  the  university  system,  as  well  as  state  and  federal  agencies  and 
pnvate  groups 

General  administrative  offices  ot  the  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension 
Service  are  located  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  (UMCP) 
and  the  administration  of  the  1890  Program  (an  integral  part  of  the  total 
MCES  effort)  is  based  in  offices  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Eastern 
Shore  (UMES). 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  was  authorized  by  Congress  In  1914 
under  the  Smith-Lever  Act  and  is  funded  by  a  three-way  partnership. 
Support  comes  from  the  federal  government  for  both  1 862  and  1 890  Land 
Grant  institutions;  and  from  the  state  and  all  twenty-three  counties  and 
Baltimore  City  in  Maryland. 

Off-campus  faculty,  located  in  each  county  and  in  Baltimore  City,  are 
the"front  lines"  that  deliver  university  resources  in  ways  people  can  use 
them  effectively.  These  field  faculty  rely  on  campus-based  Cooperative 
Extension  specialists  at  both  UMCP  and  UMES  to  provide  up-to-date 
research  assistance  in  planning  and  conducting  relevant  educational 
programs.  Many  of  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  faculty  at  the  state 
level  carry  joint  appointments  with  teaching  and  research,  especially  in  the 
UMCP  College  of  Agriculture  and  College  of  Life  Sciences.  In  each  county 
and  in  Baltimore  City  competent  Extension  agents  conduct  educational 
work  in  program  areas  consistent  with  the  needs  of  the  citizenry  and  as 
funds  permit.  Through  these  efforts,  local  people  are  assisted  in  finding 
solutions  to  their  problems. 

The  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension  Service  delivers  programs  in  eight 
major  initiative  areas.  These  include:  (1)  agricultural  profitability;  (2) 
natural  resources;  (3)  diet,  nutrition,  and  health;  (4)  human  capital 
development;  (5)  family  economic  stability;  (6)  agricultural  technology  for 
urban  audiences;  (7)  profitability  of  marine  industries;  (8)  enhancement  of 
community  vitality. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  in  close  harmony  and  association 
with  many  groups  and  organizations  such  as  4-H  and  homemakers'  clubs, 
farmers'  groups  and  cooperatives,  agribusiness  firms,  watermen's  orga- 
nizations, civic  and  social  organizations,  governmental  agency  person- 
nel, and  elected  officials,  to  multiply  its  effects.  In  addition  to  work  on  farms 
and  with  agribusinesses,  extension  programs  are  aimed  at  many  small 
and  part-time  farmers,  rural  non-farm  and  urban  family  consumers  as  well 
as  watermen  and  marine-related  businessmen.  Both  rural  and  urban 
families  learn  good  food  habits  through  the  Expanded  Food  and  Nutrition 
Education  Program.  Thousands  of  young  people  gain  leadership  knowledge 
and  experience  and  are  provided  practical  education  instruction  in  4-H 
clubs  and  other  youth  groups.  The  Service  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  Maryland  Department  of  Agriculture  and  other  state 
agencies  and  organizations.  More  than  22,000  volunteers  in  Maryland 
give  generously  of  their  time  and  energy. 

Time-tested,  informal  educational  methods  used  are  farm  and  home 
visits,  phone  and  office  conferences,  and  structured  events  such  as 
meetings,  teaching  institutes,  workshops,  and  training  conferences. 
Teaching  events  include  tours,  field  days,  and  demonstrations.  Short 
courses,  workshops,  and  conferences  in  various  fields  of  interest  are 
conducted  at  UMCP  and  other  locations  throughout  the  state.  Indirect 
communications  include  videotapes,  newsletters,  radio  and  television 
programs,  newspaper  articles  and  columns,  articles  in  specialized  pub- 
lications, and  exhibits  to  reach  a  statewide  audience. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  is  committed  to  making  its  programs 
available  to  all  people  without  regard  to  race,  color,  creed,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  handicap,  or 
sex. 


SCHOOL  OF  ARCHITECTURE 

Architecture  Building,  405-6284 

Professor  and  Dean:  Steven  W.  Hurtt 

Associate  Dean:  Sachs 

Assistant  to  the  Dean:  Lapanne 

Professors:  Bennett,  Etlint,  Hill,  Lewis,  Loss,  Lu,  Schlesinger,  Steffian 


Associate  Professors:  Bechhoefer.  DuPuy,  Fogle,  Schumacher.  Vann 
Assistant  Professors:  Bell,  Drost,  Kelly.  Masters,  Thiratrakoolchai,  Weiss 
Lecturers:  Dynerman,  Hetzel,  Gabnelli,  Little,  MacCullough,  Mclnturff, 

Wiedemann,  Wilkes 
Instructor:  Gardner 
tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  School  of  Architecture  offers  a  four-year  undergraduate  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  architecture  and  a  graduate 
program  leading  to  the  degree,  Master  of  Architecture.  The  undergradu- 
ate major  in  architecture  is  designed  to  minimize  the  time  required  to 
complete  the  curriculum  leading  to  the  professional  degree,  Master  of 
Architecture. 

Students  receive  rigorous  and  comprehensive  instruction  from  a  faculty 
whose  members  are  active  in  professional  practice  or  research.  Many 
faculty  members  have  distinguished  themselves  across  the  professional 
spectrum  and  represent  different  approaches  to  architectural  design. 
Theinndividual  areas  of  expertise  include  architectural  design  and  theory, 
history,  architectural  archaeology,  technology,  urban  design  and  planning, 
and  historic  preservation.  Visiting  critics,  lecturers,  and  the  Kea  Distin- 
guished Professor  augment  the  faculty;  together  they  provide  students 
with  the  requisite  exposure  to  contemporary  realities  of  architectural 
design. 

The  B  S.  degree  in  architecture  will  qualify  graduates  to  pursue  a  career 
in  any  of  a  number  of  fields,  such  as  construction,  real  estate  development, 
public  administration,  or  historic  preservation,  or  to  continue  in  graduate 
work  in  professional  fields  such  as  architecture,  urban  planning,  or  law. 

The  graduate  of  the  Master's  degree  program  in  architecture  will  be 
qualified  to  enter  the  profession  of  architecture  in  private  practice,  as  an 
employee  of  a  public  agency  at  the  local,  state,  or  Federal  level,  or  to  enter 
any  one  of  a  number  of  other  career  paths. 

The  school's  professional  program  is  accredited  by  the  National  Archi- 
tectural Accreditation  Board,  Inc. ,  enabling  graduates  to  qualify  for  licensure 
in  all  50  states,  and  by  reciprocal  agreement,  in  several  foreign  countries. 

Entrance  Requirements 

Enrollment  in  the  School  of  Architecture  is  limited.  Students  are  normally 
admitted  to  the  undergraduate  major  in  architecture  after  completing  56 
credits  of  general  and  prerequisite  work.  Early  admission  is  possible 
directly  from  high  school  for  outstanding  students  who  meet  one  of  the 
following  standards:  (1 )  3.5  GPA  in  high  school  and  combined  SAT  score 
of  1 200;  (2)  National  Merit  Scholarship  finalist;  or  (3)  recipient  of  Maryland 
Distinguished,  Banneker,  Francis  Scott  Key  Scholarship  or  equivalent 
award.  Such  students  need  not  submit  the  portfolio  described  below. 

Students  not  admitted  directly  to  the  school  may  be  admitted  to  the 
Division  of  Letters  and  Science.  They  should  seek  advising  about 
preparation  for  a  major  in  Architecture. 

The  School  of  Architecture  normally  accepts  transfer  credits  from  regionally 
accredited  four-year  institutions.  Transfer  credits  for  technical  and  pro- 
fessional courses,  however,  are  normally  accepted  only  from  institutions 
that  are  also  accredited  by  the  National  Architectural  Accrediting  Board 
(NAAB). 

Admission 

The  following  criteria  were  in  effect  Fall  1 990.  Students  should  consult  with 
the  School  of  Architecture  for  updated  information. 

Fall  application  deadline  for  student  admission  is  February  1 .  A  3.0  GPA 
is  normally  recommended  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture. 

In  addition  to  the  required  high  school  and  college  transcripts,  letters  of 
recommendation,  and  other  information,  a  portfolio  of  creative  work  must 
be  submitted  by  all  transfer  and  pre-architecture  student  applicants.  The 
required  portfolio  of  student  work  may  include  copies  of  drawings, 
photographs,  and  other  evidence  of  creative  work,  submitted  in  an  8  1/2" 
x  11"  format  such  as,  for  example,  a  standard  three-ring  notebook.  The 
portfolio  should  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  School  of 
Architecture.  (Please  see  the  more  detailed  information  available  from  the 
School  of  Architecture.  The  portfolio  will  be  returned  only  if  requested,  in 
which  case  a  self-addressed,  stamped  mailing  envelope  should  be 
included  with  the  portfolio  for  this  purpose.) 


58    College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 


Curriculum  Requirements 


In  the  first  two  years  of  college,  students  seeking  to  enroll  in  the  School  of 
Archiecture  should  adhere  to  the  following  curriculum: 

Credit  Hours 

General  Education  (CORE)  and  Elective 28 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  3 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 3 

ARCH  170— Introduction  to  the  Built  Environment 3 

MATH  221— Elementary  Calculus  II  (recommended) 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

ARCH  220—  History  of  Architecture  1 3 

ARCH  242— Drawing  I 2 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 4 

ARCH  221— History  of  Architecture  II _3 

Total  Credits 56 

Curriculum  Requirements 

Bachelor  of  Science,  Major  in  Architecture.  If  admitted  after  completing 
56  credits,  students  are  expected  to  complete  the  following  requirements 
for  a  total  of  121  credits: 


Credit  Hours 


Third  Year 


ARCH  400— Architecture  Studio  I 

ARCH  375 — Architectural  Construction  and  Materials 

ARCH  4xx— Arch.  History/Area  A" 

ARCH  401— Architecture  Studio  II 

ARCH  460— Site  Analysis  and  Design 

ARCH  343 — Drawing  II  Line  Drawing 

ENGL  391— Advanced  Composition 

CORE  Requirements 

Total 

Fourth  Year 

ARCH  402— Architecture  Studio  III 

ARCH  445 — Visual  Analysis  of  Architecture 

ARCH  312— Architectural  Structures  I 

ARCH  313— Thermal  and  Acoustical  Technology 

in  Buildings 

ARCH  403— Architecture  Studio  IV 

ARCH  454 — Theory  of  Urban  Form 

ARCH  412— Architectural  Structures  II 

ARCH  415—  Illumination,  Electrical  and  Systems 

Technology  in  Building 

ARCH  4xx— Arch.  History/  Area  B" 

Total 

Total  Credits: 


6 
3 
3 

3 
6 
3 
3 

3 
_3 
33 

121 


'Courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence  as  indicated  by  Roman  numerals 
in  course  titles 

"  Architecture  history  courses:  Area  A,  ARCH  422,  423,  432,  and  436 
Area  B.  ARCH  433,  434,  and  420. 

Special  Resources  and  Opportunities 

The  school  is  housed  in  a  modern,  air-conditioned  building  providing 
workstations  for  each  student,  a  large  auditorium,  and  seminar  and 
classroom  facilities.  A  well-equipped  woodworking  and  model  shop, 
darkroom  facilities,  a  lab  equipped  with  testing  machines  and  various 
instruments  used  in  studying  the  ambient  environment,  and  computer 
terminal  facilities  are  also  provided.  The  Architecture  Library,  one  of  the 
finest  in  the  nation,  offers  convenient  access  to  a  current  circulating 
collection  of  over  24,000  volumes,  6,000  periodicals,  and  an  extensive 
selection  of  reference  materials.  Rare  books  and  special  acquisitions 
include  a  collection  relating  to  international  expositions  and  the  1 1 .000- 
volume  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation  Library.  A  visual  resources 
facility  includes  a  reserve  slide  collection  of  240,000  slides  on  architec- 
ture, landscape  architecture,  urban  planning,  architectural  science,  and 
technology  as  well  as  audio-visual  equipment  for  classroom  and  studio 
use. 

The  school  provides  learning  experiences  through  CADRE  Corporation, 
a  nonprofit  center  for  Architectural  Design  and  Research,  which  provides 
an  organizational  framework  for  faculty  and  students  to  undertake  con- 


tract research  and  design  projects  appropriate  to  the  school's  fundamen- 
tal education  mission.  CADRE  Corporation  projects  include  building  and 
urban  design,  urban  studies,  building  technology,  historic  preservation, 
architectural  archaeology,  studies  in  energy  conservation,  or  other  work 
for  which  the  school's  resources  and  interests  are  uniquely  suited. 

Summer  programs  include  the  Caesarea  Ancient  Harbor  Excavation 
Project  (CAHEP),  an  ongoing  land  and  underwater  excavation  in  Israel  at 
the  harbor  of  Herod  the  Great  at  Caesarea  Mantima.  In  addition,  summer 
workshops  for  historic  preservation  are  sponsored  by  the  school  each 
year  in  Cape  May,  New  Jersey,  a  designated  national  historic  landmark 
district,  and  Kiplin  Hall  in  North  Yorkshire,  England.  Students  may  earn 
direct  credit  doing  hands-on  restoration  work  and  by  attending  lectures  by 
visiting  architects,  preservationists,  and  scholars. 

Course  Code:  ARCH 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  HUMANITIES  (ARHU) 

1101  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall 

Dean:  Robert  Griffith  (405-2095) 

Office  of  Student  Affairs  (405-2109) 

Academic  Advisors  (405-2109) 

Computer  Facility  (3101  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  405-2104) 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities  embraces  a  heterogeneous  group  of 
disciplines,  all  of  which  value  the  development  of  critical  thinking,  fluent 
expression  in  writing  and  speech,  sensitivity  to  ethical  and  aesthetic 
standards,  and  a  complex  understanding  of  history  and  culture.  Depart- 
ments and  programs  in  Arts  and  Humanities,  while  they  have  strong 
individual  identities,  are  also  involved  in  interdisciplinary  studies  Thus 
students  will  find,  for  example,  courses  in  the  Department  of  English  that 
approach  literature  from  political  perspectives,  courses  in  the  Department 
of  History  that  rely  on  feminist  perspectives,  courses  in  the  Department  of 
Art  History  that  study  African  cultures  and  so  on. 

Examples  of  the  special  opportunities  available  to  students  in  this  richly 
variegated  college  are  an  exceptionally  large  slide  library  in  the  Art  History 
Department,  the  Music  Department's  refurbished  recital  hall,  the  Pugliese 
Theatre  for  experimental  drama.  Improvisations  Unlimited  (a  faculty- 
student  dance  group),  the  Computer  Assisted  Design  and  Development 
Laboratory  in  the  Department  of  Design,  the  campus  literary  magazine 
Calvert  Review,  a  biweekly  foreign  and  art  film  series,  a  junior  year  abroad 
program  in  Nice,  a  year  abroad  program  in  Sheffield,  and  Honors 
programs  in  most  departments.  There  are  also  special  programs  in 
women's  studies,  comparative  literature,  and  the  history  and  philosophy 
of  science. 

Preparation  in  the  Arts  and  Humanities  provides  valuable  background  for 
careers  in  a  broad  range  of  fields.  Students  should  be  aware  of  the  many 
eloquent  testimonials  from  leaders  of  the  nation's  businesses,  industry 
and  government  to  the  skills  of  oral  presentation,  written  exposition, 
critical  thinking,  and  analytic  problem-solving  nurtured  in  humanities 
courses  These  skills  are  essential  to  a  successful  career  in  any  number 
of  different  fields. 

Entrance  Requirements 

Students  wishing  to  major  in  one  of  the  creative  or  performing  arts  are 
encouraged  to  seek  training  in  the  skills  associated  with  such  an  area  prior 
to  matriculation.  Students  applying  for  entrance  to  these  programs  may  be 
required  to  audition,  present  slides,  or  submit  a  portfolio  as  a  part  of  the 
admission  requirements.  Enrollment  in  programs  in  Design  and  in  Radio, 
Television  and  Film  is  limited. 

Graduation  Requirements 

The  following  college  requirements  apply  only  to  students  earning  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degrees  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  These  require- 
ments are  in  addition  to  or  in  fulfillment  of  campus  and  departmental 
requirements  For  information  concerning  the  Bachelor  of  Music  in  the 
Department  of  Music  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Housing  in  the 
Department  of  Design,  the  student  should  consult  advisors  in  those  units 

College  graduation  requirements  are  under  review  at  the  time  ol  publication 
New  students  should  consult  the  Office  ol  College  Student  Affairs  for 
requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  matriculation. 


College  of  Arts  and  Humanities    59 


Distribution 

A  minimum  o(  45  semester  hours  of  the  total  ot  120  must  be  upper-level 
work  (i.e..  courses  numbered  300-499). 

Foreign  Language 

Language  proficiency  may  be  demonstrated  in  one  of  several  ways: 

(a)  Successful  completion  of  level  4  in  one  language  or  level  2  in 
each  of  2  languages  in  high  school,  or 

(b)  Successful  completion  of  a  12-credit  sequence  or  of 
theintermediate  level  in  college  language  courses,  or 

(c)  Successful  completion  of  a  language  placement  examination  in 
one  of  the  campus  language  departments  offering  such  examina- 
tions. 

Students  whose  native  language  is  not  English  should  see  an  advisor  in 
the  College  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

Speech 

Students  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  speech  by: 

(a)  successful  completion  of  one  of  the  following  courses  in  speech 
communication:  SPCH  100,  107,  125,  220,  or  230;  or 

(b)  successful  completion  of  a  full  unit  of  speech  in  high  school 
(usually  a  year-long  course). 

Major  Requirements 

All  students  must  complete  a  program  of  study  consisting  of  a  major  (a  field 
of  concentration)  and  supporting  courses  as  specified  by  one  of  the 
academic  units  of  the  college.  No  program  of  study  shall  require  in  excess 
of  60  semester  hours.  Students  should  consult  the  unit  in  which  they  will 
major  for  specific  details. 

Students  may  choose  a  major  as  early  as  they  wish;  however,  once  they 
have  earned  56  hours  of  acceptable  credit,  they  must  choose  a  major 
before  their  next  registration. 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  lower  division  departmental 
prerequisites,  of  24  to  40  hours,  at  least  12  of  which  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  300  or  400  and  at  least  12  of  which  must  be  taken  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

A  major  program  usually  requires  a  secondary  field  of  concentration 
(supporting  courses).  The  nature  and  number  of  these  courses  are 
determined  by  the  major  department. 

No  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  to  fulfill  major  or  supporting  course 
requirements.  No  course  for  the  major  or  support  module  may  be  taken 
Pass-Fail. 

Advising 

Freshmen  have  advisors  in  the  Arts  and  Humanities  College  Office  of 
Student  Affairs  (405-21 09)  who  assist  them  in  the  selection  of  courses  and 
the  choice  of  a  major.  After  selecting  a  major,  students  are  advised  in  their 
major  department  and  may  also  continue  to  see  college  advisors.  For 
further  information  about  advising,  students  should  see  the  section  on 
advising  in  the  Mini-Guide,  available  from  the  college. 

Degrees  and  Majors 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  the  following  fields  of  study: 

American  Studies 

Art 

Art  History  and  Archeology 

Classics 

Classical  Humanities 

Greek 

Latin 
Dance 
Design 

Advertising  Design 

Interior  Design 


East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 

Chinese 

Japanese 
English  Language  and  Literature 
French  Language  and  Literature 
German  Language  and  Literature 
History 

Italian  Language  and  Literature 
Jewish  Studies 
Linguistics 
Music 
Philosophy 

Radio,  Television,  and  Film 
Romance  Languages 
Russian  Language  and  Literature 
Russian  Area  Studies 
Spanish  Language  and  Literature 
Speech  Communication 
Theatre 

The  college  also  offers  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Music  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Housing;  certificate  programs  in  Women's  Studies,  The  Liberal 
Arts  in  Business,  and  East  Asian  Studies;  and  a  program  in  Comparative 
Literature. 

Internships 

Most  departments  in  Arts  and  Humanities  have  well-established  intern- 
ship offerings.  Typically,  students  must  complete  an  application  and 
attach  a  current  academic  transcript.  Internships  are  generally  for  one 
semester  of  the  junior  or  senior  year  for  students  with  a  good  academic 
record.  Along  with  the  actual  work  experience,  students  do  a  written 
analysis  of  the  experience.  For  more  information,  students  should  contact 
their  major  departmental  advisor  or  the  college  student  affairs  office  (405- 
2109). 

Certification  of  High  School  Teachers 

A  student  who  wishes  certification  as  a  high  school  teacher  in  a  subject 
represented  in  this  college  must  consult  the  College  of  Education  in  the 
second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  Application  for  admission  to  the 
Teacher  Education  program  is  made  at  the  time  that  the  first  courses  in 
Education  are  taken.  Enrollment  in  the  College  of  Education  is  limited. 

Honors 

Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  offered  in  the  Departments  of  En- 
glish, French,  German,  History,  Music,  Philosophy,  Spanish,  Speech,  and 
Theatre.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  administered  by  an  Honors 
Committee  within  each  department.  Programs  and  policies  differ  from 
department  to  department.  Admission  to  a  Departmental  Honors  Program 
ordinarily  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or  second  semester  of  the 
student's  junior  year.  Students  must  have  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  3.0  to  be  admitted.  Most  departments  require  a 
comprehensive  examination  over  the  field  of  the  major  program  or  a 
thesis.  On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  on  the  Honors  Com- 
prehensive Examination  and  in  meeting  such  other  requirements  as  may 
be  set  by  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee,  the  faculty  may  vote  to 
recommend  the  candidate  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (departmental) 
honors  or  for  the  appropriate  announcement  in  the  commencement 
program  and  citation  on  the  student's  academic  record  and  diploma. 

In  some  departments,  honors  students  enjoy  certain  academic  privileges 
similar  to  those  of  graduate  students. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa.  Consult  the  description  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  elsewhere  in 
this  catalog. 

Research  and  Service  Units 
Academic  Computing  Services 

3101  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall;  405-2104 
Director:  John  F.  Smith 

Academic  Computing  Services  provides  facilities  and  support  for  a  wide 
range  of  computing  needs  for  undergraduate  students  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Humanities.  There  are  currently  65  networked  microcomputers 
located  in  four  laboratories  throughout  the  college  which  are  available  for 
student  use.  In  addition,  the  college  provides  discipline  specific  classroom 


60    College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 


laboratories  for  the  Professional  Writing  Program  in  English,  foreign 
language  instruction  and  computer-aided  design. 

The  Art  Gallery 

2202  Art-Sociology  Building;  405-2763 
Director:  Gwendolyn  Owens 
Assistant  Director:  Cynthia  Wayne 

The  Art  Gallery  presents  a  series  of  exhibitions  each  year  of  historic  and 
contemporary  art  in  a  variety  of  media  nd  subject  matter.  Opportunities  for 
museum  training  and  experience  are  available  to  students  through  intern 
and  work-study  positions 

The  Center  for  Studies  in  Nineteenth-Century  Music 

Director:  H.  Robert  Cohen 
Associate  Director:  Luke  Jensen 
Research  Coordinator:  Gaetan  Martel 

The  Center  for  Studies  in  Nineteenth-Century  Music  promotes  research 
focusing  on  nineteenth-century  music  and  musical  life.  The  center's 
programs  are  designed  to  facilitate  the  study,  collection,  editing,  indexing, 
and  publication  of  documentary  source  materials. 

The  Center  for  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies 

1 120  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall;  405-6830 
Director:  S.  Schoenbaum 
Executive  Director:  Adele  Seeff 

The  Center  for  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies  promotes  teaching  and 
research  in  the  Renaissance  and  Baroque  periods  in  all  disciplines  of  the 
arts  and  humanities,  as  well  as  in  such  allied  fields  as  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science. 

The  Language  Center 

1 1 06  Jimenez  Hall;  405-4926 
Director:  Ralph  Tarica  (Acting) 

The  Language  Center  promotes  cross-departmental  projects  in  teaching 
and  research  relating  to  other  languages  and  cultures.  It  provides  for  the 
common  needs  of  language  instruction  for  all  the  individual  campus  units 
involved  in  second-language  acquisition.  It  encompasses  three  units: 

Language  House 

0107  St.  Mary's  Hall;  405-6995 

Coordinator:  Dolores  Bondurant 

The  Language  House,  a  unit  of  the  Language  Center,  is  a  campus 
residence  for  students  wishing  to  immerse  themselves  in  the  study  of  a 
foreign  language  and  culture.  A  total  of  92  students  of  French.  German, 
Hebrew.  Italian,  Japanese,  Russian,  and  Spanish  share  19  apartments. 
A  live-in  graduate  mentor  leads  each  language  cluster.  The  goal  of 
language  immersion  is  achieved  through  activities  organized  by  the 
students  and  mentors,  a  computer-based  Language  Learning  Center,  an 
audio-visual  room,  an  international  cafe,  and  foreign  television  programs 
received  via  satellite. 

Language  Media  Center 

1202  Jimenez  Hall;  405-4924 

Facilities  Coordinator:  James  E.  Royalty 

The  Language  Media  Center,  a  unit  of  the  Language  Center,  serves  the 
technological  needs  of  foreign  language  instruction  at  College  Park.  It 
houses  a  large  international  collection  of  films,  video  and  audio  programs, 
graphic  and  resource  materials,  language  laboratones,  video  viewing 
rooms,  and  a  computer  laboratory.  Audio  programs  for  instruction  in  more 
than  25  languages  and  the  computer  laboratory  are  available  to  students 
throughout  the  day  and  evening.  The  collection  of  international  films  and 
television  programs  is  available  through  the  academic  programs. 

FOLA 

41 17  Jimenez  Hall;  405-4046 

Director:  William  MacBain 

The  FOLA  (Foreign  Language)  Program  enables  qualified  students  with 
high  motivation  to  acquire  a  speaking  knowledge  of  a  number  of  foreign 
languages  not  offered  in  regular  campus  programs.  While  instruction  is 
basically  self-instructional,  students  meet  regularly  with  a  native-speaking 
monitor  for  practice  sessions  to  reinforce  what  has  already  been  covered 
through  the  individual  use  of  books  and  audio  tapes.  Final  examinations 
are  administered  by  outside  examiners  who  are  specialists  in  their 


particular  language  The  program  offers  a  variety  of  eastern  European, 
Asian,  and  African  languages. 

Maryland  English  Institute 

1 104  Preinkert  Fieldhouse;  405-8634 
Director:  Leslie  A  Palmer 

The  Maryland  English  Institute  (MEI)  offers  special  instruction  in  English 
to  University  of  Maryland  students  who  need  to  improve  their  competence 
in  the  language  before  they  are  able  to  undertake  a  full  program  of 
academic  work.  Two  programs  are  offered:  a  half-time  semi-intensive 
course  and  a  full-time  intensive  course. 

Semi-Intensive.  This  program  is  open  only  to  University  of  Maryland 
students,  both  graduate  and  undergraduate,  who  fall  within  a  TOEFL 
score  range  of  450-549.  Candidates  in  this  proficiency  range  may  be 
admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland  on  a  provisional  basis,  requiring 
them  to  satisfactorily  complete  the  MEI  Semi-intensive  program  in  order 
to  become  full-time  students.  Classes  meet  two  hours  per  day.  five  days 
per  week  during  regular  terms  and  four  hours  per  day,  five  days  per  week 
during  Summer  Session  II.  In  addition,  students  have  two  hours  per  week 
of  assigned  work  in  the  language  laboratory.  The  program  is  designed 
especially  to  perfect  the  language  skills  necessary  for  academic  study  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the  director,  and 
no  credit  is  given  toward  any  degree  at  the  university. 

Intensive.  This  full-time  English-as-a-Foreign-Language  program  is  open 
to  non-native  speakers  of  English  who  need  substantial  improvement  in 
their  English  competence  before  they  can  undertake  any  academic  study 
at  a  college  or  university  in  the  United  States.  On  the  basis  of  an  entrance 
examination,  students  will  be  assigned  to  classes  at  their  particular 
proficiency  levels.  They  will  have  four  hours  of  English  language  instruction 
per  day  and  one  hour  of  work  in  the  language  laboratory,  five  days  per 
week  during  the  regularly  scheduled  semester  and  an  eight-week  summer 
session.  The  program  is  intended  primarily  for  students  who  wish  to  enroll 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  after  completing  their  language  instruction 
However,  satisfactory  completion  of  the  language  program  does  not 
guarantee  acceptance  at  the  university.  Enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the 
director  and  no  credit  is  given  toward  any  degree  at  the  university 

Course  Code:  ARHU 


COLLEGE  OF  BEHAVIORAL  AND  SOCIAL 
SCIENCES  (BSOS) 

2141  Tydings  Hall.  405-1679 

Dean:  Murray  E.  Polakoff 

Associate  Dean:  Stewart  L.  Edelstein 

Assistant  Dean  for  Student  Affairs:  Kathenne  Pedro  Beardsley 

Assistant  Dean  for  Equity  and  Recruitment:  Diana  Ryder  Jackson 

Advising  and  Records  Office:  405-1697 

Center  for  Minorities  in  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences:  405-1708 

The  College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  is  comprised  of  a  diverse 
group  of  disciplines  and  fields  of  study  all  of  which  emphasize  a  broad 
liberal  arts  education  as  the  foundation  for  understanding  the  environmental, 
social,  and  cultural  forces  that  shape  our  world  At  the  heart  of  the 
behavioral  and  social  sciences  is  the  attempt  to  understand  human 
beings,  both  individually  and  in  groups.  Disciplines  in  the  behavioral  and 
social  sciences  use  approaches  that  range  from  the  scientific  to  the 
philosophical,  from  the  experimental  to  the  theoretical  Integral  to  all  the 
disciplines,  however,  is  the  development  and  application  of  problem 
solving  skills,  which  in  combination  with  other  academic  skills,  enable 
students  to  think  analytically  and  to  communicate  clearly  and  persuasively 
Students  interested  in  human  behavior  and  in  solving  human  and  social 
problems  will  find  many  exciting  opportunities  through  the  programs  and 
courses  offered  by  the  College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

The  college  is  composed  of  the  following  mapr  programs  that  lead  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  or  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  as  appropnate; 

Afro-Amencan  Studies  Program* 
Department  of  Anthropology 
Department  of  Economics 
Department  of  Geography 
Department  of  Government  and  Politics 
Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
Department  of  Psychology 


College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences    61 


Department  ol  Sociology 
Institute  of  Urban  Studies 
Institute  ot  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

'The  Afro-American  Studies  Program  also  offers  an  undergraduate 
certificate  requiring  21  semester  hours  of  coursework  (See  "Campus- 
Wide  Programs"  in  this  catalog.) 


Advising 


The  BSOS  Undergraduate  Advising  Office  coordinates  advising  and 
maintains  student  records  for  BSOS  students.  Advisors  are  available  to 
provide  information  concerning  university  requirements  and  regulations, 
transfer  credit  evaluations,  and  other  general  information  about  the 
university  by  appointments  taken  on  a  walk-in  basis  from  9  a.m.  to  4  p.m. 
daily.  Undergraduate  advisors  for  each  undergraduate  major  are  located 
in  the  department  offices.  These  advisors  are  available  to  assist  students 
in  selecting  courses  and  educational  experiences  in  their  major  area  of 
study  consistent  with  major  requirements  and  students'  educational 
goals. 

The  College  Director  of  Undergraduate  Advising  is  Lola  Hillman,  2115 
Tydmgs  Hall,  405-1697. 


Graduation  Requirements 


Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  1 20  hours  of  credit  with  at  least 
a  2.0  cumulative  average  Courses  must  include  the  credits  required  in  the 
University's  general  education  requirements  (USP  or  CORE)  and  the 
specific  major  and  supporting  course  and  grade  requirements  of  the 
programs  in  the  academic  departments  offering  baccalaureate  degrees. 

All  students  are  urged  to  speak  with  an  academic  advisor  in  the  College 
Advising  Office  at  least  two  semesters  before  graduation  to  review  their 
academic  progress  and  discuss  final  graduation  requirements. 

Honors 

Undergraduate  honors  are  offered  to  graduating  students  in  the  Afro- 
American  Studies  Program,  the  departments  of  Anthropology,  Econom- 
ics, Geography,  Government  and  Politics,  Psychology,  and  Sociology, 
the  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  and  the  Institute  of  Criminology  and 
Criminal  Justice. 

Dean's  Scholars.  The  highest  academic  award  that  a  BSOS  student  can 
earn  in  the  college,  Dean's  Scholars  are  those  graduating  seniors  who 
have  completed  90  credits  at  UMCP  and  have  maintained  a  minimum 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.800. 

Dean's  List.  Any  student  who  has  passed  at  least  twelve  hours  of 
academic  work  in  the  preceding  semester,  without  failure  of  any  course 
and  with  an  overall  average  grade  of  at  least  3.5  will  be  placed  on  the 
Dean's  List  of  Distinguished  Students. 

Field  Experiences/Pre-professional  and  Professional 
Training 

Pre-professional  training  and  professional  opportunities  in  the  behavioral 
and  social  sciences  are  available  in  many  fields.  The  Department  of 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  offers  training  for  students  interested  in 
careers  as  speech  pathologists.  Students  interested  in  urban  planning  will 
find  academic  and  professional  training  through  courses  offered  by  the 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies,  the  Department  of  Geography,  and  the  Afro- 
American  Studies  Program.  Students  may  choose  government  and 
politics,  criminal  justice  and  criminology,  or  sociology  for  preparation  for 
careers  in  the  law  and  related  fields.  The  internship  programs  offered  by 
many  departments  in  the  college  provide  students  with  practical  experi- 
ence working  in  governmental  agencies,  nonprofit  organizations,  corpo- 
rations, and  the  specialized  research  centers  and  laboratories  of  the 
College. 

Undergraduate  Research  Opportunities 

Undergraduate  research  internships  allow  qualified  undergraduate  stu- 
dents to  work  with  research  laboratory  directors  and  faculty  in  departments 
andspecialized  research  centers,  thus  giving  the  student  a  chance  for  a 
unique  experience  in  the  design  and  conduct  of  research  and  scholarship. 


Students  are  advised  to  consult  with  their  department  advisors  on  re- 
search opportunities  available  in  the  major. 

Student  Organizations  and  Honor  Societies 

Students  who  excel  in  their  academic  discipline  may  be  selected  for 
membership  in  an  honorary  society  Honoranes  for  which  students  in  BSS 
are  chosen  include: 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta — Sociology 
Alpha  Phi  Sigma — Criminal  Justice 
Lambda  Epsilon  Gamma — Law 
Omega  Delta  Epsilon — Economics 
Pi  Sigma  Alpha— Political  Sciences 
Psi  Chi — Psychology 

Students  who  major  in  the  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  have  a  wide 
range  of  interests.  The  following  is  a  list  of  student  organizations  in  the 
disciplines  and  fields  of  the  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences: 

Anthropology  Student  Organization 

Conservation  Club 

Criminal  Justice  Student  Association 

Economics  Club 

Gamma  Theta  Upsilon  (Geography) 

Government  and  Politics  Club 

Minority  Pre-Professional  (Psychology  Society) 

National  Student  Speech  Language,  Hearing  Association 

(NSSLHA),  Maryland  Chapter 
Pre-Medical  Society  (Pre-Med/Psychology  Majors) 
Thurgood  Marshall  Pre-Law  Society 

For  more  information  about  these  student  organizations  or  starting  a  new 
student  group,  please  contact  the  Office  of  Campus  Activities,  1191  Adele 
H.  Stamp  Student  Union,  314-7174. 

Special  Resources  and  Opportunities 

The  Center  for  Minorities  in  the  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

2201  LeFrak  Hall;  405-1708 

The  Center  for  Minorities  provides  academic  and  other  support  services 
designed  specifically  to  meet  the  needs  of  minority  students  in  the  college. 
The  center  provides  advising  on  academic  and  other  concerns  related  to 
students'  progress  at  the  university;  provides  referrals,  when  appropriate, 
to  other  campus  offices;  and  sponsors  workshops  and  related  activities  on 
issues  of  particular  relevance  to  minority  students.  Advisors  are  available 
on  a  walk-in  basis  and  by  appointment. 

The  Center  for  Political  Participation  and  Leadership 

31 10  Art-Sociology  Building;  405-6402 
Director:  Georgia  Sorenson 

The  Center  was  established  in  November  of  1 989  to  foster  and  encourage 
young  people  to  prepare  for  elective  office  and  community  and  public 
service.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  students  from  groups  historically 
underrepresented  in  the  political  spectrum.  The  Maryland  Project  for 
Women  and  Politics  operates  as  an  independent  program  within  the 
center. 

Closely  affiliated  with  the  academic  departments  in  the  college,  the  center 
has  established  internships  and  Fellowships  with  Maryland  senators  and 
delegates,  the  Women  Legislators  of  Maryland,  the  Offices  of  the  Governor 
and  Lt.  Governor  and  Cabinet  members.  The  center  has  placements  on 
Capitol  Hill  and  in  county  and  local  elected  officials  offices  around  the 
state.  Research  Fellowships  for  the  study  of  global  politics  have  been 
funded  in  the  past. 

Other  activities  of  the  center  include  seminars,  training,  technical  assis- 
tance and  prominent  speakers  related  to  political  leadership.  A  yearly 
training  program  for  political  leaders,  "Evolutionary  Leadership",  attracts 
participants  from  all  over  the  country. 

The  BSS  Computer  Laboratory 

0221  LeFrak  Hall;  405-1670 
Director:  Robert  Bennett 

The  college  believes  strongly  that  the  study  of  behavioral  and  social 
sciences  should  incorporate  both  quantitative  analysis  and  computational 
skills.  Consequently,  curricula  in  most  departments  require  some 


62    College  of  Business  and  Management 


coursework  in  statistics,  quantitative  research  methods,  and  the  use  of 
computers.  The  BSS  Computer  Laboratory  provides  undergraduate  stu- 
dents m  the  college  with  the  facilities  and  staff  assistance  to  satisfy  a  wide 
range  of  computer-related  needs.  The  Laboratory's  facilities  include  150 
fully  networked  computers.  40  fully  networked  terminals,  a  Prime  9650 
mini-computer,  4  Micro- Vax  computers,  a  substantial  number  of  graphics 
terminals  and  peripheral  equipment,  and  full  access  to  campus  UNISYS 
and  IBM  mainframe  computers.  The  Laboratory  operates  eight  computer 
classroom  facilities  and  a  special  purpose  graphics  lab  which  are  available 
for  both  in  and  out-of-class  student  use. 

Research  and  Service  Units 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

41 18  Tydings  Hall;  405-1569 
Director:  James  Smith 

The  functions  of  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  are 
research,  education,  and  public  service.  The  research  activities  of  the 
bureau  are  primarily  focused  on  basic  research  and  applied  research  in 
the  fields  of  regional,  urban,  public  finance,  and  environmental  studies. 
Although  the  bureau's  long-run  research  program  is  carried  out  largely  by 
its  own  staff,  faculty  members  from  other  departments  also  participate. 
The  bureau  also  undertakes  cooperative  research  programs  with  the 
sponsorship  of  Federal  and  State  governmental  agencies,  research 
foundations,  and  other  groups. 

The  educational  functions  of  the  bureau  are  achieved  through  active 
participation  by  advanced  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  in  the 
bureau's  research  program.  This  direct  involvement  of  students  in  the 
research  process  under  faculty  supervision  assists  students  in  their 
degree  programs  and  provides  research  skills  that  equip  students  for 
responsible  posts  in  business,  government  and  higher  education. 

The  bureau  fulfills  its  service  responsibilities  to  governments,  business, 
and  private  groups  primarily  through  the  publication  and  distribution  of  its 
research  findings.  In  addition,  the  bureau  staff  welcomes  the  opportunity 
to  be  of  service  to  governmental  and  civic  groups  by  consulting  with  them 
on  problems,  especially  in  the  fields  of  regional  and  urban  economic 
development  and  forecasting,  State  and  local  public  finance,  and  envi- 
ronmental management. 

Center  for  Global  Change 

Suite  402,  7100  Baltimore  Avenue;  403-4165 
Director:  Allan  Miller 

Founded  in  the  summer  of  1 989  with  a  two-year  $  1 .8  million  grant  from  the 
U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  the  centercoordinates  the  ongoing 
research  of  climatologists,  botanists,  geographers,  engineers,  and 
economists  throughout  the  university  system  who  are  researching  different 
facets  of  global  environmental  change.  The  Center  for  Global  Change 
works  to  improve  communication  and  dialogue  between  scientists,  policy 
analysts,  governments,  corporations,  developing  countries,  and  indus- 
trialized nations.  The  center  is  co-sponsored  by  the  Colleges  of  Agricul- 
ture. Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  and  Life  Sciences. 

The  Center  for  International  Development  and  Conflict 
Management 

2nd  Floor  Mill  Building;  314-7703 
Director:  Abdul  Omrun  (acting) 

The  Center  for  International  Development  and  Conflict  Management  is  a 
research  center  focusing  on  the  management  and  resolution  of  protracted 
conflict  in  the  world  today.  Established  in  1981.  the  center  has  a  staff 
composed  of  university  faculty,  visiting  fellows  and  associates  involved  in 
study  of  contemporary  international  and  intercommunal  conflictstheir 
causes,  dynamics,  management  strategies  and  peaceful  resolution. 

Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  Center 
4106  Tydings  Hall;  405-4535 
Director:  Paul  Wemstein 

The  Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  Center  was  organized  in  1 978 
at  UMCP  and  is  concerned  with  two  kinds  of  activity.  The  first  is  interdis- 
ciplinary research  directed  pnmanly  toward  the  study  of  labor-management 
relations,  employment,  wages  and  related  problems,  the  labor  market, 
occupational  safety  and  health ,  comparative  studies  and  human  resources 
problems.  The  center  draws  on  the  expertise  and  interests  of  faculty  from 
the  College  of  Business  and  Management,  the  School  of  Law.  and  the 
Departments  of  Economics,  History,  Psychology.  Sociology,  and  Health 
Education.  The  second  main  activity  consists  of  educational  projects 


serving  management,  unions,  the  public,  and  other  groups  interested  in 
industrial  relations  and  labor-related  activities  These  projects  consist  of 
public  lectures,  conferences,  and  symposia  as  well  as  non-credit  courses 

Survey  Research  Center 

1 103  Art-Sociology  Building,  314-7831 
Director:  Stanley  Pressor 

The  Survey  Research  Center  was  created  in  1980  as  a  special  purpose 
research  facility  within  the  behavioral  and  social  sciences  The  center 
specializes  in  the  design  of  questionnaires  and  the  conduct  of  surveys  for 
policy  purposes,  and  has  the  capacity  to  conduct  mini-surveys,  survey 
experiments,  and  in-depth  clinical  interviews.  The  center  annually  con- 
ducts the  Maryland  Poll,  a  sampling  of  public  opinion  across  the  state  on 
important  issues  to  Maryland  citizens;  it  also  conducts  periodic  surveys  of 
the  Baltimore-Washington  region  and  shares  results  of  these  surveys 
nationally  through  the  Network  of  State  Polls.  The  center  provides 
assistance  to  researchers  in  sample  design,  has  technical  expertise  on 
the  storage,  manipulation,  and  analysis  of  very  large  data  sets,  and 
provides  support  services  to  archive  and  maintain  such  data  sets 

The  center  supports  undergraduate  and  graduate  education  by  providing 
both  technical  training  and  practical  experience  to  students.  Also,  the 
center  has  a  strong  community  service  mission  through  the  provision  of 
technical  assistance  on  survey  methods  and  survey  design  to  units  of 
state  and  local  governments,  and  by  conducting  surveys  on  a  contract  or 
grant  basis  for  these  governmental  units. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  MANAGEMENT 
(BMGT) 

Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies:  2136  Tydings  Hall.  405-2286 

Professor  and  Dean:  Rudolph  P.  Lamone 
Professor  and  Associate  Dean:  Leete 
Associate  Dean  and  Director  of  EDP:  Stocker 
Professor  and  Director  of  Doctoral  Program:  Sims 
Director  of  the  Masters'  Programs:  Wellman 
Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies:  Mattingly 
Director  of  Undergraduate  Student  Services:  King 
Advisors/Consultants:  Warsmsky  and  Mirhadi 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  recognizes  the  importance  of 
education  in  business  and  management  to  economic,  social,  and  pro- 
fessional development  through  profit  and  non-profit  organizations  at  the 
local,  regional,  and  national  levels.  The  faculty  of  the  college  have  been 
selected  from  the  leading  doctoral  programs  in  business.  They  are 
scholars,  teachers,  and  professional  leaders  with  a  commitment  to 
superior  education  in  business  and  management,  specializing  in  ac- 
counting, finance,  decision  and  information  sciences,  management  sci- 
ence and  statistics,  management  and  organization,  marketing,  and 
transportation,  business  and  public  policy.  The  College  of  Business  and 
Management  is  accredited  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business,  the  official  national  accrediting  organization  for 
business  schools. 

Degrees 

The  university  confers  the  following  degrees  on  students  successfully 
completing  programs  of  study  in  the  college:  Bachelor  of  Science  (B.S.). 
Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA).  Master  of  Science  (M.S.). 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  (Ph.D.).  Information  concerning  admission  to 
the  MBA.  or  M.S.  program  is  available  from  the  college's  Director  of  the 
Masters'  Programs 

Undergraduate  Program 

The  undergraduate  program  recognizes  the  need  for  professional  education 
in  business  and  management  based  on  a  foundation  m  the  liberal  arts 
Modern  society  compnses  intricate  business,  economic,  social,  and 
government  institutions  requiring  a  large  number  of  men  and  women 
trained  to  be  effective  and  responsible  managers 

A  student  in  business  and  management  selects  a  maior  in  one  of  several 
curricula:  (1)  Accounting;  (2)  Decision  and  Information  Sciences;  (3) 
Finance;  (4)  General  Business  and  Management  (including  an  Interna- 
tional Business  option);  (5)  Management  Science;  (6)  Marketing.  (7) 
Personnel  and  Labor  Relations,  (8)  Production  Management;  (9)  Statis- 


tics;  and  (10)  Transportation.  For  students  interested  in  law  as  a  career 
there  is  a  combined  business  and  law  program  in  which  the  Bachelor  ol 
Science  degree  in  one  of  the  above  curricula  is  awarded  after  ninety 
semester  hours  and  one  year  at  the  University  ol  Maryland  School  of  Law. 
(See  specific  requirements  at  the  end  of  the  curricula  section  to  follow  ) 

Students  interested  in  institutional  management,  insurance  or  real  estate 
may  plan  with  their  advisors  to  select  elective  courses  to  meet  their 
specialized  needs;  however,  this  interest  is  in  addition  to  completion  of 
one  of  the  above  majors  (See  specific  suggestions  at  the  end  of  curricula 
section  to  follow.) 

Advising 

General  advisement  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is 
available  Monday  through  Friday  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 
2136  Tydings  Hall,  405-2286.  It  is  recommended  that  students  visit  this 
office  each  semester  to  ensure  that  they  are  informed  about  current 
requirements  and  procedures.  Student  problems  concerning  advising 
should  be  directed  to  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Student  Services. 

Transfer  students  entering  the  university  can  be  advised  during  spring, 
summer,  and  fall  transfer  orientation  programs.  Contact  the  Orientation 
Office  for  further  information.  314-8217. 

Entrance  Requirements 

Admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is  competitive  at 
the  freshman  level.  Since  the  demand  for  majors  in  business  beyond  the 
sophomore  level  has  exceeded  faculty  resources  it  is  necessary  to  limit 
student  enrollment  at  the  junior  and  senior  level.  Students  will  be  required 
to  meet  a  certain  grade  point  average  and  course  completion  requirements 
to  continue  taking  courses  at  the  junior  level.  In  addition  to  the  UMCP 
coursework,  all  courses  from  other  colleges  count  toward  the  computation 
of  the  cumulative  GPA  for  Business  college  admission. 

Freshman-Sophomore  College  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

MATH  220  or  140  (AND  14V) 3        (8) 

BMGT  220  and  221 6 

BMGT  230  (231*) 3 

ECON  201  and  203 6 

SPCH  100  or  107 _3 

Total 21      (26) 

'Required  for  Decision  and  Information  Sciences.  Management  Science, 
and  Statistics  curricula. 

Statement  of  Policy  on  Transfer  of  Credit  from 

Community  Colleges 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  subscribes  to  the  policy  that 
a  student's  undergraduate  program  below  the  junior  year  should  include 
no  advanced,  professional  level  courses.  This  policy  is  based  on  the 
conviction  that  the  value  derived  from  these  advanced  courses  is  mate- 
rially enhanced  when  based  upon  a  sound  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts. 

In  adhering  to  this,  it  is  the  practice  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  to  consider  for  transfer  from  a  regionally  accredited  commu- 
nity college  only  the  following  courses  in  business  administration:  an 
introductory  business  course,  business  statistics,  elementary  accounting 
or  business  law.  Thus,  it  is  anticipated  that  students  transferring  from 
another  regionally  accredited  institution  will  have  devoted  the  major  share 
of  their  academic  effort  below  the  junior  year  to  the  completion  of  basic 
requirements  in  the  liberal  arts.  A  total  of  sixty  semester  hours  may  be 
transferred  from  a  community  college  and  applied  toward  a  degree  from 
the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Other  Institutions 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  normally  accepts  transfer 
credits  from  regionally  accredited  four-year  institutions.  Junior  and  senior 
level  business  courses  are  accepted  from  colleges  accredited  by  the 
American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (AACSB).  Junior 
and  senior  level  business  courses  from  other  than  AACSB  accredited 
schools  are  evaluated  on  a  course-by-course  basis  to  determine  transfer- 
ability. 

Summary  of  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  Requirements  (all  cur- 
ricula): At  least  45  hours  of  the  120  semester  hours  of  academic  work 


College  of  Business  and  Management    63 

required  for  graduation  must  be  in  business  and  management  subjects. 
A  minimum  of  fifty-seven  hours  of  the  required  120  hours  must  be  in  300 
or  400  level  courses.  These  fifty-seven  hours  of  upper  level  credits  may 
not  be  attempted  without  special  permission  until  a  student  has  earned  a 
minimum  of  fifty-six  credits  In  addition  to  the  requirement  of  an  overall 
cumulative  grade  point  average  ol  2.0  (C  average)  in  all  College  Park 
coursework  Effective  Fall  1989,  all  business  majors  must  earn  a  C"  or 
better  in  all  required  courses,  including  Economics,  Mathematics,  and 
Speech.  Electives  outside  the  ten  curricula  of  the  college  may  be  taken  in 
any  department  of  the  university,  if  the  student  has  the  necessary 
prerequisites. 

Junior-Senior  College  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

BMGT  301—  Intro,  to  Data  Processing 3 

BMGT  340 — Business  Finance  (Prerequisite 

BMGT  221  and  230) 3 

BMGT  350— Marketing  Principles 

and  Organization  (Prerequisite  ECON  203) 3 

BMGT  364— Management  and  Organizational  Theory 3 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 3 

BMGT  495  or  495A,  Business  Policies  (open  ONLY  to  seniors)  .  3 

Economics  (see  below) 6 

Total 24 

Economics  Requirements 

Finance  Curriculum:  ECON  430  or  ECON  431,  AND  one  course  from 
ECON  305.  306,  402,  440  or  450. 

General  Business  and  Management  Curriculum:  One  course  from 
ECON  305,  306,  430,  or  440,  AND  one  course  from  an  approved  list  of 
ECON,  GEOG,  PSYC.  or  SOCY  courses.  The  approved  list  is  available 
in  2136  Tydings  Hall.  For  the  International  Business  option.  ECON  440 
and  one  of  the  following;  ECON  305.  306.  311.  315.  316,  317.  361.  370. 
374,  375,  380;  or  any  400  level  ECON  except  321 ,  422.  423,  or  425. 

All  other  curricula:  One  course  from  ECON  305.  306,  430  or  440,  AND 
one  of  the  following  courses:  ECON  305,  306,  31 1,  315,  316,  317,  361. 
370, 374, 375, 380  or  any  400  level  ECON  course  except  422, 423.  or  425. 

Junior-Senior  Major  Curriculum  Concentration 

Refer  to  specific  curriculum  section  which  follows. 

Total 


Credit  Hours 
15-21 


University  Studies  Program  (USPs)  (For  student  matriculating  prior  to 
Fall,  1990;  please  refer  to  the  chapter  on  general  education  in  this 
catalog.) 

CORE  Liberal  Arts  and  Science  Studies  Program  (For  students  ma- 
triculating Fall,  1990  and  after.) 

Fundamental  Studies  (CORE) 

Freshman  Composition  (ENGL  101) 3 

Upper  Level  Composition  (ENGL  391 ,392,393,394.395)* 3 

Mathematics 3 

Distributive  Studies  (CORE) 

Humanities  and  the  Arts 9 

One  literature 

One  history  and/or  theory  of  arts 

One  additional  humanities  and  arts 

Mathematics  and  the  Sciences 10 

No  more  than  two  courses  from  A  or  B.  no  more  than 
one  course  from  C.  One  must  include  or  be 
accompanied  by  a  laboratory. 

A.  Physical  Science 

B.  Life  Science 

C.  Mathematics  or  formal  reasoning 

Social  Science 9 

One  course  social  or  political  history 
Two  behavioral  and  social  science 

Advanced  Studies  (CORE) 6 

One  course  in  Analysis  of  Social  and  Ethical  Problems 
One  of  the  following  options: 

a  second  course  in  Analysis  of  Social  and  Ethical  Problems 

a  course  in  Development  of  Knowledge 

an  approved  capstone  course 


64    College  of  Business  and  Management 


Diversity  (CORE) 

One  course  required  See  list  of  approved  courses.  Focus  must  be  on  (a) 

the  history,  status,  treatment,  or  accomplishment  of  women  or  minority 

groups  and  subcultures  or  (b)  non-Western  culture.  Course  may  but  need 

not  be  drawn  from  either  Distributive  or  Advanced  Studies;  it  may  be 

satisfied  with  any  major,  supporting,  or  elective  course  from  the  approved 

list. 

Electives 

The  remaining  electives  must  bring  the  degree  total  to  120  semester 
hours.  The  student  must  have  sufficient  upper  level  electives  to  bring  the 
total  upper  level  courses  (300  and  400  level)  to  fifty-seven  semester 
hours.  NOTE:  All  Finance  majors  are  required  to  have  one  three-credit 
BMGT  elective  in  order  to  fulfill  45  hours  in  business. 

Grand  Total 1 20 

A  Typical  Program  for  the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

CORE  and/or  electives 9       (8) 

English  101  or  equivalent 3 

MATH  002-,  1 15,  or  220  (or  140") 3       (4) 

First  semester  total 15 

CORE  and/or  electives 9       (8) 

SPCH  100  or  107 3 

MATH  115,  (141"),  220  or  elective 3       (4) 

Second  semester  total 15 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE  and/or  electives 6 

BMGT  220  (Prereq.  Sophomore  Standing) 3 

ECON  201  (Prereq.  Sophomore  Standing) 3 

MATH  220  or  BMGT  230  (231")  or  elective 3 

Third  semester  total 15 

CORE  and/or  electives 6 

ECON  203  (Prereq.  ECON  201) 3 

BMGT  221  (Prereq.  BMGT  220) 3 

BMGT  230  (Prereq.  MATH  220  )  or  231" 

(Prereq.  MATH  141)  or  elective 3 

Fourth  semester  total 15 

"MATH  002  is  a  non-credit  course  which  prepares  a  student  for  either  1 1 5 
or  220  depending  on  the  grade  earned  in  002. 

"Required  for  Decision  and  Information  Sciences,  Management  Science, 
and  Statistics  curricula. 

Curricula 

Accounting 

Chair:  S.  Loeb 

Professors:  Gordon,  S.  Loeb 

Associate  Professors:  Bedingfield,  Edelson,  M.  Loeb 

Assistant  Professors:  Jang,  Kandelin,  LeClere,  Main,  Thompson,  Wong 

Accounting,  in  a  limited  sense,  is  the  analysis,  classification,  and  record- 
ing of  financial  events  and  the  reporting  of  the  results  of  such  events  for 
an  organization.  In  a  broader  sense,  Accounting  consists  of  all  financial 
systems  for  planning,  controlling  and  appraising  performance  of  an 
organization.  Accounting  includes  among  its  many  facets:  financial  plan- 
ning, budgeting,  accounting  systems,  financial  management  controls, 
financial  analysis  of  performance,  financial  reporting,  internal  and  exter- 
nal auditing,  and  taxation. 

The  Accounting  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  ca- 
reers in  Accounting  and  other  management  areas  whether  in  private 
business  organizations,  government  and  non-profit  agencies,  or  public 
accounting  firms. 

Course  requirements  for  the  |unior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Accounting  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hour* 

BMGT  310,  31 1— Intermediate  Accounting  I  and  II  6 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting 3 

BMGT  323 — Income  Tax  Accounting 3 

Three  of  the  following  courses: 9 

BMGT  326— Accounting  Systems 

BMGT  410— Fund  Accounting 

BMGT  417 — Advanced  Tax  Accounting 


Total 


BMGT  420,  421— Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar 

BMGT  422— Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

BMGT  424 — Advanced  Accounting 

BMGT  426 — Advanced  Cost  Accounting 

BMGT  427— Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 


21 


The  educational  requirements  of  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Accountancy 
for  certification  are  a  baccalaureate  or  higher  degree  with  a  major  in 
Accounting  or  with  a  non-accounting  degree  supplemented  by  coursework 
the  Board  determines  to  be  substantially  the  equivalent  of  an  Accounting 
major.  Students  planning  to  take  the  CPA  examination  for  certification  and 
licensing  outside  Maryland  should  determine  the  educational  requirements 
for  that  state  and  arrange  their  program  accordingly. 

Decision  and  Information  Sciences 

Chair:  Hevner 

Professor:  Yao 

Associate  Professors:  Alavi,  Hevner 

Assistant  Professors:  Raschid 

Computer-based  information  systems  are  an  integral  part  of  nearly  all 
businesses,  large  and  small.  Decision  and  Information  Sciences  provides 
the  data  processing  skills,  the  managerial  and  organizational  skills,  and 
the  analytical  skills  required  to  design  and  manage  business  information 
processing  systems.  This  program  gives  the  student  a  firm  basis  in  the 
business  functional  areas:  Marketing,  Finance,  Production,  and  Accounting 
In  addition  it  provides  an  in-depth  knowledge  of  information  processing 
technology,  information  processing  implementation  techniques,  and 
Management  Science  and  Statistics.  These  skills  furnish  the  student  with 
the  expertise  to  analyze  business  problems  both  qualitatively  and  quan- 
titatively, to  propose  computer  based  solutions,  and  to  implement  those 
solutions.  There  are  many  diverse  employment  opportunities  available  to 
graduates  of  this  program.  The  typical  job  areas  include  application 
programmer/analyst,  systems  analyst,  and  computer  system  marketing 
analyst.  Such  positions  are  available  in  both  large  and  small  corporations, 
management  consulting  firms,  and  government  agencies. 

Students  planning  a  major  in  this  field  must  complete  MATH  140  and 
MATH  141  and  BMGT  231  prior  to  junior  standing.  Students  considering 
graduate  work  in  this  field  should  complete  MATH  240  or  400  as  early  as 
possible  in  their  careers. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  the 
Decision  and  Information  Sciences  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  302 — Information  Systems  Implementation 
Techniques 3 

Three  of  the  following  four  courses: 

BMGT  402— Database  and  Data  Communication 

Systems 3 

BMGT  403— Systems  Analysis 3 

BMGT  404 — Seminar  in  Decision  Support  Systems 3 

BMGT  405 — Business  Telecommunications  3 

BMGT  407— Information  Systems  Projects 3 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 3 

BMGT  434 — Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory 3 

BMGT  435— Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 3 

Total 24 

Finance 

Chair:  Kolodny 

Professors:  Bradford,  Chen,  Haslem,  Kolodny,  Senbet 

Associate  Professors:  Chang.  Eun 

Assistant  Professors  Madan,  Pichler,  Soubra,  Unal 

The  Finance  curriculum  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
institutions,  theory,  and  practice  involved  in  the  allocation  of  financial 
resources  within  the  private  sector,  especially  the  firm  It  is  also  designed 
to  incorporate  foundation  study  in  such  related  disciplines  as  economics 
and  the  quantitative  areas. 

The  Finance  curnculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers 
involving  financial  analysis  and  management,  investment  analysis  and 
portfolio  management,  investment  banking,  insurance  and  nsk  manage- 
ment, banking,  and  international  finance;  it  also  provides  a  foundation  for 
graduate  study  in  business  administration,  quantitative  areas,  economics, 
and  law. 


College  of  Business  and  Management    65 


Course  requirements  (or  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Finance  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  343— Investments 3 

One  ol  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  434 — Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory 
Two  of  the  following  courses  (Any  combination 
except  443  and  444): 6 

BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 

BMGT  443 — Security  Analysis  and  Valuation 

BMGT  444 — Futures  Contracts  and  Options 

BMGT  445 — Commercial  Bank  Management 
One  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): 3 

BMGT  302— Information  Systems  Implementation  Techniques 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 

BMGT  431 — Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  435 — Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 

MATH  221/141  or  higher  advanced  math 
Total 15 

Management  and  Organization 

Chair:  Locke'f 

Professors:  Bartol,  Carroll,  Gannon.  Levine,  Locke,  Sims 

Associate  Professors:  Gupta,  Olian,  Smith,  Taylor 

Assistant  Professors:  Stevens,  Wally 

fDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

•Joint  Appointment  with  Psychology 

Personnel  Administration  is  the  direction  of  human  effort.  It  is  concerned 
with  securing,  maintaining  and  utilizing  an  effective  work  force.  People 
professionally  trained  in  Personnel  Administration  find  career  opportuni- 
ties in  business,  government,  educational  institutions,  and  charitable  and 
other  organizations. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  in  Personnel  and 
Labor  Relations  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management 3 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 3 

BMGT  460 — Personnel  Management-Analysis  and  Problems..  3 

BMGT  462— Labor  Legislation 3 

BMGT  464 — Organizational  Behavior 3 

One  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): __3 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 

BMGT  467— Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel  Management 

GVPT  41 1 — Public  Personnel  Administration 

JOUR  330— Public  Relations 

PSYC  361 — Survey  of  Industrial  and  Organizational  Psychology 

PSYC  451— Principles  of  Psychological  Testing 

PSYC  452— Psychology  of  Individual  Differences 

SOCY  447— Small  Group  Analysis 

SOCY  462— Industrial  Sociology 
Total 18 

Management  Science  and  Statistics 

Chair:  Golden 

Professors:  Assad,  Ball,  Bodin,  Gass.  Golden,  Kotz,  Lamone 

Associate  Professors:  Alt,  Fromovitz,  Widhelm 

Assistant  Professors:  Fu,  Grimshaw,  Kaku 

Distinguished  Scholar- Teacher 

In  the  Management  Science  and  Statistics  curriculum,  the  student  has  the 
option  of  concentrating  primarily  in  Management  Science,  Production 
Management,  or  Statistics.  All  Management  Science  and  Statistics  stu- 
dents must  take  MATH  140  and  MATH  141  and  BMGT  231. 

Management  Science 

Management  Science  (operations  research)  is  the  application  of  scientific 
methods  to  decision  problems,  especially  those  involving  the  control  of 
organized  human-machine  systems,  to  provide  solutions  that  best  serve 
the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  organization  as  a  whole.  Practitioners  in 
this  field  are  employed  in  industry,  business,  and  federal,  state,  and  local 
governments.  Students  planning  to  major  in  this  field  must  complete 
MATH  140  and  141  prior  to  junior  standing.  Students  considering  gradu- 
ate work  in  this  field  should  complete  MATH  240  and  241  as  early  as 
possible  in  their  careers. 


Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  the 
Management  Science  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 3 

BMGT  434 — Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory 3 

BMGT  435 — Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models  3 

BMGT  436— Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in 

Management  Science 3 

Two  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites) _6 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 

BMGT  432— Sample  Survey  Design  for  Business  and  Economics 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  438— Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business 

and  Management 
BMGT  485 — Advanced  Production  Management 
BMGT  402— Database  and  Data  Communication  Systems 
BMGT  403— Systems  Analysis 
Total 18 

Production  Management 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  problems  of 
organization  and  control  in  the  field  of  Production  Management.  Theory 
and  practice  with  reference  to  organization,  policies,  methods,  processes, 
and  techniques  are  surveyed,  analyzed,  and  evaluated. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Production  Management  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting 3 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management 3 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 3 

BMGT  485 — Advanced  Production  Management 3 

Two  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): _6 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 
BMGT  372 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 
BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
BMGT  453— Industrial  Marketing 
Total 18 

Statistics 

Statistics  consists  of  a  body  of  methods  for  utilizing  probability  theory  in 
decision-making  processes.  Important  statistical  activities  ancillary  to  the 
decision-making  process  are  the  systematization  of  quantitative  data  and 
the  measurement  of  variability.  Some  specialized  areas  within  the  field  of 
statistics  are:  sample  surveys,  forecasting,  quality  control,  design  of 
experiment,  Bayesian  decision  processes,  actuarial  statistics,  and  data 
processing.  Statistical  methods,  such  as,  sample  survey  techniques,  are 
widely  used  in  accounting,  marketing,  industrial  management,  and  gov- 
ernment applications.  An  aptitude  for  applied  mathematics  and  a  desire 
to  understand  and  apply  scientific  methods  to  significant  problems  are 
important  prerequisites  for  the  statistician. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Statistics  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 3 

BMGT  432 — Sample  Survey  Design  for  Business  and 

Economics 3 

BMGT  434 — Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory 3 

BMGT  438 — Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business 

and  Management 3 

Two  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): _6 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 
BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
BMGT  435 — Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 
BMGT  436 — Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in 

Management  Science 
BMGT  450— Marketing  Research  Methods 
Total 18 

Marketing 

Chair:  Durand 

Professors:  Durand,  Greer,  Jolson 

Associate  Professors:  Biehal,  Krapfel,  Nickels 

Assistant  Professors:  AN,  Lefkoff-Hagius.  Sengupta,  Seshadri,  Stephens 


66    College  of  Business  and  Management 


Marketing,  the  study  of  exchange  activities,  involves  the  (unctions  per- 
formed in  getting  foods  and  services  from  producers  to  users.  Career 
opportunities  exist  in  manufacturing,  wholesaling,  retailing,  service  orga- 
nizations, government,  and  non-profit  organizations,  and  include  sales 
administration,  marketing  research,  advertising,  merchandising,  physical 
distribution,  and  product  management.  Students  preparing  for  work  in 
marketing  research  are  advised  to  elect  additional  courses  in  Manage- 
ment Science  and  Statistics. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Marketing  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  451 — Consumer  Analysis 3 

BMGT  452— Marketing  Research  Methods 3 

BMGT  457— Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies 3 

Three  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): _9 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management 

BMGT  354 — Promotion  Management 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 

BMGT  431— Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  453— Industrial  Marketing 

BMGT  454 — International  Marketing 

BMGT  455 — Sales  Management 

BMGT  456— Advertising 
Total 18 

Transportation,  Business,  and  Public  Policy 

Chair:  Corsi 

Professors:  Corsi,  Leete,  Preston,  Simon,  Taff  (emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Grimm.  Poist 

Assistant  Professors:  Dresner,  Mattingly,  Ostas,  Scheraga,  Scott, 

Stockdale,  Windle 

Transportation 

This  curriculum  involves  the  movement  of  persons  and  goods  in  the 
satisfaction  of  human  needs.  The  curriculum  in  Transportation  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  services  and  management  problems,  such  as  pricing, 
financing,  and  organization,  of  the  five  modes  of  transport — air,  motor, 
pipelines,  railroads  and  water — and  covers  the  scope  and  regulation  of 
transportation  in  our  economy.  The  effective  management  of  transporta- 
tion involves  a  study  of  the  components  of  physical  distribution  and  the 
interaction  of  procurement,  the  level  and  control  of  inventories,  warehous- 
ing, material  handling,  transportation,  and  data  processing.  The  curricu- 
lum in  Transportation  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  assume  responsible 
positions  with  carriers,  governmental  agencies,  and  in  traffic  and  physical 
distribution  management  in  industry. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
Transportation  are  as  follows: 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  370— Principles  of  Transportation 3 

BMGT  372 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 3 

BMGT  470 — Carrier  Management 3 

BMGT  476 — Applied  Computer  Models  in  Transportation 

and  Logistics 3 

One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  473 — Advanced  Transportation  Problems 

BMGT  475 — Advanced  Logistics  Management 
One  of  the  following  courses: _3 

BMGT  332— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  454 — International  Marketing 

BMGT  473  or  475  (depending  on  choice  above) 

BMGT  474 — Urban  Transportation  and  Development 

BMGT  477— International  Transportation  and  Logistics 

BMGT  481— Public  Utilities 

BMGT  482— Business  and  Government 
Total 18 

General  Business  and  Management 

The  General  Curriculum  is  designed  for  those  who  desire  a  broader 
course  of  study  in  business  and  management  than  offered  in  the  other 
college  curricula.  The  General  Curriculum  is  appropriate  for  example,  for 
those  who  plan  to  enter  small  business  management  or  entrepreneurship 
where  general  knowledge  of  the  various  fields  of  study  may  be  preferred 
to  a  more  specialized  curriculum  concentration. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
General  Business  and  Management  are  as  follows: 


Credit  Hours 

Accounting/Finance 

One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting 

BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 
Management  Science/Statistics 
One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 

BMGT  431 — Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
Marketing 
One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management 

OR  a  higher  number  marketing  course  (check  prerequisites) 
Personnel/Labor  Relations 
One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 
Public  Policy 
One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  481— Public  Utilities 

BMGT  482— Business  and  Government 
Transportation/Physical  Distribution 
One  of  the  following  courses: 3 

BMGT  370 — Principles  of  Transportation 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 
Total 18 

International  Business 

International  Business  is  a  new  option  in  the  General  Business  major  and 
responds  to  the  global  interest  in  international  economic  systems  and  their 
multicultural  characteristics.  This  degree  option  combines  the  college- 
required  core  courses  with  five  International  Business  courses  and  a 
selection  of  language,  culture  and  area  studies  courses  from  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Humanities  and  the  College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
General  Business  and  Management,  International  Business  option,  are 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 3 

BMGT  392— Introduction  to  International  Business 3 

BMGT  494— International  Marketing 3 

BMGT  477 — International  Transportation  and  Logistics 3 

BMGT  446 — International  Finance 3 

Any  400  level  BMGT  course  or  an  agreed  upon  Foreign 

Language  course 3 

Students  are  encouraged  to  complete  the  language  option  to  further 
increase  the  applicability  of  the  International  Business  option 

Business  and  Law.  Combined  Program 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  offers  a  combined  business- 
law  curriculum  in  which  the  student  completes  three  years  in  the  chosen 
curriculum  concentration  in  the  college  and  a  fourth  year  of  work  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Law.  Admission  to  the  law  school  is 
contingent  on  meeting  the  applicable  standards  of  the  school  Individual 
students  are  responsible  for  securing  from  the  law  school  its  current 
admission  requirements  The  student  must  complete  all  the  courses 
required  of  students  in  the  college,  except  BMGT  380  and  BMGT  495  This 
means  the  student  must  complete  all  the  pre-busmess  courses:  both 
upper  level  ECON  courses:  BMGT  301 .  340.  350,  and  364;  all  lower  level 
and  upper  level  CORE  requirements;  the  15  to  21  hours  in  the  student's 
specific  business  major;  and  enough  additional  electives  to  equal  a 
minimum  of  ninety  semester  hours,  thirty  of  which  must  be  numbered  300 
or  above  No  business  law  course  can  be  included  in  the  ninety  hours.  The 
last  thirty  hours  of  college  work  before  entering  law  school  must  be 
completed  in  residence  at  College  Park 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  conferred  by  the  college  upon  students 
who  complete  the  first  year  in  the  law  school  with  an  average  grade  of  "C" 
or  better 

Insurance  and  Real  Estate 

Students  interested  in  insurance  or  real  estate  may  wish  to  concentrate  in 
Finance  or  General  Business  and  Management  and  plan  with  their 
advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs.  College 
courses  that  are  occasionally  offered  in  insurance: 


BMGT  345— Property  and  Liability  Insurance 
BMGT  346—  Risk  Management 
BMGT  347— Life  Insurance 

College  courses  that  are  occasionally  offered  In  real  estate: 
BMGT  393— Real  Estate  Principles 
BMGT  490— Urban  Land  Management 

Institutional  Management 


College  of  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences    67 

COLLEGE  OF  COMPUTER,  MATHEMATICAL  AND 
PHYSICAL  SCIENCES  (CMPS) 

2300  Mathematics  Building.  405-2677 


Students  interested  in  hotel-motel  management  or  hospital  administration 
must  fulfill  one  of  the  ten  majors  such  as  General  Business  and  Man- 
agement, Finance,  or  Personnel  and  Labor  Relations  and  then  plan  with 
their  advisors  a  group  of  electives,  such  as  the  following: 
BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 
BMGT  482 — Business  and  Government 
FSAD  300 — Food  Service  Organization  and  Management 

Honors 
Honor  Societies: 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  National  scholastic  and  professional  honorary  fraternity  in 
accounting.  Members  are  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholar- 
ship and  professional  service  from  junior  and  senior  students  majoring 
inaccounting  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma.  National  scholastic  honorary  society  in  business 
administration.  To  be  eligible  students  must  rank  in  the  upper  five  percent 
of  their  junior  class  or  the  upper  ten  percent  of  their  senior  class  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management.  Students  are  eligible  the  semester 
after  they  have  earned  forty-five  credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park,  and  have  earned  a  total  of  seventy-five  credits. 

Financial  Management  Association  Honorary  Society.  National  scholastic 
honorary  society  sponsored  by  the  Financial  Management  Association. 
To  be  eligible  students  must  be  finance  majors  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  3.5  for  a  minimum  of  ninety  credits. 

Omega  Rho.  National  scholastic  honorary  society  in  operations  research, 
management  and  related  areas.  Members  are  elected  on  the  basis  of 
excellence  in  scholarship  from  junior  and  senior  students  majoring  in 
appropriate  quantitative  areas. 

Pi  Sigma  Phi.  National  scholastic  honorary  society  sponsored  by  the 
PropellerClub  of  the  United  States.  Membership  is  elected  from  outstanding 
senior  members  of  the  University  of  Maryland  chapter  of  the  Propeller 
Club  majoring  in  transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. 

Student  Awards:  For  high  academic  achievement,  students  in  the  col- 
lege may  receive  recognition  by  the  Dean's  List;  Delta  Sigma  Pi  Schol- 
arship Key;  Distinguished  Accounting  Student  Awards;  and  Wall  Street 
Journal  Student  Achievement  Award. 

Scholarships:  The  college  offers  several  scholarships,  including  the 
AIACC.  J.  "Bud"  Ecalono  Memorial  Scholarship  #16;  Alcoa  Foundation 
Traffic  Scholarship;  Delta  Nu  Alpha  Chesapeake  Chapter  No.  23  Schol- 
arship; Delta  Nu  Alpha  Washington,  D.C.  Chapter  No.  84  Scholarship; 
Geico  Achievement  Award;  William  F.  Holin  Scholarship;  National  Defense 
Transportation  Association  Scholarship,  Washington,  DC.  Chapter; 
PropellerClub  Scholarship;  Warren  Reed  Scholarship  (Accounting);  Jack 
B.  Sacks  Foundation  Scholarship  (Marketing);  Charles  A.  Taff  Scholar- 
ship (Transportation);  and  William  and  Carolyn  Witzel  Scholarship. 

Student  Professional  Organizations 

Students  may  choose  to  associate  themselves  with  one  or  more  of  the 
following  professional  organizations:  American  Marketing  Association; 
Society  of  Human  Resource  Management  (Personnel);  Association  of 
College  Entrepreneurs  (all  business  majors);  Black  Business  Society, 
Dean's  Undergraduate  Advisory  Council;  Delta  Nu  Alpha  (Transportation); 
Delta  Sigma  Pi  (all  business  majors);  Finance,  Banking  and  Investments 
Society  (finance);  National  Association  of  Accountants;  National  Defense 
Transportation  Association  (Transportation);  Phi  Chi  Theta  (all  business 
majors);  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management  (all  business 
majors);  and  Propeller  Club  of  America  (Transportation). 

Course  Code:  BMGT 


Dean:  R.H  Herman 
Assistant  Dean:  Williams 
Advisor/Consultant:  Lucas 

The  search  for  new  knowledge  is  one  of  the  most  challenging  activities  of 
humankind  Universities  are  the  key  institutions  in  society  where  funda- 
mental research  is  emphasized.  The  College  of  Computer,  Mathematical 
and  Physical  Sciences  at  College  Park  contributes  very  substantially  and 
effectively  to  the  research  activities  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  The 
College  of  Computer.  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  is  like  a 
technical  institute  within  a  large  university.  Students  majoring  in  any  one 
of  the  disciplines  encompassed  by  the  college  have  the  opportunity  of 
obtaining  an  outstanding  education  in  their  field. 

The  college  serves  both  students  who  continue  as  professionals  in  their 
area  of  specialization,  either  immediately  upon  graduation  or  after  post- 
graduate studies,  and  those  who  use  their  college  education  as  preparatory 
to  careers  or  studies  in  other  areas.  The  focused  specialist  as  well  as  the 
broad  "Renaissance  person"  can  be  accommodated.  Many  research 
programs  include  undergraduates  either  as  paid  student  helpers  or  in 
forms  of  research  participation.  Students  in  departmental  Honors  Programs 
particularly  are  given  the  opportunity  to  become  involved  in  research. 
Other  students  too  may  undertake  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member, 

A  major  portion  of  the  teaching  program  of  the  college  is  devoted  to  serving 
students  majoring  in  disciplines  outside  of  the  college.  Some  of  this 
teaching  effort  is  directed  toward  providing  the  skills  needed  in  support  of 
such  majors  or  programs.  Other  courses  are  designed  as  enrichment  for 
non-science  students,  giving  them  the  opportunity  to  explore  the  reality  of 
science  without  the  technicalities  required  of  the  major. 

The  college  is  strongly  committed  to  making  studies  in  the  sciences 
available  to  all  regardless  of  their  background.  In  particular,  the  college  is 
actively  pursuing  an  affirmative  action  program  to  rectify  the  present 
under-representation  of  women  and  minorities  in  these  fields.  There  are 
in  fact  many  career  opportunities  for  women  and  members  of  minorities 
in  the  fields  represented  by  the  college. 

Structure  of  the  College 

The  following  departments,  programs  and  research  units  comprise  the 

college: 

Department  of  Computer  Science 

Department  of  Geology 

Department  of  Mathematics 

Department  of  Meteorology 

Department  of  Physics 

Applied  Mathematics  Program* 

Astronomy  Program 

Chemical  Physics  Program 

Physical  Sciences  Program 

Center  for  Automation  Research 

Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies 

Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

Laboratory  for  Plasma  Research  (Joint  with  College  of  Engineering) 

'See  the  separate  listing  for  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  in  the 

chapter  on  departments  in  this  catalog. 

Degree  Programs 

The  following  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  programs  are  offered  to 
undergraduates  by  the  departments  and  programs  of  the  college:  As- 
tronomy. Computer  Science,  Geology,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Physical 
Sciences. 

Mathematics  Education  t 

A  student  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  astronomy,  physics, 
physical  sciences,  or  math  who  wishes  certification  as  a  high  school 
teacher  in  a  subject  represented  by  this  college,  must  consult  the  College 
of  Education  in  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  Early  contact 
should  be  made  with  either  Dr.  John  Layman  (astronomy,  physics, 


68    College  of  Education 


physical  sciences)  or  Dr.  James  Fey  (mathematics).  Application  for 
admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  program  is  made  at  the  time  that  the 
first  courses  in  education  are  taken.  Enrollment  in  the  Teacher  Prepara- 
tion program  is  limited. 

Advising 

The  CMPS  Undergraduate  Office,  2300  Mathematics  Building,  405-2677, 
is  the  central  office  for  coordinating  the  advising,  processing  and  updating 
of  student  records.  Inquiries  concerning  university  regulations,  transfer 
credits,  and  other  general  information  should  be  addressed  to  this  office. 
Specific  departmental  information  is  best  obtained  directly  from  the 
departments. 

Entrance  Requirements 

With  the  exception  of  Computer  Science,  criteria  and  procedures  for 
admission  to  the  college  are  the  same  as  admission  to  the  institution. 
Admission  to  the  Computer  Science  Department  is  on  a  competitive 
basisfor  both  freshmen  and  transfer  students.  Freshmen  are  admitted  on 
the  basis  of  their  Scholastic  Aptitude  Tests  and  high  school  grade  point 
average.  Transfer  admission  is  based  on  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  and  completion  of  specific  courses  in  mathematics  and  computer 
science. 

Graduation  Requirements 

1 .  A  minimum  of  1 20  semester  hours  with  at  least  a  C  average  is  required 
of  all  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  from  the  college. 

2.  Forty-three  credit  hours  which  satisfy  the  general  education  CORE 
program  requirements  of  the  University.  In  some  instances,  courses 
taken  to  satisfy  these  requirements  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements.  All  students  who  matriculated  in  the  summer  1978 
session  or  later  must  complete  six  credits  of  English  Composition. 

3.  Major  and  supporting  coursework  as  specified  under  each  department 
or  program. 

4.  The  final  thirty  semester  hours  must  be  completed  at  College  Park. 
Occasionally,  this  requirement  may  be  waived  by  the  dean  for  up  to  six 
of  these  thirty  credits  to  be  taken  at  another  institution.  Such  a  waiver 
is  granted  only  if  the  student  already  has  thirty  credits  in  residence. 

5.  Students  must  be  enrolled  in  the  program  in  which  they  plan  to 
graduate  by  the  time  they  register  for  the  last  fifteen  hours. 

Research  and  Service  Units 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

4201  Computer  and  Space  Sciences  Building.  405-4875 
Professor  and  Director:  James  A.  Yorke* 
•Joint  with  Mathematics 

The  faculty  members  of  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
are  engaged  in  the  study  of  pure  and  applied  science  problems  that  are 
at  the  boundaries  between  those  areas  served  by  the  academic  depart- 
ments. These  interdisciplinary  problems  afford  challenging  opportunities 
for  thesis  research  and  classroom  instruction.  Courses  and  thesis  research 
guidance  by  the  faculty  of  the  institute  are  provided  either  through  the 
graduate  programs  in  chemical  physics  and  in  applied  mathematics  or 
under  the  auspices  of  other  departments.  Students  interested  in  studying 
with  institute  faculty  members  should  direct  inquiries  to  the  Director, 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 

Current  topics  of  research  interest  in  the  institute  include  optical  physics, 
statistical  mechanics,  chemical  physics,  physics  of  upper  atmosphere 
and  magnetosphere.  fluid  dynamics,  physical  oceanography,  various 
aspects  of  space  and  planetary  science,  theoretical  and  applied  numerical 
analysis,  chaotic  dynamics,  and  the  history  of  science. 

The  institute  administers  the  Graduate  Program  in  Chemical  Physics, 
which  provides  courses,  seminars,  and  research  direction  for  graduate 
students  in  the  general  area  of  chemical  physics.  Further  information  may 
be  obtained  from  the  director  of  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  at  (301 ) 
405-4781 .  The  institute  sponsors  a  wide  variety  of  seminars  in  the  various 
fields  of  its  interest.  Principal  among  these  are  the  general  seminars  in 
optical  physics,  statistical  physics,  applied  dynamics,  space  science, 
numerical  analysis,  fluid  dynamics,  chemical  physics,  and  history  of 
science.  Information  concerning  the  seminars  may  be  obtained  by  writing 
to  the  director  of  the  institute,  or  by  calling  405-4875. 


Financial  support  for  qualified  graduate  students  is  available  through 
research  assistantships  funded  by  grants  and  contracts,  and  through 
teaching  assistantships  in  related  academic  departments. 


COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION  (EDUC) 

Benjamin  Building 

Office  of  Student  Services:  405-2350 

Dean:  Dale  Scannell 

The  College  of  Education  is  a  professional  college  committed  to  advancing 
the  science  and  art  of  education  including  the  practices  and  processes 
which  occur  from  infancy  through  adulthood  in  both  school  and  non- 
school  settings.  The  college  mission  is  to  provide  preparation  for  current 
and  future  teachers,  counselors,  administrators,  educational  specialists, 
and  other  related  educational  personnel,  and  to  create  and  disseminate 
the  knowledge  needed  by  professionals  and  policy  makers  in  education 
and  related  fields. 

The  college  is  organized  into  seven  departments,  three  of  which  offer 
undergraduate  majors  in  Teacher  Education:  the  Department  of  Curnculum 
and  Instruction  which  offers  early  childhood,  elementary,  and  secondary 
education  programs:  the  Department  of  Industrial,  Technological,  and 
Occupational  Education;  and  the  Department  of  Special  Education. 
Enrollment  in  the  professional  teacher  education  programs  in  the  above- 
mentioned  departments  is  limited.  See  admission  requirements  below. 
The  Department  of  Industrial,  Technological,  and  Occupational  Education 
also  offers  an  Industrial  Technology  major  leading  to  a  career  in  industry. 

Only  students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  teacher  education  programs 
are  permitted  to  enroll  in  the  professional  education  course  sequences 
Students  with  other  majors  who  have  an  interest  in  the  area  of  education 
may  wish  to  enroll  in  a  variety  of  courses  offered  by  the  college  that  deal 
with  schooling,  human  development,  learning  styles  and  techniques,  and 
interaction  processes. 

In  carrying  out  its  mission,  the  college  is  committed  to  a  society  which  is 
open  to  and  supportive  of  the  educational  aspirations  of  the  widest 
population  of  learners  and  to  continuous  research  and  evaluation  in 
relation  to  teaching  and  learning  in  a  multicultural,  high  technology 
society.  At  times,  students  may  be  invited  to  actively  participate  with 
graduate  students  and  faculty  members  in  research  undertakings  and 
evaluation  processes.  Students  also  make  use  of  the  micro-teaching 
laboratory,  the  education  technology  and  computer  laboratory,  and  the 
curriculum  laboratory. 

In  addition  to  the  CORE  or  USP  program  requirements,  education  majors 
have  the  opportunity  to  complete  45  to  55  credit  hours  of  work  in  the  arts, 
sciences  and/or  humanities.  In  the  teacher  education  courses,  students 
develop  professional  behaviors  through  active  experiences  in  the  college 
classroom  and  participate  in  exploring,  learning  and  practicing  with 
children  and  teachers  in  classrooms  in  the  community.  The  capstone 
experience  of  student  teaching  brings  classroom  theory  and  practice 
together  into  a  personal  set  of  professionally  appropriate  skills  and 
processes. 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  Professional 
Coursework 

Applicants  to  the  University  of  Maryland  who  have  declared  an  interest  in 
education  are  admitted  to  the  university  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions  It  is  recommended  that  University  of  Maryland  undergraduates 
choose  a  teacher  education  major  prior  to  completion  of  45  credit  hours 
Majors  receive  advising  by  staff  of  their  particular  department  regarding 
admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program  in  the  College  of  Education 
All  majors  must  apply  for  admission,  and  be  admitted,  in  order  to  enroll  in 
coursework  in  the  professional  teacher  education  degree  program 

For  admission  into  a  teacher  education  program,  a  student  must  (1) 
complete  English  1 01  and  Math  1 1 0  or  higher  (six  credits);  (2)  earn  forty- 
five  semester  hours  with  an  overall  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  2.5  on  a  4.0  scale  (granted  by  UMCP  or  some  other  institution)  in  all 
coursework  prior  to  enrollment  in  EDHD  300;  and  (3)  have  a  satisfactory 
score  on  the  spelling,  language  and  mathematics  segments  of  the 
California  Achievement  Test  Level  20  Admission  application  forms  are 
available  in  Room  1210  of  the  Benjamin  Building.  Only  those  who  are 
admitted  are  able  to  enroll  in  the  professional  education  sequence 


College  of  Education     69 


A  student  who  initially  (alls  to  meet  the  admission  criteria  may  apply  to  the 
college  whenever  the  criteria  for  admission  are  met.  with  the  stipulation, 
however,  that  a  student  may  take  the  CAT  test  a  maximum  ot  three  times. 
A  plan  tor  becoming  eligible  (or  admission  may  be  developed  by  the 
student  and  the  department  advisor  A  Teacher  Education  Appeals  Board 
reviews  appeals  from  students  who  do  not  meet  the  admission,  advance- 
ment or  retention  criteria.  Consult  the  Student  Services  Office  for  policies 
and  procedures  regarding  appeals. 

Criteria  for  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  program  apply  to  any 
teacher  preparation  program  offered  by  the  University  of  Maryland.  Thus, 
students  desiring  a  mapr  in  agriculture  and  extension  education  or  a 
major  in  health  or  physical  education  should  apply  to  the  College  of 
Education  for  admission  to  the  professional  program  in  Teacher  Educa- 
tion. Students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  but  who. 
through  an  established  cooperative  program  with  another  college  are 
preparing  to  teach,  must  meet  all  admission,  scholastic  and  curricular 
requirements  of  the  College  of  Education.  The  professional  education 
courses  are  restricted  to  degree-seeking  majors  who  have  met  College  of 
Education  requirements  for  admission. 

Student  Teaching 

Once  the  student  has  been  admitted  into  the  professional  program, 
required  courses  must  be  completed  in  an  appropriate  sequence  leading 
to  the  required  student  teaching  experience.  Prior  to  assignment  to 
student  teaching  all  students  in  teacher  preparation  programs  must  (1) 
have  maintained  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.5  with  a 
minimum  grade  of  C  in  every  course  required  for  the  major;  (2)  have 
satisfactorily  completed  all  other  required  course  work  in  their  program;  (3) 
apply  for  student  teaching  to  the  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  one 
semester  in  advance;  (4)  be  recommended  by  their  department;  and  (5) 
have  on  file  favorable  ratings  from  prior  supervised  experiences  in  school 
settings  including  evaluations  of  the  EDHD  300  field  experiences. 

All  students  participating  in  any  field  experience  in  education  are  required 
to  undergo  a  criminal  background  check.  This  is  necessary  because  the 
counties  in  which  students  are  placed  for  field  experiences  require  such 
checks  for  their  professional  staff.  The  background  check  requires  that 
students  submit  identification  forms  with  finger  prints. 

A  certificate  indicating  freedom  from  tuberculosis  and  proof  of  immunization 
for  measles  (rubella)  is  also  required.  This  may  be  obtained  from  a  private 
physician,  a  health  department,  or  the  University  Health  Center. 

The  student  teaching  experience  is  for  most  students  the  final  experience 
in  a  professional  program  preparing  them  for  the  beginning  teaching 
years.  This  culminating  phase  of  the  teacher  education  program  provides 
the  prospective  teacher  with  the  opportunity  to  integrate  theory  and 
practice  in  a  comprehensive,  reality-based,  experience.  Student  teaching 
placements,  as  well  as  all  other  field  experiences,  are  arranged  by  the 
Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences.  Prior  to  receiving  a  student  teaching 
placement,  prospective  student  teachers  must  have  been  admitted  to 
Teacher  Education  and  have  completed  requirements  as  described  in  the 
previous  section.  In  programs  requiring  more  than  one  student  teaching 
placement,  the  first  placement  must  be  satisfactorily  completed  before  the 
student  begins  the  succeeding  placement. 

Most  student  teaching  placements  and  accompanying  seminars  are 
arranged  in  the  Teacher  Education  Centers  and  other  collaborative  field 
sites  jointly  administered  by  the  College  of  Education  and  participating 
school  systems.  The  student  teaching  semester  is  a  full-time  commitment 
and  interference  with  this  commitment  because  of  employment  or 
coursework  is  not  permitted.  Living  arrangements,  including  transporta- 
tion for  the  student  teaching  assignments,  are  considered  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  student.  Students  should  contact  the  Office  of  Laboratory 
Experiences  if  there  are  any  questions  regarding  this  policy. 

Graduation  Requirements 

The  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science  are  conferred  by 
the  College  of  Education.  The  determination  of  which  degree  is  conferred 
is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  liberal  arts  study  included  in  a  particular 
degree  program  .Minimum  requirements  for  graduation  are  1 20  semester 
hours.  Specific  departmental  program  requirements  for  more  than  the 
minimum  must  be  fulfilled. 

In  addition  to  the  university  general  education  requirements  (USP  or 
CORE)  and  the  specific  requirements  for  each  curriculum,  the  college 
requires  that  all  majors  complete  EDHD  300,  EDPA  301,  and  three 
semester  hours  of  an  approved  speech  course.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is 


required  in  all  pre-professional  and  professional  coursework  required  for 
the  major.  An  overall  grade  point  average  of  2.5  must  be  maintained  after 
admission  to  Teacher  Education.  A  grade  of  S  is  required  in  student 
teaching. 

Exceptions  tocurncular  requirements  and  rules  of  the  College  of  Education 
must  be  recommended  by  the  student's  advisor  and  department  chair- 
person and  approved  by  the  dean 

Accreditation  and  Certification 

Ail  bachelor-degree  teacher  preparation  programs  are  accredited  by  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  and  have  been 
approved  by  the  Office  of  Certification  and  Accreditation  of  the  Maryland 
State  Department  of  Education  using  standards  of  the  National  Association 
of  State  Directors  of  Teacher  Education  and  Certification.  Accreditation 
provides  for  reciprocal  certification  with  other  states  that  recognize 
national  accreditation. 

The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  issues  certificates  to  teach 
in  the  public  schools  of  the  state.  In  addition  to  graduation  from  an 
approved  program,  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  requires 
satisfactory  scores  on  the  National  Teacher  Exam  (NTE)  for  certification. 
At  the  time  of  graduation,  the  college  informs  the  Maryland  State  Department 
of  Education  of  the  graduate's  eligibility  for  certification. 

Special  Resources  and  Opportunities 

The  College  of  Education  offers  many  special  resources  and  facilities  to 
students,  faculty,  and  the  community.  The  Center  for  Educational  Re- 
search and  Development,  Institute  for  the  Study  of  Exceptional  Children 
and  Youth,  the  Music  Educators  National  Conference  Historical  Center, 
the  Reading  Center  and  the  Center  of  Rehabilitation  and  Manpower 
Services  all  are  part  of  the  College  of  Education.  In  addition,  undergraduate 
education  and  pre-education  majors  are  likely  to  find  the  following 
resources  particularly  useful: 

The  Student  Services  Office 

1210  Benjamin  Building,  405-2350 

The  Student  Services  Office  provides  academic  advising  support  for  pre- 
education  and  education  students  during  admission,  orientation,  regis- 
tration, graduation  and  certification.  At  other  times,  pre-education  majors 
and  students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  College  of  Education  receive 
academic  advising  through  their  departments. 

The  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences 

1210  Benjamin  Building,  405-5604 

The  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  (OLE)  is  the  liaison  unit  between  the 
college  and  the  public  school  systems  that  serve  as  laboratories  for  the 
preparation  of  teachers.  While  the  primary  role  of  the  OLE  is  to  provide 
teacher  education  students  with  sites  for  internships,  student  teaching 
and  pre-student  teaching  classroom  experience,  the  office  also  operates 
in-service  programs  for  teachers  and  facilitates  research  and  staff  de- 
velopment activities  in  the  schools.  Placement  coordinators  are  available 
in  the  OLE  to  answer  questions,  provide  orientation  programs  and  arrange 
all  field  experience  placements. 

University  Credentials  Service,  Career  Development  Center 

3121  Hornbake  Library,  314-7226 

All  seniors  graduating  in  the  College  of  Education  (except  Industrial 
Technology  majors)  are  required  to  complete  a  credentials  file  with  the 
Career  Development  Center.  Credentials  consist  of  a  record  of  a  student's 
academic  preparation  and  recommendations  from  academic  and  pro- 
fessional sources.  An  initial  registration  fee  of  $20.00  enables  the  Career 
Development  Center  to  send  a  student's  credentials  to  interested  edu- 
cational employers,  as  indicated  by  the  student.  Students  who  are 
completing  teacher  certification  requirements,  or  advanced  degrees  and 
are  interested  in  a  teaching,  administrative  or  research  position  in  education 
may  also  file  credentials.  (This  service  is  also  available  to  alumni.) 

Other  services  include  job  vacancy  listings  in  secondary  schools  and 
institutions  of  higher  learning,  on-campus  interviews  with  state  and  out-of- 
state  school  systems,  and  information  about  and  applications  for  school 
systems  throughout  the  country. 

Curriculum  Laboratory 

0220  Benjamin  Building,  405-3176 


70    College  of  Engineering 


The  Curriculum  Laboratory  is  a  learning  resource  center  serving  the 
information  needs  of  preservice  and  inservice  teacher  education  stu- 
dents. The  professional  staff  provides  reference  assistance  and  offers 
both  general  and  subject-specific  classroom  orientations.  Included  in  the 
collection  are  curriculum  guides,  reference  and  professional  books, 
elementary  and  high  school  textbooks,  exemplary  instructional  materials, 
research  documents,  standardized  test  specimens,  professional  |Ournals. 
and  material  placed  on  faculty  reserve. 

Educational  Technology  Center 

0307  Benjamin  Building.  405-361 1 

The  Educational  Technology  Center  provides  a  broad  range  of  media 
services  designed  to  support  the  instructional,  research,  and  services 
activities  of  the  students  and  faculty  of  the  college.  The  center  is  organized 
into  five  service  areas:  audiovisual,  circulation,  computers,  graphics,  and 
television.  Services  include:  1)  distribution  and  loan  of  all  types  of 
equipment  and  materials,  including  operation  of  a  closed  circuit  video 
distribution  system  throughout  the  Benjamin  Building;  2)  development 
and  production  of  instructional  materials;  3)  access  to  specialized  facilities 
(computer  lab,  video  classroom,  tv  studio,  self-service  production  area, 
video  viewing  stations);  4)  instruction  in  media  production  and  utilization 
techniques;  and  5)  consultation  of  ways  to  develop  and  use  technology 
effectively  as  educational  tool. 

Center  for  Mathematics  Education 

2226  Benjamin  Building,  405-31 15 

The  Center  for  Mathematics  Education  provides  a  mathematics  labora- 
tory for  undergraduate  and  graduate  students,  and  a  program  of  clinical 
diagnostic  and  corrective/remedial  services  for  children  and  adolescents. 
Clinic  services  are  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  graduate  program  in 
elementary  and  secondary  school  mathematics.  Center  faculty  are  engaged 
in  basic  research  in  mathematics  education,  serve  as  consultants  to 
school  systems  and  instructional  publishers,  and  provide  inservice  teacher 
education  in  addition  to  graduate  degree  programs. 

Center  for  Young  Children 

Cambridge  Complex  East,  405-3168 

The  Center  for  Young  Children,  a  research  and  demonstration  nursery- 
kindergarten  program  providing  child  care  for  the  university  community  ( 1 ) 
serves  as  a  center  in  which  individual  professors  or  students  may  conduct 
research;  (2)  serves  as  a  unit  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  to 
have  selected  experiences  with  young  children,  such  as  student  teaching, 
child  study,  and  observation  of  young  children;  (3)  provides  a  setting  in 
which  educators  from  within  and  without  the  university  can  come  for 
sources  of  ideas  relative  to  the  education  of  young  children. 

Science  Teaching  Center 

2226  Benjamin  Building,  405-3161 

The  Science  Teaching  Center  offers  programs  related  to  undergraduate 
and  graduate  science  teacher  education,  science  supervisor  training,  and 
basic  research  in  science  education,  provides  aid  to  inservice  teachers, 
to  districts  and  science  supervisors,  and  provides  consulting  at  all  levels, 
kindergarten  through  community  college. 

The  Science  Teaching  Center  has  served  as  the  headquarters  for  the 
International  Clearinghouse  on  Science  and  Math  Education  in  collabo- 
ration with  AAAS,  NSF.  UNESCO,  and  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Student  and  Professional  Organizations 

The  college  sponsors  a  chapter  of  Phi  Delta  Kappa,  a  Student  National 
Education  Association,  and  a  Chapter  of  Kappa  Delta  Pi,  an  Honorary 
Society  in  education.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Council  for  Exceptional 
Children  is  open  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  in  Special 
Education.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Music  Educators  National  Conference 
(MENC)  is  sponsored  by  the  Department  of  Music,  and  the  Industrial 
Education  Department  has  a  chapter  of  the  American  Society  of  Tool  and 
Manufacturing  Engineers  and  a  chapter  of  the  American  Industrial  Arts 
Association. 

In  several  departments  there  are  informal  organizations  of  students 
Students  should  contact  the  individual  departments  for  additional  infor- 
mation. 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING  (ENGR) 

1 131  Engineering  Classroom  Building.  405-3855 

Dean:  George  E.  Dieter 

Undergraduate  Student  Affairs:  405-3855 

Cooperative  Engineering  Education:  405-3863 

Center  for  Minorities  in  Science  and  Engineering:  405-3878 

The  mission  of  the  College  of  Engineering  is  to  provide  quality  engineering 
education,  with  sufficient  scope  to  include  both  fundamental  and  special- 
ized engineering  training,  so  that  graduates  are  prepared  to  serve  the 
current  and  emerging  needs  of  society.  Just  as  the  boundary  between  the 
functions  of  engineers  and  applied  scientists  or  mathematicians  is  becom- 
ing less  distinct,  the  various  branches  of  engineering  increasingly  interact 
as  technical  problems  become  more  sophisticated  and  require  interdisci- 
plinary approaches  to  their  solutions  In  addition  to  its  teaching  role,  the 
college  feels  a  related  responsibility  to  conduct  strong  research  programs 
that  contribute  to  the  advancement  of  knowledge. 

Engineers  also  occupy  an  intermediary  position  between  scientists  and 
the  public  because,  in  addition  to  understanding  scientific  principles,  they 
are  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics,  and  values  that  define  the  use 
and  application  of  those  principles.  With  this  in  mind  the  college  fosters  a 
close  partnership  with  industry  and  government,  and  also  reaches  out  to 
both  the  campus  community  and  the  community  at  large  with  its  services. 

Entrance  Requirements 

Preparation  for  pursuing  an  engineering  degree  begins  in  the  freshman  or 
sophomore  year  of  high  school.  The  time  required  to  complete  the  various 
degree  programs  may  be  extended  beyond  the  four  years  cited  in  this 
catalog  to  the  extent  that  incoming  students  may  be  deficient  in  their  high 
school  preparation.  Therefore,  students  interested  in  studying  engineer- 
ing should  enroll  in  the  appropriate  academic  program  in  high  school.  This 
course  of  study  should  include  3-1/2  to  4  years  of  college  preparatory 
mathematics  (including  algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry,  and  pre-calcu- 
lus  mathematics).  In  addition,  students  should  complete  one  year  each  of 
physics  and  chemistry. 

Admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering  is  competitive  for  both  freshmen 
and  transfer  students.  Applicants  who  have  designated  a  maior  within  the 
College  of  Engineering  will  be  selected  for  admission  on  the  basis  of 
academic  promise  and  available  space.  Because  of  space  limitations,  the 
College  of  Engineering  may  not  be  able  to  offer  admission  to  all  qualified 
applicants.  The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  urges  early 
application.  Applicants  admissible  to  the  university  but  not  to  the  college 
will  be  offered  admission  to  the  Division  of  Letters  and  Science.  This  does 
not  assure  eventual  admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering.  For  consid- 
eration of  appeals  for  admission  contact  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions.  Minority  and  women  students  are  encouraged  to  apply  for 
admission 

Freshmen 

Limited  Enrollment  status  for  this  college  is  under  review  at  the  time  of 
publication  of  this  catalog.  Students  should  check  with  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions,  the  college  or  the  department  for  updated 
information. 

Transfer 

All  new  transfer  students,  as  well  as  students  currently  enrolled  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  asking  to  be  admitted  to  the 
College  of  Engineering,  must  meet  the  competitive  admission  requirements 
in  effect  for  the  semester  in  which  they  plan  to  enroll  The  requirements  for 
admission  to  Agricultural.  Chemical/Nuclear.  Civil.  Fire  Protection,  Me- 
chanical. Undecided,  and  Undesignated  Engineenng  are 

1     Minimum  Cumulative  GPA: 
Maryland  Residents:  3.0 
Out-of-State:  3.2 
International:  3.5 

2.  Completion  of  the  following  five  prerequisite  courses  or  their 
equivalents  with  a  minimum  grade  of  "C*  in  each:  MATH  140. 
MATH  141.CHEM  103.  CHEM  113.  and  PHYS  161 

3.  Completion  of  28  semester  hours,  including  ENGL  101:  Introduc- 
tion to  Writing. 


College  of  Engineering    71 


The  requirements  lor  admission  to  Electrical  Engineering  are 
1     Admission  to  the  College  ol  Engineering 


Minimum  Cumulative  GPA:  3.0'. 
Completion  ol  the  following  49  credits  ( 1 4  courses)  with  a  minimum 
cumulative  GPA  lor  these  courses  ol  3  0'  and  a  maximum  ol  17 
registrations  in  the  courses  (i.e. ,  a  maximum  ol  3  ol  the  1 4  courses 
may  be  repeated): 


CHEM  103 
CHEM  113 
PHYS  161 
PHYS  262 
PHYS  263 


ENES  101 
ENES  110 
ENES  221 
ENEE  204 
ENES  240 


MATH  140 
MATH  141 
MATH  241 
MATH  246 


The  requirements  for  admission  to  Aerospace  Engineering  are 


Admission  to  the  College  ol  Engineering. 

Minimum  cumulative  GPA:  2.5*. 

Completion  of  the  following  46  credits  (1 3  courses)  with  a  minimum 

GPA  of  2.5'  in  these  courses  with  no  grade  lower  than  a  "C"  and  a 

maximum  of  16  registrations  in  the  courses. 


ENGL  101 
CHEM  103 
CHEM  113 
PHYS  161 
PHYS  262 
PHYS  263 
ENES  221 


MATH  140 
MATH  141 
MATH  241 
MATH  246 
ENES  101 
ENES  110 


Special  Notes 

1 .  Students  with  a  previous  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  will  be  admitted  to  the 
College  of  Engineering  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  and  completion 
of  the  five  prerequisites  (MATH  140,  MATH  141,  CHEM  103, 
CHEM  113,  and  PHYS  161). 

2.  UMBC  and  UMES  students  will  be  admitted  to  the  College  of 
Engineering  with  official  verification  of  their  enrollment  in  engineering 
programs  at  their  respective  universities. 

3.  Maryland  community  colleges  and  Northern  Virginia  Community 
College  students  who  meet  the  freshmen  admission  requirements 
but  choose  to  attend  a  community  college  have  the  following 
options: 

a.  Remain  at  the  community  college  in  an  articulated  engineering 
program  and  complete  at  least  56  credits,  after  which  time  the 
student  will  be  admitted  to  the  college  on  application  provided 
that  he/she  has  at  least  a  2.0  GPA  at  the  community  college. 
(This  will  apply  to  all  majors  within  the  college  except  aerospace 
and  electrical  engineering.)  The  student  must  supply  the  high 
school  transcript  and  SAT  scores.  In  the  event  that  the  commu- 
nity college  does  not  offer  a  56-credit  articulated  engineering 
program,  the  student  may  transfer  earlier. 

b.  Transfer  immediately  to  the  college  (except  aerospace  and 
electrical  engineering)  provided  the  student  has  completed  the 
five  required  courses  (MATH  140,  MATH  141,  CHEM  103, 
CHEM  1 1 3,  and  PHYS  1 61 )  and  meets  the  competitive  GPA  for 
the  semester  of  intended  enrollment  on  the  College  Park 
campus. 

'Please  Note  That  Minimum  GPAs  Are  Subject  To  Change  Each 
Semester. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Structure  of  Engineering  Curricula:  Courses  in  the  normal  curriculum  or 
program  and  prescribed  credit  hours  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  (with  curriculum  designation)  are  outlined  in  the  sections  describ- 
ing each  department  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  No  student  may  modify 
the  prescribed  number  of  hours  without  special  permission  from  the  Dean 
of  the  college.  The  courses  in  each  curriculum  may  be  classified  in  the 
following  categories: 

1 .  Courses  in  the  CORE  Liberal  Arts  and  Science  Studies  Program. 

2.  Courses  in  the  physical  sciences,  mathematics,  chemistry,  physics. 

3.  Related  technical  courses,  engineering  sciences  and  other  courses 
approved  for  one  curriculum  but  offered  by  another  department. 

4.  Courses  in  the  major  department.  A  student  should  obtain  written 
approval  for  any  substitution  of  courses  from  the  department  chair 
and  the  Dean  of  the  college.  The  courses  in  each  engineering 
curriculum,  as  classified  below,  form  a  sequential  and  developmental 
pattern  in  subject  matter.  In  this  respect,  curricula  in  engineering 
may  differ  from  curricula  in  other  colleges.  Some  regulations  which 


are  generally  applicable  to  all  students  may  need  clarification  lor 
purposes  of  orderly  administration  among  engineering  students 
(see  the  Academic  Regulations  section  of  this  catalog)  Moreover, 
the  College  of  Engineering  establishes  policies  which  supplement 
the  university  regulations 

College  Regulations 

1  The  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for  satisfying  stated 
prerequisites  for  any  course  must  rest  with  the  student  as  does  the 
responsibility  for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled  Each  student  should  be  familiar  with  the 
provisions  of  this  catalog,  including  the  Academic  Regulations. 

2.  Required  courses  in  mathematics,  physics,  and  chemistry  have 
highest  priority;  and  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  every  engi- 
neering student  register  for  mathematics  and  chemistry  or  math- 
ematics and  physics  each  semester  until  the  student  has  fully 
satisfied  requirements  of  the  College  of  Engineering  in  these 
subjects. 

3.  To  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  College  of  Engineering, 
a  student  must  have  an  overall  average  of  at  least  a  C  (2.0)  and  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  engineering  courses  (courses  with  an  EN 
prefix).  Responsibility  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  graduation 
requirements  in  any  curriculum  rests  with  the  student. 

4.  All  students  are  required  to  complete  a  number  of  general  education 
courses  and  must  follow  the  university's  requirements  regarding 
completion  of  the  general  education  (CORE)  Program.  Consult  the 
Academic  Regulations  section  of  this  catalog  for  additional  infor- 
mation. Engineering  students  who  began  college  level  work  (either 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  at  other  institutions)  during  the  Fall 
1989  semester  or  later  are  required  to  complete  a  junior  level 
English  course  (with  the  exception  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
students)  regardless  of  their  performance  in  Freshmen  English 
classes.  This  represents  a  college  policy,  not  a  university-wide 
policy.  Students  beginning  college-level  work  in  the  Fall  1989 
semester  must  also  plan  their  general  education  (CORE)  courses 
to  reflect  depth  as  well  as  breadth.  They  should  plan  to  take  at  least 
two  courses  (preferably  a  lower  level  and  upper  level  course)  which 
follow  a  theme  area  or  provide  more  than  simply  introductory  level 
study  in  one  general  studies  department  of  their  choice. 

5.  All  degree  programs  in  the  College  of  Engineering  require  a 
minimum  of  1 20  credits  plus  satisfaction  of  all  department,  college, 
and  University  general  education  (CORE)  Program  requirements. 
Students  should  be  aware  that  for  all  currently  existing  engineering 
programs  the  total  number  of  credits  necessary  for  the  degree  will 
exceed  1 20  by  some  number  that  will  depend  on  the  specific  major 
and  the  student's  background. 

Curricula  for  the  various  engineering  departments  are  given  in  this  catalog 
to  illustrate  how  the  programs  can  be  completed  in  four  years.  These 
curricula  are  rigorous  and  relatively  difficult  for  the  average  student. 
Surveys  have  shown  that  only  about  one-third  to  one-half  of  the  students 
actually  receive  an  engineering  degree  in  four  years.  The  majority  of 
students  (whether  at  Maryland  or  at  other  engineering  schools  nation- 
wide) complete  the  engineering  program  in  four  and  one-half  to  five  years. 
It  is  quite  feasible  for  a  student  to  stretch  out  any  curriculum;  this  may  be 
necessary  or  desirable  for  a  variety  of  reasons.  However,  students  should 
seek  competent  advising  in  order  to  ensure  that  courses  are  taken  in  the 
proper  sequence. 

All  students  are  urged  to  speak  to  a  counselor  in  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing Student  Affairs  Office  at  least  two  semesters  before  graduation  to 
review  theiracademic  progress  and  discuss  final  graduation  requirements. 

Advising 

Advising  is  available  by  appointment  Monday  through  Friday,  from  8:30 
a.m.  to  1 1 :30  a.m  and  1 :00  p.m.  to  3:30  p.m.,  and  on  a  walk-in  basis  from 
11 :30  a.m.  to  noon  and  3:30  p.m.  to  4:30  p.m.  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
Student  Affairs  Office,  1 131  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3855. 
In  addition,  advising  is  available  in  the  departments.  See  advising  section 
in  the  specific  engineering  department  entry  for  times  and  location. 

Departments  and  Degrees 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the 
following  fields  of  study:  Aerospace  Engineering,  Agricultural  Engineering 
(see  also  College  of  Agriculture),  Chemical  Engineering,  Civil  Engineer- 
ing, Electrical  Engineering,  Fire  Protection  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Nuclear  Engineering,  Undesignated  Engineering  (Engi- 
neering Option  and  Applied  Science  Option). 


72    College  of  Engineering 


All  of  the  above  programs  are  accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  ot  the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and  Technology 
except  the  Applied  Science  Option  of  the  Undesignated  Engineering 
degree. 

The  Freshman-Sophomore  Years 

The  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  engineering  are  designed  to  lay  a 
strong  foundation  in  mathematics,  physical  sciences,  and  the  engineering 
sciences  upon  which  the  student  will  later  develop  a  professional  program 
during  the  upper  division  (junior  and  senior)  years.  The  college  course 
requirements  for  the  freshman  year  are  the  same  for  all  students, 
regardless  of  their  intended  academic  program,  and  about  75  percent  of 
the  sophomore  year  course  requirements  are  common,  thus  affording  the 
student  maximum  flexibility  in  choosing  a  specific  engineering  specializa- 
tion. 

Engineering  Sciences 

Engineering  Science  courses  represent  a  common  core  of  basic  material 
offered  to  students  of  several  different  departments.  All  freshman  and 
sophomore  students  of  engineering  are  required  to  take  ENES  101  and 
ENES  110.  Other  ENES  courses,  220,  221 ,  230,  and  240,  are  specified 
by  the  different  departments  or  taken  by  the  student  as  electives.  The 
responsibility  for  teaching  the  engineering  science  courses  is  divided 
among  the  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering  de- 
partments. In  addition  to  the  core  courses  noted  above,  several  courses 
of  general  interest  to  engineering  or  non-engineering  students  have  been 
given  ENES  designations.  See  the  List  of  Approved  Courses  in  this 
catalog  for  further  descriptions  of  these  courses. 

Freshman  Curriculum 

All  freshmen  in  the  College  of  Engineering  are  required  to  complete  the 
following  basic  curriculum  regardless  of  whether  the  student  plans  to 
proceed  through  one  of  the  designated  baccalaureate  degree  programs 
or  follow  any  of  the  multidisciplinary  nondesignated  degree  curricula  that 
are  sponsored  by  the  college. 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I         II 

CHEM  103.  1 13— General  Chemistry  I,  II 4  4 

PHYS  161— General  Physics 3 

MATH  140,  141— Calculus  I,  II 4  4 

ENES  101— Introductory  Engineering  Science 3 

ENES  110— Statics 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements _6  _3 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  (Freshman  English)* 

Total 17  17 

"ENGL  101:  Freshman  English  must  be  attempted  before  completion  of 
thirty  (30)  credit  hours. 

Entering  freshmen  math  placements  are  determined  by  performance  on 
math  placement  exams.  Placement  in  MATH  002  or  MATH  1 15  will  delay 
by  a  semester  eligibility  to  take  certain  engineering  courses. 

Sophomore  Year 

During  the  sophomore  year  the  student  selects  a  sponsoring  academic 
department  (Aerospace,  Agricultural,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Fire 
Protection,  Mechanical,  or  Nuclear  Engineering)  and  this  department 
assumes  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  academic  guidance,  counsel- 
ing, and  program  planning  from  that  point  until  the  completion  of  the 
degree  requirements  of  that  department  as  well  as  the  college.  For  the 
specific  requirements,  see  the  curriculum  listing  in  each  engineering 
department. 

Dual  Degree  Program 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  is  a  cooperative  arrangement  between  the 
College  of  Engineering  and  selected  liberal  arts  colleges  which  allows 
students  to  earn  undergraduate  degrees  from  both  institutions  in  a  five- 
year  program  A  student  in  the  Dual  Degree  Program  will  attend  the  liberal 
arts  college  for  approximately  three  academic  years  (minimum  ninety 
semester  hours)  and  the  College  of  Engineering  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  approximately  two  academic  years  (minimum  hours  required 
determined  individually  approximately  sixty  semester  hours). 


Dual  degree  candidates  may  participate  in  any  of  the  baccalaureate 
degree  programs  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 

At  the  present  time  the  participating  institutions  in  Maryland  and  the 
District  of  Columbia  are  American  University,  Bowie  State  University. 
Columbia  Union  College,  Coppin  State  College,  Frostburg  State  Univer- 
sity, Morgan  State  University,  College  of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland,  St 
Mary's  College  of  Maryland,  Salisbury  State  University,  Towson  State 
University,  Western  Maryland  College,  Trinity  College,  and  Washington 
College.  Also  participating  in  the  program  are  Kentucky  State  University, 
King  College  in  Tennessee.  Shippensburg  State  University  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  Xavier  University  in  Louisiana. 

Dual  Degree  Program  in  Engineering  and  German 

The  College  of  Engineering  and  the  Department  of  German  and  Slavic 
Languages  have  established  a  dual  degree  program  in  Engineering  and 
German  in  which  students  can  simultaneously  earn  two  baccalaureate 
degrees  in  both  disciplines.  The  program  provides  eight  weeks  in  Ger- 
many studying  intensive  technical  German  at  the  Carl  Duisberg 
Sprachcolleg  and  a  four  to  six  month  paid  internship  in  German  industry. 

For  further  information  about  this  program,  students  should  contact  the 
Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office  (405-3855)  or  the  Department  of 
German  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature,  405-4091 

The  Japan  Technological  Affairs  Program 

The  Japan  Technological  Affairs  Program  offers  students  in  the  College 
of  Engineering  intensive  Japanese  language  instruction,  workshops,  and 
activities  related  to  Japanese  culture  and  society  to  prepare  students  for 
year  long  internships  in  Japan  in  a  Japanese  laboratory  or  company  The 
program  is  coordinated  between  the  College  of  Engineering  and  the 
Department  of  East  Asian  Languages.  Students  complete  their  baccalau- 
reate studies  in  engineering  and  receive  the  intensive  Japanese  instruction 
in  summer  classes  in  the  University's  Language  House  and  classes 
during  the  academic  year  to  prepare  the  future  engineer  to  operate  with 
ease  in  Japan's  research  community. 

For  further  information  about  this  program,  students  should  contact  the 
Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office  (405-3855). 

Engineering  Transfer  Programs 

Most  of  the  community  colleges  in  Maryland  provide  one-  or  two-year 
programs  which  have  been  coordinated  to  prepare  students  to  enter  the 
sophomore  or  junior  year  in  engineering  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
These  curricula  are  identified  as  Engineering  Transfer  Programs  in  the 
catalogs  of  the  sponsoring  institutions  The  various  associate  degree 
programs  in  technology  do  not  provide  the  preparation  and  transferability 
into  the  professional  degree  curricula  as  the  designated  transfer  pro- 
grams. A  maximum  of  one-half  of  the  degree  credits  (sixty  to  sixty-five 
semester  hours)  may  be  transferred  from  a  two-year  community  college 
program. 

There  may  be  six  to  eight  semester  hours  of  major  departmental  courses 
at  the  sophomore  level  which  are  not  offered  by  the  schools  participating 
in  the  engineering  transfer  program.  Students  should  investigate  the 
feasibility  of  completing  these  courses  in  summer  school  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  before  starting  their  junior  coursework  in  the  fall  semester. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  College  of  Engineering  awards  some  merit-based  scholarships 
These  awards  are  designated  primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors  in  the 
college.  Students  must  submit  an  application  and  all  supporting  docu- 
ments by  February  1 5  in  order  to  be  considered  for  scholarship  assistance 
for  the  ensuing  year.  For  additional  information,  contact  the  Student 
Affairs  Office.  1 131  Engineering  Classroom  Building.  405-3855. 

Honors 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  an  Engineering  Honors  Program  that 
provides  eligible  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  an  ennched  program 
of  studies  which  will  broaden  their  perspectives  and  increase  the  depth  of 
their  knowledge.  This  program  is  available  to  students  who  meet  the 
following  criteria: 

1.  3.5  overall  GPA 

2.  3.5  engineering  GPA 


College  of  Engineering    73 


3.  Junior  standing  or  65  applicable  credits. 

In  completing  the  program,  all  engineering  Honors  students  must: 

1 .  Submit  an  Honors  research  project  necessitating  a  paper  and  oral 
presentation  worth  three  hours  ot  credit. 

2.  Successfully  complete  two  semesters  of  the  Engineering  Honors 
Seminar  (ENES  388.  1  credit  each). 

3.  Maintain  a  3.3  GPA. 

For  additional  information,  contact  the  Student  Affairs  Office,  1131  Engi- 
neering Classroom  Building,  405-3855. 

Research  and  Service  Units 

The  Center  for  Minorities  in  Science  and  Engineering 

1 134  Engineering  Classroom  Building.  405-3878 
Director:  Rosemary  L  Parker 

The  center  is  dedicated  to  increasing  the  graduation  rates  for  African- 
American,  hispanic,  and  native  American  students  majoring  in  engineer- 
ing and  science.  It  provides  minority  students  with  academic  advising  and 
free  tutorial  assistance  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  physics,  engineering, 
and  computer  science. 

Through  its  scholarship  and  mentor  programs,  the  center  builds  partner- 
ships with  various  public  and  private  organizations.  The  mentor  program 
is  designed  to  help  minority  students  learn  about  their  disciplines  from 
professionals  working  in  the  field  and  to  enable  organizations  to  identify 
engineering  students  for  employment  upon  graduation. 

Cooperative  Engineering  Education 

1 137  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3863 
Director:  Heidi  Winick  Sauber 

Cooperative  education  (co-op)  is  an  optional  academic  program  that 
combines  classroom  theory  with  career-related  work  experience.  Through 
co-op.  students  alternate  semesters  of  full-time  study  with  semesters  of 
full-time  paid  employment  for  a  total  of  fifty  work  weeks.  Co-op  is  designed 
to  enhance  a  student's  academic  training,  professional  growth,  and 
personal  development.  Co-op  students  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  with  co-op  distinction  and  complete  the  same  academic  require- 
ments as  all  other  students. 

The  benefits  of  co-op  include:  1 )  Integration  of  theory  and  application, 
bringing  new  meaning  to  classroom  studies  and  work  experiences,  2) 
Professional  level  experience  to  offer  potential  employers  after  gradua- 
tion, 3)  Confirmation  of  career  decisions  and  invaluable  professional 
contacts,  4)  Development  of  leadership  skills  and  self-confidence,  and  5) 
Ability  to  finance  educational  expenses. 

Students  are  eligible  after  completing  their  freshman  and  sophomore 
engineering  requirements  provided  they  maintain  a  minimum  2.0  grade 
point  average.  All  students  are  expected  to  work  for  the  same  employer 
throughout  their  co-op  assignments  so  that  they  can  be  given  progres- 
sively increasing  levels  of  responsibility. 

Summer  Undergraduate  Employment  Program 

The  Summer  Undergraduate  Employment  Program  (SUEP)  is  designed 
to  assist  academically  talented  engineering,  computer  science,  and 
physics  students  in  finding  exciting  summer  work  experiences  with 
companies  located  throughout  Maryland.  SUEP  enables  students  to  build 
a  solid  foundation  for  future  career  plans,  network  with  professionals  in 
their  field,  and  earn  money  while  gaining  invaluable  hands-on  experience. 

SUEP  is  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Engineering  Research  Center  and  the 
Office  of  Cooperative  Engineering  Education.  To  participate,  a  student 
must  be  a  junior  or  non-graduating  senior  and  have  a  minimum  cumulative 
G.P.A.  of  3.0. 

Instructional  Television  System 

2104  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-4910 
Director:  Arnold  E.  Seigel 

The  University  of  Maryland's  Instructional  Television  System  (ITV)  is 
headquartered  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  Each  semester,  over  sixty 
regularly  scheduled  graduate  and  undergraduate  classes  are  held  in  ITV's 
studio  classrooms  and  broadcast  "live"  to  government  agencies  and 
businesses  in  the  greater  Washington  and  Baltimore  area.  Students  in  the 
remote  classrooms  watch  the  broadcasts  on  large  TV  monitors.  They  are 
able  to  talk  to  the  instructors  and  other  students  using  a  phone-line  "talk 


back"  system.  In  addition  to  academic  courses,  professional  development 
courses  on  extremely  current  topics  are  offered  via  satellite  to  engineers 
and  managers  throughout  the  United  States.  Through  the  ITV  system, 
working  adult  students  are  able  to  progress  toward  graduate  degrees, 
primarily  in  engineering  and  computer  science,  without  leaving  their 
places  of  work 

Undergraduate  Research  Programs 

Undergraduate  research  programs  allow  qualified  undergraduate  stu- 
dents to  work  with  research  laboratory  directors  in  departments,  thus 
giving  students  a  chance  for  a  unique  experience  in  research  and 
engineering  design.  Projects  in  engineering  allow  undergraduate  students 
to  do  independent  study  under  the  guidance  of  faculty  members  in  an  area 
of  mutual  interest.  For  more  information  contact  your  designated  engi- 
neering department. 

Undergraduate  Research  Participation  Award 
Systems  Research  Center 

A.  V.  Williams  Building,  405-6613 

The  Systems  Research  Center  (SRC)  has  available  Undergraduate 
Research  Participation  Awards  (URPA)  for  full-time  engineering  students 
who  have  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0.  Funding  for  the  URPA 
is  provided  by  the  National  Science  Foundation  and  the  SRC  to  encourage 
undergraduate  students  to  strive  for  engineering  excellence  and  to 
provide  opportunities  for  research  participation.  The  total  URPA  stipend 
is  $2,500  for  a  one  year  period.  The  central  theme  of  the  SRC  is  to  conduct 
advanced  interdisciplinary  research  in  the  analysis  and  design  of  high 
performance  complex  automation  and  information  systems.  Interdiscipli- 
nary research  is  currently  being  conducted  in  the  following  areas:  Chemi- 
cal Process  Control,  Systems  Integration,  Manufacturing  Systems,  Com- 
munication Systems,  Signal  Processing,  and  Intelligent  Servomechanisms. 
Applications  and  supporting  documents  must  reach  the  SRC  by  May  1st 
for  the  summer/fall  semesters  and  November  1  st  for  the  spring  semester. 

Academic  Computing 

1131  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3872 
Director:  Jayanta  (Joy)  K.  Sircar 

Recognizing  that  state-of-the-art  technological  developments  in  the  area 
of  computing  provides  a  significant  thrust  to  the  advancement  of  engineer- 
ing learning  and  research,  the  College  of  Engineering  provides  a  computing 
and  communications  environment  that  will  be  the  standard  for  engineers 
in  the  years  ahead.  Using  a  local  area  net,  approximately  2  miles  long  and 
spanning  six  buildings,  in  a  distributed  computing  framework,  the  network 
supports  nearly  500  workstations.  These  workstations  include  approxi- 
mately 180  Sun  Microsystems,  90  Macintosh  H's,  90  IBM  Pc's  and  PS/2's 
and  their  clones,  50  VAXstations  and  DECstations,  and  25  Hewlett- 
Packards.  Additional  systems  include  those  from  vendors  such  as  IBM, 
Silicon-Graphics,  NeXT,  Solborne,  Symbolics,  Texas  Instruments,  and 
Tektronix.  Further,  the  College  of  Engineering  network  can  access  not 
only  other  University  of  Maryland  facilities  but  all  computing  facilities  in  the 
nation  supported  by  Internet,  as  well  as  other  countries  in  the  world  using 
Bitnet. 

Student  Organizations 

Professional  Societies 

Each  of  the  engineering  departments  sponsors  a  student  chapter  or 
student  section  of  a  national  engineering  society.  The  student  chapters 
sponsor  a  variety  of  activities  including  technical  meetings,  social  gather- 
ings, and  college  or  university  service  projects.  Students  who  have 
selected  a  major  are  urged  to  affiliate  with  the  chapter  in  their  department. 
These  organizations  are:  American  Helicopter  Society,  American  Institute 
of  Aeronautics  and  Astronautics,  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neers, American  Nuclear  Society,  American  Society  of  Agricultural  En- 
gineers, American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  American  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers,  Black  Engineers  Society,  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronics  Engineers,  Society  of  Asian  Engineers.  Society  of  Automotive 
Engineers,  Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers,  Society  of  Hispanic 
Engineers,  and  Society  of  Women  Engineers. 

Honor  Societies 

The  College  of  Engineering  and  each  of  the  engineering  departments 
sponsor  honors  societies.  Nominations  or  invitations  for  membership  are 


74    College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 


usually  extended  lo  junior  and  senior  students  based  on  scholarship, 
service  and/or  other  selective  criteria.  Some  ol  the  honors  organizations 
are  branches  ol  national  societies;  others  are  local  groups:  Tau  Beta  Pi 
(College  Honorary);  Alpha  Epsilon  (Agricultural  Engineering);  Alpha  Nu 
Sigma  (Nuclear  Engineering);  Chi  Epsilon  (Civil  Engineering);  Eta  Kappa 
Nu  (Electrical  Engineering);  Omega  Chi  Epsilon  (Chemical  Engineering); 
Pi  Tau  Sigma  (Mechanical  Engineering);  Salamander  (Fire  Protection 
Engineering);  and  Sigma  Gamma  Tau  (Aerospace  Engineering). 


COLLEGE  OF  HEALTH  AND  HUMAN 
PERFORMANCE  (HLHP) 

(Formerly  College  of  Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health) 

3310  HLHP  Building.  405-2438;  Records,  405-2442 

Dean;  Dr.  John  J.  Burt 

Associate  Dean  for  Academic  Affairs:  Jerry  Wrenn 
Associate  Dean  for  Research  and  Development:  Laura  Wilson 
Records:  Hoxie 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance  provides  preparation 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  following  professional 
areas:  Physical  Education  (three  certification  options),  Health  Education 
(school  and  community),  and  Recreation.  The  college  also  offers  curricula 
in  Kinesiological  Sciences  and  Safety  Education.  In  addition,  each  depart- 
ment offers  a  wide  variety  of  courses  for  all  university  students.  These 
courses  ma/  be  used  to  fulfill  the  general  education  requirements  and  as 
electives. 

Programs  combining  research,  service  and  instruction  are  provided  by  the 
Children's  Health  and  Developmental  Clinic,  the  Adults'  Health  and 
Developmental  Program,  and  the  Sports  Medicine  and  Physical  Fitness 
Center.  More  detailed  information  regarding  these  program  offerings  is 
available  through  the  individual  departments. 

Advising 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  and  first  registration,  each  student  is  assigned 
to  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  college  who  acts  as  the  student's 
academic  advisor.  These  assignments  are  made  by  the  individual 
departments  and  depend  upon  the  student's  chosen  major.  Students  who 
are  enrolled  in  the  college,  but  who  are  undecided  regarding  their  major, 
should  contact  the  Associate  Dean,  331  OH  HLHP  Building,  405-2442. 

Departments  and  Degrees 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance  offers  the  baccalaureate 
degree  in  the  following  fields  of  study:  Physical  Education,  Kinesiological 
Sciences.  Health  Education  and  Recreation.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who  have  met  the  conditions  of  their 
curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Performance. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  a  formal  application  with  the 
Registrations  Office  according  to  the  scheduled  deadlines  for  the  antici- 
pated semester  of  graduation. 

Honors 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon.  Honorary  Society  of  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Performance.  The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  recognize  academic 
achievement  and  to  promote  professional  growth  by  sponsoring  activities 
in  the  fields  of  physical  education,  kinesiology,  recreation  and  health,  and 
related  areas. 

Students  shall  qualify  for  membership  at  such  times  as  they  shall  have 
attained  junior  standing  in  physical  education,  kinesiology,  recreation,  or 
health,  and  have  a  minimum  overall  average  of  2.7  and  a  minimum 
professional  average  of  3. 1  Graduate  students  are  invited  to  join  after  ten 
hours  of  work  with  a  3.3  average.  For  additional  information,  please 
contact  Dr  Donald  Steel.  405-2490. 

Special  Resources  and  Opportunities 

Gymkana  Troupe.  The  Gymkana  troupe  is  a  group  of  highly  disciplined 
young  men  and  women  who  place  a  high  priority  on  education  and  who 


engage  in  gymnastics  for  purposes  of  recreation,  health  and  personal 
development.  Each  member  has  pledged  himself  or  herself  to  a  drug-free 
lifestyle  in  hopes  of  acting  as  a  role  model  so  others  might  be  motivated 
to  do  the  same.  Gymkana  travels  throughout  the  United  States  during 
February  and  March,  performing  once  a  week,  and  ending  the  season  with 
its  annual  gymnastic  performance  at  the  university  Membership  is  open 
to  all  students  regardless  of  their  gymnastic  ability  Gymkana  is  co- 
sponsored  by  the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance  and  the 
Student  Government  Association.  For  additional  information,  please 
contact  Dr.  Joe  Murray,  405-2566. 

Research  and  Service  Units 
Center  on  Aging 

2304  HLHP  Building,  405-2469 

Director  and  Professor:  Dr.  Laura  B.  Wilson 

Associate  Professor:  Dr.  James  M.  Hagberg  and  Dr.  Mark  R.  Memers 

The  Center  on  Aging  stimulates  and  supports  aging-related  activities 
within  existing  departments,  colleges,  and  schools  throughout  all  of  the 
various  institutions  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  center  coordinates 
the  Graduate  Gerontology  Certificate  (Master's  and  Doctoral  levels),  the 
university's  first  approved  graduate  certificate  program.  The  center  as- 
sists undergraduate  and  graduate  students  interested  in  the  field  of 
gerontology  and  helps  them  to  devise  educational  programs  to  meet  their 
goals.  It  is  a  research  center  working  in  physiology,  economics  and  policy. 
It  also  conducts  community  education  programs,  assists  faculty  in  pursu- 
ing research  activities  in  the  field  of  aging,  conducts  conferences  on 
adulthood  and  aging-  related  topics,  and  provides  on-  and  off-campus 
technical  assistance  to  practitioners  who  serve  older  adults. 

For  further  information  on  any  of  the  center's  activities  call,  wnte  or  visit  the 
Center  on  Aging. 

Course  Code:  HLHP 


COLLEGE  OF  HUMAN  ECOLOGY  (HUEC) 

1 100  Marie  Mount  Hall,  405-2357 

Dean:  Dr.  Laura  S.  Sims 

Assistant  Dean  for  Student  Affairs:  Paoletti 

Human  ecology  can  be  described  as  the  way  people  relate  to  the 
environment  in  which  they  live  and  make  decisions.  The  study  of  human 
ecology  applies  scientific  methods  to  learn  how  people  interact  with  their 
surroundings  and  how  they  make  choices  to  satisfy  basic  human  needs 
food,  clothing,  shelter,  and  interpersonal  relationships.  Human  ecology 
also  examines  the  workplace,  and  the  delivery  of  human  services  Within 
the  unifying  framework  of  human  ecology  are  several  specialized  disci- 
plines, each  of  which  has  a  direct  impact  on  the  quality  of  life  of  the  future 

With  its  mission  of  promoting  and  enhancing  quality  of  life,  the  college 
trains  professionals  who  will  be  able  to  assist  people  to  function  effectively 
in  complex  and  changing  circumstances.  Human  ecology  students  have 
numerous  career  choices;  some  will  be  nutritionists,  consumer  econo- 
mists, marriage  and  family  counselors,  textile  researchers,  fashion  mer- 
chandisers, food  scientists,  and  some  will  become  experts  in  new  and 
undreamed-of  fields. 

Areas  of  study  leading  to  a  major  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  are 
organized  into  three  departments:  Family  and  Community  Development 
(FMCD),  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  (HNFS).  and  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  (TXCE) 

Within  this  interdisciplinary  professional  college,  students  are  offered  a 
balance  of  laboratory,  practical  and  field  expenences.  In  each  depart- 
ment, students  are  encouraged  toward  innovative  discovery,  individual 
achievement  and  creative  applications  of  knowledge  to  the  social  and 
physical  systems  in  which  we  function.  A  student  honor  society,  a  minority 
student  group,  and  the  Dean's  Ambassador-Scholars  offer  additional 
opportunities  for  student  involvement  within  the  college. 

Faculty  members  have  distinguished  themselves  in  professional  practice, 
teaching  and  research;  they  are  augmented  by  visiting  professors  and 
lecturers  whose  individual  areas  of  expertise  provide  students  a  broad 
exposure  to  the  issues  facing  individuals  and  systems  in  contemporary 
society 


College  of  Journalism    75 


Admission 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  ol  Human  Ecology  must  apply 
to  the  Director  ot  Admissions  of  the  University  ot  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
Enrollment  in  one  ot  the  majors.  Consumer  Economics,  is  limited.  Specilic 
information  concerning  admission  to  this  major  may  be  obtained  by 
contacting  the  Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics. 

Degrees 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory 
completion,  with  an  average  of  C  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of 
120  academic  semester  hour  credits.  No  grade  below  C  is  acceptable  in 
the  departmental  courses  which  are  required  for  a  departmental  major. 

Curricula 

A  student  may  elect  one  of  the  following  sequences,  or  a  combination  of 
curricula:  experimental  foods,  dietetics,  human  nutrition  and  foods, 
foodservice  administration,  family  studies,  apparel  design,  textile  market- 
ing/fashion merchandising,  textile  science,  or  consumer  economics. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology,  in  addition  to  meeting  the 
University's  general  education  requirements  (CORE),  are  required  to 
complete  a  series  or  sequence  of  courses  to  satisfy  college  and  depart- 
ment requirements.  The  remaining  courses  needed  to  complete  a  pro- 
gram of  study  are  elected  by  the  student  with  the  approval  of  his  or  her 
advisor. 

The  final  responsibility  of  meeting  all  the  requirements  for  a  specific  major 
rests  with  each  individual  student. 

College  of  Human  Ecology  Requirements  (for  every  student  depend- 
ing on  the  major): 

Credit  Hours 

Human  Ecology  Electives 6 

SOCY  100:  Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

PSYC  100:  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Economics  (one  of  the  following  options):  3-6 

ECON  205:  Fundamentals  of  Economics  OR 

ECON  201  and  ECON  203:  Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II 

Speech  (one  of  the  following  courses): 3 

SPCH  100:  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  OR 
SPCH  107:  Technical  Speech  Communication  OR 
SPCH  125:  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Communication 
'Human  Ecology  Electives  to  be  taken  in  the  college  in  the  two  depart- 
ments other  than  the  major  department. 

Advising 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  maintains  a  Student  Advising  and  Support 
Services  Center  in  1 300  Marie  Mount  Hall.  The  Advise  Center  is  open  8:30 
a.m.  to  4:30  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday.  Advising  is  mandatory  for  all 
students  majoring  in  programs  in  Human  Ecology.  Students  may  make  an 
appointment  for  advising  by  calling  405-2365. 


COLLEGE  OF  JOURNALISM  (JOUR) 

Journalism  Building,  405-2399 

Dean  and  Professor:  Cleghorn 

Associate  Dean  and  Professor:  Levy 

Assistant  Dean:  Stewart 

Professors:  Beasley,  Blumler,  Gurevitch,  J.  Grunig,  Hiebert,  Holman, 

Martin  (Emeritus), 

Associate  Professors:  Barkin,  Stepp,  Zanot 

Assistant  Professors:  L.  Grunig,  Keenan,  McAdams,  Paterson,  Roche. 

Smith,  Zerbinos 

Lecturer:  Gallman 

Instructors:  Callahan,  Rhodes 

Ethel  Beach,  Director  of  Development 

Howard  Bray,  Director  of  Knight  Center  for  Specialized  Journalism 

Lois  Kay,  Director  of  Career  Development,  Internship  Coordinator 

Frank  Quine,  Director  of  Advancement 

Carroll  Volchko,  Director  of  Business  Administration 


Located  just  nine  miles  from  the  nation's  capital  and  30  miles  from  the 
bustling  commercial  port  of  Baltimore,  the  College  of  Journalism  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  is  one  of  only  six  comprehensive  journalism 
schools  in  the  1 0  states  stretching  from  New  York  to  Virginia — the  nation's 
most  populous  region.  But  the  college  has  a  lot  more  than  geography 
going  for  it.  In  a  study  by  the  Gannett  Center  for  Media  Studies  at  Columbia 
University,  the  college  recently  was  designated  one  of  "Eleven  Exemplary 
Journalism  schools"  nationwide:  those  that  surpass  others  in  criteria 
including  teaching,  research,  facilities  and  job  placement. 

Founded  in  1947.  the  college  has  been  accredited  for  close  to  three 
decades  by  the  Accrediting  Council  on  Education  in  Journalism  and  Mass 
Communication.  Since  it  is  within  easy  reach  of  the  offices  of  Washington 
and  Baltimore  newspapers  and  the  Washington  bureaus  of  news  organi- 
zations such  as  The  New  York  Times,  the  Associated  Press  and  the  major 
networks,  it  is  an  ideal  place  for  the  study  of  journalism  and  mass 
communication.  Students  have  internship  opportunities  at  a  variety  of 
media,  non-profit,  government  and  international  agencies.  Talented  ad- 
junct faculty  members  are  also  tapped  from  these  organizations  to 
enhance  curriculum  offerings. 

After  successful  completion  of  a  basic  writing  and  editing  skills  series, 
majors  are  provided  the  following  sequences  in  which  to  focus  their 
remaining  journalism  curriculum:  news-editorial,  public  relations,  broad- 
cast news,  advertising.  Within  the  news-editorial  sequence,  emphases 
are  provided  in  the  areas  of  news,  magazine  and  photojournalism. 


Entrance  Requirements 


Limited  enrollment  status  for  fall  1991  is  under  review  at  the  time  of 
publication  of  this  catalog.  Students  should  check  with  the  college  or  the 
office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  updated  information. 

Degrees 

The  College  of  Journalism  offers  the  B.A.,  MA.  and  Ph.D.  degrees.  At  the 
undergraduate  level,  students  are  required  to  specialize  in  one  of  the  four 
sequences  offered.  All  diplomas  are  in  Journalism. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Students  are  required  to  earn  a  minimum  of  121  credits.  Accrediting 
regulations  require  three-fourths  of  a  student's  coursework  (a  minimum  of 
90  credits)  be  in  areas  other  than  mass  communication  (such  as  radio- 
television-film  or  speech)  or  journalism,  a  minimum  of  65  of  those  90 
credits  must  be  earned  in  liberal  arts  designated  courses.  A  grade  of  "C" 
or  better  must  be  earned  in  JOUR  201  and  JOUR  202  prior  to  taking 
courses  for  which  they  serve  as  prerequisites.  Students  must  have  a  "C" 
average  in  their  major. 

Students  are  also  required  to  demonstrate  abstract  thinking  skills.  As  a 
measure,  majors  are  offered  either  a  language  or  mathematics  option. 
Language  skills  must  be  demonstrated  by  taking  coursework  through  the 
intermediate  level.  The  Math  option  requires  that  students  complete  the 
following  courses:  statistics,  calculus  and  computer  science. 

A  support  area  consisting  of  four  upper-level  courses  in  a  concentrated 
field  is  also  required  of  Journalism  majors.  Students  must  also  complete 
a  minimum  of  57  credits  at  the  upper  level.  Finally,  in  addition  to  university 
graduation  requirements,  Journalism  majors  must  complete  additional 
liberal  arts  coursework  with  one  course  each  in  government  and  politics, 
public  speaking,  psychology  and  economics  and  one  course  in  sociology, 
anthropology  or  history. 

Journalism  Academic  Programs 

1 .   Required  courses  for  all  Journalism  majors: 

A.  Non-journalism  course  requirements 

1.   Abstract  thinking  skills:  Students  must  satisfy  one  of  the 
following: 

A.  Demonstrate  foreign  language  proficiency  through  the 
intermediate  level.  Or 

B.  the  following  Math  sequence: 

i.  MATH  140,  150  or  220,  or  any  MATH  course  for 
which  any  of  these  courses  is  a  prerequisite,  except 
MATH  143. 

ii.  One  statistics  course  (AREC  484,  BIOM  301 .  BMGT 
230,  CNEC  400,  ECON  421,  EDMS  451,  GEOG 


76    College  of  Journalism 


305,  GVPT  422,  PSYC  200,  SOCY  201 ,  TEXT  400, 
URBS  350.)  Credit  (or  the  degree  will  be  given  for 
the  successful  completion  ot  only  one  of  the  above. 

lii.    Computer  Science  103  or  110. 

2.  A  course  in  public  speaking  chosen  from  SPCH  100,  107, 
200  or  230. 

3.  One  of  the  following: 

A.  Sociology  100  or  105 

B.  Anthropology  101 
C    HIST  156  or  157. 

4.  PSYC  100  or  221 

5.  ECON  201 .  203  or  205. 

6.  GVPT  1 00  or  1 70.  (For  news-editorial  students,  GVPT  260 
or  460  is  also  required.) 

7.  Four  upper  level  (numbered  300  or  higher)  courses  for  a 
minimum  of  12  credits  in  a  supporting  field  (may  not  be  in 
Speech  or  Radio-TV-Film). 

B.  Journalism  course  requirements: 

Credit 

JOUR  101— Professional  Orientation 1 

JOUR  201— Writing  for  the  Mass  Media 3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media 3 

JOUR  400 — Law  of  Mass  Communication 3 

Required  courses  for  Journalism  sequences: 

A.  Advertising 

JOUR  340— Advertising  Communication 3 

JOUR  341 — Advertising  Techniques 3 

JOUR  342— Advertising  Media  Planning 3 

JOUR  396— Supervised  Internship 3 

JOUR  477 — Mass  Communication  Research 3 

JOUR  484— Advertising  Campaigns 3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course 

numbered  410-480 3 

B.  Broadcast  News 

JOUR  360— Broadcast  News  1  3 

JOUR  361— Broadcast  News  2  3 

JOUR  365 — Theory  of  Broadcast  Journalism 3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism 

course  numbered  410-480 3 

Journalism  and  Radio-TV-Film  electives 9 

(chosen  with  permission  of  advisor) 

C.  Public  Relations 

JOUR  330— Public  Relations  Theory 3 

JOUR  331— Public  Relations  Techniques 3 

JOUR  396— Supervised  Internship 3 

JOUR  477 — Mass  Communication  Research 3 

JOUR  483— Senior  Seminar  in  Public  Relations 3 

Additional  Writing  Course  (320,  332*  or  360)  3 

Journalism  Electives  (333.  334  recommended 3 

or  an  second  additional  writing  course;  320,  321, 

332.  360,  361.  371,  380*.  481) 

'Recommended  for  students  preparing  for  science  writing 
positions  in  the  public  relations  department  of  a  scientific  or 
technical  organization. 

D.  News-Editorial 

(GVPT  260  is  a  News-Editorial  Sequence  requirement  for  all 

specializations.) 

i.     News  Specialization 

JOUR  320— News  Reporting 3 

JOUR  350— Photojournalism  or 3 

JOUR  373— Graphics 

JOUR  321— Public  Affairs  Reporting  or 3 

JOUR  322— Beats  and  Investigations 

Advanced  Writing  and  Reporting  Course 3 

(323,  326.  328.  371  and  380  recommended) 

Elective  Journalism  course 3 

(between  410  and  480) 

Journalism  Electives  (396  recommended)  6 


li.    Magazine  Specialization 

JOUR  320— News  Reporting 3 

JOUR  371— Feature  Writing 3 

JOUR  373— Graphics 3 

JOUR  396— Supervised  Internship 3 

One  of  the  following: 3 

JOUR  380 — Science  Writing  for  Magazines  and 
Newspapers 

JOUR  481— Writing  the  Complex  Story 

JOUR  487 — Literary  Journalism 

Elective  Journalism  course 3 

(between  410  and  480) 

Journalism  Elective 3 

iii.  Photojournalism  Specialization 

JOUR  320— News  Reporting 3 

JOUR  350— Photojournalism  3 

JOUR  35 1  —Advanced  Photojournalism  3 

JOUR  373— Graphics 3 

JOUR  396— Internship 3 

Elective  Journalism  course 3 

(between  410  and  480) 

Journalism  Elective 3 

Advising 

The  Office  of  Student  Services.  1117  Journalism  Building,  405-2399. 
provides  academic  advising  to  majors  on  an  appointment  basis. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Dean's  Scholarship  is  a  four-year  scholarship  awarded  to  an  out- 
standing Maryland  high  school  print  journalist.  This  scholarships  appli- 
cation deadline  is  March  1st  of  each  year. 

The  Baltimore  Sunpapers  Scholarship  for  Minority  Journalists  is  a  four- 
year  scholarship  awarded  to  an  outstanding  minority  student  who  shows 
promise  for  a  career  in  journalism.  This  scholarship  provides  for  tuition, 
room,  board  and  books,  as  well  as  a  paid  summer  internship  at  the  Sun. 
This  scholarship's  application  deadline  falls  in  February. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Although  no  departmental  honors  program  currently  exists  within  the 
college,  academically  outstanding  students  are  recognized  through  Kappa 
Tau  Alpha,  the  Journalism  academic  honor  society 

Adams  Group  Award.  Awarded  annually  to  the  outstanding  graduate  in 
the  Advertising  sequence. 

Broadcast  News  Sequence  Award  Awarded  at  each  commencement 
to  the  outstanding  graduate  in  the  Broadcast  News  Sequence. 

Public  Relations  Award  Awarded  at  each  commencement  to  the  out- 
standing graduate  in  the  Public  Relations  Sequence 

News-Editorial  Award.  Awarded  at  each  commencement  to  the  out- 
standing graduate  in  the  News-Editorial  sequence  and  its  specializations 

Sigma  Delta  Chi/Society  of  Professional  Journalists  Citation 

Awarded  annually  to  an  outstanding  journalism  student 

Kappa  Tau  Alpha  Citation  Awarded  at  each  commencement  to  the 
journalism  student  earning  the  highest  academic  achievement  for  all 
undergraduate  study. 

Field  Work  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Supervised  internships  are  required  for  the  Public  Relations  and  Adver- 
tising sequences  along  with  the  Photojournalism  and  Science  Commu- 
nication specializations  within  the  News-Editonal  sequence  Other  students 
may  take  advantage  of  an  internship  as  a  journalism  elective  No  more 
than  four  mass-communication  internship  credits,  regardless  of  discipline 
in  which  they  are  earned,  may  be  applied  toward  a  student's  degree  Ms 
Lois  Kay  is  the  Coordinator  of  the  Journalism  Internship  Program.  1118 
Journalism  Building.  405-2382. 

For  students  in  the  Broadcast  News  Sequence,  opportunity  to  gam 
experience  with  a  cable  news  program  entitled  "Maryland  Update"  is 
presented  within  the  curriculum. 


College  of  Library  and  Information  Services    77 


Students  may  also  earn  internship  or  independent  study  credit  through 
supervised  experience  gained  at  The  Diamondback,  the  award-winning 
student  daily  newspaper  lor  the  University  ot  Maryland  at  College  Park 
Other  co-op  and  volunteer  experiences  are  available  to  Journalism 
students  through  the  university's  Office  of  Experiential  Learning  in 
Hornbake. 


Student  Organizations 


The  college  sponsors  student  chapters  of  the  Society  for  Professional 
Journalists  (Sigma  Delta  Chi),  the  Public  Relations  Student  Society  of 
America,  the  National  Association  of  Black  Journalists,  the  Radio  and 
Television  News  Directors'  Association  and  the  Advertising  Club.  These 
organizations  provide  students  with  opportunities  to  practice  skills,  establish 
social  relationships  with  other  students  both  on  and  off,  campus  and  meet 
and  work  with  professionals  in  the  field. 

Campus  media  opportunities  abound.  Thecampus  radio  station  is  WMUC 
The  student  daily  publication  is  The  Diamondback.  Student  newspapers 
of  interest  to  special  populations  include  The  Eclipse,  Black  Explosion  and 
Mltzpeh. 

For  information  on  the  organizations  listed,  contact  the  Student  Services 
Office,  1117  Journalism  Building.  405-2399. 

Special  Resources  and  Opportunities 

The  college  owns  the  prestigious  monthly  Washington  Journalism  Review, 
with  a  national  circulation  of  30,000.  Extensive  career  programs  for 
professional  journalists,  including  the  Knight  Center  for  Specialized 
Journalism,  enhance  the  school's  national  prestige. 

The  Annapolis  and  Washington  bureaus  of  the  Capital  News  Service  are 
staffed  by  students.  Through  curncular  programs,  students  cover  state 
and  legislative  news  for  client  papers  around  the  region.  Students  are 
required  to  report  breaking  news  by  afternoon  deadlines,  write  profiles 
and  cover  state  agencies.  This  is  a  full-time,  semester-long  program,  on 
site  at  the  two  bureau  locations. 

Students  are  informed  about  the  college  and  special  opportunities  through 
a  newsletter.  Deadline,  published  monthly  and  available  in  the  Lobby  of 
the  Journalism  building  and  the  Office  of  Student  Services.  The  Jobs 
Bulletin  is  published  regularly  to  inform  students  about  full-time  and  part- 
time  positions. 

Accreditation 

The  College  of  Journalism  became  accredited  in  1 961  by  the  Accrediting 
Council  on  Education  in  Journalism  and  Mass  Communications.  Standards 
set  by  the  council  are  generated  from  professional  and  academic  ethics 
and  principles.  This  accrediting  body  underscores  the  liberal  arts  foundation 
of  a  journalism  curriculum,  limiting  professional  and  skills  courses  to  one- 
fourth  of  a  student's  academic  program. 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION 
SERVICES  (CLIS) 

Dean:  Dr.  Claude  E.  Walston 

The  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  is  a  graduate  program 
accredited  by  the  American  Library  Association.  The  undergraduate 
portion  of  the  program  has  been  discontinued. 

COLLEGE  OF  LIFE  SCIENCES  (LFSC) 

1224  Symons  Hall,  405-2080 

Dean:  Dr.  Paul  H.  Mazzocchi  (Acting) 

The  College  of  Life  Sciences  offers  educational  opportunities  for  students 
in  subject  matters  relating  to  living  organisms  and  their  interaction  with  one 
another  and  with  the  environment.  Programs  of  study  include  those 
involving  the  most  fundamental  concepts  of  biological  science  and  chem- 
istry and  the  use  of  knowledge  in  daily  life  as  well  as  the  application  of 


economic  and  engineering  principles  in  planning  the  improvement  of  life. 
In  addition  to  pursuing  the  baccalaureate  degree,  a  number  of  students  in 
this  college  engage  in  pre-professional  education  in  such  fields  as  pre- 
medicine.  pre-dentistry,  and  pre-vetennary  medicine. 

The  student  may  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  any 
of  the  departments  and  curricula  listed  below.  Students  in  pre-professional 
programs  may,  undercertain  circumstances,  obtain  a  B.S.  degree  following 
three  years  on  campus  and  one  successful  year  in  a  professional  school. 
For  additional  information  on  combined  degree  programs,  see  the  entry 
on  pre-professional  programs  in  this  catalog. 

The  College  of  Life  Sciences  includes  the  following  departments  and 
programs: 

a.  Departments:  Botany,  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry,  Entomology, 
Microbiology,  Zoology. 

b.  Program:  General  Biological  Sciences 

Admission 

Students  desiring  a  program  of  study  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences 
should  include  the  following  subjects  in  their  high  school  program: 
English,  four  units;  college  preparatory  mathematics  (algebra,  plane 
geometry),  four  units;  biological  and  physical  sciences,  two  units;  history 
and  social  sciences,  one  unit.  They  should  also  include  chemistry  and 
physics. 


Advising 


A  faculty  advisor  will  be  designated  to  help  select  and  design  a  program 
of  courses  to  meet  the  needs  and  objectives  of  each  entering  student.  As 
soon  as  a  student  selects  a  major  field  of  study,  an  advisor  representing 
that  department  or  program  will  be  assigned.  All  students  must  see  their 
advisor  at  least  once  each  semester. 

Students  following  pre-professional  programs  will  be  advised  by  knowl- 
edgeable faculty.  For  further  information  on  the  pre-professional  programs 
offered  at  College  Park,  see  the  entry  in  this  catalog. 

Area  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  educational  resources  on  campus,  students  with  specific 
interests  have  an  opportunity  to  utilize  libraries  and  other  resources  of  the 
several  government  agencies  located  close  to  the  campus.  Research 
laboratories  related  to  agriculture  or  marine  biology  are  available  to 
students  with  special  interests. 

Degree  Requirements 

Students  graduating  from  the  college  must  complete  at  least  120  credits 
with  an  average  of  2.0  in  all  courses  applicable  towards  the  degree. 
Included  in  the  120  credits  must  be  the  following: 

1.  CORE  (40  credits) 

2.  College  Requirements: 

As  of  Fall  1988,  all  students  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  must 

complete  the  following  CORE  curriculum: 

CHEM  103,113,  or  105.  115 

CHEM  233.243  or  235,  245 

MATH  220,221  or  140,  141 

PHYS  121,122  or  141,  142 

BIOL  105  and  106 

Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  majors  substitute  CHEM  321  for  BIOL 
106. 

Honors 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  honors  programs  of  Botany, 
Chemistry,  General  Biological  Sciences.  Microbiology,  and  Zoology.  On 
the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  during  participation  in  the  Honors 
Program,  the  department  may  recommend  candidates  forthe  appropriate 
degree  with  (departmental)  honors,  or  for  the  appropriate  degree  with 
(departmental)  high  honors.  Successful  completion  of  the  Honors  Pro- 
grams will  be  recognized  by  a  citation  in  the  Commencement  Program  and 
by  an  appropriate  entry  on  the  student's  record  and  diploma. 


78    College  of  Public  Affairs 


SCHOOL  OF  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  (PUAF) 

2105  Morrill  Hall,  405-6330 

Dean:  Michael  Nacht 

The  School  of  Public  Affairs  provides  graduate-level,  professional  educa- 
tion to  men  and  women  interested  in  careers  in  public  service.  Five 
disciplines  are  emphasized:  accounting,  statistics,  economics,  politics, 
and  ethics.  Students  specialize  in  issues  of  government/private  sector 
interaction  and  trade  policy,  national  security  and  arms  control,  public 
sector  financial  management,  environmental  policy,  or  social  policy. 

The  school  offers  separate  degrees  for  pre-career  and  mid-career  college 
graduates.  Recent  college  graduates  may  enroll  in  the  fifty-one  credit 
Master  of  Public  Management  (MPM)  program  which  can  be  completed 


in  two  years  by  full-time  students  This  program  combines  a  rigorous 
applied  course  of  study  with  practical,  hands-on  experience.  The  school 
also  offers  joint  degree  programs  with  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  (MPM/MBA)  and  the  School  of  Law  (MPM/JD).  and  accepts 
a  small  number  of  Ph.D.  candidates  each  year. 

Public  sector  employees  with  a  minimum  of  three  years'  work  experience 
seek  the  Master  of  Public  Policy  (MPP)  degree.  This  is  generally  a  part- 
time,  three-year,  thirty-six  credit  program,  but  individuals  wishing  to 
complete  the  program  sooner  may  do  so  by  attending  full-time 

Individuals  who  wish  to  improve  their  analytical  and  management  skills 
without  pursuing  a  degree  may  enroll  in  an  18-credit  certificate  program 
which  mirrors  the  areas  of  specialization  found  in  the  masters  degree 
programs. 

For  further  information,  call  or  write  the  School  of  Public  Affairs. 


79 


CHAPTER  7 


DEPARTMENTS  AND  CAMPUS-WIDE  PROGRAMS 


ACCOUNTING 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 

AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING  (ENAE) 
College  of  Engineering 

0151  Engineering  Classroom  Bldg..  405-2376 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hunt 

Professors:  Anderson,  Chopra.  Donaldson,  Gessow.  Lee,  Melnik 

Associate  Professors:  Akin,  Barlow,  Jones,  Winkelmann 

Assistant  Professors:  Celi,  Leishman.  Lewis,  Vizzini 

Lecturers:  Chander,  Chien,  Haggar,  Heimerdinger,  Korkegi,  Lekoudis. 

Obnmski,  Regan,  Russell,  Schindel,  Stanzione,  Vamos,  VanWie,  Winblade, 

Yanta 

The  Major 

Aerospace  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  physical  understanding, 
related  analyses,  and  creative  processes  required  to  design  aerospace 
vehicles  operating  within  and  beyond  planetary  atmospheres.  Such 
vehicles  range  from  helicopters  and  other  vertical  takeoff  aircraft  at  the  low 
speed  end  of  the  flight  spectrum  to  spacecraft  operating  at  thousands  of 
miles  per  hour  during  entry  into  the  atmospheres  of  the  earth  and  other 
planets.  In  between  are  general  aviation  and  commercial  transports  flying 
at  speeds  well  below  and  close  to  the  speed  of  sound,  and  supersonic 
transports,  fighters,  and  missiles  which  cruise  at  many  times  the  speed  of 
sound.  Although  each  speed  regime  and  each  vehicle  type  poses  its  own 
special  research,  analysis  and  design  problems,  each  can  be  addressed 
by  a  common  set  of  technical  specialties  or  disciplines. 

These  include  aerodynamics,  the  study  of  how  airflow  produces  effects  on 
temperature,  forces,  and  moments;  flight  dynamics,  the  study  of  the 
motion  and  flight  path  of  vehicles;  flight  structures,  the  study  of  the 
mechanical  behavior  of  materials,  stresses  and  strains,  deflection,  and 
vibration;  flight  propulsion,  the  study  of  the  physical  fundamentals  of  how 
engines  work;  and  the  synthesis  of  all  these  principles  into  one  system 
with  a  specific  application  such  as  a  complete  transport  aircraft,  a  missile, 
or  a  space  vehicle  through  the  discipline  of  aerospace  vehicle  design. 

The  facilities  of  the  department  include  several  subsonic  wind  tunnels  with 
sections  ranging  from  a  few  inches  up  to  the  Glenn  L.  Martin  Wind  Tunnel 
with  a  7.75  by  1 1  foot  cross  section  which  is  the  best  of  its  class  located 
at  any  university.  There  is  a  supersonic  tunnel,  equipment  for  the  static 
and  dynamic  testing  of  structural  components,  and  a  flight  simulator.  The 
Center  for  Rotorcraft  Education  and  Research  (CRER)  has  established 
some  unique  experimental  facilities  to  test  helicopter  models  in  simulated 
environments,  including  an  automated  model  rig  and  computer-controlled 
vacuum  chamber.  The  Composite  Research  Laboratory  (CORE)  has  the 
facilities  necessary  to  the  manufacturing,  testing  and  inspection  of  com- 
posite matenals  and  structures,  including  an  autoclave,  an  x-ray  machine, 
and  a  220  Kip  Uniaxial  test  machine  with  hydraulic  grips.  The  Space 
Systems  Laboratory  has  a  water  tank  for  investigating  assembly  of  space 
structures  in  a  simulated  zero  gravity  environment  together  with  robots 
and  their  associated  controllers.  The  department's  computing  facilities 
include  microcomputers.  Sun  workstations,  and  terminals.  There  is  net- 
work access  to  many  minicomputers,  the  campus  mainframes,  and 
several  supercomputing  centers. 


Requirements  for  Major 

The  Freshman  curriculum  is  the  same  for  all  Engineering  departments. 
Please  consult  the  College  of  Engineering  entry. 

Sophomore  Year                                                                        I  II 

CORE  Requirements 3  3 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations 3 

MATH  241— Calculus  III 4 

PHYS  262  and  263— General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  240 — Engineering  Computation 3 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENAE  201,  202— Introduction  to  Aerospace 

Engineering  I,  II 2  2 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials _3 

Total 16  18 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Requirements 3         3 

MATH  240 — Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 4 

ENME  217 — Thermodynamics 3 

ENEE  300 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

ENAE  305 — Aerospace  Laboratory  I 3 

ENAE  345—  Flight  Dynamics 3 

ENAE  451— Flight  Structures  I 4 

ENAE  371 — Aerodynamics  I 3 

ENAE  471— Aerodynamics  II 3 

Total 16        16 

Senior  Year 

ENAE  452— Flight  Structures  II 3 

ENAE  475 — Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating 3 

ENAE  401— Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (Fall) 2 

ENAE  402— Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (Spring) 1 

ENAE  461— Flight  Propulsion  1 3 

CORE  Requirements 9 

Design  Elective  [1] 3 

Applied  Dynamics  Elective  [2] 3 

Aerospace  Elective  [3] 3 

Technical  Elective  [4] _3 

Total 33 

Minimum  Degree  Credits:  1 20  credits  and  the  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college,  and  university  requirements. 

'   The  students  shall  take  one  of  the  following  design  courses: 

ENAE  41 1— Aircraft  Design 

ENAE  412 — Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

ENAE  488W— Design  of  Remotely  Piloted  Vehicles 

2  The  student  shall  take  one  of  the  following: 

ENAE  445 — Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

ENAE  355 — Aircraft  Vibrations 

ENAE  488E — Aerospace  Control  Systems 

3  These  three  credits  must  be  upper  level  Aerospace  courses  which  are 
not  used  to  satisfy  other  requirements.  Courses  listed  under  [1  ]  or  [2]  and 
not  used  to  meet  those  requirements  are  acceptable.  Other  courses 
frequently  offered  include: 

ENAE  415 — Computer-aided  Structural  Design  Analysis 
ENAE  453 — Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Mechanics 
ENAE  473 — Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed  Flight 
ENAE  488 — Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
ENAE  499— Elective  Research 

'  These  three  credits  must  be  a  400  level  course  in  Engineering.  Math- 
ematics, or  Physical  Science  that  has  been  approved  for  this  purpose  by 


80    Afro-American  Studies  Program 


the  department.  A  list  is  maintained  and  is  available  from  theadvisors. 
Courses  listed  under  [1  ],  [2],  and  [3]  above  and  which  are  not  used  to  meet 
one  of  those  requirements  may  be  elected  to  fulfill  requirement  [4]. 

Admission 

Admission  requirements  are  different  from  those  of  other  Engineering 
departments  (see  College  of  Engineering  section  on  Entrance  Require- 
ments). 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Each  student  is  assigned  to  one  of  the  full  time 
faculty  members  who  must  be  consulted  and  whose  signature  is  required 
on  the  request  for  course  registration  each  semester.  The  list  of  advisor 
assignments  is  available  in  the  main  office,  405-2376. 

Cooperative  Program 

Participation  in  the  Co-op  program  is  encouraged.  See  College  of  Engi- 
neering entry  for  details. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  department  offers  Glenn  L.  Martin  Scholarships  and  a  Zonta  Schol- 
arship. Students  may  obtain  information/application  forms  in  the  main 
office. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  department  makes  the  following  awards:  Academic  Achievement 
Award  for  highest  overall  academic  average  at  graduation;  R.M.  Rivello 
Scholarship  Award  for  highest  overall  academic  average  through  the 
junior  year;  Sigma  Gamma  Tau  Outstanding  Achievement  Award  for 
scholarship  and  service  to  the  Student  Chapter;  American  Helicopter 
Society  Outstanding  Achievement  Award  for  service  to  the  student 
chapter;  American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and  Astronautics  Outstanding 
Achievement  Award  for  scholarship  and  service  to  the  student  chapter. 
Eligibility  criteria  are  available  in  department  office. 

Student  Organizations 

The  department  is  home  to  student  chapters  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Aeronautics  and  Astronautics  and  the  American  Helicopter  Society. 
Aerospace  Engineering  students  are  also  frequent  participants  in  student 
activities  of  the  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers. 

Course  Code:  ENAE 


AFRO-AMERICAN  STUDIES  PROGRAM  (AASP) 
College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

2169  Lefrak  Hall,  405-1158 

Professor  and  Director.  Myers*  (Economics) 
Associate  Professor:  Harley 

Assistant  Professors:  M.  Lashley.  W.  Sabof(Criminal  Justice  and  Crimi- 
nology). R.  Williams'  (Economics) 

Lecturers:  L.  Cornelius,  H.  Felder,  C.W.  May,  H.  McPhearson 
Research  Associate:  M.  Darling,  T.  Chan 
*  Joint  Appointment  with  unit  indicated 

The  Afro-American  Studies  Program  offers  an  interdisciplinary  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree  in  the  study  of  the  life  and  history  of  African  Americans.  The 
curriculum  emphasis  the  historical  development  of  African  American 
social,  political  and  economic  institutions,  while  it  prepares  students  to 
apply  analytic,  social  science  skills  in  the  creation  of  solutions  to  the 
pressing  socio-economic  problems  confronting  African  American  com- 
munities. 

Two  program  options  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  Both  require  a 
twelve-credit  core  of  course  work  that  concentrates  on  Afro-American 
history  and  culture. 

The  general  concentration  provides  a  broad  cultural  and  historical 
perspective.  It  requires  1 8  additional  credit  hours  in  one  or  more  specialty 


areas  within  Afro-American  Studies  such  as  history,  literature,  govern- 
ment and  politics,  sociology  or  anthropology,  as  well  as  departmental 
seminars  and  a  thesis. 

The  public  policy  concentration  provides  in  depth  training  for  problem 
solving  in  minority  communities.  It  requires  21  additional  credit  hours  in 
analytic  methods,  such  as  economics  and  statistics.  9  credit  hours  of 
electives  in  a  policy  area  (with  departmental  approval)  and  an  internship 
or  a  thesis  or  a  departmental  seminar.  Substantive  areas  of  study  include 
the  family,  criminal  justice,  employment,  health  care,  discrimination,  and 
urban  development. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Core  Courses:  AASP  100.  101  (formerly  300),  200.  202. 

General  Concentration:  In  addition  to  the  core  requirements.  1 8  credits 
of  AASP  Upper  Division  Electives  (300-400  numbers).  AASP  402  and 
AASP  397. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 43 

AASP  Core 12 

AASP  100— Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies 3 

AASP  101  (Formerly  300)— Public  Policy  and  Black 

Community 3 

AASP  200— African  Civilization 3 

AASP  202— Black  Culture  in  the  United  States 3 

Upper  Division  Electives 

AASP  310— African  Slave  Trade 18 

AASP  310— African  Slave  Trade 3 

AASP  312— Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Colonization 

and  Racism 3 

AASP  400 — Independent  Study  in  Afro-American  Studies 3 

AASP  410 — Contemporary  African  Ideologies 3 

AASP  412 — Black  Resistance  Movements 3 

AASP  498— Special  Topics  in  Black  Culture 3 

Students  may  select,  with  AASP  approval,  elective  courses  from  other 
departments. 

Seminars 

AASP  402 — Classic  Readings  in  Afro-American  Studies 3 

AASP  397— Senior  Thesis 3 

Public  Policy  Concentration:  In  addition  to  the  core,  three  credits  of 
statistics  course);  six  credits  of  elementary  economics  (ECON  201  and 
203);  AASP  301,  AASP  303,  AASP  305  or  approved  courses  in  other 
departments;  nine  credits  of  upper-division  AASP  electives  in  the  policy 
area  (AASP  numbers  300-400)  or,  with  approval,  elective  courses  outside 
of  AASP;  and  one  of  AASP  386/387  or  AASP  397  or  AASP  497. 

Public  Policy  Concentration 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Core  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 43 

AASP  CORE 12 

AASP  100— Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies 3 

AASP  101  (Formerly  300)— Public  Policy  and  the 

Black  Community 

AASP  200— African  Civilization 3 

AASP  202— Black  Culture  in  the  United  States 3 

ANALYTIC  COMPONENT: 

AASP  301  (Formerly  428J) 3 

AASP  303  (Formerly  428P)— Computer  Applications  in 

Afro-American  Studies 3 

AASP  305*  (Formerly  401)— Theoretical.  Methodological 

and  Policy  Research  Issues  in  Afro  American  Studies 

ECON  201— Principles  of  Economics  I 3 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

STAT  100  Elementary  Statistics  and  Probability 

OR  SOCY  201  Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology 

OR  Equivalent  Statistics  Course 3 

One  additional  analytical  course  outside  of  AASP.  with 

AASP  approval 3 

POLICY  ELECTIVES: 

AASP  441— Science.  Technology  and  the  Black 

Community 

AASP  443— Blacks  and  the  Law 3 


Agricultural  Chemistry     81 

and  life  sciences  programs,  technical  work  in  government  and  pnvate 
research  and  quality  control  laboratories,  and  production  and  sales  work 
in  specialized  chemical  industries  and  food  production  and  processing 
industries  Program  revisions  are  under  consideration  Each  student 
should  see  an  advisor;  advising  is  mandatory. 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements" 40 

Requirements  for  Major 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  105 4 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II  or  CHEM  115 4 

CHEM  233— Organic  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  235 4 

CHEM  243— Organic  Chemistry  II  or  CHEM  245 4 

CHEM  321— Quantitative  Analysis 4 

Eight  Credits  from  the  Following  Courses: 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

BOTN  221— Plant  Pathology 4 

ENTM  204 — General  Entomology 4 

GEOL  100— Physical  Geology 3 

GEOL  1 10— Physical  Geology  Laboratory 1 

Additional  Requirements: 

MATH  140— Analysis  I 4 

MATH  141— Analysis  II 4 

PHYS  141— Principles  of  Physics 4 

PHYS  142— Principles  of  Physics 4 

Electives  in  Biology 6 

Approved  Agricultural  Electives.  chosen  from  the 
following:  any  400-level  courses  in  CHEM  or  BCHM; 

FDSC  421  or  423;  or  ENTM  452 12 

Electives" 28 

'These  courses  should  be  selected  after  consultation  with  the 
Agricultural  Chemistry  Advisor.  The  advisor  may  approve  other 
courses,  in  special  cases,  to  meet  the  career  objectives  of  the 
student. 

Six  to  ten  of  the  elective  credits  must  be  for  upper-level  courses  to 
meet  the  curriculum  requirement  of  thirty-five  credits  of  total  upper- 
level  work. 

Course  Code:  CHEM 


AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING  (ENAG) 
College  of  Engineering 

1 130  Shriver  Laboratory,  405-1 198 

Chair:  Stewart 

Professors:  Brodie,  Johnson,  Wheaton 

Associate  Professors:  Grant,  Magette,  Ross,  Stewart 

Assistant  Professors:  Shirmohammadi 

Instructors:  Carr,  Smith, 

Emeriti:  Felton.  Green,  Harris,  Krewatch,  Merrick 

The  major  in  Agricultural  Engineering  is  offered  through  the  College  of 
Engineering.  Students  enrolled  in  this  program  should  consult  their 
advisors. 

The  Major 

This  program  is  for  students  who  wish  to  become  registered  professional 
engineers  but  who  are  also  seriously  interested  in  biological  systems  and 
how  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  interrelate.  The  biological  and 
the  engineering  aspects  of  plant,  animal,  food  processing  and  natural 
resource  systems  are  studied.  Agricultural  Engineering  graduates  are 
prepared  to  apply  engineering,  mathematical  and  computer  skills  to 
design  systems  and  facilities  within  the  food  production  and  processing 
system,  in  the  protection  of  natural  resources  (soil,  water,  air)  associated 
with  this  system  and  in  other  bioengineenng  applications.  Graduates  find 
employment  in  design,  management,  research,  education,  sales,  consulting 
or  international  service. 


AASP  499— Advanced  Topics  in  Public  Policy  and  the 
Black  Community 3 

Students  may  select,  with  AASP  approval,  elective  courses  from  other 
departments 

FINAL  OPTION: 

One  of  the  following  courses  is  required: 

AASP  386/387— Internship 6 

AASP  397— Senior  Thesis 3 

AASP  497— Policy  Seminar  in  Afro-American  Studies 3 

•Required  it  you  select  the  Senior  Thesis  option  or  Policy  Seminar  in  Afro- 
American  Studies 

Students  must  earn  a  grade  of  C  (2.0)  or  better  in  each  course  that  is  to 
be  counted  toward  completion  of  degree  requirements.  All  related  or 
supporting  courses  in  other  departments  must  be  approved  by  an  AASP 
faculty  advisor 

Honors  Program 

Academically  talented  undergraduates  may  enroll  in  the  University  Honors 
Program  with  a  specialization  in  Afro-American  Studies.  The  honors 
program  includes  seminars  and  lectures  presented  by  distinguished 
UMCP  faculty  and  guests.  A  reduced  ratio  of  students  to  faculty  insures 
a  more  individualized  study  focus. 

BAIMPM  Program 

An  innovative  joint  program  whose  candidates  earn  a  Bachelor's  degree 
in  Afro-American  Studies  and  a  Master's  degree  in  public  management 
after  approximately  five  years. 

Options  for  Study  with  AASP 

For  students  who  major  in  other  departments,  the  Afro-American  Studies 
Program  offers  three  options  for  study: 

1 .  The  AASP  Certificate  in  the  general  concentration  or  in  the  public 
policy  concentration.  Students  may  obtain  a  certificate  by  completing 
twenty-one  credit  hours  of  course  work.  To  qualify  for  the  certificate 
in  AASP,  students  must  take  AASP  1 00,  AASP  1 01  and  AASP  200 
or  AASP  202;  nine  credits  of  upper  division  AASP  electives";  and 
AASP  402. 

"Three  of  these  credits  may  be  taken  outside  of  the 
department  but  permission  is  required  from  the  AASP 
Advisor. 

2.  Students  may  designate  Afro-American  Studies  as  a  double  major 
study  area,  completing  the  major  requirements  for  both  AASP  and 
another  program. 

3.  AASP  is  the  supporting  area  of  study  for  Computer  Science  and 
Urban  Studies  and  Planning  majors,  as  it  can  be  for  other  fields  of 
study  such  as  Business  and/or  Engineering. 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid: 

1.  John  B.  Slaughter  Scholarships 

2.  Ford  Foundation  Scholarships 

Advising 

Undergraduates  in  good  academic  standing  may  enroll  in  the  Afro- 
American  Studies  Program  or  obtain  more  information  about  available 
options  and  services  by  contacting  Undergraduate  Academic  Advisor, 
Afro-American  Studies  Program,  2 1 69  Lef  rak  Hall,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742,  (301)  405-1158. 

Course  Code:  AASP 


AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY  (AGCH) 


College  of  Agriculture 

405-2080 

This  curriculum  combines  the  fundamentals  of  chemistry  with  flexibility 
through  electives  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work  in  agricultural 


Requirements  for  Major 

The  curriculum  is  composed  of:  (1 )  the  required  USP  (general  education) 
requirements  of  the  institution;  (2)  a  core  of  mathematics,  physics, 
chemistry,  and  engineering  sciences  required  of  all  engineering  students: 


82    Agricultural  Sciences,  General 


(3)  sixteen  credits  of  agricultural  engineering  design;  and  (4)  twenty-two 
hours  of  electives  to  allow  development  of  special  student  interests. 
Emphasis  areas  include  aquacultural  engineering,  biological  engineer- 
ing, plant  systems  engineering,  animal  systems  engineering,  food  pro- 
cess engineering  and  natural  resources  engineering. 

Freshman  Year 

The  Freshman  curriculum  is  the  same  for  all  Engineering  departments 
except  Agricultural  Engineering  students  must  also  take  BIOL  1 05.  Please 
consult  the  College  of  Engineering  entry. 

Semester 
I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  241— Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246—  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists 

and  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENME  21 7— Thermodynamics 3 

Free  Elective 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

Total 17  16 

Junior  Year2 

ENCE  300  (or  ENME  401 3)— Engineering  Materials 3 

ENME  342  (or  ENCE  330)— Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENEE  300—  Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

ENCE  255— Structural  Analysis 3 

ENAG  454— Biological  Process  Engineering 4 

Technical  Electives"  4           6 

CORE  Program  Requirements'   3           3 

Total 16         16 

Senior  Year 

ENAG  421— Power  Systems 3 

ENAG  444 — Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and 

Equipment 3 

ENAG  422— Soil  and  Water  Engineering 3 

ENAG  424 — Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of 

Agricultural  Structures 3 

Technical  Electives'1    3  3 

Free  Electives 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements'   3  6 

Total 15         15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 120  credits  and  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college  and  university  requirements  (approximately  130  credits  required 

for  graduation). 

'Students  must  consult  with  an  advisor  on  selection  of  appropriate 

courses  for  their  particular  area  of  study. 

2No  300  level  and  above  courses  may  be  attempted  without  special 

permission  until  fifty-six  credits  have  been  earned. 

3ENME  31 0  must  be  taken  as  a  technical  elective  prerequisite  or  corequisite 

with  ENME  401. 

"Technical  electives,  related  to  field  of  concentration,  must  be  selected 

from  a  departmentally  approved  list.  Nine  credits  must  be  300  level  and 

above.  An  elective  such  as  computer-aided  design  (e.g..  ENAG  489B) 

provides  a  strong  base  for  the  capstone  design  project. 

Agricultural  Engineering  students  are  exempt  from  ENGL  391,  393. 

Admission 

Students  in  agricultural  engineering  may  enroll  through  either  the  College 
of  Agriculture  or  the  College  of  Engineering.  However,  all  Agricultural 
Engineering  Majors  must  meet  admission,  progress  and  retention  stan- 
dards of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Advising 

Advising  for  Agricultural  Engineering  maiors  is  mandatory.  Call  405- 1 1 98 
and  ask  to  talk  to  an  advisor  to  schedule  an  appointment. 

Fieldwork/lnternships 

Contact  Departmental  academic  advisors  to  arrange  teaching  or  research 

internships. 


Financial  Assistance 

The  department  offers  three  scholarships  specifically  for  Agricultural 
Engineering  majors.  Cooperative  education  (work  study  programs)  are 
available  through  the  College  of  Engineering  Part-time  employment  is 
available  in  the  department  and  in  USDA  laboratories  located  near 
campus. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Outstanding  junior  and  senior  students  are  recognized  each  year  for 
scholastic  achievement  and  for  their  contribution  to  the  department, 
college  and  university  Top  students  are  selected  for  Alpha  Epsilon,  the 
Honor  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineering. 

Student  Organization 

Students  operate  the  professional  club  of  the  American  Society  of 
Agricultural  Engineers.  Academic  advisors  will  tell  you  how  to  become  a 
participant. 

Course  Code:  ENAG 


AGRICULTURAL  SCIENCES,  GENERAL  (AGRI) 
College  of  Agriculture 

0102  Shhver  Laboratory,  405-1 179 

Coordinator:  LP.  Grant 

Agriculture  is  a  complex  scientific  field,  encompassing  all  other  scientific 
and  professional  fields.  However,  majoring  in  Agricultural  Sciences  does 
not  require  an  agricultural  background.  Students  in  this  major  have 
backgrounds  as  varied  as  is  the  field  itself.  The  Agncultural  Sciences 
program  is  designed  for  students  who  are  interested  in  a  broad  education 
in  the  field  of  agriculture.  It  is  ideal  for  students  who  would  like  to  survey 
agriculture  before  specializing,  and  for  those  who  prefer  to  design  their 
own  specialized  programs,  such  as  International  Agriculture  or  Agricul- 
tural Journalism.  To  supplement  their  classroom  work,  students  in  this 
major  are  encouraged  to  obtain  summer  positions  that  will  provide 
technical  laboratory  or  field  experience  in  their  chosen  area.  Advising  is 
mandatory. 

Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements* 40 

BIOL  105— General  Biology  I 4 

BIOL  106 — General  Biology  II 4 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  104— Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry 

OR  (CHEM  1 13  General  Chemistry  II  and  CHEM  233 

Organic  CHEM  I) 4-8 

MATH  110  or  higher  (115  recommended) 3 

ENAG  100 — Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 3 

ENAG  200— Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics 

AGRO  100 — Crop  Production  Laboratory 2 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

ANSC  101— Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

ANSC  or  AGRO"  3 

AREC  250— Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 3 

AREC—"  3 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants  OR 

ANSC  412— Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals 4 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests  3 

HORT— " 3 

AEED  464— Rural  Life  in  Modem  Society,  OR 

AEED  466— Rural  Poverty  in  an  Affluent  Society  OR 

SOCY  305 — Scarcity  and  Modem  Society 3 

Community  Development  Related.  Non-agricultural 

Life  Science.  Biometrics.  Computer,  or  Accounting 6 

Electives  (eighteen  credit  hours  300  or  above) 22-29 

'Includes  eleven  required  credits  listed  below 

"Student  may  select  any  course(s)  having  required  hours  m  the  depart- 
ment indicated. 

Course  Code:  AGRI 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education    83 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 
(AEED) 

College  of  Agriculture 

0220  Symons  Hall,  405-2333 

Professor  and  Chair:  Miller  (Acting) 

Prolessor  Emeritus  Longest 

Associate  Professors:  Rivera,  Seibel,  M.  Smith.  N.  Smith 

Assistant  Professors:  Kangas 

Instructors:  Adams,  Wisler 

Ad|unct  Professors:  Cooper,  Ross 

Affiliate  Professors:  Booth,  Ingle.  Oliver,  Shelton 

A  degree  in  agricultural  and  extension  education  may  lead  to  career 
opportunities  in  educational  and  developmental  programs,  public  service, 
business  and  industry,  communications,  research,  or  college  teaching. 

The  program  prepares  individuals  to  teach  agriculture  at  the  secondary  or 
postsecondary  levels.  It  also  prepares  individuals  to  enter  community 
development  and  other  agriculturally  related  careers  which  emphasize 
working  with  people.  Students  preparing  to  become  teachers  of  agricul- 
ture, including  horticulture,  agribusiness  and  other  agriculturally  related 
subjects,  should  have  had  appropriate  experience  with  the  kind  of 
agriculture  they  plan  to  teach  or  should  arrange  to  secure  that  experience 
during  summers  while  in  college.  Advising  is  mandatory. 

Students  in  the  agricultural  education  curriculum  are  expected  to  participate 
in  the  Collegiate  FFA  Chapter  for  developing  skills  necessary  for  advising 
FFA  groups.  Students  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  teacher  education 
program  in  agricultural  education.  Contact  the  Teacher  Education  Coor- 
dinator in  AEED  for  application  forms  and  procedures. 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 40 

AGRO  100— Crops  Laboratory 
AGRO  102— Crop  Production  or 

AGRO  406— Forage  Crop  Production  (3) 2 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

ANSC  101— Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

AREC  306 — Farm  Management  OR 

AREC  407 — Financial  Analysis  of  Farm  Business 3 

BIOL  105,  106— Principles  of  Biology  I,  II 4,4 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

CHEM  103,  104 — General  Chemistry  I,  Fundamentals  of 

Organic  and  Biochemistry 4,4 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

ENAG  100 — Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 3 

ENAG  200 — Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics 2 

ENAG  305 — Farm  Mechanics 2 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests 3 

HORT  201 — Environmental  Factors  and  Horticultural 

Crop  Production 4 

HORT  202 — Management  of  Horticultural  Crop  Production  ...  4 

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  Mathematics  I 3 

AEED  302— Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

EDIT  450 — Training  Aids  Development 3 

AEED  305 — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

AEED  31 1— Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

AEED  313— Student  Teaching 5 

AEED  315— Student  Teaching 4 

AEED  398 — Seminar  in  Agricultural  Education 1 

AEED  464 — Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society 3 

AEED  489C — Field  Experience:  Teaching  Agriculture 1 

SPCH  107 — Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

Electives 6 

Course  Code:  AEED 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  RESOURCE  ECONOMICS 
(AREC) 

College  of  Agriculture 

2200  Symons  Hall.  405-1293 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hueth 

Professors:  Bender.  Bockstael,  Brown,  Cain,  Chambers,  Foster,  Gardner, 

Just,  Lessleyf,  Lopez,  McConnell,  Moore,  Poflenberger  (Emeritus), 

Stevens  (Emeritus),  Strand,  Tuthill,  Wysong 

Associate  Professors:  Hardie,  Russell 

Assistant  Professors:  Commer,  Horowitz,  Leathers,  Lichtenberg 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  curriculum  combines  education  in  business  and  economic  aspects  of 
agricultural  production,  marketing  and  natural  resource  use  with  the 
biological  and  physical  sciences.  Depending  on  the  option  selected, 
graduates  of  the  curriculum  have  appropriate  background  for  management 
positions  in  the  private  sector,  for  positions  in  local,  state,  or  federal 
agencies;  for  service  in  foreign  agricultural  trade  and  development;  for 
research;  for  graduate  school;  or  for  farm  management. 

Course  requirements  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  essentially 
the  same  for  all  students.  Freshman  and  sophomores  also  fulfill  the  math, 
CORE  and  College  requirements  in  their  first  two  years.  All  majors  must 
complete  a  core  of  eight  courses.  In  addition  each  student  must  complete 
the  courses  in  one  of  the  four  options. 

Courses  in  this  department  provide  education  in  the  application  of  eco- 
nomic principles  to  the  production,  processing,  distribution,  and  mer- 
chandising of  agricultural  products  and  the  effective  management  of  our 
natural  and  human  resources.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  general 
agricultural  economics,  marketing,  farm  management,  prices,  resource 
economics,  agricultural  policy,  food  policy  and  international  agricultural 
economics. 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Appointments  may  be  made  in  Room  2200 
Symons  Hall,  405-1291. 

Awards 

Scholarships  honoring  Arthur  and  Pauline  Seidenspinner  and  Ray  Murray 
are  available.  Applicants  must  complete  the  Financial  Aid  Form  of  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  available  at  the  University  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid,  2130  Mitchell  Building. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Major  Core  Courses 

AREC  250 — Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 3 

ECON  201 — Macroeconomic  Principles 3 

ECON  203 — Microeconomic  Principles 3 

ECON  306/406 — Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory 3 

MATH  115— Precalculus 3 

STAT  100  or  MATH  111— Intro.  Probability 3 

MATH  220—  Elementary  Calculus 3 

CMSC  103 — Computer  Applications  or  higher  CMSC 3 

Agribusiness  Option 

AREC  306 — Farm  Management 3 

AREC  407— Agricultural  Finance 3 

AREC  414 — Agribusiness  Management 3 

AREC  427— Agricultural  Marketing 3 

BMGT  220 — Accounting  I 3 

BMGT  221— Accounting  II 3 

BMGT  230 — Business  Statistics  or  other  statistics 3 

BMGT  340— Business  Finance 3 

BMGT  350— Marketing  Principles 3 


84    Agronomy 

BMGT  364— Management  and  Organization  Theory  ... 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 

Technical  Agriculture' 

Agricultural  Economics  Option 

AREC  306— Farm  Management 

AREC  404— Agricultural  Prices 

AREC  427— Agricultural  Marketing  

AREC  433— Food  and  Agricultural  Policy 

ECON  305 — Macroeconomic  Theory 

Statistics 

Technical  Electives* 

Resource  Economics  Option 

AREC  240 — Environmental  and  Human  Ecology 

AREC  404— Agricultural  Prices 

AREC  432— Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Policy  . 

AREC  453 — Natural  Resources  and  Public  Policy 

ECON  381 — Environmental  Economics 

ECON  305  or  405— Macroeconomic  Theory 

Statistics 

Technical  Electives* 

International  Agriculture  Option 

AREC  306 — Farm  Management 

AREC  365— World  Food  Hunger 

AREC  404 — Agricultural  Prices 

AREC  433— Food  and  Agricultural  Policy 

AREC  445 — Agricultural  Development 

ECON  305  or  405 — Macroeconomic  Theory 

ECON  440 — International  Economics 

Statistics 

Technical  Electives' 

'Chosen  with  approval  of  advisor. 

Course  Code:  AREC 


AGRONOMY  (AGR0) 
College  of  Agriculture 

1109  H.J.  Patterson  Hall,  405-1306 

Professor  and  Chair:  Aycock 

Professors:  Bandel.  Fanning,  Kenworthy,  McKee.  Mulchi.  Sammonst. 

Weismiller 

Associate  Professors:  Angle.  Dernoeden,  Glenn,  Hill,  Mcintosh. 

Rabenhorst,  Ritter.  Turner,  Vough,  Weil 

Assistant  Professors:  Carroll,  James,  Slaughter 

Adjunct  Professor:  Thomas 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Lee,  Meisinger 

Emeriti:  Axley,  Clark,  Decker,  Hoyert,  Kuhn,  Miller 

fDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Major 

Agronomy  instruction  combines  the  principles  of  basic  sciences  with  a 
thorough  understanding  of  plants  and  soils.  This  amalgamation  of  basic 
and  applied  sciences  provides  the  opportunity  for  careers  involved  in 
conserving  soil  and  water  resources,  improving  environmental  quality, 
increasing  crop  production  to  meet  the  global  need  for  food, andbeautifying 
and  conserving  the  urban  landscape  using  turfgrass. 

The  agronomy  curricula  are  flexible  and  allow  the  student  either  to 
concentrate  on  basic  science  courses  that  are  needed  for  graduate  work 
or  to  select  courses  that  prepare  for  employment  at  the  bachelor's  degree 
level.  Graduates  with  a  bachelor's  degree  are  employed  by  private 
corporations  as  golf  course  managers,  seed,  fertilizer,  chemical,  and  farm 
equipment  company  representatives,  or  by  county,  state,  or  federal 
government  as  agronomists  or  extension  agents.  Students  completing 
graduate  programs  are  prepared  for  research,  teaching,  and  management 
positions  with  industry,  international  agencies,  or  federal  and  state  gov- 
ernment. 

Additional  information  on  opportunities  in  agronomy  and  available 
scholarships  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Department  of  Agronomy 
Advising  is  mandatory. 


Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

Agronomy  Curricula  CORE  Program  Requirements  (40  semester  hours): 
Math  and  science  requirements  (9  hours)  are  satisfied  by  departmental 
requirements. 

Department  Requirements 

(31  semester  hours) 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

AGRO  101— Introductory  Crop  Science 4 

AGRO  302— Fundamentals  of  Soil  Science 4 

AGRO  398— Senior  Seminar 1 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry'  ....  4 
MATH  1 10— Introduction  to  Mathematics  OR 

MATH  1 15 — Pre-calculus  (consult  advisor) 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

OR  SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

'Students  intending  to  take  additional  chemistry  or  attend  graduate  school 
should  substitute  CHEM  113,  followed  by  CHEM  233  and  CHEM  243. 

Crop  Science  Curriculum 

University  and  Department  Requirements 61 

AGRO — Advanced  Crops  Courses  (Consult  Advisor) 8 

AGRO — Advanced  Soils  Courses  (Consult  Advisor) 6 

BIOL  106— General  Biology 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

One  of  the  following: 3-4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy  (4) 

BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics  (3) 

BOTN  416— Plant  Structure  (4) 

Electives 34-35 

Soil  Science  Curriculum 

University  and  Department  Requirements 61 

AGRO — Advanced  Soils  Courses  (Consult  Advisor) 3 

AGRO — Advanced  Crops  Courses  (Consult  Advisor) 6 

AGRO  414 — Soil  Morphology,  Genesis  and  Classification  ....  4 

AGRO  417— Soil  Physics 3 

AGRO  421— Soil  Chemistry  4 

GEOL  100— Physical  Geology 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

Electives 33 

Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Curriculum 

University  and  Department  Requirements                       61 

AGRO  41 1— Soil  Fertility  Principles 3 

AGRO  310— Introduction  to  Turf  Management 3 

AGRO  453— Weed  Science 3 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

BOTN  425 — Diseases  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf' 2 

ENTM  453 — Insects  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf" 3 

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials 3 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use 3 

Electives  (HORT  160  and  RECR  495  suggested) 35 

'BOTN  221 ,  ENTM  204,  and  BOTN  212  serve  as  prerequisites 

Conservation  of  Soil,  Water  and  Environment  Curriculum 

University  and  Department  Requirements 61 

AGRO  417— Soil  Physics  OR 

AGRO  421— Soil  Chemistry 3-4 

AGRO  413 — Soil  and  Water  Conservation 3 

AGRO  41 1— Soil  Fertility  Principles 3 

AGRO  414— Soil  Morphology.  Genesis  and  Classification  4 

AGRO  415—  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use 3 

AGRO  423— Soil-Water  Pollution 3 

AGRO— Advanced  Crops  Courses  (Consult  Advisor)  5-6 

Select  one  of  the  following  courses:  3 

BOTN  21 1— Ecology  and  Mankind 

GEOG  445 — Climatology 

AREC  432— Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Policy 

Electives 31-32 

Course  Code:  AGRO 


American  Studies    85 


AMERICAN  STUDIES  (AMST) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2140  Taliaferro.  405-1559 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Kelly 
Professors:  Caughey.  Diner 
Associate  Professors:  Lounsbury.  Mintz 
Assistant  Professor:  Sies 
Emeritus:  Bode 

The  Major 

American  Studies  offers  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  study  of 
American  culture  and  society,  past  and  present,  with  special  attention  to 
the  ways  in  which  Americans,  in  different  historical  or  social  contexts, 
make  sense  of  their  experience.  Emphasizing  analysis  and  synthesis  of 
diverse  cultural  products,  the  major  provides  valuable  preparation  for 
graduate  training  in  the  professions  as  well  as  business,  government  and 
museum  work.  Undergraduate  majors,  with  the  help  of  faculty  advisors, 
design  a  program  that  includes  courses  offered  by  the  American  Studies 
faculty,  and  sequences  of  courses  in  the  disciplines  usually  associated 
with  American  Studies  (i.e..  history,  literature,  sociology,  anthropology, 
political  science,  and  others),  or  pertinent  courses  grouped  thematically 
(e.g. ,  Afro-American  studies,  women's  studies,  ethnic  studies,  comparative 
cultures,  popular  culture,  urban  and  environmental  studies,  and  so  forth). 

Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  major  requires  forty-five  hours,  at  least  twenty-four  of  which  must  be 
at  the  300-400  level.  Of  those  forty-five  hours,  twenty-one  must  be  in 
AMST  courses,  with  the  remaining  twenty-four  in  two  twelve-hour  core 
areas  outside  the  regular  AMST  departmental  offerings.  No  grade  lower 
than  a  C  may  be  applied  toward  the  major. 

Distribution  of  the  45  hours: 
AMST  Courses  (21  hours  required) 

1.  AMST  201/lntroduction  to  American  Studies  1  (3):  required  of 
majors. 

2.  AMST  203/Popular  Culture  in  America;  AMST204/Film  and 
American  Culture  Studies;  AMST  205/Material  Aspects  of  Ameri- 
can Life;  AMST  206/Business  and  American  Culture  Studies;  AMST 
207/Contemporary  American  Cultures:  three  (3)  hours  minimum 
from  this  group,  six  (6)  hours  maximum  may  be  applied  toward  the 
21 -hour  AMST  requirement. 

3.  AMST  330/Critics  of  American  Culture  (3):  required  of  majors. 

4.  AMST  418/  Cultural  Themes  in  America;  AMST  426/Culture  and 
the  Arts  in  America;  AMST  428/American  Cultural  Eras;  AMST 
429/Perspectives  on  Popular  Culture;  AMST  432/Literature  and 
American  Society:  majors  will  take  six  to  nine  hours  (depending 
upon  number  of  hours  taken  at  200  level).  No  more  than  6  hours  of 
a  repeatable  number  may  be  applied  to  the  major. 
""Students  should  take  AMST  201  before  taking  any  other  AMST 
courses  and  will  complete  330  before  taking  400  level  courses. 

5.  AMST  450/Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3):  required  of  majors. 

Core  Areas  Outside  American  Studies  (24  hours  required) 

Majors  will  choose  two  outside  core  areas  of  twelve  hours  each.  At  least 
one  of  the  cores  must  be  in  a  discipline  traditionally  associated  with 
American  Studies.  The  other  core  may  be  thematic.  Upon  entering  the 
major,  students  must  develop  a  plan  of  study  for  the  core  areas  in 
consultation  with  an  advisor;  this  plan  will  be  kept  in  the  student's  file.  All 
cores  must  be  approved  by  an  advisor  in  writing. 

Traditional  Disciplinary  Cores 

History,  Literature,  Sociology/Anthropology,  Art/Architectural  History, 
Media  Studies  (Radio-TV-Film). 

Interdisciplinary  or  Thematic  Cores 

Afro-American  Studies,  Women's  Studies,  Urban  Studies,  Popular  Cul- 
ture, Personality  and  Culture,  Creative  and  Performing  Arts,  Comparative 
Culture,  Material  Culture.  Ethnic  Studies,  Business  and  Economic  History, 
Folklore,  Government  and  Politics,  Education,  Philosophy,  Journalism, 
cultural  Geography. 


Additional  interdisciplinary  or  thematic  cores  may  be  designed  with  the 
assistance  and  approval  of  an  advisor. 

Advising 

Regular  advising  is  an  important  element  in  the  American  Studies  major, 
and  students  are  expected  to  consult  with  their  faculty  advisor  each 
semester. 

Course  Code:  AMST 


ANIMAL  SCIENCES  (ANSC) 
College  of  Agriculture 

31 13  Animal  Sciences  Center,  405-1366 

Department  of  Animal  Sciences 

Chair:  Westhoff 

Professors:  Mather,  Vandersall,  Vijay,  Westhoff,  Williams 

Associate  Professors:  DeBarthe,  Douglass,  Erdman,  Harlsock,  Majeskie, 

Peters,  Russek-Cohen,  Stricklin,  Varner 

Assistant  Professors:  Barao,  Marshall 

Associate  Specialist:  Curry 

Emeriti:  Flyger,  Foster,  King.  Leffel,  Maffick,  Morris,  Young 

Department  of  Poultry  Science 

Chair:  Doerr  (Acting) 

Professors:  Heath,  Kuenzel,  Ottinger,  Soares,  Thomas,  Wabeck 

Associate  Professors:  Doerr,  Murphy 

Assistant  Professor:  Mench 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Failla,  Rattner 


The  Major 


The  curriculum  in  animal  sciences  offers  a  broad  background  in  general 
education,  basic  sciences,  and  agricultural  sciences,  and  the  opportunity 
for  students  to  emphasize  that  phase  of  animal  agriculture  in  which  they 
are  specifically  interested.  The  following  specific  objectives  have  been 
established  for  the  program  in  animal  sciences: 

1 .  To  acquaint  students  with  the  role  of  animal  agriculture  in  our 
cultural  heritage. 

2.  To  prepare  students  for  careers  in  the  field  of  animal  agriculture. 
These  include  positions  of  management  and  technology  associated 
with  animal,  dairy,  or  poultry  production  enterprises;  positions  with 
marketing  and  processing  organizations;  and  positions  in  other 
allied  fields,  such  as  feed,  agricultural  chemicals,  and  equipment 
firms. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  to  veterinary  schools 

4.  To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  subsequent  careers  in 
teaching,  research,  and  extension,  both  public  and  private. 

5.  To  provide  essential  courses  for  the  support  of  other  academic 
programs  of  the  University. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

Curriculum  requirements  in  animal  sciences  can  be  completed  through 
the  Departments  of  Animal  Sciences  or  Poultry  Science.  Programs  of 
elective  courses  can  be  developed  that  provide  major  emphasis  on  beef 
cattle,  sheep,  swine  or  horses,  dairy  or  poultry.  Each  student  is  expected 
to  develop  a  program  of  electives  in  consultation  with  an  advisor  by  the 
beginning  of  the  Junior  year. 

Required  of  All  Students 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements* 40 

ANSC  101— Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

FDSC  1 1 1 — Contemporary  Food  Industry  and 

Consumerism 3 

ANSC  201— Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics 3 

ANSC  211 — Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals 4 

ANSC  212— Applied  Animal  Physiology 3 

ANSC  214 — Applied  Animal  Physiology  Laboratory 1 

ANSC  401— Fundamentals  of  Nutrition 3 

ANSC  412 — Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 


86    Anthropology 

CHEM  104— Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry 4 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology 4 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

SPCH  107— Public  Speaking  3 

Two  of  the  Following: 6 

ANSC  221— Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production 

ANSC  242— Dairy  Production 

ANSC  262— Commercial  Poultry  Management 

One  of  the  Following: 3-4 

ENAG  100 — Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 

CHEM  233— Organic  Chemistry  I"  4 

CHEM  243 — Organic  Chemistry  II"' 4 

MATH  1 1 1— Introduction  to  Mathematics  II 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  1 4 

Electives"" 39-40 

'Includes  eleven  required  credits  listed  below. 

"CHEM  1 13  is  a  prerequisite. 

'"CHEM  233  is  a  prerequisite. 

""Electives  must  include  at  least  twelve  credits  in  upper-level  animal 

science. 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  to  a  faculty  advisor 
to  assist  in  planning  his  or  her  academic  program.  For  information  or 
appointment:  1 101  Animal  Sciences  Center,  405-1374. 

Honors  and  Awards 

American  Society  of  Animal  Sciences  Scholastic  Recognition  and  De- 
partment of  Animal  Sciences  Scholastic  Achievement  Awards  are  pre- 
sented each  year  at  the  College  of  Agriculture  Student  Awards  Convocation. 
For  eligibility  criteria  see  ANSC  Undergraduate  Studies  Office,  1101 
Animal  Sciences  Center. 

Student  Organizations 

ANSC  majors  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  following 
social/professional  student  organizations.  The  Block  and  Bridle  Club,  The 
University  of  Maryland  Equestrian  Association,  and  the  Veterinary  Science 
Club.  For  more  information  see  ANSC  Undergraduate  Studies  Office, 
1101  Animal  Sciences  Center. 

Course  Code:  ANSC 


ANTHROPOLOGY (ANTH) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

1111  Woods  Hall,  405-1423 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Whitehead 

Professors:  Agar.  Chambers,  Gonzalezt.  Leone.  Williams 

Associate  Professor:  Jackson 

Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  Chair:  Stuart 

Assistant  Professors:  Seidel.  Wali 

Lecturers:  Eidson  (p.t.), 

Research  Associate:  Little'  (Historic  Annapolis) 

Faculty  Research  Assistant:  Aronson 

Affiliate  Faculty:  Bolles  (WMST) 

Adjunct  Faculty:  Stephen  Potter  (National  Park  Service) 

*  Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated 
tDistinguished  Scholar  Teacher 

The  Major 

Anthropology  has  been  defined  as  "the  study  of  humanity'  because  it  is  the 
discipline  that  tries  to  understand  humans  as  a  wholeas  an  animal,  as  a 
social  being,  as  a  literate  beingfrom  the  very  beginning  of  time  and  all  over 
the  world.  Anthropologists  try  to  explain  differences  among 
humansdifferences  in  their  physical  characteristics  as  well  as  their  cus- 
toms, behavior,  and  attitudes.  Since  children  learn  their  culture  from  the 
preceding  generation,  who  in  turn  learned  it  from  the  preceding  genera- 
tion, culture  is  a  product  of  the  past.  Anthropologists  study  the  way  human 
culture  has  grown  and  changed  through  time,  and  the  way  the  species  has 
spread  over  the  earth.  This  is  not  the  history  of  kings  and  great  women  or 
men  or  of  wars  and  treaties:  it  is  the  history,  including  the  present,  and 
science  of  human  knowledge  and  behavior. 


It  is  increasingly  clear  that  a  strong  background  in  anthropology  is 
adefinite  asset  in  preparing  for  a  variety  of  jobs  in  a  number  of  fields 
ranging  from  business  to  the  fine  arts.  Whether  one  goes  on  to  a  Master's 
or  a  Ph.D. striving  to  advance  the  frontiers  of  knowledge  concerning  our 
species  and  the  cultural  processor  the  professional  anthropologist  com- 
bines the  anthropology  B.A  with  other  specific  knowledgeworkmg,  for 
example  as  a  city  planner,  development  consultant,  or  program 
evaluatoranthropology  at  UMCP  offers  a  solid  and  rigorous  background 
for  a  variety  of  career  options. 

Academic  Programs  and  Departmental  Facilities 

The  Anthropology  Department  offers  beginning  and  advanced  coursework 
in  the  four  principal  subdivisions  of  the  discipline:  ethnology  (also  known 
as  cultural  anthropology),  archaeology,  physical  anthropology,  and  lin- 
guistics. Within  each  area,  the  department  offers  some  degree  of  spe- 
cialization and  provides  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  research  and 
independent  study  within  the  curriculum.  Laboratory  courses  are  offered 
in  physical  anthropology,  archaeology,  and  anthropological  methods; 
field  schools  are  offered  in  archaeology  and  ethnography.  The  interrela- 
tionship of  all  branches  of  anthropology  is  emphasized. 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  is  closely  tied  to  the  department's  Master 
in  Applied  Anthropology  (MAA)  program;  accordingly,  preparation  for 
non-academic  employment  upon  graduation  is  a  primary  educational  goal 
of  the  Department's  undergraduate  coursework  and  internship  and  research 
components. 

Courses  in  these  subdivisions  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  minor  or  "supporting 
courses"  requirement  in  some  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  degrees. 

The  Anthropology  Department  has  a  total  of  four  laboratones  located  in 
Woods  Hall,  which  are  divided  into  teaching  labs  and  research  labs  The 
department's  two  archaeology  labs,  containing  materials  collected  from 
field  schools  of  the  past  several  years,  serve  for  both  teaching  and 
research. 

All  students  have  access  to  a  twenty-workstation  (IBM  PS/2  50s)  computer 
laboratory  located  at  1101  Woods  Hall  and  operated  by  the  BSOS 
Computer  Laboratory. 

Cultural  Systems  Analysis  Group  (CuSAG),  a  research  and  program 
development  arm  of  the  department,  is  located  in  Woods  Hall. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

A  student  who  declares  a  major  in  anthropology  will  be  awarded  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  upon  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  of  the  degree 
program.  The  student  must  complete  at  least  thirty  hours  of  courses  with 
the  prefix  ANTH  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course  and  eighteen 
hours  of  supportive  courses.  The  courses  are  distributed  as  follows: 

a.  Eighteen  hours  of  required  courses  that  must  include  ANTH  101, 
102.  397,401,451  (or  441),  and  371  or  361  (or  461); 

b.  Twelve  hours  of  elective  courses  in  anthropology  of  which  nine 
hours  must  be  at  the  300  level  or  above;  Majors  are  encouraged  to 
take  more  than  the  minimum,  counting  up  to  six  hours  as  supporting' 
(see  next  item); 

c.  Eighteen  hours  of  supporting  courses  (courses  outside  of  an- 
thropology offerings  in  fields  that  are  complementary  to  the  major's 
specific  anthropological  interests)  Supporting  courses  are  to  be 
chosen  by  the  student  and  approved  by  a  faculty  advisor  With  the 
advisor's  endorsement,  up  to  six  hours  of  anthropology  courses 
may  be  counted  as  "supporting"  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take 
statistics  or  quantitative  methods  course  appropnate  to  sub-field  of 
focus. 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  anthropology  majors  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  as  well  as 
the  requirements  of  the  University's  general  education  program 

Advising 

Undergraduate  advising  is  coordinated  by  the  Director  for  Undergraduate 
Studies.  Dr  William  Stuart,  who  serves  as  the  Administrative  Advisor  for 
all  undergraduate  majors  and  minors  All  majors  are  required  to  meet  with 
Dr.  Stuart  at  least  once  per  term,  at  the  time  of  pre-registration  In  addition, 
the  Anthropology  Department  encourages  students  to  select  an  academic 


Applied  Mathematics  Program    87 


advisor  who  will  work  closely  with  the  student  to  tailor  the  program  to  fit  the 
student's  particular  interests  and  needs  All  Anthropology  (acuity  mem- 
bers serve  as  academic  advisors  (and  should  be  contacted  individually). 
Each  maior  is  expected  to  select  an  academic  advisor  and  to  consult  with 
him/her  on  a  regular  basis  For  additional  information,  students  should 
contact  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies,  Dr.  William  Taft  Stuart, 
0100A  Woods  Hall.  405-1435 

Honors 

The  Anthropology  Department  also  offers  an  Honors  Program  that  pro- 
vides the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  in-depth  study  of  his  or  her 
interests  Acceptance  is  contingent  upon  a  3.5  GPA  in  anthropology 
courses  and  a  3  0  overall  average.  Members  of  this  program  are  encouraged 
to  take  as  many  departmental  honors  courses  (either  as  HONR  or  as  "H" 
sections  of  ANTH  courses)  as  possible  The  Honors  Citation  is  awarded 
upon  completion  and  review  of  a  thesis  (usually  based  upon  at  least  one 
term  of  research  under  the  direction  of  an  Anthropology  faculty  member) 
to  be  done  within  the  field  of  anthropology  Details  and  applications  are 
available  in  the  Anthropology  Office,  or  contact  your  advisor  for  further 
information. 

NOTE:  The  Departmental  Honors  Program  is  currently  under  revision. 
Check  with  Departmental  Advisor  for  updated  details. 

Student  Organizations 

Anthropology  Student  Association  (ASA).  An  anthropology  student  as- 
sociation meets  regularly  to  plan  student  events  and  to  help  coordinate 
various  student  and  faculty  activities.  Meeting  times  are  posted  outside 
0133  Woods  Hall. 

The  department  and  the  ASA  jointly  sponsor  a  public  lecture  series. 

Course  Code:  ANTH 

APPLIED  MATHEMATICS  PROGRAM 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical 
Sciences 

1 104  Mathematics.  405-5062 

Director:  Cooper 

Faculty:  Over  100  members  from  13  units. 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program  is  a  graduate  program  in  which  the 
students  combine  studies  in  mathematics  and  application  areas.  All  MAPL 
courses  carry  credit  in  mathematics.  An  undergraduate  program  em- 
phasizing applied  mathematics  is  available  to  majors  in  mathematics. 
Appropriate  courses  carry  the  MATH  and  STAT  prefix,  as  well  as  the 
MAPL  prefix.  See  the  Mathematics  entry  for  more  information. 

Course  Code:  MAPL 


ARCHITECTURE 

For  information,  consult  the  School  of  Architecture  entry. 


ART  (ARTT) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

121 1-E  Art/Sociology  Building,  405-1443 

Professor  and  Chair:  Morrison 

Undergraduate  Director:  Richardson 

Graduate  Director:  Pogue 

Professors:  DeMonte.  Driskell,  Lapinski,  Truittf 

Associate  Professors:  Craig,  Forbes.  Gelman,  Kehoe,  Klank,  Krushenick, 

Niese,  Pogue,  Richardson 

Assistant  Professors:  Blotner.  Coppin,  Humphrey.  McCarty.  Ruppert 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 


The  Major 

An  Art  Department  is  a  place  where  ideas  become  art  objects  To 
accomplish  this  transformation,  the  art  student  must  articulate  and  refine 
the  concept,  and  then  apply  acquired  knowledge  and  skills  to  the  materials 
that  comprise  the  object 

Human  beings  have  made  and  embellished  objects  for  thousands  of 
years.  In  the  Twentieth  Century,  Art  Department  faculties  and  students 
embody  this  fundamental  human  inclination  and  attempt  to  understand, 
convey,  and  celebrate  it. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Along  with  college  and  campus-wide  general  education  requirements,  the 
student  may  choose  one  of  two  Major  Program  Options:  Program  "A"  or 
Program  "B." 

Program  "A"  Requirements:  (42  Major  credits,  12  Supporting  Area 
credits) 

ARTT  150  Introduction  to  Art  Theory  (3) 

ARTT  100  Elements  of  Two  Dimensional  Space  and  Form  (3) 

ARTT  110  Elements  of  Drawing  (3) 

ARTT  200  Elements  of  Three  Dimensional  Space  and  Form  (3) 

ARTT  210  Elements  of  Drawing  II  (3) 

ARTT  320  Elements  of  Painting  (3) 

ARTT  33x  Elements  of  Sculpture  (One  course  from  the  330  series)  (3) 

ARTT  34x  Elements  of  Printmakmg  (One  course  from  the  340  series)  (3) 

ARTT  418  Advanced  Drawing  (3) 

ARTT  460  Seminar  in  Art  Theory  (ARTT  461  may  be  taken  as  an 

alternate)  (3) 
ARTT  xxx  300/400  elective  (3) 

ARTH  200  History  of  Art  (Survey  I)  (3) 
ARTH  201  History  of  Art  (Survey  II)  (3) 
ARTH  xxx  300/400  elective  (3) 

Supporting  Area:  Four  related  (not  ARTT)  courses  approved  by  the 
advisor.  Six  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must  be  at 
the  300/400  level.  (12) 

Program  "B"  requirements:  (36  Major  credits,  12  Supporting  Area) 

ARTT  150  Introduction  to  Art  Theory  (3) 

ARTT  100  Elements  of  Two  Dimensional  Space  and  Form  (3) 

ARTT  110  Elements  of  Drawing  I  (3) 

ARTT  200  Elements  of  Three  Dimensional  Space  and  Form  (3) 

ARTT  210  Elements  of  Drawing  II  (3) 

ARTT  320  Elements  of  Painting  (3) 

ARTT  33x  Elements  of  Sculpture  (One  course  from  the  330  series)  (3) 

ARTT  34x  Elements  of  Printmaking  (One  course  from  the  340  series)  (3) 

ARTT  418  Advanced  Drawing  (3) 

ARTT  460  Seminar  in  Art  Theory  (ARTT  461  may  be  taken  as  an 

alternate)  (3) 
ARTT  xxx  300/400  level  elective  (3) 
ARTT  xxx  300/400  level  elective  (3) 

Supporting  Area: 

ARTH  200  History  of  Art  (Survey  I)  (3) 

ARTH  201  History  of  Art  (Survey  II)  (3) 

ART  xxx  300/400  level  ARTH  or  Art  Theory  elective  (3) 

ART  xxx  300/400  level  ARTH  or  Art  Theory  elective  (3) 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  Major  or 
Supporting  Area  requirements. 

Advising 

We  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  see  his  or  her  advisor  each 
semester.  The  department  has  four  advisors.  Students  should  contact  Ms. 
Janet  Crowe  in  the  main  office  for  specifics. 

Fieldwork  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Students  in  past  internships  have  worked  in  a  variety  of  settings.  These 
have  included  assisting  professionals  complete  public  commissions, 
commercial  or  cooperative  gallery  and  exhibition  duties,  and  working  in 
professional  artists'  workshops  in  the  Baltimore  and  Washington  metro- 
politan area.  Additional  information  is  available  in  the  Art  Department 
office. 


88    Art  History  and  Archaeology 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Art  Department  administers  eight  Creative  and  Performing  Arts 
Scholarships  that  are  available  to  freshman  and  entering  transfer  stu- 
dents. This  is  a  merit  based  scholarship  that  is  awarded  on  a  one-year 
basis.  Additional  information  is  available  in  the  main  office  of  the  department. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Our  Honors  Program  is  currently  being  developed.  Students  interested  in 
further  information  are  encouraged  to  contact  Professor  Richard  Klank 
through  the  main  office  of  the  department. 

Student  Art  Exhibit 

Graduating  Art  Majors  have  an  exhibition  in  the  West  Gallery  in  December 
and  in  May  of  each  academic  year.  The  James  P.  Wharton  Prize  is 
awarded  to  the  outstanding  student  in  these  exhibitions.  The  West  Gallery 
(1309  Art  Sociology  Building)  is  an  exhibition  space  devoted  primarily  to 
showing  the  student's  art  work.  This  exhibition  space  is  devoted  primarily 
to  exhibitions  of  the  student's  art  works  and  is  administered  by  under- 
graduate art  majors. 

Lecture  Program 

The  Art  Department  has  a  lecture  program  in  which  artists  and  critics  are 
brought  to  the  campus  to  explore  ideas  in  contemporary  art.  A  strong 
component  of  this  program  is  devoted  to  the  art  ideas  of  women  and 
minorities. 

Course  Code:  ARTT 


ART  HISTORY  AND  ARCHEOLOGY  (ARTH) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

121 1B  Art/Sociology  Building,  405-1479 

Professor  and  Chair:  Farquhar 

Professors:  Burnham,  Denny,  Eyo,  Miller,  Rearick,  Wheelock 

Associate  Professors:  Hargrove,  Pressly,  Spiro,  Venit,  Withers 

Assistant  Professors:  Colantuono,  Kuo,  Sandler 

Slide  Curator:  Bonnell 

Gallery  Director:  Owens 

The  Major 

A  major  in  the  department  of  Art  History  and  Archeology  leads  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  through  the  study  and  scholarly  interpretation  of 
existing  works  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to  the  present. 

The  goal  of  the  Art  History  and  Archeology  Department  is  to  develop  the 
student's  aesthetic  sensitivity  and  understanding  of  art  as  well  as  to  impart 
a  knowledge  of  the  works,  the  artists,  and  their  place  in  history.  In  addition 
to  courses  in  European  art  history  and  archaeology,  the  curriculum 
includes  courses  in  African,  American,  Black  American,  Chinese,  Japa- 
nese, and  Pre-Columbian  art  history  and  archaeology,  all  taught  by 
specialists  in  the  fields.  The  department's  65,000  volume  art  library  and 
the  University's  art  gallery  are  located  in  the  art  building. 

An  Art  History  and  Archeology  major  is  often  combined  for  a  double  major 
with  other  academic  disciplines,  such  as  Anthropology,  American  Studies. 
Classics,  Economics,  History,  languages  and  literature,  or  with  professional 
disciplines,  such  as  Architecture,  Design, and  Journalism.  The  Art  History 
faculty  encourages  the  development  of  language  skills  and  writing.  The 
program  provides  a  good  foundation  for  graduate  study,  for  work  in 
museums  and  galleries,  or  for  law,  writing  and  publishing,  teaching,  and 
any  profession  for  which  clear  thinking  and  writing  are  required. 

The  Department  of  Art  History  and  Archeology  offers  two  majors:  Art 
History  with  a  non-art  supporting  area  and  Art  History  with  a  supporting 
area  in  studio  art. 

Art  History  Major  A  with  non-art  supporting  area: 

Required  courses: 

ARTH  100  Introduction  to  Art  (3) 

ARTH  200  (formerly  260)  Survey  of  Art  History,  part  I  (3) 


ARTH  201  (formerly  261)  Survey  of  Art  History,  part  II  (3) 
Five  300-400  level  ARTH  courses,  excluding  the  department's 
Masterpiece  Courses  and  ARTH  355  (15) 
ARTT  100,  Elements  of  Design  (3) 
ARTT  110,  Elements  of  Drawing  (3) 
One  more  course  in  ARTT,  any  level  (3) 

Supporting  Area:  Twelve  coherently  related  non-art  credits  approved  by 
an  advisor.  Six  of  these  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must 
be  at  junior-senior  level  (12) 

Art  History  Major  B,  with  the  supporting  area  in  studio  art: 

Required  courses: 

ARTH  100  Introduction  to  Art  (3) 

ARTH  260  (or  200)  Survey  of  Art  History,  part  I  (3) 

ARTH  261  (or  201 )  Survey  of  Art  History,  part  II  (3) 

Five  300-400  level  ARTH  courses  (15) 

Three  more  ARTH  courses  at  any  level  (9) 

ARTT  100,  Elements  of  Design  (3) 

ARTT  110,  Elements  of  Drawing  (3) 

Two  upper  level  ARTT  courses  (6) 

Total  credit  hours  needed  for  Art  History  Major  A  or  B,  combined  major  and 
supporting  area,  are  45. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  or 
supporting  area  requirements. 

Awards:  The  Department  of  Art  History  and  Archeology  offers  two 
undergraduate  awards  each  year:  the  J.K.  Reed  Fellowship  Award  to  an 
upper-level  major  who  will  be  studying  at  the  university  for  at  least  one 
more  semester  and  the  Frank  DiFedenco  Book  Award  to  a  senior  neanng 
graduation. 

Course  Code:  ARTH 


ASTRONOMY  PROGRAM  (ASTR) 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences 

2105  Space  Sciences  Bldg..  405-3001 

Director:  Bell 

Associate  Director:  Trasco 

Professors:  A'Hearn,  Blitz,  Harrington,  Heckman,  Kundu.  Papadopoulos. 

Rose,  Wentzel,  Wilson 

Associate  Professors:  Matthews,  Vogel.  Zipoy 

Assistant  Professor:  Mundy 

Adjunct/Part-Time  Professors:  Hauser,  Holt,  Trimble,  Westerhout 

Professors  Emeriti:  Erickson,  Kerr 

Instructors:  Deming,  Theison 

The  Major 

The  Astronomy  Program  offers  courses  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Astronomy  as  well  as  a  series  of  courses  of  general  interest  to  non- 
majors.  Astronomy  majors  are  given  a  strong  undergraduate  preparation 
in  astronomy,  mathematics  and  physics  The  degree  program  is  designed 
to  prepare  students  for  positions  in  government  and  industry  laboratones 
or  for  graduate  work  in  astronomy  or  related  fields  A  degree  in  astronomy 
has  also  proven  valuable  as  preparation  for  non-astronomical  careers 
such  as  law  or  business. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Astronomy  majors  are  required  to  take  two  basic  courses  in  astronomy 
and  astrophysics:  ASTR  200  and  ASTR  350  They  are  also  required  to 
take  ASTR  210  (Practical  Astronomy)  plus  three  400-level  astronomy 
courses,  one  of  which  must  be  ASTR  410 

Students  majoring  in  astronomy  are  also  required  to  obtain  a  good 
background  in  physics  and  in  mathematics.  The  normal  required  sequence 
is  PHYS  171.  272,  273  and  the  associated  labs  PHYS  275.  276  and  375. 
With  the  permission  of  the  advisor,  PHYS  161 .  262.  263  plus  375  can  be 
substituted  tor  this  sequence.  Astronomy  majors  are  also  required  to  take 
a  series  of  supporting  courses  in  mathematics  These  are  MATH  1 40. 1 4 1 , 
240  and  241.  In  addition.  MATH  246  is  strongly  recommended 


The  program  requires  that  a  grade  ol  C  or  better  be  obtained  in  all  courses. 
Any  student  who  wishes  to  be  recommended  tor  graduate  work  In 
astronomy  must  maintain  a  B  average  He  or  she  should  also  consider 
including  several  additional  advanced  courses  beyond  the  minimum 
required,  to  be  selected  from  astronomy,  physics  and  mathematics 

Detailed  information  on  typical  programs  and  alternatives  to  the  standard 
program  can  be  found  in  the  pamphlet  entitled  "Department  Requirements 
for  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Astronomy"  which  is  available  from 
the  Astronomy  Program  office. 

Courses  for  Non-Science  Majors 

There  are  a  variety  of  astronomy  courses  offered  for  those  who  are 
interested  in  learning  about  the  subject  but  do  not  wish  to  major  in  it.  These 
courses  do  not  require  any  background  in  mathematics  or  physics  and  are 
geared  especially  to  the  non-science  major.  ASTR  1 00  is  a  general  survey 
course  that  briefly  covers  all  of  the  major  topics  in  astronomy.  ASTR  110 
is  the  lab  that  can  be  taken  with  or  after  ASTR  100.  Several  300-level 
courses  are  offered  primarily  for  non-science  students  who  want  to  learn 
about  a  particular  field  in  depth,  such  as  the  Solar  System,  Galaxies  and 
the  Universe,  and  Life  in  the  Universe.  Non-science  majors  should  not 
normally  take  ASTR  200  or  ASTR  350. 

Honors 

The  Honors  Program  offers  students  of  exceptional  ability  and  interest  in 
astronomy  opportunities  for  pan-time  research  participation  which  may 
develop  into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors  seminar  is  offered  for 
advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for  independent  work  or  study; 
and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit  toward  the  bachelor's 
degree.  Students  are  accepted  into  the  Honors  Program  by  the 
Department's  Honors  Committee  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from 
their  advisors  and  other  faculty  members.  Most  honors  candidates  submit 
a  written  report  on  their  research  project,  which  together  with  an  oral 
comprehensive  examination  in  the  senior  year,  concludes  the  program 
which  may  lead  to  graduation  "with  honors  (or  high  honors)  in  astronomy." 

Further  information  about  advising  and  the  honors  program  can  be 
obtained  by  calling  the  Astronomy  Program  office  at  (301)  405-3001. 

Course  Code:  ASTR 


BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES  PROGRAM 
College  of  Life  Sciences 

Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-6892 
Director:  Olek 

The  Major 

This  program  is  designed  for  the  student  who  is  interested  in  a  broader 
education  in  the  biological  sciences  than  is  available  in  the  programs  for 
majors  in  the  various  departments  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences.  It  is 
appropriate  for  the  entering  student  who  wishes  to  explore  the  various 
areas  of  biology  before  specializing  in  the  major  offered  by  a  single 
department,  or  for  the  student  desiring  to  concentrate  on  a  broad  area  of 
biology. 

By  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year  students  select  one  of  several  areas  to 
emphasize,  including  marine  biology,  ecology,  physiology,  genetics, 
animal  sciences,  botany,  chemistry,  entomology,  microbiology,  or  zool- 
ogy. Information  pertaining  to  a  specific  emphasis  or  to  the  generalist 
program  is  available  at  the  college  office.  Alternatively,  the  student  may 
elect  to  remain  a  generalist  throughout  the  program.  Individual  programs 
to  meet  specific  career  goals  may  be  developed  between  the  student  and 
the  director.  In  each  case,  advising  will  be  carried  out  in  the  department 
in  which  most  of  the  work  is  to  be  taken. 

Preparation  for  graduate  study  in  a  specialized  area  of  biology  is  readily 
accomplished  under  this  program  by  the  judicious  selection  of  junior- 
senior  level  courses  in  the  proposed  area  of  graduate  concentration. 
Students  in  the  program  who  are  attempting  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
a  pre-professional  program  should  also  seek  advice  from  advisors  of 
those  respective  programs.  Students  in  the  program  who  wish  to  prepare 
for  secondary  school  science  teaching  should  contact  the  staff  of  the 
Science  Teaching  Center  of  the  College  of  Education  for  information 
concerning  the  requirements  for  certification. 


Biological  Sciences  Program    89 

Requirements  for  Major 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 30 

College  of  Life  Sciences  Core  Requirements 38-40 

MICB  200  General  Microbiology 4 

One  of  the  following  three  courses: 4 

BOTN  207— Plant  Diversity 

ENTM  205 — Principles  of  Entomology 

ZOOL  210— Animal  Diversity 
One  of  the  following  five  courses: 3-4 

BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics 

ZOOL  2 13— Genetics 

ANSC  201 — Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics 

HORT  274— Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants 

MICB  380— Bacterial  Genetics 

Advanced  Program 22 

Electives 16-19 

A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  for  BIOL  105, 106,  the  diversity  course, 
MICB  200  and  genetics. 

A  C  average  is  required  for  the  General  Biological  Sciences  courses 
(math,  chemistry,  and  physics). 


Advanced  Program 


Students  must  complete  an  approved  curriculum  that  includes  one  course 

in  statistics  (BIOM  301 .  BIOM  401 ,  STAT  250.  STAT  400,  STAT  464,  or 

PSYC  200)  and  1 9  credits  of  biological  sciences  selected  from  the  courses 

below.  A  minimum  of  ten  credits  must  be  taken  in  the  area  of  emphasis. 

At  least  two  courses  must  involve  laboratory  or  fieldwork  at  the  300-400 

level.  At  least  1 5  of  the  1 9  credits  of  biological  sciences  must  be  completed 

in  courses  numbered  300  or  above.  Twoparticipating  departments  must 

be  represented  by  at  least  one  course  in  the  15  credits  of  300-400  work. 

No  386-387  credits  (experiential  learning)  will  be  accepted.  A  grade  of  C 

or  better  is  required  in  all  courses  wfthin  the  Advanced  Program.  Courses 

currently  approved  for  the  advanced  program  include: 

AGRI  489. 

AGRO  105,403,422,423. 

ANSC  101,  211,  212,  214,  252,  305,  327,  350,  370,  398,  399,  401,  406, 

412,  413,  415,  416,  427,  443,  446,  447,  452,  462,  463,  466,  480. 

BIOL  398,  399. 

BOTN  all  courses  except  BOTN  100,  101 ,  103,  200,  202,  207,  21 1  and 

414. 

BCHM  261,  461,  462,  464. 

CHEM  287,  487. 

ENTM  all  courses  except  ENTM  100,  1 1 1 ,  205,  252,  and  303. 

GEOL  102,  331,  431,  432,  434,  452. 

HORT  171  and  271. 

KNES  300,  360,  455,  481 

MICB  all  courses  except  MICB  100,  200,  322  and  380 

NRMT411 

NUSC  402,  403 

NUTR  450  or  NUSC  450 

PSYC  400,  402,  403,  410,  412,  and  479. 

ZOOL  all  courses  except  ZOOL  101,  146,  181,  207,  210,  213,  301,  346, 

and  381 .  ZOOL  328Z  requires  prior  approval  of  Director. 

Research  experience  in  the  various  areas  of  biology  is  possible  under  this 
plan  by  special  arrangement  with  faculty  research  advisors  and  prior 
approval  of  the  Director.  Not  more  than  3  hours  of  special  problems  or 
research  can  be  taken  as  part  of  the  advanced  program  requirement.  All 
advanced  program  curricula  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  General 
Biological  Sciences  Program  Committee. 

In  compliance  with  the  University  Studies  Program,  the  following  courses 
cannot  be  used  by  G.B.S.  majors  to  fulfill  USP  requirements:  EDMS  451 , 
ZOOL  346. 

Advising 

Academic  advising  is  mandatory.  Contact  one  of  the  following  advisors: 
Olek:  Director  (1245  Zoology-Psychology,  405-6892);  Armstrong:  Ento- 
mology Emphasis,  General  (2309  Symons,  405-3925);  Barnett:  Botany, 
Ecology,  Marine  Biology  Emphases,  General  (3214  H.J.  Patterson,  405- 
1597);  Klavon:  Chemistry  Emphasis  (1220  Symons,  405-2080);  Presson: 
Zoology,  Physiology,  Marine  Biology,  Genetics  Emphases,  General  (2227 
Zoology-Psychology,  405-6904);  Smith:  Microbiology.  Genetics  Empha- 
ses, General  (2107  Microbiology,  405-2107). 


90    Botany 

Honors 

The  General  Biological  Sciences  Honors  Program  is  a  special  program  lor 
exceptionally  talented  and  promising  students.  It  emphasizes  the  schol- 
arly approach  to  independent  study.  Information  about  this  honors  pro- 
gram may  be  obtained  from  the  Director. 

Student  Honor  Society 

Phi  Sigma.  Call  405-6892  for  information  on  membership  and  eligibility. 
Course  Code:  BIOL 


BOTANY  (BOTN) 
College  of  Life  Sciences 

H.J.  Patterson  Hall,  405-1597 

Professor  and  Chair:  Teramura 

Distinguished  Professor:  Diener 

Professors:  Bean,  Gantt,  Kantzes,  Krusberg,  Kung,  Lockard,  Patterson, 

Reveal,  Sisler,  Steiner 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bottino,  Cooke,  Forseth,  Grybauskas, 

Hutcheson,  Motta,  Racusen,  Sze,  Wolniak 

Assistant  Professors:  Dudash,  Fenster,  Rumpho,  Straney, 

Van  Valkenburg,  Watson 

Lecturer:  Berg 

Instructors:  Higgins,  Koines,  Mayer 

Emeriti:  Brown,  Sisler,  Sorokin 

The  Major 

This  major  is  designed  with  a  diverse  range  of  career  possibilities  for 
students  in  botany  or  plant  biology,  and  gives  students  a  broad  background 
in  supporting  areas  of  biological  sciences,  chemistry,  math,  and  physics. 
In  addition  to  the  botany  courses  required  of  all  majors,  this  major  allows 
students  to  take  a  number  of  botany  or  related  electives  to  develop  the 
student's  area  of  interest  within  botany.  The  department  offers  instruction 
in  the  fields  of  physiology,  pathology,  ecology,  taxonomy,  anatomy- 
morphology,  genetics,  mycology,  nematology,  virology,  phycology,  and 
general  botany. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Requirements  of  this  major  are  under  review  and  may  be  changed  prior 
to  the  1991-92  academic  year.  Students  should  consult  an  advisor.  All 
students  must  complete  the  core  requirements  for  the  College  of  Life 
Sciences.  In  addition,  the  following  courses  are  required: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 40 

College  of  Life  Sciences  Core  Requirements 38-40 

BOTN  207— Plant  Diversity 4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 4 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  398— Seminar 1 

BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics 3 

BOTN  416—  Plant  Structure 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

BOTN  462— Plant  Ecology 2 

BOTN  464 — Plant  Ecology  Laboratory 2 

BOTN  Electives  or  Related  Electives 8-10 

MICB  200General  Microbiology 4 

Electives 10 

Total 120 

All  required  courses,  including  botany-related  electives,  require  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  Botany-related  electives  may  include  no  more  than  one 
lower-level  course  and  must  be  approved  by  the  advisor.  In  some  areas 
of  botany,  an  introductory  course  in  geology  or  soils  is  highly  recommended. 


Advising 


Academic  advising  is  mandatory  Contact  the  Botany  Coordinating  Advisor, 
Dr.  Neal  Barnett.  3214  H.J.  Patterson.  405-1597. 


Honors 

The  Botany  Department  otters  a  special  program  for  exceptionally  tal- 
ented and  promising  students  through  the  Honors  Program,  which  em- 
phasizes the  scholarly  approach  to  independent  study  Information  con- 
cerning this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  academic  advisors. 

Course  Code:  BOTN 


BUSINESS  AND  MANAGEMENT,  GENERAL 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  (ENCH) 
College  of  Engineering 

21 13  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  Bldg.,  405-1938 

Acting  Chair:  McAvoy 

Associate  Chair:  Regan 

Professors:  Cadman,  Gentry,  McAvoy.  Moreira,  Regan,  Sengers",  Smith, 

Weigand 

Associate  Professors:  Calabrese,  Choi,  Gasner 

Assistant  Professors:  Bentley,  Coppella,  Davison,  Lee,  Mavrovouniotis. 

Payne,  Rao,  Wang,  Zafiriou 

Emeritus:  Beckmann 

"Member  of  Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

The  Major 

The  Chemical  Engineering  Department  otters  a  general  program  in 
chemical  engineering.  In  addition,  study  programs  in  the  specialty  areas 
of  applied  polymer  science,  biochemical  engineering,  and  process  simu- 
lation and  control  are  available.  The  latter  programs  are  interdisciplinary 
with  other  departments  at  the  university.  The  departmental  programs 
prepare  an  undergraduate  for  graduate  study  or  immediate  industrial 
employment  following  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

Because  of  this  wide  range  of  ultimate  applications,  the  chemical  engineer 
finds  interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  such  vaned  fields  as 
chemical  (inorganic  and  organic),  food  processing  and  manufacture, 
metallurgical,  energy  conversion,  petroleum  (refining,  production,  or 
petrochemical),  and  pharmaceutical  industries.  Additional  opportunities 
are  presented  by  the  research  and  development  activities  of  many  public 
and  private  research  institutes  and  allied  agencies. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  curriculum  is  composed  of:  (1)  the  required  CORE  (general  educa- 
tion) requirements  of  College  Park;  (2)  a  core  of  mathematics,  physics, 
chemistry,  and  engineering  sciences  required  of  all  engineering  students, 
(3)  the  required  core  of  30  credits  of  ENCH  courses  which  includes  ENCH 
215,  280,  300,  333.  425,  427,  437,  440,  442,  444.  and  446;  (4)  twelve 
credits  of  ENCH  electives.  A  sample  program  follows: 

Freshman  Year:  The  freshman  year  is  the  same  for  all  Engineering 
departments".  Please  consult  The  College  of  Engineering  entry 

Semester 

I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  241— Calculus  III 4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations  for  Scientists 

and  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  230— Intro  to  Materials  and  Their  Applications  3 

CHEM  233 — Organic  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  243— Organic  Chemistry  II  4 

ENCH  215— Chem.  Engr  Analysis 3 

ENCH  280— Transport  Processes  I:  Fluid  Mechanics  2 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3 

Total 18  16 

Junior  Year 

ENCH  300 — Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics 3 

ENCH  440 — Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  3 

ENCH  442— Chemical  Engr  Systems  Analysis 3 


Chemistry  and  Biochemistry    91 


CHEM481.482— Physical  Chemistry  I,  II  3           3 

CHEM  483—  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 2 

ENCH  425 — Transport  Processes  II:  Heat  Transfer 3 

ENCH  427— Transport  Processes  III:  Mass  Transfer 3 

ENEE  300 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 

(Recommended) 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3           6 

Total 17          18 

Senior  Year 

ENCH  437— Chemical  Engineering  Lab 3 

ENCH  444— Process  Engr.  Economics  and  Design  I 3 

ENCH  446— Process  Engr.  Economics  and  Design  II 3 

ENCH  333  Seminar 1 

Technical  Electives"" 6  6 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  6 

Total 15  16 

Minimum  Degree  Credits:  120  credits  and  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college,  and  university  requirements. 

"Qualified  students  may  elect  to  take  CHEM  105  and  1 15  (4  sem.  hrs. 

each)  instead  of  CHEM  103  and  113. 

"Students  must  consult  with  an  advisor  on  selection  of  appropriate 

courses  for  their  particular  course  of  study. 

Technical  Electives  Guidelines 

Twelve  credits  of  technical  electives  are  required.  It  is  recommended  that 
they  be  taken  during  the  senior  year. 

Additional  guidelines  are  as  follows: 

Technical  electives  will  normally  be  chosen  from  the  list  given.  Upon  the 
approval  of  your  advisor  and  written  permission  of  the  department,  a 
limited  amount  of  substitution  may  be  permitted.  Substitutes,  including 
ENCH  468  Research  (1-3  cr.)  must  fit  into  an  overall  plan  of  study 
emphasis  and  ensure  that  the  plan  fulfills  accreditation  design  require- 
ments. 

Technical  Electives: 

Biochemical  Engineering 

ENCH  482— Biochemical  Engineering  (3) 

ENCH  485 — Biochemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (2),  recommended 
only  if  ENCH  482  is  taken.  Simultaneous  enrollment  in  ENCH  468  (1 
credit)  is  recommended. 

Polymers 

ENCH  490— Introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3) 

ENCH  492— Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of  Polymers  (3) 

ENCH  494 — Polymer  Technology  Laboratory  (3).  Recommended  if  ENCH 

490  or  492  is  taken. 

Chemical  Processing 

ENCH  450 — Chemical  Process  Development  (3) 

Processing  Analysis  and  Optimization 

ENCH  452  — Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (counts  as  Lab.) 

(3) 

ENCH  453 — Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering  (3) 

ENCH  454 — Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization  (3) 

Admission 

All  Chemical  Engineering  majors  must  meet  admission,  progress  and 
retention  standards  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 


Advising 


All  students  choosing  Chemical  Engineering  as  their  primary  field  must 
see  an  undergraduate  advisor  each  semester.  Appointments  for  advising 
can  be  made  at  21 13  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  Building,  405- 
1936. 


Coop  Program 


The  Chemical  Engineering  program  works  within  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program.  For  information  on  this 
program  consult  the  College  of  Engineering  entry  in  this  catalog  or  call 
405-3863. 


Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  based  upon  need  is  available  through  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  through  the  College 
of  Engineering.  Part-time  employment  is  available  in  the  department 

Honors  and  Awards 

Annual  awards  are  given  to  recognize  scholarship  and  outstanding 
service  to  the  department,  college  and  university.  These  awards  include 
the  David  Arthur  Berman  Memorial  Award,  the  Engineering  Society  of 
Baltimore  Award,  and  the  American  Institute  of  Cherrusts  Award  for  the 
outstanding  senior  in  chemical  engineering.  AlChE  awards  are  given  to 
the  junior  with  the  highest  cumulative  GPA  as  well  as  to  the  outstanding 
junior  and  outstanding  senior  in  chemical  engineering. 

Student  Organization 

Students  operate  a  campus  student  chapter  of  the  professional  organi- 
zation, the  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers. 

Course  Code:  ENCH 


CHEMISTRY  AND  BIOCHEMISTRY  (CHEM,  BCHM) 
College  of  Life  Sciences 

1320  Chemistry  Building,  405-1788 

Student  Information:  1309  Chemistry  Building,  405-1791 

Professor  and  Chair:  Greer 

Associate  Chair:  DeShong 

Director,  Undergraduate  Programs:  Harwood 

Professors:  Alexander,  Ammon,  Armstrong,  Bellama,  Castellan,  DeShong, 

Dunaway-Mariano,  Freeman,  Gerlt,  Gordon,  Greer,  Hansen,  Helz,  Huheey, 

Jarvist,  Khanna,  Kozarich,  Mariano,  Mazzocchi,  Mignereyt,  G.  Miller, 

Moore,  Munn,  O'Haver,  Ponnamperuma,  Stewart,  Tossell,  Walters,  Weiner 

Associate  Professors:  Boyd,  DeVoe,  Kasler,  Murphy,  Ondov,  Sampugna, 

Thirumalai 

Assistant  Professors:  Eichhorn,  Falvey,  Herndon,  Julin,  C.  Miller,  Poll, 

Ruett-Robey,  Woodson 

Emeriti:  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund,  Jaquith,  Keeney,  McNesby,  Pratt, 

Rollinson,  Sturtz,  Svirbely,  Vanderslice,  Veitch 

tDistinguished  Scholar  -  Teacher 

The  Majors 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  offers  the  B.S.  degree  in 
both  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry.  Either  curriculum  is  designed  to  pre- 
pare major  students  for  entering  graduate  school,  for  career  opportunities 
in  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  industries,  for  basic  research  positions  in 
government  and  academic  laboratories  or  to  attend  professional  schools. 

Requirements  for  Chemistry  Major 

Beginning  Fall  1 991 ,  majors  in  Chemistry  or  Biochemistry  should  take  the 
new  sequence  CHEM  143-153,  General  Chemistry  for  Majors.  Transfer 
students  or  students  changing  to  the  major  after  the  freshman  year  will 
take  a  three-course  sequence:  CHEM  103,1 13,227. 

The  major  in  chemistry  requires  forty-one  credits  in  chemistry,  of  which 
eighteen  are  lower-level  and  twenty-three  are  upper-level.  Six  credits  of 
the  twenty-three  upper-level  requirements  must  be  selected  from  approved 
chemistry  courses.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  the  maximum 
amount  of  flexibility  to  students  seeking  preparation  for  either  the  traditional 
branches  of  chemistry  or  the  interdisciplinary  fields.  In  order  to  meet 
requirements  for  a  degree  to  be  certified  by  the  American  Chemical 
Society,  students  must  complete  one  additional  laboratory  course  selected 
from  CHEM  487,  491 ,  492  or  BCHM  464. 

A  sample  program,  listing  only  the  required  or  recommended  courses,  is 
given  below.  It  is  expected  that  each  semester's  electives  will  include 
courses  intended  to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  the  University  or 
of  the  College  of  Life  Sciences,  plus  others  of  the  student's  choice. 

Each  required  chemistry  course  must  be  passed  with  a  minimum  grade  of 
C.  Required  supporting  courses  must  be  passed  with  a  C  average. 


92    Civil  Engineering 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Requirements 29 

College  ot  Life  Sciences  Core  Requirements 20 

Departmental  Requirements 41 

CHEM  481— Physical  Chemistry  I 3 

CHEM  483— Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

CHEM  482— Physical  Chemistry  II 3 

CHEM  484Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  2 

CHEM  401lnorganic  Chemistry 3 

CHEM  425-lnstrumental  Analysis 3 

400-Level  Chemistry  courses 6 

Electives  30 

Total 120 

Requirements  for  Biochemistry  Major 

The  department  also  offers  a  major  in  biochemistry.  In  addition  to  the 
eighteen  credits  of  lower-level  chemistry,  the  program  requires  BCHM 
461 ,  462,  and  464;  CHEM  481 ,  482  and  483;  MATH  140  and  141 ;  PHYS 
141  and  142;  and  six  credits  of  approved  biological  science  that  must 
include  at  least  one  upper-level  course. 

A  sample  program,  listing  only  the  required  courses,  is  given  below.  It  is 
expected  that  each  semester's  electives  will  include  courses  intended  to 
satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  the  university  or  of  the  College  of  Life 
Sciences,  plus  others  of  the  student's  choice. 

Each  required  chemistry  and  biochemistry  course  must  be  passed  with  a 
minimum  grade  of  C.  Required  supporting  courses  must  be  passed  with 
a  C  average. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Requirements 29 

College  of  Life  Sciences  Core  Requirements 20 

Departmental  Requirements 45-46 

Approved  Biological  Science  Elective 4 

CHEM  481— Physical  Chemistry  I 3 

CHEM  483— Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 2 

CHEM  482— Physical  Chemistry  II 3 

CHEM  425-lnstrumental  Analysis 3 

BCHM  461— Biochemistry  I 3 

BCHM  462— Biochemistry  II 3 

BCHM  464— Biochemistry  Laboratory  II 2 

Approved  Upper-level  Biological  Science 3-4 

Electives 26 

Total 120-121 

Advising 

Prior  to  registration  for  each  semester,  advising  is  mandatory.  Appoint- 
ments for  advising  can  be  made  by  contacting  the  secretary  in  the  Office 
of  Undergraduate  Studies.  1 309  Chemistry  Building,  405-1 791 . 

Financial  Assistance 

Two  outstanding  juniors  who  are  Chemistry  or  Biochemistry  majors  are 
selected  in  the  spring  of  each  year  to  receive  $600  tuition  scholarships 
from  the  John  J.  Leidy  Foundation  to  be  used  during  the  senior  year.  No 
application  is  necessary  since  all  juniors  are  automatically  reviewed  by  the 
members  of  the  Awards  Committee. 

Honors  and  Awards 

In  the  senior  year,  CHEM  398.  Special  Problems  for  Honor  Students,  is  an 
opportunity  for  students  with  a  GPA  of  3.0  or  better  to  conduct  honors 
research.  Students  must  have  completed  one  year  of  CHEM  or  BCHM 
399,  Undergraduate  Research,  to  be  considered  for  Departmental  Hon- 
ors as  Seniors.  Dr.  Harwood  (1309  Chemistry  Building,  405-1791)  is  the 
coordinator.  After  successful  completion  of  a  senior  thesis  and  seminar, 
graduation  "with  honors"  or  "with  high  honors"  in  Chemistry  can  be 
attained. 

Student  Organizations 

Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Chemistry  Fraternity  is  a  professional  co-ed  fraternity 
which  recruits  members  from  Chemistry,  Biochemistry,  and  related  sci- 
ence majors  during  each  fall  and  spring  semester  Members  must  have 
completed  1  year  of  General  Chemistry  and  are  expected  to  complete  a 


minimum  of  4  semesters  of  Chemistry.  The  fraternity,  which  averages  50 
members,  holds  weekly  meetings  and  provides  tutoring  once  a  week  for 
students  in  lower  division  chemistry  courses.  The  office  is  1 403  Chemistry 
Building  Dr  Boyd  (1206  Chemistry  Building,  405-1805)  is  the  laculty 
moderator. 

Course  Codes:  CHEM,  BCHM 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  (ENCE) 
College  of  Engineering 

1 173D  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-1974 

Chair:  Colville 

Professors:  Aggour,  Albrecht.  Birkner.  Carter.  Maloney.  McCuen.  Ragan. 

Sternberg,  Vannoy.  Witczak,  Wolde-Tinsae 

Associate  Professors:  Ayyub.  Chang.  P  ,  Garber,  Goodings.  Hao.  Schelling. 

Schonfeld,  Schwartz 

Assistant  Professors:  Austin,  Chang,  L..  Davis.  Haghani.  Kartam 

Senior  Research  Associate:  Rib 

The  Major 

Civil  Engineering  is  a  people-serving  profession,  concerned  with  the 
planning,  design,  construction  and  operation  of  large,  complex  systems 
such  as  buildings  and  bridges,  water  purification  and  distribution  systems, 
highways,  rapid  transit  and  rail  systems,  ports  and  harbors,  airports, 
tunnels  and  underground  construction,  dams,  power  generating  systems 
and  structural  components  of  aircraft  and  ships.  Civil  engineering  also 
includes  urban  and  city  planning,  water  and  land  pollution  and  treatment 
problems,  and  disposal  of  hazardous  wastes  and  chemicals  The  design 
and  construction  of  these  systems  are  only  part  of  the  many  challenges 
and  opportunities  faced  by  civil  engineers.  The  recent  revolution  in 
computers,  communications  and  data  management  has  provided  new 
resources  that  are  widely  used  by  the  professional  civil  engineer  in 
providing  safe,  economical  and  functional  facilities  to  serve  our  society 

Requirements  for  Major 

At  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels,  the  department  offers 
programs  of  study  in  all  six  major  areas  of  concentration  in  civil  engineer- 
ing: construction  engineering  and  management,  environmental  engineer- 
ing, geotechnical  engineering,  structural  engineering,  transportation  en- 
gineering, and  water  resources  and  remote  sensing  A  total  of  132  credit 
hours  is  required  for  a  Bachelor's  degree  with  emphasis  in  basic  science 
(mathematics,  chemistry  and  physics),  engineering  science  (mechanics 
of  materials,  statics  and  dynamics),  basic  civil  engineering  core  courses, 
and  sixteen  credits  of  technical  electives  that  may  be  selected  from  a 
combination  of  the  six  areas  of  civil  engineering  concentration  The 
undergraduate  curriculum  listed  below  was  instituted  in  the  Fall  1990 
semester  This  curriculum  provides  a  sensible  blend  of  required  courses 
and  electives.  which  permits  students  to  pursue  their  interests  without  the 
risk  of  overspecialization  at  the  undergraduate  level.  Mandatory  student 
evaluations  of  teaching  and  a  recent  departmental  peer  evaluation  of 
teaching  indicates  that  the  quality  of  teaching  and  instruction  within  the 
department  is  outstanding. 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

Math  241— Calculus  III 4 

Math  246—  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists 

and  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262,  263— General  Physics  II.  Ill  4  4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221—  Dynamics.  3 

ENCE  201— Computational  Methods  in  Civil  Engineenng  I       3 

ENCE  255— Elementary  Structural  Analysis  3 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

Total 17  16 

Junior  Year 

ENCE  300 — Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Matenals  3 

ENCE  301— Computational  Methods  in  Civil 

Engineering  II 3 

ENCE  315 — Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineenng  3 

ENCE  320 — Construction  Engineenng  and  Management  3 

ENCE  321— Engineering  Survey  Measurements  1 


Classics    93 


ENCE  330— Basic  Fluid  Mechanics  3 

ENCE  340— Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics 

ENCE  355— Elementary  Structural  Design  3 

ENCE  370 — Fundamentals  ot  Transportation  Engineering 

ENME  320— Thermodynamics  

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3 

Total  18 

Senior  Year 

ENCE  Technical  Electives  (Group  A,  B.  C,  D,  E.  or  F)"  7 

ENCE  Technical  Electives'  3 

ENEE  300 — Principles  ol  Electrical  Engineering 

ENCE  466— Design  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems 

CORE  Program  Requirements 6 

Total 16 


Minimum  Degree  Credits  120  credits  and  the  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college  and  university  requirements. 

"  See  notes  concerning  Technical  Electives 

Additional  semester  credits  will  be  involved  to  the  extent  that  courses 
carrying  more  than  three  credits  are  selected. 

Notes  Concerning  Technical  Electives  in  Civil  Engineering 

A  minimum  of  1 6  credit  hours  of  technical  electives  are  required  as  follows: 

(1)  All  3  courses  from  one  area  of  concentration  A,  B,  C,  D,  E  or  F. 

(2)  Two  other  courses  from  the  entire  technical  elective  list. 

Technical  Elective  Groups: 

A.  Structures:  ENCE  453  (4);  454  (3);  455  (3). 

B.  Water  Resources:  ENCE  430  (4);  431  (3);  432  (3). 

C.  Environmental:  ENCE  433  (3);  435  (4);  436  (3) 

D.  Transportation:  ENCE  470  (4);  473  (3);  474  (3). 

E.  Geotechnical:  ENCE  440  (4):  441  (3);  442  (3). 

F.  Construction  Engineering  Management:  ENCE  423  (4);  424  (3): 
425  (3). 

G.  Support  Courses:  ENCE  410  (3);  462  (3);  463  (3);  464  (3);  465  (3); 
489(1-3). 

Admission 

See  College  of  Engineering  entrance  requirements. 

Advising 

All  students  are  assigned  a  faculty  advisor  who  assists  in  course  selection 
and  scheduling  throughout  the  student's  entire  undergraduate  program. 
For  advising  contact  Dr.  Garber,  405-1 952, 1 1 63  Engineering  Classroom 
Building. 

Fieldwork  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Several  excellent  co-op  opportunities  are  available  for  Civil  Engineering 
students.  See  the  College  of  Engineering  entry  in  this  catalog  for  a  full 
description  of  the  Engineering  co-op  program,  or  contact  Heidi  Sauber, 
405-3863. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  of  Civil  Engineering  awards  a  number  of  academic 
scholarships.  These  awards  are  designated  primarily  for  junior  and  senior 
students.  A  department  scholarship  committee  solicits  and  evaluates 
applications  each  year. 

Honors  and  Awards 

See  College  of  Engineering  Honors  Program.  The  Department  of  Civil 
Engineering  offers  the  following  awards:  1)  The  Civil  Engineering  Out- 
standing Senior  Award:  2)  The  ASCE  Outstanding  Senior  Award;  3)  The 
Woodward-Clyde  Consultants  Award:  4)  The  Bechtel  Award;  5)  The  Chi 
Epsilon  Outstanding  Senior  Award;  6)  The  Ben  Dyer  Award;  7)  The  ASCE 
Maryland  Section  Award;  and  8)  The  Department  Chairman's  Award. 

Student  Organizations 

Student  organizations  include  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 


Student  Chapter  which  is  open  to  all  civil  engineering  students.  The  Civil 
Engineering  Honor  Society,  Chi  Epsilon,  elects  members  semi-annually. 
Information  on  membership  and  eligibility  for  these  student  organizations 
may  be  obtained  from  the  president  of  each  society.  0401  Engineering 
Classroom  Building. 

Course  Code:  ENCE 


CLASSICS  (CLAS) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

4220  Jimenez,  405-2014 

Professor  and  Chair:  Rowland 

Professor:  Duffy 

Associate  Professors:  Hallett,  Hubbe,  Lee,  Staley 

Assistant  Professors:  Doherty,  Stehle 

Visiting  Faculty  (1990/91):  Dexter,  Fiedler,  Jonnes 


The  Major 


Classics  is  the  study  of  the  languages,  literature,  culture  and  thought  of 
ancient  Greece  and  Rome.  Students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  may  major  in  Classics  with  four  options  and  may  enroll  in  a 
variety  of  courses  on  the  classical  world.  These  options  include  Latin, 
Greek,  Greek  and  Latin,  and  Classics  in  Translation. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Option  A:  Latin 

Thirty  credits  of  Latin  at  the  200-level  or  higher,  at  least  twelve  of  which 
must  be  at  the  400-level  or  higher,  plus  nine  credits  of  supporting  courses 
(for  example,  CLAS  1 70,  HIST  1 30,  and  one  300-  or  400-levels  course  in 
Roman  history). 

Option  B:  Greek 

Thirty  credits  of  Greek  at  the  200-level  or  higher,  at  least  twelve  of  which 
must  be  at  the  400-level  or  higher,  plus  nine  hours  of  supporting  courses 
(for  example,  CLAS  170,  HIST  130,  and  a  300-  or  400-level  course  in 
Greek  history). 

Option  C:  Greek  and  Latin 

Thirty  credits  of  either  Greek  or  Latin  and  twelve  hours  of  the  other 
classical  language,  plus  nine  hours  of  supporting  courses(for  example. 
CLAS  1 70,  HIST  1 30.  and  a  300-  or  400-level  course  in  Greek  or  Roman 
history).  Students  with  no  previous  training  in  the  second  language  may 
count  introductory  level  courses  as  part  of  the  twelve  hour  requirement. 

Option  D:  Classics  in  Translation  (Classical  Humanities) 
Eighteen  credits  in  CLAS  courses  including  CLAS  100  (Classical  Foun- 
dations) and  a  senior  seminar  or  thesis;  twelve  credits  in  Greek  or  Latin 
courses;  twelve  credits  in  supporting  courses  (normally  in  Art  History, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Government,  History,  Linguistics  or  Philoso- 
phy). Note:  CLAS  280  and  CLAS  290  do  not  count  toward  this  degree; 
300-  and  400-level  courses  in  LATN  and  GREK  may,  with  permission,  be 
included  among  the  eighteen  required  hours  in  CLAS. 

Course  Codes:  CLAS,  GREK,  LATN 


COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  PROGRAM  (CMLT) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

4223  Jimenez  Hall,  405-3809 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Director:  Hammond 
Associate  Professor  and  Academic  Coordinator:  Lanser 
Professors:  Beck,  Beichen,  Berlin,  Best,  Bryer,  Clignet,  R.  Cohen, 
Freedman,  Fuegi,  Gillespie,  Gramberg,  Haber,  Herin,  Holton,  Jones, 
Lifton,  MacBain,  Oster,  Pacheco,  Panichas,  Pearson,  Pfister,  Price, 
Rimer,  Rowland,  J.  Russell,  Schoenbaum,  Sosnowski,  Therrien,  Trousdale 
Associate  Professors:  Aguilar-Mora,  Barry,  Bennett,  Bilik,  R.  Brown, 
Caramello,  Coogan,  David,  Duffy,  Fink,  Flieger.Fredericksen,  Glad, 
Grimsted,  Gullickson.  Hage,  Hallett,  Handelman.  J.  Harris,  Herman,  Igel, 
Joyce,  Kelly,  Kerkham,  Klein,  Leinwand,  Levine.  Levmson,  Loizeaux.Mintz, 
Peterson,  J.  Robinson,  C.  Russell,  Staley,  Tarica 
Assistant  Professors:  Doherty,  Falvo.  Kristal,  Rabasa,  Ray,  Strauch, 
Zappala 


94    Computer  Science 


The  Major 

Undergraduates  may  emphasize  Comparative  Literature  as  they  work 
toward  a  degree  in  one  of  the  departments  of  literature  or  in  another 
department  associated  with  the  Comparative  Literature  Program.  Each 
student  will  be  formally  advised  by  the  faculty  of  the  "home"  department 
in  consultation  with  the  Director  or  Coordinator  of  the  Comparative 
Literature  Program. 

Students  emphasizing  comparative  literature  are  expected  to  develop  a 
high  degree  of  competence  in  at  least  one  foreign  language. 

Coursework  may  not  be  limited  to  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 
CLAS  1 70  is  highly  recommended  for  those  contemplating  graduate  work 
in  comparative  literature. 

Course  Code:  CMLT 


COMPUTER  SCIENCE  (CMSC) 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences 
1103  A.  V.  Williams  Building,  405-2672 

Professor  and  Chair:  Tripathi 

Professors:  Agrawala,  Basili,  Davis,  Edmundson*(Mathematics),  Gannon, 

Kanal,  Miller,  Minker,  O'Leary,  Rosenfeld,  Samet,  Shneiderman,  Stewart, 

Zelkowitz 

Associate  Professors:  Austing,  Elman,  Kruskal,  Mount,  Nau,  Perlis, 

Reggia,  Roussopoulos.  Shankar,  Smith 

Assistant  Professors:  Aloimonos,  Amir,  Anderson,  Carson,  Faloutsos, 

Furuta,  Gasarch,  Hendler.  Jalote,  Johnson,  Mark,  Pugh.   Purtilo, 

Ricarf(Computer  Science  Center),  Rombach,  Salem,  Sellis,  Stotts, 

Subrahmanian 

Instructor:  Kaye 

Professors  Emeriti:  Anderson,  Atchison,  Chu 

"Jointly  with  unit  indicated. 

The  Major 

Computer  science  is  the  study  of  computers  and  computational  systems: 
their  theory,  design,  development,  and  application.  Principal  areas  within 
computer  science  include  artificial  intelligence,  computer  systems,  data- 
base systems,  human  factors,  numerical  analysis,  programming  languages, 
software  engineering,  and  theory  of  computing.  Computer  science  in- 
corporates concepts  from  mathematics,  engineering,  and  psychology. 

A  computer  scientist  is  concerned  with  problem  solving.  Problems  range 
from  abstract  (determining  what  problems  can  be  solved  with  computers 
and  the  complexity  of  the  algorithms  that  solve  them)  to  practical  (design 
of  computer  systems  easy  for  people  to  use).  Computer  scientists  build 
computational  models  of  systems  including  physical  phenomena  (weather 
forecasting),  human  behavior  (expert  systems,  robotics),  and  computer 
systems  themselves  (performance  evaluation).  Such  models  often  require 
extensive  numeric  or  symbolic  computation.  Computer  scientists  design 
and  analyze  algorithms  to  solve  problems,  and  develop  and  study  the 
performance  of  computer  hardware  and  software. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  course  of  study  for  a  Computer  Science  major  must  satisfy  all  of  the 
following  requirements: 

1 .   A  minimum  of  37  credit  hours  of  CMSC  courses  which  satisfy  the 
following  conditions: 

a.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course. 

b.  CMSC  150, 113,  251,  and  280.  (Some  students  may  also  need 
CMSC  112). 

c  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  obtained  in  CMSC  1 50  and  1 1 2 
before  taking  CMSC  1 1 3  or  CMSC  25 1 ;  in  CMSC  1 1 3  before 
taking  CMSC  280.  330  and  in  CMSC  280  before  taking  CMSC 
31 1.  Advanced  placement  may  substitute  for  the  CMSC  112 
requirement. 

d.   At  least  24  credit  hours  at  the  300-400  levels,  including  CMSC 
31 1 ,  CMSC  330  and  at  least  15  credit  hours  of  the  following 
courses: 
Computer  Systems:  CMSC  411:412: 


Information  Processing:  420:  one  of  421 ,  424,  or  426; 
Software  Engineering  and  Programming  Languages:  430;  435; 
Theory  of  Computation:  451;  452; 
Numerical  Analysis:  one  of  460  or  466:  467. 

These  15  hours  must  be  taken  in  at  least  three  of  the  five  areas  with  no 
more  than  two  courses  from  any  area. 

2.  MATH  140.  141,  and  at  least  two  MATH,  STAT  or  MAPL  courses 
that  require  MATH  141  (or  a  more  advanced  mathematics  course) 
(of  the  two  courses,  on  must  be  a  STAT  course)  as  a  prerequisite, 
and  one  other  MATH,  STAT,  or  MAPL  course  that  requires  MATH 
141  (or  a  more  advanced  mathematics  course)  as  a  prerequisite. 
A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  achieved  in  each  course.  No  course 
that  is  cross-listed  as  CMSC  may  be  counted  in  this  requirement. 

3.  A  minimum  of  1 2  additional  credit  hours  of  300-400  level  courses 
(plus  their  prerequisites)  in  one  discipline  outside  of  computer 
science  with  an  average  grade  of  C  or  better.  No  course  that  is 
cross-listed  as  CMSC  may  be  counted  in  this  requirement. 

4.  37  credit  hours  to  satisfy  the  general  education  CORE  Program 
requirements  of  the  University.  Courses  taken  to  satisfy  these 
requirements  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

5.  Electives  to  obtain  at  least  the  minimum  120  credit  hours  needed 
for  graduation. 

The  above  requirements  are  effective  Fall  1990.  Students  who  entered 
the  major  prior  to  Fall  1990  and  transfer  students  who  enter  a  Maryland 
community  college  by  Fall  1 990  and  transfer  to  UMCP  no  later  than  Spring 
1 993  under  the  articulated  transfer  program  may  satisfy  the  older  version 
of  the  requirements. 

Computer  Science  majors  should  take  CMSC  1 50  and  CMSC  1 1 3  in  their 
first  year.  These  courses  emphasize  the  use  of  formal  techniques  in 
computer  science:  grammars,  discrete  mathematics,  functional  seman- 
tics, and  program  correctness. 

Advising 

Computer  science  majors  may  schedule  advising  through  1103  A.V. 
Williams.  Interested  students  should  call  (301 )  405-2672  to  receive  further 
information  about  the  program.  Advisors  for  pre-majors  are  located  in  the 
CMPS  Dean's  Office,  2300  Mathematics  Bldg. 

Financial  Assistance 

Many  scholarships  are  available  through  the  university,  and  others  (for 
advanced  students)  are  administered  directly  by  the  department.  There 
are  opportunities  for  student  employment  as  a  tutor  or  as  a  member  of  the 
department's  laboratory  staff  Professors  may  also  have  funds  to  hire 
undergraduates  to  assist  in  research.  Many  students  also  participate  in 
internship  or  cooperative  education  programs,  working  in  the  computer 
industry  for  a  semester  during  their  junior  or  senior  years. 

Honors 

A  departmental  honors  program  provides  an  opportunity  for  outstanding 
undergraduates  to  take  graduate  level  courses  or  to  begin  scholarly 
research  in  independent  study  with  a  faculty  member.  Students  are 
accepted  into  the  program  after  their  sophomore  year  based  on  their 
academic  performance. 

Student  Organizations 

Computer-related  extracurricular  activities  are  arranged  by  our  student 
chapter  of  the  ACM,  the  professional  group  for  computer  scientists  and  by 
the  Minority  Computer  Science  Society  Meetings  include  technical  lec- 
tures and  career  information.  The  department  also  participates  m  the 
programming  contest  run  by  the  national  ACM,  and  our  teams  have  been 
very  successful  in  this  competition 

Computer  Science  Courses  for  Non-Majors 

CMSC  1 03,  a  terminal  course  for  liberal  arts  majors,  provides  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  use  of  computer  software  CMSC  110  (FORTRAN  Program- 
ming) and  CMSC  120  (Pascal  Programming)  offer  an  introduction  to 
computing  for  students  with  little  background  Other  courses  for  non- 
majors  include  CMSC  107.  CMSC  21 1  and 
CMSC  220 

Course  Code:  CMSC 


COUNSELING  AND  PERSONNEL  SERVICES 
(EDCP) 

College  of  Education 

3218  Benjamin  Building,  405-2858 

Professor  and  Chair:  Rosenfield 

Professors:  Birk,  Magoon.  Marx.  Power,  Pumroy,  Schlossberg,  Sedlacek 

Associate  Professors:  Boyd,  Greenberg,  Hoffman,  Lawrence,  Leonard, 

Medvene,  Scales,  Strein,  Teglasi,  Westbrook 

Assistant  Professors:  Clement,  Cook.  Fassmger,  Freeman,  Komives, 

Lucas,  McEwen,  Phillips,  Thomas 

Instructor:  Kandell 

Programs  of  preparation  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  at  the  Master's  degree,  advanced  graduate  specialist, 
and  doctoral  degree  levels  for  counselors  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools,  rehabilitation  agencies,  community  agencies,  business  and 
industry,  and  college  and  university  counseling  centers.  The  department 
also  offers  graduate  programs  of  preparation  for  other  personnel  services: 
college  student  personnel  administrators,  and  school  psychologists.  The 
department  offers  a  program  |ointly  with  the  Department  of  Psychology 
which  leads  to  a  Ph.D.  in  counseling  psychology. 

While  the  department  does  not  offer  an  undergraduate  major,  it  does  offer 
a  number  of  courses  which  are  open  to  undergraduates  and  are  suggested 
for  students  considering  graduate  work  in  counseling  or  other  human 
service  fields. 

Course  Code:  EDCP 


Counseling  and  Personnel  Services    95 

ogy  and  Criminal  Justice.  Eighteen  hours  of  social  or  behavioral  science 
disciplines  are  required  as  a  supporting  sequence  In  these  supporting 
courses  a  social  or  behavioral  science  statistics  course  is  required.  In 
addition,  two  psychology  elective  courses  and  a  general  social  psychol- 
ogy course  are  required.  Regarding  the  specific  courses  to  be  taken,  the 
student  is  encouraged  to  consult  with  an  advisor.  No  grade  lower  than  C 
may  be  used  toward  the  major  or  the  supporting  courses. 

Semester 
Major  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

CRIM  220:  Criminology 3 

CRIM  450:  Juvenile  Delinqumcy 3 

CRIM  451:  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention 3 

CRIM  452:  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents 3 

CJUS  300:  Criminological  and  Criminal  Justice  Research 

Methods 3 

CRIM  454:  Contemporary  Criminological  Theory 3 

CRIM/CJUS  Elective 6 

CJUS  100:  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement 3 

CJUS  230:  Criminal  Law  in  Action 3 

Total 30 

Supporting  Sequence  Credit  Hours 

PSYC  330  or  353 3 

Social  Psychsuch  as  PSYC  221,  SOCY  230,  SOCY  430, 

or  SOCY  447 3 

PSYC  Electives 3 

Social  Science  Statistics 3 

Total  for  Major  and  Supporting 48 

The  Criminal  Justice  Major 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  AND  CRIMINOLOGY  (CRIM, 
CJUS) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

LeFrak  Hall,  405-4699 

Director  and  Professor:  Wellford 
Criminal  Justice  Curriculum 

Professor:  Sherman 

Associate  Professors:  Ingraham,  Paternostert 

Lecturers:  Brooks,  Katzenelson,  Mauriello.  Verchot 

Criminology  Program 

Professor:  Loftin 

Associate  Professors:  Maida,  McDowell,  Smith 

Assistant  Professors:  Gottfredson,  Simpson 

Lecturer:  Siman 

Professor  Emeritus:  Lejins*  (Sociology) 

tDistinguished  Scholor-Teacher 
'Joint  Appointment  with  unit  indicated. 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  is  to 
provide  an  organization  and  administrative  basis  for  the  interests  and 
activities  of  the  university,  its  faculty  and  students  in  the  areas  usually 
designated  as  criminal  justice,  criminology,  and  corrections.  The  institute 
promotes  study  and  teaching  concerning  the  problems  of  crime  and 
delinquency  by  offering  and  coordinating  academic  programs  in  the  areas 
of  criminal  justice,  criminology,  and  corrections;  managing  research  in 
these  areas;  and  conducting  demonstration  projects.  The  institute  spon- 
sors the  annual  Alden  Miller  Lecture,  the  Criminal  Justice  Student  Asso- 
ciation, Alpha  Phi  Sigma,  and  an  annual  job  fair.  The  institute  comprises 
as  its  component  parts: 

1.  The  Criminology  Program,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

2.  The  Criminal  Justice  Curriculum,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree. 

3.  Graduate  Program  offering  MA.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology. 

The  Criminology  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  major  in  criminology  comprises  thirty  hours  of  coursework  in  Criminol- 


Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  major  in  criminal  justice  comprises  thirty  hours  of  course  work  in 
criminal  justice  and  criminology,  the  latter  being  offered  as  courses  in  the 
Criminology  Program,  divided  as  follows:  eighteen,  but  not  more  than 
twenty-four  hours  in  criminal  justice;  six,  but  not  more  than  twelve  hours 
in  criminology.  In  addition  to  major  requirements,  a  student  must  take  six 
hours  in  methodology  and  statistics,  and  a  supporting  sequence  of 
courses  totalling  eighteen  hours  must  be  taken  in  government  and  politics, 
psychology,  sociology,  business  management,  counseling,  or  Afro- 
American  Studies  or  other  areas  if  approved  by  an  advisor.  No  grade  lower 
than  C  may  be  used  toward  the  major,  or  to  satisfy  the  statistics- 
methodology  requirement.  An  average  of  C  is  required  in  the  supporting 
sequence  courses. 

Major  Requirements  Semester 

(Core)  Credit  Hours 

CJUS  100:  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement 3 

CJUS  230:  Criminal  Law  in  Action 3 

CJUS  234:  Law  of  Criminal  Investigation 3 

CJUS  300:  Criminological  and  Criminal  Justice  Research 

Methods 3 

CJUS  340:  Concepts  of  Law  Enforcement  Administration 3 

CRIM  220:  Criminology 3 

CRIM  450:  Juvenile  Delinquincy 3 

CJUS/CRIM  Elective 3 

Total 30 

Social  Science  Statistics  (e.g.,  BMGT  230,  ECON  421, 

EDMS  451 ,  GVPT  422,  PSYC  200,  SOCY  201) 3 

Supporting  sequence:  Eighteen  credit  hours  of  specific 

recommended  courses  in  GVPT,  SOCY;  BMGT,  PSYC, 

AASP,  and  CAPS  (see  recommended  list  in  institute  office). 

PSYC  100  must  be  taken  by  all  students 18 

Total  for  Major  and  Supporting 51 

Electives  for  CRIM  and  CJUS  Majors  (all  courses  are  3  credits):  CJUS 
320,  CJUS  330,  CJUS  352,  CJUS  360,  CJUS  398,  CJUS  399,  CJUS  400, 
CJUS  444,  CJUS462,  CJUS432,  CRIM  330,  CRIM  451 .  CRIM452.  CRIM 
454,  CRIM  455,  CRIM  456,  CRIM  457. 


Advising 


Advising  for  Criminology  and  Criminal  Justice  majors  is  available  in  the 
institute  (405-4699).  All  majors  are  strongly  encouraged  to  see  an  advisor 
at  least  once  each  semester. 


96    Curriculum  and  Instruction 


Internships 

Internships  are  available  through  CJUS  398  and  CRIM  359  in  a  variety  of 
federal,  state,  local,  and  private  agencies. 

Honors 

Each  semester  the  institute  selects  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  for 
the  Peter  P.  lejins  award. 

The  Honors  Program  provides  superior  students  the  opportunity  for 
advanced  study  in  both  a  seminar  format  and  independent  study  under  the 
direction  of  the  faculty.  The  Honors  Program  is  a  three-semester  (nine- 
credit  hour)  sequence  that  a  student  begins  in  the  spring  semester,  three 
or  four  semesters  prior  to  graduation.  CRIM/CJUS  388H,  the  first  course 
in  the  sequence,  is  offered  only  during  the  spring  semester.  The  second 
and  third  courses  in  the  sequence  consist  of  a  year-long  research  project 
(six  credits,  three  each  semester)  or  an  honors  thesis  (one  semester, 
three  credits)  followed  by  a  graduate  seminar  in  the  institute  (one 
semester,  three  credits).  Honors  students  may  count  their  Honors  courses 
toward  satisfaction  of  their  curriculum  requirements:  if  they  are  criminal 
justice  majors,  they  may  count  their  Honors  courses  toward  satisfaction 
of  the  basic  30-hour  requirement;  if  they  are  criminology  majors,  they  may 
count  their  Honors  courses  in  place  of  the  psychology  electives  and  social 
psychology  supporting  course  requirements.  Requirements  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Honors  Program  include  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of 
at  least  3.25,  no  grade  lower  than  B  for  any  criminology  or  criminal  justice 
course,  and  evidence  of  satisfactory  writing  ability. 

Course  Codes:  CRIM,  CJUS 


CURRICULUM  AND  INSTRUCTION  (EDCI) 
College  of  Education 

2311  Benjamin  Building,  405-3324 

Professor  and  Chair:  Howe 

Professors:  E.G.  Campbell,  Davey,  Fein,  Fey*  (Mathematics),  Folstrom* 

(Music),  Gambrell,  Guthrie,  Holliday,  Jantz,  Johnson,  Layman*  (Physics), 

Lockard"  (Botany),  Roderick,  Saracho,  Weaver,  Wilson 

Associate  Professors:  Afflerbach,  Amershek,  Borko,  Brigham,  P.  Campbell, 

Cirrincione"  (Geography),  Craig,  Davidson,  DeLorenzo,  Dreher,  Eley, 

Farrell'  (History),  Heidelbach,  Henkelman,  Herman,  Klein,  McCaleb' 

(Theatre),  McWhinnie,  Slater 

Assistant  Professors:  Dierking,  Graeber,  O'Flahaven,  Owens*  (Physical 

Education)  H.  Williams'  (Library  Science) 

Emeriti:  Blough,  Carr,  Duffey,  Leeper,  Risinger,  Schindler,  Stant 

'Joint  Appointment  with  unit  indicated 


The  Major 


The  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction  offers  three  undergraduate 
curricula  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  or  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

1 .  Early  Childhood  Education:  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  in  pre- 
school, kindergarten,  and  grades  1-3 

2.  Elementary  Education:  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  grades  1  - 
8  and 

3.  Secondary  Education:  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  in  various 
subject  areas  for  teaching  in  middle  schools  and  secondary  schools, 
grades  7-12.  The  subject  areas  include  art,  English,  foreign  lan- 
guage, mathematics,  music,  science,  speech/English,  social 
studies,  and  theatre/English. 

Requirements  for  Major  Including  Program  Options 

All  Teacher  Education  Programs  have  designated  pre-professional  courses 
and  a  specified  sequence  of  professional  courses.  Before  students  can 
enroll  in  courses  identified  as  part  of  the  professional  sequence,  they  must 
first  gain  admission  to  the  College  of  Education's  Teacher  Education 
Program. 

Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Professional  Program 
must  be  made  early  in  the  semester  prior  to  beginning  professional 


courses.  The  application  deadlines  are  October  1  and  February  1. 
Admission  procedures  and  criteria  are  explained  in  "Entrance  Require- 
ments" in  the  College  of  Education  entry  in  this  catalog 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory  for  all  students  desiring  acceptance  into  the 
Teacher  Education  Program  Students  will  receive  advising  through 
advising  workshops  which  will  be  held  during  the  pre-registration  penod 
Information  regarding  advising  workshop  schedules  will  be  available  each 
semester  with  pre-registration  materials  Walk-in  advising  hours  are  also 
posted  each  semester.  Check  in  the  department  office,  Room  2311 
Beniamin. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Early  Childhood  Education  majors  are  eligible  tor  the  Ordwein  Scholar- 
ship. Information  is  available  in  the  Department  office. 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 

Graduates  of  the  Early  Childhood  Education  program  receive  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  and  meet  the  requirements  for  teaching  preschool, 
kindergarten  and  primary  grades  in  Maryland,  the  District  of  Columbia  and 
most  other  states. 

Required  courses 

The  following  courses  are  required  in  the  program  of  studies  for  Early 
Childhood  and  may  also  satisfy  the  University's  general  education  re- 
quirements (USP  and  CORE).  See  departmental  worksheets  and  advi- 
sors and  the  Schedule  of  Classes. 

PSYC  100(3) 

•Social  Science  or  History  Courses:  ANTH,  GEOG,  GVPT,  ECON.  SOCY. 

HIST  156(3) 

Biological  Science  with  Lab:  BIOL.  BOTN,  MICRO 

Physical  Science/Lab:  ASTR,  CHEM.  GEOL,  PHYS  (4) 

Other  Pre-Professional  Requirements 

SPCH  (100,  125,  or  HESP  202  recommended)  (3) 

MATH  210,  211  (4,4) 

MUSC  155(3) 

Creative  Arts:  KNES  181 ,  183,  421 :  THET  120.  31 1 ,  ARTT  100  (3) 

One  of  the  following:  FMCD  332,  SOCY  343,  NUTR  100.  EDCI  416  (3) 

EDCI  280  School  Service  Semester 

EDPA  301  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

The  Early  Childhood  Professional  Block  1  starts  only  in  Fall  Semester  and 
is  a  prerequisite  to  Professional  Block  2.  All  pre-professional  requirements 
must  be  completed  with  a  "C"  or  before  beginning  the  Early  Childhood 
Professional  Blocks.  All  pre-professional  and  professional  courses  must 
be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  prior  to  student  teaching. 

Professional  Block  I: 

EDCI  313  Creative  Activities  and  Materials  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

EDCI  443A  Literature  for  Children  and  Youth  (3) 

EDHD  419A  Human  Development  and  Learning  in  School  Settings  (3) 

EDCI  312  Professional  Development  Seminar  (3) 

EDCI  488E  Field  Problem  Analysis  (3) 

Professional  Block  II: 

EDCI  315  The  Young  Child  in  the  Social  Environment  (3) 
EDCI  316  The  Teaching  of  Reading:  Early  Childhood  (3) 
EDCI  317  The  Young  Child  and  the  Physical  Environment  (3) 
EDCI  314  Teaching  Language.  Reading.  Drama  and  Literature  (3) 
EDHD  419B  Human  Development  and  Learning  in  School  Settings  (3) 

Professional  Block  III. 
EDCI  41 1  Student  Teaching:  Preschool  (4) 
EDCI  412  Student  Teaching:  Kindergarten  (4) 
EDCI  413  Student  Teaching:  Primary  Grades  (8) 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Students  who  complete  the  elementary  curriculum  will  receive  the  Bach- 
elor of  Science  degree  and  will  meet  the  Maryland  State  Department  of 
Education  requirements  for  the  Standard  Professional  Certificate  in 
Elementary  Education  The  curriculum  also  meets  the  certification  re- 
quirements in  most  other  states  and  the  District  ol  Columbia 


Curriculum  and  Instruction    97 


Students  admitted  to  Elementary  Education  must  complete  the  following 
program  which  includes  an  area  ol  concentration  and  a  senior  thesis. 

Required  Courses:  Courses  which  may  satisfy  the  University's  general 

education  requirements  (USP  OR  CORE)  and  which  are  required  in  the 

Elementary  Education  program  of  studies  are  as  follows: 

HIST  156(3). 

Biological  Science/Lab  or  Physical  Science/Lab  (4)  USP  Area  B 

Social  Science:  ANTH,  ECON,  GVPT.  GEOG.  HIST  (3)  Area  A  or  D 

SOCY  230  (3)  Area  D 

Other  Pre-Professional  Requirements 

MATH  210.  211  (4) 

Speech  Requirement  (3)  Any  speech  course  or  HESP  202 

Biological  Science/Lab  or  Physical  Science/Lab  (4)  Area  B 

EDCI  301  or  ARTT  100  or  ARTT  1 10  (3) 

EDCI  443  (3) 

MUSC  155(3) 

EDCI  280  (3) 

Coursework  to  complete  the  Area  of  Concentration  (18  semester  hours) 
can  be  chosen  from  the  following  areas:  Communications,  Foreign  Lan- 
guage. Literature.  Math,  Science,  Social  Studies.  The  EDCI  Advising 
Office  has  detailed  information  regarding  each  area  of  concentration. 

Professional  Courses: 

All  preprofessional  coursework  must  be  completed  with  a  "C"  or  better 
prior  to  entering  professional  courses. 

Professional  Coursework  to  be  taken  prior  to  Professional  Semester  2 

EDCI  397— Principles  and  Methods  of  Teaching  (3) 

EDHD  300E — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  385 — Computer  Education  for  Teachers  (3) 

EDMS  410 — Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Professional  Semester  2 

EDCI  322 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education:  Social 

Studies  (3) 
EDCI  342 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education: 

Language  Arts  (3) 
EDCI  352 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education: 

Mathematics  (3) 
EDCI  362  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education: 

Reading  (3) 
EDCI  372  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education: 

Science  (3) 

Professional  Semester  3 

EDCI  481— Student  Teaching:  Elementary  (12) 

EDCI  464 — Clinical  Practices  in  Reading  Diagnosis  and  Instruction  (3) 

Professional  Semester  4 

EDCI  497— The  Study  of  Teaching  (3) 

EDCI  489 — Field  Experiences  in  Education  (3) 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  in  the  teaching  fields  of  art,  English, 
foreign  languages,  mathematics,  social  studies,  speech/English,  and 
theatre/English.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  art,  math- 
ematics, music,  science,  social  studies  and  speech/English,  and  theatre/ 
English. 

In  the  areas  of  art  and  music,  teachers  are  prepared  to  teach  in  both 
elementary  and  secondary  schools.  All  other  programs  prepare  teachers 
for  grades  five  through  twelve. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree. 

All  students  who  pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  secondary 
education  are  required  to  complete  two  years  (twelve  semester  hours)  or 
the  equivalent  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  college  level.  If  students  have 
had  three  years  of  one  foreign  language  or  two  years  of  each  of  two  foreign 
languages  as  recorded  on  their  high  school  transcripts,  they  are  not 
required  to  take  any  foreign  languages  in  the  college,  although  they  may 
elect  to  do  so. 

If  students  are  not  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirements, 
theymust  complete  courses  through  the  104  level  of  a  modern  language 
or  204  level  of  a  classical  language. 


In  the  modern  languages:  French.  German,  and  Spanish  students  should 
take  the  placement  test  in  the  language  in  which  they  have  had  work  if  they 
wish  to  continue  the  same  language,  their  language  instruction  would  start 
at  the  level  indicated  by  the  test  With  classical  languages,  students  would 
start  at  the  level  indicated  in  this  catalog. 

For  students  who  come  under  the  provisions  above,  the  placement  test 
may  also  serve  as  a  proficiency  test  and  may  be  taken  by  a  student  any 
time  (once  a  semester)  to  try  to  fulfill  the  language  requirement. 

Students  who  have  studied  languages  other  than  French,  German,  or 
Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a  foreign  country 
where  a  language  other  than  English  prevails,  shall  be  placed  by  the  chair 
of  the  respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by  the  chairs  of  the 
foreign  language  departments.  Native  speakers  of  a  foreign  language 
shall  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirements  by  taking  twelve  semester 
hours  of  English. 

English  Education 

A  major  in  English  Education  requires  forty-five  semester  hours  in  English 
and  speech.  All  electives  in  English  must  be  approved  by  the  student's 
advisor.  Intermediate  mastery  of  a  modern  or  classical  language  is 
required. 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

SPCH  100,  125.  or  220  (3) 

Foreign  Language  (4,  4) 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  or  ENGL  101H  (3) 

ENGL  201— World  Literature  or  ENGL  202  (3) 

ENGL  281— Standard  English  Grammar,  Usage,  and  Diction  (3) 

ENGL  310 — Medieval  and  Renaissance  British  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  31 1— Baroque  and  Augustan  British  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  312— Romantic  to  Modern  British  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  301— Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  of  Literature  or  ENGL  453  (3) 

LING  200 — Introductory  Linguistics  (3) 

SPCH  230— Argumentation  and  Debate  or  SPCH  330.  350  or  401  (3) 

ENGL  384 — Concepts  of  Grammar  or  ENGL  385,  482,  or  484  (3) 

ENGL  304— The  Major  Works  of  Shakespeare  (3)  or  ENGL  403  or  404  (3) 

ENGL  313— American  Literature  or  ENGL  430,  431,  432  or  433  (3) 

EDCI  466— Literature  for  Adolescents  (3) 

EDCI  467— Teaching  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  391— Advanced  Composition  or  ENGL  393  or  493  (3) 

ENGL  Electives  (Upper  level)  (9) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  447 — Field  Experience  in  English,  Speech.  Drama  Teaching  (1) 

EDCI  340 —  Curriculum  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education:  English/ 

Speech/Drama  (3) 
EDCI  463 — The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School  (3) 
EDCI  441 — Student  Teaching  Secondary  Schools:  English  (12) 
EDCI  440 — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education:  English, 

Speech,  Drama  (1) 

Art  Education,  K-12 

Students  in  art  education  are  prepared  to  teach  at  any  level,  K-12. 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art  (3) 

ARTT  1 10— Elements  of  Drawing  (3) 

ARTT  100— Elements  of  Design  (3) 

SPCH  1 00— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  1 25  or  220  (3) 

ARTH  260— History  of  Art  I  (3) 

ARTH  261— History  of  Art  II  (3) 

ARTT  320— Elements  of  Painting 

EDIT  273— Practicum  in  Ceramics  (3) 

ARTT  330— Elements  of  Sculpture  (3) 

ARTT  428— Painting  II  (3) 

EDCI  406 — Practicum  in  Art  Education:  Two  Dimensional  (3) 

EDCI  403— Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  in  Public  Schools  (3) 

EDCI  407 — Practicum  in  Art  Education:  Three  Dimensional  (3) 

ARTT  340 — Elements  of  Printmaking:  Intaglio 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  480— The  Child  and  the  Curriculum  Elementary  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  300 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Art  Education  (3) 


98    Curriculum  and  Instruction 


EDCI  401— Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools  Art  (4-8)  (6) 
EDCI  402— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Art  (2-8)  (6) 
EDCI  489— Field  Experiences  in  Education  (3) 

Foreign  Language  Education 

The  Foreign  Language  (FL)  Education  curriculum  is  designed  for  pro- 
spective foreign  language  teachers  in  middle  through  senior  high  schools 
who  have  been  admitted  to  the  EDCI  Teacher  Education  Program. 
Currently,  admission  is  open  to  qualified  students  seeking  teacher  certi- 
fication in  Spanish,  French,  and  German  only 

A  minimum  of  six  hours  of  intermediate  level  language  course  work  in  the 
student's  major  language  must  precede  the  required  300-400  level 
courses.  The  latter  are  comprised  of  a  minimum  of  thirty  hours  of 
prescribed  course  work  which  includes  the  areas  of  grammar  and  com- 
position, conversation,  literature,  civilization  and  culture,  and  linguistics. 
Students  must  also  take  a  minimum  of  nine  hours  (three  courses)  of 
electives  in  a  related  area.  Students  are  strongly  advised  to  utilize  these 
nine  hours  to  begin  or  continue  the  study  of  another  language  as  soon  as 
possible  after  entering  the  university.  The  second  area  of  concentration 
must  be  approved  by  a  FLED  advisor  and  may  be  in  any  foreign  language 
regardless  of  whether  or  not  it  is  a  Maryland  State  Department  of 
Education  approved  FL  certification  program. 

The  following  requirements  must  be  met  with  the  FL  Education  program: 

Pre-Professional/Subject  Area  Course  Work 

SPCH  1 00,  1 25,  or  220 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  (3) 
Primary  FL  Area— Intermediate  (200  level)  (3,3) 
Primary  FL  Area— Grammar  and  Composition  (300-400  levels)  (3,3) 
Primary  FL  Area— Survey  of  Literature  (300-400  levels)  (3,3) 
Primary  FL  Area— Conversation  (300-400  levels)  (3,3) 
Primary  FL  Area — Literature  (400-above  levels)  (3,3) 
Primary  FL  Area — Culture  and  Civilization  (3) 
Applied  Linguistics  (In  the  Primary  FL  Area  if  available;  otherwise, 
LING  200  or  ANTH  371)— FL  Phonetics  does  not  satisfy  this 
requirement).  (3) 

Electives  in  FL-Related  Courses  (9  hours— Minimum  of  three  courses).  It 
is  strongly  recommended  that  these  hours  be  utilized  to  begin  or 
continue  the  study  of  another  foreign  langauge  as  soon  as  possible. 

All  Primary  FL  Area  courses  must  have  been  completed  prior  to  the 
Student  Teaching  semester.  Any  substitutions  for  the  above  must  be 
pre-approved  by  a  FL  Education  advisor. 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  400 — Level  FL  Education  Elective  only  in  consultation  with  FL 

Education.  Advisor  (3) 
EDCI  330 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education:  Foreign 

Language  (3)  Pre-requisites  EDCI  300S,  All  Primary  FL  Area  course 

work 
EDCI  430-Seminar  in  Student  Teaching  (3)  (Taken  concurrently  with 

EDCI  431.  only)  Pre-requisite  EDCI  330 
EDCI  431— Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools  (12)  (Taken 

concurrently,  with  EDCI  430  only)  Pre-requisites  EDCI  330  and  301 

Mathematics  Education 

Students  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  astronomy,  physics, 
physical  sciences,  or  in  mathematics,  or  who  may  be  enrolled  in  the 
College  of  Education,  may  prepare  to  teach  astronomy,  physics,  physical 
science,  or  mathematics  Early  contact  should  be  made  with  either  Dr. 
John  Layman  (astronomy,  physics,  physical  sciences)  or  Dr.  James  Fey 
(mathematics).  See  also  the  entry  on  the  College  of  Education  in  this 
catalog 

A  major  in  mathematics  education  requires  the  completion  of  MATH  241 
or  its  equivalent,  and  a  minimum  of  1 5  semester  hours  of  mathematics  at 
the  400  level  (excluding  MATH  490):  400  level  courses  beyond  those 
prescribed  (402  or  403:  430)  should  be  selected  in  consultation  with  a 
mathematics  education  advisor.  The  mathematics  education  major  must 
be  supported  by  one  of  the  following  science  sequences:  CHEM  103  and 
113.  orCHEM  103  and  104:  PHYS221  and  222  or  PHYS  161  and  262, 
or  PHYS  1 4 1  and  1 42;  BIOL  1 05  and  1 06;  ASTR  200  and  three  additional 
hours  in  ASTR  (none  of  which  include  ASTR  1 00, 1 1 0  or  1 1 1 )  Also  CMSC 
110  or  120  is  required 


Pre-prolessional/Sub/ecl  Area  Course  Work 

SPCH  100.  125  or  220  (3) 

MATH  140,  141— Calculus  I,  II  (4.4) 

Science  Requirement  (7-10)  (See  above) 

MATH  240,  241— Linear  Algebra.  Calculus  III  (4,4) 

CMSC  110 — Introduction  to  Fortran  Programming  or 

CMSC  120 — Introduction  to  Pascal  Programming  (4,4) 
MATH  430 — Euclidean  and  Non-Euclidean  Geometries  (3) 
MATH  402— Algebraic  Structures  or 
MATH  403— Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 
MATH  Electives  (400-level)  (9) 

Prolessional  Courses 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  350 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education: 

Mathematics  (3) 
EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 
EDCI  457— Teaching  Secondary  Students  with  Difficulties  in  Learning 

Mathematics  (3) 
EDCI  451— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Mathematics  (12) 
EDCI  450 — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education: 

Mathematics  Education  (3) 

Music  Education,  K-12 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  curriculum  in  music  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
education  with  a  major  in  music  education.  It  is  planned  to  meet  the 
demand  for  specialists,  supervisors,  and  resource  teachers  in  music  in  the 
schools.  The  program  provides  training  in  the  teaching  of  general  music/ 
choral  and  instrumental  music  and  leads  to  certification  to  teach  music  at 
both  elementary  and  secondary  school  levels  in  Maryland  and  most  other 
states  There  are  two  options.  The  general  music/choral  option  is  for 
students  whose  principal  instrument  is  voice  or  piano;  the  instrumental 
option  is  for  students  whose  principal  instrument  is  an  orchestral  or  band 
instrument.  Students  are  able  to  develop  proficiency  in  both  certifications 
by  taking  additional  courses. 

Auditions  are  required  for  admission  to  the  program  All  students  teach 
and  are  carefully  observed  in  clinical  settings  by  members  of  the  music 
education  faculty.  This  is  intended  to  ensure  the  maximum  development 
and  growth  of  each  students  professional  and  personal  competencies. 
Each  student  is  assigned  to  an  advisor  who  guides  him  or  her  through  the 
various  stages  of  advancement  in  the  program  of  music  and  music 
education. 

Instrumental 

Pre-professional/Subjecl  Area  Coursework 

MUSP  109,  110— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2,2) 

MUSC  150,  151— Theory  of  Music  I,  II  (3,3) 

MUSC  102,  103— Beginning  Class  Piano  I,  II  (2,2) 

MUSC  116.  1 17— Study  of  Insruments  (2,2) 

SPCH  100,  125,  or  220  (3) 

MUED  197— Pre-Professional  Experiences  (1) 

MUSP  207,  208— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2.2) 

MUSC  250,  251— Advanced  Theory  of  Music  I,  II  (4,4) 

MUSC  113,  121— Class  Study  of  Instruments  (2,2) 

MUSC  230— History  of  Music  I  (3) 

MUSP  305.  306—  Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2.2) 

MUSC  490.  491— Conducting  (2) 

MUSC  120.  1 14— Class  Study  of  Instruments  (2.2) 

MUED  470 — General  Concepts  for  Teaching  Music  (1) 

MUED  41 1— Instrumental  Music:  Elementary  (3) 

MUED  420— Instrumental  Music:  Secondary  (2) 

MUED  410 — Instrumental  Arranging  (2) 

MUSC  330,  331— History  of  Music  (3.3) 

MUSP  409— Applied  Music  (Pnncipal  Instrument)  (2) 

MUSC  229— Ensemble  (7) 

Prolessional  Courses 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  484/494— Student  Teaching:  Music  (4)  (4) 

General  Music/Choral 

Pre-professional/'Sub/ect  Area  Coursework 
Other  Academic  Support  Courses 


Curriculum  and  Instruction    99 


MUSP  109.  110— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2,2) 

MUSC  150.  151— Theory  ot  Music  I,  II  (3,3) 

MUSC  100—  Class  Voice.  MUSC  200  Advanced  Class  Voice  (2,2)  or 

MUSC  102,  103— Class  Piano  (2,2) 
MUED  197 — Pre-Professional  Experiences  (1) 
SPCH  100,  125,  or  220  (3) 

MUSP  207,  208— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2,2) 
MUSC  230— Music  History  (3) 
MUSC  202,  203— Advanced  Class  Piano  (2.2) 
MUSC  250,  251— Advanced  Theory  ol  Music  (4,4) 
MUSP  405,  409— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2,2) 
MUSC  453 — Guitar-Recorder  Methods  (2) 
MUED  472— Secondary  Choral  Methods  (2) 
MUSC  490,  491— Conducting  (2.2) 
MUED  478 — Special  Topics  in  Music  Education  (1) 
MUED  470 — General  Concepts  lor  Teaching  Music  (1) 
MUED  471— Elementary  General  Music  Methods  (3) 
MUSC  330.  331— History  of  Music  (3,3) 
MUSC  410— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)  (2) 
MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble  (7) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  484/494— Student  Teaching:  Music  (4)  (4) 

"Vanes  according  to  incoming  placement 

Physical  Education  and  Health  Education 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  teaching  physical 
education  and  health  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  To  obtain  full 
particulars  on  course  requirements,  the  student  should  refer  to  the 
sections  on  the  Department  of  Kinesiology  and  the  Department  of  Health 
Education. 

Science  Education 

A  science  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  sixty  semester  hours'  study  in 
the  academic  sciences  and  mathematics. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  science  education  majors: 
BOTN  101 ;  CHEM  103;  CHEM  1 04  (except  chemistry,  physics,  and  earth 
science  education  majors  who  take  CHEM  113);  GEOL  100-110;  PHYS 
1 21  -1 22  or  1 41  -1 42;  ZOOL  1 01 ;  and  six  semester  hours  of  mathematics. 
Science  education  majors  must  achieve  a  minimum  of  grade  C  in  all 
required  mathematics,  science,  and  education  coursework. 

An  area  of  specialization  with  a  minimum  of  thirty-three  semester  hours, 
and  the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor,  must  be  completed  in  biology, 
chemistry,  physics,  and  geology,  as  noted  below. 

Biology  Education 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

MATH  1 10— Elementary  Mathematical  Models  (3) 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  (4) 

BIOL  106—  Principles  of  Biology  II  (4) 

MATH  1 1 1— Introduction  to  Probability  (3) 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I  (4) 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry  (4) 

ZOOL  201  or  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II  (4) 

BOTN  202— The  Plant  Kingdom  or  ZOOL  210  Animal  Diversity  (4) 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  (4) 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  (4) 

GEOL  100/110— Physical  Geology  and  Laboratory  (4) 

SPCH  107,  125  or  HESP  202  (3) 

ZOOL  213  or  BOTN  414— Genetics  (4) 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology  (4) 

ZOOL  480  (4),  BOTN  212  (4),  and  ENTM  205 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II  (4) 

BOTN  462-464  or  ZOOL  212  Plant  Ecology  (4) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  489B— Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Science  Ed  (1) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  370 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education 

Science  (3) 
EDCI  471 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Science  (12) 
EDCI  488F — Computers  in  Science  Education  (2) 


Chemistry  Education 

Pre-professional/Sub/ect  Area  Coursework 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  (4) 

BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II  (4) 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I  or  105  (4) 

CHEM  1 13— General  Chemistry  II  or  104  (4) 

MATH  140,  141— Calculus  I  and  II  (4,  4) 

SPCH  107,  125  or  HESP  202  (3) 

CHEM  233,  243— Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  (4,  4) 

PHYS  141,  142— Principles  in  Physics  (4,  4) 

GEOL  100,  1 10— Physical  Geology  and  Lab  (4) 

CHEM  321— Quantitative  Analysis  (4) 

CHEM  481 ,  482— Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II  (3,3) 

CHEM  483—  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2) 

CHEM  Elective  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  370 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education 

Science  (3) 
EDCI  471 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Science  (12) 
EDCI  488F — Computers  in  Science  Education  (1) 
EDCI  489B— Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Science  Education  (2) 

Earth  Science  Education 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

GEOL  100,  1 10—  Physical  Geology,  Lab  (4) 

GEOL  102— Historical  Geology  and  Lab  (4) 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  (4) 

BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II  (4) 

MATH  1 10  or  140— Elementary  Mathematical  Models  (3) 

or 

Calculus  I  (3) 

MATH  1 1 1  or  141— Introduction  to  Probability  (3) 

or 

Calculus  II  (3) 

SPCH  107  or  125  or  HESP  202  (3) 

GEOL  322— Mineralogy  (4) 

GEOL  340— Geomorphology  (4) 

GEOL  341— Structural  Geology  (4) 

CHEM  103,  113— General  Chemistry  I  and  II  (4,4) 

ASTR  100,  110 — Introduction  to  Astronomy,  and  Introduction  Lab  (3,1) 

Earth  Science  Elective  (6) 
PHYS  121,  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  and  II  (4,  4) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  370 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education 

Science  (3) 
EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 
EDCI  471 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Science  (12) 
EDCI  488F — Computers  in  Science  Education  (1) 
EDCI  489B — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Science  Education  (2) 

Physics  Education 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

CHEM  103,  113— General  Chemistry  I  and  II  (4,4) 

MATH  140,  141— Calculus  I  and  II  (4,4) 

PHYS  141,  142— Principles  of  General  Physics  I  and  II  (4,4)  or 

Engineering  or  Physics  Majors  Sequence 
SPCH  107,  1 10,  or  HESP  202  (3) 
BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  (4) 
BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II  (4) 
PHYS  275— Experiential  Physics  1(1) 
PHYS  276— Experiential  Physics  II  (2) 
PHYS  375— Experiential  Physics  III  (2) 
ASTR  100,1 10 — Introduction  to  Astronomy  (3)  Introduction  Lab 
MATH  240— Linear  Algebra  (4) 
PHYS  404— Intermediate  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3) 
PHYS  410—  Intermediate  Theoretical  Physics  (3) 
PHYS  420— Principles  of  Modern  Physics  (3) 
PHYS  305— Physics  Shop  Techniques  (1) 
GEOL  100—  Physical  Geology  (3) 
GEOL  110— Physical  Geology  Laboratory  (1) 
PHYS  406— Optics  (3) 
PHYS  499— Special  Problems  in  Physics  (2) 


100    Curriculum  and  instruction 


Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  370 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education  Science 

EDCI  471— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Science  (12) 

EDCI  489B — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Science  Education  (1) 

EDCI  488F — Computers  in  Science  Education  (2) 

Social  Studies  Education 

Option  I  HISTORY  Requires  fifty-four  semester  hours  of  which  at  least 
twenty-seven  must  be  in  history,  usually  at  least  six  hours  in  American 
history;  six  hours  of  non-American  history;  three  hours  in  Pro-Seminar  in 
Historical  Writing;  and  twelve  hours  of  electives,  nine  of  which  must  be 
300-400  level.  One  course  in  Ethnic  and  Minority  Studies  must  be 
included. 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

SPCH  100,  125  or  110  (3) 

HIST  156,  157  (U.S.)  (6) 

HIST  (non  U.S.)  (6) 

SOCY  100orANTH  101  (3) 

GEOG  100— Introduction  to  Geography  (3) 

GEOG  201,  202  or  203  (3) 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3) 

ECON  310—  Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  (3) 

GVPT  100,  240.  260,  or  280  (3) 

GVPT  170— American  Government  (3) 

Social  Sciences  Electives,  upper  level  (6) 

History  Electives  (12) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  320 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education — Social 

Studies.  (3) 
EDCI  421— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools— Social  Studies 

(12) 
EDCI  463 — Teaching  of  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools  (3) 
EDCI  420 — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education — Social 

Studies  (3) 
EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Option  II  GEOGRAPHY:  Requires  fifty-four  semester  hours  of  which 
twenty-seven  hours  must  be  in  geography.  GEOG  201 ,  21 1 ,  202,  203  are 
required.  The  remaining  eighteen  hours  in  geography  must  be  upper  level 
courses  with  one  course  in  regional  geography  included.  One  course  in 
Ethnic  and  Minority  Studies  must  be  included. 

Pre-professionaHSubject  Area  Coursework 

SPCH  100,  125  or  110(3) 

GEOG  201 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  (3) 

GEOG  211 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  Laboratory  (1) 

GEOG  202— The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective  (3) 

GEOG  203— Economic  Geography  (3) 

GEOG  Electives  (18)  HIST  (U.S.)  156  or  157  (3) 

HIST  (non-U. S.)  101,  130-133,  144-145(3) 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  101  (3) 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3) 

ECON  310— Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  (3) 

GVPT  100,  240  or  280  (3) 

GVPT  170— American  Government  (3) 

History/Social  Science  Elective  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  320 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education— Social 

Studies  (3) 
EDCI  421— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Education — Social  Studies 

(12) 
EDCI  420 — Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education—  Social 

Studies  (3) 
EDCI  463 — Teaching  Reading  m  Secondary  Schools  (3) 
EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Speech/English  Education 

Students  interested  in  teaching  speech  in  secondary  schools  complete  a 
minimum  of  30  credits  in  speech  and  speech-related  courses.  Because 
most  speech  teachers  also  teach  English  classes,  the  program  includes 
another  30  credits  in  English  and  English  education.  Upon  selection  of  this 


major,  students  should  meet  with  an  advisor  to  carefully  plan  their 
programs. 

In  addition,  intermediate  mastery  of  a  modern  or  classical  language  is 
required  for  a  B.A. 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

Speech  Area  (6):  SPCH  1 00—  Basic  Principles  or  SPCH  1 07— Technical 

Speech  Communication,  SPCH  1 1 0— Voice  and  Diction,  SPCH  1 25— 

Interpersonal  Communication  SPCH  220— Group  Discussion,  SPCH 

230— Argumentation  and  Debate,  SPCH  340— Oral  Interpretation  SPCH 

470— Listening  (3) 
SPCH  200— Advanced  Public  Speaking  (3) 
RTVF  124 — Mass  Communication  in  20th  Century  or  RTVF  222  or  RTVF 

314(3) 
HESP  202— Introduction  to  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  or  HESP  305 

or  HESP  400  (3) 
THET  1 10— Introduction  to  Theatre  (3) 

SPCH  350— Foundations  of  Communication  Theory  or  SPCH  402  (3) 
SPCH  401— Foundations  of  Rhetoric  (3) 
SPCH  Upper  level  electives  (6) 
ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  (3) 
LING  200— Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3) 
ENGL  201— or  202  World  Literature  (3) 
ENGL  281— Standard  English  Grammar,  Usage,  and  Diction  or  ENGL 

385  or  ENGL  482  or  ENGL  484  (3) 
ENGL  301— Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  of  Literature  or  ENGL  453  (3) 
ENGL  310.  31 1  or  312— English  Literature  (3) 
ENGL  313— American  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  391  or  393 — Advanced  Composition  or  Technical  Writing  (3) 
EDCI  463— Teaching  of  Reading  (3) 
EDCI  466 — Literature  for  Adolescents  (3) 
EDCI  467— Teaching  Writing  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDCI  390— Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDCI  340 — Curriculum  &  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education:  Eng/Spch/ 

Drama  (3) 
EDCI  447— Field  Experiences  (1) 
EDCI  442— Student  Teaching  in  Speech  (6) 
EDCI  441— Student  Teaching  in  English  (6) 
EDCI  440 — Student  Teaching  Seminar  (1) 

Theatre/English  Education 

Students  interested  in  teaching  theatre  in  secondary  schools  complete  a 
minimum  of  30  credits  in  theatre  and  theatre-related  courses.  Because 
most  theatre  teachers  also  teach  English  classes,  the  program  includes 
another  30  credits  in  English  and  English  education  Upon  selection  of  this 
major,  students  should  meet  with  an  advisor  to  carefully  plan  their 
programs. 

In  addition,  intermediate  mastery  of  a  modem  or  classical  language  is 
required  for  a  B.A. 

Pre-professional/Subject  Area  Coursework 

THET  120— Acting  I  Fundamentals  (3) 

THET  170— Stagecraft  (3) 

THET  273— Scenographic  Techniques  or  THET  476  or  THET  480  (3) 

THET  330— Play  Directing  (3) 

THET  460— Theatre  Management  (3) 

THET  479— Theatre  Workshop  (3) 

THET  490— History  of  Theatre  I  (3) 

THET  491— History  of  Theatre  II  (3) 

THET  electives  (3) 

SPCH  1 00— Basic  Principles  or  SPCH  1 07  or  SPCH  200  or  SPCH  230  (3) 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Wnting  (3) 

LING  200— Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3) 

ENGL  201  or  202— World  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  281— Standard  English  Grammar.  Usage,  and  Diction  or  ENGL 

385  or  ENGL  482  or  ENGL  484  (3) 
ENGL  310,  311,  or  312— English  Literature  (3) 
ENGL  313— American  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  301— Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  of  Literature  or  ENGL  453  (3) 
ENGL  391  or  393—  Advanced  Composition  (3) 
EDCI  463— Teaching  of  Reading  (3) 
EDCI  467— Teaching  Wnting  (3) 
EDCI  466— Literature  for  Adolescents  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 


Dance     101 


EDCI  390— Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  ol  Education  (3) 

EDCI  340 — Curriculum  &  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education:  Eng/Spch/ 

Drama  (3) 
EDCI  447— Field  Experience  (1) 
EDCI  448— Student  Teaching  in  Theatre  (6) 
EDCI  441— Student  Teaching  in  English  (6) 
EDCI  440— Student  Teaching  Seminar  (1) 

Course  Code:  EDCI 


mlormation  may  be  obtained  from  the  Dance  Department  Student  Hand- 
book. 

Course  Code:  DANC 


DECISION  AND  INFORMATION  SCIENCES 

: 
For  Information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry 


DANCE  (DANC) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

Dance  Building.  405-3180 

Professor  and  Chair:  Wiltz 

Professors:  Madden  (Emerita),  Rosen,  A.  Warren,  L.  Warren 

Associate  Professor:  Dunn 

Assistant  Professor:  J  Frosch-Schroder 

Instructors:  Ginsburg.  McDonald,  Mayes 

Lecturers:  Butler.  Druker,  Fleltell,  Jackson,  Slater 

Accompanists:  De  Hart,  Freivogel,  Johnson 

The  Major 

Recognizing  that  dance  combines  both  athleticism  and  artistry,  the  dance 
program  offers  comprehensive  technique  and  theory  courses  as  a  foun- 
dation for  the  dance  professions.  By  developing  an  increasing  awareness 
of  the  physical,  emotional  and  intellectual  aspects  of  movement  in 
general,  the  student  eventually  is  able  to  integrate  his  or  her  own  particular 
mind-body  consciousness  into  a  more  meaningful  whole.  To  facilitate  the 
acquisition  of  new  movement  skills,  as  well  as  creative  and  scholarly 
insights  in  dance,  the  curriculum  provides  a  structured  breadth  experience 
at  the  lower  department  level.  At  the  upper  level  students  may  either 
involve  themselves  in  various  general  university  electives,  or  they  may 
concentrate  their  energies  in  a  particular  area  of  emphasis  in  dance. 
Although  an  area  of  emphasis  is  not  mandatory,  many  third  and  fourth 
year  students  are  interested  in  studying  a  singular  aspect  of  dance  in 
depth,  such  as  performance,  choreography,  production/management, 
education,  or  general  studies  (encompassing  dance  history,  literature  and 
criticism). 

The  dance  faculty  is  composed  of  a  number  of  distinguished  teachers, 
choreographers,  and  performers,  each  one  a  specialist  in  his  or  her  own 
field.  Visiting  artists  throughout  the  year  make  additional  contributions  to 
the  program.  There  are  several  performance  and  choreographic  opportu- 
nities for  all  dance  students,  ranging  from  informal  workshops  to  fully 
mounted  concerts  both  on  and  off  campus.  Students  may  have  the 
opportunity  of  working  with  Improvisations  Unlimited,  a  company  in 
residence  in  the  department. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Students  must  complete  fifty-nine  semester  hours  of  dance  credits.  Of 
these,  eighteen  hours  of  modern  technique  and  four  hours  of  ballet 
technique  are  required.  Majors  may  not  use  more  than  seventy-two  DANC 
credits  toward  the  total  of  120  needed  for  graduation.  In  addition  to  the 
twenty-two  technique  credits  required,  students  must  distribute  the  re- 
maining thirty-seven  credits  as  follows: 

DANC  208.  308.  388— Choreography  I,  II,  III 9 

DANC  102— Rhythmic  Training 2 

DANC  109— Improvisation 2 

DANC  266— Dance  Notation 3 

DANC  200— Introduction  to  Dance 3 

DANC  171 — Movement  Integration 2 

DANC  305— Principles  of  Teaching 3 

DANC  482— Dance  History 3 

DANC  370 — Kinesiology  for  Dancers 4 

DANC  410— Dance  Production  3 

DANC  484— Philosophy  of  Dance 3 

A  grade  of  C  or  higher  must  be  attained  in  all  dance  courses. 

New,  re-entering  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  contact  the 
department  following  admission  to  the  university  for  instructions  regarding 
advising  and  registration  procedures.  Although  entrance  auditions  are  not 
required,  some  previous  dance  experience  is  highly  desirable.  Further 


ECONOMICS  (EC0N) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Science 

Undergraduate  Studies:  4115A  Tydings,  405-3515 
Undergraduate  Advisor:  3127A  Tydings.  405-3503 

Professor  and  Chair:  Straszheim 

Professors:  Aaron,  Almon,  Baily,  Betancourt,  Brechling,  Clague,  Dorsey, 

Drazen,  Haltiwanger,  Harris,  Hulten,  Kelejian,  McGuire,  Mueller,  Murrell, 

Myers*  (Afro-American  Studies),  Oates,  Olson,  Panaganya,  Schelling" 

(Public  Affairs),  Smith*  (Bureau  for  Business  and  Economic  Research), 

Wonnacott 

Associate  Professors:  Abraham,  Bennett,  Coughlin,  Cropper,  Knight, 

Meyer,  Montgomery.  Poetscher,  Prucha,  Schwab,  Wallis,  Weinstein 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Delias,  Evans,  Haliassos,  Hoff,  Lyon, 

Williams*  (Afro-American  Studies) 

Emeriti:  Bergmann,  Cumberland,  Dillard,  Gruchy,  O'Connell,  Ulmer 

'Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated 

The  Major 

Economics  is  the  study  of  the  production,  pricing,  and  distribution  of  goods 
and  services  within  societies.  Economists  study  such  problems  as  infla- 
tion, unemployment,  technical  change,  poverty,  environmental  quality, 
and  foreign  trade.  Economists  also  apply  economics  to  such  diverse 
areas  as  crime,  sexual  roles,  health  care  and  the  elderly,  discrimination, 
urban  development,  and  developing  nation  problems. 

Two  characteristics  of  modern  economics  receive  special  attention  in  the 
Department's  program.  Government  policies  have  profound  effects  on 
how  our  economic  system  performs.  Government  expenditures,  regula- 
tions, and  taxation  either  directly  or  indirectly  affect  both  households  and 
firms.  Second,  there  is  a  growing  interdependency  among  economies 
throughout  the  world.  Extensive  worldwide  markets  exist  in  which  goods 
and  services  are  traded,  and  capital  and  investments  move  across 
national  boundaries.  Economic  events  in  one  nation  are  often  quickly 
transmitted  to  other  nations. 

Economists  study  these  phenomena  through  the  development  of  systematic 
principles  and  analytic  models  which  describe  how  economic  agents 
behave  and  interact.  These  models  are  the  subject  of  empirical  testing, 
often  using  computers  and  extensive  data  sets. 

The  interests  of  the  faculty,  as  reflected  in  the  course  offerings,  are  both 
theoretical  and  applied.  As  a  large  diverse  department,  the  Economics 
Department  offers  courses  in  all  of  the  major  fields  of  economic  study.  The 
Department's  program  stresses  the  application  of  economic  theory  and 
econometrics  to  current  problems  in  a  large  number  of  fields.  Many 
courses  in  the  Department's  program  analyze  the  role  of  the  government 
and  public  policies  on  the  economy. 

The  program  is  designed  to  serve  both  majors  and  non-majors.  The 
Department  offers  a  wide  variety  of  upper-level  courses  on  particular 
economic  issues  which  can  be  taken  after  one  or  two  semesters  of  basic 
principles.  These  courses  can  be  especially  useful  for  those  planning 
careers  in  law,  business,  or  the  public  sector.  The  program  for  majors  is 
designed  to  serve  those  who  will  seek  employment  immediately  after 
college  as  well  as  those  who  will  pursue  graduate  study. 

Economics  majors  have  a  wide  variety  of  career  options  in  both  the  private 
and  public  sectors.  These  include  careers  in  state  and  local  government, 
federal  and  international  agencies,  business,  finance  and  banking,  jour- 
nalism, teaching,  politics  and  law  Many  economics  majors  pursue  graduate 
work  in  economics  or  another  social  science,  law.business  or  public 
administration  (public  policy,  health,  urban  and  regional  planning,  education, 
and  industrial  relations). 


102    Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration 


Entrance  Requirements 

Economics  is  a  limited  enrollment  major  The  precise  requirements  for 
admission  to  Economics  and  other  limited  enrollment  programs  are  under 
review  Please  consult  the  Economics  Department's  Adviser  or  the 
Undergraduate  Advising  Office.  In  1 990- 1 991 ,  students  admitted  had  at 
least  a  cumulative  2.50  grade  point  average  (GPA)  and  completed  nine 
hours  of  "economics  entry"  courses  at  a  satisfactory  grade  level  The 
"economics  entry"  courses  were  MATH  220  (or  MATH  140),  ECON  201 
and  ECON  203.  which  had  to  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in 
each  course,  and  a  minimum  GPA  of  2  5  in  the  nine  hours  Students  may 
apply  for  admission  at  the  Office  of  Admission 

Requirements  for  Major 

In  addition  to  the  University's  general  education  (CORE)  requirements, 
the  requirements  for  the  Economics  major  are  as  follows: 

(1)  Economics  (and  Mathematics)  Courses  (36  hours) 

Economics  majors  must  earn  33  credit  hours  in  Economics,  and 
3  credit  hours  in  Mathematics  (MATH  220  or  1 40),  with  a  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  each  course 

All  majors  must  complete  12  hours  of  core  requirements  with  a 
satisfactory  GPA.  The  core  requirements  include  ECON  201, 
ECON  203,  ECON  305  (formerly  ECON  401)  or  ECON  405,  and 
ECON  306  (formerly  ECON  403)  or  ECON  406.  A  satisfactory 
GPA  must  satisfy  each  of  the  following:  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in 
each  course;  a  2.5  GPA  in  the  four  courses  comprising  the  core 
requirements:  and  a  2.5  GPA  in  ECON  305  (or  405)  and  306  (or 
406). 

Students  must  also  complete  twenty-one  hours  in  upper  level 
Economics  courses: 

a)  three  hours  in  statistics;  ECON  321  (formerly  ECON  421)  or 
BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231  or  STAT  400; 

b)  three  hours  in  economic  history  or  comparative  systems; 
ECON  310,  ECON  311.  ECON  315  (formerly  ECON  415)  or 
ECON  380; 

c)  nine  hours  in  courses  with  at  least  one  semester  of  intermedi- 
ate theory  or  economic  statistics  (ECON  321)  as  a  prerequi- 
site The  following  courses  presently  have  this  prerequisite: 
ECON  402,  ECON  416.  ECON  422,  ECON  423.  ECON  425, 
ECON  431,  ECON  441,  ECON  454,  ECON  460  and  ECON 
470; 

d)  six  other  hours  in  upper  division  Economics. 

(2)  Additional  Supporting  Courses  (15  hours) 

Students  must  earn  1 5  hours  of  credit  in  upper  division  courses  in 
addition  to  the  36  hours  of  Economics  (and  Mathematics)  courses 
listed  above.  Upper  division  courses  include  all  courses  with  a  300 
number  and  above.  Additional  mathematics  courses  beyond  the 
required  mathematics  course  (MATH  220  or  140),  and  computer 
programming  courses  at  the  200  level  and  above  may  be  counted 
as  fulfilling  the  Additional  Support  Course  Requirement.  Additional 
economics  courses  may  be  included  among  the  15  hours  of 
supporting  courses. 

All  courses  meeting  this  Additional  Support  Course  requirement  must 
be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  and  may  not  be  taken  pass- 
fail. 

Study  Sequences  and  Plans  of  Study 

Economics  is  an  analytic  discipline,  building  on  a  core  of  principles, 
analytic  models,  and  statistical  techniques  Students  must  begin  with  a 
foundation  in  mathematics  and  economic  principles  (ECON  201  and 
ECON  203)  A  more  advanced,  analytic  treatment  of  economics  is 
presented  in  intermediate  theory  (ECON  305  and  ECON  306).  which  is  a 
necessary  background  for  m-depth  study  by  economics  majors 

The  department  urges  that  the  student  take  ECON  201  and  203  and 
MATH  220  as  soon  as  possible  Honors  versions  of  ECON  201  and  203 
are  offered  for  students  seeking  a  more  rigorous  analysis  of  pnnciples. 
departmental  honors  candidates,  and  those  intending  to  attending  graduate 
school  Admission  is  granted  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Advising  or 
the  University  Honors  Program 

Courses  in  applied  areas  at  the  300  level  may  be  taken  at  any  point  after 
principles  However,  majors  will  benefit  by  completing  ECON  305.  ECON 


306,  and  ECON  321  or  its  equivalent  immediately  upon  completion  of 
principles.  While  most  students  take  ECON  305  and  306  in  sequence, 
they  may  be  taken  concurrently.  Courses  at  the  400  level  are  generally 
more  demanding,  particularly  those  courses  with  intermediate  theory  as 
a  prerequisite 

Empirical  research  and  the  use  of  computers  are  becoming  increasingly 
important  in  economics  All  students  are  well  advised  to  include  as  many 
statistics,  econometrics,  and  computer  programming  courses  in  their 
curriculum  as  possible. 

Those  students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  economics  must 
begin  to  prepare  themselves  analytically  for  graduate  work  by  focusing  on 
theory,  statistics,  and  mathematics  in  their  undergraduate  curriculum. 
These  students  should  complete  the  advanced  version  of  intermediate 
theory  (ECON  405  and  ECON  406)  and  the  econometrics  sequence 
(ECON  422  and  ECON  423)  Mastery  of  the  calculus  and  linear  algebra 
is  essential  for  success  in  many  of  the  top  graduate  schools  Students 
should  consider  MATH  1 40.  MATH  1 4 1 ,  MATH  240  (or  MATH  400).  MATH 
241  and  MATH  246  as  very  useful  preparation. 

Advising 

The  department  has  a  full-time  academic  advisor  providing  advising  on  a 
walk-in  basis  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Advising.  3127A  Tydings. 

Honors 

The  Economics  Honors  Program  provides  economics  majors  with  the 
opportunity  for  advanced  study  in  a  seminar  format,  with  faculty  supervi- 
sion of  seminar  papers  and  an  honors  thesis.  The  Honors  Program  is 
designed  for  students  intending  to  attend  graduate  school  or  those 
seeking  an  in-depth  study  of  economic  theory  and  its  application  to 
economic  problems. 

The  Honors  Program  is  a  twelve-hour  sequence,  culminating  in  the 
completion  of  a  senior  thesis.  Students  must  complete  ECON  396 
(Honors  Workshop)  and  ECON  397  (Honors  Thesis)  in  their  senior  year, 
as  well  as  two  of  the  following  four  courses:  ECON  405, 406. 422  and  425 
Students  must  complete  these  twelve  hours  with  a  GPA  of  3.5.  ECON  396 
is  offered  only  in  the  fall  term 

To  be  eligible  for  admission,  a  student  must  have  completed  fifteen  hours 
of  economics  with  a  GPA  of  3.25.  Interested  students  should  meet  with  the 
Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies  at  the  earliest  possible  dateto  review 
their  curriculum  plans  and  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  program. 

Awards 

The  Dudley  and  Louisa  Dillard  Prize,  currently  $500.  is  awarded  to  the 
outstanding  Economics  |unior  with  a  broad  liberal  arts  program 


Student  Organizations 


Omicron  Delta  Epsilon.  the  economics  honorary  society,  meets  regularly 
to  discuss  economics  and  other  graduate  schools,  employment  oppor- 
tunities, and  recent  economic  trends  Please  see  the  Undergraduate 
Economics  Secretary.  41 15A  Tydings,  for  membership  information. 

Course  Code:  ECON 


EDUCATION  POLICY,  PLANNING,  AND 
ADMINISTRATION  (EDPA) 

College  of  Education 

3112  Benjamin  Building,  405-3574 

Professor  and  Acting  Chair:  Carbone 

Professors:  Andrews,  Berdahl,  Berman.  Birnbaum.  Chart.  Clague.  Dudley. 

Finkelstem.  McLoone.  Male.  Stephens 

Associate  Professors.  Agre.  Goldman.  Hopkins.  Huden.  Lindsay.  Noll. 

Schmidtlein.  Selden.  Splaine 

Assistant  Professors:  Heid.  Leak 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professors  Edelstem,  Clemson 

Adjunct  Professor  Hickey 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor  Hrabowski 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  McKay 

Emeriti  Anderson.  Newell.  McClure 


Electrical  Engineering     103 

Semester 

I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE 3  3 

Math  246 — Differential  Equations 3 

Math  241— Analysis  III 4 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics  4  4 

ENES  240 — Engineering  Computation 3 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENEE  204— Basic  Circuit  Theory 3 

ENEE  244— Digital  Logic  Design 3 

Total 16  17 

Junior  Year 

Math  xxx  (Elect.  Advanced  Math-) 3 

ENEE  302— Analog  Electronics 3 

ENEE  305 — Fundamental  Laboratory 2 

ENEE  312— Digital  Electronics 3 

ENEE  322— Signal  &  System  Theory 3 

ENEE  324 — Engineering  Probability 3 

ENEE  350 — Computer  Organization 3 

ENEE  380 — Electromagnetic  Theory 3 

ENEE  381— Elect.  Wave  Propagation 3 

ENEE  xxx— Advanced  Elective  Lab.2 2 

CORE 3  3 

Total 17  17 

Senior  Year 

Electives2  6          12 

Advanced  Elective  Lab2  2 

CORE 6           3 

Total 14          15 

'See  details  of  CORE  in  Chapter  5. 

^The  twenty-five  credits  of  electives  must  satisfy  the  following  conditions: 

(1)13  credits  must  be  400-level  ENEE  courses,  including  at  least  four 

credits  of  advanced  laboratory  courses. 

(2)  12  credits  must  be  non-electrical  engineering  (mathematics,  physics, 

other  fields  of  engineering,  etc.)  and  must  be  selected  from  the  Electrical 

Engineering  Department's  approved  list;  at  least  three  credits  of  these 

nine  must  be  a  400-level  MATH  course  from  the  departmental  list. 

ENEE  Advanced  Elective  Laboratories 

ENEE  407 — Microwave-Circuits  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  413— Electronics  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  445 — Computer  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  461— Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  473 — Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  Laboratory  (1) 

ENEE  483 — Electromagnetic  Measurements  Laboratory  (2) 

Admission 

Admission  requirements  are  different  from  those  of  the  other  engineering 
departments  (see  College  of  Engineering  section  on  Entrance  Require- 
ments). 

Advising 

Nearly  all  of  the  faculty  in  Electrical  Engineering  function  as  undergradu- 
ate advisors.  Departmental  approval  is  required  for  registration  in  all 
upper-division  courses  in  the  major.  The  department's  Undergraduate 
Office  (3188  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3685  is  the  contact 
point  for  undergraduate  advising  questions. 

Financial  Assistance 

Several  corporate  scholarships  are  administered  through  the  department. 
Information  and  scholarship  applications  are  available  from  either  the 
Electrical  Engineering  Undergraduate  Office,  3188  Engineering  Class- 
room Building,  405-3685,  or  the  College  of  Engineering  Student  Affairs 
Office.  1131  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3860 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  Electrical  Engineering  department  annually  gives  a  variety  of  aca- 
demic performance  and  service  awards.  Information  on  criteria  and 
eligibility  is  available  from  the  department's  Undergraduate  Off  ice.Majors 
in  Electrical  Engineering  participate  in  the  Engineering  Honors  Program. 
See  the  College  of  Engineering  entry  in  this  catalog  for  further  information. 


Although  primarily  a  graduate  program,  the  Department  of  Education 
Policy.  Planning  and  Administration  offers  several  courses  at  the  under- 
graduate level  These  include  Foundations  of  Education  (EDPA  301 )  and 
Utilization  of  Educational  Media  (EDPA  440).  In  addition,  University 
Studies  Program  (distributive  studies)  requirements  may  be  met  by  taking 
Education  in  Contemporary  American  Society  (EDPA  201)  or  Historical 
and  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Education  (EDPA  210).  University 
Studies  Program  (advanced  studies)  requirements  may  be  met  by  taking 
Technology,  Social  Change,  and  Education  (EDPA  401 ),  or  Future  of  the 
Human  Community  (EDPA  400). 

Graduate  degree  programs  are  offered  in  five  areas:  Administration  and 
Supervision  (administrators  in  education-related  agencies,  school  su- 
perintendents, pnncipals.  supervisors):  Curriculum  Theory  and  Devel- 
opment (principles  and  research  on  curriculum  in  schools  and  non-school 
settings).  Foundations  of  Education  (comparative  education;  history, 
philosophy,  politics,  and  sociology  of  education  and  technology  policy); 
Higher  Education  (governance  and  leadership;  finance  and  planning:  law 
and  higher  education  policy;  college  curriculum  and  teaching);  and 
Education  Policy  (policy  analysis  for  elementary  and  secondary  educa- 
tion, postsecondary  education,  government  agencies,  and  not-for-profit 
organizations  concerned  with  education). 

Course  Code:  EDPA 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  (ENEE) 
College  of  Engineering 

3170  Engineering  Building,  405-3683 

Chair:  Destler 

Associate  Chairs:  Davis  (Facilities  and  Services);  Emad  (Graduate  Pro- 
gram); Pugsley  (Undergraduate  Program) 

Professors:  Antonsen,  Baras,  Barbe,  Blankenship,  Chellappa,  Davis. 
Davisson.  DeClans,  Destler.  Emad,  Ephremides,  Frey,  Granatstein, 
Harger,  Hochuli.  Ja'Ja',  Krisnaprasad,  Lee,  Levine,  Ligomenides, 
Mayergoyz,  Newcomb,  Ott,  Peckerar  (part-time),  Rabin,  Reiser,  Rhee, 
Striffler,  Taylor,  Tits,  Venkatesan,  Vishkin,  Zaki 

Associate  Professors:  Abed,  Dagenais,  Farvardin,  Geraniotis,  Gligor, 
Goldhar,  Ho,  Makowski,  Nakajima,  Narayan,  Oruc,  Pugsley.  Shamma, 
Shayman,  Silio,  Tretter 

Assistant  Professors:  Dayawansa,  Fuja,  Goldsman,  Greenberg,  lliadis, 
loannou,  Lawson,  Liu,  Milor,  Menezes,  Milchberg,  Papamarcou,  Yang 
Distinguished  Scholar-Teacher 


The  Major 


The  Electrical  Engineering  major  is  intended  to  prepare  students  to 
function  as  effective  citizens  and  engineers  in  an  increasingly  technological 
world  as  well  as  in  science  and  engineering  subjects.  Depth  as  well  as 
breadth  is  required  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences  to  understand 
the  economic,  ecologic,  and  human  factors  involved  in  reaching  the  best 
solutions  to  today's  problems. 

The  basic  foundation  in  mathematical,  physical,  and  engineering  sciences 
is  established  in  the  first  two  years  of  the  curriculum.  A  core  of  required 
Electrical  Engineering  courses  is  followed  by  a  flexible  structure  of 
electives  which  allows  either  breadth  or  specialization.  Appropriate  choices 
of  electives  can  prepare  an  Electrical  Engineering  major  for  a  career  as  a 
practicing  engineer  and/or  for  graduate  study. 

Areas  stressed  in  the  major  include  communication  systems,  computer 
systems,  control  systems,  engineering  electromagnetics,  microelectronics, 
and  power  systems.  Within  these  areas  are  courses  in  such  topics  as  solid 
state  electronics,  integrated  circuits,  lasers,  communications  engineering, 
computer  design,  power  engineering,  digital  signal  processing,  antenna 
design,  and  many  others.  Project  courses  allow  undergraduate  students 
to  undertake  independent  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member 
in  an  area  of  mutual  interest. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Requirements  for  the  Electrical  Engineering  major  include  thorough 
preparation  in  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry  and  engineering  science. 
Elective  courses  must  include  both  Electrical  Engineering  courses  and 
technical  courses  outside  the  department.  A  sample  program  for  the 
portion  of  the  program  following  the  common  freshman  year  in  Engineering 
is  shown  below.  (See  College  of  Engineering  section  for  suggested 
Freshman  Year  program.) 


1 04    Engineering,  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Student  Organizations 

There  is  an  active  Student  Chapter  of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronics  Engineers  (IEEE).  Information  and  membership  applications 
are  available  in  the  Electrical  Engineering  undergraduate  lounge,  0107 
Engineering  Classroom  Building.  Equally  active,  if  not  more  so,  is  the 
chapter  of  Eta  Kappa  Nu,  the  nationwide  Electrical  Engineering  honorary 
society.  Information  on  eligibility  can  be  obtained  from  the  EE  Under- 
graduate lounge,  from  the  departmental  Undergraduate  Office,  or  from 
the  College  Student  Affairs  Office. 

Course  Code:  ENEE 


ENGINEERING,  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 
DEGREE  IN 

College  of  Engineering 

1131  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3855 

General  Regulations  for  the  B.S.  Engineering  Degree:  All  under- 
graduate students  in  engineering  will  select  their  major  field  sponsoring 
department  at  the  beginning  of  their  second  year  regardless  of  whether 
they  plan  to  proceed  to  a  designated  or  an  undesignated  degree.  A 
student  wishing  to  elect  the  undesignated  degree  program  may  do  so  at 
any  time  following  the  completion  of  the  sophomore  year,  or  a  minimum 
of  fifty  earned  credits  towards  any  engineering  degree,  and  at  least  one 
semester  prior  to  the  time  the  student  expects  to  receive  the  baccalaure- 
ate degree.  As  soon  as  the  student  elects  to  seek  an  undesignated 
baccalaureate  degree  in  engineering,  the  student's  curriculum  planning, 
guidance,  and  counseling  will  be  the  responsibility  of  the  "Undesignated 
Degree  Program  Advisor"  in  the  primary  field  department.  At  least  one 
semester  before  the  expected  degree  is  to  be  granted,  the  student  must 
file  an  "Application  for  Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Engineering"  with  the  dean's  office  of  the  College  of 
Engineering.  The  candidacy  form  must  be  approved  by  the  chair  of  the 
primary  field  department,  the  primary  engineering,  and  the  secondary  field 
advisors  and  the  college  faculty  committee  on  "Undesignated  Degree 
Programs."  This  committee  has  the  responsibility  for  implementing  all 
approved  policies  pertaining  to  this  program  and  reviewing  and  acting  on 
the  candidacy  forms  filed  by  the  student. 

Specific  university  and  college  academic  regulations  apply  to  this 
undesignated  degree  program  in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  to  the 
conventional  designated  degree  programs.  For  example,  the  academic 
regulations  of  the  university  apply  as  stated  in  this  catalog  and  the  college 
requirement  of  2.0  G.P.A.  in  the  major  field  during  the  junior  and  senior 
years  applies.  For  the  purpose  of  implementation  of  such  academic  rules, 
the  credits  in  the  primary  engineering  field  and  the  credits  in  the  secondary 
field  are  considered  to  count  as  the  "major"  for  such  academic  purposes. 

Options  of  the  "B.S.  Engineering"  Program 

The  "B.S.  Engineering"  program  is  designed  to  serve  three  primary 
functions:  ( 1 )  to  prepare  those  students  who  wish  to  use  the  breadth  and 
depth  of  their  engineering  education  as  a  preparatory  vehicle  for  entry  into 
post-baccalaureate  study  in  such  fields  as  medicine,  law,  or  business 
administration;  (2)  to  provide  the  basic  professional  training  for  those 
students  who  wish  to  continue  their  engineering  studies  on  the  graduate 
level  in  one  of  the  new  interdisciplinary  fields  of  engineering  such  as 
environmental  engineering,  bio-medical  engineering,  systems  engineering, 
and  many  others;  and  finally  (3)  to  educate  those  students  who  do  not  plan 
a  normal  professional  career  in  designated  engineering  field  but  wish  to 
use  a  broad  engineering  education  so  as  to  be  better  able  to  serve  in  one 
or  more  of  the  many  auxiliary  or  management  positions  of  engineering 
related  industries.  The  program  is  designed  togive  the  maximum  flexibility 
for  tailoring  a  program  to  the  specific  future  career  plans  of  the  student.  To 
accomplish  these  objectives,  the  program  has  two  optional  paths:  an 
engineering  option  and  an  applied  science  option. 

The  engineering  option,  which  is  ABET  accredited,  should  be  particu- 
larly attractive  to  those  students  contemplating  graduate  study  or  pro- 
fessional employment  in  the  interdisciplinary  engineering  fields,  such  as 
environmental  engineering,  bio-engineering,  bio-medical,  and  systems 
and  control  engineering,  or  for  preparatory  entry  into  a  variety  of  newer  or 
interdisciplinary  areas  of  graduate  study.  For  example,  a  student  con- 
templating graduate  work  in  environmental  engineering  might  combine 
chemical  and  civil  engineering  for  his  or  her  program;  a  student  interested 


in  systems  and  control  engineering  graduate  work  might  combine  electri- 
cal engineering  with  aerospace,  chemical,  or  mechanical  engineering 

The  applied  science  option,  which  is  not  ABET  accredited,  should  be 
particularly  attractive  to  those  students  who  do  not  plan  to  pursue  a 
professional  engineering  career  but  wish  to  use  the  rational  and  develop- 
mental abilities  fostered  by  an  engineering  education  as  a  means  of 
furthering  career  objectives.  Graduates  of  the  applied  science  option  may 
aspire  to  graduate  work  and  an  ultimate  career  in  a  field  of  science,  law. 
medicine,  business,  or  a  variety  of  other  attractive  opportunities  which 
build  on  a  combination  of  engineering  and  a  field  of  science.  Entrance 
requirements  for  law  and  medical  schools  can  be  met  readily  under  the 
format  of  this  program.  In  the  applied  science  program,  any  field  in  the 
university  in  which  the  student  may  earn  a  B.S.  degree  is  an  acceptable 
secondary  science  field,  thus  affording  the  student  a  maximum  flexibility 
of  choice  for  personal  career  planning. 

Minimum  Requirements 

Listed  below  are  the  minimum  requirements  for  the  B.S.  Engineering 
degree  with  either  an  engineering  option  or  an  applied  science  option  The 
sixty-six  semester  credit  hours  required  for  the  completion  of  the  junior 
and  senior  years  are  superimposed  upon  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
curriculum  of  the  chosen  primary  field  of  engineering.  The  student,  thus. 
does  not  make  a  decision  whether  to  take  the  designated  or  the 
undesignated  degree  in  an  engineering  field  until  the  beginning  of  the 
junior  year.  In  fact,  the  student  can  probably  delay  the  decision  until  the 
spring  term  of  the  junior  year  with  little  or  no  sacrifice,  thus  affording  the 
student  ample  time  for  decision.  Either  program  may  be  taken  on  the 
regular  four-year  format  or  under  the  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative 
Engineering  Education. 

Junior-Senior  Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  B.S.,— Engineering 

Semester 
Hours 


Option: 

Engineering 


Applied 
Science 


CORE  15  15 

Mathematics  Physical  Sci.2  3  3 

Engineering  Sciences'1  6  6 

Primary  Field36  24(Engr.)  18(Engr.) 

Secondary  Field2,6  12(Engr.)  12  (Sci.) 

Approved  Electives"  6  (Tech.)  9  or  10 

Sr.  Research/Project1 3  or  2 

Total 66  66 

Engineering  fields  of  concentration  available  under  the  B.S.  Engineenng 
program  as  primary  field  within  either  the  engineering  option  or  the  applied 
science  option  are  aerospace  engineering,  engineenng  matenals.  agn- 
cultural  engineering,  fire  protection  engineering,  chemical  engineenng, 
mechanical  engineering,  civil  engineering,  nuclearengineenng,  and 
electrical  engineering.  All  engineering  fields  of  concentration  may  be  used 
as  a  secondary  field  within  the  engineering  option. 

'Engineering  sciences,  for  the  purpose  of  this  degree,  are  those  courses 
in  the  College  of  Engineering  prefixed  by  ENES  or  in  any  engineenng  field 
including  the  primary  or  secondary  field  of  engineering  concentration. 
2  A  minimum  of  fifty  percent  of  the  coursework  in  the  mathematics,  physical 
sciences,  engineering  science  and  elective  areas  must  be  at  the  300  or 
400  course  number  level. 

3AII  of  the  courses  used  to  fulfill  the  fields  of  concentration  requirements 
(thirty-six  semester  hours  in  the  engineering  option  and  thirty  in  the 
applied  science  option)  must  be  at  the  300  course  number  level  or  above 
'For  the  applied  science  option  each  student  is  required,  unless  specifi- 
cally excused;  and  if  excused,  fifteen  semester  hours  of  approved 
electives  will  be  required  to  complete  satisfactonly  a  senior  level  project 
or  research  assignment  relating  the  engineenng  and  science  fields  of 
concentration. 

"■In  the  engineering  option,  the  six  semester  hours  of  electives  must  be 
technical  (math,  physical  sciences,  or  engineering  sciences,  but  may  not 
be  in  the  primary  or  secondary  fields  of  concentration)  In  the  applied 
science  option,  the  approved  electives  should  be  selected  to  strengthen 
the  student's  program  consistent  with  career  objectives.  Courses  in  the 
primary  or  secondary  fields  of  concentration  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the 
approved  electives  requirement. 

"For  the  engineering  option,  the  program  must  contain  the  proper  design 
component,  as  specified  by  the  ABET  requirements  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  students  and  their  advisors  to  ensure  that  the  requirements  are  satisfied 
by  the  appropriate  selection  of  courses  in  the  pnmary  and  secondary 
fields  of  concentration.  As  part  of  the  required  design  component,  all 


English  Language  and  Literature    105 


students,  except  those  choosing  Nuclear  Engineering  as  a  primary  field. 
must  complete  ENME  404. 


ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE  (ENGL) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1 123  Taliaferro  Hall,  405-3809 

Undergraduate  Advisors:  0139  Taliaferro,  405-3825 
Freshman  English  Office;  2143  Taliaferro,  405-3771 
Professional  Writing  Program:  2117  Taliaferro,  405-3762 

Chair  (Acting):  Hammond 

Professors:  Bode  (Emeritus),  Bryer,  Carretta.  Coletti,  Cross,  Fry,  Holton, 
Hovey  (Emeritus).  Howard,  Isaacs.  Jellema,  Kornblatt,  Lawson,  Lutwack 
(Emeritus),  Mish  (Emeritus),  Murphy  (Emeritus),  Myers  (Emeritus), 
Panichas,  W.  Peterson,  Plumly,  Russell,  Salamanca.  Schoenbaum, 
Trousdale,  Vitzthum,  Washington,  Whittemore  (Emeritus),  Winton,  Wyatt 
Associate  Professors:  Auerbach.  Auchard,  Barry,  Bennett,  Birdsall, 
Caramello,  Cartwright.  Cate.  Coleman,  Collier,  Coogan,  Cooper,  Dobin, 
Donawerth,  Fahnestock,  Flieger,  Fraistat,  Grossman,  D.  Hamilton,  G. 
Hamilton,  Hammond.  Handelmant.  Herman,  Kauffman,  Kleine,  Lanser, 
Leinwand,  Leonardi,  Levine,  Loizeaux,  Mack,  Marcuse,  Norman,  Pearson, 
C.  Peterson,  Robinson.  Turner,  Weber  (Emeritus),  Wilson 
Assistant  Professors:  Grant-Davie,  James,  Levin.  McDowell,  Moser,  Ray, 
Rutherford.  Schilb,  Smith,  Van  Egmond,  Wang 

Instructors:  Demaree.  Logan,  Miller,  Morrison,  Ryan,  Scheltema,  Shapiro, 
Terchek 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Major 

The  English  Department  adopted  a  new  major  effective  Fall  1990.  It  was 
designed  with  three  purposes  in  mind:  1 )  to  give  students  a  sense  of  the 
variety  of  literature  written  in  English  over  the  centuries;  2)  to  help  English 
majors  develop  their  abilities  to  think  carefully  and  to  express  themselves 
well;  and  3)  to  introduce  students  to  the  debates  about  literature  that 
shape  our  intellectual  lives.  An  English  major  is  good  professional 
preparation  for  a  career  in  the  law.  government,  journalism,  business, 
communication,  teaching,  or  any  field  that  requires  strong  analytical  and 
communication  skills. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  English  major  requires  39  credits  in  English  beyond  the  two  required 
University  writing  courses.  It  also  requires  an  additional  12  supporting 
credits  taken  in  another  department  such  as  History,  Philosophy  or  one  of 
the  foreign  languages,  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  student's  English 
Department  advisor. 

The  English  major  has  two  parts.  The  Core  Requirements  assure  that 
students  read  widely  and  become  aware  of  the  questions  an  inquiring 
reader  m  ight  ask  of  a  text.  The  Concentration  offers  students  the  opportunity 
to  read  more  deeply  in  an  area  of  special  interest. 

Core  Requirements  (18  credits) 
All  to  be  taken  at  the  300-  or  400-level 

1.  English  301  Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  of  Literature  M  a  j  o  r  s 
must  take  301  before  they  take  other  300-  or  400-  level  English 
courses.  We  recommend  it  be  taken  during  the  sophomore  year. 

2.  A  course  in  British  Literature  emphasizing  literature  written  before 
1670. 

3.  A  second  course  in  British  Literature  emphasizing  literature  before 
1900. 

4.  A  course  in  American  Literature. 

5.  A  course  in  the  literature  of  a)  African-Americans,  b)  peoples  of 
color,  or  c)  women. 

6.  A  senior  seminar,  to  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

"*  The  senior  seminar  may  fulfill  another  core  requirement,  but  no 
other  course  may  fulfill  two  core  requirements. 


Concentrations  (12  credits) 
(Four  courses  beyond  the  Core  Requirements) 

Students  choose  one  of  the  following: 
1 .   British  and  American  Literature 


2.  American  Literature 

3.  Language,  Writing,  and  Rhetoric 
4  Creative  Writing 

5.  Literature  of  the  African  Diaspora 

6  Mythology  and  Folklore 

7.  Literature  by  Women 

8.  International  Literature  (special  permission  required) 

9.  Cultural  Studies  (special  permission  required) 

10.  Student  Specified  Concentration  (special  permission  required) 

Electives  (9  credits) 

Only  two  200-level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the-major.  No  course 
with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  major  or  supporting 
area  requirements.  For  further  details  on  requirements,  contact  the 
English  Department's  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  (0139  Taliaferro, 
405-3825). 

English  Education 

In  conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education,  the  English  Department 
offers  a  special  83-credit  program  for  students  wishing  to  major  in  English 
and  earn  a  certificate  to  teach  English  on  the  secondary  level.  For  a  list  of 
requirements,  contact  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies(0 1 39  Taliaferro, 
405-3825). 

Honors 

The  English  Department  offers  an  extensive  Honors  Program,  primarily 
for  majors  but  open  to  others  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  Honors 
Committee.  Interested  students  should  ask  for  detailed  information  from 
an  English  Department  advisor  as  early  as  possible  in  their  college 
careers. 

The  Writing  Center 

The  Writing  Center,  1 1 26  Taliaferro  Hall,  405-3785,  provides  free  tutorial 
assistance  daily  to  students  enrolled  in  English  courses.  English  101 
students  generally  work  with  student  tutors.  English  391/2/3/4/5  students 
work  with  tutors  who  are  retired  professionals.  In  addition  to  helping 
students  with  writing  assignments,  the  center  prepares  ENGL  101  students 
forthe  English  Proficiency  Examination.  Appointments  are  recommended, 
but  walk-ins  are  welcome  based  on  availability  of  tutors. 

Course  Code:  ENGL 


ENTOMOLOGY  (ENTM) 
College  of  Life  Sciences 

1302  Symons  Hall,  405-391 1 

Professor  and  Chair:  Steinhauer 

Professors:  Barbosa,  Bickley  (Emeritus),  Bottrell,  Davidson,  Denno, 

Harrison  (Emeritus),  Jones  (Emeritus),  Menzer  (Emeritus),  Messersmith 

(Emeritus),  Raupp,  Wood  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Armstrong,  Bissell  (Emeritus),  Dively,  Hellman, 

Linduska,  Ma,  Mitter,  Nelson,  Regier,  Scott 

Assistant  Professor:  Lamp,  O'Brochta,  Roderick 

The  Major 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  for  careers  or  graduate  work  in  any  of 
the  specialized  areas  of  entomology.  Professional  entomologists  are 
engaged  in  fundamental  and  applied  research  in  university,  government, 
and  private  laboratories;  regulatory  and  control  activities  with  Federal  and 
State  agencies;  commercial  pest  control  and  pest  management  services; 
sales  and  development  programs  with  chemical  companies,  and  other 
commercial  organizations;  consulting,  extension  work;  and  teaching. 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Students  should  work  closely  with  their  advisors 
in  choosing  electives.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  allow  majors  intend- 
ing to  go  to  graduate  school  to  broaden  their  preparation  Those  intending 
to  begin  a  career  after  the  baccalaureate  would  be  advised  to  concentrate 
on  a  more  defined  curriculum. 


106    Family  and  Community  Development 

Requirements  for  Major 

CORE  Program  Requirements 40 

College  of  Life  Science  Core  Requirements 38-40 

Departmental  Requirements 

ENTM  205 — Principles  of  Entomology 4 

ENTM  398— General  Colloquium  in  Entomology 1 

ENTM  399— Special  Problems 1-2 

ENTM  423 — Insect  Comparative  Morphology 4 

ENTM  424 — Insect  Diversity  and  Classification  4 

ENTM  432— Insect  Physiology 4 

ENTM  451"— Insect  Pests  of  Agri.  Crops 4 

Total  departmental  requirements 22-23 

Supporting  Courses 

MICB  200*— General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  213  or  BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics 3-4 

BIOM  401— Agricultural  Biometrics 3 

or  STAT  464 — Introduction  to  Biostatistics 3 

Total  supporting  courses 10-1 1 

Two  (2)  of  the  following  six  (6)  courses: 

BCHM  461— Biochemistry  I 3 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 3 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

ZOOL  41 1— Cell  Biology 4 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology 4 

Total 6-8 

Electives*" 7-8 

Total 123-130 

"May  satisfy  departmental  requirements  and/or  CORE  requirement. 
"In  addition  to  ENTM  451,  students  pursuing  an  applied  program  are 
encouraged  to  take  ENTM  351  as  an  elective. 

'"Students  who  intend  to  pursue  a  career  in  applied  entomology  should 
elect  the  following  courses:  BOTN  212.  BOTN  221 ,  AGRI  401 ,  ZOOL  422. 
BOTN  441,  AGRO  453  (Weed  Control),  AGRO  423  (Soil  and  Water 
Pollution).  These  seven  courses  are  prerequisite  to  the  M.S.  program  in 
pest  management. 

A  "C  average  is  necessary  for  all  ENTM  and  supporting  courses. 

Course  Code:  ENTM 


FAMILY  AND  COMMUNITY  DEVELOPMENT 
(FMCD) 

College  of  Human  Ecology 

1204  Marie  Mount  Hall.  405-6372 

Professor  and  Chair:  Billingsley 

Professors:  Gaylin,  Hanna,  Koblinsky 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson.  Epstein,  Myricks,  Leslie,  Rubin,  Wallen 

Assistant  Professors:  Churaman,  Randolph 

Lecturer:  Werlinich 

Instructors:  Millstein,  Zeiger 

The  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  is  devoted  to 
describing,  explaining,  and  improving  the  quality  of  life  by  means  of 
research,  education,  community  outreach,  and  public  service.  The  approach 
is  holistic,  emphasizing  human  ecology.  The  curriculum  places  special 
emphasis  upon  the  family  and  the  community  as  mediating  structures  in 
determining  life  quality.  The  jobs  for  which  the  curriculum  is  designed 
include  counseling,  human  services  management,  research,  advocacy, 
and  service  delivery. 

Graduates  of  the  department  obtain  positions  in  human  service  agencies, 
consulting  firms,  voluntary  organizations,  and  Federal.  State,  and  local 
governments  Their  specific  jobs  may  be  in  area  agencies  or  organizations 
such  as  the  Federal  Drug  Administration,  Planned  Parenthood,  youth 
services,  family  services,  or  senior  citizens  programs. 


The  Majors 


Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 


The  department  offers  three  interrelated  majors: 

Family  Studies 

This  course  of  study  stresses  a  working  knowledge  of  the  growth  of 
individuals  throughout  the  life  span  with  particular  emphasis  on 
intergenerational  aspects  of  family  living.  It  examines  the  pluralistic  family 
forms  and  life  styles  within  our  complex  society  and  the  development  of 
the  individual  within  the  family  and  the  community. 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

Within  this  major  are  two  specializations,  (a)  program  management  and 
(b)  consumer  affairs.  The  focus  is  upon  the  efficient  and  effective  utiliza- 
tion of  organizational  and  other  community  resources. 

Community  Studies 

This  major  stresses  community  development,  community  organization, 
and  advocacy  and  their  relevance  to  families.  In  general  there  is  an 
emphasis  upon  the  processes  and  methods  for  social  change,  as  well  as 
the  individuals,  organizations  or  groups  which  act  as  agents  of  change. 

Each  of  these  courses  of  study  includes  a  set  of  major  subject  courses 
offered  primarily  within  the  department  plus  a  sequence  of  supporting 
area  courses  which  may  be  taken  outside  the  department  or  in  an 
interdepartmental  combination.  Examples  of  supporting  areas  include  the 
aging,  the  disabled,  children's  issues,  management,  health,  psychology, 
sociology,  and  urban  affairs.  Students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  consult 
with  an  appropriate  advisor  in  developing  their  course  of  study. 

There  are  parallel  requirements  for  each  of  the  department's  majors 
(family  studies,  management  and  consumer  studies  and  community 
studies).  To  graduate,  students  must  also  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
University  (e.g.,  those  specified  in  the  CORE  Program)  and  of  the  College 
of  Human  Ecology. 

Grades 

All  students  are  required  to  earn  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses 
applied  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major.  This  includes  all  required  courses 
with  the  FMCD  prefix  as  well  as  the  courses  used  for  the  supporting  area 

College  Core — required  of  all  majors 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  (3) 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

ECON  201  —Principles  of  Economics  I  (3)  AND  ECON  203— Principles  of 

Economics  II  (3)  OR  ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3) 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  (3)  or  SPCH 

1 07— Technical  Speech  Communication  (3)  OR  SPCH  1 25 — Introduction 

to  Interpersonal  Communication  (3) 

and  two  courses  in  Human  Ecology,  one  each  in  the  Departments  of 

Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  and  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

(6). 

Family  Studies  Major 

(a)  Major  subject  area:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  these 
courses. 

FMCD  201— Pre-Professional  Seminar  (1) 

FMCD  202 — Methods  for  Family,  Community  and  Management  Studies 

(3) 
FMCD  250 — Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communities  (3) 
FMCD  330— Family  Patterns  (3) 

FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development  (4) 
FMCD  349—  Analysis  of  Practicum  (1) 

(b)  and  a  minimum  of  fifteen  credits  selected  from  the  following 
courses  and  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

FMCD  105— The  Individual  in  the  Family  (3) 

FMCD  201— Concepts  in  Community  Development  (3) 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Life  Styles  (3) 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family  (3) 

FMCD  370 — Interpersonal  Communication  Processes  (3) 

FMCD  38 1  —Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Families  and  Communities  (3) 

FMCD  430 — Gender  Role  Development  in  the  Family  (3) 

FMCD  431— Family  Crisis  and  Intervention  (3) 

FMCD  432 — Intergenerational  Aspects  of  Family  Living  (3) 

FMCD  441— Personal  and  Family  Finance  (3) 


Finance     107 


FMCD  447— The  Disabled  Person  in  the  Family  and  Community  (3) 

FMCD  460— Violence  in  the  Family  (3) 

FMCD  485 — Introduction  to  Family  Counseling  (3) 

FMCD  487— Legal  Aspects  ot  Family  Problems  (3) 

FMCD  497— The  Child  and  the  Law  (3) 

AND  Special  Topics  courses  approved  tor  this  major 

(c)  Eighteen  credits  in  supportive  area  consisting  of  a  common 
focus  or  theme,  e.g.,  aging  and  the  aged,  mental  health,  sociology, 
psychology.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  Is  required  for  all  courses 
used  as  the  supportive  area. 

(d)  College  Core  Courses  (see  above). 
Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

(a)  Major  subject  courses:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  these 
courses. 

FMCD  200— Pre-Professional  Seminar  (1) 

FMCD  202 — Methods  for  Family,  Community  and  Management  Studies 

(3) 
FMCD  250 — Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communities  (3) 
FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development  (4) 
FMCD  349— Analysis  ot  Practicum  (1) 
FMCD  444— Human  and  Community  Program  Management  (3) 

(b)  And  a  minimum  of  fifteen  credits  selected  from  the  following 
courses  and  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

FMCD  201 — Concepts  in  Community  Development  (3) 

FMCD  38 1  —Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Families  and  Communities  (3) 

FMCD  441 — Personal  and  Family  Finance  (3) 

FMCD  443 — Consumer  Problems  (3) 

FMCD  445— Family  and  Household  Management  (3) 

FMCD  447— The  Disabled  Person  in  the  Family  and  Community  (3) 

FMCD  453 — Family  and  Community  Advocacy  (3) 

GVPT  210 — Introduction  to  Public  Administration  and  Policy  (3) 

(c)  Eighteen  credits  in  a  supportive  area  constituting  common 
focus  or  theme,  e.g.,  personnel  and  labor  relations,  or  public 
administration.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  for  all  courses 
used  as  the  supportive  area. 

(d)  College  Core  Courses  (see  above). 

Community  Studies  Major 

(a)  Major  subject  courses:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  these 
courses. 

FMCD  200 — Pre-Professional  Seminar  (1) 

FMCD  201 — Concepts  in  Community  Development  (3) 

FMCD  202— Methods  for  Family.  Community  and  Management  Studies 

(3) 
FMCD  250 — Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communities  (3) 
FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development  (4) 
FMCD  349— Analysis  of  Practicum  (1) 

(b)  And  a  minimum  of  fifteen  credits  selected  from  the  following 
courses  and  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

FMCD  38 1  —Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Families  and  Communities  (3) 
FMCD  444 — Human  and  Community  Program  Management  (3) 
FMCD  447— The  Disabled  Person  in  the  Family  and  Community  (3) 
FMCD  453 — Family  and  Community  Advocacy  (3) 
FMCD  483 — Family  and  Community  Service  Systems  (3) 

(c)  Eighteen  credits  in  a  supportive  area  constituting  common 
focus  or  theme,  e.g.,  community  psychology,  international  de- 
velopment, or  urban  studies.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  for 
all  courses  used  as  the  supportive  area. 

(d)  College  Core  Courses  (see  above). 

Course  Code:  FMCD 


FINANCE 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 


FIRE  PROTECTION  ENGINEERING  (ENFP) 
College  of  Engineering 

0147  Engineering  Classroom  Building.  405-3992 

Professor  and  Chair:  Bryan 
Professor:  Qumtiere 
Assistant  Professor  Mowrer 
Lecturer:  Milke 
Lecturers  (part-time)  DiNenno 

The  Major 

The  fire  protection  engineering  major  is  concerned  with  the  scientific  and 
technical  problems  of  preventing  loss  of  life  and  property  from  fire, 
explosion,  and  related  hazards,  and  of  evaluating  and  eliminating  hazardous 
conditions. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  fire  protection  engineering  are  relatively 
well-defined  and  the  application  of  these  principles  to  a  modern  industri- 
alized society  has  become  a  specialized  activity.  Control  of  the  hazards 
in  manufacturing  processes  calls  for  an  understanding  not  only  of  mea- 
sures for  the  protection  but  of  the  processes  themselves.  Often  the  most 
effective  solution  to  the  problem  of  safeguarding  a  hazardous  operation 
lies  in  the  modification  of  special  extinguishing  equipment.  The  fire 
protection  engineer  must  be  prepared  to  decide  in  any  given  case  what  is 
the  best  and  most  economical  solution  of  the  fire  prevention  problem.  His 
or  her  recommendations  are  often  based  not  only  on  sound  principles  of 
fire  protection  but  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  special  problems  of 
the  individual  property. 

Modern  fire  protection  utilizes  a  wide  variety  of  mechanical  and  electrical 
equipment  which  the  student  must  understand  in  principle  before  he  or 
she  can  apply  them  to  special  problems.  The  fire  protection  curriculum 
emphasizes  the  scientific,  technical,  and  humanitarian  aspects  of  fire 
protection  engineering  and  the  development  of  the  individual  student. 

The  problems  and  challenges  which  confront  the  fire  protection  engineer 
include  the  reduction  and  control  of  fire  hazards  due  to  processes  subject 
to  fire  or  explosion  in  respect  to  design,  installation  and  handling,  involving 
both  physical  and  human  factors;  the  use  of  buildings  and  transportation 
facilities  to  restrict  the  spread  of  fire  and  to  facilitate  the  escape  of 
occupants  in  case  of  fire;  the  design,  installation  and  maintenance  of  fire 
detection  and  extinguishing  devices  and  systems;  and  the  organization 
and  education  of  persons  for  fire  prevention  and  fire  protection. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Semester 
I         II 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3         3 

Math  240— Linear  Algebra  OR  Math  241— Calculus 4 

Math  246 — Differential  Equations  for  Scientists 

and  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics 4         4 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENES  220 — Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENFP  251— Introduction  to  Fire  Protection  Engineering 3 

ENFP  290— Fire  Protection  Fluids 3 

Total 17       16 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3         3 

CMSC  1 10— Intro  to  Fortran  Programming  (4)  OR 

ENES  240 — Engineering  Computation  (3) 3-4 

ENME  320— Thermodynamics  OR 

ENCH  300 — Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics 3 

ENCE  300 — Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials  OR 

ENME  310— Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids 3 

ENCE  330— Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENFP  310— Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  1 3 

ENFP  315 — Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  II 3 

ENFP  320 — Pyrometrics  of  Materials 3 

ENFP  312  Heat  Transfer  Applications  in  Fire  Protection 3 

Approved  Electives 2  2 

Total 17-18       17 


108    Food  Science  Program 

Senior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3         6 

ENNU  310 — Environmental  Aspects  ot  Nuclear 
Engineering  OR 

ENEE  300 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

ENFP  421— Functional  and  Life  Safety  Analysis 3 

ENFP  415— Fire  Dynamics 3 

ENFP  41 1— Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis 3 

ENFP  416— Problem  Synthesis  and  Design 3 

Technical  Electives" 3         3 

Total 15        15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits:  120  credits  and  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college,  and  University  requirements. 

"Three  credits  of  technical  electives  must  be  in  ENFP. 

Admission 

Admission  requirements  are  identical  to  those  set  by  the  College  of 
Engineering  (see  College  of  Engineering  section  on  Entrance  Require- 
ments). 

Advising 

Mandatory  advising  by  Department  Faculty  is  required  of  all  students 
every  semester.  Students  schedule  their  advising  appointments  in  the 
Department  Office,  0147  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-3992. 

Fieldwork  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Part-time  and  summer  professional  experience  opportunities  and  paid 
internship  information  is  available  in  the  Department  Office,  0147  Engi- 
neering Classrdom  Building.  Coordinator:  J.L  Bryan,  405-3992. 

Financial  Assistance 

Scholarships  and  grants  are  available  to  students  in  the  Department  from 
organizational  and  corporate  sponsors.  Information  is  available  on  eligi- 
bility, financial  terms  and  retention  criteria  in  the  Department  Office,  0147 
Engineering  Classroom  Building. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Academic  achievement  awards  are  sponsored  by  the  Department,  and 
the  student  professional-honor  societies.  These  awards  are  presented  at 
the  annual  College  of  Engineering  Honors  Convocation.  Eligibility  criteria 
for  these  awards  are  available  in  the  Department  Office,  01 47  Engineering 
Classroom  Building.  Qualified  students  in  the  department  are  eligible  for 
participation  in  the  College  of  Engineering  honors  program. 

Student  Organizations 

The  department  honor  society,  Salamander,  is  provided  for  academically 
eligible  junior  and  senior  students.  The  University  of  Maryland  student 
chapter  of  the  Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers  is  the  professional 
society  for  all  interested  students  in  the  department.  Information  on  both 
organizations  may  be  obtained  from  current  members  in  the  student 
lounge,  1123  Engineering  Laboratory  Building,  405-3999. 

Course  code:  ENFP 


FOOD  SCIENCE  PROGRAM  (FDSC) 
College  of  Agriculture 

21 13  Animal  Science  Center,  405-1377 

Professor  and  Coordinator:  Westhoff*  (Animal  Sciences) 

Professors:  Bean*  (Botany),  Cook,  Heath.  Johnson,  Soares.  Solomos. 

Vijay,  Wheaton,  Wiley 

Professors  Emeritus:  Keeney.  King,  Mattick,  Twigg 

Associate  Professors:  Chai.  Doerr,  Schlimme'  (Horticulture),  Shehata, 

Stewart,  Wabeck 

Assistant  Professors:  Choi,  Kantor,  Karahadian,  Marshall 

•Joint  with  unit  indicated 


The  Major 

Food  Science  is  concerned  with  the  application  of  the  fundamental 
principles  of  the  physical,  biological  and  behavioral  sciences  and  engi- 
neering to  better  understand  the  complex  and  heterogeneous  materials 
recognized  as  food.  The  contemporary  food  industry  is  highly  dependent 
on  this  accumulating  multidisciplmary  body  of  knowledge  and  especially 
on  the  people  who  are  educated  to  apply  it,  I.e.,  the  food  scientists  or  food 
technologists,  terms  that  are  used  interchangeably 

Courses  include  the  general  areas  of  manufacture,  distribution ,  preparation 
and  utilization  of  foods  to  provide  a  better  and  more  plentiful  food  supply 
for  humankind. 

Specialization  is  offered  in  the  areas  of  flavor  and  food  chemistry,  food 
microbiology,  food  processing  technology  including  freezing,  thermal  and 
aseptic  processing,  quality  assurance,  and  the  food  commodity  areas  of 
fruits  and  vegetables,  milk  and  dairy  products,  poultry  and  poultry  prod- 
ucts, red  meats  and  seafood  products. 

Opportunities  for  careers  in  food  science  are  available  in  industry,  trade 
associations,  government  and  universities.  Specific  positions  for 
foodscientists  include  food  product  development,  production  management, 
quality  assurance,  technical  sales  and  service,  ingredient  management, 
food  processing,  research  and  teaching. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements" 40 

College  Requirements 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

MICB  200—  General  Microbiology 4 

MATH  115— Precalculus 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I 3 

Curriculum  Requirements: 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 3 

ENAG  414 — Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

CHEM  104  or  CHEM  233  4 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II 4 

FDSC  1 11 — Contemporary  Food  Industry  and 

Consumerism 3 

FDSC  398— Seminar 1 

FDSC  412,  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  I,  II 3,3 

FDSC  421— Food  Chemistry 3 

FDSC  422— Food  Product  Research  and  Development 3 

FDSC  423— Food  Chemistry  Laboratory 2 

FDSC  430— Food  Microbiology 2 

FDSC  431— Food  Quality  Control 4 

FDSC  434 — Food  Microbiology  Laboratory 2 

Two  of  the  following:  FDSC  442,  451 ,  461 ,  471 .  482— 
Horticulture,  Dairy,  Poultry,  Meat  and  Seafood  Products 

Processing  3.3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

BCHM  261— Elements  of  Biochemistry 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4 

Electives 18 

"Includes  21  required  credits  listed  below. 


Advising 

Advisement  of  undergraduate  students  is  required.  The  Food  Science 
Undergraduate  advisor  is  Dr.  D.  V.  Schlimme,  1 1 22B  Holzapfel  Hall.  405- 
4347. 

Fieldwork  and  Internship 

Fieldwork  and  internship  opportunities  are  available  with  such  organizations 
as  McCormick  and  Co.,  National  Food  Processors  Association,  Fairfield 
Farm  Kitchens,  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  Highs  Ice  Cream 
Corp.,  and  Strasburger  and  Siegel.  Inc.  For  information,  contact  Dr  D  V 
Schlimme.  1 122B  Holzapfel  Hall.  405-4347 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  Food  Science  Department  offers  opportunities  for  scholarships  and 
achievement  awards  such  as  the  Institute  of  Food  Technologists  and 
Washington.  DC.  Section  IFT,  Maryland  and  DC  Dairy  Technology,  and 
C  W  England  scholarships,  and  the  Forbes  Chocolate  Leadership  Awara 


French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures    109 


Student  Organizations 

Student  Association  of  Food  Engineering.  Science  and  Technology;  Dairy 
Products  Judging  Team. 

Course  Code:  FDSC 


FRENCH  AND  ITALIAN  LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES  (FREN) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

3106C  Jimenez  Hall.  405-4024 

Professor  and  Chair:  Tarica 

Professors:  MacBain,  Therrien 

Associate  Professors:  Black,  Brami,  Demaitre,  Fink,  Hage,  Joseph, 

Mossman, 

C.  Russell,  Verdaguer 

Assistant  Professors:  Ancekewicz,  Falvo 

Lecturers:  Amodeo,  Barrabini,  Bondurant,  C.P.  Russell 

Affiliate  Lecturer:  Jacoby 

Emeritus:  Bingham 

French  is  one  of  the  world's  great  languages  of  culture,  providing  access 
to  an  outstanding  body  of  literature  and  criticism,  studies  in  the  arts,  the 
humanities,  the  social  and  natural  sciences,  and  career  opportunities  in 
commerce,  foreign  affairs,  and  the  academic  world.  The  department 
seeks  to  provide  an  atmosphere  conducive  to  cultural  awareness  and 
intellectual  growth.  It  hosts  active  student  clubs  and  a  chapter  of  a  national 
honor  society.  It  sponsors  a  study-abroad  program  (Maryland-in-Nice) 
and  works  actively  with  the  language  clusters  of  the  Language  House. 

The  French  Major 

The  undergraduate  major  in  French  consists  of  thirty-six  hours  of  French 
courses  above  FREN  203.  Two  options,  both  having  the  same  core,  lead 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree:  (1 )  French  language  and  literature  and  (2) 
French  language  and  culture.  No  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  toward 
the  major.  Students  intending  to  apply  for  teacher  certification  should 
consult  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Advising  as  early  as  possible  for 
proper  planning. 

French  Language  and  Literature  Option 

Required  core  courses:  FREN  204,  250,  301 ,  351 ,  352,  and  one  of  21 1 , 
311,  312,404.  Specialization:  either  401  or  405,  either  302  or  402,  four 
additional  400-level  courses  (excluding  404  and  including  only  one  of  the 
following:  475,  478,  479),  of  which  three  must  be  in  literature.  Additional 
requirements  outside  French:  twelve  credits  in  supporting  courses  as 
approved  by  the  department,  or  at  least  twelve  credits  (six  credits  at  200 
level  and  six  credits  at  300-400  level)  in  one  specific  area,  representing  a 
coordinated  plan  of  study. 

French  Language  and  Culture  Option 

Required  core  courses:  FREN  204,  250,  301 ,  351 ,  352,  and  one  of  21 1 , 
31 1,312, 404.  Specialization:  oneof  302, 401 ,  402;  either471  or 472; 473; 
three  additional  400-level  courses  (excluding  404  including  only  one  of  the 
following:  475, 478, 479).  Additional  requirements  outside  French:  twelve 
credits  in  supporting  courses  chosen  from  a  list  approved  by  the  department; 
or  at  least  twelve  credits  (six  credits  at  200-level  and  six  credits  at  300-400 
level)  in  one  specific  area,  representing  a  coordinated  plan  of  study. 

Honors 

The  department  offers  an  honors  program  in  French  for  students  of 
superior  ability.  Honors  students  must  take  a  total  of  thirty-six  credits  in 
French,  including  494H  (preparation  for  the  final  comprehensive  exami- 
nation) and  495H  (Honors  Thesis).  Forfurther  information  see  the  Director 
of  the  French  Honors  Program. 

The  Italian  Language  and  Literature  Major 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Italian  consists  of  36  hours  of  Italian  courses 
above  ITAL  203.  To  satisfy  the  major  requirements,  students  must  take 


the  following  courses:  the  language  sequence:  ITAL  204,  21 1 ,  301 .  31 1 ; 
the  literature  sequence:  251 ,  351 ,  352;  five  courses  at  the  400  level.  No 
grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  major  requirements. 
Additional  requirements  outside  Italian:  12  credits  in  supporting  courses 
as  approved  by  the  Department;  or  at  least  1 2  credits  (six  credits  at  the  200 
level  and  six  credits  at  the  300-400  level)  in  one  specific  area,  representing 
a  coordinated  plan  of  study 

Romance  Languages 

Either  French  or  Italian,  or  both,  may  serve  as  components  of  this  major 
(see  the  entry  on  the  Romance  Language  Program  below). 

Course  Code:  FREN,  ITAL 


GEOGRAPHY  (GEOG) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

1113  Lefrak  Hall,  405-4050 

Chair:  Townshend 

Professors:  Fonaroff,  Townshend,  Wiedel 

Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Christian*  (Urban  Studies),  Cirrincione* 

(Curriculum  and  Instruction),  Goward,  Groves,  Kearney,  Leatherman, 

Mitchell,  Prince,  Thompson 

Assistant  Professor:  Marcus 

Lecturer:  Dubayah 

Lecturers  (part-time):  Broome,  Chaves,  Eney,  Ernst,  Frieswyk 

Professor  Emeritus:  Harper 

"Joint  Appointment  with  unit  indicated. 


The  Major 


The  Department  of  Geography  offers  programs  of  study  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  Many  students  find  that  the  multiple  per- 
spectives of  geography  form  an  excellent  base  fora  liberal  arts  education. 
The  abilities  to  write  clearly  and  to  synthesize  information  and  concepts 
are  valued  highly  in  geographical  education  and  practice.  Students  of 
geography  must  master  substantive  knowledge  either  in  the  physical/ 
natural  sciences  or  in  the  behavioral/social  sciences  in  addition  to 
methodological  knowledge.  International  interests  are  best  pursued  with 
complementary  study  in  foreign  languages  and  area  studies. 

The  central  question  in  geographical  study  is  "where?"  Geographers 
research  locational  questions  of  the  natural  environment,  of  social  and 
economic  systems,  and  of  past  human  activity  on  the  land.  Students  of 
geography  must  master  a  variety  of  techniques  that  are  useful  in  locational 
analysis,  including  computer  applications  and  mapping,  map  making  or 
cartography,  air-photo  interpretation  and  remote  sensing,  field  observa- 
tion, statistical  analysis,  and  mathematical  modelling. 

Increasingly,  geographers  apply  their  combined  methodological  and 
substantive  knowledge  towards  the  solution  of  society's  problems.  Some 
graduates  find  geography  to  be  an  excellent  background  for  careers  in 
defense  and  intelligence,  journalism,  law,  travel  and  tourism,  the  nonprofit 
sector,  and  business  and  management.  Most  professional  career  positions 
in  geography  require  graduate  training.  Many  geographers  take  positions 
in  scientific  research,  planning,  management  and  policy  analysis  for  both 
government  and  private  agencies. 

Major  Requirements  Including  Program  Options 

Within  any  of  the  specializations  available  in  the  geography  major  program 
it  is  possible  for  students  to  adjust  their  programs  to  fit  their  individual 
interests.  The  geography  major  totals  thirty-seven  semester  hours.  In 
addition  to  the  thirty-seven  semester  hours,  the  geography  major  is 
required  to  take  an  additional  fifteen  semester  hours  of  supporting 
coursework  outside  of  the  department.  The  hours  can  be  either  in  one 
department  or  in  an  area  of  concentration.  An  area  of  concentration 
requires  that  a  written  program  of  courses  be  reviewed  and  placed  on  file 
by  the  department  advisor.  See  Professor  Cirrincione,  1 1 25  LeFrak  Hall, 
405-31 40.  Supporting  courses  generally  are  related  to  the  area  of  specialty 
in  geography.  The  pass-fail  option  is  not  applicable  to  major  or  supporting 
courses.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  ineach  course  is  required  for  major  and 
supporting  courses. 


110    Geography 

The  required  courses  for  geography  majors  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Geography  Core  (GEOG  201,  202,  203,  211,  305,  310) 16 

An  additional  techniques  course  (selected  from  370, 

372,  373,  380) 3 

A  regional  course 3 

Elective  systematic  courses 15 

Total 37 

The  Geography  Core 

The  following  six  courses  form  the  minimum  essential  base  on  which 
advanced  work  in  geography  can  be  built: 

GEOG  201 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 3 

GEOG  202— The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective 3 

GEOG  203 — Economic  Geography 3 

GEOG  21 1 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  Laboratory  1 

GEOG  305 — Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography 3 

GEOG  310 — Research  and  Writing  in  Geography 3 

The  four  lower  division  courses  are  to  be  completed  prior  to  GEOG  310 
and  all  other  upper  division  courses.  GEOG  201,  202,  and  203  may  be 
taken  in  any  order  and  a  student  may  register  for  more  than  one  in  any 
semester.  GEOG  21 1  may  be  taken  concurrent  with,  or  after  taking  GEOG 
201.  GEOG  305  is  prerequisite  to  GEOG  310.  GEOG  310  is  designed 
specifically  as  a  preparation  to  upper  level  work  and  should  be  taken  by 
the  end  of  the  junior  year.  Upon  consultation  with  a  department  advisor, 
a  reasonable  load  of  other  upper  level  work  in  geography  may  be  taken 
concurrently  with  GEOG  310.  Completion  of  GEOG  310  satisfies  for 
geography  majors  only  the  upper  level  English  composition  requirement. 

The  techniques  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  taking  one  of  the  following: 
GEOG  370Cartographic  Principles,  GEOG  372Remote  Sensing,  GEOG 
373Computer  Mapping,  and  GEOG  380Local  Field  Course. 

Suggested  Program  of  Study  for  Geography 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

GEOG  100,  110,  120,  130,  140,  150,  160,  170,  171  (1)— 
Introductions  to  Geography  (Does  not  count  toward 

geography  majors) 3+1 

GEOG  201 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 3 

GEOG  202— The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective 3 

GEOG  203— Economic  Geography 3 

GEOG  21 1 — Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 

Laboratory 1 

CORE  Program  Requirements  and/or  electives 60 

Junior  Year 

GEOG  305 — Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography 3 

GEOG  310 — Research  and  Writing  in  Geography 3 

GEOG — A  regional  geography  course 3 

GEOG— Techniques  (choice) 3 

GEOG— Elective 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements  and/or  electives 30 

Senior  Year 

GEOG  Courses  to  complete  major 12 

Electives 18 

Total 120 

Introduction  to  Geography 

The  100-level  geography  courses  are  general  education  courses  for 
persons  who  have  had  no  previous  contact  with  the  discipline  in  high 
school  or  for  persons  planning  to  take  only  one  course  in  geography.  They 
provide  general  overviews  of  the  field  or  in  one  of  its  major  topics.  Credit 
for  these  courses  is  not  applied  to  the  major. 


Areas  of  Specialization 


Although  the  major  program  is  flexible  and  can  be  designed  to  fit  any 
individual  student's  own  interest,  several  specializations  attract  numbers 
of  students. 

Urban  Geography  and  Regional  Development  Provides  preparation 
for  careers  in  planning,  development,  research  and  teaching.  Majors 


electing  this  specialty  take  departmental  courses  in  urban  geography, 
location  theory  and  spatial  analysis,  transportation,  and  economic  geog- 
raphy among  others,  and  supporting  courses  outside  the  department  in 
urban  sociology,  urban  economics,  urban  transportation,  housing  and 
design,  family  and  community  development,  architecture,  and  in  urban 
studies  and  planning. 

Environmental  Analysis,  Resources  Management  and  Physical 
Geography  For  students  with  special  interests  in  the  natural  environment 
and  humans'  interaction  with  it.  This  specialization  consists  of  departmental 
courses  in  geomorphology,  climatology,  biogeography,  and  energy,  pol- 
lution, and  water  resources,  and  of  supporting  courses  in  geology,  soils, 
meteorology,  civil  engineering,  hydrology,  and  botany. 

Computer  Mapping,  Cartography  and  Spatial  Analysis  Prepares 
students  for  careers  in  map  design,  compilation,  and  reproduction.  The 
department  offers  various  courses  in  thematic  mapping,  cartographic 
history  and  theory,  map  evaluation,  map,  photo,  and  image  interpretation, 
computer-assisted  cartography,  spatial  statistics,  and  geographic  infor- 
mation systems.  Students  concentrating  in  cartography  are  not  required 
to  take  GEOG  305  and  are  limited  to  nine  hours  of  upper  level  systematic 
geography  courses.  Students  must  complete  fifteen  hours  in  cartography/ 
geographic  techniques.  Supporting  area  courses  must  be  taken  from  a  list 
provided  by  the  department.  All  math  programs  should  be  approved  by  a 
departmental  advisor. 

The  required  courses  of  the  Cartography  concentration  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Geography  Core  (GEOG  201,  202,  203,  211.  310) 13 

Elective  systematic  geography  courses 9 

Cartography/Geographic  technique  courses 15 

Total 37 

Human  and  Historical  Cultural  Geography.  Of  interest  to  students 
particularly  concerned  with  the  geographic  aspects  of  population,  politics, 
and  other  social  and  cultural  phenomena,  and  with  histoncal  and  locational 
processes  in  cities  and  in  colonial  settlement.  In  addition  to  departmental 
course  offerings,  this  specialization  necessitates  study  in  sociology, 
anthropology,  government  and  politics,  history,  and  economics. 

For  further  information  on  any  of  these  areas  of  specialization,  students 
should  contact  a  departmental  advisor. 

Geography  Minor  and  Secondary  Education  Geography 
Specialization 

Secondary  Education  majors  with  a  concentration  in  geography  are 
required  to  take  twenty-seven  hours  in  the  content  field,  GEOG  201 .  202, 
203,  211.  or  another  upper-level  course  reflecting  this  interest  The 
remaining  eighteen  hours  of  the  program  consist  of  three  hours  of  regional 
geography  and  fifteen  hours  of  upper-division  systematic  courses.  For 
majors  in  elementary  education  and  others  needing  a  geography  course 
for  teaching  certification.  GEOG  100  is  the  required  course. 

Geography  minors  should  take  at  least  GEOG  201 ,  202,  203.  and  21 1  in 
the  geography  core  and  310  is  recommended.  As  with  the  major. these 
courses  should  be  taken  before  any  other  geography  courses 

Internship  Opportunities 

The  department  offers  a  one-semester  internship  program  for  under- 
graduates (GEOG  384  and  385).  The  goal  of  the  program  is  to  enhance 
the  intellectual  growth  and  the  career  opportunities  of  undergraduates 
The  internship  provides  students  an  opportunity  to  expand  their  under- 
standing of  the  field  by  linking  the  theoretical  aspects  of  geography 
acquired  in  the  classroom  to  the  applied  aspects  operating  in  a  practice 
situation  The  internship  program  is  open  only  to  geography  juniors  and 
seniors.  All  interns  must  have  completed  the  following  prerequisites 
GEOG  201.  202.  203.  211.  305.  and  310  An  application  form  from  the 
undergraduate  geography  advisor  must  be  submitted  one  semester 
before  the  internship  is  desired.  See  Professor  Cirrmcione,  1 125  LeFrak 
Hall  (405-3140) 

Honors 

For  information  on  the  geography  honors  program,  contact  the  under- 
graduate advisor 


Geology    111 

GEOL  322— Mineralogy 4 

GEOL  331— Invertebrate  Paleontology 4 

GEOL  340— Geomorphology 4 

GEOL  341— Structural  Geology 4 

GEOL  342— Sedimentation  and  Stratigraphy 4 

GEOL  390— Field  Methods 3 

GEOL  393 — Research  Problems  in  Geology 

(First  Senior  Semester) 3 

GEOL  394 — Research  Problems  in  Geology 

(Second  Senior  Semester) 3 

GEOL  423 — Optical  Mineralogy 3 

GEOL  443— Petrology 3 

GEOL  490—  Field  Camp 3 

SUPPORTING  REQUIREMENTS 24 

CHEM  103,  113 4,4 

MATH  140,  141 4,  4 

PHYS  141 ,  142 4,  4 

Electives 16-20 

"Of  the  normal  CORE  requirements  (forty-three  credit  hours),  at  least  ten 
credits  are  met  by  the  major  requirements  in  mathematics,  chemistry, 
geology  or  physics  (mathematics  and  the  sciences  area). 

Advising 

The  director  of  the  Undergraduate  Program  serves  as  the  advisor  for 
geology  majors,  31 15  Geology  Building,  405-4365. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Geology  Alumni  Award  for  graduating  senior  with  the  highest  overall 
scholastic  average;  Femow  Memorial  Faculty  Field  Camp  Awards  for 
geology  majors  to  attend  geology  summer  camp;  Sigma  Gamma  Epsilon 
Award  for  a  senior  in  geology  for  Outstanding  Scholastic  Achievement 
and  service  to  the  society;  and  Best  Senior  Research  Award. 


Student  Organizations 


Gamma  Theta  Upsilon,  the  geography  undergraduate  organization,  oper- 
ates a  program  of  student-sponsored  talks  and  field  trips.  Information  may 
be  obtained  from  Professor  Marcus.  1171  Lefrak  Hall,  405-2813. 

Course  Code:  GEOG 


GEOLOGY  (GEOL) 


College  of  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences 

1115  Geology  Building.  405-4365 

Professor  and  Chair:  Brown 

Professor:  Chang 

Associate  Professors:  Candela,  McLellan.  Prestegaard,  Ridky,  Segovia, 

Stifel.  Wylie 

Assistant  Professors:  Krogstad,  Walker 

The  Major 

Geology  is  the  basic  science  of  the  earth.  In  its  broadest  sense,  geology 
concerns  itself  with  planetary  formation  and  modification  with  emphasis 
on  the  study  of  the  planet  earth.  Geology  concerns  itself  with  the  principles 
of  physics,  chemistry,  biology  and  mathematics  and  their  application  to 
the  understanding  of  the  composition,  behavior  and  history  of  our  planet. 
Geologic  studies  involve  the  earth's  internal  and  external  structure  and 
materials,  chemical  and  physical  processes  and  its  physical  and  biological 
history. 

Geology  thus  encompasses  such  subjects  as  the  development  of  life  as 
evidenced  by  the  fossil  record,  the  mechanics  of  crustal  movement  and 
the  associated  production  of  earthquakes  and  volcanic  eruptions,  the 
evolution  of  the  oceans  and  their  interaction  with  the  continents,  the  origin 
and  occurrence  of  mineral  and  fuel  resources  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
human  impact  on  the  natural  environment. 

Geological  scientists  find  employment  in  governmental,  industrial,  and 
academic  establishments.  In  general,  graduate  training  is  expected  for 
advancement  to  the  most  rewarding  positions.  Although  some  sectors  of 
the  geological  science,  such  as  the  petroleum  industry,  are  subject  to 
cyclical  employment  conditions,  most  areas  are  enjoying  a  strong  em- 
ployment outlook.  Employment  potential  is  strong  in  such  specialties  as 
hydrology  and  groundwater,  mineral  resource  consumption,  land  and 
coastal  management,  remote  sensing,  geophysics,  and  virtually  all  areas 
of  environmental  studies.  At  this  time,  students  with  the  Bachelor  of 
Science,  particularly  those  with  supportive  training  in  statistics  and 
computer  science,  can  find  challenging  employment. 

The  Geology  program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses 
to  accommodate  both  geology  majors  and  students  interested  in  selected 
aspects  of  the  science  of  the  earth.  Each  undergraduate  completes  an 
individual  research  project  under  advisement  from  a  faculty  member. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  geology  curriculum  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  graduate 
school  or  government  or  industrial  employment.  However,  students  may 
select  elective  courses  that  are  designed  fortheir  particular  interest,  rather 
than  for  the  broad  needs  of  the  professional  career.  Five  areas  of 
concentration  include:  Advanced  Study  for  Graduate  School,  Energy  and 
Mineral  resources.  Mineral  and  Materials,  Environment  and  Engineering 
Geology,  and  Earth  Science  Education.  These  concentrations  are  used 
by  the  undergraduate  advisor  to  help  students  plan  career  directions 
which  fit  their  interests,  abilities,  and  the  present  and  predicted  job  market. 

All  required  geology  courses  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  An  average  of  C  is  required  in  the  supporting  courses.  Courses 
required  for  the  B.S.  in  geology  are  listed  below. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements" 33 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS 

GEOL  101— Physical  Geology  (OR  GEOL  100  AND 

GEOL  110)' 4 

GEOL  1 02— Historical  Geology 4 


Student  Organizations 


Sigma  Gamma  Epsilon,  National  Honor  Society  for  Earth  Sciences  and 
the  Geology  Club. 
Course  Code:  GEOL 


GERMANIC  AND  SLAVIC  LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES  (GERM) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

3215  Jimenez  Hall,  405-4091 

Professor  and  Chair:  Pfister  (Acting) 

Professors:  Beicken,  Best,  Brecht,  Oster 

Associate  Professors:  Berry.  Bilik,  Fleck,  Frederiksenf.  Glad,  Hitchcock 

Assistant  Professors:  Fagan,  Lekic,  Martin,  Richter.  Strauch 

Emeriti:  Herin,  Jones 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

Germanic  Language  and  Literature 
The  Major 

Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Germanic  Language  and  Literature  consists 
of  thirty-six  hours  beyond  the  basic  language  acquisition  sequence 
(GERM  1 01  -1 04).  No  course  completed  with  a  grade  lower  than  C  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  the  major  requirements.  Three  program  options  lead  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree:  1)  German  language,  2)  German  literature,  and 
3)  Germanic  area  studies.  Secondary  concentration  and  supportive 
electives  are  encouraged  in  the  other  foreign  languages,  comparative 
literature,  English,  history,  and  philosophy.  Majors  intending  to  go  on  to 
graduate  study  in  the  discipline  are  urged  to  develop  a  strong  secondary 
concentration  in  a  further  area  of  Germanic  studies;  such  "internal  minors' 
are  available  in  German  language.  German  literature,  Scandinavian 
studies,  and  Indo-European  and  Germanic  philology.  All  majors  must 


1 1 2    Government  and  Politics 


meet  with  a  departmental  advisor  at  least  once  each  semester  to  update 
their  departmental  files  and  obtain  written  approval  of  their  program  of  study. 

Requirements  for  Major 

German  Language  Option 

Core:  220,  301,  302,  321,  and  322.  Specialization:  three  of  four 
German  language  courses  (401,  403,  405,  419P);  two  400-level 
German  literature  courses;  two  upper-level  courses  in  any  of  the  three 
areas  of  specialization. 

German  Literature  Option 

Core:  220,  301,  302,  321,  and  322.  Specialization:  five  400-level 
German  literature  courses;  two  upper-level  courses  in  any  of  the  three 
areas  of  specialization. 

Germanic  Area  Studies  Option 

Core:  220, 301 ,  302, 321 ,  and  322.  Modern  Scandinavian  Specialization: 
369, 461 ;  five  upper-level  courses  in  the  Germanic  area  studies  group. 
Medieval  Scandinavian  Specialization:  383,  475;  five  upper-level 
courses  in  the  Germanic  area  studies  group. 

Russian  Language  and  Literature  (RUSS,  SLAV) 
The  Major 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Russian  Language  and  Literature  consists  of 
39  hours  beyond  the  basic  language  acquisition  sequence  (RUSS  101 , 
102,  201 ,  202).  No  course  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the 
major  requirements.  Two  program  options  lead  to  the  B.A.  degree:  1) 
Russian  Language  and  Literature  or  2)  Russian  Language  and  Linguis- 
tics. 

A  common  set  of  core  courses  is  required  of  all  majors,  and  each  option 
must  be  supported  by  9  hours  of  related  course  work  in  such  disciplines 
as  comparative  literature,  English,  history,  linguistics  or  philosophy. 

During  the  transitional  phase,  new  courses  whose  content  is  identical  or 
substantially  overlaps  with  that  of  old  courses  may  not  be  taken  for 
additional  credit  by  students  who  have  already  taken  the  corresponding 
old  courses. 


Requirements  for  Major 


1)  Core(18hours):210or21 1,301, 302, 303, 321, 322; 2) Supporting 
Courses  (9  hours)  -  LING  200 or  ENGL301  are  required,  depending 
on  specialization  (LING  200  for  the  Russian  language  and  linguistics 
option,  ENGL  301  for  the  Russian  language  and  literature  option); 
6  additional  hours  chosen  in  consultation  with  a  departmental 
advisor.  At  least  6  of  the  9  total  hours  must  be  at  the  300-400  level 
Specialization  (12  hours):  all  requirements  of  at  least  one  option 
must  be  fulfilled. 

a)  Russian  Language  and  Literature  Option 

401,  403,  431  or  432,  433  or  434.  409,  439,  or  479  may  be 
substituted  for  one  of  431-434  upon  consent  of  the  Under- 
graduate advisor. 

b)  Russian  Language  and  Linguistics  Option 

479  and  three  additional  courses  chosen  from  among  410, 41 1 , 
412,472,473,475. 

Course  Codes:  GERM,  RUSS,  SLAV 


GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  (GVPT) 
College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

2181  LeFrak.  405-4154 

Professor  and  Chair:  Wilkenfeld 

Professors:  Butterworth,  Claude,  Davidson,  Dawisha,  Elkin,  Glass,  Gurr, 

Harrison  (Emeritus),  Hathorn  (Emeritus).  Hsueh,  Marando,  McNelly 

(Emeritus),  Oppenheimert/.  Phillips,  Piper.  Pirages,  Plischke  (Emeritus), 

Quester,  Reeves.  Stone.  Uslaner,  Wilkenfeld 

Associate  Professors:  Alford,  Glendening,  Heisler,  Kammski,  McCarrick, 

Mcintosh,  Ranald,  Soltan,  Terchek 


Assistant  Professors:  Haufler,  Herrnson,  Lalman,  Lannmg,  Swistak, 

Tismaneanu 

Lecturer:  Vietri 

fDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  oflers  programs  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  government  service,  politics,  foreign  assignments, 
teaching,  and  a  variety  of  graduate  programs,  law  schools,  and  tor 
intelligent  and  purposeful  citizenship.  Satisfactory  completion  of  re- 
quirements leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  government  and  politics. 

The  study  of  politics  is  both  an  ancient  discipline  and  a  modern  social 
science.  The  origin  of  the  discipline  can  be  traced  back  to  the  earliest  times 
when  philosophers,  statesmen,  and  citizens  studied  the  nature  of  gov- 
ernment justice,  responsibility,  and  the  consequences  of  government's 
action.  More  recently,  the  study  of  politics  has  also  emphasized  scientific 
observations  about  politics.  Today,  the  discipline  reflects  a  broad  effort  to 
collect  data  about  politics  and  governments  utilizing  relatively  new  tech- 
niques developed  by  all  of  the  socialsciences. 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  combines  both  philosophical 
and  scientific  concerns  in  its  overall  program  as  well  as  in  specific  courses 
and  emphasizes  such  broad  areas  as  political  development,  policy 
analysis,  social  justice,  political  economy,  conflict,  and  human  nghts. 
These  broad  conceptual  areas  are  integral  components  of  the  formal 
fields  in  the  department.  The  formal  fields  are  (1 )  American  government 
and  politics;  (2)  comparative  government;  (3)  political  theory;  (4)  interna- 
tional affairs;  (5)  public  administration;  (6)  public  law;  and  (7)  public  policy 
and  political  behavior. 

Areas  of  Specialization 

The  program  in  government  and  politics  is  highly  flexible,  and  a  variety  of 
advising  programs  have  been  developed  that  meet  the  academic  and 
career  interests  of  departmental  majors.  The  programs  listed  below  are 
among  the  more  popular  ones  in  the  department,  and  students  can 
construct  their  own  program  with  an  advisor. 

Pre-Law.  Provides  the  student  with  a  strong  liberal  arts  background 
emphasized  by  law  schools;  includes  at  least  one  course  in  law.  additional 
courses  in  the  political  and  social  context  of  law.  as  well  as  appropriate 
courses  outside  of  the  department. 

Public  Sector  Employment.  Within  this  broad  category  are  advising 
programs  in  general  public  administration  leading  to  careers  at  entry-level 
positions  in  federal,  state,  and  local  governments,  public  finance  and 
budgeting,  public  policy  analysis,  and  public  personnel  management. 
Quantitative  skills  are  highly  recommended  in  this  area,  and  majors  are 
advised  to  select  a  strong  substantive  minor  to  complement  their  work  in 
public  administration,  American  politics,  and  public  law. 

International  Relations.  Combines  courses  in  the  department  in  interna- 
tional relations  and  comparative  politics  with  a  strong  substantive  minor, 
such  as  economics,  business,  or  resource  management  In  addition,  a 
strong  background  in  a  foreign  language  is  highly  recommended. 

In  addition,  the  department  also  offers  strong  programs  in  political  theory, 
comparative  human  rights,  environmental  politics,  formal  theory,  women 
and  politics,  and  urban  politics. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Government  and  Politics  majors  must  complete  thirty-six  semester  hours 
of  GVPT  courses  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each  course  and  may  not 
count  more  than  forty-two  semester  hours  of  GVPT  courses  in  the  total 
credits  required  for  graduation.  At  least  eighteen  of  the  thirty-six  credits 
must  be  in  upper-level  courses  and  all  majors  are  required  to  complete 
GVPT  100.  GVPT  170.  and  either  GVPT  441  or  GVPT  442. 

In  addition,  all  majors  must  complete  ECON  201  or  ECON  205.  an 
approved  skill  option,  and  a  secondary  area  of  concentration  in  another 
department  or  approved  interdisciplinary  area.  All  courses  used  to  satisfy 
these  requirements  must  be  completed  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

Honors  Program 

All  students  majohng  in  government  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  GVPT 
Honors  Program  Additional  information  concerning  the  Honors  Program 
may  be  obtained  at  the  department  offices 


Health  Education    113 


Internships 

The  department  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  observe  government 
agencies  and  political  groups  in  action  through  a  variety  of  internship 
experiences.  Only  nine  hours  of  GVPT  internship  credit  will  apply  to  the 
thirty-six  hours  needed  in  the  major.  In  no  case  may  more  than  fifteen 
GVPT  internship  credits  be  counted  toward  the  120  credits  needed  to 
graduate.  Internships  are  open  only  to  GVPT  majors  with  junior  standing 
and  a  3.0  GPA. 

Advising 

Academic  advising  is  available  daily  on  a  walk-in  basis  in  the  Undergraduate 
Advising  Office,  21 81 J  LeFrak  Hall. 

Course  Code.  GVPT 


HEALTH  EDUCATION  (HLTH) 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 

2387  HLHP  Building,  405-2438 

Professor  and  Chair:  Gilbert 

Associate  Chair:  Clearwater 

Professors:  Burt,  Feldman,  Gold,  Greenberg,  Leviton,  Wilson 

Associate  Professors:  Allen,  Beck,  Clearwater 

Assistant  Professors:  Alexander,  Desmond,  Klos,  Thomas 

Lecturers:  Sawyer,  Schiraldi 

Instructors:  Hyde 

Faculty  Research  Assistants:  Baker,  Scaffa,  Spalding,  Swartzlander, 

Watkins 

The  Major 

Students  majoring  in  health  education  have  two  tracks  to  choose  from  at 
the  undergraduate  level.  One  option  is  community  health  education, 
which  prepares  students  for  entry  level  health  education  positions  in 
community  settings  such  as  voluntary  health  associations,  worksite 
health  promotion  programs,  or  other  health  agencies.  The  second  option 
is  school  health  education  which  prepares  students  for  teaching  health 
education  in  schools.  Students  are  referred  to  the  section  on  the  College 
of  Education  for  information  on  teacher  education  application  procedures. 
Two  certificate  options  are  also  available  in  driver  education. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Students  must  earn  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  courses  applied  toward  the 
major. 

Freshman  Curriculum 

The  Freshman  curriculum  for  both  the  School  Health  Option  and  the 
Community  Health  Option  is  the  same: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements  (See  schedule  of 

classes  for  more  specific  information)  46 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

MATH  110  OR  MATH  102  AND  103  AND  105 

OR  115:  Mathematics 3 

HLTH  140— Personal  and  Community  Health 3 

CHEM  111 — Chemistry  in  Modern  Life 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  1 4 

JOUR  100 — Introduction  to  Mass  Communications 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

HLTH  150 — First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Services 2 

School  Health  Option 

Sophomore  Year 

HLTH  230— Introduction  to  Health  Behavior 6 

PHIL  140 — Contemporary  Moral  Issues 3 

ZOOL  201 ,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II ...  4,4 

Required  Health  Electives 6 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology 3 

HLTH  105— Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 


Junior  Year 

ENGL  391  or  393 — Advanced  Composition  or  Technical 

Writing3 

HLTH  420 — Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 3 

Required  Health  Elective 3 

EDHD  340 — Human  Development  Aspects  of  the  Helping 

Relationship 3 

HLTH  390 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Health 

Programs 3 

EDMS  410 — Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation 3 

EDCP417 — Group  Dynamics  and  Leadership -. 3 

Senior  Year 

HLTH  340 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 3 

Required  Health  Electives 6 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDCI  491 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  SchoolsHealth  ..  12 

Community  Health  Option 

Sophomore  Year 

HLTH  230— Introduction  to  Health  Behavior 3 

PHIL  140 — Contemporary  Moral  Issues 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II  ...  4,  4 

Required  Health  Electives 6 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology 3 

HLTH  105 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Junior  English  Requirement 3 

MICB  100— Basic  Microbiology 4 

EDHD  340 — Human  Development  Aspects  of  the  Helping 

Relationships 3 

EDMS  451 — Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 3 

HLTH  390 — Organization  and  Administration  of  School 

Health  Programs 3 

HLTH  420— Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 3 

HLTH  498R— Introduction  to  Community  Health 3 

SOCY  498A— Medical  Sociology 3 

HLTH  430— Health  Education  in  the  Workplace 3 

EDCP  417 — Group  Dynamics  and  Leadership 3 

Senior  Year 

Required  Health  Electives 9 

HLTH  498C—  Principles  of  Community  Health 3 

FMCD  483 — Family  and  Community  Service  Systems 3 

HLTH  489— Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshops 6 

HLTH  386— Field  Work 3 

HLTH  387— Field  Work  Analysis 3 

The  Health  Education  program  requires  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  all  but 
general  education  and  free  elective  courses. 

Driver  Education  Instructors  Certification  Programs:  Contact  Dr.  Harvey 
Clearwater,  Room  0105  Cole  Field  House,  405-2579;  or  Room  2371 
HLHP  Building,  405-2520. 

Admission 

Admission  requirements  to  the  Department  of  Health  Education  are  the 
same  as  those  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Undergraduate  Health  Education  Advisor:  David 
H.  Hyde,  2374  HLHP  Building,  405-2523  or  405-2463. 

Student  Honors  Organization 

Eta  Sigma  Gamma.  The  Epsilon  chapter  was  established  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  in  May  1969.  This  professional  honorary  organization  for 
health  educators  was  established  to  promote  scholarship  and  community 
service  for  health  majors  at  both  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  levels. 
Students  may  apply  after  two  consecutive  semesters  with  a  2.75  cumu- 
lative average. 

Course  Code:  HLTH 


1 1 4    Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 


HEARING  AND  SPEECH  SCIENCES  (HESP) 
College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

0100  LeFrak  Hall,  405-4214 

Professor  and  Chair:  McCall  (Acting) 

Professors:  Yeni-Komshian 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Dingwall,  Gordon-Salant,  Ratner,  Roth 

Instructors:  Bngham,  Cuyjet,  Daniel,  McCabe,  Perlroth,  Smallets-Palmer, 

Worthington 

The  Major 

Hearing  and  speech  sciences  is  an  inherently  interdisciplinary  field, 
integrating  knowledge  from  the  physical  and  biological  sciences,  medi- 
cine, psychology,  linguistics,  and  education  in  order  to  understand  human 
communication  and  its  disorders.  The  department  curriculum  leads  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  An  undergraduate  major  in  this  field  is  an 
appropriate  background  for  graduate  training  in  speech-language  pathology 
or  audiology,  as  well  as  for  graduate  work  in  other  disciplines  requiring  a 
knowledge  of  normal  or  disordered  speech,  language,  or  hearing.  The 
student  who  wishes  to  work  professionally  as  a  speech-language  pa- 
thologist or  audiologist  must  complete  additional  graduate  coursework  in 
order  to  meet  state  licensure  and  national  certification  requirements. 

The  hearing  and  speech  sciences  curriculum  is  designed  in  pari  to  provide 
supporting  coursework  for  majors  in  related  fields,  so  most  course 
offerings  are  available  to  both  departmental  majors  and  non-majors. 
Permission  of  instructor  may  be  obtained  for  waiver  of  course  prerequi- 
sites for  non-majors  wishing  to  take  hearing  and  speech  courses  of 
interest. 

Requirements  for  Major 

A  student  majoring  in  hearing  and  speech  sciences  must  complete  thirty 
semester  hours  of  specified  courses  and  six  semester  hours  of  electives 
in  the  department  to  satisfy  major  course  requirements.  No  course  with  a 
grade  less  than  C  may  count  toward  major  course  requirements.  In 
addition  to  the  thirty-six  semester  hours  needed  for  a  major,  twelve 
semester  hours  of  supporting  courses  in  statistics  and  other  related  fields 
are  required.  For  these  twelve  hours,  a  C  average  is  required. 

Credit  Hours 

HESP  202 — Introduction  to  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  ...  3 

(Introduction  to  Communication  and  Its  Disorders) 

HESP  300 — Introduction  to  Psycholinguistics 3 

HESP  305 — Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 

Mechanism 3 

HESP  311— Anatomy.  Pathology  and  Physiology  of  the 

Auditory  System 3 

HESP  400 — Speech  and  Language  Development 

in  Children 3 

HESP  402— Speech  Pathology  I  (Childhood  Language 

and  Articulation  Disorders) 3 

HESP  403— Introduction  to  Phonetic  Science 3 

HESP  404 — Speech  Pathology  II  (Voice  Disorders, 

Stuttering,  and  Cleft  Palate  Speech) 3 

OR  HESP  406— Speech  Pathology  III  (Aphasia  and 

Neuromotor  Disorders) 3 

HESP  407 — Bases  of  Hearing  Science 3 

HESP  41 1— Introduction  to  Audiology 3 

Electives  in  the  department  (6  credits)  may  be  taken 

from  among  the  following: 
HESP  417— Principles  and  Methods  in  Speech-Language 

Pathology  and  Audiology 3 

HESP  418— Clinical  Practice  in  Speech-Language 

Pathology  and  Audiology 3 

HESP  498 — Seminar  (various  topics/check  current  listings)  .  3 

HESP  499 — Independent  study  (may  be  repeated  for 

maximum  of  6  credits) 1-3 

The  sequence  of  courses  may  vary;  however,  no  upper  level  coursesmay 
be  attempted  without  special  permission  until  a  student  has  earned  a 
minimum  of  fifty-six  credits  The  student  is  encouraged  to  consult  with  a 
faculty  advisor  in  the  preparation  of  an  individualized  plan  of  study. 

Supporting  Courses 

The  undergraduate  student  with  a  maior  in  hearing  and  speech  sciences 


will  take  twelve  semester  hours  in  supporting  areas  of  study,  including  one 
of  the  following  courses  in  statistics:  EDMS  451 ,  PSYC  200,  SOCY  201 , 
or  BIOM  401  The  remainder  of  supporting  courses  are  from  allied  fields 
such  as  psychology,  linguistics,  sociology,  education,  health,  family  and 
community  development,  and  anthropology  (three  to  six  credits),  and 
other  related  fields  such  as  physics,  zoology,  engineering,  philosophy, 
computer  science,  and  physical  education  (three  to  six  credits)  The 
student  should  see  a  faculty  advisor  in  the  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
Department  for  advice  and  approval  of  a  supporting  course  sequence. 

Advising 

Information  on  advising  for  hearing  and  speech  sciences  may  be  obtained 
by  calling  the  department  office,  405-4214. 

Special  Opportunities:  The  department  operates  a  Hearing  and  Speech 
Clinic,  405-4218,  that  serves  the  campus  and  surrounding  area,  and 
provides  an  in-house  opportunity  for  the  clinical  training  of  students. 
Department  facilities  also  include  an  integrated  audio-visual  listening  and 
viewing  laboratory,  and  several  well-equipped  research  laboratories 

Student  Organizations 

Hearing  and  speech  majors  are  invited  to  join  the  departmental  branch  ol 
the  National  Student  Speech-Language  and  Hearing  Association 
(NSSLHA). 

Course  Code:  HESP 


HEBREW  AND  EAST  ASIAN  LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES  (HEBR,  CHIN,  JAPN) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2106  Jimenez  Hall,  405-4239 

Professor  and  Chair:  Rimer 

Professors:  Berlin,  Mintz,  Ramsey 

Associate  Professors:  Chin,  Kerkham,  Manekin,  Sargent,  Walton 

Assistant  Professor:  Yee 

Instructors:  Levy,  Liberman,  Miura,  Yaginuma 

Hebrew  Language  and  Literature 

The  Hebrew  Program  provides,  both  to  beginners  and  to  those  with 
previous  background,  an  opportunity  to  acquire  knowledge  and  skills  m 
Hebrew  language,  literature,  culture,  and  thought.  Elementary  and  In- 
termediate level  language  courses  develop  effective  communications 
skills  in  modern  Hebrew.  Upper  level  language  courses  emphasize 
reading  comprehension,  vocabulary  enrichment,  and  writing  skills.  More 
advanced  students  focus  on  the  analytical  study  of  major  classical  and 
modem  Hebrew  texts.  In  addition,  courses  are  offered  in  English  (no 
knowledge  of  Hebrew  required)  in  the  areas  of  Bible,  Ancient  Near  East, 
Rabbinic  thought,  Jewish  Philosophy,  and  Hebrew  literature  in  transla- 
tion. 

While  there  is  no  Hebrew  major,  students  wishing  to  focus  on  Hebrew 
language  as  a  primary  subject  may  do  so  through  a  concentration  on 
Hebrew  within  the  Jewish  Studies  major  (see  Jewish  Studies  program)  A 
certificate  is  also  available  to  students  qualifying  for  a  minor.  Consult  the 
Hebrew  office  for  requirements. 

Hebrew  may  be  used  to  meet  University  and  College  language  require- 
ments. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Several  forms  of  recognition  for  those  excelling  in  Hebrew  are  available 
Membership  in  Eta  Beta  Rho.  the  Hebrew  Honor  Society,  the  Bnai  Zion 
Award. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  residence  in  the  Hebrew  suite  of  the 
Language  House,  and  are  encouraged  to  spend  some  time  studying  at  an 
Israeli  University.  The  University  of  Maryland  sponsors  a  semester 
program  at  Tel  Aviv  University.  Scholarships  for  study  in  Israel  are 
available  through  the  Meyerhoff  Center  lor  Jewish  Studies 


History    115 


East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 
The  Major 

A  student  may  major  in  East  Asian  languages  and  literatures  with  a 
concentration  in  Chinese  or  Japanese.  Either  concentration  provides  the 
training  and  cultural  background  needed  for  entering  East  Asia-related 
careers  in  such  fields  as  higher  education,  the  arts,  business,  govern- 
ment, international  relations,  agriculture,  or  media.  Students  may  also 
want  to  consider  a  double  major  in  East  Asian  languages  and  literatures 
and  another  discipline,  such  as  business,  international  relations,  economics 
or  journalism. 

After  completing  the  prerequisite  of  one  year  of  language  (twelve  credits): 
CHIN  101  (Elementary  Chinese;  six  hours  per  week,  fall).  CHIN  102 
(Elementary  Spoken  Chinese;  three  hours  per  week,  spring),  and  CHIN 
1 03  (Elementary  Written  Chinese;  three  hours  per  week,  spring)  or  JAPN 
101  (Elementary  Japanese  I;  six  hours  per  week,  fall)  and  JAPN  102 
(Elementary  Japanese  II;  six  hours  per  week,  spring),  students  must 
complete  thirty-six  credits  for  the  major  course  requirements  (eighteen 
language,  six  civilization/history,  twelve  elective).  No  grade  lower  than  C 
(2.0)  may  be  used  toward  the  major. 

Chinese  Course  Requirements 

Language:  CHIN  201 ,  202, 203. 204. 301 ,  302;  Civilization/History:  Option 
1  :  HIST 284 and  481  (or  485);  Option  2  :  HIST 285  and  480;  four  electives 
at  the  300  level  or  above  in  Chinese  language,  literature,  linguistics,  or 
other  East  Asian  subjects,  subject  to  the  approval  of  student's  advisor. 
Among  the  four,  one  must  be  in  the  area  of  Chinese  linguistics,  and  one 
in  the  area  of  Chinese  literature,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  student's 
advisor. 

Japanese  Course  Requirements 

Language:  JAPN  201,  202,  203,  204,  301,  302;  Civilization/History: 
Option  1  :  HIST  284  and  483;  Option  2  :  HIST  285  and  482;  four  electives 
at  the  300  level  or  above.  Among  the  four,  one  must  be  in  the  area  of 
Japanese  linguistics  and  one  in  Japanese  literature,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  student's  advisor. 

Supporting  Courses  for  Chinese  or  Japanese 

Students  are  strongly  urged  to  take  additional  courses  in  a  discipline 
relating  to  their  particular  field  of  interest,  such  as  art,  history,  linguistics, 
literary  criticism,  or  comparative  literature.  The  range  of  supporting 
courses  can  be  decided  upon  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor. 

Special  Language  Courses 

In  addition  to  the  more  traditional  courses  in  literature  in  translation, 
linguistics,  and  advanced  language  acquisition,  courses  in  both  Chinese 
and  Japanese  business  language  at  the  third-year  level  are  offered. 
Students  are  also  encouraged  to  spend  at  least  one  summer  or  semester 
in  China  (Taiwan  or  the  People's  Republic  of  China)  or  Japan  in  intensive 
language  study  under  one  or  another  of  the  university's  exchange  pro- 
grams with  foreign  universities  or  at  other  approved  centers  of  higher 
education. 

Internship  Program 

This  program  allows  students  to  gain  practical  experience  by  working  in 
Washington/Baltimore  area  firms,  corporations,  and  social  service  orga- 
nizations that  are  East  Asia-related,  as  well  as  in  various  branches  of  the 
Federal  government.  Students  are  also  invited  to  apply  for  the  East  Asian 
Studies  Certificate.  Please  check  the  appropriate  entry  for  details. 

Course  Codes:  CHIN,  HEBR,  JAPN 


HISTORY  (HIST) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

21 15  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  405-4265 

Professor  and  Chair:  Price 

Professors:  Belz,  Berlint,  Bruslrf,  Callcottt.  Cockburn,  Colef.  Duffy 

(Emeritus),  Evans,  Foust,  Gilbertf,  Gordon  (Emeritus),  Griffith,  Harlant, 


Henretta,  Jashemski  (Ementa)t.  Kent  (Emeritus),  Lampe,  McCusker. 

Merrill  (Emeritus),  A.  Olson,  K.  Olsont.  E  B  Smith  (Emeritus),  Sparks, 

Sutherland,  Warren,  Yaney 

Associate  Professors:  Bedos-Rezak,  Boyd,  Breslow,  Cooperman,  Garden, 

Eckstein,  Farrell,  Flack,  Friedel,  Giffin,  Grimsted,  Gullickson,  Harris, 

Hoffman,  Holum,  Kaufman,  Majeska,  Matossian.  Mayo,  Moss,  Permbam, 

Ridgway,  Rozenblit,  Spiegel,  Stowasser,  Sumida,  Wright,  Zilfi 

Assistant  Professors:  Bradbury,  Flynn,  Muncy.  Nicklason,  Thompson, 

Williams 

Adjunct:  Carr,  Papenfuse 

tDistmguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Department  of  History  seeks  to  broaden  the  6tudent's  cultural 
background  through  the  study  of  history  and  to  provide  preparation  for 
those  interested  in  law,  publishing,  teaching,  journalism,  government 
service,  and  graduate  study. 

A  faculty  advisor  assists  each  major  in  planning  a  curriculum  to  meet  his 
or  her  personal  interests.  A  "program  plan,"  approved  by  the  advisor, 
should  be  filed  with  the  department  as  soon  as  possible.  Students  are 
required  to  meet  with  an  assigned  advisor  once  every  semester  or  sign  a 
waiver  during  preregistration. 

The  department  sponsors  a  History  Undergraduate  Association  which 
majors  and  other  interested  students  are  encouraged  to  join. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Minimum  requirements  for  undergraduate  history  majors  consist  of  thirty- 
nine  hours  of  coursework  distributed  as  follows:  twelve  hours  in  100-200 
level  survey  sources  selected  from  at  least  two  general  geographical 
fields  of  history  (United  States,  European,  and  Non-Western);  fifteen 
hours,  including  HIST  309  in  one  major  area  of  concentration  (see  below), 
twelve  hours  of  history  in  at  least  two  major  areas  other  than  the  area  of 
concentration.  Without  regard  to  area,  fifteen  hours  of  the  thirty-nine  total 
hours  must  be  at  the  junior-senior  (300-400)  level.  NOTE:  All  majors  must 
take  HIST  309. 

I.  Survey  Courses 

1.  The  requirement  is  twelve  hours  at  the  100-200  level  taken  in  at 
least  two  geographical  fields. 

2.  Fields  are  defined  as  United  States,  European,  and  Non-Western 
history.  All  survey  courses  have  been  assigned  to  one  of  these 
fields.  See  department  advisor. 

3.  In  considering  courses  that  will  fulfill  this  requirement,  students  are 
encouraged  to: 

a.  select  at  least  two  courses  in  a  sequence 

b.  select  at  least  one  course  before  A.D.  1 500  and  one  course 
after  A.D.  1500. 

c.  sample  both  regional  and  topical  course  offerings.  Students  will 
normally  take  one  or  more  survey  courses  within  their  major 
area  of  concentration. 

II.  Major  Area  of  Concentration 

1.  The  requirement  is  fifteen  hours,  including  HIST  309,  in  a  major 
area  of  concentration. 

2.  An  area  consists  of  a  selection  of  related  topical,  chronological,  or 
regional  courses.  The  areas  are 

Topical:  History  &  Philosophy  of  Science,  Intellectual,  Economic, 
Religion,  Diplomatic,  Women's  History,  Afro-American,  Jewish, 
Legal,  Military. 

Chronological:  Early  Modern  Europe,  Medieval  Europe,  Ancient 
World 

Regional:  Latin  American,  Middle  Eastern,  European,  United 
States,  East  Asia,  African,  East  European,  Russian,  British,  Con- 
tinental Europe 

3.  The  major  area  may  be  chronological,  regional,  or  topical. 

4.  Students  may  select  both  lower  and  upper  level  courses. 

5.  A  combination  of  chronological-topical  courses  or  regional-topical 
courses  is  desirable. 

6.  The  proseminar,  HIST  309,  should  normally  be  taken  in  the  major 
area  of  concentration. 

III.  Twelve  Hours  of  History  in  at  Least  Two  Areas  Outside  the  Area 
of  Concentration 

1 .  Students  may  select  either  lower  or  upper  level  courses. 

2.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  regional  diversity. 

3.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  at  least  two  courses  in  chrono- 
logical periods  other  than  that  of  their  major  area  of  concentration. 

IV.  Supporting  Courses  Outside  History  Nine  credits  at  the  300-400 
level  in  appropriate  supporting  courses;  the  courses  do  not  all  have  to 


116    Horticulture 


be  in  the  same  department.  The  choice  ot  courses  must  be  approved 
in  writing  [before  attempted,  if  possible]  by  the  Director  of  Undergraduate 
Studies. 

Grade  of  C  or  higher  is  required  in  all  required  history  and  supporting 
courses 

For  students  matriculating  after  December  1 979,  credit  may  not  be  earned 
from  the  CLEP  general  history  exam;  for  students  matriculating  after 
September  1,  1981,  history  credit  may  not  be  earned  from  any  CLEP 
exam.  Advanced  placement  credit  may  be  used  for  elective  credit  only. 

History  courses  that  meet  University  general  education  requirements 
(CORE)  are  listed  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  each  semester. 

Honors 

Students  who  major  or  minor  in  history  may  apply  for  admission  to  the 
History  Honors  Program  during  the  second  semester  of  their  sophomore 
year.  Those  who  are  admitted  to  the  program  substitute  discussion 
courses  and  a  thesis  for  some  lecture  courses  and  take  an  oral  compre- 
hensive examination  prior  to  graduation.  Successful  candidates  are 
awarded  either  honors  or  high  honors  in  history. 

The  History  Department  offers  pre-honors  work  in  American  history  and 
in  European  history  courses.  Consult  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  specific 
offerings  each  semester.  Students  in  these  sections  meet  in  adiscussion 
group  instead  of  attending  lectures.  They  read  widely  and  do  extensive 
written  work  on  their  own.  Pre-honors  sections  are  open  to  any  student 
and  are  recommended  for  students  in  University  Honors  Program,  subject 
only  to  the  instructor's  approval. 

Course  Code:  HIST 


HORTICULTURE  (HORT) 
College  of  Agriculture 

Undergraduate  Program:  2109B  Holzapfel  Hall,  405-4374 

Professor  and  Chair:  Gouin  (Acting) 

Professors:  Kennedy,  Ng,  Oliver,  Quebedeaux,  Solomos,  Wiley 

Professors  Emeritus:  Link,  Scott,  Shanks,  Stark,  Thompson,  Twigg 

Adjunct  Professor:  Anderson 

Associate  Professors:  Beste,  Bouwkamp,  Deitzer,  McClurg,  Pihlak, 

Schales,  Schlimme,  Swartz,  Walsh 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Gross 

Assistant  Professors:  Graves.  Hamed,  Healy,  Hershey,  Scarfo,  Stutte 

Lecturer:  Mityga 

Horticulture  students  select  from  a  broad  spectrum  of  courses  including 
humanities  and  art,  as  well  as  the  sciences.  Knowledge  of  basic  sciences 
and  factors  affecting  plant  growth  are  applied  to  resolve  world  food  and 
environmental  needs.  The  humanities  and  plant  and  agricultural  man- 
agement courses  are  pursued  by  students  wishing  to  design  functional, 
aesthetically  pleasing  living  spaces. 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  offers  undergraduate  curricula  in  Horticul- 
tural Production.  Horticultural  Science,  Horticultural  Education,  and  Land- 
scape Design  and  Contracting.  Each  prepares  students  for  graduate 
study  or  entry  into  the  horticultural  industries  Advanced  studies  in  the 
department,  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees,  are  available  to 
qualified  students  with  strong  motivation  for  horticultural  research,  univer- 
sity teaching,  and/or  extension  education 

Individuals  interested  in  pursuing  a  continued  education  in  forestry, 
conservation-related  subjects,  or  other  disciplines  related  to  the  biologi- 
cal/natural life  sciences  are  advised  in  the  Department  of  Horticulture. 
Foundation  courses  in  the  sciences  transfer  readily  into  related  curricula 
at  any  of  the  approximately  fifty  universities  which  offer  accredited 
undergraduate  degrees  in  forestry  Forestry  programs  are  available  to 
University  of  Maryland  students  through  the  Academic  Common  Market 
at  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University  (VPI/SU).  West 
Virginia  University,  and  possibly  other  locations. 

Horticulture  graduates  are  employed  in  commercial  production  and  sale 
of  horticultural  crops  through  orchards  and  farms,  nurseries,  greenhouses, 
garden  centers,  and  florist  shops;  production  management  and  sales  in 
industries  such  as  food  processing,  seed  production,  and  agncultural 
chemicals;  mtenor  plantscaping;  technical  work  in  laboratories  conduct- 


ing scientific  research;  and  management  of  landscapes  at  public  and 
private  parks,  gardens,  arboreta,  and  large-scale  commercial,  industrial. 
or  residential  developments.  Graduates  of  the  landscape  design  and 
contracting  option  are  employed  by  landscape  contracting,  nursery,  and 
engineering  firms  engaged  in  the  planning  design  and  installation  services 
for  landscape  development.  Other  students  from  this  option  pursue  the 
Master  of  Landscape  Architecture  degree.  The  department's  horticulture 
education  option  certifies  students  to  teach  horticulture  at  the  high  school 
level. 

All  students  should  meet  with  an  advisor  before  enrolling  in  option 
courses.  All  horticulture  students,  regardless  of  option,  must  complete  all 
courses  listed  as  Departmental  Requirements  Students  must  also 
complete  all  courses  listed  as  Option  Requirements  in  one  of  the 
department's  four  curriculum  options. 

Curriculum  in  Horticulture 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Departmental  Requirements — All  Options: 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

AGRO  453— Weed  Control 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  1 4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 4 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

CHEM  103 — General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry 

or  CHEM  233 — Organic  Chemistry  I* 4 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests 

or  ENTM  453— Insect  Pests  of  Ornamental  Plants" 3 

HORT  398— Seminar 1 

MATH  115— Precalculus 3 

"Students  interested  in  completing  the  Horticultural  Science  Option  shall 
enroll  in  CHEM  233  rather  than  Chem  104.  (Note:  CHEM  113  is  a 
prerequisite  for  CHEM  233.) 

"Students  interested  in  completing  the  Landscape  Design  and  Contract- 
ing Option  shall  enroll  in  ENTM  453  rather  than  ENTM  252. 

Horticultural  Production  Option 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

AREC  250 — Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resources 

Economics  or  ECON  203 — Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

AREC  306 — Farm  Management 

or  AREC  414 — Agricultural  Business  Management 3 

HORT  201— Environmental  Factors  &  Horticultural  Crop 

Production 4 

HORT  202— Management  of  Horticultural  Crop  Production  ...  4 

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation 3 

HORT  274 — Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants 3 

HORT  474 — Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 

Horticultural  Crops  3 

Select  two  of  the  following: 

AGRO  310— Introduction  to  Turf 3 

HORT  41 1— Fruit  Crop  Production 3 

HORT  422— Vegetable  Crop  Production 3 

HORT  432 — Greenhouse  Crop  Production 3 

HORT  452 — Landscape  Establishment  and  Maintenance 3 

HORT  456 — Nursery  Crop  Production  3 

HORT  472— Advanced  Plant  Propagation 2 

CORE  Program  requirements  (over  and  above  what 

is  included  in  Departmental  and  Option  requirements) 27-30 

Electives 23-27 

Horticultural  Science  Option 

CHEM  1 1 3— General  Chemistry  II  4 
HORT  201— Environmental  Factors  &  Horticultural  Crop 

Production 4 

HORT  202— Management  of  Horticultural  Crop  Production  ...  4 

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation  3 

HORT  274 — Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants 3 

HORT  474— Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 

Horticultural  Crops  

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

Select  two  of  the  following: 

AGRO  403 — Crop  Breeding 3 

AGRO  41 1— Soil  Fertility 3 

AGRO  417— Soil  Physics  3 

AGRO  421— Soil  Chemistry 3 


Housing  and  Design    117 


BCHM  261— Elements  of  Biochemistry 3 

BOTN  416—  Plant  Structure  4 

BOTN  484— Plant  Biochemistry 3 

CORE  Program  Requirements  (over  and  above  what 

is  included  in  Departmental  and  Option  requirements) 30 

Electives 16-17 

Horticultural  Education  Option 

AEED  302— Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

EDIT  450—  Training  Aids  Development 3 

AEED  305 — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

AEED  31 1— Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

AEED  313— Student  Teaching 5 

AEED  315— Student  Teaching 1-4 

AGRO  310— Introduction  to  Turf  3 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

HORT  160 — Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

HORT  201 — Environmental  Factors  &  Horticultural  Crop 

Production 4 

HORT  202— Management  of  Horticultural  Crop  Production  ...  4 

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation  3 

HORT  453—  Woody  Plant  Materials 

or  HORT  454— Woody  Plant  Materials 3 

SPCH  1 07— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

CORE  Program  requirements  (over  and  above  what  is 

included  in  Departmental  and  Option  requirements) 27 

Electives 6-9 

Landscape  Design  and  Contracting  Option 

AREC  250 — Elements  of  Agncultural  and  Resource  Economics 

or  ECON  203—  Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

AREC  306 — Farm  Management 

or  AREC  414 — Agricultural  Business  Management 3 

DESN  101— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

EDIT  160— Design  Illustrating  I  3 

HORT  160—  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

HORT  260 — Pnnciples  of  Graphic  Communication  in 

Landscape  Design 2 

HORT  361 — Principles  of  Landscape  Design 3 

HORT  452— Pnnciples  of  Landscape  Establishment  and 

Maintenance 3 

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials 3 

HORT  454— Woody  Plant  Materials 3 

HORT  462— Planting  Design 3 

HORT  464Z — Principles  of  Landscape  Development 3 

HORT  465 — Design  of  Landscape  Structures  and 

Materials 3 

HORT  466 — Advanced  Landscape  Design 3 

HORT  467 — Principles  of  Landscape  Contracting 3 

Electives 8-12 

Fieldwork  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Many  varied  internship  experiences  are  available  to  meet  the  needs  and 
interests  of  individual  students.  Contact  the  Internship  Coordinator,  Dr.  D. 
Hershey,  405-4341 ,  for  further  information. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  department  sponsors  several  scholarship  and  award  programs. 
Contact  Dr.  F.  Gouin,  405-4374,  for  details. 


Student  Organizations 


The  Horticulture  Club  provides  students  the  opportunity  to  gain  horticul- 
tural experience,  meet  new  colleagues,  and  participate  in  departmental 
activities.  Contact  the  club  advisor,  Prof.  Madis  Pihlak,  405-4350.  for  more 
information.  Pi  Alpha  Xi  is  an  honorary  organization  for  qualified  students 
in  horticulture.  Dr.  D.  Hershey.  405-4341  .canprovlde  additional  information. 

Course  Code:  HORT 


HOUSING  AND  DESIGN  (HSAD) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1401  Marie  Mount  Hall,  405-4377 


Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Chen  (Acting) 
Professors:  Bonta,  Fabiano,  Francescato 
Associate  Professors:  Gips,  Lozner,  McWhinnie 
Assistant  Professors:  Eckersley,  Hoover,  Sham,  Thorpe 
Lecturers:  Dean,  Jacobs 

The  Department  of  Housing  and  Design  offers  programs  with  concentra- 
tions in  three  areas:  housing,  interior  design,  and  advertising  design.  The 
department  seeks  to  provide  professionally  focused  instruction  in  the 
theoretical  foundation,  methods  and  skills  pertinent  to  each  concentration 
area.  In  addition,  students  are  encouraged  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of 
general  education  by  enrolling  in  elective,  recommended,  and  required 
courses  outside  of  the  department. 

Housing 

The  housing  curriculum  is  designed  to  reflect  the  multidisciplmary  nature 
of  the  field  as  well  as  the  varied  interests  of  housing  majors.  Consequently, 
students  under  the  close  supervision  and  advisement  of  the  (acuity  are 
given  the  opportunity  to  develop  a  program  suitable  to  their  interests  and 
career  goals.  Aside  from  the  required  housing  courses  provided  by  the 
department,  students  are  recommended  to  take  courses  that  will  empha- 
size the  development  of  methodological  skills  (e.g.,  statistics,  computer 
programming),  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  the  political,  social,  and 
economic  environment  in  which  housing  is  produced  and  consumed. 
Graduates  will  be  qualified  for  employment  in  the  housing  industry, 
governmental  housing  agencies,  housing  authorities,  and  consumer 
organizations.  They  will  also  be  qualified  to  pursue  a  program  of  graduate 
studies  in  housing  or  urban  affairs. 

Interior  Design 

This  program  provides  the  student  with  fundamental  concepts  and  basic 
professional  skills  required  to  plan  and  design  interior  environments. 
These  include  not  only  aesthetic  considerations,  but  also  the  integration 
of  structural  and  mechanical  building  systems,  the  satisfaction  of  functional 
requirements,  an  understanding  of  the  needs  and  motivations  of  the  users 
and  sponsors,  considerations  of  cost,  and  compliance  with  codes  and 
regulations.  Functional  and  imaginative  applications  of  design  skills  to 
space  planning  and  furnishing  of  commercial,  institutional,  and  residential 
interiors  are  stressed.  Special  courses  include  gaming  simulation  in 
design  and  seminars  in  theoretical  concerns.  A  student  chapter  of  the 
professional  organization  American  Society  of  Interior  Design  (ASID)  and 
internship  opportunities  provide  contact  with  practicing  professionals. 
Graduates  will  be  qualified  for  entry  level  employment  with  interior  design 
firms  and  architectural  firms.  Students  with  above  average  performance 
will  be  qualified  to  pursue  graduate  study.  After  considerable  experience 
has  been  gained  in  professional  practice,  some  graduates  will  open  their 
own  firm  or  partnership. 

Advertising  Design 

This  program  provides  a  foundation  in  the  fields  of  graphic  and  visual 
communication.  Although  some  of  the  media  used  in  visual  communication 
are  the  same  as  those  of  the  painter  and  the  sculptor,  the  purposes  and 
methods  of  the  designer  differ  from  those  of  the  artist  in  that  utility  is  the 
focus  of  this  endeavor.  Visual  elements  such  as  lines,  planes,  volume, 
texture,  and  color  are  used  to  generate  information  and  to  communicate 
messages.  This  process  requires  the  acquisition  of  specific  professional 
skills  such  as  page  composition,  type  selection,  illustration,  photography, 
design  of  orientation  systems,  and  the  use  of  complex  technology  in 
contemporary  printing  and  electronic  media.  Students  graduating  from 
this  program  will  be  qualified  to  begin  a  career  as  graphic  designers  and 
seek  employment  in  publishing  firms,  advertising  agencies,  the  film  and 
television  industry,  the  print  media,  the  packaging  industry,  and  in  the 
graphic  section  of  institutions  and  government  agencies.  Students  with 
above  average  performance  will  be  qualified  to  pursue  graduate  study.  A 
student  chapter  of  the  professional  organization  I.G.I,  and  internship 
opportunities  provide  contacts  with  practicing  professionals. 

Admission  to  the  Design  Major 

Enrollment  in  the  Design  major  is  limited.  Admission  to  the  University  does 
not  guarantee  admission  to  the  interior  design  or  advertising  design  major. 
Admission  to  these  two  majors  is  governed  by  the  Limited  Enrollment 
program.  The  following  criteria  for  admission  were  in  effect  Fall  1990. 
Changes  may  be  forthcoming.  Please  contact  the  department  or  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  further  information.  Please  note 
that  there  is  no  longer  a  "pre-design"  category. 


118    Housing  and  Design 


Admission  to  the  Interior  Design  and  Advertising  Design  Majors: 

1 .  Admission  to  the  majors  of  Interior  Design  and  Advertising  Design 
is  selective.  Ordinarily,  students  are  admitted  to  these  majors  after 
a  Design  Work  Portfolio  has  been  reviewed.  The  Faculty  Admis- 
sion Committee  composed  of  the  three  Area  Coordinators  and  the 
Department  Chairperson  reviews  portfolios  and  ranks  them  by 
overall  quality.  Students  whose  portfolios  receive  the  highest 
ranking  are  admitted.  The  portfolio  must  be  submitted  by  the 
appropriate  deadline. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  a  portfolio  review,  students  must  have 
earned  a  minimum  of  29  credits  and  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher  in  each 
of  APDS  101,  102,  103,  and  EDIT  160. 

In  addition,  students  will  be  required  to  submit  their  portfolios  within 
1 2  months  of  attaining  portlolio  review  eligibility  (as  defined  above). 
A  student  may  submit  a  portfolio  for  review  no  more  than  twice 
within  those  12  months.  If  a  student  has  not  been  accepted  into  a 
design  major  after  receiving  two  portfolio  reviews  or  after  one  year 
from  attaining  portfolio  review  eligibility  (whichever  comes  first),  the 
student  will  not  be  considered  for  acceptance  into  either  design 
major  at  UMCP  and  must  change  his  or  her  major. 

2.  The  following  students  are  exempted  from  the  portfolio  review 
requirements: 

Freshman  who  have  a  3.0  high  school  GPA  and  combined  SAT 
score  of  1200  or  above;  or  who  are  National  Merit  and  National 
Achievement  Scholarship  finalists  or  semi-finalists:  or  recipients  of 
the  Chancellor's  Scholarship;  or  of  Maryland  Distinguished  Scholar 
Award,  or  Benjamin  Banneker  Scholarship. 

3.  Transfer  students  must  submit  their  Design  Work  Portfolio  at  the 
time  of  their  application  for  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
or  later,  but  in  any  case  by  the  appropriate  deadline. 

Transfer  students  from  Maryland  Public  Community  Colleges 
(including  NOVA)  with  an  articulated  design  program  may  use 
transferred  courses  equivalent  to  UMCP  design  courses  in  fulfill- 
ment of  "portfolio  review  eligibility"  (as  defined  in  point  1).  Once 
portfolio  eligibility  has  been  achieved,  transfer  students  (like  all 
other  pre-design  students)  will  have  12  months,  with  a  maximum 
of  two  attempts,  to  be  admitted  into  a  design  major. 

Students  transferring  from  accredited  institutions  with  which  there 
is  no  articulation  agreement  must  have  design  courses  they  have 
completed  from  that  institution  evaluated,  for  equivalency  to  UMCP 
design  major  requirements,  on  a  case-by-case  basis  by  a  depart- 
ment advisor.  Courses  determined  to  be  equivalent  may  be  used 
towards  fulfillment  of  portfolio  review  eligibility  and  towards  fulfill- 
ment of  design  major  requirements.  Once  portfolio  review  eligibility 
is  achieved,  transfer  students  from  non-articulated  programs  will 
proceed  on  the  same  basis  as  all  other  pre-design  students  (as 
explained  in  point  1). 

Transfer  students  who  have  not  completedd  29  credits,  or  who 
have  not  completed  the  four  required  courses,  or  whose  Design 
Work  Portfolios  have  been  found  unsatisfactory  may  be  admitted 
as  "Pre-Design"  students. 

4.  Potentially  talented  students  who  are  unable  to  meet  the  above 
criteria  may  be  admitted  provided  they  have  applied  as  a  "case-by- 
case"  student  and  have  been  accepted  by  the  Faculty  Admission 
Committee  composed  of  the  three  Area  Coordinators  and  the 
Department  Chairperson.  Examples  of  non-academic  criteria  on 
the  basis  of  which  the  Committee  may  grant  admission  are: 
samples  of  the  applicant's  design  work  done  in  high  school  or 
community  college,  leadership  in  extracurricular  or  community 
activities,  hobby  skills  related  to  Interior  Design  and/or  Advertising 
Design,  job  related  experience  in  the  design  field,  Armed  Forces 
experience  in  design  areas,  etc. 

5.  Students  not  yet  admitted  to  the  majors  of  Interior  Design  and 
Advertising  Design  are  classified  as  "Pre-Design"  students.  Pre- 
design  students  will  be  granted  preferential  treatment  when  regis- 
tering for  departmental  courses  in  which  there  is  an  enrollment 
limitation. 

6.  Admission  to  the  Interior  Design  or  Advertising  Design  majors  is  not 
automatic,  even  when  all  relevant  requirements  have  been  fulfilled. 
It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  file  a  "Change  of  Major*  form  with 
the  department  by  the  appropriate  deadline  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  plans  to  take  200-level-and- 
above  courses  restricted  to  majors  only  If  any  of  the  required  four 


courses  was  not  taken  at  the  College  Park,  a  transcript  and 
approved  substitution  sheet  (or  permission  to  take  the  course  at 
another  institution)  must  be  attached  to  the  "Change  of  Major"  form. 
This  applies  to  courses  taken  at  any  other  college  or  campus, 
including  University  College.  No  exceptions  will  be  made  to  this 
procedure.  Students  will  be  informed  by  mail  of  action  taken. 

7.    Deadlines  for  admission  application  (filing  "Change  of  Major"  form) 
and  portfolio  submission  (must  be  received  by  4:00  p.m.): 

a.  Fall  Semester:  May  23 

b.  Spring  Semester:  January  6 

c.  Summer  Session:  August  15  (for  students  enrolled  in  Summer 
School) 

If  deadline  falls  on  weekend,  the  due  date  is  the  previous  Friday.) 


Advising 


Design  majors  are  advised  by  department  faculty.  Advisor  assignments 

may  be  obtained  in  1401  Marie  Mount  Hall. 

405-4377. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  degree  Bachelor  of  Arts  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory  completion, 
with  an  average  of  C  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  1 20  academic 
semester  hour  credits.  Students  must  earn  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  all 
courses  applied  towards  satisfaction  of  the  requirements  for  the  major  in 
Interior  or  Advertising  Design.  Moreover,  a  course  in  whicha  grade  lower 
than  a  C  was  earned  cannot  be  used  as  a  prerequisite  for  a  course 
required  for  the  major. 

Please  Note:  The  Interior  and  Advertising  Design  curricula  are 
currently  under  review;  students  matriculating  after  June  1,  1990 
should  consult  a  department  advisor  for  major  requirements. 

Advertising  Design  Curriculum 

(Advertising  design  courses  must  be  taken  in  sequence.) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours' 

CORE  Program  Requirements 39-40 

B.A.  Requirements" 15 

EDIT  160— Design  Illustrating  I  3 

DESN  101— Design  Studio  I 3 

DESN  102— Design  Studio  II 3 

DESN  103— Design  Studio  III 3 

ARTH  200— Art  of  the  Western  World  I" 3 

DESN  204— History  of  Design 3 

DESN  205 — Drawing  for  Designers 3 

DESN  210— Presentation  Tech.  Visual  Communication 

Design 3 

DESN  230— Typography  I 3 

DESN  231— Typography  II 3 

DESN  237— Photography  I 3 

DESN  300 — Computers,  Design  &  Graphics" 

(or  approv.  sub.) 3 

DESN  320— Illustration  I 3 

DESN  331— Advertising  Design  Studio  I 3 

DESN  333 — 3-D  Visual  Communication 3 

DESN  360— History,  Culture  and  Design  OR 

DESN  362— Ideas  in  Design" 3 

DESN  380— Prof.  Practices  in  Visual  Communication 

Design 3 

DESN  430— Advertising  Design  Studio  II 3 

DESN  450  BA— Thesis  in  Advertising  Design"  3 

DESN  Elective  (DESN  386/387) 3 

DESN  Elective 3 

Interior  Design  Curriculum 

(Interior  Design  courses  must  be  taken  in  sequence  ) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 39-40 

B.A.  Requirements 15 

EDIT  160— Design  Illustrating  I 3 

DESN  101— Design  Studio  I 3 

DESN  102— Design  Studio  II 3 

DESN  103— Design  Studio  III 3 

PHYS  106—  Light,  Perception.  Photography.  &  Vis 
Phen." 3 


Human  Development    119 


PHYS  107— lab  lor  PHYS  106" 1 

ARTH  200— Art  of  the  Western  World  I" 3 

DESN  204— History  of  Design 3 

DESN  205— Drawing  for  Designers 3 

DESN  212— Graphic  Techniques  for  Interior  Design 3 

EDIT  241— Architectural  Drawing 3 

DESN  246— Materials  in  Interior  Design  3 

DESN  247— Building  Technology  3 

HSAD  300 — Computers.  Design  &  Graphics"  (or  approv.  sub.)  3 

DESN  342— Space  Development 3 

DESN  343—  Interior  Design  Studio  I 5 

DESN  360— History  Culture  and  Design 3 

DESN  362— Ideas  in  Design" 3 

DESN  444— Professional  Practices  in  Interior  Design 3 

DESN  445— Interior  Design  II 5 

DESN  446BA— Thesis  in  Interior  Design" 6 

DESN  Elective  (DESN  386/387) 3 

"No  upper  level  credits  may  be  attempted  without  special  permission  until 
a  student  has  earned  a  minimum  of  56  credits. 

"These  credits  may  simultaneously  satisfy  University  general  education 
(CORE)  requirements. 

Note:  More  detailed  information  about  curriculum  as  well  as  semester-by- 
semester  sample  programs  are  available  from  the  department. 

Course  Code:  DESN 


HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  (Institute  for  Child 
Study)  (EDHD) 

College  of  Education 

3304  Benjamin  Building,  405-2827 

Professor  and  Director:  Hardy 

Professors:  Eliot,  Fox,  Porges,  Pressley,  Seefeldf,  Torney-Purta 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Flatter,  Gardner,  Holloway,  Huebner, 

Marcus,  Robertson-Tchabo,  Tyler 

Assistant  Professors:  Byrnes,  Green,  Hunt,  Wentzel,  Wigfield 

Emeriti:  Bowie,  Dittman,  Goering,  Hatfield,  Morgan 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Department  of  Human  Development  offers:  (1)  a  number  of  under- 
graduate courses  in  human  development  at  the  200,  300  and  400  levels, 
including  the  areas  of  development,  learning  and  adjustment;  (2)  graduate 
programs  leading  to  the  M.A.,  M.Ed,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  and  the  A.G.S. 
certificate;  and  (3)  field  experiences  and  internships  to  develop  compe- 
tence in  applying  theory  to  education  practice  in  schools  and  other 
settings.  Areas  of  concentration  in  human  development  include  infancy, 
early  childhood,  adolescence,  adulthood,  and  aging.  Research  in  edu- 
cational psychology,  social,  physiological,  personality  and  cognitive  areas 
with  emphasis  on  the  social  aspects  of  development  enhance  the  in- 
structional program. 

Undergraduate  courses  and  workshops  are  designed  for  pre-service  and 
in-service  teachers  as  well  as  for  students  preparing  to  enter  human 
services  vocations.  The  department  does  not  offer  an  undergraduate 
major.  However,  undergraduate  students  may  elect  human  development 
courses  in  areas  of  concentration  such  as  (1 )  infancy  and  early  childhood, 
(2)  adolescence,  (3)  aging,  and  (4)  human  services  (social  service, 
recreation,  corrections,  etc.).  Major  purposes  of  undergraduate  offerings 
in  human  development  are  (1)  providing  experiences  which  facilitate  the 
personal  growth  of  the  individual,  and  (2)  preparing  people  for  vocations 
and  programs  which  seek  to  improve  the  quality  of  human  life.  These 
offerings  are  designed  to  help  professionals  and  paraprofessionals  acquire 
a  positive  orientation  toward  people  and  basic  knowledge  and  skills  for 
helping  others. 

Through  the  Institute  for  Child  Study,  the  faculty  provides  consultant 
services  and  staff  development  programs  for  school  systems,  parent 
groups,  court  systems,  mental  health  agencies,  and  other  organizations 
involved  with  helping  relationships. 

Course  Code:  EDHD 


HUMAN  NUTRITION  AND  FOOD  SYSTEMS 
(HNFS) 

College  of  Human  Ecology 

3304  Marie  Mount  Hall,  405-2139 

Professor  and  Chair:  Read 

Professors:  Ahrens,  Moser-Veillon,  Prather,  Sims 

Associate  Professors:  Castonguay,  Jackson 

Assistant  Professors:  Choi,  Karahadian,  Noble.  Taylor 

Lecturers:  Curtis,  Norton 

Adjunct  Professors:  Failla,  Hamosh,  Reiser,  Reynolds,  Trout 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Bhathena,  Goldberg,  Pao,  Szepesi 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professors:  Behall,  Conway,  Deuster,  Guenther, 

Hallfrisch,  Michaelis,  Miles,  Monagan,  Nolan,  Patterson,  Raiten,  Rinke, 

Sempos 

Affiliate  Professors.  Hansen,  Heald 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professor:  McKenna 

The  area  of  human  nutrition  and  food  systems  offers  many  diverse 
professional  opportunities.  Courses  introduce  the  student  to  the  principles 
of  selection,  preparation,  and  utilization  of  food  for  human  health  and  the 
welfare  of  society.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  scientific,  cultural,  and 
professional  aspects  of  this  broad  area  of  food  and  nutrition.  The  depart- 
ment offers  four  areas  of  emphasis:  dietetics,  experimental  foods, 
foodservice  administration,  and  human  nutrition  and  foods.  Each  program 
provides  for  competencies  in  several  areas  of  work;  however,  each  option 
is  designed  specifically  for  certain  professional  careers. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  Dietetics  major  develops  an  understanding  and  competency  in  food, 
nutrition,  and  management  as  related  to  problems  of  dietary  departments 
and  delivery  of  nutritional  care.  Nutrition  education  and  community 
nutrition  are  included  in  this  program.  The  Dietetics  program  is  approved 
by  the  American  Dietetic  Association.  The  Experimental  Foods  major 
develops  competency  in  food  science  and  food-related  behavior.  Physi- 
cal, chemical  and  biological  sciences  in  relation  to  food  are  emphasized. 
The  program  is  designed  for  students  interested  in  product  development, 
quality  control,  consumer  concerns  and  technical  research  in  foods. 

Foodservice  Administration  emphasizes  the  administration  of  quantity 
food  services  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  colleges,  restaurants, 
health  care  facilities  and  corporate  cafeterias.  The  Human  Nutrition  and 
Foods  major  emphasizes  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  in  relation 
to  nutrition  and  the  development  of  laboratory  skills  in  these  areas. 
Students  in  this  major  frequently  elect  to  go  on  to  graduate  or  medical 
school. 

Each  of  these  courses  of  study  includes  a  set  of  major  subject  courses 
offered  primarily  within  the  department,  plus  supporting  courses  taken 
outside  the  department.  To  graduate,  students  must  also  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  University  (e.g. ,  those  specified  in  the  CORE  Program) 
and  the  requirements  of  College  of  Human  Ecology. 

Grades.  All  students  are  required  to  earn  a  C  grade  or  better  in  courses 
applied  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major.  This  includes  all  required  courses 
with  a  prefix  of  FOOD,  NUTR,  and  FSAD  as  well  as  certain  required 
courses  in  supporting  fields.  A  list  of  these  courses  for  each  program  may 
be  obtained  from  the  department  office. 

Program  Requirements 

I.    Dietetics 

Changes  in  the  Dietetics  program  are  under  consideration.  Stu- 
dents should  check  with  a  departmental  advisor. 

a.    Major  Subject  Courses 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

NUTR  330— Nutritional  Biochemistry 3 

NUTR  440 — Advanced  Human  Nutrition  I 4 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition  II 4 

NUTR  460 — Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition 4 

NUTR  470 — Community  Nutrition  3 

NUTR  475 — Dynamics  of  Community  Nutrition 3 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  I 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  II 3 

FSAD  300 — Foodservice  Organization  and 

Management 3 


120    Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems 


FSAD  350 — Foodservice  Operations  I 5 

FSAD  440— Foodservice  Personnel  Administration 2 

Subtotal 40 

b.  Supporting  Courses 

MATH  1 1 0— Elementary  Mathematical  Models  or 

MATH  115:  Pre-Calculus 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II 4 

CHEM  233 — Organic  Chemistry  I 4 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  4 

ZOOL  202— Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  II 4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 
Communication  or  SPCH  107— Technical 

Speech  Communication 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

EDMS  451 — Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics  or 

BIOM  301— Introduction  to  Biometrics 3 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

ENGL  391 — Advanced  Composition  or 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 3 

CORE  Program  Courses 21 

Human  Ecology  Courses 6 

Electives 5 

Subtotal 80 

Total  Credits 120 

II.  Experimental  Foods 

a.  Major  Subject  Courses 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  I 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  II 3 

FOOD  440— Advanced  Food  Science  1 3 

FOOD  445 — Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory 1 

FOOD  450— Advanced  Food  Science  II 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

FDSC  412 — Principles  of  Food  Processing  I  or 

FDSC  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  II 3 

FDSC  422— Food  Product  Research  &  Development ....  3 

FDSC  430— Food  Microbiology 2 

FDSC  434— Food  Microbiology  Laboratory 2 

ENAG  414 — Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

Subtotal 30 

b.  Supporting  Courses 

MATH  115— Pre-Calculus 3 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 3 

CHEM  103 — General  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II 4 

CHEM  233— Organic  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  243— Organic  Chemistry  II 4 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  I  4 

BCHM  261— Elements  of  Biochemistry 3 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology 4 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

BIOM  301 — Introduction  Biometrics  or 

BIOM  401—  Biostatistics  I 3-4 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or  SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

CORE  Program  Courses 21 

Human  Ecology  Courses 6 

Electives 5 

Subtotal 90 

Total  Credits 120 

III.  Foodservice  Administration 

a.  Major  Subject  Courses 

FSAD  300 — Foodservice  Organization  and 

Management 3 

FSAD  350 — Foodservice  Operations  I 5 

FSAD  355 — Foodservice  Operations  II 4 

FSAD  415 — Foodservice  Cost  Accounting 3 

FSAD  440 — Foodservice  Personnel  Administration 2 

FSAD  450 — Foodservice  Equipment  Planning 3 

FSAD  455 — Manpower  Planning  for  Foodservice 3 


FSAD  480 — Practicum  in  Foodservice  Administration  or 

FSAD  490 — Special  Problems  in  Foodservice 3 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  I 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  II 3 

FOOD  300 — Economics  of  Food  Consumption 3 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

NUTR  470— Community  Nutrition 3 

Subtotal 41 

b.  Supporting  Courses 

MATH  1 10 — Elementary  Mathematical  Models  or 

MATH  115— Precalculus 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  & 

Biochemistry 4 

BIOL  105—  Principles  of  Biology  I  4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

ZOOL  202— Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  II 4 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

BMGT  220 — Principles  of  Accounting  I 3 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations  or 3 

ECON  370 — Labor  Markets.  Human  Resources,  and 

Trade  Unions 3 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics 3 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or  SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  3 

ENGL  391 — Advanced  Composition  or 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 3 

CORE  Program  Courses 21 

Human  Ecology  Courses 6 

Electives 2 

Subtotal 79 

Total  Credits 120 


IV.  Human  Nutrition  and  Foods 

a.  Major  Subject  Courses 

NUTR  200—  Nutrition  for  Health  Services  . 
NUTR  440 — Advanced  Human  Nutrition  I  . 
NUTR  450 — Advanced  Human  Nutrition  II 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  I 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  II 

FOOD  440 — Advanced  Food  Science  I 

FOOD  445 — Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory . 


3 

4 
4 
3 
3 
3 
1 
Subtotal 21 

b.  Supporting  Courses 

MATH  115— Precalculus 3 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 3 

CHEM  103 — General  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  113— General  Chemistry  II 

CHEM  233 — Organic  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  243— Organic  Chemistry  II 

ZOOL  21 1— Cell  Biology  and  Physiology 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 

BCHM  461— Biochemistry  I 3 

BCHM  463—  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I 2 

BCHM  462— Biochemistry  II 3 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology 4 

BIOM  301— Introduction  to  Biometrics 3 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100 — Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or  SPCH  1 07— Technical  Speech  Communication  3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

CORE  Program  Courses 21 

Human  Ecology  Courses 6 

Electives 5 

Subtotal 99 

Total 120 

Advising 

Department  advising  is  mandatory  Students  should  consult  the  current 
Undergraduate  Catalog  and  also  see  an  appropnate  departmental  advi- 
sor when  planning  their  course  of  study  Information  on  advising  may  be 
obtained  by  calling  the  department  office.  405-2139. 


Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education    121 


Financial  Assistance 

The  department  has  collaborative  arrangements  for  hourly  employment 
with  nearby  government  agencies  and  can  provide  suggestions  for  a  wide 
variety  ot  opportunities  in  hospitals,  industry,  and  other  locations.  Call 
405-2139  for  more  information. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  HNFS  Department  offers  yearly  awards  for  Outstanding  Sophomore. 
Outstanding  Junior,  Outstanding  Senior.  Outstanding  Graduate  Student, 
Outstanding  Returning  Student.  Outstanding  Self-Supporting  Student, 
and  a  Special  Departmental  Award.  Call  405-2139  for  more  information. 

Student  Organizations 

The  HNFS  Department  has  an  active  undergraduate  club  which  does  a 
number  of  outreach  activities,  sponsors  speakers  on  career-related 
topics,  and  participates  in  a  variety  of  social  activities.  Call  405-2139  for 
more  information. 

Course  Codes:  FOOD,  FSAD,  NUTR 


INDUSTRIAL,  TECHNOLOGICAL  AND 
OCCUPATIONAL  EDUCATION  (EDIT) 

College  of  Education 

3216  J.M.  Patterson  Building,  405-4539 

Professor  and  Chair:  Erekson 

Associate  Professors:  Beatty,  Herschbach,  Hultgren,  Peters,  Stough, 

Sullivan 

Assistant  Professors:  Gentzler.  Martinez 

Instructors:  Ashley,  Bell,  Ceppaluni,  Petrina,  Pozonsky,  Spear,  Wolfe 

Emeriti:  Anderson,  Hombake,  Maley 

The  Major 

The  Department  of  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 
offers  programs  leading  to  teacher  certification  and  degrees  in  five 
different  fields  of  teacher  preparation.  A  sixth  field  of  study,  industrial 
technology,  is  designed  to  prepare  individuals  for  supervisory,  manage- 
ment, and  training  positions  in  industry,  business,  and  government.  In 
addition,  a  technical  education  program  is  available  for  persons  with 
advanced  technical  preparation  who  wish  to  teach  in  technical  institutes 
or  community  colleges. 

The  five  curricula  administered  by  the  department  include:  (1)  business 
education:  (2)  home  economics  education;  (3)  industrial  arts/technology 
education;  (4)  industrial  technology;  (5)  vocational-technical  education. 
Undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bach- 
elor of  Science,  Master  of  Education,  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist, 
Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  are 
available. 

Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  Advisors  are  located  in  the  J.M.  Patterson  Building. 
Call  the  department  for  additional  information. 

Business  Education 

Two  curricula  are  offered  for  preparation  of  teachers  of  business  subjects: 
General  Business  and  Secretarial  Education.  The  general  business 
education  curriculum  qualifies  students  for  teaching  all  business  subjects 
except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough  training  in  general  business,  includ- 
ing economics,  this  curriculum  leads  to  teaching  positions  at  both  junior 
and  senior  high  school  levels. 

General  Business  Education 

A  program  of  1 24  hours  of  university  credit  hours  is  required  for  a  general 
business  education  major.  Six  hours  of  electives  must  be  selected  from 
the  business  field. 


CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 
MATH  111  (3) 
SPCH  100,  125  or  220  (3) 

Content  Courses 

BMGT  110 — Introduction  to  Business  and  Management  (3) 

EDIT  114 — Principles  of  Typewriting  (2) 

EDIT  115 — Intermediate  Typewriting  (2) 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting  I  &  II  (3) 

ECON  201,  203— Principles  of  Economics  I  &  II  (USP  Distributive)  (3) 

EDIT  214 — Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2) 

EDIT  215— Survey  of  Office  Machines  (3) 

BMGT  380— Business  Law  (3) 

BMGT  301— Introduction  to  Data  Processing  (3) 

BMGT  302— Information  Systems  Implementation  Techniques  (3) 

BMGT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (3) 

EDIT  406— Word  Processing  (3) 

EDIT  415 — Financial  and  Economic  Education  I  (3) 

EDIT  416 — Financial  and  Economic  Education  II  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  270— Field  Experiences  (3) 

"EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDIT  485 — Field  Experiences  in  Business  Education  (3) 

*EDPA  301— Foundations  in  Education  (3) 

'EDIT  340— Methods  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3) 

"EDIT  341 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  Business 

Education(3) 
"EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 
"EDIT  432— Student  Teaching  (12) 
•Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

Secretarial  Education 

The  secretarial  education  curriculum  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  those  who 
wish  to  become  teachers  of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business  subjects. 
A  program  of  127  hours  of  university  credit  is  required  for  a  secretarial 
education  major.  Nine  hours  of  electives  must  be  selected  from  the  field 
of  business. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 

SPCH  220  Group  Discussion  (3) 

Content  Courses 

EDIT  114 — Principles  of  Typewriting  (if  exempt,  BMGT  110)  (2) 

EDIT  1 15 — Intermediate  Typewriting  (2) 

EDIT  116,  117— Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II  (3) 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting  I  &  II  (3) 

ECON  201 ,  203— Principles  of  Economics  I  &  II  (USP  Distributive)  (3) 

EDIT  214 — Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2) 

EDIT  215— Survey  of  Office  Machines  (3) 

EDIT  216— Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription  (3) 

EDIT  304 — Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures  (3) 

BMGT  380— Business  Law  (3) 

EDIT  406— Word  Processing  (3) 

EDIT  405 — Business  Communications  (3) 

BMGT  301— Introduction  to  Data  Processing  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  270— Field  Experiences  in  Education  for  Business  and  Industry  (3) 

*EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

*EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDIT  485 — Field  Experiences  in  Business  Education  (3) 

•EDIT  340— Methods  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3) 

'EDIT  341 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  Business 

Education  (3) 
'EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 
•EDIT  432— Student  Teaching  (12) 
•Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education. 

Home  Economics  Education 

The  home  economics  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who  are 
preparing  to  teach  home  economics  and  includes  study  in  each  area  of 
home  economics  and  of  the  supporting  disciplines. 

A  major  in  Home  Economics  Education  requires  128  university  credit 


122    Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 


hours.  The  major  is  an  intensive  program  which  includes  required  courses 
in  academic  support,  content,  and  professional  areas,  A  nine-hour  area  of 
concentration  designed  to  give  the  student  expertise  in  some  special  facet 
of  home  economics  must  be  completed  with  the  approval  of  an  advisor. 
No  upper  level  credits  can  be  attempted  until  a  student  has  earned  a 
minimum  of  fifty-six  credits. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 

CHEM  103(4) 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125(3) 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  (3) 

BIOL  101— Concepts  of  Biology  (3) 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3) 

Content  Courses 

TEXT  205— Intro,  to  Textile  Materials  or  TEXT  105— Textiles  in 

Contemporary  Living  (3) 
NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition  (3) 
DESN  101 — Fundamentals  of  Design  or 
ARTE  101— Introduction  to  Art  Education  (3) 
FMCD  250 — Decision-Making  in  Family  Living  (3) 
HSAD  240 — Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home  (3) 
or  HSAD  251— Family  Housing  (3) 
EDHD  41 1— Child  Growth  and  Development  (3) 
FOOD  210 — Scientific  Principles  of  Food  Preparation  and 

Management  (4) 
TEXT  21 1— Apparel  or  TEXT  222— Apparel  II  (3) 
FMCD  330— Family  Patterns  or  FMCD  105  (3) 
SOCY  443— The  Family  and  Society  or  FMCD  441  (3) 
FMCD  445— Family  and  Household  Management  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  207 — Bases  for  Curriculum  Decisions  in  Home  Economics  (3) 

'EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDIT  435 — Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Economics  (3) 

EDIT  436 — Field  Experience  in  Analysis  of  Child  Development  Lab  (3) 

*EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDIT  493 — Home  Economics  for  Special  Need  Learners  or 

EDSP  470— Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3) 

"EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDIT  342— Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation  Home 

Economics  (3) 
EDIT  442 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  Home 

Economics  (12) 
'Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

Industrial  Arts/Technology  Education 

This  industrial  arts/technology  education  curriculum  prepares  persons  to 
teach  industrial  arts/technology  education  at  the  middle  and  secondary 
school  level.  It  is  a  four-year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  While  trade  or  industrial  experience  contributes  significantly  to  the 
background  of  the  industrial  arts/technology  education  teacher,  previous 
work  experience  is  not  a  condition  of  entrance  into  this  curriculum. 
Students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  curriculum  are  encouraged  to  obtain  work 
in  industry  during  the  summer  months.  Industrial  arts/technology  education 
as  a  middle  and  secondary  school  subject  area  is  a  part  of  the  general 
education  program  characterized  by  extensive  laboratory  experiences. 

To  obtain  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Industrial  Arts  Education,  a  student  must 
complete  128  hours  of  University  credit.  The  major  is  intensive  and 
involves  required  courses  in  academic  support,  content,  and  professional 
areas.  Eight  hours  of  elective  credit  should  be  taken  with  the  advice  of  the 
advisor.  No  upper  level  credits  can  be  attempted  until  a  student  has 
earned  a  minimum  of  fifty-six  credits. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Requirements. 
Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of  Classes) 
CHEM  102  or  103(4) 
SPCH  100(3) 
PHYS111  or  112(3) 
ECON  205 

Content  Courses 

EDIT  101— Mechanical  Drawing  I  (2) 
EDIT  102— Fundamentals  of  Woodworking  (3) 
EDIT  112— Technical  Calculations  (3) 
EDIT  262— Basic  Metal  Machining  (3) 


EDIT  121— Mechanical  Drawing  II  (2) 

EDIT  202— Machine  Woodworking  (3) 

EDIT  127— Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics  (3) 

EDIT  233 — Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  (3) 

EDIT  241— Architectural  Drawing  (2) 

EDIT  227— Applications  of  Electronics  (3) 

EDIT  223— Arc  and  Gas  Welding  (1) 

EDIt  210—  Foundry  (1) 

EDIT  226 — Fundamental  Metal-Working  Processes  (3) 

EDIT  234 — Graphic  Communications  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  270—  Field  Experience  (3) 

"EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

•EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDIT  311— Lab  Practicum  in  Industrial  Arts  (3) 

*EDCI  390— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDIT  344 — Curriculum.  Instruction  and  Observation  (3) 

•EDIT  422— Student  Teaching  (12) 

EDHD  451— Research  and  Experimentation  in  Ind.  Arts  (3) 

EDIT  450 — Training  Aids  Development  (3) 

EDIT  464 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management  (3) 

EDIT  466 — Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts  (3) 

•Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

Industrial  Technology 

The  industrial  technology  curriculum  is  a  four-year  program  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  prepare 
persons  for  jobs  within  industry.  It  embraces  four  maior  areas  of  com- 
petence: (a)  technical  competence;  (b)  human  relations  and  leadership 
competence;  (c)  communications  competence;  and  (d)  social  and  civic 
competence. 

To  obtain  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Industrial  Technology,  a  student  must 
complete  128  hours  of  university  credit.  The  program  involves  required 
courses  in  academic  support  and  content  areas.  Twenty-four  hours  of 
electives  should  be  selected  to  create  a  concentration  in  one  of  the 
following  areas: 

Production  and  Manufacturing 

Industrial  Safety 

Industrial  Training  and  Human  Resource  Development 

Fire  Science  and  Industrial  Safety 

Specific  Technical  Specialty 

No  upper  level  credits  can  be  attempted  until  a  student  has  earned  a 
minimum  of  fifty-six  credits. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 

PSYC  100(3) 

SPCH  107(3) 

MATH  1 1 1  or  MATH  220  (3) 

PHYS  111  (3) 

CHEM  102  or  CHEM  103(4) 

ECON  205  (3) 

PHYS  112(3) 

Content  Courses 

EDIT  262— Basic  Metal  Machining  (3) 

EDIT  101— Mechanical  Drawing  I  (2) 

EDIT  1 12— Technical  Calculations  or  EDIT  Elective  (3) 

EDIT  121— Mechanical  Drawing  II  (2) 

EDIT  210— Foundry  (1) 

EDIT  223— Arc  and  Gas  Welding  (1) 

CMSC  103 — Intro,  to  Computing  for  Non-Majors  or 

CMSC  1 10— Introductory  Computer  Programming  (3/4) 

EDIT  127— Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics  (3) 

EDIT  291— Introduction  to  Plastics  Technology  (3) 

EDIT  224 — Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience  (3) 

PSYC  361— Industrial  Psychology  (3) 

EDIT  443— Industrial  Safety  Education  I  (3) 

EDIT  465— Modern  Industry  (3) 

EDIT  226 — Fundamental  Metalworkmg  Processes  or 

EDIT  233— Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  OR  EDIT  234— Graphic 

Communications  (3) 
BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management  (3) 
EDIT  444— Industrial  Safety  Education  II  (3) 
EDIT  425 — Analysis  of  Industrial  Training  Programs  I  (3) 
EDIT  324 — Organized  &  Supervised  Work  Expenence  (3) 


Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education    123 


BMGT  362— Labor  Relations  (3) 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management  or  approved  BMGT  Elect.  (3) 
EDIT  360 — Industrial  Production  Technology  or  approved  BMGT 
Elective  (3) 

Distributive  Education" 

A  major  in  Distributive  Education  prepares  the  student  for  a  career  in 
teaching  at  the  high  school  level  in  a  cooperative  vocational  education 
program.  The  degree  requires  completion  ol  courses  in  three  components 
beyond  the  USP  program  academic  support,  content  and  professional 
courses  The  nine  credit  hours  of  electives  must  be  selected  from  BMGT 
or  EDIT  offenngs  Students  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  Teacher 
Education  Program  during  the  semester  in  which  they  are  completing  45 
credit  hours. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  tor  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 
SPCH100(3) 

Content  Courses 

BMGT  110 — Business  Enterprise  (3) 

ECON  201— Principles  of  Economics  I  (3) 

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics  II  (3) 

BMGT  220— Principles  of  Accounting  I  (3) 

BMGT  221— Principles  of  Accounting  II  (3) 

BMGT  350— Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (3) 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management  (3) 

BMGT  354— Promotion  Management  (3) 

BMGT  360—  Personnel  Management  (3) 

BMGT  380— Business  Law  I  (3) 

BMGT  455 — Sales  Management  (3) 

EDIT  486— Field  Experience  (3) 

EDIT  or  BMGT  Electives  (9) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  270— Field  Experiences  (in  Education)  (3) 

*EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDIT  350 — Methods  of  Teaching:  Trades  and  Industry  (3) 

*EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDIT  414 — Organization  and  Coordination  of  Cooperative 

Education  Programs  (3) 
EDSP  2 1 0— Introduction  to  Special  Education  OR  EDSP  475— Education 

of  the  Slow  Learner  (3) 
"EDIT  482— Student  Teaching:  Trade  and  Industry  (12) 
EDIT  457 — Tests  and  Measurements  (3) 
'Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

"A  name  change  to  Marketing  Education  has  been  proposed  but  has  not 
yet  been  finally  approved. 

Vocational-Technical  Education 

The  vocational-technical  programs  may  lead  either  to  certification  as  a 
vocational-industrial  teacher  with  no  degree  involved  or  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree,  including  certification.  The  University  of  Maryland  is 
designated  as  the  institution  which  shall  offer  the  "Trades  and  Industries" 
certification  courses.  The  courses  offered  are  those  required  for  certification 
in  Maryland.  The  vocational-technical  curriculum  requires  trade  compe- 
tence as  specified  by  the  Maryland  State  Plan  for  Vocational-Industrial 
Education.  A  person  who  aspires  to  be  certified  should  review  the  state 
plan  and  contact  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education.  If  the 
person  has  in  mind  teaching  in  a  designated  school  system,  he  or  she  may 
discuss  his  or  her  plans  with  the  vocational-industrial  education  repre- 
sentative of  that  school  system  inasmuch  as  there  are  variations  in 
employment  and  certification  requirements. 

Vocational-Technical  Degree  Program 

The  vocational-technical  curriculum  is  a  four-year  program  of  studies 
leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  education.  It  is  intended  to 
develop  the  necessary  competencies  for  the  effective  performance  of  the 
tasks  of  a  vocational  or  occupational  teacher. 

To  obtain  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Vocational-Technical  Education,  a  stu- 
dent must  complete  128  hours  of  university  credit.  The  major  is  intensive 
and  involves  required  courses  in  academic  support,  content,  and  pro- 
fessional areas.  Five  hours  of  elective  credit  should  be  taken  with  the 
advice  of  an  advisor.  An  additional  twelve  credits  of  electives  are  included 
if  student  has  been  exempted  from  study  teaching  on  the  basis  of  prior 
experiences. 


Persons  pursuing  this  curriculum  must  present  documentary  evidence  of 
having  an  apprenticeship  or  comparable  learning  period  and  journeyman 
experience  This  evidence  of  background  and  training  is  necessary  in 
order  that  the  trade  examination  phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be  accom- 
plished. If  sufficient  trade  experience  is  unavailable,  such  experience 
must  be  completed  while  pursuing  the  degree  Twenty  semester  hours  of 
credit  toward  the  degree  are  granted  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
trade  competency  examination. 

Persons  having  completed  the  necessary  certification  courses  prior  to 
working  on  the  degree  program  may  use  such  courses  toward  meeting 
graduation  requirements.  However,  after  certification  course  requirements 
have  been  met,  persons  continuing  studies  toward  a  degree  must  take 
courses  in  line  with  the  curriculum  plan  and  University  regulations.  For 
example,  junior  level  courses  may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  has 
reached  full  junior  standing. 

CORE/USP  Requirements 

Academic  Support  Courses  (may  also  count  for  CORE/USP  Require- 
ments. Consult  departmental  advisor  or  worksheet  and  Schedule  of 
Classes) 
SPCH  100(3) 
ECON  205  (3) 
MATH  115(3) 
PSYC  100  (3) 
CHEM  103(4) 

Content  Courses 

EDIT  1 1 2  Technical  Calculations  (3) 
EDIT  465  Modern  Industry  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

EDIT  270— Field  Experience  (3) 

*EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDIT  462 — Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction  (3) 

EDIT  450 — Training  Aids  Development  (3) 

EDIT  471 — Principles  and  History  of  Vocational  Education  (3) 

EDIT  457 — Tests  and  Measurements  (3) 

EDIT  350— Methods  of  Teaching  (3) 

*EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDIT  482— Student  Teaching*  (12) 

EDIT  461 — Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (3) 

EDIT  499 — Coordination  of  Co-op  Work  Experience  (3) 

•EDPA  301— Social  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDIT  464 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management  (3) 

•Requires  Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

Elective  courses  in  the  technical  area  (shop  and  drawing)  will  be  limited 
to  courses  and  subjects  not  covered  in  the  trade  training  experience. 
Courses  dealing  with  advanced  technology  and  recent  improvements  in 
field  practices  will  be  acceptable. 

Vocational-Industrial  Certification 

To  become  certified  as  a  trade  industrial  and  service  occupations  teacher 
in  the  State  of  Maryland  a  person  must  successfully  complete  eighteen 
credit  hours  of  instruction  plus  a  three  credit  course  in  special  education 
or  mainstreaming. 

The  following  courses  must  be  included  in  the  eighteen  credit  hours  of 
instruction: 

EDIT  350— Methods  of  Teaching  (3) 

EDIT  464 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management  (3) 

EDIT  457 — Tests  and  Measurements  (3) 

EDIT  462— Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction  (3) 

The  remainder  of  the  credit  hours  shall  be  met  through  the  election  of  any 

two  of  the  following  seven  courses  or  completing  one  of  the  options: 

EDCP  41 1— Mental  Hygiene  (3) 

EDIT  450— Training  Aids  Development  (3) 

EDIT  461— Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (3) 

EDIT  465— Modern  Industry  (3) 

EDIT  467— Problems  in  Occupational  Education  (3) 

EDIT  471— History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education  (3) 

EDIT  499D— Workshop  in  Vocational  Education  (3) 

Option  1 

EDHD  300— Human  Growth  and  Development  (6) 

Option  2 

General  Psychology  (3) 

Educational  Psychology  (3) 


124    Jewish  Studies  Program 


A  person  in  vocational-technical  education  may  use  his  or  her  certification 
courses  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  A  maximum  of  twenty 
semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  examination  in  the  trade 
in  which  the  student  has  competence.  Prior  to  taking  the  examination,  the 
student  shall  provide  documentary  evidence  of  his  or  her  apprenticeship 
or  learning  period  and  (ourneyman  experience.  For  further  information 
about  credit  examination  refer  to  the  academic  regulations  or  consult  with 
the  department  staff. 

Course  Code:  EDIT 


JEWISH  STUDIES  PROGRAM 


Chair:  Clarke 

Associate  Chair:  Wrenn 

Professors:  Clarke.  Dotson,  Kelley,  Sloan,  Steel.  Vaccaro 

Associate  Professors:  Clark,  Hagberg,  Hatfield,  Hull,  Hurley,  Phillips, 

Santa  Maria,  Struna,  Wrenn 

Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi.  Caldwell,  Chalip,  Ennis,  Rogers.  Ryder, 

Scott,  Tyler, 

Vander  Velden 

Instructors:  Drum,  Owens.  Hancock,  Wenhold 

Lecturer:  Brown 

Emeriti:  Eyler,  Humphrey,  Husman 


The  Major 


College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2106  Jimenez  Hall.  405-4241 

Professor  and  Director:  Berlin 

Professors:  Beck,  Berlin,  Diner,  Mintz 

Associate  Professors:  Bilik,  Cooperman,  Handelman,  Rozenblit 

Assistant  Professors:  Manekin 

Instructors:  Levy.  Liberman 

The  Major 

The  Jewish  Studies  major  provides  undergraduate  students  with  a 
framework  for  organized  and  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  history,  phi- 
losophy, and  literature  of  the  Jews  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  Jewish 
Studies  draws  on  a  vast  literature  in  a  number  of  languages,  especially 
Hebrew  and  Aramaic,  and  includes  the  Bible,  the  Talmud,  medieval  and 
modern  Hebrew  literature.  Yiddish  language  and  literature  comprise  an 
important  sub-field. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  undergraduate  major  requires  forty-eight  semester  hours  (twenty- 
seven  hours  minimum  at  300-400  level)  consisting  of  courses  in  the 
Department  of  Hebrew  and  East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures  and  the 
History  Department  as  well  as  courses  in  other  departments. 

A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  in  all  courses  offered  toward  major 
requirements.  A  major  in  Jewish  Studies  will  normally  conform  to  the 
following  curriculum: 

1.  Prerequisite:  HEBR  111,  112,  211,  212  (or  placement  exam) 

2.  Required  courses:  HEBR  313,  314;  HIST  282,  283,  and  either 
HIST  309  or  research-oriented  course  in  Hebrew  approved  by 
advisor  (at  300  level  or  above);  one  course  in  classical  Jewish 
literature  (200-level);  one  upper-level  course  in  Hebrew  literature 
in  which  the  text  and/or  language  of  instruction  are  in  Hebrew, 
(twenty-one  credit  hours). 

3.  Electives:  fifteen  credits  in  Jewish  Studies  courses.  At  least  nine 
credits  must  be  at  the  300-400  level. 

4.  Twelve  credits  of  supporting  courses  in  areas  outside  Jewish 
Studies  such  as  history,  sociology,  philosophy,  psychology,  or 
literature,  including  at  least  six  credits  at  the  300-400  level,  to  be 
selected  with  the  approval  of  a  faculty  advisor. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Meyerhoff  Center  for  Jewish  Studies  (405-4241 )  offers  scholarships 
for  study  in  Israel.  Applications  for  scholarships  are  accepted  in  early 
March. 

See  Hebrew  departmental  entry  and  East  Asian  Studies  certificate. 


JOURNALISM  (JOUR) 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Journalism  entry. 

KINESIOLOGY  (KNES) 

(Formerly  Physical  Education) 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 

2351  HLHP  Building.  405-2450 


The  Department  of  Kinesiology  offers  two  undergraduate  degree  pro- 
grams to  satisfy  different  needs  of  students.  Students  may  choose  to 
major  in  Physical  Education  or  in  Kinesiological  Sciences  Descriptions  of 
each  program  follow. 

Physical  Education  Major 

This  curriculum,  including  three  certification  options,  prepares  students 

(1 )  for  teaching  physical  education  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 

(2)  for  coaching,  and  (3)  for  leadership  in  youth  and  adultgroups  which  offer 
a  program  of  physical  activity  Students  are  referred  to  the  section  on  the 
College  of  Education  for  information  on  teacher  education  application 
procedures.  The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  are  considered  to  be  an 
orientation  period  in  which  the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gam  an 
adequate  background  in  general  education  as  well  as  in  those  scientific 
areas  closely  related  to  this  field  of  specialization.  In  addition,  emphasis 
is  placed  upon  the  development  of  skills  in  a  wide  range  of  motor  activities 
Further,  students  are  encouraged  to  select  related  areas,  especially  in  the 
field  of  biology,  social  sciences,  psychology,  health  education,  and 
recreation  as  fields  of  secondary  interest.  These  materially  increase  the 
vocational  opportunities  which  are  available  to  graduates  in  physical 
education. 

Physical  Education  majors  have  a  choice  of  three  separate  options  for 
teacher  certification:  (1)  kindergarten  through  sixth  grade,  (2)  seventh 
through  twelfth  grade  or  (3)  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade  Due  to 
increased  marketability  it  is  recommended  that  students  pursue  the  K-1 2 
option.  The  specific  course  requirements  for  each  option  are  as  follows: 

Departmental  Requirements/All  Certification  Options 

Credit  Hours 

CORE  Requirements  (see  the  schedule  of  classes  for 

more  specific  information) 46 

HLTH  150— First  Aid  and  Safety 2 

PHYS  101  or  111  orCHEM  102  or  103  or  105 3-4 

KNES  1 80—  Foundations  of  Physical  Education 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  1 4 

ZOOL  201 .  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II 8 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

KNES  300 — Biomechanics  of  Human  Motion 4 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

KNES  314— Methods  in  Physical  Education 3 

KNES  333— Physical  Activity  for  the  Handicapped 3 

KNES  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 3 

KNES  390— Practicum  in  Teaching  Physical  Education 3 

KNES  480— Measurement  in  Physical  Education 3 

KNES  491 — Curriculum  in  Physical  Education 3 

KNES  Skills  Laboratories* 17 

"Students  should  discuss  this  requirement  with  department  advisors. 

K-6  Certification  Option 

KNES  370— Motor  Development 3 

EDHD  320— Human  Development  through  the  Lifespan 3 

EDCI  485 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School- 
Physical  Education 8 

KNES  421— Physical  Education  for  Elementary  School: 
A  Movement  Approach 3 

KNES  Electives  (6  hours  total).  KNES  350.  KNES  360.  or 
KNES  493  6 

Electives 67 

7-12  Certification  Option 

EDCI  390 — Pnnciples  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 3 

KNES  381— Prevention  and  Care  of  Athletic  Injunes  

EDCI  495— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 


Kinesiology    125 

Activity  Courses" 4 

Electives 3 

Sophomore  Year 

ZOOL  201 ,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 8 

KNES  370— Motor  Development 3 

Activity  Courses' 4 

Related  Studies' 6 

Junior  Year 

KNES  300 — Biomechanics  of  Human  Motion 4 

KNES  350— Psychology  ot  Sports 3 

KNES  360— Physiology  of  Exercise 3 

KNES  362— Philosophy  of  Sport 3 

KNES  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance  3 

Option* 3 

Related  Studies* 6 

Senior  Year 

KNES  496— Quantitative  Methods 3 

KNES  497— Independent  Studies  Seminar 3 

Electives 7 

Option' 9 

Related  Studies* 3 

'Students  should  discuss  these  requirements  with  a  department  advisor. 

In  addition  to  the  above  required  courses,  students  must  fulfill  the  CORE 
Program.  Minimum  number  of  semester  hours  for  degree  is  120. 

The  Kinesiological  Sciences  program  requires  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in 
all  but  general  education  and  free  elective  courses. 

Advising 

Advising  is  strongly  recommended  for  all  students  majoring  in  Physical 
Education  and  Kinesiological  Sciences  although  it  is  not  mandatory. 
Students  are  assigned  a  permanent  faculty  member  to  assist  them  with 
registration  procedures,  program  updates  and  other  information.  Students 
are  advised  to  follow  closely  the  program  sheets  which  outline  the  order 
in  which  courses  should  be  taken  to  allow  proper  progression  through  the 
degree  programs.  Departmental  contacts  are:  Physical  Education-Lynn 
Owens,  405-2495;  Kinesiological  Sciences-Dr.  Robert  Tyler,  405-2473. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to  encourage  superior  students  by 
providing  an  enriched  program  of  studies  which  will  fulfill  their  advanced 
interests  and  needs.  Qualified  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
undertake  intensive  and  often  independent  studies  wherein  initiative, 
responsibility,  and  intellectual  discipline  are  fostered.  To  qualify  for 
admission  to  the  program: 

1 .  A  freshman  must  have  a  "B"  average  in  academic  (college  prep) 
curriculum  of  an  accredited  high  school. 

2.  A  sophomore  must  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.00  in  all  college 
courses  of  official  registration. 

3.  All  applicants  must  have  three  formal  recommendations  concerning 
their  potential,  character,  and  other  related  matters. 

4.  All  applicants  must  be  accepted  by  the  Faculty  Honors  Committee. 
In  completing  the  program,  all  honor  students  must: 

a.  Participate  in  an  honors  seminar  where  thesis  and  other  rel- 
evant research  topics  are  studied. 

b.  Pass  a  comprehensive  oral  examination  covering  subject  mat- 
ter background. 

c.  Successfully  prepare  and  defend  the  honors  thesis. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  the  above  program,  the 
college  may  vote  to  recommend  graduation  without  honors,  with  honors, 
or  with  high  honors. 

Student  Organizations 

All  students  enrolled  in  physical  education  as  either  teacher  preparation 
or  kinesiological  sciences  majors  are  eligible  for  membership  in  the 
Physical  Education  Student  Association  (PESA).  The  goals  of  PESA  are 
(1)  to  encourage  participation  in  local,  state,  or  regional,  and  national 
professional  organization,  (2)  to  provide  opportunities  for  leadership 
through  involvement  in  campus,  community,  and  professional  activities, 
(3)  to  promote  the  study  and  discussion  of  current  issues,  problems,  and 
trends,  (4)  to  assist  in  the  acquisition  of  career  skill  competencies  by 


KNES  360— Physiology  of  Exercise 3 

KNES  490— Administration  of  Physical  Education  and 

Sport                       3 

KNES  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 

Physical  Education 3 

Electives  45 

K- 12  Certification  Option 

EDCI  390 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education  3 

EDCI  485 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools 6 

EDCI  495 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 6 

KNES  381— Prevention  and  Care  of  Athletic  Injuries 3 

KNES  421— Physical  Education  for  Elementary  School: 

A  Movement  Approach 3 

KNES  360— Physiology  of  Exercise 3 

KNES  370— Motor  Development 3 

KNES  490 — Administration  of  Physical  Education  and 

Sport 3 

KNES  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 

Physical  Education 3 

The  Physical  Education  program  requires  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  all  but 
general  education  and  free  elective  courses. 

Admission 

Admission  to  the  Physical  Education  major  occurs  upon  completion  of  45 
applicable  credits.  At  that  time,  students  apply  through  the  College  of 
Education  by  taking  the  California  Achievement  Test.  Additionally,  all 
physical  education  majors  must  have  and  maintain  a  2.5  average  to  gain 
admittance  and  continue  in  the  program. 

Student  Teaching 

Opportunity  is  provided  for  student  teaching  experience  in  an  appropriate 
physical  education  setting.  The  student  devotes  one  semester  in  the 
senior  year  to  observation,  participation,  and  teaching  under  a  qualified 
supervising  teacher  in  an  approved  Teacher  Education  Center  or  School. 
A  University  supervisor  from  the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 
visits  the  student  periodically  and  confers  with  the  student  teacher,  the 
cooperating  teacher,  and  the  center  coordinator,  giving  assistance  when 
needed. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  students  must:  (1)  have  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  university  supervising  teacher,  and  (2)  have  fulfilled  all 
required  courses  for  the  B.S.  degree  except  those  approved  by  the 
department.  The  student  must  obtain  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  all  required 
courses  and  maintain  a  2.5  GPA. 

Uniforms 

Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by  the  department,  are  required  for  the 
teaching  practicum(s)  and  for  student  teaching.  These  uniforms  should  be 
worn  only  during  professional  activities  and  are  ordered  during  the 
student's  junior  year. 


Kinesiological  Sciences  Major 


This  curriculum  offers  students  the  opportunity  to  study  the  body  of 
knowledge  of  human  movement  and  sport,  and  to  choose  specific 
programs  of  study  which  allow  them  to  pursue  a  particular  goal  related  to 
the  discipline.  There  is  no  intent  to  orient  all  students  toward  a  particular 
specialized  interest  or  occupation.  This  program  provides  a  hierarchical 
approach  to  the  study  of  human  movement.  First,  a  core  of  knowledge  is 
recognized  as  being  necessary  for  all  students  in  the  curriculum.  These 
core  courses  are  considered  foundational  to  advanced  and  more  specific 
courses.  Secondly,  at  the  "options"  level,  students  may  select  from  two 
sets  of  courses  which  they  believe  will  provide  the  knowledge  to  pursue 
whatever  goal  they  set  for  themselves  in  the  future.  To  further  strengthen 
specific  areas  of  interest,  students  should  carefully  select  related  studies 
courses  and  electives. 


Kinesiological  Sciences  Degree  Requirements 


Freshman  Year 

KNES  287— Sport  and  American  Society . 
KNES  293— History  of  Sport  in  America ... 


Credits 


126    Linguistics 


application  in  relevant  field  experiences,  (5)  to  foster  a  spirit  of  service  to 
others  through  volunteer  projects,  and  (6)  to  sponsor  social  activities  and 
to  develop  effective  professional  relationships 

Course  Code:  KNES 


LINGUISTICS  (LING) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1109  Mill  Building,  405-7002 

Professor  and  Chair:  Lightloot 

Professor.  Hornstein 

Assistant  Professors:  Gorrell,  Inkelas,  Lebeaux,  Uriagereka,  Weinberg 

Affiliate:  Anderson,  Burzio,  Caramazza,  Gasarch 

The  Major 

The  Linguistics  Department  offers  courses  on  many  aspects  of  language 
study  and  an  interdisciplinary  major  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
Language  is  basic  to  many  human  activities  and  linguistics  relates  to  many 
other  disciplines  which  include  work  on  language. 

Work  on  language  has  provided  one  of  the  main  research  probes  in 
philosophy  and  psychology  for  most  of  the  20th  century.  It  has  taken  on 
a  new  momentum  in  the  last  thirty  years  and  language  research  has 
proven  to  be  a  fruitful  means  to  cast  light  on  the  nature  of  the  human  mind 
and  on  general  cognitive  capacity.  Several  courses  focus  on  a  research 
program  which  takes  as  a  central  question:  How  do  children  master  their 
native  language?  Children  hear  many  styles  of  speech,  variable  pronun- 
ciations and  incomplete  expressions,  but,  despite  this  flux  of  experience, 
they  come  to  speak  and  understand  speech  effortlessly,  instantaneously 
and  subconsciously.  Research  aims  to  discover  how  this  happens,  how 
a  person's  linguistic  capacity  is  represented  in  the  mind,  and  what  the 
genetic  basis  for  it  is.  Students  learn  how  various  kinds  of  data  can  be 
brought  to  bear  on  their  central  question,  how  that  question  influences  the 
shape  of  technical  analyses. 

The  Major 

The  major  program  in  Linguistics  is  designed  for  students  who  are 
primarily  interested  in  human  language  per  se,  or  in  describing  particular 
languages  in  a  systematic  and  psychologically  plausible  way,  or  in  using 
language  as  a  tool  to  reveal  some  aspect  of  human  mental  capacities. 
Such  a  major  provides  useful  preparation  for  professional  programs  in 
foreign  languages,  language  teaching,  communication,  psychology,  speech 
pathology,  artificial  intelligence  (and  thus  computer  work). 

Requirements  for  Major 

Students  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Linguistics  by  following  one  of  two 
tracks:  "Grammars  and  Cognition"  or "GrammaticalTheory  and  Language". 
In  each  case,  students  take  a  common  core  of  LING  courses:  LING  200, 
240,  311-312.  321-322.  Beyond  this  core,  students  must  specialize  by 
completing  an  additional  nine  hours  in  LING  plus  one  of  the  following: 
either  eighteen  hours  from  selected  courses  in  HESP.  PHIL  and  PSYC, 
or  eighteen  hours  in  a  particular  language.  The  specializations  in  detail 
are: 

Grammars  and  Cognition 

LING  440 — Grammars  and  Cognition 

Two  300/400  LING  electives 

PHIL  466— Philosophy  of  Mind 

HESP  400Speech  and  Language  Development  in  Children 

OR  HESP  498 — Seminar  in  Psycholinguistics 
PSYC  442— Psychology  of  Language 
Three  300/400  electives  in  HESP,  PHIL,  PSYC  or  CMSC 

Grammatical  Theory  and  a  Language 

LING  410 — Grammars  and  Meaning  and  LING  411 — Comparative 

Syntax  OR 
LING  420— Word  Formation  and  LING  412— Advanced  Phonology 

LING  300/400  elective 
Five  required  courses  in  the  language  of  specialization. 
A  course  in  the  history  or  structure  of  the  language  of  specialization. 

When  possible,  the  language  of  specialization  should  be  the  same  as  the 
one  used  to  satisfy  the  college  Foreign  Language  Requirement.  The 
specialization  normally  includes  those  courses  that  make  up  the  desig- 


nated requirement  for  a  major  in  the  chosen  language.  Special  provision 
may  be  made  for  students  who  are  native  speakers  of  a  language  other 
than  English  and  wish  to  conduct  analytical  work  on  the  grammar  of  that 
language.  A  student  may  also  study  grammatical  theory  and  English;  the 
eighteen  hour  concentration  in  English  consists  of  courses  in  the  history 
and  structure  of  English  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's 
Linguistics  advisor. 

For  a  double  major,  students  need  twenty-seven  credits  in  Linguistics, 
which  normally  include  the  LING  courses  for  one  of  the  two  specializations. 

Course  Code:  LING 


MANAGEMENT  AND  ORGANIZATION 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 

MANAGEMENT  SCIENCE  AND  STATISTICS 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 

MARKETING 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 

MATERIALS  AND  NUCLEAR  ENGINEERING 
(ENMA,  ENNU) 

College  of  Engineering 

Acting  Chair:  Wuttig 

Materials  Engineering  Program  (ENMA) 

1 1 1 0C  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  Bldg..  405-521 1 

Professor  and  Director:  Wuttig 

Professors:  Arsenault.  Dieter* 

Associate  Faculty:  Armstrong' 

Assistant  Professors:  Ankem,  Lloyd,  Salamanca-Riba 

'Member  of  Mechanical  Engineering  department 

The  Major 

The  development  and  production  of  novel  materials  has  become  a  maior 
issue  in  all  fields  of  engineering.  Materials  which  are  strong  and  light  at  the 
same  time  are  needed  for  space  structures:  faster  electro-optical  switching 
materials  will  result  in  improved  mass  communications:  and  high  tem- 
perature plastics  would  improve  the  efficiency  of  transportation  systems 
Many  of  today's  materials  requirements  can  be  met  by  composites.  The 
materials  engineering  program  provides  the  student  with  an  interdiscipli- 
nary science-based  education  to  understanding  the  structure  and  resulting 
properties  of  metallic,  ceramic  and  polymeric  materials.  A  wide  variety  of 
careers  is  open  to  graduates  of  this  program  ranging  from  production  and 
quality  control  in  the  traditional  materials  industries  to  the  molecular 
construction  of  electronic  materials  in  ultra-clean  environments. 

Students  may  use  Materials  Engineering  as  a  field  of  concentration  in  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  program. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  curriculum  is  composed  of :  (1 )  the  required  University  CORE  (general 
education)  requirements;  (2)  a  core  of  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry, 
and  engineering  courses  required  of  all  engineenng  students;  (3)  twelve 
credits  of  courses  selected  within  a  secondary,  minor  field;  (4)  twenty- 
three  credits  of  materials  engineering  courses;  and  (5)  technical  electives 
to  be  selected  by  the  student  and  his  or  her  advisor  to  ennch.  specialize 
or  expand  certain  areas  of  knowledge  within  the  chosen  field 

Freshman  Year 

The  Freshman  cumculum  is  the  same  for  all  Engineenng  departments. 
Please  consult  The  College  of  Engineenng  entry 


Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering     127 


Semester 
I  II 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3 

MATH  241— Calculus  III  4 

MATH  246—  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists 

and  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

CHEM  233.  243— Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4  4 

ENES  230— Introduction  to  Materials  &  Their 

Applications : 3 

ENME  205 — Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Prog 3 

Total 17  16 

In  general,  students  should  not  register  for  300-400  level  engineering 
subjects  until  and  unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed  MATH  241 
and  246. 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

CHEM  481 .  482— Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 3  3 

ENMA  300— Materials  Science  and  Engineering 3 

ENMA  301 — Materials  Engineering  Laboratory 1 

ENMA  462— Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  463 — Chemical.  Liquid  and  Powder  Process  of 

Engineering  Materials 3 

Minor  Courses 3  3 

Technical  Electives 3 

Total 16         18 

Senior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 6           6 

ENMA  470— Structure  and  Properties  of  Engr 3 

ENMA  471 — Phys.  Chem.  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  472— Technology  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  473 — Processing  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

Minor  Courses 3           3 

Technical  Electives 3 

Total 15          18 

Minimum  Degree  Credits:  1 20  credits  and  the  fulfillment  of  all  department, 

college,  and  university  requirements. 

•Qualified  students  may  elect  to  take  CHEM  105  and  115  (4  sem.  hrs. 

each)  instead  of  CHEM  103  and  113. 

"Students  must  consult  with  an  advisor  on  selection  of  appropriate 

courses  for  their  particular  course  of  study. 

Admission 

All  Materials  Engineering  students  must  meet  admission,  progress  and 
retention  standards  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Advising 

Students  choosing  materials  engineering  as  their  primary  field  should 
follow  the  listed  curriculum  for  materials  engineers.  They  should  submit  a 
complete  program  of  courses  for  approval  during  their  junior  year. 
Students  electing  materials  engineering  as  their  secondary  field  should 
seek  advice  from  the  director  of  the  materials  engineering  faculty  prior  to 
their  sophomore  year.  Call  405-521 1  to  talk  to  the  director  or  to  schedule 
an  appointment. 

Co-op  Program 

The  materials  engineering  program  works  within  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program.  For  details,  see  the 
College  of  Engineering  entry  in  this  catalog. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  Aid  based  upon  need  is  available  through  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  through  the  College 
of  Engineering.  Part-time  employment  is  available  in  the  department. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Each  of  the  large  number  of  professional  materials  oriented  societies  such 
as  the  metallurgical  and  ceramic  societies  sponsor  awards  to  recognize 
outstanding  scholarship  and  undergraduate  research.  All  students  en- 


rolled m  the  materials  engineering  program  are  encouraged  to  select  a 
faculty  advisor  who  in  their  junior  and  senior  year  will  guide  them  towards 
the  nomination  for  these  awards. 

Student  Organization:  All  major  professional  materials  societies  invite 
students  to  become  active  in  their  undergraduate  divisions  The  materials 
faculty  members  specializing  in  certain  areas  of  materials  engineering  will 
guide  the  students  toward  the  society  of  their  choice 

Course  Code:  ENMA 

Nuclear  Engineering  Program  (ENNU) 

2309  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  Building,  405-5227 

Director:  Munno 

Professors:  Almenas,  Hsu,  Munno,  Roush,  Silverman 

Associate  Professors:  Modarres,  Pertmer 

Assistant  Professor:  Mosleh 

Lecturer:  Lee  (p.t.) 


The  Major 


Nuclear  Engineenng  deals  with  the  practical  use  of  nuclear  energy  from 
nuclear  fission,  fusion  and  radioisotope  sources.  The  major  use  of  nuclear 
energy  is  in  electric  power  generation.  Other  uses  are  in  the  areas  of 
chemical  processing,  medicine,  instrumentation,  and  isotope  trace  analy- 
sis. The  nuclear  engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with  the  design  and 
operation  of  energy  conversion  devices  ranging  from  very  large  reactors 
to  miniature  nuclear  batteries,  and  with  the  use  of  nuclear  reactions  in 
many  environmental,  biological  and  chemical  processes.  Because  of  the 
wide  range  of  uses  for  nuclear  systems,  the  nuclear  engineer  finds 
interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  a  variety  of  companies  and 
laboratories.  Students  may  use  nuclear  engineering  as  a  field  of  con- 
centration in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  program. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  curriculum  is  composed  of:  (1)  the  required  University  general 
education  (CORE)  requirements:  (2)  a  core  of  mathematics,  physics, 
chemistry,  and  engineering  sciences  required  of  all  engineering  students; 
(3)  fifteen  credits  of  courses  selected  within  a  secondary  field;  (4)  twenty- 
seven  credits  of  nuclear  engineering  courses  including  ENNU  215,  440, 
450, 455, 460, 465, 480,  and  490;  (5)  the  course  on  environmental  effects 
on  materials,  ENMA  464.  A  maximum  degree  of  flexibility  has  been 
retained  so  that  the  student  and  advisor  can  select  an  elective  engineering 
course,  an  elective  ENNU  course,  and  two  technical  elective  courses.  A 
sample  program  follows: 

Freshman  Year.  The  Freshman  year  is  the  same  for  all  Engineering 
departments.  Please  consult  The  College  of  Engineering  entry. 

Semester 

I  II 
Sophomore  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

MATH  241— Calculus  III  4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations 3 

PHYS  262,  263— General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  230 — Intro,  to  Materials  and  Their  Applications 3 

ENES  240— Engineering  Computation  or  ENME  205 3 

Secondary  Field  Elective 3 

ENNU  21 5—  Intro,  to  Nuclear  Technology 3 

Total 17  16 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  6 

ENNU  440 — Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory 3 

ENNU  450 — Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  I 3 

Math-Physical  Science  Elective 3 

Secondary  Field  Courses 3  3 

ENNU  455 — Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  II 3 

ENNU  460— Nuclear  Heat  Transport 3 

ENMA  464— Environmental  Effects  on  Engineering 

Materials 3 

Total 15         18 

Senior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

ENNU  Elective 3 

ENNU  465 — Nuclear  Reactor  Systems  Analysis 3 

Secondary  Field  Courses 3  3 


128    Mathematics 

Technical  Electives 3           3 

ENNU  480— Reactor  Core  Design 3 

ENNU  490— Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management 3 

Engineering  Elective 3 

Total 18          15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits:  120  credits  and  fulfillment  of  all  department. 

college,  and  University  requirements. 

•Qualified  students  may  elect  to  take  CHEM  105  and  115  (4  sem.  hrs. 

each)  instead  of  CHEM  1 03  and  1 1 3. 

"Students  must  consult  with  an  advisor  on  selection  of  appropriate 

courses  for  their  particular  course  of  study. 

Admission 

All  Nuclear  Engineering  students  must  meet  admission,  progress  and 
retention  standards  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Co-op  Program 

The  nuclear  engineering  program  works  within  the  College  of  Engineering 
Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program.  For  information  o  n  this 
program,  see  the  College  of  Engineering  entry  in  this  catalog,  or  call  405- 
3863. 

Advising 

Students  choosing  nuclear  engineering  as  their  primary  field  should  follow 
the  listed  curriculum  for  nuclear  engineers.  They  should  submit  a  complete 
program  of  courses  for  approval  during  their  junior  year.  Students  electing 
nuclear  engineering  as  their  secondary  field  should  seek  advice  from  a 
member  of  the  nuclear  engineering  faculty  prior  to  their  sophomore  year. 
Call  405-5227  to  talk  to  an  advisor  or  to  schedule  an  appointment. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  based  upon  need  is  available  through  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  through  the  College 
of  Engineering.  Part-time  employment  is  available  in  the  department.  Of 
particular  interest  are  scholarships  available  to  qualified  students  at  all 
undergraduate  levels  from  the  Institute  for  Nuclear  Power  Operations. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Annual  awards  are  given  to  recognize  scholarship  and  outstanding 
service  to  the  department,  college  and  university.  These  awards  include 
the  American  Nuclear  Society  Award  for  Leadership  and  Service  and  the 
Award  for  Outstanding  Contribution  to  the  ANS  Student  Chapter.  The 
American  Nuclear  Society  also  provides  awards  to  recognize  the  highest 
GPA  for  a  student  at  the  senior,  junior  and  sophomore  levels  and  to  a 
senior  with  greatest  scholarship  improvement.  The  Baltimore  Gas  and 
Electric  Company  also  grants,  through  the  program,  an  award  for  the 
Outstanding  Junior  of  the  year  and  a  scholarship  which  includes  the 
opportunity  for  summer  employment  to  an  academically  qualified  student 
with  demonstrated  interest  in  utility  employment. 

Student  Organization 

Students  operate  a  campus  student  chapter  of  the  professional  organi- 
zation, the  American  Nuclear  Society. 

Course  Code:  ENNU 


MATHEMATICS  (MATH) 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences 

1117  Mathematics  Building 
Undergraduate  Office.  405-5053 

Professor  and  Chair:  Markley 

Professors:  W.  Adams.  Alexander,  Antman,  Auslander,  Babuska"*, 
Benedetto,  Berenstein,  Bnn,  Chu.  J.Cohen,  Cook,  Cooper,  Correl. 
Edmundson*.  Ehrlich,  Evans,  Fey".  Fitzpatnck,  Freidlm,  Goldberg, 
Goldhaber,  Goldman.  Gray,  Green,  Greenberg,  Gromov.  Grove,  Gulick, 


Hamilton.  Herb.  Herman,  Horvath.  Hubbard"',  Hummel,  Johnson.  Jones. 

Kagan,  Kedem,  Kellogg"".  King.  Kirwan.  Kleppner.  Kudla.  Kueker,  Lay. 

Lehner,  Lipsman,  Lopez-Escobar,  Mikulski,  Millson,  Nen,  Olver*",  Osbom, 

Owings.  Rosenberg,  Rudolpht.  Schafer,  Slud.  Sweet.  Syski,  Vogelius. 

Washington,  Wei,  Wolfe,  Wolpert.  Yacobson.  Yang,  Yorke"",  Zagier, 

Zedek 

Associate  Professors:  J.  Adams,  Berg.  Boyle,  Coombes,  Dancis.  Efrat, 

Ellis,  Glaz,  Helzer,  Maddocks,  Nochetto.  Pego.  Sather.  Schneider,  Smith, 

Warner,  Winkelnkemper 

Assistant  Professors:  Chang,  Currier,  Fakhre-Zaken,  Gnllakis,  Laskowski, 

Lee,  Li,  Stuck,  Wang,  Wu 

Professors  Emeriti:  Brace,  L.  Cohen,  Doughs,  Good.  Hems,  Jackson, 

Pearl,  Stellmacher 

Affiliate  Professors:  Stewart,  Young,  O'Leary 

Instructors:  Alter,  Cleary 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

•Joint  Appointment:  Department  of  Computer  Science 

"Joint  Appointment:  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

""Joint  Appointment:  IPST 

The  program  in  mathematics  leads  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 

mathematics  and  offers  students  training  in  the  mathematical  sciences  in 

preparation  for  graduate  work,  teaching  and  positions  in  government  or 

industry. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Each  mathematics  major  must  complete,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  betler  in 
each  course,  the  following: 

1.  The  introductory  sequence  MATH  140,  141.  240,  241  or  the 
corresponding  honors  sequence  MATH  250.  251. 

2.  Eight  MATH/MAPL/STAT  courses  at  the  400  level  or  higher,  at 
least  four  of  which  are  taken  at  College  Park.  The  eight  courses 
must  include: 

(a)  At  least  one  course  from  MATH  401 ,  403,  405. 

(b)  At  least  one  course  from  MATH  246,  414,  415,  436.  462  If 
MATH  246  is  chosen,  it  will  not  count  as  one  of  the  eight  upper 
level  courses. 

(c)  One  course  from  MAPL  460.  466.  (This  assumes  knowledge 
of  CMSC  1 10  or  equivalent ) 

(d)  MATH410(completionofMATH250-251  exempts  the  student 
from  this  requirement  and  (e)  below;  students  receive  credit  for 
two  400  level  courses). 

(e)  A  one-year  sequence  which  develops  a  particular  area  of 
mathematics  in  depth,  chosen  from  the  following  list: 

(i)  MATH  410-411 
(ii)  MATH  403-404 
(iii)  MATH  446-447 
(iv)  STAT  41 0-420. 

(f)  The  remaining  400  level  MATH/MAPL/STAT  courses  are 
electives,  but  cannot  include  any  of:  MATH  400. 461 .  478-488. 
or  STAT  464.  EDCI  451  may  be  used  to  replace  one  of  the 
upper  level  elective  courses  Also,  students  with  a  strong 
interest  in  applied  mathematics  may.  with  the  approval  of  the 
Undergraduate  Office,  substitute  two  courses  (with  strong 
mathematics  content)  from  outside  the  Mathematics  Depart- 
ment for  one  upper  level  elective  course. 

3.  One  of  the  following  supporting  three  course  sequences  These 
are  intended  to  broaden  the  student's  mathematical  experience 
Other  sequences  might  be  approved  by  the  Undergraduate  Off  cebut 
they  would  have  to  make  use  of  mathematical  ideas,  comparable 
to  the  sequences  on  this  list 

(a)  i)    PHYS  161,262,263 
ii)    PHYS  171.272.273 

iii)  PHYS  1 4 1 . 1 42.  and  an  upper  level  physics  course  approved 
by  the  Mathematics  Department 

(b)  ENES  110.  PHYS  161.  ENES  220 

(c)  i)    CMSC  112,  H3(or  122).  and  one  of  CMSC  211.  220 
ii)    CMSC  112.  150.251 

(d)  CHEM  103.  113.233 

(e)  ECON  201 .  203.  and  one  of  ECON  405  or  406 
(0    BMGT  220.  221,340. 

Within  the  Department  of  Mathematics  there  are  a  number  of  identifiable 
areas  which  students  can  pursue  to  suit  their  own  goals  and  interests 
They  are  briefly  described  below  Note  that  they  do  overlap  and  that 
students  need  not  confine  themselves  to  one  of  them 

1.  Pure  mathematics:  the  courses  which  clearly  belong  in  this  area 
are:  MATH  402.  403.  404,  405.  406.  410.  41 1.  414.  415.  417.  430. 
432.  433.  436.  444.  446.  447.  STAT  410,  411.  420  Students 
preparing  for  graduate  school  in  mathematics  should  include 
MATH  403, 405, 4 1 0  and  4 1 1  in  their  programs  MATH  463  (or  660) 


Measurement,  Statistics  and  Evaluation    129 


and  MATH  432  (or  730)  are  also  desirable  Other  courses  (rom  the 
above  list  and  graduate  courses  are  also  appropriate. 
2  Secondary  teaching:  the  following  courses  are  required  to  teach 
mathematics  at  the  secondary  level:  MATH  402  or  403,  430  and 
EDCI  451  (EDCI  451  is  acceptable  as  one  ot  the  eight  upper  level 
math  courses  required  for  a  mathematics  major.)  These  additional 
courses  are  particularly  suited  for  students  preparing  to  teach: 
MATH  406.  444.  463.  STAT  400  and  401  EDHD  300.  EDPA  301 , 
EDCI  350  or  455.  and  EDCI  390  are  necessary  to  teach;  before 
registering  for  these  courses,  the  student  must  apply  for  and  be 
admitted  to  teacher  education. 

3.  Statistics:  For  a  student  with  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  seeking  work 
requiring  some  statistical  background,  the  minimal  program  is 
STAT  400-401  To  work  primarily  as  a  statistician,  one  should 
combine  STAT  400-401  with  at  least  two  more  statistics  courses, 
most  suitably.  STAT  440  and  STAT  450.  A  stronger  sequence  is 
STAT  410,  420,  450.  This  offers  a  better  understanding  and  wider 
knowledge  of  statistics  and  is  a  general  purpose  program  (i.e., 
does  not  specify  one  area  of  application).  For  economics  applica- 
tions STAT  400,  401 ,  440.  450,  and  MAPL  477  should  be  consid- 
ered. For  operations  research  MAPL  477  and/or  STAT  41 1  should 
be  added  or  perhaps  substituted  for  STAT  450.  To  prepare  for 
graduate  work,  STAT  410  and  420  give  the  best  background,  with 
STAT  41 1 ,  440,  450  added  at  some  later  stage. 

4.  Computational  mathematics:  there  are  a  number  of  math  courses 
which  emphasize  the  computational  aspects  of  mathematics  in- 
cluding the  use  of  the  computer.  They  are  MAPL  460,  466,  467, 
477,  and  MATH  475.  Students  interested  in  this  area  should  take 
CMSC  1 1 2, 1 1 3  as  early  as  possible,  and  CMSC  420, 2 1 1  are  also 
suggested. 

5.  Applied  mathematics:  the  courses  which  lead  most  rapidly  to 
applications  are  the  courses  listed  above  in  3  and  4  and  MATH  401 , 
414,  415,  436.  462,  463,  464,  and  MATH/MAPL  472  and  473.  A 
student  interested  in  applied  mathematics  should  obtain,  in  addi- 
tion to  a  solid  training  in  mathematics,  a  good  knowledge  of  at  least 
one  area  in  which  mathematics  is  currently  being  applied.  Con- 
centration in  this  area  is  good  preparation  for  employment  in 
government  and  industry  or  for  graduate  study  in  applied  math- 
ematics. 

Advising 

Advising  for  math  majors  is  mandatory.  Students  are  required  to  sign  up 
for  an  advising  appointment  at  the  math  undergraduate  office  window 
(1117  Mathematics  Building),  beginning  the  week  before  preregistration. 

Language 

Since  most  of  the  non-English  mathematical  literature  is  written  in  French, 
German  or  Russian,  students  intending  to  continue  studying  mathematics 
in  graduate  school  should  obtain  a  reading  knowledge  of  at  least  one  of 
these  languages. 

Honors 

The  Mathematics  Honors  Program  is  designed  for  students  showing 
exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  mathematics.  Its  aim  is  to  give  a  student 
the  best  possible  mathematics  education.  Participants  are  selected  by  the 
Departmental  Honors  Committee  during  the  first  semester  of  their  junior 
year.  To  graduate  with  honors  in  mathematics  they  must  pass  a  three-hour 
written  comprehensive  examination.  Six  credits  of  graduate  work  and  six 
credits  of  400  level  courses  in  math  are  also  required..  A  precise  statement 
of  the  requirements  may  be  found  in  the  Math  Undergraduate  Office. 

The  department  also  offers  a  special  mathematics  department  honors 
analysis  sequence  (MATH  250,251 )  for  promising  freshmen  with  a  strong 
mathematical  background  (including  calculus).  Enrollment  in  the  sequence 
is  normally  by  invitation  but  any  interested  student  may  apply  to  the 
Mathematics  Departmental  Honors  Committee  for  admission. 

Participants  in  the  University  Honors  Program  may  also  enroll  in  special 
honors  sections  of  the  regular  calculus  sequence  (MATH  140H,  141H, 
240H,  241 H).  Students  may  also  enroll  in  the  honors  calculus  sequence 
if  invited  by  the  Mathematics  Departmental  Honors  Committee.  However, 
the  mathematics  departmental  honors  calculus  sequence  and  the  Univer- 
sity Honors  Program  are  distinct,  and  enrollment  in  one  does  not  imply 
acceptance  in  the  other.  Neither  honors  calculus  sequence  is  a  prerequi- 
site for  participating  in  the  Mathematics  Honors  Program,  and  students  in 
these  sequences  need  not  be  mathematics  majors. 


Awards 

Aaron  Strauss  Scholarships  Up  to  two  are  awarded  each  year  to 
outstanding  junior  Math  Majors.  The  recipient  receives  full  remission  of 
(in-state)  tuition  and  fees.  Applications  may  be  obtained  early  in  the  spring 
semester  from  the  Mathematics  Undergraduate  Office,  1117  Mathemat- 
ics Building. 

Higginbotham  Prize.  An  award  (up  to  $500)  is  made  to  an  outstanding 
senior  math  major  in  the  spring. 

Placement  in  Mathematics  Courses 

The  Department  of  Mathematics  has  a  large  offering  to  accommodate  a 
great  variety  of  backgrounds,  interests,  and  abilities.  The  department 
permits  students  to  take  any  course  for  which  they  have  the  appropriate 
background,  regardless  of  formal  coursework.  For  example,  students  with 
a  high  school  calculus  course  may  be  permitted  to  begin  in  the  middle  of 
the  calculus  sequence  even  if  they  do  not  have  advanced  standing. 
Students  may  obtain  undergraduate  credit  for  mathematics  courses  in  any 
of  the  following  ways:  passing  the  appropriate  CEEB  Advanced  Place- 
ment Examination,  passing  standardized  CLEP  examinations,  and  through 
the  department's  Credit-by-Examination.  Students  are  urged  to  consult 
with  advisors  from  the  Department  of  Mathematics  to  assist  with  proper 
placements. 

Statistics  and  Probability,  and  Applied  Mathematics 

Courses  in  statistics  and  probability  and  applied  mathematics  are  offered 
by  the  Department  of  Mathematics.  These  courses  are  open  to  non- 
majors  as  well  as  majors,  and  carry  credit  in  mathematics.  Students 
wishing  to  concentrate  in  the  above  may  do  so  by  choosing  an  appropriate 
program  under  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

Mathematics  Education 

Students  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  astronomy,  physic.physical 
sciences,  or  in  math,  or  who  may  be  enrolled  int  he  College  of  Education, 
may  prepare  to  teach  astronomy,  physics,  physical  science,  or  math. 
Early  contact  should  be  made  with  either  Dr.  John  Layman  (astronomy, 
physics,  physical  sciences)  or  Dr.  James  Fey  (mathematics).  See  also  the 
entry  on  the  College  of  Education. 

Course  Codes:  MATH.STAT.MAPL 


MEASUREMENT,  STATISTICS  AND  EVALUATION 
(EDMS) 

College  of  Education 

1 230  Benjamin  Building.  405-3624 

Professor  and  Chair:  Lissitz 
Professors:  Dayton,  Macready,  Stunkard 
Associate  Professors:  Benson,  Johnson,  Schafer 
Assistant  Professor:  DeAyala 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

The  Department  of  Measurement,  Statistics  and  Evaluation  offers  courses 
in  measurement,  applied  statistics,  and  algorithmic  methods  for  under- 
graduates. The  department  is  primarily  graduate  oriented  and  offers 
programs  at  the  master's  and  doctoral  level  for  persons  with  quantitative 
interests  from  a  variety  of  social  science  and  professional  backgrounds. 
In  addition,  a  doctoral  minor  is  offered  for  students  majoring  in  other  areas. 
The  doctoral  major  is  intended  primarily  to  produce  individuals  qualified  to 
teach  courses  at  the  college  level  in  applied  measurement,  statistics  and 
evaluation,  generate  original  research  and  serve  as  specialists  in  mea- 
surement, applied  statistics  or  evaluation  in  school  systems,  industry  or 
government.  The  master's  level  program  is  designed  to  provide  individu- 
als with  a  broad  range  of  data  management,  analysis  and  computer  skills 
necessary  to  serve  as  research  associates  in  academia,  government,  and 
business.  At  the  doctoral  level,  a  student  may  choose  a  specialty  within 
one  of  three  areas:  applied  or  theoretical  measurement,  applied  statistics, 
and  program  evaluation. 

Course  Code:  EDMS 


130    Mechanical  Engineering 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  (ENME) 
College  of  Engineering 

2181  Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-2410 

Chair:  Fourney 

Associate  Chair:  Walston 

Professors:  Allen  (PT),  Anand,  Armstrong,  Berger,  Buckley,  Christou, 

Cunniff,  Dally,  Dieter,  Fourney,  Gupta,  Holloway,  Irwin  (PT),  Kirk,  Koh, 

Magrab,  Marcinkowski,  Marks  (PT),  Sallet,  Sanford,  Sayre  (PT),  Shreeve 

(PT),  Talaat,  Tsai,  Wallace,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Azarm,  Barker,  Bernard,  Dick  (PT),  diMarzo, 

Duncan,  Harhalakis,  Pecht,  Radermacher,  Shin,  von  Kerczek,  Walston 

Assistant  Professors:  Abdelhamid,  Anjanappa,  Bigio,  Dasgupta,  Gore, 

Haslach,  Herold,  Humphrey,  Khan,  Marasli,  Minis,  Ohadi,  Piomelli,  Rao, 

Sirkis.  Ssemakula.  Tasch,  Tasker,  Topeleski,  Tsui,  Wang,  Wilner,  Zhang 

Visiting  Associate  Professor:  Yanushevsky 

Senior  Lecturer:  Russell 

Lecturers:  Bedewi,  Case.  Cook,  Etheridge,  Kan,  Richter 

Research  Associates:  O'Hara,  Pavlin,  Williams,  Zhang 

Assistant  Research  Scientists:  Jung,  Sivathanu 

Instructor:  Manion 

Emeriti:  Jackson,  Shreeve.  Weske 

The  Major 

The  primary  function  of  the  mechanical  engineer  is  to  create  devices, 
machines,  structures,  or  processes  which  are  used  to  advance  the  welfare 
of  people.  Design,  analysis,  synthesis,  testing,  and  control  are  the 
essential  steps  in  performing  this  function.  Certain  aspects  of  the  science 
and  art  of  engineering  are  of  particular  importance  to  achieve  a  successful 
product  or  service.  Some  of  these  aspects  are  those  relating  to  the 
generation  and  transmission  of  mechanical  power,  the  establishment  of 
both  experimental  and  theoretical  models  of  mechanical  systems,  com- 
puter interfacing,  the  static  and  dynamic  behavior  of  fluids,  system 
optimization,  and  engineering  and  production  management. 

Because  of  the  wide  variety  of  professional  opportunities  available  to  the 
mechanical  engineer,  the  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  students  with 
a  thorough  training  in  basic  fundamentals.  These  include:  physics, 
chemistry,  mathematics,  computers,  mechanics  of  solids  and  fluids, 
thermodynamics,  materials,  heat  transfer,  controls,  and  design.  The 
curriculum  includes  basic  laboratory  courses  in  fluid  mechanics,  materials 
engineering,  electronic  instrumentation  and  measurements,  and  a  senior 
laboratory  which  provides  an  introduction  to  professional  research  and 
evaluation  procedures.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  concept  of  design 
via  machine  design  and  energy  conversion  design  courses,  and  seniors 
participate  in  a  comprehensive  design  course  during  their  final  semester 
which  is  frequently  linked  with  an  advisor  and  a  problem  from  industry. 
This  experience  helps  students  anticipate  the  type  of  activities  likely  to  be 
encountered  after  graduation  and  also  helps  to  establish  valuable  con- 
tacts with  professional  engineers. 

In  order  to  provide  flexibility  for  students  to  follow  their  own  interests  in 
Mechanical  Engineering,  students  may  choose  to  concentrate  in  either 
mechanical  design  or  energy  design  in  their  senior  year.  In  addition, 
seniors  may  choose  from  a  wide  variety  of  elective  courses  such  as 
courses  in  robotics,  computer-aided  design,  computer-aided  manufactur- 
ing, electronic  packaging,  microprocessor  theory,  ocean  engineering, 
finite  element  analysis,  heating  ventilation  and  air  conditioning,  solar 
energy,  combustion,  advanced  fluid  flow,  and  advanced  mechanics,  to  list 
only  a  few.  A  small  number  of  academically  superior  undergraduate 
students  are  able  to  participate  in  Special  Topic  Problems  courses  in 
which  a  student  and  faculty  member  can  interact  on  a  one-to-one  basis. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  Freshman  curriculum  is  the  same  for  all  Engineering  departments 
and  programs  Please  consult  The  College  of  Engineering  entry. 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

MATH  241— Calculus  III 4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations 3 

PHYS  262.  PHYS  263—  Physics 4  4 


ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENME  201— M  E  Project  1 

ENME  205— Engr.  Analysis  &  Computer  Prog 3 

ENME  217— Thermodynamics 3 

Total 17          17 

Junior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  6 

ENEE  300— Elect.  Engr 3 

ENEE  301— E.  E.  Lab 1 

ENME  310— Mech.  Def.  Solids 3 

ENME  311—  Def.  Solids  Lab 1 

ENME  315— Inter.  Thermo 3 

ENME  321— Trans.  Proc 3 

ENME  342— Fluid  Mech 3 

ENME  343— Fluids  Lab 1 

ENME  360— Dyn.  of  Mach 3 

ENME  381— Meas.  Lab 3 

Total 17  16 

Senior  Year 

CORE  Program  Requirements 3  3 

ENME  401— Matl.  Sci 3 

ENME  403— Auto.  Controls 3 

ENME  404— ME.  Sys.  Des 4 

ENME  480— Engr.  Exp 3 

Design  Tech.  Elective 3 

Tech.  Elect 3 

Plus  one  of  the  options  below* 6 

Total 15  16 

Technical  Elective  Restrictions 

Core  Option:  Two  electives;  at  least  one  design 

'Solids  Systems:  Three  electives;  at  least  two  design,  and  at  least  two 

from  408,  410,  41 1,412,  461 ,  462,  464,  465,  470,  473,  475.  489K,  others 

as  approved. 

•Thermal  Fluids:  Three  electives;  at  least  two  design,  and  at  least  two  from 

415,  422.  423,  424,  425,  442,  450,  451,  452,  453,  others  as  approved. 

Sample  Topics:  Biomedical  Engineering,  Kinematic  Systems  of  Mecha- 
nisms, Engineering  Communications,  Packaging  of  Electronic  Systems, 
Ethicsand  Professionalism,  Patent  Law,  Finite  Element  Analysis,  Reliability 
and  Maintainability,  Internal  Combustion  Engines,  Robotics 

Admission 

Admission  requirements  are  identical  to  those  set  by  the  College  of 
Engineering  (see  College  of  Engineering  section  on  Entrance  Require- 
ments). 

Advising 

All  mechanical  engineering  students  are  required  to  meet  with  an  advisor 
during  registration.  Contact  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Office.  2188 
Engineering  Classroom  Building,  405-2409. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  very  limited  amount  of  financial  aid  is  available.  Information  may  be 
obtained  in  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Office. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  Honors  Program  is  administered  through  the  College  of  Engmeenng 
Individual  honors  and  awards  are  presented  based  on  academic  excel- 
lence and  extracurricular  activities. 

Student  Organizations 

Student  chapters  of  professional  societies  include  the  American  Society 
of  Mechanical  Engineers,  the  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers  and  the 
American  Production  Inventory  and  Control  Society  The  mechanical 
engineering  honor  society  is  Pi  Tau  Sigma  Information  regarding  these 
societies  may  be  obtained  at  2188  Engineering  Classroom  Building 

Course  Code:  ENME 


METEOROLOGY  (METO) 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical 
Sciences 

2207  Computer  and  Space  Sciences  Building,  405-5392 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hudson 

Professors:  Baer,  Ellingson,  Shukla.  Thompson,  Vernekar 

Associate  Professors:  Carton,  Dickerson,  Pinker,  Robock 

Emeritus:  FalleM 

1 1nstitute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

The  Department  of  Meteorology  offers  a  limited  number  of  courses  of 
interest  to  undergraduate  students.  Undergraduate  students  interested  in 
pursuing  a  bachelor's  degree  program  preparatory  to  further  study  or  work 
in  meteorology  are  urged  to  consider  the  Physical  Sciences  Program.  It 
is  important  that  students  who  anticipate  careers  in  Meteorology  consult 
the  Physical  Sciences  Program  advisor  representing  the  Department  of 
Meteorology  as  early  as  possible  in  their  studies. 

Because  of  its  interdisciplinary  nature,  the  study  of  the  atmosphere 
requires  a  firm  background  in  the  basic  sciences  and  mathematics.  To  be 
suitably  prepared  for  400-level  courses  in  meteorology,  the  student  should 
have  the  following  background:  either  the  physics  major  series  PHYS  1 71 , 
272, 273  or  the  series  PHYS  161, 262, 263;  the  mathematics  series  MATH 
140,  141,240,  241,  246  and  either  the  series  CHEM  103,  113orCHEM 
1 05, 1 1 5.  Consult  the  Approved  Course  Listing  for  electives  in  meteorol- 
ogy. 

Students  who  may  be  preparing  for  graduate  education  in  meteorology 
are  strongly  advised  to  pursue  further  coursework  from  among  the  areas 
of  physics,  applied  mathematics,  chemistry,  computer  science,  and 
statistics  to  supplement  coursework  in  meteorology.  With  proper  counseling 
from  the  Department  of  Meteorology  advisor,  the  student  wishing  to 
graduate  with  an  M.S.  degree  in  meteorology  may  achieve  that  goal  in  five 
and  a  half  years  from  the  inception  of  university  studies. 

Course  Code:  METO 


MICROBIOLOGY  (MICB) 


Meteorology     131 

Requirements  for  the  Microbiology  Major 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements 30 

College  of  Life  Sciences  Core  Requirements 38-40 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology" 4 

MICB  440 — Pathogenic  Microbiology 4 

Additional  MICB  courses" 16 

BCHM  461.  462— Biochemistry  I,  II 6 

Electives 20-22 

"A  major  course  that  may  also  be  taken  to  satisfy  the  University  Studies 
or  CORE  requirements. 

"Either  of  the  research  problems  courses  MICB  399  (3  credits)  or  MICB 
388R  (1-4  credits),  but  not  both,  may  be  included  in  these  sixteen  credits, 
with  a  maximum  of  four  credits  permitted. 

Suggested  emphasis  areas 

Students  wishing  to  pursue  a  basic  Microbiology  major  that  meets 
American  Society  for  Microbiology  guidelines  should  complete  the  follow- 
ing courses:  MICB  380;  MICB  450;  MICB  460;  and  MICB  470.  Electives 
should  be  chosen  from  the  following  courses:  CMSC  103;  BIOM  301; 
ZOOL211;ZOOL213. 

Students  wishing  to  emphasize  Molecular  Microbiology  should  complete 
the  following  courses:  MICB  380;  ZOOL  452;  MICB  450;  MICB  453;  and 
MICB  470.  Electives  should  be  chosen  from  the  following  courses:  ZOOL 
211;  ZOOL  213;  ZOOL  446;  CMSC  103;  BIOM  301. 

No  microbiology  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
the  major  requirements.  In  addition,  for  graduation  the  student  must 
achieve  an  overall  C  average  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  degree 
requirements  curriculum  plus  BCHM  461  and  462. 

Advising 

Students  are  assigned  to  a  faculty  member  for  mandatory  advising  and 
career  counselling.  Information  can  be  obtained  from  the  departmental 
office  (1117  Microbiology  Building,  405-5435)  or  from  the  advising  coor- 
dinator (2107  Microbiology  Building,  405-5443). 

Research  Experience  and  Internships 


College  of  Life  Sciences 

Microbiology  Building,  405-5430 

Professor  and  Chair:  F.M.  Hetrickf  (Acting) 

Professors:  Colwell.  Cook,  Joseph,  Roberson,  Weiner",  Yuan 

Associate  Professors:  MacQuillan,  Robb",  Stein,  Voll 

Assistant  Professors:  Benson,  Capage 

Instructor:  Smith 

Emeritus  Professors:  Doetsch,  Faber,  Pelczar 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

•Joint  appointment  with  Center  of  Marine  Biotechnology 

The  Major 

Microbiology  is  the  branch  of  biology  dealing  with  microscopic  life-forms 
such  as  bacteria,  yeast,  molds,  and  viruses.  As  one  of  the  important  basic 
sciences,  microbiology  is  the  cornerstone  of  modern  molecular  biology 
and  is  particularly  concerned  with  the  principles  of  host-parasite  interactions. 
From  this  perspective,  microbiologists  are  helping  to  solve  current  world- 
wide problems  in  disease  control  and  prevention,  food  production,  and  the 
environment. 


Students  may  gain  research  experience  in  laboratories  off  campus  by 
registering  for  MICB  388R  or  on  campus  in  faculty  laboratories  by 
registering  for  MICB  399.  Contact  the  department  office,  405-5430,  for 
more  information. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  Honors  Program  in  Microbiology  involves  an  independent  research 
project  undertaken  with  a  faculty  advisor.  For  information,  contact  the 
Honors  Chairman,  Dr.  M.  Voll,  2114  Microbiology  Building.  The  P.  Arne 
Hansen  Award  may  be  awarded  to  an  outstanding  departmental  honors 
student.  The  Norman  C.  Laffer  Award  is  given  annually  to  the  graduating 
senior  selected  by  the  faculty  as  the  outstanding  student  in  Microbiology. 


Student  Organizations 


All  students  interested  in  microbiology  may  join  the  University  of  Maryland 
student  chapter  of  the  American  Society  for  Microbiology,  the  professional 
scientific  society  for  microbiologists.  Information  on  this  organization  may 
be  obtained  in  the  department  office. 

Course  Code:  MICB 


The  aim  of  the  B.S.  program  in  Microbiology  is  to  provide  students  with  a 
thorough  and  rigorous  education  that  will  prepare  them  for  careers  in 
scientific  research,  business  and  industry,  or  in  health-related  professions 
such  as  medicine  and  dentistry.  There  are  manyemployment  opportuni- 
ties for  microbiologists  at  all  levels  of  education  and  professional  develop- 
ment. Our  graduates  gain  employment  in  governmental,  academic,  or 
industrial  laboratories  or  they  pursue  advanced  degree  programs  in 
graduate  or  medical  schools. 


MUSIC  (MUSC) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building,  405-5549 

Professor  and  Chair:  Major  (Acting) 

Associate  Chair:  Cooper 

Professors:  Bernstein,  Cohen,  Cossa,  Fischbach,  Folstrom,  Garvey, 

Guarneri  String  Quartet  (Dalley,  Soyer,  Steinhardt,  Tree),  Head,  Heifetz, 

Heim,  Helm,  Hudson,  Johnson,  Koscielny,  McDonald,  Montgomery, 


132    Natural  Resources  Management  Program 


Moss,  Schumacher,  Serwer,  Traverf 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Davis,  Delio,  Elliston,  Elsing,  Fanos, 

Fleming,  Gibson,  Gowen,  Mabbs,  McClelland,  McCoy,  Olson,  Pennington, 

Robertson,  Rodriquez,  Ross,  Sparks,  Wakefield,  Wexler,  Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Balthrop,  Payerle,  Saunders 

Lecturer:  Beicken 

Instructor:  Walters 

fDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Major 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  provide  professional  musical 
training  based  on  a  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts;  (2)  to  help  the  general 
student  develop  sound  critical  judgment  and  discriminating  taste  in  the 
performance  and  literature  of  music;  (3)  to  prepare  the  student  for 
graduate  work  in  the  field;  and  (4)  to  prepare  the  student  to  teach  music 
in  the  public  schools.  To  these  ends,  three  degrees  are  offered:  the 
Bachelor  of  Music,  with  majors  in  theory,  composition,  and  music  perfor- 
mance; the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  with  a  major  in  music;  the  Bachelor  of 
Science,  with  a  major  in  music  education,  offered  in  conjunction  with  the 
College  of  Education. 

Music  courses  and  private  lessons  are  open  to  all  majors  who  have 
completed  the  specified  prerequisites,  or  their  equivalents.  Lessons  are 
also  available  for  qualified  non-majors,  if  teacher  time  and  facilities  permit. 
The  University  Bands,  University  Orchestra,  University  Chorale,  Univer- 
sity Chorus,  Jazz  Ensemble,  and  other  ensembles  are  likewise  open  to 
qualified  students  by  audition. 


The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 


Designed  for  qualified  students  with  extensive  pre-college  training  and 
potential  for  successful  careers  in  professional  music.  Recommendation 
for  admission  is  based  on  an  audition  before  a  faculty  committee.  A 
description  of  the  audition  requirements  and  prerequisites  is  available  in 
the  departmental  office.  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is  required  in  all  major 
courses. 

Sample  Program 
Bachelor  of  Music  (Pert.  Piano) 

Credits 
Freshman  Year 

MUSP  1 19/120— Applied  Music 8 

MUSC  128— Sight  Reading  for  Pianists 4 

MUSC  150/151— Theory  of  Music  l/ll 6 

CORE  Program 12 

Total 30 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  217/218— Applied  Music 8 

MUSC  228 — Accompanying  for  Pianists 4 

MUSC  230—  History  of  Music  I 3 

MUSC  250/251— Advanced  Theory  of  Music  l/ll 8 

CORE  Program 9 

Total 32 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  315/316— Applied  Music 8 

MUSC  330/331— History  of  Music  ll/lll 6 

MUSC  328 — Chamber  Music  Performance  for  Pianists 4 

MUSC  450— Musical  Form 3 

CORE  Program 10 

Total 31 

Senior  Year 

MUSP  419/420— Applied  Music 8 

MUSC  492— Keyboard  Music  I 3 

Muse  467— Piano  Pedagogy  I 3 

Elective 4 

CORE  Program 9 

Total 27 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 

Designed  for  qualified  students  whose  interests  include  a  broader  liberal 
arts  experience.  Recommendation  for  admission  is  based  on  an  audition 
before  a  faculty  committee.  A  description  of  the  audition  requirements, 
prerequisites,  and  program  options  is  available  in  the  departmental  office. 
A  grade  of  C  or  above  is  required  in  all  major  courses. 


Sample  Program 
Bachelor  of  Arts  (Music) 

Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year 

MUSP  109/1 10— Applied  Music 4 

MUSC  150/151— Theory  of  Music  l/ll 6 

MUSC  129— Ensemble 2 

Electives,  College  and  CORE  Requirements 18 

Total 30 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207/208— Applied  Music 4 

MUSC  250/251— Advanced  Theory  of  Music  l/ll 8 

MUSC  229— Ensemble 2 

Electives,  College  and  CORE  Requirements 16 

Total 30 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  305  2 

MUSC  330/331— History  of  Music  ll/lll 6 

MUSC  450— Musical  Form 3 

MUSC  329— Ensemble 1 

Electives,  College  and  CORE  Requirements 18 

Total 30 

Senior  Year 

Music  Electives 10 

Electives,  College  and  CORE  Requirements 20 

Total 120 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (Music  Education) 

The  Department  of  Music  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education 
offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  concentrations  available  in 
Instrumental  Music  Education  and  Choral-General  Music  Education  for 
qualified  students  preparing  for  careers  in  teaching  K  through  12.  Rec- 
ommendation for  admission  is  based  on  a  performance  audition  before  a 
faculty  committee.  Descriptions  of  audition  requirements  and  interview 
requirements  are  available  in  the  Music  Department  Office  on  request.  For 
sample  program  requirements,  see  Dept.  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
Music  Education. 


Special  Programs 


The  Department  of  Music  cooperates  with  other  departments  in  double 
majors,  double  degrees,  and  Individual  Studies  programs.  Details  are 
available  on  request. 

Course  Codes:  MUSC,  MUED,  MUSP 


NATURAL  RESOURCES  MANAGEMENT 
PROGRAM  (NRMT) 

College  of  Agriculture 

0218  Symons  Hall,  405-1258 

Coordinator:  Kangas 
Instructor:  Adams 

The  responsible  development  and  use  of  natural  resources  are  essential 
to  the  full  growth  and  stability  of  an  economy. 

The  goal  of  the  Natural  Resources  Management  Program  is  to  teach 
students  conceptsof  the  efficient  use  and  management  of  natural  resources 
This  program  identifies  their  role  in  economic  development  while  main- 
taining concern  for  society  and  the  environment.  It  prepares  students  for 
careers  in  technical,  administrative,  and  educational  work  in  water  and 
land  use,  fish  and  wildlife  management,  and  other  areas  Course  options 
also  include  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  any  of  several  areas  within 
the  biological  and  social  sciences. 

Students  will  pursue  a  broad  education  program  and  then  elect  subjects 
concentrated  in  one  of  three  areas  of  interest:  Plant  and  Wildlife  Re- 
sources Management.  Land  and  Water  Resources  Management,  or 
Environmental  Education  and  Park  Management 


Personnel  and  Labor  Relations     133 


Basic  Curriculum  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  Requirements* 40 

BIOL  105—  Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

BIOL  106— Principles  of  Biology  II 4 

CHEM  103.  1 13 — General  Chemistry  I,  General 

Chemistry  II* 8 

One  ot  the  following: 4 

GEOL  100.  1 10— Introductory  Physical  Geology  AND 

Physical  Geology  Laboratory'  OR 

GEOG  201 .211  —Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  And 

Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  Laboratory* 

AGRO  302— General  Soils* 4 

AREC  240 — Environment  and  Human  Ecology* 3 

MATH  140  or  220 — Calculus  I  or  Elementary  Calculus  I* 4-3 

BIOM  301—  Introduction  to  Biometrics 3 

ECON  201  or  205— Economics* 3 

AREC  453 — Economic  Analysis  of  Natural  Resources 3 

BOTN  462,  464 — Plant  Ecology  and  Plant  Ecology 

Laboratory 4 

GEOG  340 3 

OR  GEOL  340— Geomorphology  (4) 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology* 4 

PHYS  1 17— Introduction  to  Physics* 4 

NRMT  470 — Principles  of  Natural  Resource  Management ....  4 

GVPT  273 — Introduction  to  Environmental  Politics 3 

AREC  432 — Introduction  to  Natural  Resource  Policy 3 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management 3 

CMSC  103 — Introduction  to  Computing  for  Non-majors 

OR  EDCI  487— Introduction  to  Computers  in 

Instructional  Settings 3 

"May  satisfy  college  requirements  and/or  a  CORE  requirement. 

Option  Areas  (23  hours) 


Plant  and  Wildlife  Resource  Management 

Science  Area 

Management  Area 

Related  Coursework  or  Internship 

Land  and  Water  Resource  Management 

Science  Area 

Management  Area 

Related  Coursework  or  Internship 

Environmental  Education  and  Park  Management 

Science  Area 

Management  and  Education  Area 

Related  Coursework  or  Internship 


Advising 

Advising  is  mandatory.  See  the  Coordinator,  0218  Symons  Hall,  405- 
1258. 

Internships 

Natural  Resources  Management  Internships  are  available.  For  further 
information,  see  the  Coordinator,  0218  Symons  Hall,  405-1258. 

Student  Organization 

Students  may  join  the  campus  branch  of  the  Natural  Resources  Man- 
agement Society.  Further  information  is  available  from  the  Natural  Re- 
sources Management  Society  in  0218  Symons  Hall. 

Course  Code:  NRMT 


PERSONNEL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 


PHILOSOPHY  (PHIL) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

4360  Computer  Science  Center,  405-5689/90 

Professor  and  Chair:  Campbell 

Professors:  Bub,  Devitt,  Greenspan,  Lesher.  Martin,  Pasch,  Perkins 

(Emeritus),  Schlaretzki  (Emeritus),  Slote,  Suppe,  Svenonius,  Wallace 

(part-time) 

Associate  Professors:  J.  Brown,  Celarier,  Cherniak,  Darden,  Johnson, 

Levinson,  Lichtenberg,  Odell,  Rey,  Stairs 

Assistant  Professors:  Horty,  Taylor 

Research  Associates:  Fullinwider,  Luban,  Sagoff,  Wachbroit 

The  Major 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  seeks  to  develop  students'  logical  and 
expository  skills  and  their  understanding  of  the  foundations  of  human 
knowledge  and  of  value,  in  accordance  with  its  conception  of  philosophy 
as  essentially  an  activity  ratherthan  a  body  of  doctrine.  Thus,  in  all  courses 
students  can  expect  to  receive  concentrated  training  in  thinking  clearly 
and  inventively  and  in  expressing  themselves  exactly  about  philosophical 
issues.  This  training  has  general  applicability  to  all  professions  in  which 
intellectual  qualities  are  highly  valued,  such  as  law,  medicine,  govern- 
ment, publishing  and  business  management.  With  this  in  view  the  major 
in  philosophy  is  designed  to  serve  the  interests  of  the  majority  of  its 
students,  who  are  preparing  for  careers  outside  of  philosophy,  as  well  as 
the  interests  of  those  who  are  preparing  for  graduate  study  in  philosophy. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Note:  The  Philosophy  curriculum  is  currently  under  review.  Students 
matriculating  after  June  1 , 1 991  should  consult  a  department  advisor 
for  major  requirements. 

The  department  requirements  for  a  major  in  philosophy  are  as  follows:  (1 ) 
a  total  of  at  least  thirty  hours  in  philosophy,  not  including  PHIL  1 00  or  PHIL 
386-7;  (2)  PHIL  271,  310.  320,  326,  341,  and  at  least  two  courses 
numbered  399  or  above;  (3)  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  each  course  counted 
toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  major  requirement. 

Fifteen  hours  of  supporting  courses  are  required  to  be  selected  in 
accordance  with  guidelines  available  in  the  Philosophy  Department 
Office. 

Courses  for  Non-Majors 

The  following  are  among  the  courses  giving  the  general  student  training 
in  rigorous  thinking,  experience  in  critical  and  imaginative  reflection  on 
philosophical  problems  or  familiarity  with  the  philosophical  foundations  of 
Western  and  other  cultures:  PHIL  100  (Introduction  to  Philosophy),  PHIL 
1 1 0  (Plato's  Republic),  PHIL  1 40  (Contemporary  Moral  Issues),  PHIL  1 70 
(Introduction  to  Logic),  PHIL  1 73 and  1 74  (Logic and  the  English  Language 
I  and  II),  PHIL  236  (Philosophy  of  Religion),  PHIL  243  (Philosophy  of  Rural 
Life),  PHIL  341  (Ethical  Theory),  and  the  historical  courses:  31 0,31 6, 320, 
325,  326,  327,  328. 

For  students  interested  particularly  in  philosophical  problems  arising 
within  their  own  special  disciplines,  a  number  of  courses  are  appropriate: 
PHIL  233  (Philosophy  in  Literature).  PHIL  250  and  453  (Philosophy  of 
Science  I  and  II),  PHIL  245  and  445  (Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  and 
II),  PHIL  360  (Philosophy  of  Language),  PHIL  331  (Philosophy  of  Art), 
PHIL  332  Philosophy  of  Beauty),  PHIL  334  (Philosophy  of  Music),  PHIL 
438  (Topics  in  Philosophical  Theology),  PHIL  385  (Philosophy  and 
Computers),  PHIL  450  and  451  (Scientific  Thought  I  and  II),  PHIL  452 
(Philosophy  of  Physics),  PHIL  455  (Philosophy  of  the  Social  Sciences), 
PHIL  456  (Philosophy  of  Biology),  PHIL  457  (Philosophy  of  History),  PHIL 
458  (Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Science),  PHIL480, 481 .  482  (Philosophy 
of  Psychology),  PHIL  468  (Topics  in  Philosophy  of  Language  and  Logic), 
PHIL  472  (Philosophy  of  Mathematics),  and  PHIL  474  (Induction  and 
Probability).  PHIL485  (Philosophy  of  Neuroscience),PHIL487  (Computer 
Science  for  Cognitive  Studies),  PHIL  488  (Topics  in  Philosophy  of 
Cognitive  Studies) 

Pre-law  students  may  be  particularly  interested  in  PHIL  140  (Contempo- 
rary Moral  Problems),  PHIL  245  and  445  (Political  and  Social  Philosophy 
I  and  II),  and  PHIL  447  (Philosophy  of  Law).  Pre-medical  students  may  be 
particularly  interested  in  PHIL  342  (Moral  Problems  in  Medicine),  and 
PHIL  456  (Philosophy  of  Biology). 


134    Physical  Education 


The  department's  curriculum  is  enriched  by  courses  in  philosophy  and 
public  policy  issues  taught  by  research  associates  in  the  Institute  for 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  under  the  repeatable  designations  PHIL  308 
(Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy)  and  PHIL  408  (Topics  in  Contem- 
porary Philosophy),  cross-listed  under  similar  headings  in  Government 
and  Politics.  Topics  include  such  subjects  as  Business  Ethics,  Welfare 
and  Distributive  Justice,  Responsibility  of  Professionals,  Environmental 
Ethics,  and  the  Morality  of  Forced  Military  Draft. 

Course  Code:  PHIL 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

See  Kinesiology. 

PHYSICAL  SCIENCES  PROGRAM 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical 
Sciences 

2300  Mathematics  Building,  405-2677 

Chair:  Williams 
Astronomy:  Matthews 
Chemistry:  Harwood 
Computer  Science:  Kaye 
Geology:  Stifel 
Engineering:  Walston 
Mathematics:  Alter 
Meteorology:  Robock 
Physics:  Kacser 

Purpose 

This  program  is  suggested  for  many  types  of  students:  those  whose 
interests  cover  a  wide  range  of  the  physical  sciences;  those  whose 
interests  have  not  yet  centered  on  any  one  science;  students  interested 
in  a  career  in  an  interdisciplinary  area  within  the  physical  sciences; 
students  who  seek  a  broader  undergraduate  program  than  is  possible  in 
one  of  the  traditional  physical  sciences;  students  interested  in  meteorology; 
preprofessional  students  (pre-law,  pre-medical);  or  students  whose  in- 
terests in  business,  technical  writing,  advertising  or  sales  require  a  broad 
technical  background.  This  program  can  also  be  useful  for  those  planning 
science-oriented  or  technical  work  in  the  urban  field;  the  urban  studies 
courses  must  be  taken  as  electives.  Students  contemplating  this  program 
as  a  basis  for  preparation  for  secondary  school  science  teaching  are 
advised  to  consult  the  Science  Teaching  Center  staff  of  the  College  of 
Education  for  additional  requirements  for  teacher  certification. 

The  Physical  Sciences  Program  consists  of  a  basic  set  of  courses  in 
physics,  chemistry,  and  mathematics,  followed  by  a  variety  of  courses 
chosen  from  these  and  related  disciplines:  astronomy,  geology,  meteorol- 
ogy, computer  science,  and  engineering.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  a  broad 
program  as  contrasted  with  a  specialized  one. 

Students  are  advised  by  members  of  the  Physical  Sciences  committee. 
This  committee  is  composed  of  faculty  members  from  each  of  the 
represented  disciplines.  Assignment  of  an  advisor  depends  on  the  interest 
of  the  student,  e.g.,  one  interested  principally  in  chemistry  will  be  advised 
by  the  chemistry  member  of  the  committee.  Students  whose  interests  are 
too  general  to  classify  in  this  manner  will  normally  be  advised  by  the  chair 
of  the  Committee 

Curriculum 

The  basic  courses  include  MATH  140, 141  and  one  other  math  course  for 
which  MATH  141  is  a  prerequisite  (1 1  or  12  credits);  CHEM  103  and  113, 
or  105  and  1 15  (8  credits);  PHYS  162. 262, 263  (1 1  credits);  or  PHYS  171. 
272.  273.  275. 276.  375  (14  credits);  CMSC  1 10  (4  credits);  or  1 12/1 13  (8 
credits). 

The  choice  of  the  physics  sequence  depends  on  the  student's  future  aims 
and  his/her  background.  PHYS  161.  262,  263  is  the  standard  sequence 
recommended  for  most  physical  science  majors.  This  sequence  will 
enable  the  student  to  continue  with  intermediate  level  and  advanced 
courses.  Students  desiring  a  strong  background  in  physics  are  urged  to 


enroll  in  PHYS  1 71/375.  This  is  the  sequence  also  used  by  physics  majors 
and  leads  directly  into  the  advanced  physics  courses 

Beyond  these  basic  courses  the  student  must  complete  twenty-four 
credits  at  the  300  or  400  level,  chosen  from  any  three  of  the  following 
disciplines:  chemistry,  physics,  mathematics  (including  statistics),  as- 
tronomy, geology,  meteorology,  computer  science,  and  one  of  the  engi- 
neering disciplines,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  The  twenty-four  distribu- 
tive credits  must  be  at  the  upper  level  (300/400)  and  shall  be  distributed 
so  that  at  least  six  credits  are  earned  in  each  of  the  three  selected  areas 
of  concentration.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in  both  basic  and 
distributive  requirement  courses. 

All  Physical  Science  students  must  have  a  planned  program  of  study 
approved  by  the  Physical  Sciences  Committee.  In  no  case  shall  the 
Committee  approve  a  program  which  has  less  than  1 8  credits  in  the  three 
distributive  areas  of  the  Physical  Sciences  program  to  be  completed,  at 
the  time  the  program  is  submitted.  Engineering  courses  used  for  one  of  the 
options  must  all  be  from  the  same  department,  e.g.,  all  must  be  ENAE 
courses,  or  a  student  may  use  a  combination  of  courses  in  ENCH,  ENNU, 
and  ENMA,  which  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering 
and  the  Department  of  Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering;  courses 
offered  as  engineering  sciences,  ENES.  will  be  considered  as  a  depart- 
ment for  these  purposes. 

Because  of  the  wide  choice  and  flexibility  within  the  program ,  students  are 
required  to  submit  for  approval  a  study  plan  during  their  sophomore  year, 
specifying  the  courses  they  wish  to  use  in  satisfying  the  requirements  of 
the  major.  Students  who  wish  to  depart  from  the  stipulated  curriculum  may 
present  their  proposed  program  for  approval  by  the  Physical  Sciences 
Committee.  An  honors  program  is  available  to  qualified  students  in  their 
senior  year. 

Certain  courses  offered  in  the  fields  included  in  the  program  are  not 
suitable  for  physical  science  majors  and  cannot  count  as  part  of  the 
requirements  of  the  program.  These  include  any  courses  corresponding 
to  a  lower  level  than  the  basic  courses  specified  above  (e.g.,  MATH  1 1 5), 
some  of  the  special  topics  courses  designed  for  non-science  students,  as 
well  as  other  courses.  A  complete  listing  of  "excluded"  courses  is  available 
from  the  CMPS  Undergraduate  Office. 

Honors 

The  Physical  Sciences  Honors  Program  offers  students  the  opportunity 
for  research  and  independent  study.  Interested  students  should  request 
details  from  their  advisor. 


PHYSICS  (PHYS) 

College  of  Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical 
Science 

1302  Physics  Building,  405-5980 

Professor  and  Chair:  Boyd 

Professor  and  Associate  Chair:  Bardasis 

Professor  and  Associate  Chair:  Chant 

Professors  Emeriti:  Glover,  Hornyak,  Weber 

Professors:  Alley,  Anderson.  Antonsen,  Banenee,  Bhagat.  Boyd,  Brill, 

C.C.  Chang.  C.Y.  Chang,  Chant,  Chen.  Curne.  Das  Sarma.  DeSilva. 

Dorfmant.  Dragtf,  Drake,  Drew,  Earl,  Einstein.  Falk.  Ferrell.  Fisher, 

Gates.  Glick,  Gloeckler,  Gluckstem,  Goldenbaum,  Goodman,  Greenberg, 

Greene,  Griem,  Griffin,  Holmgren.  Hu.  Korenman,  Layman,  Lee.  Lynn. 

MacDonald.  Mason.  Misner.  Mohapatra.  Oneda,  Ott.  Paik.  Papadopoulos. 

Park,  Patif.  Prange.  Redish.  Richard.  Roos.  Skuia,  Snowt.  Sucherf.  Toll. 

Venkatesan,  Wallace,  Woo.  Zom 

Professors  (part-time):  Z  Slawsky 

Visiting  Professors:  Franklin 

Adjunct  Professors:  Boldt.  Ramaty 

Associate  Professors:  Ellis.  Fivel.  Hadley.  Hassam,  Kacser.  Kelly,  Kim. 

Kirkpatrick,  Wang.  Williams 

Assistant  Professors:  Anlage,  Baden.  Hamilton.  Jacobson.  Jawahery. 

Skiff.  Wellstood 

Lecturers:  Beach.  Carlson.  Frey.  Holt.  Kirshner.  Nossal.  Rapport,  M. 

Slawsky,  Solow.  Stem,  Swank 

tDistmguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Physics  Program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses 
designed  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  almost  every  student,  from  the  advanced 


Production  Management    135 


physics  major  to  the  person  taking  a  single  introductory  physics  course. 
In  addition,  there  are  vahous  opportunities  lor  personally-directed  studies 
between  student  and  professor,  and  tor  undergraduate  research.  For 
further  information  consult  "Undergraduate  Study  in  Physics"  available 
from  the  department 

Courses  for  Non-Majors 

The  department  offers  several  courses  which  are  intended  for  students 
other  than  physics  majors.  PHYS  101,  102,  106,  11  Land  112  without  a 
laboratory  and  PHYS  1 1 4  and  1 1 7  with  laboratory  are  designed  to  satisfy 
the  University  Studies  distribution  requirements  (PHYS  1 06  may  be  taken 
with  the  lab  PHYS  1 07  to  satisfy  the  lab  requirement;  PHYS  1 02  taken  with 
the  lab  PHYS  103  similarly  satisfies  the  lab  requirement)  PHYS  121, 122, 
or  141,  142  satisfy  the  requirements  for  professional  schools  such  as 
medical  and  dental,  and  PHYS  161,  262,  263  satisfy  the  introductory 
physics  requirement  for  most  engineering  programs.  PHYS  420  is  a  one- 
semester  modern  physics  course  for  advanced  students  in  science  or 
engineering.  Either  the  course  sequence  161,  262,  263  or  the  Physics 
major  sequence  171 ,  272,  and  273  is  suitable  for  mathematics  students 
and  those  who  major  in  other  physical  sciences. 

The  Major 

Courses  required  for  Physics  Major: 

Lower  Level  Courses  Credit  Hours 

PHYS  171— Introductory  Physics:  Mechanics 3 

PHYS  272— Introductory  Physics:  Thermodynamics, 

Electncity  and  Magnetism 3 

PHYS  273— Introductory  Physics:  Electricity  and 

Magnetism,  Waves,  Optics 3 

PHYS  275 — Introductory  Physics  Lab:  Mechanics  and 

Thermodynamics 1 

PHYS  276— Introductory  Physics  Lab:  Electricity  and 

Magnetism 2 

PHYS  375 — Introductory  Physics  Lab:  Optics 2 

MATH  140— Calculus  I 4 

MATH  141— Calculus  II 4 

MATH  241— Calculus  III 4 

MATH  240— Linear  Algebra 4 

Upper  Level  Courses 

PHYS  410 — Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics:  Mechanics 4 

PHYS  41 1 — Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics:  Electricity 

and  Magnetism 4 

PHYS  414 — Introduction  to  Thermodynamics  and 

Statistical  Mechanics 3 

PHYS  421— Introduction  to  Modern  Physics 3 

PHYS  422— Modern  Physics 4 

PHYS  395 — Advanced  Experiments 3 

One  upper  level  mathematics  course  (preferably  differential  equation) 

PHYS  429 — Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics:  Laboratory 3 

or  PHYS  485— Electronic  Circuits 4 

After  taking  the  basic  sequence,  the  student  will  be  able  to  take  specialty 
courses,  such  as  those  in  nuclear  physics  or  condensed  matter  physics, 
or  courses  in  related  fields  which  are  of  particular  interest  to  him  or  her.  In 
addition,  a  student  interested  in  doing  research  may  choose  to  do  a 
bachelor's  thesis  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

A  grade  of  "C"  or  better  is  required  in  all  Mathematics  and  Physics  courses 
required  for  the  major. 

Honors 

The  Physics  Honors  Program  offers  to  students  of  good  ability  and  strong 
interest  in  physics  a  greater  flexibility  in  their  academic  programs,  and 
provides  a  more  stimulating  atmosphere  through  contacts  with  other  good 
students  and  faculty  members.  There  are  opportunities  for  part-time 
research  participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  projects. 
Credit  may  be  given  for  independent  work  or  study. 

Students  are  accepted  by  the  department's  Honors  Committee  on  the 
basis  of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other  faculty  members. 
To  receive  a  citation  of  "with  honors  in  physics"  the  student  must  pass  a 
comprehensive  examination  in  his  or  her  senior  year.  To  receive  a  citation 
of  "with  high  honors  in  physics"  he  or  she  must  also  complete  a  senior 
thesis. 


PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 


PSYCHOLOGY  (PSYC) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

1 107  Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-5867 

Professor  and  Chair:  Goldstein 

Professor  and  Assistant  Chair:  B.  Smith 

Professors:  Anderson,  Brauth,  Carter-Porges  (affiliate),  Dies,  Dooling, 

Fein  (affiliate),  Fox  (affiliate)  Fretz,  Gelso,  Gollub,  Hall,  Hill,  Hodost, 

Horton,  Isen  (affiliate),  Kruglanski,  Levmson  (Emeritus),  Leone  (affiliate), 

Lightfoot  (affiliate),  Lissitz  (affiliate),  Locke  (affiliate),  Lorion,  Magoon 

(Emeritus),  Martin,  Mclntire,  J.  Mills.  Penner,  Porges  (affiliate),  Pumroy, 

Reibsame,  Rosenfeld  (affiliate),  Schneider,  Scholnick,  Sigall,  Steinman, 

Sternheim  (affiliate),  Torney-Purta  (affiliate),  Trickett.  Tyler,  Waldrop 

(Emeritus),  Yeni-Komshian  (affiliate) 

Associate  Professors:  Allen,  R.  Brown,  Coursey,  Egel  (affiliate),  Freeman, 

(affiliate.  Counseling  Center),  Guzzo,  Helms,  Larkin,  Norman,  O'Grady, 

Plude,  Schneiderman  (affiliate),  Steele 

Assistant  Professors:  Alexander,  Hanges,  Johnson,  Klein,  Kivlighan 

(affiliate.  Counseling  Center),  Stangor,  Zamostny  (affiliate,  Counseling 

Center) 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Major 

Psychology  can  be  classified  as  a  biological  science  (Bachelor  of  Science 
degree)  and  a  social  science  (Bachelor  of  Arts  degree)  and  offers 
academic  programs  related  to  both  of  these  fields.  The  undergraduate 
curriculum  in  psychology  is  an  introduction  to  the  methods  by  which  the 
behavior  of  humans  and  other  organisms  is  studied,  and  the  biological 
conditions  and  social  factors  that  influence  such  behavior.  In  addition,  the 
undergraduate  program  is  arranged  to  provide  opportunities  for  learning 
that  will  equip  qualified  students  to  pursue  further  study  of  psychology  and 
related  fields  in  graduate  and  professional  schools.  Students  who  are 
interested  in  the  biological  aspects  of  behavior  tend  to  choose  a  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  while  those  interested  primarily 
in  the  impact  of  social  factors  on  behavior  tend  to  choose  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree.  The  choice  of  program  is  made  in  consultation  with  an 
academic  advisor. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Graduation  requirements  are  the  same  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees.  Students  must  take  at  least  35  credits  in 
Psychology  including  14  credits  at  the  400  level.  PSYC  386,  387,  478  and 
479  may  not  be  included  in  those  35  required  credits.  The  required 
courses  include  PSYC  100,  200  and  two  laboratory  courses  chosen  from 
PSYC  400,  410,  420  and  440.  In  order  to  assure  breadth  of  coverage, 
Psychology  courses  must  have  been  divided  into  four  areas.  The  35  credit 
total  must  include  at  least  two  courses  from  two  of  the  four  areas  and  at 
least  one  course  from  each  of  the  remaining  areas.  The  areas  and  courses 
are: 

Area  I:   206,  301,  310,  400,  401,  402,  403,  404,  405,  410,  453; 

Area  II:   221 ,  341 ,  420,  421 ,  423,  424,  440,  442,  443,  444; 

Area  III:  235,330,332,334,337,353,354,355,356,357,432,433,435, 

436  455  456  457  458' 
Area  IV:    336!  354,  361,  451,  452,  460,  462,  463,  464,  465,  466 

In  addition,  all  students  must  complete  (a)  either  MATH  1 1 1 ,  or  MATH  1 40 
or  MATH  220;  (b)  one  of  the  following  laboratory  courses:  BIOL  105, 
CHEM103,  104,  105,  113,  115,  KNES  360,  PHYS  121,  141,142,191/5, 
19276,  293/5,294/6,  262,  263,  ZOOL  201,  202,  210,  212;  and  (c)  ENGL 
101  or  an  English  literature  course  from  a  prescribed  department  list. 

Students  wishing  to  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete 
a  15  credit  supporting  course  sequence  in  relevant  math  and/or  science 
courses  including  two  laboratory  courses  and  a  total  of  9  credits  at  the 
advanced  level.  The  15  credits  must  be  completed  with  at  least  a  2.0 
average.  The  students  should  consult  the  current  Psychology  Under- 
graduate Program  Guide  for  a  list  of  approved  advanced  Math-Science 
Courses. 


Course  Code:  PHYS 


136    Radio-Television-Film 


A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in  all  35  credits  of  psychology 
courses  used  for  the  major  and  all  credits  used  to  meet  the  Math-English- 
Science  supporting  course  sequence.  No  course  may  be  used  as  a 
prerequisite  unless  a  grade  of  C  is  earned  in  that  course  prior  to  its  use  as 
a  prerequisite.  The  prerequisite  for  any  required  laboratory  course  is  a  2.5 
grade  point  average  in  PSYC  1 00  and  200.  The  departmental  grade  point 
average  will  be  a  computation  of  grades  earned  in  all  psychology  courses 
taken  (except  386,  387,  478.  and  479)  and  the  courses  selected  to  meet 
the  Math-English-Science  sequence.  The  GPA  in  the  major  must  be  at 
least  2.0. 

Advising 

Advising  and  information  about  the  Psychology  program  are  available 
weekdays  from  9  a.m.  to  1 2  noon  and  1  p.m.  to  4:30  p.m.  in  the  Psychology 
Undergraduate  Office.  1107  Zoology-Psychology  Building  A  Program 
Guide  is  available.  Advising  appointments  may  be  made  by  calling  405- 
5866.  Contact  Dr.  Ellin  K.  Scholnick,  Director  of  the  Undergraduate 
Program,  2147A  Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-5914,  for  more  in- 
formation. 

Student  Organizations 

The  Psychology  Honorary  Society,  Psi  Chi,  has  an  office  in  the  Under- 
graduate Suite,  1107  Zoology-Psychology  Building,  where  information 
about  applications,  eligibility,  and  membership  can  be  obtained.  Psi  Chi 
offers  a  series  of  workshops  on  topics  of  interest  to  undergraduates. 

Fieldwork 

The  department  offers  a  program  of  fieldwork  coordinated  with  a  seminar 
through  the  course  offering  PSYC  386,  387.  Dr.  Robert  Coursey,  405- 
5904,  usually  administers  the  course. 

Honors 

The  Psychology  Honors  Program  offers  the  exceptional  student  a  series 
of  seminars  and  the  opportunity  to  do  independent  research  under  a 
faculty  mentor.  To  be  admitted  to  the  program  students  must  file  a  formal 
application  and  be  interviewed  by  the  Director  of  the  Program,  Dr.  William 
S.  Hall  (2147B  Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-5912).  Students  are 
eligible  to  enter  the  program  if  they  are  in  their  fourth  to  sixth  semester  of 
undergraduate  work  and  have  completed  three  courses  in  Psychology 
including  Psyc  200  and  have  a  3.3  GPA  overall  and  in  Psychology. 
Students  in  the  University  Honors  Program  may  be  admitted  in  their  third 
semester  providing  that  they  have  (a)  earned  an  A  in  PSYC  100  or  100H, 
(b)  finished  the  mathematics  prerequisite  for  PSYC  200  and  (c)  have  an 
overall  GPA  and  Psychology  GPA  of  at  least  3.3.  Since  there  are  different 
graduation  requirements  including  an  undergraduate  thesis  and  supporting 
math  and  science  courses,  the  student  is  urged  to  consult  the  Guide  to  the 
Honors  Program  in  Psychology  available  in  the  Undergraduate  Office. 

Course  Code:  PSYC 


RADIO-TELEVISION-FILM  (RTVF) 
College  of  Arts  &  Humanities 

0202  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building,  405-6263 

Professor  and  Chair:  Kolker 

Professors:  Aylward,  Gomery 

Associate  Professors:  Blum,  Ferguson,  Kirkley.  Weiss 

Assistant  Professors:  Coustaut,  Marchetti,  Parks, 

Instructors:  Robinson,  Miller 

Director  of  Production:  Daso 


The  RTVF  Major 


The  purpose  of  the  Radio-Television-Film  major  is  to  provide  a  liberal 
education ,  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  in  all  facets  of  broadcast 
communications  and  the  cinematic  arts.  Our  curriculum  offers  courses  in 
historical  and  critical  approaches  to  film  and  broadcasting,  courses  in  the 
cultural  effects  of  communications,  broadcasting  management  studies, 
and  production  courses  in  sound,  film,  and  television  Radio-Television- 
Film  graduates  go  on  to  do  post-graduate  work  in  communications  or 
cinema  studies,  or  enter  the  fields  of  filmmaking,  script  writing,  television 


production,  broadcast  management,  corporate  television,  film  archival 
work,  film  distribution,  and  other  areas  of  the  communications  industry 

Major  Requirements 

Thirty  hours  of  course  work  in  Radio-Television-Film,  exclusive  of  courses 
taken  to  satisfy  college  requirements  Only  fifteen  of  these  credits  may  be 
in  production  oriented  courses.  All  courses  require  the  grade  of  C  or  better. 
Three  foundation  courses.  RTVF  212.  213.  and  214,  are  required  of  all 
prospective  majors  who  have  satisfied  the  requirements  of  the  limned 
enrollment  admissions  process.  At  least  four  courses  from  the  300  level 
core  program  must  be  taken  before  400  level  electives  Students  are 
urged  to  examine  the  catalogue  and  check  with  their  advisors  to  determine 
the  appropriate  prerequisites  to  the  courses  they  may  wish  to  take 

Students  may  concentrate  in  a  variety  of  fields  within  the  major,  but  are 
urged  to  sample  a  wide  variety  of  courses. 

RTVF  124  and  314  do  not  count  toward  the  major. 

Supporting  Courses 

Fifteen  credits  in  a  coherent  body  of  supporting  courses,  usually  in  one 
department,  relevant  to  an  Arts  &  Humanities  major.  Nine  of  these  credits 
must  be  at  the  300  or  400  level. 

Admission  (proposed  limited  enrollment  standards): 

Enrollment  in  the  program  in  Radio.  Television,  and  Film  is  limited  A  small 
number  of  academically  talented  freshman  can  be  admitted  directly  into 
the  program:  National  Merit  Finalists,  National  Achievement  Finalists, 
Francis  Scott  Key  Scholars,  Banneker  Scholars.  Maryland  Distinguished 
Scholars  Finalists,  and  students  with  a  combined  SAT  score  of  1200 
coupled  with  a  minimum  of  3.00  high  school  GPA  in  academic  subjects. 

Admission  (fall  1990  criteria)  for  all  others  requires  that  the  UMCP  or 
transfer  student  has: 

1 .  Earned  at  least  twenty-eight  credits  with  a  grade  point  average  of 
2.6  (this  average  includes  transfer  credit  grades): 

2.  Completed,  as  a  part  of  the  twenty-eight  required  credits,  English 
101  and  Math  1 10  (or  their  equivalents). 

The  student  must  maintain  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  for  at  least 
one  semester  after  admission  to  the  RTVF  major 

Students  who  have  met  the  standards  for  admission  should  visit  the  Office 
of  Undergraduate  Admissions  (Mitchell  Building),  with  their  transcnpt.  to 
complete  an  application.  Upon  admission,  students  will  be  considered 
provisional  RTVF  majors  until  successful  completion  of  RTVF  212.  213, 
and  214. 

Fieldwork  and  Internship  Opportunities 

Supervised  internships  in  a  variety  of  private,  educational,  and  government 
broadcasting  and  film  organizations  are  available  to  RTVF  majors  who 
have  completed  at  least  1 8  major  credits  with  an  overall  average  of  at  least 
2.8. 

Students  must  register  for  the  same  number  of  credits  in  RTVF  384  (Field 
Work  experience)  and  RTVF  385  (Field  Work  Analysis)  up  to  a  maximum 
of  three  credits  each  These  courses  are  not  repeatable  RTVF  384  may 
only  be  taken  Satisfactory-Fail  with  the  grade  based  upon  a  wntten 
evaluation  by  the  interns  supervisor  at  the  particular  organization.  Only 
the  credits  earned  in  RTVF  385.  in  which  a  letter  grade  is  given,  may  be 
counted  toward  the  maior  requirement  The  grade  for  RTVF  385  will  be 
assigned  by  the  student's  faculty  supervisor,  based  on  the  quality  of  a 
project  completed  in  conjunction  with  the  field  work  experience,  the  scope 
of  which  must  be  consistent  with  the  number  of  credits  for  which  the 
student  is  enrolled. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Eaton  Fellowship  is  offered  to  high-ranking  undergraduate  seniors 
with  a  broadcasting  emphasis 

Student  Organization 

Alpha  Epsilon  Rho  —  the  student  honorary  organization 
Course  Code:  RTVF 


Recreation     137 


RECREATION  (RECR) 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Performance 

2367  HLHP  Building.  405-2461 

Chair:  Iso-Ahola  (Acting) 

Professors:  Humphrey  and  Iso-Ahola 

Associate  Professors:  Churchill,  Kuss,  Strobell,  Verhoven 

Lecturers:  Annand,  Drogm 

The  Major 

The  Recreation  curriculum  Is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who 
wish  to  qualify  for  positions  in  the  leisure  services  fields,  to  enhance  their 
understanding  of  leisure  behavior  and  related  opportunities,  and  to  enable 
them  to  render  distinct  contributions  to  community  life.  The  department 
draws  upon  various  other  departments  and  colleges  within  the  University, 
and  upon  notable  practitioners  in  the  metropolitan  area,  to  enrich  course 
offenngs  in  the  leisure  studies  curriculum.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  is 
required  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Those  majoring  in  recreation  and  leisure  studies  have  opportunity  for 
observation  and  practical  experience  in  local,  county,  state  and  federal 
recreation  programs,  in  social  and  group  work  agency  programs,  and  in 
various  programs  of  the  Armed  Forces,  American  Red  Cross,  hospitals, 
voluntary  organizations,  business  and  industry,  and  commercial  recre- 
ation establishments.  Majors  are  required  to  select  an  area  of  interest 
around  which  tocentertheir  elective  coursework.  The  "options, "accredited 
by  the  National  Recreation  and  Parks  Association,  are  Program  Services, 
Recreation  Resources  Management,  and  Therapeutic  Recreation.  De- 
velopment of  an  area  of  professional  emphasis  within  an  option  consistent 
with  the  student's  career  goals  is  encouraged.  This  area  should  focus  on 
a  specific  population,  setting  or  function  within  the  more  general  option. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  Recreation  degree  consists  of  a  minimum  of  120  credits  with  course 
work  falling  into  the  following  categories:  general  education,  major,  option, 
related  requirements  and  pure  electives.  There  is  ample  opportunity  for 
double-counting  coursework  to  provide  space  for  additional  elective 
coursework,  if  desired. 

The  Recreation  program  requires  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  all  but  general 
education  and  free  elective  courses. 

Recreation  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE  Program  (see  Schedule  of  Classes  for  more 

specific  information) 46 

RECR  130 — Recreation  and  Leisure.. 3 

SPCH  100 — (or  alternate  approved  by  Department) 3 

GVPT  170  or  100  or  273 3 

RECR  270 — Leisure  Services  and  Special  Populations 3 

RECR  350— Recreational  Use  of  Natural  Areas 3 

EDHD  320 — Human  Development  Through  the  Life  Span 3 

RECR  420 — Program  Planning  and  Analysis 3 

RECR  200— Sophomore  Seminar 1 

RECR  340— Field  Work  I 6 

RECR  460 — Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices 3 

RECR  490 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  .  3 

RECR  410 — Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Recreation 3 

RECR  432— Philosophy  of  Recreation 3 

RECR  300— Senior  Seminar 

RECR  341— Field  Work  II 8 

Focus  Area  coursework 30 

"Option  Requirements  (Resource  Management  and 

Program  Services),  (Therapeutic  Recreation  10) 6 

"Option  Competencies 6 

Option  Electives 18 

Pure  Elective 1 

"Please  check  advisor  for  recommended  coursework. 
"RECR  prefix  courses  may  be  mandated  by  option. 

Advising 

Although  students  are  ultimately  responsible  for  progress  toward  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  advising  in  the  department  is  mandatory.  For 


this  purpose  a  faculty  advisor  is  assigned  to  assist  in  identifymgcoursework 
which  maximizes  integration  of  general  education  and  major  require- 
ments. Appointments  for  record  evaluations  and  initial  advisement  are 
available  through  the  program  coordinator,  405-2459. 

Fieldwork 

A  unique  aspect  of  the  Recreation  major  is  the  requirement  of  two  practical 
field-based  experiences  totalling  560  hours:  one  is  taken  at  the  sopho- 
more level  and  the  other  at  the  senior  level. 

Financial  Assistance 

Recreation  majors  are  eligible  to  complete  for  scholarships  offered 
through  the  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Association  and  the  Prince 
George's  County  Federation  of  Parks  and  Recreation  Councils  where 
residence  requirements  are  met. 

Honors  and  Awards 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon. 

Student  Organizations 

University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society.  In  the  fall  of  1959 
the  University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  was  formed  by 
the  undergraduate  and  graduate  majors.  The  society  provides  opportuni- 
ties for  University  and  community  service,  for  rich  practical  experience, 
and  for  social  interaction  with  those  students  and  practitioners  having 
mutual  professional  interest  in  parks,  recreation  and  leisure  services. 

Course  Code:  RECR 


ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  PROGRAM 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

3106  Jimenez  Hall,  405-4024 

Advisory  Committee:  Falvo  (Italian),  Little,  (Spanish),  Mossman  (French) 

The  Romance  Languages  Program  is  intended  for  students  who  wish  to 
major  in  more  than  one  Romance  language. 

The  Major 

Students  selecting  this  major  must  take  a  total  of  forty-five  credits  selected 
from  courses  in  two  of  the  three  components  listed  below:  French.  Italian 
and  Spanish.  The  first  four  courses  listed  under  each  group  are  required 
for  that  particular  language  component:  exceptions  or  substitutions  may 
be  made  only  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor  in  consultation  with 
the  Romance  Languages  Advisory  Committee.  To  achieve  the  total  of 
forty-five  credits,  twenty-one  credits  are  taken  in  each  of  the  two  languages, 
as  specified,  and  three  additional  credits  are  taken  at  the  400  level  in  either 
of  the  languages  chosen.  Literature  or  civilization  courses  may  not  be 
taken  in  translation. 

There  are  no  requirementsfor  support  courses  for  the  Romance  Languages 
major. 

No  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  toward  the  major.  Students  who  wish 
to  apply  for  Teacher's  Certification  should  consult  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion. 

Requirements  for  each  language 

French  —  204,  301 ,  351 ,  352;  one  additional  language  course  at  the  300 
or  400  level;  two  additional  literature  or  civilization  courses  at  the  400  level. 
Italian  —  204,  301,  351,  352;  three  additional  literature  or  civilization 
courses  at  the  400  level.  Spanish  —  204,  301 ,  321  -322  or  323-324;  one 
additional  language  course  at  the  300  or  400  level;  two  additional  literature 
or  civilization  courses  at  the  400  level. 


138    Russian  Area  Studies  Program 


RUSSIAN  AREA  STUDIES  PROGRAM 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2115  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  405-4307 

Professors:  Harper  (Geography).  Brecht  and  Davidson  (Germanic  and 
Slavic),  Dawisha  (Government  and  Politics),  Foust,  Lampe,  Yaney  (His- 
tory), Robinson  (Sociology) 

Associate  Professors:  Murrell  (Economics),  Berry,  Glad  and  Hitchcock 
(Germanic  and  Slavic).  Majeska  (History) 

Assistant  Professors:  Lekic,  Martin  (Germanic  and  Slavic),  Kaminski, 
Tismaneanu  (Government  and  Politics) 
Instructor:  Brin  (Germanic  and  Slavic) 
Lecturer:  Manukian  (Government  and  Politics) 

The  Major 

The  Russian  Area  Studies  Program  offers  courses  leading  to  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  in  Russian  studies.  Students  in  the  program  study  Russian  and 
Soviet  culture  as  broadly  as  possible,  striving  to  comprehend  it  in  all  its 
aspects  rather  than  focusing  their  attention  on  a  single  element  of  human 
behavior.  It  is  hoped  that  insights  into  the  Russian  way  of  life  will  be 
valuable  not  only  as  such  but  as  a  means  to  deepen  the  students' 
awareness  of  their  own  society  and  of  themselves. 

Course  offerings  are  in  several  departments:  language  and  literature, 
government  and  politics,  history,  economics,  geography,  philosophy,  and 
sociology.  Student  may  plan  their  curriculum  so  as  to  emphasize  any  one 
of  these  disciplines,  thus  preparing  for  graduate  work  either  in  the  Russian 
area  or  in  the  discipline. 

The  Major 

Students  in  the  program  must  meet  the  general  degree  requirements  of 
the  University  and  college  from  which  they  graduate.  They  must  complete 
twenty-four  hours  in  Russian  language  and  literature  courses  selected 
from  among  the  following  equivalent  courses:  RUSS  101, 1 02,  201 ,  202, 
301 ,  302, 303, 321 ,322, 401 ,  402, 403,  and  404.  In  addition,  students  must 
complete  twenty-four  hours  in  Russian  area  courses  on  the  300  level  or 
above.  These  twenty-four  hours  must  be  taken  in  at  least  five  different 
departments,  if  appropriate  courses  are  available,  and  may  include 
language-literature  courses  beyond  those  required  above. 

It  is  recommended  but  not  required  that  the  student  who  plans  on  doing 
graduate  work  complete  at  least  eighteen  hours  at  the  300  level  or  above 
(which  may  include  courses  applicable  to  the  Russian  Area  program)  in 
one  of  the  above-mentioned  departments.  It  is  also  recommended  that 
students  who  plan  on  doing  graduate  work  in  the  social  sciencesgovemment 
and  politics,  economics,  geography,  and  sociologytake  at  least  two 
courses  in  statistical  methods. 

The  student's  advisor  will  be  the  program  director  or  the  designate.  The 
student  must  receive  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  the  above-mentioned 
required  courses. 

In  addition  to  the  courses  in  Russian  language,  literature, and  culture 
taught  in  the  Department  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Lit- 
eratures, the  following  Russian  Area  courses  are  regularly  offered. 
Students  should  check  the  Schedule  of  Classes  each  semester. 

ECON  380 — Comparative  Economic  Systems 

ECON  482 — Economics  of  the  Soviet  Union 

GEOG  325— Soviet  Union 

GVPT  445 — Russian  Political  Thought 

GVPT  451— Foreign  Policy  of  the  USSR. 

GVPT  481— Government  and  Administration  of  the  Soviet  Union 

HIST  305— The  Eastern  Orthodox  Church:  Its  Cultural  History 

HIST  340 — Eastern  Europe  Under  Communism 

HIST  344 — The  Russian  Revolutions  of  1917 

HIST  424History  of  Russia  to  1801 

HIST  425— History  of  Russia  from  1801-1917 

HIST  442— The  Soviet  Union 

HIST  443— Modern  Balkan  History 

HIST  487— Soviet  Foreign  Relations 

PHIL  328B— Studies  in  the  History  of  Philosophy:  Marxist  Philosophy 

SOCY  474— Soviet  Ethnic  Issues 

The  various  cooperating  departments  also  offer  occasional  special  courses 
in  the  Russian  and  Soviet  field.  HIST  237,  Russian  Civilization,  is 


recommended  as  a  general  introduction  to  the  program  but  does  not  count 
toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  program's  requirements 

Course  Codes:  RUSS,  SLAV 


SOCIOLOGY  (SOCY) 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

2108  Art-Sociology  Building,  405-6389 

Professor  and  Chair:  Falk 

Professors:  Billingsley*  (Family  and  Community  Development),  Brown, 

Clignet,  Dager,  Hagef.  Kammeyer,  Lejins  (Emeritus),  Meeker,  H.  Pressor, 

S.  Presser,  Ritzer,  Robinson,  Rosenberg.  D.  Segalf,  J  Teachman 

Associate  Professors:  Favero"  (AES),  Finsterbusch,  Hamilton,  Henkel, 

Hirzel,  J.  Hunt,  L.  Hunt,  Landry.  Lengermann,  Mclntyre,  Pease,  M. 

Segalt,  Vanneman 

Assistant  Professors:  Harper,  Kahn,  Neustadtl 

Lecturer:  Moghadam 

tDistinguished  Scholar-Teacher 
"Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated. 

The  Major 

Sociology  is  the  scientific  study  of  society,  its  institutions,  organizations, 
and  groups.  Beginning  with  the  simple  interaction  between  two  or  more 
people,  sociology  examines  the  social  organization  of  society  from  the 
development  of  social  order  to  the  causes  and  impact  of  social  change. 
Sociology's  subject  matter  ranges  from  the  study  of  the  social  factors  that 
affect  the  self-concept  and  personality,  to  group  processes,  such  as 
organizations  designed  to  produce  products  or  provide  services,  or  the 
major  institutions  of  society.  In  the  latter  category  the  department  has 
strengths  in  the  study  of  the  military,  family,  education,  health,  welfare, 
and  political  and  economic  organizations.  At  the  societal  and  world 
system  level,  the  department  looks  at  social  movements,  the  basis  of 
stratification  or  inequality,  sources  of  instability,  war,  technology,  and  a 
number  of  other  issues. 

A  major  in  sociology  offers  (1)  a  general  education  especially  directed 
toward  understanding  the  complexities  of  modern  society  and  its  social 
problems  by  using  basic  concepts,  research  and  statistical  skills;  (2)  a 
broad  preparation  for  various  types  of  professions,  occupations,  and 
services  dealing  with  people:  and  (3)  preparation  of  qualified  students  for 
graduate  training  in  sociology,  social  work,  law,  and  business  Sociology 
also  forms  a  valuable  background  for  those  interested  in  other  fields  or 
majors.  Courses  in  sociology  can  be  used  as  preparation  for  careers  in 
government  and  private  research,  urban  planning,  personnel  work,  hu- 
man resources  management,  and  many  other  policy-making  and  admin- 
istrative careers. 

Areas  of  specialization 

The  program  of  instruction  in  Sociology  offers  courses  in  five  major  areas. 
The  strong  emphasis  on  advising  in  the  department  allows  the  student  to 
combine  these  areas  into  individualized  programs  directed  toward  the 
students  specific  goals.  Specializations  are  available  in  social  science 
research  methodology,  social  psychology,  social  demography,  social 
institutions,  and  inequality.  These  areas  of  specialization  can  be  com- 
bined to  advantage  or  can  be  taken  as  part  of  a  double  major  in  conjunction 
with  programs  in  other  compatible  areas  such  as  economics,  government 
and  politics,  psychology,  business,  etc.  This  program  versatility  and  the 
rich  experiential  learning  possibilities  of  the  Washington  metropolitan 
area  combine  to  make  the  sociology  curnculum  a  valuable  career  choice 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  following  represent  new  requirements  effective  Spnng.  1991  All 
students  declaring  Sociology  as  their  major  pnor  to  Spnng,  1991  will 
continue  to  operate  under  the  old  requirements. 

Students  in  sociology  must  complete  50  hours  of  departmental  require- 
ments, none  of  which  may  be  taken  pass/fail  Thirty-eight  of  thesehours 
are  in  sociology  coursework,  which  must  be  completed  with  a  minimum 
grade  of  C  in  each  course;  20  hours  are  in  required  courses  and  18  hours 
are  sociology  electives.  of  which  twelve  are  required  at  the  400  level,  and 
an  additional  two  are  required  at  any  level  Required  courses  for  all  maiors 
are  SOCY  100  (Introduction).  SOCY  201 '  (Statistics).  SOCY  203  (Theory), 
and  SOCY  202  (Methods).  SOCY  441  (Stratification)  and  one  additional 
upper  level  methods  course." 


Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures    139 


The  required  50  credit  hours  reflect  the  fact  that  SOCY  201  and  202  are 
four-  hour  courses.  For  transfer  students  or  those  with  equivalent  courses 
which  are  only  three-hour  courses,  exceptions  to  this  fifty  hour  require- 
ment may  be  made  by  the  Coordinator  ot  the  Sociology  Undergraduate 
Program. 

SOCY  100  should  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year  followed 
by  SOCY  203.  Three  hours  of  mathematics  (MATH  1 1 1  or  its  equivalent 
or  higher)  are  required  of  majors  as  a  prerequisite  of  SOCY  201 .  SOCY 
202  follows  SOCY  201.  SOCY  441  (stratification)  and  one  additional 
upper  level  methods  course  should  be  taken  by  the  second  semester  of 
the  junior  year. 

The  supporting  course  requirement  for  majors  is  twelve  hours  of  a 
coherent  series  of  courses  from  outside  of  the  department  that  relate  to  the 
student's  major  substantive"'  or  research  interests.  These  courses  need 
not  come  from  the  same  department,  but  at  least  six  hours  must  be  taken 
at  the  400  level.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  student  work  out  an 
appropriate  supporting  sequence  for  the  particular  specialization  with  the 
department  advisor. 

Department  of  Sociology  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CORE/USP  Program  Requirements 40/43 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SOCY  201  '—Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology 4 

SOCY  202— Introduction  to  Research  Methods  in 

Sociology 4 

SOCY  203— Sociological  Theory 3 

SOCY  441— Stratification  and  Inequality 3 

1  additional  methodology  course" 3 

2  Sociology  courses  at  any  level 6 

4  Sociology  courses  at  400  level 12 

4  supporting  courses'" 12 

Internship  (recommended,  not  required)"" 6 

USP/CORE  Electives"" 24-30/21-27 

Total 120 

'Three  hours  of  mathematics  (MATH  1 1 1  or  its  equivalent,  or  higher)  are 
required  as  prerequisite. 

"The  second  required  methods  course  and  all  supporting  courses  must 

be  selected  from  approved  lists. 

""Courses  complementing  Sociology  specialization  must  be  selected 

from  an  approved  list  and  must  include  at  least  two  courses  at  the  400 

level. 

""Students  choosing  to  take  internships  will  reduce  their  elective  credit 

total  by  six  credits. 

Advising 

Further  information  on  coursework,  internships,  the  departmental  honors 
program,  careers,  and  other  topics  may  be  obtained  from  the  Sociology 
Undergraduate  Advisor,  2108  Art/Sociology  Building,  405-6389. 

Fieldwork  and  internship  Opportunities 

Although  internships  are  not  a  requirement  for  a  major,  students  are 
strongly  urged  to  consider  the  internship  program  offered  by  the  depart- 
ment or  through  the  Experiential  Learning  Office  located  in  Hornbake 
Library.  Majors  may  receive  up  to  six  credits  in  SOCY  386/387  by  the 
combination  of  working  in  an  internship/volunteer  position  plus  doing 
some  academic  project  in  conjunction  with  the  work  experience.  A 
prerequisite  of  1 2  credits  in  Sociology  coursework  is  also  required. 

Honors 

The  objective  of  the  Honors  Program  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  is  to 
encourage  and  recognize  superior  scholarship  by  providing  an  opportu- 
nity for  interested,  capable,  and  energetic  undergraduate  students  to 
engage  in  study  in  an  area  of  the  student's  interest  under  the  close 
supervision  of  a  faculty  mentor.  The  honors  program  is  based  upon  tutorial 
study  and  independent  research. 

Students  who  have  an  overall  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
3.3,  a  cumulative  average  of  3.5  in  Sociology  courses,  and  who  have 
taken  at  least  9  credits  in  Sociology  may  apply.  Transfer  students  with 
equivalent  academic  records  at  other  accredited  institutions  are  also 
eligible.  Admission  to  the  program  will  be  based  upon  academic  perfor- 
mance, and  the  judgment  of  the  Undergraduate  Committee  on  the  degree 
to  which  the  applicant  has  sufficient  maturity  and  interest  to  successfully 


complete  the  requirements  for  graduation  with  Honors  Further  informa- 
tion on  the  honors  program  is  available  from  the  Sociology  Undergraduate 
Office. 

Student  Organizations 

The  Sociology  Collective,  a  group  open  to  all  Sociology  majors,  was 
organized  by  a  group  of  interested  undergraduates  to  fill  student  needs 
within  the  Sociology  community.  The  Collective  provides  information 
about  topics  of  interest,  including  department  activities,  career  planning, 
relevant  changes  with  the  university,  and  strives  to  enhance  the  sense  of 
community  within  the  department.  Representatives  of  the  Collective 
participate  on  faculty  committees  within  the  department  and  thereby 
provide  the  undergraduate  perspective  on  policy  issues. 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta  is  the  National  Honor  Society  for  Sociology  majors. 
Membership  is  based  on  Sociology  G.P.A.  (3.0)  and  overall  G.P  A.  (3.0). 
Students  may  apply  after  they  have  completed  18  credits  in  Sociology 
coursework.  This  organization's  activities  focus  on  providing  tutoring 
services  for  undergraduates  in  the  core  courses. 

Course  Code:  SOCY 


SPANISH  AND  PORTUGUESE  LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES  (SPAN) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2215  Jimenez  Hall,  405-6441 

Professor  and  Chair:  Sosnowski 

Professors:  Nemes,  Pacheco 

Visiting  Professor:  Sarlo 

Associate  Professors:  Aguilar-Mora,  Igel,  Phaf 

Assistant  Professors:  Benito-Vessels,  Butler,  Lavine,  Naharro-Calderon, 

Rabasa,  Sanjines,  Zappala 

Instructors:  Downey-Vanover,  Little 


The  Majors 


Changes  in  major  requirements  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  a  departmental  advisor  for  updated  information. 

Undergraduate  majors  can  benefit  from  a  wide  range  of  courses  in 
Spanish  and  Latin  American  literature  and  civilization;  technical  courses 
in  translation,  linguistics,  and  commercial  uses  of  Spanish.  Area  studies 
programs  are  also  available  in  conjunction  with  otherdisciplines  to  provide 
the  student  with  a  solid  knowledge  of  the  Spanish  and  Latin  American 
worlds.  The  major  literature  prepares  the  student  for  graduate  studies  in 
Spanish  and  opportunities  in  various  fields  of  study  and  work. 

A  grade  of  at  least  C  is  required  in  all  major  and  supporting  areacourses. 

Language  and  Literature  Major 

Courses:  SPAN  204, 221 ,  301  -302,  31 1  or  31 2, 321  -322  or  323-324, 325- 
326  or  346-347;  plus  four  courses  in  literature  at  the  400-level;  Spanish 
American,  or  Luso-Brazilian,  for  a  total  of  thirty-nine  credits.  Nine  credits 
of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on  the  300  or  400  level  in  a 
single  area  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined  total  of  forty-eight  credits. 
Suggested  areas  are:  art,  comparative  literature,  government  and  politics, 
history,  philosophy,  and  Portuguese.  All  supporting  courses  should  be 
germane  to  the  field  of  specialization. 

Foreign  Area  Major 

Courses:  SPAN  204;  301-302;  31 1  or312;  315  or  316  or 317;  321-322  or 
323-324;  325-326  or  346-347,  plus  three  courses  in  literature  at  the  400- 
level;  Spanish,  Spanish  American,  or  Luso-Brazilian,  for  a  total  of  thirty 
six-credits.  Twelve  credits  of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on 
the  300  or  400  level  in  a  single  area  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined 
total  of  forty-eight  credits.  Suggested  areas:anthropology,  economics, 
geography,  government  and  politics, history,  Portuguese,  and  sociology. 
All  supporting  courses  should  be  germane  to  the  field  of  specialization. 

Translation  Option 

Courses:  SPAN  301-302.  311  or  312;  five  courses  from  316,  317,  318, 


140    Special  Education 


356, 357, 4 1 6. 4 1 7;  32 1  -322  or  323-324;  one  course  (rom  325-326  or  346- 
347,  plus  two  courses  in  literature  at  the  400-level;  Spanish,  Spanish 
American,  or  Luso-Brazilian,  tor  a  total  of  thirty-nine  credits.  Nine  credits 
of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on  the  300  or  400  level  in  a 
single  are  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined  total  of  forty-eight  credits. 
Suggested  areas:  art,  comparative  literature,  government  and  politics, 
history,  philosophy,  and  Portuguese. 

Students  interested  in  majoring  in  a  combination  of  two  Romance  lan- 
guages should  see  the  description  of  the  Romance  Languages  Program, 
above. 

Honors 

A  student  whose  major  is  Spanish  and  who,  at  the  time  of  application,  has 
a  general  academic  average  of  3.0  and  3.0  in  his  or  her  major  field  may 
apply  to  the  chair  of  the  Honors  Committee  for  admission  to  the  Honors 
Program  of  the  department.  Honors  work  normally  begins  the  first  semes- 
ter of  the  junior  year,  but  a  qualified  student  may  enter  as  early  as  the 
sophomore  year  or  as  late  as  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
Honors  students  are  required  to  take  two  courses  from  those  numbered 
491 ,  492,  493,  and  the  seminar  numbered  496  or  equivalent,  as  well  as 
to  meet  other  requirements  for  a  major  in  Spanish.  There  will  be  a  final 
comprehensive  examination  covering  the  honors  reading  list  which  must 
be  taken  by  all  graduating  seniors  who  are  candidates  for  honors. 
Admission  of  students  to  the  Honors  Program,  their  continuance  in  the 
program,  and  the  final  award  of  honors  are  the  prerogatives  of  the 
department  Honors  Committee. 

Elementary  Honors.  SPAN  102H  is  limited  to  specially  approved  candi- 
dates who  have  passed  SPAN  101  with  high  grades,  and  will  allow  them 
to  enter  203H.  SPAN  203H  is  limited  to  students  who  have  received  high 
grades  in  1 02, 1 02H,  or  1 03  or  the  equivalent.  Upon  completion  of  203H, 
with  the  recommendation  of  the  instructor,  a  student  may  skip  204. 

Lower  Division  Courses 

The  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
consist  of  three  semesters  of  four  credits  each  (101,  102,  203).  The 
language  requirement  for  the  B.A.  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  is  satisfied  bypassing  203  or  equivalent.  Students  who  wish 
to  enroll  in  Spanish  101,  102.  and  203  must  present  their  high  school 
transcript  for  proper  placement.  See  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  further 
information. 

Transfer  students  with  college  credit  have  the  option  of  continuing  at  the 
next  level  of  study.  Students  may  not  receive  credits  for  both  Spanish  1 02 
and  Spanish  103. 

Students  must  take  language  acquisition  courses  sequentially,  i.e.,  101 , 
102,  203,  204,  etc.  Once  credit  has  been  received  in  a  higher  level 
language  acquisition  or  grammar  course,  a  lower  level  course  may  not  be 
taken  for  credit. 

Course  Codes:  SPAN,  PORT 


SPECIAL  EDUCATION  (EDSP) 


reciprocity  in  twenty-eight  other  states.  Students  considering  a  special 
education  major  enroll  in  courses  which  meet  university  and  college 
requirements  while  they  take  supporting  coursework  designed  to  provide 
an  understanding  of  normal  human  development  and  basic  psychological 
and  sociological  principles  of  human  behavior.  Special  Education  students 
receive  specialized  training  in  the  following  areas:  language  develop- 
ment; motor  development;  social-emotional  development;  normal  human 
behavior,  social  and  educational  needs  of  individuals  with  disabilities; 
diagnostic  and  educational  assessment  procedures;  instructional  proce- 
dures and  materials;  curriculum  development;  classroom  and  behavior 
management:  effective  communication  with  the  parents  and  families  ol 
children  with  disabilities;  community  resource  planning;  and  local,  state, 
and  federal  laws  concerning  children  and  youth  with  disabilities  Gradu- 
ates of  the  program  are  expected  to  master  specific  skills  in  each  of  these 
areas. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Students  interested  in  majoring  in  special  education  must  consult  a 
departmental  advisor  as  early  as  possible  after  matriculation  at  the 
university  since  the  curriculum  requires  an  extensive  and  sequenced 
program  of  studies  Students  accepted  as  Special  Education  maiors  take 
a  two-semester  sequence  of  generic  special  education  courses  and 
practicum  experiences  during  the  third  year  (Semesters  V  and  VI).  These 
courses  provide  the  student  with  a  solid  foundation  in  theory  and  practice 
related  to  the  education  of  all  children  with  disabilities  across  a  wide  range 
of  ages.  During  Semester  VI,  students  select  one  of  the  following  four 
areas  of  specialization: 

1 .  Education  of  the  Severely  Handicapped  (SH) 

2.  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  (EC) 

3.  Education  of  the  Educationally  Handicapped  (EH) 

4.  Secondary  and  Transition  Special  Education  (ST) 

Students  select  two  specialty  areas  and  are  accepted  into  one  of  their  two 
specialty  area  choices.  Coursework  in  each  of  these  four  areas  is 
designed  to  develop  expertise  with  a  specific  special  education  popula- 
tion. Students  work  directly  with  children  or  youth  with  disabilities  during 
each  semester,  leading  up  to  student  teaching  during  the  last  semester. 
Specialty  area  programs  include  twelve  to  fifteen  hours  of  electives 

Combined  Bachelor's/Master's  Program 

Selected  undergraduate  students  majoring  in  special  education  will  be 
eligible  for  dual  application  of  credit  to  both  the  bachelor's  and  master's 
degrees.  A  student  desiring  graduate  credit  should  apply  for  admission  to 
the  Graduate  School  during  the  last  semester  of  the  fourth  year.  If 
admitted  to  the  Graduate  School,  the  student  may  select  up  to  twelve 
credits  (four  courses)  of  specified  coursework  from  the  fifth  year  of  the 
undergraduate  program  to  be  applied  simultaneously  toward  the  credits 
required  for  the  master's  degree  in  special  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  The  selected  courses  may  not  include  field  practica  or  student 
teaching  experiences  Students  will  be  expected  to  fulfill  supplemental 
requirements  in  the  selected  courses  To  complete  the  master's  degree, 
students  must  fulfill  all  Graduate  School  requirements  for  the  degree,  with 
the  exception  of  the  selected  400-level  courses 

Admission 


College  of  Education 

1308  Benjamin  Building,  405-6515/4 

Professor  and  Chair:  Burke 

Professors:  Hebeler,  Simms 

Associate  Professors:  Beckman,  Cooper,  Egel,  Graham,  Harris,  Kohl, 

Leone.  Moon,  Speece 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Harry,  Lieber,  Neubert 

Associate  Research  Scholars:  Malouf,  McLaughlin 

Research  Associates:  Flonan,  MacArthur,  Pilato,  Powers,  Rembacki 

Instructors:  Aiello,  Crowley,  Hudak,  Long,  Simon 

Faculty  Research  Assistants:  Carlucci,  Dobbins.  Krishnaswami,  Schwartz. 

Strong 

The  Special  Education  Department  offers  an  innovative  and  rigorous 
undergraduate  program  which  prepares  teachers  of  infants,  children,  or 
young  adults  with  disabilities.  This  program  has  been  nationally  recog- 
nized for  many  of  its  exemplary  features.  It  is  a  five-year  ( 1 0  semester,  1 50 
credit  hour)  professional  certification  program  which  graduates  students 
with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  special  education  with  full  special 
education  teacher  certification  in  the  State  of  Maryland  and  certification 


Prior  to  formal  acceptance  as  a  special  education  major,  all  students  are 
required  to  enroll  in  a  special  education  introductory  course  (EDSP  210) 
which  provides  a  survey  of  the  history  and  current  issues  in  special 
education.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  introductory  course  and 
forty-five  semester  hours  of  requirements,  students  apply  for  formal 
admission  to  the  professional  program  of  the  Department  of  Special 
Education  by  submitting  an  application  with  a  statement  of  intent  specify- 
ing their  professional  goals.  To  be  accepted  as  a  full  special  education 
major,  students  must  fulfill  the  College  of  Education  requirements  for 
admission  to  Teacher  Education,  as  well  as  the  following  departmental 
conditions: 

1.  Completion  of  coursework  indicated  below  with  an  astensk 

2.  Admission  is  competitive  beyond  the  minimum  2.5  grade  point 
average  required  for  consideration 

3.  Submission  of  an  application  together  with  a  statement  of  intent 
specifying  the  applicant's  professional  goals 

Admittance  will  be  based  on  the  completion  of  the  required  courses,  the 
grade  point  average,  the  applicants  expenence  with  persons  with  disabili- 
ties, and  the  appropriateness  and  clanty  of  the  professional  goal  state- 
ment An  appeals  process  has  been  established  for  students  who  do  not 
meet  the  competitive  GPA  for  admission,  but  who  are  applying  in  connection 


Special  Education    141 


with  special  university  programs  including  affirmative  action  and  aca- 
demic promise. 

Advising 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  provides  academic  advisement 
through  a  faculty  and  a  peer  advisement  program.  Special  education 
majors  are  assigned  a  faculty  advisor,  who  is  carefully  matched  to  the 
student's  area  of  interest.  It  is  required  that  all  students  receive  advise- 
ment on  a  semester  basis.  Students  are  urged  to  use  the  Special 
Education  Advisory  Center.  1235  Beniamin  Building. 

Awards 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  Student  Service  Award  ispresented 
annually  to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership  and  service  to  the  Special  Education  Department. 

Student  Organizations:  The  Department  of  Special  Education 
encourages  student  participation  in  extracurricular  activities  within  and 
outside  of  the  University.  Opportunities  within  the  department  include: 

Council  for  Exceptional  Children.  The  Department  of  Special 
Education  sponsors  Chapter  504  of  the  Council  for  Exceptional  Children 
(CEC).  The  goals  of  the  chapter  include  both  professional  development  of 
the  members  and  service  to  the  University  and  community.  Activities 
include  meetings  on  topics  relevant  to  special  education,  trips  to  state  and 
national  conventions,  and  student/faculty  social  events. 

Student  Advisory  Board.  The  department  Student  Advisory  Board 
is  made  up  of  six  undergraduate  special  education  students,  two  graduate 
special  education  students,  and  one  representative  from  CEC.  These 
members  are  elected  by  the  student  body  The  purpose  of  the  board  is  to 
represent  the  student  body  at  department  faculty  meetings  and  to  offer 
student  opinions  on  matters  of  concern. 

Volunteer  and  Career  Services.  This  service,  coordinated  by 
students,  compiles  and  disseminates  information  regarding  volunteer  and 
part-time  job  opportunities  for  working  with  students  with  disabilities. 

Required  Courses 

CORE  Liberal  Arts  and  Science  Studies  Program  Requirements  to 
include  the  following  courses  which  are  departmental  requirements: 
(Consult  with  a  departmental  advisor  with  regard  to  USP  requirements.) 

•HIST  156  or  HIST  157(3) 

•STAT  100  (3) 

*Lab  Science  (4) 

•ENGL  Literature  (3) 

*PSYC100(3) 

"SOCY105(3) 

Other  Academic  Support  Courses 
*HESP  202  (3) 
HESP  400  (3) 
MATH  210  (4) 

•EDHD411  orPSYC355(3) 
EDHD  460  (3) 

Professional  Courses 

•EDSP  210— Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3) 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

EDPA  301— Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

EDSP  320 — Introduction  to  Assessment  in  Special  Education  (3) 

EDSP  321 — Comparative  Approaches  to  Behavior  and  Classroom 

Management  in  Special  Education  (3) 
EDSP  322— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education  I  (3) 
EDSP  443 — Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the 

Handicapped:  Reading  and  Written  Communication  Disorders  (3) 
EDSP  331 — Introduction  to  Curriculum  and  Instructional  Methods  in 

Special  Education  (3) 
EDSP  332 — Interdisciplinary  Communication  in  Special  Education  (3) 
EDSP  333— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education  II  (3) 

Specialty  Area  Requirements 

The  Severely  Handicapped  Option 

EDSP  400 — Assessment,  Curriculum  and  Instructional  Methods  for  Stu- 
dents with  Severe  Handicaps  (3) 


EDSP  402— Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  I  (4) 

EDSP  403 — Physical  and  Communication  Adaptations  for  Students  with 

Severe  Handicaps  (3) 
EDSP  404— Education  for  Students  with  Autism  (3) 
EDSP  405— Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  II  (4) 
EDSP  410 — Community  Functioning  Skills  for  Students  with  Severe 

Handicaps  (3) 
EDSP  330 — Families  and  the  Education  of  Handicapped  Children  (3) 
EDSP  420— Developmental  and  Behavioral  Characteristics  of 

Nonhandicapped  and  Handicapped  Infants  and  Young  Children  or 
EDSP  460— Career/Vocational  Education  for  the  Handicapped  (3) 
EDSP  41 1— Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  III  (5) 
EDSP  412 — Vocational  and  Transitional  Instruction  for  Students  with 

Severe  Handicaps  (3) 
EDSP  417 — Student  Teaching:  Severely  Handicapped  (1 1) 
EDSP  418— Seminar:  Issues  and  Research  Related  to  the  Instruction  of 

the  Severely  Handicapped  (3) 

The  Educationally  Handicapped  Option 

EDSP  440 — Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 

Handicapped:  Cognitive  and  Psychosocial  Development  (3) 
EDSP  441 — Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 

Handicapped:  Oral  Language  and  Communication  Disorders  (3) 
EDSP  442— Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  I  (3) 
EDSP  330 — Families  and  the  Education  of  Handicapped  Children  (3) 
EDSP  445 — Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  II  (4) 
EDHD  413— Adolescent  Development  (3) 
EDCI  456 — Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in 

Mathematics  (3) 
EDSP  446 — Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally  Handicapped: 

Functional  Living  Skills  (3) 
EDSP  447— Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  III  (4) 
EDSP  450 — Program  Management  for  the  Educationally  Handicapped 

(3) 
EDSP  457— Student  Teaching:  Educationally  Handicapped  (11) 
EDSP  458 — Seminar:  Special  Issues  and  Research  Related  to  the 

Educationally  Handicapped  (3) 
EDSP  460 — Career/Vocational  Education  for  the  Handicapped  (3) 

The  Secondary  and  Transition  Special  Education  Option 

EDSP  330 — Families  and  the  Education  of  Handicapped  Children  (3) 
EDSP  460 — Career/Vocational  Education  for  the  Handicapped  (3) 
EDSP  461— Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  I  (3) 
EDSP  462 — Vocational  Assessment  and  Instruction  in  Special  Education 

(3) 
EDSP  463— Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  II  (3) 
EDIT  421— Industrial  Arts  in  Special  Education  (3) 
EDCI  456 — Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in 

Mathematics  (3) 
EDSP  450 — Program  Management  for  the  Educationally  Handicapped 

(3) 
EDSP  465— Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  III  (3) 
EDSP  467— Student  Teaching:  Career/Vocational  (11) 
EDSP  468 — Special  Topics  Seminar  in  CareerA/ocational  Education  for 

the  Handicapped  (3) 
EDSP  464— Secondary  and  Transition  Methods  in  Special  Education  (3) 
EDSP  446 — Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally  Handicapped: 

Functional  Living  Skills  (3) 

The  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  Option 

EDSP  420 — Developmental  and  Behavioral  Characteristics  of  Non- 
Handicapped  and  Handicapped  Infants  and  Young  Children  (3) 
EDSP  421— Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  I  (3) 
EDSP  422 — Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Early  Childhood  Special  Edu- 
cation (Moderate  to  Mild:3-8  yrs)  (3) 
EDSP  424—  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  II  (4) 
EDCI  410— The  Child  and  the  Curriculum:  Early  Childhood  (3) 
EDSP  330 — Families  and  the  Education  of  Handicapped  Children  (3) 
EDSP  423 — Assessment  of  Preschool  Handicapped  Children  and  Infants 

(3) 
EDSP  430 — Intervention  Techniques  and  Strategies  for  Pre-school 

Handicapped  Children  and  Infants  (3) 
EDSP  431— Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  III 

(Severe  to  Moderate)  (4) 
EDSP  437— Student  Teaching:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  (11) 
EDSP  438  Seminar:  Special  Issues  in  Early  Childhood  Special  Edu- 
cation (3) 
EDSP  400 — Assessment,  Curriculum  and  Instructional  Methods  for  Stu- 
dents with  Severe  Handicaps  or 


142    Speech  Communication 


EDSP  441 — Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Handicapped 
Oral  Language  and  Communication  Disorders  (3) 

Course  Code:  EDSP 


SPEECH  COMMUNICATION  (SPCH) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1 147  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building,  405-6519 

Professor  and  Chair:  Wolvin 

Professors:  Fink,  Freimuth,  Solomon 

Associate  Professors:  Falcione,  Gaines,  Klumpp.  McCaleb 

Assistant  Professors:  Edgar,  Goldsmith 

Lecturers:  Meacham,  Niles  (p.t.) 

Distinguished  Scholar  Teacher 

Speech  Communication  takes  as  its  subject  matter  the  history,  processes, 
and  effects  of  human  communication  through  speech  and  its  extensions. 
The  departmental  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  a  liberal  education  in 
the  arts  and  sciences  of  human  communication  as  well  as  preparation  for 
career  opportunities  in  business,  government,  education,  and  related 
fields  of  endeavor.  Within  the  curriculum,  students  may  pursue  academic 
programs  which  emphasize  a  broad  range  of  disciplinary  areas,  including 
interpersonal  communication,  organizational  communication,  political 
communication,  health  communication,  educational  communication,  cog- 
nition and  persuasion,  rhetorical  theory,  history  of  rhetoric,  and  criticism 
of  public  discourse. 

The  Major 

Major  requirements  include  completion  of  thirty  semester  hours  in  Speech 
Communication  and  eighteen  semester  hours  in  supporting  courses.  No 
course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  or  supporting 
course  requirements. 

Requirements  for  Major 

(Thirty  semester  hours):  SPCH  200  or  230,  250,  400,  401 ,  and  402. 
Fifteen  semester  hours  in  SPCH  courses,  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  at 
the  300-400  level. 

Required  Supporting  Courses 

(Eighteen  semester  hours):  1.  Nine  semester  hours  of  cognate  courses 
selected  from  another  discipline  complementary  to  the  major.  (Selection 
of  cognate  courses  must  be  in  accordance  with  guidelines  available  in  the 
departmental  office.)  2.  Nine  semester  hours  to  develop  essential  intel- 
lectual skills:  Three  credits  in  statistical  analysis,  selected  from  STAT  1 00, 
PSYC  200,  SOCY  201 ,  BMGT  230,  or  EDMS  451 .  Three  credits  in  critical 
analysis,  selected  from  ENGL  301 ,  ENGL  453,  or  CMLT  488.  Three 
credits  in  structural  analysis  of  language,  selected  from  LING  200,  HESP 
120,  ANTH  371,  ENGL  384,  or  ENGL  385.  Courses  taken  to  fulfill  the 
supporting  course  requirement  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  CORE 
requirements. 

Speech  Communication  offers  special  opportunities  for  students  inter- 
ested in  co-curricular  activitiesparticularly  debate  and  forensics.  Superior 
students  may  participate  in  an  Honors  Program.  Interested  students 
should  consult  with  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 
Course  Code:  SPCH 


TEXTILES  AND  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  (TXCE) 
College  of  Human  Ecology 

2100  Marie  Mount  Hall,  405-6657 

Professor  and  Chair:  Smith 

Professors:  Dardis.  Spivak,  Yeh 

Associate  Professors:  Block,  Brannigan,  Etlenson.  Paoletti.  Pourdeyhimi. 

Stapleton,  Wagner 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Grover,  Hacklander,  Mokhtari.  Soberon- 

Ferrer,  Whittmgton 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professors:  Basiotis,  Brobeck,  Morris 

Lecturers:  Ensor  (pt.),  Goldberg  (pt.),  Jaklitsch  (pt.) 

Emerita:  Wilbur 


The  Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  is  devoted  to  the 
development  and  dissemination  of  knowledge  concerning  consumers 
and  their  near  environment  It  draws  upon  and  applies  the  knowledge  of 
and  methods  of  the  physical  and  social  sciences,  the  arts,  humanities,  and 
law  to  improve  the  welfare  of  consumers  The  department  offers  the 
Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Science,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees.  The  faculty  is  multidisciplinary  and  have  degrees  in  a  variety  of 
fields  including  textiles,  human  ecology,  economics,  engineering,  chem- 
istry, psychology,  and  law.  In  addition  to  their  teaching  responsibilities,  the 
faculty  conduct  research  and  serve  the  University  community  through 
participation  in  University  committees.  The  faculty  members,  together 
with  the  graduate  students  and  adjunct  faculty  (many  of  whom  work  in 
government  or  industry),  form  a  lively  and  stimulating  community  in  which 
students  are  exposed  to  many  different  viewpoints. 

The  department  has  modern,  well-equipped  teaching  and  research  labo- 
ratories including  a  comfort  research  laboratory,  a  computer-aided  design 
laboratory,  and  an  historic  textiles/costume  collection  Students  in  Tex- 
tiles and  Consumer  Economics  may  select  one  of  four  majors  which  offer 
diverse  professional  opportunities.  Specific  careers  depend  on  the  major 
area  of  emphasis  although  there  is  overlapping  of  career  opportunities  m 
some  instances  reflecting  similar  course  requirements.  The  majors  of- 
fered by  the  department  are  as  follows: 

Apparel  Design 

In  this  major  students  develop  an  understanding  of  the  interrelationships 
between  apparel  design  and  apparel  performance.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
artistic  expression  and  creativity,  textile  materials,  and  the  design  of 
apparel  to  meet  different  needs  and  different  socio-economic  conditions. 
Graduates  are  prepared  for  positions  as  designers,  assistant  designers, 
stylists,  fashion  executives,  fashion  coordinators,  consultants  to  the  home 
sewing  industry,  or  extension  and  consumer  educators. 

Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising 

These  two  programs  emphasize  the  marketing  and  retailing  of  textile 
products  and  combine  a  background  in  textile  materials  with  courses  in 
marketing,  retailing  and  consumer  behavior.  Students  may  select  an 
option  in  (a)  textile  marketing  or  (b)  fashion  merchandising.  An  internship 
experience  gives  students  the  opportunity  to  apply  what  they  have  learned 
in  class  and  prepares  them  for  careers  in  marketing  and  retailing  once  they 
graduate.  Graduates  completing  the  textile  marketing  option  will  be 
prepared  for  marketing  positions  with  fiber,  textile,  or  apparel  companies 
They  may  work  in  product  development,  sales,  merchandising,  promo- 
tion, market  research,  and  management.  Graduates  completing  the 
fashion  merchandising  option  will  be  prepared  for  careers  in  retailing  with 
department,  specialty,  or  mass  merchandising  stores.  They  may  work  in 
buying,  merchandising,  fashion  coordination,  publicity,  personnel,  and 
management. 

Textile  Science 

This  major  emphasizes  the  scientific  and  technological  aspects  of  textiles 
It  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  background  in  textile  matenals 
and  textile  science  including  the  engmeenng  and  finishing  of  fabncs  for 
specific  end  uses.  Many  students  in  the  major  go  on  to  graduate  study. 
Graduates  are  prepared  for  careers  in  industry  and  government.  They 
may  work  in  research  and  testing  laboratories,  in  consumer  technical 
service  and  marketings  programs,  in  quality  control,  in  buying  and  product 
evaluation,  and  in  consumer  education  and  information  programs 

Consumer  Economics 

This  major  combines  economics  and  marketing  with  the  knowledge  of 
basic  consumer  goods  and  services  The  program  focuses  on  consumer 
decision-making  and  the  degree  to  which  the  marketplace  reflects  con- 
sumer needs  and  preferences.  The  subject  matter  includes  consumption 
economics,  marketing,  consumer  behavior,  consumer  policy/law.  and 
consumer  product  marketing  Graduates  may  work  in  the  planning, 
marketing,  and  consumer  relations  divisions  of  business  and  industry,  in 
program  development  and  analysis  for  government  agencies  or  in  con- 
sumer education  programs  in  industry  and  government. 

Requirements  for  the  Major 

To  graduate,  students  must  complete  the  required  department  and 
supporting  courses  with  the  required  grades.  Human  Ecology  require- 
ments and  University  Studies  Program  requirements   Students  should 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics    1 43 


consult  the  current  Undergraduate  Catalog  and  Department  Ma|or  Guides 
and  also  consult  with  their  faculty  advisor.  All  students  must  complete  a 
minimum  ot  120  credit  hours  to  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
Specific  requirements  for  each  major  (or  option)  are  as  follows: 

Apparel  Design 

Majors  must  complete  all  required  TEXT/CNEC  courses  with  a  grade  of 
C  or  better. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I         II 
Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101 — Introduction  to  Writing,  if  not  exempt 3 

TEXT  105 — Introduction  to  Textiles 3 

MATH  1 10  or  1 15— Elementary  Mathematical  Models 

or  Pre-Calculus 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 
Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication  or 

Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech  Communication  ..  3 

DESN  101— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

TEXT  221— Apparel  I 3 

PSYC  1 00— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

ARTH  200— Art  of  the  Western  World  I 3 

CORE  Requirements 3 

Total 15        15 

Sophomore  Year 

Elective 3 

ARTT  1 10 — Elements  of  Drawing 3 

ARTH  201— Art  of  the  Western  World  II 3 

ECON  201 — Principles  of  Economics  I 3 

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

TEXT  205 — Textile  Materials  and  Performance 3 

TEXT  222— Apparel  II 3 

CMSC  103  or  TEXT  235— Introduction  to  Computing 

or  Computer  Applications  in  Textiles 3 

DESN  102— Design  II 3 

CORE  Requirements 4 

Total 15        16 

Junior  Year 

TEXT  347— History  of  Costume  II 3 

TEXT  305 — Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and 

Characterization 3 

BGMT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

TEXT  365 — Fashion  Merchandising 3 

CORE  Requirements 9-10 

Human  Ecology  Core 6 

ENGL  391  or  393  or  394— Advanced  Composition  or 

Technical  Writing  or  Business  Writing .". 3 

Total 30-31 

Senior  Year 

TEXT  420 — Apparel  Design;  Draping 3 

TEXT  441 — Clothing  and  Human  Behavior 3 

TEXT  375 — Economics  of  Textile  and  Apparel  Industry ...  3 

TEXT  425 — Apparel  Design;  Advanced  Problems 3 

TEXT  430—  Portfolio  Presentation 3 

TEXT  435 — Woven  Fabric  Structure  and  Design 3 

CORE  Requirements 9 

Elective 1-2 

Total 28-29 

Textile  MarketingVFashion  Merchandising 

Students  in  the  Textile  Marketing\Fashion  Merchandising  program  must 
complete  the  common  requirements  of  the  program.  In  addition,  they  must 
select  either  the  textile  marketing  or  the  fashion  merchandising  option  and 
complete  the  courses  specified  for  the  option  selected.  Textile  marketing 
option:  CHEM  103.  CHEM  104,  TEXT  400,  TEXT  452  and  TEXT  470. 
Fashion  merchandising  option:  CHEM  103,  CHEM  104,  TEXT  221,  and 
TEXT  365. 

Majors  must  complete  MATH  1 1 0  (or  MATH  115),  ECON  201 ,  ECON  203, 
and  all  required  TEXTNCNEC  courses  and  BMGT  350  with  a  grade  of  C 
or  better.  Majors  must  complete  9  additional  credits  in  upper-level  BMGT 
courses  and  earn  an  average  grade  of  "C"  or  better. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

I  II 

Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing,  if  not  exempt 3 

TEXT  105 — Introduction  to  Textiles 3 

MATH  1 10  or  1 15 — Elementary  Mathematical  Models  or 

Pre-Calculus 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 

or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication : 3 

DESN  101 — Fundamentals  of  Design  or 

ARTT  100—  Elements  of  Design 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

CORE  Requirements 3  6 

Total 15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry  ...  4 

CORE  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  201— Principles  of  Economics  I 3 

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

TEXT  205 — Textiles  Materials  and  Performance 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

TEXT  221 — Apparel  I  or  Elective"  (See  option  selected) 3 

Elective  3 

Total 16         16 

Junior  Year 

Electives 3 

BMGT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

TEXT  355 — Textile  Furnishings 3 

TEXT  400 — Research  Methods  or  Department 

Requirement*  (See  option  selected) 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

TEXT  365 — Fashion  Merchandising  or  Department 

Requirement*  (See  option  selected) 3 

BMGT  Support  Area** 3 

TEXT  305 — Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and 

Characterization 3 

ENGL  391,  393  OR  394— Advanced  Composition, 

Technical  Writing  or  Business  Writing 3 

CORE  Requirements 3 

Total 30 

Senior  Year 

TEXT  441 — Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  or 

CNEC  437— Consumer  Behavior 3 

TEXT  375 — Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel 

Industry 3 

CORE  Requirements 6 

TEXT  452— Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and 

Properties  of  Fibers  or  Department  Requirement* 

(See  option  selected) 3 

BMGT  Support  Area" 6 

TEXT  470 — Textile  and  Apparel  Marketing  or  Department 

Requirement*  (See  option  selected) 3 

Electives 4 

Total 28 

"Department  Requirement:  Select  from  ALL  CNEC  and  TEXT  courses 
numbered  300  or  above. 

"BMGT  Support  Area:  Select  from  BMGT  353,  354,  360,  364,  372,  380, 
392,  453,  454,  456. 

Textiles 

Majors  must  complete  ALL  required  TEXT/CNEC  courses  with  a  grade  of 
C  or  better. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing,  if  not  exempt 3 

TEXT  105— Introduction  to  Textiles 3 

MATH  115— Pre-Calculus 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 


144    Theatre 


SPCH  1 10.  107,  or  125— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 

or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

TEXT  205 — Textile  Materials  and  Performance 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  1 13— General  Chemistry  II 4 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Total 16  16 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE  Requirements 3  6 

TEXT  305 — Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and 

Characterization 3 

CHEM  233,  243.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4  4 

MATH  140— Calculus  t 4 

MATH  141— Calculus  II 4 

Total 14  14 

Junior  Year 

ECON  201  and  203— Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II 6 

PHYS  141  or  121— Principles  of  Physics  or 

Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  4 

PHYS  142  or  122— Principles  of  Physics  or 

Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 4 

TEXT  452— Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and 

Properties  of  Fibers 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 6 

CORE  Requirements 6 

Elective 3 

Total 32 

Senior  Year 

ENGL  391  or  393 — Advanced  Composition  or  Technical 
Writing* 3 

BMGT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

TEXT  454 — Textile  Science:  Finishes  or 

TEXT  456 — Textile  Science:  Dyes  and 
Dye  Applications 3 

TEXT  375 — Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel  I 
Industry 3 

TEXT  400— Research  Methods 3 

CORE  Requirements 6 

Electives 7 

Total 28 

*ENGL  393  preferred. 

Consumer  Economics 

Majors  must  complete  MATH  115,  MATH  220.  ECON  201,  ECON  203. 
ALL  required  CNECfTEXT  courses  and  Support  Area  courses  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better.  ECON  305  and  ECON  306  MUST  be  completed  with 
an  average  grade  of  C. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101 — Introduction  to  Writing,  if  not  exempt 3 

MATH  115— Pre-Calculus 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 

or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

CNEC  100 — Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 3 

CORE  Requirements 3  3 

PSYC  1 00— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Elective 3 

Total 15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

CORE  Requirements 7        6-7 

ECON  201  and  203— Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II 3  3 

MATH  220  or  140 — Elementary  Calculus  I  or  Calculus 3-4 

MATH  221  or  141— Elementary  Calculus  II  or 

Calculus  II  or  Elective 3-4 

Elective  3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

Total 16-1715-17 


Junior  Year 

CNEC  310 — Consumer  Economics  and  Public  Policy 3 

ENGL  391 ,  393  or  394— Advanced  Composition, 

Technical  Writing  or  Business  Writing 3 

CNEC  431— The  Consumer  and  the  Law 3 

Support  Area  Requirement" 6 

BMGT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

ECON  305 — Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  and 3 

ECON  306— Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory 3 

Elective 3 

CORE  Requirements 3 

Total 30 

Senior  Year 

CNEC  400— Research  Methods 3 

CNEC  437— Consumer  Behavior 3 

CNEC  435— Economics  of  Consumption  3 

CORE  Requirements 6 

CNEC  410— Consumer  Finance 3 

Support  Area  Requirement' 3 

Electives 5-8 

Total 26-29 

'Majors  must  select  one  of  four  identified  Support  Areas  These  areas  are 
as  follows:  Product  Information,  Marketing,  Finance  or  Economics.  Majors 
should  check  with  the  Department  to  obtain  specific  course  requirements 
for  each  identified  support  area. 

Advising 

The  department  has  mandatory  advising  for  ALL  majors.  Majors  are 
assigned  faculty  advisors  and  MUST  discuss  their  program  of  study  with 
their  advisor  each  semester.  Majors  should  check  with  the  department 
office  (21 00  Marie  Mount  Hall,  405-6657)  if  they  do  not  know  the  name  of 
their  faculty  advisor. 

Honors 

A  department  Honors  Program  permits  outstanding  undergraduates  to 
explore  on  an  individual  basis  a  program  of  work  which  will  strengthen 
their  undergraduate  program  and  their  professional  interests.  Students 
selected  for  the  program  must  have  at  least  a  "B"  average  to  be  consid- 
ered. Students  in  the  honors  program  participate  in  a  junior  honors 
seminar  and  present  a  senior  thesis.  Students  completing  this  program 
graduate  with  department  honors. 

Internship  Opportunities 

An  internship  program  is  available  to  all  students  majoring  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  during  their  senior  year. 
Students  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  internship  program,  including  the 
retailing  internship,  in  the  second  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

Course  Codes:  TEXT,  CNEC 


THEATRE  (THET) 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1 146  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building,  405-6676 

Chair:  Meersman 

Professors:  Gillespie,  Meersman 

Associate  Professor:  Elam,  O'Leary 

Assistant  Professors:  Huang,  Patrick,  Patterson,  Schuler,  Stowe.  Ufema 

Lecturers:  Donnelly,  Kriebs 

Instructor:  Wagner 

Emeritus:  Pugliese 

The  department  curricula  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  and  permit 
the  student  to  develop  an  emphasis  in  theatre  design  or  performance  In 
cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction  and  the 
Department  of  Speech,  an  opportunity  for  teacher  certification  m  speech 
and  drama  is  provided 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  through  the  study  of  theatre  history, 
design,  performance,  and  production:  1)  a  liberal  education  through  the 
study  of  theatre;  2)  preparation  for  various  opportunities  m  the  performing 
arts. 


Transportation,  Business,  and  Public  Policy    145 


Since  theatre  is  a  dynamic  field,  the  course  offerings  are  under  continuous 
review  and  development  Interested  students  should  seek  out  specific 
information  about  a  program  a  study  in  a  particular  emphasis  from  the 
appropriate  advisor 

The  Major 

Major  Requirements  are  forty-two  hours  of  coursework  in  theatre,  exclu- 
sive of  those  courses  taken  to  satisfy  college  and  university  requirements 
Of  the  forty-two  hours,  at  least  twenty-one  must  be  upper  level  (300-400 
series).  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
or  supporting  area  requirements. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Required  core  courses  for  all  majors  are:  THET  110,  111, 120.  170.330, 
479.480.490,491. 

Design  Emphasis:  THET  273,  375.  476.  418,  plus  additional  courses  in 
theatre  to  make  the  minimum. 

Supporting  courses  for  the  Design  emphasis  include  one  from  each  of  the 
following:  ENGL  403.  404,  or  405;  ENGL  434  or  454;  DANC  1 00,  21 0,  or 
310;  MUSC  100  or  130;  any  ARTH  or  ARTT  course  approved  by  the 
departmental  advisor. 

Performing  Emphasis:  THET  221,  320,  420  or  430,  474  or  approved 
Technical/Design  course,  plus  additional  courses  in  theatre  to  make  the 
minimum. 

Supporting  courses  for  the  Performing  Emphasis  include  one  from  each 
of  the  following:  ENGL  403.  404.  or  405;  ENGL  434  or  454;  DANC  100; 
MUSC  100  or  130;  any  ARTH  or  ARTT  course  approved  by  the  depart- 
mental advisor. 

Advising 

Advising  is  required.  Students  are  responsible  for  checking  advisee 
assignments  posted  on  faculty  office  doors  and  bulletin  boards. 

Honors 

The  Theatre  department  offers  an  honors  program  with  several  scholar- 
ships open  to  freshmen,  transfer,  and  continuing  students.  Contact  the 
Honors  Program  Advisor  for  information. 

Financial  Aid 

Scholarships  and  financial  assistance  may  be  awarded  to  incoming 
students  through  a  number  of  Creative  and  Performing  Arts  Scholarships 
and  the  Theatre  Patrons  Scholarships.  Other  scholarships  and  assistant- 
ships  are  awarded  yearly  to  continuing  students.  For  further  information, 
contact  the  Theatre  Awards  Program  Advisor. 

The  department  presents  a  number  of  University  Theatre  (UT)  produc- 
tions each  year.  Students  also  comprise  the  Administrative  Council  for 
Theater  (ACT). 

Course  Code:  THET 


Assistant  Professors:  Chang.  Cohen  (Visiting) 
Affiliate  Faculty:  Chen.  Fogle.  Francescato 
"Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated. 

t  Distinguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Major 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  offers  a  program  of  study  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  Urban  Studies.  The  program  is  designed  to 
encourage  students  either  ( 1 )  to  direct  their  learning  toward  planning  and 
management  careers  in  metropolitan-area  organizations,  or  (2)  to  study 
urbanization  processes  and  methods  as  a  means  toward  earning  a 
general  education.  The  undergraduate  urban  studies  and  planning  pro- 
gram is  built  on  several  introductory  and  methods  courses  that  examine 
the  city  in  its  metropolitan,  interregional,  national,  and  international  policy 
contexts.  The  problems  of  planning  and  management  of  the  metropolis 
are  stressed.  Students  are  encouraged  by  the  multidisciplinary  urban 
studies  and  planning  faculty  to  take  advantage  of  the  rich  and  extensive 
cross-departmental  resources  at  College  Park  and  are  expected  to  select 
an  urban-related  specialization  from  another  discipline.  Inasmuch  as  the 
department  exists  to  serve  the  planning  and  management  personnel  and 
research  needs  of  metropolitan  organizations  in  the  non-profit,  for-profit, 
and  government  sectors,  career  guidance  and  advice  on  job  placement 
have  a  high  priority.  Students  are  provided  with  advice  in  finding  available 
vacancies,  with  resume  writing  and  interview  preparation.  Urban  Studies 
majors  are  prepared  to  enter  the  professional  arena  or  to  continue  with 
advanced  study. 

Each  year  the  department  sponsors  the  Lefrak  lectures.  This  lecture 
series  features  highly-reputed  scholars  and  practitioners  in  urban  plan- 
ning or  urban  policy  formulation  issues  of  the  information  age.  A  feature 
of  the  series  is  to  expand  our  understanding  of  urbanization  driven  by  job 
creation  in  high-technology  manufacturing  and  higher-level  services. 

Requirements  for  Major 

Urban  Studies  majors  must  complete  thirty-nine  semester  hours  of 
Departmental  requirements  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each  course 
Fifteen  of  these  hours  must  be  core  Urban  Studies  courses,  including  a 
Senior  Capstone  course  in  which  students  will  write  a  major  paper  on  an 
urban  topic.  Fifteen  more  must  be  in  an  urban-related  focus  in  another 
department,  such  as  Afro-American  Studies,  Architecture,  Economics, 
Geography  Government  and  Politics,  or  Sociology.  Six  credits  must  be  in 
an  urban  specialization,  including  one  upper  division  course,  in  the 
department  or  elsewhere.  Three  credits  are  a  statistics  and  methods 
course,  preferably  in  the  department  of  disciplinary  focus. 

Urban  Studies  Requirements 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Required  URBS  Core  Courses  ... 

URBS  100 

URBS  240 

URBS  320 

URBS  401 

URBS  402 
Disciplinary  Focus  (5  classes)  .... 
Urban  Specialization  (2  classes) 

Statistics  and  Methods 

Total 


TRANSPORTATION,  BUSINESS,  AND  PUBLIC 
POLICY 

For  information,  consult  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  entry. 


Advising 


Prior  to  each  pre-registration  and  registration,  each  Urban  Studies  major 
is  expected  to  obtain  advice  from  an  Institute  advisor.  The  undergraduate 
advisor  is  located  in  1213  Lefrak  Hall,  405-6799. 


URBAN  STUDIES,  Institute  for 
College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

1117  Lefrak  Hall,  405-6790 

Chair:  Brower  (acting) 

Professors:  Baum,  Levin 

Associate  Professors:  Christian*  (Geography),  Howland,  Hulat 


Honors 

For  information  on  the  Urban  Studies  Honors  Program,  contact  Professor 
Hula,  1127  Lefrak  Hall,  405-6796,  or  the  Undergraduate  Advisor.  1213 
LeFrak  Hall,  405-6799. 

Course  Code:  URBS 


146    Women  Studies  Program 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES  PROGRAM  (WMST) 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

11 15  Mill  Building.  405-6878 

Professor  and  Director:  Beck 
Professor:  Rosenfelt 
Associate  Professors:  Bolles,  Moses 
Assistant  Professor:  King 
Lecturers:  Pratt,  Zingo 

Affiliate  Faculty:  Harley.  Williams  (Afro-American  Studies);  Diner  (Ameri- 
can Studies);  Withers  (Art);  Doherty,  Halletl,  Stehle  (Classics);  Gillespie 
(Communication  Arts  and  Theater);  Peterson  (Comparative  Literature); 
Leonard  (Counseling  and  Personnel  Services);  Heidelbach  (Curriculum 
and  Instruction);  Beauchamp,  Donawerth,  Kauffman,  Lanser,  Leonardi, 
Smith,  (English);  Leslie  (Family  and  Community  Development);  Hage, 
Mossman  (French  and  Italian);  Frederiksen,  Strauch  (Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages);  McCarnck  (Government  and  Politics);  Gullickson 
(History);  Gips  (Housing  and  Design);  Beasley,  Grunig  (Journalism); 
Robertson  (Music);Fullinwider  (Philosophy  and  Public  Policy);  Hult 
(Physical  Education);  Coutaut,  (RTVF);  Hunt,  Mclntyre,  Presser,  Segal 
(Sociology);  Solomon  (Speech  and  Communication);  Schuler  (Theater). 

The  Women's  Studies  Program  is  an  interdisciplinary  academic  program 
designed  to  examine  the  historical  contributions  made  by  women,  reex- 
amine and  reinterpret  existing  data  about  women,  and  introduce  students 
to  the  methodology  of  feminist  scholarship.  The  program  offers  interdis- 
ciplinary core  courses  on  women,  encourages  the  offering  of  courses  on 
women  in  other  disciplines,  and  promotes  the  discovery  of  new  knowledge 
about  women.  Women's  Studies  courses  challenge  students  to  question 
traditional  knowledge  about  women  and  men  and  to  examine  differences 
among  women.  Students  gain  an  understanding  of  and  respect  for 
differences  in  human  lives  as  they  encounter  issues  of  diversity  in  the 
classroom:  age,  ability,  class,  ethnicity,  race,  religion,  and  sexual  pref- 
erence. 

The  Certificate  Program 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program  consists  of  an  integrated, 
interdisciplinary  curriculum  on  women  that  is  designed  to  supplement  a 
student's  major. 

Requirements  for  Certificate 

The  qualify  for  a  Certificate  in  Women's  Studies,  a  student  will  be  required 
to  earn  twenty-one(21 )  credits  in  Women's  Studies  courses,  nine  of  which 
must  be  at  the  300400  level.  No  more  than  3  credit  hours  of  special  topics 
courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  Certificate.  No  more  than  9  credit 
hours  which  are  applied  toward  a  major  may  be  included  in  the  Certificate 
Program.  No  more  than  9  credit  hours  may  be  taken  at  institutions  other 
than  UMCP.  Each  student  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each 
course  that  is  to  be  counted  toward  the  Certificate.  Of  the  twenty-one 
credits,  courses  must  be  distributed  as  follows: 

1 .  A  core  of  nine  (9)  credit  hours  from  the  following  WMST  courses: 
WMST  200lntroduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women  and  Society 
(3)  OR 

WMST  250lntroduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women.  Art,  and 

Culture  (3) 

WMST  400Theories  of  Feminism  (3) 

WMST  490Senior  Seminar:  Feminist  Reconceptualizations  (3) 

2.  At  least  one  course  from  three  of  the  four  distributive  areas  listed 
below.  Two  of  these  courses  must  be  from  departments  other  than 
Women's  Studies.  At  least  one  course  must  be  identified  as  adding 
a  multi-cultural  dimension. 

Area  I 

ARTH  489 — Feminist  Perspectives  on  Women  in  Art 
CMLT  498 — Feminist  Literary  Criticism 
CMLT  498 — Special  Topics  in  Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  250— Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  348— Literary  Works  by  Women 
FREN  478 — French  Women  Writers  in  Translation 
GERM  439 — Women  in  German  Literature 
JAPN  418 — Japanese  Women  Writers  in  Translation 
MUSC  448 — Women  and  Music  in  Cross-Cultural  Perspective 
WMST  250 — Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women,  Art,  and 
Culture 


Area  II 

EDCP  498 — Issues  Related  to  Counseling  Women 
FMCD  430 — Gender  Role  Development  in  the  Family 
HLTH  471— Women's  Health 
PSYC  336— Psychology  of  Women 
SOCY  325— Sex  Roles 
SOCY  425—  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions 
SPCH  324 — Communication  and  Sex  Roles 
WMST  200 — Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women  and 
Society 

Area  III 

AMST  418 — Women  and  Family  in  American  Life 

AASP  428 — Black  Women  in  America 

CLAS  309 — Women  in  Ancient  Greece  and  Rome 

CLAS  320—  Women  in  Classical  Antiquity 

GERM  281 — Women  in  German  Literature  and  Society 

HIST  210— American  Women  to  1880 

HIST  21 1— American  Women  1880  to  the  Present 

HIST  301 — Women  and  Industrial  Development 

HIST  309 — Proseminar  in  the  History  of  Women 

HIST  318— Women  in  the  Middle  East 

HIST  458 — Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History 

HIST  618 — Readings  in  the  History  of  Women 

KNES  492— History  of  the  American  Sportswoman 

Area  IV 

AASP  428 — EEO  Laws:  Implications  for  Women  and  Minonties 

AASP  428— Women  and  Work 

ECON  374 — Sex  Roles  in  Economic  Life 

GVPT  436—  Legal  Status  of  Women 

GVPT  471— Women  and  Politics 

JOUR  460— Women  in  the  Mass  Media 

KNES  451— Sport  and  the  Amencan  Woman 

3.  The  remaining  courses  may  be  chosen  from  any  of  the  four 
distributive  areas,  or  from  among  any  of  the  WMST  courses 
including  WMST  498 — Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies  and 
WMST  499 — Independent  Study.  The  Women's  Studies  Program 
also  provides  students  with  opportunities  for  co-curricular  activities 
In  the  past,  students  have  supported  their  coursework  with  prac- 
tical experience  working  with  legal  defense  funds,  rape  cnsis 
centers, battered  women's  shelters,  feminist  journals,  and  on  Capitol 
Hill,  as  well  as  in  the  classroom  applying  feminist  methodology  to 
teaching  strategies. 

Admission 

Any  student  in  good  academic  standing  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  may  enroll  in  the  Certificate  Program  by  declaring  his  or  her 
intentions  to  the  Women's  Studies  undergraduate  advisor. 

Advising 

It  is  suggested  that  students  meet  with  the  advisor  in  order  to  plan 
individual  programs.  Advising  is  available  during  regular  office  hours  both 
with  appointments  and  on  a  walk-in  basis.  The  advisor  is  located  in  1 1 1 7 
Mill  Building. 

Students  may  also  earn  an  undergraduate  major  in  Women's  Studies  by 
designing  a  major  in  consultation  with  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Undergradu- 
ate Studies  and  a  member  of  the  Women's  Studies  faculty. 

Course  Code:  WMST 


ZOOLOGY  (Z00L) 
College  of  Life  Sciences 

2227  Zoology-Psychology  Building.  405-6904 

Professor  and  Chair  Popper 

Professors:  Carter-Porges,  Clark,  Colombmi.  Gill.  Highton.  Levitan.  Pierce 
Associate  Professors:  Ades.  Barnett.  Bonar.  Borgia.  Cohen.  Goode 
Higgins.  Imberski,  Inouye.  Linder,  Reaka.  Small 
Assistant  Professors:  Carr,  Chao,  Dietz.  Olek.  Palmer.  Payne.  Shapiro, 
Stephan.  Wilkinson 
Instructors:  Kent.  Piper.  Spalding 

Adjunct  Professors:  Kleiman.  Manning.  Morton.  O'Bnen,  Potior.  Smith- 
Gill,  Vermeij 


Campus-Wide  Programs    147 


Ad|unct  Associate  Professors:  Piatt.  Wemmer 
Adjunct  Assistant  Prolessor:  Braun 

tDistmguished  Scholar-Teacher 

The  Zoology  Program  is  designed  to  give  each  student  an  appreciation  of 
the  diversity  of  programs  studied  by  zoologists,  an  opportunity  to  explore 
more  specialized  biological  subject  areas,  and  an  appreciation  of  the 
nature  of  observation  and  experimentation  appropriate  to  investigations 
within  these  fields. 

Requirements  for  Major 

The  required  Zoology  core  courses  are  listed  below.  All  majors  are 
required  to  complete  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  core  curriculum  (see 
College  of  Life  Sciences  entry  in  this  catalog),  which  includes  BIOL  105 
and  106  In  addition,  students  must  also  complete  a  minimum  of  24  credit 
hours  of  Zoology  including: 

ZOOL  2 1 3 — Genetics  (4),  prerequisite  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry 

AND  either. 

ZOOL  210— Animal  Diversity  (4)  OR 

ZOOL  21 1 — Cell  Biology  &  Physiology  (4).  prerequisite  one  semester  of 

general  chemistry  (CHEM  103)  AND 

Fourteen  hours  of  junior-senior  level  Zoology  courses,  including  two 

courses  with  laboratory,  AND  one  of  the  following: 

BIOM  301  or  401 ,  BCHM  461 .  MATH  240  or  400,  PSYC  200,  STAT  250 

or  400  or  464. 

ZOOL  181.  201.  202.  301.  328Z,  330.  346,  361  and  381  do  not  satisfy 
major  requirements.  ZOOL  308H.  309H.  318H  and  up  to  three  credits  of 
319,  Special  Problems  in  Zoology,  may  be  used  to  fulfill  six  of  the  required 
14  hours  at  the  junior-senior  level  but  not  the  laboratory  requirements. 
MICB  453  is  accepted  as  a  laboratory  course  towards  the  major.  College 
credit  for  research  experience  obtained  off  campus  may  be  earned  under 
ZOOL  328Z,  but  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  major  requirements. 

All  majors  must  have  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  BIOL  105,  106  and  all 
Zoology  courses  and  an  average  grade  of  "C"  in  the  other  College  of  Life 
Sciences  core  curriculum  courses. 

Students  may  specialize  by  registering  for  those  courses  particularly 
appropriate  to  their  academic  objectives.  Areas  of  specialization  include: 
molecular  and  cellular  biology;  physiology  and  neurobiology;  ecology, 
evolution  and  behavior;  marine  science;  and  genetics.  The  Zoology  major 
is  suitable  for  students  seeking  preparation  for  post-graduate  work  in 
medicine,  dentistry  and  graduate  programs  in  the  biological  sciences  and 
for  employment  in  science  related  fields. 

Advising 

Advising  for  zoology  majors  is  mandatory.  Appointments  can  be  sched- 
uled through  the  Undergraduate  Office,  405-6904. 

Honors 

The  Department  of  Zoology  Honor's  Program,  directed  by  Dr.  Herbert 
Levitan,  offers  highly  motivated  and  academically  qualified  students  the 
opportunity  to  work  closely  with  a  faculty  mentor  on  an  original  research 
project.  Information  on  this  program  and  additional  information  on  the 
Zoology  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Undergraduate  Office,  2227 
Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-6904. 

Student  Organization 

Zoology  Undergraduate  Student  Committee  (ZUSC)  promotes  interac- 
tions with  the  faculty,  provides  information  about  departmental  services, 
opportunities  and  events  and  sponsors  a  variety  of  educational  and  social 
activities.  Interested  students  may  contact  ZUSC  by  stopping  by  the 
ZUSC  office,  2230  Zoology-Psychology  Building,  405-6904. 

Course  Code:  ZOOL 


CAMPUS-WIDE  PROGRAMS 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program  (R0TC) 

2132  Cole  Student  Activities  Bldg.,  314-3242 


Director:  Davis 

Assistant  Professors:  Hughes.  Fields,  Meyer 

The  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  provides  two 
programs  for  college  men  and  women  to  earn  a  commission  as  a  Second 
Lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  while  completing  their  University 
degree  requirements. 

Four-Year  Program 

This  program  is  composed  of  a  General  Military  Course  (GMC)  and  a 
Professional  Officer  Course  (POC) .  The  first  two  years  (GMC)  normally  for 
freshmen  and  sophomores,  give  a  general  introduction  to  the  Air  Force 
and  the  various  career  fields.  Students  enrolled  in  the  GMC  program  incur 
no  obligation  and  may  elect  to  discontinue  the  program  at  any  time.  The 
final  two  years  (POC)  are  concentrated  on  the  development  of  manage- 
ment skills  and  study  of  United  States  defense  policy.  Students  must 
compete  for  acceptance  into  the  POC.  All  students  enrolled  in  the  last  two 
years  of  the  program  receive  approximately  $1 ,000  annually  tax  free. 

Students  in  the  four-year  program  who  successfully  complete  the  first  two 
years  of  the  program  and  are  accepted  into  the  POC  program  must  attend 
four  weeks  of  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base  during  the 
summer  after  completing  the  sophomore  year  of  college.  To  enter  the 
AFROTC  program,  one  should  inform  his  or  her  advisor  and  register  for 
classes  in  the  same  manner  as  for  other  courses. 

Two- Year  Program 

This  program  is  normally  offered  to  prospective  juniors  but  may  be  taken 
by  seniors  and  graduate  students.  The  academic  requirements  for  this 
program  are  identical  to  the  final  two  years  of  the  four-year  program. 
During  the  summer  preceding  entry  into  the  program,  all  candidates  must 
complete  a  six-week  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base. 

The  Curriculum 

General  Military  Course  (GMC) 

Freshman  year— ARSC  100  (Fall)  and  ARSC  101  (Spring).  In  combina- 
tion these  two  courses  are  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  roles 
of  the  Department  of  Defense  and  the  U.S.  Air  Force  in  the  contemporary 
world  through  a  study  of  the  total  force  structure,  strategic  offensive  and 
defensive  forces,  general  purpose  forces,  and  aerospace  support  forces. 
Each  one-credit  course  consists  of  one  hour  of  academic  class  and  one 
hour  of  leadership  laboratory  each  week. 

Sophomore  year— ARSC  200  (Fall)  and  ARSC  201  (Spring).  These  two 
courses  provide  a  study  of  air  power  from  balloons  and  dirigibles  through 
the  jet  age;  an  historical  review  of  air  power  employment  in  military  and 
nonmilitary  operations  in  support  of  national  objectives;  and  a  look  at  the 
evolution  of  air  power  concepts  and  doctrine.  Each  one-credit  course 
consists  of  one  hour  of  academic  class  and  one  hour  of  leadership 
laboratory  each  week. 

Professional  Officer  Course  (POC) 

Junior  year— ARSC  310  (Fall)  and  ARSC  311  (Spring).  Each  of  these 
courses  consists  of  three  hours  of  academic  classes  and  one  hour  of 
leadership  laboratory  each  week.  Here  the  student  is  introduced  to 
concepts  and  skills  required  by  the  successful  manager  and  leader,  the 
curriculum  includes  individual  motivational  and  behavioral  processes, 
leadership,  communication,  and  group  dynamics,  providing  the  founda- 
tion forthe  development  of  the  junior  officer's  professional  skills(officership). 
Course  material  on  the  fundamentals  of  management  emphasizes  deci- 
sion making,  the  use  of  analytic  aids  in  planning,  organizing,  and  controlling 
in  a  changing  environment,  as  necessary  professional  concepts.  Organi- 
zational and  personal  values  (ethics),  management  of  change,  organiza- 
tional power,  politics,  and  managerial  strategy  and  tactics  are  discussed 
within  the  context  of  the  military  organization.  Actual  Air  Force  case 
studies  are  used  throughout  the  course  to  enhance  the  learning  and 
communication  process.  ARSC  310  is  an  approved  course  for  the 
University  Studies  Program  in  the  Social  and  Behavioral  Studies  area. 

Senior  year— ARSC  320  (Fall)  and  ARSC  321  (Spring).  Each  of  these 
courses  consists  of  three  hours  of  academic  classes  and  one  hour  of 
leadership  laboratory  each  week.  This  course  is  a  study  of  the  United 
States  National  Security  Policy  which  examines  the  formulation,  organi- 
zation, and  implementation  of  national  security;  context  of  national  secu- 
rity; evolution  of  strategy;  management  of  conflict;  and  civil-military 


148    Study  Abroad  Programs 


interaction.  It  also  includes  blocks  ot  instruction  on  the  military  profession, 
officership,  and  the  military  justice  system.  The  course  is  designed  to 
provide  future  Air  Force  officers  with  a  background  of  United  States 
National  Security  Policy  so  they  can  effectively  function  in  today's  Air 
Force. 

All  Aerospace  courses  are  open  to  any  university  student  for  credit 
whether  or  not  he  or  she  in  the  AFROTC  Program.  Only  the  AFROTC 
cadets  attend  the  leadership  laboratories.  ARSC  320  is  an  approved 
course  for  the  University  Studies  Program  in  the  Social  and  Behavioral 
Studies  area. 

Scholarships 

The  AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program  provides  eight,  seven,  six, 
five,  and/or  four  semester  scholarships  to  students  on  a  competitive  basis. 
Scholarships  are  currently  available  in  numerous  technical  fields  and  are 
based  on  merit  and  not  need.  Those  selected  receive  full  tuition,  lab 
expenses.  Incidental  fees,  and  book  allowance  plus  a  non-taxable  allow- 
ance of  $100  monthly. 

Air  Force  ROTC  College  Scholarships  are  available  on  a  competitive 
basis  to  qualified  applicants  enrolled  in  the  four-  and  two-year  AFROTC 
programs.  (For  a  full  explanation  of  Air  Force  ROTC,  see  AFROTC  under 
"Financial  Aid".)  Four  through  eight  semester  scholarships  are  available 
and  are  based  on  merit  and  not  need.  These  scholarships  provide  full 
tuition,  laboratory  fees,  incidental  fees,  an  allowance  for  textbooks,  and  a 
non-taxable  allowance  of  $100  monthly.  Any  student  accepted  by  The 
University  of  Maryland  may  apply  for  these  scholarships.  AFROTC 
membership  is  required  if  one  receives  an  AFROTC  scholarship. 

Air  Force  Nurse  Program 

Air  Force  ROTC  makes  it  possible  for  qualified  applicants  of  nursing 
schools  to  enroll  in  its  programs  and,  upon  completion  of  all  academic  and 
licensing  requirements,  receive  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in 
the  United  States  Air  Force  Medical  Corps. 

Genera!  Requirements  for  Acceptance  into  the  POC 

The  student  must  complete  the  General  Military  Course  and  a  four-week 
field  training  session,  or  the  six-week  field  training  session,  pass  the  Air 
Force  Officer  Qualification  Test,  be  physically  qualified,  be  in  good 
academic  standing,  and  meet  age  requirements.  Successful  completion 
of  the  Professional  Officer  Course  and  a  bachelor's  degree  (higher)  are 
prerequisites  for  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in  the  United 
States  Air  Force.  Additional  information  may  be  obtained  by  telephoning 
the  Office  of  Aerospace  Studies,  (301)  454-3242/43. 

AFROTC  Awards 

AFROTC  Leadership  Ribbon.  Presented  for  outstanding  performance  in 
a  position  of  leadership  as  a  cadet  officer.  Recognizes  cadet  officers  who 
display  leadership  ability  above  and  beyond  normal  expected  perfor- 
mance. 

AFROTC  Superior  Performance  Ribbon .  Presented  to  a  cadet  for  a  single 
or  sustained  performance  of  a  superior  nature.  Recognizes  achievements 
which  are  clearly  outstanding. 

AFROTC  Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars  Award.  Presented  to  the  cadet  who 
is  actively  engaged  in  the  AFROTC  program  and  possesses  outstanding 
leadership  qualities. 

American  Defense  Preparedness  Association  Award.  Presented  to  the 
outstanding  senior  cadet  who  has  received  no  grade  in  the  advanced 
ROTC  courses  less  than  B,  is  in  upper  twenty  percent  of  total  senior 
enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  has  participated  actively  in 
athletics  and/or  campus  activities,  and  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership  qualities. 

American  Legion  Outstanding  Senior  Cadet.  This  award  is  sponsored  by 
the  American  Legion,  Department  of  Maryland,  and  is  presented  to  the 
cadet  described  as  the  "Outstanding  ROTC  Senior." 

American  Legion  ROTC  Military  Excellence  Awards  to  a  senior  (Gold 
award)  and  junior  (Silver  award)  in  the  upper  twenty-five  percent  of  his  or 
her  AFROTC  class  and  demonstrating  outstanding  qualities  in  military 
leadership,  discipline,  and  character 

American  Legion  ROTC  Scholastic  Award  to  an  outstanding  senior  (Gold 
award)  and  junior  (Silver  award)  in  the  upper  ten  percent  of  his  or  her  class 


in  the  university  and  have  demonstrated  high  qualities  in  military  leader- 
ship. 

Commandant  of  Cadets  Award  to  a  junior  or  senior  cadet  for  outstanding 
performance  as  a  Support  Officer.  This  cadet  most  successfully  exempli- 
fies the  "complete  staff  officer." 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  who  is 
in  the  upper  25  percent  of  both  the  ROTC  class  and  the  university,  and  who 
has  demonstrated  high  qualities  of  dependability,  good  character,  adher- 
ence to  military  discipline,  and  leadership  ability.  Also  demonstrates  a 
fundamental  and  patriotic  understanding  of  the  importance  of  ROTC 
training. 

Governor's  Cup.  Offered  each  year  by  His  Excellency,  the  Governor  of 
Maryland,  and  awarded  to  the  cadet  chosen  by  the  Detachment  Staff  as 
the  Cadet  of  the  Year. 

Reserve  Officer  Association  Awards  to  the  senior  cadet  (Gold  award) 
junior  cadet  (Silver  award),  and  sophomore  cadet  (Bronze  award)  dem- 
onstrating outstanding  academic  achievement  in  AFROTC  subject  matter 
and  highest  officer  potential.  Ribbons  of  merit  are  presented  to  the  top  ten 
percent  of  the  freshman  and  the  sophomore  cadets. 
George  M.  Reiley  Award.  Presented  to  the  member  of  the  flight  instruction 
program  who  shows  the  highest  aptitude  for  flying,  as  demonstrated  by  his 
or  her  performance  in  the  program. 

Society  of  American  Military  Engineers  Award  to  recognize  twenty  junior 
or  senior  cadets  nationally  displaying  outstanding  scholastic  achievement 
and  leadership  and  majoring  in  the  field  of  engineering 

Course  Code:  ARSC 


STUDY  ABROAD  PROGRAMS 

3125  Mitchell  Bldg.,  314-7746 

Coordinator:  Rick  Weaver 

The  goal  of  the  Study  Abroad  Office  is  to  enable  students  to  incorporatea 
summer,  semester,  or  year  abroad  into  their  degree  program  at  Maryland. 
Study  abroad  increases  awareness  of  other  cultures  and  languages  while 
providing  a  comparative  international  perspective.  Many  students  find 
study  abroad  essential  for  their  major  or  career  plans.  Others  view  it  as 
part  of  their  liberal  arts  education. 

Advising  and  Information 

The  Study  Abroad  Office  provides  handouts  and  advising  on  the  wide 
variety  of  programs  available.  A  small  library  provides  information  on 
programs  offered  by  other  universities.  The  office  assists  students  in 
obtaining  credit  for  their  experience  abroad. 

Maryland  Study  Abroad  Semester/Year  Programs 

Denmark's  International  Study  Program:  Maryland  acts  as  a  coordi- 
nator for  DIS  in  Copenhagen,  which  offers  many  liberal  arts  and  business 
subjects  taught  in  English. 

Semester  in  Israel :  From  January  to  May  students  learn  Hebrew  and  take 
courses  in  Jewish  and  Israeli  studies  taught  in  English  by  faculty  members 
at  Tel  Aviv  University. 

Study  in  London:  The  curhculum  consists  of  courses  in  the  humanities, 
business,  and  the  social  sciences,  which  focus  on  Bntain  Students  are 
housed  with  families  or  in  flats  to  increase  their  immersion  in  Bntish  life 

Study  In  Beijing:  Offers  a  spnng  semester  of  intensive  Chinese  language 
from  beginner  to  advanced  level 

Study  in  Brazil:  Offers  a  summer  and  fall  semester  at  the  Catholic 
University  of  Rio  to  take  regular  university  courses  offered  in  Portuguese 

Maryland-in-Nice:  Offers  French  language  courses  for  foreigners  and 
regular  courses  at  the  University  of  Nice  for  students  with  sufficient  French 
language  background. 

Summer  Programs 

Architecture  Abroad:  The  School  of  Architecture  sponsors  vanous 
summer  study  programs  which  allow  students  at  an  advanced  under- 


Undergraduate  Studies    149 


graduate  and  graduate  level  to  deal  creatively  with  architectural  issues  in 
a  loreign  environment.  Program  locations  vary,  but  include  Tunisia, 
Turkey,  and  Western  Europe. 

Summer  in  Kassel:  The  Department  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages 
and  Literature  sponsors  a  five-week  intensive  language  and  culture 
program  in  Kassel,  West  Germany. 

Summer  In  Madrid:  The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  spon- 
sors a  five-week  intensive  language  and  culture  program  in  Madrid,  Spain. 

Exchanges 

The  Study  Abroad  Office  administers  reciprocal  exchanges  with  specific 
universities  overseas.  These  exchanges  are  often  related  to  academic 
departments  and  require  extensive  language  or  academic  background. 
All  the  exchanges  require  at  least  a  3.0  grade  point  average.  Exchanges 
are  available  with  the  following  British  Universities:  University  of  Kent  for 
Government  and  Politics  majors:  University  of  Sheffield  for  English  majors 
and  American  Studies  majors:  University  of  Lancaster  for  Math  majors; 
University  of  Bristol  for  Philosophy  majors;  University  of  Surrey  for 
Sociology  majors;  University  of  Bath  for  Horticulture  majors;  and  Univer- 
sity of  Liverpool  for  History  majors.  In  Japan,  Keio  University  in  intensive 
Japanese.  In  West  Germany,  the  University  of  Bremen,  the  Free  Univer- 
sity of  Berlin,  and  the  Gesamthochschule  Kassel.  In  Austria,  the  University 
of  Vienna. 


UNDERGRADUATE  STUDIES 
University  Honors  Program 

0110  Hombake  Library,  405-6771 

Director:  Parssinen 

The  University  Honors  Program  is  designed  to  allow  academically  tal- 
ented students  to  make  the  most  of  the  educational  and  cultural  resources 
of  a  great  metropolitan  research  university.  Honors  students  combine 
Honors  coursework  with  pursuit  of  their  major  field  of  study.  Freshmen  and 
sophomores  broaden  their  intellectual  horizons  in  a  wide  variety  of  special 
Honors  seminars  and  Honors  versions  of  regular  courses,  in  the  arts  and 
sciences.  Many  of  the  courses  have  an  interdisciplinary  focus.  Juniors  and 
seniors  may  apply  to  departmental  or  college  Honors  programs  that 
emphasize  working  with  a  faculty  mentor  on  an  independent  research 
project,  or  they  may  propose  their  own  interdisciplinary  research  pro- 
grams. 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  as  freshmen  or  as  transfer  students.  A 
separate  application  form  for  the  Honors  Program  is  included  in  the  UMCP 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Application  packet.  The  Honors  Program 
seeks  bright,  intellectually  curious  students  who  will  thrive  in  a  challenging 
academic  environment.  Applications  are  individually  reviewed  for  evi- 
dence of  academic  achievement  in  course  work,  special  talents  or  skills, 
and  maturity.  For  transfer  students,  the  applicant's  previous  college-level 
work  is  weighed  heavily. 

Student  participation  in  the  Honors  community  extends  beyond  the 
classroom,  with  a  wide  range  of  social  and  educational  extracurricular 
activities  available.  An  energetic  student  association  oversees  student- 
run  committees,  a  lecture  series,  social  and  cultural  events,  a  newsletter, 
a  literary  magazine,  and  a  lively  Honors  lounge.  A  newly  renovated 
Honors  dormitory  is  scheduled  to  open  Fall  1992. 

For  an  application  form  and  information  about  the  University  Honors 
Program,  write  to  Director,  University  Honors  Program,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  or  call  (301)  405-6771. 

Individual  Studies  Program  (IVSP) 

1115  Hombake  Library,  405-9355 

Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies:  Oh 

Requirements  for  this  program  are  under  review.  Students  should  check 
with  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  for  updated  information. 

The  Individual  Studies  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to 
create  and  complete  individualized  majors.  To  be  accepted  into  the 
program,  a  student  must: 

1 )   have  a  clearly-defined  academic  goal  which  cannot  reasonably  be 
satisfied  in  an  existing  curriculum  at  College  Park,  and 


2)  be  able  to  design,  with  faculty  assistance,  a  sequence  of  courses 
and  other  learning  experiences  which  is  judged  to  have  adequate 
substance  for  the  awarding  of  a  degree  in  the  special  field  of  study. 

Most  IVSP  majors  are  either  a  form  of  "area  study"  utilizing  offerings  from 
many  departments  or  a  clear  combination  of  two  disciplines.  Many  include 
internships  or  independent  study  projects  in  the  program.  All  work  is  done 
under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor. 

Applicants  are  required  to  write  a  detailed  prospectus  outlining  their 
proposed  program  of  study  They  must  meet  the  general  education 
requirements  according  to  year  of  entry.  The  process  of  applying  often 
involves  considerable  consultation  and  several  drafts  of  a  prospectus,  so 
it  should  be  begun  as  early  as  possible.  Students  maybe  admitted  to  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  after  completion  of  30  college  credits  and 
must  be  officially  approved  by  the  Individual  Studies  Faculty  Review 
Committee  prior  to  the  final  30  credits.  Individual  Studies  programs  must 
be  approved  before  students  can  declare  Individual  Studies  as  a  major. 

Individual  Studies  provides  three  courses  specifically  for  its  majors:  IVSP 
319,  a  one-credit  course  graded  Satisfactory/Fail  and  taken  as  recom- 
mended by  the  student's  advisor;  IVSP  31 8,  an  independent  study  course 
which  students  can  use  for  a  variety  of  out-of-class  internship  and 
research  opportunities.  A  variable-credit  course,  it  may  be  taken  for  a  total 
of  nine  credits  towards  the  degree;  and  IVSP  320,  the  Bachelor's  Report/ 
Project,  required  for  all  students  during  the  final  semester.  The  project  is 
evaluated  by  three  faculty  members. 

More  information  on  requirements  and  procedures  is  available  from  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies,  1115  Hornbake  Library, 
405-9355.  After  reading  that  material,  arrange  a  meeting  with  the  Assis- 
tant Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  to  discuss  ideas  informally  and  to 
plan  the  next  steps. 

Course  Code  Prefix:  IVST 

Pre-Professional  Programs 

Health  Professions  Advising  Office 
3103  Turner  Laboratory,  405-2793 
Advisors:  Bradley,  Stewart 

General  Information 

Pre-professional  programs  are  designed  to  provide  the  necessary  aca- 
demic foundation  required  for  entrance  into  professional  schools.  Some 
require  two  or  three  years  of  pre-professional  study  before  admission  to 
professional  school.  Others  normally  require  completion  of  a  bachelor's 
degree.  Five  programs,  for  which  completion  of  a  bachelor's  degree  is 
NOT  a  normal  prerequisite,  may  be  declared  as  the  official  undergraduate 
academic  major:  pre-dental  hygiene,  pre-medical  and  research  technol- 
ogy, pre-nursing,  pre-pharmacy,  and  pre-physical  therapy. 

In  contrast,  seven  programs,  for  which  a  bachelor's  degree  IS  a  normal 
pre-requisite,  are  advisory  ONLY  and  these  cannot  be  declared  as  the 
official  undergraduate  academic  major.  These  include:  pre-dentistry,  pre- 
law, pre-medicine,  pre-optometry,  pre-osteopathy,  pre-podiatry  and  pre- 
veterinary  medicine.  Students  interested  in  such  programs  may  choose 
from  a  wide  variety  of  academic  majors  across  campus.  The  pre-profes- 
sional advisor  can  provide  guidance  concerning  the  choice  of  major. 

Successful  completion  of  a  pre-professional  program  at  College  Park 
does  not  guarantee  admission  to  any  professional  school.  Each  profes- 
sional school  has  its  own  admissions  requirements  and  criteria,  which 
may  include  grade  point  average  in  undergraduate  courses,  scores  in 
aptitude  tests  (Medical  College  Admission  Test,  Law  School  Admission 
Test,  Dental  Aptitude  Test,  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test, 
etc.),  a  personal  interview,  faculty  recommendations,  and  an  evaluation 
from  the  pre-professional  advisor.  For  admissions  requirements,  the 
student  is  urged  to  study  the  catalog  of  each  professional  school. 

Although  completion  of  the  bachelor's  degree  is  a  normal  prerequisite  for 
admission  for  dental,  law,  and  medical  schools,  three  professional  schools 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore-Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine- 
-have  arrangements  whereby  a  student  who  meets  certain  stringent 
requirements  may  be  accepted  for  professional  school  after  three  years 
of  undergraduate  study  (90  credit  hours).  After  the  successful  completion 
of  the  first  year  in  professional  school  at  Baltimore,  the  student  may  apply 
for  the  bachelor's  degree  to  be  awarded  by  College  Park. 

Because  of  the  competitive  nature  of  professional  school  admissions,  pre- 
professional  students  should  consider  applying  to  more  than  one  school 
and  should  also  give  some  thought  to  alternative  careers.  The  degree  to 


150    Undergraduate  Studies 

which  this  is  necessary  varies  with  the  program  in  which  one  is  enrolled. 
It  is  helpful  to  discuss  this  with  the  pre-professional  advisor. 

The  Health  Professions  Advising  Office  offers  advising  and  information  on 
health  professions.  Reading  material  on  health  careers,  options. 
andalternatives  as  well  as  catalogs  from  many  professional  schools 
across  the  country  are  available.  The  reading  room  is  open  to  anyone 
seeking  information  about  health  careers. 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 

Advisor:  Stewart 

College  Park  students  may  prepare  themselves  not  only  for  entrance  into 
the  UMAB  Dental  Hygiene  Program  but  also  for  entrance  into  dental 
hygiene  programs  at  other  colleges  and  universities.  To  do  this  efficiently, 
students  should  obtain  program  information  when  first  entering  college  so 
that  requirements  can  be  taken  in  normal  sequence.  Information  for  the 
University  of  Maryland  Dental  Hygiene  Program  is  available  at  the  Health 
Professions  Advising  Office.  3103  Turner  Lab. 

The  Dental  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  located  in  Baltimore 
(UMAB),  offers  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene,  as  well 
as  a  post-certificate  program  for  registered  dental  hygienists  who  have 
completed  a  two-year  accredited  dental  hygiene  program  and  are  inter- 
ested in  completing  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree. 
Completion  of  a  two-year  pre-professional  curriculum  at  any  University  of 
Maryland  campus  except  UMAB  or  at  another  accredited  institution  is 
required  for  eligibility  to  apply  for  admission  as  a  junior  in  the  Dental  School 
at  UMAB. 

For  registered  dental  hygienists,  completion  of  a  two-year  accredited 
dental  hygiene  program,  completion  of  all  required  pre-professional 
courses,  and  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience  as  a  dental 
hygienist  are  required  for  eligibility  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  Dental 
School  at  UMAB. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  UMAB  Dental 
Hygiene  Program: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  3 

BIOL  105 — Principles  of  Biology  I 4 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry  I 4 

CHEM  104 — Fundamentals  of  Organic  and  Biochemistry 4 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100  or  SOCY  105— Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 3 

MATH  1 10  or  1 15— Elementary  Mathematical  Models  or 

Precalculus 3 

SPCH  100  or  107 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication  or  Technical  Speech  Communication  3 

Elective 3 

Sophomore  Year 

ZOOL  201  and  202— Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II 4,4 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology 4 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

ENGL  291  (or  391  for  juniors) 3 

Social  Sciences 6 

Humanities 3 

STAT  100—  Elementary  Statistics  &  Probability 3 

Application  and  Admission 

High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  pre-dental  hygiene 
curriculum  at  College  Park  should  request  applications  directly  from  the 
Admissions  Office,  The  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742. 
It  is  recommended  that  those  preparing  for  a  baccalaureate  degree 
program  in  dental  hygiene  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school 
which  includes  biology,  chemistry,  math,  and  physics. 

Pre-dental  hygiene  students  should  begin  the  application  process  for 
professional  school  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year.  UMAB  applications  and 
instructions  are  available  in  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office. 
Enrollment  as  a  pre-dental  hygiene  student  or  as  a  registered  dental 
hygienist  at  any  institution  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  Dental 
Hygiene  Program  on  the  Baltimore  City  Campus  (UMAB). 

Further  Information 

At  College  Park  contact  the  Dental  Hygiene  Advisor,  3103  Turner  Labo- 
ratory. The  University  of  Maryland.  College  Park,  MD  20742.  (301)  405- 


2793  In  Baltimore,  contact  the  Dental  Hygiene  Department,  The  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  at  Baltimore.  666  W  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  MD 
21201.  (301)328-7773. 

Pre-Dentistry 

Advisor:  Bradley 

The  pre-professional  program  for  pre-dental  students  is  a  program  of 
advising  for  students  preparing  to  apply  to  dental  school.  The  advice  is 
based  on  requirements  and  recommendations  of  American  dental  schools 
and  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at  College  Park. 

The  recommendations  made  during  advising  are  meant  to  prepare  the 
student  to  take  the  Dental  Admissions  Test  (DAT)  in  the  spring  of  the  junior 
year.  Application  to  dental  school  is  made  during  the  summer-fall  of  the 
senior  year.  In  addition  to  faculty  letters  of  recommendation,  most  admis- 
sions committees  request  or  require  an  evaluation  from  the  students  pre- 
dental  advisor.  It  is  important,  therefore,  for  the  student  to  contact  the  pre- 
dental  advisor  early  in  the  academic  career  and  to  become  familiar  with 
the  proper  procedures  necessary  in  the  evaluation  and  application 
process. 


For  more  information  on  the  pre-dental  advising  program,  contact  the  Pre- 
dental  Advisor,  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  MD  20742.  (301)  405-2793. 

There  are  two  ways  to  prepare  for  admission  to  dental  school:  a  four-year 
program  is  preferable,  but  a  three-year  program  is  possible. 

Four-Year  Baccalaureate  Program 

Most  pre-dental  students  at  College  Parte  complete  a  four-year  under- 
graduate degree  prior  to  entrance  into  dental  school.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  pursue  a  diversified  curriculum,  balancing  humanities 
courses  with  science  and  mathematics  courses.  Since  there  is  no  re- 
quired, fixed  "pre-dent"  curriculum,  the  pre-dental  student  may  choose  an 
academic  major  from  the  variety  of  approved  campus  programs  in  the  arts, 
humanities,  behavioral  and  social  sciences,  mathematics,  or  physical  and 
life  sciences.  No  specific  major  is  required,  favored,  or  preferred  by  dental 
school  admissions  committees. 

The  four-year  student  will  plan  an  undergraduate  experience  which 
includes  courses  to  satisfy  major  and  supporting  area  requirements, 
general  education  requirements,  and  the  dental  school  admission  re- 
quirements. The  student's  academic  advisor  will  advise  about  the  first  two 
topics,  while  the  Pre-dental  Advisor  will  advise  about  dental  school 
admission  requirements. 

Although  specific  admission  requirements  vary  somewhat  from  dental 
school  to  dental  school,  the  undergraduate  courses  which  constitute  the 
basic  admission  requirements  and  which  prepare  the  student  for  the  DAT 
are  the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101  and  391— English  Composition 3,  3 

CHEM  103,113— General  Chemistry  I,  II 4.4 

CHEM  233,  243— Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4,  4 

PHYS  121,  122  or  PHYS  141,  142— Physics 4,  4 

MATH  220,  221  or  MATH  140,  141— Calculus'  3,3or4.4 

Biology,  minimum" 8 

"Although  calculus  is  not  an  entrance  requirement  of  many  dentalschools 
and  is  not  included  in  the  DAT,  one  year  of  calculus  is  strongly  recom- 
mended for  the  pre-professional  student. 

"Although  the  minimum  biology  requirement  is  eight  credits,  the  success- 
ful applicant  will  have  more,  including  advanced  training  in  biological 
sciences  at  the  300  to  400  level  BOTN  1 00,  BIOL  1 01  and  1 24,  and  MICB 
100  should  not  be  taken  to  meet  this  requirement 

Three  Year  Arts-Dentistry  Degree  Program 

Students  whose  performance  during  the  first  two  years  is  exceptional  may 
apply  to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Dentistry  at  the  beginning  of 
their  third  year,  for  entry  after  three  years  of  college  work.  By  the  end  of 
the  third  year  the  student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits, 
exclusive  of  physical  education,  the  last  30  of  which  must  have  been 
earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  Within  the  90  credits 
the  student  must  have  completed  all  the  requirements  listed  below 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

General  education  requirements 30 

Chemistry  (inorganic  and  organic)  CHEM  103.  113.  233.  243. 
or  CHEM  105,  115.  235.  245  16 


Undergraduate  Studies     151 


Biological  Sciences 

ZOOL  210— Animal  Diversity 

ZOOL  21 1— Cell  Biology  and  Physiology 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 

Either  ZOOL  213  or  MICB  380 

One  of  the  following: 

ZOOL  411— Cell  Biology 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology 

ZOOL  430— Vertebrate  Embryology 

ZOOL  495 — Mammalian  Histology 

MICB  360— Medical  Virology 

MICB  440 — Pathogenic  Microbiology 

MICB  450 — Immunology 

Mathematics 

MATH  220.  221,  or  MATH  140.  141  


Physics  121.  122.  or  141,  142 

Additional  upper  level  courses  from  any  one  of  the  following 
combinations 7-10 

1 .  Zoology:  seven  hours  on  the  300-400  level  including  one  labora- 
tory course 

2.  Microbiology:  seven  hours  on  the  300-400  level  including  one 
laboratory  course 

3.  CHEM  321 :  Quantitative  Analysis  plus  any  three  credit  course  as 
the  300-400  level  in  the  physical  or  biological  sciences  which  is 
approved  by  the  Pre-Dental  Advisor 

4.  BCHM  461 .  462,  463,  and  464 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one  department  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  the  College  of  Behavioral  and 
Social  Sciences 


Electives  as  needed  to  total  at  least  90  credits . 
Total 


0-4 
90-92 


Incoming  freshmen  interested  in  this  three  year  program  are  strongly 
urged  to  consult  the  pre-dental  advisor  before  registration  for  the  first 
semester  at  College  Park. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  program  may  receive 
the  B.S.  degree  (Arts-Dentistry)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first 
year  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School,  on  recommendation  by 
the  dean  of  the  dental  school  and  approval  by  College  Park,  the  degree 
to  be  awarded  in  August  following  the  first  year  of  Dental  School.  The 
courses  of  the  first  year  of  dental  school  constitute  the  major;  the  College 
Park  courses  listed  above  constitute  the  supporting  area. 

Participation  in  the  three  year  program  in  no  way  guarantees  admission 
to  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School.  Three-year  students  com- 
pete with  the  four-year  students  for  admission. 

Pre-Law 

1117  Hornbake  Library,  314-8418 
Advisor:  Ulysses  Connor,  J.D. 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only  applicants  with  a  B.  A.  or  B.S. 
degree,  others  will  accept  applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  a 
three-year  program  of  academic  work.  Most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe 
specific  courses  which  a  student  must  present  for  admission,  but  do 
require  that  the  student  follow  one  of  the  standard  programs  offered  by  the 
undergraduate  college.  Many  law  schools  require  that  the  applicant  take 
the  Law  School  Admission  Test,  preferably  in  July  or  October  of  the 
academic  year  preceding  entry  into  professional  school. 

Four-Year  Program 

The  student  who  plans  to  complete  the  requirements  for  the  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree  before  entering  law  school  should  select  a  major  field  of  concen- 
tration. Most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe  specific  majors  or  courses 
which  must  be  presented  for  admission,  but  do  require  that  one  of  the 
standard  programs  offered  by  the  undergraduate  college  be  followed.  A 
student's  choices  can  be  guided  by  the  need  to  develop  some  of  the 
essential  skills  needed  for  the  law  profession,  namely,  clear  and  imagina- 
tive thinking,  accurate  and  perceptive  reading,  and  literate  expression. 

Three-Year  Arts-Law  Program 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only  applicants  with  a  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree,  others  will  accept  applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  a 
three-year  program  of  academic  work.  Students  planning  to  enter  law 
school  at  the  end  of  the  third  year  should  complete  the  general  education 
requirements.  By  the  end  of  the  junior  year,  the  student  will  complete  the 


requirements  for  a  "minor"  (eighteen  semester  hours  in  one  department, 
six  hours  being  at  the  300-400  level).  The  program  during  the  first  three 
years  should  include  all  of  the  basic  courses  required  for  a  degree 
(including  the  eighteen-hour  "minor"  course  program)  and  all  University 
requirements  The  academic  courses  must  total  ninety  hours,  and  must  be 
passed  with  a  minimum  average  of  2.0.  To  be  acceptable  to  law  schools, 
however,  students  in  virtually  all  cases  must  have  a  considerably  higher 
average. 

Students  with  exceptional  records  who  are  accepted  to  the  School  of  Law 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  under  the  arts-law  program  may  receive  a 
B.A.  degree  (arts-law)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  of  law 
school,  upon  recommendation  by  the  dean  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
Law  School  and  approval  by  College  Park.  The  degree  is  awarded  in 
August  following  the  first  year  of  law  school  (or  after  thirty  credit  hours  are 
completed). 

For  additional  information,  contact  the  Pre-law  Advisor,  1117  Hornbake 
Library,  (301)  314-8418. 

Pre-Medical  and  Research  Technology 

Advisor:  Stewart 

College  Park  students  may  prepare  themselves  not  only  for  entrance  into 
the  UMAB  Medical  and  Research  Technology  Program  but  also  for 
entrance  into  clinical  laboratory  science  programs  at  other  colleges  and 
universities.  To  do  this  efficiently,  students  should  obtain  program  infor- 
mation when  first  entering  college  so  that  requirements  can  be  taken  in 
normal  sequence.  Information  for  the  University  of  Maryland  Program  is 
available  at  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office,  31 03  Turner  Labora- 
tory. 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Medical  and  Research  Technology  is 
offered  through  the  Medical  and  Research  Technology  Department  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  School,  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  The 
first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional  studies,  may  be  completed 
at  any  University  of  Maryland  institution,  except  UMAB,  or  at  any  region- 
ally accredited  university  or  college. 

Application  and  Admission 

High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  this  curriculum  at  College  Park 
must  meet  this  institution's  admission  requirements.  While  in  high  school 
students  are  encouraged  to  enroll  in  a  college  preparatory  curriculum 
emphasizing  biology,  chemistry,  and  college  preparatory  mathematics. 

Pre-Medical  and  Research  Technology  students  should  begin  the  appli- 
cation process  for  professional  school  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year. 
UMAB  applications  and  instructions  are  available  in  the  Health  Profes- 
sions Advising  Office.  Enrollment  as  a  pre-professional  student  at  any 
institution  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  UMAB. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  UMAB  Medical 
and  Research  Technology  Program: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  103,  1 13— Gen.  Chem  I,  II 4,  4 

CHEM  233— Organic  Chem  I  4 

BIOL  105—  Prin.  of  Biology  I 4 

ZOOL  201  or  202,  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  or  II 4 

MICB  200— Gen.  Microbiology 4 

MATH  1 10,  or  1 15  3 

Statistics 3 

ENGL  101— Intro,  to  Writing 3 

Literature 3 

SPCH  107  or  SPCH  100  or  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 3 

Humanities  (History,  literature,  philosophy,  appreciation 

of  Art,  Music,  Drama,  Dance) 6 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  (Anthropology,  Economics, 

Government  &  Politics,  Geography,  Psychology,  Sociology)  .  9 

Electives* 6 

Total  Semester  Hours 60 

"May  not  include  health  or  physical  education. 

Further  Information 

At  College  Park,  contact  the  Medical  and  Research  Technology  Advisor, 
The  University  of  Maryland,  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park.  MD 
20742,  (301 )  405-2793.  In  Baltimore,  contact  the  Medical  and  Research 
Technology  Program,  The  University  of  Maryland,  Allied  Health  Profes- 
sions Building,  32  S.  Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201,  (301) 
328-7664. 


152    Undergraduate  Studies 


Pre-Medicine 

Advisor:  Bradley 

The  pre-professional  program  for  pre-medical  students  is  a  program  of 
advising  for  students  preparing  to  apply  to  medical  school.  The  advice  is 
based  on  requirements  and  recommendations  of  American  medical 
schools  and  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at  College  Park. 
The  pre-medical  advisor  in  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office  is 
prepared  to  assist  students  in  setting  career  objectives,  selecting  under- 
graduate coursework  to  meet  the  admissions  criteria  of  the  professional 
schools,  and  in  all  phases  of  the  application  process  itself. 

The  recommendations  made  during  advising  are  meant  to  prepare  the 
student  to  take  the  Medical  College  Admission  Test  (MCAT)  in  the  spring 
of  the  junior  year.  Application  to  medical  school  is  made  during  the 
summer-fall  of  the  senior  year.  Medical  admissions  committees  generally 
request  or  require  an  evaluation  from  the  student's  pre-medical  advisor. 
It  is  important,  therefore,  for  the  student  to  contact  the  pre-medical  advisor 
early  in  the  academic  career  and  to  become  familiar  with  the  proper 
procedures  necessary  in  the  evaluation  and  application  process. 

For  more  information  on  the  pre-medical  advising  program,  contact  the 
Pre-medical  Advisor.  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  The  University  of  Mary- 
land, College  Park,  MD  20742.  (301)  405-2793. 

There  are  two  ways  to  prepare  for  admission  to  medical  school;  a  four- 
year  program  is  preferable,  but  a  three-year  program  is  possible. 

Four- Year  Baccalaureate  Program 

Most  pre-medical  students  at  College  Park  complete  a  four-year  under- 
graduate degree  prior  to  entrance  into  medical  school.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  pursue  a  diversified  curriculum,  balancing  humanities 
courses  with  science  and  mathematics  courses.  Since  there  is  no  re- 
quired, fixed  "pre-med"  curriculum,  the  pre-medical  student  may  choose 
an  academic  major  from  the  variety  of  approved  campus  programs  in  the 
arts,  humanities,  behavioral  and  social  sciences,  mathematics,  or  physical 
and  life  sciences.  No  specific  major  is  required,  favored,  or  preferred  by 
medical  school  admissions  committees. 

The  four-year  student  will  plan  an  undergraduate  experience  which 
includes  courses  to  satisfy  major  and  supporting  area  requirements, 
general  education  requirements,  and  the  medical  school  admission 
requirements.  The  student's  academic  advisor  will  advise  about  the  first 
two  topics,  while  the  pre-medical  advisor  will  advise  about  medical  school 
admission  requirements. 

Although  specific  admission  requirements  vary  somewhat  from  medical 
school  to  medical  school,  the  undergraduate  courses  which  constitute  the 
basic  admission  requirements  and  which  prepare  the  student  for  the 
MCAT  are  the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101.  391— English  Composition 3,  3 

CHEM  103,  113— General  Chemistry  I,  I! 4.4 

CHEM  233,  243— Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4,  4 

PHYS  121.  122.  orPHYS  141,  142— Physics 4,4 

MATH  220,  221 ,  or  MATH  140,  141— Calculus 3,  3 

or 4,  4 

Biology,  minimum" 8 

"Although  calculus  is  not  an  entrance  requirement  of  many  medical 
schools  and  is  not  included  in  the  MCAT,  one  year  of  calculus  is  strongly 
recommended  for  the  pre-professional  student. 
"Although  the  minimum  biology  requirement  is  eight  credits, the  success- 
ful applicant  will  have  more,  including  advanced  training  in  biological 
sciences  at  the  300-400  level.  BOTN  100.  BIOL  101  and  124,  and  MICB 
100  should  not  be  taken  to  meet  this  requirement. 

Three- Year  Arts-Medicine  Degree  Program 

Students  whose  performance  during  the  first  two  years  is  exceptional  may 
apply  to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  at  the  beginning  of 
their  third  year,  for  entry  after  three  years  of  college  work  By  the  end  of 
the  third  year  the  student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits, 
exclusive  of  physical  education,  the  last  30  of  which  must  have  been 
earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  College  Park.  Within  the  90  credits 
the  student  must  have  completed  all  the  requirements  listed  below. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

General  education  requirements 30 


Chemistry  (inorganic  and  organic) 16 

CHEM  103.  113,  233,  243  or  CHEM  105,  115.235,245 

Biological  Sciences 19-20 

ZOOL  210— Animal  Diversity 

ZOOL  21 1— Cell  Biology  and  Physiology 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 

Either  ZOOL  213  or  MICB  380 

One  of  the  following: 

ZOOL  411— Cell  Biology 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology 

ZOOL  430— Vertebrate  Embryology 

ZOOL  495 — Mammalian  Histology 

MICB  360— Medical  Virology 

MICB  440 — Pathogenic  Microbiology 

MICB  450 — Immunology 

Mathematics 6-8 

MATH  220.  221  or  MATH  140,  141 

Physics  121,  122,  or  141.  142 8 

Additional  upper-level  courses  from  any  one  of  the  following 
combinations: 7-10 

1 .  Zoology:  seven  hours  on  the  300-400  level,  including  one  laboratory 
course 

2.  Microbiology:  seven  hours  on  the  300-400  level,  including  one 
laboratory  course 

3.  CHEM  321 :  Quantitative  Analysis,  plus  any  three-credit  course  at 
the  300-400  level  in  the  physical  or  biological  sciences  which  is 
approved  by  the  Pre-medical  Advisor. 

4.  BCHM  461 ,  462,  463,  and  464 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one  department  of  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  the  College  of  Behavioral  and 
Social  Sciences. 

Electives  as  needed  to  total  at  least  ninety  credits 0-4 

Total 90-92 

Incoming  freshmen  interested  in  this  three-year  program  are  strongly 
urged  to  consult  the  Pre-medical  Advisor  before  registration  for  the  first 
semester  at  College  Park. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  arts-medicine  program  may  receive 
the  B.S.  degree  (Arts-Medicine)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first 
year  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  School  upon  recommendation 
by  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  and  approval  by  College  Park,  the 
degree  to  be  awarded  in  August  following  the  first  year  of  medical  school. 
The  courses  of  the  first  year  of  medical  school  constitute  the  major;  the 
College  Park  courses  listed  above  constitute  the  supporting  area. 

Participation  in  the  three-year  program  in  no  way  guarantees  admission 
to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine.  Three-year  students 
compete  with  the  four-year  students  for  admission. 

Pre-Nursing 

Advisor:  Stewart 

College  Park  students  may  prepare  themselves  not  only  for  entrance  into 
the  University  of  Maryland  nursing  program  but  also  for  entrance  into 
nursing  programs  at  other  colleges  and  universities  To  do  this  efficiently, 
students  should  obtain  program  information  when  first  entering  college  so 
that  requirements  can  be  taken  in  normal  sequence  Information  for  The 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  available  at  the  Health 
Professions  Advising  Office,  Room  3103,  Turner  Laboratory. 

The  School  of  Nursing,  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB),  offers  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  nursing  The  first 
two  years  of  pre-professional  courses  may  be  taken  at  any  University  ot 
Maryland  institution  except  UMAB.  or  any  other  accredited  college  or 
university,  while  the  final  two  years  of  upper  level  work  are  offered  only  at 
the  School  of  Nursing. 

In  addition  to  the  aforementioned  genenc  program,  an  "RN  to  BSN" 
program  is  offered  for  registered  nurses  wishing  to  earn  a  BSN.  There  are 
several  options  for  completing  pre-professional  requirements  for  this 
program.  Interested  nurses  should  contact  the  "RN  to  BSN"  advisor  listed 
below. 

Application  and  Admission 

High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  pre-nursing  curriculum  at 
College  Park  must  meet  admission  requirements  of  that  institution.  While 
in  high  school,  students  should  enroll  in  a  college  preparatory  curriculum 
including  biology,  chemistry,  and  three  units  of  college  preparatory 

mathematics 


Undergraduate  Studies    153 


Pre-nursing  students  should  begin  the  application  process  for  proles- 
sional  school  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year.  UMAB  applications  and 
instructions  are  available  in  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office 
Enrollment  as  a  pre-nursing  student  at  any  institution  does  not  guarantee 
admission  to  the  nursing  program  at  UMAB 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing.  An  optional  1 -credit  internship  is  also 
available 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  103.  104— General  Chemistry  I,  Fundamentals  of 

Organic  and  Biochemistry 4,  4 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  3 

ENGL  291  or  ENGL  391  —Intermediate  Writing  or 

Advanced  Composition 3,  3 

BIOL  105 4 

MATH  110 — Elementary  Mathematical  Models  (or  higher)  ....  3 

Humanities"  (literature,  history,  philosophy. 

math,  fine  arts,  language,  speech) 9 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  or  105  Introduction  to 

Contemporary  Social  Problems 3 

EDHD  320 — Human  Development  Through  The  Lifespan 3 

Other  social  sciences  (sociology,  psychology,  anthropology. 

government  and  politics,  economics,  geography) 3 

ZOOL  201 .  202— Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I, II 4,  4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

NUTR  200—  Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

Elective 2-3 

59-60 
'Courses  must  include  at  least  one  course  which  is  not  mathematics  or 
English. 

Further  information 

At  College  Park  contact  the  Nursing  Advisor,  3103  Turner  Laboratory, 
College  Park.  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2793.  In  Baltimore  contact  the 
Director  for  Admissions,  The  University  of  Maryland,  School  of  Nursing, 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore.  Maryland  21 201 ,  (301 )  328-6282.  "RN 
to  BSN"  advisor:  UMBC,  5401  Wilkens  Ave.,  Catonsville,  MD 21 228  (301 ) 
455-3450. 

Pre-Optometry 

Advisor:  Bradley 

Requirements  for  admission  to  schools  and  colleges  of  optometry  vary 
somewhat,  and  the  pre-optometry  student  should  consult  the  catalogs  of 
the  optometry  schools  and  colleges  for  specific  admission  requirements. 
A  minimum  of  two  years  of  pre-optometry  studies  is  required  for  admission 
to  all  accredited  schools,  and  about  half  of  the  schools  require  a  minimum 
of  three  years.  At  present,  more  than  two-thirds  of  successful  applicants 
hold  a  bachelor's  or  higher  degree.  Students  who  contemplate  admission 
to  optometry  schools  may  major  in  any  program  that  the  University  offers, 
but  would  be  well-advised  to  write  to  the  optometry  schools  of  their  choice 
for  specific  course  requirements  for  admission.  In  general,  pre-optometry 
students  should  follow  a  four-year  baccalaureate  program  which  includes 
the  following: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Biology  and  Microbiology  and  Zoology 4-12 

Inorganic  Chemistry 8 

Organic  Chemistry 4-8 

Physics 8 

Math  through  differential  calculus 6 

English 6 

Psychology 3-6 

Statistics 3 

Social  Sciences 6 

The  State  of  Maryland  participates  in  interstate  contracts  with  five  schools 
and  colleges  of  optometry,  located  in  Alabama,  Illinois,  Pennsylvania, 
Tennessee,  and  Texas.  The  contracts  ensure  available  places  in  entering 
classes  and  provide  for  partial  tuition  remission  for  qualified  applicants 
who  are  residents  of  Maryland. 

For  additional  information  on  pre-optometry  studies,  contact  the  Pre- 
medical  Advisor,  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  The  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2793. 


Pre-Osteopathic  Medicine 

Advisor:  Bradley 

The  pre-professional  requirements  for  osteopathic  medical  school  are 
essentially  identical  to  those  for  allopathic  medical  school,  and  the  student 
is  referred  to  the  pre-medicine  discussion  above. 

The  State  of  Maryland  participates  in  an  interstate  contract  with  the  West 
Virginia  School  of  Osteopathic  Medicine.  This  contract  will  ensure  avail- 
able places  in  entering  classes,  and  will  provide  for  partial  tuition  remis- 
sion, for  qualified  applicants  who  are  residents  of  Maryland 

For  additional  information  on  pre-osteopathy  studies,  contact  the  Pre- 
medical  Advisor,  3103  Turner  Laboratory,  The  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2793. 

Pre-Pharmacy 

Advisor:  Stewart 

College  Park  students  may  prepare  themselves  not  only  for  entrance  into 
the  UMAB  School  of  Pharmacy  but  also  for  entrance  into  pharmacy 
programs  at  other  colleges  and  universities.  To  do  this  efficiently,  students 
should  obtain  program  information  when  first  entering  college  so  that 
requirements  can  be  taken  in  normal  sequence.  Information  for  the 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Pharmacy  is  available  at  the  Health 
Professions  Advising  Office,  31 03  Turner  Laboratory.  Also  at  this  location 
students  may  read  about  other  schools  of  pharmacy. 

The  School  of  Pharmacy,  which  is  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  offers 
both  a  3-year  professional  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Pharmacy  and  a  4-year  program  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Pharmacy  degree. 
There  are  plans  to  offer  only  the  Doctor  of  Pharmacy  degree  for  under- 
graduates in  a  few  years.  Pre-professional  studies  may  be  completed  at 
any  University  of  Maryland  institution  except  UMAB  or  at  another  accred- 
ited institution.  The  final  three  or  four  years  of  professional  study  must  be 
completed  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy  at  UMAB. 

Application  and  Admission 

Applicants  for  pre-pharmacy  at  College  Park  must  meet  all  admission 
requirements  of  that  institution.  While  in  high  school  students  are  encour- 
aged to  enroll  in  a  college  preparatory  curriculum  emphasizing  biology, 
chemistry,  and  college  preparatory  mathematics. 

Pre-pharmacy  students  should  begin  the  application  process  for  profes- 
sional school  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year.  UMAB  applications  and 
instructions  are  available  in  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Office. 
Applications  for  other  programs  must  be  obtained  individually  from  the 
respective  colleges. 

Enrollment  as  a  pre-pharmacy  student  at  any  institution  does  not  guaran- 
tee admission  to  the  School  of  Pharmacy  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore  (UMAB).  Students  who  are  uncertain  about  theirchances  of 
admission  to  professional  school  are  encouraged  to  consult  the  advisor. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  UMAB  School  of 
Pharmacy: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

CHEM  103,  113— General  Chemistry  I,  II 4,4 

CHEM  233,  243— Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4,  4 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 3 

BIOL  105— Principles  of  Biology  1 4 

PHYS  121,  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I,  II 4,4 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 3 

Other  English 3 

Humanities  (English,  Journalism,  Fine  Arts,  Classics,  Modem 

Language,  Philosophy,  or  Speech) 6 

Social  science  (Anthropology,  Economics,  Geography,  History, 

Government  and  Politics,  Psychology,  or  Sociology) 6 

Additional  humanities  or  social  sciences 6 

Electives 5-6 

60-61 
Further  Information 

At  College  Park  contact  the  Pharmacy  Advisor,  The  University  of  Mary- 
land, 3103  Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301 )  405-2793. 
In  Baltimore,  contact  Admissions  Committee  Chairman,  The  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Pharmacy,  20  North  Pine  Street.  Baltimore,  Maryland 
21201,(301)328-7650. 


154    Certificate  Programs 


Pre-Physical  Therapy 

Advisor:  Stewart 

College  Park  students  may  prepare  themselves  not  only  lor  entrance  into 
University  of  Maryland  physical  therapy  programs  but  also  for  entrance 
into  physical  therapy  programs  at  other  colleges  and  universities.  To  do 
this  efficiently,  students  should  obtain  program  information  when  first 
entering  college  so  that  requirements  can  be  taken  in  normal  sequence. 
Information  for  the  University  of  Maryland  programs  is  available  at  the 
Health  Professions  Advising  Office.  3103  Turner  Laboratory.  Bulletins 
from  other  colleges  may  be  seen  at  the  same  location 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  two  B.S.  programs  in  physical  therapy. 
One  is  given  by  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  at  Baltimore  City 
(UMAB)  and  the  other  is  given  at  Eastern  Shore  (UMES),  in  Princess 
Anne. 

For  either  of  these  programs,  the  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre- 
professional  studies,  may  be  completed  at  any  University  of  Maryland 
institution  (except  UMAB)  or  any  regionally  accredited  university  or 
college.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  junior  year  course  sequence  for  the 
UMAB  program  begins  in  summer,  while  the  junior  year  course  sequence 
for  the  UMES  program  begins  in  the  fall. 

Application  and  Admission 

Applicants  for  the  pre-physical  therapy  program  at  College  Park  must 
meet  all  of  that  institution's  admission  requirements.  While  in  high  school 
students  should  pursue  a  college  preparatory  program.  Subjects  specifi- 
cally recommended  are  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and  at  least  three 
units  of  college  preparatory  mathematics. 

Pre-physical  therapy  students  should  begin  the  application  process  for 
professional  school  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year.  UMAB  or  UMES 
applications  and  instructions  are  available  in  the  Health  Professions 
Advising  Office.  Applications  for  other  programs  must  be  obtained  indi- 
vidually from  the  respective  colleges. 

Enrollment  as  a  pre-physical  therapy  student  at  any  institution  does  not 
guarantee  admission  to  the  physical  therapy  programs  at  either  UMAB  or 
UMES.  In  view  of  the  heavy  competition  for  admission,  all  applicants  are 
encouraged  to  apply  to  several  programs.  This  entails  looking  at  schools 
in  other  states  and  even  other  geographic  regions. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  UMAB  Physical 
Therapy  Program: 

Semester  Hours 

CHEM  103,  104":  General  Chemistry  I,  Fundamentals  of 4,  4 

Organic  &  Biochemistry 

PHYS  121,  122:  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  &  II 4,4 

BIOL  105:  Principles  of  Biology 4 

ZOOL  201  OR  202:  Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I  OR  II ....  4 

MATH  115,220:  Precalculus.  Elementary  Calculus  I 3.3 

Statistics 3 

Social  Science  (Anthropology,  Economics,  Government 

&  Politics  Urban  Studies,  Sociology,  Geography, 

Women's  Studies) 3 

PSYC  100:  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Additional  Psychology 3 

ENGL  101:  Introduction  to  Writing 3 

SPCH  107  OR  100:  Technical  Speech  Communication 

OR  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

Arts  and  Humanities  (History,  Literature,  Foreign  Language, 

Philosophy,  or  Fine  Arts  [non-studio]) 6 

Electives  (no  more  than  two  credits  of  physical  activities, 

studio  fine  arts,  etc.) 6 

TOTAL 60 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  admission  to  the  UMES  Physical 
Therapy  Program: 

Semester  Hours 

CHEM  103.  104*:  General  Chemistry  I,  Fundamentals  of 4.  4 

Organic  &  Biochemistry 

PHYS  121:  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

BIOL  105:  Principles  of  Biology 4 

ZOOL  201 ,  202:  Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II  4,  4 

MATH  115:  Precalculus 3 

Statistics 3 

PSYC  100:  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Additional  Psychology 3 

ENGL  101:  Introduction  to  Writing 3 


ENGL  240:  Introduction  to  Literary  Forms 3 

ENGL  391  OR  ENGL  393:  Advanced  Composition  OR 

Technical  Writing 3 

SPCH  107  OR  SPCH  100:  Technical  Speech  Communication 

OR  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

Arts  &  Humanities  (Literature,  Foreign  Language,  Philosophy, 

or  Fine  Arts  [non-studio]) 6 

Health  Education 2 

Physical  Activities 2 

Electives 5 

TOTAL 64 

•CHEM  1 1 3  may  be  substituted  for  CHEM  1 04. 

Further  information 

At  College  Park  contact  the  Physical  Therapy  Advisor.  3103  Turner 
Laboratory,  College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2793.  At  UMES.  contact 
Dr.  Raymond  Blakely,  Department  of  Physical  Therapy.  UMES,  Princess 
Anne,  MD  21 853,  (301 )  651-2200,  extension  577  In  Baltimore  contact  the 
Department  of  Physical  Therapy.  32S.  Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  MD 
21201,  (301)328-7720 

Pre-Podiatric  Medicine 

The  pre-professional  requirements  for  podiatric  medical  school 
areessentially  identical  to  those  for  allopathic  medical  school,  and  the 
student  is  referred  to  the  pre-medicine  discussion  above. 

For  additional  information  on  pre-podiatry  studies,  contact  the  Pre- 
medical  Advisor,  The  University  of  Maryland.  3103  Turner  Laboratory, 
College  Park,  MD  20742,  (301)  405-2793. 


CERTIFICATE  PROGRAMS 

Afro-American  Studies  Certificate 

College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
2169  LeFrak,  405-1158 

The  Afro-American  Studies  Certificate  program  offers  the  opportunity  to 
gain  a  concentration  in  an  interdisciplinary  package  of  courses  on  the 
black  experience.  Courses  include  such  disciplines  as  Anthropology.  Art, 
Literature,  History,  Public  Policy,  and  Sociology. 

Undergraduates  in  good  standing  may  apply  for  the  program  by  contact- 
ing Charlotte  Gills  of  the  Afro-American  Studies  Program  in  2169  LeFrak 
Hall.  Students  pursuing  the  certificate  must  meet  the  University's  general 
education  (CORE)  and  department  requirements. 

To  receive  the  certificate  in  Afro-American  Studies,  students  must  take 
twenty-one  credit  hours  stipulated  as  follows: 

1 .  Twelve  hours  of  core  courses:  AASP  1 00;  200  or  202;  300;  and  400 
or  401. 

2.  Nine  hours  of  electives  from  300  or  400  level  courses,  of  which 
three  hours  must  be  taken  from  courses  outside  the  Afro-Amencan 
Studies  Program  and  approved  by  the  AASP  faculty 

3.  A  maximum  of  three  credit  hours  of  special  topics  or  selected  topics 
courses  (numbers  ending  in  -8  or  -9). 

4.  A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  applied  toward  a  major. 

5.  No  more  than  nine  credit  hours  taken  at  institutions  other  than 
UMCP. 

6    A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  each  course  applied  toward  the  certificate 

East  Asian  Studies  Certificate 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

2101B  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall.  405-4309 

The  Undergraduate  Certificate  in  East  Asian  Studies  is  a  twenty-four- 
credit  course  of  instruction  designed  to  provide  specialized  knowledge  of 
the  cultures,  histories,  and  contemporary  concerns  of  the  peoples  of 
China,  Japan,  and  Korea  It  will  complement  and  enrich  a  student's  major. 
The  curriculum  focuses  on  language  instruction,  civilization  courses,  and 
electives  in  several  departments  and  programs  of  the  university  It  is 
designed  specifically  for  students  who  wish  to  expand  their  knowledge  of 
East  Asia  and  demonstrate  to  prospective  employers,  the  public,  and 
graduate  and  professional  schools  a  special  competence  and  set  of  skills 
in  East  Asian  affairs. 


Certificate  Programs    155 


Upon  satisfactory  completion  ot  the  courses,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
in  each  course,  and  recommendation  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Committee 
on  East  Asian  Studies,  a  certificate  will  be  awarded.  A  notation  of  the 
award  of  the  certificate  will  be  included  on  the  student's  transcript.  The 
student  must  have  a  baccalaureate  degree  awarded  previous  to  or 
simultaneously  with  an  award  of  the  certificate 

Certificate  Requirements 

Core  Courses:  The  student  is  required  to  take: 
1     HIST  284— East  Asian  Civilization  I 

2.  HIST  285— East  Asian  Civilization  II 

3.  Six  semester  hours  of  introduction  to  one  of  the  following  East 
Asian  languages  (Chinese.  Japanese,  or  Korean): 

CHIN  101— Elementary  Chinese  I 
JAPN  101— Elementary  Japanese  I 
FOLA  109— Elementary  Korean  II  AND 
FOLA  118K— Intermediate  Korean  I 

Students  with  language  competence  equivalent  to  these  language  courses 
are  exempted  from  the  language  requirement;  such  students  are  required 
to  complete  an  additional  six  hours  of  electives  in  East  Asian  courses  to 
fulfill  the  twenty-four-credit  requirement  for  the  certificate. 

Electives:  Students  must  complete  at  least  twelve  hours  of  electives 
selected  from  four  regular  formally  approved  courses  on  East  Asia  in  at 
least  two  of  the  following  categories:  (1)  art  history,  (2)  geography,  (3) 
government  and  politics,  (4)  history, (5)  (5)  language,  linguistics,  and 
literature,  (6)  music,  (7)  sociology,  and  (8)  urban  studies.  Nine  of  the 
twelve  hours  of  electives  must  be  upper  division  (300-400  level)  courses. 
A  maximum  of  three  credit  hours  of  special  topics  courses  on  East  Asian 
will  be  allowed  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  certificate  adviser.  No 
more  than  nine  credits  from  any  one  department  may  be  applied  toward 
the  certificate.  No  more  than  nine  credits  applied  to  the  student's  major 
may  also  apply  to  the  certificate.  In  addition,  no  more  than  nine  credits  of 
the  courses  applied  toward  the  certificate  may  be  transferred  from  other 
institutions.  Students  are  asked  to  work  with  their  advisor  in  ensuring  that 
the  electives  maintain  an  intercollegiate  and  interdisciplinary  focus  (at 
least  three  disciplines  are  recommended). 

Interested  students  should  contact  Dr.  Marlene  Mayo,  Department  of 
History,  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  (301)  405-4309. 

Liberal  Arts  in  Business  Certificate 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

1 102  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall,  405-2091 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities  offers  an  interdisciplinary  certificate 
program,  the  Liberal  Arts  in  Business,  for  students  pursuing  any  of  the 
traditional  majors  within  the  college.  Any  student  in  the  college  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  may  apply  for  admission  to  this  program  which  is  designed  to 
provide  the  student  with  an  understanding  of  the  world  of  business  and  an 
awareness  of  some  of  the  skills  needed  to  compete  successfully  for  entry- 
level  employment  in  the  business  world.  The  core  of  LAB  courses  includes 
special  sections  of  required  speech  and  writing  courses,  some  courses 
designed  especially  for  the  LAB  program,  and  some  courses  open  to  all 
students.  For  further  information  contact  Dr.  Charles  S.  Rutherford  in  the 
office  of  the  Dean  of  Arts  and  Humanities. 

Women's  Studies  Certificate 

College  of  Arts  and  Humanities 
11 15  Mill  Building,  405-6878 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program  consists  of  an  integrated, 
interdisciplinary  curriculum  on  women  which  is  designed  to  supplement  a 
student's  major.  Any  student  in  good  standing  may  enroll  in  the  certificate 
program  by  declaring  her/his  intention  to  the  Women's  Studies  under- 
graduate advisor.  For  additional  information,  contact  the  Women's  Stud- 
ies Office,  405-6878. 

To  qualify  for  a  certificate  in  Women's  Studies  a  student  must  earn  twenty- 
one  credits  in  required  Women's  Studies  core  courses  and  electives. 
Programs  are  designed  in  consultation  with  the  Women's  Studies  under- 


graduate advisor.  Each  student  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each 
course  that  is  to  be  counted  toward  the  certificate 

Ot  the  21  credits,  courses  must  be  distributed  as  follows: 
Nine  credit  hours  from  the  following  WMST  courses: 

WMST  200 — Introduction  to  Women's  StudiesWomen  and  Society  OR 
WMST  250— Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women,  Art,  and  Culture 
WMST  400 — Theories  of  Feminism 
WMST  490 — Senior  Seminar:  Feminist  Reconceptualizations 

The  remaining  12  credit  hours  consist  of  courses  chosen  from  3  of  the  4 
distributive  areas  listed  below  and  one  elective  Two  courses  must  be  from 
departments  other  than  WMST  One  course  must  be  identified  as  adding 
a  multi-cultural  dimension. 

Distributive  Areas 

The  content  of  courses  with  numbers  ending  in  8  or  9  may  change. 
Students  should  check  the  Schedule  of  Classes  to  verify  each  semester's 
Special  Topics  offerings. 

I.  ARTH  489— Women  in  Art 

CMLT  498— Feminist  Literary  Criticism 
CMLT  498 — Special  Topics  in  Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  250— Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  348— Literary  Works  by  Women 
FREN  478 — French  Women  Writers  in  Translation 
GERM  439 — Women  in  German  Literature 
JAPN  418 — Japanese  Women  Writers  in  Translation 
MUSC  448 — Women  and  Music  in  Cross-Cultural  Perspective 
WMST  250 — Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women,  Art,  and 
Culture 

II.  EDCP  498 — Issues  Related  to  Counseling  Women 
FMCD  430 — Gender  Role  Development  in  the  Family 
HLTH  471— Women's  Health 

PSYC  336—  Psychology  of  Women 

SOCY  325— Sex  Roles 

SOCY  425— Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions 

SPCH  425 — Communication  and  Sex  Roles 

WMST  200 — Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women  and  Society 

III.  AMST  418 — Women  and  Family  in  American  Life 
AASP  428— Black  Women  in  America 

CLAS  309 — Women  in  Ancient  Greece  and  Rome 

CLAS  320— Women  in  Classical  Antiquity 

GERM  281— Women  in  German  Literature  and  Society 

HIST  210— American  Women  to  1880 

HIST  21 1— American  Women  1880  to  Present 

HIST  301 — Women  and  Industrial  Development 

HIST  309 — Proseminar  in  History  of  Women 

HIST  318— Women  in  the  Middle  East 

HIST  458 — Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History 

HIST  618 — Readings  in  the  History  of  Women 

KNES  492 — History  of  the  American  Sportswoman 

IV.  AASP  428 — EEO  Laws:  Implications  for  Women  and  Minorities 
AASP  428— Women  and  Work 

ECON  374 — Sex  Roles  in  Economic  Life 
GVPT  436—  Legal  Status  of  Women 
GVPT  471— Women  and  Politics 
JOUR  460— Women  in  the  Mass  Media 
KNES  451 — Sport  and  the  American  Woman 

Internships 

Women's  Studies  internships  are  available  to  certificate  students  and  any 
other  interested  students.  WMST  internships  enable  students  to  gain 
practical  experience  by  working  as  interns  for  businesses,  agencies,  and 
organizations  that  provide  services  for  women.  The  internship  is  a  six- 
credit,  two-unit  course  combining  field  work  with  a  weekly  seminar.  The 
internship  program  focuses  on  integrating  feminist  theory  into  our  under- 
standing of  the  work  place. 

Course  Code:  WMST 


156 


CIIAITER8 


APPROVED  COURSES 


The  following  list  Includes  undergraduate  courses  that 
have  been  approved  as  of  February  1,  1991.  Courses 
added  after  that  date  do  not  appear  in  this  list.  Courses 
eliminated  after  that  date  may  still  appear  Not  every 
course  is  offered  regularly.  Students  should  consult  the 
Schedule  of  Classes  to  ascertain  which  courses  are 
actually  offered  during  a  given  semester. 

COURSE  NUMBERING  SYSTEM 


Number 
000-099 
100-199 
200-299 
300-399 

386-387 


400-499 
500-599 


600-899 

799 

899 


Eligibility 
Non-credit  course 
Primarily  freshman  course 
Primarily  sophomore  course 
Junior,  senior  course  not  acceptable  for 
credit  toward  graduate  degrees 
Campus-wide  internship  courses;  refer  to 
information  describing  the  office  Experiential 
Learning  in  Part  I. 

Junior,  senior  course  acceptable  for  credit 
toward  some  graduate  degrees 
Professional  School  course  (Dentistry, 
Architecture,   Law,   Medicine)  or  post- 
baccalaureate  course 
Course  restricted  to  graduate  students 
Masters  Thesis  credit 
Doctoral  Dissertation  credit. 


Courses  with  last  digit  of  8  or  9  can  be  repeated  for 
additional  credit. 

AASP — Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  100  Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies  (3) 

Significant  aspects  of  the  history  of  Afro- Americans  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  evolution  and  development 
of  black  communities  from  slavery  to  the  present. 
Interdisciplinary  introduction  to  social,  political,  legal  and 
economic  roots  of  contemporary  problems  faced  by 
blacks  in  the  United  States  with  applications  to  the  lives 
of  other  racial  and  ethnic  minorities  in  the  Amencas  and 
in  other  societies. 

AASP  101  Public  Policy  and  the  Black  Community 

(3)  Formerly  AASP  300.  The  impact  of  public  policies  on 
the  black  community  and  the  role  of  the  policy  process 
in  affecting  the  social,  economic  and  political  well-being 
of  minorities  Particular  attention  given  to  the  post- 1960 
to  present  era. 

AASP  200  African  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  African 
civilizations  from  4500  B.C.  to  present  Analysis  of 
traditional  social  systems  Discussion  of  the  impact  of 
European  colonization  on  these  civilizations  Analysis  of 
the  influence  of  traditional  African  social  systems  on 
modern  African  institutions  as  well  as  discussion  of 
contemporary  processes  of  Africanization. 

AASP  202  Black  Culture  In  the  United  States  (3)  The 

course  examines  important  aspects  of  American  Negro 
life  and  thought  which  are  reflected  in  Afro-American 
literature,  drama,  music  and  art.  Beginning  with  the 
cultural  heritage  of  slavery,  the  course  surveys  the 
changing  modes  of  black  creative  expression  from  the 
nineteenth-century  to  the  present 

AASP  298  Special  Topics  in  Afro-American  Studies 
(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  An 
introductory  multi-disciplinary  and  inter-disciplinary 
educational  experience  to  explore  issues  relevant  to 
black  life,  cultural  experiences,  and  political, 
economicand  artistic  development. 

AASP  301  Applied  Policy  Analysis  and  the  Black 
Community  (3)  Prerequisite  AASP  101  Recommended: 
one  semester  of  statistics.  Development  and  application 
of  the  tools  needed  for  examining  the  effectiveness  of 
alternative  policy  options  confronting   minority 


communities.  Review  policy  research  methods  used  in 
forming  and  evaluating  policies  Examination  of  the 
policy  process. 

AASP  303  Computer  Applications  In  Afro-American 
Studies  (3)  Prerequisite  STAT  100  or  SOCY  201  or 
MATH  1 1 1  or  equivalent  Introduction  to  statistics  and 
database  processing  software  used  in  model  estimation 
and  simulation  in  policy  analysis.  Special  emphasis  on 
applications  for  applied  research  on  policy  problems 
confronting  minority  communities. 

AASP  305  Theoretical,  Methodological  and  Policy 
Research  Issues  In  Afro-American  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  AASP  101  or  permission  of  department. 
Formerly  AASP  401  Theories  and  concepts  in  the  social 
and  behavioral  sciences  relating  to  problems  in  minority 
communities.  Issues  include  validity  and  soundness  of 
theoretical  arguments,  epistemological  questions  of 
various  methodologies  and  the  relationship  between 
policy  making  and  policy  research. 

AASP  31 0  African  Slave  Trade  (3)  Formerly  AASP  31 1 . 
The  relationship  of  the  slave  trade  of  Africans  to  the 
development  of  British  capitalism  and  its  industrial 
revolution;  and  to  the  economic  and  social  development 
of  the  Americas 

AASP  31 2  Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Colonization 
and  Racism  (3)  A  comparative  approach  to  the  study  of 
the  social  and  cultural  effects  of  colonization  and  racism 
on  black  people  in  Africa,  Latin  America  and  in  the 
United  Statescommunity  and  family  life,  religion, 
economic  institutions,  education  and  artistic  expression . 

AASP  397  Senior  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisites:  AASP  305; 
and  permission  of  department.  Directed  research  in 
Afro-American  Studies  resulting  in  the  completion  and 
defense  of  a  senior  thesis. 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  in  Afro-American 
Studies  (3)  The  readings  will  be  directed  by  the  Director 
of  Afro-American  Studies  Topics  to  be  covered:  the 
topics  will  be  chosen  by  the  director  to  meet  the  needs 
and  interests  of  individual  students. 

AASP  402  Classic  Readings  In  Afro-American 
Studies  (3)  Classic  readings  of  the  social,  economicand 
political  status  of  blacks  and  other  minorities  in  the 
United  States  and  the  Americas 

AASP  410  Contemporary  African  Ideologies  (3) 

Analysis  of  contemporary  African  ideologies  Emphasis 
on  philosophies  of  Nyerere.  Nkrumah.  Senghor.  Sekou 
Toure,  Kaunda.  Cabral,  et  al.  Discussion  of  the  role  of 
Afncan  ideologies  on  modernization  and  social  change 

AASP  411  Black  Resistance  Movements  (3)  A 
comparative  study  of  the  black  resistance  movements  in 
Africa  and  America;  analysis  ol  their  interrelationships 
as  well  as  their  impact  on  contemporary  pan-Africanism 

AASP  441  Science,  Technology,  and  the  Black 
Community  (3) Prerequisite  AASP  1 0Oor  AASP 202 or 
HIST  255  or  permission  of  department  Scientific 
knowledge  and  skills  in  solving  technological  and  social 
problems,  particularly  those  faced  by  the  black 
community  Examines  the  evolution  and  development 
ofAfrican  and  Afro-Amencan  contributions  to  science 
Surveys  the  impact  of  technological  changes  on  minority 
communities 

AASP  443  Blacks  and  the  Law  (3)  Prerequisite  AASP 
100  or  AASP  202  or  HIST  255  or  permission  of 
department  The  relationship  between  black  Amencans 
and  the  law.  particularly  criminal  law.  cnminal  institutions 
and  the  criminal  justice  system.  Examines  historical 


changes  in  the  legal  status  of  blacks  and  changes  in  the 
causes  of  racial  dispanties  in  cnminal  involvement  and 
punishments. 

AASP  497  Policy  Seminar  In  Afro-American  Studies 
(3)  Prerequisite :  AASP  30 1  or  permission  ol  department 
Application  of  public  policy  analysis  to  important  social 
problems  and  policy  issues  affecting  black  Amencans 
Policy  research  and  analysis  procedures  through  an  m- 
depth  study  of  a  critical,  national  black  policy  issue 

AASP  498  Special  Topics  in  Black  Culture  (3) 
Prerequisite  AASP  100  or  AASP  202  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs  Advanced  study  of  the  cultural 
and  historical  antecedents  of  contemporary  African  and 
Afro-Amencan  society  Emphasis  on  the  social,  political, 
economic  and  behavioral  factors  affecting  blacks  and 
their  communities  Topics  vary 

AASP  499  Advanced  Topics  In  Public  Policy  and  the 
Black  Community  (3)  Prerequisite:  AASP  301  or 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs.  Examination  of  specific  areas  of  policy 
development  and  evaluation  in  black  and  other 
communities  Application  of  advanced  tools  of  policy 
analysis,  especially  quantitative,  statistical  and  micro- 
economic  analysis 

AEED — Agricultural  and  Extension 
Education 

AEED  200  Environmental  Interpretation  (3)  The  natural 
history  concepts  and  conservation  practices  useful  lor 
understanding  natural  and  man-modified  environments 
of  the  mid- Atlantic  region .  Three  arranged  weekend  field 

trips 

AEED  302  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education  (2) 

An  overview  of  the  job  of  the  teacher  of  agnculture. 
examination  of  agncultural  education  programs  for  youth 
and  adults 

AEED  303  Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 
(2)  Pnnciples  and  practices  of  the  demonstration  method; 
construction  and  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching  agnculture 

AEED  305  Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 
(1 )  Charactenstics  of  young  and  adult  farmer  instruction 
in  agnculture  Determining  needs  for  and  organizing  a 
course,  selecting  materials  for  instruction,  and  class 
management  Emphasis  is  on  the  conference  method  of 
teaching 

AEED  311  Teaching  Secondary  Vocational 
Agriculture  (3)  A  comprehensive  course  m  the  wor*  of 
high  school  departments  of  vocational  agnculture  It 
emphasizes  particularly  placement,  supervised  farming 
programs,  the  organization  and  administration  ol  future 
farmer  activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in  all-day 
instruction 

AEED  313  Student  Teaching  (5)  Prerequisite 
satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of 
department  Full-time  student  teaching  in  an  oft -campus 
student  teaching  center  under  an  approved  supervising 
teacher  of  agriculture,  participating  experience  in  all 
aspects  of  the  work  of  a  teacher  of  agnculture 

AEED  315  Student  Teaching  (1-4)  Prerequisite 
satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of 
department  Full-time  observation  and  participation  in 
work  ol  teacher  of  agnculture  in  off-campus  student 
teaching  center  Provides  students  opportunity  to  gam 
experience  in  the  summer  program  of  work,  to  participate 
in  opening  ol  school  activities,  and  to  gam  other 
experience  needed  by  teachers 


AMST  —  American  Studies    1 57 


AEED  322  An  Introduction  to  Adult  and  Continuing 
Education  (3)  This  course  introduces  students  to  the 
field  ol  nonlormal  adult  and  continuing  education  It 
examines  the  social  functions,  studies  Ihe  critical  issues, 
explores  career  opportunities  and  surveys  some  of  the 
nonlormal  adult  education  delivery  systems. 

AEED  323  Developing  Youth  Programs  (3)  A  study  ol 
concepts  involved  in  planning  and  executing  programs 
developed  to  meet  Ihe  needs  ol  youth  especially  those 
living  in  rural  and  suburban  areas.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  identification  of  attitudes,  needs,  and 
problems  ol  youth  in  all  socio-economic  levels.  An 
analysis  of  methods  of  working  with  youth  groups  and 
developing  volunteer  leaders  will  also  be  included 

AEED  325  Directed  Experience  in  Extension 
Education  (1-5)  Prerequisite  satisfactory  academic 
average  and  permission  ol  department  Full-time 
observation  and  participation  in  selected  aspects  of 
extension  education  in  an  approved  training  county. 

AEED  389  Selected  Topics  ( 1  -3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
if  content  differs 

AEED  398  Seminar  in  Agricultural  Education  (1) 

Examination  of  current  literature,  reports  and  discussions 
of  problems,  trends,  and  issues  in  agricultural  education. 

AEED  464  Rural  Life  In  Modern  Society  (3)  The 
historical  and  current  nature  of  rural  and  agricultural 
areas  and  communities  in  the  complex  structure  and 
culture  of  U.S.  society  Basic  structural,  cultural,  and 
functional  concepts  for  analyses  and  contrasts  of  societies 
and  the  organizations  and  social  systems  within  them. 

AEED  466  Rural  Poverty  In  an  Affluent  Society  (3) 
Factors  giving  rise  to  conditions  of  rural  poverty.  Problems 
faced  by  the  rural  poor  Programs  designed  to  alleviate 
rural  poverty. 

AEED  488  Critique  In  Rural  Education  (1)  Current 
problems  and  trends  in  rural  education. 

AEED  489  Field  Experience  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  4  credits. 
Planned  field  experience  for  both  major  and  non-major 
students. 

AEED  499  Special  Problems  (1-3) 

AGRI — Agriculture 

AGR1 1 05  Risk  and  Responsibility  -  An  Introduction 
to  Agriculture  (3)  Formerly  AGRI  101.  Technical  and 
human  components  ol  agriculture  in  a  cross-disciplinary 
context.  Agricultural  origins,  crop  and  animal 
domestication,  agricultural  geography,  food  and  nutrition. 
the  natural  resource  base  and  environmental  concerns, 
agricultural  policy  formation,  agricultural  marketing  and 
trade,  sustainable  agriculture,  international  agriculture, 
and  the  future  of  farming. 

AGRI  489  Special  Topics  in  Agriculture  (1-4)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the 
course.  A  lecture  series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a 
selected  phase  of  agriculture  not  normally  associated 
with  one  of  the  existing  programs. 

AGRO — Agronomy 

AGRO  101  Introductory  Crop  Science  (4)  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  AGRO  101  or 
AGRO  100  and  AGRO  102.  Maior  crop  plants  including: 
anatomy,  physiology,  morphology,  history,  use, 
adaptation,  culture,  improvement  and  economic 
importance. 

AGRO  105  Soil  and  Environmental  Quality  (3)  Soils 
as  an  irreplaceable  natural  resource,  the  importance  of 
soils  in  the  ecosystem,  soils  as  sources  of  pollution,  and 
soils  as  a  medium  of  the  storage,  assimilation  or 
inactivation  of  pollutants.  Acid  rain,  indoor  radon,  soil 
erosion  and  sedimentation,  nutrient  pollution  of  waters, 
homewoners  problems  with  soils,  and  the  effect  of  soils 
on  the  food  chain. 

AGRO  302  Fundamentals  of  Soil  Science  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  one  semester  of  chemistry,  or  permission 
of  department.  Study  and  management  of  soils  as 
natural  bodies,  media  for  plant  growth,  and  ecosystem 
components-  Morphology,  composition,  formation,  and 
conservation  of  soils.  Chemical,  biological,  and  physical 
properties  of  soils  are  discussed  in  relation  to  the 
production  of  plants,  the  functioning  of  hydrologic  and 


nutrient  cycles,  the  protection  of  environmental  quality, 
and  engineering  uses  of  soils 

AGRO  303  International  Crop  Production  (3) 
Prerequisite  BIOL  105  or  equivalent  An  introduction  to 
the  biological  dimension  of  world  hunger  The  problems 
and  potentials  for  increasing  world  food  supply  based  on 
current  agronomic  knowledge  Emphasis  on  international 
aspects  of  food  crop  production  and  the  interrelationships 
between  agriculture  and  human  populations  in  Ihe 
developing  world 

AGRO  305  Introduction  to  Turf  Management  (3) 
Formerly  AGRO  405  Principles  of  turf  culture. 
identification  and  uses  of  turfgrass  species;  lurfgrass 
fertilization,  cultivation,  mowing  and  establishment;  and 
identification  of  turf  pests. 

AGRO  308  Field  Soil  Morphology  (1-2)  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  4  credits 
Intensive  field  study  of  soils  with  particular  emphasis  on 
soil  morphology,  soil  classification,  and  agricultural  and 
urban  soil  interpretations.  Focus  in  fall  semesters  is  on 
soils  of  Ihe  Northeast  U.S.;  focus  in  spring  semesters  is 
on  soils  outside  the  Northeast  region.  The  lab  period  is 
devoted  to  fields  trips  and  student  efforts  culminate  in  a 
mandatory  extended  field  trip. 

AGRO  398  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Reports  by  seniors  on 
current  scientific  andpractical  publications  pertaining  to 
agronomy. 

AGRO  401  Pest  Management  Strategies  for  Turfgrass 

(3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  305.  Interdisciplinary  view  or 
week,  disease,  and  insect  management  from  an 
agronomy  perspective.  Plant  responsesto  pest  invasion, 
diagnosis  of  pest-related  disorders,  and  principles  of 
weed,  disease  and  insect  suppression  through  cultural, 
biological  and  chemical  means  are  discussed. 

AGRO  402  Sports  Turf  Management  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  AGRO  305  and  AGRO  401.  Sports  turf 
management,  including  design,  construction,  soil 
modification,  soil  cultural  techniques,  pesticide  use, 
fertilization,  and  specialized  equipment 

AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  414 
or  ZOOL  213.  Principles  and  methods  of  breeding 
annual  self  and  cross-pollinated  plant  and  perennial 
forage  species. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crops  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105. 
Recommended:  BIOL  106.  World  grasslands  and  their 
influence  on  early  civilizations;  current  impact  on  human 
food  supply;  role  of  forages  in  soil  conservation  and  a 
sustainable  agriculture.  Production  and  management 
requirements  of  major  grass  and  legume  species  for 
silage  and  pasture  for  livestock  feed.  Cultivar 
development;  certified  seed  production  and  distribution. 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisites: 
BIOL  105  and  AGRO  101.  A  study  of  principles  and 
practices  of  corn,  small  grains,  rice,  millets,  sorghums, 
and  soybeans  and  other  oil  seed  crops.  A  study  of  seed 
production,  processing,  distribution  and  federal  and 
state  seed  control  programs  of  com,  small  grains  and 
soybeans. 

AGRO  410  Commercial  Turf  Maintenance  and 
Production  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  305  and  AGRO 
401 .  Commercial  lawn  care  industry,  sod  production  and 
turfgrass  seed  production.  Fertilizer,  renovation 
programs,  and  weed  and  insect  control  programs  used 
in  professional  lawn  care.  Environmental  effects  of  lawn 
care  programs. 

AGRO  41 1  Principles  of  Soil  Fertility  (3)  Soil  factors 
affecting  plant  growth  and  quality  with  emphasis  on  the 
bio-availability  of  mineral  nutrients.  The  management  of 
soil  systems  to  enhance  plant  growth  by  means  of  crop 
rotations,  microbial  activities,  and  use  of  organic  and 
inorganic  amendments 

AGRO  413  Soil  and  Water  Conservation  and 
Managment  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302.  Importance 
and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of  soil  erosion 
control .  Effects  of  conservation  practices  on  soil  physical 
properities  and  the  plant  root  environment.  Irrigation  and 
drainage  as  related  to  water  use  and  conservation. 

AGRO  414  Soil  Morphology,  Genesis  and 
Classification  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three 


hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302. 
Processes  and  factors  of  soil  genesis  Taxonomy  of 
soils  of  the  world  by  US  System  Soil  morphological 
characteristics,  composition,  classification,  survey  and 
field  trips  to  examine  and  describe  soils 

AGRO  41 5  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  AGRO  302  Evaluation  of  soils  in  the  uses 
of  land  and  the  environmental  implications  of  soil 
utilization.  Interpretation  of  soil  information  and  soil 
surveys  as  applied  lo  both  agricultural  and  non- 
agricultural  problems  Incorporation  of  soil  data  into 
legislation,  environmental  standards  and  land  use  plans 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics  (3)  Two-hours  of  lecture  and 
three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  AGRO 
302  and  a  course  in  physics;  or  permission  of  department. 
A  study  of  physical  properties  of  soils  with  special 
emphasis  on  relationship  to  soil  productivity 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
AGRO  302  The  chemistry  and  composition  of  mineral 
and  organic  colloids  in  soils,  including  ion  exchange, 
oxidation-reduction,  acidity,  surface  charge,  and  solution 
chemistry.  Lectures  and  readings  pertain  to  plant  nutntion, 
waste  disposal,  and  groundwater  quality. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Microbiology  (3)  Prerequisite  AGRO 
302.  CHEM  104  or  permission  of  department. 
Relationships  soil  microorganisms  to  the  soils'  physical 
and  chemical  properties.  Nirtogen  fixation, mycorrhiza- 
plant  interactions  and  microbially  mediated  cycling. 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisites: 
AGRO  302  and  CHEM  1 04  or  permission  of  department. 
Reaction  and  fate  of  pesticides,  agricultural  fertilizers, 
industrial  and  animal  wastes  in  soil  and  water  with 
emphasis  on  their  relation  to  the  environment. 

AGRO  440  Crop,  Soils,  and  Civilization  (3)  Role  and 
importance  of  crop  and  soil  resources  in  Ihe  development 
of  human  civilization  History  of  crops  and  soils  as  they 
relate  to  the  persistence  of  ancient  and  modern  cultures. 

AGRO  441  Sustainable  Agriculture  (3)  Environmental 
social  and  economic  needs  for  alternatives  to  the 
conventional,  high-imputfarming  systems  which  currently 
predominate  in  industrial  countries.  Strategies  and 
practices  that  minimize  the  use  of  non-renewable 
resources. 

AGRO  444  Remote  Sensing  of  Agriculture  and  Natural 
Resources  (3)  Interaction  of  electromagnetic  radiation. 
Remote  sensing  technology  to  agriculture  and  natural 
resource  inventory,  monitoring  and  management  and 
related  environmental  concerns. 

AGRO  451  Crop  Culture  and  Development  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  BOTN  441  Application  of  basic  plant 
physiology  to  crop  production.  Photosynthesis, 
respiration,  mineral  nutrition,  water  and  temperature 
stress,  and  post-harvest  physiology. 

AGRO  453  Weed  Science  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Weed  identification, 
ecology,  and  control  (cultural,  mechanical,  biological, 
and  chemical  methods). 

AGRO  454  Air  and  Soil  Pollution  Effects  on  Crops  (3) 

Effects  of  air  pollutants  such  as  ozone,  sulfur  dioxide, 
acid  rain,  etc.,  and  soil  pollutants  such  as  toxic  metals, 
pesticides,  on  the  growth,  productivity  and  quality  of 
crops. 

AGRO    483    Plant    Breeding    Laboratory    (2) 

Prerequisites:  AGRO403  and  permission  of  department. 
Current  plant  breeding  research  being  conducted  at  The 
University  of  Maryland  and  USDAatBeltsville.  Discussion 
with  plant  breeders  about  pollination  techniques,  breeding 
methods,  and  program  achievements  and  goals.  Field 
trips  to  selected  USDA  laboratories. 

AGRO  499  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy  (1-3) 

Prerequisites:  AGRO  302.  AGRO  406,  AGRO  407  or 
permission  of  department.  A  detailed  study,  including  a 
written  report  of  an  important  problem  in  agronomy. 

AMST — American  Studies 

AMST  201   Introduction  to  American  Studies  (3) 

Introduction  to  American  cultural  studies — past  and 
present — by  examining  the  concept  of  "self  in  American 


1 58    ANSC  —  Animal  Science 


autobiographical  writing  and  the  concept  of  "society"  in 
accounts  ot  vanous  communities. 

AMST  203  Popular  Culture  In  America  (3)  An 

introduction  to  American  popular  culture,  its  historical 
development,  and  its  role  as  a  reflection  of  and  influence 
on  our  culture  and  society 

AMST  204  Film  and  American  Culture  Studies  (3) 

Exploration  of  the  Amencan  film  from  an  historical 
perspective,  illustrating  the  motion  picture's  role  as  an 
institutional  phenomenon,  as  a  form  of  communication, 
and  as  a  source  of  cross-cultural  study 

AMST  205  Material  Aspects  ot  American  Life  (3) 

Historical  survey  of  American  material  culture  Ways  of 
describing  and  interpreting  accumulated  material 
evidence,  eg.  buildings,  town  plans,  introduced  by 
stressing  relationship  between  artifact  and  culture. 

AMST  206  Business  and  American  Culture  Studies 

(3)  Investigates  the  traditional  definitions  of  personal 
success,  the  process  of  corporate  ntuals  and  the  role  of 
innovation  in  American  business  since  1945. 
Contemporary  business  discussed  within  the  context  of 
national  and  global  sociocultural  changes  applying 
organizational  theory,  historical  studies  and 
anthropological  field  work  to  an  analysis  of  audiotapes, 
videotapes,  films  and  popular  literature. 

AMST  207  Contemporary  American  Cultures  (3)  World 
views,  values,  and  social  systems  of  contemporary 
American  cultures  explored  through  readings  on  selected 
groups  such  as  middle-class  suburbanites,  old  order 
Amish,  and  urban  tramps. 

AMST  211  Technology  and  American  Culture  (3) 

Historical  and  contemporary  technological  innovations 
in  American  society,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
humanities  Vaned  social  and  cultural  responses  to  one 
contemporary  technological  issue,  e.g.  environmental 
pollution,  genetic  engineering,  communications 
technology,  and  psychopharmacology 

AMST  298  Selected  Topics  In  American  Studies  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Cultural  study 
of  a  specific  theme  or  issue  involving  artifacts  and 
documents  from  both  past  and  contemporary  American 
expenence. 

AMST  330  Critics  of  American  Culture  (3)  Prerequisite: 
prior  course  in  AMST,  HIST,  or  SOCY.  Philosophies  of 
American  social  purpose  and  promise.  Readings  from 
"classical"  American  thinkers,  contemporary  social 
commentators,  and  American  studies  scholars. 

AMST  398  Independent  Studies  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Provides  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  pursue 
independent,  interdisciplinary  research  and  reading  in 
specific  areas  of  Amencan  culture  studies. 

AMST  41 8  Cultural  Themes  In  America  (3)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Examination  of  structure 
and  development  of  American  culture  through  themes 
such  as  "growing  up  Amencan".  "culture  and  mental 
disorders". "race",  "ethnicity",  "regionalism",  "landscape", 
"humor". 

AMST426  Culture  and  the  Arts  In  America  (3)  Analysis 
of  development  of  American  cultural  institutions  and 
artifacts 

AMST  428  American  Cultural  Eras  (3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  if  content  differs.  Investigation  of  a  decade, 
penod.  or  generation  as  a  case  study  in  significant  social 
change  within  an  Amencan  context  Case  studies  include 
"Antebellum  America,  1840-1860".  "Amencan  culture  in 
the  Great  Depression" 

AMST  429  Perspectives  on  Popular  Culture  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Topics  in 
popular  culture  studies,  including  the  examination  of 
particular  genres,  themes,  and  issues. 

AMST  432  Literature  and  American  Society  (3) 

Prerequisite:  pnor  course  in  AMST.  SOCY.  American 
literature,  or  American  history  Examination  of  the 
relationship  between  literature  and  society  including 
literature  as  cultural  communication  and  the  institutional 
framework  governing  its  production,  distribu- 
tion .conservation  and  evaluation 


AMST  450  Seminar  In  American  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite  nine  hours  pnor  coursework  in  American 
Studies,  including  AMST201  Senior  standing  For  AMST 
maiors  only  Developments  in  theories  and  methods  of 
Amencan  Studies  scholarship,  with  emphasis  upon 
interaction  between  the  humanities  and  the  social 
sciences  in  the  process  of  cultural  analysis  and 
evaluation. 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  in  American  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  a  course  in  American  history,  literature,  or 
government:  or  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Topics  of  special  interest 

ANSC — Animal  Science 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  use  of  animals. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  useof  animals 
In  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whether  animalsare  to  be  used  in  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives,  if  any,  are  available. 

ANSC  101  Principles  of  Animal  Science  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  A 
comprehensive  course,  including  the  development  of 
animal  science,  its  contributions  to  the  economy, 
characteristics  of  animal  products,  factors  of  efficient 
and  economical  production  and  distribution. 

ANSC  201  Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ZOOL 
213.  ANSC  201,  BOTN  414,  HORT  274  The  basic 
principles  and  laws  of  Mendehan  genetics  as  applied  to 
economically  important  domestic  animals.  Molecular 
genetics  including  DNA.  RNA,  genetic  code  and  the 
regulation  of  protein  synthesis.  Other  topics  stressed 
include  linkage  and  crossing  over,  recombination, 
cytological  maps,  chromosomal  aberrations,  mutations, 
population  genetics  and  genetic  engineenng 

ANSC  203  Feeds  and  Feeding  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  ANSC 
101.  Elements  of  nutrition,  source,  charactenstics  and 
adaptability  of  the  various  feedstuffs  to  the  several 
classes  of  livestock.  A  study  of  the  composition  of  feeds, 
the  nutrient  requirements  of  farm  animals  and  the 
formulation  of  economic  diets  and  rations  for  livestock. 

ANSC  21 1  Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIOL  105.  A  systematic  gross  and 
microscopic  comparative  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the 
major  domestic  animals  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on 
those  systems  important  in  animal  production. 

ANSC  21 2  Applied  Animal  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ANSC21 1  or  equivalent.  The  physiology  of  domesticated 
animals  with  emphasis  on  functions  related  to  production . 
and  the  physiological  adaptation  to  environmental 
influences. 

ANSC  214  Applied  Animal  Physiology  Laboratory 

(1)  Three  hoursof  laboratory  per  week.Pre-orcorequisite 
ANSC  212.  Application  of  physiological  laboratory 
techniques  to  laboratory  and  domestic  animals 

ANSC  221  Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week, Prerequisite:  ANSC  101.  The  adaptation  of  beef 
cattle,  sheep,  swine  and  horses  to  significant  and  specific 
uses  Breeding,  feeding,  management  practices  and 
criteria  for  evaluating  usefulness  are  emphasized. 

ANSC  230  Light  Horse  Management  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite-  ANSC  101  A  general  course  in  horse 
management  for  students  who  intend  to  be  involved  in 
the  care  and  management  of  light  horses  The  pnnciples 
of  nutrition,  anatomy,  physiology,  health  and  disease, 
growth ,  reproduction .  locomotion  and  basic  management 
techniques 

ANSC  242  Dairy  Production  (3)  Prerequisite  ANSC 
101  A  comprehensive  course  in  dairy  breeds,  selection 
of  dairy  cattle,  dairy  cattle  nutrients,  feeding  and 
management 

ANSC  244  Dairy  Cattle  Type  Appraisal  (1)  Two 

laboratory  periods  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  Laboratory  Analysis  of  dairy  cattle  type 
with  emphasis  on  the  comparative  ludging  of  dairy 
cattle 


ANSC  252  Introduction  to  the  Diseases  of  Wildlife  (2) 
Prerequisite  BIOL  105  The  pnncipal  diseases  of  North 
American  wildlife  will  be  briefly  considered  For  each 
disease,  specific  attention  will  be  given  to  the  lollowing: 
signs  evidenced  by  the  affected  animal  or  bird,  causative 
agent,  means  of  transmission  and  effects  of  the  disease 
on  the  population  of  the  species  involved 

ANSC  262  Commercial  Poultry  Management  (3) 

Prerequisite  ANSC  101  A  symposium  of  finance, 
investment  Plant  layout  Specialization,  purchase  of 
supplies  and  management  problems  in  baby  chick,  egg, 
broiler  and  turkey  production;  toremanship,  advertising, 
selling  By-products,  production  and  financial  records 
Field  tnps  required 

ANSC  265  Fundamentals  of  Pet  Nutrition  (2)  A  basic 
course  on  the  nutntion  of  those  animals  commonly  kept 
as  household  pets  Designed  to  acquaint  students  with 
minimal  science  background  with  the  basic  pnnciples 
and  techniques  of  animal  nutrition 

ANSC  305  Companion  Animal  Care  (3)  Prerequisite 
BIOL  105  Care,  and  management  of  the  companion 
small  animals  Species  covered  include  the  cat.  dog. 
rodents,  lagomorphs.  reptiles,  amphibians,  birds  and 
others  as  class  interest  and  schedule  dictate  Basic 
description,  evolutionary  development,  breeding, 
nutritional  and  environmental  requirements,  and  public 
health  aspects  will  be  presented  for  each  species. 

ANSC  327  Principles  of  Breeding  I  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week. Prerequisite:  ANSC  201  Population  and 
quantitative  genetics  as  applicable  to  domestic  livestock: 
concepts  of  variation,  heredity,  inbreeding  and 
relationship  pnnciples  of  genetic  evaluation  and  selection 
for  livestock  improvement;  breeding  systems  and 
programs  Theoretical  aspects  and  applications 

ANSC  332  Horse  Management  (3)  Prerequisite  ANSC 
230.  Major  topics  include  nutrition,  reproduction, 
breeding,  performance  evaluation,  basic  training  and 
management  techniques. 

ANSC  350  Ornithology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Three  mandatory 
field  tnps. Prerequisite:  BIOL  105  Includes  systematica, 
anatomy,  physiology,  behavior,  life  histones.  ecology, 
population  dynamics,  evolution  and  conservation  of 
birds. 

ANSC  370  Animal  Agriculture:  Scientific  and  Cultural 
Perspectives  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105  Study  will 
focus  on  the  enhancement  of  biological  efficiency  that 
permits  more  extensive  options  for  choice  of  human 
activities,  within  the  limitations  of  ecological  constraints 
The  course  examines  the  growth  of  knowledge,  of  both 
cultural  and  scientific  ongin.  as  applied  in  the  development 
of  successful  human-animal  systems 

ANSC  398  Sem  Inar  (1 )  Repeatable  to  2  credits  if  content 
differs  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature 
and  research  work  in  animal  science 

ANSC  399  Special  Problems  In  Animal  Science  (1-2) 
Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit  A 
course  designed  tor  advanced  undergraduates  in  which 
specific  problems  relating  to  animal  science  will  be 
assigned 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite 
CHEM 1 04  and  ANSC  21 2  Recommended  BCHM  26 1 
Also  offered  as  NUSC  402  A  study  of  the  fundamental 
role  of  all  nutnents  in  the  body  including  their  digestion, 
absorption  and  metabolism  Dietary  requirements  and 
nutritional  deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm 
animals  and  humans 

ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  hours  ot 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
MATH  115  and  ANSC  401  A  cntical  study  of  those 
factors  which  influence  the  nutntional  requirements  of 
ruminants,  swine  and  poultry  Practical  feeding  methods 
and  procedures  used  in  formulation  of  economically 
efficient  rations  will  be  presented 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite 
anatomy  and  physiology  The  specific  anatomical  and 
physiological  modifications  employed  by  animals  adapted 
to  certain  stressful  environments  will  be  considered 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  problems  of 
temperature  regulation  and  water  balance  Specific  areas 
for  consideration  will  include  animals  m  cold  (including 


ANTH  -  Anthropology    159 


htbernalion).  animals  in  dry  heat,  diving  animals  and 
animals  in  high  altitudes 

ANSC  412  Introduction  to  Diseases  ot  Animals  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week 
Prerequisite  MICB  200  and  BIOL  105  This  course 
gives  basic  instruction  in  the  nature  ot  disease:  including 
causation,  immunity,  methods  ot  diagnosis,  economic 
importance,  public  health  aspects  and  prevention  and 
control  ot  the  common  diseases  ol  sheep,  cattle,  swine. 
horses  and  poultry 

ANSC  413  Laboratory  Animal  Management  (3)  A 
comprehensive  course  in  care  and  management  ot 
laboratory  animals  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
physiology,  anatomy  and  special  uses  lor  the  different 
species  Disease  prevention  and  regulations  lor 
maintaining  animal  colonies  will  be  covered.  Field  trips 
will  be  required. 

ANSC  415  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Domestic  Animals 

(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  ANSC  412  or  equivalent  A  study  of 
parasitic  diseases  resulting  from  protozoan  and  helminth 
infection  and  arthropod  infestation.  Emphasis  on 
parasites  of  vetennary  importance:  their  identification; 
life  cycles,  pathological  effects  and  control  by 
management 

ANSC  421  Swine  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
ANSC  101 ;  ANSC  221 .  and  ANSC  203  or  ANSC  401  A 
study  of  swine  production  systems  including  the  pnnciples 
of  animal  science  for  the  efficient  and  economical 
management  of  swine  breeding  feeding,  reproduction 
and  marketing 

ANSC  422  Meats  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ANSC  221 
A  course  designed  to  give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as 
a  food  and  the  factors  influencing  acceptability,  marketing, 
and  quality  of  fresh  meats.  It  includes  comparisons  of 
charactenstics  of  live  animals  with  their  carcasses.grading 
and  evaluating  carcasses  as  well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and 
the  distnbution  and  merchandising  of  the  nation's  meat 
supply  Laboratory  periods  are  conducted  in  packing 
houses,  meat  distnbution  centers,  retail  outlets  and 
University  Meats  Laboratory. 

ANSC  423  Beef  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ANSC  221  and  ANSC  203  or  ANSC  401  Application  of 
various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the  management 
and  production  of  beef  cattle. 

ANSC  424  Sheep  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ANSC  221  and  ANSC  203  or  ANSC  401  A  study  of 
sheep  production  systems  including  the  principles  of 
animal  science  for  the  efficient  and  economical 
management  of  sheep  breeding,  feeding,  reproduction 
and  marketing. 

ANSC  430  Topics  in  Equine  Science  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week. Prerequisites:  ANSC  211;  ANSC  212  and  ANSC 
230  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ANSC  40 1  Specific  problems  of 
importance  to  the  equine  industry,  including  such  areas 
as  nutrition,  physiology,  anatomy,  genetics  and 
pathology 

ANSC  431  Horse  Production  (2)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. Prerequisite: 
ANSC  101;  ANSC  211;  ANSC  212;  ANSC  230  and 
permission  of  department.  Laboratory  and  assigned 
project  to  be  performed  at  University  of  Maryland  Horse 
Farm,  Ellicott  City.  Md.  Field  trips.  Application  of  equine 
science  principles  to  the  management  and  production  of 
horses 

ANSC  432  Breeding  Farm  Management  (2)  One  hour 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week. Prerequisite:  ANSC  21 1 ;  ANSC  212;  ANSC  230 
and  permission  of  department.  Animal  equine  science 
principles  in  the  management  of  equine  breeding 
establishments.  Field  trips. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  of  Lactation 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ANSC  212  or  equivalent;  and  BCHM 
261  or  BCHM  461 .  The  physiology  and  biochemistry  of 
milk  production  in  domestic  animals,  particularly  cattle. 
Mammary  gland  development  and  maintenance  from 
the  embryo  to  the  fully  developed  lactating  gland. 
Abnormalities  of  the  mammary  gland. 


ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production  Systems  (3) 
Prerequisites:  AREC  306  and  ANSC  203  The  business 
aspects  of  dairy  farming  including  an  evaluation  of  the 
costs  and  returns  associated  with  each  segment  The 
economic  impact  ot  pertinent  management  decisions  is 
studied  Recent  developments  in  animal  nutrition  and 
genetics,  agricultural  economics,  agricultural 
engineering,  and  agronomic  practices  are  discussed  as 
they  apply  to  management  of  a  dairy  herd 

ANSC  446  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  422  or  ANSC  212  Anatomy  and 
physiology  of  reproductive  processes  in  domesticated 
and  wild  mammals. 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction 
Laboratory  (1 )  Three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week,  Pre- 
or  corequisite:  ANSC  446  Animal  handling,  artificial 
insemination  procedures  and  analytical  techniques  useful 
in  animal  management  and  reproductive  research. 

ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology  (2)  Two  two-hour  lecture/ 
laboratory/demonstration  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
a  basic  course  in  animal  anatomy  or  physiology  The 
digestive,  immune,  excretory,  respiratory,  muscle, 
circulatory,  endocrine  and  nervous  systems  ofavian 
species  Laboratory  exercises  include  use  of  anesthetics, 
suturing  techniques,  use  of  a  polygraph  and 
instrumentation  for  analyzing  blood,  urine,  liver,  kidney 
and  brain  tissue. 

ANSC  462  Physiology  of  Hatchability  (1 )  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIOL 
1 05  The  physiology  of  embryonic  development  as  related 
to  principles  of  hatchability  and  problems  of  incubation 
encountered  in  the  hatchery  industry  are  discussed. 

ANTH — Anthropology 

ANTH  101  Introduction  to  Anthropology: 
Archaeology  and  Physical  Anthropology  (3)  May  be 

taken  for  credit  in  the  general  education  program .  General 
patterns  of  the  development  of  human  culture;  the 
biological  and  morphological  aspects  of  man  viewed  in 
his  cultural  setting. 

ANTH  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Cultural 
Anthropology  and  Linguistics  (3)  Social  and  cultural 
principles  as  exemplified  in  ethnographic  descriptions. 
The  study  of  language  within  the  context  ofanthropology . 

ANTH  103  Introduction  to  Primate  Social  Behavior 

(3)  An  introduction  of  the  primate  socialization  process 
as  evidenced  in  the  prosimians,  monkeys,  apes  and 
humans.  Social  organization,  function  and  ecology  will 
be  stressed  within  the  framework  of  modernethology. 

ANTH  221  Man  and  Environment  (3)  A  geographical 
introduction  to  ethnology,  emphasizing  the  relations 
between  cultural  forms  and  natural  environment. 

ANTH  241  Introduction  to  Archaeology  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  basic  aims  and  methods  of  archeological  field 
workand  interpretation,  with  emphasis  on  the 
reconstruction  ofprehistoric  ways  of  life. 

ANTH  261  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropology  (3) 

The  biological  evolution  of  man.  including  the  process  of 
race  formation,  as  revealed  by  the  study  of  the  fossil 
record  and  observation  of  modem  forms. 

ANTH  271  Language  and  Culture  (3)  Also  offered  as 
HESP  121.  A  non-technical  introduction  to  linguistics, 
with  special  consideration  of  the  relations  between 
language  and  other  aspects  of  culture. 

ANTH  298  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Anthropological 
perspectives  on  selected  topics  of  broad  general  interest . 

ANTH  361  Human  Evolution  and  Fossil  Man  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  basic  principles  of  human  evolution  as 
seen  by  comparative  anatomic  study  of  fossil  specimens. 

ANTH  371  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  basic  concepts  of  modem  descriptive  linguistics. 
Phonology,  morphology,  syntax.  Examinations  of  the 
methods  of  comparative  linguistics,  internal 
reconstruction,  dialect  geography. 

ANTH  389  Research  Problems  (1-6)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Introductory  training  in 
anthropological  research  methods.  The  student  will 
prepare  a  paper  embodying  the  results  of  an  appropriate 


combination  of  research  techniques  applied  to  a  selected 
problem  in  any  field  of  anthropology 

ANTH  397  Anthropological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  A  survey  of  the  historical 
development  and  current  emphasis  in  the  theoretical 
approaches  ot  all  fields  of  anthropology,  providing  an 
integrated  frame  of  reference  for  the  discipline  as  a 
whole 

ANTH  401  Cultural  Anthropology:  Principles  and 
Processes  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101 .  ANTH  102.  or 
ANTH  221  An  examination  of  the  nature  of  human 
culture  and  its  processes,  both  historical  and  functional 
The  approach  will  be  topical  and  theoretical  rather  than 
descriptive. 

ANTH  402  Cultural  Anthropology:  World 
Ethnography  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101.  ANTH  102, 
or  ANTH  221  A  descriptive  survey  of  the  culture  areas 
of  the  world  through  an  examination  of  the  ways  ol 
selected  representative  societies 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Oceania  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  cultures  of  Polynesia .  Micronesia .  Melanesia 
and  Australia  Theoretical  and  cultural-histoncal  problems 
will  be  emphasized 

ANTH  41 4  Ethnology  of  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites  ANTH 
101  and  ANTH  102  The  native  peoples  and  cultures  of 
Africa  and  their  historical  relationships,  with  emphasis 
on  that  portion  of  the  continent  south  of  the  Sahara. 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the  Far  East  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  major  sociopolitical  systems  of  China. 
Korea  and  Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions  will 
be  dealt  with  mpresenting  this  material. 

ANTH   423   Ethnology   of  the   Southwest  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ANTH  1 01  and  ANTH  1 02.  Culture  history, 
economic  and  social  institutions,  religion,  and  mythology 
of  the  Indians  of  the  southwest  United  States. 

ANTH   424   Ethnology  of   North   America  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  ANTH  102.  The  native 
people  and  cultures  of  North  America  north  of  Mexico 
and  their  historical  relationships,  including  the  effects  of 
contact  with  European-derived  populations. 

ANTH  426   Ethnology  of  Middle  America  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  ANTH  102.  Cultural 
background  and  modern  social,  economic  and  religious 
life  of  Indian  and  Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  central 
America;  processes  of  acculturation  and  currents  in 
cultural  development. 

ANTH  431  Social  Organization  of  Primitive  Peoples 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  ANTH  102.  A 
comparative  survey  of  the  structures  of  non-literate  and 
folk  societies,  covering  both  general  principles  and 
special  regional  developments. 

ANTH  434  Religion  of  Primitive   Peoples  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ANTH  1 01  and  ANTH  1 02.  A  survey  of  the 
religious  systems  of  primitive  and  folk  societies,  with 
emphasis  on  the  relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects  of 
culture. 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technology  and  Economy  (3)  A 

survey  of  technology,  food  economy  and  general 
economic  processes  in  non-industrial  societies. 

ANTH  437  Politics  and  Government  in  Primitive 
Society  (3)  A  combined  survey  of  politics  in  human 
societies  and  of  important  anthropological  theories 
concerning  this  aspect  of  society. 

ANTH  441    Archaeology  of  the  Old  World  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  or  ANTH  241  A  survey  of  the 
archaeological  materials  of  Europe.  Asia  and  Africa, 
with  emphasis  on  chronological  and  regional 
interrelationships. 

ANTH  451    Archaeology  of  the  New  World  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  or  ANTH  241.  A  survey  of  the 
archaeological  materials  of  North  and  South  America 
with  emphasis  on  chronological  and  regional 
interrelationships. 

ANTH  461    Human  Osteology   Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  1 01 .  A  laboratory  study  of  the  human 
skeleton,  its  morphology,  measurement,  and  anatomic 
relationships. 


1 60    ARCH  —  Architecture 


ANTH   462   Primate   Anatomy    Laboratory   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  The  gross  anatomy  ol  non- 
human  pnmates.  Laboratory  dissection  of  vanous  pnmate 
cadavers  under  supervision.  Occasional  lectures. 

ANTH  463  Primate  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101. 
A  combination  lecture  and  laboratory  examination  ot 
non-human  primates  Major  studies  ol  vanous  types  that 
have  been  undertaken  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  field. 

ANTH  465  Human  Growth  and  Constitution  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  A  laboratory  study  of  thegrowth, 
development  and  age  changes  in  the  human  body  from 
conception  through  old  age.  includinggrosspholographic. 
radiographic,  and  microscopic  study  of  growth  and 
variation 

ANTH  466  Forensic  Anthropology  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  461  or  permission  of  department.  A 
laboratory  study  of  the  methods  used  to  identify  human 
remains  by  anthropological  techniques  and  discussion 
of  the  role  ot  the  anthropologist  in  medico-legal 
investigation 

ANTH  467  Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory  study  of  human 
population  genetics,  dynamics  and  variation,  including 
anthropological  serology,  biochemistry,  dermatoglyphics 
and  hair  microscopy. 

ANTH  496  Field  Methods  in  Archaeology  (8)  Formerly 
ANTH  499.  Field  training  in  the  techniques  of 
archaeological  survey  and  excavation. 

ANTH  498  Field  Methods  in  Ethnology  (1-6)  Field 
training  in  the  collection  and  recording  of  ethnological 
data. 

APDS — Applied  Design 

APDS  332  Display  Design  (3)  Three  studio  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  APDS  330  or  equivalent. For 
advertising  design  majors  only.  Application  of  design 
principles  to  creative  display  approphate  to  exhibits, 
design  shows,  merchandising.  Display  construction. 

APDS  431  Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design 

(3)  Two  studio  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  APDS 
430.  For  advertising  design  majors  only  Advanced 
problems  in  design  and  layout  planned  for  developing 
competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of  advertising  design. 

ARCH— Architecture 

ARCH  170  Introduction  to  the  Built  Environment  (3) 

Introduction  to  conceptual,  perceptual,  behavioral  and 
technical  aspects  of  environmental  design;  methods  of 
analysis,  problem  solvingand  project  implementation. 

ARCH  217  Technology,  Human  Settlements,  and 
Shelter  (3)  A  survey  of  developments  in  technology 
through  history  and  their  impacts  and  influences  on  the 
form  and  fabric  of  human  settlements  and  shelter. 
Emphasis  on  the  technologies  most  relative  to  examples 
of  buildings  in  cities  in  North  America  and  Europe 

ARCH  220  History  of  Architecture  I  (3)  Survey  of 
Western  architectural  history  to  the  Renaissance  With 
consideration  ot  parallel  developments  in  the  Eastern 
World. 

ARCH    221     History    ot    Architecture    II    (3) 

Prerequisite:ARCH  220  or  permission  of  department. 
Survey  of  Western  architectural  history  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  Twentieth  Century.  With 
consideration  of  parallel  developments  in  the  Eastern 
World. 

ARCH  222  History  ot  Western  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  170  or  permission  of  department 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  ARCH  220, 
ARCH  22 1 .  ARTH  340  or  ARTH  34 1 .  Survey  of  the  major 
monuments  and  styles  of  western  architectural  history 
from  the  ancient  world  to  the  twentieth  century. 

ARCH  242  Drawing  I  (2)  Introduces  the  student  to  basic 
techniques  of  sketching  and  use  oh/anous  media 

ARCH  250  Survey  ot  Urban  Planning  (3)  A  survey  of 
urban  development  and  planning;  ancient  through 
modern  cities;  focus  on  the  roots  of  modem  planning  in 
191h  and  20th  century  England  and  America;  study  of  a 
planning  issue  in  the  Baltimore- Washington  Metropolitan 
area 


ARCH  31 2  Architectural  Structure*  I  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  220.  and  PHYS  122  Recommended:  ARCH 401 . 
For  ARCH  majors  only  Principles  of  behavior  displayed 
in  architectural  structural  systems,  elements  and 
materials,  equilibrium  and  stability,  distribution  of  forces 
and  stresses,  strength  and  stiffness  Resolutions  of 
forces,  reaclions,  movements,  shears,  deflection,  and 
buckling  of  systems  and  elements 

ARCH  313  Environmental  Control  and  Systems  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  220.  PHYS  122.  ARCH  401  For 
majors  only.  Theory,  quantification,  and  architectural 
design  applications  for  mechanical  systems  and 
acoustics. 

ARCH  343  Drawing  II:  Line  Drawing  (2)  Studio,  tour 
hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  400  or  permission 
of  department.  Basic  free  hand  line  drawing  for 
architectural  perception  and  design. 

ARCH  375  Architectural  Construction  and  Materials 

(3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  220,  PHYS  1 22.  For  majors  only 
Construction  processes  of  building;  related  terminology; 
review  of  primary  building  materials;  physical 
characteristics;  use  and  performance  of  materials  as 
related  to  environmental  forces. 

ARCH  400  Architecture  Studio  I  (6)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  majors  only.  Introduction  to  the  processes  of 
visual  and  architectural  design  including  field  problems. 

ARCH  401  Architecture  Studio  II  (6)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  400  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  For  ARCH  majors 
only  Continuation  of  ARCH  400. 

ARCH  402  Architecture  Studio  III  (6)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  401  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  For  ARCH  maiors 
only.  Design  projects  involving  the  elements  of 
environmental  control,  basic  structural  systems,  building 
processes  and  materials. 

ARCH  403  Architecture  Studio  IV  (6)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  402  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  For  ARCH  majors 
only.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio  per 
week.  Design  projects  involving  forms  generated  by 
different  structural  systems,  environmental  controls  and 
methods  of  construction. 

ARCH  408  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  Studio  (1- 

6)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  403  or  equivalent  and  permission 
of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 
Topical  problems  in  architecture  andurban  design. 

ARCH  412  Architectural  Structures  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  312.  ARCH  400.  For  ARCH  majors  only  Design 
of  steel,  timber,  and  reinforced  concrete  elements,  and 
subsystems;  analysis  of  architectural  building  systems 
Introduction  to  design  for  both  natural  and  man-made 
hazards. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  For  Buildings 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  3 1 3  or  permission  of  department 
Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating, 
cooling,  hot  water,  and  electricity  for  buildings  and 
related  techniques  for  reducing  energy  consumption. 

ARCH  41 5  Environmental  Control  and  Systems  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  313,  ARCH  402.  For  ARCH  majors 
only.  Theory,  quantification,  and  architectural  design 
applications  for  water  systems,  fire  protection,  electrical 
systems,  illumination,  signal  equipment,  and 
transportation  systems 

ARCH  418  Selected  Topics  In  Architectural  Science 
(1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable 

to  7  credits  if  content  differs. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
Science  (1-4)  Repeatable  to  7  credits  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the 
curriculum  committee. 

ARCH  420  History  of  American  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  permission  of  department 
American  architecture  from  the  late  17th  to  the  20th 
century 

ARCH  422  History  of  Greek  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ARCH  220  or  permission  of  department 
Survey  of  Greek  architecture  from  750-100  B  C 


ARCH  423  History  of  Roman  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ARCH  220  or  permission  of  departmenl 
Survey  of  Roman  architecture  from  500  B  C  To  AD 
325 

ARCH  427  Theories  of  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  221  or  permission  of  department  For  ARCH 
maiors  only  Selected  historical  and  modern  theones  of 
architectural  design 

ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  History 
(1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  7  credits  if  content  differs. 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
History  (1-4)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the 

cumculum  committee 

ARCH  432  History  of  Medieval  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  220  or  permission  of  department 
Architecture  of  western  Europe  from  the  early  Chnstian 
and  Byzantine  periods  through  the  late  Gothic,  with 
consideration  of  parallel  developments  in  the  eastern 
world. 

ARCH  433  History  of  Renaissance  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite  ARCH  221  or  permission  of  departmenl. 
Renaissance  architectural  pnnciples  and  trends  in  the 
15th  and  16th  centuries  and  their  modifications  in  the 
Baroque  period. 

ARCH  434  History  of  Modern  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  permission  ol  department 
Architectural  trends  and  principles  from  1750  to  the 
present,  with  emphasis  on  developments  since  the  mid- 
19th  century. 

ARCH  436  History  of  Islamic  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  220  or  permission  of  department 
Survey  of  Islamic  architecture  from  the  seventh  through 
the  eighteenth  century. 

ARCH  437  History  of  Pre-Columbian  Architecture  (3) 

Architecture  of  Pre-Columbian  Mexico  and  Central 
America  from  the  Pre-Classic  Penod  through  the  Spanish 
conquest. 

ARCH  442  Studies  In  Visual  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 

ARCH  401 .  Studio  work  in  visual  design  independent  ol 
architectural  problem  solving 

ARCH  445  Visual  Analysis  of  Architecture  (3)  Two 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  studio  per  week 
Prerequisite:  ARCH  401  and  ARCH  343.  or  permission 
of  department  Visual  pnnciples  of  architectural  design 
through  graphic  analysis. 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  In  Visual  Studies  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  7 
credits  if  content  differs 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  In  Visual  Studies  (1  - 
4)  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  cumculum 
committee. 

ARCH  450  Introduction  to  Urban  Planning  (3) 

Introduction  to  city  planning  theory,  methodology  and 
techniques,  dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural, 
economic,  social  aspectsof  the  city,  urban  planning  as  a 
process  Architectural  majors  orby  permission  ol  the 
instructor  Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week 

ARCH  451  Urban  Design  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite 
ARCH  350  or  permission  ol  department  Advanced 
investigation  into  problems  of  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
the  design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and  complexes  with 
emphasis  on  physical  and  social  considerations,  effects 
of  public  policies,  through  case  studies  Field 
observations 

ARCH  453  Urban  Problems  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  departmenl  A  case  study  ol  urban 
development  issues,  dealing  pnmanly  with  socio- 
economic aspects  ot  changes  in  the  built  environment 

ARCH  454  Theories  of  Urban  Form  (3)  Theones  ol 
planning  and  design  ol  urban  spaces,  buildingcomplexes 
and  new  communities 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  In  Urban  Planning  (1-4) 
Prerequisite  permission  of  departmenl  Repeatable  to  7 
credits  if  content  differs 


ARSC  —  Air  Science    161 


ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  In  Urban  Planning 
(1-4)  Repealable  lo  6  credits  Proposed  work  must  have 
a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum 
committee 

ARCH  460  Site  Analysis  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  ma|ors  only  or  permission  ol  department 
Pnnciples  and  methods  ol  site  analysis,  the  inlluence  ol 
natural  and  man-made  site  factors  on  site  design  and 
architectural  form 

ARCH  461  Design  and  Energy  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  402  and  ARCH  415  Energy  strategies  in  building 
related  to  the  broader  context  of  architectural  problem 
solving 

ARCH  470  Computer  Applications  In  Architecture 

(3)  Prerequisite  ARCH  400  or  permission  of  department 
Introduction  to  computer  programming  and  utilization, 
with  emphasis  on  architectural  applications. 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  in  Architecture 
(3)  Introduction  to  economic  factors  influencing 
architectural  form  and  design  .including  land  economics, 
real  estate,  financing,  proiect  development,  financial 
planning,  construction  and  cost  control. 

ARCH  478  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  (1-4) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  7 
credits  il  content  differs 

ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  in  Architecture  (1-4) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum 
committee. 

ARCH  480  Problems  and  Methods  of  Architectural 
Preservation  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  420  or  permission 
of  department  Theory  and  practice  of  preservation  in 
America,  with  emphasis  on  the  problems  and  techniques 
of  community  preservation. 

ARCH  481   The  Architect   in  Archaeology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  The  role  of  the 
architect  in  field  archaeology  and  the  analysis  of 
excavating,  recording,  and  publishing  selected 
archaeological  expeditions. 

ARCH  482  The  Archaeology  of  Roman  and  Byzantine 
Palestine  (3)  Archaeological  sites  in  Palestine  (Israel 
and  Jordan)  from  the  reign  of  Herod  the  Great  to  the 
Moslem  conquest 

ARCH  483  Field  Archaeology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Participation  in  field 
archaeology  with  an  excavation  officially  recognized  by 
proper  authorities  of  local  government. 

ARCH  488  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural 
Preservation  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  7  credits  if  content  differs. 

ARCH  489  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural 
Preservation  (1-4)  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Proposed 
work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval 
of  the  curriculum  committee. 

AREC — Agriculture  and  Resource 

Economics 

AREC  227  Marketing  Agricultural  Products  (3)  The 

development  of  marketing,  its  scope,  channels,  and 
agencies  of  distribution,  functions,  costs,  methods  used 
and  services  rendered. 

AREC  240  Environment  and  Human  Ecology  (3) 

Costs  and  social  impacts  of  pollution  and  human  crowding 
in  the  modem  environment.  The  economic,  legal  and 
institutional  causes  of  these  problems.  Public  policy 
approaches  to  solutions  and  the  costs  and  benefits  of 
alternative  solutions. 

AREC  250  Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  (3)  An  introduction  to  economic  principles 
of  production,  marketing,  agricultural  prices  and  incomes, 
farm  labor,  credit,  agricultural  policies,  and  government 
programs. 

AREC  306  Farm  Management  (3)  The  organization  and 
operation  of  the  farm  business  to  obtain  an  income 
consistent  with  family  resources  and  objectives. 
Principles  of  production  economics  and  other  related 
fields  as  applied  to  the  individual  farm  business. 


Laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  tnps 
and  other  practical  exercises 

AREC  310  Horse  Industry  Economlcs(3)Prerequisites: 
AREC  250  and  ECON  203  and  ANSC  1 0 1  or  permission 
ol  department  Economic  forces  affecting  the  horse 
industry  and  the  economic  tools  required  by  horse  farm 
managers,  trainers  and  others  in  the  industry  The 
business  aspects  of  the  horse  industry,  emphasizing  the 
applied  analysis  of  economic  factors. 

AREC  365  World  Hunger,  Population,  and  Food 
Supplies  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  problem  of  world 
hunger  and  possible  solutions  to  il  World  demand, 
supply,  and  distribution  of  food.  Alternatives  for  leveling 
off  world  food  demand,  increasing  the  supply  of  food, 
and  improving  its  distribution.  Environmental  limitations 
to  increasing  world  lood  production 

AREC  398  Seminar  (1 )  Students  will  obtain  experience 
in  the  selection  Preparation  and  presentation  of 
economic  topics  and  problems  which  will  be  subjected  to 
cntical  analysis. 

AREC  399  Special  Problems  (1-2)  Concentrated 
reading  and  study  in  some  phase  of  problem  in  agricultural 
economics. 

AREC  404  Prices  of  Agricultural  Products  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  403.  An  introduction  to  agricultural 
price  behavior.  The  use  of  price  information  in  the 
decision-making  process,  the  relation  of  supply  and 
demand  in  determining  agncultural  prices,  and  the  relation 
of  prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  of  processing 
in  the  marketing  system.  Elementary  methods  of  price 
analysis,  the  concept  of  parity  and  the  role  of  price 
support  programs  in  agricultural  decisions. 

AREC  405  Economics  of  Agricultural  Production  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  403  and  MATH  220.  The  use  and 
application  of  production  economics  in  agriculture  and 
resource  industries  through  graphical  and  mathematical 
approaches.  Production  functions,  cost  functions, 
multiple  product  and  joint  production,  and  production 
processes  through  time. 

AREC  407  Agricultural  Finance(3)  Prerequisite:  AREC 
250.  Application  of  economic  principles  to  develop  criteria 
for  a  sound  farm  business,  including  credit  source  and 
use,  preparing  and  filing  income  tax  returns,  methods  of 
appraising  farm  properties,  the  summary  and  analysis  of 
farm  records,  leading  to  effective  control  and  profitable 
operation  of  the  farm  business. 

AREC  414  Agricultural  Business  Management  (3) 

Prerequisite:  AREC  250.  The  different  forms  of 
businesses.  Management  functions,  business  indicators, 
measures  of  performance,  and  operational  analysis. 
Case  studies  are  used  to  show  applications  of 
management  techniques. 

AREC  427  Economics  of  Agricultural  Marketing 
Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  AREC  250  Basic  economic 
theory  as  applied  to  the  marketing  of  agncultural  products, 
including  price,  cost,  and  financial  analysis.  Current 
developmentsaffecting  market  structure  includingeffects 
of  contractual  arrangement,  vertical  integration, 
governmental  policies  and  regulation. 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Policy 

(3)  Development  of  natural  resource  policy  and  analysis 
of  the  evolution  of  public  intervention  in  the  use  of  natural 
resources.  Examination  of  present  policies  and  of  conflicts 
between  private  individuals,  public  interest  groups,  and 
government  agencies. 

AREC  433   Food  and   Agricultural   Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  AREC  250.  Economic  and  political  context 
of  governmental  involvement  in  the  farm  and  food  sector. 
Historical  programs  and  current  policy  issues.  Analysis 
of  economic  effects  of  agricultural  programs,  their 
benefitsand  costs,  and  companson  of  policy  alternatives. 
Analyzes  the  interrelationship  among  international 
development,  agricultural  trade  and  general  economic 
and  domestic  agricultural  policies. 

AREC  445  Agricultural  Development  in  the  Third 
World  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or  ECON  205  or 
AREC  250.  Development  theories,  the  role  of  agriculture 
in  economic  development,  the  agricultural  policy 
environment,  policies  impacting  on  rural  income  and 
equity,  environmental  impacts  of  agricultural 
development. 


AREC  453  Natural  Resources  and  Public  Policy  (3) 
Prerequisite  AREC  250  and  ECON  203  Rational  use 
and  reuse  of  natural  resources  Theory,  methodology, 
and  policies  concerned  with  the  allocation  of  natural 
resources  among  alternative  uses  Optimum  state  of 
conservation,  market  failure,  safe  minimum  standard, 
and  cost-benefit  analysis. 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Econometrics  In 
Agriculture  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  application  ol 
econometric  techniques  to  agricultural  problems  with 
emphasis  on  the  assumptions  and  computational 
techniques  necessary  lo  derive  statistical  estimates, 
test  hypolheses.  and  make  predictions  with  the  use  of 
single  equation  models.  Includes  linear  and  non-linear 
regression  models,  internal  least  squares,  discriminant 
analysis  and  factor  analysis 

AREC  489  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural  and 
Resources  Economics  (3)  Repeatable  to  9  credits 

ARHU — Arts  and  Humanities 

ARHU  308  Critical  Eras:  An  Interdisciplinary  View  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  An 
interdisciplinary  exploration  of  a  critical  penod.  ranging 
from  a  year  to  an  era ,  stressing  the  relationship  between 
different  forms  of  human  expression  and  the  social 
milieu. 

ARHU  309  Forms  and  Forces  of  Human  Experience: 
An  Interdisciplinary  Exploration  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  at  least  one  of  the  departments  participating  in 
the  particular  section.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs.  An  interdisciplinary  analysis  of  a  particular  social 
or  cultural  topic,  attitude,  or  concern. 

ARSC— Air  Science 

ARSC  100  The  Air  Force  Today  1(1)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per  week.  Study  of  U.S.  Air 
Force  in  contemporary  society.  Survey  ol  Air  Force 
doctrine,  mission,  organization  and  systems.  Freshman 
course  for  AFROTC  Cadets.  Open  to  all  university 
students. 

ARSC  101  The  Air  Force  Today  II  (1)  Continuation  of 
ARSC  100  The  mission,  organization  and  systems  of 
U.S.  Air  Force  offensive,  defensive,  and  aerospace 
support  forces  and  the  use  of  these  forces  to  support 
contemporary  societal  demands.  Freshman  year  course 
for  AFROTC  cadets  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  1 1 0  Fundamentals  of  Flying  (1 )  A  study  of  basic 
aviation  knowledge  lor  the  beginning  student  pilot.  The 
basic  principles  of  flight;  simple  aerodynamics,  a 
description  of  aircraft  systems  and  flight  instruments, 
basic  meteorology,  the  use  of  the  flight  computer  for 
simple  flight  computations  and  visual  flight  operations 
(VFR). 

ARSC  200  The  Development  of  Air  Power  I  (1) 

Development  of  air  power  from  balloons  and  dirigibles 
through  employment  in  World  War  I  and  II.  Chronological 
approach  to  growth  of  air  power  in  response  to  civil  and 
military  requirements.  Sophomore  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  201  The  Development  of  Air  Power  II  (1)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Growth  and  development  of  air  power  and  aerospace 
support  forces  from  1 945  in  response  to  Korea,  the  Cold 
War,  Southeast  Asia,  and  the  Space  Age.  The  peaceful 
employment  of  aerospace  forces  for  relief  and  civic 
action  program.  Sophomore  year  course  for  AFROTC 
cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  205  The  U.S.  Air  Force  and  Air  Power  (4)  Open 
only  to  applicants  selected  by  AFROTC  to  compete  for 
entrance  into  the  two-year  AFROTC  program  as  a 
contract  cadet.  Six  week  field  training  session  held 
during  summer  months  at  designated  Air  Force  bases. 
Successful  completion  is  a  pre-requisite  for  acceptance 
into  the  two  year  AFROTC  program  Course  content 
consists  of  a  combination  of  academics,  physical  training 
and  leadership  laboratory  expenences  approximating 
those  four  year  cadets  gain  in  ARSC  1 00/1 01  and  ARSC 
200/201. 

ARSC  310  Management  and  Leadership  I  (3)  Study  of 
management  functions,  techniques  and  skills.  Emphasis 
on  application  of  same  in  laboratory  environment 
structured  to  approximate  a  contemporary  military  or 
bureaucratic  organization.  Junior  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 


162    ARTT  —  Art  Studio 


ARSC   311    Management  and   Leadership  II  (3) 

Continuation  in  study  and  application  ot  management 
and  leadership  skills  to  a  contemporary  military 
environment  Emphasis  on  leadership,  the  uniform  code 
of  military  |ustice  and  current  issues  tor  the  military 
manager  and  leaders  Junior  year  course  tor  AFROTC 
cadets  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  320  National  Security  Forces  In  Contemporary 
American  Society  I  (3)  The  role  of  the  military  profession 
in  contemporary  American  society;  its  responsibilities  to 
society  and  its  impact  on  society.  The  definition, 
development  and  alteration  of  defense  policy  in 
supporting  national  objectives  Senior  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  321  National  Security  Forces  in  Contemporary 
American  Society  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  the  study  on 
the  lormulation,  development  and  alteration  of  strategy 
and  of  the  (actors  in  the  modern  world  which  necessitate 
the  continuous  reassessment  of  Amencan  defense  policy 
Investigation  of  the  interplay  of  vanous  governmental 
agencies  in  the  formulation  of  American  defense  policy 
Senior  year  AFROTC  course.  Open  to  all  university 
students 

ARTE — Art  Education 

ARTE  100  Fundamentals  of  Art  Education  (3)  Two 

hours  of  laboratory  and  two  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Fundamental  principles  of  the  visual  arts  for  teaching  on 
the  elementary  level.  Elements  and  principles  of  design 
and  theory  of  color.  Studio  practice  in  different  media. 

ARTH— Art  History  and  Archaeology 

ARTH  100  Introduction  to  Art  (3)  Major  approaches  to 
understanding  the  visual  arts,  and  includes  analysis  of 
techniques,  subject  matter,  and  form.  Painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  the  graphic  arts. 

ARTH  200  Art  of  the  Western  World  I  (3)  Formerly  ARTH 
260.  Painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  from  prehistoric 
times  to  the  Renaissance. 

ARTH  201  Art  o(  the  Western  World  II  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH  261  Painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  from 
the  Renaissance  to  the  present. 

ARTH  275  Art  of  Africa  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  284. 
Appreciation  of  the  art  of  African  cultures.  A  survey  of 
African  culture  through  painting,  sculpture,  and 
architecture  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  present. 

ARTH  290  Art  of  Asia  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  262.  South 
and  East  Asian  art  from  prehistory  through  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century 

ARTH  355  Twentieth-Century  Art  (3)  Survey  of  major 
trends  in  painting  and  sculpture,  in  Europe  and  America. 
from  approximately  1900  to  the  present. 

ARTH  380  Masterpieces  of  Painting  (3)  Formerly  ARTH 
320.  Selected  masterworks  of  painting,  revealing  the 
creative  process,  artistic  personality,  and  cultural  contex< 
of  these  works. 

ARTH  381  Masterpieces  of  Sculpture  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH 330  Selected masterworksof sculpture,  revealing 
the  creative  process,  artistic  personality,  and  cultural 
context  of  these  works. 

ARTH  382  Masterpieces  ot  Architecture  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH  340  Selected  masterworks  of  architecture, 
revealing  the  creative  process,  artistic  personality,  and 
cultural  context  ot  these  works. 

ARTH  390  Art  of  China  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  406  A 
chronological  survey  of  Chinese  painting,  sculpture,  and 
the  applied  arts 

ARTH  395  Art  of  Japan  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  407  A 
chronological  survey  of  Japanese  painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  the  applied  arts 

ARTH  400  Egyptian  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH  404.  Sites  and  monuments  of  painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  the  minor  arts  of  ancient  Egypt  from 
earliest  limes  through  the  Roman  conquest  Emphasis 
on  the  pharaonic  period 

ARTH  401  Aegean  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Formerty 
ARTH  404  Sites  and  monuments  of  painting,  sculpture, 
architecture,  and  the  minor  arts  of  Crete,  the  Cycladic 
islands,  and  the  Greek  mainland  from  the  earliest  times 
to  the  downfall  of  the  Mycenaean 


ARTH  402  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Sites  and 
monuments  of  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the 
minor  arts  from  the  Geometric  through  the  Hellenistic 
penod  with  emphasis  on  mainland  Greece  in  the  Archaic 
and  Classical  periods 

ARTH  403  Roman  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Sites  and 
monuments  ol  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the 
minor  arts  from  the  earliest  times  through  the  third 
century  A. D.  with  emphasis  on  the  Italian  peninsula  from 
the  Etruscan  period  through  thai  of  Imperial  Rome 

ARTH  405  Late  Roman  and  Early  Christian  Art  (3) 

Formerly  ARTH  410  Painting,  sculpture,  architecture, 
and  the  minor  arts  from  the  early  third  century  through 
the  sixth  century  AD. 

ARTH  406  Byzantine  Art  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  411 
Painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the  minor  arts  from 
the  seventh  century  to  1453  A.D. 

ARTH  410  Early  Medieval  Art  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  412 
Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  in  Western  Europe, 
ca.  500-1150. 

ARTH  41 1  Gothic  Art  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  413  Painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture  in  Western  Europe,  ca.  1 1 50- 
1400. 


ARTH  41 5  Italian  Renaissance  Art  (3)  Formerly  ARTH 
424.  Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  of  the  fifteenth 
and  sixteenth  centuries. 

ARTH  418  Special  Problems  in  Italian  Renaissance 

Art  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Focus 
upon  Aspects  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of 
Renaissance. 

ARTH  420  Fourteenth  and  Fifteenth-Century  Northern 
European  Art  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  416.  The  art  of  northern 
Europe  with  an  emphasis  on  painting  in  the  Netherlands 
and  France 

ARTH  425  Sixteenth-Century  Northern  European 
Painting  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  417.  Painting  in  France, 
Germany,  England,  and  the  Low  Countries  during  the 
Renaissance  and  Reformation. 

ARTH  426  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Sculpture  in 
Northern  Europe  (3)  Sculpture  in  France,  Germany. 
England,  and  the  Low  Countries  from  the  fourteenth  to 
the  seventeenth  century. 

ARTH  430  Seventeenth-Century  European  Art  (3) 

Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  concentrating  on 
Italy,  Spain,  France,  and  England. 

ARTH  435  Seventeenth-Century  Art  in  the 
Netherlands  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  431  Painting,  sculpture 
and  architecture  in  seventeenth-century  Netherlands. 

ARTH  443  Eighteenth-Century  European  Art  (3)  From 
the  Rococo  to  Neo-classicism,  major  developments  in 
painting,  architecture,  sculpture,  and  the  landscape 
garden  in  eighteenth-century  France.  England.  Italy. 
Spain,  and  Germany. 

ARTH  444  British  Painting,  Hogarth  to  the  Pre- 

Raphaelltes  (3)  A  survey  of  British  painting  focusing  on 
the  establishment  of  a  strong  native  school  in  the  genres 
of  history  painting,  narrative  sub|ects,  portraiture,  sporting 
art,  and  landscape 

ARTH  445  Nineteenth-Century  European  Art  to  1850 
(3)  Formerly  ARTH  440  The  maior  trends  from  Neo- 
Classicism  to  Romanticism  in  painting,  sculpture  and 
architecture  in  Europe 

ARTH  446  Nineteenth-Century  European  Art  from 
1850  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  441  The  maior  trends  Irom 
Realism  through  Impressionism  lo  Symbolism  and  Art 
Nouveau.  in  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 

ARTH  452  Nineteenth-Century  Black  American  Art 
(3)  Formerly  ARTH  473  The  visual  arts  ol  Black 
Americans  Irom  the  Colonial  period  through  the 
nineteenth  century,  including  crafts  and  decorative  arts 


ARTH  453  History  of  American  Art  to  1 876  (3)  Painting, 
sculpture,  architecture,  and  decorative  arts  in  North 
America  from  the  colonial  penod  to  1876 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Century 
Sculpture  (3)  Trends  in  sculpture  Irom  Neo-Classiasm 
lo  the  present 

ARTH  455  Twentieth-Century  Art  to  1 945  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH  450  Painting,  sculpture  andarchilecture  in  Europe 
and  America  from  the  late  nineteenth  century  to  the  end 
ol  World  War  II. 

ARTH  456  Twentieth-Century  Art  from  1945  (3) 
Formerly  ARTH  451  Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture 
in  Europe  and  Amenca  from  1945  lo  the  present 

ARTH  457  History  of  Photography  (3)  Formerly 
ARTH452  History  of  photography  as  art  from  its  inception 

in  1839  to  the  present 

ARTH  460  American  Art  Since  1876  (3)  Formerly  ARTH 
477  Painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the  decorative 
arts  in  North  America  after  1876. 

ARTH  462  Twentieth-Century  Black  American  Art  (3) 

Formerly  ARTH  474  The  visual  arts  of  Black  Amencans 
in  the  twentieth  century,  including  crafts  and  decorative 
arts. 

ARTH  466  Feminist  Perspectives  on  Women  In  Art 
(3)  Principal  focus  on  European  and  Amencan  women 
artists  ot  the  1 9th  and  20th  centunes,  in  the  context  of  the 
new  scholarship  on  women. 

ARTH  470  Latin  American  Art  and  Archaeology 
before  1500  (3)  Pre-Hispanic  painting,  sculpture,  and 
architecture,  with  a  focus  on  the  major  archaeological 
monuments  of  Mexico 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art  and  Archaeology  after 
1500  (3)  The  effect  of  mingling  European  visual  ideas 
with  pre-Hispanic  traditions  The  formation  of  Latin 
American  colonial  art  How  native  Amencan  people 
transformed  European  ideas  and  forms 

ARTH  475  Ancient  Art  of  Africa  (3)  Formerly  ARTH 
462.  Art  of  the  Afncan  continent  from  rock  art  through  the 
nineteenth  century  The  cultural  meaning  of  painting, 
sculpture,  architecture,  and  artifacts  Irom  major 
archeological  sites. 

ARTH  476  Living  Art  of  Africa  (3)  Formerly  ARTH  463 
Art  styles  among  the  segmentary,  centralized  and 
nomadic  people  of  Africa  The  iconography  and  function 
of  their  art  and  its  relationship  to  their  vanous  societies, 
cults  and  ceremonies 

ARTH  483  Structure  and  Analysis  of  Art  (3)  Basic 
concepts  of  structuralism  applied  to  the  analysis  of  art 
Visual  examples,  including  photography,  cartoons, 
painting,  and  sculpture,  emphasize  the  underlying  logic 
of  narrative  themes  in  Western  art  ranging  from  the  time 
of  Giotlo  to  the  present 

ARTH  489  Special  Topics  in  Art  History  (3) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Repeatable  lo  6 
credits 

ARTH  490  Chinese  Painting  (3)  Chinese  painting  history 
Irom  the  second  century  B  C  through  the  twentieth 
century,  covering  cultural  stylistic  and  theoretical 
aspects 

ARTH  495  Japanese  Painting  (3)  Formerty  ARTH  405 
Japanese  painting  from  the  sixth  through  the  nineteenth 
century,  including  Buddhist  icon  painting,  narrative  scrolls, 
and  Zen-related  ink  painting 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  I  (2-3) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Repeatable  if 
content  differs.  Junior  standing 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  II  (2-3) 

ARTT— Art  Studio 

ARTT  100  Elements  of  Two-Dimensional  Form  and 
Space  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week  Formerly  ARTS  1 00  Pnnciples  and  elements 
ol  pictonal  space  examined  through  the  manipulation 
and  organization  of  vanous  malenals 


ASTR  —  Astronomy     163 


ARTT  110  Elements  of  Drawing  I  (3)  Six  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Formerly  ARTS  110  Media  and 
related  techniques  to  depict  still-lite.  Iigure  and  nature 

ARTT  150  Introduction  to  Art  Theory  (3)  Examination 
ol  contemporary  art,  review  ol  global,  philosophic  and 
cntical  positions  by  the  examination  ot  works  ol  art 

ARTT  200  Elements  ot  Three-Dlmenslonal  Form  and 
Space  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  ot  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  ARTT  100  Formerly  ARTS  200 
Three-dimensional  lorm  and  space  examined  through 
the  manipulation  and  organization  ot  vanous  materials 

ARTT  208  Intermediate  Special  Topics  In  Studio  Art 
(3)  Six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites 
ARTT  1 10.  and  ARTT  200  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs  Formerly  ARTS  208  Development  ot 
student's  work  on  an  intermediate  studio  level  within  the 
context  ol  a  special  topic 

ARTT  210  Elements  ot  Drawing  II  (3)  Six  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ARTT  1 10  Formerly 
ARTS  210  Continuation  ot  ARTT  110  with  additional 
emphasis  on  pictorial  space. 

ARTT  215  Anatomical  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  ARTT  210  or 
permission  ot  department  Formerly  ARTS  2 1 5  A  drawing 
course  based  on  the  study  ot  anatomical  structure 
emphasizing  the  human  body 

ARTT  277  Architectural  Presentation  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites  ARTT  100;  and 
ARTT  110  Formerly  ARTS  277.  Techniques  of  wash 
and  watercolor  in  architectural,  interior  and  landscape 
architectural  rendering 

ARTT  320  Elements  ot  Painting  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  ARTT  210  Formerly 
ARTS  320.  Basic  tools  and  language  of  painting  Oil  and/ 
or  water-based  paints. 

ARTT  330  Elements  of  Sculpture:  Metal  Casting  (3) 
Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  ARTT 
200:  and  ARTT  21 0  Formerly  ARTS  330  Basic  sculptural 
techniques  and  processes  related  to  metal  casting. 

ARTT  331  Elements  of  Sculpture:  Steel  (3)  Six  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  ARTT  200;  and 
ARTT  210  Basic  techniques  related  to  steel  fabricated 
sculpture;  torch  cutting  and  welding,  arc  welding,  hot 
forging. 

ARTT  332  Elements  of  Sculpture:  Stone  (3)  Six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  ARTT  200;  and 
ARTT  210  Formerly  ARTT  335.  Basic  sculptural 
techniques  and  processes  using  stone  and  related 
materials 

ARTT  333  Elements  of  Sculpture:  Wood  and  Mixed 
Media  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ARTT  200;  and  ARTT  210.  Basic  sculptural  techniques 
and  processes  using  wood  and  mixed  media. 

ARTT  334  Elements  ot  Sculpture:  Construction  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARTT 
210.  Formerly  ARTS  334.  Basic  techniques  and 
processes  related  to  metals,  plastics,  fiberglass  and 
wood  construction. 

ARTT  340  Elements  of  Prlntmaking:  Intaglio  (3)  Six 

hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ARTT  210. 
Formerly  ARTS  340.  Basic  techniques  and  processes 
related  to  etching,  aquatint  and  drypoint 

ARTT  341  Elements  of  Printmaking:  Woodcut  and 
Relief  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:ARTT  210.  Formerly  ARTS  341  Basic 
techniques  and  processes  related  to  woodcuts,  linocuts 
and  other  relief  media. 

ARTT  342  Elements  of  Printmaking:  Col lagraphy  (3) 
Six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ARTT 
210.  Formerly  ARTS  342.  Basic  techniques  and 
processes  related  to  collagraph  pnnting. 

ARTT  343  Elements  of  Printmaking:  Screen  Printing 

(3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ARTT 
210.  Formerly  ARTS  343.  Basic  techniques  and 
processes  related  to  serigraph  and  silkscreen  printing. 

ARTT  344  Elements  of  Printmaking:  Lithography  (3) 
Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ARTT 


210.  Formerly  ARTS  344  Basic  techniques  and 
processes  related  to  drawing,  preparing  and  printing 
images  on  lithograph  stones  or  plates 

ARTT  404  Experiments  In  Visual  Processes  (3)  Six 

hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  ARTT  220  or 
ARTT  330  or  ARTT  340  Formerly  ARTS  404 
Investigation  and  execution  ol  process  onenled  art 
Group  and  individual  experimental  protects. 

ARTT  41 8  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  ARTT  210  Repeatable  to  12  credits. 
Formerly  ARTS  418  Original  compositions  Irom  the 
figure  and  nature,  supplemented  by  problems  ol  personal 
and  expressive  drawing 

ARTT  428  Painting  (3)  Six  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  ARTT  320  Repeatable  to  12  credits 
Formerly  ARTS  428  Original  compositions  based  upon 
nature.  Iigure.  still  life  and  expressive  painting 
emphasizing  development  ol  personal  directions. 

ARTT  438  Sculpture  (3)  Six  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisites:  one  300-level  sculpture  course; 
and  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  1 2  credits. 
Formerly  ARTS  438.  Continuation  of  300-level  elements 
of  sculpture  courses  with  emphasis  on  developing 
personal  directions  in  chosen  media. 

ARTT  448  Printmaking  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  one  300-level  printmaking  course; 
and  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  1 2  credits 
Formerly  ARTS  448.  Continuation  of  300-level  elements 
of  printmaking  courses  with  emphasis  on  developing 
personal  directions  in  chosen  media. 

ARTT  460  Seminar  in  Art  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Senior  standing  Exploration 
of  relationship  between  content  and  processes  ol  art  in 
a  contemporary  multi-cultural  context. 

ARTT  461  Readings  in  Art  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
senior  standing  or  permission  of  department  Reading 
and  critical  analysis  in  contemporary  art. 

ARTT  462  Artist's  Survival  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite: 
senior  standing  or  permission  of  department.  Business 
aspects  of  being  an  artist  with  emphasis  on  starting  and 
maintaining  a  professional  career 

ARTT  468  Seminar  on  the  Interrelationship  between 
Art  and  Art  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Formerly  ARTS  468  The  relationship  between  a  student's 
work  and  the  theoretical  context  of  contemporary  art. 

ARTT  478  Papermaking  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Traditional  and 
contemporary  Western  papermaking  techniques  with 
emphasis  on  creative  approaches  and  continued 
individual  artistic  growth. 

ARTT  489  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Studio  Art  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Formerly  ARTS  489.  Development  of  student's  work  on 
an  advanced  studio  level  within  the  context  of  a  special 
topic 

ARTT  498  Directed  Studies  In  Studio  Art  (2-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  For  advanced 
students.  Repeatable  if  content  differs.  Formerly  ARTS 
498. 

ASTR— Astronomy 

ASTR  100  Introduction  to  Astronomy  (3)  Credit  for 
ASTR  100  cannot  be  obtained  after,  or  simultaneously 
with ,  receiving  credit  for  any  astronomy  course  numbered 
150  or  higher.  An  elementary  course  in  descriptive 
astronomy,  especially  appropriate  for  non-science 
students.  Sun.  moon,  planets,  stars  and  nebulae, 
galaxies,  evolution. 

ASTR  101  General  Astronomy  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  two  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  completed  ASTR  100  or  any  astronomy 
course  numbered  higher  than  100.  Descriptive 
astronomy,  appropriate  lor  non-science  majors.  Sun, 
moon,  planets,  stars,  nebulae,  galaxies  and  evolution 
Laboratory  exercises  include  use  of  photographic 
material,  computer  simulations  and  observing  sessions 
if  weather  permits. 


ASTR  110  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1)  Two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite  ASTR  100 
Exercises  include  use  ol  photographs  of  moon,  stars, 
nebulae  and  galaxies  and  spectra;  experiments 
demonstrating  scientific  concepts  used  in  astronomy 
Daytime  and  nighttime  observations  it  wealher  permits 
Appropriate  lor  non-science  majors 

ASTR  1 1 1  Observational  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1) 
Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Corequisite  ASTR 
100  Single  evening  laboratory  proiects  plus  semester- 
long  observing  protects  involving  work  both  in  and  out  of 
class.  Lunar  surface  features;  the  night-time  sky. 
changing  positions  of  sun,  moon,  and  planets;  stellar 
spectra;  observation  of  stars  and  nebulae  in  our  galaxy 

ASTR  200  Introductory  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 
(3)  Pre-  or  corequisite  MATH  140  For  science, 
mathematics ,  computer  science  and  engineering  majors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following: 
ASTR  100  or  ASTR  200  Survey  ol  astronomy,  including 
explorations  ol  the  solar  system,  the  kinds  of  stars  and 
galaxies  we  observe  Audiovisuals,  emphasis  on  aspects 
that  can  be  treated  in  some  detail  within  students' 
backgrounds. 

ASTR  210  Practical  Astronomy  (2-3)  One  hour  ot 
lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  ASTR  200;  and  MATH  140  2-3  credits, 
according  to  work  done  Designed  pnmanly  for  astronomy 
majors  to  give  the  student  familiarity  with  techniques 
used  by  astronomers  and  an  understanding  ol  how 
astronomical  data  are  obtained.  Students  registered  for 
2  credits  will  not  be  required  to  do  all  the  exercises. 
Coordinate  systems,  optics,  photometry,  binary  stars, 
distance  determination.  Hertzsprung-Russel  diagram, 
solar  observations,  moon,  galactic  structure,  and 
galaxies. 

ASTR  288  Special  Projects  In  Astronomy  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to6 
credits.  Independent  study,  short  research  projects, 
tutorial  reading,  and  assisting  with  faculty  research 
andteaching  under  special  supervision. 

ASTR  300  Stars  and  Stellar  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ASTR  100  and  completion  of  University  Studies 
requirement  in  the  natural  sciences  or  permission  of 
department.  Designed  pnmanly  for  non-physical-science 
majors.  Study  of  stars-types,  properties,  evolution,  and 
distribution  in  space;  supemovae.  pulsars,  and  black 
holes. 

ASTR  315  Navigation  (3)  Prerequisite:  plane 
trigonometry.  Theory  and  practice  of  navigation  without 
landmarks,  with  emphasis  on  celestial  navigation  and 
some  discussion  of  electronic  navigation  Spherical 
trigonometry  as  necessary.  Extensive  practical  work  at 
times  to  be  arranged. 

ASTR  330  Solar-System  Astronomy  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ASTR  100  and  completion  of  University  Studies 
requirement  in  the  natural  science  or  permission  of 
department.  Designed  primarily  tor  non-physical-science 
majors.  The  structure  of  planets  and  of  their  atmospheres, 
the  nature  of  comets,  asteriods.  and  satellites. 
Comparison  of  various  theories  lor  the  origin  of  the  solar 
system.  Emphasis  on  a  description  of  recent  data  and 
interpretation. 

ASTR  340  Galaxies  and  the  Universe  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ASTR  100  and  completion  of  University  Studies 
requirement  in  the  natural  science  or  permission  of 
department  Designed  primanly  for  non-physical  science 
majors  A  study  of  galaxies  including  our  own  galaxy, 
radio  galaxies,  and  quasars  Measurement  ol  distances, 
recession  of  galaxies,  the  microwave  background  and 
its  relation  to  cosmology 

ASTR   350  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics  (4) 

Prerequisites:  ASTR  200  and  (PHYS  272  or  PHYS  262 
orPHYS  142)  or  permission  ol  department  Corequisite: 
PHYS  293  or  PHYS  263  Topics  in  astronomy  with 
emphasis  on  physical  concepts.  Stellar  spectra,  stellar 
evolution  and  collapsed  objects,  ionized  nebulae, 
molecular  clouds  and  star  formation,  stellar  dynamics, 
cosmology. 

ASTR  380  Lite  In  the  Universe  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR 
1 00  and  completion  of  University  Studies  requirement  in 
the  natural  science  or  permission  of  department. 
Designed  primarily  lor  non-physical  science  majors. 
Study  of  the  astronomical  perspective  on  the  conditions 


1 64    BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


lor  the  origin  and  existence  ol  life.  Communication  with 
extraterrestrial  life. 

ASTR   398  Special  Topics   in  Astronomy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  permission  of  department. 
Hepeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  This  course  is 
designed  primarily  for  students  not  majoring  in  astronomy 
and  is  suitable  tor  nonscience  students.  It  will  concentrate 
study  in  some  limited  field  in  astronomy  which  will  vary 
from  semester  to  semester  Possible  subjects  lor  study 
are  the  solar  system,  extragalactic  astronomy  and 
cosmology,  the  inconstant  universe. 

ASTR  399  Honors  Seminar  (1  -1 6)  Enrollment  is  limited 
to  students  admittedto  the  honors  program  in  astronomy. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

ASTR  400  Stellar  Astrophysics  (3)  Prerequisite  ASTR 
350.  Corequisite:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  Radiation 
processes  in  stars  and  interstellar  space,  stellar 
atmospheres,  stellar  structure  and  evolution. 

ASTR    410    Observational    Astronomy    I    (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  294  or  PHYS  263;  and  3  credits  in 
astronomy  An  introduction  to  current  methods  of 
obtaining  astronomical  information.  Emphasis  on  optical 
and  radio  techniques,  with  brief  coverage  of  X- 
ray, ultraviolet,  and  infrared  techniques.  Emphasis  on 
understanding  how  instruments  affect  the  data. 

ASTR  41 1  Observational  Astronomy  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ASTR  410  Laboratory  work  with  photographic  and 
photoelectnc  techniques  and  with  components  of  radio 
telescopes.  Two  longer  individual  projects  involving 
observations  with  various  instruments.  Often  requires 
all-night  observing  sessions. 

ASTR  420  Introduction  to  Galactic  Research  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  272  and  ASTR  350  or  equivalent  or 
permission  of  department.  Methods  of  galactic  research, 
stellar  motions,  clusters  of  stars,  evolution  of  the  galaxy, 
study  of  our  own  and  nearby  galaxies. 

ASTR  430  The  Solar  System  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
246  and  either  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  273,  or  permission 
of  department.  The  structure  of  planetary  atmospheres, 
radiative  transfer  in  planetary  atmospheres,  remote 
sensingof  planetary  surfaces,  interiorstructureof  planets. 
Structure  of  comets.  Brief  discussions  of  asteroids, 
satellite  systems,  and  solar  system  evolution  Intended 
for  students  majoring  in  any  of  the  physical  sciences. 

ASTR  440  Introduction  to  Extra-Galactic  Astronomy 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  272  and  ASTR  350  or  equivalent , 
or  permission  of  department.  Properties  of  normal  and 
peculiar  galaxies,  including  radio  galaxies  and  quasars; 
expansion  of  the  universe  and  cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
410  or  permission  of  department.  Celestial  mechanics, 
orbit  theory,  equations  of  motion. 

ASTR  498  Special  Problems  in  Astronomy  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  major  in  physics  or  astronomy  or  permission 
of  department  Research  or  special  study.  Credit 
according  to  work  done 

BCHM— Biochemistry 
BCHM  261  Elements  ot  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  104  or  CHEM  233  or  CHEM  235  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  BCHM  461.  For 
undergraduate  students  who  desire  a  one-semester 
biochemistry  course  rather  than  a  two-semester 
sequence.  Basic  chemistry  and  metabolism  ol  most 
molecules  of  biological  importance. 

BCHM  361  Origins  of  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
any  distributive  studies  course  in  chemistry  or  any  of  the 
biological  sciences.  The  development  of  our 
understanding  of  lite  processes.  Emphasis  on  a 
consideration  of  ideas  and  findings  that  have  led  to 
diseases,  hormonal  mechanisms,  photosynthesis  and 
genetic  engineering.  Intended  for  non-science  majors 

BCHM  399  Undergraduate  Research  in  Biochemistry 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Junior 
standing  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Basic 
biochemical  research  conducted  under  the  supervision 
of  a  faculty  member. 

BCHM  461  Biochemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM  243 
or  CHEM  245  A  comprehensive  introduction  to  general 
biochemistry  The  chemistry  and  metabolism  of 
carbohydrates,  lipids,  nucleic  acids,  and  proteins 


BCHM  462  Biochemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  461 
A  continuation  of  BCHM  461 . 

BCHM  464  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Corequisite:  BCHM  462. 

BCHM  465  Biochemistry  III  (3) Prerequisite:  BCHM462 

An  advanced  course  in  biochemistry. 

BIOL— Biology 

BIOL  101  Concepts  of  Biology  (3)  An  introductory 
lecture  course  for  the  non-science  maior  emphasizing 
the  fundamental  processes  and  interdependence  ot 
living  organisms  and  the  biological  implications 
associated  with  human  influence  in  the  biological  world. 
This  course  will  not  count  toward  graduation  requirements 
for  any  student  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  or  the 
College  of  Agriculture. 

BIOL  102  Laboratory  In  Biology  (1)  Three  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  BIOL  101.  A 
course  designed  for  non-science  students  to  illustrate 
the  concepts  underlying  the  organization  and 
interrelationships  of  living  organisms.  This  course  will 
not  count  toward  graduation  requirements  for  any  student 
in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  or  the  College  of 
Agriculture. 

BIOL  105  Principles  of  Biology  I  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  For 
science  majors.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  BIOL  101,  BOTN  101,  ZOOL  101.  BIOL  105. 
Basic  principles  of  biology  with  special  emphasis  on 
cellular  and  molecular  biology 

BIOL  106  Principles  of  Biology  II  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIOL  105.  For  science  majors.  Basic 
principles  of  biology  with  special  emphasis  on  organismic, 
ecological  and  evolutionary  biology. 

BIOL  124  Cosmic  Evolution  (3)  Appropriate  for  non- 
science  students.  The  current  scientific  thinking  on  the 
sequence  of  events  from  the  origin  of  the  universe  to  the 
appearance  of  humans.  Emphasis  on  chemical  and 
biological  evolution. 

BIOL  398  Honors  Research  Problems  In  Biology  (1- 

3)  Prerequisite:  Participation  in  the  General  Honors 
Program  and/or  the  General  Biological  Sciences  Honors 
Program.  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Research  in  biology 
under  the  direction  and  close  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  faculty. 

BIOL  399  Honors  Seminar  in  Biology  (1 )  Prerequisite: 
Participation  in  the  General  Honors  Program  and/or  the 
General  Biological  Science  Honors  Program,  and 
previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  BIOL  398 
Repeatable  to  2  credits  Discussion  and  presentation  of 
special  topics,  current  literature,  problems  and  progress 
in  all  areas  of  biological  research 

BIOL  489  Topics  in  Biology  for  Secondary  and  Middle 
School  Teachers  (1-8)  Prerequisites:  Teacher 
certification,  at  least  two  years  of  high  school  and/or 
middle  school  science  teaching  experience  and 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  12  credits  if 
content  differs.  An  examination  of  selected  topics  in  the 
biological  sciences  conducted  through  lecture/ 
discussion,  laboratory  experimentation,  and  field 
research. 

BIOL  495  Global  Greenhouse  Effect  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per  week 
Prerequisites:  BIOL  105,  and  BIOL  106  For  students 
majoring  in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences.  College  of 
Agriculture  and  College  of  Education  only  90  semester 
hours  Senior  standing.  An  interdisciplinary  investigation 
of  global  greenhouse  warming  -  its  causes,  probable 
consequences,  and  ways  to  deal  with  it  in  the  next  100 
years 

BIOM— Biometrics 

BIOM  301  Introduction  to  Biometrics  (3)  Two  hours  ot 
lecture  and  one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week 
Prerequisite:  MATH  115.  Descriptive  statistics, 
introduction  to  probability,  sampling,  confidence  interval 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  simple  regression  and 
correlation.  Emphasis  on  simple  applications  of  statistical 
techniques  and  interpretation  of  statistical  results 

BIOM  401  Biostatistics  I  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
one  hour  ol  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite 
BIOM  301    Descnptive  statistics,  probability  models 


useful  in  biology,  expectations,  hypothesis  testing, 
goodness  of  fit  tests,  central  limit  theorem,  point  and 
Interval  estimates,  analysis  of  variance,  regression, 
correlation,  sampling,  rank  tests  Emphasis  on  the  uses 
and  the  limitations  of  these  methods  in  biology 

BIOM  405  Computer  Applications  in  Biometrics  (1) 

Two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Corequisite  BIOM 
401  An  introduction  to  computer  usage  in  statistical 
analyses  Topics  include  file  manipulation,  formatting 
data,  transformations,  descriptive  statistics,  graphical 
displays  of  data,  and  several  introductory  inferential 
statistical  procedures. 

BIOM  420  Sampling  Techniques  in  Biometrics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BIOM  401  Methods  ol  sampling  probability, 
random,  cluster,  stratified,  inverse;  ratio  estimates; 
methods  in  field  surveys:  mark  recapture  studies,  line 
transect  sampling,  surveys,  design  of  collection  tonus; 
sample  size  calculations  Emphasis  on  the  use  of  these 
methods  in  biological  research 

BMGT — Business  and  Management 
BMGT  1 10  Introduction  to  Business  and  Management 

(3)  Not  open  to  BMGT  students  who  have  completed  56 
or  more  credit  hours  All  others  may  take  it  anytime  A 
survey  of  the  field  of  business,  including  its  environment, 
organization,  overall  and  functional  management,  and 
current  issues  and  developments. 

BMGT  220  Principles  of  Accounting  I  (3)  Sophomore 
standing  Study  of  the  basic  principles  of  accounting  for 
business  enterprises 

BMGT  221  Principles  of  Accounting  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  220  Continuation  of  BMGT  220 

BMGT  230  Business  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
220.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  BMGT 
231 ,  ENEE  324,  or  STAT  400  Credit  will  be  granted  tor 
only  one  of  the  following:  AREC  484,  BIOM  301 ,  BMGT 
230.  CNEC  400.  ECON  321,  EDMS  451,  GEOG  305, 
GVPT422,  PSYC  200,  SOCY  201 .  URBS  350,  or  TEXT 
400.  Introductory  course  in  probabilistic  and  statistical 
concepts  including  descnptive  statistics,  set-theoretic 
development  of  probability,  the  properties  of  discrete 
and  continuous  random  variables,  sampling  theory, 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  regression,  decision 
theory  and  the  application  ol  these  concepts  to  problem 
solving  in  business  and  management  This  course  does 
not  meet  requirements  tor  management  science  and 
statistics  majors 

BMGT  231   Statistical  Models  For  Business  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141  or  permission  of  department. 
For  management  science  and  statistics  majors.  Credit 
will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following  BMGT  231 , 
ENEE  324,  or  STAT  400  An  introductory  course  in 
statistical  concepts  including  probability  from  a  naive  set 
theory  approach,  random  variables  and  their  properties, 
and  the  probability  distnbutions  of  selected  discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables  The  concepts  of  sampling, 
sampling  distnbutions.  and  the  application  ol  these 
concepts  to  estimation  and  hypothesis  testing  are 
included  as  are  brief  surveys  of  the  regression  and 
anova  models 

BMGT  301  Introduction  to  Data  Processing  (3)  The 

fundamentals  of  business  data  processing 
Organizational,  environmental  and  managenal  aspects 
ofcomputer  systems  Heavy  emphasis  on  COBOL 
language  Limited  coverage  of  other  business  computing 
languages  including  the  report  generator  (RPG) 
language  Several  programming  protects  assigned 

BMGT  302  Information  Systems  Implementation 
Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  301  Advanced 
concepts  and  tools  necessary  tor  the  construction  of 
computer  based  information  systems  Operating 
systems,  data  and  storage  structures,  file  processing 
and  advanced  features  ol  the  COBOL  language 
Techniques  related  to  the  overall  development  of  software 
projects  including  proiect  management,  software  design, 
engineering  and  software  documentation  Several 
programming  protects  assigned 

BMGT  310  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  221  Comprehensive  analysis  of  financial 
accounting  topics  related  to  financial  statement 
preparation  and  external  reporting 

BMGT  31 1 1ntermediate  Accounting  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  310  Continuation  ot  BMGT  310 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management    1 65 


BMGT  321  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT 
22 1  A  study  ol  the  basic  concepts  ol  product  costing  and 
cost  analysis  for  management  planning  and  control 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  ol  the  accountant  in 
organizational  management,  analysis  ol  cost  behavior, 
standard  cost,  budgeting,  responsibility  accounting  and 
relevant  costs  lor  decision  making 

BMGT  323  Income  Tax  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  221  Introduction  to  tederal  income  taxation  ol 
individuals  Examination  ol  tax  laws  by  use  ol  illustrative 
examples  and  problems 

BMGT  326  Accounting  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  301;  and  BMGT  321  A  study  ol  the  control 
aspects  of  accounting  systems.  Topics  include:  standard 
setting;  administrative,  operational,  and  secunty  controls; 
cost  effectiveness  ol  systems;  audit  implications  of  a 
computer-based  information  environment. 

BMGT  332  Operations  Research  For  Management 
Decisions  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  230  Surveys  the 
philosophy,  techniques,  and  applications  of  operations 
research  to  managenal  decision  making.  The  course  is 
designed  primarily  for  students  not  majoring  in 
management  science  or  statistics  Techniques  covered 
include  linear  programming,  transportation  and 
assignment  models.  Markov  processes,  inventory  and 
queuing  models  Emphasis  is  placed  on  formulating  and 
solving  decision  problems  in  the  functional  areas  of 
management. 

BMGT  340  Business  Finance  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT 
221 .  and  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231 .  The  principles  and 
practices  involved  in  the  organization,  financing,  and 
rehabilitation  of  business  enterprises;  the  various  types 
of  securities  and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning 
income,  risk,  and  control;  intercorporate  relations;  and 
new  developments  Emphasis  on  solution  ol  problems 
of  financial  policy  faced  by  management. 

BMGT  343  Investments  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  340. 
An  introduction  to  financial  investments.  Topics  include 
securities  and  securities  markets;  investment  risks, 
returns,  and  constraints;  portfolio  policies;  and  institutional 
investment  policies. 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203;  or  ECON  205.  An 
introductory  course  in  the  field  of  marketing  Its  purpose 
is  to  give  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
the  forces  operating,  institutions  employed,  and  methods 
followed  in  marketing  agricultural  products,  natural 
products.services  and  manufactured  goods. 

BMGT  353  Retail  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT 
220;  and  BMGT  350  Retail  store  organization,  location, 
layout  and  store  policy;  pncing  policies,  price  lines, 
brands,  credit  policies,  records  as  a  guide  to  buying; 
purchasing  methods;  supervision  ol  selling;  training  and 
supervision  of  retail  sales  force;  and  administrative 
problems. 

BMGT  354  Promotion  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  350  The  use  of  advertising,  personal  selling, 
sales  promotions,  and  othei  methods  in  marketing 
programs.  Case  studies  in  the  use  and  coordination  of 
demand  stimulation  methods,  analysis  and  planning. 
Research,  testing  and  statistical  control  of  promotional 
activities. 

BMGT  360  Personnel  Management  (3)  The  basic 
course  in  personnel  management  includes  manpower 
planning,  recruitment,  selection,  development, 
compensation,  and  appraisal  of  employees.  Explores 
the  impact  of  scientific  management  and  unionism  on 
these  functions. 

BMGT  362  Labor  Relations  (3)  A  study  of  the 
development  and  methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry 
with  reference  to  the  settlement  of  labor  disputes  An 
economic  and  legal  analysis  of  labor  union  and  employer 
association  activities,  arbitration,  mediation,  and 
conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements, 
strikes,  boycotts,  lockouls.  company  unions,  employee 
representation,  and  inunctions. 

BMGT  364  Management  and  Organization  Theory  (3) 

The  development  of  management  and  organization 
theory,  nature  of  the  management  process  and  function 
and  its  future  development.  The  role  of  the  manager  as 
an  organizer  and  director,  the  communication  process, 
goals  and  responsibilities 


BMGT  370  Principles   of  Transportation   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  203;  or  ECON  205  A  general 
course  covering  the  five  fields  ol  transportation,  their 
development,  service,  and  regulation 

BMGT  372  Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 
Management  (3)  Examines  the  management  aspects 
of  the  business  firm  in  moving  their  raw  materials  and 
finished  goods  through  traffic,  warehousing,  industrial 
packaging,  materials  handling,  and  inventory  A 
systematic  examination  ol  the  trade-off  possibilities  and 
management  alternatives  to  minimize  cost  of  product 
flow  and  maximizing  customer  service  is  provided. 

BMGT  380  Business  Law  I  (3)  Legal  aspects  of  business 
relationships.  Examination  ol  torts  and  business  crimes, 
contracts  and  agency.  The  law  ol  personal  property  and 
bailment  relationships  Survey  of  public  policy  issues. 

BMGT  381  Business  Lawll  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  380 
or  permission  of  department.  The  Uniform  Commercial 
Code  including  sales,  commercial  paper,  secured 
transactions,  bulk  sales  and  documents  of  title.  The  law 
of  partnerships  and  corporations.  Reorganization  and 
liquidation  under  the  bankruptcy  laws  The  law  of  real 
property,  landlord  and  tenant  relationships  and 
decedents'  estates. 

BMGT  385  Production  Management  (3)  Studies  the 
operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterprise,  concentrating 
on  the  economies  ol  production.  Introduces  analytical 
method  so  that  the  broad  problem  areas  of  system 
design,  operation  and  control  can  be  based  upon  the 
analytical  method. 

BMGT  392  Introduction  to  International  Business 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203;  or  ECON 
205.  A  study  of  the  domestic  and  foreign  environmental 
factors  affecting  the  international  operations  of  US 
business  firms.  The  course  also  covers  the  administrative 
aspects  of  international  marketing,  finance  and 
management. 

BMGT  393  Real  Estate  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  203;  or  ECON  205.  The  nature  and  uses  of  real 
estate,  real  estate  as  a  business,  basic  principles, 
construction  problems  and  home  ownership,  city 
planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of  real  estate. 

BMGT  398  Individual  Study  in  Business  and 
Management  (1-3)  Prerequisite;  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 

BMGT  402  Database  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
301.  Introduction  to  basic  concepts  of  database 
management  systems  Relational  databases,  query 
languages  and  design  will  be  covered.  File-processing 
techniques  are  examined. 

BMGT  403  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  30 1 .  Techniques  and  tools  applicable 
to  the  analysis  and  design  of  computer-based  information 
systems.  System  life  cycle,  requirements  analysis,  logical 
design  of  data  bases,  performance  evaluation.  Emphasis 
on  case  studies.  Project  required  that  involves  the 
design,  analysis  and  implementation  of  an  information 
system. 

BMGT  404  Seminar  in  Decision  Support  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  301  Design  of  computer  systems 
to  solve  business  problems  and  to  support  decision 
making.  Human  and  organizational  factors  are 
considered.  Emphasis  on  case  studies. 

BMGT  405  Business  Telecommunications  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  301.  Concepts  of  business  data 
communications  and  data  processing  Application  of 
these  ideas  in  computer  networks,  including  basic 
principles  of  telecommunications  technology,  computer 
network  technology,  data  management  in  distributed 
database  systems  and  management  of  the  technical 
and  functional  components  of  telecommunications 
technology. 

BMGT  407  Info  Systems  Projects  (3)  Prerequisite:  12 
hours  of  information  systems.  For  decision  and 
information  sciences  majors  only.  Senior  standing.  Senior 
capstone  course  for  the  decision  and  information  sciences 
major.  Collected  knowledge  from  the  DIS  courses  and 
application  to  significant  problems  of  size  and  complexity. 
State-of-the-art  research  ideas  and  current  business 
and  industrial  practices  in  information  systems. 


BMGT  410  Fund  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT 
31 0.  An  introduction  to  the  fund-based  theory  and  practice 
of  accounting  as  applied  to  governmental  enti  es  and 
not-for-profit  associations 

BMGT    417    Advanced    Tax    Accounting    (3) 

Prerequisites;  BMGT  311;  and  BMGT  323  Federal 
taxation  ol  corporations,  partnerships,  fiducianes.  and 
gratuitous  transfers  Tools  and  techniques  of  tax  research 
for  compliance  and  planning. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing  as  an  accounting  major  or 
permission  of  department  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class  Seminar  coverage  of 
outstanding  current  non-text  literature,  current  problems 
and  case  studies  in  accounting 

BMGT  421  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  as  an  accounting  major  or 
permission  of  department.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class  Seminar  coverage  of 
outstanding  current  non-text  literature,  current  problems 
and  case  studies  in  accounting 

BMGT  422  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  311  A  study  of  the  independent 
accountant's  attest  function,  generally  accepted  auditing 
standards,  compliance  and  substantive  tests,  and  report 
forms  and  opinions. 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  311  Advanced  accounting  theory  applied  to 
specialized  topics  and  current  problems  Emphasis  on 
consolidated  statements  and  partnership  accounting. 

BMGT  426  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  (3) 
Prerequisite:  BMGT  321.  Advanced  cost  accounting 
with  emphasis  on  managerial  aspects  of  internal  record- 
keeping and  control  systems. 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

(3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  422.  An  examination  and  in- 
depth  study  of  special  auditing  topics  such  as  statistical 
sampling,  professional  ethics,  EDPauditing,  legal  liability, 
and  SEC  accounting. 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231  or  permission  of 
department.  Model  building  involving  an  intensive  study 
of  the  general  linear  stochastic  model  and  the  applications 
of  this  model  to  business  problems.  The  model  is  derived 
in  matrix  form  and  this  form  is  used  to  analyze  both  the 
regression  and  ANOVA  formulations  of  the  general 
linear  model. 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in 
Business  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231. 
Surveys  ANOVA  models,  basic  and  advanced 
expenmental  design  concepts.  Non-parametric  tests 
and  correlations  are  emphasized.  Applications  of  these 
techniques  to  business  problems  in  primarily  the 
marketing  and  behavioral  sciences  are  stressed 

BMGT  434  Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  220;  or  permission  of  department. 
Primarily  for  students  majoring  in  management  science 
and  statistics.  Linear  programming,  postoptimality 
analysis,  network  algorithms,  dynamic  programming, 
nonlinear  programming  and  single  vanable  minimization. 

BMGT 435  Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 

(3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT231  or  permission  ol  department. 
Statistical  models  in  management  Review  of  probability 
theory.  Monte  Carlo  methods,  discrete  event  simulation. 
Markov  chains,  queueing  analysis,  other  topics 
depending  upon  time.  Guass.  a  higher-level  computer 
language,  will  be  introduced  in  the  class  and  the  students 
will  carry  out  various  exercises  using  this  language. 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  340.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  cases  and 
readings  relating  to  financial  decisions  of  the  firm  The 
application  of  finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of  financial 
problems  is  emphasized. 

BMGT  443  Security  Analysis  and  Valuation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  343.  Study  and  application  of  the 
concepts,  methods,  models,  and  empirical  findings  to 
the  analysis,  valuation,  and  selection  of  securities, 
especially  common  stock. 

BMGT  444  Futures  Contracts  and  Options  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  343.  The  institutional  features  and 


166    BOTN  — Botany 


economic  rationale  underlying  markets  in  futures 
andoptions.  Hedging,  speculation,  structure  of  futures 
pnces,  interest  rate  futures,  efficiency  in  futures  markets, 
and  stock  and  commodity  options 

BMGT  445  Commercial   Bank  Management  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  340;  and  ECON  430  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  in  commercial  bank 
management  The  loan  function  is  emphasized;  also  the 
management  of  liquidity  reserves,  investments  for 
income,  and  source  of  funds  Bank  ob|ectives.  functions, 
policies,  organization,  structure,  services,  and  regulation 
are  considered 

BMGT  446  International  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  340  Financial  management  from  the  perspective 
of  the  multinational  corporation  Topics  covered  include 
the  organization  and  functions  of  foreign  exchange  and 
international  capital  markets,  international  capital 
budgeting,  financing  foreign  trade  and  designing  a  global 
financing  strategy.  Emphasis  of  the  course  is  on  how  to 
manage  exchange  and  political  risks  while  maximixing 
benefits  from  global  opportunity  sets  faced  by  the  firm. 

BMGT 451  Consumer  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite;  BMGT 
350  Recommended;  PSYC  100;  and  PSYC  221.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  CNEC  437. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  BMGT 
451  or  CNEC  437  Amencan  consumers  in  the  marketing 
system.  Underlying  consumer  behavior  such  as 
economic,  social,  psychological  and  cultural  factors. 
Analysis  of  consumers  in  marketing  situations  -  as  a 
buyer  and  user  of  products  and  services  •  and  in  relation 
to  the  vanous  individual  social  and  marketing  factors 
affecting  their  behavior  The  influence  of  marketing 
communications  is  also  considered. 

BMGT  452   Marketing   Research   Methods  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  230;  and  BMGT  451.  Formerly 
BMGT  450.  Develops  skills  in  the  use  of  scientific 
methods  in  the  acquisition,  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
marketing  data  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of 
marketing  research;  the  planning  of  survey  projects, 
sample  design,  tabulation  procedure  and  report 
preparation 

BMGT  453  Industrial  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  350  plus  one  other  marketing  course  The 
industnal  and  business  sector  of  the  marketing  system 
is  considered  rather  than  the  household  or  ultimate 
consumer  sector.  Industrial  products  range  from  raw 
matenals  and  supplies  to  the  major  equipment  in  a  plant . 
business  office,  or  institution  Topics  include  product 
planning  and  introduction,  market  analysis  and 
forecasting,  channels,  pricing,  field  sales  force 
management,  advertising,  marketing  cost  analysis,  and 
government  relations.  Particular  attention  is  given  to 
industrial,  business  and  institutional  buying  policies  and 
practice  and  to  the  analysis  of  buyer  behavior. 

BMGT  454  International  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  350  plus  one  other  marketing  course.  Marketing 
functions  from  the  international  executive's  viewpoint, 
including  coverage  of  international  marketing  policies 
relating  to  product  adaptation,  data  collection  and 
analysis,  channels  of  distribution,  pricing, 
communications,  and  cost  analysis  Consideration  is 
given  to  the  cultural,  legal,  financial,  and  organizational 
aspects  of  international  marketing 

BMGT  455  Sales  Management  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT 
350.  The  role  of  the  sales  manager,  both  at  headquarters 
and  in  the  field,  in  the  management  of  people,  resources 
and  marketing  functions.  An  analysis  of  the  problems 
involved  in  sales  organization,  forecasting,  planning, 
communicating,  evaluating  and  controlling.  The 
application  of  quantitative  techniques  and  pertinent 
behavioral  science  concepts  m  the  management  of 
thesales  effort  and  sales  force. 

BMGT  456  Advertising  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  350 
The  role  of  advertising  in  the  Amencan  economy,  the 
impact  of  advertising  on  our  economic  and  social  life,  the 
methods  and  techniques  currently  applied  by  advertising 
practitioners,  the  role  ol  the  newspaper,  magazine,  and 
other  media  in  the  development  of  an  advertising 
campaign,  modem  research  methods  to  improve  the 
effectiveness  of  advertising  and  the  organization  ol  the 
advertising  business 

BMGT  457  Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies  (3) 
Prerequisite:  BMGT  452.  Integrative  decision  making  in 
marketing.  Emphasis  on  consumer  and  market  analysis 


and  the  appropriate  decision  models  Case  studies  are 

included 

BMGT  460  Personnel  Management:  Analysis  and 
Problems  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  360  Recommended 
BMGT  230  Research  findings,  special  readings,  case 
analysis,  simulation,  and  field  investigations  are  used  to 
develop  a  better  understanding  of  personnel  problems, 
alternative  solutions  and  their  practical  ramifications 

BMGT  461  Entrepreneurshlp  (3)  Process  of  creating 
new  ventures,  including  evaluating  the  entrepreneurial 
team,  the  opportunity  and  the  financing  requirements 
Skills,  concepts,  mental  attitudes  and  knowledge  relevant 
for  starting  a  new  business 

BMGT  462  Labor  Legislation  (3)  Case  method  analysis 
of  the  modern  law  of  industnal  relations  Cases  include 
the  decisions  of  administrative  agencies,  courts  and 
arbitration  tribunals. 

BMGT  463  Public  Sector  Labor  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  362;  or  permission  of  department 
Development  and  structure  of  labor  relations  in  public 
sector  employment ;  federal ,  state,  and  local  government 
responses  to  unionization  and  collective  bargaining 

BMGT  464  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  364.  An  examination  of  research  and  theory 
concerning  the  forces  which  contribute  to  the  behavior  of 
organizational  members.  Topics  covered  include:  work 
group  behavior,  supervisory  behavior,  intergroup 
relations,  employee  goals  and  attitudes,  communication 
problems,  organizational  change,  and  organizational 
goals  and  design. 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
This  course  is  open  only  to  the  top  one-third  of 
undergraduate  majors  in  personnel  and  labor  relations 
and  is  offered  during  the  fall  semester  of  each  year. 
Highlights  major  developments.  Guest  lecturers  make 
periodic  presentations. 

BMGT  470  Carrier  Management  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  370;  and  BMGT  372  Integration  of  the  functions 
available  to  managers  in  transportation  companies 
including  planning,  directing  and  implemention  of  policies 
Emphasis  on  the  changing  environment  in  which 
managers  of  transportation  carriers  function. 

BMGT  473  Advanced  Transportation  Problems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT370  Acritical  examination  of  current 
government  transportation  policy  and  proposed  solutions 
Urban  and  intercity  managerial  transport  problems  are 
also  considered. 

BMGT  474  Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203;  or  ECON  205  An  analysis 
of  the  role  of  urban  transportation  in  present  and  future 
urban  development.  The  interaction  of  transport  pricing 
and  service,  urban  planning,  institutional  restraints,  and 
public  land  uses  is  studied. 

BMGT  475  Advanced  Logistics  Management  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  370;  and  BMGT  372  Application 
of  the  concepts  of  BMGT  372  to  problem  solving  and 
special  projects  in  logistics  management  Case  analysis 
is  stressed. 

BMGT  476  Applied  Computer  Models  In 
Transportation  and  Logistics  (3)  Prerequisites  BMGT 
370;  and  BMGT  372  Introduction  to  the  expanding  base 
of  computer  software  in  the  transportation  and  logistics 
fields  Applications  of  particular  relevance  to  carrier  and 
shipper  issues  in  a  deregulated  environment. 

BMGT477  International  Transportation  and  Logistics 
(3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  370;  and  BMGT  372  Analysis 
of  the  structure,  service,  pricing  and  competitive 
relationship  of  US  international  earners  and  transport 
intermediaries  Examination  of  the  role  of  foreign 
competitors,  managenal  and  economic  factors  and 
politically  imposed  restnctions  Business  and  public 
policy  implications  of  transportation  in  developing 
countries  and  their  interface  with  international  trade  and 
development 

BMGT  480  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3)  Junior 
standing  Pnncipal  ideas  in  law  stressing  those  relevant 
for  the  modern  business  executive  with  focus  on  legal 
reasoning  as  it  has  evolved  in  this  country  Leading 
antitrust  cases  illustrating  the  reasoning  process  as  well 


as  the  interplay  of  business,  philosophy,  and  the  various 
conceptions  ol  the  nature  of  law  which  give  direction  to 
the  process  Examination  of  contemporary  legal  problems 
and  proposed  solutions,  especially  those  most  likely  to 
affect  the  business  community 

BMGT  481  Public  Utilities  (3)  Prerequisite  ECON  203. 
or  ECON  205  Using  the  regulated  industnes  as  specific 
examples,  attention  is  locused  on  broad  and  general 
problems  in  such  diverse  fields  as  constitutional  law. 
administrative  law.  public  administration,  government 
control  of  business,  advanced  economic  theory, 
accounting,  valuation  and  depreciation,  taxation,  finance, 
engineenng,  and  management 

BMGT  482  Business  and  Government  (3)  Prerequisite 
ECON  203,  or  ECON  205  A  study  of  the  role  of 
government  in  modem  economic  lite  Social  control  of 
business  as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business 
enterpnse  ansmg  from  the  decline  of  competition  Cntena 
of  limitations  on  government  regulation  ol  pnvate 
enterprise 

BMGT  485  Advanced  Production  Management  (3) 
Prerequisite:  BMGT  385  A  study  ol  typical  problems 
encountered  by  the  factory  manager  The  ob|ective  is  to 
develop  the  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in 
management  control  of  production  and  in  the  formulation 
of  production  policies  Among  the  topics  covered  are 
plant  location,  production  planning  and  control .  methods 
analysis,  and  time  study 

BMGT  493  Honors  Study  (3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  First  semester  of  the  senior  year.  The 
course  is  designed  for  honors  students  who  have  elected 
to  conduct  intensive  study  (independent  or  group)  The 
student  will  work  under  the  direct  guidance  of  a  faculty 
advisor  and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  Undergraduate 
Studies  They  shall  determine  that  the  area  of  study  is  of 
a  scope  and  intensity  deserving  of  a  candidate's  attentjon. 
Formal  wntten  and/or  oral  reports  on  the  study  may  be 
required  by  the  faculty  advisor. 

BMGT  494  Honors  Study  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  493. 
and  continued  candidacy  for  honors  in  Business  and 
Management  Second  semester  of  the  senior  year 
Thestudent  shall  continue  and  complete  the  research 
initiated  in  BMGT  493.  additional  reports  may  be  required 
at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  advisor  and  Assistant 
Dean  of  Undergraduate  Studies 

BMGT  495  Business  Policies  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT 
340;  and  BMGT  350:  and  BMGT  364  A  case  study 
course  where  students  apply  what  they  have  learned  ol 
general  management  pnnciples  and  their  specialized 
functional  applications  to  the  overall  management 
function  in  the  enterpnse. 

BMGT  496  Business  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite  one 
course  in  BMGT.  or  permission  of  department  Normative 
role  of  business  in  society :  consideration  of  the  sometimes 
conflicting  interests  and  claims  on  the  firm  and  its 
objectives 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  in  Business  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Special  topics 
in  business  and  management  designed  to  meet  the 
changing  needs  and  interests  of  students  and  faculty 

BOTN— Botany 

BOTN  103  Human  Aspects  of  Plant  Biology  (3)  An 

introduction  to  botany  lor  non-science  students  nature 
of  botany,  form  and  process  in  plants,  plants  in  the 
environment;  plants  used  by  humans;  plants,  history 
and  culture,  explonng  for  plants  This  course  will  not 
count  towards  graduation  requirements  for  any  student 
in  the  College  of  Life  Sciences  or  the  College  of 
Agnculture 

BOTN  104  Plant  Biology  for  Non-Science  Student! 
(3)  For  non-science  majors  only  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  completed  BIOL  105  Formerly  BOTN  100  A 
basic  course  in  plant  biology  specifically  designed  for 
the  non-science  student  Emphasis  is  placed  on  an 
evolutionary  and  ecological  approach  to  studying 
fundamental  concepts  and  processes  ol  plants,  their 
place  in  the  biosphere,  the  importance  of  plants  to  man. 
and  the  manner  in  which  humans  impact  on  plants  and 
their  environment  This  course  will  not  count  toward 
graduation  requirements  for  any  student  in  the  College 
ol  Life  Sciences  or  the  College  of  Agnculture. 


CHEM  -  Chemistry     167 


BOTN  1 05  Laboratory  in  Plant  Biology  (1 )  Three  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite  BOTN  104 
For  non-science  majors  only  Laboratory  ivestigations 
tor  the  non-science  student  into  the  processes  and 
(unctions  of  plants,  their  evolution,  adaptations  and 
ecological  roles  This  course  will  not  count  toward 
graduation  requirements  lor  any  student  in  the  College 
ot  Lite  Sciences  or  the  College  ol  Agriculture 

BOTN  207  Plant  Diversity  (4)  Prerequisites  BIOL  105 
and  BIOL  1 06  or  permission  ot  department  Credit  will  be 
granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following:  BOTN  207  or  BOTN 
202  Formerly  BOTN  202  The  levels  ol  plant  evolution, 
i.e  algae,  tungi.  bryophytes,  ptendophytes,  and  seed 
plants,  with  particular  attention  to  the  specialized 
structural  adaptations  necessary  to  carry  out  unique 
plant  (unctions 

BOTN  21 1  Ecology  and  Mankind  (3)  Basic  ecological 
pnnciples  as  they  relate  to  the  ecological  dilemmas  of 
overpopulation,  pollution,  increasing  consumption  of 
natural  resources,  and  deteriorating  land  use  ethics 
facing  mankind  today. 

BOTN  212  Plant  Taxonomy  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIOL  105  or  permission  of  department  An  introductory 
study  of  plant  identification,  naming,  and  classification 
Laboratory  emphasis  on  the  collection  and  identification 
of  local  vascular  plants 

BOTN  221  Introductory  Plant  Pathology  (4)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  BIOL  1 05  or  permission  ot  department.  An 
introductory  study  of  the  causal  agents,  nature,  and 
management  of  plant  diseases. 

BOTN  315  Plants  of  Economic  Importance  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Recommended:  BOTN  104  or  BIOL  105.  or  permission 
of  department  Botanical  characteristics  of  plants  and 
plant  products  economically  important  to  human/ 
societies,  origin,  cultivation,  and  uses  ol  domesticated 
plants  in  different  cultures. 

BOTN  379  Honors  Research  Problems  in  Botany  (1- 

3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  378  and  twenty  credits  in  botany 
courses.  Open  only  to  honors  students  in  botany 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Research  in  botany  under  the 
direction  and  close  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
faculty. 

BOTN  398  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  major  in  botany, 
with  permission  of  department,  major  in  biological 
science.  Repeatableto2credits.  Discussion  and  reading 
on  special  topics,  current  literature,  or  problems  and 
progress  in  all  phases  of  botany. 

BOTN  399  Research  Problems  in  Botany  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  twenty  hours  of  botany  courses  and 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Research  and/or  integrated  reading  in  botany  under  the 
direction  and  close  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
faculty. 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modern  Botany  (1)  Prerequisite: 
20  credit  hours  in  biological  science  including  BIOL  105 
or  permission  of  department.  History  of  botany  as  a 
science,  from  ancient  Greece  through  the  18th  century; 
emphasis  on  botany  as  an  intellectual  and  cultural 
pursuit. 

BOTN  403  Medicinal  and  Poisonous  Plants  (2) 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  1 05  and  CHEM  1 04.  A  study  of  plants 
important  to  humans  that  have  medicinal  or  poisonous 
properties  Emphasis  on  plant  source,  plant  description, 
the  active  agent  and  its  beneficial  or  detrimental 
physiological  action  and  effects. 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  202; 
and  BOTN  2 1 2 .  or  equivalent  A  review  of  the  history  and 
principles  of  plant  taxonomy  with  emphasis  on 
monographic  and  flonstic  research.  A  detailed  laboratory 
review  of  the  families  of  flowenng  plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  in  Botany  (2)  Four  two- 
hour  laboratory  demonstration  periods  per  week,  for 
eight  weeks.  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105  or  permission  of 
department.  A  study  of  the  biological  pnnciplesof  common 
plants,  and  demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual  aids 
suitable  for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools 


BOTN  411    Evolutionary   Biology  of  Plants  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BOTN  202  or  equivalent  Evolution  ol 
basic  plant  biological  systems,  maior  structural 
adaptations  ol  plant  organs,  and  origins  ol  vascular  plant 
groups  The  pace,  patterns  and mechanismsol  evolution. 
discussed  within  a  genetic,  systematic  and 
paleontological  framework 

BOTN  41 3  Plant  Geography  (2)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105 
A  study  of  plant  distribution  throughout  the  world  and  the 
factors  generally  associated  with  such  distribution 

BOTN  414  Plant  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following: 
ZOOL213.  ANSC  201,  BOTN  414,  HORT  274  The 
basic  principles  ol  plant  genetics  are  presented;  the 
mechanics  ot  transmission  ol  the  hereditary  factors  in 
relation  to  the  lite  cycle  ol  seed  plants,  the  genetics  ol 
specialized  organs  and  tissues,  spontaneous  and 
induced  mutations  of  basic  and  economic  significance 
gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the  fundamentals  of 
polyploidy,  and  genetics  in  relation  to  methods  of  plant 
breeding 

BOTN  416  Plant  Structure  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIOL 
1 05.  A  survey  of  the  basic  structural  features  of  vascular 
plants,  including  subcellular  organelles,  cells,  tissues, 
and  organs.  Emphasis  on  structural  phenomena  as  they 
relate  to  physiological  processes  of  agricultural 
importance. 

BOTN  420  Plant  Cell  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite:  organic 
chemistry  and  two  years  of  botany.  A  study  of  eucaryotic 
cell  organization,  integrating  structure  with  function  and 
concentrating  on  subcellular  organelles  and  the 
mechanisms  of  physiological  regulation  at  the  cellular 
level. 

BOTN  421  Principles  of  Plant  Disease  Management 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  221  or  equivalent.  A  logical, 
holistic  approach  to  understanding  and  planning  disease 
control  using  multiple  strategies  and  tactics  to  prevent 
crop  losses  from  exceeding  economic  damage  levels. 

BOTN  426  Mycology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105 
An  introductory  course  in  the  biology,  morphology  and 
taxonomy  of  the  fungi. 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
BIOL  105;  and  CHEM  113.  Recommended:  Organic 
chemistry.  A  survey  of  the  general  physiological  activities 
of  plants. 

BOTN  456  Principles  of  Microscopy  (2)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  420  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  optical 
principles  that  underlie  light  and  electron  microscopic 
image  formation.  Brightfield.  darkfield,  phase  contrast, 
differential  interference  contrast,  fluorescence  and 
polarized  light  microscopy.  Comparison  of  light  and 
electron  microscopy.  The  application  of  these  techniques 
to  problems  in  biological  research. 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  105 
The  dynamics  of  populations  as  affected  by 
environmental  factors  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
structure  and  composition  of  natural  plant  communities, 
both  terrestial  and  aquatic. 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune  Vegetation  (2) 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  1 05.  An  examination  of  the  biology  of 
higher  plants  in  dune  and  marsh  ecosystems. 

BOTN  464  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory  (2)  Three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  BOTN  462  or 
equivalent.  Two  or  three  field  trips  per  semester  The 
application  of  field  and  experimental  methods  to  the 
qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegatation  and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN  476  Biology  of  Phytoplankton  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  BIOL  105  and  an  introductory  course  in 
ecology  (ZOOL  212  or  equivalent).  Collection, 
identification,  culture,  physical  and  chemical 
requirements,  life  cycles,  community  structure, 
specialized  environments,  blooms  of  phytoplankton. 

BOTN  483  Plant  Biotechnology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN 
414  or  ZOOL  213  or  MICB  380  or  ANSC  201  or  HORT 
274   and   BOTN   441.   Theoretical   and  applied 


consideration  ol  cunent  technology  lor  crop  improvement, 
including  manipulation  ol  whole  plants,  tissues,  and 
genes 

BOTN  484  Plant  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite  BOTN 
441;  and  CHEM  233  Biochemical  processes 
characteristic  ol  plants,  including  photosysnthesis, 
nitrogen  fixation  and  biosynthesis  of  plant 
macromolecules 

BSOS — Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
BSOS  200  Introduction  to  Applied  Behavioral  and 
Social  Sciences  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  The  generation  and  utilization  ol 
behavioral-social  science  knowledge.  The  theoretical 
approaches  ol  the  behavioral-social  disciplines  and  the 
application  ol  their  methods  ol  research  Differences 
and  similarities  among  the  disciplines  and  their 
interrelationships  in  the  solution  ol  problems. 

BSOS  300  Ethical  Issues  in  Social  Science  Research 
(3)  Prerequisite  BSOS  200  or  three  credits  in  one  ol  the 
social  sciences.  Moral  and  ethical  issues  in  social  science 
research  and  its  uses  Case  studies  and  discussions  to 
develop  both  an  awareness  ol  issues  and  a  level  ol 
sophistication  to  deal  with  the  ethical  dilemmas  implicit 
in  research  on  people. 

BSOS  308  Contemporary  Issues:  Interdisciplinary 
Approaches  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content  differs. 
An  interdisciplinary  analysis  of  current  public  policy 
issue  of  international,  national  and  community  import. 
Senior  standing  recommended. 

CHEM— Chemistry 

CHEM  001  Introduction  to  College  Chemistry  (2)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
This  course  is  recommended  for  students  who  do  not 
qualify  lor  MATH  110  or  higher  and  who  must  take 
CHEM  103.  Special  fee.  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  University.  An 
introduction  to  the  study  of  matter. 

CHEM  102  Chemistry  of  Our  Environment  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour 
of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  ol  the  following:  CHEM  102,  or  CHEM  103. 
or  CHEM  105,orCHEM  107,  or  CHEM  111,  or  CHEM 
121.  Basic  chemical  principles  with  applications  in 
cosmochemistry.  geochemistry,  biochemistry  and 
nuclear  chemistry.  Emphasis  is  on  the  development  of 
our  environment  and  on  our  effect  upon  it.  This  course 
does  not  fulfill  most  chemistry  requirements  of  the 
professional  colleges  and  schools. 

CHEM  103  General  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Recommended:  CHEM 
001  or  placement  in  MATH  1 1 5  or  higher.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  CHEM  1 02.  CHEM 
103,  CHEM  105.  CHEM  107.  CHEM  111.  CHEM  143 
The  first  semester  of  a  chemistry  sequence  intended  for 
students  whose  curricula  require  a  year  or  more  of 
chemistry.  The  nature  and  composition  of  matter, 
chemical  calculations,  elements  and  inorganic 
compounds. 

CHEM  104  Fundamentals  of  Organic  and 
Biochemistry  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture,  three  hours  of 
laboratory,  and  one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103orCHEM  105.  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  CHEM  1 04  and 
CHEM  233  (or  CHEM  235).  Intended  for  students  whose 
curricula  requireoneyearot chemistry.  Students  requiring 
two  or  more  years  of  chemistry  should  registerfor  CHEM 
233  or  CHEM  235.  The  chemistry  of  carbon:  aliphatic 
compounds,  aromatic  compounds,  stereochemistry, 
halides.  amines,  and  amides,  acids,  esters. 
carbohydrates,  and  natural  products 

CHEM  109  College  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1-2) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Laboratory  work 
as  required  for  transfer  students  whose  lower  division 
work  at  other  universities  has  not  included  laboratory 
work. 

CHEM  113  General  Chemistry  II  (4)  Three  hours  ol 
lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  ol 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103 
or  CHEM  105.  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the 
following:  CHEM  113  or  CHEM  115.  Kinetics; 
homogeneous,  hetrogeneous,  and  ionic  equilibria; 
oxidation-reducti  on;  electrochemistry;  chemistry  of  the 
elements 


168    CHIN -Chinese 


CHEM  121  Chemistry  In  the  Modern  World  (3)  Three 
hours  o(  lecture  and  one  hour  ot  discussion/recitation 
per  week  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the 
following:  CHEM  102.  or  CHEM  103.  or  CHEM  105,or 
CHEM  107,  or  CHEM  111,  or  CHEM  121  Basic  chemical 
principles  and  terminology  with  applications  to  the 
chemistry  of  everyday  life  including  food,  metals,  plastics 
and  fibres.  This  course  does  not  fulfill  most  chemistry 
requirements  of  the  professional  schools  and  colleges 
When  CHEM  1 2 1  and  CHEM  1 22  are  taken  concurrently, 
together  they  fulfill  the  CORE  laboratory  science 
requirement. 

CHEM    122   Laboratory   Chemistry   (1)   Pre     or 

corequisite  CHEM  121  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
oneofthefollowing:CHEM102.orCHEM103,orCHEM 
105,or  CHEM  1 1 1 .  or  CHEM  122  Formerly  CHEM  111. 
Includes  experiments  illustrating  the  chemical  principles 
and  chemical  applications  in  the  modern  world  presented 
in  CHEM  121.  When  CHEM  122  and  CHEM  121  are 
taken  concurrently,  together  they  fulfill  the  CORE 
laboratory  science  requirement. 

CHEM  143  General  and  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (5) 

Three  hours  of  lecture,  six  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one 
hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
one  year  high  school  chemistry  For  CHEM  majors  only. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  CHEM 
103.  CHEM  122,  CHEM  102,  CHEM  143.  The  first 
semester  of  a  chemistry  sequence  for  chemistry  and 
biochemistry  majors.  Stiochiometry,  molecular  structure 
and  the  equilibrium  of  acids,  bases  and  buffers.  Lab 
topics  will  focus  on  inorganic  chemistry  and  quantitative 
analysis. 

CHEM  153  General  and  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (5) 

Three  hours  of  lecture,  six  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one 
hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  143  with  grade  of  C  or  better  For  CHEM  and 
BCHM  maiors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  CHEM  1 02,  CHEM  1 22,  CHEM  1 1 3  The 
second  semester  of  a  course  sequence  for  chemistry 
and  biochemistry  majors.  Kinetics,  ionic  equilibria,  redox 
reactions,  electrochemistry,  descriptive  inorganic 
chemistry  Labs  focus  on  inorganic  chemistry  and 
quantitative  analysis. 

CHEM  227  Inorganic  and  Analytical  Chemistry  Lab 

(4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  CHEM  113  Laboratory  in  inorganic 
chemistry  and  quantitative  analysis  for  chemistry  and 
biochemistry  maiors  who  did  NOT  take  CHEM  143  and 
CHEM  153 

CHEM  233  Organic  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  three  hours  ol  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  1 1 3 
or  CHEM  153  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
thefollowing:  CHEM  104.  CHEM  233.  CHEM  255.  The 
chemistry  ol  carbon:  aliphatic  compounds,  aromatic 
compounds,  stereochemistry,  arenes.  halides,  alcohols. 
esters,  and  spectroscopy 

CHEM  243  Organic  Chemistry  II  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussiorVrecitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  243 
or  CHEM  235.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following  CHEM  243  or  CHEM  245  A  continuation  of 
CHEM  233  with  emphasis  on  molecular  structure; 
substitution  reactions;  carbomum  ions;  aromaticity; 
synthetic  processes,  macro-molecules. 

CHEM  287  Computer  Programming  for  the  Biological 
and  Chemical  Sciences  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  one 
year  of  college  chemistry  or  biological  science. 
Introduction  to  a  structured  programming  language 
(PASCAL),  with  examples  and  applications  chosen  from 
the  biological  and  chemical  sciences 

CHEM  321  Quantitative  Analysis  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  113  or  CHEM  115.  Volumetnc.  gravimetric, 
electrometnc.  and  colonmetnc  methods  in  analylical 
inorganic  chemistry. 

CHEM   374  Technology,   Energy  and   Risk  (3) 

Prerequisite:  completion  ol  USP  Distnbutive  Studies 
Area  B  Decision-making  in  a  technological,  democratic 
society.  Current  issues  such  as  acid  rain,  nuclear  power, 
synthetic  organic  chemicals 

CHEM  395  Professional  Issues  in  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  (1)  Junior  standing  For  CHEM  and  BCHM 


majors  only  Seminaron  professional  issues.  Professional 
responsibilities,  ethics,  interview  techniques,  career 
opportunities,  graduate/professional  school,  race  and 
gender  issues 

CHEM  398  Special  Projects  (2)  Honors  projects  lor 
undergraduate  students 

CHEM  399  Introduction  to  Chemical  Research  (1-3) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Junior  standing 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  Basic  (chemical)  research 
conducted  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  member 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM 
481. 

CHEM  403  Radiochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  year 
of  college  chemistry  and  one  year  ol  college  physics 
Radioactive  decay;  introduction  to  properties  ol  atomic 
nuclei;  nuclear  processes  in  cosmology;  chemical, 
biomedical  and  environmental  applications  ol 
radioactivity;  nuclear  processes  as  chemical  tools; 
interaction  of  radiation  with  matter. 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Pre- 
or  corequisites:  CHEM  482  and  CHEM  483.  An 
examination  of  some  advanced  topics  in  quantitative 
analysis  including  nonaqueous  titrations,  precipitation 
phenomena,  complex  equilibria,  and  the  analylical 
chemistry  ol  the  less  familiar  elements. 

CHEM  425  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  (3)  One 

hour  of  lecture,  six  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  perweek.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  482; 
and  CHEM  483.  Modern  instrumentation  in  analylical 
chemistry  Electronics,  spectroscopy,  chromatography 
and  electrochemistry. 

CHEM   441    Advanced   Organic   Chemistry  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  481  An  advanced  study  ol  the 
compounds  of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on 
molecular  orbital  theory  and  organic  reaction 
mechanisms. 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  481  or  equivalent.  The  sources  of  various 
elements  and  chemical  reactions  between  them  in  the 
atmosphere  and  hydrosphere  are  treated  Causes  and 
biological  effects  of  air  and  water  pollution  by  certain 
elements  are  discussed 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM 
113  or  CHEM  153;  and  MATH  141;andPHYS  142.  A 

course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  481 .  A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical 
engineers 

CHEM  483  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2)  One 

hour  lecture-recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  perweek  Corequisite:  CHEM  481  An  introduction 
to  the  pnnciples  and  application  of  quantitative  techniques 
in  physical  chemical  measurements.  Expenments  will 
be  coordinated  with  topics  in  CHEM  481 

CHEM  484  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2)  One 

hour  lecture-recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
penod  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481  and  CHEM 
483.  Corequisite:  CHEM  482  A  continuation  ol  CHEM 
483.  Advanced  quantitative  techniques  necessary  in 
physical  chemical  measurements.  Expenments  will  be 
coordinated  with  topics  in  CHEM  482 

CHEM   485  Advanced   Physical  Chemistry  (2) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  482.  Quantum  chemistry  and  other 
selected  topics. 

CHEM  487  Computer  Applications  in  the  Biological 
and  Chemical  Sciences  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture, 
three  hours  ol  laboratory,  and  one  hour  ol  discussion 
recitation  per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  1 1 3  and  CHEM 
287  or  equivalent;  and  knowledge  ol  a  scientilic 
programming  language  (PASCAL,  FORTRAN  or  "C") 
The  utilization  ol  computers  to  solve  chemical  and 
biological  problems,  with  emphasis  on  the  utilization  ol 
available  software  rather  than  "de  novo"  programming 

CHEM  491  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
(3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  eight  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  CHEM  243  Formerly  CHEM  433 
and  CHEM  443  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the 
following:  CHEM  433  and  CHEM  443  or  CHEM  491 
Advanced  synthetic  techniques  in  organic  chemistry 


with  an  emphasis  on  spectroscopy  lor  structure 
determination 

CHEM  492  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
Laboratory  (3)  One  hour  ol  lecture  and  eight  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Corequisite  CHEM  401  Synthetic 
and  structural  inorganic  chemistry  Emphasis  on 
spectroscopy  methods  lor  structure  determination 
Students  complete  an  individual  special  project 
(Designed  to  satisfy  the  university  requirement  tor  a 
capstone  course  in  chemistry  ) 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  In  Chemistry  (3)  Three 
lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  varies  with  the  nature  ol  the  topic 
being  considered  Course  may  be  repeated  lor  credit  il 
the  subiect  matter  is  substantially  different,  but  not  more 
than  three  credits  may  be  accepted  in  satislaction  ol 
major  supporting  area  requirements  lor  chemistry  majors. 

CHIN— Chinese 

CHIN  101  Intensive  Elementary  Chinese  I  (6)  Non- 
maiors  admitted  only  alter  a  placement 
interview  Introduction  to  speaking,  reading  ,  and  wnting 
Chinese  with  an  emphasis  on  mastenng  the  essentials 
of  pronunciation,  basic  characters  and  structural  patterns 

CHIN  1 02  Elementary  Spoken  Chinese  (3)  Prerequisite 
CHIN  101  or  equivalent  Non-majors  admitted  only  after 
a  placement  interview  Continued  study  ol  grammatical 
patterns  and  vocabulary  buildup  with  particular  emphasis 
on  conversation.  May  be  taken  in  conjunction  with  CHIN 
103 

CHIN  1 03  Elementary  Written  Chinese  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHIN  101  or  equivalent  Non-majors  admitted  only  after 
a  placement  interview  Continued  study  ol  grammatical 
patterns  and  buildup  of  vocabulary  with  particular 
emphasis  on  reading  and  wnting  May  be  taken  in 
conjunction  with  CHIN  102. 

CHIN  201  Intermediate  Spoken  Chinese  I  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CHIN  102  or  equivalent  Non-ma|ors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview.  Emphasis  on 
development  ol  conversational  skills  with  vocabulary 
build-up  and  controlled  conversation 

CHIN  202   Intermediate  Written  Chinese  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  103  or  equivalent  Non-ma|Ors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview  Reading  and 
writing  skills  with  emphasis  on  grammar  and  Chinese 
characters 

CHIN  203  Intermediate  Spoken  Chinese  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  201  or  equivalent  Non-majors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview  Continuation 
ol  CHIN  201 

CHIN  204  Intermediate  Written  Chinese  II  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CHIN  202  or  equivalent  Non-majors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview  Continuation 
of  CHIN  202 

CHIN  213  Chinese  Poetry  Into  English:  An 
Introduction  (3)  Issues  in  the  mtercultural  and  interlingual 
interpretation  ol  foreign  literature  through  the  study  ol 
Western  translations  ol  and  scholarship  on  selected 
Chinese  poets  No  knowledge  ol  Chinese  required 

CHIN  301  Advanced  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite  CHIN 
202  or  equivalent  Non-majors  admitted  onfy  after  a 
placement  interview  Readings  in  expository  and  fictional 
wnting  with  conversation  and  composition 

CHIN  302  Advanced  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite  CHIN 
301  or  equivalent  Non-maiors  admitted  only  after  a 
placement  interview  Continuation  of  CHIN  301 

CHIN  303  Business  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisites  CHIN 
203.  and  CHIN  204  or  equivalent  Non-maiors  admitted 
only  after  a  placement  interview  Conversation,  reading, 
and  wnting  applicable  to  Chinese  business  transactions , 
social  meetings,  and  meetings  with  government 
organizations,  plus  background  matenal  in  English  on 
professional  business  practices  and  social  customs 
associated  with  business 

CHIN  304  Business  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite  CHIN 
303  or  equivalent  Non-majors  admitted  only  after  a 
placement  interview  Continuation  ol  CHIN  303 

CHIN  313  Chinese  Poetry  and  Prose  in  Translation 
(3)  Writing  of  the  major  poets,  essayists,  and  histonans 


CLAS— Classics     169 


from  the  10th  century  BC  to  the  12th  century  AD  No 
knowledge  ol  Chinese  is  required 

CHIN  314  Chinese  Fiction  and  Drama  In  Translation 

(3)  Representative  short  stories,  novels,  and  plays  trom 
the  third  through  the  nineteenth  centuries  No 
knowledgeot  Chinese  is  required 

CHIN  31 5  Modern  Chinese  Literature  In  Translation 
(3)  Major  works  of  fiction  and  drama  trom  1 920  to  the 
present  read  in  the  context  ot  social  and  literary  change. 
Emphasis  on  western  and  traditional  Chinese  influences 
on  the  writers  and  their  works.  No  knowledge  of  Chinese 
required 

CHIN  388  Topics  In  Chinese  Literature  In  Translation 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Analysis  ol 
significant  themes  and  structures  in  Chinese  literature 
No  knowledge  of  Chinese  required 

CHIN  401    Readings  In  Modern  Chinese  I  (3) 

Prerequisite  CHIN  302  or  equivalent  Non-majors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview  Readings  in 
history,  politics,  economics,  sociology,  and  literature 
Emphasis  on  wide-ranging,  rapid  reading,  reinforced  by 
conversations  and  compositions. 

CHIN  402  Readings  In   Modern  Chinese  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  401  or  equivalent.  Non-majors 
admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview  Continuation 
OICHIN401 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN 
302.  Introductory  classical  Chinese  using  literary  and 
histoncal  sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN 
302.  Further  classical  studies  by  vanous  writers  from 
famous  ancient  philosophers  to  prominent  scholars 
before  the  new  culture  movement 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition 
(3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Non-majors  admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview. 
Practice  in  wnting  essays,  letters,  and  reports  on  selected 
topics.  Conversation  directed  toward  everyday  situations 
and  topics  related  to  life  in  China.  Conducted  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  415  Readings  in  Current  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  402  or  equivalent. 
Non-ma|ors  admitted  only  after  a  placement  interview. 
Reading  of  penodical  literature  on  selected  topics  with 
discussions  and  essays  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  421  Sounds  and  Transcriptions  of  Mandarin 
Chinese  (3)  Production  and  recognition  of  Mandarin 
speech  sounds  and  tones,  their  phonological  patterns, 
comparison  with  English,  and  representation  by  the 
various  Romanization  systems. 

CHIN  422  Advanced  Chinese  Grammar  (3)  Chinese 
sentence  patterns  studied  contrasted  with  English  and 
in  terms  of  current  pedagogical  as  well  as  linguistic 
theories 

CHIN  431   Translation  and  Interpretation  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  202  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  the 
history  and  theones  of  translation/interpretation;  contrasts 
the  structures  of  English  and  Chinese. 

CHIN  432  Translation  and  Interpretation  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  431  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHIN  314  or  permission  of  instructor.  Major  works  of 
fiction  from  the  4th  century  tales  of  the  marvelous 
through  the  1 9th  century  Ching  novel.  Taught  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  442  Modern  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHIN  315  or  permission  of  instructor  Examination, 
through  selected  texts,  of  the  writer's  role  as  shaper  and 
reflector  of  the  Republican  and  Communist  revolutions. 
Taught  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  499  Directed  Study  in  Chinese  (1  -3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs.  Readings  in  Chinese  under  faculty  supervision 

CJUS — Institute  of  Criminal  Justice 

and  Criminology 

CJUS  100  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  administration  of  cnminal  justice  in  a 
democratic  society  with  emphasis  on  the  theoretical  and 


hisloncal  development  ol  law  enforcement  The  pnnciples 
ol  organization  and  administration  for  law  enforcement: 
functions  and  specific  activities,  planning  and  research: 
public  relations,  personnel  and  training,  inspection  and 
control;  direction,  policy  formulation 

CJUS  230  Criminal  Law  In  Action  (3)  Law  as  one  ol  the 
methods  ot  social  control  Cnminal  law  its  nature,  sources 
and  types;  theories  and  historical  developments 
Behavioral  and  legal  aspects  ol  criminal  acts. 
Classification  and  analysis  of  selected  cnminal  offenses. 

CJUS  234   Law  of  Criminal   Investigation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CJUS  230  General  principles  and  theories 
of  cnminal  procedure  Due  process  Arrest,  search  and 
seizure  Recent  developments  Study  and  evaluation  ot 
evidence  and  proof. 

CJUS  300  Criminological  and  Criminal  Justice 
Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite  CJUS  100;  and 
CRIM  220;  and  one  of  the  following:  SOCY  201.  PSYC 
200.  ECON  321 ,  BMGT  230.  EDMS  451 ,  or  GVPT  422 
Introduction  to  the  formulation  of  research  questions 
covenng  cnme  and  justice,  research  designs,  data 
collection,  and  interpretation  and  reporting  in 
cnminological  and  justice-system  settings 

CJUS  320  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  CJUS  220.  An  introduction  to  modern 
methods  used  in  the  detection .  investigation  and  solution 
of  crimes.  Practical  analysis  of  evidence  in  a  criminal 
investigation  laboratory,  including  photography, 
fingerprints  and  other  impressions,  ballistics,  glass,  hair, 
handwnting  and  document  examination,  drug  analysis, 
and  lie  detection. 

CJUS  330  Contemporary  Legal  Policy  Issues  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CJUS  230;  and  CJUS  234  or  equivalent 
In-depth  examination  of  selected  topics.  Criminal 
responsibility.  Socio-legal  policy  alternatives  with  regard 
to  deviance.  Law  enforcement  procedures  for  civil  law 
and  similar  legal  problems.  Admissibility  of  evidence. 
Representation.  Indigent's  right  to  counsel. 

CJUS    340    Concepts    of    Law    Enforcement 

Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS  100or  equivalent 
An  introduction  to  concepts  of  organization  and 
management  as  these  relate  to  law  enforcement. 
Principles  of  structure,  process,  policy  and  procedure, 
communication  and  authority,  division  of  work  and 
organizational  controls.  Human  element  in  the 
organization.  Informal  interaction  and  bureaucracy. 

CJUS  352  Drugs  and  Crime  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS  1 00 
An  analysis  of  the  role  of  cnminal  justice  in  the  control  of 
drug  use  and  abuse. 

CJUS  360  Industrial  and  Retail  Security 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS  100.  or  CJUS 
220  or  permission  of  department.  The  origins  of 
contemporary  private  security  systems.  Organization 
and  management  of  industrial  and  retail  protective  units. 

CJUS  388  Independent  Reading  in  Law  Enforcement 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatableto 
6  credits  if  content  differs  H  -  Honors.  Supervised  study 
of  selected  topic  in  criminal  justice. 

CJUS  389  Independent  Research  in  Law  Enforcement 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  H  -  Honors.  Supervised 
study  of  selected  topic  in  criminal  justice. 

CJUS  398  Law  Enforcement  Field  Training  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  6  credits  of  law  enforcement;  and  permission 
of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Supervised, 
structured  and  focused  field  training  in  law  enforcement 
agencies. 

CJUS  399  Directed  Independent  Research  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  12  credits  hours  in  law  enforcement  or 
criminology;  and  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Supervised  individual 
research  and  study:  library  and  field  research,  surveys, 
special  local  problems. 

CJUS  400  Criminal  Courts  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS  100 
or  permission  of  department.  Criminal  courts  in  the 
United  Statesat  all  levels;  judges,  prosecutors,  defenders, 
clerks,  court  administrators,  and  the  nature  of  their  jobs; 
problems  facing  courts  and  prosecutors  today  and 
problems  of  administration;  reforms. 


CJUS  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcement 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite  CJUS  340  or  permission 
of  department  The  structuring  of  manpower,  material, 
and  systems  to  accomplish  the  major  goals  of  social 
control.  Personnel  and  systems  management  Political 
controls  and  limitations  on  authonty  and  junsdiction 

CJUS  455  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal 
Justice  I  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  of  department  An 
examination  of  conceptual  and  practical  issues  related 
to  planned  change  in  criminal  justice  Emphasis  on  the 
development  of  innovative  ideas  using  a  research  and 
development  approach  to  change 

CJUS  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal 
Justice  II  (3)  Prerequisite  CJUS  455  or  permission  of 
department  An  examination  of  conceptual  and  practical 
issues  related  to  planned  change  in  cnminal  justice 
Emphasis  on  change  strategies  and  tactics  which  are 
appropnate  for  cnminal  justice  personnel  in  entry  level 
positions 

CJUS  462  Special  Problems  in  Security 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS  360.  An 
advanced  course  lor  students  desiring  to  focus  on 
specific  concerns  in  the  study  of  private  security 
organizations;  business  intelligence  and  espionage; 
vulnerability  and  criticality  analyses  in  physical  security; 
transportation,  banking,  hospital  and  military  security 
problems;  uniformed  security  forces;  national  defense 
information;  and  others. 

CJUS  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminal  Justice  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Supervised  study  of  a  selected 
topic  to  be  announced  in  the  field  of  criminal  justice. 

CLAS — Classics 

CLAS  100  Classical  Foundations  (3)  Aspects  of  the 
ancient  world  taught  through  the  medium  of  influential 
classical  texts. 

CLAS  170  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (3)  Taught  in 
English,  no  prerequisite:  cannot  be  taken  for  language 
credit  This  course  is  particularly  recommended  for 
students  planning  to  major  in  foreign  languages.  English, 
history,  the  fine  arts,  or  journalism. 

CLAS  270  Greek  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Selections  in  translation  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer 
to  Lucian,  with  special  emphasis  on  epic  and  dramatic 
poetry.  No  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  is  required. 

CLAS  271   Roman  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Selections  in  translation  of  Latin  literature  to  the  time  of 
Apuleius.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  poetry  of 
the  Augustan  Age.  No  knowledge  of  Latin  is  required. 

CLAS  280  English  Word  Building  From  Latin  and 
Greek  (3)  General  English  vocabulary  through  the  study 
of  Latin  and  Greek  roots,  prefixes,  suffixes,  etymologies, 
and  principles  of  linguistic  change. 

CLAS  290  Greek  and  Latin  Medical  Terminology  (3) 

Basic  medical  vocabulary  through  the  study  of  Greek 
and  Latin  roots,  prefixes  and  suffixes.  No  previous 
knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  required. 

CLAS  309  Special  Topics  in  Classical  Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs.  Readings  in 
translation. 

CLAS  320  Women  in  Classical  Antiquity  (3)  A  study 
of  women's  image  and  reality  in  ancient  Greek  and 
Roman  societies  through  an  examination  of  literary, 
linguistic,  historical,  legal  and  artistic  evidence:  special 
emphasis  in  women's  role  in  the  family,  views  of  female 
sexuality,  and  the  place  of  women  in  creative  art. 
Readings  in  primary  sources  in  translation  and  modem 
critical  writings. 

CLAS  330  Greek  and  Roman  Religion  (3)  Survey  of 
Greek  and  Roman  religious  beliefs  and  practices  from 
Minoan-Mycenaean  period  to  rise  of  Christianity 

CLAS  372  Classical  Epic  (3)  Introduction  to  major 
classical  epic  poems  in  translation. 

CLAS  374  Greek  Tragedy  in  Translation  (3)  Study  and 
analysis  of  the  tragedies  of  Aeschylus,  Sophocles  and 
Euripides  with  special  attention  to  the  concepts  of 
character  and  of  thought  as  conceived  by  Aristotle  in  The 
Poetics. 


1 70    CMSC  —  Computer  Science 


CLAS  375  Ancient  Comedy  (3)  Representative  plays 
by  Aristophanes.  Meanander,  Plautus  and  Terence  in 
translation;  examination  ol  Greek  tradition  in  Roman 
and  postclassical  periods 

CLAS  376  The  Ancient  Novel  (3)  Reading  and  analysis 
of  ancient  lictional  prose  narratives. 

CLAS  380  Ancient  Biography  (3)  Analysis  of  ancient 
biographies  as  literature  in  translation. 

CLAS  41 1  Greek  Drama  (3)  Also  offered  as  CMLT  41 1 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  CLAS 
411  or  CMLT  411.  The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus, 
Sophocles.  Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in  English 
translations 

CLAS  420  The  Classical  Tradition  (3)  Examination  of 
the  role  of  classical  tradition  in  western  thought,  with 
particular  regard  to  literature. 

CLAS  470  Advanced  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology 

(3)  Prerequisite :  CLAS  1 70  or  permission  of  department . 
Selected  themes  and  characters  of  Greek  and  Roman 
myth.  History  of  the  study  of  myth  and  research  methods 
in  mythology. 

CLAS  488  Independent  Study  in  Classical  Civilization 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

CLAS  494  Senior  Seminar  in  Classics  (3)  Limited  to 
graduating  classics  majors.  To  be  taken  in  the  last  year 
and  preferably  the  last  semester  of  the  undergraduate 
program  Topics  will  vary  each  semester;  most  will  be 
interdisciplinary  or  will  cross  historical  periods.  The 
course  will  provide  a  seminar  experience  in  material  or 
methodologies  not  otherwise  available  to  the  major. 

CLAS  495  Senior  Thesis  in  Classics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Prior  departmental  approval 
of  research  topic  is  required.  Available  to  all  students 
who  wish  to  pursue  a  specific  research  topic. 

CLAS  499  Independent  Study  in  Classical  Languages 
and  Literatures  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department. 

CMLT — Comparative  Literature 

CMLT  41 1  The  Greek  Drama  (3)  Also  offered  as  CLAS 
41 1 .  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
CMLT  41 1  or  CLAS  411.  The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus, 
Sophocles,  Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in  English 
translations.  Emphasis  on  the  historic  background,  on 
dramatic  structure,  and  on  the  effect  of  the  Attic  drama 
upon  the  mind  of  the  civilized  world. 

CMLT  41 5  The  Old  Testament  As  Literature  (3)  A  study 
of  sources,  development  and  literary  types. 

CMLT  416  New  Testament  As  Literature  (3)  A 

knowledge  of  Greek  is  helpful,  but  not  essential  A  study 
of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament,  with  attention  to  the 
relevant  historical  background  and  to  the  transmission 
of  the  text 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence 
in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance  (3)  Reading 
knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  required.  Emphasis  on 
major  writers 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence 
in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance  (3)  Reading 
knowledge  of  Greek  and  Latin  required.  Emphasis  on 
major  writers. 

CMLT  430  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Narrative, 
dramatic  and  lyric  literature  of  the  middle  ages  studied  in 
translation. 

CMLT  433  Dante  and  the  Romance  Tradition  (3)  A 

reading  of  the  divine  comedy  to  enlighten  the  discovery 
of  reality  in  western  literature. 

CMLT  461  Romanticism:  Early  Stages  (3)  Reading 
knowledge  of  French  of  German  required  Emphasis  on 
England.  France  and  Germany 

CMLT 462  Romanticism:  Flowering  and  Influence (3) 
Reading  knowledge  of  French  and  German  required. 
Emphasis  on  England,  France  and  Germany 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel  (3)  The  novel  in 
translation  from  Stendhal  through  the  existentialists. 


selected  from  literatures  of  France.  Germany,  Italy. 
Russia,  and  Spain. 

CMLT  470  Ibsen  and  the  Continental  Drama  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  work  of  Ibsen,  with  some  attention 
given  to  selected  predecessors,  contemporaries  and 
successors. 

CMLT  479  Major  Contemporary  Authors  (3) 

CMLT  488  Genres  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs.  A  study  of  a  recognized  literary  form,  such  as 
tragedy,  epic,  satire,  literary  criticism,  comedy, 
tragicomedy,  etc. 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers  (3)  Each  semester  two  major 
writers  from  different  cultures  and  languages  will  be 
studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the  basis  of  significant 
relationships  of  cultural  and  aesthetic  contexts,  analogies 
between  their  respective  works,  and  the  importance  of 
each  writer  to  his  literary  tradition. 

CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Comparative  Literature 
(3) 

CMSC — Computer  Science 

CMSC   103   Introduction  to  Computing  (3)  An 

introductioon  to  computing  for  non-computer  science 
majors.  Basic  terminology  and  concepts  of  computing. 
Hands-on  experience  on  personal  computer  with 
applications  software  such  as  word  processor, 
spreadsheet,  and  database  management  systems 
Social  issues  of  computing.  (Not  applicable  to  the  major 
requirements  in  computer  science.) 

CMSC  107  Introduction  to theUNIX Operating  System 

(3)  Recommended:  prior  experience  with  computing. 
Effective  use  of  UNIX  tools  for  students  of  all  disciplines. 
UNIX  file  system;  shell  programming;  text  editing;  filters; 
pipes;  macro  processing;  data  analysis;  text  processing; 
document  maintenance. 

CMSC  1 10  Introduction  to  Fortran  Programming  (4) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Construction  of  algorithms  for  the  efficient  solution 
of  computational  problems.  Conducted  in  FORTRAN. 
Intended  for  scientists,  engineers,  and  business  majors. 
Not  applicable  to  the  major  requirements  in  computer 
science. 

CMSC  112  Computer  Science  I  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  MATH  140.  With  CMSC  113,  this  course 
forms  a  one-year  sequence  for  computer  science  majors 
Design  and  analysis  of  programs  using  structured 
programming  and  data  abstraction.  Formal  syntax  and 
semantics,  and  program  verification.  Conducted  in 
Pascal 

CMSC  113  Computer  Science  II  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  CMSC  150;  and 
(a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  CMSC  1 12  or  permission  of 
department  based  on  satisfactory  performance  on  the 
computer  science  placement  exam).  Corequisite:  MATH 
141  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the  following: 
CMSC  113  and  CMSC  120  A  continuation  of  CMSC 
112.  Intended  for  computer  science  majors. 

CMSC  120  Introduction  to  Pascal  Programming  (4) 

Three  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following 
CMSC  113  and  CMSC  120.  Design  and  analysis  of 
programs  in  Pascal.  An  introduction  to  computing,  using 
structured  programming  concepts.  Not  applicable  to  the 
major  requirements  in  computer  science 

CMSC  150  Introduction  to  Discrete  Structures  (3) 
Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH  140.  Formerly  CMSC  250 
Fundamental  mathematical  concepts  related  to  computer 
science,  including  finite  and  infinite  sets,  relations, 
functions,  and  propositional  logic  Introduction  to  other 
techniques,  modeling  and  solving  problems  in  computer 
science  Introduction  to  permutations,  combinations. 
graphs,  and  trees  with  selected  applications 

CMSC  211  Assembly  Language  Programming  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  CMSC  1 1 3  or  CMSC  1 20  Assembly 
language  programming,  assemblers,  loaders,  linkage 
editors,  and  macros 

CMSC  220  Introduction  to  File  Processing  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CMSC  113orCMSC  120  Characteristics 


and  use  of  peripheral  memory  devices  for  sequential 
and  direct  access  file  processing  Techniques  such  as 
sorting  and  searching,  hash  coding,  and  table  look-up. 

CMSC  251  Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  112; 
and  CMSC  150;  and  MATH  140.  a  grade  ol  C  or  better 
in  CMSC  150  and  CMSC  112  A  systematic  study  of 
correctness  and  complexity  of  some  elementary 
algonthms  related  to  sorting,  graphs  and  trees,  and 
combmatoncs. 

CMSC  280  Computer  Science  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC 
113  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  Corequisite  CMSC 
251.  Introduction  to  the  subdisciplines  of  computer 
science  through  practical  problem  solving.  Formal 
programming  methodology  and  data  structures  in 
algorithm  development 

CMSC  311  Computer  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite 
CMSC  280  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  Introduction  to 
assembly  language  Design  of  digital  logic  circuits 
Organization  of  central  processors,  including  instruction 
sets,  register  transfer  operations,  control 
microprogramming,  data  representation,  and  anthmetic 
algonthms  Memory  and  input/output  organization 

CMSC  330  Organization  of  Programming  Languages 
(3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  1 13  with  grade  of  "C  or  better 
The  run-time  organization  ol  programming  languages 
Algebraic  languages  (e.g.  Algol.  PL/1 .  Pascal)  Dynamic 
versus  static  scope  rules.  Storage  for  stnngs.  arrays, 
and  records. 

CMSC  388  Special  Computational  Laboratory  (1-2) 
Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour 
Prerequisite  CMSC  103  or  equivalent  Arranged  for 
special  groups  of  students  to  give  experience  in 
developing  algonthmic  solutions  of  problems  or  using 
particular  computational  systems  May  be  taken  for 
cumulative  credit  up  to  a  maximum  ol  six  hours  where 
different  material  is  covered. 

CMSC  390  Honors  Paper  (3)  Prerequisite  admission 
to  CMSC  Honors  Program  Special  study  or  research 
directed  toward  preparation  of  honors  paper. 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer  Systems  and 
Software  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  141  and  expenence 
with  a  high-level  programming  language  and  (graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  department)  Assembly 
language  and  instruction  execution  for  Von  Neumann 
Architectures  Records,  arrays,  pointers,  parameters, 
and  recursive  procedures  I/O  structures  and  interrupt 
handling  Finite  state  automata  Course  is  intended 
pnmanly  for  graduate  students  in  other  disciplines  CMSC 
400  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the  graduate  or 
undergraduate  program  in  computer  science 

CMSC  411  Computer  Systems  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite  CMSC  311  or  CMSC  400  Input/output 
processors andtechniques  Intra-system communication, 
buses,  caches  Addressing  and  memory  hierarchies 
Microprogramming,  parallelism,  and  pipelining 

CMSC  41 2  Operating  Systems  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
(CMSC  311  and  CMSC  330)  or  CMSC  400 
Recommended:  CMSC  411  An  introduction  to  batch 
systems,  spooling  systems,  and  third-generation 
multiprogramming  systems  Descnption  of  the  parts  ol 
an  operating  system  in  terms  of  lundion,  structure,  and 
implementation  Basic  resource  allocation  policies 

CMSC  415  Systems  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite 
CMSC  412  Basic  algorithms  of  operating 
systemsoftware  Memory  management  using  linkage 
editors  and  loaders,  dynamic  relocation  with  base 
registers,  paging  File  systems  and  input/output  control 
Processor  allocation  tor  multiprogramming,  timeshanng 
Emphasis  on  practical  systems  programming,  including 
projects  such  as  a  simple  linkage  editor  a  stand-alone 
executive,  a  file  system,  etc 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC  251 
or  CMSC  400  Descnption.  properties,  and  storage 
allocation  of  data  structures  including  lists  and  trees 
Algonthms  for  manipulating  structures  Applications  from 
areas  such  as  data  processing,  information  retrieval 
symbol  manipulation,  and  operating  systems 

CMSC  421  Introduction  to  Artificial  Intelligence  (3) 
Prerequisite  CMSC  251;  and  CMSC  330 
Recommended  CMSC  420  Areas  and  issues  in  artificial 
intelligence,  including  search,  inference,  knowledge 


COOP  —  Cooperative  Education  Program    171 


representation,  learning,  vision,  natural  languages,  expert 
systems,  robotics  Implementation  and  application  ol 
programming  languages  (eg  LISP.  PROLOG. 
SMALLTALK),  programming  techniques  (eg.  pattern 
matching,  discnmination  networks)  and  control  structures 
(eg  agendas,  data  dependencies) 

CMSC  424  Database  Design  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC 
420  Recommended  CMSC  450  Motivation  tor  the 
database  approach  as  a  mechanism  for  modeling  the 
real  world.  Review  ot  the  three  popular  data  models: 
relational,  network,  and  hierarchical  Comparison  of 
permissible  structures,  integnty  constraints,  storage 
strategies,  and  query  facilities  Theory  of  database 
design  logic 

CMSC  426  Image  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC 
420  An  introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  analysis  and 
manipulation  of  pictonal  data  by  computer.  Image  input/ 
output  devices,  image  processing  software, 
enhancement,  segmentation,  property  measurement. 
Fourier  analysis  Computer  encoding,  processing,  and 
analysis  of  curves 

CMSC  430  Theory  of  Language  Translation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CMSC  330  or  CMSC  400  Formal  translation 
of  programming  languages,  program  syntax  and 
semantics.  Finite  state  recognizers  and  regular 
grammers.  Context-  free  parsing  techniques  such  as 
recursive  descent,  precedence.  LL(k)  and  LR(k)  Code 
generation,  improvement,  syntax-directed  translation 
schema. 

CMSC  434  Human  Factors  in  Computer  and 
Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  330;  and 
PSYC  100;  and  STAT  400.  Human  factors  issues  in  the 
development  of  software,  the  use  of  database  systems, 
and  the  design  of  interactive  computer  systems. 
Expenmentation  on  programming  language  control  and 
data  structures,  programming  style  issues, 
documentation,  program  development  strategies, 
debugging,  and  readability  Interactive  system  design 
issues  such  as  response  time,  display  rates,  graphics, 
on-line  assistance,  command  language,  menu  selection, 
or  speech  input/output 

CMSC  435  Software  Design  and  Development  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CMSC  420  and  CMSC  430  or  equivalent. 
State-of-the-art  techniques  in  software  design  and 
development.  Laboratory  experience  in  applying  the 
techniques  covered  Structured  design,  structured 
programming,  top-down  design  and  development, 
segmentation  and  modulanzation  techniques,  iterative 
enhancement,  design  and  code  inspection  techniques, 
correctness,  and  chief-programmer  teams  The 
development  of  a  large  software  project. 

CMSC  450  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240.  Also  offered  as  MATH  444. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH 
444  or  CMSC  450  An  elementary  development  of 
propositions!  logic,  predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and 
Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov  algorithms, 
Tunng  machines  and  recursive  functions.  Topics  include 
post  productions,  word  problems,  and  formal  languages. 

CMSC  451  Design  and  Analysis  of  Computer 
Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  113;  and  CMSC 
251.  Fundamental  techniques  for  designing  and 
analyzingcomputeralgonthms.  Greedy  methods,  divide- 
and-conquer  techniques,  search  and  traversal 
techniques,  dynamic  programming,  backtracking 
methods,  branch-and-bound  methods,  and  algebraic 
transformations. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Computation  (3) 

Prerequisites:  CMSC  113;  and  CMSC  251  Alternative 
theoretical  models  of  computation,  types  of  automata, 
and  their  relations  to  formal  grammars  and  languages. 

CMSC  456  Data  Encryption  and  Security  (3) 

Prerequisites:  CMSC  420.  Recommended:  CMSC  451 . 
Methods  of  protecting  computer  data  from  unauthorized 
use  and  users  by  data  encryption  and  by  access  and 
information  controls.  Classical  cryptographic  systems. 
Introduction  to  several  modem  systems  such  as  Data 
Encryption  Standard  and  public-key  cryptosystems. 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  240  and  MATH  241 ;  and  (CMSC  1 10  or  CMSC 
113).  Also  offered  as  MAPL  460.  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  CMSC/MAPL  460  or 
CMSC/MAPL  466.  Basic  computational  methods  for 
interpolation,  least  squares,  approximation,  numerical 


quadrature,  numerical  solution  ot  polynomial  and 
transcendental  equations,  systems  ol  linear  equations 
and  initial  value  problems  for  ordinary  differential 
equations  Emphasis  is  on  methods  and  their 
computational  properties  rather  than  their  analytic 
aspects  Intended  primarily  for  students  in  the  physical 
and  engineering  sciences 

CMSC  466  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis  I  (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  240;  and  MATH  241.  and  (CMSC 
1 1 0  or  equivalent)  Also  offered  as  MAPL  466  Credit  will 
be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following  CMSC/MAPL 
460  or  CMSC/MAPL  466  Floating  point  computations, 
direct  methods  for  linear  systems,  interpolation,  solution 
of  nonlinear  equations 

CMSC  467  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis  II  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MAPL/CMSC  466  Also  offered  as  MAPL 
467.  Advanced  interpolation,  linear  least  squares. 
eigenvalue  problems,  ordinary  differential  equations, 
Fast  Founer  Transforms 

CMSC  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241 .  Also  offered 
as  MATH  475.  General  enumeration  methods,  difference 
equations,  generating  functions.  Elements  of  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs,  applications  of 
graph  theory  to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and 
graphical  algorithms. 

CMSC  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC/MAPL 
460.  or  CMSC/MAPL  466,  or  CMSC/MAPL  467.  Also 
offered  as  MAPL  477  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
of  the  following:  CMSC  477  or  MAPL  477.  Linear 
programming  including  the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual 
linear  programs;  convex  sets  and  elements  of  convex 
programming;  combinatorial  optimization,  integer 
programming. 

CMSC  498  Special  Problems  in  Computer  Science 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Anindividualized  course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or 
students  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  project  under 
the  supervision  of  the  senior  staff.  Credit  according  to 
work  done 

CNEC — Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  1 00  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics  (3) 

The  role  of  the  consumer  in  modern  society.  Topics 
include  the  consumer  in  the  market,  the  impact  of  market 
failures  on  the  quality  of  life  and  the  impact  of  government 
and  business  decisions  on  consumer  welfare. 

CNEC  298  Special  Topics(1 -3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Topics  of  special  interest  to  lower  division  students 
under  the  guidance  of  department  faculty. 

CNEC  300  Professional  Development  (1)  A  series  of 
lectures  focused  on  career  options,  career  preparation 
and  professional  development  for  majors  in  textiles  and 
consumer  economics. 

CNEC  310  Consumer  Economics  and  Public  Policy 
(3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203.  The 
application  of  economic  theory,  including  benefit-cost 
analysis,  to  an  evaluation  of  policy  decisions  in  the 
private  and  public  sectors  which  affect  the  consumer. 
The  economic,  social,  and  political  framework  within 
which  policy  decisions  are  made. 

CNEC  312  Economics  of  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite: 
(ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203)  or  ECON  205  Application 
of  economic  theory  to  examination  of  production/ 
consumption  decisions  of  families  and  households. 
Analysis  of  time  allocation  to  market,  division  of  labor  in 
families,  household  structure,  economics  of  fertility, 
investment  in  human  capital  using  economic  models 
and  empirical  findings. 

CNEC  385  Junior  Honors  Seminar  (1 )  Limited  to  juniors 
in  the  departmental  honors  program.  Spring  semester 
Readings,  reports  and  discussion  of  selected  topics. 

CNEC  388  Field  Work  and  Analysis  in  Consumer 
Economics  (3-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Senior  standing.  For  CNEC  and  TEXT  majors  only. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Also  offered  as 
TEXT  388.  Supervised  professional  field  work  experience 
in  business  industry,  government  or  education .  A  seminar 
and  wntten  critique  of  the  field  work  experience  will  be 
required  to  relate  formal  academic  study  to  student  work 
experiences.  Students  must  apply  a  semester  in  advance. 


CNEC  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH 
110  or  MATH  115  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  TEXT  400  or  BMGT  230  Research 
methodology  in  textiles  and  consumer  economics,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  application  of  statistical 
concepts  and  techniques  to  the  analysis  of  data  from  the 
areas  of  textiles  and  consumer  economics 

CNEC 41 0 Consumer Flnance(3) Prerequisites  ECON 
201 ;  and  ECON  203  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  FMCD  441  An  economic  approach  to  the 
problems  of  income  allocation  and  consumer  financial 
planning,  including  income  maximization,  principles  of 
asset  choice,  financial  management  and  risk 
management  The  effects  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policies 
on  lifetime  economic  planning 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Lew  (3)  A  study  of 
legislation  affecting  consumer  goods  and  services.  Topics 
covered  include  product  safety  and  liability,  packaging 
and  labeling,  deceptive  advertising,  andconsumer  credit. 
The  implications  of  such  legislation  for  consumer  welfare 
with  particular  emphasison  the  disadvantaged  groups  in 
our  society  will  be  examined. 

CNEC  433  Consumer  Law:  Advertising  and 
Solicitation  (3)  Prerequisite  CNEC  43I  or  permission  of 
department.  An  advanced  study  of  the  legal 
consequences  of  inducing  consumers  to  enter  into 
commercial  transactions  Individual  consumer  remedies, 
collective  consumer  remedies  and  government 
regulation 

CNEC   435   Economics   of   Consumption   (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201 .  and  ECON  203  or  ECON  205 
for  non-majors.  The  application  ol  economic  theory  to  a 
study  of  consumer  decision-making  and  its  role  in  a 
market  economy  at  both  the  individual  and  aggregate 
levels.  Topics  covered  include  empirical  studies  of 
consumer  spending  and  saving,  the  consumer  in  the 
market  and  collective  consumption. 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
100;  and  SOCY  100.  An  application  of  the  behavioral 
sciences  to  a  study  of  consumer  behavior.  Current 
theories,  models  and  empirical  research  findings  are 
explored. 

CNEC  455  Product  Standards  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department.  The  process  of  product 
standard  development,  and  the  significance  of  such 
standards  to  the  consumer.  History,  procedures  and 
uses  of  standards  by  industry  and  government,  including 
both  voluntary  and  regulatory  standardization;  the  impact 
of  product  standards,  and  mechanisms  for  obtaining 
consumer  input  in  the  standardization  process 

CNEC  456  Product  Liability  and  Government 
Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  CNEC  431  or  permission 
of  department.  Legal  concepts  involved  in  society's 
determination  of  consumer's  nghts  to  product  safety. 
Litigation  determining  the  obligation  of  manufacturers 
and  sellers  to  injured  consumers.  Government  regulations 
defining  the  obligations  of  manufacturers  to  design  and 
construct  products  in  accordance  with  government 
standards. 

CNEC  457  Product  Safety  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  department.  An  interdisciplinary  investigation  of 
consumer  product  safety.  Major  statutes  and  agencies 
regulating  safety.  Alternative  means  of  promoting 
consumer  product  safety.  The  application  of  product 
liability  and  cost  benefit  analysis  to  the  economics  of 
product  safety.  Consumer  response  to  safety  labeling, 
advertising  and  educational  efforts. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Limited  to 
undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  honors 
program.  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  or  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year. 
Student  should  register  in  both  fall  and  spnng. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study  by 
an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  of  students  in 
advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  department. 
Students  must  prepare  a  descnption  of  the  study  they 
wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the 
faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chairman. 

COOP — Cooperative  Education  Program 

COOP  098  Co-Op  Work  Experience  I  (0)  Prerequisites: 
satisfactory  completion  of  36  credits;  and  consent  of  the 
Director  of  the  Cooperative  Education  Program.  Practical, 
full-time  work  experience  in  either  private  or  government 


172    DANC  — Dance 


agencies  which  supplements  and  enhances  the  Iheones. 
principles,  and  practices  in  the  normal  education  program. 
The  student  must  register  lor  COOP  098  (or  each 
summer  work  experience  and  tor  both  COOP  098  and 
099  tor  each  semester  work  experience 

COOP  099  Co-Op  Work  Experience  II  (0)  Prerequisites: 
satisfactory  completion  of  36  credits;  and  consent  ot  the 
Director  of  the  Cooperative  Education  Program  Practical, 
full-time  work  experience  in  either  pnvate  or  government 
agencies  which  supplements  and  enhances  the  theories, 
pnnciples,  and  practices  mthe  normal  education  program 
The  student  must  register  for  COOP  098  for  each 
summer  work  experience  and  tor  both  COOP  098  and 
099  for  each  semester  work  experience 

CRIM — Criminology 

CRIM  220  Criminology  (3)  Criminal  behavior  and  the 
methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies  of  criminal 
acts  and  offenders;  punishment,  correction  and 
incapacitation;  prevention  of  crime. 

CRIM  330  Contemporary  Criminological  Issues  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CRIM  220.  Career  criminals,  prison 
overcrowding,  prediction,  ecological  studies  of  crime, 
family  and  delinquency  and  similar  criminological 
problems 

CRIM  359  Field  Training  in  Criminology  and 
Corrections  (1  -6)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  criminology 
and  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Supervised  field  training  in  public  or  private  social 
agencies.  Group  meetings,  individual  conferences  and 
wntten  program  reports. 

CRIM  360  Victimology  (3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or 
permission  of  department.  Overview  ot  the  history  and 
theory  of  victimology.  Analysis  of  victimization  patterns 
with  special  emphasis  on  types  of  victims  and  cnmes. 
The  interaction  between  victims  of  crime  and  the  criminal 
lustice  system  with  respect  to  the  role  of  the  victim  and 
the  services  offered  to  the  victim. 

CRIM  388  Independent  Reading  Course  In 
Criminology  (3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  For  honor 
students  only.  This  course  is  designed  for  the  needs  of 
honors  students  in  criminology. 

CRIM  389  Independent  Research  in  Criminology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  For  honors  students  only  This 
course  is  designed  for  the  needs  of  the  honors  students 
in  criminology. 

CRIM  399  Independent  Study  in  Criminology  (1-3) 

Prerequisite  1 2  credits  in  cnminology  or  law  enforcement; 
and  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Integrated  reading  or  research  under  direction  and 
supervision  of  a  faculty  member 

CRIM  432  Law  ot  Corrections  (3)  Prerequisite:  CJUS 
230  or  CJUS  234:  and  CRIM  220  A  review  of  the  law  of 
criminal  corrections  from  sentencing  to  final  release  or 
release  on  parole.  Probation,  punishments,  special 
treatments  for  special  offenders,  parole  and  pardon,  and 
the  prisoner's  civil  rights  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM 
220.  Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general 
problem  of  crime:  analysis  of  factors  underlying  juvenile 
delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention 

CRIM  451  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  permission  ot 
department.  Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of 
cnme  and  delinquency. 

CRIM  452  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  permission 
of  department  Processes  and  methods  used  to  modify 
criminal  and  delinquent  behavior 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  220.  and  CRIM  450;  and  CRIM  451 
or  CRIM  452  or  CRIM  453  Brief  histoncal  overview  of 
criminological  theory  up  to  the  50s  Deviance  Labeling 
Typologies  Most  recent  research  in  criminalistic 
subcultures  and  middle  class  delinquency  Recent 
proposals  for  "decnminalization" 

CRIM  455  Psychology  ot  Criminal  Behavior  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or  equivalent;  and  PSYC  331  or 
equivalent  Biological,  environmental,  and  personality 
factors  which  influence  cnminal  behaviors  Biophysiology 
and  crime,  stress  and  cnme,  maladjustment  patterns. 


psychoses,  personality  disorders,  aggression  and  violent 
crime,  sex-motivated  cnme  and  sexual  deviations,  alcohol 
and  drug  abuse,  and  criminal  behavior 

CRIM  456  White  Collar  and  Organized  Crime  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  Definition, 
detection,  prosecution,  sentencing  and  impact  of  white 
collar  and  organized  crime  Special  consideration  given 
to  the  role  of  federal  law  and  enforcement  practices 

CRIM  457  Comparative  Criminology  (3)  Prerequisite 
CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  Companson  ot  law  and  criminal 
justice  systems  in  different  countnes.  Special  emphasis 
on  the  methods  of  comparative  legal  analysis, 
international  cooperation  in  criminal  justice,  and  crime 
and  development 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  In  Criminology  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Topics  of 
special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduates  in 
criminology.  Such  courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to 
student  request  and  faculty  interest. 

DANC— Dance 

DANC  100  Modern  Dance  I  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Basic 
principles  of  modern  dance,  emphasizing  fundamentals 
of  movement. 

DANC  102  Rhythmic  Training  for  Dance  (2)  Basic 
approaches  to  rhythmic  principles  related  to  dance. 

DANC  104  Modern  Dance  II  for  Non-Majors  (2) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  1 00  A  continuation  of  the  pnnciples 
introduced  in  DANC  100. 

DANC  1 09  Improvisation  I  (2)  Repeatable  to  4  credits. 
An  introduction  to  the  process  of  spontaneous  movement 
discovery  involving  solo  and  group  movement 
experiences. 

DANC  1 24  Ballet  I  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Barre  and  center 
work  for  alignment,  strength,  flexibility  and  coordination 
Introduction  to  ballet  terminology 

DANC  127  Ballet  II  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Prerequisite 
DANC  124  or  audition  Continuation  of  DANC  124. 

DANC  1 38  Introduction  to  Ethnic  Dance  (2)  Repeatable 
to  4  credits  with  permission  of  department.  Traditional 
dances  and  music  of  selected  cultures. 

DANC  1 54  Jazz  I  f  or  Non-Majors  (2)  I  ntroduction  to  the 
jazz  style  in  dance  for  the  beginning  student. 

DANC  156  Jazz  I  for  Majors  Only  (2)  Repeatable  to  4 
credits.  Introduction  to  the  jazz  style  in  dance  for  the 
beginning  student. 

DANC  1 71  Movement  Integration  (2)One  hour  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Techniques  for 
reducing  tension  and  achieving  integrated  muscular 
control  and  coordination. 

DANC  199  Practlcum  in  Choreography, 
Productlonand  Performance  I  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Choreography,  production,  and  performance  of  student 
works,  both  on  and  off  campus. 

DANC  200  Introduction  to  Dance  (3)  A  study  ot  dance 
as  a  form  of  communication  and  as  an  art  form;  a  survey 
of  the  theories  and  styles  of  dance,  and  their  relationships 
toother  art  forms 

DANC  208  Choreography  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  DANC 
102  and  DANC  109  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Basic 
pnnciples  of  dance  composition:  space,  time  dynamics, 
and  movement  invention  The  development  ol  cntical 
awareness. 

DANC  210  Dance  Production  (3)  A  survey  of  theatre 
crafts  and  techniques  involved  in  dance  production, 
including  lighting,  sound,  set  and  costume  design  and 
construction,  stage-management  and  videotaping 

DANC  228  Ballet  I  for  Majors  (2)  Repeatable  to  4  credits 
Barre  and  center  work  tor  alignment,  strength,  flexibility 
and  coordination  Introduction  to  ballet  terminology 

DANC  229  Ballet  II  for  Majors  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC 
228  or  audition  Repeatable  to  4  credits  Continuation  of 
DANC  228 


DANC  248  Modern  Oance  I  for  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Dance  movement  placement,  rhythm,  dynamics,  space 
and  dance  phrases 

DANC  249  Modern  Dance  II  for  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  246  or  audition  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Continuation  of  DANC  248 

DANC  258  Jazz  II  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  1 58  or  audition 
Repeatable  to  4  credits  Continuation  of  the  pnnciples  of 
Jazz  I  Emphasis  on  style  and  execution  of  movement 

DANC  266  Dance  Notation  I  (3)  Prerequisites  DANC 
1 02  and  DANC  1 48  Movement  analysis  tor  purposes  ol 
recording  dance,  notation  fundamentals  Elementary 
writing  of  technique,  reading  of  simple  modem,  ballet 
and  ethnic  studies 

DANC  299  Practlcum  In  Choreography.  Production 
and  Performance  II  (1-3)  Prerequisite  DANC  199  or 
permission  ol  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Continuation  ol  DANC  199. 

DANC  302  Music  Sources  for  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  102orpermissionofdepartment  Study  of  musical 
literature,  improvisation  and  composition  as  they  relate 
to  dance  Techniques  ot  instrumental  accompaniment 

DANC  305  Principles  of  Teaching  Dance  (3) 
Prerequisites:  DANC  102.  DANC  208.  and  DANC  248 
Theory  and  practice  of  dance  instruction  including 
methods,  lesson  plans  and  practice  teaching 

DANC  306  Creative  Dance  for  Children  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  305  or  equivalent  Communication  ot  the  essential 
elements  of  dance  to  children.  The  development  of 
movement  into  simple  lorms  to  serve  as  a  symbol  of 
creative  individual  expression. 

DANC  308  Choreography  II  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC  208 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  Exploration  of  the  formal 
elements  of  choreography,  theme,  development, 
repetition,  contrast,  transition,  continuity  and  structure 

DANC  309  Improvisation  II (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  1 09 
or  audition  Repeatable  to  4  credits  Continuation  of 
DANC  109. 

DANC  31 0  Dance  Lighting  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC  210 
Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  penods  per  week 
Theory  and  practice  of  stage  lighting  with  specific 
reference  to  designing  for  dance 

DANC  328  Ballet  III  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  229  or 
audition  Repeatable  to  4  credits  Execution  ol  the 
vocabulary  of  ballet  movement  with  technical  accuracy 

DANC  329  Ballet  IV  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  328  or 
audition  Repeatable  to  4  credits  Continuation  ot  DANC 
328. 

DANC  348  Modern  Dance  III  for  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  249  or  audition  Repeatable  to  6  credits  The 
body  as  an  instrument  of  expression,  techniques  for 
increasing  kinesthetic  sensitivity 

DANC  349  Modern  Dance  IV  lor  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  348  or  audition  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Continuation  ol  DANC  348 

DANC  366  Dance  Notation  II  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC 
266  or  equivalent  Reading,  writing,  and  performing 
movement  scores 

DANC  370  Kinesiology  for  Dancers  (4)  A  study  ot  the 
biological  and  physical  pnnciples  of  movement  and  the 
effects  of  dancing  upon  the  structure  and  function  ot  the 
human  body 

DANC  379  Practlcum  In  Dance  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  12 
credits  Performing  expenence  tor  the  student  dancer 
who  has  developed  a  professional  level  of  competence 

DANC  388  Choreography  III  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC 
308  or  equivalent  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Theoretical 
and  creative  aspects  of  choreography  for  small  groups 
Emphasis  on  individual  protects 

DANC  398  Directed  Studies  In  Dance (1  -6)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 

DANC  399  Practlcum  in  Choreography.  Production 
and  Performance  III  (1-3)  Prerequisite  DANC  299  or 


DESN-  Design     173 


permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Continuation  ol  DANC  299 

OANC  410  Technical  Theater  Production  for  Dance 

(3)  Two  hours  ot  lecture  and  two  hours  ot  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  DANC  210  or  equivalent  (or 
permission  ot  department)  A  study  ol  the  theoretical 
principles  ot  production  and  Ihe  practical  application  ol 
those  pnnciples  to  Ihe  presentation  ol  dance  works 

DANC  411  Dance  Management  and  Administration 
(3)  Pnnciples  of  dance  management  and  administration, 
including  organization  of  touring,  bookings,  budgets, 
public  relations,  grantsmanship  and  audience 
development 

DANC  428  Advanced  Ballet  Technique  1(1)  Two  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  DANC  329  or 
audition  Repeatable  to  3  credits.  Advanced  ballet 
technique  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  expressive 
skills 

DANC  429  Advanced  Ballet  Technique  II  (1 )  Two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  DANC  428. 
Repeatable  to  3  credits  Intensive  work  in  ballet  technique 
for  the  professionally-oriented  dancer. 

DANC  448  Modern  Dance  V  for  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  349  or  audition  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Complex 
phrases  of  modem  dance  movement  with  emphasis  on 
articulation  and  expression 

DANC  449  Modern  Dance  VI  for  Majors  (3)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  448  or  audition.  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Continuation  of  DANC  448. 

DANC  466  Laban  Movement  Analysis  (3)  Introduction 
to  Rudolf  Laban's  system  of  qualitative  movement 
analysis  in  relation  to  understanding  personal  movement 
style.  Application  to  dance  performance,  teaching, 
composition  and  research. 

DANC  468  Modern  Repertory  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
349  or  permission  ot  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
it  content  differs  Form,  content,  music,  design  and 
performance  of  modem  dance  works. 

DANC  471  Movement  Behavior  (3)  The  social 
psychology  of  movement;  reciprocity  of  physical  and 
emotional  behavior. 

DANC  479  Advanced  Practlcum  in  Dance  (1-3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Advanced  level  performing 
experience  for  the  student  dancer  who  has  developed 
an  advanced  professional  level  of  competence 

DANC  482  History  of  Dance  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
200.  The  development  of  dance  from  pnmitive  times  to 
the  Middle  Ages  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to 
patterns  of  culture 

DANC  483  History  of  Dance  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
200  The  development  of  dance  from  the  Renaissance 
period  to  the  present  time  and  the  relationship  ot  dance 
forms  to  patterns  of  culture 

DANC  484  Philosophy  of  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
200  or  permission  of  department.  Critical  analysis  of 
dance  as  a  creative  experience  and  the  role  of 
professional,  educational  and  recreational  dance  in  our 
society.  Selected  approaches  to  current  developments 
in  dance. 

DANC  489  Special  Topics  in  Dance  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs.  Theoretical,  choreographic,  pedagogic, 
or  performance  study. 

DANC  499  Practicum  in  Choreography,  Production 
and  Performance  IV  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Advanced  workshop  in  dance  presentation,  including 
performing,  production  and  planned  field  experiences. 

DESN— Design 

DESN  101  Design  Studio  I  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  For  pre-design  majors 
only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the  following: 
APDS 101  or  DESN  1 01 .  Formerly  APDS 101 .  Principles 
and  elements  of  two-dimensional  design  composition. 
Discussion  of  design  process  theories  and  other  issues 
relating  to  design  activity  (e.g.,  creativity,  functional 
utility,  market  forces,  person-environment  relations, 
client-designer-user  interaction,  problem  constraints). 


DESN  102  Design  Studio  II  (3)  Six  hours  ol  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite:  DESN  101  Corequisite  DESN 
103  For  pre-design  ma|ors  only  Credit  will  be  granted 
tor  only  one  ol  the  following  DESN  102  or  APDS  102 
Formerly  APDS  102.  Continued  investigation  ol  design 
principles  and  elements  Special  emphasis  on  the  study 
of  color  and  relevant  physical,  psychological,  and 
physiological  lactors  Creative  exploration  and  application 
ol  design  concepts  through  studio  exercises 

DESN  1 03  Design  Studio  III  (3)  One  hour  ol  lecture  and 
lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  DESN 
101  Corequisite  DESN  102  For  pre-design  maiors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following: 
APDS  103  or  DESN  103  Formerly  APDS  103.  Preference 
in  registration  accorded  to  pre-design  students  Pnnciples 
and  elements  ot  three-dimensional  design  Application 
ol  concepts  attained  in  DESN  102  to  the  three- 
dimensional  domain.  Special  emphasis  on  natural 
shaping  systems,  modularity,  scale,  and  group  problem 
solving  Creative  exploration  and  application  ol  such 
concepts  through  studio  exercises. 

DESN  204  History  of  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH 
200.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  lollowing: 
APDS  104  or  DESN  204.  Formerly  APDS  104  Historical 
introduction  to  the  world  of  designed  artifacts  from  the 
industrial  revolution  to  the  present.  Style  development, 
cultural  influences,  symbolic  form  and  meaning  in  design, 
media,  materials,  and  technological  advancements. 

DESN  20S  Drawing  for  Designers  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN  102;  and 
DESN  103;  and  EDIT  160.  For  advertising  design, 
design,  and  interior  design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  lollowing  :  APDS  2 1 1  or  DESN 
205.  Formerly  APDS  211  Aspects  of  drawing  to  include 
balance,  proportion,  perspective,  and  composition. 
Sketch  techniques  and  finished  compositions  applied  to 
the  human  figure  and  objects  in  space. 

DESN  210  Presentation  Techniques  for  Visual 
Communication  Design  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  DESN  205.  For  advertising  design 
majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
lollowing:  APDS  21  Oor  DESN  210.  Formerly  APDS  210 
Exploration  of  a  variety  of  principles,  media  and 
techniques  used  by  designers  to  solve  illustration/ design 
problems. 

DESN  212  Graphic  Techniques  for  Interior  Design 
(3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  perweek.  Prerequisite:  DESN 
205.  For  interior  design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  HS  AD  2 1 0  or  DESN 
212.  Formerly  HSAD  210.  Representation  of  the  interior 
architectural  space.  Orthogonal,  perspective, 
axonometric  and  isometric  views.  Scale  models  and 
rendenng  techniques  utilizing  various  media  in  black, 
white,  and  color. 

DESN  230  Typography  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  DESN  102; 
and  DESN  103;  and  EDIT  160.  For  advertising  design 
majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  APDS  330  or  DESN  230.  Formerly  APDS  330. 
Introduction  to  the  use  of  typographies  in  visual 
communication.  Overview  of  the  historical  development 
of  typography,  the  mechanics  of  typographic  symbols 
and  letter  construction,  and  the  graphic  production  of 
such  symbols, 

DESN  231  Typography  II  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN 
230.  For  advertising  design  majors  only  The  further 
study  and  application  of  typographies  as  a  primary 
graphic  component  in  visual  communication.  Emphasis 
on  the  effective  use  of  typographic  images  to 
communicate  specific  messages  to  a  target  audience. 

DESN  237  Photography  I  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN 
205.  For  advertising  design  majors  only  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  APDS  237  or  DESN 
237.  Formerly  APDS  237.  Introduction  to  black  and 
white  photography  as  visual  communication  Basic 
technical  and  aesthetic  vocabulary,  camera  mechanics, 
and  dark  room  techniques.  Additional  studio  time  to 
bearranged. 

DESN  246  Materials  in  Interior  Design  (3)  Prerequisites: 
DESN  102  and  DESN  103.  For  interior  design  majors 
only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
HSAD  246  or  DESN  246.  Formerly  HSAD  246.  Materials 
utilized  in  the  construction  of  the  interior  space  and  its 
components,  including  furnishings.  Basic  fabrication 


processes  lor  natural  and  man-made  matenals.  sources, 
current  directions  and  developments 

DESN  247  Building  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite  DESN 
103  For  interior  design  maiors  only  Construction 
systems,  mechanical  systems,  lighting,  and  assembly 
procedures  in  building  construction 

DESN  300  Introduction  to  Computer-Aided  Design 
and  Computer  Graphics  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  110 
Strengths  and  limitations  ol  graphics  software  and 
hardware  Two-dimensional  and  three-dimensional 
software  applications  Lectures  and  demonstrations 

DESN  320  Illustration  I  (3)  Six  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisites  DESN  210.  and  DESN  230.  For 
advertising  design  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  ol  Ihe  lollowing:  APDS  320  or  DESN  320 
Formerly  APDS  320  Development  ot  narrative  imagery, 
pictonal  illusion,  editonal  and  conceptual  interpretations 
and  their  combined  potential  for  visual  communication 
Direct  drawing  Irom  life  as  well  as  memory,  and 
photographic  reference  in  editorial,  advertising,  and 
retail  illustration. 

DESN  331  Advertising  Design  Studio  I  (3)  Six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  DESN  231;  and 
DESN  320  For  advertising  communication  design  majors 
only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
APDS  331  or  DESN  331  Formerly  APDS  331  Design 
problems  and  graphic  production  methods  Graphics 
reproduction  procedures  including  preparation  of  designs 
requiring  line  and  continuous  tone  separations  as  well 
as  color  separations. 

DESN  333  Three-Dimensional  Visual  Communi- 
cations (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
DESN  231  For  advertising  design  majors  only 
Exploration  of  the  third  dimension  as  a  means  ot 
approaching  visual  communication  problems  Topics 
include  3-D  illustration,  posed  photographic  solutions, 
packaging,  exhibit  structures,  point  of  purchase  displays 
and  signage. 

DESN  335  Color  Photography  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  lour  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites: 
DESN  230;  and  DESN  237  Introduction  to  color 
photography.  Basic  technical  and  aesthetic  vocabulary, 
shooting,  lighting,  processing  of  film  and  pnnts.  Additional 
lab  time  to  be  arranged. 

DESN  337  Photography  II  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN 
230;  and  DESN  237.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
ol  the  following:  APDS  337  or  DESN  337  Formerly 
APDS  337  Problems  in  black  and  white  photography, 
emphasizing  message  and  meaning  in  communication 
contexts;  artificial  light  and  models.  Special  processes 
such  as  posterization,  toning,  montage,  and  digital 
processing  of  photographs. 

DESN  342  Space  Development  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN  212:  and 
DESN  246;  and  DESN  247;  and  EDIT  241 .  For  intenor 
design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  HSAD  342  or  DESN  342.  Formerly  HSAD 

342.  Observation,  analysis  and  examination  of  spaces 
and  their  characteristics.  Concepts  of  space  quality, 
cultural  context,  symbolic  content,  person-environment 
relations,  and  functional  aspects  Sketch  problems  and 
design  projects  of  simple  spaces. 

DESN  343  Interior  Design  Studio  I  (5)  10  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN  342.  Forintenor 
design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  HSAD  343  or  DESN  343.  Formerly  HSAD 

343.  Evaluation  and  development  of  the  design  process, 
including  problem  definition,  performance  specifications, 
program  development,  schematic  alternatives,  evaluation 
and  development  and  construction  documents. 
Application  of  the  process  to  the  design  of  simple  spaces 
with  emphasis  on  concepts  of  community  and  privacy. 

DESN  350  Newspaper  Graphics  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Permission  of 
department.  Design  and  layout  of  newspapers.  Analysis 
of  various  typographic  and  illustrative  solutions  to  the 
design  of  the  front  page,  section  front  pages  and  special 
supplements. 

DESN  352  Exhibition  Design  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN  333  or  DESN  342.  For 
advertising  and  interior  design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  DESN  352  or  APDS 


174    ECON  —  Economics 


332.  Formerly  APDS  332.  Design  of  spaces  for 
commercial  and  trade  exhibits,  portable  exhibit  structures 
and  museum  exhibits.  Emphasis  on  the  logical 
organization  of  information,  and  the  design  of  structures 
and  environments  lor  exhibits. 

DESN  360  History ,  Culture  and  Design  (3)Prerequisite: 
DESN  204  An  historical  exploration  ol  design  activity 
from  the  Industrial  Revolution  to  the  present.  An 
examination  of  the  influence  of  culture,  race,  ethnic 
heritage  and  gender  on  perception  and  creation, 

DESN  361   History  of  Visual  Communication  (3) 

Prerequisites:  DESN  204.  Development  of  graphic 
design,  illustration,  and  typography  since  1850.  Study  of 
posters,  magazines,  typography,  corporate  identity 
systems,  and  other  forms  of  visual  communication,  and 
their  cultural,  social,  and  political  contexts. 

DESN  362  Ideas  in  Design  (3)  Junior  standing  Credit 
will  be  granted  (or  only  one  of  the  following:  DESN  362 
or  HSAD  362  Formerly  HSAD  362.  Key  concepts  in 
design,  including  meaning,  communication,  system,  rule, 
and  style  Examples  from  high  design  as  well  as  from  the 
ordinary  daily  environment 

DESN  380  Professional  Practices  in  Visual 
Communication  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  DESN  430 
For  advertising  design  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  APDS  380  or  DESN  380. 
Formerly  APDS  380.  Business  of  design  focusing  on  the 
development  of  career  strategies,  self-presentation 
techniques  and  various  aspects  of  the  designer-client 
relationship. 

DESN  420  Illustration  II  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  DESN  320.  For  advertising  design 
majors  only.  Advanced  problems  in  the  fields  of  editorial, 
advertising,  retail,  and  corporate  illustration.  Illustration 
in  conjunction  with  type.  Complex  concepts  of  problem- 
solving  through  imagery:  verbal,  visual,  and  written 
articulation  of  intent  and  message. 

DESN  430  Advertising  Design  Studio  II  (3)  Six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN  320;  and 
DESN  331.  For  advertising  design  majors  only.  Credit 
will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  DESN  430 
or  APDS  430.  Formerly  APDS  430  Professional 
problems  in  graphic  design,  with  emphasis  upon 
corporate  and  institutional  identity  programs,  logos,  and 
collateral  materials  development;  special  problems  in 
visual  rhetoric. 

DESN  437  Advanced  Problems  in  Photographic 
Media  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN  230;  and  DESN  237; 
and  permission  of  department.  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  DESN  437  or  APDS  437 
Formerly  APDS  437  Use  of  special  tools  and  processes 
for  imaging  and  illustration.  Additional  lab  time  to  be 
arranged 

DESN  442  Barrier-Free  Interior  Environments  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DESN  343  or  permission  of  department. 
For  interior  design  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following;  HSAD  442  or  DESN  442. 
Formerly  HSAD  442.  Design  requirements  reflecting 
physical  limitations  and  design  of  support  systems  for 
the  disabled. 

DESN  443  Barrier-Free  Interior  Environments  II  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  DESN 
442  or  permission  of  department.  For  intenor  design 
majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  HSAD  443  or  DESN  443.  Formerly  HSAD  443. 
Application  of  principles  of  barrier-free  design  to  the 
solution  of  environmental  problems. 

DESN  444  Professional  Practices  in  Interior  Design 
(3)  Prerequisite:  DESN  343  For  interior  design  majors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the  following 
DESN  444  or  HSAD  345  Formerly  HSAD  345 
Professional  career  opportunities,  ethics,  and  practices. 
Contract  negotiation  and  contract  documents 
Professional  organizations  Portfolio  evaluation 

DESN  445  Interior  Design  Studio  II  (5)  10  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  DESN  343  For  interior 
design  maiors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  DESN  445  or  HSAD  344  Formerly  HSAD 
344.  Continuation  of  DESN  343  Emphasis  on  the 
hierarchy  of  program  requirements  in  the  solution  of 
interior  environment  problems. 


DESN  446  B.A.  Thesis  In  Interior  Design  (6)  12  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  DESN  445  For 
interior  design  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following:  HSAD  441  or  DESN  446  Formerly 
HSAD  441  Concepts  and  skills  learned  in  prior  courses 
are  brought  to  bear  on  the  programming  and  solution  of 
an  interior  design  problem  requiring  the  integration  of 
complex  requirements  Student  projects  will  be  expected 
to  meet  the  creative  and  technical  requirements  of  the 
interior  design  profession. 

DESN  447  Designing  Interior  Environments  for 
Special  Populations  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  tour 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  DESN  442 
or  permission  of  department.  For  intenor  design  majors 
only.  Review  of  special  population  literature  and 
application  of  findings  of  person/environment  research 
to  the  design  of  space  for  special  populations  such  as 
the  elderly,  the  physically  or  mentally  handicapped,  non- 
traditional  households,  and  others. 

DESN  450  B.A.  Thesis  In  Communication  Design  (5) 

10  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN 
430.  For  advertising  design  majors  only  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  APDS  43 1  or  DESN 
450.  Formerly  APDS  431.  Capstone  project  involving 
solutions  of  advanced  problems  in  the  design  of  graphics . 

DESN  462  Seminar  on  Ideas  in  Design  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  DESN  362  or  permission  of  department. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  DESN 
362  or  HSAD  462  Formerly  HSAD  462  Further 
examination  and  discussion  of  concepts  presented  in 
DESN  362. 

DESN  471  Computer  Imaging  for  Design  and 
Illustration  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DESN  21 0;  and  DESN 
211;  and  DESN  300  or  permission  of  department.  For 
advertising  design  majors  only..  Exploration  of  "paint", 
image  processing,  and  visual  presentation  software 
programs.  Proficiency,  technical,  aesthetic  and 
conceptual  issues  related  to  electronic  imaging. 

DESN  472  Computer  Applications  for  Interior  Design 

(3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
DESN  342;  and  DESN  300  or  permission  of  department 
For  interior  design  majors  only.  Utilization  of  available 
software  with  emphasis  on  three-dimensional  static  and 
dynamic  modeling,  integration  of  computer-aided  and 
manual  processes,  and  atlnbute  extraction. 

DESN  473  Computer-Generated  Decorative  Patterns 
for  Interior  Designers  (3)  Prerequisite:  Experience  with 
AUTOCAD  or  permission  of  department  For  interior 
design  majors  only.  Experience  in  the  generation  of  two- 
and  three-dimensional  patterns  that  can  be  applied  to 
elements  of  interior  design  Emphasis  on  the  relationship 
between  the  patterns  and  the  space  for  which  they  are 
designed,  as  well  as  on  integration  of  geometry  and 
color. 

DESN  474  Gaming  Simulation  In  Design  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  Two  upper  division  courses  in  DESN. 
HSAD.  ARCH.  URBS.  and/or  GVPT,  or  permission  of 
department.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  DESN  474  or  HSAD  451 .  Formerly  HSAD  451 . 
Simulation  games  as  a  means  to  model  social  interactions 
in  the  fields  of  urban,  architectural,  interior,  and  graphic 
design;  planning;  housing;  and  community  development 
Mathematical  gaming  theory  as  it  relates  to  simulation 
games 

DESN  475  Gaming  Simulation  in  Design  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DESN  362.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following:  DESN  475  or  HSAD  452.  Formerly 
HSAD  452  Design  and  testing  of  student-developed 
simulation  games  in  the  fields  of  urban,  architectural, 
interior,  and  graphic  design,  planning;  housing;  and 
community  development. 

DESN  488  Selected  Topics  in  Design  ( 1  -6)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits 

DESN  499  Individual  Study  in  Design  (3-4)  Guidance 
for  the  advanced  student  capable  of  independent  subject 
matter  investigation  or  creative  work  Problem  chosen 
with  consent  of  instructor. 

EALL — East  Asian  Languages  and 
Literatures 

EALL  300  The  Languages  of  East  Asia  (3)  A  survey  ol 
Chinese.  Japanese,  and  Korean,  and  the  languages  of 


other  East  Asian  ethnic  groups.  Provides  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  structures  of  these  languages 
Topics  covered  include  the  charactenzing  leatures;  the 
relationships  ol  the  languages  to  each  other;  the 
geographical,  social,  and  historical  settings  No 
knowledge  of  Asian  languages  is  required  The  course 
is  taught  in  English. 

ECON — Economics 

ECON  1 05  Economics  of  Social  Problems  (3)  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  two  ol  the  following 
courses  ECON  201.  or  ECON  203.  or  ECON  205  An 
introduction  to  modem  economic  and  social  problems; 
their  nature,  causes,  and  policy  implications 

ECON  201  Principles  ol  Economics  I  (3)  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ECON  201  or 
ECON  205.  An  introduction  to  the  problems  of 
unemployment,  inflation,  and  economic  growth. 
Emphasis  on  roles  of  monetary  and  fiscal  policy  in 
theconduct  of  macroeconomic  policy  The  efficacy  ol 
wage  and  price  controls  is  analyzed 

ECON    203    Principles   ot    Economic*    II    (3) 

Recommended:  ECON  201  This  course  emphasizes 
the  behavior  of  individual  consumers  and  business 
firms,  problems  of  international  trade  and  finance,  the 
distribution  of  income,  policies  for  eliminating  poverty 
and  discrimination,  the  problems  of  environmental 
pollution,  and  the  impact  of  different  market  structures 
upon  economic  activity 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3)  Students 
in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  are  required 
to  take  ECON  201  and  should  not  take  ECON  205  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  ECON  201 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ECON 
201  or  ECON  205  A  one-semester  introduction,  for  non- 
majors,  to  the  principles  of  economics  and  their 
applications  to  the  leading  economic  problems  of  society , 
including  inflation,  unemployment,  poverty,  urban 
renewal,  income  inequality,  monopoly  and  market 
performance,  environmental  protection,  and  international 
trade. 

ECON  301  Current  Issues  in  American  Economic 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisites  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203  or 
ECON  205  Analysis  of  current  economic  problems  and 
public  policies.  Inflation,  unemployment,  market  power, 
government  regulation,  poverty  and  distnbution  of 
income,  federal  budget  and  tax  policy,  environment. 

ECON  305  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  and 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203. 
and  MATH  220  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the 
following  ECON  305  or  ECON  405  Formerly  ECON 
401  Analysis  of  the  determination  of  national  income, 
employment,  and  price  levels  Discussion  of 
consumption,  investment,  inflation,  and  government  fiscal 
and  monetary  policy 

ECON  306  Intermediate  Mlcroeconomic  Theory  (3) 
Prerequisites  ECON  201.  and  ECON  203;  and  MATH 
220.  Formerly  ECON  403  Analysis  ol  the  theones  ol 
consumer  behavior  and  of  the  firm,  market  systems, 
distnbution  theory  and  the  role  of  externalities 

ECON  307  Development  of  Economic  Ideas:  Social 
Issues  and  Political  Applications  (3)  Prerequisite 
ECON  20 1  or  ECON  205  The  development  of  economic 
ideas  with  particular  reference  to  their  relationship  with 
social  history,  contemporary  politico-economic  problems, 
underlying  philosophies,  view  of  the  human  prospect, 
methods  ot  analysis,  and  the  role  of  values  Marx. 
Marshall.  Veblen.  Schumpeter.  Keynes.  Samuelson. 
Fnedman.  Galbraith.  Myrdal.  J  Robinson,  and  others 

ECON  310  Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  Western 
Europe  and  the  United  States  (3)  The  evolution  of  the 
capitalist  system  from  its  medieval  ongms  to  the  present 
Emphasis  on  dynamic  forces  of  cumulative  change  in 
capitalism,  including  capital  accumulation,  technology, 
expansion  of  markets,  the  corporate  form  of  private 
property  in  the  means  of  production,  and  the  relation  of 
capitalism  to  war  and  revolution 

ECON  311   American  Economic  Development  (3) 

Prerequisites  ECON  201.  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205  An  analysis  of  the  maior  issues  in  the  growth  and 
development  of  the  Amencan  economy  Basic  economic 
theory  related  to  such  topics  as  agriculture,  banking, 
industrialization,  slavery,  transportation,  and  the 
depression  of  the  1930s 


ECON  —  Economics     175 


ECON  315  Economic  Development  ol  Under- 
developed Areas  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201. and 
ECON  203  or  ECON  205  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only 
one  ol  the  following  ECON315orECON416  Formerly 
ECON  415  Analysis  ol  the  economic  and  social 
charactenstics  ol  underdeveloped  areas  Recent  theories 
ol  economic  development,  obstacles  lo  development, 
policies  and  planning  lor  development 

ECON  316  Economic  Development  of  Latin  America 
(3)  Prerequisites  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205  Institutional  charactenstics  ol  Latin  America  and  an 
analysis  ol  alternative  strategies  and  policies  for 
development 

ECON  321  Economic  Statistics^)  Prerequisite  MATH 
220  or  equivalent  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231  Formerly  ECON 
421  Introduction  lo  the  use  ol  statistics  in  economics 
Topics  include  Probability,  random  variables  and  their 
distnbutions,  sampling  theory,  estimation,  hypothesis 
testing,  analysis  of  variance,  regression  analysis  and 
correlation 

ECON  355  Economics  ol  Crime  and  Law  Enforcement 
(3)  Prerequisite  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205.  Economic  analysis  ol  crime  and  the  criminal  justice 
system,  including  such  topics  as  the  measurement  of 
cnme.  economic  models  of  crime,  cost  and  benefits  of 
police  and  prisons,  private  protection,  gambling  and 
other  victimless  cnmes,  and  organized  crime. 

ECON  361  Economics  ol  American  Industries  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201.  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205.  A  survey  ot  industrial  organization  theory  Analysis 
of  the  structure,  conduct,  performance,  and  public  policies 
in  selected  Amencan  induslnes. 

ECON  370  Labor  Markets,  Human  Resources,  and 
Trade  Unions  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON 
203  or  ECON  205.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  ECON  370  or  ECON  470  A  survey  of  labor 
markets  and  the  American  labor  movement.  Analysis  of 
labor  force  growth  and  composition,  problems  of 
unemployment  and  labor  market  operations,  theories  of 
wage  determination,  the  wage-price  spiral,  collective 
bargaining,  and  governmental  regulation  ol  employment 
and  labor  relations. 

ECON  374   Sex   Roles   in   Economic  Life  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  ECON  203  or  ECON  205 
Discrimination  against  women  in  the  labor  market;  the 
division  of  labor  in  the  home  and  the  workplace  by  sex; 
the  child  care  industry;  women  in  poverty 

ECON  375  Economics  ot  Poverty  and  Discrimination 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205.  The  causes  of  the  persistence  of  low  income 
groups;  the  relationship  of  poverty  to  technological 
change,  to  economic  growth,  and  to  education  and 
training;  economic  results  of  discrimination;  proposed 
remedies  for  poverty  and  discrimination. 

ECON  380  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205  A  comparative  analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice 
of  various  types  of  economic  systems,  with  special 
attention  being  given  to  the  economic  systems  of  the 
United  States,  the  Soviet  Union.  Mainland  China.  Western 
and  Eastern  Europe,  and  lesser  developed  countries. 

ECON  381  Environmental  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  203  or  ECON  205  or  permission  of  department. 
Application  ol  economic  theory  to  problems  of 
environmental  quality  and  management.  Theory  of 
economic  externalities,  common  property  resources, 
alternative  pollution  control  measures,  and  limits  to 
economic  growth. 

ECON  385  Economics  of  Natural  Resources  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or  ECON  205.  Economic 
analysis  of  natural  resource  problems,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  rate  of  use  o'  exhaustible  resources 
and  the  problems  posed  tor  the  maintenance  of  growth 

ECON  396  Independent  Honors  Study  (3)  Prerequisite: 
candidacy  for  honors  in  economics  or  by  permission  of 
instructor.  Normally  taken  in  senior  year.  Course  will 
explore  selected  topics  in  economic  theory  and  its 
application  in  depth.  Analysis  of  methodologies  in 
economic  research  and  the  development  ot  student 
skills  in  research  methods.  Students  will  prepare 
workshop  papers. 


ECON  397  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  396 
and  candidacy  for  honors  in  economics  General 
supervision  will  be  provided  through  assembled  meetings 
with  the  professor  in  charge  ol  the  course 

ECON  398  Topics  In  Economics  (3)  Repealable  lo  6 
credits  il  content  differs  This  course  is  designed  to  meet 
the  changing  interests  ol  students  and  stall  Topics  vary 
in  response  to  those  interests  Students  are  advised  lo 
seek  information  about  the  coverage  and  prerequisites 
during  the  registration  period 

ECON  399  Individual  Reading  and  Research  For 
Undergraduates  (3)  Prerequisite  six  hours  of  upper- 
division  economics  courses  Repeatable  lo  6  credits  if 
content  differs.  By  arrangement  with  individual  faculty 
members  This  course  is  designed  for  students  desiring 
specialized  instruction  and  guidance  in  subjects  not 
covered  in  the  course  offerings  Before  enrollment,  the 
students  must  secure  agreement  Irom  an  individual 
faculty  member  to  act  as  their  supervisor  A  program  ol 
reading,  research  and  evaluation  will  be  worked  out 
between  the  student  and  the  faculty  member. 

ECON  402  Macroeconomic  Models  and  Forecasting 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  305  or  ECON  405  Analysis  of 
the  fluctuations  in  economic  activity  and  the  formulation 
and  use  ol  forecasting  models  of  the  economy. 
Illustrations  ol  computer  macro  models  and  forecasting 
problems. 

ECON  405  Advanced  Intermediate  Macroeconomic 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203; 
and  MATH  220  or  equivalent.  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  ol  the  following:  ECON  305  or  ECON  405. 
Advanced  treatment  ot  the  theory  of  national  income 
determination,  employment,  prices  and  growth.  Models 
of  the  role  of  money  and  expectations,  the  impact  of 
fiscal  and  monetary  policies,  and  exchange  rates. 

ECON  406  Advanced  Intermediate  Microeconomic 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203; 
and  MATH  220  or  equivalent.  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  ECON  306  or  ECON  406 
Advanced  treatment  of  the  theory  of  prices  and  markets. 
Analysis  of  the  theory  of  the  household  and  of  the  firm, 
concepts  of  general  equilibrium  and  welfare  economics 
and  principles  of  efficient  and  equitable  allocations. 

ECON  416  Theory  of  Economic  Development  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  305  or  ECON  405.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ECON  315  or 
ECON  416.  Economic  theory  of  the  developing  nations; 
role  of  innovation,  capital  formation,  resources, 
institutions,  trade  and  exchange  rates,  and  governmental 
policies. 

ECON  41 8  Economic  Development  of  Selected  Areas 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  315  or  ECON  416.  Institutional 
characteristics  of  a  specific  area  are  discussed  and 
alternate  strategies  and  policies  for  development  are 
analyzed. 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203;  and  ECON 
321  or  BMGT  230:  or  permission  of  department. 
Emphasizes  the  interaction  between  economic  problems 
and  the  assumptions  employed  in  statistical  theory. 
Formulation .  estimation,  and  testing  of  economic  models, 
including  single  variable  and  multiple  variable  regression 
techniques,  theory  of  identification,  and  issues  relating 
to  inference.  Independent  work  relating  the  material  in 
the  course  to  an  economic  problem  chosen  by  the 
student  is  required. 

ECON  423  Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  422  Interaction  between  economic 
problems  and  specification  and  estimation  of  econometric 
models.  Topics  include  issues  of  autocorrelation, 
heteroscedasticity,  functional  form,  simultaneous 
equation  models,  and  qualitative  choice  models. 

ECON  424  Computer  Methods  in  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203;  and  (ECON 
321  or  BMGT  230).  Computer  modelling  of  economic 
problems,  including  household  and  firm  behavior, 
macroeconomic  relationships,  statistical  models  of 
economy,  and  simulation  models. 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ECON  305  or  ECON  405.  and  ECON  306  or  ECON  406. 
and  MATH  220  or  equivalent.  Mathematical 
developments  of  theory  of  household  and  firm,  general 


equilibnum  and  welfare  economics,  market  imperfections, 
and  role  ol  information 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON 
201  and  ECON  203  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one 
ot  the  following:  ECON  430  or  ECON  431  The  structure 
ol  financial  institutions  and  their  role  in  the  provision  ol 
money  and  near  money  Analysis  of  the  Federal  Reserve 
System,  the  techniques  ol  central  banks,  and  the  control 
ol  supply  of  linancial  assets  in  stabilization  policy 
Relationship  ol  money  and  credit  lo  economic  activity 
and  the  price  level. 

ECON  431  Theory  ot  Money,  Prices  and  Economic 
Activity  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  305  or  ECON  405 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  otthe  lollowing:  ECON 
430  or  ECON  431.  Monetary  theory  and  the  role  of 
money,  financial  institutions  and  interest  rates  in  macro 
models  Analysis  of  money  demand  and  supply  and  of 
the  Monetansl-Keynesian  debate  as  they  affect  inflation 
and  stabilization  policy. 

ECON  440  International  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ECON  201  and  ECON  203  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  lollowing  ECON  440  or  ECON  441 .  A 
description  ol  international  trade  and  the  analysis  of 
international  transactions,  exchange  rates,  and  balance 
of  payments.  Analysis  of  policies  ol  protection, 
devaluation,  and  exchange  rate  stabilization  and  their 
consequences 

ECON  441  Theory  of  International  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  305  or  ECON  405;  and  ECON  306 
or  ECON  406.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  ECON  440  or  ECON  441  Theoretical  treatment 
ol  international  trade  and  international  finance.  Includes 
Ricardian  and  Heckscher-Ohlin  theones  of  comparative 
advantage,  analysis  of  tariffs  and  other  trade  barriers, 
international  factor  mobility,  balance  of  payments 
adjustments,  exchange  rate  determination,  and  fiscal 
and  monetary  policy  in  an  open  economy. 

ECON  450  Introduction  to  Public  Sector  Economics 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201;  and  ECON  203  or  ECON 
205.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
ECON  450  or  ECON  454.  The  role  of  federal,  state,  and 
local  governments  in  meeting  public  wants.  Analysis  of 
theories  of  taxation,  public  expenditures,  government 
budgeting,  benefit-cost  analysis  and  income 
redistribution,  and  their  policy  applications. 

ECON  451   Public  Choice  and  Public  Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201 ;  and  ECON  203,  or  ECON  205. 
Analysis  of  collective  decision  making,  economic  models 
of  government,  program  budgeting,  and  policy 
implementation;  emphasis  on  models  of  public  choice 
and  institutions  which  affect  decision  making. 

ECON  454  Theory  of  Public  Finance  and  Fiscal 
Federalism  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  306  or  ECON  406. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ECON 
450  or  ECON  454.  Study  of  welfare  economics  and  the 
theory  of  public  goods,  taxation,  public  expenditures, 
benefit-cost  analysis,  and  state  and  local  finance. 
Applications  of  theory  to  current  policy  issues. 

ECON  460  Industrial  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  306  or  ECON  406.  Changing  structure  of  the 
American  economy;  price  policies  in  different  industrial 
classifications  of  monopoly  and  competition  in  relation  to 
problems  of  public  policy. 

ECON  465  Health  Care  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  203  or  ECON  205.  Analysis  of  health  care,  the 
organization  of  its  delivery  and  financing  Access  to 
care;  the  role  of  insurance;  regulation  of  hospitals, 
physicians,  and  the  drug  industry;  role  of  technology; 
and  limits  on  health  care  spending. 

ECON   470  Theory   of   Labor  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  306  or  ECON  406.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ECON  370  or 
ECON  470.  An  analytical  treatment  of  theories  of  labor 
markets  The  theory  of  human  capital  and  allocation  of 
time  in  household  labor  supply  models;  marginal 
productivity  theory  of  labor  demand;  market  structure 
and  the  efficiency  of  labor  markets;  information  theory 
and  screening;  discrimination;  distribution  of  income; 
and  unemployment. 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  in  Labor  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  470.  For  students  who  wish  to 
pursue,  in  depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field.  Issues 


176    EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


and  topics  selected  for  detailed  examination  may  include: 
manpower  training  and  development,  unemployment 
compensation  and  social  security,  race  and  sex 
discrimination  in  employment,  wage  theory,  productivity 
analysis,  the  problems  ot  collective  bargaining  in  public 
employment,  wage-price  controls  and  incomes  policy 

ECON  476  American  Living  Standards  and  Poverty 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  305  and  ECON  321  or  permission 
of  department.  Also  ottered  as  PUAF  730.  Post-World 
War  II  trends  in  U.S.  living  standards  and  income 
inequality.  Areas  studied  include:  industrial  base, 
productivity,  growth  demographics,  international 
competitiveness  and  the  structure  (and  holders)  of  debt 
as  they  affect  the  level  of  U  S.  income  and  income 
inequality 

ECON  482  Economics  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  ECON  203  or  ECON  205. 
An  analysis  of  the  organization,  operating  principles  and 
performance  of  the  Soviet  economy  with  attention  to  the 
historical  and  ideological  background,  planning, 
resources,  industry,  agnculture.  domestic  and  foreign 
trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure  and  growth  of 
national  income 

ECON  484  The  Economy  of  China  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201 .  and  ECON  203  or  ECON  205.  Policies  and 
performances  of  the  Chinese  economy  since  1949.  A 
survey  of  modern  China's  economic  history.  Emphasizes 
the  strategies  and  institutional  innovations  that 
theChinese  have  adopted  to  overcome  the  problems  of 
economic  development  Some  economic  controversies 
raised  during  the  "Cultural  Revolution"  will  be  covered  in 
review  of  the  problems  and  prospects  of  the  present 
Chinese  economy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National  Planning  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ECON  20 1 :  and  ECON  203.  or  ECON  205 
An  analysis  ot  the  pnnciples  and  practice  of  economic 
planning  with  special  reference  to  the  planning  problems 
of  West  European  countnes  and  the  United  States. 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic  Problems  and 
Policies  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  ECON  203  or 
ECON  205.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  urban 
economics  through  the  examination  of  current  policy 
issues.  Topics  may  include  suburbanization  of  jobs  and 
residences,  housing  and  urban  renewal,  urban 
transportation,  development  of  new  towns,  ghetto 
economic  development,  problems  in  services  such  as 
education  and  police. 

EDCI — Curriculum  and  Instruction 

EDCI  280  School  Service  Semester  (3)  Development 
of  conceptual  understanding  of  the  teaching-learning 
process.  Seminar  to  coordinate  on-and  off-campus 
experiences.  One  hour  each  week  on  campus  with  an 
arranged  six  hours  each  week  in  schools. 

EDCI  288  Special  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs. 

EDCI  298  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1  - 
6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

EDCI  300  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Art  Education 
(3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to  Teacher  Education 
Program.  Objectives,  selection  and  organization  of 
subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans. 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials, 
measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  art  education 

EDCI  301  Teaching  Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 
For  elementary  and  pre-elementary  education  majors 
only  Not  open  to  art  education  majors  Art  methods  and 
materials  for  elementary  schools  Includes  laboratory 
expenenoes  with  materials  appropnate  for  elementary 
schools  Emphasis  on  emerging  areas  of  art  education 
for  the  elementary  classroom  teacher. 

EDCI  31 2  Professional  Development  Seminar  in  Early 
Childhood  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  280  or 
permission  of  department  For  ECE  majors  only.  Affective 
and  integrative  functions  of  teaching  young  children: 
planning  daily  programs:  organizing  the  learning 
environment;  developingthecumculum.clanfying  values: 
guiding  behavior  diagnosingand  evaluating:  and  working 
with  parents  and  other  adults 

EDCI  313  Creative  Activities  and  Materials  for  the 
Young  Child  (3)  Prerequisite  EDCI  280  Corequisites: 


EDHD  300;  and  MUED  450.  and  EDCI  318;  and  EDCI 
314.  Techniques  and  resources  for  art.  music,  play  and 
creative  dramatics. 

EDCI  314  Teaching  Language.  Reading,  Drama  and 
Literature  with  Young  Children  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
280  Introduction  to  the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  context 
ot  the  language  arts,  beginning  reading  instruction  and 
utilization  of  literature,  drama,  and  writing 

EDCI  31 5  The  Young  Child  in  the  Social  Environment 

(3)  Corequisites:  EDCI  317.  and  EDCI  318.  The  child's 
understanding  of  people,  social  roles,  society  and 
vanouscultures:  communicative  skills  and  ability  to 
develop  satisfying  relationships  with  peers  and  adults 
Related  techniques,  materials  and  resources  included 

EDCI  316  The  Teaching  of  Reading:  Early  Childhood 
(3)  The  fundamentals  of  developmental  reading 
instruction,  including  reading  readiness,  use  of 
experience  records,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers, 
the  improvement  of  comprehension .  teaching  reading  in 
all  areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of  children's  literature, 
the  program  in  word  analysis,  and  diagnostic  techniques 

EDCI  317  The  Young  Child  and  the  Physical 
Environment  (3)  Teaching  skills  and  background 
knowledge  important  in  guiding  the  child  to  learn  about 
the  physical  environment.  The  skills  of  quantification, 
observation,  inference,  space-time  relationships,  and 
classification. 

EDCI  320  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary 
Education:  Social  Studies/  History  (3)  Prerequisites 
EDHD  300.  and  EDCI  390.  Objectives,  selection  and 
organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods, 
lesson  plans,  textbooks  andother  instructional  matenals, 
measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to  social  studies 
education  Includes  emphasis  on  multi-cultural  education 

EDCI  321  Curriculum  and  Instruction  In  Secondary 
Education:    Social    Studies/    Geography    (3) 

Prerequisites:  EDHD  300;  and  EDCI  390.  Objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate 
methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  andother  instructional 
materials,  measurement,  and  topics  pertinent  to 
geography  education. 

EDCI  322  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary 
Education:  Social  Studies  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  397; 
and  EDHD  300  Curriculum,  organization  and  methods 
of  teaching,  evaluation  of  matenals,  and  utilization  of 
environmental  resources.  Emphasis  on  multicultural 
education.  Includes  laboratory/field  experiences. 

EDCI  330  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary 
Education:  Foreign  Language (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD 
300.  and  EDCI  390  Objectives,  selection  and 
organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods, 
lesson  plans,  textbooks,  and  other  instructional  matenals. 
measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  foreign 
language  education. 

EDCI  340  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary 
Education:  English/Speech/ Theatre(3)  Prerequisites 
EDHD  300;  and  EDCI  390  Corequisite:  EDCI  447 
Objectives,  selection,  and  organization  of  subject  matter, 
appropnate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other 
instructional  materials,  measurement,  and  other  topics 

EDCI  342  Curriculum  and  Instruction  In  Elementary 
Education:  Language  Arts  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  397; 
and  EDHD  300  Listening,  oral  communication,  tunctional 
writing,  creative  writing,  spelling,  handwnting,  and 
creative  expression  Includes  laboratory/field 
experiences 

EDCI  350  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary 
Education:  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisites  EDHD  300; 
and  EDCI  390.  Six  semester  hours  of  400-level 
mathematics  courses  required  Objectives,  selection 
and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropnate  methods . 
lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other  instructional  matenals. 
measurement  and  topics  For  pre-service  mathematics 
teachers. 

EDCI  352  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary 
Education :  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  21 0. 
and  MATH  2 1 1 ,  and  EDCI  397,  and  EDHD  300  Matenals 
and  procedures  to  help  children  sense  anthmetical 
meanings  and  relationships  Development  of  an 
understanding  ot  the  number  system  and  anthmetical 
processes  Includes  laboratory  field  expenenoes 


EDCI  362  Curriculum  and  Instruction  In  Elementary 
Education:  Reading  (3)  Prerequisites  EDCI  397;  and 
EDHD  300  Fundamentals  of  developmental  reading 
instruction,  including  reading  readiness,  use  of 
expenence  stones,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers, 
the  improvement  of  comprehension,  word  analysis,  and 
procedures  for  determining  individual  needs  Includes 
laboratory  'field  experiences 

EDCI  370  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Secondary 
Education:  Science  (3)  Prerequisites  EDHD  300:  and 
EDCI  390  For  pre-service  science  teachers  Prepanng 
objectives,  planning  lessons,  selecting  and  organizing 
for  classroom  and  laboratory  instruction,  determining 
appropriate  teaching  methods,  selecting  textbooks  and 
other  instructional  materials,  and  measuring  and 
evaluating  student  achievement  Includes  laboratory/ 
field  experiences 

EDCI  372  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Elementary 
Education:  Science  (3)  Prerequisites  EDCI  397.  and 
EDHD  300.  Objectives,  methods,  matenals  and  activities 
for  teaching  science  in  the  elementary  school,  emphasis 
on  teaching  strategies  which  help  children  learn  the 
processes  and  concepts  of  science  Includes  laboratory/ 
field  expenences 

EDCI  380  Curriculum  and  Instruction:  Elementary 
(3)  Focuses  on  developmental  needs  at  vanous  age 
levels,  with  emphasis  upon  the  activities,  materials  and 
methods  by  which  educational  objectives  are  attained 

EDCI  381  Schools  and  Children  (3)  Role  examination 
ot  parents  and  other  community  members  as  consumers 
and  participants  in  schools  Not  open  for  credit  to  students 
in  teacher  preparation  programs. 

EDCI  385  Computers  for  Teachers  (3)  Prerequisite 
admission  to  teacher  education.  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following  EDCI  385.  EDCI  487.  EDIT 
406,  EDIT  477.  or  EDSP  480  A  first-level  survey  ol 
instructional  uses  of  computers,  software,  and  related 
technology  lor  preservice  teachers. 

EDCI  390  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 
Education  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite  EDHD  300.  or 
permission  ol  department  Principles  and  methods  of 
teaching  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools  Instructional 
problems  common  to  all  of  the  subject  fields,  considered 
in  relation  to  the  needs  and  interests  of  youth,  social 
problems  and  the  central  values  of  society. 

EDCI  397  Principles  and  Methods  of  Teaching  In 
Elementary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisite  admission  to 
teacher  education  For  elementary  education  majors 
only.  Teaching  strategies,  classroom  interactive 
techniques,  and  procedures  for  planning  and  evaluating 
instruction  in  elementary  schools  Emphasis  on  pnnciples 
of  effective  instruction,  classroom  management,  and 
adaptation  of  instruction  for  vanous  student  populations 

EDCI  401  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School: 
Art  (4-8)  Prerequisite  EDCI  300  Limitedto  art  education 
maiors  who  have  previously  applied  Fulfills  elementary 
teaching  requirements  in  K-12  art  education  program 

EDCI  402  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Art  (2-8)  Prerequisite  EDCI  300 

EDCI  403  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  In  Public  Schools 
(3)  Introduction  to  theones  of  art  criticism  Tnps  togallenes 
and  museums  Open  to  fine  arts  maiors  and  students 
from  other  disciplines 

EDCI  406  Practlcum  In  Art  Education:  Two- 
Dimensional^)  Prerequisite  permission  of  department 
Theory  and  practical  expenence  m  two-dimensional 
design  in  vanous  art  media,  development  of  teaching 
procedures  and  presentation  of  matenals  in  school 
settings 

EDCI  407  Practlcum  In  Art  Education:  Three 
Dimensional  (3)  For  pre-art  education  and  art  education 
majors  only  A  lecture-studio  course  to  develop  skills. 
matenal  resources,  and  educational  strategies  tor  three- 
dimensional  projects  in  school  settings 

EDCI  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum:  Early 
Childhood  (3)  Relationship  of  the  nursery  school 
curnculum  to  child  growth  and  development  Recent 
trends  in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  ol 
environment  on  learning,  readiness  to  learn,  and  adapting 
curnculum  content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  o* 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     177 


children  Primarily  lor  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3 

EDCI  41 1  Student  Teaching:  Preschool  (4)  For  EDCI 
maiors  only 

EDCI  412  Student  Teaching:  Kindergarten  (4)  For 
EDCI  maiors  only 

EDCI  413  Student  Teaching:  Primary  Grades  (8)  For 
EDCI  maiors  only 

EDCI  416  Malnstreamlng  in  Early  Childhood 
Educational  Settings  (3)  Theoretical  bases  and  applied 
practices  lor  integrating  handicapped  children  into  regular 
early  childhood  programs 

EDCI  420  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary 
Education:  Social  Studies  (3)  Corequisite:  EDCI  421 
or  EDCI  422.  An  analysis  of  teaching  theory,  strategies. 
and  techniques  in  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI  421  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Social  Studies/History  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  320. 
Corequisite:  EDCI  420 

EDCI  422  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Social  Studies/Geography  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  321 
Corequisite:  EDCI  420 

EDCI  423  Social  Studies  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(3)  Curnculum.  organization  and  methods  of  teaching, 
evaluation  of  materials  and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources.  Emphasison  multicultural  education.  Primanly 
for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3 

EDCI  424  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of  teaching, 
evaluation  of  matenals  and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources  Emphasis  on  multicultural  education.  Primanly 
for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  425  Social  Studies  and  Multicultural  Education 

(3)  Seminar  in  general  social  science  principles  applicable 
to  multicultural  education  Cultural  experiences  arranged 
for  each  participant 

EDCI  426  Methods  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  in 
Secondary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300;  and 
EDCI  390.  Objectives,  selection  and  organization  of 
subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans, 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  matenals.  measurement 
and  topics  pertinent  to  social  studies  education.  Includes 
emphasis  on  multicultural  education  For  in- 
serviceteachers 

EDCI  430  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary 
Education:  Foreign  Language  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
330.  Corequisite:  EDCI  431  An  analysis  of  teaching 
theory,  strategies  andtechniques  in  the  student  teaching 
experience. 

EDCI  431  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Foreign  Language  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  330. 
Corequisite:  EDCI  430 

EDCI  432  Foreign  Language  Methods  in  the 
Elementary  School  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  Methods  and  techniques  for  developmental 
approach  to  the  teaching  of  modern  foreign  languages 
in  elementary  schools.  Development  of  oral-aural  skills 
in  language  development. 

EDCI  433  Introduction  to  Foreign  Language  Methods 
(3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300;  and  EDCI  390;  or 
permission  of  department.  Objectives,  selection  and 
organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods, 
lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other  instructional  matenals, 
measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to  foreign  language 
education.  For  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  434  Methods  of  Teaching  English  to  Speakers 
of  Other  Languages  (3)  Methods  forteaching  listening, 
speaking,  reading  and  writing  techniques  and  a  review 
of  research  findings. 

EDCI  435  Teaching  Reading  in  a  Second  Language 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Analysis  of 
selected  theories  and  practices  in  first  language  reading 
appliedto  second  language  teaching/learning;  diagnostic 
and  prescriptive  techniques  and  analysis  of  the  student's 
cultural  background  as  a  factor  in  evaluating  reading 
achievement  in  the  second  language. 


EDCI  436  Teaching  for  Multicultural  Understanding 
(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  ol  department.  The 
techniques  and  content  for  teaching  culture  in  foreign 
language  classes  and  English  as  a  Second  Language 
(ESL)  classes.  Research  and  evaluation  of  selected 
aspects  ol  a  culture  as  basis  for  creating  teaching 
materials 

EDCI   437    Billngual-Blcultural   Education   (3) 

Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Analysis  ol 
bilingual-bicultural  education  in  the  US  and  abroad  with 
emphasis  on  TESOL.  Methods  of  teaching,  goals, 
instructional  materials  and  mainstreaming  of  bilingual 
students 

EDCI  438  Field  Experience  in  TESOL  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDCI  434  or  equivalent,  and  permission  ol  department. 
Systematic  observations,  tutoring  and  teaching  in  a 
TESOL  field  setting. 

EDCI  440  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary 
Education:  English,  Speech,  Theatre  (1)  Prerequisite: 
EDCI  340.  Corequisite:  EDCI  441 .  An  analysis  of  teaching 
theory,  strategies  and  techniques  in  relation  to  the 
student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI  441  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
English  (6-12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  340  or  EDCI  442  or 
EDCI  448.  Corequisite:  EDCI  440. 

EDCI  442  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Speech  (6-12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  340  Corequisite 
EDCI  440. 

EDCI  443  Literature  for  Children  and  Youth  (3)  For 

elementary  education  and  pre-elementary  education 
maiors  only.  Analysis  of  literary  materials  for  children 
and  youth.  Timeless  and  ageless  books,  and  outstanding 
examples  of  contemporary  publishing.  Evaluation  of  the 
contributions  of  individual  authors,  illustrators  and 
children's  book  awards. 

EDCI  444  Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral 
and  written  expression  and  creative  expression.  Primarily 
for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  445  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and  written 
expression  and  creative  expression.  Primarily  for  in- 
service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  446  Methods  of  Teaching  English,  Speech. 
Theatre  in  Secondary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD 
300;  and  EDCI  390;  or  permission  of  department. 
Objectives,  selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter, 
appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other 
instructional  materials,  measurement  and  topics  pertinent 
to  English,  speech,  and  drama  education.  For  in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI  447  Field  Experience  in  English,  Speech, 
Theatre  Teaching  (1 )  Corequisite:  EDCI  340.  Practical 
experience  as  an  aide  to  a  regular  English,  Speech  or 
Drama  teacher;  assigned  responsibilities  and 
participation  in  a  variety  of  teaching/learning  activities. 

EDCI  448  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Theatre  (6-1 2)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  340.  Persons  student 
teaching  in  theatre  only  should  register  for  12  credits. 
Persons  in  the  Theatre  and  English  Education  Program 
should  register  for  6  credits  of  EDCI  441  and  6  credits  of 
EDCI  448. 

EDCI  450  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary 
Education:  Mathematics  (3)  Corequisite:  EDCI  451. 
An  analysis  of  teaching  theory .  strategies  and  techniques 
in  the  student  teaching  expenence. 

EDCI  451  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Mathematics  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  350. 

EDCI  452  Mathematics  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

(3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasison 
materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships.  Primarily  for  in- 
service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  453  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis  on 
materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships.  Primarily  for  in- 
service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 


EDCI  455  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  In 
Secondary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisites  EDHD  300;  and 
EDCI  390;  and  2  semesters  of  calculus.  Objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate 
methods ,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other  instructional 
materials,  measurement,  and  topics  pertinent  to 
mathematics  education 

EDCI  456  Teaching  Mathematics  to  the  Educationally 
Handicapped  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDSP  331 ;  and  EDSP 
332;  and  EDSP  333;  and  EDSP  443.  and  MATH  210  or 
permission  ol  department  Development  of  skills  in 
diagnosing  and  identifying  learning  disabilities  in 
mathematics  and  planning  for  individualized  instruction. 
Clinic  participation  required. 

EDCI  457  Teaching  Secondary  Students  with 
Difficulties  in  Learning  Mathematics  (3)  Corequisite: 
EDCI  390  or  permission  of  department  Diagnosis, 
prescription  and  implementation  of  instruction  for  lessable 
secondary  school  mathematics  students  Participation 
m  a  clinical  experience 

EDCI  461  Reading  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  developmental  reading  instruction, 
including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  stones, 
procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for 
determining  individual  needs.  Primarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3 

EDCI  462  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  developmental  reading  instruction, 
including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  stones, 
procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for 
determining  individual  needs.  Primarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-8. 

EDCI  463  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Secondary 
School  (3)  The  fundamentals  of  secondary  reading 
instruction,  including  emphasis  on  content  reading 
instruction. 

EDCI  464  Clinical  Practices  in  Reading  Diagnosis 
and  Instruction  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  362  or  EDCI 
463  A  laboratory  course  in  which  each  student  has  one 
or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and  instruction.  At  least  one 
class  meeting  per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases 
and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDCI  465  Language,  Culture,  and  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LING  200  or  permission  of  department. 
Survey  of  sociolinguistic  and  psycholinguistic 
perspectives  for  the  study  of  language  and  education; 
examines  pragmatics,  speech  act  theory,  and  dimensions 
of  language  variation  (dialects,  codes,  and  registers); 
implications  for  educational  research  and  instructional 
practice. 

EDCI  466  Literature  for  Adolescents  (3)  Reading  and 
analysis  of  fiction  and  nonfiction;  methods  for  critically 
assessing  quality  and  appeal;  current  theory  and  methods 
of  instruction;  research  on  response  to  literature; 
curriculum  design  and  selection  of  books. 

EDCI  467Teaching  Writing  (3)  Sources  and  procedures 
for  developing  curriculum  objectives  and  materials  for 
teaching  written  composition;  prewriting,  composing, 
and  revision  procedures;  contemporary  directions  in 
rhetorical  theory;  survey  of  research  on  composition 
instruction. 

EDCI  471  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Science  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  352. 

EDCI  472  Methods  of  Teaching  Science  in  Secondary 
Schools  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300;  and  EDCI  390; 

and  permission  of  department.  Methods  for  classroom 
and  laboratory  instruction,  determining  appropriate 
teaching  methods,  selecting  instructional  materials, 
evaluating  student  achievement.  Includes  lab  and  field 
experience.  For  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  473  Environmental  Education  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An 
interdisciplinary  course  covenng  the  literature,  techniques 
and  strategies  of  environmental  education. 

EDCI  474  Science  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Objectives,  methods,  matenals  and  activities  forteaching 
science  in  the  elementary  school.  Pnmarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 


178    EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 


EDO  475  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Objectives,  methods,  malenals.  and  activities  for  teaching 
science  in  the  elementary  school  Primanly  lor  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6 

EOCI  476  Teaching  Ecology  and  Natural  History  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  teaching  of  natural  history  in  the 
classroom  and  in  the  field  Ecological  principles; 
resources  and  instructional  materials;  curncular 
matenals.  Primarily  for  teachers,  park  naturalists,  and 
outdoor  educators. 

EDCI 480  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum:  Elementary 
(3)  Relationship  of  the  school  curriculum,  grades  1  -6.  to 
child  growth  and  development  Recent  trends  in 
curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on 
learning;  readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum 
content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 
Primanly  for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI481  Student  Teaching:  Elementary  (12)  For  EDCI 

maiors  only. 

EDCI  484  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School: 
Music  (4-6)  For  EDCI  majors  only.  Fulfills  elementary 
teaching  requirements  in  K-12  music  education 
programs 

EDCI  485  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School: 
Physical  Education  (4-8)  For  EDCI  maiors  only  Fulfills 
elementary  teaching  requirements  in  K-12  physical 
education  programs. 

EDCI  487  Introduction  to  Computers  in  Instructional 
Settings  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  hours  of  education  or 
permission  of  department.  A  first-level  survey  of 
instructional  uses  of  computers,  software,  and  related 
technology  especially  for  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  488  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1- 

3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  major  or  permission  of  department. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

EDCI  489  Field  Experiences  in  Education  (1-4) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Corequisite: 
EDCI  497  Repeatable  to  4  credits. 

EDCI  491  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Health  (12)  For  EDCI  majors  only 

EDCI  494  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Music  (2-8)  For  EDCI  majors  only 

EDCI  495  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools: 
Physical  Education  (2-8)  For  EDCI  majors  only 

EDCI  497  The  Study  of  Teaching  (3)  Prerequisite;  EDCI 
481.  Corequisite:  EDCI  489.  Identification  and 
examination  of  learner  and  teacher  outcome  variables 
related  to  teaching  systems,  methods,  and  processes 
Methods  of  conducting  classroom  research. 

EDCI  498  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1  - 
6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  For  EDCI 
majors  only  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Individual  study  of 
approved  problems 

EDCI  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  The  following  types  of  educational 
enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  expenences  in  pupil  testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDCP — Education  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

EDCP  108  College  and  Career  Advancement: 
ConceptsandSkills(l)  Repeatable  to  3  credits  if  content 
differs  Knowledge  and  skills  designed  to  enhance  college 
as  a  learning  experience  or  preparation  for  life. 

EDCP  310  Peer  Counseling  Theory  and  Skills  (3)  The 
theories  and  skills  of  peer  helping  relationships 
Counseling  theories  and  skills  al  a  level  appropnate  for 
students  seeking  basic  level  training  for  use  in  peer 
counseling  settings 


EDCP  325  Substance  Use  and  Abuse  in  American 
Society  (3)  Incidence,  etiology,  effects  and  management 
of  substance  use  and  abuse  from  perspective  of  the 
individual,  the  family,  and  society. 

EDCP  41 0  Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  (3)  Overview  of  counselor  functions  and  skills 
that  lead  to  effective  helping. 

EDCP  41 1  Principles  of  Mental  Health  (3)  Prerequisite: 
nine  semester  hours  in  the  behavioral  sciences  or 
permission  of  department  Mechanisms  involved  with 
personal  adjustment,  coping  skills,  and  the  behaviors 
that  lead  to  maladjustment. 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Knowledge  and 
techniques  of  intervention  in  a  variety  of  social  situations, 
including  contingency  contracting  and  time  out  will  be 
acquired. 

EDCP  41 6Theories  of  Counseling  (3)  An  overviewand 
companson  of  the  major  theories  of  counseling,  including 
an  appraisal  of  their  utility  anj  empirical  support. 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  and  Leadership  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  The  nature  and 
property  of  groups,  interaction  analysis,  developmental 
phases,  leadership  dynamics  and  styles,  roles  of 
members  and  interpersonal  communications  Laboratory 
involves  experimental  based  learning. 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism  (3)  Strategy 
development  for  counselors  and  educators  to  deal  with 
problems  of  racism. 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling 

(3)  Survey  of  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the 
vocational  rehabilitation  of  persons  with  disabilities. 

EDCP  461  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of  Disability  (3) 

Theory  and  research  concerning  disability .  with  emphasis 
on  crisis  theory,  loss  and  mourning,  handicapped  as  a 
deviant  group,  sexuality  and  functional  loss,  attitude 
formation,  dying  process  and  coping  Implications  for 
counseling  and  the  rehabilitation  process. 

EDCP  462  The  Disabled  Person  in  American  Society 

(3)  Critical  examination  of  the  history  of  legislation  and 
analysis  of  current  policies  toward  severely  physically 
and  mentally  disabled  persons. 

EDCP  470  Introduction  to  Student  Personnel  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  A  systematic 
analysis  of  research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a 
variety  of  major  problems  in  the  organization  and 
administration  of  student  personnel  services  in  higher 
education.  Included  will  be  discussion  of  such  topics  as 
the  student  personnel  philosophy  in  education, 
counseling  services,  discipline,  housing,  student 
activities,  financial  aid.  health,  remedial  services,  etc. 

EDCP  489  Field  Experiences  in  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  Planned  field  experience  ineducation- 
related  activities.  Credit  not  to  be  granted  for  experiences 
accrued  prior  to  registration 

EDCP  498  Special  Problems  in  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  Available  only  to  major  students  who  have 
formal  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems 

EDCP  499  Workshops.  Clinics.  Institutes  (1-6) 
Repeatable  to  6credits.  The  following  type  of  educational 
enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading 
workshops  conducted  by  the  Department  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  departments,  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing, 
clinical  experiences  in  counseling  and  testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  tor  designated  groups 

EDHD — Education,  Human  Development 

EDHD  230  Human  Development  and  Societal 
Institutions  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the 
following  EDHD  230  or  EDHD  330  Formerly  EDHD 
330  Development  of  the  individual  in  the  context  of 
relationships  with  the  formal  and  informal  institutions  ol 
society  An  examination  of  various  aspects  ol 
development  from  the  broad  perspectrve  ol  the  social 
sciences 


EDHD  300  Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 
Prerequisite  admission  to  teacher  education  program 
Maior  concepts  and  theories  of  human  development  and 
learning  and  their  implications  for  the  educational  process 
One  half  day  a  week  in  school  to  observe  student 
behavior,  participate  in  classroom  activities,  and  attend 
seminars  on  school  topics  (Separate  sections  tor  earty 
childhood,  elementary,  and  secondary  teacher 
candidates.) 

EDHD  306  Study  of  Human  Behavior  (3)  The  scientific 
principles  of  human  behavior,  development,  and 
adjustment  Field  work  observation,  recording,  and 
analysis  of  the  behavior  ol  an  individual  Does  not  satisfy 
requirements  of  professional  teacher  education  program 

EDHD  319  Selected  Topics  in  Human  Development 
(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it  content  differs  Selected 
topics  in  human  development  in  relation  to  contemporary 
culture 

EDHD  320  Human  Development  through  the  Lifespan 
(3)  Central  concepts  related  to  parameters  ol  human 
development,  individual  and  social,  which  arise 
throughout  the  various  stages  of  the  lifespan  Continuity 
and  change  within  Ihe  developing  individual. 

EDHD  340  Human  Development  Aspects  of  the 
Helping  Relationship  (3)  Development  of  skills  and 
theoretical  knowledge  relevant  to  the  human  services 
Relating,  communicating,  and  problem-solving  with 
others.  In-class  training  activities  and  field  expenences 
for  acquiring  interpersonal  competence. 

EDHD  350  Human  Development  Factors  In  Personal 
Development  (3)  Personality  dynamics  including  self- 
study  and  group  experiences  which  contribute  to 
individual  development  and  insight  Emphasis  on  factors 
which  enhance  optimal  personal  growth 

EDHD   400   Introduction   to   Gerontology   (3) 

Multidisciplinary  survey  of  the  processes  of  aging 
Physiological  changes,  cultural  lorces.  and  self- 
processes  that  bear  on  quality  of  life  in  later  years  Field 
study  of  programs,  institutions  for  elderly,  individual 
elders,  their  families  and  care  providers. 

EDHD  411  Child  Growth  and  Development  (3) 
Theoretical  approaches  to  and  empincal  studies  of 
physical,  psychological  and  social  development  from 
conception  to  puberty  Implications  for  home,  school 
and  community 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development  (3)  Adolescent 
development,  including  special  problems  encountered 
in  contemporary  culture  Observational  component  and 
individual  case  study  Does  not  satisfy  requirement  for 
professional  teacher  education  program 

EDHD  416  Scientific  Concepts  In  Human 
Development  (3)  Guided  reading  and  observation  of 
students  through  the  school  year  Impact  of  family, 
school,  society,  and  peer  group  on  individual  Analysis 
ol  field  data  in  terms  of  behavioral  patterns 

EDHD  417  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite  EDHD  416  Continuation  of  analysis  of 
field  observations;  emphasis  on  cognitive  processes 
motivation,  sell-concept,  attitudes  and  values 

EDHD  419  Human  Development  and  Learning  In 
School  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 
Advanced  study  of  human  development  and  learning  in 
different  phases  of  school  program  over  a  penod  of  time 

EDHD  420  Cognitive  Development  and  Learning  (3) 
Prerequisite  EDHD  300  or  EDHD  320  or  EDHD  4 1 1  or 
PSYC  355  or  PSYC  341  or  permission  of  department 
Current  developmental  theones  of  cogmtrve  processes 
such  as  language,  memory,  and  intelligence  and  how 
differences  in  cognitive  level  (infancy  through 
adolescence)  mediate  learning  ol  educational  subject 
matters 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children  (3) 
Prerequisite  PSYC  100  or  EDHD  306  or  permission  ol 
department  Practical  aspects  for  helping  and  working 
with  children,  drawing  on  research,  clinical  studies,  and 
observation  Implications  lor  day  care  and  other  public 
issues 

EDHD  460  Educational  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  100  or  EDHD  306  or  permission  of  department 


EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education     1 79 


Application  ot  psychology  to  learning  processes  and 
theories  Individual  differences,  measurement, 
motivation,  emotions,  intelligence,  attitudes,  problem 
solving,  thinking  and  communicating  in  educational 
settings  (May  not  be  substituted  tor  EDHD  300  by 
students  in  professional  teacher  education  programs  ) 

EDHD  489  Field  Experiences  In  Education  (1-4) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Repeatableto4 
credits  Planned  field  experience  in  education-related 
activities  Credit  not  to  be  granted  tor  experiences  accrued 
prior  to  registration 

EDHD  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Available  only 
to  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study 
ot  approved  problems 

EDHD  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  The  following  type  of  educational 
enterpnse  may  be  scheduled  under  fhis  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  olher  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  expenences  in  pupil-testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  lor  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors 

EDIT — Industrial,  Technological  and 
Occupational  Education 

EDIT  101  Mechanical  Drawing  I  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  An  introduction  to  orthographic 
multi-view  and  isometric  projection  The  visualization 
and  making  of  a  multi-view  drawing.  Auxiliary  views, 
sectional  views,  dimensioning,  conventional 
representation  and  single  stroke  letters. 

EDIT  102  Fundamentals  of  Woodworking  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
An  orientation  into  the  woodworking  industry,  materials, 
products  and  processes;  provides  skill  development  in 
the  care  and  use  of  hand  and  power  tools. 

EDIT  1 06  Teaching  Creative  Construction  Activities 

I  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  ceramics,  graphics,  metals  and 
woods  as  construction  activity  materials  utilized  by  multi- 
age  groups  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

EDIT  110  Teaching  Creative  Construction  Activities 

II  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  106.  A  continuation  of 
EDIT  106.  Study  of  basic  phenomena  of  industry, 
particularly  those  which  apply  to  the  manufacture  of 
common  products,  housing,  transportation  and 
communication. 

EDIT  112  Technical  Calculations  (3)  Developing  an 
understanding  and  applied  knowledge  of  the 
mathematical  concepts  related  to  the  various  aspects  of 
industrial  education:  algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry, 
and  general  mathematics. 

EDIT  114  Principles  of  Typewriting  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  The  attainment  of  the  ability  to 
operate  the  typewriter  and  keyboard  continuously  with 
reasonable  speed  and  accuracy  by  the  "touch". 

EDIT  1 1 S  Intermediate  Typewriting  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  minimum  grade  of  C 
in  EDIT  114  or  permission  of  department.  Theory  and 
practice  for  improving  speed  and  accuracy  and  an 
introduction  to  office  production  typewriting. 

EDIT  116  Principles  of  Shorthand  I  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  114. 
Development  of  the  theory  and  principles  of  shorthand. 

EDIT  117  Principles  of  Shorthand  II  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Theory  and  practice  for  improving 
mastery  of  dictation  and  transcription. 

EDIT  121  Mechanical  Drawing  II  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  101.  Working 
drawings,  machine  design,  pattern  layouts,  tracing  and 
reproduction;  detailings  and  assemblies. 

EDIT  1 27  Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  electncity-electronics  with  emphasis 


on  electrical  circuits  and  wiring,  the  measurement  of 
electrical  energy,  the  theory  of  motors  and  generators 
and  an  introduction  to  transistors  and  power  supplies 

EDIT  1 60  Design  Illustrating  I  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  tour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Intended  for 
advertising,  interior,  landscape  design  and  horticulture 
maprs  The  use  of  instruments,  equipment,  and 
materials,  lettering,  line  technique,  geometric 
construction;  and  projection  theory  Pictorial 
representation,  particularly  isometric,  oblique,  and  one 
and  two  point  perspective 

EDIT  202  Machine  Woodworking  (3)  Two  hours 
ofleclure  and  lour  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  EDIT  102  or  equivalent  The  development 
of  comprehensive  knowledge  of  machine  woodworking 
with  emphasis  on  mass  production  practices,  specialty 
cuts,  laminating,  maintenance,  and  consumer 
understanding. 

EDIT  207  Bases  For  Curriculum  Decision  in  Home 
Economics  (3)  Exploration  of  decisions  about  priorities 
in  home  economics  curricula  based  on  the  needs  of 
society,  the  individual,  and  the  structure  of  the  home 
economics  program  The  roles  of  the  secondary  home 
economics  teacher  Includes  observations  in  area 
schools. 

EDIT210  Foundry  (1 )  Two  hours  of  laboratory  perweek. 
Bench  and  floor  molding  and  elementary  core  making. 
Theory  and  principles  covering  foundry  materials,  tools 
and  appliances. 

EDIT  21 4  Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2)  Four  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  minimum  grade  of 
C  in  EDIT  115  Development  of  a  higher  degree  of 
accuracy  and  speed.  The  advanced  techniques  of 
typewriting  with  a  special  emphasis  on  production. 

EDIT  215  Survey  of  Office  Machines  (3)  Development 
of  skill  through  actual  use  and  demonstration  of  various 
types  of  office  business  machines,  their  capacities  and 
special  functions. 

EDIT  216  Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  minimum 
grade  of  C  in  EDIT  115.  Emphasis  on  vocabulary 
development  and  new  matter  dictation  for  sustained 
speed  at  the  highest  level  possible  under  varying 
conditions.  Transcription  under  timed  conditions  with 
emphasis  on  production  involving  quantity  and  quality. 

EDIT  223  Arc  and  Gas  Welding  (1)  Two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  The  development  of  functional 
knowledge  of  the  principles  and  use  of  electric  and 
acetylene  welding.  Practical  work  in  the  construction  of 
various  projects  using  welded  joints.  The  use  and  care 
of  equipment,  types  of  joints,  methods,  importance  of 
processes  in  industry  and  safety  consideration. 

EDIT  224  Organized  and  Supervised  Work 
Experiences  I  (3)  For  industrial  technology  majors  only. 
Opportunities  for  first-hand  experiences  with  business 
and  industry.  Students  are  responsible  for  obtaining 
their  own  employment,  with  the  coordinator  advising 
them  about  job  opportunities  with  optimum  learning 
value  The  nature  of  the  work  experience  desired  is 
outlined  at  the  outset  of  employment  and  then  evaluations 
made  by  the  student  and  the  coordinator  are  based  upon 
the  planned  experiences  .Theminimumtimeis  240  work 
hours.  The  work  experience  must  be  served  through 
continuous  employment  in  a  single  establishment. 

EDIT  226  Fundamental  Metalworking  Processes  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  the  technology  of  metalworking. 
Experience  operating  metals  laboratory  equipment 
including  an  intensive  study  of  the  processes  of 
manufacture. 

EDIT  227  Applications  of  Electronics  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  EDIT  127  or  equivalent.  An  intermediate 
course  providing  more  extensive  knowledge  in  electricity- 
electronics  including  principles  of  the  transmission  and 
reception  of  radio  waves,  applications  of  transistors  and 
other  semiconductors  and  an  introduction  to  industrial 
electronics. 

EDIT  231  Mechanical  Drawing  III  (2)  Four  hours 
oflaborafory  per  week  Prerequisite:  EDIT  121  A 
continuation  of  EDIT  121  The  reading  of  prints 
representative  of  a  variety  of  industries.  Advanced 


working  drawings,  machine  design,  pattern  layouts  and 
utilization  of  computer  assisted  drawing 

EDIT  232  Fundamentals  ot  Automotive  Technology 
(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week.  Designed  lor  non-industrial  education  maiors 
interested  in  learning  the  theory  and  practical  operation 
ol  the  automobile  Mechanical,  lubrication,  cooling,  fuel 
and  electrical  systems 

EDIT  233  Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  (3) 
Two  hours  ot  lecture  and  lour  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  power  generation,  control,  and 
transmission  Emphasis  on  efficiency  of  energy 
converters  and  use  of  new  and  future  energy  sources, 
e.g.,  solar,  fuel  cell.  Laboratory  experience  in  testing  and 
evaluating  vanous  energy  converters 

EDIT  234  Graphic  Communications  (3)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Graphic 
reproduction  processes  and  related  areas  used  to 
communicate.  Offset,  letterpress,  screen,  gravure, 
engraving  flexographic.  and  electrostatic  duplication; 
and  relevant  history,  safety,  layout  and  design, 
composition,  photo  conversion,  image  carriers,  image 
transfer,  finishing,  binding,  paper  and  ink 

EDIT  241  Architectural  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  EDIT  101  or  equivalent. 
Practical  experience  in  the  design  and  planning  of 
houses  and  other  buildings.  Working  drawings, 
specifications,  blue-prints,  and  duplication.  Includes 
computer-assisted  design  and  drawing. 

EDIT  242  Operational  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  101  or  equivalent. 
A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  give  students 
practice  in  the  modern  drafting  methods  of  industry. 

EDIT  262  Basic  Metal  Machining  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  EDIT  101  or  equivalent.  Applications  of 
basic  metal  cutting  operations  in  mass  production 
including  work  planning,  properties  of  metals  and  tool 
materials,  conventional  metal  machining  processes  and 
precision  measurements. 

EDIT  270  Field  Experiences  (3)  Two-hour  seminar  and 
field  placement  for  one-half  day  per  week.  Introduction 
to  the  teaching  and  learning  processes.  Career  decision 
information  and  activities. 

EDIT  273  Practicum  in  Ceramics  (3)  A  lecture-studio 
course  designed  to  introduce  the  use  of  clay  and  ceramics 
in  a  wide  variety  of  educational  settings. 

EDIT  288  Special  Topics  in   Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to6 
credits  if  content  differs. 

EDIT  291  Introduction  to  Plastics  Technology  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  An  overview  of  the  plastics  industry  including 
properties  of  plastics,  major  polymers  of  the  plastics 
industry  and  basic  molding  processes. 

EDIT  298  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Available  only  to  freshmen  and 
sophomore  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems  relative  to  their  preparation 
for  teaching.  Credit  according  to  extent  of  work. 

EDIT  302  Woodworking  Technology  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  EDIT  102  or  equivalent.  A  working 
knowledge  of  contemporary  woodworking  technology, 
including  testing  and  macroscopic  identification  of  wood. 
Opportunity  for  specialized  research  of  the  woodworking 
industry. 

EDIT  304  Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures  (3) 

The  nature  of  office  work,  the  secretary's  function  in 
communication,  inter-company  and  public  relations, 
handling  records,  supplies  and  equipment;  and  direction 
of  office  forms  and  procedures  in  relation  to 
correspondence,  mailing,  receiving  callers,  telephoning, 
handling  conferences,  and  securing  business 
information.  Business  etiquette  and  ethics. 

EDIT  305  Secretarial  Office  Practice  (3)  Seven  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Laboratory  and  office  experience. 
A  minimum  of  90  hours  experience  under  supervision  is 


180    EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 


required  In  addition,  each  student  will  prepare  a  wntten 
report  on  an  original  problem  previously  approved 

EDIT  306  General  Shop  (3)  Organization  and 
administration  ol  a  secondary  school  technical  laboratory 
Skill  and  knowledge-developing  activities  tor  a  variety  ol 
laboratones. 

EDIT  31 1  Laboratory  Practicum  In  Industrial  Arts 
Education  (3)  Six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  permission  of  department  18  semester 
hours  ot  laboratory  work  and  drawing  required  The 
development  ot  instructional  matenals  and  the  relinement 
ol  instructional  methods  pertinent  to  the  teaching  ol 
industrial  arts  at  the  secondary  school  level. 

EDIT  324  Organized  and  Supervised  Work 
Experiences  II  (3)  For  industrial  technology  students 
only.  Work  experience  Continuation  ol  EDIT  224 

EDIT  326  Science  and  Technology  ot  Metals  (3) 
Three  hours  ol  lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT226  or  equivalent.  Investigation 
of  the  physical  properties  of  metals.  Emphasis  on 
identification,  examination,  and  analysis  of  metals; 
operation  of  metallurgical  laboratory  equipment;  study 
of  iron  carbon  diagrams,  heat  and  surface  treatments, 
and  plastics  deformation 

EDIT  327  Electronic  Semi-Conductor  Applications 
(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  lour  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite;  EDIT  1 27  or  equivalent.  An  advanced 
course  providing  more  extensive  knowledge  in  electncity 
or  electronics  including  the  advanced  theory  and 
applications  of  semi-conductors  and  the  principles  of  the 
storage  and  transmission  of  electronically  coded 
information 

EDIT  332  Advanced  Procedures  in  Automotive 
Technology  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  perweek.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  232  or  equivalent 
Designed  for  students  who  have  a  background  in  engine 
systems  and  wish  to  broaden  their  knowledge.  Emission 
control,  electrical  systems,  and  diagnostic  problem 
solving. 

EDIT  334  Photographic  and  Electronic  Graphic 
Communications  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  EDIT  234  or 
equivalent  An  intermediate  course  on  contemporary 
processes  relevant  to  graphic  reproduction 
Photographic,  electronic  and  computer  assisted 
composition  techniques,  contract  photopnnting,  line  and 
halftone  process  photography,  microphotography,  photo 
screen  printing  and  photo  offset  lithography. 

EDfT  335  Continuous  Tone  Photographic  Technology 
(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  234  or  permission  of 
department  Theory  and  techniques  pertaining  to  black- 
and-white  and  color  light  sensitive  matenals.  Emphasis 
on  history,  cameras,  exposure  techniques,  composition, 
illumination  film  processing,  contact  printing,  enlarging, 
darkroom  controls  and  finishing  as  related  to  graphic 
communications 

EDIT  340  Methods  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3)  An 
examination  and  evaluation  ol  the  aims,  methods,  and 
course  contents  of  each  of  the  office  skill  subjects 
offered  in  the  high  school  curriculum. 

EDIT  341 — 344  curriculum,  Instruction  and 
observation  courses.  Offered  in  separate  courses  for 
the  vanous  sub|ect  matter  areas  The  objectives,  selection 
and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropnate  methods, 
lesson  plans,  textbooks  andother  instructional  materials, 
measurement,  andother  topics  pertinent  to  the  particular 
subiect  matter  area  are  treated  Students  must  reserve 
day  for  observation  in  public  schools. 

EDIT  341  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation: 
Business  Education  (3) 

EDIT  342  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation: 
Home  Economics  Education  (3) 

EDIT  344  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation: 
Industrial  Arts  Education  (3) 

EDIT  350  Methods  of  Teaching:  Trades  and  Industrial 
Education  (3)  Intended  for  vocational  and  occupational 
teachers  The  identification  and  analysis  of  factors 
essential  to  helping  others  learn;  types  of  teaching 


situations  and  techniques,  measunng  results  and  grading 
student  progress  in  laboratory  and  related  technical 
subjects 

EDIT  353  Fire  Safety  Codes  and  Standards  (3)  The 
legal  response  to  the  problems  ol  fire  safety  Legal 
issues  surrounding  the  implementation  and  enforcement 
of  codes  with  application  to  industry 

EDIT  360  Industrial  Production  Technology  (3) 
Prerequisite  EDIT  262  or  permission  ol  department 
Principles  of  industrial  and  laboratory  organization 
Economics  ot  production,  capital  equipment,  labor  costs, 
cost  ol  materials  Industnal  plant  siting,  environmental 
considerations,  plant  layout  and  design  Engineering 
decisions  for  production,  methods  analysis,  value 
analysis,  quality  control  Industrial  relations 

EDIT  362  Advanced  Metal  Machining  Processes  (3) 

Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite  EDIT  262  or  equivalent  Expenence 
in  complex  metal  cutting  operations;  special  heattreating 
processes;  super  precision  measurements;  electrical 
chemical  and  ultrasonic  metal  removal,  and  high  energy 
rate  forming  with  experimentation  in  specialized 
machining  operations. 

EDIT  381  Inorganic  Nonmetallic  Materials  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Introduction  to  inorganic,  nonmetallic  materials  which 
are  applied  in  the  manufacturing  and  construction 
industries. 

EDIT  391   Plastics  Processing  Fundamentals  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDIT  291  or  permission  of  department 
Lecture  and  laboratory.  Experience  with  plastics 
production  equipment  including  an  intensive  study  ol 
thermoplastic  and  thermosetting  resins  and  their 
fabrication  processes. 

EDIT  399  Trade  Competence  (1-20)  An  examination 
todetermine  and  evaluate  the  trade  competence  of 
students  pursuing  a  degree  in  the  field  of  vocational- 
technical  education. 

EDIT  400  Technology  Activities  For  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Experience  in  the  development  and  use  ol 
technology  and  career  education  instructional  materials 
for  construction  activities  in  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
to  elementary  school  education. 

EDIT  401  Essentials  of  Design  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  EDIT  101  A  study  of 
the  basic  pnnciples  ol  design  and  practice  with  application 
to  the  construction  of  laboratory  projects 

EDIT  402  Methods  and  Materials  In  Teaching 
Bookkeeping  and  Related  Subjects  (3)  Problems  and 
procedures  in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping  and  related 
office  knowledge  and  skills  Consideration  of  matenals 
and  teaching  procedures. 

EDIT  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3) 

Problems  in  development  ol  occupational  competency, 
achievement  tests,  standards  ol  achievement, 
instructional  matenals.  transcnption.  and  the  integration 
of  office  skills. 

EDIT  404  Basic  Business  Education  in  the  Secondary 
Schools  (3)  Subject  matter  selection;  methods  of 
organization;  and  presenting  business  principles, 
knowledge  and  practices 

EDIT  405   Business  Communications  (3)  The 

fundamental  principles  of  effective  written 
communication  Word  usage,  grammar,  punctuation, 
principles  and  procedures  for  writing  business  letters, 
and  formal  research  reports 

EDIT  406  Word  Processing  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
word  processing  field  with  emphasis  on  word  processing 
theory  and  concepts  including  hands-on  equipment 
training  Management  of  office  personnel,  procedures, 
and  equipment:  the  incorporation  of  word  processing 
into  the  school  curnculum.  the  automated  office  ot  the 
future  and  career  opportunities 

EDIT  410  Administration  and  Program  Development 
for  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (3) 
Pnnciples  and  practices  of  program  development  and 
supervision  with  reference  to  the  role  of  the  departmental 
chairperson  in  vocational,  technical,  and  industnal  ans 


programs  at  the  secondary  and  post-secondary  levels 

EDIT  412  Management  of  Physical  Facilities  In 
Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (3) 
Pnnciples .  practices,  and  theory  related  to  the  role  ol  the 
departmental  chairperson  charged  with  the  management 
of  the  physical  facilities  in  vocational,  technical,  and 
industnal  arts  laboratories 

EDIT  414  Organization  and  Coordination  of 
Cooperative  Education  Programs  (3)  The  organization 
ol  a  cooperative  distributive  education  program;  the 
development  of  an  effective  cooperative  relationship 
between  coordinator  and  training  sponsor ,  the  selection, 
orientation,  and  training  ol  sponsors;  analysis  ot  training 
opportunities,  reports  and  records,  the  evaluation  and 
selection  ol  students  for  part-time  cooperative  work 
assignments,  and  the  evaluation  ol  the  program 

EDIT  415  Financial  and  Economic  Education  I  (3) 
Problems  of  leaching  courses  in  personal  finance  and 
economics  in  the  public  schools,  including  matenals  and 
resources 

EDIT  416  Financial  and  Economic  Education  II  (3) 

Continuation  ol  EDIT  415 

EDIT  421  Industrial  Arts  In  Special  Education  (3)One 

hour  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  EDSP  470;  and  EDSP  471  or  permission 
of  department  Expenences  of  a  technical  and  theoretical 
nature  in  industnal  processes  applicable  lor  classroom 
use  Emphasis  on  individual  research  in  the  specific 
area  of  major  interest  in  special  education 

EDIT  422  Student  Teaching:  Industrial  Arts  Education 
(2-12) 

EDIT  425  Analysis  of  Industrial  Training  Programs  I 

(3)  An  overview  ol  the  function  ot  industnal  training, 
including  methods  of  instruction,  types  of  programs  and 
their  organization  objectives,  and  evaluation 

EDIT  426  Analysis  of  Industrial  Training  Programs  II 
(3)  Prerequisite:  EDIT  425  Continuation  ol  EDIT  425 
Studies  ot  training  programs  in  a  vanety  of  industnes. 
including  plant  program  visitation,  training  program 
development,  and  analysis  of  industnal  training  research 

EDIT  427  Experimental  Electronics  (2)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Student  investigation  of  an  area  of 
electronics  ol  particular  interest  or  usefulness  at  a  depth 
appropnate  for  student-based  objectives  relating  to  one 
or  more  of  the  following  digital  circuitry,  communication, 
energy  conversion,  test  equipment  utilization,  analog 
circuitry 

EDIT 432  Student  Teaching:  Business  Education  (2- 
12) 

EDIT  433  Advanced  Topics  In  Power  Technology  (3) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  EDIT  233  or  equivalent  The 
development  ol  a  competency  in  building  and  evaluating 
the  performance  of  energy  transmission,  control  and 
converter  systems  Methane  digestors.  solar  collectors, 
electnc  motors,  steam  turbines,  and  fluid  power  systems 

EDIT  434  Color  Reproduction  In  Graphic 
Communications  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  tour 
hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites  EDIT  234. 
and  EDIT  334.  and  EDIT  335  or  equivalent  An  advanced 
course  in  the  theory  and  processes  of  color  graphic 
reproduction  Continuous  tone  color  photography,  flat 
color  preparation,  process  color  separations  and  the 
reproduction  ot  a  multi-color  product  on  a  semi-automatic 
or  automatic  pnnting  press 

EDIT  435  Curriculum  Development  In  Home 
Economic*  (3)  An  analysis  of  curriculum  development 
including  the  tools  tor  planning,  managing,  and  evaluating 
the  teaching/learning  environment  ot  conceptual 
curnculum  design 

EDIT  436  Analysis  of  Child  Development  Laboratory 
Practices  (3)  Prerequisite  FMCD  332  or  EDHD  411 
Integration  ot  child  development  theones  with  laboratory 
practices  observation  and  participation  in  a  secondary 
school  child  development  laboratory  arranged  to  alternate 
with  class  meetings 

EDIT  440  Industrial  Hygiene  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
concept  of  industnal  hygiene  and  environmental  health 


EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration    181 


Evaluation  techniques,  instrumentation  tor  identification 
ol  problems;  design  parameters  lor  achieving  control 
over  environmental  epidemiological  and  toxicological 
hazards 

EDIT  442  Student  Teaching:  Home  Economics 
Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  443  Industrial  Safety  I  (3)  The  history 
anddevelopment  of  effective  safety  programs  in  modem 
industry  Including  causes,  effects  and  values  of  industrial 
safety  education  including  tire  prevention  and  hazard 
controls 

EDIT  444  Industrial  Safety  II  (3)  Study  of  exemplary 
safety  practices  through  conference  discussions,  group 
demonstration,  and  organized  plant  visits  to  selected 
industnal  situations  Methods  of  fire  precautions  and 
safety  practices  Evaluative  cntena  in  safety  programs 

EDIT  445   Systems  Safety   Analysis   (3)   The 

development  of  systems  safety,  a  review  of  probability 
concepts  and  the  application  of  systems  technique  to 
industnal  safety  problems  Hazard  mode  and  effect, 
fault  free  analysis  and  human  factors  considerations 

EDIT  450  Training  Aids  Development  (3)  Study  of 
instructional  materials,  sources  and  applications: 
emphasis  on  principles  for  making  aids  useful  to 
laboratory  teachers  Actual  construction  and  application 
of  materials  will  be  required 

EDIT 451  Research  and  Experimentation  In  Industrial 
Arts  (3)  A  laboratory-seminar  course  designed  to  develop 
persons  capable  of  planning,  directing  and  evaluating 
effective  research  and  expenmentation  procedures  with 
the  matenals.  products  and  processes  of  industry 

EDIT  453  Fire  Safety  Research  and  Transfer  (3)  The 
technological  transfer  of  scientific  findings  to  private 
sector  fire  safety.  Review  of  research  applicable  to  the 
adequacy  and  reliability  of  fire  safety  in  industry. 

EDIT  454  Private  Fire  Protection  Analysis  I  (3)  Risk 
analysis,  life  safety  and  property  conservation  from  fire 
in  industrial  properties  and  complexes  Emphasis  on  a 
systems  approach  for  implementing  private  fire 
protection 

EDIT  455  Private  Fire  Protection  Analysis  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDIT  448  Internal  property  detection  and 
fire  suppression  systems  that  can  mitigate  a  fire  in  the 
incipient  stage.  Review  of  systems,  with  emphasis  on 
the  performance  objectives  of  preventing,  controlling, 
and  extinguishing  fires. 

ED(T  457  Tests  and  Measurements  (3)  The  construction 
of  objective  tests  foroccupational  and  vocational  subjects. 
Use  of  measures  in  domains  of  learning  and  examination 
of  test  analysis  techniques 

EDIT  460  Design  Illustrating  II  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  160.  Advanced 
drawing,  rendering,  shadow  construction,  lettering 
techniques  and  advanced  pictorial  representation 
techniques. 

EDIT  461  Principles  o(  Vocational  Guidance  (3)  The 

underlying  pnnciples  of  guidance  and  their  application  to 
the  problems  of  educational  and  occupational  adjustment 
of  students  of  all  ages. 

EDIT  462  Occupational  Analysis  and  Course 
Construction  (3)  Application  of  the  techniques  of 
occupational  and  job  analysis  concepts  to  instructional 
development  and  the  design  of  occupational  programs. 

EDIT  464  Laboratory  Organization  and  Management 
(3)  The  basic  elements  of  organizing  and  managing  an 
industrial  education  program .  the  selection  of  equipment, 
facility  development,  legal  responsibilities  of  laboratory 
instructors,  inventory,  storage  control  and  safety. 

EDIT  465  Modern  Industry  (3)  The  manufacturing, 
service,  and  extractive  incjstries  in  American  social, 
economic,  and  cultural  patterns  Representative  basic 
industnes  studied  from  the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and 
management  organization,  industrial  relations, 
production  procedures,  distribution  of  products,  etc. 

EDIT  466  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts 
(3)  A  study  of  the  factors  which  place  industrial  arts 
education  in  a  well-rounded  program  ol  general 
education 


EDIT  467  Problems  In  Occupational  Education  (3) 
The  procurement,  assembly,  organization,  and 
interpretation  ol  data  relative  to  the  scope,  character  and 
effectiveness  of  occupational  education 

EDIT  470  Numerical  Control  In  Manufacturing  (3) 
The  histoncal  development  ol  numerical  control  (N/C)  in 
manufacturing,  recent  industrial  trends  in  N/C,  and  a 
variety  of  N/C  equipment  and  support  services  N/C 
machine  operations  machine  motions,  positioning  control 
systems,  N/C  tapes  and  their  preparation,  manual  and 
computer  assisted  (APT  III)  part  programming 
Experience  in  product  design,  pari  programming,  and 
product  machining. 

EDIT  471  History  and  Principles  of  Vocational 
Education  (3)  The  development  of  vocational  education 
from  primitive  times  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis 
given  to  the  vocational  education  movement  with  the 
American  program  of  public  education 

EDIT  472  Quality  Control  and  Assurance  in  Industrial 
Settings  (3)  Principles  and  theory  of  quality  control  and 
assurance,  with  focus  on  "quality  of  conformance." 
Organizational  aspects  of  QC/QA,  data  collection  and 
analysis,  quality  control  in  input,  process  and  output 
functions,  and  human  and  cultural  dimensions  of  quality 
control. 

EDIT  474  Organization  and  Administration  of  Youth 
Groups  (3)  Principles,  practices,  and  theoretical 
considerations  related  to  youth  organizations  as  a  co- 
curricular  function  of  the  subject  areas  of  industnal  arts, 
business  and  marketing  education,  home  economics, 
health  occupations  and  trades  and  industry. 

EDIT  475  Recent  Technological  Developments  In 
Products  and  Processes  (3)  Recent  technological 
developments  as  they  pertain  to  the  products  and 
processes  of  industry.  The  nature  of  newer  products  and 
processes  and  their  effect  upon  modern  industry  and/or 
society. 

EDIT  476  Application  of  Technology  to  Societal 
Problems  (3)  A  study  of  alternative  solutions  of  a 
technological  nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as 
housing,  transportation,  energy,  communications, 
production,  trash  and  waste  disposal,  waterdevelopment, 
and  pollution  control. 

EDIT  477  Microcomputer  Applications  in  Technology 
and  Industry  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  487  or  CMSC  103 
or  permission  of  department.  Manufacturing,  safety,  and 
training  applications  in  industrial  settings  included  in 
programming  and  software  utilization. 

EDIT  481  Manufacture  and  Use  of  Inorganic 
Nonmetallic  Materials  (3)Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  381  or 
equivalent.  Fabrication  of  products  from  calculated 
compositions;  application  of  forming  process;  utilization 
of  compositions;  experiences  with  property  analysis  and 
product  design. 

EDIT  482  Student  Teaching:  Trade  and  Industrial 
Education  (2-12) 

EDIT 484 — 486  Field  Experiences  in  Vocational  Areas. 

Supervised  work  expenence  in  an  occupation  related  to 
vocational  education.  Application  of  theory  to  work 
situations  as  a  basis  for  teaching  in  vocational  education 
programs.  By  individual  arrangement  with  advisor. 

EDIT  485  Field  Experiences  in  Business  Education 
(3) 

EDIT  488  Selected  Topics  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to6 
credits  if  content  differs 

EDIT  489  Field  Experiences  in  Education  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Planned  field 
experience  in  education-related  activities.  Credit  not  to 
be  granted  for  expenences  accrued  prior  to  registration 

EDIT  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment  Selection 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  391  or  permission  of 
department.  Experience  with  material  selection,  product 
design,  mold  design,  auxiliary  equipment  and  fixtures. 

EDIT  492  Issues  Encountered  in  Daily  Living  in  the 
Home  (3)  Junior  standing.  Addresses  issues  such  as 


differing  values,  orientations,  communication  styles  and 
the  integration  of  family  living,  work  and  parenting. 

EDIT  493  Home  Economicsfor  Special  Need  Learners 
(3)  Mental,  emotional,  social  and  physical  handicaps 
affecting  learners  in  home  economics  education  settings 
The  unique  needs  and  abilities  of  special  learners  and 
methods  of  teaching  daily  living  skills 

EDIT  498  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Available  only 
to  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems  Credit  according  to  extent  of  work 

EDIT  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  The  following  type  of  educational 
enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading 
Workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  expenences  in  pupil-testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors 

EDMS — Measurement,  Statistics,  and 
Evaluation 

EDMS  410  Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation  (3) 

Junior  standing.  Classroom  assessment,  testing 
principles;  reliability  and  validity;  uses  of  standardized 
tests;  reporting  procedures;  computer  technology  as 
applied  to  measurement. 

EDMS  451  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics  (3) 

Junior  standing.  Introduction  to  statistical  reasoning; 
location  and  dispersion  measures;  computer  applications; 
regression  and  correlation;  formation  of  hypotheses 
tests;  t-test;  one-way  analysis  of  variance;  analysis  of 
contingency  tables. 

EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  in  Educational 
Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  451  or  equivalent 
Use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  in  educational  research. 
Instruction  ma  basic  scientific  computer  source  language 
as  well  as  practical  experience  in  program  writing  for 
solving  statistical  and  educational  research  problems. 

EDMS  489  Field  Experiences  in  Measurement 
andStatistics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  4  credits  Planned  field 
experience  in  education-related  activities.  Credit  not  to 
be  granted  for  experiences  accrued  prior  to  registration. 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  in  Measurement  and 
Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Available  only  to  education 
majors  who  have  formal  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDPA — Education  Policy,  Planning  and 
Administration 

EDPA  201  Education  in  Contemporary  American 
Society  (3)  An  examination  of  the  relationship  between 
education  and  the  social  environment  in  contemporary 
Ameri  can  society.  Issuesof  equality  or  equal  opportunity, 
individual  and  cultural  differences,  education  outside  of 
schools,  the  control  of  education,  and  the  future  of 
education. 

EDPA  210  Historical  and  Philosophical  Perspectives 
on  Education  (3)  An  examination  of  illustrative  historical 
and  philosophical  examples  of  the  interplay  of  ideas  and 
events  in  the  shaping  of  educational  aims  and  practices 
from  ancient  cultures  to  modern  technological  societies. 

EDPA  288  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Available  only 
to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have  definite 
plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems  relative 
to  their  preparation  for  teaching. 

EDPA  301  Foundations  of  Education  (3)  Histoncal 
social,  cultural,  and  philosophical  foundations  of 
American  education.  Considers  education  as  a 
profession,  and  the  organizational  structure,  operation 
and  function  of  modern  school  systems.  Comparative 
education  and  contemporary  issues  are  included. 

EDPA  400  The  Future  of  the  Human  Community  (3) 

Examination  of  the  future  of  our  social  and  cultural 


1 82    EDSP  —  Education,  Special 


institutions  tor  education  and  child  rearing,  social  and 
(amily  relationships,  health  and  leisure,  information 
exchange,  and  the  provision  of  food,  clothing,  and 
shelter. 

EDPA  401  Educational  Technology,  Policy,  and 
Social  Change(3)  Junior  standing  Examines  technology 
as  a  complex  force  which  influences  social  change  and 
the  educational  development  of  individuals 

EDPA  440  Educational  Media  (3)  Survey  of  classroom 
uses  of  instructional  media  Techniques  for  integrating 
media  into  instruction  Includes  preparation  of  a  unit  of 
instruction  utilizing  professional  and  teacher  produced 
media 

EDPA  488  Special  Topics  In  Education  Policy  and 
Administration  (1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Special  and 
intensive  treatment  of  current  topics  and  issues  in 
education  policy  and  administration. 

EDPA  489  Field  Experiences  in  Education  (1-4) 

Prerequisite  permission  of  department.  Planned  field 
experience  in  education-related  activities.  Credit  not  to 
be  granted  for  experiences  accrued  prior  to  registration 

EDPA  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Available  only 
to  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study 
of  approved  problems. 

EDPA  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  The  following  type  of  educational 
enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
Workshops  conducted  by  the  College  ofEducation  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing:  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSP— Education,  Special 

EDSP  210  Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3) 

Characteristics  and  needs  of  children  with  handicaps. 
Current  issues  in  special  education. 

EDSP  288  Special  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  major  in  education  or  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

EDSP  298  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education 
(1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  education  majors  who 
have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved 
problems  relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching  Credit 
according  to  extent  of  work. 

EDSP  320  Introduction  to  Assessment  in  Special 
Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  210.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  EDSP 321 ; and EDSP322  Recommended: 
STAT  100  or  SOCY  201  For  EDSP  ma|ors  only 
Assessment  instruments  and  procedures  and  specific 
criterion-referenced  and  norm-referenced  measures 
used  in  special  education. 

EDSP  321  Comparative  Approaches  to  Behavior 
and  Classroom  Management  in  Special  Education 

(3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  210  Pre-orcorequisites:  EDSP 
320:  and  EDSP  322.  The  development  of  behavior  and 
classroom  management  techniques  used  in  special 
education 

EDSP  322  Field  Placement  in  Special  Education  I  (2- 

3)  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  320;  and  EDSP  321  For 
EDSP  maiors  only  Practicum  expenence  in  special 
education  setting  The  application  of  assessment  and 
classroom  management  procedures  Field  placement 
for  two  or  three  half-days  per  week 

EDSP  330  Families  and  the  Education  of  Handicapped 
Children  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  321  Corequisites 
EDSP  405:  and  EDSP  424;  and  EDSP  445  or  EDSP  463 
or  permission  of  department  For  EDSP  majors  only 
Emphasis  on  the  impact  ol  handicapped  children  on 
families  and  strategies  for  communicating  and  working 
with  families 

EDSP  331  Introduction  to  Curriculum  and 
Instructional  Methods  in  Special  Education  (3) 


Prerequisites:  EDSP  320;  and  EDSP  321  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  EDSP  332;  and  EDSP  333;  and  EDSP 
443  For  EDSP  majors  only  Instructional  principles  and 
programs  in  special  education 

EDSP  332  Interdisciplinary  Communication  In 
Special  Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDSP  320;  and 
EDSP  321  Pre-  or  corequisites  EDSP  331 ,  and  EDSP 
333;  and  EDSP  443.  For  EDSP  ma|ors  only  Terminology, 
procedures  and  professional  roles  specific  to  persons 
providing  services  to  handicapped  children. 

EDSP  333  Field  Placement  in  Special  Education  II  (2- 

3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  322  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP 
331 ;  and  EDSP  332;  and  EDSP  443  For  EDSP  maiors 
only  Practicum  expenence  in  special  education  setting 
Opportunities  to  apply  curriculum  methods  and  materials 
Two  or  three  half-days  per  week 

EDSP  349  Student  Teaching  ol  Exceptional  Children 
(8)  For  EDSP  majors  only  Student  teaching  full-time  for 
eight  weeks  with  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  376  Fundamentals  of  Sign  Language  (3) 

Receptive  and  expressive  skills  in  American  Sign 
Language  Examination  of  the  causes  of  deafness, 
characteristics  of  deaf  education,  and  aspects  of  the 
culture  of  the  deaf  community. 

EDSP400  Assessment,  Curriculum  and  Instructional 
Methods  For  Students  with  Severe  Handicaps  (3) 

Corequisites:  EDSP  402;  and  EDSP  431  or  permission 
of  department.  Examination  of  functional  assessment 
procedures,  curnculum  development  and  analysis,  and 
instructional  techniques  for  students  with  severe 
handicaps 

EDSP  401  Environmental  Adaptations  for  Severely 
Handicapped  Students  (3)  Pre- or  corequisites  EDSP 
411;  and  EDSP  412  or  EDSP  430;  and  EDSP  431. 
Management  problems  of  and  alternatives  for  severely 
handicapped  individuals 

EDSP  402  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  I 
(2-5)  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  400:  and  EDSP  404  or 
permission  of  department  Practicum  experience  in 
settings  serving  severely  handicapped  individuals 
Enrollment  limited  to  those  admitted  to  severely 
handicapped  specialty  area.  Field  placement  for  two  to 
five  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  403  Physical  and  Communication  Adaptations 
for  Students  with  Severe  Handicaps  (3)  Prerequisites 
EDSP  400;  and  EDSP  404  or  permission  of  department 
Corequisites:  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP  405;  and  EDSP 
410  or  permission  of  department.  Development, 
assessment,  and  instruction  of  mobility,  feeding, 
grooming,  and  communication  techniques  to  increase 
independent  functioning  for  students  with  severe 
handicaps. 

EDSP  404  Education  of  Students  with  Autism  (3) 
Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  400  and  EDSP  402  or 
permission  of  department.  Characteristics,  needs, 
assessment,  and  educational  methods  for  students 
diagnosed  as  autistic. 

EDSP  405  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  II 
(2-5)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  402  or  permission  of 
department  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP 
403;  and  EDSP  410  or  permission  of  department 
Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving  severely 
handicapped  individuals  Field  placement  for  two  to  five 
half-days  per  week. 

EDSP410  Community  Functioning  Skills  for  Students 
with  Severe  Handicaps  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDSP  400; 
and  EDSP  404  or  permission  of  department  Corequisites 
EDSP  330.  and  EDSP  403;  and  EDSP405  Assessment, 
instructional  techniques,  and  curnculum  development 
related  to  community  functioning  skills  for  students  with 
severe  handicaps 

EDSP  411  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped 
III  (2-5)  Prerequisite  EDSP  405  Pre-  or  corequisites 
EDSP  412;  and  (EDSP  420  or  EDSP  460)  or  permission 
of  department  Practicum  expenence  in  settings  serving 
severely  handicapped  individuals  Field  placement  for 
two  to  five  half-days  per  week 

EDSP  412  Vocational  and  Transitional  Instruction 
for  Students  with  Severe  Handicaps  (3)  Corequisites 
EDSP411;andEDSP  465  or  permission  of  department 


Assessment  and  instructional  strategies  for  developing 
the  vocational  and  transitional  skills  of  students  with 
severe  handicaps 

EDSP  41 7  Student  Teaching:  Severely  Handicapped 
(4-11)  Student  teaching,  lull-time  for  twelve  weeks. 
withseverely  handicapped  individuals  Limited  to  special 
education  maiors  admitted  to  severely  handicapped 
specialty  area 

EDSP  418  Seminar:  Issues  and  Research  Related  to 
the  Instruction  of  Severely  Handicapped  Students 
(1-3)  For  FDSP  maiors  only  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il 
content  differs  Examines  the  current  research  related  to 
the  instruction  of  severely  handicapped  individuals 

EDSP  420  Developmental  and  Behavioral 
Characteristics  of  Nonhandicapped  and 
Handicapped  Infants  and  Young  Children  (3) 
Corequisites  EDSP  421 ;  and  EDSP  41 1  or  permission 
of  department.  Study  of  the  developmental,  behavioral, 
and  learning  characteristics  of  nonhandicapped  and 
handicapped  infants  and  young  preschool  children 

EDSP  421  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special 
Education  I  (2-3)  Pre-  or  corequisite  EDSP  410  and 
EDSP  420  or  permission  of  department  Practicum 
experience  in  settings  serving  preschool  handicapped 
children  Opportunities  for  studying  the  patterns  of 
development  and  learning  among  nonhandicapped  and 
handicapped  infants  and  older  preschoolers  Enrollment 
limited  to  students  admitted  to  early  childhood  specialty 
Field  placement  for  two  or  three  hall-days  per  week. 

EDSP  422  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Early 
Childhood  Special  Education  (Moderate  to  Mild:  3-8 
Years)  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDSP  4 1 0;  and  EDSP  420  or 
permission  of  department  Corequisites  EDSP  330; 
and  EDSP  424.  Characteristics,  methods  and  materials 
for  the  instruction  of  young  children  (ages  3-8)  traditionally 
labeled  mild  to  moderately  handicapped 

EDSP  423  Assessment  of  Preschool  Handicapped 
Children  and  Infants  (3)  Prerequisites  EDSP  330;  and 
EDSP  422  Corequisites  EDSP  430;  and  EDSP  431; 
and;  EDSP  400  or  EDSP  44 1  Current  psychoeducatjonal 
assessment  and  evaluation  procedures  used  with 
profoundly  to  moderately  handicapped  infants  and  young 
preschool  children  Psychometnc.  cntenon  •referenced, 
developmental  checklists,  and  automated  and  ecological 
assessment  procedures  Administration  ol  selected 
assessment  instalments. 

EDSP  424  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special 
Education  II  (Moderate  to  Mild)  (2-4)  Prerequisite 
EDSP  421  or  permission  of  department  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  EDSP  350;  and  EDSP  422  Practicum 
expenence  in  settings  serving  young  (ages  3  to  8)  mild 
to  moderately  handicapped  children  in  self-contained 
and  integrated  early  childhood  programs  Opportunities 
to  apply  educational  methods  and  matenals  Field 
placement  for  two  to  four  half -days  per  week 

EDSP  430  Intervention  Techniques  and  Strategies 
For  Preschool  Handicapped  Children  and 
lnfants(Severe  to  Moderate,   Birth-6  Yeart)(3) 

Prerequisites:  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP  422  Corequisites 
EDSP  423.  and  EDSP  431;  and  (EDSP  440  or  EDSP 
441 )  Current  approaches  to  the  treatment  of  preschool 
severely  to  moderately  handicapped  children 

EDSP  431  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special 
Education  III  (Severe  to  Moderate)  (2-4)  Prerequisite 
EDSP  424  or  permission  of  department  Pre-  or 
corequisites  EDSP  430.  and  EDSP  423.  and  (EDSP 
400  or  EDSP  441 )  Opportunities  to  apply  techniques, 
strategies,  methodsand  matenals  for  educating  severely 
to  moderately  handicapped  infants  and  young  children 
Field  placement  for  two  to  four  half-days  per  week 

EDSP  437  Student  Teaching:  Early  Childhood  Special 
Education  (4-11)  Student  teaching,  lull-time  for 
twelveweeks.  with  handicapped  infants  and  preschool 
children  Limited  to  special  education  maiors  m  early 
childhood  special  education  specialty  area 

EDSP  438  Seminar:  Special  Issues  in  Early  Childhood 
Special  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  For  EDSP  majors  only  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  il  content  differs  Study  of  current  issues  and 
research  concerning  education  ol  preschool  hanckcapped 
children 


EN AE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace    1 83 


EOSP  440  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  tor 
the  Educationally  Handicapped:  Cognitive  and 
Psychosocial  Development  (3)  Prerequisites  EDSP 
44 1 .  and  EDCI  456  or  permission  ol  department  Pre-  or 
corequisites  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP  445  Learning  style. 
cognitive,  and  problem-solving  strategies,  and 
psychosocial  behavior  ot  educationally  handicapped 
individuals  at  elementary  to  secondary  levels 
Characteristics,  assessment  and  instruction  Enrollment 
limited  to  Special  Education  maiors  accepted  into 
educationally  handicapped  area  ol  specialization 

EDSP  44 1  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for 
the  Educationally  Handicapped:  Oral  Language  and 
Communication  Disorders  (3)  Corequisites.  EDSP  442; 
and  EDSP  431  or  permission  ot  department 
Charactenstics  ol  individuals  with  oral  language  and 
communication  disorders,  assessment  ot  such  disorders 
and  instructional  strategies,  curricula  and  materials. 

EDSP  442  Field  Placement:  Educationally 
Handicapped  I  (2-3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  441  and 
EDCI  456  or  permission  ot  department  Practicum 
expenence  in  settings  serving  educationally  handicapped 
individuals  Demonstration  of  the  content  of  EDSP  441 
Enrollment  limited  to  students  admitted  to  educationally 
handicapped  specialty  Field  placement  for  two  or  three 
half-days  per  week 

EDSP  443  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for 
the  Handicapped:  Reading  and  Written  Communic- 
ation Dlsorders(3)  Prerequisites:  EDSP  320;  and  EDSP 
321  or  permission  of  department.  Pre-  or  corequisites: 
EDSP  331.  and  EDSP  332;  and  EDSP  333. 
Charactenstics  and  assessments  of  individuals  with 
reading  and  written  communication  disorders  at 
elementary  to  secondary  levels,  and  methods  of  teaching 
reading  and  wntten  language  skills  to  such  individuals. 
Adaptation  of  regular  instructional  methods  and  curricula. 

EDSP  445  Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handi- 
capped II  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  442  or  permission  of 
department  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP 
440;  and  EDSP  443  Practicum  expenence  in  settings 
serving  educationally  handicapped.  The  application  of 
instructional  design  and  assessment  in  cognitive 
development.  Field  placement  for  2-4  half-days  per 
week. 

EDSP  446  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 
Handicapped:  Functional  Living  Skills  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  EDSP  447;  and  EDSP  465  or  permission 
of  department  Instructional  methods,  curricula  and 
matenals  designed  to  teach  functional  living  skills  to 
educationally  handicapped  individuals  at  elementary  to 
secondary  levels.  Curricula  and  teaching  strategies  in 
science  and  social  studies  used  in  general  education 
and  adaptations  for  educationally  handicapped 
individuals. 

EDSP  447  Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handi- 
capped III  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  445  or  permission 
of  department.  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  446;  and 
EDSP  450;  and  EDSP  460.  Practicum  experience  in 
settings  serving  educationally  handicapped  individuals. 
The  application  of  the  content  of  EDSP  446,  EDSP  450 
and  EDSP  460  Field  placement  for  two  to  four  half-days 
per  week 

EDSP  450  Program  Management  for  the  Educa- 
tionally Handicapped  (3)  Corequisites:  EDSP  41 1  or 
EDSP  447  or  EDSP  465  or  permission  of  department. 
Emphasis  on  skills  in  managing  programs  for 
educationally  handicapped  individuals.  Service  delivery 
models;  scheduling;  establishing  referral,  assessment 
and  follow  through  procedures;  methods  for 
mainstreaming;  training  aides  and  volunteers. 

EDSP  457  Student  Teaching:  Educationally 
Handicapped  (4-11)  For  EDSP  majors  only  Student 
teaching,  full-time  for  twelve  weeks,  with  educationally 
handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  456  Seminar:  Special  Issues  and  Research 
Related  to  the  Educationally  Handicapped  (1-3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Current  issues 
and  research  concerning  the  education  of  educationally 
handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  460  Career/Vocational  Education  For  the 

Handicapped(3)Corequisites:  EDSP  461  orEDSP411 
or  EDSP  447  or  permission  of  department  Introduction 
to  career/vocational  education  for  the  handicapped. 


Historical  and  current  issues  and  trends,  characteristics 
and  training  needs  of  handicapped  individuals  and  review 
of  existing  programs 

EDSP  461  Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  I  (2-3) 
Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  460;  and  EDCI  456,  and  EDIT 
421  or  permission  ot  department  For  EDSP  maiors  only 
Practicum  experience  in  career  vocational  education  for 
the  handicapped  Field  placement  lor  two  or  three  half- 
days  per  week 

EDSP  462  Vocational  Assessment  and  Instruction  In 
Special  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  460  or 
permission  of  department  Current  vocational 
assessment  strategies,  interpretation  of  assessment 
results,  and  planning,  delivery  and  evaluation  of 
instruction  in  vocational  education  for  secondary  students 
with  disabilities. 

EDSP  463  Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  II  (2- 
3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  461  or  permission  of  department. 
Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  330;  and  EDSP  462 
Practicum  experience  in  career/vocational  programs  for 
the  handicapped.  Field  placement  for  two  or  three  half- 
days  per  week. 

EDSP  464  Secondary  and  Transition  Methods  in 
Special  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  462  or 
permission  of  department  Current  secondary  vocational/ 
special  education  issues  and  transition  methods  including 
work-study  programming,  job  development,  and  |Ob 
coaching. 

EDSP  465  Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  III  (2- 

3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  463.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP 
446;  and  EDSP  450;  and  EDSP  464.  For  EDSP  majors 
only.  Practicum  experience  in  career/vocational  programs 
for  the  handicapped.  Field  placement  for  two  or  three 
half  days  per  week. 

EDSP  467  Student  Teaching:  Career/Vocational  (4- 

1 1 )  A  full-time  twelve  week  field  assignment  in  a  setting 
providing  career/vocational  education  for  handicapped 
students.  Enrollment  limited  to  Special  Education  majors 
who  have  successfully  completed  coursework  in  the 
career/vocational  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  468  Special  Topics  Seminar  in  Career/ 
Vocational  Education  For  the  Handicapped  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  For  EDSPmajors 
only.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Current 
issues  and  research  relating  to  career/vocational 
education  of  the  handicapped. 

EDSP  470  Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3) 

Designed  to  give  an  understanding  of  the  needs  of  all 
types  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  471  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children: 
Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  or 
equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis  etiology,  physical, 
social  and  emotional  charactenstics  of  exceptional 
children. 

EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional  Children: 
Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  471  or 
equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of 
teaching  exceptional  children  Selected  observation  of 
actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children: 
Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  471  or 
equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives 
guiding  curriculum  for  exceptional  children;  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various 
curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner  (3)  Studies 
the  characteristics  of  the  slow  learner  and  those 
educational  practices  which  are  appropriate  for  the  child 
who  is  functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  476  Communicating  with  Sign  Language  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  376  or  permission  of  department. 
Intermediate  level  receptive/expressive  skills  in  American 
Sign  Language.  Aspects  of  the  culture,  history,  and 
research  perspectives  of  the  deaf  community. 

EDSP  480  Microcomputers  in  Special  Education  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  EDCI 
385.  EDCI  487.  EDCI  406.  EDIT  477,  or  EDSP  480. 
Microcomputers  for  the  education  of  handicapped 
individuals. 


EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children: 
Gifted  and  Talented  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  470  or 
equivalent  Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical, 
social .  and  emotional  charactenstics  of  gifted  and  talented 
children. 

EDSP  482  Education  of  Exceptional  Children:  Gifted 
and  Talented  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  481  or  equivalent 
Otters  practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching  gifted 
and  talented  children  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children: 
Gifted  and  Talented  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  481  or 
equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives 
guiding  current  curnculum  lor  giftetfand  talented  children; 
gives  experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies 
vanous  curncula  currently  in  use 

EDSP  488  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1- 

3)  Prerequisite  maior  in  education  or  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

EDSP  489  Field  Experiences  in  Special  Education 
(1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Planned 
field  experience  in  education-related  activities.  Credit 
not  to  be  granted  for  experiences  accrued  pnor  to 
registration 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Learning  Disabled 
Students  (3)  Diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social,  and 
emotional  charactenstics  of  learning  disabled  students 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Learning  Disabled  Students 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  491  or  permission  of  department. 
Methods  of  teaching  learning  disabled  children. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children: 
Learning  Disabilities  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  492  or 
equivalent  Principles  and  objectives  guiding  curnculum 
for  children  with  learning  disabilities;  gives  experience  in 
developing  curnculum;  studies  vanous  curncula  currently 
in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  in  Special  Education  (1  - 

6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Available 
only  to  education  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for 
individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Credit  according 
to  extent  of  work. 

EDSP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  in 
Special  Education  (1  -6)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs.  The  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may 
be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops 
conducted  by  the  special  education  department  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  otherdepartments.  colleges 
and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing  Laboratories,  and  special  education 
centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

EDUC— Education 

EDUC  388  Special  Topics  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to6 
credits  if  content  differs. 

ENAE — Engineering,  Aerospace 

ENAE  201  Introduction  to  Aerospace  Engineering  I 

(2)  Prerequisite:  ENES  110.  History  of  aeronautical 
engineering,  technical  fundamentals,  the  standard 
atmosphere,  basic  aerodynamics,  and  the  aerodynamics 
of  airfoils,  wings  and  other  aerodynamic  shapes. 

ENAE  202  Introduction  to  Aerospace  Engineering  II 

(2)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  201.  Elements  of  airplane 
performance.  Principles  of  airplane  stability  and  control. 
Basic  astronautics,  including  orbital  and  escape 
trajectories,  flight  propulsion  fundamentals,  propellers, 
IC  engines,  jet  and  rocket  engines. 

ENAE  305  Aerospace  Laboratory  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  263;  Pre-  or  corequisites:  ENAE  345:  and  ENAE 
451;  and  ENAE  371.  Measurement  philosophy,  data 
analysis,  error  assessment,  sensing  devices,  optical 
methods,  material  tests;  flow  visualization  techniques, 
manometry .  dynamic  response  of  measurement  systems. 
Application  of  instrumentation  in  aerospace  engineenng. 

ENAE  345  Flight  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES 
221 ;  and  MATH  246.  Kinematics  and  concept  of  system 
state.  Dynamic  principles  applied  to  particles,  discrete 
mass  and  continuously  distributed  mass  systems. 


184     ENCE  — Engineering,  Civil 


LaGrangian  dynamics,  dynamic  stability  ol  systems 
applications  to  dynamics  of  aerospace  vehicles  and 
vehicle  components 

ENAE  355  Aircraft  Vibrations  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE 
345  or  equivalent  Free  and  forced  vibration  of  single 
and  multiple  degree  of  freedom  systems. 

ENAE  371  Aerodynamics  I  (3)  Prerequisites  ENAE  202 
and  PHYS  262;  and  MATH  241  Corequisite  MATH 
246  Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  aerodynamic  theory 

ENAE  398  Honors  Research  Project  (1-3) 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (2)  Prerequisites 
ENAE  305:  and  ENAE  345  Corequisites  ENAE  452; 
and  ENAE  471  Application  of  fundamental  measurement 
techniques  to  experiments  in  aerospace  engineering, 
structural,  aerodynamic,  and  propulsion  tests,  correlation 
of  theory  with  expenmental  results 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (1)  Prerequisites: 
ENAE  305.  and  ENAE  345  Corequisites:  ENAE  452; 
and  ENAE  471;  and  ENAE  475  Application  of 
fundamental  measurement  techniques  to  experiments 
in  aerospace  engineering,  structural,  aerodynamic,  flight 
simulation,  and  heat  transfer  tests.  Correlation  of  theory 
with  expenmental  results 

ENAE  41 1  Aircraft  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  345; 
and  ENAE  451;  and  ENAE  371  Theory,  background 
and  methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic  and 
supersonic 

ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles  (3) 
Prerequisites:  ENAE  345;  and  ENAE  371  Theory, 
background  and  methods  of  space  vehicle  design  for 
manned  orbiting  vehicles,  manned  lunar  and  planetary 
landing  systems. 

ENAE  415  Computer-Aided  Structural  Design 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  452  or  permission  of 
both  department  and  instructor.  Introduction  to  structural 
design  concepts  and  analysis  techniques  Introduction 
to  computer  software  for  structural  analysis  which  is 
utilized  to  venfy  exact  solutions  and  perform  parametric 
design  studies  of  aerospace  structures. 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace 
Vehicles  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  345:  and  ENAE  371 . 
Dynamics  of  flight  vehicles  with  emphasis  on  stability 
and  control  of  vehicles  in  the  atmosphere. 

ENAE  451  Flight  Structures  I:  Introduction  to  Solid 
Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite  ENES  220.  An  introduction 
to  the  analysis  of  aircraft  structural  members.  Introduction 
to  theory  of  elasticity,  mechanical  behavior  of  materials, 
thermal  effects,  finite-difference  approximations,  virtual 
work,  vanational  and  energy  pnnciples  for  static  systems 

ENAE  452  Flight  Structures  II:  Structural  Elements 
(3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  451 .  Application  of  variational 
and  energy  pnnciples  to  analysis  of  elastic  bodies: 
stresses  and  deflections  of  beams  including  effects  of 
non-principal  axes,  non-homogeneity,  and  thermal 
gradients;  differential  equations  of  beams,  bars,  and 
cables  Stresses  and  deflections  of  torsional  members, 
stresses  due  to  shear  Deflection  analysis  of  structures 

ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  in  Computational 
Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  452  or  permission  of 
both  department  and  instructor.  Introduction  to  the 
concepts  of  computational  analysis  of  continuous  media 
by  use  of  matnx  methods  Foundation  for  use  of  finite 
elements  m  any  field  of  continuum  mechanics,  with 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  displacement  method  to 
solve  thermal  and  structural  problems 

ENAE  461  Flight  Propulsion  I  (3)  Prerequisites  ENAE 
217  and  ENAE  471  Operating  pnnciples  of  piston, 
turbojet,  turboprop,  ramjet  and  rocket  engines, 
thermodynamic  cycle  analysis  and  engine  performance, 
aerothermochemistry  ol  combustion,  fuels,  and 
propellants 

ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  II  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE 
461  Advanced  and  current  topics  in  flight  propulsion 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites  ENAE 
371.  and  ENME  217.  Elements  of  compressible  flow 
withapplications  to  aerospace  engineenng  problems 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  37 1 
Theory  of  the  flow  of  an  incompressible  fluid 


ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed  Flight  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ENAE  471  or  equivalent  An  advanced 
course  dealing  with  aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at 
supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities  Unilied  hypersonic 
and  supersonic  small  disturbance  theories,  real  gas 
effects,  aerodynamic  heating  and  mass  transfer  with 
applications  to  hypersonic  flight  and  re-entry 

ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating 
(3)  Prerequisites  ENAE  371 ;  and  EN  AE  47 1 ,  and  ENME 
217.  Fundamental  aspects  of  viscous  flow.  Navier- 
Stokes  equations,  similarity,  boundary  layer  equations: 
laminar,  transitional  and  turbulent  incompressible  flows 
on  airfoils,  thermal  boundary  layers  and  convective  heat 
transfer;  conduction  through  solids,  introduction  to 
radiative  heat  transfer 

ENAE  488  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering  (1-4) 
Technical  elective  taken  with  the  permission  of  the 
student's  advisor  and  instructor  Lecture  and  conference 
courses  designed  to  extend  the  student's  understanding 
of  aerospace  engineering.  Current  topics  are 
emphasized. 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research  (1-3)  Prerequisites:  senior 
standing  in  ENAE  major  and  permission  of  department. 
instructor,  and  student's  advisor.  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Onginal  research  projects  terminating  in  a  written  report 

ENAE  588  Professional  Development  Topics  in 
Aerospace  Engineering  (1  -3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
ol  both  department  and  instructor.  Repeatable  to  3 
credits.  Current  topics  in  aerospace  engineenng  chosen 
to  provide  for  the  professional  development  of  practicing 
engineers  May  not  be  credited  toward  a  graduate 
school  degree. 

ENAG — Engineering  Agricultural 

ENAG  100  Basic  Agricultural  Engineering 
Technology  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  application  of 
engineering  concepts  Topics  include  quantification 
measurements;  mechanical,  thermal,  fluid  and  elect ncal 
pnnciples  and  their  relationship  to  biological  systems 
and  matenals  of  agricultural  and  aquacultural  products 
(for  non-engineering  majors). 

ENAG  200  Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A 
study  of  the  hand  tools  and  power  equipment  and  their 
safe  use  as  it  applies  to  mechanized  farms  Pnnciples 
and  practice  in  arc  and  gas  welding,  cold  metal  and 
sheet  metal  work  are  provided.  Also,  tool  fitting, 
woodworking,  plumbing,  bluepnnt  reading  and  use  of 
concrete 

ENAG  232  Water,  A  Renewable  Resource  (3)  For  non- 
engineenng  students  Occurrence  and  distribution  of 
water.  Review  of  both  natural  and  man-made  water 
resource  systems  Basics  of  water  quality  and  waste 
water  treatment 

ENAG  234  Principles  of  Erosion  and  Water  Control 
(1)  Introduction  to  pnnciples  of  estimating  runoff  and 
erosion.  Engineenng  principles  necessary  to  control 
erosion  and  runoff  from  agncultural  areas  For  non- 
engineenng  students 

ENAG  236  Design  of  Drainage  Systems  (1)  Effect  of 
drainage  on  crop  production  and  quality  Design  of 
agncultural  drainage  systems  For  non-engineenng 
students 

ENAG  237  Design  of  Irrigation  Systems  (1 )  Principles 
and  practices  of  agricultural  irngation.  including  types  of 
irngation  systems,  soil  water  concepts,  computing 
evapotranspirati  on,  irngation  scheduling  and  design  of 
a  sprinkler  irrigation  system  For  non-engineenng 
students 

ENAG  305  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  For  agricultural 
education  maiors  only  Senior  standing  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week  This  course  consists  of  laboratory 
exercises  in  practical  farm  shop  and  farm  equipment 
maintenance,  repair,  and  construction  projects,  and  a 
study  of  the  principles  of  shop  organization  and 
administration 

ENAG  315  Energy:  Its  Effects  On  Agriculture  and 
Food  (3)  Introduction  to  the  current  energy  problems  in 
agncultural  production  and  food  supply  Energy  issues 
alternate  sources  of  energy,  energy  conservation 
practices,  possible  solutions  and  limitations 


ENAG  414  Mechanics  of  Food  Processing  (4) 

Prerequisite  PHYS  121  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week  Applications  in  the  processing  and 
preservation  of  foods,  ol  power  transmission,  hydraulics, 
electncity.  thermodynamics,  refrigeration,  instruments 
and  controls,  matenals  handling  and  time  and  motion 
analysis 

ENAG  421  Power  Systems  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
ENME  21 7  and  ENEE  300  and  ENME  342  or  ENCE  330 
Analysis  of  energy  conversion  devices  including  internal 
combustion  engines,  electrical  and  hydraulic  motors 
Fundamentals  of  power  transmission  and  coordination 
of  power  sources  with  methods  of  power  transmission 

ENAG  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENME  342  or  ENCE  330  Applications  of  engineenng 
and  soil  sciences  in  erosion  control,  drainage,  irrigation 
and  watershed  management  Principles  of  agricultural 
hydrology  and  design  of  water  control  and  conveyance 
systems 

ENAG  424  Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of 
Agricultural  Structures  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  ENAG 
454  An  analytical  approach  to  the  design  and  planning 
of  functional  and  environmental  requirements  of  plants 
and  animals  in  semi-  or  completely  enclosed  structures. 

EN  AG  435  Aquacultural  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  A  study  of  the  engineenng 
aspects  of  development,  utilization  and  conservation  of 
aquatic  systems  Emphasis  will  be  on  harvesting  and 
processing  aquatic  animals  or  plants  as  related  to  other 
facets  of  water  resources  management 

ENAG  444  Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and 
Equipment  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ENES  221  Senior 
standing  Theory  and  methods  of  agncultural  machine 
design.  Application  of  machine  design  principles  and 
physical  properties  of  soils  and  agncultural  products  m 
designing  machines  to  perform  specific  tasks 

ENAG  454  Biological  Process  Engineering  (4) 
Prerequisite:  ENME  342  or  ENCE  330  Design  of  systems 
to  pump,  heat.  cool,  dry  and  control  biological  matenals 
as  part  of  food  and  agncultural  engineenng.  The  effect 
of  physical  parameters  on  biological  matenal  response 
to  these  processes 

ENAG  489  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural 
Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  Student  will  select  an  engineenng  problem 
and  prepare  a  technical  report  The  problem  may  include 
design,  experimentation,  and/or  data  analysis 

ENAG  499  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural 
Engineering  Technology  (1  -3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  Not  acceptable  for  majors  in  agncultural 
engineenng  Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  credit 

ENCE — Engineering,  Civil 

ENCE  201  Computational  Methods  In  Civil 
Engineering  I  (3)  Corequisite  MATH  241.  and  ENES 
220.  Formerly  ENCE  360  Introduction  to  computer 
programming  with  structured  language  Elementary 
numerical  analysis  Linear  algebra,  simultaneous 
equations,  roots  of  equations,  numencal  integration 
Applications  to  engineenng  problems 

ENCE  255  Elementary  Structural  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENES  220  Methods  of  analysis  of  statically 
determinate  and  indeterminate  structures  for  fixed  and 
moving  loads  Equations  of  equilibnum  and  compatibility 
Influence  lines,  shear  and  moment  envelopes  Analysis 
of  forces  and  deflections  in  structures  by  methods  of 
moment  distribution,  consistent  deformation,  and  virtual 
work 

ENCE  300  Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 
(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per 
week  Pre-  or  corequisite  ENES  220  Properties  and 
constitution  of  the  pnncipal  materials  used  in  cnnl 
engineenng  Laboratory  tests  for  these  properties 
interpretation  of  test  results  and  of  specifications 

ENCE  301  Computational  Methods  in  Civil 
Engineering  II  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  246.  and  ENCE 
201  Junior  standing  Advanced  computer  programmog, 
statistical  methods,  reliability  and  probability  theory, 
differential  equations  Civil  engineenng  applications 


ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil     1 85 


ENCE  31 5  Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineering 
(3)  Prerequisites  CHEM  103;andPHYS  161  Not  open 
to  ENGR  students  who  have  completed  ENCE  221 
Formerly  ENCE  221  Physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
systems  relating  to  the  quality  ot  land,  water,  and  air 
environments  Current  environmental  pollution  problems 
will  be  examined  and  methods  ol  pollution  abatement 
discussed 

ENCE  320  Construction  Engineering  and 
Management  (3)  Corequisite  ENCE  321  or  permission 
ol  department  Overview  of  the  construction  management 
process  in  relation  to  each  phase  ol  a  project  from  the 
inception  ol  the  need  by  the  client  to  the  completion  ol 
the  work  in  the  Held. 

ENCE  321  Engineering  Survey  Measurements  (1) 

Three  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisites  MATH 
141;  and  ENCE  320  Formerly  ENCE  280  Standards, 
units,  calibration,  measurement  ot  distance  elevation 
and  angles  Area  measurements  and  mapping 

ENCE  330  Basic  Fluid  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENES  220;  and  ENES  221 ;  and  PHYS  262.  The  study  of 
fluids  at  rest  and  in  motion.  Principles  of  viscous  and 
turbulent  flow.  Impulse  and  momentum  concepts  Pumps, 
turbines  and  meters  Dimensional  analysis  and  laws  of 
similarity 

ENCE  340  Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENES  220.  Corequisite;  ENCE  300. 
Introductory  study  ol  soils  in  civil  engineenng.  Soil  origin, 
phase  relationships  and  classification  schemes.  Soil 
hydraulics:  capillary,  effective  stress,  permeability  and 
seepage  considerations  Basic  stress  distnbution  theories 
and  soil  consolidation-settlement  analysis.  Integration 
of  shear  strength  evaluation  with  slope  stability  analysis. 

ENCE  350  Structural  Analysis  and  Design  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  Corequisite:  ENCE  300. 
Methods  of  analysis  of  statically  determinate  structures 
for  fixed  and  moving  loads.  Equilibrium,  influence  lines, 
stability  Structural  design  of  steel  buildings  and  bridges, 
including  design  of  tension  members,  beams,  columns, 
trusses,  and  welded,  bolted,  and  nveted  connections. 

ENCE  351  Structural  Analysis  and  Design  II  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  300;  and  ENCE  350.  Analyses  for 
stresses  in  statically  indeterminate  beams  and  frames 
by  approximate  methods  and  by  moment  distribution. 
Influence  lines  and  maximum  shear  and  moment  for 
continuous  members.  Design  of  reinforced  concrete 
beams,  continuous  beams,  and  columns  by  elastic 
theory  and  by  ultimate  strength  design 

ENCE  355  Elementary   Structural   Design  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  255;  and  ENCE  300.  Structural 
design  of  members  for  buildings  and  bndges  subiected 
to  tension,  compression,  shear  and  bending.  Materials: 
structural  steel  and  reinforced  concrete.  Design  of  welded 
and  bolted  connections.  Placement  of  reinforcing  bars  in 
concrete  members. 

ENCE  370  Fundamentals  of  Transportation 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  280  Engineering 
problems  of  transportation  by  airways,  highways, 
pipelines,  railways,  andwaterways.  Elementary  dynamics 
of  traffic  and  function  consideration  of  routes  and 
terminals. 

ENCE  398  Honors  Research  Project  (1-3) 

ENCE  410  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  350;  and  MATH  246.  Behavior  of 
structural  members  under  load.  Straight  and  curved 
beam  analysis,  unsymmetncal  bending,  shear  center, 
beams  on  elastic  foundation.  Torsion  of  solid  and  thin 
walled  members.  Applied  elasticity  and  stress-strain 
relations.  Advanced  topics  in  mechanics. 

ENCE  411  Construction  Scheduling  and  Estimating 

(4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Use  ol  critical  path  planning  and  scheduling  with 
arrow  and  precedence  networks;  project  time  control; 
introduction  to  resource  leveling  and  least  cost 
scheduling.  Cost  estimating,  using  cost  indices. 
Parametric  estimates  and  unit  pnce  estimates. 

ENCE  420  Construction  Equipment  and  Methods  (3) 

Evaluation  and  selection  of  equipment  and  methods  for 
engineenng/constructi  on  projects,  including 
earthmoving.  paving,  steel  and  concrete  construction, 
rock  excavation,  tunneling,  site  preparation,  and 
organization  of  the  site. 


ENCE  421  Construction  Engineering  and 
Management  (3)  Overview  of  the  construction  industry 
and  the  factors  that  need  to  be  considered  to  successfully 
manage  engineenng/ construction  projects  Introduction 
into  how  resources  of  money,  labor,  material  and 
equipment  are  committed  and  managed  within  the 
construction  environment 

ENCE  423  Production  Planning  and  Control  (4)Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  ENCE  320  Application  of  planning  and 
scheduling  techniques  lor  construction  work;  introduction 
to  resource  leveling  and  cost  control.  Design  ol  formwork, 
trench  supports  and  cofferdams 

ENCE  424  Operations  Analysis  for  Construction  (3) 

Application  of  logical  analytical  techniques  and  processes 
to  problems  of  design  and  construction;  an  introduction 
to  decision-making  methods  and  application  to 
construction  situations;  simulation  modeling  in 
construction  environment 

ENCE  425  Decision  Support  Systems  for 
Construction  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Information  technology,  database 
systems  and  concepts,  and  an  introduction  to  artificial 
intelligence.  The  laboratory  will  offer  opportunities  to 
undertake  computer  applications  and  to  devise  systems 
for  implementation. 

ENCE  430  Flow  In  Open  Channels  and  Conveyance 
Structures  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ENCE  330.  Application 
of  theoretical,  experimental  and  computer  simulation 
techniques  in  the  design  of  open  channels  and 
conveyance  structures  including  transitions,  spillways, 
culverts,  wiers,  and  bridge  openings.  Uniform  and  non- 
uniform flows  under  subcntical  or  supercritical  conditions. 
Analysis  of  unsteady,  spatially  varied  overland  and 
channel  flows.  Laboratones  will  emphasize  techniques 
to  improve  understanding  of  complex  flow  phenomena 
and  to  provide  design  information. 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  330.  Study  of  the  physical  processes  of  the 
hydrologic  cycle.  Hydrometeorology.  concepts  of  weather 
modification,  evaporation  and  transpiration  infiltration 
studies,  runoff  computations,  flood  routing,  reservoir 
requirements,  emphasis  on  process  simulation  as  a  tool 
in  the  water  resource  development. 

ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  330.  Concepts  related  to  the  development  of  the 
ground  water  resource,  hydrogeology.  hydrodynamics 
of  flowthrough  porous  media,  hydraulics  of  wells,  artificial 
recharge,  sea  water  intrusion,  basin-wide  ground  water 
development. 

ENCE  433  Environmental  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  113;  and  ENCE  221.  The 
theory  and  analytical  techniques  used  in  evaluating 
man's  environment  Emphasis  on  quantitative,  physical, 
electroanalytical  and  organic  chemistry  as  applied  to 
chemical  analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design 

(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ENCE  221:  and  ENCE  330.  The 
application  of  sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental 
principles  to  the  design  and  operation  of  water  and 
waste  water  treatment  plants  and  the  control  of  stream 
pollution. 

ENCE  436  Drinking  Water  Treatment  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  315  Basic  theory  and  practical  design 
considerations  for  unit  processes  involved  in  drinking 
water  treatment.  The  physiochemical  operations 
considered  include  coagulation/flocculation, 
sedimentation,  filtration,  adsorption,  ion  exchange, 
aeration,  and  disinfection. 

ENCE  440  Engineering  Soil  Tests  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  340  Review  of  major  soil  tests  and  their 
interpretation  for  engineering  purposes.  Engineering 
classification  tests  (Atterberg  limits,  grain-size 
distribution,  specific  gravity),  permeability  and  seepage 
properties,  in-situ  and  lab  density-moisture  tests,  soil 
strength  (penetrometers,  vane  shear.  CBR,  unconfined 
compression,  direct  shear  and  triaxial)  and 
compressibility  characteristics. 


ENCE  441  Soil-Foundation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENCE  340  Review  ot  classical  lateral  earth  pressure 
theories,  analysis  of  braced  excavation  systems, 
cantilever  and  anchored  sheet  piling  design,  beanng 
capacity  of  shallow  foundations  (lootings  and  mats) 
design  of  deep  pile  foundations  to  include  pile  capacityand 
pile  group  action. 

ENCE  442  Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement  Design 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340  Principles  relative  to  the 
design,  construction  and  rehabilitation  ol  highway  and 
airfield  pavement  systems  Introduction  to  multi-layered 
elastic  and  slab  theories,  properties  of  pavement 
materials  and  methods  of  characterization,  stochastic 
treatment  of  design  vanables,  economic  principles  of 
design  alternates  and  the  effect  of  environment  upon 
pavement  performance  Review  of  existing  rigid  and 
flexible  design  methods  as  well  as  major  fundamentals 
relative  to  the  rehabilitation  of  existing  pavement  systems 

ENCE  453  Computer-Aided  Structural  Analysis  (4) 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisites:  ENCE  201;  and  ENCE  355 
Computer-aided  analysis  of  structural  systems  Unified 
matrix  formulation  of  stiffness  and  flexibility  methods. 
Slope  deflection  method.  Evaluation  ol  truss,  frame,  and 
grid  systems  Non-prismatic  and  curved  elements  Error 
analysis  and  determination  of  ill-conditions.  Introduction 
to  finite  element  methods;  formulation  of  simple  two- 
dimensional  elements.  In  laboratory,  use  and 
development  of  CAD  software 

ENCE  454  Design  of  Concrete  Structures  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  255;  and  ENCE  355.  Formerly 
ENCE  451  Combined  bending  and  compression, 
development  and  anchorage  of  reinforcement, 
deflections,  design  of  slabs  including  one-way  and  two- 
way,  design  of  footings,  retaining  walls,  introduction  to 
prestressed  concrete,  design  of  multi-story  buildings. 

ENCE  455  Design  of  Steel  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENCE  255;  and  ENCE  355.  Formerly  ENCE  450. 
Behavior  and  design  of  members  subjected  to  fatigue, 
and  combined  bending  and  compression;  plate  girders, 
composite  beams,  open-web  joists  and  connections. 
Methods  of  allowable  stress  design,  and  load  and 
resistance  factor  design.  Elements  of  plastic  analysis 
and  design.  Framing  systems  and  loads  for  industrial 
buildings  and  bridges. 

ENCE  460  Modern  Techniques  For  Structural 
Analysis  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  360.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  ENCE  351  Application  of  computer  oriented 
methods  and  numerical  techniques  to  analysis  and 
design  of  structural  systems.  Matrix  formulation  of  the 
stiffness  and  flexibility  methods  for  framed  structures. 
Introduction  of  numerical  techniques  to  the  solution  of 
selected  problems  in  such  topics  as  plates,  structural 
stability,  and  vibrations. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems  I 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Application 
of  the  principles  of  engineering  economy  and  statistics 
to  the  solution  of  civil  engineering  problems.  Economic 
comparison  of  alternatives  using  present  worth,  annual 
cost,  rate  of  return  and  cost  benefit  analyses. 
Development  and  use  of  simple  and  multiple  regression 
models,  and  statistical  decision  theory. 

ENCE  462  Systems  Analysis  for  Civil  Engineers  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCE  201.  Systems  analysis  concepts 
including  classifications,  life-cycle  engineering  and 
function.  Deterministic  modeling  and  optimization  with 
emphasis  on  civil  engineenng  applications.  Queing  theory 
analysis  and  simulation  and  systems  engineering 
management. 

ENCE  463  Economic  Analysis  for  Civil  Engineers  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Development 
and  application  of  engineering  economic  principles  to 
engineering  problems.  Evaluation  of  design  alternatives 
in  terms  of  costs  and  benefits,  tax  effects 
anduncertainties.  Introduction  to  micro-economic 
analysis. 

ENCE  464  Computer  Applications  in  Civil 
Engineering  (3)  Senior  standing  For  ENCE  majors 
only.  A  broad  range  of  computer  applications  in  civil 
engineering  are  surveyed,  with  emphasison  applications 
and  techniques  suited  to  desk-top  workstations,  including 
workstation  hardware  and  software  components, 
operating  systems  and  programming  languages, 


1 86    ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 


structured  programming  concepts  and  the  design  ol 
interactive  engineenng  software,  advanced  input/output 
techniques,  data  structures,  non-numeric  algorithms, 
engineering  computer  graphics,  general  applications 
software,  and  data  communications. 

ENCE  465  Geographic  Information  Systems  for 
Planning  and  Design  Models  (3)  Senior  standing  For 
ENCE  majors  only  Application  of  computer-centered 
techniques  to  develop,  manage,  and  interpret  multi- 
dimensional data  bases  required  for  large  scale  projects 
in  transportation,  water  resources,  and  environmental 
engineering  Translation  of  digital  format  data  from 
remote  sensing  or  conventional  sources  to  quantitative 
information  Required  for  spatially  distributed  simulation 
models  Use  of  instructional  geographic  information 
systems  and  image  processing  software  on  personal 
computers. 

ENCE  466  Design  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems  (3) 

One  hour  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one 
hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  For  graduating 
seniors  only  For  ENCE  majors  only.  A  mapr  civil 
engineering  design  experience  that  emphasizes 
development  of  student  creativity,  development  and  use 
of  design  methodologies,  evaluation  ol  alternate 
solutions,  feasibility  considerations,  and  detailed  system 
descriptions.  Realistic  design  constraints  including 
economic  factors,  safety,  aesthetics,  and  reliability  will 
be  imposed.  Students  will  work  in  design  project  groups 
and  be  required  to  exercise  oral  and  written 
communication  skills. 

ENCE  470  Highway  Engineering  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  370  Location,  design,  construction 
and  maintenance  of  roads  and  pavements  Introduction 
to  traffic  engineenng. 

ENCE  473  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Engineering 

(3)  Prerequisite  ENCE  370  Detailed  study  of  the 
planning,  design,  construction,  operations  and 
maintenance  of  airports  and  waterways,  emphasis  on 
design  and  operations  of  transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  474  Railroad  Mass  Transportation  Engineering 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370.  Detailed  study  of  the 
planning,  design,  construction,  operations,  and 
maintenance  of  railroads  and  mass  transportation 
systems,  emphasis  on  design  and  operations  of 
transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems  in  Civil  Engineering  (1- 

4)  Senior  standing.  For  ENCE  majors  only  A  course 
arranged  to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptionally  well  prepared 
students  for  study  in  a  particular  field  of  civil  engineering. 

ENCH — Engineering,  Chemical 

ENCH  215  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  104  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH 
141.  Introduction  to  methods  of  chemical  engineenng 
calculations  and  analysis.  Stoichiometric  relations, 
matenal  and  energy  balances,  and  behavior  of  gases, 
vapors,  liquids  and  solids.  Analytical  and  computer 
methods 

ENCH  260  Transport  Processes  I:  Fluid  Mechanics 

(2)  Pre- or  corequisite:  MATH  246  Fluid  properties,  fluid 
statics,  flow  concepts  and  basic  equations,  viscous 
effects.  Applications  in  measurement  of  flow,  closed 
conduit  flow,  packed  bed  andother  chemical  engineering 
systems 

ENCH  300  Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics  (3) 

Prerequisites  CHEM  203;  and  ENCH  215:  and  MATH 
241 .  Principles  of  thermodynamics  and  their  application 
to  engineering  problems.  First  and  second  laws  of 
thermodynamics,  properties  of  gases,  liquids  and  solids, 
phase  equilibrium,  flow  and  non-flow  systems,  energy 
conversion ,  production  of  worts  from  heat,  thermodynamic 
analysis  ol  processes,  equilibrium  stage  operations  and 
the  thermodynamics  ol  chemically  reacting  systems. 

ENCH  333  Chemical  Engineering  Seminar  (1 )  Senior 
standing  Oral  and  written  reports  on  recent  developments 
in  chemical  engineenng  and  the  process  industnes 

ENCH  425  Transport  Processes  II:  Heat  Transfer  (3) 
Prerequisite  MATH  246  Pre-  or  corequisite  ENCH 
280  Steady  and  unsteady  state  conduction,  convective 
heat  transfer,  radiation,  design  of  condensers,  heat 
exchangers,  evaporators,  and  other  types  of  heat  transfer 
equipment 


ENCH  427  Transport  Processes  III:  Mass  Transfer 
(3)  Prerequisite  ENCH  425  Steady  and  unsteady  state 
molecular  diffusion,  inter-phase  transfer,  simultaneous 
heal  and  mass  transfer,  boundary  layer  theory,  mass 
transfer  and  chemical  reaction  Design  applications  in 
humidilication.  gas  absorption,  distillation,  extraction, 
adsorption  and  ion  exchange 

ENCH  437  Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisites  ENCH  427;  and  ENCH  440;  and  ENCH 
442  Application  of  chemical  engineenng  process  and 
unit  operation  principles  in  small  scale  semi-commercial 
equipment  Data  from  expenmental  observations  are 
used  to  evaluate  performance  and  efficiency  of 
operations  Emphasis  on  correct  presentation  ol  results 
in  report  form. 

ENCH  440  Chemical   Engineering   Kinetics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCH  300;  and  ENCH  425;  and  CHEM 
481.  Fundamentals  of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  and 
their  application  to  the  design  and  operation  of  chemical 
reactors  Reaction  rate  theory,  homogeneous  reactions 
and  catalysis  electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic  reactor 
design 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering  Systems  Analysis 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  300;  and  ENCH  425  Dynamic 
response  applied  to  process  systems.  Goals  and  modes 
of  control,  Laplace  transformations,  analysis  and 
synthesis  of  simple  control  systems,  closed  loop 
response,  dynamic  testing. 

ENCH  444  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  427;  and  ENCH  440; 
and  ENCH  442  Principles  of  chemical  engineering 
economics  and  process  design.  Emphasis  on  equipment 
types,  equipment  design  principles,  capital  cost 
estimation,  operating  costs,  and  profitability. 

ENCH  446  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  444  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  ENCH  445  Application  of 
chemical  engineenng  pnnciples  for  the  design  of  chemical 
processing  equipment.  Typical  problems  in  the  design  of 
chemical  plants 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Development  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Chemical  process  industries 
from  the  standpoint  of  technology,  raw  matenals. products 
and  processing  equipment.  Operations  of  major  chemical 
processes  and  industries  combined  with  quantitative 
analysis  of  process  requirements  and  yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Application  of  digital  and 
analog  computers  to  chemical  engineering  problems. 
Numerical  methods,  programming,  differential  equations, 
curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and  analog  circuits 

ENCH  453  Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCH  427.  Mathematical 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Use  of  differentiation, 
integration,  differential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations  and  integral  transforms.  Application  of  infinite 
series,  numerical  and  statistical  methods 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis  and 
Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  427;  and  ENCH 
440 .  Applications  of  mathematical  models  to  the  analysis 
and  optimization  of  chemical  processes  Models  based 
on  transport,  chemical  kinetics  and  other  chemical 
engineering  principles  will  be  employed  Emphasis  on 
evaluation  of  process  alternatives. 

ENCH  468  Research  (1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
both  department  and  instructor  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Investigation  of  a  research  project  under  the  direction  of 
a  faculty  member  Comprehensive  reports  are  required 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite 
senior  standing  in  engineenng  or  permission  of  both 
department  and  instructor  Introduction  to  biochemical 
and  microbiological  applications  to  commercial  and 
engineenngprocesses.  including  induslnal  fermentation, 
enzymology.  ultrafiltration,  food  and  pharmaceutical 
processing  and  resulting  waste  treatment.  Enzyme 
kinetics,  cell  growth,  energetics  and  mass  transler 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (2) 
Pre-  or  corequisite:  ENCH  482  Techniques  ol  measunng 
pertinent  parameters  in  fermentation  reactors, 
quantification  of  production  variables  lor  primary  and 


secondary  metabolites  such  as  enzymes  and  antibiotics, 
the  insolublization  ol  enzymes  for  reactors,  and  the 
demonstration  ol  separation  techniques  such  as 
ultrafiltration  and  affinity  chromatography 

ENCH  490  Introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENCH  425  The  elements  of  the  chemistry, 
physics,  processing  methods,  and  engineering 
applications  ol  polymers 

ENCH  494  Polymer  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  ENCH  490 or  ENCH  492  Measurement  of 
mechanical,  electrical,  optical,  thermal  properties  of 
polymers,  measurement  of  molecular  weight  by 
viscometry  isometric  and  light  scattering  methods 
Application  of  X-ray.  NMR.ESR.  spectroscopy  molecular 
relaxation,  microscopy  and  electron  microscopy  to  the 
determination  of  polymer  structure,  effects  ol  ultraviolet 
light  and  high  energy  radiation 

ENCH  496  Processing  of  Polymer  Materials  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENCH  490  or  ENCH  492  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ENCH  496  or 
ENM  A  496  A  comprehensive  analysis  ol  the  operations 
carried  out  on  polymeric  materials  to  increase  their 
utility  Conversion  operations  such  as  molding,  exlrusion. 
blending,  film  forming,  and  calendaring  Development  of 
engineering  skills  required  to  practice  in  the  high  polymer 
industry. 

ENCO — Engineering,  Cooperative 
Education 

ENCO  098  Co-Op  Work  Experience  (0)  Prerequisite 
successful  completion  of  freshman  and  sophomore 
engineering  requirements.  Through  alternate  semesters 
of  full-time  work  and  full-time  study.  Co-op  provides 
students  with  a  year  of  practical  work  expenence  related 
to  their  maior  Students  must  register  for  both  ENCO  098 
and  ENCO  099  if  they  are  working  fall  or  spnng  semesters 
Students  should  register  for  ENCO  098  if  they  are 
working  dunng  a  summer  semester 

ENCO  099  Co-Op  Work  Experience  (0)  Prerequisite 
successful  completion  of  freshman  and  sophomore 
engineering  requirements  Through  alternating 
semesters  of  full-lime  and  full-time  study.  Co-op  provides 
students  with  a  year  of  practical  work  expenence  related 
to  their  major.  Students  must  register  for  both  ENCO  098 
and  ENCO  099  if  they  are  working  fall  or  spnng  semesters 

ENEE — Engineering,  Electrical 

ENEE  204  Basic  Circuit  Theory  (3)  Three  hours  ol 
lecture  and  one  hour  ol  discussion/recitation  per  week 
Prerequisite  MATH  246  Basic  circuit  elements  resistors, 
capacitors,  inductors,  sources,  mutual  inductance  and 
transformers;  their  l-V  relationships  Kirchoff s  Laws  DC 
and  AC  steady  state  analysis.  Phasors.  node  and  mesh 
analysis,  superposition,  theorems  ol  Thevenin  and 
Norton  Transient  analysis  for  first-  and  second-order 
circuits 

ENEE  244  Digital  Logic  Design  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week 
Prerequisite:  ENES  240  Gates,  flip-flops,  registers  and 
counters  Karnaugh  map  simplification  of  gate  networks 
Switching  algebra  Synchronous  sequential  systems 
PLA's  Elements  of  binary  anthmetic  units 

ENEE  300  Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  241.  PHYS  263  Corequisite  ENEE 
301  Required  ol  aerospace,  mechanical  and  chemical 
engineers  Not  applicable  in  the  electncal  engineenng 
major  program  Acceptable  as  prerequisite  for  some 
advanced  ENEE  courses  Analysis  of  linear  systems, 
introduction  to  Laplace  transforms,  steady-state  A-C 
transforms,  introduction  to  the  concepts  of 
electromagnetic  fields  and  electric  machines 

ENEE  301  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory  (1 )  Two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Corequisite  ENEE  300 
Expenments  on  the  transient  and  steady-state  response 
of  linear  circuits,  electnc  machines,  electron  tubes  and 
semi  conductor  devices 

All  lower-division  CHEM.  MATH.  PHYS  and 
Engineering  courses  that  are  required  courses  for 
the  BS  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  must  be 
completed  before  enrolling  in  any  300-  or  400-  ENEE 
course  (except  ENEE  300  and  ENEE  301).  Transfer 
students  will  be  allowed  one  term  to  complete  all 
such  courses  after  starting  to  take  upper-level  ENEE 
courses. 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     187 


ENEE  302  Analog  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENEE  204  and  completion  ol  all  lower-division  courses 
in  the  EE  curriculum  See  above  note  Basic  electronics 
elements  (diodes,  bipolar  transistors.  MOSFETs)  their 
charactenstics  and  principles  ot  operation  Small  signal 
analysis  Circuit  models  with  controlled  sources  Diode 
circuits  Low-frequency  amplifiers  and  feedback 
Frequency  response  of  amplifiers  Operational  amplifiers 
and  their  applications  Wave-shaping  and  waveform 
generators  Elements  of  power  electronics 

ENEE  305  Fundamental  Laboratory  (2)  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  ENEE  204  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  cumculum.  See 
above  note  This  course  is  prerequisite  to  all  ENEE  400- 
level  laboratory  courses.  Concepts  and  techniques  of 
physical  measurements  using  standard  electrical 
measuring  devices  generators,  oscilloscopes, 
voltmeters,  etc  Measurements  of  linear  and  non-linear 
circuits;  steady  state  and  step  response:  integrated 
circuits  Handling  and  use  of  data 

ENEE  312  Digital  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  302  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  cumculum.  See  above  note.  Review 
of  basic  semiconductor  devices  and  technology 
Inverters,  gates  and  logic  families  Analysis  and  design 
of  combinational  circuits  (adder,  comparator,  encoder/ 
decoder).  Memones.  Analysis  and  design  of  sequential 
circuits  (flip-fops,  registers,  counters)  Large  scale 
integrated  systems  (dynamic  MOS  registers,  EPROMs, 
PLA,  CCDs)  Analog-to-digital  converters.  Elements  of 
CAD.  including  use  of  the  SPICE  computer  package. 

ENEE  322  Signal  and  System  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENEE  204  and  MATH  246  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  curriculum.  See  above 
note.  Concept  of  linear  systems,  state  space  equations 
for  continuous  and  discrete  systems,  time  domain 
analysis  of  linear  systems.  Fourier,  Laplace  and  Z 
transforms  Application  of  theory  to  problems  in  electncal 
engineering. 

ENEE  324  Engineering  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  322  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Axioms 
of  probability;  conditional  probability  and  Bayes'  rules; 
random  variables,  probability  distribution  and  densities: 
functions  of  random  vanables:  weak  law  of  large  numbers 
and  central  limit  theorem.  Introduction  to  random 
processes;  correlation  functions,  spectral  densities,  and 
linear  systems.  Applications  to  noise  in  electrical  systems, 
filtenng  of  signals  from  noise,  estimation,  and  digital 
communications. 

ENEE  350  Computer  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  244  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  cumculum.  See  above  note.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  ENEE  250.  Formerly 
ENEE  250.  Structure  and  organization  of  digital 
computers  Registers,  memory,  control  and  I/O.  Data 
and  instruction  formats,  addressing  modes,  assembly 
language  programming.  Elements  of  system  software, 
subroutines  and  their  linkages. 

ENEE  380  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  241  and  PHYS  263  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note.  Introduction  to  electromagnetic  fields. 
Coulomb's  law,  Gauss's  law.  electrical  potential,  dielectric 
matenals  capacitance,  boundary  value  problems,  Biot- 
Savarl  law,  Ampere's  law,  Lorentz  force  equation, 
magnetic  matenals,  magnetic  circuits,  inductance,  time 
varying  fields  and  Maxwell's  equations. 

ENEE  381  Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  380  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equations;  the  wave 
equation,  potentials,  Poynting'stheorem.  Transmission, 
lossy  medium,  skin  effect.  Parallel-plate  and  rectangular 
wave-guides.  Radiation,  retarded  potentials,  radiation 
from  dipole. 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits  Laboratory  (2)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENEE  305  and  381  and  completion  of  all 
lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum. 
See  above  note  Expenments  concerned  with  circuits 
constructed  from  microwave  components  providing 
practical  experience  in  the  design,  construction  and 
testing  of  such  circuits.  Projects  include  microwave 


filters  and  S-parameter  design  with  applications  of  current 
technology 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (2)  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  ENEE  305  and  ENEE  314  and  completion 
of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  cumculum 
See  above  note.  The  specification,  design  and  testing  of 
basic  electronic  circuits  and  practical  interconnections 
Emphasis  on  design  with  discrete  solid  state  and 
integrated  circuit  components  for  both  analog  and  digital 
circuits 

ENEE  418  Protects  in  Electrical  Engineering  (1-3) 

Hours  to  be  arranged  Prerequisites:  permission  of 
instructor  and  department  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum  See 
above  note  Theoretical  and  experimental  projects. 

ENEE  420  Communication  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  324  and  completion  of  all  lower-division 
technicalcourses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note. 
Fourier  senes.  Fourier  transforms  and  linear  system 
analysis,  random  signals,  autocorrelation  functions  and 
power  spectral  densities;  analog  communication 
systems:  amplitude  modulation,  single-sideband 
modulation,  frequency  and  phase  modulation,  sampling 
theorem  and  pulse-amplitude  modulation;  digital 
communication  systems  pulse-code  modulation,  phase- 
shift  keying,  differential  phase  shift  keying,  frequency 
shift  keying;  performance  of  analog  and  digital 
communication  systems  in  the  presence  of  noise. 

ENEE  421   Information  Theory  and  Coding  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  324  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note  Definition  of  information  and  entropy; 
Memoryless  and  Markov  sources;  source  coding;  Kraft 
and  MacMillan  inequalities;  Shannon's  first  theorem; 
Hoffman  Codes;  Channels,  Mutual  Information,  and 
Capacity;  Shannon's  Noisy  Channel  Coding  Theorem: 
Error  Correcting  Codes. 

ENEE  425  Digital  Signal  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  322  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Sampling 
as  a  modulation  process;  aliasing;  the  samplingtheorem; 
the  Z-transtorm  and  discrete-time  system  analysis;  direct 
and  computer-aided  design  of  recursive  and  nonrecursive 
digital  filters;  the  Discrete  Fourier  Transform  (DFT)  and 
Fast  Fourier  Transform  (FFT);  digital  filtering  using  the 
FFT;  analog-to-digital  and  digital-to  analog  conversion; 
effects  of  quantization  and  finite-word-length  arithmetic. 

ENEE  426  Communication  Networks  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note.  The  main  design  issues  associated  with 
ordinary,  single-user,  point-to-point  communication 
systems  and  their  juxtaposition  to  those  involved  in 
multi-user  systems  such  as  computer  networks,  satellite 
systems,  radio  nets,  and  general  communication 
networks.  Application  of  analytical  tools  of  queuing 
theory  to  design  problems  in  such  networks.  Review  of 
proposed  architectures  and  protocols. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Networks  and 
Signals  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or  ENEE  300  and 
completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the 
EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Introduction  in  the 
generation  and  processing  of  bioelectric  signals  including 
structure  and  function  of  the  neuron,  membrane  theory, 
generation  and  propagation  of  nerve  impulses,  synaptic 
mechanisms,  transduction  and  neural  coding  of  sensory 
events,  central  nervous  system  processing  of  sensory 
information  and  correlated  electrical  signals,  control  of 
effector  organs,  muscle  contraction  and  mechanics,  and 
models  of  neurons  and  neural  networks. 

ENEE  435  Electrodes  and  Electrical  Processes  in 
Biology  and  Medicine  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or 
ENEE  300  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note. 
Techniques  for  recording  biological  signals  such  as 
brain,  muscle  and  cardial  electrical  potentials;  membrane 
theory;  half-cell  potentials,  liquid  junction  potentials, 
polarization  of  electrodes;  biological  and  medical 
instrumentation;  and  applications  in  the  design  of  cardial 
pacemakers,  or  a  similar  case  study. 

ENEE  438  Topics  in  Biomedical  Engineering  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  and  completion 
of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum . 


See  above  note.  Repeatable  to  9  credits  The  content 
may  vary  from  semester  to  semester  Selected  topics  of 
current  interest  Irom  such  areas  as  bioelectric  systems, 
modeling  instrumentation,  automated  diagnostic,  health- 
care delivery,  etc 

ENEE  440  Microprocessors  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  250 
and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in 
the  EE  curriculum  See  above  note  Microprocessor 
architectures,  instruction  sets,  and  applications  Bus 
structures,  memory,  I/O  interlacing.  Programming,  and 
the  embedding  of  microprocessors  in  other  systems 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or  equivalent  and  completion  of 
all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum 
See  above  note  Architectural  aspects  of  software 
engineering.  Machine  language  and  machine  structure; 
assembly  language  and  assemblers,  macro-language 
and  macro-processors;  loaders  and  linkers,  programming 
languages  and  language  structure;  compilers  and 
interpreters;  operating  systems. 

ENEE  444  Logic  Design  of  Digital  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  250  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
ENEE  244.  Review  of  switching  algebra;  gates  and  logic 
modules;  map  simplification  techniques;  multiple-output 
systems;  memory  elements  and  sequential  systems; 
large  switching  systems;  iterative  networks;  sample 
designs,  computer  oriented  simplification  algorithms; 
state  assignment,  partition  techniques;  sequential  system 
decompositions. 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  305  and  ENEE  440  or  ENEE  444  and  completion 
of  all  lower-division  technical  course  in  the  EE  cumculum. 
See  above  note.  Hardware  oriented  experiments 
providing  practical  experience  in  the  design,  construction, 
and  checkout  of  components  and  interfaces  for  digital 
computers  and  data  transmission  systems.  Projects 
include  classical  design  techniques  and  applications  of 
current  technology. 

ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  250  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum  See  above  note.  Hardware 
design  of  digital  computers.  Arithmetic  and  logic  units, 
adders,  multipliers  anddividers.  Floating-point  arithmetic 
units.  Bus  and  register  structures.  Control  units,  both 
hardwired  and  microprogrammed.  Index  registers, 
stacks,  and  other  addressing  schemes.  Interrupts,  DMA 
and  interfacing. 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
350  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses 
in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Modem  algebra 
with  applications  to  computer  and  communications 
hardware.  Relations,  mappings,  groups,  rings  and  fields. 
Boolean  algebras  and  lattice  theory.  Applications  to 
digital  logic  desing,  computer  arithmetic  and  error- 
correcting  codes 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  322 
and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in 
the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note  Mathematical  models 
for  control  system  components.  Transform  and  time 
domain  methods  for  linear  control  systems  Introductory 
stability  theory.  Root  locus,  Bode  diagrams  and  Nyquist 
plots.  Design  specifications  in  the  time  and  frequency 
domains.  Compensation  design  in  the  time  and  frequency 
domain.  Introduction  to  sampled  data  systems. 
Introduction  to  computer  aided  design  of  control  systems. 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2)  One  hour 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENEE  305  and  ENEE  460  and  completion 
of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  cumculum. 
See  above  note.  Projects  to  enhance  the  student's 
understanding  of  feedback  control  systems  andto 
familiarize  him  with  the  characteristics  and  limitations  of 
real  control  devices.  Students  will  design,  build,  and  test 
servomechanisms,  and  will  conduct  analog  and  hybrid 
computer  simulations  of  control  systems. 

ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Computation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  322  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note.  Matrix  algebra,  state  space  analysis  of 
discrete  systems,  state  space  analysis  of  continuous 
systems,  computer  algorithms  for  circuit  analysis, 
optimization  and  system  simulation. 


188    ENFP  —  Engineering,  Fire  Protection 


ENEE  472  Electric  Power  System  Components  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENEE  322;  and  ENEE  380;  and  completion 
ol  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  cumculum 
See  above  note.  Linear  and  nonlinear  magnetic  circuits, 
hysteresis  and  eddy  current  losses,  transformers, 
induction  motors,  synchronous  generators. 

ENEE  473  Electrical  Machines  Laboratory  (2)One  hour 
ol  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite;  ENEE  305  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum  See 
above  note.  Experiments  involving  single  and  three 
phase  transformers,  induction  machines,  synchronous 
machines  and  DC.  machines. 

ENEE  474  Power  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  322 
and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  in  the  EE 
curriculum.  See  above  note.  Interconnected  power 
systems,  transmission  lines,  load  flow  studies,  unit 
commitment  and  economic  dispatch.  Three  phase 
networks,  machine  models.  Symmetncal  components, 
fault  analysis  and  unbalanced  operation.  Power  system 
transients,  stability  and  numerical  methods  in  power 
system  analysis 

ENEE  475  Power  Electronics  (3)  Prerequisite;  ENEE 
302  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses 
in  the  EE  curnculum.  See  above  note.  Analytical  methods, 
canonical  circuit  topologies,  fundamentals  of  power 
semiconductors,  snubbing  circuits,  drive  circuits, 
fundamentals  of  control  methods. 

ENEE  476  Power  System  Stability  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  322  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Power 
system  modeling,  the  swing  equation.  Lyapunov  stability 
analysis.  Construction  of  Lyapunov.  or  energy,  function. 
The  equal-area  criterion.  Critical  clearing  time.  Potential 
energy  boundary  surface  method.  Emergency  control. 
Recent  developments. 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State  Electronics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  and  completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equation, 
electromagnetic  properties  of  dielectrics;  introduction  to 
quantum  mechanics  and  quantum  statistics;  classical 
and  quantum  theory  of  metals,  theory  of  semiconductors 
and  semiconductor  devices;  principle  of  magnetic  devices 
and  selected  topics. 

ENEE  481  Antennas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  and 
completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the 
EE  curriculum.  See  above  note.  Introduction  to  the 
concepts  of  radiation,  generalized  far  field  formulas; 
antenna  theorems  and  fundamentals;  antenna  arrays, 
linear  and  planar  arrays;  aperture  antennas;  terminal 
impedance;  propagation 

ENEE  482  Design  of  Active  and  Passive  Microwave 
Devices  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  and  completion  of 
all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum. 
See  above  note.  Design  and  operation  of  passive  and 
active  microwave  devices.  The  passive  components 
include  waveguides,  resonators,  and  antennas.  The 
active  devices  include  klystrons,  magnetrons,  gyrotrons, 
and  free  electron  lasers. 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurements 
Laboratory  (2)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENEE  305  and 
ENEE  380  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical 
courses  in  the  EE  curriculum  See  above  note. 
Experiments  designed  to  provide  familiarity  with  a  large 
class  of  micro-wave  and  optical  components,  techniques 
for  interconnecting  them  into  useful  systems,  and 
techniques  of  high  frequency  and  optical  measurements. 

ENEE  488  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering  (3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  and  completion 
of  all  lower-division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  cumculum 
See  above  note  Selected  topics  of  current  importance 
in  electncal  engineering. 

ENEE  494  Solid  State  Devices  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE 
302  and  completion  of  all  lower-division  technical  courses 
in  the  EE  curnculum  See  above  note.  Introduction  to 
semiconductor  materials,  p-n  |unctions.  metal- 
semiconductor  contacts;  bipolar  transistors,  insulated 
gate  field  effect  transistors;  and  related  selected  topics 

ENEE  495  Integrated  Circuit  Technology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  494  and  completion  of  all  lower- 


division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum  See 
above  note.  Introduction  to  the  fabrication  technologies 
for  integrated  circuits  including  oxidation,  diffusion,  and 
photolithography;  concepts  of  bipolar  and  MOS  device 
design,  layout  of  simple  digital  ICs 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-optic  Devices  (3)  Pre- 
or  corequlsite:  ENEE  381  Completion  of  all  lower- 
division  technical  courses  in  the  EE  curriculum.  See 
above  note  Optical  resonators,  fabry-perot  etalon 
Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate  equations.  Gaseous, 
solid  state,  semiconductor  and  dye  laser  systems.  Electro- 
optic  effects  and  parametric  oscillators.  Holography. 

ENES — Engineering  Science 
ENES  100  Basic  Technological  Literacy  (3)  Modern 
technology  for  non-technical  ma|ors.  Topics  to  include 
electricity  and  electronics,  digital  devices  and  computers, 
communication  systems,  nuclear  and  conventional 
electric  power  systems,  and  additional  technological 
topics  of  current  interest. 

ENES  101  Introductory  Engineering  Science  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  discussion/recitation 
per  week.  For  engineering  majors  only.  Basic  languages 
of  the  engineer.  Elements  of  graphic  communication 
and  analysis.  Orthrographic  projection,  conventions, 
graphs  and  curve-fitting  Introduction  to  structured 
computer  programming.  Engineering  orientation. 

ENES  110  Statics  (3)  Corequisite:  MATH  141  The 
equilibrium  of  stationary  bodies  under  the  influence  of 
various  kinds  of  forces.  Forces,  moments,  couples, 
equilibrium,  trusses,  frames  and  machines,  centroids, 
moment  of  inertia,  beams,  and  friction.  Vector  and  scalar 
methods  are  used  to  solve  problems. 

ENES  121  The  World  of  Engineering  (3)  Introduction 
to  engineering  and  its  influence  on  the  way  we  live 
Study  of  the  conception,  design,  and  operation  of 
engineering  systems  from  the  past  to  the  present  and  a 
look  into  the  future. 

ENES  131  Introduction  to  Flight  (3)  An  elementary 
course  in  aeronautics  appropriate  for  both  science  and 
non-science  students.  The  elements  of  flight 
asexemplified  by  the  flight  of  birds  and  the  historical 
development  of  the  airplane.  Navigation  and  control  of 
the  aircraft,  weather  as  it  affects  aviation,  flight 
instruments,  and  the  operation  of  the  U.S.  Civil  Aviation 
System 

ENES  220  Mechanics  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  141;  and  PHYS  161;  and  ENES  110  Distortion  of 
engineering  materials  in  relation  to  changes  in  stress  or 
temperature.  Geometry  of  internal  strain  and  external 
displacement.  Application  to  beams,  columns,  shafts, 
tanks,  and  other  structural,  machine  and  vehicle 
members. 

ENES  221  Dynamics  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  ENES  1 1 0; 
and  MATH  141;  and  PHYS  161  Systems  of  heavy 
particles  and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  in  motion.  Force- 
acceleration,  work-energy  and  impulse-momentum 
relationships.  Motion  of  one  body  relative  to  another  in 
a  plane  and  in  space. 

ENES  230  Introduction  to  Materials  and  their 
Applications  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  110.  Structure  of 
materials,  chemical  composition,  phase  transformations, 
corrosion  and  mechanical  propertiesof  metals,  ceramics, 
polymers  and  related  materials.  Material  selection  in 
engineenng  applications 

ENES  240  Engineering  Computation  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
MATH  141  Introduction  to  the  design  and  implementation 
of  algorithms  to  solve  engineenng  problems  using  digital 
computers  Analysis  ol  problems  fundamental  to 
engineering  design,  construction  and  diagrammatic 
descnption  of  effective  procedures  for  solving  them  and 
implementing  and  testing  of  these  solutions  in  a  common 
high-level  engineering  oriented  language  such  as 
FORTRAN  Techniques  for  data  input  and  storage, 
selection  of  relevant  numerical  and  non-numerical 
methods  for  problem  solutions,  and  the  efficient  ordenng 
of  data  for  meaningful  output  presentation 

ENES  388  Engineering  Honors  Seminar  (1) 

ENES  389  Selected  Topics  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits 

if  content  differs 


ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment  (3)  Intended 
for  seniors  not  majoring  in  engineering  Not  applicable 
as  a  technical  elective  tor  engineering  maiors  An 
introduction  to  the  power  needs  of  society  The 
interrelationship  between  man's  use  of  energy  and  the 
effect  on  the  ecosystem  Introduction  to  the  techniques 
of  power  production  with  special  emphasis  on  nuclear- 
fueled  power  plants 

ENFP — Engineering,  Fire  Protection 
ENFP  25 1 1ntroduction  to  Fire  Protection  Engineering 

(3)  The  social,  economic,  environmental  and  legal 
dimensions  of  the  fire  problem  The  theoretical  and 
engineering  principles  of  basic  lire  phenomena 
Technological  assessment  of  urban  tire  protection 
utilizing  operations  research  and  systems  engineenng 
procedures 

ENFP  290  Fire  Protection  Fluids  (3)  Fluid  flowpnnciples 
lor  fire  protection  systems  Hydrostatic  and  hydrodynamic 
problems  associated  with  water  supply  systems. 
Calculation  methods,  techniques  and  procedures  for 
hydraulically  designed  distribution  networks  to  meet 
prescribed  conditions  of  adequacy  and  reliability  of  the 
total  system. 

ENFP  310  Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  I  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ENFP  290  Study  of  aqueous 
suppressionsystem  agents  and  their  application  to 
selected  fire  protection  problems.  Examination  of 
specifications,  code  criteria,  published  criteria  and 
research  utilized  in  the  engineering  design  of  aqueous 
agent  suppression  systems.  Application  of  hydraulic 
theory  to  a  range  of  design  considerations.  Problem 
calculations  based  upon  student  prepared  design  layouts 

ENFP  312  Heat  Transfer  Applications  In  Fire 
Protection  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  110  and  ENES 
240;  or  ENME  320;  or  ENME  217  The  pnnciples  ol  heat 
transfer.  Application  of  the  governing  equations  for 
conduction ,  convection  and  radiation  heat  transfer  to  fire 
protection  problems.  Analysis  of  the  concepts  ol 
combustion  with  the  chemical  and  physical  components 
Discussion  and  study  of  ignition,  propagation  and 
explosion  phenomena. 

ENFP  315  Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  II  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENFP  290;  and  ENFP  310  Study  ol 
gaseous  and  particulate  fire  suppression  systems. 
Examination  and  evaluation  of  code  cntena.  performance 
specifications  and  research  Application  of  fluid  theory  to 
the  design  process  and  the  calculation  procedures  for 
gaseous  particulate  fire  suppression  systems  An 
integrated  fire  protection  systems  design  protect 
Functional  analysis  and  design  of  detection  systems 

ENFP  320  Pyrometrics  of  Materials  (3)  Analysis  and 
study  of  characteristics  of  materials  and  matenal 
assemblies  related  to  flame  spread,  fuel  contribution 
combustibility  and  smoke  development  Analysis  of  fuel 
geometry  and  configuration  to  fire  seventy  Procedures 
of  laboratory  analysis,  determination  and  modeling 

ENFP  398  Honors  Research  Project  (1-3) 

ENFP  411    Fire  Protection   Hazard  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENFP  251 .  and  ENFP  31 5  Appraisal  and 
measurement  ol  fire  safety  Application  of  systems 
analysis,  probability  theory,  engineenng  economy,  and 
risk  management  in  the  identification  and  synthesis  of 
components  of  fire  protection  engineenng  Methods  for 
the  development  of  cntena  for  the  design,  evaluation 
and  assessment  of  fire  safety  or  component  hazards 

ENFP  41 5  Fire  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites  ENCH  300 
or  ENME  320;  and  ENCE  330  or  ENME  342;  and  ENFP 
31 2  or  permission  of  department  Introduction  to  premixed 
and  diffusion  flames;  ignition,  flame  spread  and  rate  of 
burning;  fire  plumes,  flame  radiation 

ENFP  416  Problem  Synthesis  and  Design  (3)  Senior 
standing  Techniques  and  procedures  of  problem 
onentation  and  solution  design  utilizing  logical  and 
numerical  procedures  Student  development  of  research 
protects  in  selected  areas 

ENFP  421  Functional  and  Life  Safety  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites  ENFP  320.  and  ENFP  31 5  The  function 
and  life  safety  components  of  buildings  Analytical 
concepts  and  research  related  to  modular  loss  analysis 
The  physical  and  psychological  va  nables  of  fire  casualties 
using  techniques  of  system  analysis  Current  research 
related  to  egress  and  smoke  movement  Performance 
cntena  of  building  and  fire  prevention  codes 


ENGL -English     189 


ENFP  489  Special  Topic*  (3)  Prerequisite  permission 
ol  department  Hepeatable  to  6  credits  Selected  topics 
ol  current  importance  to  lire  protection 

ENGL— English 

ENGL  101  Introduction  to  Writing  (3)  An  introductory 
course  in  expository  writing 

ENGL  102  Literature  and  Composition  (3)  Open  to 
students  who  have  passed  or  are  exempted  trom  ENGL 
101  Further  practice  in  writing,  along  with  readings  in 
the  short  story,  novel,  poetry,  and  drama. 

ENGL  201  Western  World  Literature.  Homer  to  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Homer  to  the  Renaissance,  foreign 
classics  being  read  in  translation. 

ENGL  202  Western  World  Literature,  Renaissance  to 
the  Present  (3)  Shakespeare  to  the  present,  loreign 
classics  being  read  in  translation. 

ENGL   205   Introduction  to   Shakespeare  (3) 

Recommended  for  non-majors  Reading  of  selected 
representative  plays  including  the  major  tragedies. 

ENGL  211  English  Literature  From  the  Beginnings 
to  1800(3) 

ENGL  212  English  Literature  From  1 800  to  the  Present 
(3) 

ENGL  221  American  Literature:  Beginning  to  1865 
(3) 

ENGL  222  American  Literature:  1865  to  Present  (3) 

ENGL  234  Introduction  to  African-American 
Literature  (3)  A  survey  of  African-Amencan  literature 
from  the  late  eighteenth  century  to  the  present. 

ENGL  240  Introduction  to  Fiction,  Poetry,  and  Drama 

(3)  Nof  open  to  students  who  have  completed  ENGL 
102.  Readings  in  the  novel,  short  story,  poetry  and 
drama 

ENGL  241  Introduction  to  the  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  242  Introduction  to  Non-Fiction  Prose  (3) 

Contemporary  and  historical  works  in  some  of  the  major 
genresof  non-fiction:  biography,  ecology,  science  writing, 
editonal.  cultural  commentary  The  purposes  of  non- 
fiction  (information,  persuasion,  analysis,  and 
commentary);  the  research  and  writing  methods  of  non- 
fiction  writers:  and  the  impact  and  value  of  non-fiction 
works  in  society. 

ENGL  243  Introduction  to  Poetry  (3) 

ENGL  244  Introduction  to  Drama  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
basic  literature  of  drama  from  the  classical  Greeks  to 
modern  times. 

ENGL  245  Film  and  the  Narrative  Tradition  (3)  Primary 
attention  is  on  the  film  as  a  narrative  medium,  but  other 
literary  models  will  be  examined. 

ENGL  246  The  Short  Story  (3) 

ENGL  247  Literature  of  Fantasy  (3)  Reading  and 
analysis  of  vanous  works  of  non-realistic  literature  broadly 
termed  "fantasy". 

ENGL  250  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  (3) 

Images  of  women  in  literature  by  and  about  women. 

ENGL  260  Introduction  to  Folklore  (3)  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  ENGL  360.  History,  theory, 
and  genres  of  folklore. 

ENGL  278  Special  Topics  in  Literature  (3)  Repeatable 
to  9  credits  if  content  differs. 

ENGL  281  Standard  English  Grammar,  Usage,  and 
Diction  (3)  The  basic  structure  of  written  English, 
including  parts  of  speech,  sentence  patterns,  standard 
punctuation,  diction,  and  usage. 

ENGL  291  Intermediate  Writing  (3)  Wnting  essays,  the 
revision  process,  and  editing  techniques. 

ENGL  294  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3) 

Sophomore  standing. 


ENGL   296   Beginning   Fiction   Workshop  (3) 

Introduction  to  different  aspects  ol  the  craft  ol  fiction, 
such  as  narration,  description,  and  dramatic 
development  Models  taken  from  the  enure  range  of  the 
genre  Selected  readings 

ENGL297  Beginning  Poetry  Workshop(3)  Introduction 
to  different  aspects  of  the  craft  of  poetry,  such  as  image, 
metaphor,  rftythm.  tone,  and  form.  Models  taken  from 
the  range  of  genre.  Selected  readings 

ENGL  300  and  400  level  course  prerequisites:  any 
two  freshman  or  sophomore  English  courses. 

ENGL  301  Critical  Methods  In  the  Study  of  Literature 
(3)  An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  literary  analysis 
and  a  brief  survey  of  the  most  common  approaches  to 
literature. 

ENGL  302  English  Medieval  Literature  In  Translation 
(3) 

ENGL  304  The  Major  Works  of  Shakespeare  (3)  Not 

open  to  students  who  have  completed  ENGL  403  and 
ENGL  404. 

ENGL  305  Shakespeare  and  His  Contemporaries: 
An  Introduction  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  plays  of 
Shakespeare  and  those  of  several  of  his  contemporaries . 
The  course  emphasizes  a  reading  of  eight  to  ten  plays 
in  the  context  of  the  development  of  the  drama  in 
England  and  of  the  pertinent  Elizabethan  theatrical, 
social,  intellectual,  and  political  circumstances. 

ENGL  310  Medieval  and  Renaissance  British 
Literature  (3)  A  perspective  on  the  cultural  attitudes  and 
values  that  separate  the  Middle  Ages  from  the 
Renaissance,  highlighting  the  changing  role  and  purpose 
of  the  writer.  Major  works  and  authors  include  Beowulf, 
Chaucer,  Spenser,  and  Sidney. 

ENGL  31 1  Baroque  and  Augustan  British  Literature 

(3)  An  intensive  study  of  major  works  of  seventeenth  and 
eighteenth  century  English  literature  exploring  the  variety 
of  artistic  ideas  and  techniques  of  the  period. 

ENGL  31 2  Romantic  to  Modern  British  Literature  (3) 

An  intensive  study  of  major  works  of  nineteenth  and 
twentieth  century  English  literature. 

ENGL  313  American  Literature  (3)  A  detailed  study  of 
selected  major  texts  of  American  literature  from  the  1 7th 
to  the  20th  century,  including  women's  literature,  black 
literature,  and  literature  from  various  regions  of  the 
country. 

ENGL  320   English   Romantic   Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  two  college-level  literature  courses.  Credit 
will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ENGL  320 
and  ENGL  420  or  ENGL  320  and  ENGL  421 .  Survey  of 
fiction,  poetry,  and  criticism.  Emphasis  on  shifts  in 
thinking  from  rationalism  of  the  Enlightenment  to  the 
romanticism  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

ENGL  345  Twentieth  Century  Poetry  (3)  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  ENGL  445  or  ENGL  446. 
A  one-semester  survey  course  in  British  and  American 
poetry  from  Yeats  and  Robinson  to  the  present.  Special 
emphasis  on  Yeats,  Pound.  Eliot.  Williams.  Roethke. 
and  Lowell. 

ENGL  348  Literary  Works  by  Women  (3)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  The  context,  form,  style  and 
meaning  of  literary  works  by  women. 

ENGL  361  Medieval  Literary  Modes  and  Modern 
Narrative  (3)  Literary  patterns  characteristic  of  medieval 
myth,  epic,  and  romance:  their  continuing  vitality  in 
modem  works;  and  links  between  Medieval  works  like 
"The  Prose  Edda",  "Beowulf,  The  Morte  D'Arthur",The 
Volsunga  Saga",  and  "Grettis  Saga"  and  modern 
narratives  like  Tolkien's  The  Lord  of  the  Rings". 

ENGL  369  Honors  Seminar:  Major  Traditions  (4-5) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Intensive  study 
of  major  English  and  American  literary  classics  in  their 
generic  context  of  narrative  and  lyric  poetry,  drama, 
prose,  fiction  and  non-fiction  from  the  beginnings  to  the 
present. 

ENGL  370  Junior  Honors  Conference  (1 )  Prerequisite: 
candidacy  for  honors  in  English.  Preparation  for  writing 
the  senior  honors  project. 


ENGL  371  Senior  Honors  Conference  (1 )  Prerequisite 
candidacy  for  honors  in  English  Presentation  and 
discussion  of  senior  honors  projects 

ENGL  373  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite  candidacy 
tor  honors  in  English.  Research  and  writing  of  senior 
honors  project  Strongly  recommended  for  students 
planning  graduate  work 

ENGL  378  Independent  Research  In  English  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  Designed  to  provide  qualified  ma|ors  in  English 
an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific  English  readings  under 
the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  department. 

ENGL  379  Special  Topics  In  Literature  (3)  English 
majors  may  not  count  credits  earned  in  this  course 
toward  the  total  required  for  the  major  Repeatable  to  9 
credits  il  content  differs. 

ENGL  380  Internship  (3-6)  Pre-  or  corequisite  ENGL 
381  or  ENGL  382;  and  permission  of  department.  The 
English  Department's  internship  program. 
Preprofessional  experience  in  writing  and  editing  in  a 
variety  of  fields. 

ENGL  381  MGA  Legislative  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department.  Classroom  analysis 
component  of  the  Maryland  General  Assembly  internship 
program. 

ENGL  384  Concepts  of  Grammar  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  281  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  the  basic  units 
of  grammatical  description;  motivation  for  and  nature  of 
constituent  structure  and  syntactic  categories; 
fundamental  grammatical  concepts  employed  in  the 
teaching  and  learning  of  languages. 

ENGL  385  English  Semantics  (3)  An  introductory  study 
of  meaning  in  language  and  paralanguage  General 
semantics,  kinesics,  linguistic  relativity  and  recent 
developments  in  linguistic  semantics. 

ENGL  391  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  56 
hours  of  college  credit  which  must  include  ENGL  101  or 
equivalent.  An  advanced  composition  course  which 
emphasizes  constructing  written  arguments 
accommodated  to  real  audiences. 

ENGL  392  Advanced  Composition:  Pre-Law  (3) 

Prerequisite:  56  hours  of  college  credit  which  must 
include  ENGL  101  or  equivalent  Techniques  of 
argumentation  and  persuasion.  Intensive  practice  to 
help  writers  achieve  stylistic  flexibility  and  correctness. 
ENGL  393 Technical  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite:  56  hours 
of  college  credit  which  must  include  ENGL  101  or 
equivalent.  The  writing  of  technical  papers  and  reports. 

ENGL  394  Business  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite:  56  hours 
of  college  credit  which  must  include  ENGL  101  or 
equivalent.  Intensive  practice  in  the  forms  of  written 
communication  common  in  the  business  world — letters, 
memos,  short  reports,  and  proposals.  Principles  of 
rhetoric  and  effective  style. 

ENGL  395  Technical  Writing:   Pre-Medical  (3) 

Prerequisite:  56  hours  of  college  credit  which  must 
include  ENGL  101  or  equivalent.  Focus  on 
accommodating  technical  material  and  empirical  studies 
to  lay  audiences,  and  helping  writers  to  achieve  stylistic 
flexibility  and  correctness. 

ENGL  396  Intermediate  Fiction  Workshop  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Instruction  in 
and  development  of  basic  fiction-writing  skills.  The 
process  of  revision,  and  the  writing  of  longer  projects 
such  as  stones,  novellas,  and  novels.  Voice,  style  and 
subject.  Intensive  reading  and  discussion  of  modem  and 
contemporary  fiction. 

ENGL  397  Intermediate  Poetry  Workshop  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Instruction  in 
and  development  of  basic  writing  skills.  The  process  of 
revision.  Voice,  style,  and  subject.  Intensive  reading  and 
discussion  of  modem  and  contemporary  poetry  within 
the  context  of  the  tradition. 

ENGL  399  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Limited  to  graduating 
English  majors,  to  be  taken  in  the  last  year  and  preferably 
the  last  semester  of  the  undergraduate  program .  normally 
following  completion  of  the  core  courses.  Topics  will  vary 
each  semester;  most  will  be  interdisciplinary  or  will  cross 
historical  periods.  The  course  will  provide  a  seminar 


190    ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials 


experience  in  malenal  or  methodologies  not  otherwise       ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers  After  1865  (3) 
available  to  the  maior.  Repeatable  to  9  credits  il  content  differs  Two  wnters 

studied  intensively  each  semester 
ENGL  402  Chaucer  (3) 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  in  America  to  1910  (3) 
ENGL  403  Shakespeare  (3)  Early  penodhistones  and 
comedies  ENGL  441  The  Novel  in  America  Since  1910  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South  (3)  A  histoncal  survey, 
from  eighteenth-century  beginnings  to  the  present 

ENGL443  Afro-American  Literature  (3)  An  examination 
ot  the  literary  expression  of  the  black  American  in  the 
United  States,  from  its  beginning  to  the  present 

ENGL  444  Feminist  Critical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENGL  250  or  WMST  200  or  WMST  250  Issues  in 
contemporary  feminist  thought  that  have  particular 
relevance  to  textual  studies,  such  as  theones  of  language , 
literature,  culture,  interpretation,  and  identity. 

ENGL  445  Modern  British  and  American  Poetry  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  required  tor 
students  with  credit  in  ENGL  345  A  study  of  the  formation 
of  the  "Modern  Tradition"  in  British  and  American  poetry, 
explonng  the  distinctive  energy  and  consciousness  in 
the  poets  of  the  early  twentieth  century  (1896-1930) 
Special  emphasis  on  Hopkins.  Yeats.  Pound.  Eliot,  and 
Stevens  Collateral  readings  in  essays  on  modern  poetics, 
and  in  other  poets  of  the  period 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and  American 
Poetry  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
required  for  students  with  credit  in  ENGL  345  A  study  ot 
Bntish  and  Amencan  poetry  from  the  Depression  to  the 
present.  Special  emphasis  on  Auden.  Williams.  Dylan 
Thomas,  Theodore  Roethke,  Robert  Lowell  A  more 
general  study  of  the  work  of  some  of  these:  Berryman. 
Jarrell,  Fuller,  Bishop.  Wnght,  Kinnell.  Larkin  and  including 
the  projectivists.  the  beats  and  the  present  scene 

ENGL  447  Satire  (3)  An  introduction  to  English  and 
Amencan  satire  from  Chaucer  to  the  present. 

ENGL  448  Literature  by  Women  of  Color  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs.  Literature  by 
women  of  color  in  the  United  States,  Britain,  and  in 
colonial  and  post-colonial  countries 

ENGL  449  Playwriting  (3) 

ENGL  450  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3) 

Beginnings  to  Marlowe. 

ENGL  451  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3) 
Jonson  to  Webster. 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  From  1660  to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  453  Literary  Criticism  (3)  Prerequisite:  two 
literature  courses. 

ENGL  454  Modern  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel  (3)  Eighteenth  century 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel  (3)  Nineteenth  century 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  458  Literature  by  Women  after  1800  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Selected 
writings  by  women  after  I800 

ENGL  461  Folk  Narrative  (3)  Studies  in  legend,  tale  and 
myth. 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad  (3) 

ENGL  463  American  Folklore  (3)  An  examination  ot 
American  folklore  in  terms  of  history  and  regional  tolk 
cultures  Exploration  ot  collections  of  folklore  from  vanous 
areas  to  reveal  the  difference  in  regional  and  ethnic 
groups  as  witnessed  in  their  oral  and  literary  traditions 

ENGL  464  African-American  Folklore  and  Culture  (3) 
The  culture  of  Afncan  Amencans  in  terms  ot  United 
States  history  (antebellum  to  the  present)  and  social 
changes  (rural  to  urban)  Exploration  ot  aspects  ot 
Afncan  Amencan  culture  and  history  via  oral  and  literary 
traditions  and  life  histories 


ENGL  404  Shakespeare  (3)  Late  periodtragedies  and 
romances 

ENGL  407  Literature  ot  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  408  Literature  by  Women  Before  1800  (3) 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Selected 
wntings  by  women  in  the  medieval  and  early  modem 
era 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser  (3) 

ENGL  412  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century, 
1660-1700  (3)  Prerequisite  two  literature  courses 

ENGL  414  Milton  (3) 

ENGL  415  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century, 
1660-1700(3) 

ENGL  416  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  ot  Pope  and  Swift 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  of  Johnson  and  the  Preromantics. 

ENGL  418  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Repeatable  to  9 
credits  it  content  differs.  Two  wnters  studied  intensively 
each  semester 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Repeatable  to  9 
credits  if  content  differs  Two  wnters  studied  intensively 
each  semester. 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  I  (3) 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  (ol lowing:  either 
ENGL  320  or  ENGL  420:  or  ENGL  320  or  ENGL  421. 
First  generation:  Blake.  Wordsworth.  Colendge.  et  al. 

ENGL  421  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  lollowing:  either 
ENGL  320  or  ENGL  420:  or  ENGL  320  or  ENGL  421 
Second  generation:  Keats.  Shelley.  Byron,  et  al. 

ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3)  Early 
years 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3) 
Middle  years. 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian  Literature 
(3)  A  study  of  the  literary  movements  and  techniques 
which  effected  the  transition  from  Victorian  to  modem 
literature. 

ENGL  425  Modem  British  Literature  (3)  An  historical 
survey  of  the  major  wnters  and  literary  movements  in 
English  prose  and  poetry  since  1900 

ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Beginning  to  1810, 
the  Colonial  and  Federal  Periods  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature.  1810  to  1865.  the 
American  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature.  1 865  to  1 91 4.  Realism 
and  Naturalism  (3)  Prerequisite,  two  literature  courses 

ENGL  433  American  Literature.  1 91 4  to  the  Present, 
the  Modern  Period  (3) 

ENGL  434  American  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  435  American  Poetry:  Beginning  to  the  Present 
(3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American  Literature  (3)  A 
survey  ot  the  poetry,  prose .  and  drama  wntten  in  Amenca 
in  the  last  decade 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers  Before  1865  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  it  content  differs  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester 


ENGL  466  Arthurian  Legend  (3)  Development  ol  the 
Arthurian  legend  ot  heroism  and  love  in  English  literature 
from  medieval  to  modern  times 

ENGL  476  Modern  Fantasy  and  Science  Fiction  (3) 
Maior  works  of  fantasy  and  science  fiction  since  the  mid- 
eighteenth  century,  emphasizing  their  continuity  and 
their  relationships  to  philosophical  speculation,  scientific 
discovery,  literary  history  and  cultural  change 

ENGL  477  Studies  In  Mythmaking  (3)  Prerequisite  two 
literature  courses  Maior  themes,  figures,  and 
configurations  ol  northern  European  mythology, 
examining  the  value  ol  the  mythic  mode  ol  thought  in  a 
scientific  era 

ENGL  478  Selected  Topics  in  English  and  American 
Literature  Before  1800  (1-3)  Repeatable  it  content 
differs 

ENGL  479  Selected  Topics  in  English  and  American 
Literature  After  1800  (3)  Repeatable  it  content  differs 

ENGL  482  History  ot  the  English  Language  (3) 

ENGL  483  American  English  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar  (3)  Credit  will 
be  granted  tor  only  one  of  the  following  ENGL  484  or 
LING  402 

ENGL  486  Introduction  to  Old  English  (3)  An 
introduction  to  the  grammar,  syntax,  and  phonology  ol 
Old  English  Selected  readings  from  Old  English  prose 
and  poetry 

ENGL  489  Special  Topics  In  English  Language  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  il  content  differs.  Studies  in 
topics  ol  current  interest 

ENGL  493  Advanced  Expository  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  494   Editing  and   Document   Design   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  391.  ENGL  393  or  equivalent  For 
ENGL  majors  only.  Pnnciples  of  general  editing  lor 
clarity,  precision  and  correctness  Applications  ol  the 
conventions  ol  grammar,  spelling,  punctuation  and 
usage,  and  organization  for  logic  and  accuracy.  Working 
knowledge  of  the  professional  vocabulary  ot  editing 
applied  throughout  the  course 

ENGL  498  Advanced  Fiction  Workshop  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENGL  396  or  permission  of  department 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Formerly  ENGL 
496.  Student  cnticism  of  student  stones  or  chapters  of 
novels-in-progress.  Craft,  execution  and  technique 
Intensive  reading  ot  anthologies  and  individual  works  in 
modem  and  contemporary  fiction  Theoretical  and  critical 
works  that  help  to  define  and  analyze  the  context  ot  the 
tradition 

ENGL    499    Advanced    Poetry    Workshop   (3) 

Prerequisite  ENGL  397  or  permission  of  department 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Formerly  ENGL 
497  Student  criticism  of  student  work  within  the  contexl 
ot  craft,  technique,  and  execution  Relationship  to  Anglo- 
Amencan  and  International  Post-Modernist  poetry 

ENMA — Engineering,  Materials 
ENMA  300  Materials  Science  and  Engineering  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENES  220  Credit  will  be  granted  tor  only 
one  of  the  following  ENMA  300  or  ENME  300  Basic 
pnnaples.  nature  and  properties  ol  engineenng  materials 
Processes  and  methods  to  manufacture  and  usefully 
apply  engineering  matenals  Fabncation  techniques  for 
metals,  polymers,  and  refractones 

ENMA  301  Materials  Engineering  Laboratory  (1 )  Two 

hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite  ENMA 
300  Credit  will  be  granted  tor  only  one  ol  the 
tollowmgENMA  301  or  ENME  301  Fatigue  tensile  and 
impact  testing,  heat  treatment  and  hardenability  structure 
and  properties  of  steels,  case  studies 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENES230orpemiissionotbothdepartmerit 
andmstructor  Relationshipofstructuretothemechanical 
properties  ol  matenals  Elastic  and  plastic  deformation, 
microscopic  yield  cntena  state  of  stress  and  ductility 
Elements  ot  dislocation  theory,  work  hardening.  aHoy 
strengthening,  creep,  and  fracture  in  terms  ol  dislocation 
theory 


ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical     191 


ENMA  463  Chemical.  Liquid  and  Powder  Processing 
of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  ENES  230 
or  permission  ol  both  department  and  instructor  Methods 
and  processes  used  in  the  production  ol  primary  metals 
The  detailed  basic  principles  of  bonification  processes, 
pyrometallurgy.  hydrometallurgy.  electrometallurgy, 
vapor  phase  processing  and  electroplating  Liquid  metal 
processing  including  casting,  welding,  brazing  and 
soldenng  Powder  processing  and  sintering  Shapes 
and  structures  produced  in  the  above  processes 

ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  on  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  ENES  230  or  permission  of 
both  department  and  instructor  Introduction  to  the 
phenomena  associated  with  the  resistance  of  materials 
to  damage  under  severe  environmental  conditions 
Oxidation,  corrosion,  stress  corrosion,  corrosion  fatigue 
and  radiation  damage  are  examined  from  the  point  of 
view  of  mechanism  and  influence  on  the  properties  of 
matenals  Methods  of  corrosion  protection  and  criteria 
lor  selection  of  matenals  for  use  in  radiation  environments 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  atomic  and 
electronic  structure  ol  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical 
properties 

ENMA  471  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Equilibrium  multicomponent  systems  and 
relationship  to  the  phase  diagram.  Thermodynamics  of 
noncrystalline  and  polyphase  materials  Diffusion  in 
solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in  solids. 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 
Relationship  of  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineering 
applications  Cntena  for  the  choice  of  materials  for 
electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties. 
Particular  emphasis  on  the  relationships  between 
structure  of  the  solid  and  its  potential  engineering 
application 

ENMA  473  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineering 
matenals  Processes  considered  include  refining,  melting 
and  solidification,  punfication  by  zone  refining,  vapor 
phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat 
treatments. 

ENMA  489  Selected  Topics  in  Engineering  Materials 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  1 2  credits  if  content  differs  To  introduce  basic  concepts 
such  as  crystal  chemistry,  defect  chemistry  and  ternary 
phase  equilibria  which  can  also  be  used  to  illustrate  the 
vanous  types  of  advanced  ceramics  (superconductors; 
superionic  conductors;  dielectrics  including  ferroeletrics 
optical  matenals;  high  temperature  structural  materials 
etc.)  and  allow  an  understanding  of  their  behaviors. 

ENMA  495  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisite;  ENES  230or  permission  of  both  department 
and  instructor.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  ENMA  495  or  ENCH  495.  Study  ofthe 
deformation  and  flow  of  engineering  matenals  and  its 
relationship  to  structural  type.  Elasticity,  viscoelasticity, 
anelasticity  and  plasticity  of  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials. 

ENMA  496  Polymeric  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  230  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following:  ENMA  496  or  ENCH  496.  A 
comprehensive  summary  of  the  fundamentals  of 
particular  interest  in  the  science  and  applications  of 
polymers  Polymer  single  crystals,  transformations  in 
polymers,  fabncation  of  polymers  as  to  shape  and 
internal  structure. 

ENME — Engineering,  Mechanical 

ENME  201  Mechanical  Engineering  Project  (1)  The 

disassembly  and  assembly  of  a  mechanical  device  A 
written  report  descnbing  the  method  of  operation  of  the 
device  with  sketches  and  drawings  illustrating  the 
components.  Grading  will  be  satisfactory/fail. 

ENME  205  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer 
Programming  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH  241. 
Continuation  of  computer  programming  techniques: 
flowcharts,  algorithms,  and  computer  languages. 
Introduction  to  numencal  techniques  and  error  analysis 
in  solving  for  roots  of  equations,  simultaneous  equations, 
interpolation,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration, 
numencal  solution  of  differential  equations.  Applications 
to  engineering  problems. 


ENME  21 7  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS 
262;  and  MATH  141  Properties,  charactenslics  and 
fundamental  equations  of  gases  and  vapors  Work 
transfer  and  heal  transfer,  first  and  second  laws  of 
thermodynamics,  entropy,  irreversibility,  availability,  and 
the  thermodynamics  of  mixtures 

ENME  310  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids  (3) 
Prerequisite  ENES  220  Introduction  to  the  mechanics 
of  engineering  materials  in  three  dimensions  Concepts 
of  stress,  strain .  generalized  Hooke's  law.  and  equilibrium 
of  solids  Modes  of  failure  including  plasticity,  stability, 
fatigue,  and  fracture  will  be  treated 

ENME  311  Mechanics  of  Deformable  Solids 
Laboratory  (1)  Corequisite  ENME  310  A  laboratory 
course  in  the  mechanics  of  engineering  materials. 
Concepts  of  stress,  strain,  generalized  Hooke's  law.  and 
equilibrium  of  solids  Modes  of  failure  including  plasticity, 
stability,  fatigue,  and  fracture  will  be  treated 

ENME  315  Intermediate  Thermodynamics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  217.  Application  of  the  first  and 
second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of  basic 
heat  engines,  air  compression  and  vapor  cycles.  Heat 
sources  in  fossil  fuels  and  nuclear  fuels.  The 
thermodynamics  of  fluid  flow 

ENME  320  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
141;  and  PHYS  262.  The  properties,  characteristics  and 
fundamental  equations  of  gases  and  vapors.  Application 
ol  the  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in  the 
analysis  of  basic  heat  engines,  air  compression  vapor 
cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  for  gases  and 
vapors 

ENME  321  Transfer  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
342.  Conduction  by  steady  state  and  transient  heat  flow, 
laminar  and  turbulent  flow,  free  and  forced  convection, 
radiation,  evaporation  and  condensation  vapors  Transfer 
of  mass,  heat  and  momentum. 

ENME  342  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
21 7.  Fluid  flow  concepts  and  basic  equations,  effects  of 
viscosity  and  compressibility  Dimensional  analysis  and 
laws  of  similanty .  Flowthrough  pipes  and  over  immersed 
bodies.  Principles  of  flow  measurement. 

ENME  343  Fluid  Mechanics  Laboratory  (1 )  Two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite:  ENME  342. 
Measurement  of  fluid  properties,  determination  of 
pressure  drops  in  pipes  and  fittings,  observation  of  fluid 
phenomena.  Experiment  and  demonstration  of  flow 
measurement  techniques. 

ENME  360  Dynamics  of  Machinery  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENES  220;  and  ENES  221 ;  and  MATH  246.  Dynamic 
characteristics  of  machinery  with  emphasis  on  systems 
with  single  and  multiple  degrees  of  freedom. 

ENME  381  Measurements  Laboratory  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENME  360;  and  ENEE  300.  Required  of 
juniors  in  mechanical  engineering.  Measurements  and 
measurement  systems,  application  of  selected 
instruments  with  emphasis  on  interpretation  of  results. 

ENME  398  Honors  Research  Project  (1-3) 

ENME  400  Machine  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME 
310;  and  ENME  360.  Corequisite:  ENME  401 .  Working 
stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress  analysis  and 
repeated  loadings.  Design  of  machine  elements. 
Kinematics  of  mechanisms. 

ENME  401   The  Structure  and   Properties  of 

Engineering  Materials  (3) Corequisite:  ENME  310.  The 
nature  and  properties  of  engineering  materials  as  related 
to  their  use  in  all  phases  of  mechanical  engineering  will 
be  studied.  Materials  covered  include  metals,  ceramics 
and  glasses,  polymer  and  composites. 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controls  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE 
300;  and  ENME  360  Senior  standing  Hydraulic, 
electrical,  mechanical  and  pneumatic  automatic  control 
systems.  Open  and  closed  loops.  Steady  state  and 
transient  operation,  stability  criteria,  linear  and  non- 
linear systems,  Laplace  transforms. 

ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  Design 

(4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ENME  400  or  ENME  405;  and 
senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Design  of 


components  that  form  a  complete  working  system 
Engineering  economics,  performance-cost  studies, 
optimization  Engineering  design  practice  through  case 
studies  Legal  and  ethical  responsibility  of  the  designer 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design  (3)  Prerequisite 
senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering  Application 
of  thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and  heat  transfer  to 
energy  conversion  processes  Design  of  engines, 
compressors,  heat  exchangers  Energy  storage  and 
fuel  handling  equipment. 

ENME  408  Selected  Topics  in  Engineering  Design 
(3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering  or  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  il  content  differs  Creativity  and  innovation  in 
design  Generalized  performance  analysis,  reliability 
and  optimization  as  applied  to  the  design  of  components 
and  engineering  systems  Use  of  computers  in  design  of 
multivanable  systems. 

ENME  41 1  Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENME  300.  and  ECON  205  or  permission 
of  department  Design,  improvement  and  installation  of 
integrated  systems  of  men.  materials  and  equipment. 
Areas  covered  include  industrial  activities,  plant  layout 
and  design,  value  analysis,  engineering  economics, 
quality  and  production  control,  methods  engineering, 
industrial  relations,  etc. 

ENME  412  Mechanical  Design  For  Manufacturing 
and  Production  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in 
engineen ng.  The  physical  propertiesof  materials.  Review 
of  key  fundamental  principles  used  in  product  design 
Characterization  of  various  classes  of  engineering 
materials.  The  types  of  manufacturing  processes  which 
can  be  applied  to  production  of  the  design. 

ENME  414  Computer-Aided  Design  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENME  205;  and  MATH  241  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
computer  graphics.  Plotting  and  drawing  with  computer 
software.  Principles  of  writing  interactive  software.  The 
applications  of  computer  graphics  in  computer-aided 
design.  Computer-aided  design  proiecl. 

ENME  41 5  Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Energy 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  31 5;  and  ENME  321 .  Collection, 
storage,  and  utilization  of  solar  thermal  energy. 
Conversion  to  electricity  Component  and  system 
modeling  equations.  Performance  analysis.  Systems 
design. 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
315.  Advanced  topics  in  energy  conversion.  Direct 
conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  solar  cells, 
thermionics,  thermoelectrics  and  magnetohydro- 
dynamics. 

ENME    423    Environmental    Engineering    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENME  321  and  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Heating  and  cooling  load 
computations.  Thermodynamics  of  refrigeration.  Low 
temperature  refrigeration  Problems  involving  extremes 
of  temperature,  pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  II  (3)Prerequisites:  ENME 
321  and  senior  standing.  Applications  to  special  systems, 
change  of  phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical  concepts, 
equilibrium,  heterogenous  systems. 

ENME  425  Internal   Combustion   Engines  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENME  31 5;  and  ENME  321  Fundamentals 
underlying  the  design  and  operation  of  internal 
combustion  engines.  Aspects  of  fuels,  lubricants, 
instrumentation,  combustion  and  performance.  The 
causes  and  control  of  air  pollution. 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME 
342  and  senior  standing.  Hydrodynamics  with 
engineering  applications.  Stream  function  and  velocity 
potential,  conformal  transformations,  pressure 
distributions,  circulation,  numerical  methods  and 
analogies. 

ENME  450  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  For  the 
Oceanic  Environment  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  marine 
environment  which  affect  the  design,  operation  and 
maintenance  of  mechanical  equipment,  effects  of  waves, 
currents,  pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and  fouling. 
Study  of  design  parameters  for  existing  and  proposed 
mechanical  systems  used  in  marine  construction,  on 
shipboard,  in  search  and  salvage  operations. 


192     ENTM  —  Entomology 


ENME  451  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  For 
Underwater  Operations  (3)  Propulsion,  control  and 
environmental  systems  tor  submerged  vehicles.  Design 
of  mechanical  systems  in  support  of  diving  and  saturated 
living  operations. 

ENME  461  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  360; 
and  differential  equations;  and  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Linear  and  non-linear  plane 
and  three-dimensional  motion,  moving  axes.  LaGrange's 
equation,  Hamilton's  principle,  non-linear  vibration, 
gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics 
(3)Prerequisite:  MATH  246.  Study  of  the  physical 
behavior  of  sound  waves.  Introduction  to  terminology 
and  instrumentation  used  in  acoustics.  Critena  for  noise 
and  vibration  control.  Some  fundamentals  underlying 
noise  control  and  applications  to  ventilation 
systems.machine  and  shop  quieting,  office  buildings,  jet 
noise,  transportation  systems  and  underwater  sound. 

ENME  463  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  246  Mathematical  modeling  of 
physical  situations.  Solution  of  problems  expressed  by 
partial  differential  equations.  Application  of  Fourier  senes 
and  integrals.  Laplace  transformation.  Bessel  functions, 
Legendre  polynomials  and  complex  problems  in 
mechanical  vibrations,  heat  transfer,  fluid  mechanics 
and  automatic  control  theory. 

ENME  464  Machine  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
400.  The  study  of  stress  and  strain  as  applied  to 
engineering  problems;  stress  and  strain  from  a  three 
dimensional  point  ol  view;  theories  of  failure;  residual 
stresses;  dynamic  loading;  fatigue;  environmental 
influence;  temperature  extremes;  corrosive  media.  Case 
studies  of  design  practices. 

ENME  465  Introductory  Fracture  Mechanics (3)Senior 

standing  in  engineering.  An  examination  of  the  concepts 
of  fracture  in  members  with  pre-existing  flaws  Emphasis 
is  primarily  on  the  mechanics  aspects  with  the 
development  of  the  Griffith  theory  and  the  introduction  of 
the  stress  intensity  factor.  K,  associated  with  different 
types  of  cracks.  Fracture  phenomena  are  introduced 
together  with  critical  values  of  the  fracture  toughness  of 
matenals.  Testing  procedures  for  charactenzing  matenals 
together  with  applications  of  fracture  mechanics  to  design. 

ENME  470  Finite  Element  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENME  310;  and  ENME  321.  Basic  concepts  of  the 
theory  of  the  finite  element  method.  Applications  in  solid 
mechanics  and  heat  transfer 

ENME  473  Mechanical  Design  of  Electronic  Systems 
(3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  310;  and  ENME  360;  and 
ENME  321.  Design  considerations  in  the  packaging  of 
electronic  systems.  Production  of  circuit  boards  and 
design  of  electronic  assemblies.  Vibration,  shock,  fatigue 
and  thermal  considerations. 

ENME  475  Robotics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  360;  and 
ENEE  300  Basic  engineenng  principles  in  the  design 
and  analysis  of  robots  Industrial  applications  of  robots 

ENME  480  Engineering  Experimentation  (3)  One  hour 
of  lecture  and  five  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering  Theory  of 
experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of 
measurement  and  instrumentation  systems  to  laboratory 
experimentation.  Experiments  in  fluid  mechanics,  solid 
mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  expenments 
or  assigned  proiects  to  emphasize  planned  procedure, 
analysis  and  communication  of  results,  analogous 
systems  and  leadership 

ENME  486  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Advanced  problems  in 
mechanical  engineering  with  special  emphasis  on 
mathematical  and  experimental  methods. 

ENME  489  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  with  permission  of  advisor  Selected  topics 
of  current  importance  in  mechanical  engineering 

ENNU — Engineering,  Nuclear 

ENNU  215  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Technology  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  141;  and  PHYS  161 
Engineenngproblems  ot  the  nuclear  energy  complex, 
including  basic  theory,  use  of  computers,  nuclear  reactor 
design  and  isotopic  and  chemical  separations 


ENNU  310  Environmental  Aspects  of  Nuclear 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  241  or  MATH 
246;  and  PHYS  263  or  permission  of  both  department 
and  instructor  Evaluation  ot  environmental  and  safety 
aspects  ot  nuclear  power  reactors  Calculations  of 
radioactive  decay,  activation,  and  shielding,  radiation 
monitonng  Biological  effects  of  radiation,  waste  handling, 
siting,  plant  design  and  operations,  as  related  to 
environment  salety  and  licensing  regulations 

ENNU  320  Nuclear  Reactor  Operation  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Introduction  to  nuclear  reactor  operations  Outline  of 
reactor  theory.  Nature  and  monitonng  techniques  of 
ionizing  radiation,  radiation  safety  Reactor  instrument 
response.  Operation  of  the  University  ol  Maryland  nuclear 
reactor. 

ENNU  398  Honors  Research  Project  (1-3) 

ENNU   430   Radioisotope   Power  Sources  (3) 

Prerequisite;  ENNU  21 5  or  permission  of  both  department 
and  instructor.  Pnnciples  and  theory  of  radioisotope 
power  sources  Design  and  use  of  nuclear  batteries  and 
small  energy  conversion  devices. 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU 
215  or  permission  of  both  department  and  instructor. 
Pnnciples  and  techniques  ot  activation  analysis  involving 
neutrons,  photons  and  charged  particles.  Emphasis 
placed  upon  application  of  this  analytical  technique  to 
solving  environmental  and  engineering  problems. 

ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  MATH  240;  and  PHYS  263  Techniques 
of  detecting  and  making  measurements  of  nuclear  or 
high  energy  radiation.  Radiation  safety  expenments. 
Both  a  sub-critical  reactor  and  the  swimming  pool  critical 
reactor  are  sources  of  radiation 

ENNU  450  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  246;  and  PHYS  263  or  permission 
of  both  department  and  instructor.  Elementary  nuclear 
physics,  reactor  theory,  and  reactor  energy  transfer 
Steady-state  and  time-dependent  neutron  distributions 
in  space  and  energy  Conduction  and  convective  heat 
transfer  in  nuclear  reactor  systems. 

ENNU  455  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENNU  450.  General  plant  design 
considerations  including  radiation  hazards  and  health 
physics,  shielding  design,  nuclear  power  economics, 
radiation  effects  on  reactor  matenals.  and  various  types 
of  nuclear  reactor  systems 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  450  Heat  generation  in  nuclear  reactor  cores, 
conduction  and  transfer  to  coolants.  Neutron  flux 
distnbutions.  fission  and  heat  release.  Steady  and 
unsteady  state  conduction  in  fuel  elements  Heal  transfer 
to  nonmetallic  and  metallic  coolants  Heat  transfer  with 
phase  change.  Thermal  design  of  reactor  cores 

ENNU  461  Chemical  Separation  In  the  Nuclear  Cycle 
Reactor  Fuel  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450  or  permission 
of  both  department  and  instructor  An  introduction  to 
chemical  and  physical  separation  of  the  nuclear  reactor 
fuel  Basic  separation  processes,  reactor  fuel  fabncation. 
reactor  chemistry  problems  and  the  handling  and 
treatment  of  radioactive  waste.  Calculations  ol  plant 
design  and  operation.  Related  safety  issues 

ENNU  465  Nuclear  Reactor  Systems  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  246;  and  PHYS  263;  and  ENNU 
455  or  permission  of  department  Power  reactor 
(BWR.PWR.HTGR)system  design  and  analysis.  System 
specifications  and  modes  of  operation.  Plant 
documentation  (PSAR.FSAR.  etc.).  Piping  and 
instrumentation  drawings.  Theory  and  application  of 
pump  and  piping  calculations.  Steam  power  plant  cycles 
and  calculations  Steam  plant  equipment  (turbines, 
heaters,  condensers,  etc )  analysis 

ENNU  468  Research  (2-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
both  department  and  instructor  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Investigation  of  a  research  protect  under  the  direction  of 
one  of  the  staff  members  Comprehensive  reports  are 
required 

ENNU  470  Introduction  to  Controlled  Fusion  (3) 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  engineenng  or  permission 
ol  both  department  and  instructor  The  pnnciples  and 


the  current  status  of  research  to  achieve  controlled 
thermonuclear  power  production  Properties  of  ionized 
gases  relating  to  confinement  and  heating  Concepts  ol 
practical  fusion  devices 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Design  (3)  Prerequisite  ENNU 
450  or  permission  ol  both  department  and  instructor 
Design  ol  nuclear  reactor  cores  based  on  a  sequence  of 
standard  computer  codes  Thermal  and  epithermal  cross 
sections,  multigroup  diffusion  theory  in  one  and  two 
dimensions  and  fine  structure  flux  calculations  using 
transport  theory 

ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management  (3) 
Prerequisites  ENNU  460;  and  ENNU  480  or  permission 
of  both  department  and  instructor  Physics  and  economics 
of  the  nuclear  fuel  cycle  utilizing  existing  design  codes. 
Mining  conversion, ennchment, fabrication  reprocessing 
processes.  Effects  of  plutomum  recycle,  in-core  shuffling, 
fuel  mechanical  design  and  power  peaking  on  fuel  cycle 
costs 

ENRE — Reliability  Engineering 

ENRE   462    Basic   Reliability   Engineering   (3) 

Corequisite.  ENRE  470  Senior  standing  Organization. 
management  and  communication  concepts  in  reliability 
engineering  Mechanisms  and  physics  of  failure,  methods 
for  failure-rate  determination,  methods  of  design  for 
reliability,  maintainability  engineenng  concepts,  design 
for  reliability,  design  for  maintainability  concepts,  lite 
cycle  costing,  equipment  spanng  policies,  and  measunng 
reliability  for  improvement. 

ENRE  467  System  Safety  Engineering  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  246  and  PHYS  263  or  permission 
of  department  Role  of  system  salety.  the  language  ot 
system  salety.  and  programs  lor  achieving  safety  such 
as  the  problem  solving  process,  safety  cntena.  safety 
descriptors,  checklist-timeliness  elements,  safety 
training,  hazard  analysis,  and  uncertainty  in  safety 
measurements  Time-phased  indicators,  hazard 
nomenclature,  hazard  mode  and  effect  analysis,  hazard 
classification,  hazard  probability,  survival  rate. 
distnbutions  applied  to  human  performance. 

ENRE  470  Basic  Reliability  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  246  and  PHYS  263  or  permission  ol  department 
Corequisite:  ENRE  462  Senior  standing  Pnncipal 
methods  of  reliability  analysis,  including  lault  tree  and 
reliability  block  diagrams,  method  of  failure  mode  and 
effect  analysis  (FMEA):  event  tree  construction  and 
evaluation;  reliability  data  collection  and  analysis, 
methods  of  modeling  systems  tor  reliability  analysis 
Focus  on  systems  ot  concern  to  all  engineers,  such  as. 
problems  related  to  process  industnes.  fossil-fueled 
power  plant  availability,  and  other  subjects  Methods  of 
quality  control  and  assurance 

ENTM — Entomology 

ENTM  100  Insects  (3)  A  survey  ot  the  maior  groups  ol 
insects,  their  natural  history,  and  their  relationships  with 
humans  and  their  environment. 

ENTM  1 1 1  Beekeeping  (2)  First  semester  A  study  of 
the  lite  history,  behavior  and  seasonal  activities  ol  the 
honeybee,  its  place  in  pollination  of  flowers  with  emphasis 
on  plants  of  economic  importance  and  bee  kxe  m 
literature 

ENTM  205  Principles  of  Entomology  (4)  Three  hours 
ol  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  An 
introductory  overview  to  the  biology  and  diversity  of 
insects  Basic  physiological,  ecological  and  behavioral 
processes  that  result  in  the  dominance  ot  insects  in  the 
animal  kingdom  The  management  of  pest  insect 
populations  and  the  consequences  of  the  strategies 
used  to  regulate  insect  pests  A  collection  is  required 

ENTM  252  Agricultural  Insect  Pests  (3)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  two  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week  Prerequsite: 
BIOL  105  Not  open  to  ENTM  students  An  introduction 
to  the  pnncipal  insect  pests  of  fruit,  vegetable,  forage, 
and  ornamental  crops .  with  special  reference  to  Maryland 
agriculture 

ENTM  303  International  Pesticide  Problems  and 
Solutions  (3)  A  global  assessment  of  economic 
environmental,  legal,  and  social  consequences  of  pests 
pesticides,  and  alternative  pest  control  methods  Case 
studies  ol  the  influence  of  legal  action,  government 
export  and  import  policies  international  aid.  marketing 
practices,  research  and  education,  and  human 
perceptions  on  pesticide  use   Emphasis  on  pest  and 


FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development     1 93 


pesticide  problems  in  the  Third  World  and  progress  in 
developing  pest  and  pesticide  management  systems  to 
solve  these  problems 

ENTM  351  Introduction  to  Insect  Population 
Management  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and 
practice  of  management  ol  insect  populations  The 
course  explores  the  development  ol  all  insect  pest 
population  suppression  methods,  as  well  as  the 
management  ol  insect  populations  benelicial  to  humans 
The  main  theme  ol  the  course  is  how  humans  can 
manipulate  environmental  components  lor  the  purpose 
ol  population  regulation  ol  insects,  and  the  benelicial 
and  harmful  effects  ol  these  manipulations 

ENTM  398  General  Colloquium  In  Entomology  (1) 
Prerequisite  ENTM  205  or  permission  ol  department 
Presentation  of  original  research  by  invited  guest 
speakers,  taculty.  and  graduate  students  No  more  than 
1  credit  hour  ol  ENTM  398  may  be  applied  to  the  120 
credit  hours  needed  lor  the  Bachelor's  degree 

ENTM  399  Special  Problems  (1  -2)  Prerequisite:  ENTM 
205  and  permission  ol  department  Credit  to  be 
determined  by  the  department  Should  be  taken  dunng 
the  junior  year  Investigations  of  assigned  entomological 
problems.  No  more  than  4  credit  hours  of  ENTM  399  may 
be  applied  to  the  120  credit  hours  needed  for  the 
Bachelor's  degree 

ENTM  407  Entomology  For  Science  Teachers  (4) 
Four  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Summer.  This  course  will  include  the  elements  of 
morphology,  taxonomy  and  biology  of  insects  using 
examples  commonly  available  to  high  school  teachers 
It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rearing 
and  expenmenting  with  insects  insofar  as  time  will 
permit. 

ENTM  423  Insect  Comparative  Morphology  (4)  Two 

hours  ol  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENTM  205.  Morphology  and  anatomy  of 
insects.  Companson  of  structures  using  specimens  from 
common  orders  to  study  the  phylogenetic  relationships 
and  to  form  a  basis  for  understanding  insect  classification 
systems 

ENTM  424  Insect  Diversity  and  Classification  (4)  One 
hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  ENTM  205:  and  ENTM  423.  The 
techniques  of  collecting  insects  in  the  tield  and  their 
classification  into  the  latest  hierarchical  scheme.  Field 
trips  will  visit  habitats  throughout  the  state.  An  insect 
collection  is  required. 

ENTM  432  Insect  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours  ol  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  205;  and  CHEM  233;  and  CHEM  243;  or 
permission  of  department.  The  physiology  of  different 
insect  systems.  Hormonal  basis  of  insect  metamorphosis 
and  reproduction. 

ENTM  451  Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENTM  205.  The  recognition,  biology  and 
control  of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and  vegetable  crops, 
field  crops  and  stored  products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides  (2)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  The  development  and  use  of  contact  and 
stomach  poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important 
chemicals,  with  reference  to  their  chemistry .  toxic  action, 
compatibility,  and  host  injury.  Recent  research 
emphasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205  or  permission  of 
department.  The  recognition,  biology  and  control  of 
insects  and  mites  injurious  to  ornamental  shrubs,  trees, 
greenhouse  crops,  and  turf.  Emphasis  on  pests  of 
woody  ornamental  plants. 

ENTM  454  Principles  of  Plant  Protection  (2)  One  hour 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENTM  205  and  permission  of  department. 
Systematic  assessment  of  the  principles  of  plant 
protection  and  pest  population  management. 

ENTM  455  Urban  Entomology  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  421  or  permission  of  department.  A  study  of  the 
appearance,  habits,  life  cycles  and  methods  of  control  of 


pests  of  humans,  pets  and  structures  in  the  urban 
environment  Field  observations  ol  prolessional  pest 
control  operations  and  a  paper  on  a  selected  pest  group 
are  required. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology  (4) 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205  or  permission  of 
department  A  study  of  the  morphology,  taxonomy, 
biology  and  control  ol  the  arthropod  parasites  and  disease 
vectors  of  man  and  animals  The  ecology  and  behavior 
ol  vectors  in  relation  to  disease  transmission  will  be 
emphasized 

FDSC— Food  Science 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  useof  animals. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
in  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
Instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whether  animals  are  to  be  used  In  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives,  if  any,  are  available. 

FDSC  111  Contemporary  Food  Industry  and 
Consumerism  (3)  The  role  of  the  lood  processing 
industry  in  attempting  to  satisfy  society's  need  for 
food. Food  quality  nutritional,  sensory,  and  compositional; 
conventional  vs  "natural"  organic  foods;  preservation 
and  spoilage-role  of  chemical  additives;  synthetic  and 
convenience  foods;  consumer  protection;  the  food 
industry  and  the  environment;  future  food  sources. 

FDSC  398  Seminar  (1 )  Presentation  and  discussion  of 
current  literature  and  research  in  food  science. 

FDSC  399  Special  Problems  in  Food  Science  (1-3) 

Designed  for  advanced  undergraduates  Specific 
problems  in  food  science  will  be  assigned. 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  Processing  I  (3)  The 

principles  of  thermal  processing  including  heat  resistance 
of  bacteria  and  bacterial  spores,  concepts  of  lethality, 
heat  transfer,  and  thermal  process  calculations. 
Advanced  systems  of  thermal  processing  and  packaging 
including  aseptic  applications. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Processing  II  (3)  A 

detailed  study  of  food  processing  with  emphasis  on  line 
and  staff  operations,  including  physical  facilities,  utilities, 
pre-and  post-processing  operations,  processing  line 
development  and  sanitation. 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry  (3)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  261 
The  application  of  basic  chemical  and  physical  concepts 
to  the  composition  and  properties  of  foods.  Emphasis  on 
the  relationshipof  processing  technology,  to  the  keeping 
quality,  nutritional  value,  and  acceptability  of  foods. 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and  Development 

(3)  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
FDSC  41 2;  and  FDSC  41 3  or  permission  of  department. 
Four  all  day  Saturday  trips  required.  A  study  of  the 
research  and  development  function  for  improvement  of 
existing  products  and  development  of  new,  economically 
feasible  and  marketable  food  products.  Application  of 
chemical-physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to 
produce  optimum  quality  products,  cost  reduction, 
consumer  evaluation,  equipment  and  package 
development. 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Four  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC  421 . 
Analysis  of  the  major  and  minor  constituents  of  food 
using  chemical,  physical  and  instrumental  methods  in 
concordance  with  current  food  industry  and  regulatory 
practices  Laboratory  exercises  coincide  with  lecture 
subjects  in  FDSC  421. 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology  (2)  Prerequisite:  MICB 
200  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  microorganisms  of  major 
importance  to  the  food  industry  with  emphasis  on  food- 
borne  outbreaks,  public  health  significance, 
bioprocessing  of  foods,  disease  control .  and  the  microbial 
spoilage  of  foods. 

FDSC  431  Food  Quality  Control  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Definition 
and  organization  of  the  quality  control  function  in  the 
food  industry;  preparation  of  specifications;  statistical 
methods  for  acceptance  sampling;  in-plant  and 
processed  product  inspection.  Instrumental  and  sensory 
methods  for  evaluating  sensory  quality,  identity  and 


wholesomeness  and  their  integration  into  grades  and 
standards  of  quality  Statistical  Process  Control  (SPC) 

FDSC  434  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2)  Four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC 
430  A  study  ol  techniques  and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  ol  loods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Processing  (3)  Two 
hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Commercial  methods  of  canning,  freezing, 
dehydrating, fermenting,  and  chemical  preservation  of 
Iruit  and  vegetable  crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Method 
of  production  of  fluid  milk,  butter,  cheese,  condensed 
and  evaporated  milk  and  milk  products  and  ice  cream 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poultry 

(3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  technological  (actors  concerned 
with  the  processing,  storage,  and  marketing  ol  eggs  and 
poultry  and  the  factors  affecting  their  quality. 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BCHM  261  or  permission  of  department.  Physical  and 
chemical  characteristics  of  meat  and  meat  products, 
meat  processing,  methods  of  testing  and  product 
development. 

FDSC  482  Seafood  Products  Processing  (3)Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  BCHM  261  or  permission  of  department 
The  principal  preservation  methods  for  commercial 
seafood  products  with  particular  reference  to  the 
invertebrates.  Chemical  and  microbiological  aspects  of 
processing  are  emphasized. 

FMCD — Family  and  Community 

Development 

FMCD  105  The  Individual  in  the  Family  (3)  Study  of 

personality  development  within  the  family  context. 

Emphasis  on  identity  and  self-awareness. 

FMCD  200  Pre-professional  Seminar  (1 )  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Introduction  to  the  family, 
community,  and  management-consumer  fields. 
Consideration  of  professional  opportunities. 

FMCD  201  Concepts  in  Community  Development  (3) 

Theory  and  practice  of  development  in  neighborhood, 
national  and  international  communities.  Models  for 
community  action  program  development  and  service 
delivery. 

FMCD  202  Methods  for  Family,  Community  and 
Management  Studies  (3)  Introduction  to  the  methods 
of  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  employed  in  family, 
community  and  management-consumer  studies.  The 
role  of  theory,  the  development  of  hypotheses, 
measurement,  validity,  data  collection,  and  data  analysis. 

FMCD  250  Decision  Making  in  Families  and 
Communities  (3)  Introduction  to  problem  solving, 
decision  theory,  and  systems  analysis,  and  their 
application  to  the  practical  problems  facing  families, 
human  service  organizations,  and  local  communities. 

FMCD  260  Interpersonal  Life  Styles  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FMCD  105  or  equivalent.  Couple  relationships  in 
contemporary  dating,  courtship  and  mamage,  and  their 
alternatives. 

FMCD  330  Family  Patterns  (3)  Junior  standing  Theory 
and  research  on  the  family,  including  a  cross-cultural 
analysis  of  family  patterns. 

FMCD  332  The  Child  in  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite 
FMCD  1 05  or  PSYC 1 00  A  family  life  education  approach 
to  the  study  of  children  and  families.  Emphasis  on  the 
interaction  of  children  with  parents,  siblings,  extended 
kin  and  the  community. 

FMCD  348  Practicum  in  Family  and  Community 
Development  (3-12)  Prerequisites:  FMCD  270;  and  6 
creditsof  practicum-related  course  work;  and  permission 
of  department.  Corequisite:  FMCD  349.  For  FMCD 
majors  only.  Repeatable  to  12  credits.  A  planned, 
supervised  practicum  to  complement  classroom 
instruction. 


194     FOOD -Food 


FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practicum  (1-2)  For  FMCD 
maiors  only  Weekly  seminars  lor  students  concurrently 
carrying  FMCD  348  Opportunities  to  integrate  theory 
and  practice  Two  credits  lor  the  first  semester  and  one 
credit  every  semester  thereafter  for  a  maximum  total  of 
live  credits 

FMCD  370  Interpersonal  Communication  Processes 

(3)  Training  in  interpersonal  communication  skills. 
Relevant  concepts,  principles,  and  models 

FMCD  381  Poverty  and  Affluence  Among  Families 
and  Communities  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD201 ;  or  SOCY 
100;  or  SOCY  105  Social,  political,  economic 
interrelationships  among  families  and  communities  with 
respect  to  varying  resources. 

FMCD  399  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  12  credits. 

FMCD  430  Gender  Role  Development  in  the  Family 
(3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY  100;  and  FMCD  260;  or 
permission  of  department .  The  development  of  historical, 
cultural,  developmental,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of 
masculinity  and  femininity  within  the  context  of 
contemporary  families  and  the  implications  for 
interpersonal  relations. 

FMCD  431   Family  Crises  and  Intervention  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  Family  crises  such  as  divorce, 
disability,  substance  abuse,  financial  problems, 
intrafamilial  abuse,  and  death.  Theories  and  techniques 
for  intervention  and  enhancement  of  family  coping 
strategies. 

FMCD  432  Intergenerational  Aspects  of  Family  Living 
(3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100;  and  SOCY  100;  and 
FMCD  332  or  other  human  development  course.  The 
histoncal.  cultural,  developmental,  and  psychosocial 
experiences  of  contemporary  American  generations. 
Interactions  across  generations  within  the  family  and  the 
consequences  for  individual  development  Cross- 
national  comparisons 

FMCD  441    Personal  and  Family  Finance  (3) 

Prerequisite  ECON  201 ;  or  ECON  205;  or  permission  of 
department.  Study  of  individual  and  family  financial 
strategies  with  particular  emphasis  upon  financial 
planning,  savings,  insurance,  investments,  income  taxes, 
housing,  and  use  of  credit. 

FMCD443  Consumer  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON 
201 ;  or  ECON  205;  or  permission  of  department.  The 
consumer  perspective  in  the  production,  marketing,  and 
use  of  goods  and  services.  Special  emphasis  on  the 
investigation  of  current  issues. 

FMCD  444  Human  and  Community  Program 
Management  (3)  Goals,  approaches,  settings,  and 
resources  relevant  to  the  management  of  human  service 
programs  in  the  community. 

FMCD  445  Family  and  Household  Management  (3) 

Interrelationship  of  resources  (time,  money,  energy, 
space,  materials  and  human  resources)  in  operation  of 
the  household  and  in  meeting  demands  of  multiple  roles 
of  family  members.  Management  as  intervention  strategy. 

FMCD  447  The  Disabled  Person  in  the  Family  and 
Community  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100  or  SOCY  100. 
Disabled  persons  in  family  and  community  settings- 
Improvement  of  the  quality  of  life  of  disabled  persons. 

FMCD  453  Family  and  Community  Advocacy  (3) 

Prerequisites:  6  credits  in  SOCY  and  GVPT  Strategies 
for  change  used  by  governmental  and  non-governmental 
institutions  to  improve  the  quality  of  family  and  community 
life  in  a  variety  of  political,  social  and  historical  contexts 

FMCD  460  Violence  in  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100  or  SOCY  105  or  FMCD487  Theories  of  child, 
spousal,  parental,  grandparental  abuse  in  the  family 
setting  review  of  current  evidence,  and  an  introduction 
to  methods  for  prevention  and  remediation 

FMCD  483  Family  and  Community  Service  Systems 
(3)  Prerequisites:  6  credits  in  SOCY  and  GVPT  The 
planning,  implementation,  administration,  and  evaluation 
of  human  services  systems  affecting  families  and 
communities.  Maior  organizational  theories,  managenal 
styles,  administrative  techniques,  and  issues  in  human 
service  delivery 


FMCD  485  Introduction  to  Family  Counseling  (3) 
Prerequisites:  FMCD  431;  or  PSYC  331;  or  PSYC  335; 
or  permission  of  department  The  fundamental  theoretical 
concepts  and  clinical  procedures  that  are  unique  to 
marital  and  family  therapy  Individually-oriented 
psychotherapy.  Pre-marital,  marital  and  family,  and 
divorce  counseling  techniques 

FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FMCD  105  or  SOCY  105  Laws  and  legal 
procedures,  with  emphasis  on  adoption,  marriage, 
divorce,  annulment,  and  property  rights,  and  how  they 
affect  family  life 

FMCD  497  The  Child  and  the  Law  (3)  Legislation  and 
case  law  regarding  children's  legal  rights  with  emphasis 
on  the  nghts  of  children  in  the  juvenile  |ustice  system, 
and  rights  to  medical,  educational,  and  other  social 
services 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics  (1-3)  A  -  Family  Studies  B  - 
Community  Studies  C  -  Management  and  Consumer 
Studies 

FOLA — Foreign  Language 

FOLA  108  Elementary  Foreign  Languages  I  (3) 

Repeatable  if  content  differs  The  first  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  otherwise  offered 
The  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement  may  be 
fulfilled  by  successful  completion  of  FOLA  108,  FOLA 
1 09,  FOLA  1 1 8  and  FOLA  1 1 9  in  a  single  language. 

FOLA  109  Elementary  Foreign  Languages  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  108  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  if  content  differs 
The  second  semester  of  conversational  study  of  a 
language  not  otherwise  offered  The  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful 
completion  of  FOLA  108,  FOLA  109,  FOLA  118  and 
FOLA  119  in  a  single  language 

FOLA  118  Intermediate  Foreign  Languages  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  109  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  if  content  differs. 
The  third  semester  of  conversational  study  of  a  language 
not  otherwise  offered  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion  of 
FOLA  108,  FOLA  109,  FOLA  118  and  FOLA  119  in  a 
single  language. 

FOLA  119  Intermediate  Foreign  Languages  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  118  in  the  sub|ect  language  or 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  of  content  differs. 
The  fourth  semester  of  conversational  study  of  a  language 
not  otherwise  offered.  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successfulcompletion  of 
FOLA  108.  FOLA  109.  FOLA  118  and  FOLA  119  in  a 
single  language. 

FOLA  128  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  9  credits  if  content  differs.  An  introduction  to  the  three 
principal  languages  of  the  Islamic  Middle  East:  Arabic. 
Persian,  and  Turkish  Only  standard  written  form  of  the 
three  languages  is  taught  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts 
and  humanities  language  requirement 

FOLA  1 29  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 

(3) Prerequisite:  FOLA  1 28  and  permission  ol  department 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Continuation  of 
FOLA  128  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  1 38  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  I  (3) 

Open  only  by  permission  of  department  to  students  ol 
high  motivation  and  proven  language  learning  aptitude 
Directed  study  of  a  modern  foreign  language  with  use  ol 
a  self-instructional  approach. 

FOLA  139  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  II 
(3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  138  in  the  same  language  or 
permission  ol  department  A  continuation  ol  FOLA  138 

FOLA  148  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  III 

(3)  Prerequisite  FOLA  139  in  the  same  language  or 
permission  of  department  A  continuation  ol  FOLA  139 

FOLA  149  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  IV 
(3)  Prerequisite  FOLA  148  in  the  same  language  or 
permission  of  department  A  continuation  of  FOLA  148 

FOLA  158  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language 
(Intensive)  I  (6)  Open  only  by  permission  of  department 


to  students  ol  very  high  motivation  and  proven  language 
learning  aptitude  Intensive  directed  study  of  a  modem 
foreign  language  with  use  ol  a  self-instructional  approach 
Equivalent  to  FOLA  138  plus  FOLA  139 

FOLA  159  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language 
(Intensive)  II  (6)  Prerequisite  FOLA  158  in  the  same 
language  or  permission  ol  department  A  continuation  of 
FOLA  158  Equivalent  to  FOLA  148  plus  FOLA  149 

FOLA  228  Intermediate  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I 
(3)  Prerequisite  FOLA  1 29and  permission  of  department 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Continuation  ol 
FOLA  129  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanrties 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  329  Advanced  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 
(3)  Prerequisite  FOLA  328  or  permission  ol  department 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Continuation  of 
FOLA  328  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  389  Foreign  Civilization  (3)  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  il  content  differs  A  survey  of  the  cultural  history, 
arts  and  letters,  folklore  and  life-style  of  the  speakers  ol 
a  language  not  otherwise  offered   All  readings  and 

instruction  in  English. 

FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I  (3)  Intensive  study  of  a 
foreign  language  or  related  topic  not  available  under  one 
of  the  current  foreign  language  departments  or  programs. 
May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  the  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Language  II  (3)  Prerequisite  FOLA 
408  in  the  same  language  or  topic  A  continuation  of 
FOLA  408  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  459  Foreign   Literature   in   Translation 

(3)Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content  differs  Reading  and 
discussion  of  selected  authors,  periods  or  genres  of  a 
foreign  literature  not  otherwise  offered.  All  readings  and 
instruction  in  English. 

FOOD— Food 

FOOD  105  Professional  Orientation  (1)  A  senes  of 
lectures  introducing  the  student  to  the  broad  field  of 
careers  in  food,  nutrition,  dietetics,  and  loodservice 
administration  Includes  trends,  role  of  related  sciences, 
educational  and  personal  requirements,  ethics,  and 
opportunities  in  each  professional  area 

FOOD  110  Food  for  People  (3)  A  study  of  food  in 
contemporary  living  Economic,  social,  cultural  and 
aesthetic  implications  ol  food  Selection  and  use  of  food 
in  relation  to  eating  habits  and  well-being  of  the  individual 

FOOD  210  Scientific  Principles  of  Food  Preparation 
and  Management  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  NUTR  100  or 
NUTR  200  or  FOOD  110  Study  of  basic  scientific 
principles  as  applied  to  food  preparation  processes  and 
management  of  family  needs  through  organization  ol 
available  resources 

FOOD  240  Science  of  Food  I  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or 
corequisite  CHEM  233  or  CHEM  104  Composition  and 
structure  of  food  with  study  of  the  fundamental  pnnaples 
involved  in  food  handling  and  treatment  Especially 
designed  for  majors  in  food,  nutntion  and  foodsemce 
administration 

FOOD  250  Science  of  Food  II  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
FOOD  240  A  continuation  of  FOOD  240 

FOOD  300  Economics  of  Food  Consumption  (3) 

Prerequisites  ECON  201  or  ECON  205.  and  FOOD  1 10 
or  NUTR  100  or  NUTR  200  Interrelations  ol  food, 
population  and  economic  progress  trends  in  food 
consumption  patterns,  world  and  local  food  problems 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science  1(3)  Prerequisites 
FOOD250.andBCHM261orBCHM461  Cbemicaland 
physical  properties  of  food  as  related  to  consumer  use 
in  the  home  and  institutions 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory  (1) 
Three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite 
FOOD  440  Chemical  determination  of  selected 
components  m  animal  and  plant  foods 


FREN- French     195 


FOOD  450  Advanced  Food  Science  II  (3)  One  hour  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
FOOD  440  or  equivalent  Individual  and  group  laboratory 
experimentation  as  an  introduction  to  methods  ol  food 
PMMfCft 

FOOD  480  Food  Additives  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440 
or  equivalent  or  permission  ol  department  Effects  ol 
intentional  and  incidental  additives  on  food  quality, 
nutntive  value  and  safety  Current  regulatory  procedures 

FOOD  490  Special   Problems   In   Foods  (2-3) 

Prerequisites  FOOD  440  and  permission  of  department 
Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Selected  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it 
content  differs  Selected  current  aspects  of  food 

FREN— French 

FREN  101  Elementary  French  (4)  Four  classroom 
meetings  per  week  plus  one  laboratory  hour  Not  open 
to  students  with  2  or  more  years  of  high-school  level 
French  Introduction  to  basic  structuresand  pronunciation 
with  emphasis  on  the  four  skills:  listening,  speaking, 
reading  and  wnting. 

FREN  102  Elementary  French  (4)  Four  classroom 
meetings  plus  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
FREN  101  at  UMCPor  permission  of  department.  Further 
work  on  basic  structures  and  pronunciation  with  emphasis 
on  the  four  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading  and  wnting. 

FREN  103  Review  of  Elementary  French  (4)  Limited  to 
students  who  have  had  at  least  two  years  of  high-school 
French  or  equivalent  or  who  do  not  qualify  for  FREN  203 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  FREN 
101/  FREN  102  or  FREN  103. 

FREN  1 21  Accelerated  French  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  good 
background  in  at  least  one  other  foreign  language 
(successful  completion  of  level  4  in  high  school  or 
equivalent  at  the  university  level;  or  linguistic  competence 
acquired  by  residence  abroad;  or  demonstration  of 
equivalent  proficiency).  An  intensive  beginning  course 
in  French  language  skills  to  enable  the  student  to  move 
more  quickly  to  advanced  courses  With  FREN  1 22,  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  language  requirements. 

FREN  1 22  Accelerated  French  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN 
121.  Continuation  of  the  intensive  beginning  course  in 
French  to  enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly  to 
advanced  courses.  May  be  used  to  satisfy  language 
requirements. 

FREN  200  French  For  Reading  (3)  Course  not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  two  years  of  high  school 
French  or  two  semesters  college  French  within  the  last 
five  years  nor  to  students  for  whom  French  is  the  native 
language.  Intensive  course  designed  to  bring  students 
to  a  basic  reading  and  translating  competence  of  ordinary 
literary  and  scientific  French,  with  the  aid  of  a  dictionary, 
in  one  semester  Study  of  essential  grammar,  but  no 
spoken  or  written  French  involved.  No  prerequisites. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  language  requirement  of 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities. 

FREN  203  Intermediate  French  (4)  Completion  of  the 
study  of  basic  grammatical  structures,  with  readings, 
conversation,  and  composition  Fulfills  the  Arts  and 
Humanities  language  requirement. 

FREN  204  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  203  or  permission  of  department 
An  intensive  review  of  major  aspects  of  contemporary 
grammatical  usage;  training  in  comprehension  and 
guided  composition. 

FREN  21 1  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Not  open  to 
native  speakers.  Prerequisite:  FREN  203  or  permission 
of  department.  Practice  in  spoken  French  with  emphasis 
on  contemporary  French  topics. 

FREN  240  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  Major  works  of  French  literature  from 
pre-revolutionary  France  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on 
the  individual  in  a  social  context  In  English 

FREN  241  Women  Writers  ol  French  Expression  in 
Translation  (3)  Works  and  ideas  of  20th  century  women 
writers  of  French  in  Canada.  Africa,  the  Caribbean  and 
France.  Taught  in  English. 


FREN  242  Black  Writers  of  French  Expression  In 
Translation  (3)  An  analysis  ol  the  works  and  ideas  ol 
20th  century  black  writers  of  French  in  Africa. 
theCaribbean  and  France  Taught  in  English 

FREN  250  Readings  In  French  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN 
203  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  from  vanous  genres 
in  French  literature  Discussion  and  brief  written  reports 
in  French 

FREN  301  Composition  and  Style  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  204  or  permission  ol  department  Grammatical 
analysis,  translation,  free  and  guided  composition. 

FREN  302  Introduction  to  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  301  or  permission  of  department.  Problems  and 
strategies  ol  translation  into  both  English  and  French. 
Journalistic  and  literary  styles;  practicum  format 

FREN  303  Practicum  in  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  302  or  permission  of  department.  Continuation  of 
FREN  302  with  translation  work  in  political,  diplomatic, 
and  commercial  styles  in  French  and  English.  Practicum 
format. 

FREN  306  Commercial  French  I  (3)  Prerequisite  FREN 
301  or  permission  ol  department  Introduction  to 
commercial  French  including  correspondence  and 
business  terminology.  Emphasis  on  cross-cultural 
concepts  needed  for  successful  interaction  within 
business  settings  In  French. 

FREN  31 1  Advanced  Comprehension  and  Expression 
in  French  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  21 1  or  permission  of 
department.  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  French. 
Development  of  aural  comprehension  and  oral 
expression  through  use  of  radio  and  television 
broadcasts. 

FREN  312  Introduction  to  French  Civilization:  The 
French  Press  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  21 1  or  permission 
of  department.  French  press  focusing  on  the  printed 
media  of  the  French-speaking  world,  including  a  variety 
of  types  and  styles. 

FREN  340  Modern  French  Literature  in  Translation 

(3)  A  survey  of  major  authors  and  movements  of  French 
literature  from  pre-revolutionary  France  to  the  present. 
All  work  in  English. 

FREN  351  French  Literature  From  the  Revolution  to 
the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  204  or  FREN  250  or 
permission  of  department.  A  survey  of  the  chief  authors 
and  major  movements  of  French  literature  from  Pre- 
Romanticism  to  the  present. 

FREN  352  French  Literature  From  the  Middle  Ages  to 
the  Revolution  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  204  or  FREN 
250  or  permission  of  department.  A  survey  of  the  chief 
authors  and  major  movements  of  French  literature  from 
the  Middle  Ages  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

FREN  370  Aspects  of  French  Civilization  (3)  Credit  may 
not  be  counted  toward  a  French  major.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  FREN  370  or  FREN 
472.  Political,  social,  intellectual,  and  literary  forces 
shaping  contemporary  France,  from  the  French 
Revolution  to  the  present  Taught  in  English. 

FREN  398   Practicum   in   Spoken   French  (1) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  312  or  permission  of  department 
Credit  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  French  major. 
Repeatable  to  3  credits.  Practice  in  French  conversation 
at  the  advanced  level.  Satisfactory/Fail  only. 

FREN  399  Directed  Study  in  French  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  3  credits. 
Intended  for  advanced  undergraduates  who  wish  to 
work  on  an  individual  basis  with  a  professor  of  their 
choice.  Open  as  elective  to  all  students,  but  may  not  be 
countedtoward  French  major.  May  be  taken  for  one.  two 
or  three  credits,  according  to  nature  and  scope  of  work 
envisaged.  Grading  method:  Satisfactory/Fail  only. 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of  applied 

linguistics  and  its  contribution  to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of  English  and 
French,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of  divergence. 
Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of  related  drills. 

FREN  401  Styllstics  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or 
permission  of  department.  Comparative  stylisticanalysis; 
translation. 


FREN  402  Advanced  Grammar  and  Phonetics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or  permission  ol  department. 
Theory  and  practice  of  grammatical  structures  and  rules 
ol  phonetics. 

FREN  404  Advanced  Conversation  In  French  (3) 
Prerequisite  FREN  311  or  FREN  312  or  permission  ol 
department  Development  ol  fluency  in  French,  stress 
on  correct  sentence  structure  and  idiomatic  expression. 

FREN  405  Explication  De  Textes  (3)  Oral  and  written 
analysis  ol  short  literary  works,  or  ol  excerpts  from 
longer  works  chosen  for  their  historical,  structural,  or 
stylistic  interest,  with  the  purpose  ol  training  the  major  to 
understand  literature  in  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  it. 

FREN  406  Commercial  French  II  (3)  Prerequisite  FREN 
306  or  permission  of  department  Advanced  study  of 
commercial  French  language — terminology  and  style — 
leading  to  preparation  lor  the  Pans  Chamber  of 
Commerce  Examination 

FREN  407  History  of  the  French  Language  (3) 

Evolution  of  the  French  language  from  Latin  to  modem 
French. 

FREN  419  Studies  in  Medieval  French  Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected  topics 
in  medieval  French  literature. 

FREN  429  Studies  in  French  Literature  of  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content 
differs.  Selected  topics  in  French  literature  of  the 
Renaissance. 

FREN  439  Studies  in  17th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected 
topics  in  seventeenth-century  French  literature. 

FREN  449  Studies  in  1 8th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Selected 
topics  in  eighteenth-century  French  literature. 

FREN  459  Studies  in  1 9th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected 
topics  in  nineteenth-century  French  literature. 

FREN  469  Studies  in  20th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Selected 
topics  in  twentieth-century  French  literature. 

FREN  471  French  Civilization  I  (3)  French  life,  customs, 
culture,  traditions  (800-1750). 

FREN  472  French  Civilization  II  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  FREN  472  or  FREN  370. 
French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions  (1750  to  the 
early  twentieth  century). 

FREN  473  Cross-Cultural  Approaches  to  the  Study 
of  Contemporary  French  Society  (3)  Patterns  of 
communication,  mylhology,  and  ideology  in  modem 
France,  from  the  Third  Republic  to  the  present,  through 
historical  and  cross-cultural  approaches,  with  reference 
to  the  Francophone  world. 

FREN  474  Contemporary  France:  A  Sociocritical 
Approach  (3)  Recommended:  FREN  473  A  sociocritical 
approach  to  understanding  modem  French  society 
through  the  study  of  print  and  non-print  media  documents 
(autobiography,  film,  and  paraliterature).  with  reference 
to  the  Francophone  world. 

FREN  475  French  Cinema:  A  Cultural  Approach  (3)  A 

study  of  French  culture,  civilization,  and  literature  through 
the  medium  of  film. 

FREN  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  French 
Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Studies  treatments  of 
thematic  problems  or  of  literary  or  historical  movements 
in  French  literature.  Topic  to  be  determined  each 
semester.  Given  in  English. 

FREN  479  Masterworks  ol  French  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  Treats  the  works  of  one  or  more  major 
French  writers.  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester. 
Given  in  English. 

FREN  489  Pro-Seminar  in  Themes  or  Movements  of 
French  Literature  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs. 


196    GEOG  —  Geography 


FREN  494  Honors  Independent  Study  (3)  Open  only 
to  students  admitted  to  the  departmental  honors  program. 
Honors  independent  study  involves  guided  readings 
based  on  an  honors  reading  list  and  tested  by  a  6  hour 
written  examination.  HONR  494  and  HONR  495  are 
required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement. 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  Open  only  to 
students  admitted  to  the  departmental  honors  program 
Honors  thesis  research  involves  the  writing  ot  a  paper 
under  the  direction  ot  a  professor  in  this  department  and 
an  oral  examination  HONR  494  and  HONR  495  are 
required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement. 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  In  French  Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  In  French  Studies  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  An  aspect  of 
French  studies,  the  specific  topic  to  be  announced  each 
time  the  course  is  offered 

FSAD — Foodservice  Administration 
FSAD  200  Introduction  to  Foodservlce(2)  Introduction 
to  the  histoncal  development,  future  trends,  and  careers 
in  the  foodservice  industry,  e.g.  franchises,  multi-unit 
corporations,  hospitals,  educational  institutions,  and 
vending. 

FSAD  300  Foodservice  Organization  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Introduction  to  basic  principles  of  foodservice 
management.  Interrelationships  of  management 
processes  and  technical  operations  applied  to 
foodservice. 

FSAD  350  Foodservice  Operations  I  (5)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  five  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  FOOD  250.  Pre-  or  corequisites:  FSAD 
300:  and  MICB  200.  Introduction  to  management. 
Responsibilities  in  quantity  food  production  and 
purchasing  in  a  foodservice  operation.  Laboratory 
experience  in  planning,  preparation,  and  service  of 
meals  which  meet  the  nutritional  needs  of  the  consumer. 

FSAD  355  Foodservice  Operations  II  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  five  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
FSAD  350.  Foodservice  systems  management 
competencies  and  laboratory  experience  in  recipe 
development,  marketanalysisand  merchandizing,  testing 
quantity  food  products,  and  solving  foodservice  problems. 

FSAD  390  Introduction  to  Foodservice  Budgeting 

(1)  Prerequisite:  FSAD  300.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FSAD 
350.  Introduction  to  basic  principles  of  budgeting  for 
dietetics. 

FSAD  41 5  Foodservice  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Two  hours 
ot  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  FSAD  350.  Study  of  foodservice  financial 
management  and  cost  accounting,  and  utilization  of 
computers  in  controlling  foodservice  systems. 

FSAD  440  Foodservice  Personnel  Administration 

(2)  Prerequisite:  FSAD350.  Personnel  selection,  training, 
scheduling,  job  evaluation:  labor  regulations  and  costs. 

FSAD  450  Foodservice  Equipment  Planning  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  FSAD  350  Layout  and  design  of  a 
foodservice  facility:  prospectus,  menu,  equipment 
selection  and  maintenance.  Factors  affecting  foodservice 
design  and  operations. 

FSAD  455  Manpower  Planning  for  Foodservice  (3) 

Pre- or  corequisite:  FSAD  350.  Foodservice  management 
responsibilities  in  human  resource  planning  and 
development  based  on  current  theories,  legislation  and 
the  foodservice  labor  market 

FSAD  480  Practlcum  in  Foodservice  Administration 

(3)  Prerequisites:  FSAD  350  and  permission  of 
department.  Inservice  training  and  practical  expenence 
totaling  at  least  120  hours  in  an  approved  foodservice 
operation  under  direct  supervision  of  practicum  advisor 

FSAD  490  Special  Problems  In  Foodservice  (2-3) 
Prerequisites:  senior  standing,  live  hours  in  FSAD 
courses  and  permission  of  department.  Individual 
selected  problems  in  the  area  of  foodservice. 

FSAD  498  Selected  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department   Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 


content  differs.  Selected  current  aspects  ot  foodservice 
administration. 

GEOG— Geography 

GEOG   100  Introduction  to  Geography  (3)  An 

introduction  to  the  broad  field  ot  geography  as  It  is 
applicable  to  the  general  education  student.  The  course 
presents  the  basic  rationale  of  variations  In  human 
occupancy  ot  the  earth  and  stresses  geographic  concepts 
relevant  to  understanding  world,  regional  and  local 
issues. 

GEOG  1 10  The  World  Today:  A  Regional  Geography 

(3)  An  examination  of  the  functioning  world  today  and 
the  regions  and  major  countries  that  are  part  ot  the 
whole.  Organized  around  the  framework  of  modern  and 
traditional  lifestyles  with  the  aim  of  providing 
understanding  of  the  world  and  its  regions  tor  the  general 
education  student. 

GEOG  1 20  Nations  In  Conflict:  A  Spatial  View  (3)  The 

geographic  characteristics  of  conflict  areas  around  the 
world.  Issues  common  to  international  disputes  such  as: 
uneven  access  to  resources,  population  pressures, 
religious  differences  and  boundary  disputes. 

GEOG  130  Developing  Countries  (3)  An  introduction 
to  the  geographic  characteristics  of  the  development 
problems  and  prospects  of  developing  countries.  Spatial 
distribution  of  poverty,  employment,  migration  and  urban 
growth,  agricultural  productivity,  rural  develop- 
ment, policies  and  international  trade.  Portraitsof  selected 
developing  countries. 

GEOG  140  Coastal  Environments  (3)  Introduction  to 
coastal  environments  with  emphasis  on  US.  East  Coast 
Physical  and  ecological  systems,  beach  processes, 
waves,  currents,  human  impacts,  coastal  zone 
management  and  shoreline  engineering.  Case  studies 
of  coastal  areas,  including  Ocean  City.  Maryland. 

GEOG  1 50  World  Cities  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  forces 
that  affect  the  growth  of  cities  in  different  parts  of  the 
world.  Regional  variations  in  city  design  and  examples 
of  great  world  cities.  The  impact  of  changing  technologies, 
economic  and  social  change  on  the  evolution  of  the  city 
Current  and  emerging  trends. 

GEOG  1 60  World  Resources  (3)  The  location  of  forestry, 
mineral,  energy,  maritime  and  agricultural  resources. 
Identification  of  resource  rich  and  poor  regions  and 
international  resource  flows.  U.S.  consumption  and 
production  of  resources.  Emerging  world  trends 

GEOG  170  Maps  and  Map  Use  (3)  The  use  and 

interpretation  of  maps  encountered  in  both  "everyday" 
reading,  and  in  scientific  literature.  Development  of  skills 
in  map  reading,  environmental  analysis,  interpretation 
and  onenteenng. 

GEOG  171  Maps  and  Map  Use  Laboratory  (1)  Two 

hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOG 
170.  A  laboratory  course  to  accompany  GEOG  170 
Experience  with  maps  as  research  tools:  coordinate 
systems:  projections;  measurement  of  angles,  directions, 
distance,  area;  topographic  maps;  map  interpretation, 
symbolization;  statistical  mapping;  spatial  arrangement; 
and  remote  sensing. 

GEOG  201  Geography  of  Environmental  Systems  (3) 

A  systematic  introduction  to  the  processes  and  associated 
forms  of  the  atmosphere  and  earth's  surfaces 
emphasizing  the  interaction  between  climatology, 
hydrology  and  geomorphology. 

GEOG  202  The  World  in  Cultural  Perspective  (3)  The 

imprint  of  cultural  traits,  such  as  religion,  language  and 
livelihood  systems,  on  the  earth's  landscape  The 
transformation  of  the  earth's  surface  as  a  result  of 
cultural  diversity,  settlement  patterns,  political 
organization,  cultural  evolution,  and  population  growth 

GEOG  203  Economic  Geography  (3)  The  spatial 
characteristics  of  world  and  regional  economic  activities 
Population  patterns;  technology  and  economic 
development;  principles  ot  spatial  interactions  in  trade, 
transportation  networks,  the  city  as  an  employment 
generator,  the  location  of  industnes  and  services;  the 
production  and  trade  ot  agricultural  and  energy  products 

GEOG  211  Geography  of  Environmental  Systems 
Laboratory  (1 )  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre- 
or  corequisite:  GEOG  201  or  GEOL  100  or  GEOL  120 


A  laboratory  course  to  accompany  GEOG  201  Analysis 
of  the  components  of  the  earth's  energy  balance  using 
basic  instrumentation;  weather  map  interpretation;  soil 
analysis:  the  application  of  map  and  air  photo 
interpretation  techniques  to  landform  analysis 

GEOG   298  Special  Topics   In  Geography  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  An  introductory 
course  dealing  with  special  topics  in  geography 

GEOG  305  Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography  (3)  A 

practical  introduction  todata  sources  and  measurement, 
descriptive  statistics,  data  collection,  sampling  and 
questionnaire  design,  field  techniques,  map  use. 
computer  use  and  data  presentation 

GEOG  310  Research  and  Writing  in  Geography  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  305  Development  ot  research 
methods  in  geography  including  the  formulation  ot 
problem,  the  establishment  of  hypotheses,  development 
of  structures  for  testing  hypotheses,  and  practice  with 
forms  of  geographic  presentation  Maps,  quantitative 
and  field  methods  are  used  as  appropriate 

GEOG  320  The  United  States  and  Canada  (3)  The  two 

countries  as  tunctioning  geographic  systems  with 
important  differences  and  key  linkages.  An  examination 
of  the  cultural,  environmental,  and  economic  components 
and  their  spatial  variation.  Attention  to  the  role  ot  regions 
in  national  economies 

GEOG  321  Maryland  and  Adjacent  Areas  (3)  The 

physical  environment,  natural  resources,  and  population 
in  relation  to  agriculture,  industry,  transport,  and  trade  in 
the  State  of  Maryland  and  adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  322  Central  America,  the  Caribbean  and 
Mexico  (3)  The  physical  framework,  broad  economic 
and  historical  trends,  cultural  patterns,  and  regional 
diversification  of  Mexico,  Central  Amenca.  the  West 
Indies. 

GEOG  323  South  America  (3)  A  survey  ot  natural 
environment  and  resources,  economic  development 
and  cultural  diversity  ot  the  South  Amencan  countnes. 
with  emphasis  on  problems  and  prospects  of  the 
countries 

GEOG  324  Europe  (3)  The  geographical  diversity  ot 
modern  Europe  from  landscape  and  regional 
perspectives.  The  diverse  features  of  Europe's  physical 
environment  and  resource  base,  and  their  integration 
into  the  demographic,  economic,  social  and  political 
patterns  of  the  continent's  major  geographic  regions 

GEOG  325  Soviet  Union  (3)  The  Soviet  Union  as  a 
functioning  geographic  system:  its  ethnic  and  cultural 
diversity,  historical  development,  resource  base,  and 
economic  regions  The  contnbutions  of  the  regional 
parts  to  the  national  whole 

GEOG  326  Africa  (3)  A  geography  ot  sub- Sa  ha  ran  Africa: 
physical  features,  climates,  political  and  cultural  regions 
Population  and  resource  distnbution.  current  levels  ot 
economic  and  social  well-being,  urbanization 
development  policies,  protects  and  constraints,  and 
migration  trends 

GEOG  327  South  Asia  (3)  Methods  of  regional  analysis 
and  area  studies  applied  to  the  Indian  Subcontinent, 
including  India.  Pakistan,  Bangladesh,  Sn  Lanka  and 
adjacent  nations  Locational  significance  of  the  natural 
environment,  historical  and  cross-cultural  processes. 
languages  and  religion,  the  economy  and  government, 
population,  archaeology,  urbanization  and  development 

GEOG  328  Topics  In   Regional  Geography  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected  topics 
in  regional  geography 

GEOG  330  East  Asia  (3)  The  geographic  characteristics 
of  China,  Japan,  and  Korea  plus  other  East  Asian 
entities.  The  physical  setting,  climate,  population 
distnbution.  cultural  and  language  regions  Contemporary 
problems,  resource  distribution,  and  development 
policies  and  projects 

GEOG  331  Southeast  Asia  (3)  Spatial  organization  and 
development  in  and  among  Malaysia.  Singapore. 
Indonesia,  the  Philippines.  Thailand.  Vietnam,  Laos. 
Kampuchea  and  adiacent  countries  Loca- 
tionalsignificance  ol  the  natural  environment,  histoncal 
and    cross-cultural    processes,    economic    and 


GEOG  —  Geography    197 


modernization  trends,  social  conllicts  and  tuture 
development  prospects 

GEOG  340  Geomorphology  (3)  Survey  ot  landtorm 
types  and  role  ot  processes  in  their  generation  Frequency 
ol  occurrence  and  implications  (or  land  utilization 
Emphasis  on  coastal,  fluvial,  and  glacial  landforms  in 
different  environmental  settings  Landform  regions  ol 
Maryland 

GEOG  345  Climatology  (3)  The  geographic  aspects  of 
climate  with  emphasis  on  energy-moisture  budgets. 
steady-state  and  non  steady-state  climatology,  and 
climatic  vanations  at  both  macro-and  micro-scales. 

GEOG  347  The  Physical  Environment  of  Urban  Areas 

(3)  The  constraints  imposed  upon  urban  land  use  by 
such  environmental  factors  as  geology,  geomorphology 
and  hydrology  The  effects  of  urban  land  use  upon 
climatology,  soils,  earth  processes,  water  movement 
and  vegetation 

GEOG  350  The  American  City:  Past  and  Present  (3) 

Development  of  the  American  city  from  the  early 
nineteenth  century  to  the  present  The  internal  structure 
of  contemporary  metropolitan  areas,  the  spatial 
arrangement  of  residential,  commercial,  and  other 
activities  Washington.  DC  and  Baltimore  examples. 

GEOG  370  Principles  of  Cartography  (3)  Lecture  and 
laboratory  learning  each  week.  Techniques  and  problems 
of  compilation,  symbolization.  design  and  construction 
of  special  purpose  maps  Emphasis  on  the  methods  of 
improving  map  design  based  on  the  organization  of  map 
components  and  the  proper  selection  of  symbols 

GEOG  372  Remote  Sensing  (3)  Principles  of  remote 
sensing  in  relation  to  photographic,  thermal  infra-red 
and  radar  imaging  Methods  of  obtaining  quantitative 
information  from  remotely-sensed  images.  Interpretation 
of  remotely-sensed  images  emphasizing  the  study  of 
spatial  and  environmental  relationships. 

GEOG  373  Computer  Mapping  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
370  or  CMSC  110  or  permission  of  department. 
Introduction  to  the  use  of  computers  to  produce  maps, 
with  emphasis  on  software  packages  and  algorithms 
used  to  produce  thematic  maps.  Mathematical  and 
perceptual  problems  of  maps  produced  on  line  printers, 
line  plotters,  and  display  screens. 

GEOG  380  Local  Field  Course(3)Trainingmgeographic 
field  methods  and  techniques.  Field  observation  of  land 
use  in  selected  rural  and  urban  areas  in  Maryland  and 
adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  384  Internship  In  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  305:  and  GEOG  310,  and  permission  of 
department.  Corequisite:  GEOG  385.  Supervised  field 
training  to  provide  career  experience.  Introduction  to 
professional  level  activities,  demands,  opportunities. 
Placement  at  a  public  agency,  non-profit  organization, 
or  private  firm.  Participation  requires  application  to  the 
internship  advisor  in  preceding  semester. 

GEOG  385  Internship  Research  Paper  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  305;  and  GEOG  310;  and  permission  of 
department.  Corequisite:  GEOG  384.  Seminar  conducted 
on  campus.  Research  paper  related  to  the  student's 
internship. 

GEOG  398  Honors  Research  (3)  Student  development 
of  a  potential  research  topic  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  advisor,  culminating  in  a  written  and  oral 
presentation  of  a  research  proposal. 

GEOG  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  398 
Second  course  in  departmental  honors  sequence. 
Student  research  under  the  auspices  of  a  faculty  advisor, 
culminating  in  a  research  paper  to  be  defended  orally 
before  the  geography  honors  committee. 

GEOG  410  Colonial  North  America  (3)  The  changing 
geography  of  the  U.S.  and  Canada  from  pre-Columbian 
times  to  the  end  of  the  I8th  century  Emphasis  on  areal 
variations,  and  changes  in  the  settlements  and  economies 
of  Indian  and  colonial  populations.  Areal  specialization, 
and  the  changing  patterns  of  agriculture,  industry,  trade 
and  transportation.  Population  growth,  composition  and 
interior  expansion.  Regionalization. 

GEOG  41 1 1 9th  Century  North  America  (3)  An  analysis 
of  the  changing  geography  of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada  from 


1800  to  the  1920s  The  settlement,  expansion  and 
socio-economic  development  ol  the  U  S..  and 
compansons with theCanadian experience  Immigration, 
economic  activities,  industnalization,  transportation  and 
urbanization. 

GEOG  414  Historical  Geography  of  the  Hispanic 
World  (3)  The  social,  economic,  political  and  cultural 
geography  ot  the  countries  ol  the  Ibenan  peninsula  and 
Latin  Amenca  in  the  past  with  concentration  on  specific 
lime  periods  of  special  signilicance  in  the  development 
of  these  countries 

GEOG  416  Overseas  European  Colonization  and  the 
Third  World  (3)  The  impact  of  European  overseas 
expansion  on  Africa,  Asia  and  Australia  during  the  19th 
and  early  20th  centuries.  Settlement  patterns  and 
territorial  organization  Cultural  and  demographic  change. 
Economic  organization  of  space. 

GEOG  420  Cultural  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
201,  or  GEOG  202,  or  ANTH  101,  or  ANTH  102,  or 
permission  of  department.  Impact  of  the  human  race 
through  ideas  and  technology  on  the  evolution  of 
geographic  landscapes.  Majorthemesinthe  relationships 
between  cultures  and  environments. 

GEOG  421  Cultural  Ecology  (3)  Basic  issues  concerning 
the  natural  history  of  the  human  race  from  the  perspective 
of  the  geographer.  Basic  components  of  selected 
behavioral  and  natural  systems,  their  evolution  and 
adaptation,  and  survival  strategies. 

GEOG  422  Population  Geography  (3)  The  spatial 
characteristics  of  population  distribution  and  growth, 
migration,  fertility  and  mortality  from  a  global  perspective. 
Basic  population-environmental  relationships;  carrying 
capacity,  density,  relationships  to  national  development. 

GEOG  423  Political  Geography  (3)  Geographical 
factors  in  the  national  power  and  international  relations; 
an  analysis  of  the  role  of  "geopolitics"  and  "geostrategy," 
with  special  reference  to  the  current  world  scene. 

GEOG  430  Location  Theory  and  Spatial  Analysis  (3) 

Theories  and  procedures  for  determining  the  optimal 
location  of  industrial,  commercial  and  public  facilities. 
Techniques  to  evaluate  location  decisions.  The  provision 
of  services  within  regions  and  metropolitan  areas. 
Emerging  trends. 

GEOG  433  Transportation  Networks  (3)  Description 
and  modeling  of  spatial  components  of  transportation 
systems.  The  theory  and  practice  of  analyzing 
transportation  networks,  including  nodes,  links,  routes, 
flows  and  regions.  Examples  drawn  from  different 
transportation  nodes. 

GEOG  434  Agricultural  and  Rural  Development  (3) 

Spatial  organization  of  agricultural  resources;  major 
typesof  agricultural  activities  in  the  world  and  their 
relationship  to  geographic  conditions.  Problems  of 
conservation. 

GEOG  436  Issues  in  Urban  Transportation  (3)  Spatial 
patterns  of  personal  travel,  movement  of  goods,  and 
public  transit  services  in  cities.  Transportation  and  land 
use.  Public  policy  issues;  transportation  access,  energy 
use,  and  neighborhood  disruption.  Methods  of  data 
collection  and  analysis,  travel  demand  surveys. 

GEOG  440  Process  Geomorphology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  340  or  GEOL  340  or  permission  of  department. 
A  quantitative  investigation  of  the  fundamental 
geomorphic  processes  shaping  modern  landscapes, 
with  emphasis  on  coastal,  fluvial,  and  glacial  processes. 
Field,  instrumentation  and  laboratory  analyses. 

GEOG  441  Geomorphological  Environments  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  201  or  GEOL  100  or  permission  of 
department.  Analysis  of  regional  geomorphic 
environments;  arctic,  alpine,  coastal,  desert.  Fluvial  and 
glacial  landscape  impacts.  Discussion  of  historical 
environments. 

GEOG  442  Urban  Climates (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  345 
or  GEOG  347  or  METO  30 1  or  permission  of  department. 
Effects  of  cities  on  their  climatic  environment.  Radiant 
energy  budgets,  urban  heat  islands,  precipitation  patterns 
and  effects  of  the  urban  climate  on  human  activities. 

GEOG  446  Applied  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  345  or  permission  of  department.  Components 


ol  earth's  radiation  balance  and  energy  budgets  radiation, 
soil  heat  flux  and  the  evaporation  process  Measurement 
and  estimation  techniques  Practical  applications  of 
microclimatological  theory  and  techniques. 

GEOG  448  Field  and  Laboratory  Techniques  In 
Environmental  Science  (1-3)  Prerequisite  GEOG  201 
or  GEOL  1 00  or  AGRO  1 05  or  ENCE  22 1  or  permission 
of  department  Lecture  and  laboratory  learning  each 
week  A  variable  credit  course  that  introduces  field  and 
laboratory  analyses  in  environmental  science.  Individual 
learning  contracts  are  developed  with  instructor. 

GEOG   450   The   Contemporary   City   (3)   The 

contemporary  urban  system;  towns,  cities  and 
metropolitan  areas  and  their  role  as  concentrations  of 
social  and  economic  activity.  Patterns  of  land-use: 
residential,  employment,  commercial  activity, 
manufacturing,  and  transportation.  Explanatory  and 
descriptive  models.  International  comparisons. 

GEOG  454  Washington,  D.C.:  Past  and  Present  (3) 

Development  of  the  Washington,  D.C.  area  from  its 
origin  as  the  Federal  Capital  to  its  role  as  a  major 
metropolitan  area.  The  geographic  setting,  the  L'Enfant 
Plan  and  its  modification,  the  federal  government  role, 
residential  and  commercial  structure.  The  growth  of 
Washington's  suburbs 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of  Metropolitan 
Areas  (3)  A  socio-spatial  approach  to  human  interaction 
with  the  urban  environment;  ways  people  perceive, 
define,  behave  in,  and  structure  their  cities  and 
metropolitan  areas.  Spatial  patterns  of  social  activities 
as  formed  by  the  distribution  and  interaction  of  people 
and  social  institutions. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of  North  American 
Cities  (3)  The  urbanization  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  prior  to  1 920.  The  evolution  of  the  urban  system 
across  each  country  and  the  spatial  distnbution  of 
activities  within  cities.  The  process  of  industnalization 
and  the  concurrent  structuring  of  residential  patterns 
among  ethnic  groups. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  Policy  and  Planning  (3) 

Critical  concepts  in  U.S.  water  resources  management 
with  emphasis  on  Federal  fresh  and  surface  water 
policy.  Examination  of  water  resources  planning  models, 
focusing  on  demand  projections,  prediction  of  water 
supply,  and  economic  and  environmental  project 
evaluation. 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollution  (3)  Impact 
of  human  activities  on  the  environment  and  resulting 
pollution  problems.  Characteristics  and  spatial  aspects 
of  air,  water,  and  land  resource  problems.  Federal 
legislation  and  planning  techniques  to  reduce  pollution. 

GEOG  464  Energy  Resources  and  Planning  (3) 

Regional  distribution  of  energy  resources  and 
consumption  in  the  U.S.  Past  and  present  patterns  of 
energy  use.  Assessment  of  the  potential  of  conservation, 
and  nuclear,  fossil  and  renewable  energy  resources  with 
an  emphasison  spatial  impact  of  energy  policy  decisions. 

GEOG  467  Energy  Resources  and  the  Environment 

(3)  Effects  of  energy  resource  utilization  on  the  physical 
environment  including  land  use.  air  and  water  quality, 
and  solid  waste  generation.  Recent  laws  and  policies 
designed  to  reduce  environmental  impacts.  Physical 
consequences  of  alternative  energy  technologies. 

GEOG  470  Development  of  Cartographic  Technology 

(3)  Impacts  of  technological  improvements  in  land 
surveying  and  maps  production  of  graphic  and  spatial 
images.  The  formation,  expansion  and  diffusion  of 
geographic  information.  Study  of  cartographic  imagery 
as  a  changing  form  of  communication. 

GEOG  471  Cartographic  Production  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  370.  Lecture  and  laboratory  learning  each  week. 
Map  making  and  modern  methods  of  production  and 
reproduction  Organization  of  artwork  for  multicolor  or 
series  map  production  including  production  planning 
and  quality  control. 

GEOG  475  Principles  of  Map  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  370.  The  principles  of  designing  maps  for 
publication  in  print  media,  including  books  and  atlases. 
The  selection  of  symbols,  colors,  lettering,  map 
projections,  and  map  content.  Constraints  and  problems 
in  the  classification  and  representation  of  map  data. 


198    GEOL  — Geology 


GEOG  478  Problems  in  Cartography  (3)  Prerequisite 
six  credit  hours  in  cartography  or  permission  ol 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it  content  differs 
Special  topics  in  cartography  for  advanced  students 
Topics  can  include  problems  of  cartographic 
management,  special  use  maps;  automated  map 
production;map  pattern  perception;  tabular  information 
from  maps,  map  projections,  transformations,  and  new 
technologies 

GEOG  480  Advanced  Remote  Sensing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  372  or  introductory  remote  sensing  course  in 
another  department  Project-oriented  approach  to 
specific  applications  of  remote  sensing.  Use  of  numencal. 
digital  data  and  pictonal  images  from  aircraft  and  space 
vehicles  Image  display  and  enhancement  Applications 
in  resources  management  and  environmental  studies 

GEOG  481    Advanced  Computer  Mapping  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  373  or  permission  of  department 
Advanced  concepts  in  automated  cartography 
Computerized  map  proiections  and  displays.  Computer- 
assisted  map  design  and  symbolization. 

GEOG  482  Geographic  Information  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  373  or  permission  of  department 
The  construction  and  use  of  computer-based  information 
systems  The  collection,  manipulation  and  automated 
display  of  geographical  data.  Applications  in  areas  such 
as  resource  management,  political  districting,  terrain 
analysis,  and  community  planning. 

GEOG  483  Survey  of  Computer  Facilities  for 
Geography  and  Urban  Studies  (1)  The  PRIME 
computer  system.  Graphicsterminals,  digitizers,  plotters. 
File  creation  and  use  (PRIMOS).  software  for  statistical 
analysis  (MINITAB),  relational  data  base  management 
system  (INFO),  digitizing  (DIGSRF2).  contour  mapping 
(SURFACE  II),  mapping  of  census  data  (CHOROMAP). 
symbol  mapping  (GIMMS).  Other  computer  facilities  on 
campus 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and  Source 
Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey 
of  geographic  concepts  designed  exclusively  for  teachers. 
Focus  on  philosophy  of  geography  in  relation  to  social 
and  physical  sciences,  the  use  of  the  primary  tools  of 
geography,  source  materials,  and  the  problems  of 
presenting  geographic  principles. 

GEOG  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Reslncted  to 
advanced  undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at  least 
24  hours  in  geography  and  to  graduate  students.  Any 
exceptions  should  have  approval  of  department. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Independent 
study  under  individual  guidance. 

GEOL— Geology 

GEOL  100  Physical  Geology  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  GEOL  100  or  GEOL  101.  A 
general  survey  of  the  rocks  and  minerals  composing  the 
earth,  its  surface  features  and  the  agents  that  form  them, 
and  the  dynamic  forces  of  plate  tectonics. 

GEOL  101  Physical  Geology  for  Science  Students 

(4)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and 
one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  ol  the  following:  GEOL  1 00  or  GEOL 
101  For  science  students  Basic  physical,  chemical, 
and  biological  models  describing  how  the  earth's  dynamic 
systems  function 

GEOL  1 02  Historical  Geology  (4)  Three  hoursof  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite; 
GEOL  100  or  GEOL  101.  Earth's  history  as  revealed 
through  the  principles  of  stratigraphy  and  the  processes 
of  physical  geology.  Emphasis  on  formations  and  geologic 
development  of  the  North  American  continent. 

GEOL  110  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  (1)  Three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOL 
100  or  GEOL  101  The  basic  materials  and  tools  of 
physical  geology  stressing  familiarization  with  rocks  and 
minerals  and  the  use  of  maps  in  geologic  interpretations 

GEOL  120  Environmental  Geology  (3)  A  review  of 
geologic  factors  underlying  many  environmental 
problems  and  the  interactions  between  population  and 
physical  environment:  geologic  hazards,  land-use 
planning,  conservation,  mineral  resources,  waste 
disposal,  land  reclamation  and  the  geologic  aspects  of 
health  and  disease  The  course  is  aimed  at  lower  division 
students  in  education  and  liberal  arts,  and  should  be 


useful  to  any  student  concerned  with  geologic 
perspectives  of  environmental  problems 

GEOL  210  Gems  and  Gemstones  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
origin,  occurrances.  properties,  fashioning,  and 
treatments  of  natural  and  synthetic  materials,  with 
emphasis  on  diamonds  and  colored  stones 
GEOL  212  Planetary  Geology  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  geological  and  geochemical  processes  at  work  in  the 
solar  system  Irom  the  perspectives  supplied  by  space 
age  exploration  of  the  planets  and  other  solar  system 
bodies 

GEOL  301  Evolution  In  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  a 
college-level  physical  or  biological  science  course  with 
laboratory.  An  analysis  of  data,  assumptions  and  logical 
structure  of  seafloor  spreading  and  continental  drift, 
biological  evolution  and  the  geological  record,  the  concept 
ol  geologic  time,  catastrophism  in  geology,  and 
"creationist  geology." 

GEOL  302  Analysis  of  Environmental  Pollution  of 
Mining  and  Mineral  Utilization  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL 
1 00  and  CHEM 1 03  or  permission  of  department.  Sources 
and  nature  of  pollution  denved  from  the  mining  and 
utilization  of  ore  minerals  Analysis  of  the  appropriateness 
of  current  government  regulations. 

GEOL  321  Crystallography  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
MATH  1 1 5.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  crystals.  The 
theoretical  and  practical  relationships  between  the 
internal  and  external  properties  of  crystalline  solids 
Morphological,  optical  and  chemical  crystallography 

GEOL  322  Mineralogy  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  GEOL  110 
and  CHEM  103.  Basic  mineralogy  for  geology  majors 
The  pnnciples  of  morphologic  crystallography,  crystal 
chemistry,  and  determinative  mineralogy 

GEOL  331  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  102  A  systematic  review  of  the 
morphology,  classification,  interrelationships  and 
geologic  significance  of  all  the  commonly  fossilized 
invertebrate  phyla. 

GEOL  340  Geomorphology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Two  Saturday 
field  trips  Prerequisites:  GEOL  101  or  GEOL  100  and 
GEOL  110.  Analysis  of  landforms.  organized  on  the 
basis  of  the  geological  processes  that  have  operated 
during  the  late  Cenozoic  Constructional  and  erosional 
landforms  related  to  physical  systems  operating  on 
geologic  structures  through  time. 

GEOL  341  Structural  Geology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
GEOL  1 02  or  permission  of  department.  Deformation  of 
the  earth's  crust:  stress  and  strain;  mechanical  behavior 
of  rocks;  origin  and  significance  of  structural  features 
Construction  of  geologic  maps  and  cross  sections; 
stereographic  and  orthographic  representation  of 
structures. 

GEOL  342  Sedimentation  and  Stratigraphy  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  322  or  permission  ol  department 
Description,  origin  and  distribution  of  sediments  and 
sedimentary  rocks.  Mandatory  field  trip 

GEOL  375  General  Oceanography  (3)  Formerly  GEOL 
475.  Introduction  to  the  processes  shaping  the  marine 
environment.  The  geological  and  biological  processes 
contributing  significantly  to  the  geological  record  and  the 
environment. 

GEOL  390  Field  Methods  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisites:  GEOL  331;  and  GEOL  341 
Corequisites:  GEOL  342.  and  GEOL  443  The  basic 
skills  and  procedures  used  in  field  geology  Course 
serves  as  a  prerequisite  for  GEOL  490,  Geology  Field 
Camp 

GEOL  393  Technical  Writing  for  Geoscientists  (3) 
Prerequisites  ENGL  101  and  completion  of  any  two  of 
the  following  and  concurrent  registration  in  the  third 
GEOL  341.  GEOL  331  and  GEOL  322  For  GEOL 
maiors  only  Planning,  writing  and  presenting  a  plan  for 
research  in  the  geosciences 

GEOL  394  Research  Problems  In  Geology  (3) 

Prerequisite    GEOL  393    Investigation  of  a  specific 


laboratory,  library  or  field  problem  Wntten  and  oral 
presentation  of  the  study 

GEOL  410  Industrial  Rocks  and  Minerals  (3) 
Prerequisite  GEOL  322  The  origin,  occurrence, 
mineralogy;  extraction  and  treatment  technology, 
production  and  deposit  evaluation  of  rocks  and  minerals 
used  in  Ihe  construction,  ceramic,  chemical  and  allied 
industries  Restricted  to  non-fuels,  non-metallic,  non- 
gem  materials  Field  tnps  to  industnal  locations  are 
required 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
GEOL  322  The  optical  behavior  of  crystals  with  emphasis 
on  the  theory  and  application  of  the  petrographic 
microscope 

GEOL  432  Blostratigraphy  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
GEOL  331  Pnnciples  of  biostratigraphy.  paleoecotogy 
and  paleogeology.  Laboratory  study  emphasizes 
significant  index  fossils. 

GEOL  434  Micropaleontology  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  GEOL  331  A 
systematic  review  of  the  morphology,  classification, 
ecology  and  geologic  ranges  of  important  microtossil 
groups,  particularly  ostracodes  and  foraminifera 

GEOL  436  Regional  Geology  of  North  America  (3) 
Prerequisite  GEOL  102  A  systematic  study  of  the 
regional  geology  of  North  America  including  history, 
structure,  stratigraphy  and  petrology  of  the  physiographic 
provinces  of  the  United  States.  Canada  and  the 
Caribbean. 

GEOL  443  Petrology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  GEOL  322  A  detailed  study  of 
rocks:  petrogenesis:  distributions:  chemical  and 
mineralogical  relation;  macroscopic  descnptions  and 
geologic  significance 

GEOL  444  Petrography  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratones  per  week  Prerequisite  GEOL  423.  GEOL 
342.  Microscopic  thin-section  studies  of  rocks  stressing 
the  description  and  classification  of  igneous  and 
metamorphic  rocks. 

GEOL    445    Principles    of    Geochemistry    (3) 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  103;  and  GEOL  322  An 
introduction  to  the  basic  pnnciples  ol  geochemistry 
including  geothermometry,  geobarometry. 
geochronology  and  the  genesis  ol  natural  inorganic 
materials 

GEOL  446  Geophysics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  PHYS  142  An 
introduction  to  the  basic  theones  and  pnnciples  of 
geophysics  stressing  such  important  applications  as 
rock  magnetism,  gravity  anomolies.  crustal  strain  and 
earthquakes,  and  surveying 

GEOL  447  Geochemistry  of  Fuels  (3)  Prerequisite 
CHEM  104  Discussion  of  ihe  progenitors  and  the 
biochemical .  chemical  and  physical  agencies  thai  convert 
them  into  crude  oils,  coals  of  vanous  ranks,  natural  gas 
and  other  organic  fuels  The  origin,  composition, 
mineralogy  and  organic  constituents  (kerogen)  of  oil 
shales  Mineralogy.  geochemical  cycles 
andaccumulation  of  uranium  and  thonum 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite 
GEOL  100  or  GEOL  101  An  introduction  to  the  basic 
geologic  parameters  associated  with  the  hydrologtc 
cycle  Problems  in  the  accumulation,  distnbution  and 
movement  of  groundwater  will  be  analyzed 

GEOL  453  Economic  Geology  (3)  Two  laboratones  per 
week  Prerequisite  GEOL  322  A  study  of  the  geology  ol 
metallic  ore  deposits  stressing  ore-lorming  processes, 
configuration  of  important  ore  bodies,  and  familianzation 
with  charactenstic  ore  mineral  suites 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Geology  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  GEOL  341  A 
study  of  the  geological  problems  associated  with  the 
location  ol  tunnels,  bridges  dams  and  nuclear  reactors 
slope  control,  and  natural  hazards 

GEOL  462  Geological  Remote  Sensing  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratones  per  week  Prerequisite  GEOL  34 1 
and  GEOL  342  An  introduction  to  geological  remote 


GERM  — German     199 


sensing  including  applications  ol  aenal  photographic 
interpretation  to  problems  in  regional  geology, 
engineenng  geology,  structural  geology,  and  stratigraphy 
Films,  litters,  and  criteria  used  in  selecting  imagery  are 
also  discussed  Laboratory  exercises  include 
measurements  ol  geologic  parameters  and  compilation 
and  transference  ol  data  to  base  maps 

GEOL  471  Geochemical  Methods  ol  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisite  CHEM  103andCHEM  113  Pnnciplesand 
application  ol  geochemical  analysis  as  applied  to  a 
vanety  ol  geological  problems  X-ray  and  optical 
spectroscopy,  X-ray  detraction,  atomic  absorption, 
electron  microprobe  and  electron  microscopy 

GEOL  472  Tectonics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  341 
Selected  tectonic  elements  ol  organic  belts  through  out 
the  world  viewed  in  the  Iramework  ol  plate  tectonics  and 
sea  floor  spreading. 

GEOL  474  Computer  Modeling  lor  Geologists  (3) 
Prerequisites:  GEOL  331:  GEOL  341:  GEOL  342  or 
GEOL  423:  CMSC  110  Computer  modeling  in  the 
geosciences. 

GEOL  490  Geology  Field  Camp  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL 
390  or  equivalent  Three-week  intense  field  geology 
course  taught  ofl  campus  during  the  summer  Students 
describe  and  compile  maps  of  formations  and  structures 
from  outcrops,  subsurface,  and  remotely  sensed  data. 
Special  fees  required. 

GEOL  499  Special  Problems  in  Geology  (1-3) 

Prerequisites:  GEOL  102:  and  GEOL  1 10  or  equivalent: 
and  permission  of  department.  Intensive  study  of  a 
special  geologic  subject  or  technique  selected  after 
consultation  with  instructor.  Intended  to  provide  training 
or  instruction  not  available  in  other  courses  which  will  aid 
the  students  development  in  his  or  her  field  of  major 
interest 

GERM — German 

GERM  101  Elementary  German  I  (4)  One  hour  ol 
laboratory  and  four  hours  ol  discussion/recitation  per 
week.  Formerly  GERM  111.  Introduction  to  basic 
structures  and  pronunciation  by  emphasis  on  the  four 
skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading  and  writing.  Readings 
concern  the  current  life-style  and  civilization  ol  the 
German-speaking  world. 

GERM  102  Elementary  German  II  (4)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  GERM  101  or  equivalent.  Formerly 
GERM  112.  A  continuation  of  GERM  101.  completing 
theintroduction  of  basic  structures  and  continuing  the 
involvement  with  the  civilization  otthe  German-speaking 
world. 

GERM  103  Review  ol  Elementary  German  (4)  One  hour 
ol  laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  assignment  either  by  placement 
examination  or  by  the  undergraduate  director  (Germanic 
Section),  Designed  specifically  for  students  who  are  too 
advanced  for  GERM  1 01  but  are  not  sufficiently  prepared 
to  take  GERM  102.  GERM  103  covers  the  coursework 
to  the  completion  of  GERM  102  in  one  semester. 

GERM  148  Germanic  Languages  -  Elementary  I  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Basic  instruction 
in  a  Germanic  language  other  than  German ;  Yiddish  and 
Swedish  are  offered  regulariy,  Danish.  Netherlandic. 
and  Norwegian  when  demand  is  sufficient.  Subtitle  will 
reflect  the  language.  May  be  repeated  in  a  different 
language 

GERM  149  Germanic  Languages  -  Elementary  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  148  in  the  same  language. 
Continuation  of  GERM  148  May  be  repeated  in  a 
different  language.  Subtitle  will  reflect  the  language. 

GERM  201  Intermediate  German  (4)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  GERM  1 02.  Recommended:  GERM 
211.  Formerly  GERM  104  Grammar  review  and  greater 
mastery  of  vocabulary,  idioms,  conversational  fluency, 
and  compositional  skills.  Readings  stress  the  current 
life-style  and  civilization  of  the  German-speaking  world. 

GERM  220  Introduction  to  German  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  114  or  equivalent.  May  be  taken 
concurrently  with  GERM  115.  Reading  and  discussion 
of  major  authors  with  emphasis  on  contemporary  German 
literature.  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 


GERM  248  Germanic  Languages  Intermediate  - 1  (3) 
Prerequisite  GERM  149  in  the  same  language 
Intermediate  instruction  in  a  Germanic  language  other 
than  German  May  be  repeated  in  a  different  language 
Subtitle  will  reflect  the  language 

GERM  249  Germanic  Languages  -  Intermediate  II  (3) 
Prerequisite  GERM  248  in  the  same  language 
Continuation  of  German  248  May  be  repeated  in  a 
different  language  Subtitle  will  reflect  the  language. 

GERM  280  German-American  Cultural  Contrast (3)  A 
study  of  German-American  culture  in  contemporary 
literature 

GERM  281  Women  In  German  Literature  and  Society 

(3)  A  study  of  changing  literary  images  and  social  roles 
ol  women  from  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century  to  the 
present 

GERM  282  Germanic  Mythology  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  religious  beliefs  of  the  pagan  Germanic  peoples 
Comparison  of  Germanic  myths  with  those  of  other  Indo- 
European  peoples  The  conversion  ol  the  Germania  to 
Christianity  and  the  preservation  of  pagan  beliefs  in 
superstition  and  literature. 

GERM  285  German  Film  and  Literature  (3)  A  visual 
approach  to  German  literature  through  a  study  of  the 
historical,  cultural,  and  literary  significance  of  German 
films.  Representative  examples  from  the  golden  age  of 
German  silent  films  to  the  new  German  cinema. 

GERM  301   Conversation  and  Composition  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  115  or  equivalent.  Practice  in 
contemporary  spoken  and  wntten  German.  Systematic 
review  of  grammar,  and  exercise  in  composition. 
Emphasis  on  cultural  contrasts 

GERM  302  Conversation  and  Composition  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  301  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
GERM  301 

GERM  321  Highlights  of  German  Literature  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  220  or  equivalent.  Selected 
masterworks  from  different  periods  of  German  literature: 
middle  ages,  reformation,  baroque,  18th  century, 
classicism.  Readings  and  instruction  in  German 

GERM  322  Highlights  of  German  Literature  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  220  or  equivalent.  Selected 
masterworks  from  different  periods  of  German  literature: 
romanticism,  Biedermeier,  Junges  Deutschland,  realism, 
naturalism  and  its  counter  currents,  expressionism  to 
the  present.  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  339  German  Literature  In  Translation  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected 
movements,  genres  or  other  special  topics  in  German 
literature.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English.  May  not 
be  counted  in  the  fulfillment  of  German  major 
requirements  in  German  literature. 

GERM  349  Germanic  Literatures  in  Translation  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Study  of  an 
important  author,  period  ortheme  in  a  Germanic  literature 
other  than  German:  Yiddish,  Netherlandic  or 
Scandinavian.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  368  Scandinavian  Civilization  (3)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Literary,  artistic  and  historic 
traditions,  folklore  and  superstition,  customs  and  life- 
style shared  by  Scandinavian  nations.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  English. 

GERM  369  Scandinavian  Literature  in  Translation 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content  differs.  Study  of  a 
major  Scandinavian  author,  genre,  period  or  theme. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  371  Ancient  Indie  Culture  and  Civilization  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  culture  and  civilization  of  Ancient 
India:  the  religion,  literature,  arts,  ethics  and  law  of  the 
vedic  period,  younger  Hinduism,  and  Buddhism. 
Reconstruction  of  each  period's  lifestyle  with  emphasis 
on  the  historic  development  of  the  principles  which  ruled 
everyday  activities.  Instruction  and  readings  in  English. 

GERM  372  Ancient  Celtic  Culture  and  Civilization  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  culture  and  civilization  of  the 
Ancient  Celts:  the  religion,  arts,  ethics  and  law  ol  the 
continental  and  island  Celts.  Focus  on  the  Ulster  and 
Fenian  cycles  in  Ireland:  Taliesih,  Aneirin  and  the 


Mabinogion  in  Wales  Reconstruction  ol  the  lifestyle  of 
the  period  Instruction  and  readings  in  English 

GERM  381  German  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
literary,  educational  and  artistic  traditions,  great  men 
and  women,  customs  and  general  culture  ol  the  German- 
speaking  world  from  the  beginnings  to  the  middle  of  the 
19th  century  All  readings  and  instruction  are  in  English. 

GERM  382  German  Civilization  II  (3)  A  continuation  of 
GERM  381  covering  the  development  of  German. 
Austnan  and  Swiss  civilizations  from  the  middle  of  the 
19th  century  to  the  present  All  readings  and  instruction 
are  in  English 

GERM  383  Viking  Culture  and  Civilization  (3)  An 
introduction  to  the  lifestyle  of  northern  Europe  in  the  9th 
to  1 1th  centuries  Readings  and  instruction  in  English 

GERM    384    Germanic    Chlvalrlc    Culture    (3) 

Anmtroduction  to  the  lifestyle  of  northern  Europe  in  the 
12th  to  14th  centuries.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  389 Topics  in  Germanic  Culture  (3)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Topics  in  the  cultures  of  the 
German.  Germanic.  Indo-European  peoples  and  of  their 
culturally  related  non-Indo-European  neighbors.  In 
English 

GERM  397  Honors  Reading  (Independent  Study)  (3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students 
admitted  into  honors  program 

GERM  401  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite 
GERM  302  or  equivalent.  Development  of  fluency  in 
spoken  German.  Discussion  of  contemporary  issues. 

GERM  403  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  302  or  equivalent  Advanced  instruction  in  writing 
skills. 

GERM  405  Stylistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or 
equivalent.  Stylistic  analysis  of  oral  and  wntten  German 
both  literary  and  non-literary  Intensive  study  of 
vocabulary  and  syntax  Dictionary  and  composition 
exercises 

GERM  415  German/English  Translation  I  (3)  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  GERM111/GERM115 
and  or  GERM  301/GERM  302.  An  intensive  presentation 
ot  German  grammar  limited  exclusively  to  reading  skill; 
graded  readings  in  the  arts  and  sciences.  Instruction  in 
English;  can  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities 
foreign  language  requirement. 

GERM  416  German/English  Translation   II  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  302  and  GERM  41 5  or  equivalent 
Written  translation  of  materials  from  the  student's  field  of 
study.  Discussion  of  basic  problems  of  German-to- 
English  translation,  with  examples  from  students' 
projects.  Instruction  in  English.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy 
the  arts  and  humanities  foreign  language  requirement. 

GERM  419  Selected  Topics  in  German  Language 
Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  and  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  421    Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  322  or  permission  ol 
department.  German  literature  from  the  8th  through  the 
1 5th  centuries.  Readings  include  old  high  German  texts; 
the  German  heroic,  courtly  and  popular  epic;  Minnesang. 
Meistersang.  the  late  Medieval  epic:  folk  literature  of  the 
late  Middle  Ages,  Read  in  modem  German  translation. 

GERM  422  From  the  Relormation  Through  the 
Baroque  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  321  andGERM  322  or 
permission  of  department.  Readings  of  representative 
authors  from  the  reformation  and  the  period  of  humanism 
through  the  baroque  (ca.  1517-1720).  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  423  From  Enlightenment  through  Storm  and 
Stress  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  GERM  322.  or 
permission  of  department  Readings  of  representative 
authors  from  the  Enlightenment  ( 1 720- 1 785).  the  Ageof 
Sentimentalism  (1740-1780).  and  Storm  and  Stress 
(1767-1785).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and 
GERM  322.  or  permission  of  department.  Readings  of 
representative  authors  from  the  Age  of  Classicism  ( 1 786- 
1832).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 


200    GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 


GERM  431    Romanticism  and   Biedermeier  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  32 1  and  GERM  322,  or  permissionot 
department.  Readings  of  representative  authors  trom 
the  periods  ot  Romanticism  ( 1 798- 1 835)  and  Biedermeier 
(1820-1850).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German 

GERM  432  Junges  Deutschland  and  Realism  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  322.  or  permission  ol 
department  Readings  ot  representative  authors  trom 
the  periods  ot  Junges  Deutschland  (1830-1850)  and 
Realism  (1850-1890)  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  Its  Counter  Currents  (3) 
Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  GERM  322,  or  permission 
ol  department  Readings  of  representative  authors  from 
the  period  of  naturalism  and  its  counter  currents  ( 1 880- 
1920).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  434  Expressionism  to  1945  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  321  and  GERM  322,  or  permission  of  department 
Readings  of  representafive  authors  from  Expressionism 
through  the  period  between  the  wars  to  the  contrast  of 
Nazi  and  Exile  Literature  (ca.  1 91 0- 1 945).  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  435  From  1945  to  the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  321  and  GERM  322,  or  permission  of  department. 
Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  "Two 
Germanies."  Austria,  and  Switzerland  in  the  period  from 
the  end  of  World  War  II  to  the  present.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  449  Selected  Topics  in  Germanic  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatableto6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Study  of  a  linguistic,  literary  or 
cultural  topic  in  Yiddish.  Netherlandic,  or  Scandinavian 
studies. 

GERM  461  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwegian 

I  (3)  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  GERM 
164  or  GERM  165  Develops  reading  facility  in  three 
languages  in  one  semester  Texts  read  include 
Bergmans  Seventh  Seal,  tales  by  H.C.  Andersen, 
excerpts  from  works  by  Ibsen  and  Hamsun,  and  selected 
folk  literature.  No  foreign  language  prerequisite. 

GERM  462  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwegian 

II  (3)  GERM  461  or  permission  of  department.  Further 
development  of  reading  facility. 

GERM  463  The  Icelandic  Family  Saga  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  old  Norse  saga  as  historiography,  literature,  and 
folklore.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  472  Introduction  to  Germanic  Philology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  1 1 5  and  GERM  471 ,  or  equivalent 
Reconstructed  proto-Germanic  and  surveys  of  Gothic. 
Old  Norse.  Old  English.  Old  Saxon.  The  development  of 
High  German  from  the  Old  High  German  period  through 
Middle  High  German  to  modern  German:  a  short 
introduction  to  modern  German  dialectology.  Instruction 
in  English. 

GERM  475  Old  Norse  (3)  The  language  of  the  old 
Icelandic  saga,  the  Eddas  and  Skaldic  poetry.  Reading 
of  texts  in  the  original,  historical  development  of  Old 
Norse  and  its  role  in  the  Germanic  language  family.  No 
knowledge  of  German  or  a  Scandinavian  language 
required,  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  476  Sanskrit  I  (3)  Introduction  to  reading  Sanskrit 
text  in  Devanagan  script.  Descriptive  and  historic/ 
comparative  grammar  stressing  Indo-European  origins 
and  comparison  with  Classical  and  modern  European 
languages. 

GERM  477  Sanskrit  II  (3)  Prerequisite  GERM  476 
Continuation  of  GERM  476  Completion  of  grammatical 
introduction  Reading  ot  epic,  folklonc.  and  vedic  texts. 
GERM  479  Selected  Topics  in  Germanic  Philology 
(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected  topics  such  as 
comparative  Germanic  studies.  Old  Norse  language  or 
readings  in  Old  Norse  literature,  modern  German 
dialectology 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it 
content  differs 

GNED — General  Education 

GNED 1 00  The  Anatomy  of  Knowing:  The  University 
and  Its  Curriculum  (3)  Open  to  students  with  freshman 


and  sophomore  standing.  An  exploration  of  the  ways  ol 
understanding  the  world  that  characterize  the  three 
large  areas  of  university  study  the  sciences,  the  social 
sciences,  and  the  arts  and  humanities  students  will 
have  the  opportunity  lo  develop,  in  consultation  with 
faculty,  their  personal  plans  for  intellectual  exploration 
Open  lo  students  with  freshman  and  sophomore  standing 

GNED  189  College  Park  Seminar  (3)  Not  open  to 
upperclass  students  who  have  completed  more  than  27 
semester  hours  (including  current  registration) 
Repeatable  lo  3  credits  if  content  differs  Each  seminar 
will  be  taught  by  regular  faculty  and  comprised  ol  no 
more  than  twenty  students  The  seminars  will  satisfy  a 
Distributive  Studies  requirement  and  afford  students  an 
intense  introduction  to  undergraduate  education  with 
emphasis  on  analytical  and  critical  thinking. 

GNED  288  Introduction  to  British  Culture  (3)  Aspects 
ol  British  culture  they  will  encounter  during  their  stay  in 
London  for  students  in  the  Study  in  London  Program  An 
historical  introduction  to  the  development  of  London, 
illustrating  the  city's  dominant  role  in  British  life  and 
culture.  Studies  of  the  different  communities,  the  media, 
architecture,  the  relationship  between  the  community 
and  the  arts,  environmental  issues,  as  well  as  the 
political  and  commercial  life  of  the  city. 

GNED  300  Perspectives  on  Nuclear  War  (3)  Nuclear 
weapons  are  an  important  issue  facing  the  world  today. 
A  multidisciplmary  approach  to  the  issue  of  nuclear  war. 
drawing  upon  the  resources  of  many  departments  on 
campus  and  organizations  off  campus  The  mechanics 
of  nuclear  weapons  and  delivery  systems,  and  the 
biological,  psychological,  medical,  and  meteorological 
effects  of  the  use  of  nuclear  weapons  The  history  ol 
confrontation,  development  of  arms  policies,  and  efforts 
at  arms  control 

GNED  301  The  Arts  and  the  Sciences  (3)  A  comparison 
of  the  modes  of  conceptualization  and  expression 
characteristic  of  scientists  and  creative  artists 
Examination  of  such  matters  as  description,  style  and 
the  relationship  of  the  artist  and  the  scientist  lo  society 

GREK— Greek 

GREK  101  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  school  may  register  for 
GREK  101  for  purposes  of  review  but  not  for  credit. 

GREK  102  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  school  may  register  for 
GREK  102  for  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

GREK  203  Intermediate  Greek  (Grammar  and 
Reading)  (3)  Prerequisites:  GREK  1 01 ;  and  GREK  1 02 
or  equivalent. 

GREK  204  Intermediate  Greek  (Homer)  (3) 
Prerequisite:  GREK  203  or  equivalent. 

GREK  300  level  course  prerequisite:  GREK  204  or 
equivalent.  Except  that,  with  the  instructor's 
permission,  a  student  who  plans  to  take  no  more 
than  four  semesters  of  Greek  may  substitute  GREK 
352  for  GREK  204. 

GREK  351  Euripides  (3) 

GREK  352  The  New  Testament  (3) 

GREK  353  Herodotus  (3) 

GREK  354  Greek  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Selections  in 
translation  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer  to  Lucian.wilh 
special  emphasis  on  epic  and  dramatic  poetry. 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy  (3) 

GREK  488  Greek  Readings  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  May  be  repeated  if  content 
differs  The  reading  of  one  or  more  selected  Greek 
authors  Reports 

GREK  490  Survey  of  Greek  Literature  (3)  Greek 

literature,  including  authors,  genres  and  penods.  The 
reading  of  selections  from  many  of  the  major  authors. 


combined  with  the  study  of  the  history  of  Greek  literature 
Review  ol  Greek  grammar 

GREK  499  Independent  Study  In  Greek  Language 
and  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 

GVPT — Government  and  Politics 
GVPT  100  Principles  of  Government  and  Politics  (3) 
A  study  ol  the  basic  principles  and  concepts  of  political 
science 

GVPT  1 70  American  Government  (3)  A  comprehensive 
study  of  national  government  in  the  United  States- 
national,  state  and  local 

GVPT  200  International  Political  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 00  Formerly  GVPT  300  A  study  of 
the  mapr  factors  underlying  international  relations,  the 
methods  ot  conducting  foreign  relations,  the  foreign 
policies  of  the  major  powers,  and  the  means  of  avoiding 
or  alleviating  international  conflicts 

GVPT  210  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  and 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  An  introduction  to 
the  study  of  the  administrative  process  in  the  executive 
branch  with  an  examination  of  the  concepts  and  pnnctples 
of  administration  and  their  relationship  to  public  policy 
The  organizational  structure,  theory  and  the  behavior  of 
participants  in  the  administration  of  policy 

GVPT  220  Introduction  to  Political  Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  100  or  GVPT  170  Development, 
concepts  and  techniques  of  the  behavioral  approach  to 
political  science  and  other  recent  developments  in  the 
field 

GVPT  231  Law  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170 
A  study  ol  the  basis  of  law  and  its  relationship  with 
various  contemporary  institutions  such  as  the  courts,  the 
legal  profession,  and  society  at  large 

GVPT  240  Political  Ideologies  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT 
100  A  survey  and  analysis  of  the  leading  ideologies  of 
the  modern  world,  including  anarchism,  communism, 
socialism,  fascism,  nationalism,  and  democracy 

GVPT  260  State  and   Local   Government  (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  study  of  the  functioning  and 
problems  of  state  and  local  government  in  the  United 
States,  with  illustrations  from  Maryland  jurisdictions. 

GVPT  272  The  Politics  of  Race  Relations  In  the 
United  States  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  Political 
dimension  of  histoncal  and  contemporary  racial  cleavage 
in  the  United  Stales  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  post 
World  War  II  period 

GVPT  273  Introduction  to  Environmental  Politics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  comprehensive  overview  of 
environmental  problems,  institutions,  policies,  practices, 
and  remedies  lound  in  present-day  world  society,  wrth 
special  emphasis  on  environmental  matters  as  objects 
ol  Amencan  public  policy,  both  domestic  and  foreign 

GVPT  280  Comparative  Politics  and  Governments 

(3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  100  An  introduction  to  the 
comparative  study  ol  politics  and  governance,  including 
the  analytical  frameworks  tor  studies  of  politics  and 
governmental  institutions  and  a  survey  of  the  major 
types  of  European  regimes 

GVPT  282  The  Government  and  Politics  ot  the  Third 
World  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  100  A  study  of  the 
governmental  institutions,  processes  and  problems,  and 
the  socio-economic  environment  which  are  common  to 
the  great  maionty  of  the  third  world  states  of  Afnca  The 
Middle  East.  Asia,  and  Latin  Amenca.  and  in  which 
internal  politics  develop 

GVPT  306  Global  Ecopolltlcs  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT 
200  Consideration  of  global  problems  such  as  the 
growth  controversy,  agricultural  productivity,  pollution, 
resource  depletion,  the  energy  cnsis.  and  the  general 
impact  of  science  and  technology  on  the  world  ecological, 
socio-economic,  and  political  system,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  such  matters  as  objects  of  public  policy 

GVPT  341  Political  Morality  and  Political  Action  (3) 
Prerequisite  GVPT  100  The  ethical  problems  implicit  in 
public  actions  by  individuals,  groups,  and  government 
Selected  topics  in  contemporary  political  theory  such  as 
distnbution.  participation  and  equality 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics    201 


GVPT  343  Political  Themes  In  Contemporary 
Literature  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  100  An  analysis  ol 
political  concepts  and  issues  in  novels,  plays  and  poetry 
drawn  largely  from  the  twentieth  century  Among  the 
themes  considered  in  the  course  are  the  nature  and 
limns  ot  power,  conflict,  leadership,  submissiveness. 
rebellion,  and  loyalty 

GVPT  376  Applied  Field  Research  in  Government 
and  Politics  (6)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  Corequisite 
GVPT  377  Students  in  this  course  participate  as  interns 
in  an  agency  ol  government  or  in  some  other  appropriate 
political  organization  Assignments  are  arranged  to 
provide  students  with  insights  into  both  theoretical  and 
practical  aspects  ol  politics  Under  the  tutelage  ol  the 
host  agency  and  an  academic  adviser,  students  conduct 
a  ma|or  research  project  ol  mutual  interest  to  the  student 
and  his  or  her  host  agency  in  the  field  ol  government  and 
politics 

GVPT  377  Seminar  For  Academic  Interns  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70  Corequisite:  GVPT  376.  The 
application  of  major  concepts  of  political  science  to  the 
realities  ot  the  political  process  Readings  and  discussion 
attempt  to  relate  the  experiences  of  the  academic  interns 
to  appropnale  literature  on  the  subject  of  political  decision- 
making 

GVPT  388  Topical  Investigations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
one200-level  GVPT  course.  Independent  research  and 
writing  on  selected  topics  in  government  and  politics. 

GVPT  390  Honors  Seminar  in  American  Government 
and  Public  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  honors  program  Directed  reading,  reporting  and 
discussion  on  the  major  matenals  of  historical  and 
contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  ot  American 
government  and  public  administration 

GVPT  391  Honors  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Government  and   International   Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  admission  to  honors  program.  Directed 
reading,  reporting  and  discussion  centering  on  the  major 
matenals  of  histoncal  and  contemporary  relevance  in 
the  fields  ol  comparative  government  and  international 
relations. 

GVPT  392  Honors  Seminar  in  Public  Law  and  Political 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to  honors  program 
Directed  reading,  reporting  and  discussion  centering  on 
the  major  materials  of  historical  and  contemporary 
relevance  in  the  fields  of  public  law  and  political  theory 

GVPT  393  Honors  Seminar  in  Public  Policy,  Political 
Behavior,  and  Methodology  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  honors  program  Directed  reading,  reporting  and 
discussion  centering  on  the  major  matenals  of  historical 
and  contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  ot  public  policy 
and  political  behavior. 

GVPT  396  Introduction  to  Honors  Research  (3) 

Prerequisite:  admission  to  and  permission  of  GVPT 
Honors  Program.  A  required  course  for  all  honors  students 
designed  to  emphasize  library,  research,  methodology, 
and  writing  skills  in  political  science  and  political 
philosophy.  A  wntten  proposal,  bibliography  and  research 
design  for  an  honors  paper  required  of  all  students  as  a 
final  project 

GVPT  397  Honors  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
396  and  admission  to  GVPT  honors  program.  Individual 
reading  and  research.  Preparation  of  an  original  paper. 

GVPT  399  Seminar  in  Government  and  Politics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  one  200-level  GVPT  course.  Reading, 
research,  discussion,  analysis,  and  writing  in  the  area  ol 
politics.  Both  substantive  issues  and  methodological 
approaches  will  be  considered.  Pnmanly  for  government 
and  politics  undergraduate  majors. 

GVPT  401  Problems  ol  World  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  200.  A  study  of  governmental  problems  of 
international  scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems  of 
neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required  to 
report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

GVPT  402  International  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
200.  A  study  of  the  basic  character,  general  pnnciples 
and  specific  rules  of  international  law.  with  emphasis  on 
recent  and  contemporary  trends  in  the  field  and  its 
relation  to  other  aspects  of  international  affairs. 


GVPT  403  Law,  Morality  and  War  (3)  Prerequisite 
GVPT  200  An  exploration  ot  fundamental  moral  and 
legal  issues  concerning  war 

GVPT  405  Defense  Policy  and  Arms  Control  (3) 
Prerequisite  GVPT  200.  Contemporary  issues  ol  military 
strategy  and  international  security  are  covered,  including 
nuclear  war.  conventional  (limited)  war.  guerrilla 
insurgency,  arms  control,  disarmament,  moderation  ol 
war,  defense  policy  processes,  and  defense  economics 

GVPT  411   Public  Personnel  Administration  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  210  A  survey  of  public 
personneladminislralion.  including  the  development  ol 
merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency,  classification, 
recruitment,  examination  techniques,  promotion,  service 
ratings,  training,  discipline,  employee  relations,  and 
retirement. 

GVPT  412  Public  Financial  Administration  (3) 
Prerequisite:  GVPT  210.  A  survey  ol  governmental 
financial  procedures,  including  processes  of  current  and 
capital  budgeting,  the  administration  ol  public  borrowing, 
the  techniques  ol  public  purchasing,  and  the  machinery 
ol  control  through  pre-audit  and  post-audit 

GVPT  413  Governmental  Organization  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  210.  A  study  of 
the  theories  of  organization  and  management  in  American 
government  with  emphasis  on  new  trends,  experiments 
and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
21 0.  A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised  by  administrative 
agencies,  including  analysis  of  their  functions,  their 
powers  over  persons  and  property,  their  procedures, 
and  judicial  sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  422  Quantitative  Political  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  220.  Introduction  to  quantitative 
methods  of  data  analysis,  including  selected  statistical 
methods,  block  analysis,  content  analysis,  and  scale 
construction. 

GVPT  423  Elections  and  Electoral  Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  220.  An  examination  of  various 
topics  relating  to  elections;  the  focus  includes  the  legal 
structure  under  which  elections  are  conducted,  the 
selection  and  nomination  process,  the  conduct  of  election 
campaigns,  and  patterns  of  political  participation  and 
voting  choice  in  different  types  of  elections. 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  220 
An  examination  of  public  opinion  and  its  effect  on  political 
action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and 
measurement,  propaganda  and  pressure  groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
220.  A  study  of  the  societal  aspects  of  political  life 
including  selected  aspects  of  the  sociology  of  group 
formation  and  group  dynamics,  political  association, 
community  integration  and  political  behavior. 

GVPT  429  Problems  in   Political  Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  220.  The  problem  approach  to 
political  behavior  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  and 
empirical  studies  on  selected  aspects  of  the  political 
process. 

GVPT  431  Introduction  to  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  231.  A  systematic  inquiry  into  the 
general  principles  of  the  American  constitutional  system, 
with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the 
interpretation  and  enforcement  of  thefederal  constitution. 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  231.  A  study  of  civil  rights  in  the 
American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom 
of  religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority  discrimination, 
and  the  rights  of  defendants. 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Process  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
231 .  An  examination  of  judicial  organization  in  the  United 
States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some  emphasis 
on  legal  reasoning,  legal  research  and  court  procedures. 

GVPT  434  Race  Relations  and  Public  Law  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT 231.  Apolitical  and  legal  examination 
of  the  constitutionally  protected  rights  affecting  racial 
minorities  and  of  the  constitutional  power  of  the  federal 
courts,  congress,  and  the  executive  to  define,  protect 
and  extend  these  rights. 


GVPT  436  The  Legal  Status  ol  Women  (3)  Prerequisite 
GVPT  231  An  examination  of  judicial  interpretation  and 
application  ot  common,  statutory,  and  constitutional  law 
as  these  affect  the  status  ol  women  in  American  society 

GVPT  441  History  ol  Political  Theory:  Ancient  and 
Medieval  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  100  A  survey  ol  the 
principal  political  theories  set  lorth  in  the  works  ol  writers 
before  Machiavelli 

GVPT  442  History  ol  Political  Theory— Medieval  to 
Recent  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  100  A  survey  ol  the 
principal  theories  set  forth  in  the  works  ot  writers  from 
Machiavelli  to  Nietzsche 

GVPT  443  Contemporary   Political   Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  100  Asurveyolthe  principal  political 
theones  and  ideologies  set  forth  in  the  works  ol  writers 
from  Karl  Marx  to  the  present 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  100  or  GVPT  170  A  study  ol  the  development 
and  growth  ol  American  political  concepts  from  the 
Colonial  period  to  the  present. 

GVPT 445  Russian  Political  Thought  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  100,  A  survey  and  analysis  of  political  ideas  in 
Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  448   Non-Western   Political  Thought  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  100:  permission  of  department 
required  for  repeat.  Examination  ol  works  by  maior 
authors  and  general  themes  of  political  thought  onginating 
in  Asia,  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa.  This  is  not  a  survey 
of  all  non-western  political  thought,  but  a  course  to  be 
limited  by  the  professor  with  each  offering. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study  of  Foreign  Policy 
Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  200  The  opportunity 
to  learn  the  theoretical  underpinnings  of  foreign  policy 
decision-making  and  to  apply  this  knowledge  in  a 
simulation  of  a  "real  world"  negotiation  arena. 

GVPT  451   Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  A  study  of  the 
development  of  the  foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  Union, 
with  attention  paid  to  the  forces  and  conditions  that  make 
for  continuities  and  changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

GVPT 453  Recent  East  Asian  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  The  background  and 
interpretation  of  recent  political  events  in  East  Asia  and 
their  influence  on  world  politics. 

GVPT  454  Contemporary  African   Politics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  A  survey  of 
contemporary  development  in  the  international  politics 
of  Africa,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging 
Africa  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern  Politics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  A  survey  of 
contemporary  development  in  the  international  politics 
of  the  Middle  East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of 
emerging  Middle  East  nations  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT   457   American    Foreign    Relations   (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  200.  The  principles  and  machinery 
of  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  relations,  with 
emphasis  on  the  Departments  of  State  and  Defense, 
and  an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the 
UnitedStales. 

GVPT  460  Problems  in  State  and  Local  Government 
(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  260.  A  study  of  the  structure, 
procedures  and  policies  of  state  and  local  governments 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  state  level  and  on 
intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with  illustrations 
from  Maryland  governmental  arrangements. 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Government  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  260.  An  examination  ol  administrative  problems 
relating  to  public  services,  planning  and  coordination  in 
a  metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  260. 
Urban  political  process  and  institutions  considered  in  the 
light  of  changing  social  and  economic  conditions. 

GVPT 471  Women  and  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
170.  An  examination  of  patterns  ot  political  participation 
among  women  and  of  problems  of  public  policy  especially 
relevant  to  women. 


202    HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 


GVPT  473   Legislatures  and   Legislation   (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70  Adetailed  survey  of  lawmaking 
and  the  legislative  process,  emphasizing  the  US. 
Congress  and  its  members. 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  1 70 
A  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  of  American 
political  parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  political 
leadership 

GVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Executive  Branch 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70  An  examination  of  the  U.S. 
presidency  in  historical  and  contemporary  perspective: 
nomination  and  electoral  politics  and  the  president's 
place  in  policy-making,  administration,  and  public  opinion. 

GVPT  479  Problems  of  American  Public  Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  170  The  background  and 
interpretation  of  vanous  factors  which  affect  the  formation 
and  execution  of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT  480  Comparative   Political   Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  A  study,  along 
functional  lines,  of  maior  political  institutions,  such  as 
legislatures,  executives,  courts,  bureaucracies,  public 
organizations,  and  political  parties 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administration  of  the 
Soviet  Union  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282 
A  study  of  the  adoption  of  the  communist  philosophy  by 
the  Soviet  Union,  of  its  governmental  structure  and  of  the 
administration  of  government  policy  in  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT280  or  GVPT  282.  Acomparative 
study  of  the  governmental  systems  and  political 
processes  of  the  Latin  American  countries. 

GVPT  483  Government  and  Politics  of  Asia  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282  A  comparative 
study  of  the  political  systems  of  China,  Japan,  India  and 
other  selected  Asian  countries. 

GVPT  484  Government  and  Politics  of  Africa  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282  A  comparative 
study  of  the  governmental  systems  and  political 
processes  of  the  African  countnes.  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  problemsof  nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Middle 
East  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282. 
Acomparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems  and 
political  processes  of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of  nation-building  in 
emergent  countries. 

GVPT  486  Comparative  Studies  in  European  Politics 
(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282.  Comparative 
studies  in  the  forms  of  governance,  political  processes, 
and  public  policies  in  European  countnes. 

GVPT 492  The  Comparative  Politics  of  Race  Relations 
(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  GVPT  282  Impact  of 
government  and  politics  on  race  relations  in  various 
parts  of  the  world.  The  origins,  problems,  and 
manifestations  of  such  racial  policies  as  segregation, 
apartheid,  integration,  assimilation,  partnership,  and 
nonracialism  will  be  analyzed. 

HEBR— Hebrew 

HEBR  111  Elementary  Hebrew  I  (6)  Six  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Modem  Israeli  Hebrew. 
Emphasis  on  conversation.  Study  of  linguistic  structure 
and  development  of  audio-lingual,  wnting  and  reading 
ability. 

HEBR  112  Elementary  Hebrew  II  (6)  Six  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite  HEBR  1 1 1 
or  equivalent.  Continuation  of  HEBR  111 

HEBR  211  Intermediate  Hebrew  I  (6)  Six  hours  ol 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HEBR  1 12 
or  equivalent  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further 
development  of  audio-lingual,  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking  skills.  Reading  of  texts  and  newspapers 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Hebrew  life,  thought 
and  culture 

HEBR  212  Intermediate  Hebrew  II  (6)  Six  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite:  HEBR  21 1 
or  permission  of  department  Continuation  of  HEBR 
211. 


HEBR  223  The  Hebrew  Bible:  Narrative  (3)  Selected 
readings  from  narrative  sections  of  the  Hebrew  Bible 
stressing  the  new  literary  approaches  to  the  biblical  text 
In  English;  no  knowledge  of  Hebrew  required. 

HEBR  224  The  Hebrew  Bible:  Poetry  and  Rhetoric  (3) 

Readings  of  poetic  and  prophetic  selections  from  the 
Hebrew  Bible  Analysis  of  devices  and  their  rhetorical 
effect.  Comparison  of  biblical  poetry  with  other  poetry  of 
the  ancient  near  east.  In  English;  no  knowledge  of 
Hebrew  required. 

HEBR  231   Jewish  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Selections  from  the  Bible.  Talmud,  medieval,  and  modem 
sources  illustrating  the  basis  and  diversity  of  Jewish 
thought. 

HEBR  298  Special  Topics  in  Jewish  Studies  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 

HEBR  313  Conversation  and  Composition  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  212  or  equivalent.  A  practical 
language  course  recommended  for  all  students 
continuing  with  Hebrew  Review  or  grammar  and 
composition.  Selected  readings.  Oral  and  written 
exercises. 

HEBR  314  Conversation  and  Composition  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  313  or  equivalent.  A  practical 
language  course  recommended  for  all  students 
continuing  with  Hebrew.  Review  of  grammar  and 
composition.  Selected  readings.  Oral  and  written 
exercises. 

HEBR  321   Survey  of  Hebrew  Literature  1   (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  Haskalah 
(enlightenment)  period.  Selections  from  prose  and  poetry 
of  Michal,  Mapu.  Gordon.  Mendele  Hebrew  Neo- 
Classicism  and  Romanticism.  Reading  in  Hebrew 
Discussions  in  Hebrew  and  in  English. 

HEBR  322  Israeli  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  A  study 
of  the  major  works  of  Israeli  fiction  and  poetry  which 
explore  aspects  of  the  society  and  culture  of  modern 
Israel  and  its  European  background:  war  and  peace,  the 
individual  and  the  community,  tradition  and  modernity, 
generational  conflict. 

HEBR  333  Hebrew  Civilization  (In  English)  (3)  Trends 
in  the  cultural,  social  and  literary  history  of  the  Jews  from 
their  earliest  experiences  as  a  people  until  Maccabean 
times.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

HEBR  334  Hebrew  Civilization  (in  English)  (3)  Trends 
in  the  cultural,  social  and  literary  history  of  the  Jews  from 
their  encounter  with  Hellenism  until  the  end  of  the 
Talmudic  era  in  late  antiquity.  Readings  and  instruction 
in  English. 

HEBR  381  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition 

(3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  31 4  or  permission  of  department 
Concentrated  practice  in  spoken  and  wntten  Hebrew. 

HEBR  382  Readings  in  Hebrew  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  314  or  permission 
of  department.  Current  events,  editorials,  theatrical 
reports,  book  reviews,  and  scholarly  articles  Conducted 
in  Hebrew 

HEBR  401  Introduction  to  Classical  Hebrew  I  (3) 

Readings  in  the  Bible  and  other  classical  texts  in  original 
Hebrew  Emphasison  classical  grammar  and  vocabulary, 
and  reading  of  textual  passages. 

HEBR  402  Introduction  to  Classical  Hebrew  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  401  or  equivalent  Continuation  of 
HEBR  401 

HEBR  431  Modern  Hebrew  Literature(3)Prerequisite 
HEBR  314  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  from  the 
major  Hebrew  prose  writers  of  the  20th  century  such  as 
J  Steinberg.  Burfa.  Berkovitz.  Shotman  and  Agnon 
describing  traditional  Jewish  life  in  the  Diaspora  and  in 
the  land  of  Israel 

HEBR  432  Contemporary  Hebrew  Literature  (3) 
Prerequisite  HEBR  314  or  equivalent  The  problems 
facing  modern  man  as  reflected  in  the  writings  ol  Agnon. 
Hazaz.  Meged.  Yehoshua.  Amichai.  and  others  Training 
in  literary  criticism  Reading  of  penodicals  dealing  with 
current  literary  trends 


HEBR  441  Studies  in  Classical  Hebrew  and  Epigraphy 
(3)  Prerequisite  HEBR  212  or  equivalent  Linguistic 
peculiarities  of  Classical  Hebrew  from  Pre-Biblical 
epigraphic  records  to  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls  Application 
of  the  method  of  literary  form  cnticism  to  epic  poetry  and 
Thanksgiving  songs,  cultic  lormulae.  histoncal  annals 
and  narratives. 

HEBR  442  Classical  Hebrew  Llterature(3)  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  21 2  or  knowledge  of  Classical  Hebrew  Readings 
in  the  Hebrew  text  ol  the  Bible  and  related  texts  Emphasis 
on  the  issues  and  methodology  ot  modern  biblical 
scholarship. 

HEBR  471  Readings  in  Rabbinic  Hebrew  (3) 
Prerequisite  HEBR  212  or  permission  of  department 
Introductory  readings  in  Mishnaic  and  Talmudic  Hebrew 
texts  Language  of  instruction  English,  all  texts  in  Hebrew 

HEBR  472  Readings  in  Medieval  Hebrew 
(3)Prerequisite:  H  EBR  2 1 2  or  permission  of  department 
Introductory  readings  in  Medieval  Hebrew  texts 
Language  of  instruction  English,  all  texts  in  Hebrew. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  in  Hebrew  (3)  Repeatable 
to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

HESP — Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

HESP    120  Introduction   to   Linguistics  (3)  An 

introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  natural  language 
with  focus  on  the  basic  concepts  of  phonology,  syntax, 
semantics  and  pragmatics,  with  subsequent  attention  to 
the  applied  aspects  of  linguistic  principles 

HESP  202  Introduction  to  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  (3)  Introduction  to  phonetics,  the  physiological 
bases  of  speech  production  and  reception,  and  the 
physics  of  sound. 

HESP  300  Introduction  to  Psycholmguistics  (3) 
Prerequisite:  HESP  202  An  introduction  to  current 
theories  of  language  and  an  investigation  of  their 
relationship  to  human  communication  behavior  Survey 
of  the  expenmental  literature  relating  to  this  question 

HESP  305  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 
Mechanism  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP  202  Anatomy, 
physiology,  and  neurology  of  speech  mechanism 

HESP  311  Anatomy,  Pathology  and  Physiology  ot 
the  Auditory  System  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP  202  Gross 
anatomy  of  the  ear  and  pathways  for  transmission  of 
sound  energy  through  the  penpheral  and  central  auditory 
system  Causes,  development  and  effects  of  pathological 
conditions  contnbutmg  to  temporary  or  chronic  hearing 
impairments. 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language  Development  In 
Children  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  300  Analysis  ot  the 
normal  processes  of  speech  and  language  development 
in  children. 

HESP  401  Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders 
(3)  Disorders  of  heanng.  language  and  speech  lor  non- 
majors  Communication  disorders  in  children  and  adults, 
with  emphasis  on  etiologies,  charactenstics.  assessment 
and  management, 

HESP  402  Speech  Pathology  I  (3)  Prerequisite.  HESP 
300  Etiology,  assessment  and  treatment  of  language 
and  phonological  disorders  in  children 

HESP  403  Introduction  to  Phonetic  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite  HESP  305  An  introduction  to  physiological, 
acoustic  and  perceptual  phonetics,  broad  and  narrow 
phonetic  transcnption;  current  models  ot  speech 
production  and  perception. 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  II  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP 
305  Etiology,  assessment  and  therapeutic  management 
of  phonation.  resonance,  and  fluency  disorders  in  children 
and  adults 

HESP  406  Speech  Pathology  III  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP 
303.  HESP  305  Survey  of  the  dysarthnas  and  aphasias 
in  adults  from  an  interdisciplinary  point  of  view 

HESP  407  Bates  of  Hearing  Science  (3)  Prerequisite 
HESP  311  Fundamentals  of  heanng  including  the 
physics  ot  sound,  anatomy  and  physiology  ol  penpheral 
and  central  auditory  nervous  system,  psychophysical 


HIST -History    203 


procedures  used  in  measurement  ot  auditory  sensation 
and  perception  and  topics  in  psychological  acoustics 

HESP  41 1  Introduction  to  Audlology  (3)  Prerequisite 
HESP  311  An  introduction  to  the  field  ol  audiology 
Evaluation  and  remediation  ol  the  hearing-handicapped. 

HESP  417  Principles  and  Methods  In  Speech- 
Language  Pathology  and  Audiology  (3)  Prerequisite 
HESP  402,  HESP  41 1  The  principles  underlying  the 
treatment  ot  speech,  language  and  heanng  disorders  in 
children  and  adults 

HESP  418  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech-Language 
Pathology  and  Audlology  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  417 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Supervised  observation  with 
some  direct  participation  in  clinical  methods  tor  the 
treatment  ol  disorders  ol  articulation,  fluency,  child  and 
adult  language:  evaluation  and  habilitation/rehabilitation 
ol  heanng  impaired  children  and  adults. 

HESP  438  Seminar:  Special  Issues  in  Early  Childhood 
Special  Education  (1-3) 

HESP  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Selected  topics  in  human  communication  and  its 
disorders 

HESP  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs.  A  directed  study  of  selected  topics 
pertaining  to  human  communication  and  its  disorders. 

HIST— History 

HIST  106  American  Jewish  Experience  (3)  History  of 
the  Jews  in  America  from  colonial  times  to  the  present 
Emphasis  on  the  waves  of  migration  from  Germany  and 
Eastern  Europe;  the  changing  nature  of  the  American 
Jewish  community  and  its  participation  in  American 
social,  economic  and  political  life. 

HIST  110  The  Ancient  World  (3)  Formerly  HIST  130 
Interpretation  of  select  literature  and  art  of  the  ancient 
Mediterranean  world  with  a  view  to  illuminating  the 
antecedents  of  modern  culture;  religion  and  myth  in  the 
ancient  near  East:  Greek  philosophical,  scientific,  and 
literary  invention;  and  the  Roman  tradition  in  politics  and 
administration. 

HIST  1 1 1  The  Medieval  World  (3)  Formerly  HIST  1 31 . 
The  development  of  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages;  the  role 
of  religious  values  in  shaping  new  social,  economic,  and 
political  institutions;  medieval  literature,  art  and 
architecture. 

HIST  112  The  Rise  of  the  West:  1500  -  1789  (3) 

Formerly  HIST  132.  History  of  early  modern  Europe. 
Development  of  the  national  consciousness  of  European 
peoples  Evolution  of  state  power  and  bureaucracy, 
economic  institutions,  art.  literature,  science  and  religion. 

HIST  1 1 3  Modern  Europe:  1789  -  Present  (3)  Formerly 
HIST  133.  Evolution  of  modern  nation  states.  Industrial- 
economic  structure  and  demography.  Emergence  of 
modem  secular  society. 

HIST  120  Islamic  Civilization  (3)  Formerly  HIST  280. 
Islamic  civilization.  The  major  institution  of  Islam.  Pre- 
Islamic  Arabia,  rise  of  Muhammad,  basictenets  of  Islam, 
Islamic  religious  law,  and  sectarian  developments. 

HIST  122  African  Civilization  (3)  Formerly  HIST  290. 
Sub-Saharan  Africa  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  end  of 
the  colonial  era.  Neolithic  civilizations,  major  migrations, 
political  and  commercial  developments  in  pre-colonial 
Africa 

HIST  126  Jewish  Civilization  (3)  Formerly  HIST  105. 
Jewish  history,  culture,  and  society  from  Biblical  times  to 
the  present. 

HIST  1 56  History  of  the  U  nited  States  to  1 865  (3)  The 
United  States  from  colonial  times  to  the  end  of  the 
CivilWar.  Establishment  and  development  of  American 
institutions. 

HIST  157  History  of  the  United  States  Since  1865  (3) 

The  United  States  from  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  to  the 
present.  Economic,  social,  intellectual,  and  political 
developments.  Rise  of  industry  and  emergence  of  the 
United  States  as  a  world  power. 


HIST  170  The  Humanities  I  (3)  Formerly  HIST  144. 
Cultural  development  of  western  civilization  from  pre- 
historic times  to  the  Renaissance  Influences  on  the 
common  cultural  heritage  ol  western  civilization 

HIST171  The  Humanities  11(3)  Formerly  HIST  145and 
HIST  252.  Cultural  development  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  present  Influences  on  the  common  cultural  hentage 
of  modern  western  civilization. 

HIST  174  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Science  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  oniy  one  of  the  lollowing:  HIST 
1 74  or  PHIL  250  Formerly  HIST  200.  Maior  issues  in  the 
development  of  modern  science  Specific  examples  of 
discoveries  and  theories  from  the  viewpoint  of  theories 
of  historical  change,  philosophies  of  science,  and 
interaction  of  science  with  philosophy. 

HIST  175  Science  and  Technology  in  Western 
Civilization  (3)  Formerly  HIST  201  Selected  topics  in 
the  history  of  science  and  technology  and  their 
relationship  to  society  organized  around  gender  and 
race 

HIST  176  Modern  Business  History  (3)  Formerly  HIST 
115.  Evolution  of  the  modern  business  system  in  Europe 
and  America.  Modern  corporations  and  banks  and  their 
relations  with  government  and  the  rest  of  society. 

HIST  178  Biography  in  History  (3)  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Detailed  investigations  in  the 
lives,  times,  and  works  of  important  and  visible  figures  in 
world  history.  Concern  for  both  the  theory  of  the  individual 
in  history  and  close  examination  of  the  single  person. 
Course  content  changes  semester  to  semester. 

HIST  180  The  Chinese  World  (3)  An  introduction  to 
China,  both  traditional  and  modern.  The  various  aspects 
of  Chinese  culture,  including  the  language,  family,  history, 
art.  and  agriculture. 

HIST  206  The  Holocaust  of  European  Jewry  (3)  Roofs 
of  Nazi  Jewish  policy  in  the  1 930's  and  during  World  War 
II;  the  process  of  destruction  and  the  implementation  of 
the  "final  solution  of  the  Jewish  problem"  in  Europe,  and 
the  responses  made  by  the  Jews  to  their  concentration 
and  annihilation. 

HIST  210  Women  in  America  to  1880(3)  An  examination 
of  the  economic,  family  and  political  roles  of  colonial, 
slave,  immigrant  and  frontier  women  in  America  from 
pre-industrial  colonial  period  through  the  early  stages  of 
nineteenth  century  industrialization  and  urbanization. 

HIST  211  Women  in  America  Since  1880  (3)  An 

examination  of  women's  changing  roles  in  working  class 
and  middle  class  families,  the  effects  of  industrialization 
on  women's  economic  activities  and  status,  and  women's 
involvement  in  political  and  social  struggles  including 
those  for  women's  rights,  birth  control,  and  civil  rights. 

HIST  212  Women  in  Western  Europe,  1750-Present 

(3)  An  analysis  of  the  economic,  family,  and  political 
roles  of  European  women  from  1 750  to  the  present.  The 
effects  of  industnalization  on  women's  work  and  status, 
the  demographic  parameters  of  women's  lives,  and 
women's  participation  in  political  events  from  market 
riots  to  suffrage  struggles. 

HIST  214  Pre-honors  Colloquium  in  Early  American 
History  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Selected  reading  in  Early  American  history  with  emphasis 
on  independent  discussion  and  writing.  May  be  taken  for 
credit  by  students  exempt  from  American  history  by  AP 
credit. 

HIST21 5  Pre-honors  Colloquium  in  Modern  American 
History  (3)  Selected  readings  in  modem  American  history 
with  emphasis  on  independent  study,  discussion  and 
writing.  May  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  exempt  from 
American  history.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

HIST  219  Special  Topics  in  History  (3) 

HIST  224  Modern  Military  History,  1494-1815  (3) 

Survey  of  the  military  history  of  Europe  through  an 
examination  of  the  economic,  financial,  strategic,  tactical, 
and  technological  aspects  of  the  development  of  military 
institutions  and  warfare  from  the  dynastic  wars  of  the 
Valois  and  Haspburgs  to  the  national  wars  of  the  French 
Revolution  and  Empire. 


HIST  225  Modern  Military  History,  1815-Present  (3) 
The  military  history  of  Europe  through  an  examination  of 
the  economic,  financial,  strategic,  tactical,  and 
technological  aspects  of  the  development  of  military 
institutions  and  warfare  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  in 
1815  to  the  present. 

HIST  234  History  ol  Britain  to  1485  (3)  British  history 
from  Roman  times  fo  the  15th  century  The  Anglo- 
Saxon,  Scandinavian  and  Norman  invasions;  thecoming 
of  Christianity;  Magna  Carta,  the  development  of 
Parliament,  legal  institutions  and  the  Common  Law;  the 
decline  of  medieval  kingship 

HIST  235  History  of  Britain  1461  to  1714  (3)  British 
history  from  the  War  of  the  Roses  to  the  Hanoverian 
succession;  Yorkist  and  Tudor  society  and  politics,  the 
Renaissance  and  Reformation  in  England.  Henry  VIII 
through  Elizabeth;  17th  century  crises  and  revolutions; 
intellectual  and  cultural  changes;  the  beginnings  of 
empire;  the  achievement  of  political  and  intellectual 
order 

HIST  236  History  of  Britain  1 688  to  Present  (3)  British 
history  from  the  Glorious  Revolution  of  1688  to  the 
present.  The  revolution  of  1688;  the  structure  of  18th 
century  society  and  politics;  economic  and  social  change 
in  the  industrial  revolution;  1 9th  and  20th  century  political 
and  social  reform;  imperialism;  the  impact  of  the  First 
and  Second  World  Wars  on  British  society. 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization  (3)  An  overview  of 
Russian  history  stressing  the  main  lines  of  development 
of  the  Russian  state  and  the  evolution  of  Russian  culture 
to  the  present  day. 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I  (3)  Latin  America 
from  pre-Columbian  Indian  cultures  to  the  beginnings  of 
the  wars  for  independence  (ca.  1 81 0).  covering  cultural, 
political,  social,  and  economic  developments 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  II  (3)  The  republics 
of  Latin  America  since  independence,  with  special 
emphasis  upon  their  social,  economic,  and  cultural 
development  as  third  world  nations. 

HIST  255  Afro-American  History  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
Afro-American  in  American  history,  covering  the  African 
background,  slavery,  the  role  of  the  Negro  in  the  social, 
political,  economic,  cultural  and  artistic  life  of  the  United 
States.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  enduring 
themesand  the  black  experience  in  American  society, 
including  contemporary  problems  in  race  relations. 

HIST  265  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Modern 
America  (3)  American  social  history  from  Civil  War  to 
the  present.  Examination  of  a  network  of  socialinteradion 
accompanying  the  rise  of  male-dominated,  business- 
oriented  urban  culture  after  the  Civil  War.  Concentration 
on  the  major  social  forces  clashing  and  cooperating  to 
produce  the  modern  United  States:  "business 
republicanism",  urban  workers:  intellectuals;  rural 
populists;  immigrants  (especially  Jewish):  Black 
Americans;  and  struggling  women  liberators.  The  swift 
crosscurrents  of  a  "free-society"  still  wrestling  with 
inherent  contradictions  of  the  democratic  experiment 
begun  in  the  American  colonies  some  350  years  ago. 

HIST266The  United  States  in  World  Affairs  (3)  Astudy 
of  the  United  States  as  an  emerging  world  power  and  the 
American  response  to  changing  status  in  world  affairs. 
Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  internal  and 
external  development  of  the  nation. 

HIST  275  Law  and  Constitutionalism  in  American 
History  (3)  An  exploration  of  the  relationship  between 
law  and  the  social  and  political  order  between  1 750  and 
1 950.  Discussion  of  important  historical  issues — religious 
liberty,  economic  development,  slavery  and  the  Civil 
War,  the  political  economy  of  industrialization,  the  creation 
of  the  modern  state — from  a  legal  and  constitutional 
perspective. 

HIST  282  History  of  the  Jewish  People  I  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  development  within  Jewish 
history  from  the  Biblical  period  to  the  late  Middle  Ages 
Special  attention  to  the  emergence  of  Rabbinic  Judaism 
and  its  subsequent  encounter  with  medieval  Christian 
and  Islamic  civilizations. 


204    HIST -History 


HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  People  II  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  development  within  Jewish 
history  from  the  end  ol  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  to  twentieth  century  developments 
including  the  Nazi  holocaust  and  its  aftermath,  the 
Zionist  movement  and  the  creation  of  the  State  of  Israel; 
rise  ol  the  contemporary  Amencan  Jewish  community 

HIST  284  East  Asian  Civilization  I  (3)  An  interdisciplinary 
survey  of  the  development  ol  East  Asian  cultures  An 
historical  approach  drawing  on  all  facets  of  East  Asian 
traditional  life,  to  gain  an  appreciation  of  the  different  and 
complex  cultures  of  the  area. 

HIST  285  East  Asian  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
histoncal  development  of  Modern  Asia  since  1700 
Pnmanly  concerned  with  the  efforts  of  East  Asians  to 
preserve  their  traditional  cultures  in  the  face  of  western 
expansion  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centunes. 
and  their  attempts  to  survive  as  nations  in  the  twentieth 
century 

HIST  301  Women  and  Industrial  Development  (3) 

Analysis  of  women's  role  in  the  industrial  state.  Emphasis 
on  the  process  of  industrialization  and  its  effect  on 
women's  lives  since  the  industrial  revolution. 
Compansons  of  women  in  industrial  and  non-industrial 
settings 

HIST  304  Modern  Church  History  (3)  Introduction  to 
major  developments  and  problems  of  modern  church 
history  pnmanly  in  Europe  from  the  "waning"  of  the 
confessional  age  in  the  1 7th  and  1 8th  centuries  through 
the  20th  century. 

HIST  305  The  Eastern  Orthodox  Church:  Its  Cultural 
History  (3)  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  Chnstian 
church  in  the  Near  East  and  Eastern  Europe  from 
theconversion  of  Constantme  to  the  present.  Emphasis 
on  the  relations  between  church  and  state  in  various 
penods  and  on  the  influence  of  Eastern  Christianity  on 
the  cultures  of  traditionally  Eastern  Orthodox  nations 

HIST  306  History  of  Religion  in  America  (3)  A  history 
of  religion,  religious  movements,  and  churches  in  America 
from  the  early  colonial  penod  to  the  present,  with  special 
attention  to  the  relation  of  church  and  society. 

HIST  309  Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing  (3) 

Discussions  and  research  papers  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  methods  and  problems  of  research 
and  presentation  Students  will  be  encouraged  to  examine 
those  phases  of  history  which  they  regard  as  their 
specialties 

HIST  310  The  Practice  of  History  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  m  history.  Not  open  for  credit  to  students  majoring 
in  history.  Methods  of  historical  research  and 
presentation. 

HIST  31 1  Approaches  to  the  Past  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  history  Not  open  forcredit  to  students  majoring 
in  history.  Analysis  of  vanous  theones  and  schools  of 
histoncal  interpretation. 

HIST  31 2  Crisis  and  Change  in  the  United  States  (3) 
Prerequisite:  one  course  in  history.  Major  historical 
cnses,  controversies,  and  readjustments  in  the  United 
States 

HIST  313  Crisis  and  Change  In  European  Society  (3) 
Prerequisite:  one  course  in  history  Major  historical 
cnses.  controversies,  and  readjustments  in  European 
society. 

HIST  314  Crisis  and  Change  in  the  Middle  East  and 
Africa  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  history  Major 
histoncal  crises,  controversies,  and  readjustments  in  the 
Middle  East  and  Africa 

HIST  315  Crisis  and  Change  In  East  Asia  (3) 
Prerequisite:  one  course  in  history  Maior  historical 
cnses.  controversies,  and  readjustments  in  East  Asia 

HIST  316  Crisis  and  Change  in  Latin  America  (3) 

Prerequisite  one  course  in  history  Maior  histoncal 
cnsis.  controversies,  and  readjustments  in  Latin  Amenca. 

HIST  319  Special  Topics  In  History  (3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  if  content  differs 

HIST  324  Classical  Greece  (3)  The  ancient  Greeks  from 
Homer  to  Socrates.  800-400  B  C  Society  and  religion  of 


the  city-state,  the  art  and  literature  of  Penclean  Athens, 
the  Peloponnesian  war,  and  the  intellectual  circle  of 
Socrates. 

HIST  325  Alexander  the  Great  and  the  Hellenistic 
Age  (3)  History  of  the  Greeks  400-30  B  C  Alexander 
and  the  changes  he  wrought  in  the  Mediterranean  world: 
the  rise  of  monarchies  and  leagues,  new  directions  in 
religion,  art.  literature,  and  science;  and  Hellenizalion  of 
the  Near  East,  including  the  Jews 

HIST  326  The  Roman  Republic  (3)  Ancient  Rome  753- 
44  B.C  ,  from  its  founding  to  the  assassination  of  Julius 
Caesar  Rome's  conquest  of  the  Mediterranean  world, 
the  social  and  political  forces  which  brought  it  about,  and 
the  consequent  transformation  and  decline  ol  the  republic 

HIST  327  The  Roman  Empire  (3)  Roman  history  from 
Augustus  to  Heraclius.  44  B.C. -AD.  641:  The  Imperial 
court  and  government;  the  diversity  of  culture  in  provinces 
and  cities  and  the  progress  of  Romanization;  Roman 
religion  and  its  transformation  in  late  antiquity;  the  Roman 
army  and  defense  of  the  frontiers. 

HIST  330  Medieval  Civilization  I  (3)  Europe  from  the 
fall  of  Rome  to  the  death  of  Charlemagne  The  economic, 
social  and  intellectual  movements  which  shaped  the 
civilization  of  the  Latin  West,  including  the  nse  of 
Christianity  and  the  church,  the  creation  of  a  feudal 
nobility,  and  the  foundation  ol  European  states 
Developments  in  art  and  literature.  Readings  from 
sources  when  available  in  translation. 

HIST331  Medieval  Civilization  II  (3)  Medieval  civilization 
in  the  12th  and  13th  centuries:  the  Renaissance  of  the 
1 21h  century,  the  rise  of  universities,  Gothic  architecture, 
the  European  state  system,  medieval  parliaments  and 
scholastic  learning  and  culture.  Emphasis  on  cultural 
and  political  developments  of  the  high  Middle  Ages  with 
study  of  the  principal  sources  of  medieval  thought  and 
learning,  art  and  architecture  and  political  theory. 
Recommended  as  a  sequel  to  HIST  41 1 . 

HIST  332  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  I  (3)  Continental  Europe  from  1450  to 
1 650:  development  and  spread  of  Renaissance  culture, 
growth  in  the  powers  of  central  government;  economic 
expansion  and  beginnings  of  overseas  colonization; 
division  of  Western  Christendom  into  two  nval  religious 
camps.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  Protestant  and 
Catholic  reformations  and  their  consequences  for 
Europe's  political,  social,  and  cultural  development 
Renaissance  and  reformation,  1450-1555.  The  age  of 
religious  wars,  1555-1650. 

HIST  333  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  II  (3)  Continuation  of  HIST  332. 

HIST  334  The  Age  of  Absolutism,  1600-1715  (3) 

Europe  in  the  age  of  Louis  XIV.  with  emphasis  upon 
social,  religious,  and  cultural  developments. 

HIST  335  Society,  Ideas  and  Culture  in  the  Old 
Regime,  1715-1789  (3)  Europe  dunng  the  French 
revolution  and  Napoleonic  penod.  Intellectual,  social, 
and  cultural  movements  in  revolutionary  Europe 

HIST  336  Europe  In  the  19th  Century,  1815-1919  (3) 

The  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  development 
of  Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  First  World 
War 

HIST  337  Europe  In  the  World  Setting  of  the  20th 
Century  (3)  Political,  economic  and  cultural 
developments  in  20th  century  Europe  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two  world  wars 
and  their  global  impacts  and  significance 

HIST  340  Eastern  Europe  under  Communism  (3)  The 
evolution  of  communist  regimes  and  socialist  societies 
in  Poland.  Czechoslovakia.  Hungary.  East  Germany. 
Romania  and  Bulgaria  with  separate  treatment  of 
Yugoslavia  Emphasis  on  pre- 1 945  continuity  and  post- 
1945  change 

HIST  341  History  of  Anti-Semitism  (3)  The  histoncal 
development  ol  anti-Semitism  in  its  European  contexl 
Anti-Semitism  both  as  a  set  of  ideas  and  as  a  political 
movement  from  the  ancient  era  to  the  present,  with 
emphasis  on  the  modem  era. 

HIST  342  Fascism:  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  The  ongms 
and  history  of  fascism  in  Europe.  1918-1945  Emphasis 


divided  between  the  industrialized  (or  industrializing) 
nations  and  the  largely  agranan  countries  of  Europe. 
The  rise  of  lascism  in  other  parts  ol  the  world. 

HIST  344  The  Russian  Revolutions  of  191 7  (3)  A  close 

examination  ol  the  histoncal  background,  the  doctnnes, 
the  immediate  causes,  the  events,  and  the  results  ol  the 
February  and  October  revolutions 

HIST  345  Popular  Culture  In  Europe.  1300-1800  (3) 
Recommended  survey  course  in  European  history 
Study  of  matenal  conditions  and  mental  attitudes  of 
European  populace  Irom  1 300- 1 800  Course  introduces 
new  research  methods  of  social  history,  identifying 
maior  differences  between  oral  and  literate  cultures, 
examining  the  psychological  and  mental  perspectives  ol 
peasant  communities  Examination  of  daily  lite  of  the 
populace,  considering  their  diet  and  health,  cnminal 
activities,  folklore  and  religious  practices 

HIST  346  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Europe  (3)  An 

exploration  of  social  structure,  life  styles,  ntuals,  symbols. 
and  myths  of  the  peoples  of  Europe 

HIST  347  History  of  Crime  and  Punishment  (3) 
Emphasis  on  the  historical  development  of  law 
enforcement  agencies,  cnminal  jurisdictions  and  tnal 
procedure,  1500-1800  Nature  of  pnncipal  felonies  and 
ma|or  trends  in  cnme;  penal  theory  and  practice  in 
histoncal  perspective 

HIST  350  History  of  Baltimore  (3)  Social,  economic, 
spatial,  and  political  evolution  of  Baltimore  and  its 
inhabitants  from  first  settlement  to  the  present 

HIST  351  Social  History  of  Washington,  D.C.  (3) 
Development  of  the  "resident  city"  of  Washington 
neighborhoods,  schools,  places  ol  worship,  economic 
establishments,  and  local  population  groups 

HIST  360  American  Colonial  History  (3)  Colonial 
America  from  Jamestown  to  1 763  The  establishment  of 
the  vanous  colonies  with  emphasis  on  the  reasons  for 
the  instability  of  colonial  society  to  1 689;  the  emergence 
of  stable  societies  after  1 689.  the  development  of  colonial 
regionalism,  political  institutions,  social  divisions, 
education,  urban  and  frontier  problems  in  the  eighteenth 
century. 

HIST  361  The  American  Revolution  (3)The  background 
and  course  of  the  American  revolution  through  the 
formation  of  the  Constitution  Emphasis  on  the  impact  ol 
the  political  movement  and  war  years  on  the  character 
of  Amencan  society 

HIST  362  The  Formative  Period  in  America,  1789- 
1824  (3)  The  evolution  of  the  federal  government,  the 
ongms  of  political  parties,  problems  of  foreign  relations 
in  an  era  of  international  conflict,  beginnings  of  the 
industrial  revolution  in  America,  and  the  birth  ol 
sectionalism 

HIST  363  The  Middle  Period  of  American  History, 
1824-1860  (3)  An  examination  ol  the  political  history  of 
the  United  States  from  Jackson  to  Lincoln  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  factors  producing  Jacksonian 
Democracy,  Manifest  Destiny,  the  Whig  Party,  the  anti- 
slavery  movement  the  Republican  Party,  and  Secession 

HIST  364  Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation  (3) 

Sectional  and  class  conflicts  and  their  impact  on  Amencan 
life  and  institutions  from  the  Civil  War  through  the  gilded 
age;  social,  economic  and  political  reconstruction  of  the 
Union,  industnalization,  urbanization  and  technological 
changes 

HIST  365  The  Progressive  Period:  the  United  States, 
1896-1919  (3)  How  the  McKinley,  Roosevelt.  Taft.  and 
Wilson  administrations  dealt  with  the  trust,  money. 
tariff, and  black  issues  World  War  I  is  treated  briefly 

HIST  366  Between  the  Wars:  the  United  States.  1919- 
1945  (3)  The  Amencan  way  of  life  in  the  1920s  and 
1930s,  the  Great  Depression  New  Deal,  and  a  bnef 
consideration  of  World  War  II 

HIST  367  The  United  States  Since  World  War  II  (3) 
Amencan  history  from  the  inauguration  ol  Harry  S 
Truman  to  the  present  with  emphasis  upon  politics  and 
foreign  relations,  but  with  consideration  of  special  topics 
such  as  radicalism,  conservation,  and  labor 


HIST -History    205 


HIST  374  Modern  Jewish  History  I:  the  Road  to 
Emancipation.  1650-1 870  (3)Social,  political,  economic 
and  cultural  change  in  the  Jewish  world  since  1650 
Emphasis  on  emancipation .  assimilalion.  and  new  forms 
ot  Jewish  identity  in  Western  and  Eastern  European 
Jewry  Irom  the  17th  to  the  20th  centuries 

HIST  375  Modern  Jewish  History  II:  World  Jewry 
Since  1870  (3)  Continuation  ol  HIST  374 

HIST  376  History  ot  Zionism  and  the  State  of  Israel 
(3)  Ideological  and  political  factors  leading  to  the 
establishment  ol  a  secular  Jewish  state  in  1948:  Zionist 
thought  of  Herzl,  Ahad  Ha-am.  the  socialist  and  religious 
Zionists,  and  the  revisionists:  diplomatic  activities:  Arab- 
Israel  conflict,  post- 1948  Israeli  society 

HIST  380  American  Relations  With  China  and  Japan, 
1 740-1 970  (3)  Amencan  political,  economic,  and  cultural 
relations  with  China  and  Japan,  from  the  American 
colonial  era  to  the  present  Diplomacy  and  power  politics, 
Chnstian  missions;  immigration  and  exclusion;  overseas 
education;  art  and  literature;  trade,  investment, 
technology 

HIST  390  Middle  East  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the  political, 
cultural  and  institutional  history  covering  the  period  up  to 
the  tenth  century. 

HIST  391  Middle  East  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the  political, 
cultural  and  institutional  history  covering  the  period  up 
from  the  tenth  century  to  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth 
century. 

HIST  392  History  of  the  Contemporary  Middle  East 
(3)  The  rise  of  sovereign  nation-states;  modernization, 
westernization  and  secularization  in  a  traditional  society; 
shifting  political  and  economic  power  groupings  within  a 
regional  and  global  context. 

HIST  395  Honors  Colloquium  I  (3)  Enrollment  limited 
to  students  admitted  by  the  departmental  honors 
committee  Discussion  of  reading  and  written  work  in 
weekly  seminar  meetings. 

HIST 396  Honors  Colloquium  ll(3)  Continuation  of  HIST 
395. 

HIST  398  Honors  Thesis  (3) 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Revolution:  From  Copernicus 
to  Newton  (3)  Major  events  in  the  history  of  physical 
science  dunng  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  and  their 
relation  to  philosophy,  religion  and  society  in  Western 
Europe.  The  attack  on  ancient  and  medieval  scientific 
theories;  the  transition  from  geocentric  to  heliocentric 
astronomy;  discoveries  of  Kepler.  Galileo  and  Newton; 
and  the  establishment  of  the  "mechanical  philosophy" 
that  dominated  early  modern  science. 

HIST  402  The  Development  of  Modern  Physical 
Science:  From  Newton  to  Einstein  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  1 1 0;  and  PHYS  1 1 2  or  PHYS  1 1 7  or  equivalent. 
The  history  of  physics  in  the  18th  and  19th  centuries, 
including  some  of  its  connections  with  mathematics, 
technology,  chemistry  and  planetary  science.  Emphasis 
on  internal  technical  developments  in  physical  theory, 
with  some  discussion  of  experimental,  philosophical 
and  sociological  aspects.  This  is  the  second  part  of  a 
three-semester  sequence  (HIST  401 ,  HIST  402.  PHYS 
490);  each  part  may  be  taken  independently  of  the 
others. 

HIST  403  20th  Century  Revolutions  in  the  Physical 
Sciences  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  110  or  equivalent 
and  six  credits  of  college-level  physics.  Major  changes 
in  knowledge  of  the  physical  world,  including  quantum 
theory/atomic  structure,  relativity/cosmology,  and 
continental  drift/plate  tectonics;  theories  about  the  nature 
of  scientific  revolutions. 

HIST  404  History  of  Modern  Biology  (3)  The  internal 
development  of  biology  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries,  including  evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity  and 
development,  spontaneous  generation,  and  mechanism 
•  vitalism  controversies.  The  philosophical  aspects  of 
the  development  of  scientific  knowledge  and  the 
interaction  of  biology  with  chemistry  and  physics. 

HIST  406  History  of  Technology  (3)  Not  open  to 
Students  who  have  completed  HIST  407  prior  to  Fall 
Semester,  1 989  The  changing  character  of  technology 
in  modern  history,  beginning  with  the  Middle  Ages. 


Concentrates  on  the  Industrial  Revolution  and  its 
aftermath,  the  nature  of  technological  knowledge  and 
the  sources  of  technological  change 

HIST  407  Technology  and  Social  Change  In  History 

(3)  Students  with  HIST  407  prior  to  Fall  Semester  1989 
must  have  permission  ol  department  to  enroll  in  this 
course  Social  consequences  of  technological 
innovations  and  the  ways  in  which  societies  people  have 
coped  with  new  technologies. 

HIST  409  Topics  In  the  History  of  Science  and 
Technology  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Selected  topics  in  the  history  of  science  and  technology 

HIST  410  Introduction  to  Archives  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Corequisile:  HIST41 1  History 
ol  the  basic  intellectual  problems  relating  to  archives 
and  manuscript  repositories;  emphasis  on  problems  of 
selection,  access,  preservation,  inventorying  and  editing 
as  well  as  the  variety  of  institutions  housing  documents 

HIST  41 1  Introduction  to  Archives  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Corequisite:  HIST  410. 
Practical  experience  through  placement  in  cooperating 
archives  or  manuscript  repositories  in  the  Baltimore/ 
Annapolis/Washington,  D.C.  areas.  Assignments  to 
specific  projects  based  on  intellectual  interest  of  students. 

HIST  413  History  of  Medicine  and  Public  Health  (3) 

The  history  of  medicine  and  public  health  from  primitive 
times  to  the  present,  covering  maior  medical  theories, 
therapeutics,  and  techniques,  the  evolution  of  the 
medicine  man  or  priest-physician  into  a  professional 
medical  practitioner,  and  the  close  relationship  between 
medicine  and  society. 

HIST  41 4  History  of  European  Ideas  I  (3)  Review  of  the 
basic  western  intellectual  traditions  as  a  heritage  from 
the  ancient  world .  Selected  important  currents  of  thought 
from  the  scientific  revolution  of  the  1 6lh  and  1 7th  centuries 
down  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

HIST  41 5  History  of  European  Ideas  II  (3)  A  continuation 
of  HIST  41 4  emphasizing  1 9th  and  20th  century  thought 

HIST  418  Jews  and  Judaism:  Selected  Historical 
Topics  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

HIST  419  Special  Topics  in  History  (3)  Repeatable  to 
9  credits  if  content  differs. 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I  (3)  The  Eastern  Roman 
Empire  from  Constantine  the  Great  to  the  crisis  of  the 
ninth  century.  The  development  of  the  late  Roman  state 
into  the  Medieval  Christian  Byzantine  empire  and  the 
evolution  of  a  distinctive  Byzantine  culture. 

HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II  (3)  The  Byzantine  empire 
from  the  Macedonian  renaissance  to  the  conquest  of 
Constantinople  by  the  Turks  in  1453:  the  Byzantine 
empire  at  its  height,  the  crusades,  Byzantium  as  a  minor 
power,  and  its  contributions  to  the  Renaissance  and  the 
cultures  of  Russia  and  the  Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801  (3) 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  From  1801-1917  (3)  A 

continuation  of  HIST  424. 

HIST  426  Age  of  Industry:  Britain  1 760  to  1 91 4  (3)  An 

economic,  social,  political  and  cultural  analysis  of  Britain 
in  the  age  of  its  industrial  supremacy.  The  nature  of  the 
first  industrial  revolution;  the  emergence  of  modern 
social  classes;  the  cultural  impact  of  industrialization; 
politics  and  society  in  the  early  and  mid-nineteenth 
century;  Victorianism  and  its  critics;  imperialism  and 
politics;  high  and  low  culture;  the  rise  of  labor;  social  and 
political  tensions  1910-1914. 

HIST  427  Age  of  Decline:  Britain  1914  to  Present  (3) 

British  society  since  the  First  World  War.  The  social, 
cultural,  economic  and  political  impact  of  the  First  World 
War;  labor  and  politics  in  the  1 920s  and  1 930s;  the  inter- 
war  depression,  appeasement  and  foreign  policy;  the 
social  impact  of  the  Second  World  War;  the  welfare  state 
and  nationalization  of  industry;  the  dissolution  of  Empire; 
the  emergence  of  a  consumer  society;  social  criticism  in 
1 950s ;  the  economic  and  political  problems  of  the  1 960s 
and  1970s 

HIST  430  Tudor  England  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  life,  1 485- 


1603,  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor  government,  the 
English  reformation  and  the  Elizabethan  era. 

HIST  431  Stuart  England  (3)  An  examination  ol  the 
political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  lite,  1603- 
1714,  with  special  emphasis  on  Punlanism  and  the 
English  revolutions. 

HIST  435  Constitutional  and  Legal  History  of  Britain 
(3)  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  HIST  434 
or  HIST  435  Constitutional  and  legal  developments  in 
England  from  the  Anglo-Saxon  settlement  to  the  present 
day  The  rise  and  decline  ol  monarchical  government, 
the  developmenl  of  parliament,  and  the  emergence  of 
systematized,  democratic  government  The  origins  of 
the  common  law  and  legal  profession,  the  development 
ol  a  centralized  judicial  system,  and  the  emergence  of 
modern  tnal  procedures  Survey  knowledge  of  English 
history  desirable 

HIST  436  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon  (3)  The 
causes  and  course  of  the  French  Revolution  with 
emphasis  on  the  struggle  among  elites,  popular 
intervention,  the  spread  of  counterrevolution,  the  Terror 
as  repression  and  popular  government,  the  near  collapse 
of  the  Republic,  and  the  establishment  and  defeat  of 
dictatorship. 

HIST  437  Modern  France  from  Napoleon  to  DeGau  lie 
(3)  The  changing  political  and  cultural  values  of 
Frenchsociety  in  response  to  recurrent  crises  throughout 
the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Students  should  have  had 
some  previous  survey  of  either  western  civilization  or 
European  history. 

HIST  440  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815- 
1914  (3)  The  development  of  modem  Germany  and  the 
rise  of  national  socialism. 

HIST  441  Germany  In  the  Twentieth  Century,  1914- 

1 945  (3)  Germany's  aims  and  policies  during  World  War 
I,  its  condition  and  policies  in  the  inler-war  period,  the 
rise  of  national  socialism,  and  Germany's  part  in  World 
War  II. 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union  (3)  A  history  of  Soviet  Russia 
and  the  Soviet  Union  from  1 9 1 7  to  the  present.  Stress  on 
the  relationship  between  Marxist  theory  and  practice, 
and  the  development  of  peculiarly  socialist  institutions 
and  practices. 

HIST  443  Modern  Balkan  History  (3)  A  political,  socio- 
economic, and  cultural  history  of  Yugoslav,  Bulgaria. 
Romania,  Greece,  and  Albania  from  the  breakdown  of 
Ottoman  domination  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  on 
movements  for  national  liberation  during  the  nineteenth 
century  and  on  approaches  to  modernization  in  the 
twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  The  development  and  execution  of  European 
diplomacy  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  outbreak 
of  World  War  I,  concentrating  on  Central  and  Western 
Europe. 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  The  development  and  execution  of  European 
diplomacy  from  the  outbreak  of  World  War  I  to  the 
conclusion  of  World  War  II ,  concentrating  on  Central  and 
Western  Europe. 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History  Since  1 750  (3) 

The  mainsprings  of  the  Industrial  Revolution  first  in  1 8th 
century  England  and  then  across  the  rest  of  Europe 
during  the  19th  and  201h  centuries.  Emphasis  on  the 
English,  French,  German,  Austro-Hungarian  and  Russian 
experiences  with  private  capitalism  and  public  policy, 
including  fascism  and  communism.  Social  consequences 
of  industrial  development  such  as  urbanization  and  the 
rise  of  labor  movements. 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to 
1865  (3)  The  development  of  the  American  economy 
from  Columbus  through  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  451  Economic  History  of  the  United  States 
After  1865  (3)  The  development  of  the  American 
economy  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  to 

1914  (3)  American  foreign  relations  from  the  American 
Revolution  to  the  beginning  of  World  War  I.  International 
developments  and  domestic  influences  that  contribute 


206     HLTH  -  Health 


to  American  expansion  m  world  affairs  Analyses  of 
significant  individuals  active  in  Amencan  diplomacy  and 
foreign  policy 

HIST  453  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 
from  1 91 4  (3)  Amencan  foreign  relations  in  the  twentieth 
century.  World  War  I.  the  Great  Depression,  World  War 
II.  the  Cold  War,  the  Korean  War,  and  Vietnam.  A 
continuation  of  HIST  452. 

HIST  454  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States: 
From  Colonial  Origins  to  1860  (3)  The  interaction  of 
government,  law,  and  politics  in  the  constitutional  system 
The  nature  and  purpose  of  constitutions  and 
constitutionalism,  the  relationship  between  the 
constitution  and  social  forces  and  influences,  the  way  in 
which  constitutional  principles,  rules,  ideas,  and 
institutions  affect  events  and  are  in  turn  affected  by 
events.  The  origins  of  American  politics  and 
constitutionalism  through  the  constitutional  convention 
of  1787.  Maior  constitutional  problems  such  as  the 
onginsofiudicial  review,  democratization  of  government, 
slavery  in  the  terntones  and  political  system  as  a  whole 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States: 
Since  1860  (3)  Amencan  public  law  and  government, 
with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  government,  law. 
and  politics  Emphasis  on  the  political-constitutional 
system  as  a  whole,  rather  than  simply  the  development 
of  constitutional  law  by  the  Supreme  Court  Maior  crises 
in  Amencan  government  and  politics  such  as  Civil  War, 
reconstruction,  the  1890s,  the  New  Deal  era.  the  civil 
disorders  of  the  1960s 

HIST  456  History  of  Ideas  in  America  to  1865  (3)  The 

ideas,  conflicts,  myths,  and  realities  that  shaped  Amencan 
characler  and  society  from  the  first  settlements  to  the 
Civil  War 

HIST  457  History  of  Ideas  in  America  Since  1865  (3) 
A  continuation  of  HIST  456. 

HIST  458  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Selected  topics 
on  women  in  American  society  including  such  areas  as 
women  and  the  law.  women  and  politics,  the  "feminine 
mystique"  and  the  "new  feminism." 

HIST  459  Society  in  America:  Historical  Topics  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  A  consideration 
of  selected  aspects  of  Amencan  society  from  colonial 
times  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  on  regionalism, 
immigration,  natrvism,  minorities,  urbanization,  and  social 
responses  to  technological  changes. 

HIST  460  History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States  (3)The 

Amencan  working  class  in  terms  of  its  composition:  its 
myths  and  Utopias:  its  social  conditions,  and  its  impact 
on  American  institutions 

HIST  461  Blacks  in  American  Life:  1865  to  Present 

(3)  The  role  of  the  Black  in  America  since  slavery,  with 
emphasis  on  twentieth  century  developments:  the 
migration  from  farm  to  city:  the  growth  of  the  civil  rights 
movement:  the  race  question  as  a  national  problem. 

HIST  462  The  Civil  War  (3)  A  detailed  study  of  historical 
interpretations:  the  forces,  situations  and  events  that 
caused  the  war:  the  war  and  its  impact 

HIST  463  History  of  the  Old  South  (3)  The  golden  age 
of  the  Chesapeake,  the  institution  of  slavery,  the  frontier 
south,  the  antebellum  plantation  society,  the  development 
of  regional  identity  and  the  expenment  in  independence 

HIST  465  History  of  the  American  Frontier:  the  Trans- 
Allegheny  West  (3)  Mapr  histoncal  interpretation  of  the 
significance  to  the  penod  of  the  Trans-Allegheny  West 
Assesses  the  impact  of  the  Irontier  expenence  on 
Amencan  history.  Equal  attention  is  given  to  political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  problems  associated  wrth 
the  development  of  the  west  Indian  culture,  treatment  of 
the  Indians,  and  Indian-White  relations  are  integrated 
into  the  course  through  readings  and  lectures 

HIST  467  History  of  Maryland  (3)  Political,  social  and 
economic  history  of  Maryland  from  the  seventeenth 
century  to  the  present 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin  America  (3)  A 
survey  of  the  political,  economic  and  cultural  relations  ol 
the  Latin  Amencan  nations  with  emphasis  on  their 
relations  with  the  United  States  and  the  development  of 
the  inter-Amencan  system 


HIST  471  History  of  Brazil  (3)  The  history  ol  Brazil  with 
emphasis  on  the  national  penod 

HIST  472  History  of  the  Argentine  Republic  (3) 
Concentration  upon  the  recent  history  of  Argentina  with 
emphasis  upon  the  social  and  economic  development  of 
a  third  world  nation. 

HIST  473  History  of  the  Spanish  Caribbean  (3) 

HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  I  (3) 

History  of  Mexico  and  Central  Amenca.  beginning  with 
the  Pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and  continuing  through 
European  contact,  conquest,  and  colonial  dominance, 
down  to  the  beginning  of  the  Mexican  War  lor 
Independence  in  1810 

HIST  475  History  ol  Mexico  and  Central  America  II  (3) 
A  continuation  of  HIST  474  with  emphasis  on  the  political 
development  ol  the  Mexican  nation 

HIST  477  American  Foreign  Relations  in  the  Age  of 
Roosevelt  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  foreign  relations 
from  1932to1945  Diplomacy  in  the  Great  Depression, 
rise  and  fall  of  American  isolationism,  "aid-short-of-war" 
in  opposition  to  Axis  aggression;  FDR's  conduct  of 
foreign  affairs  during  World  War  II;  his  guidance  toward 
an  expanded  leadership  role  for  the  United  States  after 
the  war;  and  beginnings  ol  the  Cold  War  with  the  Soviet 
Union. 

HIST  480  History  of  Traditional  China  (3)  China  from 
earl  iest  times  to  1644  A  D.Emphasison  the  development 
of  traditional  Chinese  culture,  society,  and  government 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modern  China  (3)  Modern  China 
from  1 644  to  the  People's  Republic  of  China.  Emphasis 
on  the  coming  of  the  west  to  China  and  the  various 
stages  of  the  Chinese  reaction. 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800  (3)  Traditional 
Japanese  civilization  from  the  age  of  Shinto  mythology 
and  introduction  of  continental  learning  down  to  the  rule 
of  military  families,  the  transition  to  a  money  economy, 
and  the  creation  of  a  townsmen's  culture  A  survey  of 
political,  economic,  religious,  and  cultural  history. 

HIST  483  History  of  Japan  Since  1800  (3)  Japans 
renewed  contact  with  the  western  world  and  emergence 
as  a  modern  state,  industrial  society,  and  world  power, 
1800-1931:  and  Japan's  road  to  war,  occupation,  and 
recovery.  1931  to  the  present. 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinese  Communism  (3)  An 
analysis  of  the  various  factors  in  modem  Chinese  history 
that  led  to  the  victory  of  the  Chinese  communist  party  in 
1949  and  of  the  subsequent  course  ol  events  of  the 
People's  Republic  of  China .  from  ca  1 91 9  to  the  present 

HIST  487  History  of  Soviet  Foreign  Relations,  1917 
to  Present  (3)  A  history  of  Soviet  foreign  relations  both 
conventional  diplomacy  and  the  spread  of  international 
proletananism  from  the  October  Revolution  to  the  present 

HIST  491  History  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  (3)  Survey  of 
the  Ottoman  Turkish  Empire  from  1300  AD  to  its 
collapse  dunng  World  War  I  Emphasis  on  the  empire's 
social  and  political  institutions  and  its  expansion  into 
Europe,  the  Arab  East  and  North  Afnca 

HIST  496  Africa  Since  Independence  (3)  Analysis  of 
socio-political  and  econo-political  changes  in  Afnca  since 
approximately  1960;  development  of  class  structures 
the  role  of  the  military,  personal  rule  and  the  patnmonial 
state;  decline  of  party  politics  and  participatory  politics 
Discussion  of  changes  in  economic  policies,  policies 
with  respect  to  rural  communities,  and  their  relationship 
to  the  state  and  decision-making 

HIST  497  Islam  in  Africa  (3)  The  introduction  of  Muslims 
and  Islam  into  Africa  from  approximately  the  eighth  to 
nineteenth  century  Impact  of  Islam  on  a  regional-cultural 
basis,  as  well  as  Islam  in  state  development  A  discussion 
ol  political  theory  in  Islamic  Alnca,  and  the  impact  ol 
Islam  on  social  structures,  e.g. .  domestic  Alncan  slavery 
Role  of  Islam  in  resistance  movements  against 
imperialism  and  colonization,  as  well  as  Ihe  place  ol 
Islam  m  the  independence  movements  of  the  1 950s  and 
1960s 

HIST  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 


HLHP — Health  and  Human  Performance 

HLHP488  Children's  Health  and  Development  Clinic 
(1-4)  Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
to  4  credits  Formerly  PERH  488  An  opportunity  to 
acquire  training  and  expenence  in  a  therapeutically 
oriented  physical  education-recreation  program  for 
children  referred  by  various  education,  special  education, 
medical  or  psychiatric  groups 

HLTH— Health 

HLTH  105  Science  and  Theory  of  Health  (2)  The 
scientific  and  philosophical  bases  for  vanous  theories  of 
health ,  including  health,  wellness,  individual  control  and 
limitations  of  health  status,  and  holistic  health 

HLTH  1 06  Drug  Use  and  Abuse  (3)  An  interdisciplinary 
analysis  of  contemporary  drug  issues  and  problems 
The  course  will  examine  physiological,  psychological, 
social,  philosophical,  histoncal.  legal  and  health  aspects 
of  drug  use  and  abuse  Special  attention  will  be  focused 
on  those  general  motivations  lor  drug  use  that  attend  life 
on  the  college  campus 

HLTH  130  Introduction  to  Health  (3)  Development  of 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  histonc  and 
significant  purpose  and  place  of  each  of  the  specialized 
health  areas  in  general  education  A  study  ol  the 
educational  and  personal  requirements  and  opportunities 
of  a  career  in  each  professional  health  area 

HLTH  140  Personal  and  Community  Health  (3) 

Meaning  and  significance  of  physical,  mental  and  social 
health  as  related  to  the  individual  and  to  society;  important 
phases  of  national  health  problems,  constructive  methods 
of  promoting  health  of  the  individual  and  the  community 

HLTH  1 50  First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Services 

(2)  Lecture,  demonstration  and  training  in  emergency 
care,  including  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation, 
hemorrhage  control,  shock,  poisons  and  bone  m|ury 
treatment  and  childbirth  Amencan  Red  Cross  and  Heart 
Association  of  Maryland  Certification  awarded 

HLTH  230  Introduction  to  Health  Behavior  (3) 

Psychological,  social  psychological,  and  sociological 
approaches  to  Ihe  following  health  areas  development 
of  health  attitudes  and  behavior,  patient-provider 
interaction  and  the  organization  of  health  care 

HLTH  270  Safety  Education  (3)  Safety  in  the  home, 
school  and  community  Safety  education  programs  in 
the  public  schools. 

HLTH  280  The  Driver  and  His  Characteristic*  (3) 
Driver  behavior  problem  in  its  relation  to  many  of  the 
psychophysical  factors  and  forces  in  the  traffic 
environment  that  impinge  upon  the  person  behind  the 
wheel  Valid  driver  s  license  required 

HLTH  285  Controlling  Stress  and  Tension  (3)  Health 
problems  related  to  stress  and  tension  Analysis  of 
causative  psycho-social  stressors  and  intervening 
physiological  mechanisms  Emphasis  on  prevention 
and  control  of  stress  through  techniques  such  as 
biofeedback,  meditation  and  neuromuscular  relaxation 

HLTH  289  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  if  content  differs  Independent  study  by  an 
individual  student  or  an  expenmental  course  in  special 
areas  ol  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled 
courses 

HLTH  305  Driver  Education  and  Traffic  Safety  I  (3) 
Prerequisite  HLTH  280  This  course  is  a  study  of  the 
place  of  the  automobile  in  modem  life  and  deals  with  the 
fundamentals,  pnnciples.  practices,  and  content  ol  high 
school  dnver  education  and  traffic  safety  Laboratory 
expenence  consists  of  observation  and  expenence  m 
teaching  beginners  lo  drive  in  dual  control  cars  and 
simulators  Course  includes  eight  weeks  of  practice 
teaching 

HLTH  340  Curriculum.  Instruction  and  Observation 

(3)  Prerequisite  HLTH  140.  and  HLTH  420  A  course 
designed  to  provide  directed  observation  and  discussion . 
coordinating  these  expenences  with  those  from  previous 
methods  courses  in  the  development  ol  curricula  tor 
health  and  physical  education  The  course  is  planned  to 
prepare  for  student  teaching  which  follows  m  the  same 
semester  The  observations  will  be  made  of  health 
programs  in  |unior  and  senior  high  schools 


HONR- Honors     207 


HLTH  365  Organization.  Administration  and 
Supervision  of  School  Safety  Education  (3) 
Prerequisite  HLTH  270  or  equivalenl  Designed  lor 
teachers,  schcxi  ollege  instructors,  and 

others  responsible  lor  directing  or  supervising  salety 
programs  in  the  schools  Deals  with  the  problems, 
policies,  practices,  and  procedures  involved  in  the 
organization,  administration  and  the  supervision  ot  a 
comprehensive  accident  prevention  and  safety  education 
program  lor  the  schools  Considers  integration  lactors  ol 
the  school  salety  programs  with  special  emphasis  on 
Iratlic  programs 

HLTH  370  Behavioral  Factors  In  Accident  Causation 
and  Prevention  (3)  Prerequisite  HLTH  270  or  permission 
ol  department  The  role  ol  behavioral  lactors.  as  opposed 
to  environmenlal  or  machine-agent  influences  in 
determining  and  reducing  injurious  mishaps  Special 
emphasis  on  vanables  which  allect  protective  motivation 

HLTH  371  Communicating  Safety  and  Health  (3)  The 
communication  and  evaluation  ol  salety  and  health 
information  Emphasis  on  various  types  of 
communications  and  recipient  factors  which  contribute 
to  their  success  or  lailure 

HLTH  375  Problems  in  Driver  and  Tratfic  Safety 
Education  (3)  Prerequisite  HLTH  345  or  equivalent  An 
advanced  course  which  gives  consideration  to  the 
individual  problems  encountered  in  leaching  driver  and 
safely  education  The  psychology  of  teaching  and 
learning  are  emphasized  Consideration  is  given  to 
implications  of  emotion  and  attitude  lactors  in  driver  and 
traffic  education.  The  course  includes  an  examination  of 
existing  courses  of  study,  research,  supervisory  and 
evaluation  practices. 

HLTH  377  Human  Sexuality  (3)  Formerly  HLTH  477 
The  biological  and  developmental  aspects  ol  human 
sexuality;  the  psychological  and  emotional  aspects  of 
sexual  behavior:  sexual  identity;  the  historical,  cultural. 
social,  linguistic,  legal  and  moral  forces  affecting  sexual 
issues:  the  importance  of  communication,  disclosure 
and  intimacy  in  interpersonal  relationships;  and  research 
trends  in  the  area  of  human  sexuality. 

HLTH  380  Peer  Education:  Alcohol  and  Other  Drugs 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  HLTH  106.  and  permission  of 
department  Peer  training  dealing  with  drug  information 
and  abuse  to  facilitate  workshops  in  various  outreach 
locations  (dorms,  Greek  system,  classrooms). 

HLTH  361  Peer  Education:  Stress  Management  (3) 

Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  HLTH  285;  and  permission  of 
department.  Peer  training  in  different  forms  of  stress 
management  to  facilitate  workshops  in  various  outreach 
locations  (dorms.  Greek  system,  classes) 

HLTH  382  Peer  Education:  Sexuality  and 
Communication  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  HLTH  377; 
and  permission  of  department.  Peer  training  in 
communication  and  issues  of  sexuality  to  facilitate 
workshops  in  various  outreach  locations  (dorms,  Greek 
system,  classes). 

HLTH  383  Peer  Education:  Reproductive  Health  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  HLTH  377;  and  permission  of 
department  Peer  training  in  methods  of  birth  control. 
sexually  transmitted  disease  and  AIDS  education  to 
facilitate  workshops  in  the  student  Health  Center  and 
various  outreach  locations  (dorms.  Greek  system, 
classes) 

HLTH  389  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  il  content  differs.  Independent  study  by  an 
individual  student  or  an  experimental  course  in  special 
areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled 
courses 

HLTH  390  Organization  and  Administration  of  School 
Health  Programs  (3)  Prerequisite:  HLTH  1 05  The  three 
ma|or  aspects  ol  the  school  health  program  are 
considered.  Problems  connected  with  health  services, 
health  instruction,  and  the  health  aspects  of  the  school 
environment  arediscussed.  The  responsibilities  of  school 
personnel  are  delineated  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of 
the  administrator. 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 
(3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  105  or  HLTH  140.  The  purpose 


ol  this  course  is  to  present  the  interrelationships  ol 
curriculum  planning,  methodology  and  Ihe  selection  and 
ni  materials.  Special  problems 
associated  with  health  leaching  arediscussed.  Students 
become  lamiliar  with  a  variety  ol  resources  as  well  as 
H   ind  presenting  demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  430  Health  Education  In  the  Workplace  (3)  A 
survey  ol  the  role  of  health  education  in  work  settings 
Examination  ol  occupational  stress,  the  health  ellects  of 
slull  work,  women's  health  in  the  workplace,  health 
education  approaches  to  inlorming  workers  and 
management,  and  health  promotion  programs  in  the 
workplace 

HLTH  440  Health  Education  and  Behavioral 
Approaches  to  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite  NUTR  100 
or  equivalent  Health  education  and  health  behavior 
methods,  techniques  and  approaches  applied  lo  nutrition 
behavior,  waysol  changing  nutrition  and dietarybehavior. 
relationship  between  nutrition  and  health,  nutrition 
education,  psychology  of  eating,  and  behavioral  and 
cultural  lactors  in  diet. 

HLTH  450  Health  of  Children  and  Youth  (3)  A  study  of 
the  health  of  5  to  18  year  olds.  Physical,  mental,  social, 
and  emotional  health.  Psychosexual  development,  diet, 
exercise,  recreation,  and  Ihe  roles  ol  parents  and 
teachers 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual  (3)  Study 
of  major  physical  fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult 
in  modern  society.  Consideration  given  to  the  scientific 
appraisal,  development  and  maintenanceof  fitness  at  all 
age  levels.  Obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue, 
posture,  and  special  exercise  programs  are  explored. 
Open  lo  persons  outside  the  physical  education  and 
health  fields. 

HLTH  456   Health  of  the  Aging  and   Aged  (3) 

Psychological,  physiological  and  socio-economic  aspects 
of  aging;  nutrition;  sexuality;  death,  dying,  and 
bereavement;  self-actualization  and  creativity;  health 
needs  and  crises  of  the  aged. 

HLTH  465  Safety  Program  Evaluation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HLTH  370  or  permission  of  department.  Methods  and 
techniques  used  to  evaluate  safety  programs  with  special 
reference  to  managerial  decisionmaking,  needs 
assessment  and  hazard  recognition,  evaluation  and 
control. 

HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  105  or  HLTH  140:  and 
HLTH  31 0  Designed  lor  the  elementary  school  classroom 
teacher.  Analyzes  biological  and  sociological  factors 
which  determine  the  health  status  and  needs  of  the 
individual  elementary  school  child.  Various  aspects  of 
the  school  program  are  evaluated  for  their  role  in  health 
education.  The  total  school  health  program  is  surveyed 
from  the  standpoint  of  organization  and  administration, 
and  health  appraisal.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  modern 
methods  and  current  materials  in  health  instruction. 
(The  state  department  of  education  accepts  this  course 
for  biological  science  credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health  (3)  The  women's  health 
movement  from  the  perspective  of  consumerism  and 
feminism.  The  physician-patient  relationship  in  the 
gynecological  and  other  medical  settings.  The 
gynecological  exam,  gynecological  problems, 
contraception,  abortion,  pregnancy,  breast  and  cervical 
cancer  and  surgical  procedures  Psychological  aspects 
of  gynecological  concerns 

HLTH  476  Death  Education  (3)  Examination  of  the 
genesis  and  development  of  present  day  death  attitudes 
and  behavior  by  use  of  a  multidisciplinary  life  cycle 
approach. 

HLTH  480  Measurement  in  Health  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The 
application  of  the  pnnciples  and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  to  the  teaching  of  health  and  physical 
education;  study  of  functions  and  techniques  of 
measurements  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  health  and  physical  education, 
and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

HLTH  487  Adult  Health  and  Developmental  Program 

(3)  Training  and  experience  in  a  clinically  oriented 
development  program  for  the  aged. 


HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop 
(1-6)  Note  Ihe  maximum  total  number  ol  credits  that 
may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in  kinesiology, 
recreation,  or  health  education  under  KNES,  RECR.  or 
HLTH  489  issix  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  ol 
persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshop  and  research 
proiects  in  special  areas  ol  knowledge  not  covered  by 
regularly  structured  courses 

HLTH  490  Theories  ol  Children's  Love  and  Peace 
Behavior  (3)  The  development  of  love  and  peace 
behaviors  as  health  correlates  in  intra  human  and  human 
species  Irom  mlancy  through  childhood  with  special 
emphasis  upon  the  role  ol  physical  education,  recreation, 
and  health  The  examination  ol  existing  models  in  the 
areas  of  family,  school,  and  clinical  settings. 

HLTH  498  Special  Topics  In  Health  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  ol  department  Repeatable  to  3  credits  il 
content  differs  Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas  not 
covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 

HONR— Honors 

HONR  100  Honors  Colloquium  (1)  Prerequisite: 
permission  ol  University  Honors  Program  Attendance 
at  various  additional  activities  and  events  is  required. 
Reading  and  discussion  on  the  personal  and  social 
value  of  higher  education;  development  ol  a  coherent 
general  education  program;  exploration  ol  the  educational 
and  cultural  resources  ol  the  campus  and  metropolitan 
area;  participation  in  a  community  service  project;  and 
other  activities  designed  to  broaden  students'  conception 
of  what  it  means  to  be  an  educated  person. 

HONR  118  Honors  Colloquium:  Cultural  and 
Historical  (3)  A  colloquium  on  a  variety  of  topics,  each 
of  which  will  include  Ihe  study  of  a  culture  or  cultures 
from  a  comparative  or  historical  perspective.  The  course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission  of  the 
Director  of  the  University  Honors  Program .  if  the  content 
of  thecourse  is  substantially  different  Open  to  University 
honors  freshmen  or  sophomores  and  to  other  students 
by  permission  of  the  Director  of  University  Honors. 

HONR  128  Honors  Colloquium:  Natural  Sciences 
and  Mathematics  (3)  A  colloquium  on  a  variety  ol  topics 
in  natural  sciences  or  mathematics.  The  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission  ol  the  Director  of 
the  University  Honors  Program,  if  the  content  of  Ihe 
course  is  substantially  different.  Class  discussion  and 
active  student  participation  will  be  stressed.  Open  to 
University  honors  freshmen  or  sophomores  and  to  other 
students  by  permission  of  Ihe  Director  of  University 
Honors. 

HONR  138  Honors  Colloquium:  Literature  and  the 
Arts  (3)  A  colloquium  on  a  variety  ol  topics  each  of  which 
deals  with  the  aesthetic  from  an  analytical  and  evaluative 
viewpoint.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with 
the  permission  of  the  Director  of  the  University  Honors 
Program,  if  the  content  of  the  course  is  substantially 
different  Class  discussion  and  active  student 
participation  will  be  stressed.  Open  to  University  Honors 
freshmen  or  sophomores  and  to  other  students  by 
permission  of  the  Director  of  University  Honors. 

HONR  148  Honors  Colloquium:  Social  and  Behavioral 
Sciences  (3)  A  colloquium  on  a  variety  of  topics  in  Ihe 
social  and  behavioral  sciences.  The  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  Director  of 
the  University  Honors  Program,  if  the  content  of  the 
course  is  substantially  different.  Class  discussion  and 
active  student  participation  will  be  stressed.  Open  to 
University  Honors  freshmen  or  sophomores  and  to  other 
students  by  permission  of  the  Director  of  University 
Honors. 

HONR  158  Honors  Colloquium:  Interdisciplinary  (3) 

A  colloquium  on  a  variety  of  interdisciplinary  topics  of 
broad  general  interest  The  course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  Directorof  the  University 
Honors  Program,  if  the  content  of  the  course  is 
substantially  different.  Class  discussion  and  active 
student  participation  will  be  stressed.  Open  to  University 
honors  freshmen  or  sophomores  and  to  other  students 
by  permission  of  the  Director  of  University  Honors. 

HONR  318  Honors  Seminar:  Cultural  and  Historical 
(1-3)  A  series  ol  seminars,  often  interdisciplinary  in 
character,  and  sometimes  team  taught.  The  subjects  will 
vary  from  semester  to  semester.  The  content  will  always 
be  such  that  it  includes  the  study  of  a  culture  or  cultures 
from  a  comparative  or  historical  perspective.  The  seminar 
may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission  of  the 


208    ITAL  —  Italian 


Director  ol  the  University  Honors  Program,  it  the  content 
of  the  course  is  substantially  diflerent  Open  to  University 
and  departmental  honors  students  and  to  others  with  the 
permission  ot  the  instructor  and  the  Director  ol  University 
Honors 

HONR  328  Honors  Seminar:  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  (1-3)  A  series  ot  seminars  in  the  natural 
sciences  and  mathematics,  otlen  interdisciplinary  In 
character  and  sometimes  team  taught.  The  subiects  will 
vary  from  semester  to  semester.  The  seminar  may  be 
repeated  lor  credit,  with  the  permission  ol  the  Director  ol 
the  University  Honors  Program,  il  the  content  of  the 
course  is  substantially  diflerent.  Open  to  University  and 
departmental  honors  students  and  to  others  with  the 
permission  ollhe  instructor  and  the  Director  ol  University 
Honors 

HONR  338  Honors  Seminar:  Literature  and  the  Arts 

(1  -3)  A  series  ol  seminars  in  literature  and  the  arts,  often 
interdisciplinary  and  sometimes  team  taught  The 
subiects  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester  The  content 
will  always  be  such  that  it  includes  a  focus  on  the 
aesthetic  from  an  analytic  and  evaluative  viewpoint.  The 
seminar  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission 
of  the  Director  of  the  University  Honors  Program,  if  the 
content  ot  the  course  is  substantially  diflerent.  Open  to 
University  and  departmental  honors  students  and  to 
others  with  the  permission  of  the  instructor  and  the 
Director  ol  University  Honors 

HONR  348  Honors  Seminar:  Social  and  Behavioral 
Sciences  (1-3)  A  series  ol  seminars  in  the  social  and 
behavioral  sciences,  often  interdisciplinary  and 
sometimes  team  taught.  The  subiects  will  vary  from 
semester  to  semester.  The  seminar  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  Director  of  the  University 
Honors  Program,  if  the  content  of  the  course  is 
substantially  different.  Open  to  University  and 
departmental  honors  students  and  to  others  with  the 
permission  olthe  instructor  and  the  Director  of  University 
Honors 

HONR  358  Honors  Seminar:  Interdisciplinary  (1-3)  A 
senes  of  seminars  on  broad  interdisciplinary  topics  of 
general  interest  The  subiects  will  vary  from  semester  to 
semester  The  seminar  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with 
the  permission  of  the  Director  of  the  University  Honors 
Program,  if  the  content  of  the  course  is  substantially 
different.  Open  to  University  and  departmental  honors 
students  and  to  others  with  the  permission  of  the  instructor 
and  the  Director  of  University  Honors. 

HONR  368  Honors  Seminar:  Development  of 
Knowledge  (1-3)  A  series  of  seminars,  often 
interdisciplinary  in  character  and  sometimes  team-taught. 
The  creation,  discovery,  exploration,  testing  and 
evaluation  of  knowledge  in  one  or  more  disciplines.  The 
seminar  may  be  repeated  lor  credit,  with  the  permission 
of  the  Director  of  the  University  Honors  Program,  if  the 
content  of  the  course  is  substantially  different  Open  to 
University  and  departmental  honors  students  and  to 
others  with  permission  ol  the  Director  of  University 
Honors 

HONR  370  Honors  Thesis  or  Project  (3-6)  The 

preparation  and  execution,  under  the  direction  of  an 
individual  faculty  member,  of  a  written  thesis  or  a  proiect 
of  some  other  kind,  such  as  a  piece  of  creative  work  or 
a  performance  The  thesis  or  proiect  must  be  of  honors 
quality  and  must  be  outside  the  student's  maior.  Open 
only  to  students  in  the  University  Honors  Program 

HONR  378  Honors  Seminar:  Analysis  of  Human 
Problems  (1-3)  A  series  of  seminars,  often 
interdisciplinary  in  character  and  sometimes  team-taught 
The  application  of  knowledge  from  one  or  more  disciplines 
to  the  study  of  important  human  problems  The  seminar 
may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the  permission  of  the 
Director  of  the  University  Honors  Program .  if  the  content 
ol  the  course  is  substantially  different  Open  to  University 
honors  students  and  to  others  with  permission  of  the 
Director  of  University  Honors 

HONR  379  Honors  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Honors 
independent  study  involves  reading  or  research,  directed 
by  individual  faculty,  especially  in  areas  outside  of 
students  maior  HONR  379  or  360  but  not  both,  may  be 
used  once  to  fulfill  the  general  honors  seminar 
requirement  Graded  pass-fail  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  twelve  hours.  Open  only  to  University 
honors  students 


HORT— Horticulture 

HORT  100  Introduction  to  Horticulture  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Recommended  BIOL  105  An  overview  to  the  art  and 
science  of  horticulture  Relationships  between  plant 
science  and  plant  production,  the  use  of  horticultural 
plants  and  plant  stress  as  influenced  by  cultural  practices. 

HORT  160  Introduction  to  Landscape  Architecture 
(3)  Theory  and  general  principles  ol  landscape 
architecture  with  their  application  to  public  and  pnvate 
areas 

HORT  201  Environmental  Factors  and  Horticultural 
Crop  Production  (4)  Three  hours  ol  lecture  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  BIOL  105 
and  HORT  100  The  first  of  a  two  semester  sequence 
The  influence  and  interaction  of  light,  mineral  nutntion. 
water,  temperature  and  gas  exchange  on  growth, 
physiological  responses,  productivity  and  quality  of 
horticultural  crops. 

HORT  202  Management  of  Horticultural  Crops  (4) 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  HORT  201  A  study  of  the  pnnciples 
and  practices  used  in  the  production  of  horticultural 
crops.  Management  of  soils  and  soilless  media, 
vegetative  and  reproductive  growth  and  development, 
pests,  harvest,  post-harvest  environment  and  marketing 
will  be  presented  for  model  commodities. 

HORT  260  Graphic  Communications  (2)  Two  two-hour 
studio  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  HORT  160  and 
EDIT  1 60.  Graphic  communication  for  landscape  design 
presentation,  supplemented  by  basic  problems  in 
landscape  design. 

HORT  271  Plant  Propagation  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
BIOL  105  and  HORT  100.  A  study  of  the  principles  and 
practices  in  the  propagation  ol  plants. 

HORT  274  Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  105.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following:  ZOOL  213,  ANSC  201 .  BOTN  414, 
HORT  274.  Principles  of  plant  genetics  in  relation  to 
plant  breeding.  Some  of  the  topics  presented  are  meiosis. 
simple  Mendehan  genetics,  gene  interaction.lmkage 
and  crossing  over,  cytoplasmic  and  quantitative 
inheritance,  mutations,  and  the  role  of  DNA. 

HORT  361  Principles  of  Landscape  Design  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  studio  periods  per  week  Prerequisite: 
HORT  260;  and  APDS  101 .  A  consideration  of  design 
criteria  and  procedure  as  applied  to  public  and  private 
landscape. 

HORT  398  Seminar  (1 )  Oral  presentation  of  the  results 
of  investigational  work  by  reviewing  recent  scientific 
literature  in  the  various  phases  of  horticulture. 

HORT  399Special  Problems  (1  -2)  For  HORT  and  BOTN 
maiors  only  Repeatable  to  4  credits  if  content  differs 
Credit  arranged  according  to  work  done 

HORT   432   Greenhouse  Crop   Production   (3) 

Prerequisite:  HORT  201,  and  HORT  202.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  BOTN  44 1 .  The  commercial  production  and 
marketing  of  ornamental  plant  crops  under  greenhouse, 
plastic  houses  and  out-of-door  conditions 

HORT  433  Technology  of  Fruit  and  Vegetable 
Production  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  HORT  201,  and 
HORT  202;andHORT271;andAGRO411  Corequisite 
HORT  271  and  BOTN  44 1  Recommended  AGRO  302 
60  semester  hours.  Junior  standing  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  HORT  411.  HORT  422.  or 
HORT  433.  A  cntical  analysis  of  research  work  and 
applicationof  the  pnnciplesol  plant  physiology,  chemistry 
and  botany  to  practical  problems  in  the  commercial 
production  of  fruit  and  vegetable  crops 

HORT  452  Principles  of  Landscape  Establishment 
and  Maintenance  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  HORT  201 . 
and  HORT  202;  and  HORT  453  or  HORT  454  A  study 
ol  the  establishment  and  maintenance  ol  woody  plants 
stressing  the  physiological  determinants  ol 
recommended  practices  Topics  covered  will  include 
site  preparation,  transplanting,  staking,  mulching, 
pruning,  fertilizing  and  related  topics 


HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
BOTN  212  A  field  and  laboratory  study  ol  trees,  shrubs, 
and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings  Maior  emphasis 
is  placed  on  native  deciduous  plant  matenals 

HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials  II  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BOTN  21 2  A  field  and  laboratory  study  ol  trees,  shrubs, 
and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings.  Maior  emphasis 
is  placed  on  introduced  and  evergreen  plant  materials 

HORT  456  Nursery  Crop  Production  (3)  Two  lectures 
a  week  and  four  all-day  compulsory  Saturday 
laboratories  Pre-  or  corequisites  HORT 20 1  and  HORT 
202.  and  HORT  271  The  methods  used  for  producing 
ornamental  plants  and  an  introduction  to  the  different 
types  of  commercial  nursenes 

HORT  462  Urban  Landscape  Design  (4)  Three  hour 
lecture  and  one  two-hour  studio  per  week  Prerequisite 
HORT  361  and  either  HORT  453  or  HORT  454 
Corequisite  HORT  452  Trends  in  the  field  ol  urban 
landscape  design  Explore  the  two  distinct  areas  of 
planting  design  and  urban  design  and  focus  on  the 
efforts  to  integrate  them  within  the  spectrum  of  landscape 
architectural  studies 

HORT  464  Principles  of  Landscape  Construction  (3) 
One  lecture  and  two  two-hour  studio  penods  per  week 
Prerequisite  HORT  361  Landscape  development 
principles  and  construction  practices  as  applied  to 
grading,  drainage,  layout,  and  vehicular  and  pedestnan 
circulation. 

HORT  465  Landscape  Structures  and  Materials  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  two-hour  studio  penods  per  week 
Prerequisite  HORT  464  Use  and  design  of  structures  in 
the  landscape 

HORT  466  Advanced  Landscape  Design  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  studio  penods  per  week  Prerequisites 
HORT  462;  and  HORT  465;  and  HORT  452  A  synthesis 
of  design,  landscape  development,  construction  and 
planting  principles  and  procedures  as  applied  to  the 
comprehensive  design  of  public  and  pnvate  landscapes 

HORT  467  Landscape  Contracting  and  Professional 
Practice  (3)  Prerequisites  (AREC  306  or  AREC  414); 
and  HORT  452  Introduction  to  and  comparative  study  ol 
the  business  concerns  of  landscape  contracting 
companies  and  landscape  architectural  firms  The  legal, 
financial,  marketing,  and  personnel  management 
practices  in  both  business  realms 

HORT   472   Advanced   Plant   Propagation  (2) 

Prerequisite:  HORT  201;  and  HORT  202;  and  HORT 
271 .  A  study  of  the  anatomy,  morphology  and  physiology 
of  the  seed  and  plant  as  related  to  macro  and  micro 
forms  of  propagation  A  review  of  research  in  propagation 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  ol 
Horticultural  Crops  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite  BOTN 
441  The  physiological  and  biochemical  changes 
occurring  dunng  storage  of  horticultural  commodities 
Application  ol  scientific  pnnciples  to  handling  and  storage 
of  fresh  produce 

HORT  489  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture  (1-3)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  ol  course 
A  lecture  and/or  laboratory  senes  organized  to  study  in 
depth  a  selected  phase  of  horticulture  not  covered  by 
existing  courses 

HSAD— Housing  and  Design 

HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III  (4)  Prerequisite  HSAD 
344  For  intenor  design  maiors  only  Eight  hours  studio 
penods  Preparation  ol  complete  presentation  work 
specifications,  floor  plans,  purchase  orders,  rendenngs. 
etc  Portfolio  preparation 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV  (4)  Prerequisite  HSAD 
440  For  intenor  design  maiors  only  Eight  hours  studio 
penods  Preparation  of  complete  presentation  work 
specifications,  floor  plans,  purchase  orders,  rendenngs. 
etc  Portfolio  preparation 

ITAL— Italian 

(TAL  101  Elementary  Italian  I  (4)  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following  ITAL  101  or  ITAL  121 
Introduction  to  basic  grammar  and  vocabulary:  written 
and  oral  work 


JOUR  —  Journalism     209 


rTAL  102  Elementary  Italian  II  (4)  Prerequisite  ITAL 
101  or  permission  ot  department  Continuation  ot  study 
ot  basic  grammar;  written  and  oral  work,  with  increased 
emphasis  on  spoken  Italian 

ITAL  121  Accelerated  Italian  I  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted 
lor  only  one  ol  the  following  ITAL  101  or  ITAL  121  An 
intensive  beginning  course  in  Italian  language  skills: 
guided  practice  in  reading,  writing,  understanding  and 
conversation ,  to  enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly 
to  advanced  courses  Restncted  to  students  already 
having  a  good  background  in  at  least  one  other  loreign 
language  With  ITAL  1 22,  may  be  used  to  satisfy  language 
requirement. 

ITAL  122  Accelerated  Italian  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL 
1 2 1  or  permission  ol  department  Credit  will  be  grantedfor 
only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL  203  or  ITAL  122 
Continuation  of  ITAL  121  Completion  ol  accelerated 
cycle  May  be  used  to  satisfy  language  requirement 

ITAL  203  Intermediate  Italian  (4)  Prerequisite  ITAL  102 
or  permission  ol  department.  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL  203  or  ITAL  122. 
Completion  of  study  of  basic  grammar,  extensive  reading, 
discussion,  and  composition.  Completion  ot  this  course 
fulfills  the  Arts  and  Humanities  language  requirement. 

ITAL  204  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ITAL  203  or  ITAL  122.  or  permission  of 
department  An  intensive  review  of  major  aspects  of 
contemporary  grammatical  usage;  training  in 
comprehension;  an  introduction  to  guided  composition 

ITAL  211  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ITAL  203  or  permission  of  department  Not  open  to 
native  speakers.  Practice  in  spoken  Italian  with  emphasis 
on  contemporaty  Italian  culture 

ITAL  251   Introduction  to  Italian  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ITAL  204  or  ITAL  211  or  permission  ol 
department  Reading  of  selected  literary  texts;  discussion 
and  brief  essays  in  Italian. 

ITAL  279  Readings  in  Italian  Literature  in  Translation 

(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Topic  to  be 
determined  each  semester.  All  readings,  discussions 
and  examinations  in  English.  No  prerequisites. 

ITAL  301  Composition  and  Style  (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL 
204  or  permission  of  department.  Techniques  of 
composition;  grammatical  analysis;  elements  of  style; 
free  composition 

ITAL  311  Italian  Conversation:  Current  Events  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ITAL  211  or  permission  of  department 
Oral  expression;  development  of  idiomatic  forms  and 
vocabulary  to  level  of  the  Italian  press  Not  open  to 
students  with  native  fluency. 

ITAL  351  Italian  Literature  From  Dante  to  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL  251  or  permission 
of  department.  Basic  survey  of  history  of  Italian  literature. 

ITAL  352  Italian  Literature  From  the  Renaissance  to 
the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL  251  or  permission  of 
department  Basic  survey  of  history  of  Italian  literature. 

ITAL  370  Italian  Civilization  -  in  Translation  (3)  Credit 
will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL  370  or 
ITAL  470.  Political,  social,  intellectual,  literary  and  artistic 
forces  shaping  contemporary  Italy,  from  the  late  Middle 
Ages  to  the  present.  In  English. 

ITAL  376  The  Italian  Opera  Libretto  ■  in  Translation 

(3)  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ot  the  following: 
ITAL  376  or  ITAL  476.  A  history  and  analysis  of  Italian 
opera  librettos  from  Monteverdi  through  Mozart  to  Verdi 
and  Puccini.  In  English. 

ITAL  399  Directed  Study  in  Italian  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  3  credits. 
Intended  for  undergraduates  who  wish  to  work  on  an 
individual  basis  with  a  professor  of  their  choice. 

ITAL  41 1  Dante  -  in  Translation  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL  411  or  ITAL  412. 
Dante's  thought  as  expressed  in  his  major  writings:  The 
Vita  Nuova,  De  Monarchia  and  The  Divine  Comedy.  In 
English. 

ITAL  412  Dante  -  in  Italian  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL411  orlTAL412.  Dante's 


thought  as  expressed  In  his  maior  writings:  The  Vita 
Nuova,  De  Monarchia  and  The  Divine  Comedy  In 
Italian 

ITAL  421  The  Italian  Renaissance  (3)  Credit  will  be 
granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following  ITAL  421  or  ITAL 
422  Formerly  ITAL  410  Maior  trends  in  Renaissance 
literature,  art.  and  science  In  English 

ITAL  422  The  Italian  Renaissance  -  In  Italian  (3)  Credit 
will  be  granted  tor  only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL  421  or 
ITAL  422  A  study  of  maior  trends  ol  thought  in 
Renaissance  literature,  art,  and  science.  In  Italian 

ITAL  470  Italian  Civilization  -  In  Italian  (3)  Credit  will  be 
granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following  ITAL  470  or  ITAL 
370.  Political,  social,  intellectual,  literary  and  artistic 
forces  shaping  contemporary  Italy,  from  the  late  Middle 
Ages  lo  the  present  In  Italian. 

ITAL  471  Italian  Cinema:  A  Cultural  Approach  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL 
471  or  ITAL  472.  Formerly  ITAL  475.  The  culture  ot  Italy 
through  the  medium  of  film  from  the  silent  days  up  to  the 
present.  In  English. 

ITAL  472  Italian  Cinema:  A  Cultural  Approach  -  In 
Italian  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  ITAL  471  or  ITAL  472.  The  culture  of  Italy 
through  the  medium  of  film  from  the  silent  days  up  lo  the 
present.  In  Italian. 

ITAL  476  The  Italian  Opera  Libretto  -  in  Italian  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ITAL 
476  or  ITAL  376.  History  and  analysis  ol  Italian  opera 
librettos  from  Monteverdi  through  Mozart  to  Verdi  and 
Puccini.  In  Italian. 

ITAL  498  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Studies  (3) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

IVSP — Individual  Studies  Program 

IVSP  31 8  Individual  Studies  (1-15)  Prior  permission  of 
the  administrative  dean  for  undergraduate  studies 
required.  This  course  may  be  used  by  students  in  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  to  establish  credit  in  approved 
informal  educational  experiences  such  as  independent 
studies,  special  problems,  or  work-study  experience. 

IVSP  319  Tutorial  Report  (1)  A  written  analysis  of 
progress  toward  completion  of  degree  requirements. 
Limited  to  students  in  the  Individual  Studies  Program. 

IVSP  320  Bachelor's  Report  (3)  Required  of  all  students 
in  the  Individual  Studies  Program  whose  program 
includes  40%  or  more  of  informal  educational  experience 
(independent  study,  special  problems,  work  internship, 
etc.)  Strongly  recommended  for  all  students  in  the 
program.  This  paper  is  to  be  completed  in  the  student's 
final  semester  and  approved  by  the  tutor  and  committee 
prior  to  certification  for  the  degree. 

JAPN — Japanese 

JAPN  101  Elementary  Japanese  I  (6)  Introduction  to 
basic  patterns  of  contemporary  spoken  Japanese  and  to 
the  two  phonetic  syllabaries  (Katakana  and  Hiragana). 

JAPN  102  Elementary  Japanese  II  (6)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  101  or  equivalent.  Continued  introduction  to  the 
basic  spoken  patterns  of  contemporary  Japanese. 

JAPN  205  Intermediate  Japanese  I  (6)  Six  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite:  JAPN  102  or 
equivalent. Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
JAPN  201  and  JAPN  202.  Contemporary  spoken  and 
written  Japanese. 

JAPN  206  Intermediate  Japanese  II  (6)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  205  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  JAPN  203  and  JAPN  204.  Contemporary 
spoken  and  written  Japanese. 

JAPN  217  Buddhism  and  Japanese  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  A  study  of  the  religious  and  philosophical 
traditions  central  to  the  Japanese  imaginative  life  and 
literature  from  ancient  to  modern  times. 

JAPN  301  Advanced  Japanese  I  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JAPN  206  or  equivalent.  Advanced  conversation,  oral 
comprehension,  and  selected  readings. 


JAPN  302  Advanced  Japanese  II  (3)  Prerequisite  JAPN 
301  or  equivalent  Continued  readings  in  vaned  modern 
texts    and    advanced    conversation    and    oral 

comprehension 

JAPN  303  Business  Japanese  I  (3)  Prerequisite  JAPN 
206  or  equivalent  Conversation,  reading,  and  writing 
applicable  to  Japanese  business  transactions,  social 
meetings,  and  meetings  with  government  organizations, 
with  background  material  in  English  on  professional 
business  practices  and  social  customs  associated  with 
business 

JAPN  304  Business  Japanese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  JAPN 
303  or  equivalent  Continuation  ol  JAPN  303. 

JAPN  401   Readings  in  Modern  Japanese  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  302  or  equivalent.  Development  of 
translation  techniques,  vocabulary,  grammar,  and 
reading  speed  Readings  in  history,  social  sciences, 
modem  literature,  and  modem  newspaper  and  periodical 
literature 

JAPN  402  Readings  in  Modern  Japanese  II  (3) 
Prerequisite:  JAPN  401  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
more  advanced  readings 

JAPN  403  Readings  in  Classical  Japanese  (3) 
Prerequisite  JAPN  302  or  equivalent  Classical  Japanese 
grammar  and  the  varied  styles  of  classical  Japanese 
Readings  in  classical  texts  drawn  from  the  Heian, 
Kamakura.  Muromachi.  and  Edo  periods 

JAPN  414  Masterpieces  of  Classical  Japanese 
Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Maior  classics,  with  focus 
on  philosophical,  historical  and  cultural  backgrounds. 

JAPN  415  Modern  Japanese  Fiction  in  Translation 

(3)  Major  themes  and  literary  developments  in  fiction 
from  the  late  19th  century  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on 
the  works  of  Kawabata.  Tanizaki.  Mishima.  and  Abe. 

JAPN  418  Japanese  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Representative 
works  of  Japanese  literature  in  translation. 

JAPN  421  History  of  the  Japanese  Language  (3) 

Investigation  of  the  origin  of  the  Japanese  language,  its 
relationship  with  other  languages,  and  its  development. 
In  English. 

JAPN  422  Introductory  Japanese  Linguistics  (3)  An 

investigation  of  Japanese  sound  patterns  and  syntax 
through  a  comparison  with  English 

JAPN  499  Directed  Study  in  Japanese  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs. 

JOUR — Journalism 

JOUR  100  Introduction  to  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Survey  of  the  functions  and  effects  of  the  mass  media  in 
the  United  States.  A  consumers  introduction  to 
newspapers,  television,  radio,  film,  sound  recording, 
books,  magazines,  and  new  media  technology. 
Introduction  to  public  relations,  advertising,  and  news 
analysis. 

JOUR  101  Professional  Orientation  (1)  Formerly  JOUR 
001.  Survey  of  journalism  professions,  emphasizing 
appropriate  academic  and  career  development 
strategies. 

JOUR  201  Writing  For  Mass  Media  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  JOUR  101 .  Prerequisite:  30  words  per  minute 
typing  ability;  provisional  or  direct  admission  to  journalism 
major.  Introduction  to  news,  feature  and  publicity  writing 
for  the  printed  and  electronic  media,  development  of 
news  concepts;  laboratory  in  news  gathering  tools  and 
writing  skills. 

JOUR  202  Editing  For  the  Mass  Media  (3)  Prerequisite: 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201 .  Basic  editing  skills 
applicable  to  all  mass  media:  copy  editing,  graphic 
principles  and  processes,  new  media  technology. 

JOUR  320  News  Reporting  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  For  JOUR  maiors  only. 
Principles  and  practices  of  news  reporting  with  special 
emphasis  on  news  gathenng  for  all  the  media;  covering 
news  beats  and  other  news  sources,  including 
researching  a  news  story  for  accuracy,  compre- 
hensiveness and  interpretation. 


210    JOUR  — Journalism 


JOUR  321  Advanced  Reporting:  Public  Affairs  (3) 
Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  Advanced  training  in  writing 
news  tor  publication  in  specialized  areas,  particularly 
city,  county,  and  federal  news.  Students  meet  in  seminar 
with  news  sources  and  leading  news  reporters  and  work 
in  Washington.  DC.  Annapolis,  and  Baltimore  covering 
news  in  depth  for  publication. 

JOUR  322  Advanced  Reporting:  Beats  and 
Investigation  (3)  Prerequisite  JOUR  320.  Advanced 
training  and  practice  in  writing,  interviewing,  beat  reporting 
and  investigative  techniques  Students  meet  in  weekly 
seminars  and  work  with  metropolitan-area  newspapers 
covering  beats  and  writing  stories  tor  publication 

JOUR  323  Newspaper  Editing  (3)  Prerequisite:  grade 
of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  202  Principles  and  practices  of 
editing  for  publication  Copy  improvement,  headline 
writing,  news  photos  and  outlines,  wire  services,  copy 
control  and  scheduling,  page  design  and  layout 
Introduction  to  computerized  editing  with  video  display 
terminals 

JOUR  326  News  Commentary  and  Critical  Writing  (3) 

Prerequisite  JOUR  320  Journalistic  interpretation  and 
analysis:  editorial  and  critical  writing. 

JOUR   328   Specialized   News   Reporting   (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs.  Advanced  training  and  practice  in  writing 
and  reporting  news  of  one  specialized  field  ol  interest. 

JOUR  330  Public  Relations  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  The  historical 
development  and  contemporary  status  of  public  relations 
in  business,  government,  associations  and  other 
organizations  Application  of  communication  theory  and 
social  science  methods  to  the  research,  planning, 
communication  and  evaluation  aspects  of  the  public 
relations  process. 

JOUR  331  Public  Relations  Techniques  (3) 
Prerequisites:  JOUR  330,  and  grade  of  C  or  better  in 
JOUR  202  The  techniques  of  public  relations  including 
news  releases,  publications  and  printed  materials,  audio- 
visual techniques,  speeches  and  special  events. 
Application  of  these  techniques  in  laboratory  and  field 
projects 

JOUR  332  Specialized  Writing  in  Public  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201. 
Recommended:  JOUR  330.  Public  Relations  writing  for 
science,  technology,  health,  medicine,  corporate  finance, 
educational  policy,  law  and  government  in  broadcast 
and  technical  media,  as  well  as  newspapers  and 
magazines  and  also  including  proposals,  speeches  and 
correspondence. 

JOUR  333  Organizational  Communication  in  Public 
Relations  (3)  Prerequisites  JOUR  330;  and  grade  of  C 
or  better  in  JOUR  202.  Theory  and  techniques  for 
planning  and  producing  organizational  publications  and 
internal  communication  programs.  Theories  of 
organizational  communication,  pnnciples  ol  layout  and 
design,  non-print  communication  media,  and  methods 
of  pretesting  and  evaluating  communications  programs. 

JOUR  334  Public  Relations  Programs  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  330.  Analysis  of  eight  major  programs  typically 
earned  out  by  public  relations  professionals:  employee 
relations,  media  relations,  financial  relations,  member 
relations,  governmental  relations,  community  relations, 
fundraismg  and  dealing  with  activist  public 

JOUR  340  Advertising  Communication  (3) 
Prerequisite:  grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  Advertising 
as  a  mass  communication  profession  and  its  role  in  the 
public  information  system  of  the  United  States.  Application 
of  communication  theory  and  research  methods  to  the 
research,  planning,  communication,  and  evaluation 
aspects  of  advertising. 

JOUR  341  Advertising  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisites 
JOUR  340.  and  grade  of  C  or  better  in  JOUR  202  Wnting 
and  production  of  print  and  broadcast  advertisements; 
application  of  these  techniques  in  laboratory  and  field 
proieds 

JOUR  342  Advertising  Media  Planning  (3)  Prerequisite 
JOUR  340  Pnnciples  of  planning,  placing  and  evaluating 
advertising  media  in  U.S.  media  markets  Application  of 
theory  and  methods  to  specific  advertising  situations 


JOUR  350  Photojournalism  (3)  Prerequisite:  grade  ol 
C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  JOUR  372  Fundamentals  ol  camera 
operation,  composition,  developing  and  printing  black 
and  white  still  photographs  for  publication;  history  ol 
photojournalism 

JOUR  351  Advanced  Photojournalism  (3)  Prerequisite 
JOUR  350  Analysis  ot  the  role  of  photography  in  mass 
communication,  with  emphasis  on  the  photographic 
essay,  and  use  of  the  35  mm  camera  Students  provide 
35  mm  equipment  and  supplies 

JOUR  352  Special  Topics  in  Photojournalism  (3) 
Prerequisites:  JOUR  35 1  and  permission  ol  department 
An  analysis  ot  the  theory  and  application  ol  advanced 
photographic  processes  to  the  communication  ot  ideas, 
including  direct  audience  communication,  realistic  and 
nonrealistic  visual  materials  and  media 

JOUR  360  Broadcast  News  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  Writing  tor  the  broadcast  media 
and  the  production  ol  news  stories. 

JOUR  361  Broadcast  News  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR360  Writing  and  editing  lor  the  broadcast  media. 
Interpretive  and  documentary  news  stories. 

JOUR  365  Theory  of  Broadcast  Journalism  (3) 

Descriptive  and  critical  analysis  ol  broadcast  news 
practices;  evaluation  ol  news  |udgments;  decision- 
making and  organizational  aspects  of  the  broadcast 
news  industry. 

JOUR  371  Magazine  Article  and  Feature  Writing  (3) 
Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  Types  of  feature  articles, 
particularly  for  the  magazine  market,  analysis  ol  the 
magazine  medium  and  specialized  audiences;  practice 
in  researching  and  writing  the  feature  article;  analysis  ol 
free-lance  markets. 

JOUR  372  Magazine  Photography  and  Illustration 
(3)  Prerequisite:  grade  ol  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  JOUR  350. 
Camera  selection  and  operation;  film  selection  and 
processing;  print  making;  scaling  and  sizing  ot 
photographs;  picture  layout.  Students  must  provide  35 
mm  camera  plus  supplies 

JOUR  373  Graphics  (3)  Prerequisite:  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  JOUR  202.  Intensive  analysis  ol  the  components 
ol  publication  content  and  design  Type  and  typography, 
printing  processes,  illustration  and  production  with 
emphasis  on  contemporary  technology 

JOUR  374  Magazine  Production  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  371 ;  and  JOUR  373.  Publication  ol  a  laboratory 
magazine. 

JOUR  380  Science  Writing  for  Magazines  and 
Newspapers  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  or  permission 
of  department.  Writing  of  scientific  and  technical  matenal 
lor  the  general  audience. 

JOUR  396  Supervised  Internship  (3)  Prerequisites: 
grade  ol  C  or  better  in  JOUR  202;  and  first  course  of 
lournalism  sequence  related  to  techniques  I.e.  JOUR 
320;  or  JOUR  331;  or  JOUR  341;  or  JOUR  350;  or  JOUR 
360;  or  JOUR  380  and  permission  of  department 
Internship  experience  with  communication  professionals 
in  newspapers,  news  broadcasting,  public  relations, 
advertising,  magazines,  photojournalism  and  science 
communication  Relation  ol  academic  training  to 
professional  experience 

JOUR  397  Professional  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites: 
grade  ol  C  or  better  in  JOUR  201;  and  permission  ol 
department  Projects  and  discussions  relating 
professional  work  expenence  to  study  ol  journalism 
Limited  to  students  who  participated  in  an  advanced 
summer  internship  alter  their  |unior  year 

JOUR  398  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  3 
credits  Individual  projects  in  lournalism 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication  (3)  Legal  nghts 
and  constraints  of  mass  media,  libel  privacy,  copynght. 
monopoly,  contempt  and  other  aspects  ol  the  law 
applied  to  mass  communication  Previous  study  of  the 
law  not  required 

JOUR  410  History  of  Mass  Communication  (3) 
Development  ol  newspapers,   magazines,   radio. 


television  and  motion  pictures  as  media  ol  mass 
communication  Analysis  ol  the  influences  ol  the  media 
on  the  historical  development  of  America 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Communication 
(3)  Relationship  between  news  media  and  government, 
media  coverage  of  government  and  politics; 
governmental  and  political  information  and  persuasion 

techniques. 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  Communication 
Systems  (3)  Comparative  analysis  of  the  role  of  the 
press  in  different  societies 

JOUR  440  Readings  in  Journalism  Literature  (3) 
Prerequisite  JOUR  320  or  permission  ol  department 
Analysis  ol  books  by  journalists  highly  regarded  lor 
wnting  style  and/or  the  content  ol  their  reporting  with  an 
emphasis  on  understanding  the  books  in  the  context  ol 
national  and  international  affairs. 

JOUR  450  Mass  Media  in  Society  (3)  Ethical  moral, 
political,  economic,  and  social  consideration  ol  mass 
communication 

JOUR  45 1  Advertising  and  Society  (3)  Advertising  as 
an  institution  with  manilest  economic  purposes  and 
latent  social  effects  Inlluences  ol  advertising  on  people, 
and  related  issues  of  ethics  and  social  responsibility 

JOUR  452  Women  in  the  Media  (3)  Participation  and 
portrayal  ol  women  in  the  mass  media  Irom  colonial  to 
contemporary  times. 

JOUR  453  News  Coverage  of  Racial  Issues  (3)  Junior 
standing  Analysis  ol  news  media  coverage  ol  issues 
relating  to  racial  minorities  in  the  United  States,  with 
special  attention  to  Hispanics,  Asian  Americans,  Arncan 
Americans  and  Native  Amencans 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  in  Mass  Communication 
(3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Issues  of 
special  concern  and  current  interest  Open  to  all  students 

JOUR  461  Newspaper  Management  (3)  Organization, 
operation,  and  administration  ol  the  departments  ol  a 
newspaper  advertising,  business-finance,  circulation, 
news-editorial,  personnel  production,  and  promotion 

JOUR  471  Public  Opinion  Research  (3)  Measurement 
ol  public  opinion  and  media  habits;  role  ol  the  mass 
media  in  the  formation  ol  public  opinion 

JOUR  477  Mass  Communication  Research  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MATH  110  or  equivalent,  students  are 
encouraged  to  have  completed  the  theory  and  technique 
courses  in  their  maior  sequence  Communication 
research  methods  used  in  measuring  public  opinion  and 
evaluating  public  relations,  advertising,  and  mass  media 
programs  and  materials 

JOUR  481  Writing  the  Complex  Story  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  JOUR  371  Explanatory  lournalism  technique 
applied  to  complex  subiects  (such  as  science,  economics 
and  large  scale  social  change)  lor  books,  magazines 
and  newspaper  series 

JOUR  483  Senior  Seminar  in  Public  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  331 ;  and  JOUR  477  Integration  of 
theory,  techniques  and  research  methods  into  the 
planning  and  execution  of  public  relations  campaigns  lor 
specific  organizations  Analysis  ol  research  on  the  case 
studies  of  public  relations 

JOUR  484  Advertising  Campaigns  (3)  Prerequisite 
JOUR  341;  and  JOUR  342  Planning  and  executing 
advertising  campaigns  in  actual  agency  situations 
Integration  of  advertising  theones  and  techniques  into  a 
complete  campaign 

JOUR  486  Advanced  Television  Journalism  (3) 
Prerequisite  JOUR  361  or  permission  ol  department  A 
skills  course  in  which  students  assume  major 
responsibility  lor  the  production  ol  a  weekly  TV  news  and 
public  affairs  program  Students  will  work  on  extended 
TV  reporting  assignments  such  as  mini-senes  and  news 
documentanes  Note  In  addition  to  classroom  time, 
students  are  required  to  devote  time  out  of  class  in 
reporting  and  editing 

JOUR  487  Literary  Journalism  (3)  Pre-  or  oorequtsrle 
JOUR  37 1  Practice  in  the  use  ot  literary  techniques  and 
especially  ol  dramatic  structure  in  modem  newspaper 


series,  magazine  pieces  and  books  Analysis, 
researching  and  writing  of  nonliclion  stones,  usually  with 
a  locus  on  a  specialized  area  chosen  by  the  student 

JOUR  490  Advising  Student  Publications  (3) 
Journalistic  wnting  and  editing  in  student  newspapers, 
yearbooks,  and  magazines,  libel  and  policy;  curnculum 
and  teaching  procedures,  role  ol  student  publications 

JOUR  491  Policy.  Censorship,  and  Legal  Problems 
of  Student  Publications  (3)  Censorship  problems  and 
court  cases;  legal  nghlsol  the  student  press;  formulation 
of  policy  and  legal  guidelines 

JOUR  492  Typography  and  Layout  For  Student 
Publications  (3)  Type  design,  type  families,  graphics, 
art.  photography,  and  editorial  and  advertisement  layout 
ol  school  newspapers,  yearbooks,  and  magazines 

JOUR  493  Advanced  Techniques  For  Student 
Publication  Advisors  (3)  Interpretative  and  investigative 
reporting;  interviewing  and  scientific  survey  methods; 
curnculum  and  courses  lor  high  school  and  community 
colleges;  textbooks,  leaching  units,  state  of  the  art 
techniques  and  resource  aids 

JOUR  494  Yearbook  Short  Course  (1)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  201  or  permission  ol  department  Credit  not 
applicable  toward  major  in  journalism.  Intensive  course 
dealing  with  the  theme,  content,  copy,  design,  advertising, 
budget,  finance,  law  and  ethics  ol  yearbook  development 
and  production 

JOUR  498  Topics  in  Scholastic  Journalism  (1-3) 
Repeatable  if  content  differs  Seminars  on  specialized 
areas  on  the  practice  of  scholastic  journalism. 

KNES — Kinesiology 

KNES  Activities  Program  Courses:  1-3  credits  per 

course 

KNES  1001 14  Physical  Education  Activities  -  Men 

KNES  1 1 51 27  Physical  Education  Activities  -  Women 

KNES  130177  Physical  Education  Activities  -  Coed 

PHED  158  Adapted  Physical  Education  -  Coed 

KNES  Professional  Program  Courses: 

KNES  180  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  (3) 

Formerly  PHED  1 80.  Introduction  to  the  study  of  physical 
education  with  attention  to  the  foundations,  content  and 
practices  of  human  movement  as  the  focus.  The  course 
involves  lecture,  discussion,  and  laboratory  components 
to  explore,  describe,  and  increase  understanding  of 
physical  education  as  it  is  practiced  and  studied. 

KNES  181  Fundamentals  of  Movement  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  181 .  Introduction  to  the  scientific  foundations  of 
human  movement  including  factual  knowledge  and 
application  of  content  areas  such  as  human  growth  and 
development,  anatomy,  physiology,  neurology, 
biomechanics  and  motor  learning  to  fundamental 
movement  skills. 

KNES  182  Rhythmic  Activities  (2)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Formerly  PHED  1 82.  Development 
of  rhythmic  sensitivity  through  analysis  of  rhythm  and  its 
application  to  movement,  skills  in  folk,  square  and  social 
dance  and  teaching  techniques  for  use  in  schools  and 
recreational  programs. 

KNES  1 83  Movement  Content  for  Elementary  School 
Children  (3)  Formerly  PHED  183.  Participation  in 
movement  activities  with  a  focus  on  educational  dance, 
gymnastics  and  games.  Observation  and  analysis  of 
movement  behavior  in  relation  to  specific  aspects  of 
movement.  Examination  of  relationships  among 
movement  forms 

KNES  200  Gymnastics  Skills  Laboratory  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  200.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  gymnastics. 

KNES  202  Badminton  Skills  Laboratory  (1 )  Formerly 
PHED  202.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  badminton. 

KNES  204  Basketball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Formerly 
PHED  204.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  basketball. 


KNES  206  Golf  Skills  Laboratory  ( 1 )  Formerly  PHED 
206  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  ol 
skills  in  golf 

KNES  210  Field  Games  Skills  Laboratory  ( 1 )  Formerly 
PHED  210  Progressive  techniques  ol  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  field  games  such  as  flag  football, 
soccer,  speedball  and  speed-away 

KNES  21 1  Field  Hockey  Skills  Laboratory  (1 )  Formerly 
PHED  211  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  field  hockey 

KNES  213  Lacrosse  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Formerly 
PHED  213  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  lacrosse. 

KNES  21 4  Soccer  Skills  Laboratory  (1 )  Formerly  PHED 
214  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  soccer. 

KNES  215  Softball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Formerly 
PHED  215.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  softball. 

KNES  21 7Tennls  Skills  Laboratory  (1 )  Formerly  PHED 
217.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  tennis. 

KNES  218  Laboratory  in  Teaching  (1)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  2  credits. 
Formerly  PHED  218  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare 
the  student  for  the  student  teaching  experience  by 
assisting  in  a  class. 

KNES  220  Track  and  Field  Skills  Laboratory  (2) 

Formerly  PHED  220  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching 
and  practice  of  skills  in  track  and  field. 

KNES  221  Volleyball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Formerly 
PHED  221.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  volleyball. 

KNES  222  Weight  Training  Skills  Laboratory  (1) 

Formerly  PHED  222 .  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching 
and  practice  of  skills  in  weight  training. 

KNES  224  Aerobics  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Formerly 
PHED  224.  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  aerobics. 

KNES  250  Advanced  Volleyball  Skills  Laboratory  (2) 

Prerequisite:  KNES  221  Formerly  PHED  250. 
Progressive  techniques  of  teaching/coaching  and 
practice  of  skills  in  volleyball  at  the  advanced  level. 

KNES  261  Development  of  Endurance  and  Strength 
Fitness  (3)  Formerly  PHED  261 .  An  appraisal  of  various 
components  of  physical  fitness  and  of  a  prescription 
exercise  program.  The  parameters  of  physical  fitness 
and  the  exercises  to  improve  these  parameters 

KNES  287  Sport  and  American  Society  (3)  Formerly 
PHED  287.  Sport  will  be  related  to  such  social  problems 
as  delinquency,  segregation,  collective  behavior,  and 
leisure;  to  social  processes  such  as  socialization, 
stratification,  mobility,  and  social  control;  and  to  those 
familiar  social  institutions,  the  family,  the  school,  the 
church,  the  military,  the  economy,  the  polity,  and  the 
mass  media. 

KNES  289  Topical  Investigations  (1-6)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits.  Formerly  PHED  289.  Independent  study  by  an 
individual  student  or  a  group  of  students  in  special  areas 
of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 

KNES  293  History  of  Sport  in  America  (3)  Formerly 
PHED  293.  The  growth  and  development  of  sport  in 
America.  The  transformation  of  sport  within  the 
perspective  of  American  history,  including  class  sport, 
professionalization,  amateurism,  and  international 
involvement. 

KNES  300  Biomechanics  of  Human  Motion  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  201.  and  ZOOL  202  Formerly 
PHED  300.  The  study  of  human  movement  and  the 
physical  and  physiological  principles  upon  which  it 
depends.  Body  mechanics,  posture,  motor  efficiency, 
sports,  the  performance  of  a  typical  individual  and  the 
influence  of  growth  and  development  upon  motor 
performance. 


KNES  -  Kinesiology    211 


KNES314Methodsin  Physical  Education (3) Formerly 
PHED  314  Application  ol  educational  philosophy  and 
principles  to  class  organization  and  techniques  ol 
teaching  physical  education 

KNES  333  Physical  Activity  for  the  Handicapped  (3) 
Formerly  PHED  333  Handicapped  conditions.  Federal 
and  State  regulations,  implications  for  planning  and 
implementing  physical  activity  programs,  evaluation 
strategies  of  assessing  motor  performance  and  the  role 
of  physical  activity  in  educational  programs  lor 
handicapped  students 

KNES  335  Swimming  Pool  Management  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  335.  Analysis  of  the  position  of  the  swimming  pool 
manager  The  systematic  treatment  of  swimming  pool 
water;  swimming  pool  first  aid.  and  laws  pertaining  to 
swimming  pool  operation.  Qualifies  the  student  for  a 
pool  operator's  license  in  most  Maryland  counties. 

KNES  340  Theory  of  Coaching  Athletics  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  340  General  theory  and  practice  of  coaching 
selected  competitive  sports  found  in  secondary  schools 
and  community  recreation  programs. 

KNES  341  Theory  of  Coaching  Basketball  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  341  Philosophy,  preparation  for  season,  practice 
organization,  scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies. 

KNES  342  Theory  of  Coaching  Baseball  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  342.  Philosophy,  preparation  for  season,  practice 
organization,  scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies 

KNES  343  Theory  of  Coaching   Football  (2) 

FormerlyPHED  343.  Philosophy,  preparation  for  season, 
practice  organization,  scouting,  film  analysis,  and 
strategies. 

KNES  344  Theory  of  Coaching  Swimming  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  344.  Philosophy,  preparation  for  season,  practice 
organization,  scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies. 

KNES  345  Theory  of  Coaching  Track  and  Field  (2) 

Formerly  PHED  345.  Philosophy,  preparation  for  season, 
practice  organization,  scouting,  film  analysis,  and 
strategies. 

KNES  350  The  Psychology  of  Sports  (3)  Formerly 
PHED  350  An  exploration  of  the  personality  factors, 
including,  but  not  limited  to  motivation,  aggression  and 
emotion,  as  they  affect  sports  participation  and  motor 
skill  performance. 

KNES  351  Contemporary  Issues  in  American  Sport 

(3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  287.  Formerly  PHED  351. 
Seminar/discussion  of  theoretical  and  practical  issues  in 
contemporary  sport. 

KNES  360  Physiology  of  Exercise  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  201 ;  and  ZOOL  202;  or  permission 
of  department.  Formerly  PHED  360  A  study  of  the 
physiology  of  exercise,  including  concepts  of  work, 
muscular  contraction,  energy  transformation, 
metabolism,  oxygen  debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic 
performance.  Emphasis  on  cardiovascular  and 
respiratory  function  in  relation  to  physical  activity  and 
training. 

KNES361  Weight  Control  Through  Diet  and  Exercise 
(3)  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Formerly  PHED  361 .  The 
basic  principles  of  weight  control  are  given  and  the 
students  participate  in  diet  and  exercise  programs. 

KNES  362  Philosophy  of  Sport  (3)  Formerly  PHED  362 
Form  and  content  of  the  philosophy  of  sport.  The  basis 
of  knowledge  in  and  about  sport,  the  structure  and 
theories  of  the  discipline,  the  ontological  and  moral 
implications  and  dilemmas  involving  sport,  and  the 
interactions  between  philosophy  and  the  scientific  and 
humanistic  aspects  of  sport. 

KNES  370  Motor  Development  (3)  Formerly  PHED  370. 
Motor  development  across  the  life  span.  The 
developmental  sequences  of  motor  skills  from  birth  to 
old  age;  neuromaturation  of  neuromuscular  system; 
analysis  of  the  underlying  mechanisms  of  motor  skill 
development;  and  correlates  of  motor  development. 

KNES  381  Prevention  and  Care  of  Athletic  Injuries 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  201 ;  and  ZOOL  202.  Formerly 
PHED  381 .  Theoretical  and  practical  foundations  of  the 
prevention,  recognition,  and  treatment  of  athletic  injuries. 


212    LATN-  Latin 


Physical  conditioning  and  re-conditioning,  preventive 
taping,  first  aid.  and  various  modalities  are  emphasized. 

KNES  385  Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 
(3)  Formerly  PHED  385.  A  study  of  the  research  dealing 
with  motor  learning  and  motor  performance.  Scientific 
methodology,  individual  differences,  specificity, 
proprioceptive  control  of  movement,  motivation,  liming, 
transfer,  and  retention. 

KNES  389  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits  Formerly  PHED  389  Independent  study  by  an 
individual  student  or  a  group  of  students  in  special  areas 
of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 

KNES  390  Practicum  In  Teaching  Physical  Education 
(3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  314  Formerly  PHED  390 
Teaching  of  children  in  a  physical  education  setting. 
Specific  emphasis  on  curriculum  development, 
lessonplanning,  progressions  and  analysis  of  teacher 
behavior 

KNES  398  Honors  Seminar  ( 1 )  One  hour  of  discussion/ 
recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  participation  in  honors 
program.  Repeatable  to  3  credits.  Formerly  PHED  398. 
Guided  discussion  of  research  topics  of  current  interest 

KNES  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisites  KNES 
398H;  and  candidacy  for  honors  in  physical  education. 
Formerly  PHED  399.  Advisement  will  be  on  the  individual 
basis.  Thesis  must  be  defended  in  the  honors  seminar. 

KNES  402  Biomechanics  ot  Sport  (3)  Prerequisite: 
KNES  300.  Formerly  PHED  402.  Mechanical 
determinants  influencing  sport  techniques.  A  quantitative, 
scientific  basis  for  sport  analysis  with  emphasis  on  the 
application  to  numerous  sport  activities.  Evaluation  and 
quantification  of  the  filmed  performance  of  athletes. 

KNES  406  Perceptual-Motor  Development  in  the 
Young  Child  (3)  Formerly  PHED  406.  Analysis  of 
perceptual-motor  components,  their  progression, 
interrelationships,  developmental  activities  and 
evaluation.  Study  of  the  growth  and  other  factors  that 
influence  perceptual-motor  development  in  the  young 
child. 

KNES  421  Elementary  School  Physical  Education:  A 
Movement  Approach  (3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  183. 
Formerly  PHED  421  An  analysis  of  movement 
philosophy  and  content,  focusing  upon  cognitive, 
psychomotor  and  affective  developmental  characteristics 
in  relation  to  progression  and  planning  of  games, 
educational  dance  and  educational  gymnastics  for 
elementary  school  age  children. 

KNES  450  Sport  Psychology:  Applications  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  KNES  350.  Formerly  PHED  450.  Application 
of  the  principles  of  sport  psychology  to  the  competitive 
or  recreational  athlete,  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
techniques  that  have  been  used  with  competitors  to 
maximize  skill  acquisition  and  performance. 

KNES  451   Sport  and  the  American  Woman  (3) 

Formerly  PHED  451  The  expanding  perception  of  the 
woman's  role  in  American  society;  etiology  of  sex 
differences;  socialization  of  sex  roles  in  America; 
development  of  "masculinity"  and  "femininity"  in  children 
through  early  play  expenences;  competition  and  women; 
personality  of  the  female  athlete;  and  personal 
motivations  of  female  athletes  and  projected  future  for 
sport  and  the  American. 

KNES  455  Scientific  Bases  of  Athletic  Conditioning 

(3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  360  Formerly  PHED  455  An 
examination  of  physical  fitness/athletic  conditioning 
programs  stressing  the  practical  application  ot  exercise 
physiology  theory  for  enhancing  athletic  performance 
Cardiovascular  considerations,  strength  and  power 
development,  nutrition,  speed,  muscular  endurance, 
environmental  considerations  and  ergogenic  aids 

KNES  461  Exercise  and  Body  Composition  (3) 
Prerequisite:  KNES  360  Formerly  PHED  461 
Physiological  concepts  relating  body  composition  factors 
to  exercise  and  human  performance  The  scientific 
basis  lor  the  establishment  and  evaluation  of  conditioning 
programs  where  body  composition  may  play  an  important 
role,  such  as  weight  control  and  athletics 

KNES  462  Neural  Basis  of  Human  Movement  (3) 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  201 ;  and  ZOOL  202.  and  KNES 


385  or  permission  of  department.  Formerly  PHED  462 
An  introduction  to  the  neural  substrates  which  underlie 
postural  and  volitional  movement  Neuroanatomical  and 
neurophysiological  basis  of  motor  functioning;  past  and 
present  conceptualizations  of  motor  control  and 
coordination;  movement  disorders;  and  maturation  of 
the  neuromuscular  system. 

KNES  466  Graded  Exercise  Testing  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  KNES  360  or  permission  of  department 
Functional  and  diagnostic  examination  of  the 
cardiovascular  responses  to  graded  exercise  testing 
Emphasis  on  electrophysiology,  mechanisms  of 
arrythmias,  normal  electrical  activation  of  the  heart,  axis 
termination  and  the  normal  12-lead  electrocardiogram 

KNES  470  Seminar  For  Student  Teachers  (2)  Formerly 
PHED  470  A  seminar  held  concurrently  with  student 
teaching  in  physical  education.  An  intensive  examination 
of  current  problems  and  issues  in  teaching  physical 
education. 

KNES  480  Measurement  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  110  Formerly  PHED  480  A 
study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  as  applied  to  teaching  of  physical 
education;  study  of  the  functions  and  techniques  of 
measurement  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  physical  education  and  in  the 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

KNES  481  Biophysical  Aspects  of  Human  Movement 

(3)  Prerequisites:  KNES  300;  and  KNES  360;  and  KNES 
370;  and  KNES  385.  Formerly  PHED  481  Scientific 
principles  and  research  techniques  in  the  investigation 
of  the  biophysical  basis  of  human  movement 

KNES  482  Soclo-behavioral  Aspects  of  Human 
Movement  (3)  Prerequisites:  KNES  287;  and  KNES 
293;  and  KNES  350  Formerly  PHED  482.  Derivation, 
formulation,  and  application  of  research  in  the  socio- 
behavioral  aspects  of  human  movement. 

KNES  486  Politics  and  Economics  of  Organized 
Contemporary  Sport  (3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  287 
Formerly  PHED  486.  Interdependence  of  sport,  politics, 
and  economics.  The  structure,  organization,  and  uses  of 
sport  in  contemporary  societies. 

KNES  487  Sports  In  World  Society  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100.  Formerly  PHED  487.  Impact  and  influence 
of  sports  are  assessed  from  a  sociopolitical  frame  of 
reference  nationally  and  internationally. 

KNES  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop 
(1-6)  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Formerly  PHED  489 
Workshops  and  research  projects  in  special  areas  of 
knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses 

KNES  490  Administration  of  Physical  Education  and 
Sport  (3)  Prerequisite:  KNES  1 80  or  KNES  287,  Formerly 
PHED  490.  Principles  and  functions  of  administration  in 
physical  education  and  sport.  Administrative  duties  in 
relation  to  financing,  budgeting,  staffing,  planning, 
organizing,  directing,  coordinating,  evaluating,  reporting, 
and  discipline. 

KNES  491  The  Curriculum  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Formerly  PHED  491.  Curriculum  sources,  principles, 
and  planning  concepts,  with  emphasis  on  using  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  for  physical  education 
programs. 

KNES  492  History  of  the  Sportswoman  In  American 
Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite  KNES  293  Formerly 
PHED  492  Women's  involvement  in  and  contributions 
to  America's  sporting  culture,  especially  in  the  19th  and 
20th  Centuries  until  enactment  of  Title  IX  The  interactions 
among  historical  perceptions  ot  women's  roles, 
responsibilities,  and  potential  and  their  sporting  lives; 
the  effects  of  role  stereotyping  and  opportunities  for  and 
directions  taken  in  developing  sport  organizations  Other 
issues  affecting  women's  involvement  in  institutional 
sport. 

KNES  493  History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 
Physical  Education  (3)  Formerly  PHED  493  History 
and  philosophical  implications  ot  sport  and  physical 
education  through  ancient,  medieval,  and  contemporary 
penods  in  western  civilization 


KNES  496  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Formerly  PHED 
496  Statistical  techniques  most  frequently  used  in 
research  pertaining  to  physical  education  Effort  is  made 
to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to 
acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and  applications  of 
these  techniques 

KNES  497  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (3)  Formerly 
PHED  497  Discussions  of  contemporary  issues  vital  to 
the  discipline,  critiques  of  research  in  the  students  area/ 
areas  of  special  interest,  completion  of  a  maior  project 
where  the  student  will  be  asked  to  demonstrate  the 
ability  to  carry  out  investigative  processes  in  problem 
solving  and  critical  writing  under  faculty  direction 

KNES  498  Special  Topics  In  Physical  Education  (3) 
Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Repeatable 
when  the  sub|ect  matter  is  different.  Formerly  PHED 
498  Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas  not  covered  by 
regularly  scheduled  courses 

LATN— Latin 

LATN  101  Elementary  Latin  (4)  Four  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week  A  student  who  has  two 
units  of  Latin  in  high  school  may  register  for  LATN  101 
for  the  purposes  of  review  but  ordinanly  not  tor  credit 

LATN  102  Elementary  Latin  (4)  Four  hours  ol 
discussion/recitation  per  week  A  student  who  has  two 
units  of  Latin  in  high  school  may  register  for  LATN  102 
for  credit  with  departmental  permission 

LATN  120  Intensive  Latin  (4)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  department  Not  open  lor  credit  to  students  with  credit 
for  LATN  1 02  Elements  of  Latin  grammar  and  vocabulary, 
elementary  reading.  The  first  year's  study  of  Latin 
compressed  into  a  single  semester. 

LATN  201  Intermediate  Latin  I  (4)  Prerequisites:  LATN 
101;  LATN  102  or  equivalent  Formerly  LATN  203. 

LATN  204  Intermediate  Latin  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN 
203  or  equivalent 

LATN  220  Intermediate  Intensive  Latin  (4)  Prerequisite 
LATN  102.  or  LATN  120,  or  equivalent  Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  for  LATN  204  Review  of  Latin 
grammar;  reading  in  prose  and  poetry  from  selected 
authors 

LATN  301  Plautus(3)Plautinedrama  Literary,  linguistic 
and  socio-cultural  aspects. 

LATN  302  Ovid  (3)  Mapr  works  of  Ovidian  poetry  Literary 
and  moral  atmosphere  of  Augustan  age 

LATN  319  Special  Topics  In  Latin  Literature  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 

LATN  351  Horace  (3)  Prerequisite  LATN  305  or 
equivalent. 

LATN  352  Llvy  (3)  Prerequisite  LATN  351  or  equivalent 

LATN  400  level  course  prerequisite:  LATN  381  or 
equivalent 

LATN  401  Latin  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Latin  lync  poetry 
Emphasis  on  Horace  and  Catullus 

LATN  402  Tacitus  (3) 

LATN  403  Roman  Satire  (3) 

LATN  405  Lucretius  (3) 

LATN  410  Latin  Historians  (3)  Latin  historical  wrrting  as 
a  literary  genre  Influences  style ,  and  literary  techniques 

LATN  41 5  Virgil's  Aeneld  (3)  Formerly  LATN  305  Virgil's 
Aeneid:  readings  of  selections  in  Latin  and  of  the  entire 
epic  in  English  translation  along  with  critical  essays 

LATN  420  Cicero  and  Caesar  (3)  Reading  and  analysis 
of  texts  by  M  Tullius  Cicero  and  C  lulius  Caesar,  with 
emphasis  on  the  relationships  between  them  and  on  the 
penod  of  the  Civil  War 

LATN  424  Silver  Latin  (3)  Reading  and  analysis  ot 
selected  texls  Emphasis  on  the  role  of  Nero  and  Seneca 
in  literary  developments 


M APL  —  Applied  Mathematics    21 3 


LATN  472  Historical  Development  ot  the  Latin 
Language  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ot  the 
following  LATN  472  or  LING  431  An  analysis  ol  the 
development  ot  the  Latin  language  trom  archaic  times  to 
the  Middle  Ages 

LATN  488  Latin  Readings  (1  -3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
ol  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it  content  differs 
The  reading  ol  one  or  more  selected  Latin  authors  trom 
antiquity  through  the  Renaissance  Reports. 

LATN  490  Survey  of  Latin  Literature  (3)  Survey  ot  major 
authors  and  genres,  with  extensive  readings  trom  a 
vanety  ol  authors  and  review  of  grammar 

LATN  499  Independent  Study  In  Latin  Language  and 
Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  ol  department 
Repeatable  to  6  credits 

LBSC— Library  Science 

LBSC  381  Basic  Reference  and  Information  Sources 

(3)  Introduction  to  reference/information  service  and  the 
sources,  tools,  and  technology  essential  to  the  reterence 
process  Selection,  evaluation,  and  utilization  of  all 
types  ot  reterence  tools  lor  library  media  centers 

LBSC  383  Library  Materials  for  Children  and  Youth 
(3)  Literature  and  media  lor  children  and  youth,  including 
fiction  and  information  materials:  books,  periodicals, 
video,  filmstnps.  films,  microforms,  records,  pictures, 
pamphlets.  Introduction  to  reading,  viewing,  and  listening 
guidance  techniques. 

LBSC  488  Recent  Trends  and  Issues  In  Library  and 
Information  Services  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  9  credits 
Discussions  of  recent  trends  and  issues  in  library  and 
information  services  Designed  for  practicing 
professionals 

LBSC  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-9) 
Repeatable  to9credits.  Workshops,  clinics,  and  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or  problems.  Primarily 
for  practicing  librarians 

LING — Linguistics 

LING  1 00  Study  of  Languages  (3)  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following  LING  1 00  or  LING  200.  The 
nature  of  languages  and  approaches  to  the  study  of 
languages.  Discussion  of  sounds  and  forms,  clarification 
of  terminology  relevant  to  the  learning  of  a  second 
language.  Survey  of  language  types  and  writing  systems. 
Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  college  foreign  language 
requirement. 

LING  200  Introductory  Linguistics  (3)  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  ANTH  371  or  HESP  120. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  LING 
100  or  LING  200.  Ways  of  studying  human  language; 
basic  concepts  of  modern  linguistic  analysis  (sound 
systems,  word  formation,  syntax,  meaning).  The  nature 
of  human  language;  the  social  aspects  of  language; 
language  change;  dialects;  writing  systems;  language 
universals.  etc. 

LING  240  Language  and  Mind  (3)  The  study  of  language 
as  a  cognitive  phenomenon.  Ways  of  representing 
people's  knowledge  of  their  native  language,  ways  in 
which  that  knowledge  is  attainednaturally  by  children, 
and  how  it  is  used  in  speaking  and  listening.  Relevant 
philosophical  literature.  Relationship  to  study  of  other 
cognitive  abilities:  reasoning,  perception,  sensory-motor 
development. 

LING  300  Concepts  of  Grammar  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
basic  units  of  language  descnption.  Nature  of  and  reasons 
for  constituent  structure  and  syntactic  categories. 
Fundamental  tools  for  language  description  needed  for 
teaching  and  learning  foreign  languages. 

LING  311  Syntax  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240.  Basic 
concepts,  analytical  techniques  of  generative  syntax, 
relation  to  empirical  limits  imposed  by  viewing  grammars 
as  representations  of  a  component  of  human  mind. 
Aspects  of  current  theories. 

LING  312  Syntax  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  311. 
Continuation  of  LING  31 1  Development  of  theories  of 
syntax.  Criteria  for  revising  theories.  Methods  and 
strategies  of  "scientific"  efforts  to  explain  natural 
phenomena. 

LING  321  Phonology  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240. 
Properties  of  sound  systems  of  human  languages,  basic 


concepts  and  analytical  techniques  of  generative 
phonology  Empirical  limits  imposed  by  viewing 
grammars  as  cognitive  representations  Physiological 
properties  and  phonological  systems;  arliculatory 
phonetics  and  distinctive  feature  theory 

LING  322  Phonology  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  321. 
Continuation  ot  LING  321  Development  of  theories  of 
phonology  Criteria  for  revising  theories 

LING  330  Historical  Linguistics  (3)  A  traditional 
presentation  ol  language  change  Language  types  and 
lamilies,  sounds  and  writing  systems,  grammatical 
categories  Reconstructionofproto-languages  by  internal 
and  comparative  methods 

LING  350  Philosophy  of  Language  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHIL  170  or  PHIL  173  or  PHIL  371;  or  LING  311  The 
nature  and  function  of  language  and  other  forms  of 
symbolism  from  a  philosophical  perspective. 

LING  410  Grammar  and  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING 

312  The  basic  notions  of  semantic  theory:  reference, 
quantification,  scope  relations,  compositionality,  thematic 
relations,  tense  and  time,  etc  The  role  these  notions 
play  in  grammars  of  natural  languages  Properties  of 
logical  form  and  relationship  with  syntax. 

LING  41 1  Comparative  Syntax  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING 
312.  Comparison  of  data  from  a  variety  of  languages 
with  respect  to  some  aspect  of  current  versions  of 
syntactic  theory  in  order  to  investigate  how  parameters 
of  universal  grammar  are  fixed  differently  in  different 
languages.  Attempts  to  work  out  fragments  of  grammars 
for  some  languages. 

LING  41 9  Topics  in  Syntax  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
if  content  differs. 

LING  420  Word  Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  322 
Definition  of  shape  and  meaning  of  possible  words,  both 
across  languages  and  within  particular  languages 
Interaction  between  principles  of  word  formation  and 
other  components  of  a  grammar:  syntax,  logical  form 
and  phonology. 

LING  421  Advanced  Phonology  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING 
322.  Topics  in  current  phonological  theory,  as  they 
relate  to  data  from  the  sound  systems  of  various 
languages.  Segmental  and  prosodic  analysis.  Discussion 
of  autosegmental  theory,  metrical  theory,  etc. 
LING  429  Topics  in  Phonology  (3)  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs. 

LING  430  Language  Change  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240. 
Changes  in  grammars  from  generation  to  generation. 
Consequences  for  the  theory  ot  grammars  Traditional 
work  on  historical  change. 

LING  431  Indo-European  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING 
330.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
LATN  472  or  LING  431  Reconstruction  of  Proto-Indo- 
European  according  to  the  theories  of  the  Neo- 
grammarians  and  their  followers.  The  development  of 
Proto-Indo-European  into  its  descendant  languages. 
LING  439  Topics  In  Diachronlc  Linguistics  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

LING  440  Grammars  and  Cognition  (3)  Relationship 
between  the  structure,  development  and  functioning  of 
grammars  and  the  structure,  development  and 
functioning  of  other  mental  systems.  Interpretations  of 
experimental  and  observational  work  on  children's 
language,  aphasia,  speech  production  and 
comprehension. 

LING  445  Computer  Models  of  Language  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LING  240.  The  use  of  linguistic  theory  to 
improve  psychological  models  of  language 
comprehension.  Formal  and  computer  modelling  of 
language  processing  systems. 

LING  451  Grammars  and  Variation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LING  311.  Grammars  and  the  use  of  language  in  a 
variety  of  styles:  formal,  casual,  literary,  etc. 
Consequences  for  concepts  of  grammars.  Variation 
theory.  Literary  styles. 

LING  453  Mathematical  Approaches  to  Language  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LING  312.  The  aspects  of  mathematics 
used  in  linguistic  discussions:  recursion  theory. 
Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  grammars,  set  theory,  Boolean 
algebra,  finite  state  grammars,  context-free  grammars, 


etc  Applications  to  theones  ol  grammars  Formalizations 
of  grammatical  theones 

LING  455  Second  Language  Teaching  (3)  Relationship 
between  theones  ot  grammars,  and  techniques  used  lor 
teaching  and  learning  second  languages,  and  for  the 
teaching  and  learning  ot  English  in  schools. 

LING  457  Grammars  and  Discourse  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LING  240  The  use  of  a  person's  grammar  in 
communication,  sentence  production  Speech  act  theory, 
pragmatics 

LING  487  Computer  Science  for  Cognitive  Studies 
(3)  Also  offered  as  PHIL  487  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  LING  487  or  PHIL  487  List 
processing  and  discrete  mathematics  Preparation  for 
the  study  of  artificial  intelligence  and  other  mathematically 
oriented  branches  ol  cognitive  studies  Intended  for 
students  of  linguistics,  philosophy,  and  psychology. 
LISP  computer  language,  graphs  and  trees,  the  concept 
ot  computational  complexity,  search  algorithms. 

LING  499  Directed  Studies  In  Linguistics  (1-3) 

Prerequisite :  permission  ot  department .  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs  Independent  study  or  research 
on  language  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

MAPL — Applied  Mathematics 
MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240;  and  MATH  241 ;  and  CMSC  1 1 0  or  CMSC 
1 1 3  or  equivalent.  Also  offered  as  CMSC  460.  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MAPL/CMSC 
460  and  MAPL/CMSC  466  Basic  computational  methods 
for  interpolation,  least  squares,  approximation, 
numencalquadrature,  numerical  solution  of  polynomial 
and  transcendental  equations,  systems  of  linear 
equations  and  initial  value  problems  for  ordinary 
differential  equations.  Emphasis  is  on  methods  and  their 
computational  properties  rather  than  their  analytic 
aspects.  Intended  primarily  for  students  in  the  physical 
and  engineering  sciences. 

MAPL  466  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240:  and  MATH  241.  and  CMSC 
1 1 0  or  equivalent.  Also  offered  as  CMSC  466.  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MAPL/CMSC 
460  and  MAPL/CMSC  466.  Floating  point  computations, 
direct  methods  for  linear  systems,  interpolation,  solution 
of  nonlinear  equations. 

MAPL  467  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MAPL/CMSC  466  or  permission  of 
department.  Also  offered  as  CMSC  467  Advanced 
interpolation,  linear  least  squares,  eigenvalue  problems, 
ordinary  differential  equations.  Fast  Fourier  Transforms. 

MAPL  472  Methods  and  Models  in  Applied 
Mathematics  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241 ;  and  MATH 
246;  and  MATH240:  and  PHYS 161  or  171  or  permission 
of  department.  Recommended:  one  of  the  following: 
MATH  410,  MATH  414,  MATH  415.  MATH  462.  MATH 
463,  PHYS  262,  PHYS  273.  Also  offered  as  MATH  472. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH 
472  and  MAPL  472.  Mathematical  models  in  fluid 
dynamics  and  elasticity,  both  linear  and  non-linear  partial 
differential  equations,  variational  characterizations  in 
eigenvalue  problems,  numerical  algorithms.  Additional 
optional  topics  as  time  permits.  Some  examples  are 
Hamiltonian  systems.  Maxwell's  equations,  non-linear 
programming. 

MAPL  473  Methods  and  Models  in  Applied 
Mathematics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL  472  or  permission 
of  department.  Also  offered  as  MATH  473.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MAPL  473  or  MATH 
473.  Continuation  of  the  two-semester  sequence.  MAPL 
472  and  MAPL  473. 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC/MAPL 
460.  466.  or  467.  Also  offered  as  CMSC  477.  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  CMSC  477  or 
MAPL  477.  Linear  programming  including  the  simplex 
algorithm  and  dual  linear  programs,  convex  sets  and 
elements  ol  convex  programming,  combinatorial 
optimization,  integer  programming. 

MAPL  498  Selected  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics 
(1-3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Topics  in 
applied  mathematics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduate  students. 


214    MATH  -  Mathematics 


MATH — Mathematics 

MATH  001   Review  of  High  School  Algebra  (3) 

Recommended  tor  students  who  p*an  to  take  MATH  1 10 
or  MATH  002  but  are  not  currently  qualilied  to  do  so. 
Special  lee  required  in  addition  to  the  regular  tuition 
charge  This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any 
degree  at  the  University  Review  ot  the  algebraic  skills 
fundamental  to  any  lurther  study  ot  mathematics 
Exponents,  polynomials,  linear  equations  in  one  and  two 
variables,  quadratic  equations. 

MATH  002  Advanced  Review  ot  High  School  Algebra 
(3)  Recommended  for  students  who  plan  to  take  but  who 
are  not  currently  qualified  for  MATH  115  Prerequisite: 
MATH  001  or  satisfactory  score  on  the  mathematics 
placement  exam  Special  fee  required  in  addition  to  the 
regular  tuition  charge  This  course  does  not  carry  credit 
towards  any  degree  at  the  University  Review  of  high 
school  algebra  at  a  faster  pace  and  at  a  more  advanced 
level  than  MATH  001  Exponents;  polynomials;  linear 
equations  in  one  and  two  vanables;  quadratic  equations; 
and  polynomial,  rational,  exponential  and  logarithmic 
functions 

MATH  110  Elementary  Mathematical  Models  (3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  based  on 
satisfactory  score  on  the  mathematics  placement  exam, 
or  MATH  001  Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics,  engineenng.  and  the  physical  sciences. 
Elementary  introduction  to  models  useful  in  the  biological, 
management,  and  social  sciences  Matnces.  systems  of 
linear  equations,  and  linear  inequalities  in  two  or  three 
variables  are  used  to  solve  simple  but  representative 
problems  in  linear  programming,  stochastic  processes, 
game  theory,  and  the  mathematics  of  mortgages  and 
annuities. 

MATH  1 1 1 1ntroduction  to  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  based  on  satisfactory  score 
on  the  mathematics  placement  exam,  or  MATH  1 10,  or 
MATH  115  Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics,  engineenng  or  the  physical  sciences. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH 
111  or  STAT  100  Logic.  Boolean  algebra,  counting, 
probability,  random  vanables,  expectation  applications 
of  the  normal  probability  distribution 

MATH  1 15  Precalculus  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  based  on  satisfactory  score  on  the 
mathematics  placement  examor  MATH  002  Preparation 
for  MATH  220  or  MATH  140  Elementary  functions  and 
graphs:  polynomials,  rational  functions,  exponential  and 
loganthmic  functions,  tngonometnc  functions  Algebraic 
techniques  preparatory  for  calculus 

MATH  1 40  Calculus  I  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  based  on  3  1/2  years  of 
college  preparatory  mathematics  (including  tngonometry) 
and  satisfactory  score  on  the  mathematics  placement 
exam  or  MATH  115  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
of  the  following:  MATH  140  or  MATH  220.  Introduction 
to  calculus,  including  functions,  limits,  continuity, 
derivatives  and  applications  of  the  denvative,  sketching 
of  graphs  of  functions,  definite  and  indefinite  integrals, 
and  calculation  of  area  The  course  is  especially 
recommended  for  science  and  mathematics  majors. 

MATH  141  Calculus  II  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite: 
MATH  140  or  equivalent  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following  MATH  141  or  MATH  221 
Continuation  of  MATH  140,  including  techniques  of 
integration,  improper  integrals,  applications  of  integration 
(such  as  volumes,  work,  arc  length,  moments),  inverse 
functions,  exponential  and  logarithmic  functions, 
sequences  and  senes 

MATH  210  Elements  of  Mathematics  (4)  Prerequisite: 
one  year  of  college  preparatory  algebra  Required  for 
maiors  in  elementary  education,  and  open  only  to  students 
in  this  field  Topics  from  algebra  and  number  theory, 
designed  to  provide  insight  into  anthmetic:  inductive 
proof,  the  natural  number  system  based  on  the  Peano 
axioms:  mathematical  systems,  groups,  fields:  the  system 
ol  integers:  the  system  of  rational  numbers;  congruence, 
divisibility:  systems  of  numeration 

MATH  211  Elements  of  Geometry  (4)  Prerequisite 
MATH  210  or  equivalent  Structure  of  mathematics 
systems,  algebra  of  sets,  geometncal  structures,  logic, 
measurement,  congruence,  similarity,  graphs  in  the 
plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere 


MATH  220  Elementary  Calculus  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  based  on  3  1/2  years  ol 
college  preparatory  mathematics  (including  tngonometry) 
and  satisfactory  performance  on  the  mathematics 
placement  exam,  or  MATH  115  Not  open  to  students 
maioring  in  mathematics,  engineering  or  the  physical 
sciences  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the 
following:  MATH  140  or  MATH  220  Basic  ideas  ol 
differential  and  integral  calculus,  with  emphasis  on 
elementary  techniques  of  differentiation  and  applications. 

MATH  221  Elementary  Calculus  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  220.  or  MATH  140.  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics,  engineenng  or  the 
physical  sciences  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  MATH  141  or  MATH  221  Differential  and 
integral  calculus,  with  emphasis  on  elementary 
techniques  of  integration  and  applications 

MATH  240  Introduction  to   Linear  Algebra  (4) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141  or  equivalent  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400  or  MATH  461  Basic  concepts  of  linear 
algebra:  vector  spaces,  applications  to  line  and  plane 
geometry,  linear  equationsand  matrices,  similar  matnces. 
linear  transformations,  eigenvalues,  determinants  and 
quadratic  forms. 

MATH  241  Calculus  III  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per  week 
Prerequisites:  MATH  141  and  any  one  of  the  following: 
MATH  240,  orENES  110,  or  PHYS  171  Introduction  to 
multivanable  calculus,  including  vectors  and  vector- 
valued  functions,  partial  derivatives  and  applications  of 
partial  denvatives  (such  as  tangent  planes  and  LaGrange 
multipliers),  multiple  integrals,  volume,  surface  area, 
and  the  classical  theorems  of  Green.  Stokes  and  Gauss 

MATH  246  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  141  or  equivalent 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  methods  of  solving  ordinary 
differential  equations.  Equations  of  first  and  second 
order,  linear  differential  equations,  Laplace  transforms, 
numerical  methods,  and  the  qualitative  theory  of 
differential  equations. 

MATH  250  Analysis  I  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  First  semester  of  a  year 
course  giving  a  ngorous  treatment  of  calculus  in  one  and 
several  variables.  Topics  covered  during  the  year: 
properties  of  the  real  and  complex  numbers.  Euclidean 
spaces,  basic  set  theory  and  topology,  metnc  spaces, 
sequences  and  senes.  continuity,  differentiability,  uniform 
convergence,  Riemann-Stieltjes  integrals,  multiple 
integrals,  inverse  and  implicit  function  theorems,  line 
integrals,  theorems  of  Green,  Gauss,  and  Stokes 

MATH 251  Analysis ll(Honors)(4)Prerequisite  MATH 
250  Continuation  of  MATH  250  Students  successfully 
completing  MATH  250  •  MATH  251  will  not  need  to  take 
MATH  410 -MATH  411 

MATH  256  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141  Students  will  need  to  spend 
considerable  time  in  the  PC  lab  on  campus  or  have 
access  to  a  PC  off  campus  Numerical  techniques 
implemented  on  microcomputers  in  the  language  True 
Basic.  Problems  in  root  finding,  interpolation,  numencal 
integration  and  differentiation,  linear  (algebraic)  systems 
of  equations,  spline  approximation,  and  ordinary 
differential  equations  Examination  of  errors 

MATH  299  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Topics  of  special 
interest  under  the  general  guidance  ol  the  departmental 
committee  on  undergraduate  studies 

MATH  398  Honors  Seminar  (2)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  the  departmental  honors  committee  Repeatable  to  4 
credits  if  content  differs.  Reports  by  students 
onmathematical  literature:  solution  of  various  problems 

MATH  400  Vectors  and  Matrices  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH 
221  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  in  the  CMPS 
College  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  MATH  240  MATH  400.  or  MATH  461  The 
essentials  of  matnx  theory  needed  in  the  management, 
social  and  biological  sciences  Mam  topics  systems  ol 
linear  equations,  linear  independence,  rank,  orthogonal 
transformations.eigenvalues.  the  pnncipal  axes  theorem 
Typical  applications  linear  models  in  economics  and  in 
statistics.  Markov  chains,  age-specific  population  growth 


MATH  401    Applications  of  Linear  Algebra  (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  240  or  MATH  400  or  MATH  461 
Vanous  applications  of  linear  algebra  theory  of  finite 
games,  linear  programming,  matrix  methods  as  applied 
to  finite  Markov  chains,  random  walk,  incidence  matnces. 
graphs  and  directed  graphs,  networks,  transportation 
problems 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH 
240  or  equivalent  Not  open  to  mathematics  graduate 
students  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  ot  the 
following  MATH  402  or  MATH  403  For  students  having 
only  limited  experience  with  rigorous  mathematical 
proofs  Parallels  MATH  403  Students  planning  graduate 
work  in  mathematics  should  take  MATH  403  Groups, 
rings,  integral  domains  and  fields,  detailed  study  of 
several  groups;  properties  of  integers  and  polynomials 
Emphasis  is  on  the  ongin  ol  the  mathematical  ideas 
studied  and  the  logical  structure  of  the  subject 

MATH  403  Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  240  and  MATH  24 1  or  equivalent 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following  MATH 
402  or  MATH  403  Integers:  groups,  nngs,  integral 
domains,  fields 

MATH  404  Field  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  403 
Algebraic  and  transcendental  elements.  Galois  theory, 
constructions  with  straight-edge  and  compass,  solutions 
of  equations  of  low  degrees,  insolubility  ol  the  Qumtic. 
Sylow  theorems,  fundamental  theorem  of  finite  Abelian 
groups 

MATH  405  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  240 
or  MATH  461  An  abstract  treatment  of  finite  dimensional 
vector  spaces  Linear  transformations  and  their 
invariants. 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141  or  permission  of  department 
Integers,  divisibility,  pnme  numbers,  unique  factonzation. 
congruences,  quadratic  reciprocity.  Diophantme 
equations  and  anthmetic  functions 

MATH  410  Advanced  Calculus  I  (3)  Prerequisites 
MATH  240;  and  MATH  241  First  semester  ol  a  year 
course  Subjects  covered  dunng  the  year  are  sequences 
and  senes  of  numbers,  continuity  and  differentiability  of 
real  valued  functions  of  one  vanabie.  the  Rieman  integral, 
sequences  of  functions,  and  power  senes  Functions  ol 
several  vanables  including  partial  denvatives.  multiple 
integrals,  line  and  surface  integrals  The  implicit  function 
theorem 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculus  II  (3)  Prerequisites 
MATH  410:  and  MATH  240  or  MATH  400  Continuation 
ot  MATH  410. 

MATH  414  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites 
MATH  410;  and  MATH  240  or  equivalent  Existence  and 
uniqueness  theorems  lor  initial  value  problems  Linear 
theory:  fundamental  matrix  solutions,  variation  of 
constants  formula.  Floquet  theory  for  periodic  linear 
systems  Asymptotic  orbital  and  Lyapunov  stability  with 
phase  plane  diagrams  Boundary  value  theory  and 
series  solutions 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  Differential 
Equations  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  246.  and  MATH 
411  or  MATH  251  MATH  4 1 1  and  MATH  4 1 5  may  be 
taken  concurrently  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of 
the  following  MATH  415  or  MATH  462  First  order 
equations,  linear  second  order  equations  in  two  vanables. 
one  dimensional  wave  equation  and  the  method  of 
separation  ol  vanables .  and  other  topics  such  as  harmonic 
functions,  the  heat  equation,  and  the  wave  equation  in 
space 

MATH  417  Introduction  to  Fourier  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisite  MATH  410  Founer  senes  Founer  and 
Laplace  transforms. 

MATH  430  Euclidean  and  Non-Euclidean  GeomatriM 
(3)  Prerequisite  MATH  141  Hubert's  axioms  lor 
Euclidean  geometry  Nei  rtral  geometry  the  consistency 
ol  the  hyperbolic  parallel  postulate  and  the  inconsistency 
ot  the  elliptic  parallel  postulate  with  neutral  geometry 
Models  of  hyerbolic  geometry  Existence  and  properties 
of  isometnes 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Set  Topology  (3) 
Prerequisite  MATH  410  or  equivalent  Connectedness, 
compactness,   transformations,  homomorphisms. 


MICB  —  Microbiology    215 


application  ol  these  concepts  to  various  spaces,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  Euclidean  plane 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  24 1 ,  and  MATH  240  or  MATH  461 
or  equivalent  The  differential  geometry  ot  curves  and 
surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving  frames,  the 
fundamental  differential  lorms.  intrinsic  geometry  of  a 
surface 

MATH  444  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MATH  240  Also  ottered  as  CMSC  450  An 
elementary  development  ot  propositional  logic,  predicate 
logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discussion 
of  Markov  algonthms.  Tunng  machines  and  recursive 
functions.  Topics  include  post  productions,  word 
problems,  and  formal  languages. 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  403  or  MATH  450  Development  of  a  system  of 
axiomatic  set  theory,  choice  principles,  induction 
pnnciples.  ordinal  anthmetic  including  discussion  of 
cancellation  laws,  divisibility,  canonical  expansions, 
cardinal  arithmetic  including  connections  with  the  axiom 
of  choice.  Hartog's  theorem.  Konig's  theorem,  properties 
of  regular,  singular,  and  inaccessible  cardinals. 

MATH  447  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Logic  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MATH  403  or  MATH  410  or  MATH  450 
Formal  propositional  logic,  completeness,  independence, 
decidability  of  the  system,  formal  quantificational  logic, 
first-order  axiomatic  theories,  extended  Godel 
completeness  theorem,  Lowenheim-Skolem  theorem, 
model-theoretical  applications. 

MATH  461  Linear  Algebra  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  141  and  one  MATH/ 
STAT  course  for  which  MATH  141  is  a  prerequisite  This 
course  cannot  be  used  toward  the  upper  level  math 
requirements  tor  MATH/STAT  majors.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH  240.  MATH 
400  or  MATH  46 1  Basic  concepts  of  linear  algebra.  This 
course  is  similar  to  MATH  240.  but  with  more  extensive 
coverage  of  the  topics  needed  in  applied  linear  algebra: 
change  of  basis,  complex  eigenvalues,  diagonalization. 
the  Jordan  canonical  form. 

MATH 462  Partial  Differential  Equations  ForScientists 
and  Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241 ;  and  MATH 
246.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
MATH  462  or  MATH  4 1 5  Linear  spaces  and  operators, 
orthogonality.  Sturm-Liouville  problems  and 
eigenfunction  expansions  for  ordinary  differential 
equations,  introduction  to  partial  differential  equations, 
including  the  heat  equation,  wave  equation  and  Laplace's 
equation,  boundary  value  problems,  initial  value 
problems,  and  initial-boundary  value  problems. 

MATH  463  Complex  Variables  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  241  or  equivalent. 
The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary  functions.  Cauchy 
integral  formula.  Theory  of  residues  and  application  to 
evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  mapping. 

MATH  464  Transform  Methods  For  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246;  and  MATH 
463.  Founer  senes,  Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms. 
Evaluation  of  the  complex  inversion  integral  by  the 
theory  of  residues.  Applications  to  ordinary  and  partial 
differential  equations  of  mathematical  physics:  solutions 
using  transforms  and  separation  of  variables.  Additional 
topics  such  as  Bessel  functions  and  calculus  of  vanations 

MATH  472  Methods  and  Models  in  Applied 
Mathematics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  241 ;  and  MATH 
246:  and  MATH  240:  and  PHYS  161  or  PHYS  171  or 
permission  of  department.  Recommended:  one  of:  MATH 
410.  MATH  414.  MATH  415.  MATH  462.  MATH  463  or 
PHYS  262,  PHYS  273.  Also  offered  as  MAPL  472 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH 
472  and  MAPL  472.  Mathematical  models  in  fluid 
dynamics  and  elasticity,  both  linear  and  non-linear  partial 
differential  equations,  variational  characterizations  in 
eigenvalue  problems,  numencal  algorithms.  Additional 
optional  topics  as  time  permits  Some  examples  are 
Hamiltonian  systems.  Maxwell's  equations,  non-linear 
programming. 

MATH  473  Methods  and  Models  in  Applied 
Mathematics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  472  or  permission 
of  department.  Also  offered  as  MAPL  473.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MATH  473  and 


MAPL  473  Continuation  of  the  two  semester  sequence 
MATH  472  and  MATH  4  73 

MATH  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3) 
Prerequisites:  MATH  240;  and  MATH  24 1  Also  offered 
as  CMSC  475  General  enumeration  methods,  difference 
equations,  generating  functions  Elements  ol  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  ol  graphs,  applications  of 
graph  theory  to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and 
graphical  algorithms 

MATH  478  Selected  Topics  For  Teachers  of 
Mathematics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  permission  of  department  (This  course 
cannot  be  used  toward  the  upper  level  math  requirements 
tor  MATH/STAT  maiors) 

MATH  496  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (1-9) 
Honors  students  register  for  reading  courses  under  this 
number.  Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Topics 
of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students 
will  be  offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guidance 
of  the  departmental  committee  on  undergraduate  studies. 

MEES — Marine-Estuarine- 
Environmental  Sciences 

MEES  440  Essentials  of  Toxicology  (2)  Prerequisite: 
6CHM  261  or  BCHM  461.  Principles  involved  in  the 
assessment  of  responses  of  organisms  to  toxic 
chemicals,  including  systemic  and  organ  toxicology, 
carcinogenesis,  teratogenesis.  and  consideration  of 
theeffects  of  maior  groups  of  toxicants. 

MEES  498 Topics  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 
Sciences  (1-4)  Lecture  and/or  laboratory  series 
organized  to  study  a  selected  area  of  marme-estuarine- 
environmental  sciences  not  otherwise  considered  in 
formal  courses. 

METO — Meteorology 

METO  400  The  Atmosphere  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM 
103;  and  MATH  241;  and  MATH  246;  and  PHYS  263. 
The  atmosphere  and  its  weather  and  climate  systems. 
Composition  of  the  atmosphere,  energy  sources  and 
sinks,  winds,  storms,  global  circulation.  The  application 
of  basic  classical  physics,  chemistry,  and  mathematics 
to  the  study  of  the  atmosphere. 

METO401  Global  Environment^)  Prerequisite:  METO 
400.  The  global  weather  and  climate  system;  the  natural 
variability  of  the  atmosphere-ocean-biosphere.  Potential 
human  effects:  greenhouse  effects,  deforestation,  acid 
rain,  ozone  depletion,  nuclear  winter.  Social,  political 
and  economic  effects  of  changes  in  global  environment. 
Policy  options. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  113 
andMATH241  or  permission  of  department.  Production, 
transformation,  transport  and  removal  of  air  pollutants. 
The  problems  of  photochemical  smog,  the  greenhouse 
effect,  stratospheric  ozone,  acid  rain,  and  visibility. 
Analytical  techniques  for  gases  and  particles. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  in  Atmospheric  Science 

(1  -3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable 
to  6  credits.  Research  or  special  study  in  the  field  of 
meteorology  and  the  atmospheric  and  oceanic  sciences. 

MICB — Microbiology 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  use  of  animals. 
Students  who  areconcerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
in  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whether  animalsare  to  be  used  in  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives,  if  any,  are  available. 

MICB  100  Basic  Microbiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MICB  1 00  or  MICB 
200.  An  introduction  to  the  world  of  microorganisms  that 
is  designed  for  the  general  student.  A  survey  of 
microscopic  life  forms  and  their  activities  that  emphasizes 
their  importance  for  human  welfare.  This  course  is  not 
intended  for  students  maioring  in  biological  or  allied 
health  sciences,  and  it  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  the  24 
credits  required  for  a  major  in  microbiology. 

MICB  200  General  Microbiology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIOL  105.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 


lollowing:  MICB  100  orMICB200  Fundamental  concepts 
in  morphology,  physiology,  genetics,  immunology, 
ecology,  and  pathogenic  microbiology  Applications  ol 
microbiology  to  medicine,  the  food  industry  and 
biotechnology 

MICB  310  Applied  Microbiology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
MICB  200  The  application  ol  microorganisms  and 
microbiological  pnnciples  to  industrial  processes  Control 
of  microorganisms,  sterilization,  disinfection,  antibiotics 

MICB  379  Honors  Research  (2-3)  Prerequisite: 
admission  to  departmental  honors  program  Repeatable 
to  1 2  credits  Research  project  earned  out  under  guidance 
ol  faculty  advisor 

MICB  380  Bacterial  Genetics  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  243  or  CHEM  245  and  MICB  200  Organization, 
replication,  expression,  mutation  and  transfer  of  the 
genetic  material  of  bacteria  and  bacteriophages 
Techniques  of  genetic  study. 

MICB  388  Special  Topics  in  Microbiology  (1-4) 
Prerequisite:  8  credits  in  microbiology  Presentation  and 
discussion  of  special  subjects  in  the  field  of  microbiology. 
A  maximum  of  four  credit  hours  of  MICB  388  may  be 
applied  to  a  major  in  microbiology. 

MICB  399  Microbiological  Problems  (3)  Prerequisites: 
1 6  credits  in  microbiology  and  permission  of  department 
This  course  is  arranged  to  provide  qualified  maiors  in 
microbiology  and  majors  in  applied  fields  an  opportunity 
to  pursue  specific  microbiological  problems  under  the 
supervision  of  a  member  of  the  department. 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology  (2)  Prerequisite:  8 
credits  in  microbiology  History  and  philosophy  of 
classification.  Alpha,  numerical  and  molecular  genetic 
taxonomy.  Methods  used  in  microbial  identification  and 
classification. 

MICB  410  History  of  Microbiology  (1)  Prerequisite: 
MICB  major.  History  and  integration  of  the  fundamental 
discoveries  of  the  science.  Modern  aspects  of 
abiogenesis,  fermentation,  and  disease  causation  in 
relation  to  early  theories. 

MICB  420  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health  (2) 

Prerequisite:  MICB  200  History,  characteristic  features 
of  epidemiology;  the  important  responsibilities  of  public 
health;  vital  statistics. 

MICB  440  Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  The  role  of  bacteria  and  fungi  in 
the  diseases  of  humans  with  emphasis  upon  the 
differentiation  and  culture  of  microorganisms,  types  of 
disease,  modes  of  disease  transmission,  prophylactic, 
therapeutic,  and  epidemiological  aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB 
440.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following: 
ZOOL  455  or  MICB  450  Principles  of  immunity; 
hypersensitiveness.  Fundamental  techniques  of 
immunology. 

MICB  453  Recombinant  DNA  Laboratory  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  course  in  "Recombinant  DNA".  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  MICB  453  or  ZOOL 
453.  An  advanced  course  offering  hands-on  expenence 
in  performing  recombinant  DNA  experiments. 
Techniques  required  for  cloning  procaryotic  genes  in 
Eschenchia  coli. 

MICB  460  General  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB  440 
or  equivalent  Discussion  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
nature  of  viruses,  virus  cultivation  and  assay  methods, 
virus  replication,  viral  diseases  with  emphasis  on  the 
oncogenic  viruses,  viral  genetics,  and  charactenstics  of 
the  major  virus  groups. 

MICB 470  Microbial  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB 
200  Pre-  or  corequisite:  BCHM  462.  Microbial  cellular 
and  population  growth.  Fermentation  metabolism, 
physiology  of  anaerobiosis.  and  energy  conservation 
and  transformation  in  bacterial  membranes  Efficiency 
of  energy  utilization  for  growth  Membrane  structure  and 
transport.  Bacterial  chemotaxis.  Regulation  of  bacterial 
chromosome  replication.  RNA  and  protein  synthesis. 
Control  of  metabolic  pathways. 


216     MUSC- Music 


MICB  480  Microbial  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites  MICB 
200;  and  CHEM  243  or  CHEM  245  Interaction  ol 
microorganisms  with  the  environment,  other 
microorganisms  and  with  higher  organisms  Roles  ol 
microorganisms  in  the  biosphere  Microorganisms  and 
current  environmental  problems 

MICB  490  Microbial  Fermentations  (3)  Prerequisite 
MICB  470  Study  ol  lermentative  metabolism  in  bactena 
and  yeasts;  pnmary  and  secondary  metabolites;  culture 
and  medium  development;  mass  cultivation  ot 
microorganisms,  industrial  processes  tor  organic 
solvents,  acids,  amino  acids,  antibiotics;  bioconversions; 
immobilized  enzyme  and  cell  reactors;  special  problems 
with  genetically  engineered  cultures. 

MICB  491  Microbial  Fermentations  Laboratory  (2) 
Four  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite; 
MICB  490  Second  semester  Methods  tor  the  conduct, 
control  and  analysis  of  fermentation  processes. 

MUED — Music  Education 
MUED  197  Pre-Protessional  Experiences  (1 )  Limited 
to  music  education  majors  An  onentation  into  the  role  ol 
the  music  teacher  in  the  school  and  community  Class 
meets  one  hour  a  week  tor  planning  and  discussion. 
Students  spend  one  afternoon  a  week  assigned  to 
vanous  music  education  activities 

MUED  410  Instrumental  Arranging  (2)  Prerequisites 
MUSC  250  and  permission  of  department  Arranging  for 
school  bands  and  orchestras  from  the  elementary  through 
high  school  levels 

MUED  411  Instrumental  Music:  Methods  and 
Materials  For  the  Elementary  School  (3)  A 
comprehensive  study  of  instructional  matenals  and 
teaching  techniques  for  beginning  instrumental  classes — 
winds,  stnngs  and  percussion 

MUED  420  Instrumental  Music:  Methods,  Materials 
and  Administration  for  Secondary  School  (2)  A 
comprehensive  study  of  instructional  and  program 
matenals.  rehearsal  techniques  and  program  planning 
for  |unior  and  senior  High  School  bands  and  orchestras 
Organization,  scheduling,  budgeting  and  purchasing 
are  included 

MUED  438  Special  Problems  In  the  Teaching  of 
Instrumental  Music  (2-3)  Prerequisite  MUSC  1 1 3-2 1 3 
or  the  equivalent.  A  study,  through  practice  on  minor 
instruments,  ol  the  problems  encountered  in  public 
school  teaching  of  orchestral  instruments.  Literature 
and  teaching  matenals,  minor  repairs,  and  adjustment  of 
instruments  are  included.  The  course  may  be  taken  for 
credit  three  times  since  one  of  fourgroupsof  instruments: 
stnngs.  woodwind,  brass  or  percussion  will  be  studied 
each  time  the  course  is  offered 

MUED  450  Music  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MUSC  155  or  equivalent  Creative 
expenences  in  songs  and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music 
and  everyday  teaching  with  the  abilities  and  development 
of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and  matenals;  observation 
and  teaching  expenence  with  each  age  level 

MUED  470  General  Concepts  For  Teaching  Music  (1 ) 
Corequisite:  MUED  411  or  MUED  471.  Basic 
philosophical,  psychological,  educational  considerations 
for  a  total  music  program  K-12;  strategies  for  teaching 
tonal  and  rhythmic  concepts:  evaluation  techniques  and 
field  expenences  in  designated  schools 

MUED471  Methods  For  Teaching  Elementary  General 
Music  (3)  A  study  of  curriculum .  materials,  and  teaching 
techniques  for  the  development  of  meaningful  music 
experiences  which  contribute  to  a  sequential 
musicalgrowlh  for  children  in  the  elementary  schools 

MUED  472  Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire  (2) 
Prerequisites  MUED  470  and  MUSC  490  Rehearsal 
techniques  for  developing  appropnate  diction,  tone 
production,  intonation,  phrasing,  and  interpretation  of 
choral  music;  examination  of  a  wide  vanety  of  repertoire 
for  use  by  choral  performing  groups  on  the  elementary 
and  secondary  levels 

MUED  478  Special  Topics  In  Music  Education  (1-2) 
Prerequisite  MUED  470  or  permission  of  department 
Repeatable  to  5  credits  Each  topic  focuses  on  a  specific 
aspect  of  the  music  instructional  program,  collectively, 
the  topics  cover  a  wide  range  of  subiect  matter  relevant 
to  today's  schools 


MUED  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  Institutes  (2-6) 
Innovative  and  experimental  dimensions  of  music 
education  will  be  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of  music 
teachers  and  music  supervisors  and  to  allow  students  to 
individualize  their  programs  The  maximum  number 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol 
may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours 
have  been  reached 

MUSC— Music 

MUSC  100  Beginning  Class  Voice  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  A  laboratory  course  involving  a 
vanety  of  voices  and  vocal  problems.  Principles  of 
correct  breathing  as  applied  to  singing;  fundamentals  of 
tone  production  and  diction  Repertoire  of  folk  songs  and 
songs  ol  the  Classical  and  Romantic  periods 
Development  ol  students'  voices. 

MUSC  102  Beginning  Class  Piano  I  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  Functional  piano  training  lor 
beginners  Development  ol  techniques  lor  school  and 
community  playing  Basic  piano  techniques;  chord, 
arpeggio,  and  scaletechniques;  melody  and  song  playing; 
simple  accompaniments,  improvisation  lor 
accompaniments  and  rhythms;  sight  reading  and 
transposition,  and  playing  by  ear. 

MUSC  103  Beginning  Class  Piano  II  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  102  or 
permission  of  department.  Functional  piano  (raining  for 
beginners.  Development  of  techniques  useful  lor  school 
and  community  playing.  Basic  piano  techniques;  chord, 
arpeggio,  and  scaletechniques;  melody  and  song  playing; 
simple  accompaniments,  improvisation  (or 
accompaniments  and  rhythms;  sight  reading  and 
transposition,  and  playing  by  ear.  MUSC  103  is  a 
continuation  of  MUSC  102;  elementary  repertoire  is 
begun 

MUSC  1 1 0  Class  Study  of  String  Instruments  (2)  Four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Open  only  to  majors  in 
music  education  (vocal  option)  Basic  pnnciples  of  string 
playing,  and  a  survey  of  all  stnng  instruments. 

MUSC  111  Class  Study  of  Wind  and  Percussion 
Instruments  (2)  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education  (vocal  option). 
A  survey  ol  wind  and  percussion  instruments  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire 
an  adequate  playing  technique  on  one  instrument  and 
gain  an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construction 
principles  ol  the  others. 

MUSC  113  Class  Study:  Violin  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
(instrumental  option) .  A  study  ol  the  violin  with  emphasis 
on  ensemble  training  The  student  will  acquire  an 
adequate  playing  technique. 

MUSC  1 1 4  Class  Study:  Cello  and  Bass  (2)  Four  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
education  (instrumental  option).  A  study  of  the 
instruments  with  emphasis  on  ensemble  Iraming  The 
student  will  acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique 

MUSC  116  Class  Study:  Clarinet  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
education  (instrumental  option).  A  study  ol  the  clannet 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will 
acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique 

MUSC  117  Class  Study:  Flute.  Oboe,  Bassoon,  and 
Saxophone  (2)  Four  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education  (instrumental 
option)  A  study  ol  the  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate 
playing  technique  on  two  to  lour  instruments,  and  an 
understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construction 
principles  ol  the  others 

MUSC  120  Class  Study:  Cornet  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Open  only  to  maiors  in  music 
education  (instrumental  option)  A  study  ol  the  comet 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training  The  student  will 
acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique 

MUSC  121  Class  Study:  Horn.  Trombone. 
Euphonium,  and  Tuba  (2)  Four  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week.  Open  only  to  maiors  in  music  education 
(instrumental  option)  A  study  ol  the  instruments  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training  The  student  will  acquire 
an  adequate  playing  technique  on  two  to  lour  instruments. 


and  an  understanding  ol  the  acoustical  and  construction 
principles  ol  the  others 

MUSC  123  Movement  for  Singers  (1)  Systematic 
exercises,  improvisations  and  dances  in  conjunction 
with  artistic  vocal  expression  Performance  and  cntique 
ol  stage  deportment,  gestures  and  recital  techniques 

MUSC  126  Vocal  Diction:  English  and  Latin  (1) 
Augmentation  ol  private  voice  study  Phonetics  and 
diction  lor  singers  of  English  and  Latin  vocal  literature 

MUSC  127  Vocal  Diction:  Italian  and  Spanish  (1) 
Augmentation  ol  private  voice  study  Phonetics  and 
diction  lor  singers  of  Italian  and  Spanish  vocal  literature 

MUSC  1 28  Sight  Reading  For  Pianists  (2)  Repeatable 
to  4  credits  A  course  to  give  the  piano  major  an 
opportunity  to  develop  proficiency  in  sight  reading  at  the 
keyboard 

MUSC  129  Ensemble  (1)  Three  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Rehearsal  and  performance  ol  selected  works  for 
small  ensembles  of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups  After  two  registrations  m  MUSC  129  the  student 
will  elect  MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters  and 
MUSC  329  thereafter. 

MUSC  1 30  Survey  of  Music  Literature  (3)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per  week  Open  to 
all  students  except  music  and  music  education  majors 
A  study  of  the  principles  upon  which  music  is  based,  and 
an  introduction  to  the  musical  repertory  performed  in 
Amenca  today 

MUSC  135  Basic  Notational  Skills  (2)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  per  week  An 
introductory  course  in  fundamentals  ol  music  notation 
and  the  development  of  aural  skills  May  not  be  used  in 
fulfillment  of  degree  requirements  by  maiors  in  music 

MUSC  140  Music  Fundamentals  I  (3)  Limited  to  non- 
music  majors.  Introductory  theory  course.  Notation, 
scales,  intervals,  triads,  rhythm,  form    and  basic 

auralskills. 

MUSC  141  Music  Fundamentals  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  1 40  or  permission  ol  department  Continuation  ol 
MUSC  140  Introduction  to  counterpoint,  contemporary 
idioms,  improvisation  and  student  compositions 

MUSC  150  Theory  of  Music  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
departmental  audition  and  entrance  examination  For 
MUSC  majors  only  A  study  of  basic  concepts  and  skills 
in  tonal  melody  and  harmony  through  analysis  and 
composition 

MUSC  151  Theory  of  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  in  MUSC  1 50  Acontinuation  ol  MUSC  1 50. 
including  study  ol  more  advanced  harmonic  techniques 
of  the  eighteenth  century  such  as  modulation  and 
chromatic  harmonies  Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear 
training,  analysis,  and  compositional  skills 

MUSC  1 55  Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 
(3)  Open  to  students  majonng  m  pre-earty  childhood 
education,  pre-elementary  education,  elementary 
education,  or  childhood  education,  other  students  take 
MUSC  150  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the 
following:  MUSC  150  or  MUSC  155.  The  fundamentals 
of  music  theory  and  practice,  related  to  the  needs  of  the 
classroom  and  kindergarten  teacher,  and  organized  m 
accordance  with  the  six-area  concept  ol  musical  learning 

MUSC  200  Intermediate  Class  Voice  I  (2)  Four  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  MUSC  100  or 
equivalent  vocal  training  Continuation  of  MUSC  100 
with  more  advanced  repertory  lor  solo  voice  and  small 
ensembles  A  special  section  lor  music  education  majors 
will  include  the  study  of  methods  and  matenals  for 
teaching  class  voice 

MUSC  202  Intermediate  Class  Piano  I  (2)  Four  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  MUSC  103  or 
equivalent  piano  training  Advanced  keyboard 
techniques  Continuation  ol  skills  introduced  in  MUSC 
103  Transposition,  modulation,  and  sight  reading, 
methods  ol  teaching  functional  piano 

MUSC  203  Intermediate  Class  Piano  II  (2)  Four  hours 
ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  MUSC  202  or 
equivalent  piano  training  Advanced  keyboard 
techniques  Continuation  ol  skills  introduced  m  MUSC 


MUSC-  Music     217 


202.  Transposition,  modulation,  and  sight  reading, 
methods  ot  teaching  lunctional  piano  Development  of 
style  in  playing  accompaniments  and  in  playing  for 
community  singing  More  advanced  repertory. 

MUSC  210  The  Impact  ot  Music  on  Lite  (3)  Music  as 
a  part  of  culture  Materials  drawn  from  traditions 
throughout  the  globe  to  illustrate  issues  ot  hisloncal  and 
conlemporary  significance,  including  fhe  impact  ol  race, 
class  and  gender  on  the  study  ol  music 

MUSC  21 5  The  Art  ol  the  Performer  (3)  A  study  ot  music 
as  recreated  and  communicated  by  one  or  more 
performers  through  recital-lecture  programs  The  soloist, 
the  ensemble  performer,  the  conductor;  style,  technique. 
and  interpretation,  programming,  listener,  audience, 
and  media  Presentations  by  Department  of  Music 
performance  faculty,  students,  and.  when  possible, 
visiting  artists  Open  to  non-music  ma|ors 

MUSC  21 7  Class  Composition  I  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
151  and  permission  ot  department  Pnncipies  of  musical 
composition  and  their  application  to  the  smaller  forms 
Onginal  writing  in  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century 
musical  idioms  for  various  media 

MUSC  21 8  Class  Composition  li  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
217  and  permission  of  department.  Continuation  of 
MUSC  217  May  be  repeated  for  credit,  but  only  one 
successful  attempt  may  be  applied  towards 
baccalaureate  degree  requirements 

MUSC  226  Vocal  Diction:  French  (1 )  Augmentation  of 
private  voice  study  Phonetics  and  diction  for  singers  of 
French  vocal  literature 

MUSC  227  Vocal  Diction:  German  (1 )  Augmentation  of 
pnvate  study  Phonetics  and  diction  for  singers  of  German 
vocal  literature 

MUSC  228  Accompanying  For  Pianist  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  228.  Repeatable  to  4  credits.  A  course  to  give  the 
piano  maior  experience  in  dealing  with  the  problems  of 
accompanying  at  an  intermediate  stage  of  difficulty. 
Guidance  and  instruction  in  class  will  be  supplemented 
by  extensive  experience  working  as  an  accompanist  in 
applied  studios. 

MUSC  229  Ensemble  (1 )  Three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works  for 
small  ensembles  of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups.  After  two  registrations  in  MUSC  1 29.  the  student 
will  elect  MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters  and 
MUSC  329  thereafter 

MUSC  230  History  of  Music  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
250  or  equivalent.  A  historical  study  of  western  music 
from  Corelli  through  Beethoven. 

MUSC   248   Special   Problems  in   Music   (2-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6 
credits.  Designed  to  allow  a  student  of  theory  or  music 
history  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  pro|ect  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  member. 

MUSC  250  Advanced  Theory  of  Music  I  (4)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  151  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C.  A  continuation  of 
MUSC  151,  with  further  study  of  chromatic  and 
modulatory  techniques  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis,  and 
compositional  skills. 

MUSC  251   Advanced  Theory  of  Music  II  (4) 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  MUSC  250.  A 
continuation  of  MUSC  250,  concentrating  on  late 
nineteenth-century  chromatic  harmony  and  an 
introduction  to  twentieth-century  melody  and  harmony. 
Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis,  and 
compositional  skills 

MUSC  328  Chamber  Music  Performance  for  Pianists 

(2)  Repeatable  to  4  credits.  A  course  to  give  the  piano 
major  experience  in  dealing  with  the  problems  of  playing 
chamber  music  at  a  moderately  difficult  level.  Class 
instruction  will  center  around  actual  rehearsal  and 
performance  situations  and  will  be  supplemented  by 
further  experience  working  in  chamber  ensemble  in 
applied  studios. 

MUSC  329  Ensemble  (1 )  Three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works  for 
small  ensembles  of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups.  After  two  registrations  in  MUSC  1 29,  the  student 


will  elect  MUSC  229  lor  two  additional  semesters  and 
MUSC  329  thereafter. 

MUSC  330  History  of  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
250  or  equivalent  A  histoncal  study  of  western  music 
from  the  Romantic  era  to  the  present 

MUSC  331  History  of  Music  III  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
230  and  MUSC  330  A  histoncal  study  of  western  music 
trom  Antiquity  through  the  Baroque,  ending  with  a  review 
of  all  periods  of  music  history 

MUSC  339  Honors  In  Music  (3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  Corequisite:  MUSC  349  Repeatable  to 
6  credits.  The  production  ol  one  or  more  recitals  or 
lecture-recitals;  one  or  more  compositions;  or  one  or 
more  honors  theses  in  addition  to  regular  degree 
requirements  Two  semesters  required. 

MUSC  340  Music  Literature  Survey  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  130  or  equivalent.  Limited  to  non-music  majors 
Masterpieces  of  the  symphonic  and  operatic  repertory 
including  works  selected  from  Bach.  Mozart,  Beethoven. 
Brahms,  Wagner.  Verdi,  and  Debussy 

MUSC  341  Music  Literature  Survey  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  130  or  equivalent.  Limited  to  non-music  ma|ors. 
Specialized  music  repertory,  including  medieval,  liturgical 
drama.  Handel  trio  sonatas.  Schubert  Lieder,  Bartok 
string  quartets,  electronic  music. 

MUSC  345  Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or  permission  of  department 
Jazz  theory,  notational  conventions,  improvisation 
techniques,  reading  and  analysis  of  music,  and 
performance  in  small  combo  format. 

MUSC  346  Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  345  or  permission  of  department. 
Continuation  of  MUSC  345  including  scoring  and 
transcription. 

MUSC  349  Honors  Seminar  in  Music  (1)  Corequisite: 
MUSC  339.  Repeatable  to  2  credits.  Group  discussion 
of  projects  undertaken  in  MUSC  339.  Two  semesters 
required. 

MUSC  358  Aural  Musical  Skills  (2)  Repeatable  to  4 
credits.  Advanced  skills  in  perceiving  pitch,  melody, 
rhythm,  harmony,  texture,  and  timbre  in  a  variety  of 
media. 

MUSC  379  Opera  Workshop  (2)  10  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Repeatable  to  8  credits.  Open  to  music  and 
non-music  majors  (by  audition).  Operatic  production 
and  performance,  performance  techniques  and  coaching, 
stage  direction,  set  design,  costume  design,  and  make- 
up. Repertory  will  include  smaller  operatic  works, 
excerpts,  or  scenes 

MUSC  388  Music  Internship  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Corequisite:  MUSC  389. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Pre-professional  field  work  in 
music. 

MUSC  389  Music  Internship  Analysis  (1 )  Corequisite: 
MUSC  388.  Repeatable  to  2  credits  Documentation  and 
evaluation  of  field  work  experience. 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite: 
MUSC  41 8  or  a  more  advanced  course  in  applied  music. 
Conference  course.  A  study  of  major  pedagogical 
treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  of  pedagogical 
techniques,  materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  415  Music  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Application  of  management 
concepts  to  music  administration. 

MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal  or  Chamber 
Music  (2)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MUSC  328.  A  course  for 
piano  students  who  wish  to  go  further  than  the  work 
offered  in  MUSC  128,  MUSC  228,  and  MUSC  328  by 
becoming  specialists  in  the  areas  of  vocal  coaching  or 
chamber  music  coaching.  Elements  of  pedagogy, 
conducting,  and  responsible  artistic  decision-making  for 
the  entire  musical  production. 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater  (2-3)  1 0  hours  of  laboratoryper 
week.  Open  to  music  and  non-music  majors  with 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  12  credits 
Advanced  techniques  of  operatic  production;  preparation . 
rehearsal,  and  performance  of  operatic  works  from  both 
the  traditional  and  contemporary  repertory. 


MUSC  432  Music  In  World  Cultures  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  130  or  permission  of  department  Asian  musics 
from  Japan  to  the  Arab  countries  analyzed  in  terms  of 
musical,  social  and  aesthetic  approaches 

MUSC  433  Music  In  World  Cultures  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  130  or  permission  ol  department  Music  of  the 
Balkans,  Alrica,  South  and  North  America  analyzed  in 
terms  of  musical,  social  and  aesthetic  interrelationships 

MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now  (3)  Maior  styles  and 
influential  artists  of  the  past  75  years  of  jazz. 

MUSC  438  Area  Studies  in  Ethnomuslcology  (3) 
Prerequisite  MUSC  432  or  MUSC  433  or  equivalent 
Repeatable  to  9  credits  if  content  differs  Advanced 
study  of  musics  in  selected  regions  of  the  world. 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Muslcum  (1)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  5  credits 
Open  to  undergraduates  and  graduates,  music  maiors 
and  non-majors.  Procurement,  edition,  and  performance 
of  music  not  belonging  to  a  standard  repertory:  early 
music,  compositions  for  unusual  performing  media,  works 
which  demand  reconstruction  of  their  original 
circumstances  of  performance.  Outcome  of  a  semesters 
work  may  be  one  or  more  performances  for  the  public. 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  330.  MUSC  331  or  equivalent.  The  study  of  solo 
vocal  literature  from  the  Baroque  Cantata  to  the  Art  Song 
of  the  present.  The  Lied.  Melodie,  vocal  chamber  music, 
and  the  orchestral  song  are  examined 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
330.  MUSC  331  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  music, 
librettos  and  composers  of  the  standard  operas. 

MUSC  448  Selected  Topics  in  Music  (1  -3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  A  maximum  of  three  credits 
may  be  applied  to  music  maior  requirements.  56  semester 
hours.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251 . 
A  study  of  the  principles  of  organization  in  music  with 
emphasis  on  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century 
European  music.  Reading  and  analysis  of  scores 
exemplifying  the  musical  forms. 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
450  or  permission  of  department.  An  advanced  course 
in  the  analysis  of  tonal  music.  Discussion  of  individual 
works,  with  emphasis  on  their  unique  characteristics 
and  on  the  relation  of  analysis  to  performance. 

MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251 .  Keyboard  performance  of  musical  score  for  vocal 
and  instrumental  ensembles  and  keyboard  realization  of 
basso  continuo  parts. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and  Recorder  (2) 

Three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Study  and  development  of 
instrumental  technique,  pedagogical  practices,  and 
matenals  relating  to  group  performance 

MUSC  457  Electronic  Music  Composition  (2) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  250  and  permission  of  department. 
Theory  and  practice  of  electronic  music,  electronically- 
generated  sound,  and  its  modulation  in  the  voltage- 
controlled  studio. 

MUSC  460  Tonal  Counterpoint  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
25 1  or  permission  of  department.  A  course  in  eighteenth- 
century  contrapuntal  techniques,  analysis  and  original 
composition  of  two-voice  dances,  preludes,  and 
inventions. 

MUSC  461  Tonal  Counterpoint  II  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  460.  A  continuation  of  MUSC  460.  Analysis  and 
original  composition  of  larger  works  displaying  imitation 
in  more  than  two  voices,  including  the  chorale  prelude 
and  fugue. 

M USC  462  Modal  Counterpoint  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  the  contrapuntal 
techniques  of  the  sixteenth  century:  the  structure  of  the 
modes,  composition  of  modal  melodies,  and  contrapuntal 
writing  for  two.  three  and  four  voices. 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
461  or  equivalent.  Composition  and  analysis  of  the 
canon  and  fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries. 


21 8    NUSC  —  Nutritional  Sciences 


MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  461  or  permission  of  department  A  study  ol 
counterpoint  and  its  role  in  articulating  large-scale  tonal 
structures  with  emphasis  on  analysis  and  written 
exercises 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (3)  A  study  of  mapr 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  ot 
pedagogical  techniques,  matenals.  and  procedures. 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
467  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Application  ot  the  studies 
begun  in  MUSC  467  to  the  actual  lesson  situation 
Evaluation  ol  results 

MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal  Practices  ot 
the  Twentieth  Century  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC  251  or 
equivalent  A  theoretical  and  analytical  study  of  twentieth 
century  matenals 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Compositional  Techniques 

(2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  470of  permission  of  department. 
Continuation  of  MUSC  470.  with  emphasis  on  the  analysis 
of  individual  works  written  since  1945 

MUSC  480  Music  in  Antiquity  and  the  Middle  Ages 

(3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  Hellenic  times  to  1 450 

MUSC  481  Music  in  the  Renaissance  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1450  to  1600. 

MUSC  482  Music  in  the  Baroque  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  483  Music  in  the  Classic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  484  Music  in  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1820  to  1900 

MUSC  485  Music  in  the  20th  Century  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1 900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  486  Orchestration  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251 
A  study  of  the  ranges,  musical  functions  and  technical 
characteristics  of  the  instruments  and  their  color 
possibilities  in  vanous  combinations  Practical  expenence 
in  orchestrating  for  small  and  large  ensembles. 

MUSC  487  Orchestration  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  486. 
A  study  of  orchestration  in  the  vanous  historical  periods, 
with  emphasis  upon  stylistic  writing  projects 

MUSC  490  Conducting  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251  Vocal  and  instrumental  baton  techniques. 

MUSC  491  Conducting  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  490 
or  equivalent  Baton  techniques  applied  to  score  reading, 
rehearsal  techniques,  tone  production,  style  and 
interpretation 

MUSC  492  Keyboard  Music  I  (3)  The  history  and 
literature  of  harpsichord  and  solo  piano  music  from  its 
beginning  to  the  romantic  period  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
those  segments  of  repertory  which  are  encountered  in 
performance  and  teaching  situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
492  The  history  and  literature  of  harpsichord  and  solo 
piano  music  from  the  Romantic  penod  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  segments  of  repertory 
which  are  encountered  in  performance  and  teaching 
situations  at  the  present  time 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251  A  study  of  the  major  contributions  of  music  theorists 
from  Greek  antiquity  through  the  twentieth  century. 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies  (2-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  May  be  repeated  once  for 
credit  Independent  research  on  a  topic  chosen  in 
consultation  with  the  instructor,  which  may  culminate  in 
a  paper  or  appropnate  proied 

MUSP — Music  Performance 

Undergraduate  Music  Performance  Courses  are 
available  in  three  series: 

Minor  Series:  2-credits  each  course  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  chairperson  Limited  to  music 
maiors  studying  a  secondary  instrument  and  to  non- 
music  maiors  Each  course  in  the  senes  must  be  taken 


in  sequence  The  initial  election  lor  all  new  students, 
both  freshman  and  transfer,  is  102  Transfer  students 
are  evaluated  for  higher  placement  after  one  semester 
of  study  One-hall  hour  private  lesson  per  week  plus 
assigned  independent  practice. 

MUSP  102,  103  Freshman  Courses. 

MUSP  202.  203  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  302.  303  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  402.  403  Senior  Courses. 

Principal  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course 
Prerequisites:  departmental  audition,  entrance 
examination,  and  permission  of  department  chairperson 
Limited  to  majors  in  music  programs  other  than 
performance  and  composition  Each  course  in  the  series 
must  be  taken  in  sequence  The  initial  election  for  all  new 
students,  both  Ireshman  and  transfer,  is  109  Transfer 
students  are  evaluated  for  higher  placement  after  one 
semester  of  study  One-hour  private  lesson  per  week 
plus  assigned  independent  practice.  Courses  109. 208. 
and  409  may  be  repeated  once  for  credit,  but  only  one 
successful  attempt  in  each  course  may  be  applied 
towards  baccalaureate  degree  requirements 

MUSP  109,  110.  Freshman  Courses. 

MUSP  207,  208  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  305.  306  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  409.  410  Senior  Courses.  Recital  required  in 
MUSP  410. 

Major  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course  Prerequisites 
departmental  audition,  entrance  examination,  and 
permission  of  department  chairperson  Limited  to  majors 
in  performance  and  composition.  Each  course  in  the 
senes  must  be  taken  in  sequence  The  initial  election  for 
ail  new  students,  both  freshman  and  transfer,  is  119 
Transfer  students  are  evaluated  for  higher  placement 
after  one  semester  of  study.  One-hour  private  lesson  per 
week  plus  assigned  independent  practice  Courses  1 1 9. 
218.  and  419  may  be  repeated  once  for  credit,  but  only 
one  successful  attempt  in  each  course  may  be  applied 
towards  baccalaureate  degree  requirements. 

MUSP  119,  120  Freshman  Courses. 

MUSP  217,  218  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  315.  316  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  419.  420  Senior  Courses.  Recital  required  in 
MUSP  420.  Instrument  designation:  each  student 
taking  a  music  performance  course  must  indicate 
the  instrument  chosen  by  adding  a  suffix  to  the 
proper  course  number,  such  as:  MUSP  102A  music 
performancepiano.  Apiano:  Bvoice:  Cviolin;  Dviola: 
Ecello:  Fbass;  Gflute:  Hoboe:  Iclarinet;  Jbassoon: 
Ksaxophone;  Lhorn;  Mtrumpet:  Ntrombone;  Otuba: 
Peuphonium;  Qpercussion:  Tcomposition;  Uworld 
instruments;  Vharp:  Welectronic  composition;  Xhist 
Inst  •  keyboard;  Yhist  Inst  -  strings;  Zhist  inst  - 
winds. 

NRMT— Natural  Resources  Management 
NRMT  314  Biology  and  Management  of  Finlish  (4) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite  one  year  of  biology  or  zoology 
Formerly  AGRI  314  Fundamentals  of  individual  and 
population  dynamics;  theory  and  practice  ol  sampling 
fish  populations;  management  schemes 

NRMT  389  Internship  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  ot 
department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Formerly  AGRI 
389  Students  are  placed  in  work  expenences  related  to 
their  stated  career  goals  for  a  minimum  ol  eight  hours  a 
week  tor  a  semester  Each  student  must  do  an  in-depth 
study  in  some  portion  of  the  work  expenence  and 
produce  a  special  proiect  and  report  related  to  this  study 
A  student  work  log  is  also  required  An  evaluation  from 
the  external  supervisor  of  the  protect  will  be  required 

NRMT  41 1  Biology  and  Management  ot  Shellfish  (4) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  one  year  of  biology  or  zoology 
Formerly  AGRI  41 1  Identification,  biology,  management 
and  culture  of  commercially  important  molluscs  and 
Crustacea  The  shellfishenes  ol  the  world,  with  emphasis 


on  those  of  the  northwestern  Atlantic  Ocean  and  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  Field  trips 

NRMT  460  Principles  of  Wildlife  Management  (3) 
Three  hours  ol  lecture  per  week  Three  Saturday  field 
tnps  are  scheduled.  Prerequisite  two  semesters  ol 
laboratory  biology  Ecological  principles  and 
requirements  ol  wildlife  as  bases  for  management,  and 
introduction  to  the  scientific  literature.  Conflicts  in  wildlife 
management,  government  administration  of  wildlife 
resources,  legislation,  and  history  of  Ihe  wildlife 
management  prolession. 

NRMT  461  Urban  Wildlife  Management  (3)  Two  lectures 
perweek  Two  Saturday  field  tnps  are  scheduled  Ecology 
and  management  of  wildlife  in  urban  areas  For  students 
in  biological  sciences,  geography,  landscape  design, 
natural  resources  management,  recreation  and  urban 
studies  Planning,  design,  and  wildlife  conservation  in 
landscape  ecology  Public  attitudes,  preferences,  and 
values,  reviews  of  pnvateconservation  organizations 

NRMT470  Natural  Resources  Management  (4) Senior 
standing  For  NRMT  majors  only  Field  work,  and 
independent  research  on  watersheds  Intensive  seminar 
on  resource  management  planning  and  report 
preparation 

NRMT  487  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  I  (3) 

Formerly  AEED  487  Designed  pnmanly  for  teachers 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources  soil,  water,  fishenes. 
wildlife,  forests  and  minerals  natural  resources  problems 
and  practices.  Extensive  field  study  Concentration  on 
subject  matter.  Taken  concurrently  with  NRMT  497  in 
summer  season. 

NRMT  489  Field  Experience  (1-4)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Formerly  AEED  489.  Planned  field  expenence  for  both 
major  and  non-maior  students 

NRMT  497  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  II  (3) 
Formerly  AEED  497  Designed  pnmanly  for  teachers 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources  soil,  water,  fishenes. 
wildlife,  forests  and  minerals;  natural  resources  problems 
and  practices  Extensive  field  study  Methods  of  teaching 
conservation  included.  Taken  concurrently  with  NRMT 
487  in  summer  season 

NRMT  499  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs. 

NUSC— Nutritional  Sciences 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  use  of  animal*. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
in  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whetheranimals  are  to  be  used  in  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives,  if  any.  are  available. 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  ol  Nutntion  (3)  Prerequisites 
CHEM  104;  and  ANSC  212  Recommended  BCHM 
261  Also  offered  as  ANSC  401  A  study  of  the 
fundamental  role  of  all  nutnents  in  the  body  including 
their  digestion,  absorption  and  metabolism  Dietary 
requirements  and  nutntional  deficiency  syndromes  of 
laboratory  and  farm  animals  and  man. 

NUSC  425  International  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite 
course  in  basic  nutrition  Also  offered  as  NUTR  425 
Nutntional  status  of  world  population  and  local,  national, 
and  international  programs  for  improvement 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  II  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites  permission  of  department.  NUTR  440. 
and  BCHM  261  or  concurrent  registration  in  BCHM  462 
Also  offered  as  NUTR  450  A  cmcal  study  of  physiological 
and  metabolic  influences  on  utilization  of  water  soluble 
vitamins  and  minerals  Consideration  ol  nutntion  and  the 
life  cycle,  with  emphasis  on  current  problems  in  human 
nutntion 

NUSC  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  NUTR  440  and  NUTR  450  Also  offered  as 
NUTR  460  Modifications  of  the  normal  adequate  diet  to 
meet  human  nutntional  needs  in  acute  and  chronic 
diseases  and  metabolic  disorders 


NUTR— Nutrition 


The  following  courses  may  involve  the  use  of  animals. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
In  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
Instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whether  animals  are  to  be  used  In  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  Involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives.  If  any,  are  available. 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition  (3)  Fundamentals  of 
human  nutrition  Nutrient  requirements  related  to 
changing  individual  and  lamily  needs 

NUTR  200  Nutrition  for  Health  Services  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites  CHEM  104orCHEM233;  andZOOL20l 
or  ZOOL  202  or  ZOOL  211  Nutrition  related  to 
maintenance  of  normal  health  and  prevention  of  disease; 
nutritional  requirements  tor  individuals  in  different  stages 
of  development;  current  concerns  in  nutntion  for  the 
professional  in  health  services. 

NUTR  315  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child  Nutrition  (3) 

Prerequisite  NUTR  100  or  NUTR  200  Nutritional  needs 
of  the  mother,  infant  and  child  and  the  relation  of  nutrition 
to  physical  and  mental  growth  Intended  primarily  for 
non-ma|ors. 

NUTR  330  Nutritional  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  104  or  CHEM  233  or  CHEM  235;  NUTR  100  or 
NUTR  200  This  course  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
of  departmental  maiors  in  the  area  of  nutritional 
biochemistry 

NUTR  335  History  of  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite:  course 
in  basic  nutrition.  The  development  of  knowledge  in 
nutntion,  including  the  biographies  of  creative  nutrition 
researchers  and  the  nature  of  the  discovery  process. 
The  use  of  hypotheses  to  focus  exploration  and  the 
testing  and  evaluation  of  important  hypotheses  in 
nutrition 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite: 
course  in  basic  nutntion  Also  offered  as  NUSC  425. 
Nutritional  status  of  world  populations;  consequences  of 
malnutrition  on  health  and  mental  development;  and 
local,  national,  and  international  programs  for  nutritional 
improvement. 

NUTR  440  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  I  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  (NUTR  330;  and  ZOOL  202;  and  NUTR 
1 00  or  NUTR  200)  or  permission  of  department.  A  critical 
study  of  physiological  and  metabolic  influences  on 
utilization  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  protein  and  fat  soluble 
vitamins,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current  problems 
in  human  nutrition 

NUTR  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  II  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  NUTR  440  or  permission  of  department. 
Also  offered  as  NUSC  450.  A  critical  study  of  physiological 
and  metabolic  influences  on  utilization  of  water  soluble 
vitamins  and  minerals.  Consideration  of  nutrition  and  the 
life  cycle,  with  emphasis  on  current  problems  in  human 
nutrition 

NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  NUTR  440  and  NUTR  450.  Also  offered 
as  NUSC  460.  Modifications  of  the  normal  adequate  diet 
to  meet  human  nulntional  needs  in  acute  and  chronic 
diseases  and  metabolic  disorders. 

NUTR  468  Practicum  in  Nutrition  (1-6)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Inservice  training  and  practical  experience  in  the 
application  of  the  principles  of  normal  and/or 
Iherapeuticnutrition  in  an  approved  community  agency, 
clinical  facility  or  nufrition  research  laboratory. 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites: 
NUTR  440  or  permission  of  department  A  study  of 
nutrition  education  principles  and  techniques  for  use 
with  children  and  adults;  program  development, 
implementation,  and  evaluation;  community  nutrition 
programs  and  problems. 

NUTR  475  Dynamics  of  Community  Nutrition  (3) 
Prerequisite:  NUTR  470  or  permission  of  department. 
The  practice  of  community  nutrition.  Community 


assessment;  nutntion  program  planning,  implementation 
and  evaluation;  nutrition  education  and  counseling; 
grantsmanship.  and  the  legislative  process 

NUTR  490  Special  Problems  In  Nutrition  (2-3) 
Prerequisite  NUTR  440  and  permission  ol  department 
Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  human 
nutrition 

NUTR  498  Selected  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs  Selected  current  aspects  of  nutrition 

PHIL— Philosophy 

PHIL  100  Introduction  to  Philosophy  (3)  An  introduction 
to  the  literature,  problems,  and  methods  of  philosophy 
either  through  a  study  of  some  of  the  main  ligures  in 
philosophic  thought  or  through  an  examination  of  some 
of  the  central  and  recurnng  problems  of  philosophy. 

PHIL  1 01  The  Structure  of  Knowledge  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  literature,  problems,  and  methods  of  philosophy 
through  a  study  of  problems  concerning  knowledge, 
belief,  and  evidence  The  emphasis  is  on  Western 
philosophy 

PHIL  102  Truth  and  Reality  (3)  Literature,  problems, 
and  methods  of  philosophy  through  study  of  questions 
about  the  nature  of  what  exists,  truth,  and  problems  of 
knowledge  Emphasis  on  Western  philosophy  and 
science. 

PHIL  103  Self  and  Identity  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
literature,  problems,  and  methods  of  philosophy  through 
a  study  of  problems  about  the  self  and  personal  identity. 
The  primary  emphasis  is  on  Western  philosophy,  science 
and  literature. 

PHIL  104  Action  and  Responsibility  (3)  Literature, 
problems,  and  methods  of  philosophy  through  a  study  of 
problems  concerning  actions,  responsibility,  and  related 
topics  in  ethical  theory.  Emphasis  on  Western  philosophy. 

PHIL  105  God  and  Cosmos  (3)  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  completed  PHIL  236.  Literature,  problems, 
and  methods  of  philosophy  through  a  study  of  problems 
about  God,  self,  and  cosmos,  and  the  relations  among 
them.  Emphasis  on  Western  philosophy. 

PHIL  110  Plato's  Republic  (3)  Plato's  Republic  as  a 
framework  for  examining  philosophical  issues  pertaining 
to  art,  education,  immortality,  love,  marriage,  the  mind, 
morality,  the  state,  and  the  universe  and  our  knowledge 
of  it  The  arguments  Plato  uses  to  support  his  views  on 
these  issues,  his  fusion  of  these  views  into  a  single 
comprehensive  philosophy,  and  the  influence  of  this 
philosophy  on  western  thought  and  culture.  Readings 
from  other  Platonic  dialogues  and  from  secondary 
material. 

PHIL  140  Contemporary  Moral  Issues  (3)  The  uses  of 
philosophical  analysis  in  thinking  clearly  about  such 
widely  debated  moral  issues  as  abortion,  euthanasia, 
homosexuality,  pornography,  reverse  discrimination,  the 
death  penalty,  business  ethics,  sexual  equality,  and 
economic  |ustice. 

PHIL  170  Introduction  to  Logic  (3)  A  general 
introduction  to  the  discipline  of  logic.  Traditional  and 
modern  deductive  techniques;  informal  fallacies. 

PHIL  173  Logic  and  the  English  Language  I  (3)  Basic 
techniques  for  analyzing  deductive  arguments.  The 
uses  of  these  techniques  to  illuminate  the  grammar  and 
the  logic  of  English  sentences  The  capacity  of  the 
English  language  to  express  logical  distinctions. 
Exercises  in  analyzing  the  logical  structure  of  published 
writings  of  varied  style  and  content. 

PHIL  174  Logic  and  the  English  Language  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  173  or  permission  of  department. 
Basic  techniques  of  conceptual  analysis  and 
nondeductive  reasoning  examined  against  the  capacity 
of  the  English  language  for  exact  expression  Exercises 
in  cntical  analysis  of  published  writings  of  varied  style 
and  content. 

PHIL  201   Issues  in  the  Philosophy  of  Life  (3) 

Philosophical  issues  concerning  what  is  desirable  and 
what  is  admirable  in  human  life.  The  emphasis  is  on 
Western  philosophy  and  literature. 


PHIL -Philosophy     219 

PHIL  206  Chinese  Philosophy:  Social  and  Political 
Thought  (3)  An  introductory  survey  of  Confucian 
philosophy  and  of  other  Chinese  social  and  political 
philosophy  Irom  ancient  times  to  the  present  day  The 
Chou  Dynasty  (1 122-222  BC)  and  the  many  schools  of 
thought  produced  during  that  penod.  The  reemergence 
of  Confucian  philosophy  in  the  Sung  Dynasty  (960- 1 279 
AD)  and  trace  developments  down  to  fhe  contemporary 
period  Contemporary  thought  in  the  context  of  earlier 
Chinese  traditions 

PHIL  209  Philosophical  Issues  (3)  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs  An  examination  of  selected 
philosophical  issues  of  general  interest. 

PHIL  233  Philosophy  in  Literature  (3)  Reading  and 
philosophical  criticism  of  fiction,  poetry,  and  drama, 
dealing  with  issues  ol  moral,  religious,  and  metaphysical 
significance 

PHIL  236  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  A  philosophical 
study  ol  some  of  the  mam  problems  of  religious  thought: 
the  nature  of  religious  experience,  the  justification  of 
religious  belief,  the  conflicting  claims  of  religion  and 
science,  and  the  relation  between  religion  and  morality 

PHIL  243  Philosophy  of  Rural  Life  (3)  An  examination 
of  traditional  and  contemporary  rural  values  and 
philosophies  of  life,  with  an  emphasis  on  southern 
agrarian  philosophies.  Jefferson,  Emerson.  Thoreau. 
Populism,  the  Country  Life  Movement,  the  Vanderbilt 
Agrarians,  and  contemporary  views 

PHIL  245  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  (3)  A  critical 
examination  of  such  classical  political  theories  as  those 
of  Plato,  Hobbes,  Locke,  Rousseau.  Mill,  Marx,  and 
such  contemporary  theories  as  those  of  Hayek,  Rawls, 
and  recent  Marxist  thinkers. 

PHIL  250  Philosophy  of  Science  I  (3)  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  HIST  1 74  or  PHIL 
250.  Main  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  science.  Special 
attention  to  the  ways  scientific  developments  have 
influenced  the  philosophy  of  science  and  how  philosophy 
of  science  has  influenced  scientific  progress.  Case 
studies  of  selected  historical  episodes  in  which  science 
and  philosophy  have  interacted  significantly,  focusing 
on  the  physical,  biological,  or  social  sciences. 

PHIL  271  Symbolic  Logic  I  (3)  Formerly  PHIL  371 .  The 
formal  analysis  of  deductive  reasoning  providing 
familiarity  with  techniques  of  formal  deduction  in 
propositional  logic  and  quantification  theory,  as  well  as 
some  knowledge  of  basic  concepts  of  formal  semantics 
(truth  tables,  models). 

PHIL  308  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  six  hours  in  philosophy  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Problems,  issues,  and  points  of 
view  of  current  interest  in  philosophy. 

PHIL  310  Ancient  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy  or  classics.  A  study  of  the  origins 
and  development  of  philosophy  and  science  in  Ancient 
Greece,  focusing  on  the  pre-Socratics,  Socrates.  Plato, 
and  Aristotle. 

PHIL  320  Modern  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy.  A  study  of  major  philosophical 
issues  of  the  16th,  17th.  and  18th  centuries  through  an 
examination  of  such  philosophers  as  Descartes.  Newton, 
Hume,  and  Kant. 

PHIL  326  Twentieth  Century  Analytic  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  Recommended: 
PHIL  320.  A  study  of  major  issues  in  twentieth  century 
analytic  philosophy  through  an  examination  of  such 
philosophers  as  Frege.  Russell,  Carnap,  Moore,  and 
Wittgenstein. 

PHIL  328  Studies  in  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  six  hours  of  philosophy.  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Problems,  issues,  and  points  of 
view  in  the  history  of  philosophy. 

PHIL  331  Philosophy  of  Art  (3)  Concepts  central  to 
thought  about  art,  including  the  concept  of  the  fine  arts 
both  in  its  historical  development  and  in  its  present 
problematic  situation. 

PHIL  332  Philosophy  of  Beauty  (3)  Prerequisites:  two 
courses  in  philosophy,  literature,  or  the  arts.  Philosophical 
theories,  historical  and  contemporary,  of  beauty, 


220    PHIL  -  Philosophy 


sublimity,  and  other  aesthetic  qualities,  ot  aesthetic 
experience,  and  ot  aesthetic  judgment 

PHIL  334  Philosophy  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  or  music  The  nature,  meaning, 
and  purpose  ol  music  Analysis  ol  the  concepts  ol 
creativity,  torm,  expression,  and  representation  as  they 
relate  to  music.  Theories  ot  music  listening  and  ot 
musical  evaluation  Readings  from  philosophers, 
composers,  critics,  and  psychologists. 

PHIL  340  Making  Decisions  (3)  Prerequisite:  three 
credits  in  philosophy  An  examination  ot  various 
approaches  to  decision  making  in  personal,  professional, 
and  public  life  Conllict  resolution,  the  logic  of  decision, 
moral  aspects  of  decision  making,  and  standard  biases 
in  judgment. 

PHIL  341  Introduction  to  Ethical  Theory  (3)  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  PHIL  142  Formerly 
PHIL  142.  A  critical  examination  of  classical  and 
contemporary  systems  of  ethics,  such  as  those  of 
Ahstotle.  Kant,  Mill,  and  Rawls 

PHIL  342  Moral  Problems  in  Medicine  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHIL  100.  PHIL  140,  or  permission  of  department.  A 
critical  examination  of  the  moral  dimensions  of  decision- 
making in  health  related  contexts.  Readings  are  drawn 
from  philosophical,  medical,  and  other  sources. 

PHIL  344  Persons  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in 
philosophy  or  permission  of  department.  Demands  of 
moraltheories  on  the  notion  of  a  person  regardingidentity. 
consciousness,  and  freedom 

PHIL  360  Philosophy  of  Language  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHIL  170.  PHIL  173.  or  PHIL  271.  An  inquiry  into  the 
nature  and  function  of  language  and  other  forms  of 
symbolism. 

PHIL  373  Analytical  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  1 70. 
PHIL  173.  or  PHIL271.Reviewof  techniques  of  deductive 
and  nondeductive  reasoning,  and  of  conceptual  analysis. 
The  development  of  a  prose  style  lor  wnting  clearly  and 
critically  about  ideas. 

PHIL  380  Philosophy  of  Psychology:  Introduction 

(3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  philosophy  or  permission 
of  department.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
PHIL  465.  Formerly  PHIL  465.  Dualism,  behaviorism, 
functionalism  and  basic  ideas  of  the  computational-rep 
resentational  theory  of  thought. 

PHIL  385  Philosophy  and  Computers  (3)  Prerequisite: 
one  course  in  logic  or  computer  science  or  satisfaction 
of  |unior  level  English  composition  requirement  or 
permission  of  department  Philosophical  issues 
concerning  computers  Non-quantitative  treatment  of 
major  results  in  computation  theory  regarding  absolute 
limits  on  computers.  Fundamental  problems  concerning 
computers  used  as  models  of  human  intelligence. 

PHIL  399  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  open  to 
honors  students  in  philosophy  and,  by  permission  of 
department,  to  honors  students  in  other  departments. 
Repeatable  if  content  differs  Research  in  selected 
topics,  with  group  discussion 

PHIL  408  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  320.  Repeatable  if  content  differs  An 
intensive  examination  of  contemporary  problems  and 
issues.  Source  material  will  be  selected  from  recent 
books  and  articles 

PHIL  41 2  The  Philosophy  of  Plato  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy  A  critical  study  of  selected 
dialogues 

PHIL  41 4  The  Philosophy  of  Aristotle  (3)  Prerequisite: 
six  credits  in  philosophy  A  critical  study  of  selected 
portions  of  Anstotle's  writings 

PHIL  416  Medieval  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy  A  study  of  philosophical  thought 
from  the  fourth  to  the  fourteenth  centuries  Readings 
selected  from  Chnstian,  Islamic,  and  Jewish  thinkers 

PHIL  422  The  British  Empiricists  (3)  Prerequisite  six 
credits  in  philosophy  A  cntical  study  of  selected  wntings 
on  one  or  more  of  the  Bntish  Empiricists 

PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  ol  Kant  (3)  Prerequisite  six 
credits  in  philosophy  A  critical  study  of  selected  portions 
of  Kant's  writings 


PHIL 425 19th  Century  Philosophy  (3)Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy.  A  study  of  philosophy  in  the 
nineteenth  century  through  an  examination  ol  such 
figures  as  Hegel.  Marx.  Kierkegaard.  Nietzsche,  and 

Mill. 

PHIL  427  Wittgenstein  (3)  Prerequisites:  two  courses 
in  philosophy  or  permission  ol  department.  The  early 
and  late  works  ol  Wittgenstein:  atomism,  logic,  and  the 
picture  theory  in  the  Tractatus:  roles,  meaning,  criteria, 
and  the  nature  of  mental  states  in  the  Philosophical 
Investigations  and  other  posthumous  writings 

PHIL  428  Topics  In  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) 
Prerequisites:  PHIL  310  and  PHIL  320;  or  permission  ol 
department.  Repeatable  il  content  differs. 

PHIL  431  Aesthetic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits 
in  philosophy  or  permission  of  department.  Study  of  the 
theory  of  the  aesthetic  as  a  mode  of  apprehending  the 
world  and  of  the  theory  of  criticism,  its  conceptual  tools 
and  intellectual  presuppositions. 

PHIL  438  Topics  in  Philosophical  Theology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  236  or  consent  of  instructor  An 
examination  of  a  basic  issue  discussed  in  theological 
writings,  with  readings  drawn  from  both  classical  and 
contemporary  theologians  and  philosophers  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  topics  are 
different. 

PHIL   440   Contemporary    Ethical   Theory   (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  341.  Contemporary  problems  having 
to  do  with  the  meaning  of  the  principal  concepts  of  ethics 
and  with  the  nature  of  moral  reasoning. 

PHIL441  History  of  Ethics:  Hobbes  to  the  Present  (3) 

Prerequisite:  one  course  in  ethics.  The  history  of  ethical 
thought  from  the  seventeenth  century  to  the  present, 
including  such  philosophers  as  Hobbes,  Butler,  Hume. 
Kant.  Bentham,  Mill,  Bradley,  Sidgwick,  Moore,  and 
Stevenson. 

PHIL  442  Normative  Ethical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHIL  34 1  A  consideration  of  some  of  the  main  normative 
ethical  theories. 

PHIL446  Law,  Morality,andWar(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 

300.  GVPT  401 .  PHIL  34 1 .  or  permission  of  department 
Also  offered  as  GVPT  403.  An  exploration  ol  fundamental 
moral  and  legal  issues  concerning  war 

PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy.  Examination  ol  fundamental 
concepts  related  to  law,  e.g..  legal  system,  law  and 
morality,  justice,  legal  reasoning,  responsibility. 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  or  a  major  in  science.  The 
development  of  science,  its  philosophical  interpretations 
and  implications,  and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the 
ancients  through  Newton  and  Leibniz 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  or  a  major  in  science.  The 
development  ol  science ,  its  philosophical  interpretations 
and  implications,  and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the 
death  of  Newton  to  the  early  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  three 
credits  in  philosophy  or  three  credits  in  physics 
Implications  of  20th  century  physics  for  such  problems 
asoperationalism,  the  structure  and  purpose  ol  scientific 
theories,  the  meaning  ol  "probability",  the  basis  of 
geometrical  knowledge,  the  nature  of  space  and  time, 
the  Copenhagen  interpretation  of  quantum  mechanics, 
the  nature  and  limits  ol  measurement.  Emphasis  on  the 
interaction  between  physics  and  philosophy 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  ot  Science  ll(3)  Prerequisite  PHIL 
250,  an  upper-level  course  in  philosophy,  or  a  mapr  in 
science  A  comprehensive  survey  ol  developments  in 
the  main  problems  ol  the  philosophy  of  science  Irom 
logical  positivism  to  the  present  The  nature  ol  theories, 
models,  laws,  and  counterfactuals.  testing,  inductive 
logic,  and  confirmation  theory,  experimental 
methodology,  measurement,  explanation,  concept 
formation,  growth  of  scientific  knowledge,  and  scientific 
realism 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social  Sciences  (3) 
Prerequisite  PHIL  250.  six  hours  in  a  social  science,  or 
permission  ol  department.   A  consideration  ol 


philosophical  issues  arising  in  the  social  sciences, 
withparticular  emphasis  on  issues  of  practical 
methodological  concern  to  social  scientists 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  ot  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite  PHIL 
250  or  permission  of  department  Questions  about 
concepts,  reasoning,  explanation,  etc  .  in  biology,  and 
their  relations  to  those  of  other  areas  ot  science  Case 
studies  ol  selected  aspects  of  the  history  ol  biology, 
especially  in  the  twentieth  century 

PHIL  458  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite  PHIL  250  or  permission  ol  department: 
when  the  topic  for  a  given  semester  demands,  additional 
philosophical  or  scientific  prerequisites  may  be  required 
by  the  instructor  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs  A  detailed  examination  of  a  particular  topic  or 
problem  in  philosophy  of  science 

PHIL461  Theory  ot  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisite  six  credits 
in  philosophy  Theories  about  the  meaning  ol  linguisitic 
expressions,  including  such  topics  as  sense  and 
reference,  intentionality  and  necessity,  and  possible- 
world  semantics,  through  an  examination  of  such  writers 
as  Mill.  Frege,  Wittgenstein,  Qume.  and  Kripke 

PHIL  462  Theory  ot  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite  six 
credits  in  philosophy  Some  central  topics  in  the  theory 
of  knowledge,  such  as  perception,  memory,  knowledge, 
and  belief,  skepticism,  other  minds,  truth,  and  the 
problems  of  induction 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics  (3)  Prerequisite  six  credits  in 
philosophy.  A  study  of  some  central  metaphysical 
concepts  such  as  substance,  identity,  relations,  causality, 
and  time,  and  ol  the  nature  of  metaphysical  thinking. 

PHIL466  Philosophy  ol  Mind  (3)  Prerequisite  six  credits 
in  philosophy  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  mind  through 
the  analysis  ol  such  concepts  as  consciousness,  thought, 
sensation,  emotion,  and  desire.  Consideration  of  mind- 
brain  identity  thesis. 

PHIL  468  Topics  in  Philosophy  of  Language  and 
Logic  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  symbolic  logic  or 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  9  credits  il 
content  differs.  Problems  in  philosophy  of  language  and/ 
or  philosophy  of  logic. 

PHIL  471  Symbolic  Logic  II  (3)  Prerequisite  PHIL  271 
or  permission  of  department  Axiomatic  development  of 
the  propositional  calculus  and  the  first-order  functional 
calculus,  including  the  deduction  theorem,  independence 
of  axioms,  consistency,  and  completeness 

PHIL  472  Philosophy  of  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHIL271  or  permission  of  department  A  study  of  results 
in  foundations  of  mathematics  and  of  philosophical 
views  of  the  nature  of  mathematics  and  of  mathematical 
knowledge 

PHIL  474  Induction  and  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  A  study  of  inferential  forms. 
with  emphasis  on  the  logical  structure  underlying  such 
inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and  hypothesis- 
testing  Decision-theoretic  rules  relating  to  induction  will 
be  considered,  as  well  as  classic  theories  ol  probability 
and  induction. 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHIL  471    Repeatable  if  content  differs 

PHIL  480  Philosophy  of  Psychology:  Knowledge 
and  Reasoning  (3)  Prerequisite  PHIL  380  or  graduate 
status  or  permission  of  department  Cognitive  science 
approaches  to  traditional  problems  in  epistemotogy 
rationality,  reliability,  computational  models  of  belief 
revision 

PHIL  481  Philosophy  of  Psychology:  Representation 
(3)  Prerequisite  PHIL  380  or  graduate  status  or 
permission  ot  department  Semantics  and 
representations  within  computational  Iramework 
intentionality.  explicit  vs  implicit  representation,  syntax 
vs  semantics  of  thought,  connectionist  approaches, 
images,  classical  vs  prototype  Iheones  of  concepts 

PHIL  482  Philosophy  of  Psychology:  Subjectivity  (3) 
Prerequisite  PHIL  380  or  graduate  status  or  permission 
ol  department  The  nature  ol  subjectivity  problems  of 
"point  of  view  ."the  "qualities"  or  feel"  of  things,  emotions, 
consciousness  -  whether  these  phenomena  can  be 
captured  by  a  computational  theory  ol  mind 


PHYS-  Physics     221 


PHIL  485  Philosophy  ol  Neurosclence  (3)  Prerequisite 
(PHIL  250.  or  PHIL  380.  or  PHIL  455.  or  PHIL  456)  or 
permission  ol  department  Philosophical  and 
methodological  issues  relating  to  brain  science,  including: 
the  place  ol  neuroscience  in  cognitive  science,  the 
nature  ol  mental  representation  and  processing  in  brains. 
bounded-resonance  models  in  neuroanatomy  and 
neurophysiology 

PHIL  487  Computer  Science  lor  Cognitive  Studies 
(3)  Also  ottered  as  LING  487  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  ot  the  following:  PHIL  487  or  LING  487  List 
processing  and  discrete  mathematics  Preparation  for 
the  study  of  artificial  intelligence  and  other  mathematically 
oriented  branches  ol  cognitive  studies.  Intended  for 
students  of  linguistics,  philosophy,  and  psychology. 
LISP  computer  language,  graphs  and  trees,  the  concept 
ol  computational  complexity,  search  algorithms 

PHIL  488  Topics  in  Philosophy  of  Cognitive  Studies 

(3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  philosophy  or  permission 
ol  department  Repeatable  to  9  credits  it  content  differs. 
Examination  of  a  particular  topic  or  problem  in  philosophy 
ol  cognitive  studies. 

PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3) 

PHYS— Physics 

PHYS  1 01  Contemporary  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  high 
school  algebra.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
PHYS  1 1 1  or  PHYS  1 1 2.  For  non-science  students  who 
are  interested  in  the  evolution  ol  scientific  thought  and  its 
present  day  significance.  Historical,  philosophic, 
experimental  and  theoretical  aspects  ot  physics  are 
presented.  Topics  in  mechanics,  relativity,  electncity 
and  magnetism,  and  nuclear  physics  are  covered. 

PHYS  1 02  Physics  ot  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  high  school 
algebra.  Credit  not  applicable  towards  the  minimum 
requirements  for  a  major  in  physics  and  astronomy  A 
study  of  the  physical  basis  of  sound,  acoustical  properties 
of  sound,  the  human  ear  and  voice,  reproduction  of 
sound,  electronic  music,  acoustical  properties  of 
auditoriums,  and  other  selected  topics. 

PHYS  1 03  Physics  of  Music  Laboratory  (1 )  Two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS  102. 
Credit  not  applicable  towards  the  minimum  requirements 
for  a  major  in  physics  and  astronomy .  Optional  laboratory 
to  accompany  PHYS  102.  Laboratory  experiments, 
including  the  velocity  of  sound,  sound  quality  and  wave 
shape,  traveling  and  standing  waves,  fourier  synthesis 
and  analysis,  musical  synthesizer,  psychoacoustics. 
and  audio  equipment. 

PHYS  1 06  Light,  Perception,  Photography,  and  Visual 
Phenomena  (3)  Credit  not  applicable  towards  the 
minimum  requirements  lor  a  major  in  physics  and 
astronomy.  Intended  lor  the  general  student,  this 
coursewill  cover  topics  in  optics  which  require  minimal 
use  of  mathematics.  Pnnciplesot  optics,  lenses,  cameras, 
lasers  and  holography,  physics  ol  the  eye.  color  vision 
and  various  visual  phenomena  such  as  rainbows. 

PHYS  1 07  Light,  Perception,  Photography  and  Visual 
Phenomena  Laboratory  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS  106.  Credit  not 
applicable  towards  the  minimum  requirements  for  a 
mapr  in  physics  and  astronomy.  Optional  laboratory  to 
accompany  PHYS  106  Laboratory  experiments  include 
geometrical  optics  (lenses,  cameras,  eye),  optical 
instruments  (telescope,  binoculars),  photography, 
perception,  color  phenomena,  and  wave  phenomena. 

PHYS  1 1 1  Physics  in  the  Modern  World  (3)  The  first 
semester  ol  a  survey  course  in  general  physics 
emphasizing  the  role  that  physics  plays  in  science, 
technology,  and  society  today.  The  course  is  concept 
oriented  and  minimal  use  of  mathematics  is  made. 
Intended  for  the  general  student;  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  schools. 

PHYS  1 1 2  Physics  in  the  Modern  World  (3)  The  second 
semester  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics 
emphasizing  the  role  that  physics  plays  in  science, 
technology,  and  society  today.  The  course  is  concept 
onented  and  minimal  use  of  mathematics  is  made. 
Intended  for  the  general  student;  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  school. 

PHYS  1 17  Introduction  to  Physics  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
qualification  to  enter  MATH  110.  Intended  for  students 
majoring  in  neither  the  physical  nor  biological  sciences. 


A  study  of  the  development  ot  some  of  the  basic  Ideas 
ol  physical  science. 

PHYS  121  Fundamentals  ot  Physics  I  (4)  Three  hours 
ol  lecture,  two  hours  ol  laboratory,  and  one  hour  ol 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite  previous 
course  work  in  trigonometry  or  MATH  115  The  lirst  part 
ol  a  two-semester  course  in  general  physics  treating  the 
lields  ol  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism, 
optics,  and  modern  physics  Together  with  PHYS  122. 
this  generally  satisfies  the  minimum  requirement  of 
medical  and  dental  schools. 

PHYS  1 22  Fundamentals  ol  Physics  II  (4)  Three  hours 
ot  lecture,  two  hours  ol  laboratory,  and  one  hour  ol 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Prerequisite:  PHYS  121 
or  equivalent.  AcontmuationolPHYSI  21,  whichtogether 
with  it,  generally  satisfies  the  minimum  requirement  ot 
medical  and  dental  schools. 

PHYS  141  Principles  of  Physics  (4)  Three  hours  ol 
lecture,  two  hours  ol  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Corequisite:  MATH  141. 
Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  PHYS  171  and  PHYS  161 
or  PHYS  141  or  former  PHYS  191.  The  lirst  of  a  two- 
semester  series  in  general  physics.  The  first  semester 
covers  the  fields  of  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  and 
special  relativity.  This  survey  course  will  use  calculus 
and  is  recommended  for  chemistry  and  zoology  majors. 
It  also  satisfies  the  requirements  of  medical  and  dental 
schools 

PHYS  142  Principles  of  Physics  (4)  Credit  will  not  be 
granted  for  PHYS  272  and  PHYS  142  or  former  PHYS 
192  or  PHYS  262  A  continuation  of  PHYS  141.  The 
second  semester  covers  the  fields  of  waves,  electricity 
and  magnetism,  optics,  and  modern  physics. 

PHYS  161  General  Physics:  Mechanics  and  Particle 
Dynamics  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Pre- or  corequisite:  MATH 
141.  Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  PHYS  171  and 
PHYS161  or  PHYS  141  or  former  PHYS  191.  First 
semester  of  a  three-semester  calculus-based  general 
physics  course.  Laws  of  motion,  force,  and  energy; 
principles  of  mechanics,  collisions,  linear  momentum, 
rotation,  and  gravitation. 

PHYS  171   Introductory  Physics:  Mechanics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  140  and  a  high  school  physics 
course  or  permission  of  department.  Corequisite:  MATH 
141 .  Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  PHYS  1 71  and  PHYS 
161  or  PHYS  141  or  former  PHYS  191.  First  semester  of 
a  three  semester  sequence  for  physics  majors  and 
those  desiring  a  rigorous  preparation  in  the  physical 
sciences;  kinematics,  Newton's  laws,  energy  and  work, 
linear  and  angular  momenta,  rigid  bodies,  gravitation 
and  planetary  motion. 

PHYS  221  General  Physics  For  Science  Teachers  I 

(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture,  two  hours  of  laboratory,  and 
one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  perweek.  Prerequisite: 
a  high  school  physics  course.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH 
140  or  MATH  220.  The  first  part  of  a  two-semester 
sequence  in  physics,  stressing  physical  insight,  for 
prospective  secondary  school  science  and  mathematics 
teachers. 

PHYS  222  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  II 

(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture,  two  hours  of  laboratory,  and 
one  hour  of  discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  221 .  A  continuation  of  PHYS  221 . 

PHYS  262  General  Physics:  Vibrations,  Waves,  Heat, 
Electricity  and  Magnetism  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture, 
three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of  discussion/ 
recitation  perweek.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  161.  Corequisite: 
PHYS  262A.  Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  PHYS  272  and 
PHYS  142  or  former  PHYS  192  or  PHYS  262.  Second 
semester  of  a  three-semester  calculus-based  general 
physics  course.  Vibrations,  waves,  fluids;  heat,  kinetic 
theory,  and  thermodynamics;  electrostatics,  circuits, 
and  magnetism.  PHYS  262A  is  the  lab  for  this  course. 

PHYS  263  General  Physics:  Electrodynamics,  Light, 
Relativity  and  Modern  Physics  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  three  hours  of  laboratory,  and  one  hour  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS262. 
Corequisite:  PHYS  263A.  Credit  will  not  be  granted  for 
PHYS  273  and  PHYS  263  or  former  PHYS  293.  Third 
semester  of  a  three-semester  calculus-based  general 
physics  course.  Electrodynamics.  Maxwell's  equations, 
and  electromagnetic  waves;  geometrical  optics; 
interference  and  diffractions;  special  theory  of  relativity; 


and  modern  physics  PHYS  263A  is  the  lab  lor  this 
course 

PHYS  272  Introductory  Physics:  Vibration,  Waves, 
Heat,  Electrostatics  and  Magnetostatlcs  (3) 
Prerequisite  PHYS  171  and  MATH  141  Corequisite: 
PHYS  275  and  MATH  241  or  MATH  240  (It  is  preferable 
to  take  MATH  241  before  MATH  240  for  this  course.) 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ol  the  following:  PHYS 

272  and  PHYS  1 42  or  lormer  PHYS  1 92  or  PHYS  262. 
Second  semester  ot  a  three  semester  sequence  intended 
for  physics  majors  and  those  desiring  a  rigorous 
preparation  in  the  physical  sciences:  vibrations,  waves, 
heat,  kinetic  theory,  fluids,  electric  and  magnetic  fields. 
DC  circuits 

PHYS  273  Introductory  Physics:  Electrodynamics, 
Optics,  Light,  Relativity  and  Modern  Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  272,  PHYS  275  and  MATH  240  or 
MATH  241.  Corequisite  PHYS  276  and  MATH  240  or 
MATH  241 .  Credit  will  not  be  granted  lor  PHYS  273  and 
PHYS  263  or  lormer  PHYS  293  Third  semester  of  a 
three-semester  sequence  intended  for  physics  majors 
and  those  desiring  a  rigorous  preparation  in  the  physical 
sciences:  electrodynamics.  Maxwell's  equations, 
electromagnetic  waves,  geometncal  optics,  interference, 
special  relativity  and  modern  physics. 

PHYS  275  Experimental  Physics  I:  Mechanics  and 
Thermodynamlcs(l)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  171  or  PHYS 
191.  One  two-three  laboratory-lecture  perweek  Credit 
will  not  be  granted  for  more  than  two  of  the  following 
courses:  PHYS  275.  PHYS  1 95.  PHYS  1 96.  First  course 
in  the  three  semester  introductory  sequence  pertaining 
to  the  methods  and  rationale  of  experimental  physics. 
Intended  for  physics  majors  and  science  and  engineering 
students  who  desire  a  more  rigorous  approach. 
Experiments  chosen  from  the  areas  of  classical 
mechanics,  vibrations  and  waves,  and  thermodynamics. 

PHYS  276  Experimental  Physics  II:  Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (2)  One  four-hour  laboratory-lecture  session 
each  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  272  or  PHYS  293. 
Credit  will  not  be  granted  lor  both  PHYS  276  and  former 
PHYS  295.  Second  course  in  the  three  semester 
introductory  sequence  pertaining  to  the  methods  and 
rationale  of  experimental  physics.  Intended  for  physics 
majors  and  science  and  engineering  students  who  desire 
a  more  rigorous  approach.  Experiments  chosen  from 
the  fields  of  electricity  and  magnetism  including 
electrostatics,  magnetostatics.  magnetic  induction,  AC 
circuits. 

PHYS  299  Special  Problems  in  Physics  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  May  be  taken 
no  more  than  twice.  Maximum  of  eight  credits  applicable 
to  B.S.  degree  program.  Research  or  special  study  to 
complement  courses  taken  elsewhere  which  are  not 
fully  equivalent  to  those  in  departmental  requirements. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  301   Intermediate  Theoretical  Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  142  and  MATH  241.  Students 
interested  should  seek  advice  ol  department  before 
enrolling.  Intended  for  those  not  yet  prepared  for  PHYS 
410.  Selected  topics  in  mechanics,  electricity  and 
magnetism. 

PHYS  305  Physics  Shop  Techniques  (1 )  Three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  395  or 
permission  ol  department.  Machine  tools,  design  and 
construction  of  laboratory  equipment. 

PHYS  318  Topics  in  Contemporary  Physics  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  122  and/or  PHYS  1 12  or  permission 
of  department.  A  survey  of  topics  of  current  research  and 
public  interest.  Intended  for  the  non-physics  or  non- 
science  major.  Topics  covered  will  include  lasers, 
quantum  liquids,  cosmology,  elementary  particles  and 
geophysics. 

PHYS  375  Experimental  Physics  III:  Electromagnetic 
Waves.  Optics  and  Modern  Physics  (2)  One  four-hour 
laboratory-lecture  session  perweek.  Prerequisite:  PHYS 

273  or  PHYS  294.  Credit  will  not  be  granted  for  both 
PHYS  375  and  former  PHYS  296.  Third  course  in  the 
three-semester  introductory  sequence  pertaining  to  the 
methods  and  rationaleof  experimental  physics.  Intended 
(or  physics  majors  and  science  and  engineering  students 
who  desire  a  more  rigorous  approach.  Experiments 
chosen  Irom  the  areas  ot  electromagnetic  waves,  optics 
and  modern  physics. 


222    PSYC  -  Psychology 


PHYS  389  Undergraduate  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  For  PHYS  majors 
only  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Independent  directed 
research  and  study  on  a  topic  selected  by  the  student  in 
consultation  with  his  or  her  advisor  Final  wntten  thesis 
and  oral  defense  will  be  expected 

PHYS  395  Advanced  Experiments  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  375.  Advanced  laboratory  techniques 
Selectedexperiments  from  many  fields  of  modern 
physics  Emphasis  on  self-study  of  the  phenomena, 
data  analysis,  and  presentation  in  report  form. 

PHYS  398  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (1  -1 6)Credit 
according  to  work  done  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students 
admitted  to  the  independent  studies  program  in  physics. 

PHYS  399  Special  Problems  in  Physics  (1-3)  Two 
hours  laboratory  work  per  week  for  each  credit 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  395  and  permission  of  department. 
One  to  three  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently  each 
semester.  Selected  advanced  experiments  (Will  be 
given  with  sufficient  demand.) 

PHYS  406  Optics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  263  or  PHYS 
273  or  PHYS  301 ;  and  MATH  240.  Geometrical  optics, 
optical  instruments,  wave  motion,  interference  and 
diffraction,  and  other  phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

PHYS  407  Sound  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  142  or  PHYS 
263  or  PHYS  273.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH  246.  Basic 
concepts  of  sound  production  and  its  applications. 

PHYS  410  Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics: 
Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  273  or 
PHYS  301:  and  MATH  241.  Corequisite:  MATH  240. 
Theoretical  foundations  of  mechanics  with  extensive 
application  of  the  methods  Various  mathematical  tools 
of  theoretical  physics. 

PHYS  411  Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics: 
Electricity  and  Magnetism  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  263 
or  PHYS  273  or  PHYS  301 :  and  MATH  240  and  MATH 
241.  Foundations  of  electromagnetic  theory,  with 
extensive  applications  of  the  methods.  Thorough 
treatment  of  wave  properties  of  solutions  of  Maxwell's 
equations. 

PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  301  or  PHYS  410;  and  MATH  240  Dynamics  of 
gas  particles,  Maxwell-Boltzmann  distribution,  diffusion, 
Brownian  motion,  transport. 

PHYS  414  Introduction  to  Thermodynamics  and 
Statistical  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  263  or 
PHYS  273  or  PHYS  301 :  and  MATH  240.  Introduction  to 
basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics. 

PHYS  420  Principles  of  Modern   Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  273  or  PHYS  301 :  and 
MATH  241  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  A  survey  of  atomic 
and  nuclear  phenomena  and  the  main  trends  in  modem 
physics  Appropriate  for  students  in  engineering  and 
other  physical  sciences 

PHYS  421   Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  273  or  PHYS  301 :  and 
MATH  241,  including  some  knowledge  of  ordinary 
equations.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  42 1 .  Special  relativity  and 
origins  of  the  quantum  theory  Development  of  wave 
mechanics  including  angular  momentum  and  the 
hydrogen  spectrum 

PHYS  422  Modern  Physics  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  42 1 
Use  of  quantum  mechanics  in  a  discussion  of  a  variety 
of  physical  phenomena  and  systems,  including  atomic 
spectra,  radioactivity,  solid  state  phenomena,  and  the 
properties  of  elementary  particles 

PHYS  423  Elementary  Quantum  Physics  (3) 
Prerequisites  PHYS  420  or  422;  MATH  240  and  246; 
and  a  level  of  mathematical  sophistication  equivalent  to 
that  of  a  student  who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  411. 
orENEE  380  and  381  A  ngorous  presentation  the 
quantum  theory,  including  the  concepts  of  operators, 
measurement  and  angular  momentum  The  application 
of  these  concepts  together  with  the  Schroedinger 
equation  to  some  basic  problems  in  atomic  and  molecular 
physics. 


PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory 
(3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  395.  Classical  expenments  in 
atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated  expenments  in 
current  techniques  in  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter  (3)  Prerequisite  PHYS 
301;orPHYS410orPHYS411;andPHYS420orPHYS 

421  Introduction  to  solid  stale  physics  Electro-magnetic, 
thermal,  and  elastic  properties  ol  metals,  semiconductors, 
insulators  and  superconductors 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  301 : 
or  PHYS  410  and  PHYS  41 1 ;  and  PHYS  420  or  PHYS 
421  An  introduction  to  nuclear  physics  at  the  pre- 
quantum-mechanics  level  Properties  of  nuclei, 
radioactivity,  nuclear  systematics;  nuclear  moment;  the 
Shell  model,  interaction  of  charged  particles  and  Gamma 
rays  with  matter;  nucleardetectors;  accelerators;  nuclear 
reactions;  Beta  decay,  high  energy  phenomena 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHYS  420  or  PHYS  42 1  or  consent  of  instructor  Various 
related  topics  in  neutron  reactor  physics. 

PHYS  451  Introduction  to  Elementary  Particles  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  422.  Properties  of  elementary 
particles,  production  and  detection  of  particles,  relativislic 
kinematics,  invanance  pnnciples  and  conservation  laws 

PHYS  461   Introduction  to  Fluid  Dynamics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  301  or  PHYS  410;  and  MATH  240 
Kinematics  of  fluid  flow,  properties  of  incompressible 
fluids,  complex  variable  methods  of  analysis,  wave 
motions. 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma  Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  301 ;  or  PHYS  410  and  PHYS  411; 
or  ENES  221  and  ENEE  380  Students  without  the 
electricity  and  magnetism  prerequisite,  but  having  a 
familiarity  with  Maxwell's  equations,  should  check  with 
the  instructor.  Orbit  theory,  magneto-hydrodynamics, 
plasma  heating  and  stability,  waves  and  transport 
processes. 

PHYS  465  Modern  Optics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  410. 
and  PHYS  41 1 ;  and  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  Designed 
for  students  with  a  background  in  fundamental  optics 
Topics  in  modern  optics  such  as  coherence,  holography, 
principles  of  laser  action,  electron  optics,  and  non-linear 
optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and  Space 
Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  301 ;  or  PHYS  410  and 
PHYS  411;  and  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  Motions  ol 
charged  particles  in  magnetic  fields,  aspects  of  plasma 
physics  related  to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation  belts, 
atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere,  thermodynamics 
and  dynamics  of  the  atmosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology  (3) 

Designed  for  advanced  and  mature  students  who  may 
have  only  minimal  knowledge  of  biological  processes 
but  are  well  grounded  in  physics  Areas  in  oioscience 
where  physics,  biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical 
analysis  fuse  to  provide  definition  for  biologic  statics  and 
dynamics 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite 
PHYS  395  Corequisite:  PHYS  301  or  PHYS  41 1  Theory 
and  application  to  experimental  physics  of  modern 
semiconductor  analog  and  digital  circuits.  Emphasis  on 
understanding  passive  and  active  elements  in  practical 
circuits  Topics  span  the  range  from  simple  transistor 
circuits  to  microcomputers. 

PHYS  487  Particle  Accelerators.  Physical  and 
Engineering  Principles  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS  410, 
and  PHYS  411.  and  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  Also 
offered  as  ENEE  487  Sources  ol  charged  particles, 
methods  of  acceleration  and  focusing  of  electron  and  ion 
beams  in  electromagnetic  fields,  basic  theory,  design, 
and  engmeenng  pnnciples  of  particle  accelerators 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or  equivalent  Pnmanry  for 
senior  physics  majors  and  first  year  graduate  students 
A  survey  of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in  20th  century 
physics,  including  Ihe  relations  ol  physics  to  other 
sciences,  philosophy  of  science,  technology  and  society 


PHYS  499  Special  Problems  In  Physics  (1-16)  For 

PHYS  majors  only  Research  or  special  study  Credit 
according  to  work  done 

PORT— Portuguese 

PORT  101  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  ol  discussion/recitation  per 
week  Introduction  to  basic  structures,  with  emphasis 
upon  audio-lingual  skills  Leads  to  PORT  102 

PORT  102  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week  Prerequisite  PORT  101  Completion  of  basic 
structures  with  increasing  emphasis  upon  reading  skin. 
reinforced  by  conversation 

PORT  121  Accelerated  Portuguese  (3)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week  Limited  to  students  who  have  reached  the  300 
level  or  equivalent  in  Spanish  and  wish  to  acquire  a 
reading  knowledge  of  Portuguese  in  one  semester 
Normally  leads  to  PORT  221 

PORT  203  Intermediate  Portuguese  (4)  One  hour  of 
laboratory  and  four  hours  of  discussion/recitation  per 
week    Prerequisite    PORT  102    Extensive  reading. 

conversation  and  composition 

PORT  205  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite 
PORT  203  or  permission  ol  department  Development 
of  oral  skills  in  Portuguese  Intensive  conversation  on 
contemporary  issues 

PORT  221  Introduction  to  Brazilian  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PORT  203  Reading  of  literary  texts, 
discussion  and  brief  written  reports  Conducted  in 
Portuguese 

PORT  399  Independent  Study  in  Portuguese  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  3 
credits.  Specific  readings  in  literature  under  the 
supervision  ol  a  faculty  member  of  the  department 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  Luso-B  razi  I  ian 
Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs  A  study  of  specific  themes  and  movements 
either  in  Portuguese  or  Brazilian  literature,  as  announced 
Designed  for  students  for  whom  the  literatures  would  be 
inaccessible  in  Portuguese. 

PSYC— Psychology 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  use  of  animal*. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
in  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  todetermine 
whether  animals  a  re  to  be  used  In  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives.  If  any.  are  available. 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3)  A  basic 

introductory  course,  intended  to  bnng  the  student  into 
contact  with  the  maior  problems  confronting  psychology 
and  the  more  important  attempts  at  their  solution 

PSYC  200  Statistical  Methods  In  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100:  and  MATH  11 1  or  MATH  140 
or  MATH  220  A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods 
used  in  psychological  research 

PSYC   206   Developmental   Biopaychology  (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100  Biological  basis  ol  behavioral 
development  in  relation  to  genetic,  constitutional, 
anatomical,  physiological,  and  environmental  factors 
Emphasis  upon  both  phylogenelic  and  ontogenetic 
research  findings  in  biological  psychology 

PSYC  221  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC 
100  The  influence  of  social  factors  on  the  individual  and 
on  interpersonal  behavior  Includes  topics  such  as 
conformity,  attitude  change,  person  perception, 
interpersonal  attraction  and  group  behavior 

PSYC  235  Psychology  of  Adjustment  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  100  Theory  and  research  on  the  psychology  of 
personal  adjustment  in  everyday  life,  with  an  emphasis 
on  self-concept,  emotions,  self-control,  interpersonal 
relations,  and  stress 

PSYC  300  Introduction  to  Methods  of  Psychological 
Research  -  Honors  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  200  and 
permission  ol  the  Honors  Program  Director  Formerly 


PSYC  -  Psychology    223 


PSYC  201  Various  methods  ol  inquiry  in  psychology, 
research  questions,  differences  between  correlational 
and  experimental  research,  what  to  observe,  how  to 
measure  observations,  the  role  ol  theory  in  psychological 
research,  and  the  interlace  between  ethics  and 
methodology  Observations  of  ongoing  research  projects 
will  be  required 

PSYC   301    Biological    Basis   of   Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100  The  experimental  analysis  ol 
the  behavior  of  humans  and  animals  and  underlying 
biological  mechanisms  Topics  such  as  genetic 
determiners  and  physiological  mechanisms,  and  basic 
pnnciples  of  conditioning  and  learning. 

PSYC  309  Special  Topics  In  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it 
content  differs  Topics  of  current  interest  which  represent 
extensions  of  or  additions  to  topics  covered  in  more 
general  topical  courses 

PSYC  310  Perception  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  or 
permission  of  department  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  completed  PSYC410  Asurveyof  phenomena  and 
theories  of  perception  including  psychological, 
anatomical,  physiological  and  environmental  lactors 
important  in  determining  how  we  perceive  the  world 
Historical  background  will  be  examined  as  well  as 
contemporary  research 

PSYC  330  Child  Psychopathology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100;  and  PSYC  355  or  equivalent.  Etiology, 
diagnosis,  prevention  and  treatment  of  emotional 
disorders  of  childhood  and  adolescence. 

PSYC  332  Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  A  survey  of  historical  and 
contemporary  psychological  views  on  a  wide  variety  of 
sexual  behaviors;  theory  and  research  bearing  on  the 
relationship  between  life  span  psychological 
development,  psychological  functioning,  interpersonal 
processes  and  sexual  behaviors:  political  and  social 
issues  involved  in  current  sexual  norms  and  practices. 

PSYC  334  Psychology  of  Interpersonal  Relationships 

(3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100.  Research,  theory  and  their 
practical  applications  pertaining  to  the  development. 
maintenance  and  dissolution  of  human  relationships 
Processes  critical  to  successful  relating  (e.g. 
communication,  bargaining,  conflict  relations),  and  issues 
associated  with  troubled  dyadic  relations  with  equal 
partners  (e.g.  jealousy,  spouse  abuse,  divorce). 

PSYC  336  Psychology  of  Women  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100.  A  survey  of  the  biology,  life-span 
development,  socialization,  personality,  mental  health, 
and  special  issues  of  women. 

PSYC  337  Introduction  to  Community  Psychology 
(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  Survey  and  critical 
examination  of  the  effects  of  social  process  and  social 
structure  in  community  life  on  individual  mental  health. 
Includes  theoretical  models  in  community  psychology 

PSYC  341  Introduction  to  Memory  and  Cognition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  An  introduction  to  the  basic 
models,  methods  of  research  and  findings  in  memory, 
problem-solving,  and  language  and  their  applications. 

PSYC  353  Adult  Psychopathology  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  100.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  PSYC  353  and  PSYC  331  or  PSYC  431 .  The 
nature,  diagnosis,  etiology  and  treatment  of  mental 
disorders  among  adults. 

PSYC  354  Cross-Cultural  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100  plus  3  credits  in  psychology  or  permission  of 
department.  Cultural  components  in  theory  and  research 
in  personality,  social  and  community  psychology. 
Interplay  of  individual,  ethnic  and  cultural  factors  in 
psychosocial  growth  and  well-being,  cross-cultural  and 
cross-ethnic  communication,  and  counseling  and 
psychotherapeutic  interactions. 

PSYC  355  Child  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
100.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  PSYC 
333  or  PSYC  433.  Survey  of  research  and  theory  of 
psychological  development  from  conception  through 
childhood,  stressing  physiological,  conceptual  and 
behavioral  changes  and  the  social  and  biological  context 
in  which  individuals  develop. 

PSYC   356   Psychology   of   Adolescence   (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  355  or  permission  of  department.  A 


description  of  adolescent  development  based  on 
research  and  theory  interrelating  psychological, 
intellectual,  and  social  changes  during  the  teen  years 
and  the  systems  dealing  with  those  changes. 

PSYC  357  Psychology  of  Adulthood  and  Aging  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  Theory,  research  and 
implications  ol  developmental  stability  and  change  in 
physiological,  intellectual  and  interpersonal  functioning 
in  the  social  context  from  early  adulthood  through  the 
aging  years. 

PSYC  361  Survey  of  Industrial  and  Organizational 
Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  A  general 
survey  of  the  field  of  industrial  organizational  psychology 
including  such  topics  as  organizational  entry  (recruitment, 
selection,  training,  socialization),  organizational 
psychology  (motivation,  leadership,  |Ob  attitudes),  and 
productivity  in  the  work  place  (performance  appraisal, 
absenteeism,  turnover).  The  role  that  the  larger 
environment  plays  in  influencing  work  behaviors  and 
work  attitudes. 

PSYC  400  Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  and 
Motivation  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  200; 
completion  of  the  departmentally  required  English ,  math 
and  science  supporting  course  sequence;  and  permission 
of  department.  The  experimental  analysis  of  behavior, 
with  emphasison  conditioning,  learning  and  motivational 
processes  Experiments  on  the  behavior  of  animals. 

PSYC  401  Advanced  Laboratory  in  the  Experimental 
Analysis  of  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  400  An 
intensified  extension  of  the  principles  and  techniques 
demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  of  PSYC  400.  Emphasis 
on  complex  schedules  of  reinforcement,  and 
experimental  designs  using  repeated  measures. 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  206  or  PSYC  301 .  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only 
one  of  the  following:  ZOOL  323  or  PSYC  402.  An 
introduction  to  research  on  the  physiological  basis  of 
human  behavior,  including  considerations  of  sensory 
phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emotion,  drives,  and 
the  neurological  basis  of  learning. 

PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  206 
or  PYSC  301.  A  study  of  animal  behavior,  including 
considerations  of  social  interactions,  learning,  sensory 
processes,  motivation,  and  experimental  methods,  with 
a  major  emphasis  on  mammals. 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavioral  Pharmacology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  206;  or  PSYC  301 ;  or  PSYC  400; 
or  a  course  in  zoology.  The  basic  findings  and  theoretical 
viewpoints  on  the  interaction  of  drugs  and  behavior. 
Introduction  to  basic  pnnciples  of  pharmacology,  the 
effects  of  drugs  on  vanous  behavior,  experimental 
analysis  of  drug  dependence  and  abuse,  and 
neuropharmacology  and  behavior. 

PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  301.  Theoretical  and  research  literature  in  the 
application  of  operant  and  respondent  conditioning 
principles  to  human  behavior.  Approaches  to  behavior 
problems  in  school,  home  and  professional  settings. 

PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory 
Processes  I  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  200;  and 
completion  of  the  English,  math  and  science  supporting 
course  sequence;  and  permission  of  department.  A 
student  who  has  completed  PSYC  310  must  have 
permission  of  the  instructor  in  order  to  register  for  PSYC 
410.  A  systematic  survey  of  the  content,  models,  and 
methodology  of  sensory  and  perceptual  research. 

PSYC  415  History  of  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
twelve  credits  in  psychology  or  permission  of  department. 
The  origins  of  psychology  in  philosophy  and  biology,  and 
the  development  of  psychology  as  a  science  in  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  Consideration  of 
current  theoretical  perspectives  and  experiments  in 
relation  to  the  enduring  problems  of  psychology,  and  of 
the  role  of  culture,  science,  and  technology  in  the 
development  of  psychological  ideas. 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychology:  Social 
Processes  I  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of 
laboratory  perweek.  Prerequisite:  PSYC200:  and  PSYC 
221;  and  completion  of  the  departmentally  required 
English,  math,  and  science  supporting  course  sequence; 
and  permission  of  department.  A  laboratory  course  to 


provide  a  basic  understanding  of  experimental  method 
in  social  psychology  and  experience  in  conducting 
research  on  social  processes 

PSYC  421  Experimental  Psychology:  Social 
Processes  II  (4)  Prerequisite  PSYC  420  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  An 
advanced  laboratory  course  providing  intensive  training 
in  experimental  work  in  social  psychology  and  the 
opportunity  to  design  and  carry  out  original  research  on 
social  processes. 

PSYC  423  Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  420,  or  permission  of  department  A 
systematic  review  of  research  and  points  of  view  in 
regard  to  major  problems  in  the  field  of  social  psychology 

PSYC  424  Communication  and  Persuasion  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  221  or  equivalent  The  effect  of 
social  communication  upon  behavior  and  attitudes. 
Theory  and  research  concerning  attitude  change  and 
social  influence 

PSYC  432  Introduction  to  Counseling  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  nine  hours  in  psychology.  A  survey  and 
critical  analysis  of  research  and  intervention  strategies 
developed  and  used  by  counseling  psychologists. 
Examination  of  both  historical  and  current  trends  in 
content  and  methodology. 

PSYC  433  Analysis  of  Helping  Relationships  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  PSYC  200;  and  PSYC  235  or  PSYC  334 
or  PSYC  435  or  PSYC  432  Theories  and  research 
strategies  regarding  effective  helping  relationships.  Basic 
components  of  helping  relationships  and  how  to  conduct 
a  research  project  evaluating  helping  behavior  and  its 
impact  on  others. 

PSYC  435  Personality  Theories  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC 
100;  and  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  Maior  theones  of 
personality  and  research  methods  and  findings  relevant 
to  those  theories 

PSYC  436  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  1 00.  A  survey  and  cntical  analysisof 
clinical  psychology,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current 
developments  and  trends. 

PSYC  440  Experimental  Psychology:  Cognitive 
Processes  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100;  and 
PSYC  200  or  a  statistics  course  from  an  approved 
departmental  list;  and  completion  of  the  departmentally 
required  English,  math  and  science  supporting  course 
sequence;  and  permission  of  department.  A  survey  of 
the  content,  models,  and  methods  in  cognitive  psychology 
with  an  emphasis  on  auditory  and  visual  pattern 
recognition,  information  processing,  attention,  memory, 
learning,  problem  solving,  and  language. 

PSYC  442  Psychology  of  Language  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  200;  and  PSYC  341  or  PSYC  440.  or  permission 
of  department.  Introductory  survey  of  topics  in 
psycholinguists  research,  theory  and  methodology. 
Major  emphasis  on  the  contribution  of  linguistic  theory  to 
the  psychological  study  of  language  behavior  and 
cognition.  Linguistictheory.  biological  bases  of  language, 
and  speech,  grammars,  phonetics  and  phonological 
performance,  speech  perception  and  production, 
psychological  studies  of  syntax  and  semantics,  language 
and  cognitive  development,  language  comprehension 
and  thought. 

PSYC  443  Thinking  and   Problem   Solving  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  200:  and  PSYC  341  or  PSYC  440 
or  permission  of  department.  Historical  development, 
current  theory  and  data,  and  research  methods  in  problem 
solving.  Formal  problem  solving  theory  and  computer 
models  of  thinking  and  human  problem-solving  behavior. 
The  uses  of  strategies  to  improve  students'own  thinking 
processes  and  problem-solving  behavior. 

PSYC  444  Cognitive  Structure  in  Perception  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200;  and  PSYC  341  or  PSYC  440  or 
permission  of  department.  Perception  as  an  information 
extraction  and  pattern  recognition  process.  Complex 
form  and  space  perception  and  pattern  recognition  of 
speech.  Review  of  early  studies  of  form  and  pattern 
perception  which  support  information  processing  state 
or  cascade  models  of  perceptual  capacities;  studies  on 
development  and  the  roles  of  learning  and  attention. 


224    RECR  —  Recreation 


PSYC  451  Principles  of  Psychological  Testing  (4) 
Three  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  A  survey  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  theones  ot  psychological  measurement 
illustrated  through  demonstration  ol  pnncipal  approaches 
to  psychological  testing 

PSYC  452  Psychology  of  Individual  Differences  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC200.  Problems, theoriesand  research 
related  to  psychological  differences  among  individuals 
and  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and  permission  of  department 
A  survey  ol  mathematical  formulations  in  psychology, 
including  measurement  and  scaling  models,  statistical 
and  psychometnc  models,  and  elementary  mathematical 
representations  of  psychological  processes  in  learning, 
choice,  psychophysics.  and  social  behavior. 

PSYC  455  Life-Span  Cognitive  Development  (3) 
Prerequisite  PSYC  355  or  PSYC  341  or  PSYC  440  or 
equivalent.  Theory  and  research  in  cognition  from  a  life- 
span developmental  perspective.  Topics  include 
memory,  reasoning,  attention,  spatial,  cognition  and 
conceptual  organization  and  discussions  of  implications 
of  current  research  for  a  variety  of  educational 
interventions. 

PSYC  456  Research  Methods  in  Developmental 
Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites.  PSYC  200  and  PSYC 
355  or  PSYC  356  or  PSYC  357  A  presentation  of  ma|or 
research  designs  used  in  developmental  psychology 
and  of  the  methodology  used  in  developmental  research , 
such  as  observational  research,  program  evaluation 
and  laboratory  experimentation. 

PSYC  457  Cultural  Context  of  Psychological 
Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  355.  or  PSYC 
356.  or  PSYC  357,  or  permission  of  department.  An 
examination  of  whether  important  differences  or 
similarities  exist  among  and  within  cultures  in  the  way 
people  develop  psychological  competencies  in  the  penod 
from  birth  through  adolescence 

PSYC  458  Applied  Developmental  Psychology  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  and  PSYC  355.  or  PSYC  356, 
or  PSYC  357  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
An  examination  of  a  topic  in  developmental  psychology 
which  has  been  examined  in  the  laboratory  and  is  central 
to  developmental  theones  Extension  of  these  analyses 
to  practical  and  social  issues  in  the  daily  life  of  the 
developing  individual.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to 
semester. 

PSYC  460  Psychological  Foundations  of  Personnel 
Selection  and  Training  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or 
equivalent  An  examination  of  issues  and  processes 
involved  in  the  design  and  evaluation  of  personnel 
selection  and  training  programs  in  a  variety  of 
organizational  settings:  job,  person  and  organizational 
analysis;  organizational  choice;  development  of 
predictors;  evaluation  of  instructional  and  training 
systems,  critena  for  performance  evaluation,  promotion 
and  training. 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychology  and  Training 
Models  (3)  Prerequisite.  PSYC  200  or  equivalent;  and 
PSYC  361  or  permission  of  department.  For  PSYC 
maiors  only  An  examination  of  theories  and  research 
regarding  human  performance  capabilities  and  skills 
(information  processing,  decision-making,  environmental 
constraints,  automation),  training  procedures  (traditional 
methods,  programmed  learning,  computer-assisted 
instruction)  and  models  and  procedures  for  evaluating 
training  programs  in  industry,  education,  and  service 
organizations 

PSYC  463  Psychology  of  Motivation  and  Attitudes  in 
Organizational  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  361  or 
equivalent  Theories,  research  and  practice  regarding 
the  assessment,  understanding,  and  prediction  of 
motivation  at  work  Theones  of ,  and  the  assessment  and 
consequences  of.  vanous  work-related  attitudes  An 
integration  of  theory,  research  and  practice. 

PSYC  464  Psychology  of  Leaders  in  Work 

Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  361  or  equivalent 
The  psychological  assumptions  and  implications  ot 
various  theories  of  management  and  leadership 
Selections  and  training;  development  of  careers; 
influence  processes;  change  of  managenal  behavior.and 
the  impact  of  the  larger  environment,  nature  ot  product 


or  service,  and  organization  structure  on  managerial 
behavior 

PSYC  465  Psychology  of  Organizational  Processes 
(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  361  or  equivalent  Various 
theonesof  interpersonal,  intra-  and  inter-group  relations, 
with  emphasis  on  issues  ol  conflict,  competition, 
cooperation  and  the  role  ol  power  in  organizations 
Organizational  diagnosis  and  intervention 

PSYC  466  Environmental  and  Ecological  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent  An  examination 
of  measurement,  description,  and  impact  ol  the  physical 
and  social  environments  that  affect  various  aspects  of 
behavior  in  school,  at  work,  and  during  leisure. 

PSYC  466  Field  Experience  and  Special  Assignments 
In  Honors  (1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of  department 
as  well  as  supervisor  and  honors  faculty  Repeatable  to 
6  credits.  An  individual  expenence  arranged  by  the 
honors  student  and  his  or  her  supervisor  A  proposal 
submitted  to  the  honors  faculty  in  the  semester  preceding 
registration  for  the  course  should  state  the  activities 
anticipated  and  the  method  of  evaluation 

PSYC  469  Honors  Thesis  Proposal  Preparation  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Honors  thesis  supervisor's  approval 
Repeatable  to  3  credits.  Development  of  honors  thesis 
proposal  by  preliminary  research  and  literature  review. 
Presentation  of  formal  proposal  to  the  thesis  committee 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  both  department  and 
instructor  in  the  form  of  a  written  agreement  signed  by 
the  student  and  the  faculty  mentor.  The  student  must 
have  completed  9  hours  in  psychology  with  at  least  a  3  0 
G.P.A.  in  psychology  and  a  2.8  overall  G.P.A.  Students 
may  not  accumulate  more  than  a  total  of  9  credits  in 
PSYC  478  and  PSYC  479  without  permission  of  the 
Chair  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  or  the  Psychology 
Undergraduate  Committee  Integrated  reading  under 
direction  leading  to  the  preparation  of  an  adequately 
documented  report  on  a  special  topic 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  in  Psychology 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  both  department  and 
instructor  in  the  form  of  a  written  agreement  signed  by 
the  student  and  the  faculty  mentor.  The  student  must 
have  completed  9  hours  in  psychology  with  at  least  a 
3.0G.P  A.  in  psychology  and  a  2  8  overall  G.P.A. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  or  9  credits  unless  there  is  a 
waiver  from  the  Psychology  Undergraduate  Committee 
Research  and  data  collection  under  individual  faculty 
supervision,  leading  to  a  written  research  report. 

PSYC  488  Advanced  Psychology  I  (Honors)  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  and  permission  of  department 
Seminar  covering  topics  in  sensation,  perception, 
learning,  and  motivation 

PSYC  489  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100 
Treatment  of  a  specialized  topic  in  psychology 

PSYC  498  Advanced  Psychology  II  (Honors)  (3) 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  488H  or  permission  of  department 
Seminar  covering  topics  in  measurement,  social 
processes,  developmental  processes  and  other  subject 
matter  of  current  interest 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  Prerequisite; 
PSYC  469  and  permission  of  thesis  advisor. 

RECR— Recreation 

RECR  130  Recreation  and  Leisure  (3)  The  study  of 
recreation  and  leisure  behavior,  including  concepts, 
theories  and  terminology  Psychological,  social 
psychological  and  sociological  factors  that  affect 
recreation  and  leisure  behavior  throughout  the  lifespan 
Analysis  of  recreation  and  leisure  behavior  in  our 
changing  society 

RECR  150  Camp  Counseling  (2)  A  study  of  the 
philosophy  and  techniques  of  camp  counseling  including 
the  qualifications,  responsibilities  and  skills  involved: 
the  basic  organization,  administration  and  program 
planning  practices  and  problems  ol  camping  as  a  whole, 
the  relationship  ol  these  practices  and  problems  to  the 
counselor  and  his  or  her  probable  success  Outdoor 
skills  will  be  taught  and  practiced  msolar  as  possible  with 
field  tnps  included. 

RECR  200  Sophomore  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite 
permission  ol  department    Discussion,  observation. 


analysis  and  assessment  of  a  number  of  possible 
placements  under  various  junsdictions.  with  a  number  of 
agegroupings.  in  different  settings,  with  diverse  facilities 
and  programs  for  their  activity  leadership  role  in 
sophomore  summer  field  work  practicum  Work  in  the 
field  with  supervisors  to  identity  strategies  and  problems 
and  to  develop  materials  appropnate  to  the  interviewing 
and  placement  process 

RECR  220  Methods  and  Materials  In  Recreation  (3) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Roles,  duties  and  responsibilities  ol  the  recreation 
activity  leader  Practical  experience  in  planning, 
organizing,  leading,  participating  and  evaluating  a  wide 
vanety  ol  recreation  activities 

RECR  270  Leisure  Services  and  Special  Populations 
(3)  Leisure  services  programming  lor  special  populations 
(physically  disabled,  mentally  retarded,  visually  impaired, 
hearing  impaired,  law  offenders,  psychologically 
disabled,  and  aged)  Emphasis  on  integration  ol  special 
populations  into  the  mainstream  ol  leisure  services, 
including  history,  legislation  and  population 
characteristics 

RECR  271  Implications  of  Disabling  Condition!  For 
Therapeutic  Recreation  (3)  Etiology,  symptomatology 
and  charactenstics  of  disabling  conditions  and  their 
implications  for  therapeutic  recreation  interventions  in 
clinical  and  non-clinical  settings  Onentation  to  health- 
related  disciplines  and  appropriate  terminology 

RECR  300  Senior  Seminar  (1 )  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  Review  and  evaluation  ol  academic  and 
other  professional  preparation,  analysis  ot  future  plans, 
and  final  preparation  for  entry  into  the  recreation 
profession 

RECR  325  General  Fundamentals  of  Recreation  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  lor  and  limited  to  students  nol 
maionng  in  recreation  who  wish  to  develop  some 
understanding  of  the  place,  importance  and  potentialities 
of  recreation  in  modem  life.  Included  will  be  limited  study 
of  the  areas  of  philosophy,  program  planning,  leadership 
techniques,  organization  and  administration,  and 
interrelationships  with  other  fields 

RECR  335  Recreation  and  Leisure  (3)  Introduction  to 
the  study  of  leisure  or  park  and  recreation  services  The 
challenges,  opportunities,  and  problems  ot  leisure  as  it 
affects  individuals'  lives  and  the  social  fabnc  of  their 
local,  national  and  world  communities 

RECR  337  Social  Psychological  Foundations  of 
Leisure  (3)  The  basic  social  psychological  principles 
and  processes  underlying  human  behavior  are  explored 
and  applied  to  understanding  leisure  behavior  and 
problems  This  course  examines  how  one's  cognitions 
about  leisure  influence  and  are  influenced  by  other's 
leisure  cognitions  and  social  leisure  behavior 

RECR  340  Field  Work  I  (6)  Prerequisites  RECR  200. 
and  permission  of  department  Practical  field  expenence 
in  developing  recreation  activity  leadership  skills  at  an 
organized  recreation  department  or  agency  Students 
will  be  expected  to  make  a  commitment  for  a  minimum 
of  eight  weeks  or  equivalent 

RECR  341  Field  Work  II  (8)  Prerequisites  RECR  300; 
and  permission  of  department  Observation  and  field 
work  placement  selected  and  assigned  on  the  basis  ol 
the  students  interest  and  future  employment  plans 
Leadership  activity  and  participation  in  staff  activities 
and  responsibilities. 

RECR  350  Recreational  Use  of  Natural  Areas  (3)  An 
introductory  orientation  to  the  outdoor  recreation 
phenomenon  Factors  stimulating  outdoor  recreation 
involvement;  federal,  state,  local,  public,  and  pnvate 
departments  and  age  noes  managing  outdoor  recreation 
areas;  legislation,  philosophical  concepts,  planning  and 
management  issues 

RECR  351  Nature  Interpretation  (3)  Pnnaples  arid 
techniques  used  for  interpretation  ol  environmental, 
natural,  histonc  and  other  features  of  recreation  and 
parks  taalities  to  the  visitor  Individual  and  group  field 

tnps  will  be  required 

RECR  375  Principles  ol  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3) 
Prerequisite  RECR271  History,  philosophy  and  current 
principles  ot  therapeutic  recreation  processes  and 
application 


RTVF  —  Radio  Television  and  Film    225 


RECR  376  Case  Study  Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or 
corequisite  RECR  375  An  applied  experience  where 
students  develop  and  carry  out  an  individualized 
intervention  plan  in  an  approved  therapeutic  recreation 
setting.  Consists  ot  one  hour  class  per  week  in  addition 
to  weekly  work  in  the  therapeutic  recreation  setting 

RECR  389  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Repeatable  to 
6  credits.  Independent  study  by  an  individual  student  or 
a  group  ol  students  in  special  areas  ol  knowledge  not 
covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses 

RECR  41 0  Measurement  and  Evaluation  In  Recreation 

(3)  Prerequisite  RECR  130:  or  permission  ol  department 
A  survey  course  in  measurement  tools  and  methods  and 
application  of  measurement  to  evaluativeprocesses 
applicable  in  specific  and  broad  areas  of  interest  and 
specialization  in  recreation  and  parks 

RECR  415  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  The  statistical 
techniques  most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining 
to  recreation.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  provide  students 
with  skills,  interpretations  and  practical  applications 
associated  with  these  techniques. 

RECR  420  Program  Planning  and  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RECR  1 30:  or  RECR  325.  Recommended: 
RECR  220  The  essential  elements  and  basic  principles 
involved  in  the  organization  and  administration  of  various 
types  of  recreation  programs  with  emphasis  on  the 
development  of  practical,  comprehensive  program  plans 
and  evaluations  for  a  population  and  a  facility  within  the 
student's  particular  area  of  interest. 

RECR  421  Campus  Leisure  Services  Programming 

(3)  An  introduction  to  the  vanous  elements  of  campus 
leisure  services  program  development.  Intramurals,  clubs 
and  organizations  as  well  as  an  analysis  of  the  campus 
union  as  a  key  in  the  college/university  community 
activity  effort 

RECR  426  Industrial  Employee  Recreation  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RECR  130  or  RECR  335.  An  introductory 
study  of  the  philosophy  of  and  practices  and  problems  in 
industrial  recreation.  Where  possible  the  course  will 
include  opportunities  for  observation  and  for  meeting 
visiting  specialists. 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the 
meanings,  relationships,  and  services  of  recreation  as 
expressed  by  past  and  present  authorities  and  leaders. 
This  course  should  be  of  interest  to  people  active  in 
education,  social  work,  and  related  fields. 

RECR  440  Leisure  Services  for  the  Aging  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  1 30.  Theory  and  practice  in  program 
development  of  services  for  the  aging.  Emphasis  on:  (1 ) 
needs  assessment  theory  and  practice;  (2)  program 
development,  (3)  evaluation  theory  and  practice:  (4) 
leisure  service  settings  for  the  aging;  and,  (5)  issues 
confronting  providers  of  services  to  the  aging  population . 

RECR  450  Camp  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR 
1 50;  or  permission  of  department.  An  advanced  camping 
course  for  those  students  with  previous  training  and 
experience;  organization,  administration,  programming, 
current  trends,  evaluation,  and  special  problems. 
Whenever  possible,  visiting  specialists  and  field  trips  will 
be  included. 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education  (3)  Field  experience  and 
resident  camping  in  an  outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to 
present  the  activities  and  techniques  recommended  for 
modem  outdoor  education  practice.  Where  possible 
groups  of  participants  will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for 
practice  instructional  work.  Activity  will  emphasize  not 
only  the  subiect  matter  of  science  and  education  but  also 
the  broad  concepts  of  conservation,  worthy  use  of 
leisure  time,  education  for  democratic  living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Interpretation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  351 .  Examination  of  the  philosophies 
of  and  techniques  appropriate  to  historical  and  natural 
interpretation.  Analysis  and  development  of  interpretive 
programs  and  visitor  information  services.  Field  trips 
and  laboratory  experiences  will  be  required. 

RECR  457  Concepts  and  Issues  in  Outdoor 
Recreation  (3)  A  survey  of  the  relationships  between 
land,  leisure  and  people  as  increasingly  vital  and 
interdependent  issues  in  American  civilization.  The 
mainstream  of  thoughts,  methods  and  policies  of  resource 
based  recreation,  with  special  attention  to  thehistory  of 
conservation  and  the  significance  of  wilderness. 


RECR  460  Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices  (3) 

Prerequisite  RECR  130  Vanous  types  and  dynamics  of 
recreation  leadership  at  academic,  agency,  small  and 
large  group  levels  Acquisition  of  tangible  techniques. 
such  as  goal  setting,  decision  making,  and  leadership 
lor  purposes  of  organizing,  implementing,  observing 
and  analyzing  human  function  in  organizational  settings 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  In  Recreation  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RECR  1 30;  or  RECR  325.  or  RECR  335  A 
study  of  the  principles,  methods,  techniques  as  well  as 
an  analysis  of  the  functions  of  supervision  in  the  recreation 
and  parks  environment  This  course  is  designed  to 
advance  the  student's  understanding  of  the  art  of  building 
human  relationships,  and  lo  apply  the  emerging  concepts 
and  principles  of  modern  supervision  to  practical 
situations  in  which  administrators,  supervisors,  leaders 
(both  professional  and  paraprofessional)  and  volunteers 
are  working. 

RECR  475  Problems  In  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3) 

Prerequisite  RECR  375.  Problems  encountered  in  the 
delivery  of  therapeutic  recreation  services  to  individuals 
with  special  problems.  Current  trends,  innovative  service 
delivery  models,  literature  review,  and  identification  of 
funding  sources. 

RECR  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop 
(1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  persons  in 
the  field  with  respect  to  workshops  and  research  projects 
in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
structured  courses. 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the  organizational  patterns 
and  administrative  problems  involved  in  the  various 
types  of  operating  recreation  departments  and  agencies, 
forms  of  organization;  finance  and  budget;  personnel; 
public  relations. 

RECR  493  Tourism  and  Commercial  Leisure  Services 

(3)  A  study  of  the  tourism  and  commercial  leisure  services 
industries.  Skill  in  feasibility  study  and  management. 
Representative  types  of  tourism  and  leisure  services 
enterprises  and  their  relationships  to  the  public  sector. 

RECR  495  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning 

I  (3)  Basic  principles  of  planning,  design,  development, 
and  maintenance  of  community  recreation  areas  and 
facilities.  The  interrelationships  between  local,  regional, 
state,  and  national  park  and  recreation  systems. 

RECR  497  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning 

II  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  495;  or  permission  of 
department.  Principles  of  design,  development, 
procedures,  and  maintenance  considerations  for 
recreation  areas  and  facilities.  Use  of  analytical  methods 
to  carry  out  park  designs  and  development  of  skills  in 
graphically  conveying  design  concepts.  Safety,  efficiency 
and  economy  as  they  affect  design,  development  and 
park  maintenance. 

RECR  498SpecialTopics  in  Recreation  (3)  Repeatable 
if  content  differs.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly 
scheduled  courses. 

RTVF — Radio  Television  and  Film 

RTVF  124  Mass  Communication  in  20th  Century 
Society  (3)  The  evolution  of  mass  communications  and 
the  impact  of  the  media  on  contemporary  society. 
Emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  broadcasting  and  film  to 
social,  economic,  and  political  issues. 

RTVF  21 2  Introduction  to  Broadcasting  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  For 
RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 
the  following:  RTVF  21 2  and  RTVF  222.  Formerly  RTVF 
222.  Development,  scope,  and  influence  of  radio  and 
television;  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  the  industries 
to  audience,  advertisers,  and  government. 

RTVF  21 3  Introduction  to  Production  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RTVF  21 2.  For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF  213  or  RTVF  223. 
Formerly  RTVF  223.  Fundamental  stages  in  the  planning 
and  completion  of  programs  using  radio,  television,  and 
film  —  preproduction,  production  and  postproduction. 
Examination  of  the  stages  of  production,  facilities  and 
equipment  involved,  production  aesthetics. 

RTVF  214  Introduction  to  Film  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  For  RTVF  majors 


only  Introduction  to  the  aesthetics,  history,  and 
techniques  ol  film 

RTVF   302   Beginning    Sound    Production   (3) 

Prerequisite  RTVF  212.  and  RTVF  213.  and  RTVF  214 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  Practical  experience 
in  sound  production,  including  scripting,  acoustics 
planning,  recording,  editing,  and  coordination  ol 
personnel  Application  principally  toward  radio 

RTVF  303  Principles  of  Television  Production  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  212,  and  RTVF  21 3,  and  RTVF  214 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each.  For  RTVF  majors  only 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following  RTVF 
303  or  RTVF  340  Formerly  RTVF  340  Theory  methods, 
techniques,  and  problems  of  television  production; 
television  cameras  and  lenses,  lighting  theory  and 
practices,  audio,  graphicarts  and  special  effects  Practical 
application  in  television  studios. 

RTVF  304  Film  Production  I  (3)  Prerequisites  RTVF 
212  and  RTVF  213  and  RTVF  214  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  each.  For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF  304  or  RTVF 
356  Formerly  RTVF  356.  Introduction  to  film  technology 
and  techniques. 

RTVF  314  The  Structure  and  Meaning  of  Film  tor 
Non-Majors  (3)  Film  as  an  art  form  A  survey  of  the 
cinematic  medium,  its  development,  film  genres, 
esthetics,  criticism,  and  the  current  international  scene. 
Significant  American  and  foreign  films  are  viewed.  May 
not  be  used  for  RTVF  major  credit. 

RTVF  317  Introduction  to  Writing  For  Radio, 
Television,  Film  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF21 2,  and  RTVF 
213.  and  RTVF  214  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each. 
For  RTVF  majors  only.  Methods  and  principles  of  writing 
for  radio.  TV.  and  film.  Basic  formats,  theories,  and 
writing  styles  in  broadcast  and  film.  Emphasis  on  public 
service  announcements,  campaigns,  video  and  film 
script  formats. 

RTVF  321  Close  Analysis  of  Media  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  RTVF212.  and  RTVF21 3.  and  RTVF21 4 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each .  For  RTVF  majors  only. 
Visual  and  narrative  structure  of  film  and  television, 
investigating  how  form  and  content  create  meaning. 

RTVF  327  Broadcast  Processes  and  Effects  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF212,  and  RTVF21 3,  and RTVF214 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each .  For  RTVF  majors  only . 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF 
327  or  RTVF  347.  Formerly  RTVF  347.  Common  analytic 
approaches  to  electronic  media  and  their  effects  on 
society;  mass  communication  theory,  social 
consequences  of  mass  communication,  principles  of 
mass  persuasion. 

RTVF  342  The   History   of  Broadcasting  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF212;  and  RTVF21 3;  and  RTVF214 
with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  For  RTVF  majors  only . 
A  comparative,  historical  perspective  on  the  evolution 
and  impact  of  broadcasting  systems  in  the  twentieth 
century.  Primary  emphasis  on  developments  in  the 
United  States;  relevant  comparisons  drawn  from  British, 
Canadian,  Western  European  and  Third  World  cases. 

RTVF  343  Media  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF 
212,  and  RTVF  213,  and  RTVF  214  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  each.  For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF  343  or  RTVF 
457.  Formerly  RTVF  457.  Economic  issues  involving 
radio,  television,  film,  and  new  technologies  of  cable  and 
satellite  transmission. 

RTVF  363  The  History  of  the  Film  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  212,  and  RTVF  213,  and  RTVF  214  with  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  in  each.  For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF  363  or 
RTVF  413.  Formerly  RTVF  413.  A  survey  of  the  film  as 
an  art  form.  Cinema  pre-history,  actualities  and  the 
Lumiere  tradition,  Melies.  Griffith,  and  their 
contemporaries,  the  silent  film  (1920-29):  Germany. 
Russia,  and  the  USA,  screen  comedy,  the  sound  film 
(1926-present):  American  and  foreign  master  directors, 
recent  and  current  trends. 

RTVF  384  Field  Work  Experience  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  and  18  RTVF  credits  and  2.8 
GPA.  Corequisite:  RTVF  385  at  same  credit  level  Senior 
standing.  For  RTVF  majorsonly.  Supervised,  professional 


226    RUSS  — Russian 


field  work  experience  in  business,  industry,  government 
or  education  Credits  do  not  apply  toward  the  major. 

RTVF  385  Field  Work  Analysis  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  ot  department  and  18  RTVF  credits  and  2  8 
GPA  Corequisite:  RTVF  384  at  the  same  credit  level 
Senior  standing  For  RTVF  majors  only  Written  critique 
or  project  derived  from  the  field  work  expenence. 

RTVF  402  Advanced  Sound  Production  (3) 
Prerequisites:  RTVF  302  and  permission  of  department 
An  advanced  sound  production  methodology  in  radio 
drama  and  documentaries. 

RTVF  403 Television  Direction  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF 
303  and  permission  ol  department  For  RTVF  majors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following 
RTVF  403  oi  RTVF  440  Formerly  RTVF  440  Principles 
of  television  direction  including  elements  of  composition, 
pictunzation,  timing,  script  notation  and  program 
coordination. 

RTVF  404  Television  Direction  II  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  423  and  permission  of  department.  For  RTVF 
majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following  RTVF  404  or  RTVF  441  Formerly  RTVF  441 
Advanced  theories  ot  television  direction ;  script  analysis 
and  adaptation,  production  coordination,  casting, 
blocking,  rehearsals  and  mixing 

RTVF  405  Film  Production  II.  Cinematography  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  304  and  permission  of  department. 
For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
of  the  following:  RTVF  405  or  RTVF  357  Formerly  RTVF 
357.  Development  of  proficiency  in  I6mm  film  production 

RTVF  406  Film  Production  III,  Synchronized  Sound 
Film  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  405and  permission 
of  department.  For  RTVF  majors  only.  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  RTVF  406or  RTVF 
466.  Formerly  RTVF  466.  Synchronized  sound  and 
color  technology  with  emphasis  on  the  I6mm  format. 

RTVF  407  Television  Workshop  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  For  RTVF  majors  only. 
Formerly  RTVF  449  Special  studio  projects. 

RTVF  417  Screenwriting  tor  TV  and  Film  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  31 7;  and  permission  of  department. 
Story  and  character  development,  plot  structure,  theories 
of  drama  and  comedy,  screenplay  format.  Students 
wnte  original  treatment  and  first  half  of  screenplay  for 
film  or  television;  projects  are  critiqued  in  group  story 
and  script  conferences 

RTVF  426  Gender  Roles  and  Media  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  321  or  RTVF  327  Influence  and  interaction  of 
gender  role  and  mass  media.  Gender  images  in  their 
cultural  historical  context  and  their  role  in  the  cultural 
evolution  of  media. 

RTVF  427  Screenwriting  for  TV  and  Film  II  (3) 
Prerequisites:  RTVF  4 1 7  and  permission  of  department 
For  RTVF  majors  only.  Advanced  writing  students 
complete  a  dramatic  or  comedy  script  for  motion  pictures 
or  television.  Most  students  will  be  completing  scripts 
from  RTVF  417. 

RTVF  431  Television  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  327  or  RTVF  342  or  RTVF  343  For  RTVF  majors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following 
RTVF  431  or  RTVF  351  Formerly  RTVF  351  The 
course  examines  programming  trends,  theories,  and 
strategies  in  American  television  It  explores  two  major 
programming  areas:  program  development,  and  current 
programming  theories  and  practices  Students  analyze 
current  network  theories  and  strategies  In  a  group 
simulation  process,  class  teams  work  up  original 
programs  and  schedules  to  compete  with  current  network 
practices. 

RTVF  432  Structure  and  Criticism  of  Television 
Advertising  (3)  Prerequisites  RTVF  317;  and  (RTVF 
321  or  RTVF  342)  For  RTVF  majors  only  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  ot  the  following:  RTVF  432  or  RTVF 
456.  Formerly  RTVF  456  An  examination  of  the 
persuasive  power  of  television  advertising  Analysis  of 
form,  structure  and  content  of  the  television  commercial 
and  techniques  used  to  influence  attitudes  and  behavior 

RTVF  436  Television  News  and  Public  Affairs  (3) 
Prerequisite  RTVF  317  or  RTVF  327  or  RTVF  342  For 
RTVF  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of 


the  following:  RTVF  436  or  RTVF  346  Formerly  RTVF 
346  Development  ol  broadcast  journalism,  current 
problems  concerning  radio  and  television  news,  and  the 
development  of  the  documentary 

RTVF  437  Quantitative  Methods  of  Broadcast 
Research  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  327  For  RTVF  ma|ors 
only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following 
RTVF  437  or  RTVF  447  Formerly  RTVF  447.  An 
examination  of  the  fundamentals  ot  research 
methodology  as  it  relates  to  the  study  and  analysis  of 
broadcast  audiences 

RTVF  442  Public  Broadcasting  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF 
321  or  RTVF  327  or  RTVF  342  or  RTVF  343.  For  RTVF 
majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the 
following:  RTVF  442  or  RTVF  332  Formerly  RTVF  332 
Public  television  and  radio:  development;  problems, 
influence;  its  place  in  contemporary  broadcasting,  through 
the  viewing  of  and  listening  to  selected  programs 

RTVF  443  Television  and  Children  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  321  or  RTVF  327  or  RTVF  342  or  RTVF  343 
ForRTVF  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
of  the  following:  RTVF  443  or  RTVF  333.  Formerly  RTVF 
333.  A  study  of  programming  designed  for  children 
Investigation  of  current  research  and  the  analysis  ol 
specific  programs 

RTVF  445  Television  and  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  321  or  RTVF  327  or  RTVF  342.  For  RTVF  majors 
only.  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following 
RTVF  445  or  RTVF  425  Formerly  RTVF  425.  Critical 
review  of  studies  of  the  effects  of  political  broadcasts; 
legal  and  social  issues:  surveys  and  media  campaigns 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station  Management 

(3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  342  or  RTVF  343  For  RTVF 
majors  only  The  role  of  the  manager  in  broadcasting 
industry.  Stationorganization,  licensing,  regulation,  sales, 
programming,  personnel,  and  promotion  are  examined 
in  light  of  the  competitive  marketplace. 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF 
32 1  or  RTVF  342  For  RTVF  majors  only  An  analysis  of 
the  professional,  historical,  social,  and  psychological 
criticism  of  American  television,  together  with  practical 
application  of  professional  and  scholarly  critical  methods 

RTVF  461  Film  Criticism  and  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  ma|ors;  or  RTVF  314 
or  ENGL  245  for  other  majors  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following  RTVF  461  or  RTVF  421 
Formerly  RTVF  42 1 .  Study  of  vanous  theoretical  models 
of  film  analysis  and  applied  ci  itical  writing  on  such  topics 
as  montage,  mise-en-scene,  ideology,  feminism, 
psychoanalysis,  and  structuralist  approaches. 

RTVF  462  African  American  Women  Filmmakers  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RTVF  321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  ma|ors. 
or  RTVF  31 4  or  ENGL  245  for  other  majors  The  cinematic 
artistry  of  African  Amencan  women  filmmakers  and  the 
ways  in  which  these  films  address  the  dual  and 
inseparable  roles  of  race  and  gender 

RTVF  463  The  Documentary  Film  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  majors,  RTVF  31 4  or 
ENGL  245  for  other  majors  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following  RTVF  463  or  RTVF  420 
Formerly  RTVF  420  Growth,  implication,  and  the  use  ot 
the  international  nonfiction  film  as  propaganda,  public 
service,  promotion,  education,  and  entertainment  Case 
studies  from  representative  documentaries  will  be 
analyzed. 

RTVF  464  Contemporary  American  Cinema  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RTVF  321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  maiors. 
or  RTVF  314  or  ENGL  245  for  other  maiors  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following  RTVF  467  or 
RTVF  414  Formerly  RTVF  414  Analysis  of  ma|or 
trends,  styles,  and  figures  in  post-World  War  II  Amencan 
film  Emphasis  is  on  how  recent  "new  wave"  directors 
function  in  the  Hollywood  system 

RTVF  465  Contemporary  European  Cinema  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RTVF  321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  majors, 
or  RTVF  314  or  ENGL  245  for  other  ma|Ors  Credit  will 
be  granted  for  only  one  ol  the  following  RTVF  465  or 
RTVF  415  Formerly  RTVF  465  A  comparative  and 
cntical  analysis  ol  European  and  other  national  cinemas 
Emphasis  is  on  post  World  War  II  figures,  movements, 
and  stylistic  innovations 


RTVF  467  The  Film  Industry:  History  and  Technology 
(3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  346  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF 
maiors.  or  RTVF  314  or  ENGL  245  for  other  majors 
Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  ot  the  following  RTVF 
467  or  RTVF  424  Formerly  RTVF  424  History,  status 
and  present  functions  of  the  Amencan  film  industry 
including  studio  system,  innovation  ot  color  and  sound, 
distnbution  and  exhibition 

RTVF  468  The  Film  Auteur  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  321 
or  RTVF  363  lor  RTVF  maiors  or  RTVF  314  or  ENGL 
245  lor  other  maiors  Repeatable  to  6  credits  it  content 
differs  Formerly  RTVF  418  The  intensive  chronological 
study  of  the  work  of  one  European  or  Amencan  Mm 
director  each  semester 

RTVF  469  Film  Genres  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  321  or 
RTVF  363  for  RTVF  majors,  or  RTVF  314  or  ENGL  245 
for  other  maiors  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 
differs  Formerly  RTVF  419  The  study  ol  one  major  film 
genre  each  semester  (e  g  ,  the  western,  science  fiction, 
melodrama,  political  film)  Emphasis  is  on  cultural 
implications  ol  generic  forms 

RTVF  470  Corporate  Television  (3)  Prerequisites  RTVF 
302  and  RTVF  303  Theories  and  practices  associated 
with  television  tor  communication  in  business,  industry, 
government,  medicine,  health  and  related  fields 

RTVF  471  Broadcast  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF 
342  or  RTVF  343  For  RTVF  majors  only  Credit  will  be 
granted  tor  only  one  ol  the  following  RTVF  471  or  RTVF 

453  Formerly  RTVF  453  Legal  issues  involving  radio 
and  television  freedom,  restraints,  self-regulation, 
regulation  of  programming,  competition,  nghts  as  seen 
by  the  broadcaster,  regulatory  agencies  and  the  public 

RTVF  472  Cable  Television  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  342 
or  RTVF  343  For  RTVF  maiors  only  Credrt  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following  RTVF  472  or  RTVF 

454  Formerly  RTVF  454.  History,  regulatory 
development,  systems  designs,  communications 
capability  and  franchising  of  cable  television 

RTVF  473  International  and  Comparative 
Broadcasting  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  327  or 
RTVF  342  For  RTVF  majors  only  Credit  will  be  granted 
for  only  one  of  the  following  RTVF  473  or  RTVF  452 
Formerly  RTVF  452  Comparative  study  ot  international 
broadcasting  organizations,  ownership,  regulatory 
structures  and  program  policies  Role  of  broadcasting  in 
international  affairs  information,  entertainment,  political, 
cultural  and  technology  exchange  International 
broadcasting  programs 

RTVF  478  National  Cinemas  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF 
321  or  RTVF  363  for  RTVF  majors;  or  RTVF  314  or 
RTVF  245  for  other  majors  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if 
content  differs  Vanable  topic  course  which  will  explore 
the  interrelationship  of  nation,  national  culture  and  the 
cinema  Topics  may  include  third  world  cinema.  Asian 
cinema.  French.  Italian,  or  other  European  cinemas,  or 
national  film  movements  suchasGerman  Expressionism 
the  French  New  Wave 

RTVF  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  Senior  standing  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Present  day  radio-television-film  research 

RTVF  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  For  RTVF  majors  only 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 

RUSS — Russian 

RUSS  001  Elementary  Russian  tor  Graduate  Students 
(3)  Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  Russian  language 
designed  particularly  lor  graduate  students  who  wish  to 
acquire  reading  knowledge  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  University 

RUSS  101  Elementary  Russian  l(5)  Two  hours  ot  lecture 
and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  ot  Russian  Elements  ol  grammar, 
pronunciation,  conversation  and  reading;  exercises 
mtranslation 

RUSS  102  Elementary  Russian  II  (5)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
RUSS  101  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  Russian 
Continuation  of  RUSS  101  Elements  of  grammar, 
pronunciation,  and  conversauon.  exercises  in  translation 


RUSS  201  Intermediate  Russian  I  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  RUSS  102  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of 
Russian  Continuation  ot  RUSS  102  For  students 
planning  to  continue  the  study  ol  Russian  Review  and 
expansion  ol  grammar  knowledge,  conversation  and 
reading  skills;  exercises  in  translation  Note:  this  new 
RUSS  201  has  no  relation  to  the  old  SLAV  201 .  which  is 
to  be  eliminated 

RUSS  202  Intermediate  Russian  II  (4)  Two  hours  ot 
lecture  and  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  RUSS  201  Not  open  to  native  speakers  ot 
Russian  Continuation  ol  RUSS  201  Review  and 
expansion  ot  grammar  knowledge,  conversation  and 
reading  skills  Exercises  in  translation 

RUSS  210  Structural  Description  ol  Russian  (3)  Pre- 
or  corequisite  RUSS  201  or  equivalent  An  introductory 
linguistic  course  designed  to  order  and  supplement 
students'  knowledge  ot  the  sound  system  and  the 
inflectional  system  ol  the  vert)  A  practical  component  on 
reading  skills  also  locuses  on  the  vert)  and  methods  of 
developing  vocabulary 

RUSS  21 1  Applied  Russian  Phonetics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  102.  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  Russian 
Pronunciation,  the  sounds  and  intonational  patterns  of 
Russian  in  contrast  with  those  of  English 

RUSS  221  Masterworks  ol  Russian  Literature  I  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  classics  ot  Russian  literature  in 
translation,  beginning  with  Pushkin  in  the  early  19th 
century  and  concluding  with  works  ot  Dostoevsky  and 
Tolstoy  in  the  later  part  ol  that  century 

RUSS  222  Masterworks  ol  Russian  Literature  II  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  classics  ot  Russian  literature  in 
translation,  beginning  with  the  later  works  of  Dostoevsky 
and  Tolstoy  and  extending  to  the  present  with  works  by 
Solzhenitsyn. 

RUSS  281  Russian  Language  and  Pre-Revolutionary 
Culture  (3)  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  Russian. 
Introduction  to  the  Russian  language  and  a  study  ot 
Russian  nationalism;  artistic  and  social  concepts  in  the 
development  of  Russian  art.  dance,  geography,  history 
and  literature  from  the  18th  tothe  20th  centuries.  Lectures 
m  English,  with  third  hour  devoted  to  basic  language 
instruction  (alphabet,  vocabulary,  pronunciation  and 
minimal  conversational  skills). 

RUSS  282  Russian  Language  and  Soviet  Culture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  281 .  Not  open  to  native  speakers  of 
Russian.  Continuation  of  introduction  to  the  Russian 
language  and  a  study  of  cultural  developments  since  the 
Revolution.  Lectures  in  English,  with  third  hour  devoted 
to  language  study  (overview  of  grammar,  conversation, 
and  basic  reading). 

RUSS  298  Special  Topics  in  Russian  Language  and 
Literature  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

RUSS  301  Advanced  Russian  Grammar  and 
Composition  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  RUSS  202  or  equivalent. 
A  thorough  training  in  the  structure  of  the  language;  drill 
in  Russian  composition. 

RUSS  302  Advanced  Russian  Grammar  and 
Composition  II  (3)  Prerequisite  RUSS  301.  A 
continuation  ol  RUSS  301 

RUSS  303  Russian  Conversation:  Functional  Skills 
(3)  Prerequisite:  RUSS  202  or  equivalent.  Intended  tor 
students  who  do  not  anticipate  having  the  opportunity  to 
study  in  the  Soviet  Union.  Skills  for  daily  life  (both 
function  and  etiquette)  and  argumentation  (rhetoric). 

RUSS  321   Survey  of  Russian  Literature  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  202  or  equivalent.  The  first  half  of  a 
survey  of  Russian  literature. 

RUSS  322  Survey  of  Russian  Literature  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  321  or  equivalent.  The  second  half 
of  a  survey  of  Russian  literature. 

RUSS  327  Old  Russian  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Recommended:  RUSS  221 .  Old  Russian  literature  of 
the  1 1th- 1 7th  centunes  for  the  general  student.  Selected 
texts  will  be  read  in  translation,  with  analysis  in  terms  of 
genre  and  historical  setting. 

RUSS  328  19th  Century  Russian  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 


Development  of  Russian  literary  thought  in  the  Russian 
novel  and  short  prose  ol  the  19th  century  Influence  ol 
western  literatures  and  philosophies 

RUSS  329  Soviet  Literature  In  Translation  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  Russian  literature 
since  1917,  both  as  a  continuation  of  prerevolutionary 
traditions  and  as  a  reflection  of  Soviet  ideology 

RUSS  381  Russian  Civilization  (In  Russian)  I  (3) 
Prerequisite  RUSS  202  A  historical  survey  ol  Russian 
civilization  emphasizing  architecture,  painting,  sculpture, 
music,  ballet  and  the  theater  to  the  beginning  of  the  1 9th 
century  pointing  out  the  interrelationship  ol  all  with 
literary  movements  Taught  in  Russian 

RUSS  382  Russian  Civilization  (In  Russian)  II  (3) 
Prerequisite:  RUSS  202  A  historical  survey  ol  Russian 
civilization  emphasizing  architecture,  painting,  sculpture, 
music,  ballet,  and  the  theater.  Irom  the  beginning  ot  the 
19th  century  to  the  present  pointing  out  the  inter- 
relationships ot  all  with  literary  movements  Taught  in 
Russian 

RUSS  398  Selected  Topics  in  Russian  Language 
and  Literature  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content 
differs 

RUSS  401   Advanced  Russian  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  302. 

RUSS  402   Practlcum   in  Written   Russian  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  401  or  equivalent.  Designed  to 
improve  comprehension  of  functional  varieties  of  written 
Russian  and  develop  ability  to  present  in  written  form 
concise  syntheses  of  source  texts. 

RUSS  403  Russian  Conversation:  Advanced  Skills 
(3)  Prerequisite:  RUSS  303  or  equivalent.  Advanced 
spoken  production  of  high-level,  abstract  language. 

RUSS  404  Practlcum  in  Spoken   Russian  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  403  or  equivalent  To  improve 
comprehension  of  rapidly  spoken  Russian  of  various 
functional  styles  and  to  develop  ability  to  synthesize 
orally  the  content  of  spoken  material. 

RUSS  405  Russian-English  Translation  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  RUSS  302  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  the 
principles  of  translation  of  a  particular  genre,  typically 
diplomatic,  business,  or  literary  Russian 

RUSS  409  Selected  Topics  in  Russian  Language 
Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  ot  department 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Presentation  of 
a  topic  in  Russian  language  study. 

RUSS  410  Applied  Russian  Linguistics  (3)  1  he  nature 
of  applied  linguistics  and  its  contributions  to  the  effective 
teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 
divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of 
related  drills. 

RUSS  411  Linguistic  Analysis  of  Russian  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RUSS  210;  and  LING  200.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  RUSS  301  Elucidation  of  theoretical 
concepts  of  modern  linguistics  through  the  analysis  of 
problematic  concepts  in  the  Russian  linguistic  system. 
Phonology  and  the  syntax  of  the  simple  sentence. 

RUSS  412  Linguistic  Analysis  of  Russian  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  411.  Continuation  of  RUSS  411. 
The  syntax  of  the  complete  sentence,  semantics. 

RUSS  431  Russian  Literature  of  the  19th  Century  I  (3) 

RUSS  432  Russian  Literature  of  the  19th  Century  II 
(3) 

RUSS  433  Russian  Literature  of  the  20th  Century  (3) 

RUSS  434  Soviet  Russian  Literature  (3) 

RUSS  439  Selected  Topics  in  Russian  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in 
Russian  literature. 

RUSS  473  Recent  History  of  the  Russian  Language 

(3)  Prerequisite:  RUSS  210  or  equivalent.  Linguistic 
interpretation  of  Russian  texts  from  the  late  1 8th  century 
to  the  present. 


S0CY  —  Sociology    227 

SLAV— Slavic 

SLAV  469  Selected  Topics  In  Slavic  Studies  (3) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  il  content  differs  Presentation  ol  a  topic  in  Slavic 
studies 

SLAV  475  Old  Church  Slavonic  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
language  of  the  oldest  recorded  Slavic  documents 
Historical  presentation  ol  phonology,  morphology,  and 
syntax;  reading  ol  texts 

SLAV  479  Selected  Topics  in  Slavic  Linguistics  (3) 
Prerequisite :  permission  ol  department  Repeatable  lo  6 
credits  il  content  differs  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Slavic 
linguistics 

SLAV  499  Directed  Study  ( 1  -3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  For  advanced  students  Repeatable  lo  6 
credits  il  content  differs 

SOCY— Sociology 

SOCY   100  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3)  The 

fundamental  concepts  and  principles  of  sociology 
Includes  consideration  of  culture,  patterns  of  social 
interaction,  norms,  values,  social  institutions, 
stratification,  and  social  change 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social 
Problems  (3)  An  examination  ol  contemporary  social 
problems  through  sociological  perspectives,  ways  in 
which  social  problems  are  part  of  the  organization  of 
society;  a  detailed  study  of  selected  social  problems 
including  social  conflict  and  social  inequality. 

SOCY  120  Urban  Sociology  (3)  Urban  growth 
andexpansion:  characteristics  of  city  populations;  urban 
institutions  and  personality  patterns;  relations  of  city  and 
country. 

SOCY  201  Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology  (4) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  and  MATH  111  or 
equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
BMGT  231,  ENEE  324,  or  STAT  400  Credit  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  AREC  484,  BIOM 
301,  BMGT  230.  CNEC  400.  ECON  321.  EDMS  451. 
GEOG  305,  GVPT  422,  PSYC  200,  SOCY  201 .  URBS 
350,  or  TEXT  400.  Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential 
statistics.  Construction  and  percentagmg  of  bivariate 
contingency  tables;  frequency  distributions  and  graphic 
presentations;  measures  of  central  tendency  and 
dispersion;  parametric  and  nonparametric  measures  of 
association  and  correlation:  regression;  probability; 
hypothesis  testing;  the  normal,  binomial  and  chi-square 
distributions;  point  and  interval  estimates. 

SOCY  202  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  in 
Sociology  (4)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  201 .  The  underlying 
logic,  major  strategies,  specific  techniques  and  skills  of 
sociological  research.  Research  design,  measurement, 
data  collection,  sampling,  field  research  experiments, 
surveys,  index  and  scale  construction,  data  analysis, 
interpretation  and  report  writing. 

SOCY  203  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
1 00.  Development  of  the  science  of  sociology;  historical 
backgrounds;  recent  theories  of  society  Required  of  all 
sociology  majors. 

SOCY  227  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Deviance  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  lor  only  one  of  the  following:  SOCY 
227  or  SOCY  327.  Formerly  SOCY  327  An  introduction 
to  the  sociological  study  of  deviant  behavior,  covering 
such  topics  as  mental  illness,  sexual  deviance,  and  the 
use  of  drugs. 

SOCY  230  Sociological  Social  Psychology  (3)  Social 
psychology  of  groups  such  as  committees,  teams,  clubs, 
sects,  social  movements,  crowds  and  publics.  Origin  of 
the  social  self;  role  behavior,  inter-group  and  intragroup 
relations. 

SOCY  241  Inequality  in  American  Society  (3)  Credit 
will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  SOCY  241 
or  SOCY  341  Formerly  SOCY  341  The  sociological 
study  of  the  status  and  treatment  of  the  poor,  minorities, 
the  aged,  women,  deviant  subcommunities  and  the 
physical  handicapped.  The  dynamics  of  inequality;  its 
social  production,  politics,  future  and  ideological  bases, 
Utopian  communities,  efforts  to  eliminate  inequality. 

SOCY  243  Sociology  of  Marriage  and  Family  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  SOCY 
243  or  SOCY  343.  Formerly  SOCY  343.  Demographic 


228    SOCY  —  Sociology 


trends  in  family  and  marriage,  childbearmg.  divorce; 
sociological  Iheonesof  male  selection,  marital  interaction, 
and  marital  dissolution.  Contemporary  controversial 
issues,  such  as  the  relationship  of  unmarned  couples, 
alternative  marriage  forms,  abortion,  and  violence  in  the 
family. 

SOCY  300  American  Society  (3)  The  social  structure 
and  organization  of  American  society  with  special 
reference  to  recent  social  change.  A  sociological 
perspective  on  urban  and  other  population  trends;  the 
character  structure,  values  and  ideology  of  Americans  - 
social  movements  and  changes  in  work,  family  life  and 
recreation. 

SOCY   305  Scarcity  and   Modern  Society  (3) 

Prerequisite:  3  credits  of  sociology  Resource  depletion 
and  the  detenoration  of  the  environment.  Relationship  to 
life  styles,  individual  consumer  choices,  cultural  values, 
and  institutional  failures  Proiection  of  the  future  course 
of  American  society  on  the  basis  of  the  analysis  of 
scarcity,  theories  of  social  change,  current  trends,  social 
movements,  government  actions,  and  the  futurist 
literature 

SOCY  312  Family  Demography  (3)  Prerequisite:  3 
credits  of  sociology.  Family  and  population  dynamics. 
Fertility  issues,  such  as  teenage  pregnancy,  the  timing 
of  parenthood ,  and  the  determinants  and  consequences 
of  family  size;  as  they  relate  to  family  behavior,  such  as 
marital  patterns,  child  care  use.  and  the  relationship 
between  work  and  the  family.  Policy  issues  that  relate  to 
demographic  changes  in  the  family. 

SOCY  325  The  Sociology  of  Gender  (3)  Prerequisite: 
3  credits  of  sociology  Institutional  bases  of  gender  roles 
and  gender  inequality,  cultural  perspectives  on  gender, 
gender  socialization,  feminism,  and  gender-role  change. 
Emphasis  on  contemporary  American  society. 

SOCY  331   Work,  Bureaucracy,  and  Industry  (3) 

Prerequisite:  3  credits  of  sociology.  A  sociological 
approach  to  the  world  of  work,  occupational  careers, 
and  personal  experiences  in  the  bureaucratic 
organizations  of  modern  industrial  society 

SOCY  333  Technology  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite:  3 
credits  ol  sociology.  Impact  of  technology  on  agriculture, 
the  industrial  revolution,  politics,  economics,  and  health, 
education  and  welfare,  as  these  affect  changes  in  social 
organizations.  The  development  of  small  cities,  the 
better  utilization  of  energy,  the  use  of  wealth  and 
abundance  and  its  relation  to  the  division  of  labor,  and 
the  role  of  technology  in  shaping  of  new  forms  of  political 
and  economic  organizations. 

SOCY  350  Social  FieldTralning  (1-3)  Prerequisites:  12 
credits  of  sociology  and  permission  of  department. 
Formerly  SOCY  359.  Enrollment  restricted  to  available 
placements  Supervised  field  experience  in  an  agency 
for  a  program  of  in-service  training.  Group  meetings, 
individual  conferences  and  wntten  program  reports  will 
be  a  required  part  of  the  course 

SOCY  380  Honors  Independent  Reading  In  Sociology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Formerly 
SOCY  378  This  course  permits  sociology  honors 
students  to  undertake  a  program  or  reading  on  a  particular 
problem  in  sociology  or  a  subfield  therein.  The  reading 
will  be  done  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
sociology  faculty.  Required  of  sociology  honor  students 

SOCY  381  Honors  Independent  Research  In 
Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  380.  Formerly  SOCY 
388  This  course  permits  sociology  students  to  define  a 
particular  problem  in  sociology  or  a  subfield  therein  and 
to  develop  a  research  plan  tor  use  as  a  thesis  topic  The 
work  will  be  done  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of 
the  sociology  faculty. 

SOCY  383  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  381  Formerly  SOCY  389  Student  research 
under  the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  sociology  faculty, 
culminating  in  the  presentation  and  defense  of  a  thesis 
reporting  the  research. 

SOCY  398  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  3  credits  of  sociology  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  if  content  differs  Topics  of  special  interest  to  both 
sociology  majors  and  non-maiors 

SOCY  399  Independent  Study  in  Sociology  (1-6) 
Prerequisite  12  credits  of  sociology  and  permission  of 
department    Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content 


differs  Integrated  reading  or  research  under  the  direction 
and  supervision  of  a  faculty  member.  A  maximum  of  6 
credits  may  be  earned  by  a  student  for  the  same  field 
experience  in  SOCY  386/SOCY  387  and  SOCY  399 
combined. 

SOCY  401  Intermediate  Statistics  for  Sociologists 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  201  or  equivalent  or  permission 
ol  department .  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed 
ENEE  324.  BMGT  231,  or  STAT  400  Intermediate 
correlation  techniques,  analysis  of  variance,  sampling, 
advanced  nonparametric  techniques,  and  additional 
topics  in  inferential  statistics 

SOCY  402  Intermediate  Procedures  For  Data 
Collection  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  202  or  equivalent  or 
permission  of  department  An  intermediate  survey  of  the 
major  research  methods  used  by  sociologists,  including 
survey  research,  experimentation,  observation,  archival 
research,  and  in-depth  interviewing.  The  selection  of  an 
appropriate  research  method,  with  analysis  of  the 
strengths  and  weaknesses  of  various  methods,  practical 
issues,  data  collection  and  preparation,  and  analytical 
techniques. 

SOCY  403  Intermediate  Sociological  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  203  or  permission  of  department 
Major  theoretical  approaches,  including  functionalism 
conflict,  symbolic  interactionism,  and  their  implicit 
methods  of  logic  illustrated  by  case  studies.  Original 
works  of  major  theorists  in  historical  perspective. 

SOCY  404  Methods  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  202  or  equivalent  or  permission  ol 
department.  A  computer-based  approach  to  the  analysis 
of  sociological  data.  Statistical  program  packages  such 
as  spss,  using  both  card  input  and  computer  terminals; 
data  storage  and  file  manipulation.  Use  of  multivariate 
statistical  techniques,  national  sample  surveys,  census, 
and  artificial  data  sets  constructed  to  illustrate  specific 
features  of  the  techniques. 

SOCY  410  Social  Demography  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department.  Types 
of  demographic  analysis;  demographic  data;  population 
characteristics;  migration;  mortality;  fertility;  population 
theories;  world  population  growth;  population  policy. 

SOCY  41 1  Demographic  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  201  or  equivalent  and  SOCY  410  or  permission 
of  department.  Basic  techniques  for  analyzing  population 
structure  and  demographic  processes,  including  fertility, 
mortality  and  migration. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  Minorities  (3)  Prerequisite:  6  credits 
of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Basic  social 
processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups;  immigration 
groups.  African  Americans,  and  Native  Americans  in  the 
United  States;  ethnic  minorities  in  Europe. 

SOCY  424  Sociology  of  Race  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  6  credits  in  sociology  or  permission  of 
department.  Analysis  of  race-related  issues,  with  a 
primary  focus  on  American  society  The  historical 
emergence,  development,  and  institutionalization  of 
racism;  the  impact  of  racism  on  its  victims;  and  racially 
based  conflict. 

SOCY  425  Gender  Roles  and  Social  Institutions  (3) 

Prerequisite:  6  credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of 
department  Relationship  between  gender  roles  and  the 
structure  of  one  or  more  social  institutions  (e.g..  the 
economy,  the  family,  the  political  system,  religion, 
education)  The  incorporation  of  gender  roles  into  social 
institutions;  perpetuation  or  transformation  of  sex  roles 
by  social  institutions;  how  changing  gender  roles  affect 
social  institutions 

SOCY  426  Sociology  of  Religion  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Vaneties 
and  sources  of  religious  expenence  Religious  institutions 
and  the  role  of  religion  in  social  life 

SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  6  credits 
of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Current  theones 
of  the  genesis  and  distribution  of  deviant  behavior,  and 
their  implications  for  a  generaltheory  of  deviant  behavior 
Definitions  of  deviance,  labeling  theory,  secondary 
deviance. 

SOCY  430  Sociology  of  Personality  (3)  Prerequisite 
6  credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department 
Development  ol  human  nature  and  personality  in 


contemporary  social  life;  processes  of  socialization; 
attitudes,  individual  differences  and  social  behavior 

SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organizations  (3) 

Prerequisite  6  credits  ol  sociology  or  permission  of 
department  The  concept  of  formal  organization  The 
study  of  functioning  and  control  in  the  operation  of 
bureaucracies  such  as  corporations  and  in  large-scale 
organizations  such  as  military,  religious  and  educational 
hierarchies  Forms  of  recruitment,  internal  mobility  and 
organizational  personality  Relations  between  large- 
scale  organizations  and  with  the  larger  society 

SOCY  432  Collective  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Unlike 
most  sociology  courses  which  focus  on  structured  groups. 
this  course  examines  instances  of  transient  behavior 
crowds,  disasters,  hysterical  contagion,  revolution,  and 
social  movements,  including  American  Utopian 
experiments. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control  (3)  Prerequisite  6  credits  of 
sociology  or  permission  of  department  Forms. 
mechanism,  and  techniques  of  group  influence  on  human 
behavior,  problems  of  social  control  in  contemporary 
society 

SOCY  440  Sociology  of  the  Self-Concept  (3) 

Prerequisite:  6  credits  of  sociology  or  permission  ol 
department.  The  nature  ol  the  self-concept  and  the 
social  forces  that  mold  it  Major  sociological, 
psychological,  and  psycho-analytic  theories  of  the  self- 
concept.  Self-concept  motives,  mechanisms  of  self- 
defense,  and  the  nature  of  a  healthy  self-concept 
Empirical  research  dealing  with  the  bearing  of  social 
interaction,  social  structure,  social  context  and  social 
institutions  on  the  self-concept 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification  and  Inequality  (3) 
Prerequisite:  6  credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of 
department  56  semester  hours  Junior  standing  Credit 
will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  SOCY  241 
or  SOCY  441.  The  sociological  study  of  social  class, 
status,  and  power  Topics  include  theones  of  stratification, 
correlates  of  social  position,  functions  and  dysfunctions 
of  social  inequality,  status  inconsistency,  and  social 
mobility 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Study 
of  the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its  biological  and 
cultural  foundations,  histonc  development,  changing 
structures,  and  functions,  the  interaction  of  marnage 
and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and  reorganizing  factors 
m  present  day  trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department 
Functions  of  the  arts  as  a  social  institution  Social  role  of 
the  artist  Recruitment  to  and  organizational  structure  of 
artistic  professions  Art  forms  and  social  charactenstics 
of  audiences  Changing  technology  and  changing  social 
values  as  reflected  m  artistic  expression 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite 
SOCY  201  or  equivalent  or  permission  of  department 
Analysis  of  small  group  structures  and  dynamics  Review 
of  research  on  small  groups  in  real  life  settings  and  in 
laboratories  Presentation  of  techniques  used  in  small 
groups 

SOCY  450  Applied  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY 
201;  and  SOCY  202  and  SOCY  203  or  equivalent  or 
permission  of  department  The  uses  of  sociology  in  non- 
academic  settings  The  ethics  and  social  organization  of 
sociological  research,  the  range  ol  applied  settings,  the 
development  and  evaluation  of  proposals,  and  the 
communication  of  sociological  findings  to  non- 
sociological  audiences 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite  6  credits 
of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Social,  political, 
and  cultural  sources  of  legal  norms  and  concepts  (such 
as  properly,  pnvacy.  contract,  institution  and  liability) 
as  well  as  the  role  ol  law  in  interpersonal  and  intergroup 
dispute  resolution  Emphasis  on  civil  law 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Work  (3)  Prerequisite  6credrts 
ol  sociology  or  permission  of  department  Analysis  of  the 
Amencan  work  world  with  special  attention  lo  the  impact 
ol  social  change  and  occupational  contacts  on  the 
individual  worker  Prolessionalization.  career  patterns, 
problems  of  minonry  groups  and  the  future  of  worfc 


Span  —  Spanish     229 


SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite  6 
credits  ot  sociology  or  permission  of  department  The 
sociology  of  human  relations  in  American  industry  and 
business  Complex  industnal  and  business  organization 
as  social  systems  Social  relationships  within  and 
between  industry,  business,  community  and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  6  credits 
of  sociology  or  permission  ol  department  Social  change 
and  the  growth  ot  military  institutions  Complex  formal 
military  organizations  Military  service  as  an  occupation 
or  profession  The  sociology  of  military  life  Relations 
between  military  institutions,  civilian  communities  and 
society 

SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War  (3)  Prerequisite  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department  The 
ongm  and  development  ot  armed  forces  as  institutions, 
the  social  causes,  operations  and  results  of  war  as  social 
conflict;  the  relations  of  peace  and  war  and  revolution  in 
contemporary  civilizations 

SOCY  466  Sociology  of  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department.  An 
introduction  to  the  sociology  of  political  phenomena. 
Consideration  of  the  basic  concepts  and  major  findings 
in  the  field,  the  relationship  of  the  polity  to  other  institutional 
orders  ol  the  society,  the  relationship  of  political  activity 
in  Amenca  to  the  theory  of  democracy 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department. 
Sociological  analysis  of  educational  institutions  and 
their  relation  to  society:  goals  and  functions,  the 
mechanisms  of  social  control,  and  the  impacts  of 
stratification  and  social  change  Study  of  the  school  as 
a  formal  organization,  and  the  roles  and  subcultures  of 
teachers  and  students. 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urban  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department.  The 
ecology  of  population  and  the  forces  making  for  change 
in  rural  and  urban  life;  migration,  decentralization  and 
regionalism  as  methods  of  studying  individual  and 
national  issues.  Applied  field  problems. 

SOCY  473  The  City  (3)  Prerequisite:  6  credits  ofsociology 
or  permission  of  department.  The  riseof  urban  civilization 
and  metropolitan  regions;  ecological  process  and 
structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of  dominance;  social 
problems,  control  and  planning. 

SOCY  474  Soviet  Ethnic  Issues  (3)  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of  department.  Ethnic 
processes  and  issues  in  the  Soviet  Union.  The  major 
ethnic  groups  in  the  U  S  S  R  cultural,  political,  religious, 
economic,  and  other  aspects  of  Soviet  ethnicity. 

SOCY  498  Selected  Topics  In  Sociology  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  6  credits  of  sociology  or  permission  of 
department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits.  Topics  of  special 
interest  to  advanced  undergraduates  in  sociology.  Such 
courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to  student  request 
and  faculty  interest 

SPAN — Spanish  (The  language  of  instruction  in 
all  courses  is  Spanish  unless  otherwise  noted.) 
SPAN  1 00  Applied  Spanish  (3)  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy 
university/college  or  Spanish  major  language 
requirements.  Vocabulary  and  structures  pertinent  to 
specific  professions  and  vocations:  medicine,  nursing. 
law  enforcement,  firefighting,  and  social  work. 

SPAN  101  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Four  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  completed  higher  level  Spanish  language 
courses.  Introduction  to  basic  structures,  with  emphasis 
upon  understanding  and  speaking. 

SPAN  102  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Four  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  completed  higher  level  Spanish  language 
courses.  Continuation  of  SPAN  101,  with  increasing 
emphasis  upon  reading  skill,  reinforced  by  discussion 
and  composition. 

SPAN  1 03  Review  of  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  higher  level  Spanish 
language  classes.  An  intensive  beginning  course  in 
Spanish  language  skills:  guided  practice  in  reading  and 
writing,  understanding  the  spoken  language  and 
conversation,  to  enable  the  student  to  move  morequickly 
to  advanced  courses. 


SPAN  125  Spanish  Civilization:  From  Kingdoms  to 
Nationalities  (3)  Introduction  to  the  cultural  heritage  ot 
the  Spanish  people,  their  traditions,  customs,  arts  and 
literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
ol  social  and  literary  history 

SPAN  203  Intermediate  Spanish  (4)  Four  hours  of 
discussion/recitation  per  week  Continued  development 
of  the  skills  of  understanding  and  speaking  with 
supplementary  attention  to  reading  and  writing  Enriched 
course  ol  study,  with  broad  oral  base  and  related 
development  of  reading  and  writing. 

SPAN  204  Review  of  Oral  and  Written  Spanish  (3) 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  203.  May  be  taken  concurrently  with 
SPAN  221  or  SPAN  205  A  practical  language  course 
recommended  tor  all  students  continuing  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  205  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  203  or  SPAN  203H  or  permission  of  department. 
Not  open  to  native  speakers.  Provides  an  opportunity  to 
develop  fluency  in  oral  Spanish 

SPAN  221  Readings  in  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite  SPAN 
2*4  Selected  readings  from  various  genres  in  Spanish 
and  Spanish  American  literature.  Discussion  and  briel 
written  reports  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  224  Violence  and  Resistance  in  the  Americas 

(3)  Indigenous  vision  of  violence  and  resistance  in  the 
Americas  Texts  and  maps  from  the  European  explorers 
and  conquerors  are  also  studied.  Readings  include 
primary  texls  from  the  16th  as  well  as  from  the  20th 
century.  All  readings  are  in  English.  No  Spanish  is 
required. 

SPAN  301  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  204  or  equivalent.  An  intensive 
review  of  grammar  and  practice  in  Spanish  composition. 

SPAN  302  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  301  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  310  Spanish  Phonetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
204  or  SPAN  205.  Descriptive  study  of  the  Spanish 
sound  system.  Practice  in  phonetic  perception, 
transcription,  and  articulation.  Particular  attention  to 
sentence  phonetics;  juncture,  rhythm,  stress,  pitch. 

SPAN  311  Advanced  Conversation  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  204  or  SPAN  205  or  permission  of  department 
Not  open  to  native  speakers.  Designed  to  develop 
fluency  and  accuracy  in  speaking  Spanish. 

SPAN  31 2  Advanced  Conversation  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  205  or  SPAN  31 1  or  permission  of  department. 
Not  open  to  native  speakers. 

SPAN  31 5  Commercial  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
301  or  equivalent  or  permission  of  department.  Designed 
to  give  a  knowledge  of  correct  commercial  Spanish 
including  letters  and  business  forms. 

SPAN  31 6  Practlcum  in  Translation  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  301  or  permission  of  department.  Translation  of 
non-literary,  non-technical  texts  of  expository  prose  into 
Spanish  or  English.  Emphasis  on  the  expansion  of 
vocabulary  and  on  the  morphological  differences  in  both 
languages. 

SPAN  31 7  Practlcum  in  Translation  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  3 1 6  or  permission  of  department.  Continuation  of 
SPAN316.Emphasison  syntactical  differences  between 
Spanish  and  English. 

SPAN  318  Translation  of  Technical  Texts  (3) 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  316  and  SPAN  317  or  permission 
of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Translation  into  Spanish  or  English  of  texts  pertinent  to 
medicine,  social  work,  law  or  international  affairs. 

SPAN  321  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  12th-17th 
Century  (3) 

SPAN  322  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature:  18th-20th 
Century  (3) 

SPAN  323  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  I 
(3)  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish-American 
literature. 

SPAN  324  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  II 

(3)  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish-American 
literature. 


SPAN  325  Spanish  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 
years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  the  cultural  heritage 
of  the  Spanish  people,  traditions,  customs,  an,  and 
literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
ol  social  and  literary  history  Conducted  in  Spanish 

SPAN  326  Spanish  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 
years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  the  cultural  hentage 
of  the  Spanish  people,  traditions,  customs,  art.  and 
literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
of  social  and  literary  history  Conducted  in  Spanish 

SPAN  346  Latin  American  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey 
ofthe  cultural  heritage  of  the  Latin  American  peoples 
from  the  Pre-Columbian  Period  to  independence 
Hispanic  and  other  European  influences  Conducted  in 
Spanish 

SPAN  347  Latin  American  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  Latin  American  peoples 
from  independence  to  the  present  Hispanic  and  other 
European  influences  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  356  Practlcum  In  Translation  III  (3)  Prerequisites: 
SPAN  31 6  and  SPAN  31 7  or  permission  ol  department 
Translation  of  descnptive  and  narrative  texts  into  Spanish 
or  English 

SPAN  357  Practlcum  in  Translation  IV  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  356  or  permission  of  department  Translation  into 
Spanish  or  English  of  texts  limited  to  the  dialogue  form 

SPAN  378  Pro-seminar  in  the  Hispanic  Literatures 
(3)  Prerequisites:  SPAN  321  and  SPAN  322  (for  Spanish 
topic);  SPAN  323  and  SPAN  324  (for  Spanish-American 
topic).  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 

SPAN  399  Independent  Study  in  Spanish  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to3 
credits  Specific  readings  in  literature  or  a  translation 
project  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  member  of  the 
department. 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in 
practical  stylistics.  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatic 
and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in 
practical  stylistics,  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatic 
and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  408  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Literatures 

(3)  Pervading  themes  in  the  literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish- 
America.  Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Literatures 
(3)  Pervading  themes  in  the  literatureof  Spam  or  Spanish- 
America.  Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  the  fifteenth 
century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course 
covers  until  the  year  1350. 

SPAN  41 1  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  the  fifteenth 
century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course 
covers  from  1350  to  1500. 

SPAN  412  The  Romancero  (3)  Origin,  nature  and 
influence.  Extensive  reading  in  each  of  the  respective 
sub-genres. 

SPAN  415  Commercial  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
31 5  or  permission  of  department.  Sophomore  standing. 
Business  Spanish  terminology,  vocabulary  and  practices. 
Emphasis  on  everyday  spoken  and  written  Spanish. 
Readings  and  discussions  of  international  topics.  Cross- 
cultural  considerations  relative  to  international  business 
operations,  including  exporting  and  banking. 

SPAN  41 6  Practlcum  In  Translation  V  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  357  or  permission  of  department.  Translation  of 
complete  literary  texts  from  Spanish  into  English. 
Presentation  and  comparison  of  special  problems 
encountered  in  individual  projects. 

SPAN  41 7  Practicum  in  Translation  VI  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  416  or  permission  of  department.  Translation  of 
complete  literary  texts  from  Spanish  into  English. 


230    SPCH  -  Speech 


Evaluation  of  different  renditions  of  the  originals 
Problems  of  interpretation  and  literary  analysis,  structure 
and  criticism. 

SPAN  418  Hispanic  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  1 6th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  and  literary 
analysis 

SPAN  421  Prose  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  and  literary 
analysis 

SPAN  422  Cross-Cultural  Communication  (3) 

Prerequisite  (SPAN  325  and  SPAN  326)  or  (SPAN  346 
and  SPAN  347)  or  permission  of  department.  Junior 
standing.  Focuses  on  the  relationship  of  language  and 
culture  of  those  operating  in  world  markets.  Particular 
attention  will  be  given  to  cross-cultural  communication, 
linguistic  systems,  and  culture  specific  perceptions  of 
the  Hispanic  world. 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3)  From 
the  earliest  autos  and  pasos.  the  development  of  Spanish 
drama  anterior  to  Lope  de  Vega,  including  Cervantes. 

SPAN  430  Cervantes:  Don  Quijote  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  431  Cervantes:  Novelas  Ejemplares  and 
Entremeses  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  1 7th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings,  literary 
analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  poetry  of  the 
period,  in  the  light  of  the  histoncal  background. 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings,  literary 
analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  prose  of  the 
penod.  in  the  light  of  the  historical  background. 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  321.  Devoted  to  Lope  de  Vega, 
dramatic  theory  and  the  Spanish  stage. 

SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3) 

Drama  after  Lope  de  Vega  to  Calderon  de  la  Barca  and 
the  decline  of  the  Spanish  theater. 

SPAN  440  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Traditionalism.  Neo-Classicism.  and  Pre-Romanticism 
in  prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater:  esthetics  and  poetics 
of  the  enlightenment 

SPAN  448  Special  Topics  in  Latin  American 
Civilization  (3)  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
An  intensive  study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to  Latin 
American  civilization  Conducted  in  Spanish 

SPAN  449  Special  Topics  in  Spanish  Civilization  (3) 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs  An  intensive 
study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to  Spanish  civilization 

SPAN  452  The  Romantic  Movement  in  Spain  (3) 
Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the  Romantic  and  Post- 
Romantic  periods 

SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction  (3)  Significant 
novels  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

SPAN  456  Nineteenth  Century  Drama  and  Poetry  (3) 

Significant  dramas  and  poetry  of  the  Realist  Penod. 

SPAN  460  The  Generation  of  1 898  and  Its  Successors 

(3)  Authors  and  works  of  all  genres  of  the  generation  of 
1898  and  those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  461  The  Generation  of  1 898  and  Its  Successors 

(3)  Authors  and  works  of  all  genres  of  the  generation  of 
1898  and  those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  462  Twentieth  Century  Drama  (3)  Significant 
plays  of  the  twentieth  century. 

SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry  (3)  Spanish 
poetry  from  the  generation  of  1927  to  the  present 

SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanish  Novel  (3)  The 
novel  and  the  short  story  from  1940  to  the  present 


SPAN  468  Modernism  and  Post-Modernlsm  in  Spain 
and  Spanish-America  (3)  Repeatable  to  9  credits  il 
content  differs  A  study  of  the  most  important  works  and 
authors  of  both  movements  in  Spain  and  Spanish- 
Amenca 

SPAN  469  Modernism  and  Post-Modernism  in  Spain 
and  Spanish-America  (3)  Repeatable  to  9  credits  il 
content  differs  A  study  of  the  most  important  works  and 
authors  of  both  movements  in  Spain  and  Spanish- 
Amenca. 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of  the 
socio-political  contents  and  aesthetic  qualities  of 
representative  works  from  the  colonial  to  the 
contemporary  period. 

SPAN  481  Spanish  American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of  the 
socio-political  contents  and  aesthetic  qualities  of 
representative  works  from  the  colonial  to  the 
contemporary  period,  with  emphasis  on  the  essay  of  the 
twentieth  century. 

SPAN     488     Spanish-American     Fiction    (3) 

Representative  novels  and/or  short  stories  from  the 
Wars  of  Independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis 
of  major  contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  announced 
each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN     489     Spanish-American     Fiction     (3) 

Representative  novels  and/or  short  stories  from  the 
Wars  of  Independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis 
of  major  contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  announced 
each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  491   Honors  Reading  Course:  Poetry  (3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  students  admitted  to 
the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the 
instructor. 

SPAN  492  Honors  Reading  Course:   Novel  (3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  students  admitted  to 
the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the 
instructor. 

SPAN  493  Honors  Reading  Course:  Drama  (3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  students  admitted  to 
the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the 
instructor. 

SPAN  496  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite  Open  to 
honors  students  only;  permission  of  department 
Required  of  all  students  in  the  honors  program.  Other 
students  will  be  admitted  on  special  recommendation 
Discussion  of  a  central  theme  with  related  investigation 
by  students  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry  (3)  Main  trends 
authors  and  works  from  the  conquest  to  Ruben  Dario 

SPCH— Speech 

SPCH  100  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communi- 
cation (3)  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  SPCH  100  or  SPCH  107  Prerequisite  for 
advanced  speech  courses  A  study  of  oral  communication 
principles,  including  verbal  and  nonverbal  language, 
listening,  group  dynamics,  and  public  speaking 
Emphasis  in  this  course  is  upon  the  application  of  these 
principles  to  contemporary  problems  and  upon  the 
preparation  of  different  types  of  oral  discourse 

SPCH  107  Technical  Speech  Communication  (3) 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following  SPCH 
100  or  SPCH  107  A  study  of  oral  communication  as  it  is 
part  of  technical  fields  Emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the 
principles  and  techniques  of  interviewing,  group 
discussion,  listening,  and  informative  and  persuasive 
briefings  and  speeches 

SPCH  125  Introduction  to  Interpersonal 
Communication  (3)  Concepts  of  interpersonal 
communication  including  perception,  language  and 
meaning,  nonverbal  communication,  listening  and 
feedback. 

SPCH  1 70  Foundations  of  Listening  (3)  Role,  process, 
and  levels  of  listening  behavior  and  the  development  of 
listening  skills 

SPCH  200  Advanced  Public  Speaking  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPCH  100  or  SPCH  107  or  permission  of  department 
Rhetoncal  pnnciples  and  models  of  speech  composition 


in  conjunction  with  the  preparation  and  presentation  of 
specific  forms  of  public  speaking 

SPCH  220  Small  Group  Discussion  (3)  Principles, 
methods  and  types  of  interaction  occumng  m  small 
groups  with  an  emphasis  on  group  discussion  and 
decision-making 

SPCH  222  Interviewing  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  ol 
department  Speech  principles  and  practices  basic  to 
recognized  types  of  interviews,  giving  special  attention 
to  behavioral  objectives  and  communication  vanables 
involved  in  the  process  of  interviewing 

SPCH  230  Argumentation  and  Debate  (3)  A  study  of 
the  fundamental  pnnciples  of  reasoning,  analysis,  and 
evidence  preparation  of  debate  bnefs  and  presentation 
of  standard  academic  debate 

SPCH  250  Introduction  to  Speech  Communication 
Inquiry  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  field  of  speech 
communication  Definitions,  models,  and  contexls  of 
communication,  rhetorical  theory  and  rhetoncal  cnticism 
of  discourse. 

SPCH  324  Communication  and  Gender  (3)  The 

creation  of  images  of  male  and  female,  and  masculine 
and  feminine,  through  communication,  the  differences 
in  male  and  female  communication  behaviors  and  styles, 
and  the  implications  of  those  images  and  styles  lor  male- 
female  transactions 

SPCH  330  Argumentation  In  Society  (3)  Contemporary 
theories  of  argument  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role 
of  argument  in  dispute  resolution  and  social  influence 

SPCH  340  Oral  Interpretation  (3)  Examination  of  ways 
that  performance  studies  can  be  used  to  make  cntical 
responses  to  forms  of  literature 

SPCH  350  Foundations  of  Communication  Theory 
(3)  Theories  of  human  communication  including 
intrapersonal.  interpersonal,  language  behavior, 
nonverbal  communication,  small  group  communication 
and  mass  media. 

SPCH  360  The  Rhetoric  of  Black  America  (3)  An 

histoncal-cntical  survey  of  the  rhetonc  of  Black  Americans 
from  the  colonial  penod  to  the  present 

SPCH  383  Urban  Communication  (3)  A  study  of 
communication  variations  in  the  urban  setting  with 
emphasis  on  communication  problems  encountered  in 
ethnic  relations  Strategies  for  improving  communication 

SPCH  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department 

SPCH  400  Research  Methods  in  Speech 
Communication  (3)  Prerequisites  SPCH  250  and  an 
introductory  course  in  statistics  Philosophy  of  scientific 
method;  role  of  theory;  research  ethics,  empirical  research 
methods  (measurement,  sampling,  design,  analysis) 

SPCH  401  Foundations  of  Rhetoric  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPCH  250  Pnnciples  and  approaches  to  the  theory. 
criticism,  and  historical  understanding  of  rhetoncal 
discourse. 

SPCH  402  Communication  Theory  and  Proce»»  (3) 

Recommended:  SPCH  250  Philosophical  and 
conceptual  analysis  of  speech  communication  theories 

SPCH  420  Theories  of  Group  Communication  (3) 

Prerequisite  SPCH  400  or  permission  of  department 
Current  theory,  research  and  techniques  regarding  small 
group  process  Group  dynamics,  leadership  anddeosion- 
making 

SPCH  423  Communication  Processes  in  Conference* 
(3)  Prerequisite  one  course  in  speech  communication 
or  permission  of  department  Group  participation  m 
conferences,  methods  of  problem  solving,  semantic 
aspects  ol  language,  and  the  function  of  conferences  In 
business,  industry  and  government  settings 

SPCH  424  Communication  In  Complex  Organizations 
(3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  400  or  permission  of  department 
Structure  and  function  of  communication  within 
organizations  organizational  climate  and  culture, 
information  flow,  networks  and  role  relationships 


TEXT-  Textiles     231 


SPCH  435  Theories  ol  Interpersonal  Communication 
(3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  400  or  permission  ol  department 
Maior  theoretical  approaches  and  research  trends  in  the 
study  ol  interpersonal  communication 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhetorical  Theory 
(3)  Prerequisite  SPCH401  or  permission  ol  department 
A  systematic  inquiry  into  the  rhetorical  theory  ot  the 
classical  and  medieval  periods  Aristotle.  Cicero, 
Quintilian,  Martianus  Capella.  Aurelius  Augustine.  Albenc 
ol  Monte  Cassino.  Geoflrey  ol  Vinsaut.  and  Robert  ol 
Basevorn 

SPCH  451  Renaissance  and  Modern  Rhetorical 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  450  or  permission  ot 
department  Survey  ol  rhetoncal  theory  in  the  renaissance 
and  modern  periods—  especially  in  Britain.  Wilson. 
Sherry.  Rainolde,  Ramus.  Bacon,  Campbell,  Blair,  and 
Whately 

SPCH  453  Rhetorical  Foundations  of  American 
Socio-Polltlcal  Life  (3)  Rhetorical  potential  ol  language 
lorms  and  strategic  discourse  to  create,  perpetuate,  and 
alter  patterns  ol  political  and  cultural  behavior.  The 
intluence  of  historical  and  contemporary  American 
political  and  cultural  discourse  on  American  society. 

SPCH  455  Speechwriting  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  401 
or  permission  ol  department.  Rhetorical  principles  ol 
speech  composition  through  study  ol  model  speeches 
and  through  a  practicum  in  speech  writing.  Emphasis  on 
the  application  ol  research  in  speech  writing  to  various 
lorms  and  styles  ol  speeches. 

SPCH  460  American  Public  Address  1635-1900  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  401  or  permission  of  department 
Rhetorical  development  ol  maior  historical  movements 
and  influential  speakers  from  1635-1990.  Emphasis  on 
religious  movements,  the  American  Revolution,  rhetoric 
leading  up  to  the  Civil  War.  and  the  rhetoric  of  the 
imperialist  and  populist  movements. 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  in  the  20th 
Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  401  or  permission  of 
department  Rhetorical  movements  and  influential 
speakers  from  1 900  to  the  present.  Focus  on  the  themes 
and  rhetorical  strategies  that  characterize  contemporary 
rhetoncal  discourse 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPCH  401  or  permission  of  department.  A  biographical, 
textual  and  critical-rhetorical  study  of  select  British 
speakers  and  their  influence. 

SPCH  470  Theories  of  Listening  (3)  Listening  process 
with  emphasis  on  functional  analysis  of  listening  behavior. 

SPCH  471  Public  Communication  Campaigns  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  permission  of  department. 
Diffusion  theory  and  its  implications  for  public 
communication  campaigns. 

SPCH  472  Theories  of  Nonverbal  Communication 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  400  or  permission  of  department. 
Nonverbal  communication  in  human  interaction  theory 
and  research  on  proxemics.  kinesics  and  paralanguage 
as  expression  of  relationship,  affect  and  orientation 
within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  475  Theories  of  Persuasion  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPCH  400  or  permission  of  department.  Bases  of 
persuasion  with  emphasis  on  recent  experimental 
developments  in  persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Theories  of  Language  and  Communication 

(3)  A  theoretical  investigation  of  speech  as  significant 
behavior.  Language,  linguistic  knowledge,  meaning, 
intention,  and  understanding,  as  they  relate  to 
communication  and  communication  competence. 

SPCH  477  Discourse  Analysis  (3)  Concepts  of  textual 
and  discourse  analysis  applied  to  speech  situations. 

SPCH  478  Speech  Communication  Colloquim  (1) 

Repeatable  to  4  credits.  Current  trends  and  issues  in  the 
field  of  speech  communication,  stressing  recent  research 
methods.  Recommended  for  senior  and  graduate  student 
majors  and  minors  in  speech  communication. 

SPCH   482   Intercultural   Communication   (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  400  or  permission  of  department 
The  major  vanables  of  communication  in  an  intercultural 
context:  cultural,  racial  and  national  differences: 


stereotypes:  values;  cultural  assumptions;  and  verbal 
and  nonverbal  channels 

SPCH  488  Speech  Communication  Internship  (1-3) 
Prerequisites  GPA  2  5  or  above;  56  semester  hours  or 
more;  12  semester  hours  or  more  in  SPCH.  including 
SPCH  250.  SPCH  400.  SPCH  401;  and  permission  ol 
department  Semester  hours  earned  in  SPCH  488  do 
not  satisfy  SPCH  major  requirements  Repeatable  to  6 
credits  it  content  differs.  Practical  career  experience 
witha  speech  communication  prolessional 

SPCH  489  Topical  Research  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
Individualized  research  projects  conducted  with  a  (acuity 
sponsor 

SPCH  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor  Senior  standing.  Present-day  speech 
research. 

STAT— Statistics  and  Probability 

STAT  100  Elementary  Statistics  and  Probability  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  ol  Math  Department  based  on 
satisfactory  score  on  Math  placement  exam  or  MATH 
110  or  MATH  115.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  MATH  1 1 1  or  any  MATH  or  STAT  course  with 
a  prerequisite  ol  MATH  141 .  Credit  will  be  granted  for 
only  one  of  the  following:  MATH  111  or  STAT  100. 
Simplest  tests  ol  statistical  hypotheses;  applications  to 
before-and-after  and  matched  pair  studies.  Events, 
probability,  combinations,  independence.  Binomial 
probabilities,  confidence  limits.  Random  variables, 
expected  values,  median,  variance.  Tests  based  on 
ranks.  Law  of  large  numbers,  normal  approximation. 
Estimates  of  mean  and  variance. 

STAT  400  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141  Not  acceptable  toward  graduate 
degrees  in  STAT.  MAPL,  or  MATH.  Random  variables, 
standard  distributions,  moments,  law  of  large  numbers 
and  central  limit  theorem.  Sampling  methods,  estimation 
of  parameters,  testing  of  hypotheses. 

STAT  401  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  400  Point  estimation  -  unbiased  and 
consistent  estimators.  Interval  estimation.  Minimum 
variance  and  maximum  likelihood  estimators.  Testing  of 
hypotheses.  Regression,  correlation  and  analysis  of 
variance.  Sampling  distributions.  Elements  of  non- 
parametric  methods  (Not  acceptable  toward  graduate 
degrees  in  STAT.  MAPL.  or  MATH  ) 

STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240;  and  MATH  241.  Probability 
and  its  properties.  Random  variables  and  distribution 
functions  in  one  and  several  dimensions.  Moments. 
Characteristic  functions.  Limit  theorems. 

STAT  41 1  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Processes  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  400.  Elementary  stochastic 
processes.  Renewal  process,  random  walks,  branching 
process,  discrete  Markov  chains,  first  passage  times, 
Markov  chains  with  a  continuous  parameter,  birth  and 
death  processes.  Stationary  processes. 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
STAT  410  or  equivalent.  Point  estimation,  sufficiency, 
completeness,  Cramer-Rao  inequality,  maximum 
likelihood.  Confidence  intervals  for  parameters  of  normal 
distribution.  Hypotheses  testing,  most  powerful  tests, 
likelihood  ratio  tests.  Chi-squared  tests,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression,  correlation.  Nonparametric 
methods. 

ST  AT  440  Sampling  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT401 
or  STAT  420.  Simple  random  sampling.  Sampling  for 
proportions.  Estimation  of  sample  size.  Sampling  with 
varying  probabilities.  Sampling:  stratified,  systematic, 
cluster,  double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT  450  Regression  and  Analysis  of  Variance  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  401  or  STAT  420.  One,  two,  three 
and  four-way  layouts  in  analysis  of  variance,  fixed  effects 
models,  linear  regression  in  several  variables,  Gauss- 
Markov  Theorem,  multiple  regression  analysis, 
experimental  designs. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
one  semester  of  calculus  56  semester  hours.  Junior 
standing.  Probabilistic  models.  Sampling.  Some 
applications  of  probability  in  genetics.  Experimental 
designs .  Estimation  of  effects  of  treatments.  Comparative 
experiments.  Fisher-Irwin  test.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired 


comparisons  Not  acceptable  lor  credit  towards  degrees 
in  mathematics  or  statistics 

STAT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics  (1-6) 
Prerequisite  permission  ol  department  Repeatable  to 
16  credits  Topics  ol  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduate  students  will  be  ottered  occasionally 
under  the  general  guidance  ol  the  MATH/STAT  major 
committee.  Students  register  for  reading  in  statistics 
under  this  number. 

TEXT— Textiles 

TEXT  105  Introduction  to  Textiles  (3)  An  introduction 
to  textile  consumer  products;  their  structure  and 
properties,  with  emphasis  on  the  structure  ol  apparel 
labrics 

TEXT  205  Textile  Materials  and  Performance  (3)  Two 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  TEXT  105.  Recommended:  prior  or 
concurrent  registration  in  CHEM  103  Credrt  will  be 
granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  TEXT  1 50  or  TEXT 
205  Formerly  TEXT  150  Analysis  ot  the  structural 
components  of  consumer  textile  materials  with  emphasis 
on  yarns,  libers,  dyes  and  finishes  as  they  relate  to 
textile  performance  in  consumer  use. 

TEXT  221  Apparel  I  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  A  study  ol  the  fundamental 
principles  and  processes  ot  pattern  design  and  apparel 
construction  The  relation  of  commercial  patterns  and 
construction  techniques  to  apparel  design  problems 

TEXT  222  Apparel  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  TEXT  221  Apparel 
design  through  the  Hat  pattern  method.  Development  of 
portfolios  as  well  as  lull  scale  fashion  design  projects 
from  original  patterns.  Emphasison  successful  integration 
of  pattern  design  with  construction  processes  in 
contemporary  labrics. 

TEXT  235  Computer  Applications  in  Textiles  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
For  TEXT  majors  only  Background  and  introduction  to 
the  use  ol  personal  computers  in  textiles.  Needs  of 
higher  level  courses  utilizing  computers  in  instruction 
will  be  addressed. 

TEXT  298  SpecialTopics(1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission 

of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs. 
Topics  of  special  interest  to  lower  division  students 
under  the  guidance  of  department  faculty. 

TEXT  300  Professional  Development  (1)  A  series  of 
lectures  focused  on  career  options,  career  preparation 
and  professional  development  for  majors  in  textiles  and 
consumer  economics. 

TEXT  305  Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and 
Characterization  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  205. 
An  investigation  of  the  behavior  of  textile  materials  in 
relation  to  environmental  factors  and  conditions  of  service 
influencing  performance,  comfort  and  aesthetics. 
Laboratory  experience  provides  an  opportunity  to  explore 
a  variety  of  textile  materials  and  methods  of  evaluation. 

TEXT  345  History  of  Costume  I  (3)  The  development 
of  ancient  and  Non-Western  forms  of  dress,  including 
Greek.  Roman.  Early  European,  Middle  Eastern.  Far 
Eastern  and  African  costume.  Emphasis  on  clothing  as 
an  expression  of  culture  and  as  an  indicator  of  cultural 
change. 

TEXT  347  History  of  Costume  II  (3)  The  development 
of  European  and  American  dress  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  present,  relating  the  history  of  costume  to  changing 
technology,  social  attitudes  and  trends  in  the  popular 
and  fine  arts. 

TEXT  355  Textile  Furnishings  (3)  Prerequisite:  TEXT 
205.  The  performance  of  textile  furnishings,  including 
both  the  residential  and  contract-commercial  markets. 
The  selection,  material  properties,  specifications,  use 
and  care  of  textile  furnishings.  Carpet  and  floor  coverings, 
upholstered  furniture,  draperies  and  window  coverings, 
wall  coverings,  bedding  and  mattresses,  and  domestic 
texliles. 

TEXT  363  History  of  Textiles  (3)  A  study  of  historic  and 
contemporary  fibers  and  fabrics.  The  analysis  of  designs 
and  techniques  ol  decorating  fabrics  and  the  relationship 
of  textiles  to  the  aesthetic  and  developmental  cultures  of 
society 


232    THET  —  Theatre 


TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Analysis  ot  fashion  trends 
and  their  effect  on  retail  merchandising  Emphasis  on 
the  buying  and  selling  process,  including  the  calculations 
necessary  to  plan  and  estimate  seasonal  purchases, 
mark-ups.  turnover,  open-to-buy,  markdowns  and 
stocksales  ratios. 

TEXT  375  Economics  ot  the  Textile  and  Apparel 
Industry  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201 .  and  ECON  203 
Trends  m  the  production  and  consumption  of  textiles 
and  apparel;  economic  analysis  of  the  textile  and  apparel 
industnes;  factors  affecting  changes  in  output,  price, 
location  and  market  structure. 

TEXT  385  Junior  Honors  Seminar  (1 )  Junior  standing 
in  departmental  honors  program.  Readings,  reports  and 
discussion  of  selected  topics 

TEXT  388  Field  Work  and  Analysis  in  Textiles  (3-12) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  ForTEXT  majors 
only  Repeatable  to  12credits  Supervised,  professional, 
field  work  expenence  in  retailing,  industry  or  government. 
A  seminar  and  a  written  critique  of  the  field  work 
expenence  will  be  required  to  relate  formal  academic 
study  to  student  work  expenences.  Students  must  apply 
a  semester  in  advance 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH 
110  or  MATH  115.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
completed  CNEC  400  or  BMGT  230  Research 
methodology  in  textiles  and  consumer  economics,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  application  of  statistical 
concepts  and  techniques  to  the  analysis  of  data  from  the 
areas  ot  textiles  and  consumer  economics. 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design:  Draping  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101  or  ARTT 
1 00:  and  TEXT  222  Recommended:  ARTT  110.  Students 
explore  partem  design  through  draping  on  the  human 
form  Emphasis  is  on  the  interrelationship  between 
matenal,  design  and  form. 

TEXT  425  Advanced  Apparel  Design  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101  or  ARTT 
100;  TEXT  305  and  TEXT  222.  The  integration  of 
apparel  design  skills  and  principles  in  solving  problems 
in  apparel  production,  merchandising,  and  in  clothing  for 
special  needs. 

TEXT  430  Portfolio  Presentation  (3)  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  TEXT  420;  and 
TEXT  425  or  permission  of  department.  Seniorstanding. 
For  TEXT  maiors  only.  Problems  of  apparel  design  and 
professional  presentation  of  solutions. 

TEXT  435  Woven  Fabric  Structures  and  Design  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  235.  Senior  standing.  For 
TEXT  maiors  only.  Use  of  computers  to  study  the 
construction  and  combination  of  simple  and  complex 
weaves,  the  structures  of  standard  classes  of  cloths  and 
the  application  of  color  to  woven  fabrics 

TEXT  441   Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisites :  PSYC 1 00;  and  SOCY 1 00  An  exploration 
of  socio-psychological  approaches  to  the  study  of  clothing 
in  relation  to  human  behavior.  Social  and  psychological 
theories  will  be  examined  as  possible  framework  for  the 
study  and  investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structures  and 
Properties  of  Fibers  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  CHEM  104 
or  permission  of  department  The  chemical  structure, 
properties  and  reactions  of  the  maior  classes  of  natural 
and  man-made  fibers  The  relationship  between 
molecular  structure  and  physical  properties  of  fibers  and 
fabrics.  Laboratory  includes  chemical  identification  of 
fibers,  preparation  of  selected  fibers  and  examination  of 
chemical  reactions  and  properties  of  fibers. 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science:  Finishes  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  TEXT  452  or  permission  of  department  A 
study  of  the  chemical  reactions  and  mechanisms  involved 
m  imparting  water  repellency,  crease  resistance  and 
crease  recovery  properties,  shnnk-resistance,  flame 
resistance,  soil-release  properties  and  moth  and  mildew 
resistance  to  textile  matenals  Properties  of  the  finished 
material  which  affect  its  end-use  The  application  of 
finishes,  identification  of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the 
properties  of  finished  fabncs. 


TEXT  456  Textile  Science:  Dyes  and  Dye  Application 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  ot  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  TEXT  452  or  permission  of 
department  Examination  of  the  pnnciples  and  techniques 
of  dyeing  and  pnnting  of  textile  materials  Properties  of 
the  finished  products  which  affect  their  end-use 

TEXT  470  Textile  and  Apparel   Marketing  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  350  or  permission  of  department 
Analysis  of  the  production,  pricing,  distribution,  and 
promotion  of  fibers,  yarns,  fabrics  and  textile  products  by 
end  use  Identification  of  target  markets  and  development 
ol  marketing  strategies.  Application  of  case  study  method 
to  problems  of  textile  and  apparel  firms. 

TEXT   488   Senior   Honors   Thesis   (1-4)   For 

undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  honors 
program  only.  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  of  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year 
Student  should  register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 

TEXT  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study  by 
an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  of  students  in 
advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  department 
Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study  they 
wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the 
faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chairman 

THET— Theatre 

THET  1 1 0  Introduction  to  the  Theatre  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  people  of  the  theatre,  actors,  directors,  designers 
and  backstage  personnel.  The  core  and  characteristics 
of  a  play  script:  theatrical  forms  and  styles;  and  theatre 
history 

THET  111  Making  Theatre:  Art  and  Scholarship  (3) 

Systematic  introduction  to  the  tools  and  techniques 
used  by  theatre  practitioners. 

THET  120  Acting  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  110  Basic 
principles  of  acting  techniques.  Exercises  structured  to 
develop  the  student's  concentration,  imagination,  sense 
and  emotional  memory.  Textual  analysis,  character 
analysis  and  scene  study,  and  the  application  of  these 
techniques  to  character  portrayal  through  performance 
of  short  scenes 

THET  170  Stagecraft  (3)  A  survey  of  the  fundamentals 
of  theatrical  productions,  with  emphasis  in  the 
construction  of  scenery  Practice  work  on  University 
Theatre  and  experimental  theatre  productions 

THET  185  Makeup  (2)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department.  The  theory  and  practice  of  stage  makeup 
covering  character  analysis,  facial  anatomy,  application 
of  makeup  and  period  styles  in  theatrical  makeup. 

THET  221  Speech  For  the  Stage  (3)  Development  of 
the  vocal  techniques  required  for  theatrical  production 
including  proiection.  resonance,  and  character  voices. 
The  study  and  acquisition  of  the  diction  of  the  American 
stage 

THET  273  Scenographic  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite 
THET  170  or  permission  of  department.  An  analysis  of 
the  graphic  approaches  used  in  various  stages  of  planning 
and  execution  of  a  setting  for  the  theatre  Study  of 
drafting  techniques,  presentational  conventions,  and 
scene  painting  techniques  unique  to  the  theatre. 

THET  31 0  The  American  Theatre  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
theatre  people,  plays,  events,  and  social  forces  which 
shaped  an  evolution  from  the  colonial  beginnings  of 
artistic  dependence  on  England  to  the  uniquely  Amencan 
theatre  of  today 

THET  31 1  Play  Production  (3)  A  practical  study  ot  the 
various  elements  and  procedures  necessary  for 
production  of  plays  for  public  performance 

THET  320  Acting  II  (3)  Prerequisites  THET  120  and 
THET  221  and  permission  of  department  May  be  taken 
concurrently  with  THET  221  Continuation  ol  THET  1 20 
Emphasis  on  the  blueprinting  of  character  development 
and  portrayal  for  a  full  length  play 

THET 330  Play  Directing  1(3)  Prerequisites  THET  120. 
and  THET  170:  and  THET  110;  and  THET  111  and 
permission  of  department  A  lecture-laboratory  course 
dealing  with  the  techniques  of  coordination,  designing 
and  guiding  the  production  of  a  scnpt  through  to 
performance  Study  and  practice  in  stage  composition. 


movement,  pacing,  script  and  character  analysis,  and 
rehearsal  routines  Emphasis  on  methods  of 
communicating  a  script  to  an  audience 

THET  350  American  Musical  Comedy  (3)  The  evolution 
of  musical  comedy  through  opera  to  early  Amencan 
extravaganzas  and  minstrels  to  the  musicals  ol  the 
1920's  and  1930s  The  development  and  highlights  of 
the  form  since  1940  The  function  and  lorm  of  the 
libretto,  music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles  ol  the  creative 
personnel  of  a  musical  production  Workshops  in 
performance  skills 

THET  372  Stage  Property  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  Materials  and  techniques  tor 
the  design  and  execution  of  stage  properties  with  special 
emphasis  on  penod  research,  special  matenals.  and 
special  effects 

THET  375  Scenic  Design  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  department  Design-oriented  theatre  majors  are 
expected  to  also  have  credit  for  THET  273  A  study  ot 
design  theory  and  style  Methods  and  techniques  ol 
coordination  on  all  elements  of  scenic  design  for  theatre 

THET  420  Acting  III  (3)  Prerequisites  THET  120.  and 
THET  22 1 ;  and  THET  320;  and  permission  of  department 
Emphasis  on  the  philosophical  basis  and  techniques 
necessary  for  acting  modern  realistic  drama  and  acting 
period  style  dramas  In-depth  study  ol  Stanislavski 
System  and  application  of  those  techniques  toward 
performance  in  scenes.  Examination  and  application  ol 
the  techniques  necessary  for  the  preparation  and 
performance  of  an  acting  score  for  performing 
Shakespeare  Improvisation  Required  attendance  at 
live  theatre  productions 

THET  421  Movement  lor  Actors  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Studies  and  intensive 
exercises  to  aid  the  acting  student  in  understanding 
physical  and  emotional  energy  flow,  body  placement, 
alignment  and  body  image.  The  physical  aspects  ol 
character 

THET  429  Actor's  Studio  (1  -3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  Participation  in 
dramatic  roles  executed  under  faculty  supervision  in  the 
department's  productions  Eligible  students  must  make 
commitments  and  plan  performances  with  course 
instructor  during  pre-registration. 

THET  430  Play  Directing  II  (3)  Prerequisite  THET  330 
or  permission  of  department  Discussion  of  the 
preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal  practices 
necessary  for  the  presentation  of  a  vanety  of  theatncal 
styles  and  forms  Emphasis  on  understanding  the 
relationship  between  the  director,  the  actor  the  scnpt 
and  the  audience  A  senes  of  student  directed  scenes 
supplemented  by  attendance  at  theatre  productions 

TH ET 451  Musical  Comedy  Workshop(3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  department  Development  of  the  ability  to 
move,  act  and  express  through  the  media  of  lync  and 

music. 

THET  460  Theatre  Management  I  (3)  The  practical  tools 
of  theatre  management:  production  philosophies, 
selecting  and  balancing  a  season,  tickets  and  box  office 
procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts  production, 
advertising,  publicity  and  other  promotional  devices 

THET  461  Theatre  Management  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  ot  department  Case  studies,  discussions, 
lectures  and  proiects  concerning  advanced  theatre 
management  decision  making  and  administration, 
including  such  areas  as  personnel  relations,  contract 
negotiations  theatncal  unions,  fund  raising,  tounng. 
audience  development  and  public  relations 

THET  471  Scenic  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite  THET  170. 
THET  273.  THET  375.  or  permission  of  department 
Study  of  penod  styles  and  techniques  in  scenic  design 
Emphasis  on  individual  proiects  and  multi-use  theatres 

THET  473  Scene  Painting  (3)  Prerequisite  permission 
of  department  Scene  painting  techniques  and  matenals 
Three-dimensional  realistic  scenery  and  non-realistic 
two-dimensional  backdrops  Individual  proiects 

THET  474  Stage  Management  (3)  Prerequisite  THET 
170  or  permission  of  department  Intensive  practical 
study  of  the  techniques  and  procedures  for  stage 
management  Independent  proiects  dealing  with  the 
production  of  shows 


WMST-  Women's  Studies     233 


THET  475  Stage  Decor  (3)  Prerequisite  THET  170  or 
permission  ol  department  A  study  ol  environmental 
decor,  ornaments  and  properties  through  the  ages  and 
their  practical  reproduction  tor  a  theatrical  production 

THET  476  Lighting  Design  I  (3)  Prerequisites  THET 
170,  and  permission  ol  department  Recom- 
mendedTHET  273  A  study  ot  the  theories  ot 
electnlication,  instruments,  design,  color,  and  control  lor 
stage  and  television  Bnet  survey  ot  sound  lor  the 
theatre.  Practical  work  on  productions 

THET  477  Lighting  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisites  THET 
476;  and  permission  ol  department.  Study  of  history  and 
theory  ol  lighting  design  Design  exercises  in  proscenium, 
in-the-round.  thrust,  outdoor  pageant,  circus,  concert, 
spectacle,  dance  and  television  lighting  A  survey  ol 
lighting  companies  and  equipment  and  architectural 
lighting 

THET  479  Theater  Workshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  ol  department  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il 
content  differs.  Supervised  participation  in  the  areas  of 
assistant  directing,  scenic  design  and  properties, 
costuming  or  make-up.  lighting,  technical  theatre,  stage 
management,  sound 

THET  480  Stage  Costume  History  and  Design  I  (3) 

Basic  principles  of  theatre  costume  design  and 
introduction  to  rendenng  skills.  Emphasis  on  development 
of  design  conception,  unity  character  statement,  basic 
clothing  design  and  penod  style  adaptation. 

THET  481  Stage  Costume  History  and  Design  II  (3) 
One  hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  THET  480;  and  permission  ol  department. 
An  advanced  study  of  costume  design  and  interpretation 
leading  to  understanding  and  facility  in  design  of  stylized 
productions  Emphasis  on  design  for  musical  comedy, 
dance  theatre,  opera  and  various  non-traditional  forms 
of  theatre  production 

THET  486  Stage  Costume  Construction  I  (3)  Study  and 
practical  expenence  in  garment  construction  and  related 
costume  crafts  as  used  in  theatre  costume  design.  Flat 
pattern  development,  textiles,  theatrical  sewing 
techniques  and  organization  of  the  costume  construction 
process 

THET  487  Stage  Costume  Construction  II  (3) 

Prerequisite  permission  of  department  Study  and 
practical  experience  in  the  construction  of  stage 
costumes,  props  and  accessories.  Pattern  development 
by  draping,  millinery,  corsets,  masks,  jewelry,  armor  and 
penod  footwear 

THET  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I  (3)  Evolution  of  the 
theatre  from  primitive  origins,  through  the  early 
Renaissance  with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays. 
theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and  significant 
personalities.  Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play 
reading,  related  theatre-going 

THET  491  History  of  the  Theatre  II  (3)  A  continuation 
ot  THET  490  beginning  with  the  16th  century  and 
progressing  into  the  20th,  examining  the  late 
Renaissance,  Elizabethan,  Restoration,  17th  to  191h 
century  European,  and  early  American  theatres. 
Emphasis  en  dramatic  forms  and  styles,  theatre 
architecture  and  decor,  and  significant  personalities 
Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play  reading,  related 
theatre-going. 

THET  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory  and  Criticism 
(3)  The  development  of  theatrical  theory  and  criticism 
from  the  Greeks  to  the  modern  theorists.  The 
philosophical  basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form.  Important 
theonsts  and  the  practical  application  of  their  theones  in 
either  play  scripts  or  theatneal  productions.  Required 
attendance  at  selected  live  theatre  productions. 

THET  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  6  credits. 
Anindependent  study  course  in  which  each  student 
completes  an  assigned  major  theatre  project  under 
close  faculty  supervision.  Projects  may  culminate  with 
term  papers,  scenic  or  costume  designs,  or  a  stage 
production. 

UMEI — Maryland  English  Institute 

UMEI 001  English  as  a  Foreign  Language:  Beginning  (0) 
Intensive  course  for  the  non-native  speaker  of  English 
who  has  little  or  no  previous  knowledge  ol  English. 
Focus  on  the  rapid  acquisition  of  the  basic  features  of 


English  grammar  and  pronunciation  and  on  speaking 
and  understanding  Amencan  English,  reading  and  wnting 
appropriate  to  the  level  will  be  included  Special  fee 
required  lor  this  course  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  University  and  does  not 
count  in  the  retention  plan 

UMEI  002  English  as  a  Foreign  Language: 
Intermediate  I  (0)  25  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
Intensive  course  lor  the  non-native  speaker  ol  English 
who  has  had  some  previous  instruction  in  English. 
Emphasis  on  improving  listening  and  speaking  skills,  on 
mastenng  intermediate  grammatical  structures,  and  on 
expanding  vocabulary  Includes  practice  in  Reading  and 
writing  appropriate  to  the  level.  Special  lee  required  (or 
this  course  This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards 
any  degree  at  the  University  and  does  not  count  in  the 
retention  plan 

UMEI  003  English  as  a  Foreign  Language: 
Intermediate  II  (0)  25  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Intensive  course  lor  the  non-native  speaker  ol  English 
who  has  mastered  the  essential  structures  of  English 
grammar.  Emphasis  on  improving  communicative  skills 
for  a  wide  range  ot  linguistic  situations,  on  rapid  expansion 
of  vocabulary,  and  on  improving  reading  comprehension 
and  basic  writing  skills  Special  fee  required  for  this 
course  This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any 
degree  at  the  University  and  does  not  count  in  the 
retention  plan. 

UMEI  004  English  as  a  Foreign  Language: 
Intermediate  III  (0)  25  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Intensive  course  for  the  non-native  speaker  of  English 
who  has  a  good  command  of  the  basic  features  of 
spoken  and  written  English.  Emphasis  on  refining 
speaking  and  listening  skills,  on  improving  reading  speed 
and  comprehension  of  academic  texts,  and  on  developing 
writing  skills  for  academic  courses.  Special  fee  required 
for  this  course  This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards 
any  degree  at  the  University  and  does  not  count  in  the 
retention  plan. 

UMEI  005  Advanced  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

(6)  12  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Semi-intensive 
course  for  the  nearly  proficient  non-native  speaker  of 
English  needing  additional  language  instruction  prior  to 
undertaking  full-time  academic  study.  Speaking  and 
listening  skills;  improvement  of  reading  speed  and 
comprehension;  and  development  of  wnting  skills  with 
special  emphasis  on  research  skills  and  use  of  the 
University  library  Special  fee  required  for  this  course. 
This  course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at 
the  University  and  does  not  count  in  the  retention  plan. 

UMEI  006  English  Pronunciation  (1)  Individualized 
class  for  the  non-native  speaker  of  English.  Diagnosis  of 
individual  pronunciation  problems.  Practice  in  the  correct 
pronunciation  of  English  sounds  and  improvement  of 
ability  to  speak  English  with  proper  stress  and  intonation 
patterns.  Special  fee  required  for  this  course.  This 
course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University  and  does  not  count  in  the  retention  plan. 

UMEI  008  Advanced  Oral  Communication  Skills  (1) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department.  For  advanced  non-native 
speakers  of  English.  Practice  in  speaking  skills  relevant 
to  the  academic  situation.  Improvement  of  speaking 
skills  for  various  classroom  activities  such  as  participating 
in  discussions,  making  appointments  with  professors, 
asking  fonnformation  and  presenting  oral  reports.  Special 
fee  required  for  this  course.  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  University  and  does  not 
count  in  the  retention  plan 

URBS — Institute  for  Urban  Studies 
URBS  100  Introduction  to  Urban  Studies  and 

Planning  (3)  Contemporary  urban  patterns,  trends  and 
problems.  Major  urban  issues,  such  as:  population 
change,  the  economy,  land  use,  housing,  neighborhood 
development ,  fiscal  and  unemployment  enses.  and  social , 
environmental,  and  political  controversies  of  metropolitan 
areas.  International  urbanization  patterns  and  policies. 

URBS  240  Introduction  to  Urban  Research  (3) 

Prerequisite:  URBS  100  Formerly  URBS  210.  Sources 
of  data  for  study  of  urbanization  and  urban  problems. 
Basic  methods  of  data  analysis  and  description  of  urban 
patterns,  and  trends  in  population,  development  housing, 
employment  and  government  in  urban  areas.  Graphic 
presentation  of  data.  Basic  methods  of  projecting  and 
forecasting,  including  use  of  models 


URBS  320  The  Social  and  Technological  City  (3) 
Prerequisite  URBS  240  Credit  will  be  granted  tor  only 
one  ol  the  following  URBS  320  or  URBS  220  Formerly 
URBS  220  The  impact  ol  environment  and  technology 
on  urban  living  The  metropolis  as  a  physical  structure, 
including  its  housing,  land  use  and  geography, 
engineenng.  transportation  and  utilities  Public  policy 
issues  ol  technology  in  the  urban  areas 

URBS   397   Honors   Independent    Reading   (3) 

Prerequisite  admission  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or 
other  departments  Directed  reading  in  contemporary 
urban  studies 

URBS  399  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  one 
URBS  course  and  permission  ol- department  Junior 
standing  Repeatable  to  6  credits  il  content  differs 
Directed  research  and  study  ot  selected  aspects  ol 
urban  affairs 

URBS  401  Seminar  in  Urban  Problems  and  Policy  (3) 
Prerequisite:  URBS  320  Senior  standing  For  URBS 
majors  only  In-depth  reading  course  on  topics  selected 
by  instructor  Emphasis  on  depth  rather  than  breadth  of 
knowledge  Introduction  to  the  nature  ol  the  research 
process. 

URBS  402  Senior  Capstone:  Urban  Theory  and 
Practice  (3)  Prerequisite  URBS  401  Senior  standing. 
For  URBS  majors  only.  Research  course  Students 
apply  disciplinary  background  to  an  urban  problem  or 
policy  topic  selected  by  the  instructor.  Emphasis  on 
synthesis  of  the  educational  experience  and  application 
of  knowledge  to  a  real  world  situation. 

URBS  41 0  The  Development  of  the  Amencan  City  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  History  of  urban 
policy  and  city  planning  in  the  US  Response  tochanging 
definitions  of  urban  problems  and  political  issues. 
Changes  in  technology,  interests,  and  theories  of 
planners  and  policy  makers. 

URBS 438  Urban  Honors  Internship (1  -6)  Prerequisite: 
URBS  320  and  3.5  GPA  by  end  of  junior  year.  Senior 
standing  For  URBSmaiors  only  Repeatable  to  6  credits 
if  content  differs.  Senior  level  expenence  for  select 
numbers  of  urban  studies  majors.  Field  expenence  in 
urban  studies  organizational  settings.  Class  meetings, 
written  reports  and  instructor  conferences. 

URBS  470  Management  and  Administration  of 
Metropolitan  Areas  (3)  Management  and  administration 
of  local  governments  in  metropolitan  areas  with  emphasis 
on  cities,  counties  and  special  districts  in  urban  areas. 
Urban  governmental  organizations,  management  styles 
and  service  delivery.  Contemporary  problems  confronting 
urban  local  governments. 

URBS  488  Selected  Topics  in  Urban  Studies  and 
Planning  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department. 
Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs.  Topics  of 
special  interest  to  advanced  unban  studies  students. 

URBS  498  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  honors  program  in  URBS  and  other  departments 
Junior  standing.  Repeatable  to  6  credits  if  content  differs 
Individual  reading  and  research,  and  group  discussion 
dealing  with  selected  major  contemporary  urban  issues. 

URBS499  Honors  Thesis(3-6)  Prerequisite:  admissions 
to  honors  program  in  URBS  or  other  departments. 
Individual  reading  and  research,  and  the  wnting  of  an 
original  paper  on  an  urban  topic  of  the  student's  choice 
under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member 

WMST— Women's  Studies 

WMST  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women 
and  Society  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  status, 
roles,  and  experiences  of  women  in  society.  Sources 
from  a  vanety  of  fields  such  as  literature,  psychology, 
history,  and  anthropology,  focusing  on  the  writings  of 
women. 

WMST 250  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies:  Women, 
Art  and  Culture  (3)  An  examination  of  women's  creative 
powers  as  expressed  in  selected  examples  of  music 
film,  art,  drama,  poetry,  fiction,  and  other  literature. 
Explores  women's  creativity  in  relationto  families,  religion, 
education,  ethnicity,  class,  sexuality,  and  within  a  cultural 
tradition  shaped  by  women. 

WMST  350   Feminist   Education   Practicum   (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Corequisite 


234    ZOOL- Zoology 


WMST  351 .  Teaching  praclicum,  providing  experience 
in  the  facilitation  ol  small  sections  ol  lower  division 
Introductory  survey  courses. 

WMST  351  Feminist  Education  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  ot  department  Corequisite 
WMST  350  General  application  ot  feminist  methodology 
to  teaching  and  communication  skills,  teaching  strategies, 
motivation,  classroom  dynamics  and  knowledge  ol 
students'  development  and  learning  styles. 

WMST  400  Theories  of  Feminism  (3)  Prerequisite: 
WMST  200  or  WMST  250  A  study  ot  the  multiplicity  of 
feminist  theories  which  have  been  developed  to  explain 
womens  position  in  the  family,  the  workplace,  and 
society  Maior  feminist  writings  are  considered  in  the 
context  of  their  histoncal  moment  and  in  the  context  of 
the  intellectual  traditions  to  which  they  relate. 

WMST  490  Feminist  Reconceptuallzatlons  (3) 
Prerequisite  WMST  200  or  WMST  250:  and  WMST  400 
Focuses  on  the  ways  in  which  feminist  thinking  not  only 
changes  the  content  of  the  various  disciplines  by  including 
woman  as  sub|ect.  but  also  leads  us  to  alter  the  questions 
we  ask.  the  methods  we  use.  and  the  ways  we  come  to 
learn,  know  and  teach.  Explorations  will  be  centered 
around  a  specific  integrative  theme. 

WMST  498  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies  (1-6) 
Prerequisite:  a  course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or 
permission  of  department.  Repeatable  to  9  credits  if 
content  differs 

WMST 499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Three 
credits  in  women's  studies  courses  and  permission  of 
department  Research  and  writing  or  specific  readings 
on  a  topic  selected  by  the  student  and  supervised  by  a 
faculty  member  of  the  Women's  Studies  Program. 

ZOOL— Zoology 

The  following  courses  may  involve  the  useof  animals. 
Students  who  are  concerned  about  the  use  of  animals 
in  teaching  have  the  responsibility  to  contact  the 
instructor,  prior  to  course  enrollment,  to  determine 
whether  animals  are  to  be  used  in  the  course,  whether 
class  exercises  involving  animals  are  optional  or 
required  and  what  alternatives,  if  any,  are  available. 

ZOOL  181  Life  in  the  Oceans  (3)  Prerequisite:  an 
introductory  course  in  biological  principles  Consideration 
of  maior  groups  of  animals  and  plants  in  various  marine 
environments  and  humanity  s  potential  uses  and  misuses 
of  the  ocean  Not  accepted  for  credit  towards  the  zoology 
major. 

ZOOL  201  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (4) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite  BIOL  105  or  equivalent  Anatomy 
and  physiology  of  the  skeletal,  muscular,  neural, 
endocrine,  and  sensory  systems  Not  accepted  as  credit 
toward  the  zoology  maior 

ZOOL  202  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (4) 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite  ZOOL  201  or  permission  of 
department  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the 
cardiovascular,  respiratory,  immune,  digestive,  unnary 
and  reproductive  systems  Not  accepted  as  credit  toward 
the  zoology  maior 

ZOOL  210  Animal  Diversity  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
BIOL  106  Comparative  study  of  the  diversity  of  animal 
form  and  function,  including  analysis  of  structures  and 
mechanisms  which  different  organisms  utilize  to  cope 
with  similar  requirements  of  life. 

ZOOL  21 1  Cell  Biology  and  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  BIOL  105:  and  CHEM  103.  Biochemical 
and  physiological  mechanisms  underlying  cellular 
function  Properties  of  cells  which  make  life  possible  and 
mechanisms  by  which  cells  provide  energy,  reproduce, 
and  regulate  and  integrate  with  each  other  and  their 
environment 

ZOOL  213  Genetics  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  BIOL 
105:  CHEM  1 1 3  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the 
following:  ZOOL  213.  ANSC  201.  BOTN  414.  HORT 
274  Composition,  transmission,  variation,  function,  and 
regulated  expression  ol  genetic  matenal 


ZOOL  299  Supplemental  Study  in  Zoology  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  Repeatable  to6 
credits.  Research  or  special  study  to  complement  a 
course  taken  previously  which  is  not  fully  equivalent  to 
current  departmental  requirements  Credit  according  to 
work  done 

ZOOL  301  Biological  Issues  and  Scientific  Evidence 
(3)  Prerequisite  BIOL  105  The  process  of  scientific 
inquiry  in  biology,  using  as  models  two  areas  in  which 
scientific  data  of  social  importance  is  subject  to  widely 
differing  interpretations  (t)  evolution  vs.  creationism. 
(2)  measurement  of  human  intelligence  The  provisional 
nature  of  scientific  truth  Evolution  and  creation-science 
viewpoints  Intelligence  testing  is  viewed  from  a 
historicalperspective  of  its  origins  in  19th  century 
craniometry  and  the  subsequent  development  of 
intelligence  tests 

ZOOL  308  Honors  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite 
participation  in  honors  program  Repeatable  to  4  credits 
Guided  discussion  ol  topics  of  current  interest. 

ZOOL  309  Honors  Independent  Study  (1-4) 
Prerequisite:  participation  in  the  honors  program 
Repeatable  to  12  credits.  Study  of  classical  material  by 
way  of  guided  independent  study  and  laboratory 
experiments 

ZOOL  312  The  Biology  of  Conservation  and 
Extinction  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOL  106  Ecology, 
evolutionary  biology  and  paleontology  will  be  applied  to 
the  study  of  conservation,  species  invasions  and 
extinction. 

ZOOL  313  Women  and  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  one 
science  course.  Participation  in  and  contribution  of 
women  to  the  sciences.  Influence  ol  self-images  and 
societal  expectations  on  women's  participation, 
intersection  of  scholarship  with  science.  ZOOL  313  is 
not  accepted  for  credit  for  any  maior  in  the  Life  Sciences. 

ZOOL  318  Honors  Research  (1-2)  Prerequisite 
participation  in  the  honors  program.  Repeatable  to  8 
credits.  A  laboratory  research  problem,  required  each 
semester  during  honors  participation  and  culminating  in 
a  honors  thesis. 

ZOOL  319  Special  Problems  in  Zoology  (1-2) 
Prerequisite:  a  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences, 
a  minimum  of  3.0  GPA  in  the  biological  sciences. 
Repeatable  to  8  credits  if  content  differs  Research  or 
integrated  reading  in  zoology. 

ZOOL  323  Brain  and  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL 
211  or  equivalent  introduction  to  general  physiology. 
Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one  of  the  following:  ZOOL 
323  or  PSYC  402  Current  knowledge  of  the  structural 
and  functional  basis  of  human  behavior  including:  how 
the  brain  monitors  and  maneuvers  the  body  through  its 
environment,  how  the  brain  integrates  bodily  functions, 
how  it  is  changed  with  experience,  the  characteristics 
and  consequences  of  brain  rhythms  and  the  cellular 
basis  of  brain  activity. 

ZOOL  326  Biology  of  Reproduction  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BIOL  105  or  permission  ot  department.  The  biology  of 
the  reproductive  system  with  emphasis  on  mammals 
and.  in  particular,  on  human  reproduction  Hormone 
actions,  sperm  production,  ovulation,  sexual 
differentiation,  sexual  behavior,  contraception, 
pregnancy,  lactation,  maternal  behavior  and  menopause 

ZOOL  328  Selected   Topics   in   Zoology  (1-4) 

Repeatable  to  6  credits  it  content  differs  Lectures, 
seminars,  mini-courses  and  other  special  instmction  in 
vanous  zoological  subjects 

ZOOL  346   Human  Genetics  and   Society  (3) 

Prerequisite:  two  college  courses  in  the  natural  sciences 
and/or  mathematics  For  non-biological  science  students 
seeking  an  understanding  of  genetics,  especially  as  it 
relates  to  humans  and  the  decisions  they  may  have  to 
make  as  individuals  and  members  ol  society  Study  of 
genes,  their  mutation  and  transmittal,  and  the  effect  of 
recent  discoveries  on  present  and  future  generations 
Not  accepted  for  credit  towards  the  zoology  or  general 
biological  sciences  and  general  biological  sciences 
maiors 

ZOOL  368  Laboratory  Techniques  in  Behavioral 
Endocrinology  (2-4)  One  hour  ol  lecture  and  six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite  ZOOL  326 


orpermission  ol  department  Repeatable  to  4  credits  it 
content  differs  Techniques  lor  analyzing  physiological 
bases  of  behavior  under  lab  and  semi-natural  conditions 
including  handling  and  rearing  ol  animals,  surgical 
techniques  and  direcl.  video,  and  computer-assisted 
behavioral  observations 

ZOOL  381  Natural  History  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  (3) 
Three  lectures  per  week  and  at  least  one  Saturday  field 
trip  Prerequisite:  a  course  in  biological  sciences  or 
permission  of  department  Consideration  of  the  major 
groups  ol  organisms  associated  with  the  Chesapeake 
Bay  and  current  issues  that  determine  human's  present 
and  future  uses  for  the  Chesapeake  and  its  biota  Not 
accepted  as  credit  for  the  zoology  major 

ZOOL  41 1  Cell  Biology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites  ZOOL 
211:  and  CHEM  233  or  permission  ol  department  The 
molecular  and  biochemical  basis  ol  cell  structure  and  ol 
integrated  functions  of  the  subcellular  organelles,  with 
an  emphasis  on  eukaryotes 

ZOOL  41 3  Biophysics  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL  21 1 .  and 
PHYS  1 22  or  PHYS  1 42:  and  MATH  1 40  or  MATH  220 
An  introduction  to  the  ideas  and  methods  used  in 
biophysics  to  analyze  the  functional  components  ot  cells 
and  tissues  as  physical-chemical  systems 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Differentiation  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL 
21 1  or  ZOOL  21 3.  Theprocesses  by  which  cells  become 
differentiated  from  each  other  during  development,  with 
an  emphasis  on  the  biochemical  and  ultrastructural 
mechanisms  of  these  changes 

ZOOL  416  Biology  of  Cancer  (3)  Prerequisites  ZOOL 
211:  and  MICB  200  or  a  course  in  biochemistry  Causes 
and  consequences  ot  neoplastic  transformations  at  the 
biochemical  and  cellular  levels 

ZOOL  421  Neurophysiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites 
ZOOL  211;  and  CHEM  233;  and  PHYS  122  The 
physiology  of  nerves,  muscles  and  sensory  receptors 
and  aspects  of  central  nervous  system  physiology. 

ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours  ot 
lecture  and  three  hours  ot  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ZOOL  211  and  one  semester  of  organic 
chemistry  or  permission  of  department  A  study  ol  the 
cardiovascular,  hemopoietic,  gastrointestinal,  renal  and 
respiratory  systems  Chemical  and  endocnne  regulation 
of  physiological  functions  in  higher  vertebrates  with 
emphasis  on  mammals. 

ZOOL  425  Computer  Simulation  and  Modeling  of 
Biological  Systems  (4)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
department  Students  will  be  expected  to  have  a  300- 
400  level  maiors  course  in  BCHM.  BOTN.  ENTM.  MICB 
or  ZOOL,  and  one  semester  ol  calculus  No  pnor 
knowledge  of  computers  or  programming  required  The 
use  of  computers  as  creative  research  tools  in  biology  to 
study  compartmental  analysis,  biological  oscillations, 
chaos,  fractals,  and  cellular  automata 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology  (3)  Prerequisites 
ZOOL  21 1 ;  and  CHEM  233;  and  CHEM  243  Functions 
and  the  functioning  of  the  endocnne  glands  ol  animals 
with  special  reference  to  the  vertebrates 

ZOOL  430  Developmental  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite 
ZOOL  211  or  ZOOL  213  Structural,  functional  and 
regulatory  events  and  mechanisms  thai  operate  dunng 
development  to  produce  an  integrated,  multicellular 
organism  composed  of  a  multitude  of  differentiated  cell 
types 

ZOOL  431  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  (3) 
Prerequisite  ZOOL  211.  and  ZOOL  213.  and  an  upper 
division  course  in  cell  biology  or  developmental  biology 
A  study  ol  the  progression  of  selected  problems  in 
developmental  biology  from  their  ongins  in  classical 
expenmental  embryology  to  their  current  status  in  modem 
developmental  biology,  through  analysis  of  original 
articles  and  expenmental  results 

ZOOL  440  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisites  BIOL  106.  and 
ZOOL  213  A  consideration  of  current  thought  m  regard 
to  the  evolution  of  living  organisms 

ZOOL  441  Molecular  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL 
213  (genetics)  or  permission  ot  department  Patterns  ol 
DNA  sequence  vanation  within  and  between  species. 


ZOOL  -  Zoology    235 


caused  by  nucleotide  changes  and  the  movement  ot 
transposable  elements  Theories  ol  molecular  evolution . 
such  as  the  neutral  theory  Molecular  clock  hypothesis 
its  importance  as  a  practical  empirical  tool  in  molecular 
genetics  and  systematics  and  its  theoretical  loundation 

ZOOL  444  Advanced  Evolutionary   Biology  (3) 

Prerequisites  ZOOL  440  or  equivalent,  MATH  140  or 
MATH  220  The  nature  and  consequences  ol  organic 
evolution  in  relation  to  present  day  geography  and 
geologic  time  Topics  covered  will  include  organic 
diversity  gradients  in  space  and  time,  rates  ol  evolution, 
co-evolution  and  extinctions  Particular  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  synthesis  ol  inlormation  and  on  construction 
and  evaluation  ol  hypotheses 

ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisites  a 
course  in  genetics  (eg  ZOOL  2 1 3)  and  CHEM  233  The 
molecular  basis  ol  gene  structure  and  function 
Regulation  ol  differential  gene  expression 

ZOOL  452  Recombinant  DNA  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL 
21 1  or  ZOOL  213  or  MICB  380.  An  advanced  course 
presenting  the  tools  and  procedures  of  genetic 
engineering  Theory  and  practical  applications  of 
recombinant  DNA  techniques  to  understanding 
eukaryotic  gene  structure  and  expression 

ZOOL  45S  General  Immunology  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ZOOL  21 1 ;  ZOOL  213  Credit  will  be  granted  for  only  one 
of  the  following:  ZOOL  455  and  MICB  450  Basic 
pnnciples  of  immunobiology,  immunochemistry  and 
immunogenetics  with  emphasis  on  the  cellular  and 
molecular  basis  ol  the  immune  response:  cells  of  the 
immune  system  and  their  development,  interactions  and 
physiologic  environment,  the  antibody  response  and 
interaction  with  antigen:  cell  mediated  immunity:  genetic 
regulation  of  the  immune  response:  and  the  relationship 
of  the  immune  system  to  disease 

ZOOL  460  Ethology  (3)  Prerequisites:  BIOL  106:  and 
ZOOL  213.  Study  of  animal  behavior  with  emphasis  on 
its  evolution  and  lunction.  Topics  include:  communication, 
loraging.  cooperation  and  mate  selection. 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite: 


ZOOL  460  or  ZOOL  465  or  permission  ol  department 
Training  in  the  description  ol  behavior,  methods  ol 
quantification  and  expenmentation.  and  the  mathematical 
treatment  ol  behavioral  data. 

ZOOL  465  Behavioral  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  BIOL 
106.  and  ZOOL  210  or  ZOOL  213  or  permission  ol 
department  How  natural  and  social  environments  shape 
individual  behavior  The  influence  of  evolution  on  patterns 
of  individual  adaptation  Useol  the  evolutionary  paradigm 
to  Investigate  specific  problems  in  animal  and  human 
behavior 

ZOOL  468  Experimental  Behavioral  Endocrinology 

(2)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per 
week  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  368  or  permission  ol 
department  Repeatable  to  4  credits. 

ZOOL470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisites 
BIOL  106,  and  MATH  220:  and  a  course  in  statistics 
Theory  ol  population  growth  and  regulation,  life  tables 
and  population  proiection  theory  of  competition  and 
predation.  diversity  analysis  and  island  geography 
Emphasis  on  current  literature  and  research  in  ecological 
theory. 

ZOOL471  Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology  (2)  Four  hours 

ol  laboratory  and  field  work  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite 
ZOOL  470.  Laboratory  and  Held  exercises  involving 
problems  of  contemporary  ecological  interest:  population 
density  regulation,  community  structure,  and  spatial 
pattern  diversity  in  both  terrestrial  and  aquatic  systems. 
Topics  coordinated  with  those  presented  in  ZOOL  470. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology  (4)  Prerequisite:  one  year  of 
biology.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
including  field  trips  per  week.  Basic  conceptual  treatment 
of  free-living  and  parasitic  protozoan  functional 
morphology,  life  history,  and  systematics.  The  laboratory 
will  stress  observations  of  protozoa,  living  and  stained, 
collected  from  diverse  habits. 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  a  course 
in  invertebrate  zoology  or  animal  diversity,  and  ZOOL 
470.  or  permission  of  department.  Courses  in  evolution 
and  animal  behavior  are  strongly  recommended.  A 
detailed  analysis  of  the  evolutionary  ecology  of  marine 


invertebrates:  emphasis  on  testing  ol  theories  and  on 
current  literature 

ZOOL  477  Symbiology  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL  210  or 
ZOOL  212  An  introduction  to  basic  concepts  ol 
symbiosis,  with  emphasis  on  coevolution  between 
symbiotic  organisms  Adaptations  tor  establishment  and 
maintenance  ol  mutualistic,  commensal  and  parasitic 
associations  Emphasis  on  current  literature  and  a 
research  perspective 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites 
BIOL  106:  and  ZOOL  210  Relationships  ol  Ireshwater 
and  estuanne  biolic  communities  to  their  environment. 

ZOOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and  Estuarine 
Invertebrates  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  six  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  one  year  ol  zoology 
including  ZOOL  210  or  equivalent  A  study  of  the 
taxonomy  and  functional  morphology  ol  the  invertebrates, 
exclusive  of  insects.  Emphasis  on  the  study  of  living 
material 

ZOOL  482  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  two  hours  ol  zoology  including  ZOOL  210 
and  ZOOL  213.  A  consideration  of  the  evolution, 
taxonomy,  morphology,  physiology,  behavior  and 
ecology  ol  marine  and  estuanne  protochordates  and 
vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  BIOL 
106  or  ZOOL  212.  The  identification,  classification, 
habits,  and  behavior  of  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on 
fresh  water,  terrestrial  and  aerial  forms,  and  a 
consideration  ol  the  evolution  of  living  and  fossil 
representatives. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  21 1 ;  and  ZOOL  422:  or  permission 
of  department.  A  study  of  the  microscopic 
anatomy.ultrastructure  and  histophysiology  of  tissues 
and  organs  ol  mammals. 


236 


CHAPTER  9 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SYSTEM  AND  COLLEGE  PARK 
ADMINISTRATORS  AND  FACULTY 


CAMPUS  AND  UNIVERSITY  OFFICERS 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 

President 

William  E.  Kirwan 
Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and  Provost 

J.  Robert  Dorfman 
Vice  President  for  Administrative  Affairs 

Charles  F.  Sturtz 
Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

Kathryn  Costello 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

William  L.  Thomas  Jr. 

System  Administration  of  the  University 

Chancellor 

Donald  N  Langenberg 
Deputy  Chancellor 

Jeane  E.  Spencer 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Agriculuture  and  Natural  Resources 

Raymond  J.  Miller 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

David  S.  Sparks 
Vice  Chancellor  for  General  Administration 

Donald  L.  Myers 
Acting  Vice  Chancellor  for  External  Affairs 

John  K.  Martin 


Board  of  Regents 

Chair 

Mr.  George  V.  McGowan 
Secretary 

Albert  N.  Whiting 
Treasurer 

Nona  M.  Hogan 
Assistant  Secretary 

Contance  M.  Unseld 
Assistant  Treasurer 

Roger  Blunt 

Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr. 

ex  officio 

Margaret  Alton 

Mary  Arabian 

Richard  O.  Berndt 

Benjamin  L.  Brown 

Earle  Palmer  Brown 

Charles  W.  Cole,  Jr. 

Frank  A.  Gunther,  Jr. 

Ann  Hull 

Henry  R.  Lord 

Franklyn  Perdue 
Student  Regent 

Joanne  M.  McCartney 


Aaron,  Henry  J.  Professor,  Part-time,  Economics  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1958;  M.A., 
Harvard  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Abdelhamid,  Mohamed  K.  Assistant  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering.  B.Sc.  Cairo  University.  1974; 
M.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1981 

Abed,  Eyad  H.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1979;  M.S..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1981; 
Ph.D.,  1982. 

Abraham,  Katherine  Associate  Professor.  Economics. 
B.S..  Iowa  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University,  1982. 

Adams,  Bruce  Lecturer,  part-time,  School  of  Public 
Affairs  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1970,  J.D.. 
Georgetown  University  Law  Center.  1974. 

Adams,  Jeffrey  D.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
B  A  ,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1977;  Ph.D..  Yale 
University.  1981. 

Adams,  Lowell,  W.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  &  State  University .  1968;  M.S..  The  Ohio  State 
University.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Adams,  William  W.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1959;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University.  1964. 

Ades,  Ibrahim  Z.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology  B  A  . 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1971.  PhD. 
1976. 


Aftlerbach,  Peter  H.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum 
and  Instruction.  B.  A. .New  York  State  University  (Albany). 
1978;  M.S.,  1979;  Ed.D..  1981. 

Agar,  Michael  H.  Professor,  Anthropology.  A.B.,  Stanford 
University,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1971. 

Aggour,  M.  Sherlf  Protessor.  Civil  Engineering.  B.S , 
Cairo  University,  1964;  M.S..  1966,  Ph.D..  University  of 
Washington,  1972. 

Agrawala,  Ashok  K.  Professor.  Computer  Science  B.S.. 
Agra  University,  1960;  BE.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science. 
1963;  M.E..  1965;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1970. 

Agre,  Gene  P.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy. 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.  A. .Macalester  College. 
1951;  B.S..  University  ot  Minnesota.  1953;  MA.,  1956: 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1964. 

Agullar-Mora,  Jorge  Associate  Professor  and  Graduate 
Director,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A  ,  Universidad 
Nacionalde  Mexico.  1966;  PhD.  El  Colegiode  Mexico. 
1976. 

A'Hearn,  Michael  F.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program .  B.S.,  Boston  College.  1961;  PhD. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1966 

Ahrens,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Human  Nutrition  andFood 
Systems  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1958;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (Davis),  1963 

Aiello,  Elaine  L.  Instructor,  Part-time.  Special  Education 
BS.Gallaudet  College.  1966;M  A  .Western Maryland. 
1975. 

Akin,  David  Associate  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineering  SB,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1974.  S.M..  1975,  Sc  D  .  1981 


Alavl,  Maryam  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B.A .  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Buffalo,  1972;  M.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1974,  Ph  D  . 
1978. 

Albert,  Jodi  Lecturer,  part-time,  University  Honors 
Program.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1979;  Ph.D.. 
SUNY  (Albany).  1986. 

Albrecht,  Pedro  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng.  Dip!  Ing.. 
Federal  Institute  of  Technology  (Switzerland),  1962; 
Ph.D..  Lehigh  University,  1972. 

Aldrldge,  Charlotte  Groff  Instructor.  Maryland  English 
Institute.  B.A  ,  University  ol  Florida,  1979;  MA.  1982. 

Alexander.  Charles,  Jr.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electncal 
Engineering  B.S.  Lowell  Technological  Institute.  1962. 
MS.  University  ot  New  Hampshire,  1965.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Alexander,  James  C.  Professor.  Mathematics  B  A  . 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1964;  Ph  D  .  1968 

Alexander.  Linda  Assistant  Professor.  Health  Education 
BSN,  University  of  Maryland.  1972.  M  S  Ed  .  University 
ot  Southern  California.  1977.  MSN  University  o(  Texas. 
1980;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1988 

Alexander,  Millard  H.  Professor  and  Associate  Director. 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry;  Professor  and  Associate 
Director.  Chemical  Physics  B  A  .Harvard.  1964.  PhD  . 
University  of  Pans,  1967 

Alexander.  Pamela  Assistant  Protessor.  Psychology 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University.  1974  MA.  Emory 
University.  1978;  Ph  D  .  1980 

Altord,  C.  Fred  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics  B  A  Austin  College,  1969.  MA  .  University  of 
Texas.  1971.  PhD.  1979 


Babuska,  Ivo    237 


All,  Abdul  Assistant  Professor,  College  ot  Business  and 
Management  Bachelor  ol  Technology.  Indian  Institute 
of  Technology,  1978;  MBA,  Indian  Institute  ot 
Management.  1980;  Ph  D  ,  Purdue  University.  1988 

Allan,  J.  David  Adiunct  Prolessor.  Zoology  B.Sc, 
University  ot  British  Columbia.  1966;  M.S..  University  ot 
Michigan.  1968;  Ph  D,  1971 

Allen,  Ira  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  ol  Journalism. 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1970. 

Allen,  LaRue  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology  A.B., 
Radclitte  College.  1972.  M.S..  Yale  University,  1977. 
Ph  D , 1980 

Allen,  Redtleld  W.  Prolessor,  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S., 
1949;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1959. 

Allen.  Roger  J.  Associate  Professor.  Health  Education 
B.S  E  .  University  of  Kansas.  1976;  M.S.,  1977,  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1979. 

Alley,  Carroll  O.,  Jr.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S .  University  of  Richmond.  1948;  MA.  Pnnceton 
University.  1951;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Almenas.  Kazys  K.  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S  .  University  of  Nebraska.  1 957;  Ph.D.. 
University  and  Polytechnic  of  Warsaw,  1968. 

Almon,  Clopper,  Jr.  Professor.  Economics  A.B., 
Vanderbilt  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 
1962 

Alolmonos,  John  Assistant  Professor.  Computer 
Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Athens  (Greece).  1981; 
M.S..  University  of  Rochester,  1984;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Alt,  Frank  B.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  BSE..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1967;  M.S..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1973; 
Ph.D..  1977. 

Alter,  Mary  K.  Instructor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland.  1957;  M.Ed.,  1976;  Ph.D..  1987. 

Amershek,  Kathleen  G.  Associate  Professor, 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S  .  Indiana  State  College 
(Pennsylvania).  1951.  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota.  1966. 

Amir,  Amihood  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
B.S..  Bar  Man  University,  Magna  Cum  Laude,  1975; 
M.S..  Bar  Nan  University.  1976;  Ph.D..  1983. 

Ammon,  Herman  L.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.Sc,  Brown  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Washington,  1963. 

Amodeo.  Stefania  Lecturer,  French  and  Italian.  Laurea 
in  Literature,  Genoa  University  (Italy),  1964. 

Anand,  Davinder  K.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering; 
Professor,  Systems  Research  Center.  B.S.,  George 
Washington  University.  1959;  M.S..  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Anastos.  George  Professor  Emeritus,  Zoology.  B.S.. 
University  of  Akron.  1942;  MA..  Harvard  University. 
1947;  PhD..  1949. 

Ancekewlcz,  Elaine  Assistant  Professor.  French  and 
Italian.  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1974;  MA.  Yale 
University,  1975;  M.Ph.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Anderson,  Amel  Assistant  Dean,  Colleges  of  Agriculture 
and  Life  Sciences.  B.S,  Jackson  State  University,  1 962; 
M.S..  University  of  Houston,  1969.  Ed.D.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  Univ..  1976. 

Anderson,  Clarita  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1959;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1985. 

Anderson,  Elaine  A.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S.,  The  University  of 
Nebraska,  1973;  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Anderson.  Gary  Assistant  Professor.  Economics  A.B., 
Harvard  University.  1974;  M.A..  1976;  Ph.D..  1980. 


Anderson.  James  D.  Ad|unct  Professor.  Horticulture 
B.S.,  North  Dakota  State  University.  1963.  M  S..  1964; 
Ph  D.,  Oregon  State  University.  1967 

Anderson,  James  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Science  B.S..  Michigan  State  University,  1982;  MS  , 
Purdue  University.  1983.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 
(Austin).  1990 

Anderson.  John  D.  Jr.  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineering  B.S,  University  of  Florida.  1959;  Ph.D., 
Ohio  State  University.  1966. 

Anderson,  J.  Robert  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  Iowa  State  University.  1955;  Ph.D..  1963 

Anderson.  Mary  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education 
BS,  Kent  State  University,  1972;  MA.  John  Carroll 
University.  1975.  Ph  D..  Kent  State  University.  1988. 

Anderson,  Nancy  S.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.. 
University  of  Colorado,  1 952;  MA,  Ohio  State  University. 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Anderson,  Vernon  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Education 
Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration  B.S..  University  of 
Minnesota.  1930;  MA.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Colorado.  1942. 

Anderson-Jackson  Research  Associate.  Special 
Education.  B.S  ,  Creighton  University.  1974; 
MS  .University  of  Nebraska  at  Omaha,  1977;  Ed.S.. 
1983;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1989. 

Andrews,  J.  Edward  Visiting  Professor,  Education 
Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration;  Director.  Research 
and  Development  Laboratory  on  School  Based 
Administration  B.S..  Frostburg  State  College,  1957; 
M.Ed..  University  ol  Maryland.  1961;  Ed.D..  1968. 

Andrews,  John  M.  Professor,  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Houghton  College.  1958;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1963. 

Angle,  Jay  S.  Associate  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S..  1978;  Ph.D.. 
University  or  Missouri,  1981. 

Anjanappa,  Muniswamappa  Assistant  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering.  B.E..  University  of  Bangalore 
(India),  1973;  M.E..  University  of  Madras  (India).  1975; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1986. 

Ankem,  Sreeramamurthy  Assistant  Professor, 
Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S..  University  of 
Mysore,  1972;  M.E..  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  1974; 
Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  New  York,  1980. 

Annand,  Viki  S.  Lecturer.  Recreation.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1969;  M.Ed.,  George  Washington 
University,  1973;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University,  1990. 

Anspacher,  William  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Washington  University,  1936;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1950. 

Antman,  Stuart  S.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1961 ;  M.S..  University 
of  Minnesota,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Antonsen,  Thomas  M.  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy;  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S., 
Cornell  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Ards,  Sheila  D.  Lecturer,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  M.S.. 
Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1983. 

Arends,  Richard  I.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
B.S..  Eastern  Oregon  College.  1959;  M.A..  University  of 
Iowa.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1972. 

Armstrong,  Earlene  Associate  Professor.  Entomology. 
B.S..  North  Carolina  Central  University,  1969;  M.S.. 
1970;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1975. 

Armstrong,  Richard  N.  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S..  Western  Illinois  University.  1970; 
Ph.D.,  Marquette  University,  1974. 

Armstrong,  Ronald  W.  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955; 
M  Sc,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1957;  Ph.D..  1958. 


Arrlghl,  Margarita  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Kinesiology 
B.S..  Westhampton  College.  1958;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ed.D..  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greensboro).  1974 

Arsenault.  Richard  J.  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering  B.S,  Michigan  Technological  University. 
1957;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1962 

Asbjornsen,  Odd  A.  Professor,  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering;  Professor.  Systems  Research  Center  B.S. . 
The  Technical  University  of  Norway.  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Ashley,  Roy  D.  Instructor.  Industrial,  Technological  and 
Occupational  Education  BS.,  College  of  William  and 
Mary,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California, 
1980,  MA.  Central  Michigan  University.  1981 

Assad,  Arjang  J.  Prolessor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1971;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D..  1978 

Atchison,  William  F.  Professor  Emeritus.  Computer 
Science.  A.B.,  Georgetown  College  (Kentucky),  1938; 
MA,  University  of  Kentucky,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1943. 

Athey,  Whitfield  T.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Electrical 
Engmeenng  B.S  .  Auburn  University.  1 964;  M.S. .  1 966, 
Ph.D.,  Tufts  University.  1975 

Atwell,  Wendy  H.  Lecturer,  Assistant  Director.  Office  of 
Laboratory  Experiences  B.S  .  University  of  Rochester. 
1975;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983;  Ph.D.  1988 

Auchard,  John  F.  Associate  Professor.  English;  Director. 
English  Honors  Program.  B.A..  New  York  University, 
1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan.  1971;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1980. 

Auerbach,  Jonathan  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Santa  Cruz).  1976;  MA.  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1978;  Ph.D..  1984. 

Auslander,  Joseph  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  M.S.. 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Austin,  Mark  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering; 
Assistant  Professor,  Systems  Research  Center.  BE.. 
University  of  Canterbury  (New  Zealand),  1980;  M.S.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1982;  Ph.D.,  1985. 

Austing,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor.  Computer 
Science.  B.S  .  Xavier  University.  1953;  M.S.,  Saint  Louis 
University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America. 
1963. 

Aversa,  Elizabeth  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time. 
College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.  A. ,  Colby 
College,  1966;  M.Ln.,  Emory  University,  1968;  Ph.D., 
Drexell  University,  1984. 

Axley,  John  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1942;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1945. 

Aycock,  Marvin  K.,  Jr.  Professor  and  Chair,  Agronomy. 
B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1959;  M.S..  1963; 
Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University,  1966. 

Aylward,  Thomas  J.  Professor.  Radio.  Television  and 
Film  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1947;  M.S..  1949; 
Ph.D..  1960. 

Ayyub,  Bilal  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Kuwait  University.  1980;  M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Azarm,  Shapour  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S..  University  of  Tehran  (Iran).  1977; 
M.S..  George  Washington  University.  1979;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Michigan,  1984. 

Aziz,  A.  Kadir  Adjunct  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  and  Mathematics.  BS.,  Wilson 
Teachers  College,  1952;  M.S.,  George  Washington 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

Babuska,  Ivo  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Dipl.  Ing., 
Technical  University  of  Prague,  1949;  Ph.D..  1951; 
Ph. D..  Czechoslovak  Academy  of  Sciences,  1955;  D.Sc. 
1960. 


238    Berenstein,  Carlos  A. 


Badgett,  M.V.  Lee  Assistant  Professor,  School  ot  Public 
Affairs  A.B.,  University  of  Chicago.  1982;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  990  . 

Baer,  Ferdinand  Professor.  Meteorology  B.A.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1961 

Bagwell,  Drury  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B.S..  University  of  Tennessee  at 
Knoxville.  1964;  MS.  1968;  J  D..  1970. 

Bailey,  Elaine  L.  Instructor.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.  B  S  .  Clemson  University.  1982;  M.S..  Iowa 
State  University.  1984 

Bally,  Martin  N.  Professor.  Economics;  Professor,  Part- 
time,  School  of  Public  Affairs  B.A.,  Christ's  College, 
Cambridge  University,  1967;  MA.,  1967;  M.A.,  Simon 
Fraser  University,  Canada.  1 972;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1972. 

Baker,  Donald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954; 
MA.  1956;  Ph.D..  1962 

Ball,  Michael  O.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972; 
MS  E  ,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1977. 

Balthrop.  Carmen  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Music  B.M., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  MM,  Catholic  University, 
1972. 

Bandel,  Vernon  A.  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland.  1959;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965 

Banerjee,  Manoj  K.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  Patna  University,  1949;  M.S..  Calcutta  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Barao,  Scott  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Sciences 
B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1980;  M.S.  .1983;  Ph.D.. 
1986 

Baras,  John  S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering; 
Director.  Systems  Research  Center.  B.S.,  National 
Technical  University  of  Athens.  1970;  S.M..  Harvard 
University.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Barbe,  David  F.  Executive  Director,  Engineering 
Research  Center;  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1969 

Barbosa,  Pedro  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S..  City 
College  of  New  York,  1966;  MS.,  University  of 
Massachusetts.  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Bardasis,  Angelo  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman. 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B..  Cornell  University,  1957; 
MS  ,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1959;  PhD.  1962 

Barker,  Donald  B.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.M.E.,  University  of  Washington.  1969; 
M.S..  1 971 ;  Ph.D. .  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1976. 

Barkln,  Steve  M.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Journalism.  A. B.  Washington  University.  St.  Louis,  1 967, 
M.J. .Columbia  University  Graduate  School  of  Journalism. 
1968;  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University,  1978. 

Barlow,  Jewel  B.  Associate  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineehng.B.Sc..  Auburn  University,  1963;  MS  ,1964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto.  1970 

Barnett,  Audrey  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology  B.A.. 
Wilson  College.  1955;  MA,  Indiana  University.  1957; 
Ph.D..  1962 

Barnett,  Neal  M.  Associate  Professor.  Botany.  B.S.. 
Purdue  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  Duke  University.  1966 

Barnett,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Music  B.Mus  . 
University  of  Rochester,  1960;  M.Mus  .  University  of 
Maryland,  1973 

Barrabinl,  Micheline  Lecturer.  French  and  Italian 
Licence  en  Droit.  Bordeaux  (France).  1952;  Licence  es 
Lettres,  Aix  en  Provence  (France),  1955 


Barry,  Jackson  G.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B  A., 
Yale  University.  1950;  MA.  Columbia  University,  1951 ; 
Ph.D..  Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1963 

Bartol,  Kathryn  M.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.A.,  Marygrove  College,  1963;  MA., 
University  of  Michigan,  1966;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State 
University.  1972. 

Baslli,  Victor  R.  Professor.  Computer  Science; 
Professor.  Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies 
B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University,  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1970 

Baslotis,  Peter  P.  Ad|unct  Assistant  Professor.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A  .  University  of  Kansas. 
1973;  M.A.,  1975;  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri,  1983 

Baum,  Howell  S.  Prolessor,  Urban  Studies.  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1967,  MA,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1968;  M.C.P.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1971;  Ph.D.  1974 

Baxter, Sharon  E.  Instructor.  Part-time. Sociology.  B. A  . 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1973. 

Beach,  Eugene  H„  Sr.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.S.,  University  of  Michigan.  1941; 
M.S. ,1947;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Bean,  George  A.  Professor  and  Associate  Dean,  College 
of  Agriculture  and  Life  Sciences;  Professor,  Botany 
B.S..  Cornell  University.  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963 

Beardsley,  Katherine  Pedro  Assistant  Dean.  College 
of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  B.S.,  Oregon  State 
University.  1972;  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1977; 
Ph.D..  1983. 

Beasley,  Maurine  H.  Professor.  College  of  Journalism 
B.A.,  University  of  Missouri.  1958;  B.J.,  1958;  M.S., 
Columbia  University.  1963;  Ph.D..  George  Washington 
University.  1974. 

Beatty,  Charles  J.  Associate  Professor.  Industrial 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
Northern  Michigan  University.  1959;  M.A..  Michigan 
State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1967 

Bechhoefer,  William  B.  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1963;  M.  Arch.. 
Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design,  1967. 

Beck,  Evelyn  Torton  Professor  and  Director,  Women's 
Studies  Program.  B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1954;  M.A.. 
Yale  University,  1955;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1969. 

Beck,  Kenneth  H.  Associate  Professor,  Health 
Education  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1972; 
M.A..  Syracuse  University,  1975;  Ph.D..  1977 

Beckley,  Betty  Assistant  Dean.  Coordinator  for 
Undergraduate  Advising.  Undergraduate  Studies; 
Instructor,  part-time.  English.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1964;  MA,  1 977;  M  FA.  .George  Washington  University. 
1980.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1983. 

Beckman,  Paula  J.  Associate  Professor.  Special 
Education.  B.A.  Hastings  College,  1974.  M  A  .University 
of  Nebraska.  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1980. 

Beckmann,  Robert  B.  Professor,  Emeritus,  Chemical 
and  Nuclear  Engmeenng.  B.S..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1944 

Bedlngtield.  James  P.  Associate  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  S  .  University  ot  Maryland. 
1966.  MBA..  1968;  DBA..  1972 

Bedos-Rezak,  Brigitte  M.  Associate  Professor.  History 
.  Ecole  Nationaledes  Charles.  1 977;  Lecince  es-Lettres. 
Universite  de  Pans-Sorbonne.  1977 

Belcken,  Peter  U.  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures  M  A  ,  University  ot  Munich 
(Germany).  1968;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1971 


Belcken.  Suzanne  J.  Lecturer.  Music  B.S..  Columbia 
University.  1966.M  A  .Stanford  University.  1969,  PhD  . 
1980 

Bell,  Matthew  J.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture  B  ARCH  .University  of  Notre  Dame.  1983; 
MARCH.,  Cornell  University.  1987 

Bell,  Roger  A.  Professor  and  Director.  Physics 
andAstronomy,  Astronomy  Program  B.Se,  University 
of  Melbourne,  1957;  Ph  D  .  Australian  National,  1961; 
Ph.D.  (honons  causa),  Uppsala  University,  1982. 

Bell,  Thomas  P.  Instructor.  Industrial  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education  B  S  .  Millersville  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1983;  M.S..  1985 

Bellama,  Jon  M.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
A.B..  Allegheny  College,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1966. 

Belz,  Herman  J.  Prolessor.  History  A.B..  Pnnceton 
University.  1959;  M  A  ,  University  of  Washington.  1963; 
Ph  D  .  1966. 

Bender,  Filmore  E.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  University  of  California  (Davis).  1961. 
M.S..  North  Carolina  State  University.  1964;  PhD, 
1965 

Benedetto,  John  J.  Professor.  Mathematics  B.A 
Boston  College.  1960;  MA  Harvard  University  1962. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto.  1964 

Benesch,  William  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  B.A  .  Lehigh  University,  1942; 
M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1950;  Ph.D..  1952 

Benito-Vessels,  Carmen  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish 
and  Portuguese.  B.A  ,  University  of  Salamanca.  Spain. 
1977;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of  California.  Santa 
Barbara,  1988 

Bennett,  Lawrence  H.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A..  Brooklyn  College.  1951;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1955:  Ph.D..  Rutgers  University. 
1958. 

Bennett,  Maurice  J.  Associate  Professor.  English  A  B  . 
Harvard  University,  1971;  MA.  1972;  Ph.D..  1978 

Bennett,  Ralph  D.,  Jr.  Professor.  School  of  Architecture 
B.A.  Arch  ,  Pnnceton  University,  1961;  M.F.A.  Arch.. 
1966. 

Bennett,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor.  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Texas.  1951.  MA,  1955,  PhD.. 
1963 

Bennett,  Stanley  W.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development  B.A..  Iowa  State  University.  1959.  M  A  . 
State  University  of  Iowa.  1961,  PhD.  University  ot 
Michigan,  1970. 

Benson,  Jerl  Associate  Professor.  Measurement, 
Statistics,  and  Evaluation  B.A  .  University  of  Florida. 
1973;  MAE.  1975.  Ph.D..  1977. 

Bentley. William  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Staff  Scientist.  Center  for 
Agncultural  Biotechnology  B  S  Cornell  University.  1962; 
M  Eng  .  1983.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Colorado  (Boulder). 
1989 

Bentz,  Frank  L.,  Jr.  Vice  President  Emeritus,  Agncultural 
Atlairs;  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy  B.S  University 
of  Maryland.  1942;  Ph  D..  1952 

Berdahl.  Robert  O.  Professor.  Education  Policy. 
Planning,  and  Administration  Director.  Institute  for 
Research  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education.  Affiliate 
Professor.  Government  and  Politics  B  A  .  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1 949.  M  Sc  .  London  School  of 
Economics  and  Political  Science.  1 957.  M  A  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1954;  Ph  D  .  1958 

Berenstein.  Carlos  A.   Professor.   Mathematics; 
Professor.  Systems  Research  Center   Licenaedo  En 
Matematicas.  University  of  Buenos  Aires.  1966.  M  S 
New  York  University.  1969;  Ph  D  .  1970 


Braun,  Michael  J.    239 


Berg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor  Mathematics 
B.S,  University  ol  Minnesota.  1960;  Ph  D,  1967 

Berg.  Linda  R.  Lecturer.  Botany  B  S  ,  University  ol 
Maryland.  1969.  M.S.,  1976;  Ph  D  .  1983 

Berger.  Bruce  S.  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineering 
BS.  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1954.  MS.  1959; 
Ph  D . 1962 

Bergmann,  Barbara  R.  Professor  Ementus.  Economics 
A.B  .  Cornell  University.  1948;  M  A  .  Harvard  University. 
1955.  PhD.  1959 

Berlin.  Adele  Prolessor  and  Director.  Hebrew  and  East 
Asian;  Director.  MeyerhoH  Center  for  Jewish  Studies 
B.A.,  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1964;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Berlin,  Ira  Prolessor.  History  B  S  .  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963,  MA,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Berman.  Louise  M.  Professor.  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration  A.B  .  Wheaton  College, 
1950,  MA,  Columbia  University.  1953;  Ed.D..  1960. 

Berman,  Marilyn  R.  Associate  Dean.  College  of 
Engineering  B.A,  Brooklyn  College.  1956;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1973;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Bernard,  Peter  S.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering  BE  (ME),  City  College  of  the  City 
University  of  New  York,  1972;  M.S..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1973;  Ph.D..  1977 

Bernstein,  Melvin  Professor,  Music;  Administrative 
Dean.  Summer  Programs  A  B,  Rhodes  College,  1947: 
B.  Mus  ,  1948;  M  Mus,  University  of  Michigan.  1949; 
M.A,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1954;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Berry,  Thomas  E.  Associate  Professor,  Russian 
Language  and  Literature.  B.S  Southern  Illinois 
University,  1952;  MA.  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1955;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1966. 

Best.  Otto  F.  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages 
and  Literatures  Ph.D..  University  of  Munich  (Germany), 
1963. 

Beste,  C.  Edward  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture. 
B.S,  Purdue  University,  1961:  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Betancourt,  Roger  R.  Professor,  Economics  B.A., 
Georgetown  University.  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1969. 

Bhagat,  Satindar  M.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University,  1950;  M.Sc, 
University  of  Delhi.  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Bhathena,  Sam  J.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.S,  University  of  Bombay. 
1961;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1970 

Bickley.  William  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomology. 
B.A,  University  of  Tennessee.  1934;  M.S..  1936;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1940. 

Biehal,  Gabriel  J.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.A..  McGill  University, 
1966;  MBA.  1969:  Ph.D..  Stanford  University,  1978. 

Bielec.  John  A.  Assistant  Vice  President,  Administrative 
Affairs.  B.A,  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  MA.,  1969; 
Ph.D..  1972 

Bigio,  David  I.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering  B.S,  Case  Western  Reserve  University, 
1971;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1976;  Engr,  1978:  Ph.D..  1986. 

Bilik,  Dorothy  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A,  Brooklyn  College, 
1951;  M.A,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1969;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1977. 

Billingsley,  Andrew  Professor  and  Chair,  Family  and 
Community  Development;  Affiliate  Professor,  Sociology; 
Affiliate  Professor.  Afro- American  Studies  Program.  A.B, 
Grinnell  College.  1951;  M.S..  Boston  University,  1956; 
M.A,  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Brandeis 
University.  1964. 


Bingham,  Alfred  J.  Professor  Emeritus.  French  and 
Italian  B.A,  Yale  University.  1933.  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University.  1939 

Blrdsall,  Esther  K.  Associate  Professor.  English  B  A  . 
Central  Michigan  University.  1947,  MA,  University  ol 
Anzona.  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Blrk,  Janice  M.  Prolessor.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  B  A  .  Sacred  Heart  College.  1 963,  MA,  Loyola 
University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1970 

Blrkner.  Francis  B.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering  BS, 
Newark  College  of  Engineenng.  1 961.  MSE.  University 
of  Florida.  1962;  PhD,  1965 

Blrnbaum,  Robert  Professor,  Education  Policy. 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.A,  University  of 
Rochester,  1958;  M.A,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University.  1964;  Ed.D..  1967 

Blssell,  Theodore  Associate  Professor  Emeritus. 
Entomology.  B.S,  University  of  Maryland.  1920.  M.S., 
Cornell  University,  1936. 

Black,  Cordell  Acting  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Arts 
and  Humanities;  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 
B.A.,  St  Augustine's  College,  1965;  M.A,  Wayne  State 
University,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan,  1977. 

Blankenship,  Gilmer  L.  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering;  Professor,  Systems  Research  Center  B.S, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1967;  M.S.. 
1969;  PhD,  1971 

Blitz,  Leo  Professor  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Astronomy 
Program  B.S,  Cornell  University.  1967;  MS,  Columbia 
University.  1975;  M.Phil,  1976;  PhD,  1979. 

Block,  Ira  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.S,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  PhD, 
1971. 

Blotner,  Pamela  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.S,  The 
Cleveland  Institute  of  Art,  1976;  M.F.A,  Syracuse 
University,  1980. 

Blum,  Richard  A.  Associate  Professor,  Radio,  Television 
and  Film.  B.A,  Farleigh  Dickinson  University,  1965; 
M.S.,  Boston  University,  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Southern  California,  1977. 

Blumler,  Jay  G.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A  , 
Antioch  College.  1947;  D.  Phil,  University  of  Oxford, 
1962. 

Bockstael,  Nancy  E.  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics;  Acting  Associate  Dean  for 
Research,  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  A.B, 
Connecticut  College,  1971;  M.A,  Brown  University, 
1973;  PhD,  University  of  Rhode  Island.  1976. 

Bode,  Carl  Professor,  Emeritus,  English.  Ph.B, 
University  of  Chicago,  1933;  M.A,  Northwestern 
University.  1938;  Ph.D.,  1941. 

Bodin,  Lawrence  D.  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S,  Northeastern  University.  1962; 
M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1966;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Boldt,  Elihu  A.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S,  Massachusetts  Instituteof  Technology, 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Bolles,  A.  Lynn  Associate  Professor,  Women's  Studies; 
Associate  Professor,  Affiliate,  Anthropology;  Associate 
Professor,  Affiliate,  Afro-American  Studies.  A.B, 
Syracuse  University,  1971;  M.A,  Rutgers  University, 
1978;  PhD,  1981. 

Bonar,  Dale  B.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Zoology. 
B.A,  Whitman  College,  1967;  M.S..  University  of  the 
Pacific,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1973. 

Bondurant,  Dolores  Lecturer.  French  and  Italian; 
Academic  Advisor,  College  of  Arts  and  Humanities. 
B.A,  Morgan  State  College.  1954;  M.A,  Howard 
University,  1966. 

Bonta,  Juan  P.  Professor,  Housing  and  Design.  B.H, 
Collegio  Nacional  de  Buenos  Aires,  1951;  M.Arch, 
University  of  Buenos  Aires,  1959. 


Booth,  Nancy  M.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor. 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  B.S  .  Seton  Hall 
University.  1971M  A  .Michigan  State  University.  1973; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1979 

Borgia,  Gerald  Associate  Professor.  Zoology  A.B, 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1970;  MS,  University 
of  Michigan  (Ann  Arbor).  1973,  Ph.D..  1978 

Borko.  Hilda  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  B.A,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1971;  MA,  1973,  PhD,  1978 

Borkovec.  Alexe)  B.  Adjunct  Professor.  Entomology 
B.S,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1949.  MS,  1954; 
PhD,  1955. 

Bottino,  Paul  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Botany.  B.S,  Utah 
State  University,  1964,  MS,  1965;  Ph.D..  Washington 
State  University.  1969 

Bottrell, Da leG. Professor. Entomology  BS  .Oklahoma 
State  University,  1963;  PhD,  1968. 

Bouwkamp,  John  C.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture. 
B.S,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  MS,  1966.  Ph  D. 
1969. 

Bowie,  Luclle  B.  Professor  Emerita.  Human 
Development.  B.S  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1 942;  M.A, 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1946;  Ed.D, 
University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

Bowker,  Albert  H.  Dean.  Emeritus.  School  of  Public 
Affairs  B.S  .  MIT,  1941;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Bowman,  Brian  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Music  B.M, 
University  of  Michigan,  1970;  MM  .  1970;  DMA, 
Catholic  University,  1975. 

Boyce,  Jeanann  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.A, 
Douglass  College-Rutgers  University,  1969;  M.A, 
University  of  Massachusetts  (Amherst).  1974;  Ed.D, 
1981. 

Boyd,  Alfred  C.  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S,Canisius  Col  lege.  1951;  M.S..  Purdue 
University.  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Boyd,  Derek  A.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S,  University  of  Cape  Town  (S.  Africa), 
1964;  B.S.  (Hons),  1965;  M.Sc,  1967;  PhD,  Stevens 
Institute  of  Technology.  1973. 

Boyd,  Vivian  S.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A,  Antioch  College.  1961;  M.A, 
University  of  Colorado,  1968;  M.A,  University  of  Maryland 
(Far  East  Division).  1972;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland, 
1975. 

Boyle,  Mike  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics  B.A, 
Stanford  University,  1974;  A.B  and  B.S,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Washington.  1983. 

Brace,  John  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics.  B.A, 
Swarthmore  College.  1949;  M.A,  Cornell  University, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Bradbury,  Miles  L.  Assistant  Professor.  History  A.B, 
Harvard  University,  1960;  A.M..  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Bradford,  William  D.  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.  A  ,  Howard  University.  1 967;  MBA, 
Ohio  State  University.  1968;  PhD,  1972. 

Brami,  Joseph  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 
Licence  de  Lettres  Modernes,  Sorbonne  Nouvelle,  1 974; 
Maitrise  de  Lettres  Modernes,  1976;  PhD,  New  York 
University,  1984. 

Brandt,  John  C.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  A.B,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis). 
1956;  PhD,  University  of  Chicago,  1960. 

Brannigan,  Vincent  M.  Associate  Professor.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A,  University  of  Maryland, 
1973;  J.D,  Georgetown  University,  1975. 

Braun,  Michael  J.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor, 
Zoology. B.A,  Cornell  University.  1977;  Ph.D..  Louisiana 
State  University  Medical  Center,  1983. 


240    Carroll,  Stephen  J.,  Jr. 


Braulh,  Steven  E.  Professor.  Psychology  B.S.. 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967;  Ph.D..  New 
York  University.  1973 

Brechllng.  Frank  P.  Professor.  Economics  B.A.. 
University  ol  Freiburg.  1951;  Ph.D..  Tnnity  College. 
1955. 

Brecht,  Richard  D.  Prolessor,  Russian  Language  and 
Literature  B  A  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965; 
M  A  .  Harvard  University,  1969;  PhD  .  1972. 

Breitburg.  Denlse  L.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor. 
Zoology  B.S..  Anzona  State  University,  1975;  MA.. 
University  of  California  (Santa  Barbara).  1982;  Ph.D.. 
1984 

Breslow.  Marvin  A.  Associate  Professor,  History  B.A.. 
University  ol  Nebraska.  1957.  A.M..  Harvard  University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1963 

Brldwell,  Margaret  Affiliate  Associate  Professor.  Health 
Education.  B.S..  Tulane  University.  New  Orleans.  1943; 
M  D.,  Louisiana  State  University  Medical  Center.  1946 

Brigham.  Bruce  H.  Associate  Professor.  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  B.S..  SUNY  (Brockport),  1949;  MA.. 
1954;  Ph.D..  Temple  University.  1967. 

Brigham,  Ellen  T.  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  B.A.,  SUNY  (Binghamton),  1975;  M.S., 
Syracuse  University.  1977. 

Brill,  Dieter  R.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A., 
Pnnceton  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Brin,  Michael  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A..  Moscow 
State  University.  1 970.  Ph.D..  Kharkov  State  University, 
1975 

Brlnsfield,  Russell  B.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor. 
Agncultural  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1971;  M.S.  1973;  Ph.D..  1981. 

Brobeck.  Stephen  Adiunct  Assistant  Professor  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A..  Wheaton  College, 
1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1970. 

Brodle,  Herbert  L.  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering. 
B.S. .  Rutgers  The  State  University.  1 964;  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1972. 

Brodsky.  Harold  Associate  Professor.  Geography.  B.S.. 
City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1954; 
M.S..  Colorado  College.  1960;  Ph.D.  University  of 
Washington,  1966. 

Brooks,  Laure  W.  Instructor.  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice 
and  Cnminology.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1980; 
MA.  1982;  PhD.  1986 

Broome,  Frederick  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Geography. 
B.S..  University  of  Georgia.  1964;  MA,  1966. 

Brower.  Sidney  N.  Associate  Professor,  Urban  Studies. 
B.Arch,  University  of  Cape  Town,  1953;  M.C. P..  M.I.T., 
1964. 

Brown,  Earl  H.  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Minnesota.  1956;  M.S., 
1957;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1961 

Brown,  Elizabeth  Y.  Lecturer.  Kinesiology.  B.S..  Kent 
State  University.  1965;  M  Ed  .  1967;  Ed  D,  University  of 
Houston.  1973 

Brown,  John  H.  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy  AB  , 
Pnnceton  University.  1952;  M.A..  1957;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Brown. Joshua R.C.  Professor Ementus.  Zoology  B.A., 
Duke  University.  1948;  MA..  1949;  Ph.D..  1953 

Brown,  Michael  Professor  and  Chairman.  Geology 
B  A  .  University  of  Keele.  UK.  1969;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Brown.  Peter  G.  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs 
B.A..  Havertord  College.  1 961 ;  M  A  ,  Columbia  University. 
1964;  PhD.  1969 

Brown.  Richard H. Professor. Sociology  B.A.  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1961 ;  MA .  Columbia  University. 
1965;  Ph.D  .  University  of  California  (San  Diego).  1973 


Brown,  Robert  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology 
B  A  University  of  Richmond.  1958;  M  A  .State  University 
of  Iowa,  1961;  Ph.D..  1962 

Brown,  Russell  G.  Professor  Emeritus.  Botany  B.S.. 
West  Virginia  University.  1929;  M.S..  1930;  Ph.D  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1934. 

Brush,  Stephen  G.  Professor,  History;  Professor. 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  AB,. 
Harvard  University.  1955.  PhD,  Oxford  University.  1958 

Bryan.  John  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Fire  Protection 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1953; 
M.S..  1954;  EdD  .  Amencan  University.  1965 

Bryer,  Jackson  Professor,  English  B.A  .  Amherst 
College.  1959;  MA  .  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1965 

Bub,  Jeffrey  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.Sc. ,  University  of 
Cape  Town  (pure  science),  1961.  B.Sc.  University  of 
Cape  Town  (applied  mathematics).  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  London.  1966. 

Buccheister,  Eleanura  Y.  Assistant  Instructor,  Part- 
time.  Special  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1980 

Buckley,  Frank  T.,  Jr.  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering,  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  Ph.D.. 
1968. 

Bunn,  Michael  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Music.  B.Mus.. 
Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music,  1977;  M.Mus..  1979 

Buriel,  Joseph  F.  Instructor.  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University 
of  California  (Riverside).  1968;  M.S.,  Duke  University. 
1979. 

Burke,  Frank  G.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services  B.A.,  University  of  Alaska,  1955; 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  1959;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Burke,  Philip  J.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Special 
Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Scranton,  1963;  MS.. 
1965;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1970. 

Burnham,  Jack  W.  Professor.  Art  History.  B  FA.,  Yale 
University,  1959;  M.F.A.,  1961. 

Burt,  John  J.  Dean.  College  of  Physical  Education. 
Recreation,  and  Health;  Professor,  Health  Education. 
B.A..  Duke  University,  1956;  M.Ed..  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1957;  M.S. .University  of  Oregon.  1960;  M.Ed.. 
1962 

Butler,  Ethel  Lecturer.  Part  time.  Dance 

Butler,  Mary  L.  Instructor.  Maryland  English  Institute. 
B.A..  University  ol  Connecticut.  1956;  MAT.  Yale 
University,  1961 ;  PhD,  University  of  Connecticut.  1979 

Butler,  Phyllis  Reisman  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish 
and  Portuguese.  B.A..  Brooklyn  College  (CUNY).  1977; 
M.A..  University  of  Iowa.  1979;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1986 

Butterworth,  Charles  E.  Prolessor,  Government  and 
Politics  B.A  .  Michigan  State  University.  1959;  Doct., 
University  ol  Nancy  (France).  1961;  M  A.  University  ol 
Chicago.  1962;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Byrnes,  James  P.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Human 
Development  B.S..  Saint  Josephs  Unibersity.  1981; 
Ph.D.,  Temple  University.  1985 

Cadman.  Theodore  W.  Prolessor.  Chemical 
Engineering  B.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology. 
1962;  MS.  1964;  Ph.D..  1966 

Cain.  Jarvls  L.  Professor,  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics  B.S.,  Purdue  University.  1955.  MS  .  Ohio 
State  University.  1956.  Ph.D..  1961 

Cairns.  Gordon  M.  Dean  Emeritus.  College  of 
Agnculture;  Professor.  College  of  Agnculture  B  S 
Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S..  1938;  Ph  D  .  1940 

Calabrese.  Richard  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemical 
Engmeenng  B.S  .  University  ol  Rochester.  1969.  MS. 
University  of  Massachusetts.  1971;  PhD..  1976 


Caldwell,  Graham  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Kinesiology 
B  S  .  University  ol  Waterloo.  1978;  MS.  1980,  Ph  D  , 

Simon  Fraser  University,  1987 

Callahan,  Christopher  Instructor,  College  ol  Journalism 
B.S  .  Boston  University.  1 982.  MP  A..  Harvard  University/ 
JFK  School  of  Government.  1990 

Callcott.  George  H.  Prolessor.  History  B  A. .  University 
of  South  Carolina.  1950.  MA.  Columbia  University. 
1951.  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1956 

Campbell.  Elwood  G.  Prolessor.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction,  Director.  Student  Services.  College  ol 
Education  B  S  .  Northeast  Missouri  State  College,  1 949; 
MA.  Northwestern  University,  1952.  Ph.D..  1963 

Campbell.  Keith  K.  Prolessor  and  Chair,  Philosophy 
B.A  ,  University  ol  New  Zealand,  1960  MA.  1961.  B. 
Phil ,  University  of  Oxford.  1963.  Ph  D  ,  University  ol 
Sydney.  1990 

Campbell.  Patricia  F.  Associate  Professor.  Curnculum 
and  Instruction  B.S.,  College  of  Saint  Francis.  1970; 
M.S.,  Michigan  State  University.  1972.  Ph.D..  Florida 
State  University,  1976. 

Candela,  Philip  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Geology  B.S  . 
CUNY  (Brooklyn  College).  1977;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University.  1982. 

Capage.  Mike  Assistant  Prolessor,  Microbiology  B  A  , 
West  Virginia  University,  1968.  M.S.,  1971;  PhD, 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1978. 

Caramello.  Charles  Associate  Prolessor.  English; 
Associate  Prolessor.  Comparative  Literature  B  A  , 
Wesleyan  University.  1 970;  MA. ,  University  ol  Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee),  1973;  Ph.D..  1978 

Carbone,  Robert  F.  Professor  and  Acting  Chair. 
Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration  B.A.. 
Eastern  Montana  College.  1953;  M.S. .Emory  University. 
1958,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Chicago.  1961 

Carey,  Deborah  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Curnculum  and 
Instruction  BSE  .  Westfield  State  College.  1 972;  M  E  a  . 
University  of  Georgia-  Athens,  1 986;  Ph.D. .  University  of 
Wisconsin-Madison.  1989 

Carlson,  John  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  University  Honors 
Program  B.A  ,  Oberlin,  1967;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1971;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Carluccl,  Christina  M.  Faculty  Research  Assistant. 
Special  Education.  B.A.,  Kean  College  ol  New  Jersey, 
1984;  MS,  Gallaudet  University.  1985 

Carmel,  Douglas  K.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  of 
Vetennary  Medicine  B  S.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1976. 
M.S..  1979;  D.V.M.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1985 

Carr,  Catherine  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Zoology  B.Sc.. 
University  ol  Cape  Town  (South  Alnca).  1976;  MA. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo).  1977;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (San  Diego).  1984 

Carr,  John  C.  Professor  Emeritus.  Curnculum  and 
Instruction.  B.S .,  Distnd  of  Columbia  Teachers  College. 
1952;  M.F.A.  Catholic  University  of  America.  1953; 
Ph.D..  1965 

Carr,  Lewis  E.  Instructor.  Agncultural  Engmeenng 
BS  A  E  .Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1963.MS  .1970. 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1987 

Carr,  Lois  Green  Adiunct  Professor.  History  A  B 
Swarthmore  College.  1943.  AM.  Raddiffe  College. 
1944;  Ph.D  .  Harvard  University.  1968 

Carretta.  Vincent  Professor.  English  B  A  .  State 
University  Ol  New  York  (Binghamton).  1968.M  A  .1971. 
Ph  D  .  University  ol  Iowa.  1977 

Carroll.  Mark  J.  Assistanl  Professor.  Agronomy  B  S  . 
California  Polylechmc  State  University.  1979.  MS. 
Michigan  State  University.  1982.  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University.  1989 

Carroll,  Stephen  J..  Jr.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  B  S  .  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1957.  M  A  .  University  of  Minnesota,  1959 
Ph  D  .  1964 


Cleary,  Marilyn  F.    241 


Carson,  Scott  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer 
Science  MS  .University ol Virginia.  1981. PhD  ,  1984 

Carter,  Everett  C.  Prolessor.  Civil  Engineering. 
BS  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1 958;  ME.  University 
ol  California.  1959;  Ph  D..  Northwestern  University, 
1969 

Carter-Porges,  C.  Sue  Professor.  Zoology  B.A.,  Drury 
College,  1966.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Arkansas.  1969 

Carton,  James  A.  Associate  Professor.  Meteorology 
BSE,  Pnnceton  University.  1976;  MS.  University  ol 
Washington.  1979;  MA.  Princeton  University.  1980; 
PhD  .  1983 

Cartwrlght.  Kent  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1965;  M.A.,  1968;  Ph.D..  Case 
Western  Reserve  University.  1979. 

Case.  William  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  University  ot  Maryland.  1961; 
BS  ME  .  Drexel  Institute  ol  Technology.  1965;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1972. 

Cassldy,  Claire  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Anthropology. 
B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  MS,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
1972. 

Castellan,  Gilbert  W.  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S.,  Regis  College.  1 945:  Ph.D. ,  Catholic 
University,  1949 

Castonguay,  Thomas  W.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A..  Framingham  State 
College.  1973:  M.A..  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1975; 
Ph.D..  Rutgers  State  University.  1978. 

Catania,  David  N.  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Summer 
Programs.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 

Cate,  George  A.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
Rutgers-The  State  University.  1960;  M.A.,  Duke 
University.  1962;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Caughey,  John  L.  Professor.  American  Studies; 
Associate  Chair  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 
Amencan  Studies.  B.A.,  Harvard  College.  1963;  M.A., 
University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Celarier,  James  L.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy. 
A.B.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1956;  M.A..  1958; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960 

Cell,  Roberto  Assistant  Professor,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  L.  Ingregnena  Aeronautica.  Politecnico  di 
Torino,  1980;  M.S. .University  of  California,  1982;  Ph.D., 
1987 

Ceppaluni,  Vincent  Instructor,  Industrial.  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education.  B.S.. Trenton  StateCollege, 
1989 

Chai,Tuu-Jyi  Associate  Professor,  Food  Science.  B.S., 
Taiwan  Institute  of  Agriculture.  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
Massachusetts,  1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Chaires,  James  W„  Jr.  Assistant  Instructor,  Part-time, 
College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S..  University 
ot  Maryland.  1972;  M.B.A.,  1974. 

Chait,  Richard  P.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning, 
and  Administration;  Director.  The  Center  for  Higher 
Education  Governance  and  Leadership.  B.A.,  Rutgers 
University.  1966;  M  A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1972. 

Challp,  Laurence  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Kinesiology. 
A.B..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1972;  M.S., 
University  of  Waikato  (New  Zealand),  1979;  M.A., 
University  of  Chicago.  1983:  Ph  D.,  1988. 

Chambers, Erve J. Professor. Anthropology  B.  A,  West 
Washington  State  College,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
Oregon,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Chambers,  Robert  G.  Professor,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics .B.S.F.S.,  Georgetown  University, 
1972:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1975;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1978. 


Chan,  Tsze  Faculty  Research  Associate.  Alro-Amencan 
Studies  B  A  .  University  ol  Guelph  (Canada).  1976: 
MA,  University  ol  Windsor  (Canada),  1976;  MA. 
University  ol  Pittsburgh.  1982;  Ph.D..  1987 

Chander.  Suresh  Lecturer  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Banaras  Hindu  University.  1964; 
MS  .  Indian  Institute  of  Science.  1966;  MS  .  University 
ot  Maryland.  1971;  Ph.D..  1975 

Chang,  Chla-Cheh  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B. S.Tunghai  University  (Taiwan).  1961 ;  MA,  University 
ol  Southern  California.  1966:  Ph.D..  1968. 

Chang,  Chung  Yun  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University.  1 954;  PhD,  Columbia 
University.  1965. 

Chang,  Der-Chen  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.S.,  National  Tsmg  Hua  University  (Taiwan),  1979; 
M.A..  1981;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University.  1984. 

Chang,  Eric  C.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  National  Cheng  Kung  University, 
1974;  MB. A.,  Wright  State  University.  1979;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1982. 

Chang,  Gang  Len  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.E.,  National  Cheng  Kung  University,  1975;  M.S., 
National  Chiao  Tung  University,  1 979;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Texas  at  Austin.  1985. 

Chang,  Luke  L.  Y.  Professor,  Geology  B.S.,  National 
Taiwan  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1963. 

Chang,  Peter  C.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Texas  A&M  University,  1975;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois,  1979;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Chang,  Wook  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies.  B.  A  , 
Sung-Kyun-Kwan  University.  1 975;  M.A.,  Seoul  National 
University,  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California, 
1986. 

Chant,  Nicholas  S.  Physics  and  Astronomy.e  Chairman 
for  Personnel  &  Facilities  B.A  ,  University  of  Cambridge. 
1962;  M.A..  Downing  College  (Cambridge  University), 
1966;  Ph.D..  Lincoln  College  (Oxford  University).  1966. 

Chao,  Lin  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Cornell 
University,  1972;  M.A.,  Mt.  Holyoke  College,  1975; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1979. 

Chase,  Joan  W.  Lecturer,  Anthropology.  B.S.,  City 
University  of  New  York,  1954;  M.S..  American  University, 
1972;  Ph.D..  1988. 

Chatelain,  Verne  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  History.  B.A.. 
Nebraska  State  Teachers  College.1917;MA.  University 
of  Chicago,  1925;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1943. 

Chaves,  Antonio  F.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Geography. 
Doctor  of  Law,  University  of  Havana,  1 941 ;  Ph.D..  1 946; 
M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1948. 

Chen,  Alexander  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair, 
Housing  and  Design.  B.A..  New  York  University,  1973; 
M.U.P.,  1976;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan,  1981. 

Chen,  Hsing-Hen  Professor.  Physics;  Professor. 
Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies.  B.S. ,  National 
Taiwan  University,  1968:  M.S..  Columbia  University, 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Chen,  Son-Nan  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1964; 
M.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Chen,  Thomas  T.  Affiliate  Professor.  Zoology  B.Sc, 
National  Chung-Hsing  University  (Taiwan).  1966;  M.A., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Plattsburg),  1970;  Ph.D., 
The  University  of  Alberta  (Edmonton,  Canada).  1973. 

Cherniak,  Christopher  Associate  Professor, 
Philosophy;  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced 
ComputerStudies.  B.A.,  Harvard  University.  1966;  M.A.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1971;  B.  Litt., 
University  of  Oxford.  1973;  Ph.D. .University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1977. 

Chin,  Tsung  Associate  Professor.  Hebrew  and  East 
Asian.  B.A.,  Taiwan  Normal  University,  1953;  M.S., 
Georgetown  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 


Choi,  Jin  Moo  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library 
and  information  Services  B.A  .  Sung  Kuyyn  University, 
Seoul,  Korea,  1979.  MLS,  Slate  University  ot  New 
York,  Geneseo,  1980;  Ph  D.,  Rutgers  University.  N.J.. 
1985 

Choi,  Kyu-Yong  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemical 
Engineering  B.S. .  Seoul  National  University.  1 976;  MS.. 
1978.  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1984 

Choi,  Young  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Nutrition 
and  Food  Systems  B  S.,  Seoul  National  University. 
1961;  M.S..  1965.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University. 
1976. 

Chopra,  Inderjlt  Professor  and  Chair .  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.Sc.  Punjab  Engineering  College.  1965; 
M.E.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science.  1968;  Sc.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1977. 

Christian,  Charles  M.  Associate  Professor.  Part-time, 
Urban  Studies.  B.A..  Northeastern  State  College,  1966; 
M.A.A.T.,  1968;  MA,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Christou,  Aris  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.A., 
Columbia  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1971. 

Chu,  Hsin  Professor,  Mathematics  M.S.,  Tulane 
University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1959. 

Chu,  Yaohan  Professor  Emeritus,  Computer  Science; 
Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S..  Chiao-Tung 
University  (China),  1942;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1945;  Sc.D.,  1953. 

Churaman,  Charlotte  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Family 
and  Community  Development  B  Sc  .  Berea  College. 
1942;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964;  Ed.D.. 
1969. 

Churchill,  John  W.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation. 
B.S..  Stale  University  College  (Cortland).  1958;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1968. 

Cirri ncione,  Joseph  M.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum 
and  Instruction;  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Oswego),  1962;  MA.. 
Ohio  State  University,  1967:  M.A..  Brooklyn  College, 
1965;  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University,  1970. 

Clague,  Christopher  K.  Professor,  Economics  B.A.. 
Swarthmore  College,  1960;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 
1966. 

Clague,  Monlque  W.  Professor.  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.  A. .  Swarthmore  College, 
1959;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University.  1969. 

Clark,  Eugenie  Professor.  Zoology.  B.A.,  Hunter  College, 
1942:  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1946;  Ph.D..  1950. 

Clark,  Jane  E.  Associate  Professor.  Kinesiology.  B  S.. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Brockport).  1968;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Washington  (Seattle).  1970;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1976. 

Clark,  Neri  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland.  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Clarke,  David  H.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Kinesiology. 
B.S.,  Springfield  College.  1952;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Oregon.  1959. 

Claude.  Richard  P.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
B.A..  College  of  Saint  Thomas.  1956;  M.S..  Flonda  Stale 
University,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1965. 

Clearwater,  Harvey  E.  Associate  Professor,  Health 
Education.  A.B.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Albany), 
1955;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University.  1967:  Ed.D.. 
1970. 

Cleary,  Marilyn  F.  Instructor,  Mathematics.  A.B., 
Montclair  State  College,  1953;  M.A..  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1976. 


242    Dally,  James  W. 


Cleghorn,  Reese  Professor  and  Dean,  College  ol 
Journalism  B  A,  Emory  University.  1950;  MA  .Columbia 
University,  1956 

Clement,  Linda  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  Director.  Undergraduate  Admissions 
Office  B  A  .  State  University  of  New  York  (Oswego), 
1971,  MA,  Michigan  Slate  University.  1973.  PhD. 
University  of  Maryland.  1981 

Clignet,  Reml  P.  Professor.  Sociology  B  A .  Universityof 
Pans.  1948;  Licence  es  Lettres,  1951 ;  Licence  es  Law. 
1953;  MA..  1958.  Ph.D..  1963 

Cockburn,  James  S.  Professor,  History  LL  B  ,  Leeds 
University.  1959;  LL.M.,  1961;  PhD,  1970. 

Coddlngton.  Jonathan  A.  Ad|unct  Professor. 
Entomology  B  S  .  Yale  University.  1975;  MA  .  Harvard 
University.  1978;  Ph  D  .  1984 

Cohen.  Avis  H.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology  B.Sc.. 
University  of  Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University, 
1977 

Cohen.  H.  Robert  Professor.  Music  B.A..  New  York 
University.  1963;  MA.  1967;  Ph  D.,  1973. 

Cohen.  James  R.  Lecturer.  Urban  Studies  B.A.. 
University  of  Michigan  (Ann  Arbor).  1 969;  MRP..  Cornell 
University.  1985. 

Cohen.  Jerry  D.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Botany. 
B  S  .  University  of  California  (Riverside).  1972;  M.S., 
SanDiegoState University,  1974, Ph  D  .Michigan State 
University,  1979. 

Cohen,  Joel  M.  Professor,  Mathematics  Sc  B..  Brown 
University,  1963;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1966 

Cohen,  Lenore  G.  Lecturer.  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
Coordinator,  Montgomery  County  Teacher  Education 
Center  B  A  .  Buffalo  State.  1968;  M  AT.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1969,  Ed  D  .  Temple  University.  1982 

Cohen,  Leon  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics.  B.A , 
Columbia  University.  1923;  M.  A.,  1925;  Ph  D.  University 
of  Michigan.  1928. 

Cohen,  Michael  L.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Public 
Affairs  BS  .University ofMichigan,  1975.  MS  Stanford 
University.  1977;  Ph.D..  1981 

Cohen.  Thomas  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  A.B., 
Harvard  University.  1980;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1985 

Colantuano.  Anthony  Assistant  Professor,  Art  History 
B.A...  Rutgers  University.  1980.  MA  .  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1982;  Ph.D..  1987 

Cole,  Wayne  S.  Professor.  History  B.A..  Iowa  State 
Teachers  College.  1946.  MS..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1948:  Ph.D..  1951. 

Coleman.  Linda  K.  Associate  Professor.  English  A.B.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1973,  MA.  1973;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1982 

Coletti,  Theresa  Professor,  English  B.A.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1971.  M  A  .  University  of  Rochester,  1973; 
Ph.D.,  1975 

Collier.  Michael  Associate  Professor.  English.  Director. 
Creative  Writing  Program  B.A..  Connecticut  College. 
1976;  M.F.A..  University  of  Arizona.  1979 

Colomblni,  Marco  Professor.  Zoology  BS,  McGill 
University.  1970.  Ph  D  .  1974 

Colvllle.  James  Professor  and  Chairman,  Civil 
Engineering  B  S,  Purdue  University.  1959:  M.S..  1960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  1970 

Colwell.  Rita  R.  Director,  Maryland  Biotechnology 
Institute;  Professor.  Microbiology  B  S  ,  Purdue 
University,  1956,  MS  .  1958.  Ph  D  .  University  of 
Washington.  1 961 .  Professor  Extraordinano.  Unrversidad 
Catolica  de  Valparaiso.  1978;  D  Sc  (Honorary).  Henot- 
Watt  University  (Edinburgh.  Scotland),  1987.  Honorary 
Professor.  University  ol  Queensland.  Australia.  1988 


Combes,  Kevin  R.  Associate  Protessor.  Mathematics 
B  A  .  Lehigh  University.  1977;  M  S  .Universityof  Chicago. 
1978;  PhD.  1982 

Commer,  Malcolm  Jr.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  B.B.A..  University  ol 
Mississippi.  1970:  MS.  Mississippi  State  University. 
1986;  Ph.D..  1989 

Conway,  Joan  M.  Adiunct  Assistanl  Professor.  Part- 
time.  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B.A  ,  St 
Joseph's  College,  1965:M  S  City  College  of  New  York, 
1970;  MS  .  Columbia  University,  1974;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1978. 

Coogan,  Robert  M.  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A., 
lona  College.  1954;  MA  DePaul  University.  1958; 
Ph  D  .  Loyola  University,  1967 

Cook,  Clarence  H.  Prolessor,  Mathematics  B.A.,  State 
University  ol  Iowa.  1948;  M.S..  1950;  Ph  D  ,  University 
ol  Colorado,  1962 

Cook.  Donelda  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B.S. .  Delaware  Stale  College,  1 977; 
MA.,  Southern  Illinois  University  (Carbondale),  1979; 
Ph.D..  1983 

Cook,  Neal  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering  B.S..  Oklahoma  Slate  University.  1943; 
M.S..  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1956. 

Cook.  Thomas  M.  Professor.  Microbiology  B.S, 
Universityof  Maryland.  1955;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph. D  ,  Rutgers 
The  State  University.  1963. 

Cooke.  Todd  J.  Associate  Protessor.  Botany   B.S.. 

Antioch  College.  1974;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1979. 

Cooper.  David  H.  Associate  Prolessor.  Special 
Education  A.B..  Brown  University,  1975;  M.Ed., 
University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill).  1980;  Ph.D.. 
1984. 

Cocper,  Jack  L.  Associate  Chair,  Music.  B  Mus  .  Curtis 
Institute.  1958;  M  Mus  .  Catholic  University  ol  Amenca. 
1963 

Cooper,  Jeffery  M.  Professor,  Mathematics  B.A.. 
Haverford  College.  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Chicago),  1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Cooperman,  Bernard  D.  Associate  Professor.  History. 
B.A.,  University  ol  Toronoto.  1968;  M.A.,  Brandeis 
University,  1969;  MA..  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.D.. 
1976. 

Coplan.  Michael  A.  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  B  A  .  Williams  College,  1 960; 
Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1963. 

Coppin,  Kerry  Stuart  Assistant  Professor.  Art  A. AS., 
Fashion  Instituteof  Technology.  1973,6. FA.  Rochester 
Institute  of  Technology.  1975;  M  FA,  Rhode  Island 
School  of  Design,  1977 

Corliss,  John  O.  Professor  Emeritus.  Zoology  BS. 
University  ol  Chicago,  1944;  B  A  .University  ol  Vermont, 
1947;  Ph.D..  New  York  University,  1951 

Cornelius,  Llewellyn  Lecturer,  Afro-American  Studies 
B.A  ,  Syracuse  University,  1982;  A.M..  University  ol 
Chicago.  1985;  AM.  1983;  Ph.D..  1988 

Correl.  Ellen  Professor.  Mathematics  B  S  .  Douglass 
College.  1951;  M  S  .  Purdue  University.  1953;  Ph  D 
1958 

Corsi,  Thomas  M.  Prolessor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B  A  ,  Case-Western  Reserve  University. 
1971. M  A  .Kent  Slate  University .  1974;Ph  D. University 
of  Wisconsin.  1976 

Cortes.  Darlo  A.  Associate  Dean.  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research;  Associate  Prolessor.  Affiliate.  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  B  A  .  Queens  College  (CUNY).  1974. 
M  A  .  University  ol  Virginia.  1975;  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
Illinois.  1978 

Cossa.  Dominic  F.  Professor.  Music  B  S  .  University  of 
Scranton.  1957,  M  A  .  University  ol  Detroit.  1960 

Costantino.  Patricia  M.  Lecturer.  Curnculum  and 
Instruction;  Coordinator.  Prince  George's  County 


Professional  Development  Center  B  S  .  University  ol 
Maryland.  1966,  M  Ed  .  1969 

Coughlln,  Peter  J.  Associate  Professor.  Economics 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany.  1973; 
MA.  1974.  PhD.  1976 

Coursey,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology. 
BS.,  Spring  Hill  College.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Rochester,  1970 

Coustaut.  Carmen  Assistant  Professor,  Radio, 
Television  and  Film,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Affiliate,  Afro- 
American  Studies  B.A,  University  of  California  Los 
Angeles.  1971;  Ed  M  Harvard  University.  1972.  M  FA, 
University  of  Southern  California.  1982. 

Craig,  Patrick  M.  Associate  Professor.  Art  B.F.A., 
Western  Michigan  University,  1974;  M  F  A  .  University 
of  Cincinnati,  1976. 

Craig.  Randall  J.  Associate  Prolessor,  Curnculum  and 
Instruction  BS  .Morgan  State  University,  1955;  M  FA., 
Temple  University,  1963:  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1974. 

Crandall,  Robert  W.  A  B  .  University  ol  Cincinnati.  1 962; 
MA,  Northwestern  University.  1965;  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Cronin,  Audrey  K.  Assistant  Prolessor.  School  of  Public 
Affairs  A.  B  ,  Princeton  University,  1981.  M.Phil  .Oxford 
University  (England).  1983.  D.Phil..  1984 

Cropper,  Maureen  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics. 
B  A  .BrynMawr College.  1969;M  A  .Cornell University. 
1972;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Cross,  Richard  K.  Professor.  English  A.B..  Pnncelon 
University,  1962;  M  A..  Stanford  University.  1966.  Ph  D  , 
1967. 

Cumberland,  John  H.  Professor  Ementus.  Economics. 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1947.  MA  .  Harvard 
University.  1949.  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Cunniff ,  Patrick  F.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.C.E.,  Manhattan  College.  1955;  M.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  Slate  University.  1956,  Ph  D  , 
1962 

Cunningham,  Jeffrey  J.  Faculty  Research  Assistant. 
Agncullural  and  Resource  Economics  B  S  .  Ohio  Stale 
University.  1975;  MS  (Botany),  University  ol  Maryland, 
1979.  MS  (Resource  Economics).  1983 

Cunningham,  William  D.  Lecturer.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  B.A.,  University  of  Kansas. 
1959.  MLS..  University  of  Texas,  1963. 

Currle,  Douglas  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.E.P.,  Cornell  University.  1958.  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
Rochester,  1962 

Currier,  Albert  W.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Mathematics 
B  A  .Slate  University  of  Iowa.  1954;  M  A  .Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1959;  Ph.D..  1968 

Curry ,  William  A.  Associate  Specialist.  Animal  Sciences 
BS,  University  ol  Maryland.  1960 

Curtis.  Suzanne  R.  Lecturer.  Human  Nutrition  and  Food 
Systems  B.A.,  Lewis  &  Clark  College.  1974;  MS. 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1979.  Ph  D  .  1982 

Cuyjet,  Carol  L.  Instructor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  B  S  .  Northern  Illinois  University.  1968.  M  A  . 
1971;  Certificate  Advanced  Study.  1978 

Dagenals.  Mario  Associate  Prolessor.  Electrical 
Engineenng  B  Sc  .  Universilede  Montreal.  1974. MS  . 
University  ol  Rochester.  1976;  Ph  D  .  1978 
Dager.  Edward  Z.  Prolessor,  Sociology  A  B  .  Kent  State 
University,  1950,  AM,  Ohio  Slate  University.  1951; 
Ph  D . 1956 

Dalley.John  Professor.  Part-time.  Music  Artist  Diploma. 
Curtis  Institute  ol  Music.  1958.  Member.  Guamen 
Quartet. 

Dally.  James  W.  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineenng 
BS.  Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technology  1951  MS. 
1953.  Ph  D  .  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology  1958 


Doetsch,  Raymond  N.    243 


Dancls.  Jerome  Associate  Prolessor,  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  ol  Brooklyn,  1961;  M.S.. 
University  ot  Wisconsin.  1963;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Daniel.  Marilyn  J.  Instructor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  B.A.,  Western  Kentucky  University.  1970; 
M.S..  Vanderbilt  University.  1974. 

Darden.  Lindley  Associate  Prolessor.  Philosophy; 
Associate  Prolessor.  History  B.A..  Southwestern 
University.  1968.  AM.  University  ol  Chicago,  1969; 
S.M..  1972.  Ph.D..  1974 

Dardls.  Rachel  Prolessor.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  B.S.,  Saint  Mary's  College  (Dublin).  1949; 
M.S..  University  ol  Minnesota,  1963;  Ph.D..  1965 

Darling,  Marsha  J.  Research  Associate.  Afro-American 
Studies.  B.A..  Vassar  College.  1973;  MA.  Duke 
University.  1975,  Ph.D..  1982 

Dasgupta,  Abhijlt  Assistant  Prolessor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B.S..  Indian  Institute  ol  Technology,  1976; 
MS  .  Villanova  University.  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Illinois.  1988 

Daso,  Don  Associate  Stall.  Radio.  Television  and  Film. 
B.S..  Ohio  University.  1970;  M  FA..  1977. 

Das  Sarma.  Sankar  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S..  Presidency  College(Calcutta).  1 973;  Sc.M.,  Brown 
University.  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979 

Davey,  H.  Beth  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
B.S..  University  ol  Miami.  1965;  MA.  University  ol 
Rochester.  1969;  Ph.D.,  Case-Western  Reserve 
University,  1971 

Davidson,  John  A.  Professor,  Entomology.  B.A., 
Columbia  Union  College.  1955;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1957.  Ph.D.,  1960 

Davidson,  Marie  S.  Executive  Assistantto the  President, 
President's  Office  B.S.,  Dillard  University,  1959;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Davidson,  Nell  A.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961; 
M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1963;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Davidson,  Roger  H.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
A.B.,  University  of  Colorado,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University.  1963. 

Davis,  Allen  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering 
B.S..  University  of  Delaware.  1984;  M.S..  1986;  Ph.D.. 
1989. 

Davis,  Christopher  C.  Professor  and  Associate 
Chairman.  Electrical  Engineering.  B.A..  Cambridge 
University,  1965;  M.A..  1970;  Ph.D.,  Manchester 
University  (England),  1970. 

Davis,  Larry  S.  Professor,  Computer  Science;  Director, 
Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies.  B.  A  ,  Colgate 
University.  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Davis,  Shelley  G.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  A.B., 
New  York  University,  1957;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Davisson,  Lee  D.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.E.,  Pnnceton  University.  1958;  M.S.E.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1961;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Dawisha,  Karen  L.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
B.A.,  University  of  Lancaster,  1971;  PhD,  London 
School  of  Economics,  1975. 

Dayawansa,  Wijesuriya  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor.  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.Sc  ,  University  of  Peradeniya  (Sri  Lanka), 
1978;  M.Sc  ,  Clarkson  University,  1982;  D.Sc, 
Washington  University.  1986. 

Dayton,  C.  Mitchell.  Prolessor,  Measurement,  Statistics, 
and  Evaluation.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Dean,  Shirley  R.  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Design.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1958;  M.F.A..  American 
University.  1966. 


DeAyala,  Rafael  Jaime  Assistant  Professor, 
Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation  B.  A. ,  University 
ol  Connecticut  (Storrs),  1979;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas 
(Austin),  1987 

DeBarthe.  Jerry  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  Animal 
Sciences  B.S.,  Iowa  Stale  University,  1961;  PhD., 
1966 

DeClarls,  Nicholas  Prolessor,  Electrical  Engineering; 
Prolessor.  Department  ol  Epidimiology  and  Preventive 
Medicine.  B  S  .  Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
University.  1952;  S.M  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology,  1954;  Sc.D.,  1959. 

DeLio,  Thomas  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Music  B.M., 
New  England  Conservatory  of  Music,  1 972;  Ph.D. .  Brown 
University,  1979. 

Delias.  Harris  Assistant  Professor,  Economics  B.A., 
Athens  School  of  Business  &  Economics,  1980;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Rochester.  1985 

DeLorenzo,  William  E.  Associate  Professor.  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  B.A..  Montclair  State  College.  1959; 
MA.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1971. 

Demaitre,  Ann  Associate  Prolessor,  French  and  Italian. 
B.A.,  Columbia  University.  1950;  MA,  University  ol 
California  (Berkeley),  1951;  M.S..  Columbia  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1965. 

Demaree,  Constance  H.  Instructor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1944;  MA,  1945. 

Deming,  Grace  L.  Instructor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program.  B.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1972; 
M.S.,  1974. 

DeMonte,  Claudia  A.  Professor.  Art.  B.A.,  College  of 
Notre  Dame  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.F.A.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1971. 

Denman  III,  Daniel  W.  Manager,  Statistical  Services, 
Computer  Science  Center;  Instructor,  General  Honors 
Program  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1976;  M.A,  University 
of  Maryland.  1980. 

Denno,  Robert  F.  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Denny,  Don  W.  Professor,  Art  History.  B.A.,  University 
of  Florida.  1959;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

Dernoeden,  Peter  H.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy 
B.S..  Colorado  State  University,  1970;  M.S..  1976; 
Ph.D. .University  of  Rhode  Island.  1980. 

Deshler,  Waiter  W.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Geography.  B.S.. 
Lafayette  College.  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

DeShong, Philip  R.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Texas,  1971;  Sc.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1976. 

DeSilva,  Alan  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1954;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

Desmond,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Health 
Education.  B.A.,  The  University  ol  Toledo,  1982;  M.S.  & 
Ed.,  1984;  Ph.D.,  1988. 

Destler,  I.M.  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  B.A., 
Harvard  College.  1961;  M.P.A.,  Princeton  University. 
1965;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Destler,  William  W.  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Electrical 

Engineenng.  B.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  1 968; 

Ph  D.,  Cornell  University,  1972. 

Deuel,  Nancy  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Science. 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1979;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D., 

1985. 

Deuster,  Patricia  A.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Part- 
time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A.,  College 
of  William  and  Mary,  1971;  M.A..  1978;  Ph.D. .University 
of  Maryland,  1982. 

Devitt,  Michael  Professor.  Philosophy  B.A.,  University 
of  Sydney,  1965;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1970;  Ph.D.. 
1972. 


DeVoe,  Howard  J.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  A  B  . Obertin College,  1955;  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University,  1960 

Dick,  Richard  D.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Arizona  State  College,  1957;  M.S., 
Anzona  State  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Dlckerson,  Russell  R.  Associate  Prolessor. 
Meteorology  B.A..  University  ol  Chicago,  1975;  M.S., 
University  ol  Michigan,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980 

Dlener,  Theodor  O.  Distinguished  Prolessor,  Botany. 
Dipl.Sc  ,  Swiss  Federal  Institute  ol  Technology,  1946; 
Sc.D.,  1948. 

Dierklng,  Lynn  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  B.S.,  University  ol  Miami.  1978;  M.A.Ed., 
University  of  Florida.  1981.  PhD..  1987. 

Dies,  Robert  R.  Prolessor,  Psychology  B.S ,  Carroll 
College,  1962;  MA.  Bowling  Green  State  University. 
1964;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Connecticut.  1968 

Dieter,  George  E.  Dean,  College  of  Engineering; 
Prolessor,  Mechanical  Engineering  B.S  .  Drexel 
University.  1950;  Sc.D..  Carnegie-Mellon  University. 
1953. 

Dietz,  James  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology.  B.A., 
DePauw  University.  1 970;  M.S.,  Purdue  University.  1 973; 
Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1981 

Dietzer,  Gerald  F.  Associate  Prolessor,  Horticulture. 
B.S.,  State  University  ol  New  York  (Buffalo).  1966; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia.  1971. 

Diietz,  James  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology  B.A., 
DePauw  University,  1970;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1 973; 
Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University,  1981. 

Dillard,  Dudley  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Economics.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1935;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

Dimarzo,  Marino  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  Dr.  Ing.,  University  of  Naples  (Italy),  1976; 
Ph.D.,  Catholic  University,  1982. 

DiNenno,  Philip  J.  Lecturer,  part-time,  Fire  Protection 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1977 

Diner,  Hasia  R.  Professor.  Amencan  Studies.  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1968;  MAT.,  University  of 
Chicago.  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1975. 

Dingwall,  William  O.  Associate  Professor,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1957; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

DiPaolo,  Theresa  Academic  Advisor,  College  ol  Arts 
and  Humanities;  Instructor,  English.  B.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1979;  M.A.,  1982. 

DiPietro,  Carl  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1961; 
M.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1965. 

Dittmann,  Laura  L.  Professor  Ementa,  Human 
Development.  B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1938;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Dively,  Galen  P.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S. . 
Juniata  College.  1966;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  1974. 

Dobbins,  Sandra  N.  Faculty  Research  Assistant,  Special 
Education.  B.S.,  East  Carolina  University.  1976;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1986 

Dobin,  Howard  Associate  Professor  and  Associate 
Chair.  English.  B.A.,  Yale  University.  1974;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1982. 

Doerr,  John  A.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair. 
Poultry  Science.  B.A.,  North  Carolina  State  University, 
1968;  B.S.,  1972;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Doetsch,  Raymond  N.  Professor,  Emeritus, 
Microbiology  B.S. .  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1 942; 
M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1948 


244     Ephremides.  Anthony 


Doherty.  Lillian  E.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Classics  B  A  . 
St  Mary's  College.  1974;  MA.  University  ol  Chicago. 
1977;  Ph  D    1982 

Donaldson,  Bruce  K.  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  A.B,  Columbia  University.  1954:  B.S, 
1955;MS  .University olWichita.  1963; PhD  .University 
ol  Illinois  (Urbana).  1968. 

Donawerth,  Jane  L.  Associate  Professor.  English  B  A  . 
Miami  University.  1969;  M.A,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Donnelly,  Dlna  Lecturer,  Theatre.  B.A,  University  of 
Virginia.  1985.  MF  A,  1988. 

Doollng,  Robert  J.  Professor.  Psychology  B.S.. 
Creighton  University.  1967.  MS.,  St.  Louis  University, 
1969;  Ph.D..  1975 

Dorf  man,  J.  Robert  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy; 
Vice  President  lor  Academic  Affairs  and  Provost; 
Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
A.B,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961 

Dorsey.  John  W.  Professor,  Economics  B  S,  University 
of  Maryland.  1958;  Certificate.  London  School  of 
Economics  (England).  1959;  MA  .  Harvard  University. 
1962;  PhD.  1964. 

Dotson,  Charles  O.  Prolessor,  Kinesiology  B.A., 
Morehead  State  University.  1963;  M.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Douglass,  Larry  W.  Associate  Professor.  Animal 
Sciences.  B.S,  Purdue  University,  1964;  MS.,  1966, 
Ph.D..  Oregon  State  University.  1969 

Douglis,  Avron.  Professor  Emeritus.  Mathematics.  A.B, 
University  of  Chicago.  1938;  M.S.,  New  York  University. 
1946;  Ph.D..  1949 

Downey-Vanover,  Jeanne  M.  Instructor.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B.A.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1983; 
M.A,  University  of  Maryland.  1986. 

Dragt.  Alex  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  A.B, 
Calvin  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1963. 

Drake.  James  F.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy; 
Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology: 
Professor.  Laboratory  for  Plasma  and  Fusion  Energy 
Studies.  B.S,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1969;  MS,  1972,  Ph.D..  1975. 

Drazen,  Allen  Professor,  Economics  SB, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1972;  Ph.D., 
1976. 

Dreher,  M.  Jean  Associate  Professor,  Curnculum  and 
Instruction  B.A,  University  of  California  (Riverside). 
1970;  MA,  1976;  PhD,  1980. 

Dresner,  Martin  E.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.Comm,  University  of 
Toronto.  1979;  MBA,  York  University.  1980;  PhD, 
The  University  of  Bntish  Columbia.  1989. 

Drew,  H.  Dennis.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1962;  PhD,  Cornell 
University.  1968 

Drlskell,  David  C.  Professor.  Art  A.B,  Howard 
University,  1955;  MF  A,  The  Catholic  University  of 
Amenca,  1962:  Doctor  of  Fine  Arts.  Tougaloo  College, 
Doctors  of  Letters.  David  Payne  College, ;  Doctor  of  Fine 
Arts.  Bowdain  College,  Doctor  of  Fine  Arts.  Westbury 
College, 

Drogln,  Ellen  B.  Lecturer,  Recreation.  B.A,  Hood 
College.  1 982;  MA.  University  of  Maryland.  1 985.  Ph  S, 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1990 

Drost,  Uwe  Assistant  Professor.  School  of  Architecture 
Dipl.lng.  Arch  &  Urban  Design  .  Stuttgart  University. 
1986;  M  ARCH  II.  Syracuse  University.  1987 

Druker,  Sylvia  Lecturer,  Part  time.  Dance. 

Drum,  Barbara  A.  Instructor.  Kinesiology  B.S, 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1958;  M.A  ,  University  of 
Iowa,  1963 


Dubayah,  Ralph  Assistant  Professor,  Geography  B  A  , 
University  ol  California  (Berkeley),  1 982;  MA,  University 
of  California  (Santa  Barbara).  1985;  Ph.D.  1990 

Dudash,  Mlchele  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Botany  B  A  , 
Millersville  University,  1977;  PhD,  University  ol  Illinois 
at  Chicago,  1987 

Dudley,  James  Prolessor,  Education  Policy.  Planning, 
and  Administration.  B.A,  Southern  Illinois  University, 
1951.  M  S,  1957;  Ed.D,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1964 

Duffey,  Dick  Professor,  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S,  Purdue  University,  1939;  M  S  , 
University  of  Iowa.  1 940.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1956. 

Duffy,  John  Professor  Ementus.  History.  B.A,  Louisiana 
State  University,  1941;  MA,  1943;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1946. 

Duffy,  John  M.  Professor.  Classics  B.A,  Maynooth 
College  (Ireland),  1965;  MA,  National  University  of 
Ireland.  1967.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York 
(Buffalo).  1975 

Dunaway-Mariano,  Debra  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S,  Texas  A&M.  1973;  Ph.D.  1975. 

Duncan,  James  H.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S,  Brown  University.  1971;  M.A,  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1973;  PhD,  1979 

Dunn,  Robert  Ellis  Associate  Professor,  Dance  B.M  , 
New  England  Conservatory  of  Music,  1958;  MLS, 
Rutgers  University.  1966. 

DuPuy,  Karl  F.G.  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture;  Affiliate  Associate  Professor.  Urban  Studies 
B.A  ,  Dartmouth  College.  1964;  M.Arch,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1967;  M  Arch,  Delft  University  of 
Technology  (The  Netherlands).  1969. 

Durand,  Richard  M.  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A,  University  of  Florida.  1968; 
MBA,  1970;  PhD.  1975 

Durelli,  August  J.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S,  University  of  Buenes  Aires.  1932;  Ph.D.,  Catholic 
Unviersity  of  Paris.  1936. 

Dutta,  Sukanta  K.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Veterinary  Medicine.  B.Sc.  (Vet).  Bombay  University 
(India),  1956;  MS,  University  of  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D. 
1962. 

Dynerman,  Alan  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture.  B.A  .  Columbia  University.  1976.  M.ARCH. 
University  of  Virginia.  1981 . 

Earl,  James  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1953;  Ph.D.. 
1957 

Eastman,  Timothy  E.  Associate  Research  Scientist. 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.S, 
University  of  Minnesota.  1967;  MS,  University  of 
Colorado.  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alaska,  1979 

Ebert.  David  Research  Associate.  Matenals  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng  B.S,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  M  S  . 
Georgia  Tech.  1965;  Ph  D  .  1972 

Eckersley.  Michael  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing 
and  Design.  B.A,  Weber  State  College.  1978.  M  F  A  . 
Washington  University.  1980;  Ed  D  .  Ball  State  University. 
1985 

Eckstein,  Arthur  M.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A, 
UniversityofCalifomia(LosAngeles).  1966:  M.A,  1970; 
Ph  D,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1978 

Edelson,  Charles  B.  Associate  Professor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B.B.A,  University  of  New 
Mexico.  1949,  MB  A  .  Indiana  University.  1950 

Edelstein.  Stewart  L.  Associate  Dean,  College  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences;  Affiliate  Assistant 
Professor.  Education  Policy.  Planning,  and 
Administration;  Affiliate  Associate  Professor, 
Government  and  Politics  B  A  .  State  University  of  New 
York  (Buffalo).  1968;  M.A,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1973;  PhD.  1979 


Edgar,  Timothy  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Speech 
Communication  B.A,  Eastern  Illinois  University.  1979. 
M.A,  Purdue  University.  1982.  Ph  D  ,  1986 

Edmundson.  Harold  P.  Professor,  Computer  Science; 
Professor.  Mathematics  B  A  .  University  of  California, 
1946,  M.A,  1948;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Efrat,  Isaac  Associate  Prolessor,  Mathematics  B.Sc, 
Hebrew  University.  1979;  Ph.D.,  Courant  Institute.  New 
York  University.  1983 

Egel,  Andrew  L.  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education. 
B.A,  University  of  California,  1976;  M.A  ,  1977.  PhD  . 
1979 

Ehrlich.  Gertrude  Professor.  Mathematics  B  S  , 
Georgia  College.  1 943;  MA  .  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1945;  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee.  1953 

Eichhorn,  Bryan  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  A.B,  Rollins  College.  1963.  Ph  D  , 
Indiana  University.  1987. 

Eidson,  John  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Anthropology  B.A  , 
Duke  University.  1976;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1983. 

Einstein,  Theodore  L.  Prolessor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A,  Harvard  University.  1969;  M.A,  1969; 
PhD    University  of  Pennsylvania.  1973 

Elam,  Harry  J„  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Theatre  A.B. 
Harvard  University,  1 978;  PhD  .  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1983 

Eley,  George,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Curnculum  and 
Instruction.  B.S,  Ohio  State  University.  1952; 
M  Ed  .1957;  PhD,  1966. 

Eliot.  John  Professor.  Human  Development  A.B, 
Harvard  University.  1956;  A.M.T,  1958;  Ed  D.  Stanford 
University,  1966. 

Elkin,  Stephen  L.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics 
B.A  .  Alfred  University.  1961 ;  PhD,  Harvard  University. 
1969 

Elkins,  Wilson  H.  President  Emeritus  B.A,  University 
of  Texas,  1932;  M.A,  1932;  B.Litt,  Oxford  University, 
1936;  Ph.D.,  1936. 

Ellingson.  R.  G.  Professor,  Meteorology  B.S,  Florida 
State  University,  1967;  M.S..  1968;  Ph  D  .  1972 

Ellis,  Richard  F.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy;  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Computer. 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  B.S  .  Cornell 
University.  1 966;  M  A,  Princeton  University.  1968;  Ph  D  . 
1970 

Ellis,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics  A  B 
Miami  University  (Ohio).  1960:  PhD,  Duke  Unrversrry. 
1966 

Elllston.  Ronald  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Music  B.S. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1970.  M  S  .  1973 

Ellsworth.  Robert  W.  Visiting  Associate  Prolessor. 
Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S  .  Yale  University.  1960; 
PhD,  University  ol  Rochester.  1965. 

Elslng.  Evelyn  L.  Associate  Professor.  Music  B  Mus  , 
University  of  Michigan.  1970;  M  Mus  .  1971 

Emad,  Fawzl  P.  Prolessor  and  Associate  Chairman. 
Electncal  Engineenng  B.S.E.E  .  Amencan  University 
(Beirut).  1961.  MS,  Nortnwestem  University.  1963. 
PhD.  1966 

Ennls,  Catherine  D.  Assistant  Professor  Kinesiology 
B  S.  Lynchburg  College.  1975:M  S  .  University  of  North 
Carolina  -  Greensboro.  1977.  PhD  University  of 
Georgia.  1984 

Ensor.  Bruce  D.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  BA.  University  of  Maryland. 
1979.  MS  .  1982;  J.D,  Un.versity  of  Baltimore.  1985. 

Ephremides.  Anthony  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineenng.  Professor.  Systems  Research  Center  B  S  . 
National  Technical  University  of  Athens.  1967.  MA. 
1969.  Ph  D  .  Pnnceton  University   1971 


Folstrom,  Roger  J.    245 


Epstein,  Norman  B.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Development  B.A..  University  ot  Calllornia 
(Los  Angeles).  1969;  MA.  1970;  Ph.D.,  1974 

Erdman.  Richard  A.  Associate  Professor,  Animal 
Sciences  B.S  ,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1974.  M  S 
University  of  Kentucky,  1977;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Erekson,  Thomas  L.  Professor  and  Chair,  Industnal. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B.S.. 
Northern  Illinois  University,  1974;  M.Ed  ,  University  of 
Illinois,  1975;  Ed  D  ,  1979. 

Erlckson,  William  C.  Professor  Emeritus,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.A.,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1951;  MA  ,  1955;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Ernst,  John  A.  Lecturer,  Geography  B.S..  St.  Louis 
University.  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Maryland,  1987. 

Enivln,  Terry  L.  Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology  B.A., 
San  Jose  State  College.  1964;  MA,  1966;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Alberta,  1969 

Etherldge,  Jeflery  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.. 
MIT,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Etlln,  Richard  A.  Professor,  School  of  Architecture. 
A.B..  Princeton  University,  1969;  M.  Arch..  1972;  Ph.D.. 
1978. 

Ettenson,  Thomas  Richard  Associate  Professor, 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A..  Fairleigh 
Dickinson  University,  1978;  M.S..  Kansas  State 
University.  1981;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Eun,  Choel  S.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A. ,  Seoul  National  University,  1 968; 
M.A..  1971;  Ph.D..  New  York  University.  1981. 

Evans,  Emory  G.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Randolph- 
Macon  College,  1950;  MA.  University  of  Virginia,  1954; 
Ph.D.,  1957. 

Evans,  Lawrence  Craig  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Vanderbilt  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  1975 

Evans,  William  Assistant  Professor,  Economics  B.A., 
Wake  Forest.  1983;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1985;  Ph.D., 
1987. 

Eyler,  Marvin  H.  Professor  Emeritus.  Kinesiology;  Dean 
Emeritus,  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health.  A.B.,  Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1948;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Eyo,  Ekpo  Professor,  Art  History  B.A.,  Pembroke 
College.  Univ.  of  Cambndge  (England),  1963;  M.A.. 
1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ibadan  (Nigeria).  1974. 

Faber,  John  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Microbiology.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D..  1937 

Fablano,  Fablo  N.  Professor,  Housing  and  Design  B. 
Arch..  University  of  Rome  (Italy).  1958;  Dr.  Arch., 
University  of  Florence  (Italy).  1964;  M.I.D.,  Syracuse 
University.  1972. 

Fagan,  Sarah  M.  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A.,  University  of 
Hawaii.  1977;  M.A..  1979;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1985. 

Fahnestock,  Jeanne  Associate  Professor,  English; 
Director.  Professional  Writing  Program.  B.A.,  University 
of  Illinois.  1966;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1967;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  London.  1970. 

Fallla,  Mark  L.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Poultry 
Science;  Adjunct  Professor,  Part-time.  Human  Nutrition 
and  Food  Systems.  B.S.,  St.  Francis  College.  1970; 
M.S..  Indiana  University.  1975;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Fakhre-Zakeri,  Issa  Assistant  Professor, 
Mathematics. B.S..  University  of  Tehran  (Iran).  1972; 
M.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1979;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana-Champaign),  1984;  Ph.D., 
1987. 


Falclone,  Raymond  L.  Associate  Professor,  Speech 
Communication  B.A.,  University  ol  Akron.  1965;  M.A.. 
1967;  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University,  1972 

Falk,  David  S.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy; 
Assistant  Vice  President,  Academic  Affairs.  B  Eng.Phys  , 
Cornell  University,  1954. M.S. Harvard  University.  1955; 
Ph.D..  1959. 

Falk,  William  W.  Prolessor  and  Chair.  Sociology  B.A., 
North  Texas  State  University,  1969;  MA,  1970;  Ph.D., 
Texas  A  &  M  University,  1975. 

Faller,  Alan  J.  Research  Professor  Emeritus,  Institute 
tor  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1951.  M.S., 
1953;  D.Sc.  1957 

Faloutsos,  Chrlstos  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Science.  B.Sc. ,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens, 
1981;  M.Sc.  University  of  Toronto,  1982;  Ph.D..  1987. 

Falvey,  Daniel  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S.,  North  Dakota  State  University,  1983; 
PhD  ,  University  of  Illinois.  1988 

Falvo,  Giuseppe  Assistant  Professor.  French  and  Italian. 
B.A.,  Loyola  University.  1974;  M.A.,  Catholic  University, 
1979;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1985. 

Fanning,  Delvin  S.  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S,  Cornell 
University,  1954;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1964. 

Fanos,  Stavroula  A.  Associate  Professor,  Music;  B. 
Mus.Ed.,  Oberlin  College.  1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963;  Ed.D.,  1970. 

Farquhar,  James  D.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Art 
History.  B.A..  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1963; 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Farrell,  Richard  T.  Associate  Professor,  History; 
Associate  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A., 
Wabash  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Indiana  University.  1958; 
Ph.D..  1967. 

Farvardin,  Nariman  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced 
Computer  Studies.  B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1979;  M.S.,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Fasslnger,  Ruth  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.A..  State  University  of  New 
York  (Fredonia),  1973;  M.A.,  1978;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
University  (Columbus),  1984;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Fein,  Greta  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.  A., 
Queens  College,  1951;  M.S.,  Bank  Street  College  of 
Education,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1969. 

Felder,  Henry  Lecturer,  Afro-American  Studies.  B.S., 
Oakwood  College,  1984;  MA,  Stanford  University,  1975; 
Ph.D.,  1975. 

Feldman,  Robert  H.L.  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.A., 
City  University  of  New  York,  1964;  M.A., 
PennsylvaniaState  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University,  1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Felton,  Kenneth  E.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricultural 
Engineering.  B.S.  (Agriculture),  University  of  Maryland, 
1950;  B.S.  (Civil  Engr),  1951 ;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1962 

Fenster,  Charles  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.. 
Amherst  College.  1979;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
1988. 

Ferguson,  Alexander  D.  Adjunct  Professor, 
Entomology.  B.Sc,  Dalhousie  University.  1950;  MS  , 
Cornell  University.  1956;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Ferguson,  Marjorle  Ruth  Associate  Professor.  Radio, 
Television  and  Film.  B.Sc.  University  of  London.  1973; 
Ph.D..  1979. 

Ferrell,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.. 
1949;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University,  1952. 

Fetter,  Steve  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  SB,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
1981;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  1985;  Ph.D.,  1985. 


Fettus,  Sharon  Lecturer,  Pad-time.  School  ot  Public 
Affairs.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  Ph.D..  1989. 

Fey,  James  T.  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Curriculum; 
Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction  B.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1962  MA.,  1963;  PhD.  Columbia 
University,  1968 

Fink,  Beatrice  C.  Associate  Professor,  French  and 
Italian  B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1953;  MA.  Yale 
University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1966 

Fink,  Edward  Professor  and  Distinguished  Teacher- 
Scholar.  Speech  Communication  B.A  .  Columbia 
University,  1966;  MS,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1969;  Ph.D.,  1975 

Finkelstein,  Barbara  J.  Profesor.  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration;  Director.  Int'l  Center  for 
the  Study  of  Education  Policy  and  Human  Values.  B.A  . 
Barnard  College.  1959;  MA,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1970. 

Flnsterbusch,  Kurt  Associate  Professor,  Sociology 
B.A. .Princeton  University,  1 957;  B.D.,  Grace  Theological 
Seminary,  1960;  Ph  D.,  Columbia  University,  1969. 

Fischbach,  Gerald  Professor.  Music  B.F.A..  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1964;  MM,  University  of  Illinois.  1965; 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1972. 

Flschettl,  Michael  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A. A.,  Pace  University, 
1966;  M.B.A..  1969. 

Fisher,  Michael  E.  Wilson  H.  Elkins  Distinguished 
Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
&  Physics  &  Astronomy.  B.S.,  King's  College  (London), 
1951;  Ph.D..  1957. 

Fltzpatrick,  Patrick  M.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Rutgers  University,  1966;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Fivel,  Daniel  I.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B  A. .Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

Flack,  James  K.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B. A. , 
Albion  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Wayne  State  University, 
1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Flatter,  Charles  H.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development.  B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1961;  E.Ed., 
University  ofToledo,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1968. 

Fleck,  Jere  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  Ph.D..  University  of  Munich, 
1966. 

Fleltell,  Sandra  M.  Instructor,  Part-time,  Dance.  B.A., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Brockport),  1975;  M.A., 
University  of  Colorado.  1977. 

Fleming,  Leon  B.  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.S., 
East  Carolina  College.  1948;  M.Mus.WestminsterChoir 
College.  1950. 

Flleger,  Verlyn  B.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
George  Washington  University,  1955;  M.A.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Florian,  Lani  D.  Research  Associate.  Special  Education. 
B.S. .  Southern  Connecticut  State  University,  1 978;  M.S., 
1980;  Ph.D..  University  of  Connecticut.  1985. 

Flyger,  Vagn  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
Cornell  University,  1948;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1 952;  Sc.D. .  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1 956. 

Flynn,  Maureen  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin-Parkside.  1977;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin-Madison,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1985. 

Fogle,  David  P.  Associate  Professor.  School  of 
Architecture;  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Urban  Studies. 
A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1 951 ;  M.C.R.P..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1958 

Folstrom,  Roger  J.  Professor,  Music,  Professor. 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S. .  College  of  St.  Thomas. 
1956;  M.Ed..  1959;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University,  1962; 
Ph.D..  1967. 


246    Ginter,  Marshall  L. 


Fonaroft,  L.  Schuyler  Professor.  Geography  B  A  . 
University  of  Arizona,  1955;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1961. 

Forbes,  James  Associate  Professor.  Art  B  A  .University 
of  Maryland.  1964.  MA,  1966. 

Forseth,  Irwin  N.  Associate  Professor.  Botany  B.A., 
Hamline  University,  1976,  Ph.D..  University  ol  Utah, 
1982. 

Foster,  Phillips  W.  Professor,  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics  BS.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1956;  Ph.D..  1958 

Foster,  Valeria  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Music  B.S. .  Morgan 
State  University,  1977. 

Fourney,  William  L.  Professor  and  Chairman. 
Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.A.E..  West  Virginia 
University.  1962;M  S.,  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1966 

Foust,  Clifford  M.  Prolessor.  History  B.A  .  Syracuse 
University.  1949;  MA.  University  of  Chicago.  1951; 
Ph.D..  1959 

Fox,  Nathan  A.  Professor.  Human  Development  A.B.. 
Williams  College.  1970;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1975. 

Fraistat.  Nell  R.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  Connecticut,  1974;  MA,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1976;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Francescato.  Guido  Professor,  Housing  and  Design 
B.Arch..  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  M  Arch.,  1966. 

Franda,  Marcus  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
B.A.,  Deloit  College.;  MA.  University  of  Chicago,  1960; 
Ph.D..  1966. 

Franklin,  Alan  D.  Visiting  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  A.B.  Princeton  University.  1946;  Ph.D.. 
1949. 

Franklin,  Arley  Tom  Development  Officer.  College  of 
Education  B.S..  Southwest  Missouri  State  University. 
1959;  MA.,  George  Washington  University,  1978;  AGS, 
Columbia  University.  1981. 

Frederlksen,  Elke  P.  Associate  Prolessor,  Germanic 
and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  M.A.,  University 
of  Kiel  (Germany).  1962;  MA..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado.  1973. 

Freeman,  David  H.  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  BS,  University  of  Rochester,  1952;  M.S.. 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1954;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1957. 

Freeman,  Robert  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Haverford  College,  1951; 
M.A.,  Wesleyan  College.  1954;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland,  1964. 

Freldlln,  Mark  Professor.  Mathematics  MA.  Moscow 
State  University,  1959,  Ph.D.,  Steklov  Mathematical 
Institute,  1962;  Doctor,  Moscow  State  University,  1970 

Freimuth,  Vlckl  S.  Prolessor.  Speech  Communication 
B.S..  Eastern  Illinois  University.  1968;  MA.  University 
of  Iowa,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University,  1974 

Freivogel,  David  C.  Associate  Staff,  Accompanist. 
Dance  B.A.,  Washington  University  (St  Louis).  1958. 

Fretz,  Bruce  R.  Professor.  Psychology  B.A  ,  Gettysburg 
College.  1 961 .  M. A  .  Ohio  State  University.  1 963.  Ph.D.. 
1965 

Frey,  Jeffrey  Professor.  Electncal  Engineering  B  S  E  E  . 
Cornell  University,  1960;  Ma.Sc  ,  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1963,  PhD.  1965 

Frledel,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor,  History  A.B., 
Brown  University.  1971.  M  Sc..  University  of  London, 
1972;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1977 

Frleswyk,  Henry  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Geography  A.B., 
Clark  University,  1942. 


Fromovltz,  Stan  Associate  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.A.Sc,  University  of 
Toronto,  1960.  M  A  ,  1961;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University. 
1965 

Frosch-Schroder,  Joan  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Dance. 
B.F.A.,  California  Institute  ol  the  Arts,  1973;  MA. 
Columbia  University,  1976 

Fry,  Gladys-Marie  Professor,  English  B  A.,  Howard 
University,  1952;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University. 
1967 

Fu,  Michael  C.  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  SB.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1985;SM.,1985;S. M. Harvard  University. 
1986;  Ph.D.,  1989 

Fuja,  Thomas  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor.  Systems  Research 
Center.  BS  and  B.S.E.E..  University  of  Michigan,  1981 , 
ME.  Cornell  University.  1983;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Fulllnwider,  Robert  K.  Research  Scholar.  Institute  for 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy.  B.A  ,  University  ol 
Kentucky,  1964;  MA,  Purdue  University.  1967;  Ph.D.. 
1970. 

Furuta,  Richard  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.A.,  Reed  College.  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Oregon, 
1978;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington,  1986. 

Gabrlelll,  Julie  E.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  ol 
Architecture.  B.S. A..  University  of  Virginia.  1984;  M. 
Arch  ,  1987. 

Gaines,  Robert  N.  Associate  Professor.  Speech 
Communication.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Davis). 
1972;  M.A..  1975;  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa.  1982 

Gallman,  Vanessa  J.  Lecturer,  College  of  Journalism 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1976. 

Galston,  William  A.  Research  Scholar,  Institute  tor 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy;  Professor.  Public  Affairs 
B.A..  Cornell  University.  1967;  M.A..  University  of 
Chicago,  1969;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Gambrell,  Linda  B.  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  A. A.,  Anderson  College.  1962;  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.Ed.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Gammon,  R.  W.  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1961;  M.S.,  California  Instituted  Technology. 
1963;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967 

Gannon,  John  D.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  A.B  . 
Brown  University,  1970;  M.S..  1972;  PhD.  University  of 
Toronto.  1975. 

Gannon,  Martin  J.  Prolessor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.A..  University  of  Scranton,  1961;  Ph.D.. 
Columbia  University.  1969. 

Gantt,  Elisabeth  Professor,  Botany  B.A.,  Blackburn 
College.  1958;  M.S.,  Northwestern  University.  1960; 
Ph.D.,  1963 

Garber,  Daniel  L.  Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng. 
B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1952;  M.S..  1959. 
Ph.D. .1965. 

Gardner,  Albert  H.  Associate  Prolessor,  Human 
Development.  B.S.,  State  University  ol  New  York 
(Cortland).  1958,M.A..SyracuseUniversity.  1964; Ph  D 
1967 

Gardner,  Amy  E.  Instructor.  School  of  Architecture 
B.Sc,  University  of  Virginia.  1981.  MARCH  .  1985 

Gardner,  Bruce  L.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  BS.  University  of  Illinois.  1964;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Chicago.  1968 

Gardner,  Leland  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  of 
BusinessandManagement  B  S,  University  of  Maryland, 
1970;  MB  A.  1976 

Garllck,  Karen  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services  B.A.  Catholic  University. 
1974;  MA..  1980;  MS  .  George  Washington  University. 
1984 


Garvey,  Evelyn  F.  Prolessor,  Music  BS,  Temple 
University.  1943.  MM  .  University  of  Rochester.  1946 

Gasarch,  William  Assistant  Prolessor,  Computer 
Science  B  S  SUNY(StonyBrook),  1980.M  S  Harvard 
University,  1982:  PhD.  1985 

Gasner.  Larry  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemical 
Engineering  BS.  University  of  Minnesota,  1965;  M.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1967,  Ph.D., 
1971 

Gass,  Saul  I.  Prolessor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.A,  Boston  University.  1 949;  M  A  .  1 949, 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Calilornia  (Berkeley).  1965. 

Gast,  Linda  K.  Director,  Career  Development  Center. 
Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B.A..  Indiana  University.  1974; 
M.S..  Purdue  University.  1978;  Ph.D..  1981 

Gates,  S.  James  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B  S  MassachusettslnstituteofTechnology.  1973;  PhD., 
1977 

Gaylln,  Ned  L.  Professor,  Family  and  Community 
Development.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  1956,  MA, 
1961;  Ph.D.,  1965 

Gelman,  Ellen  P.  Associate  Prolessor,  Art.  A.B., 
Brandeis  University.  1961 :  M  FA.  Columbia  University, 
1964 

Gelso.  Charles  J.  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.S.. 
Bloomsburg  State  College.  1963;  MS  .  Flonda  State 
University.  1964;  Ph  D..  Ohio  State  University,  1970 

Gentry.  James  W.  Professor.  Chemical  Engineenng 
BS.  Oklahoma  State  University.  1961 ;  MS  .  University 
of  Birmingham,  1963:  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1969 

Gentzler,  Yvonne  S.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Industnal. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B  A  . 
Geneva  College.  1975;  B.S..  Messiah  College.  1977. 
M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1982;  Ph  D.. 
1986. 

Geraniotis,  Evaggelos  Associate  Prolessor.  Electncal 
Engineering;  Associate  Prolessor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S.,  National  Tech  University  of  Athens, 
1978;M  S  ,  University  of  Illinois.  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Gerlt,  John  A.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1969;  A.M..  PhD., 
Harvard  University.  1974. 

Gessow,  Alfred  Prolessor,  Aerospace  Engineenng 
B.C.E.,  City  College  of  New  York.  1943;  M  S  .New  York 
University,  1944 

Gibson,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor.  Music  B  M  . 
University  of  Miami.  1972;  MM.  Catholic  University. 
1975;  DMA.  University  of  Maryland.  1980 

Glffln,  Donald  W.  Associate  Professor.  History.  Assistant 
Dean.  College  ol  Arts  and  Humanities  B  A  University 
of  California.  1950;  MA.  Vanderbilt  University.  1956: 
Ph.D..  1962. 

Gilbert.  Glen  G.  Professor  and  Chairperson.  Hearth 
Education.  B.S..  University  ot  Oregon.  1968;  MS  .  1971 . 
Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University.  1975 

Gilbert.  James  B.  Prolessor.  History  B  A  Carieton 
College.  1961.  MA.  University  ol  Wisconsin  1963. 
PhD.  1966 

Gill.  Douglas  E.  Professor.  Zoology  B  S  .  Manefta 
College,  1965;  M  A  .University  of  Michigan.  1967.  Ph  D  . 
1971. 

Gillespie,  Pattl  P.  Prolessor.  Theatre  BS..  University 
ot  Kentucky.  1958.  MA.  Western  Kentucky  University. 
1962.  Sp  Ed  .  1964;  Ph  D  .  Indiana  University.  1970 

Gillian.  Lonnle  Ray  Assistant  to  the  President  B  S  . 
Ohio  State  University.  1970.  MA    .  1971 

Ginter,  Marshall  L.  Prolessor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  A  B  .  Chico  Slate  College. 
1958;  Ph  D  .  Vanderbilt  University.  1961 


Greenspan,  Patricia    247 


Glpt,  C.  L.  Terry  Associate  Prolessor,  Housing  and 
Design  B.S..  Cornell  University,  1967;  M  Arch  .  Yale 
University.  1971. 

Glad,  John  Associate  Professor.  Russian  Language 
and  Literature  BA.  Indiana  University.  1962,  MA 
1964.  Ph.D.,  New  York  University.  1970 

Glass,  James  M.  Professor.  Government  and  Politics 
BA.  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1961.  MA 

1964.  Ph.D..  1970 

Glaz.  Harland  M.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
BA.  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1971,  MA  .  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1975;  PhD.,  1977 

Glendenlng.  Parrls  N.  Associate  Prolessor,  Government 
and  Politics  B  A  ,  Flonda  State  University.  1964.  M  A 

1965.  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Glenn.  Donald  S.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Kentucky.  1976;  Ph.D..  1980 

Gllck,  Arnold  J.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn).  1955; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Gligor.  Virgil  D.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering  B.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1972;  MS..  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Gloeckler,  George  Professor,  Physics  &  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Chicago,  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

Glover,  Rolfe  E.,  III.  Professor  Emeritus.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  A.B..  Bowdoin  College,  1948;  B.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1948;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Goettingen  (Germany).  1953. 

Gluckstern,  Robert  L.  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  BEE.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City 
College),  1944;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1948. 

Goerlng,  Jacob  D.  Professor  Emeritus.  Human 
Development.  B.A..  Bethel  College,  1941;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Gold,  Robert  S.  Professor,  Health  Education.  A.S., 
Orange  County  Comm  .  1967;  B.S.,  State  University  of 
New  York  (Brockport),  1969;  M.S.,  State  University  of 
New  York,  1971;  PhD  ,  University  of  Oregon,  1976;  Dr. 
Ph.H.,  University  of  Texas,  1980. 

Goldberg,  Andrew  P.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Part- 
time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A.,  Clark 
University,  1965;  M.D.,  State  University  of  New  York, 
1969. 

Goldberg,  Frederick  B.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1972;  J.D.,  John  Marshall  Law  School.  1976. 

Goldberg,  Seymour  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B, 
Hunter  College.  1 950;  MA,  Ohio  State  University,  1 952; 
Ph.D..  UCLA..  1958. 

Golden,  Bruce  L.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1972; 
S.M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Goldenbaum.  George  C.  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  Muhlenberg  College,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Goldhaber,  Jacob  K.  Professor,  Mathematics;  Acting 
Dean,  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  B.A.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1944;  M.A., 
Harvard  University,  1945;  Ph.D. .University  of  Wisconsin, 
1950. 

Goldhar,  Julius  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1971;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Goldman,  Harvey  Associate  Professor.  Education 
Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration.  B.A..  University  of 
Rhode  Island,  1 960;  M.A. .  John  Carroll  University,  1 962; 
Ed.D.,  Michigan  State  University.  1966. 

Goldman,  William  M.  Professor,  Mathematics; 
Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies. 


A.B.,  Princeton  University.  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1980 

Goldsman,  Nell  Assistant  Prolessor,  Electrical 
Engineering  B  A  .Cornell University,  1981  ;MEE,  1983; 
Ph.D..  1988 

Goldsmith.  Daena  Assistant  Professor,  Speech 
Communication  B.S.,  Lewis  and  Clark  College.  1986, 
MA.  University  ol  Washington.  1988.  Ph.D  .  1990 

Goldstein,  Irwin  L.  Professor  and  Chair.  Psychology 
B.B.A..  City  University  ol  New  York  (Cily  College).  1959; 
MA.  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964 

Gollub,  Lewis  R.  Professor.  Psychology.  A.B. ,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1955;Ph  D  ,  Harvard  University,  1958 

Gomery,  J.  Douglas  Prolessor.  Radio,  Television  and 
Film.  B.S..  Lehigh  University.  1967;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison).  1970;  Ph.D..  1975 

Gonzalez,  Nancie  L.  Professor,  Anthropology; 
Professor,  Affiliate.  Sociology.  B.S.,  University  of  North 
Dakota,  1951;  M.A. .University  of  Michigan.  1955;  Ph. D  . 
1959. 

Good,  Richard  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Ashland  College,  1939;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1940;  Ph.D.,  1945. 

Goode.  M.  Dennis  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S., 
University  of  Kansas.  1 963;  Ph. D.  Iowa  State  University, 
1967. 

Goodings,  Deborah  J.  Associate  Profssor,  Civil 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Toronto,  1975;  Ph.D., 
Cambridge  University,  1979. 

Goodman,  Jordan  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D., 
1978. 

Goodrich,  Charles  C.  Associate  Research  Scientist, 
Physics  and  Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1972.  Ph.D., 
1978. 

Goodwyn,  Frank  Professor  Emeritus,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  BA,  College  of  Arts  and  Industries.  1939; 
M.A..  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1946. 

Gordon,  Donald  C.  Professor  Emeritus,  History.  B.A., 
College  of  William  and  Mary,  1934;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

Gordon,  Glen  E.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry; 
Acting  Director,  Water  Resources  Research  Center. 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1960. 

Gordon,  Lawrence  A.  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  State  University  of  New  York 
(Albany),  1966;  M.B.A.,  1967;  Ph.D..  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1973 

Gordon-Salant,  Sandra  M.  Associate  Professor, 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  State  University  of 
New  York  (Albany),  1 974;  M.  A.,  Northwestern  University, 
1976;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Gore,  Jayavant  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  BE.,  University  of  Poona,  1978;  M.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1982;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Gorrell,  Paul  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Linguistics 
Department.  B. A. .University  of  Connecticut,  1982;  MA., 
1983;  Ph.D.,  1987 

Gottfredson,  Denise  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Institute 
of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  Fairleigh 
Dickinson  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1980. 

Gouin,  Francis  R.  Professor  and  Acting  Chair, 
Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1962; 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Goward,  Samuel  N.  Associate  Professor,  Geography 
B.A..  Boston  University.  1967;  M.A. ,1974;  Ph.D. .Indiana 
State  University.  1979. 

Gowen,  Bradford  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.M., 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  1968;  M.M.,  1969. 


Grabls-Bunker.  Jackie  M.  Lecturer,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction,  Coordinator,  Charles  County  Education 
Center  B  S.,  Frostburg,  1971;  M.Ed.,  George 
Washington  University,  1981 

Graeber,  Anna  O.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  B.S..  State  University  (Buffalo).  1964;  M.S., 
Indiana  State  University.  1965,  Ed  D,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  1974 

Graham,  Steven  Associate  Prolessor,  Special 
Education.  B.A..  Valdosta  State  College,  1972;  M.S., 
1975,  Ed.D..  University  of  Kansas,  1978. 

Granatsteln,  Victor  L.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineenng; 
Director,  Lab  for  Plasma  Research.  B.S.,  Columbia 
University.  1960;  M.S..  1961;  Ph.D..  1963 

Grant,  Lee  P.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural 
Engineering,  Affiliate  Associate  Professor.  Industrial, 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1962;  MS.  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Grant-Davie,  Keith  A.  Assistant  Professor.  English  BA. 
University  of  Exeter  (England),  1 979;  MA..  University  of 
California  (San  Diego),  1980;  C  Phil  ,  1983;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (San  Diego).  1985 

Graves,  William  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  University.  1981;  M.S..  1984;  Ph.D.. 
Purdue  University,  1988. 

Gray,  Alfred  Professor.  Mathematics  B.A.,  University 
of  Kansas,  1960;  M.A..  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1964. 

Grebogl,  Celso  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Associate  Professor, 
Mathematics;  Associate  Professor,  Laboratory  for 
Plasma  Research  B.S.,  Federal  University  of  Brazil, 
1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Green,  Harry  B.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Human 
Development  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1959;  M.Ed.. 
&,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Green,  Paul  S.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Cornell 
University,  1959;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University.  1964. 

Green,  Rebecca  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  A.B.  Harvard  University,  1 973; 
MLS,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  M.A,  Universityof 
California  at  Berkeley,  1982;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1989. 

Green,  Robert  L.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agricultural 
Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia.  1934; 
M.S.,  State  College  of  Iowa,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University.  1953. 

Greenberg,  Jerrold  S.  Professor,  Health  Education. 
B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1964;  M.S.  ,1965;  Ed.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1969. 

Greenberg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor, 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.S.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1951;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D..  Case-Western 
Reserve  University.  1960. 

Greenberg,  Leon  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1953;  M.A..  Yale 
University,  1955;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Greenberg,  Oscar  W.  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S.,  Rutgers  The  State  University,  1952; 
A.M..  Princeton  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Greenberg,  Ronald  I.  Assistant  Professor,  Electncal 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced 
Computer  Studies.  A.B.,  Washington  University.  1983; 
B.S.,  1983;  M.S.,  1983;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1989. 

Greene,  Richard  L.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy; 
Director,  Center  for  Superconductivity.  B.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  Ph.D.. 
Stanford  University,  1967. 

Greenspan,  Patricia  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B., 
Columbia  University.  1966;  A.M..  Harvard  University, 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 


248    Hanson,  James 


Greer,  Sandra  C.  Professor  and  Chair,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S.,  Furman  University,  1966;  MS, 
University  of  Chicago.  1968;  Ph.D..  1969 

Greer,  Thomas  V.  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  B.A,  University  of  Texas.  1953;  MBA. 
Ohio  State  University.  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas. 
1964. 

Grlem,  Hans  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  Bach  , 
Max  Planck  Schule.  1949.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kiel. 
1954 

Grlflln,  James  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S,  Villanova  College,  1952. MS  .Pnnceton University. 
1955;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Griffith.  Robert  Prolessor.  History;  Dean.  College  of 
Arts  and  Humanities  B.A,  DePauw  University.  1962: 
MA.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Grillakls.  Manoussos  Assistant  Professor. 
Mathematics  B.A..  National  Technical  University. 
Athens.  Greece.  1981;  MA.  Brown  University.  1983; 
Ph.D..  1986 

Grim,  Samuel  O.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S. .  Franklin  and  Marshall  College.  1 956; 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1960. 

Grimm,  Curtis  M.  Associate  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1975;  MA.  University  of  California,  1980; 
PhD.  1983 

Grlmshaw,  Scott  D.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.S..  Southern  Utah  State 
College.  1983;  MS,  Texas  A&M  University.  1985;  Ph.D., 
1989 

Grimsted.  David  A.  Associate  Professor.  History  A.B.. 
Harvard  University.  1957:  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D  .  1963 

Gromov,  Mikhael  Professor,  Malhematics.  M.A, 
University  of  Leningrad.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Gross,  Kenneth  C.  Ad|unct  Associate  Professor. 
Horticulture  B.S ,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1976; 
M.S..  1978;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University, 
1981. 

Grossman,  Marshall  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
State  University  of  New  York,  Bmghamton.  1965;  M.A., 
Brooklyn  College.  1973;  Ph.D..  New  York  University. 
1977 

Grove.  Karsten  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  Cand  Scient, 
University  of  Aarhus,  1971.  Lie  Scient..  1974 

Grover,  Glrlsh  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Texliles  and 
Consumer  Economics  B  Textiles.  Bombay  University 
(New  Delhi),  1982:  MS. .North  Carolina  State  University, 
1984;  Ph.D..  1989. 

Groves.  Paul  A.  Associate  Prolessor,  Geography  B.S  . 
UnrversityofLondon.  1956;M.A  .University  of  Maryland. 
1960.  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1969 

Grunlg.  James  E.  Professor.  College  of  Journalism 
B.S,  Iowa  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1966:  Ph  D,  1968 

Grunlg,  Larissa  A.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Journalism  B.A..  North  Dakota  State  University.  1967; 
MA.  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  Ph  D  ,  1985. 

Grybauskas,  Arvydas  P.  Associate  Professor.  Botany 
B  S  .  University  ol  Illinois  (Urbana).  1976,  M  S  .  1977; 
Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University.  1983 

Guenther.  Patricia  M.  Adiunct  Assistant  Professor,  Part- 
time.  Human  Nutntion  and  Food  Systems  B.S..  Case 
Western  Reserve  University.  1970;  M.S.,  1971;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Maryland,  1984 

Gulggin,  John  C.  Visiting  Associate  Professor. 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  B.A  .  Australian 
National  University.  1978,  B  S  .  1980;  M  S  .  1983  Ph  D  . 
University  of  New  England.  1987 

Gulick.  Sidney  L.,  Ill  Professor,  Mathematics  B.A  . 
Oberim  College.  1958.  MA  .  Yale  University.  1960. 
PhD.  1963 


Gulllckson.  Gay  L.  Associate  Professor,  History  B.A.. 
Pomona  College.  1965;  B.D.,  Yale  University  Divinity 
School.  1968;  S.T.M,  1970;  Ph.D  ,  University  of  North 
Carolina  (Chapel  Hill).  1978 

Gupta,  Anil  K.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  ot  Business 
and  Management  B.  of  Tech  .  Indian  Institute 
ofTechnology.  1970;  DBA,  Harvard  Business  School, 
1980 

Gupta.  Ashwanl  K.  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  Sc,Pan|ab  University  (India).  1966.  MSc,  University 
of  Southampton  (England).  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Sheffield,  1973;  D  Sc,  University  of  Southampton 
(England).  1986 

Gurevltch.  Michael  Professor.  College  of  Journalism 
B.A..  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem.  1953;  MA, 
University  of  Chicago.  1958;  Ph.D.,  MIT.  1961. 

Gurney.  Gerald  S.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor, 
Kinesiology  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1973;  M.A, 
1976;  Ph.D..  Iowa  Slate  University.  1980. 

Gurr,  Ted  Robert  Professor,  Government  and  Politics 
B.A,  Reed  College.  1957;  Ph.D..  New  York  University. 
1965. 

Guthrie,  John  T.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction, 
Director  of  Center  for  Educational  Research  & 
Development.  College  of  Education.  B.A,  Earlham 
College.  1964;  MA.  University  ol  Illinois,  1966;  Ph.D.. 
1968. 

Guzzo,  Richard  A.  Associate  Prolessor,  Psychology 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University.  1974.  MA,  Yale  University, 
1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Gwadze,  Robert  W.  Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology. 
B.S,  University  ol  Notre  Dame,  1962;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Hacklander.  Effle  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota. 
1962;  M.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
1973. 

Hadley.  Nicholas  J.  Associate  Professor,  Physics.  B.S, 
Yale  University.  1976;  MA  .  University  of  California. 
Berkeley.  1978;  Ph.D..  1983 

Hafez,  Yousef  Associate  Professor  (UMES),  Nutritional 
Sciences  Program  B.S..  University  of  Cairo.  1964; 
M.S.,  University  ol  Kentucky.  1972;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  at  Davis.  1975 

Hagar,  Jr.,  Hamilton  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S  ,  USAF  Academy,  1963;  M.S.. 
University  of  Houston.  1 970;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas, 
1973. 

Hagberg,  James  M.  Associate  Professor,  Kinesiology; 
Associate  Director,  Center  on  Aging  B.S,  Carthage 
College,  1 972;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison). 
1974;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Hage.  Jerald  Professor.  Sociology  B.B.A..  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1955;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1963 

Hage,  Madeleine  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and 
Italian  CAPET..  Ecole  Normale  Supeneur  de 
I'Enseignement  Technique,  1 955;  Agregation  (English), 
University  of  Pans.  Sorbonne.  1965,  Doctorat  de 
Troisieme  Cycle.  University  ol  Nancy  (France).  1973 

Haghanl,  All  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering 
B.S  .  Shiraz  University.  1976;  M  S,  Northwestern 
University.  1982;  Ph.D..  1986 

Haldemann,  Paul  R.  Engineering  Physicist.  Electncal 
Engmeenng  B.S.  University  ol  Maryland.  1959.  MS. 
1964 

Haley.  A.  James  Professor  Ementus.  Zoology  B  S  . 
University  ol  New  Hampshire.  1949;  MS  .  1950:  Sc.D. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955 

Hallassos.  Michael  Assistant  Professor.  Economics 
B  A  University  Of  Cambridge  (UK  ).  1981.  M  A  „  1986. 
Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1987 

Hall.  William  S.  Professor.  Psychology  A  B.  Roosevelt 
University  (Chicago).  1957;  Ph  D  UniversityofChlcago. 
1968 


Hallett.  Judith  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  Classics  A  B 
Wellesley  College.  1 966;  AM  .  Harvard  University.  1967. 
Ph.D.,  1971 

Halllrlsch,  Judith  Ad|unct  Assistant  Prolessor  Part- 
time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B.A,  Indiana 
University.  1965;  M.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1978; 
Ph.D..  1982 

Haltiwanger,  John  Professor.  Economics  Sc.B,  Brown 
University  1977.  Ph  D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1981 

Hamby.  Trudy  M.  Associate  Research  Scholar,  Human 
Development  B.A  .  Eastern  Washington  College.  1943; 
M.Ed  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D..  1966 

Hamed,  Safel  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture  B.S, 
Cairo  University.  1968;  M.L.A..  University  ol  Georgia. 
1973;  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  State 
University  .  1988 

Hamilton.  Arthur  B.  Associale  Professor  Emeritus. 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  B.S,  University 
of  Maryland.  1929,  MS  ,  1931 

Hamilton,  David  H.  Professor.  Mathematics    B.Sc, 

Tasmania  University,  1 977:  MSc,  University  of  London. 
1978;  PhD,  1980. 

Hamilton,  Donna  B.  Associate  Professor.  English. 
College  of  Arts  and  Humanities. les.  Research  &  Creative 
Act  B.A,  Saint  Olaf  College.  1963;  Ph.D,  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1968 

Hamilton,  Douglas  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy;  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  lor  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  A  B  ,  University  of  Kansas, 
1969;  S.M,  University  of  Chicago.  1971;  Ph.D.  1977 

Hamilton,  Gary  D.  Associate  Professor,  English  B.A, 
Saint  Olaf  College.  1 962;  M.A,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1965;  Ph.D  ,  1968 

Hamilton,  V.  Lee  Associate  Professor.  Sociology  B.A, 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1970;  Ph.D,  Harvard 
University.  1975. 

Hammond.  Eugene  R.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting 
Chair,  English  B.A,  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1969: 
B.A  .  Oxford  University.  1973;  Ph.D,  Yale  University. 
1977 

Hamosh,  Margit  Adjunct  Professor.  Part-time.  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  M.Sc,  Hebrew  University. 
1956;  Ph.D,  1959 

Hancock,  Linard W.  Instructor.  Kinesiology  B.S, State 
University  of  NY,  Brockport.  1977;  M.A,  University  of 
Maryland.  1987 

Handelman.  Susan  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A, 
Smith  College.  1 97 1 ,  M .  A,  State  University  ol  New  York 
(Buffalo).  1977;  Ph.D,  1979 

Hanges.  Paul  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology  B  A  . 
New  York  University.  1980;  MA  .  University  ol  Akron. 
1984;  Ph.D,  1987 

Hanna,  Judith  L.  Senior  Faculty  Research  Associate 
Family  and  Community  Development  B.A,  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1958:  M  A  .  Michigan  State 
University,  1962:  M.A,  Columbia  University  1975.  Ph  D 
1976 

Hanna,  William  J.  Professor.  Family  and  Community 
Development  .B.S  .University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1957:  M.A  .  1960.  Ph.D  .  1962 

Hansen,  Barbara  Adjunct  Professor.  Part-time.  Human 
NutntionandFoodSystemsBS  University  ot  California. 
1964;  MS.  1965;  Ph  D  .  University  ot  Washington. 
1971. 

Hansen,  J.  Norman  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  BA.  Drake  University.  1964.  PhD. 
University  ol  California  (Los  Angeles).  1968 

Hanson,  James  Farm  Management  Specialist, 
Agncultural  and  Resource  Economics  B  S  .  University 
of  Maryland,  1972;  M  Sc,  University  of  Minnesota.  St 
Paul.  1974.  M  Sc.  University  of  Maryland.  1978:  PhD  . 
1983 


Herndon,  James  W.    249 


Hao,  Oliver  J.  Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineering 
BS.  Cheng  Kung  University,  Taiwan,  1980,  M.S., 
Colorado  State  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  University  ot 
California  (Berkeley).  1982 

Hardle.  Ian  W.  Associate  Protessor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics  BS.  University  ot  California 
(Davis),  1960.  PhD  .  University  ot  California  (Berkeley), 
1965 

Harding,  David  J.  Assistant  Research  Scientist. 
Geology  B  A  .  Cornell  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1988 

Hardy,  Kendrall  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  BS..  University  of  Baltimore. 
1968.  JD.  1972. 

Hardy,  Robert  C.  Professor  and  Director,  Human 
Development.  B  S.Ed..  Bucknell  University,  1961; 
M.S.Ed  .  Indiana  University.  1964,  Ed.D  ,  1969. 

Harger.  Robert  0.  Professor.  Electncal  Engineering 
B.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1955.  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1961 

Hargrove,  June  E.  Associate  Professor.  Art  History 
B.A..  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1968;  M.A.. 
New  York  University.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Harhalakis.  George  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng,  Associate  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S..  National  Technical  University  of  Athens 
(Greece).  1971;  M.S.,  Univ.  of  Manchester  Inst,  of  Sci. 
&  Tech.(England),  1981;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Harlan,  Louis  R.  Distinguished  Professor,  History.  B.A., 
Emory  University,  1943;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1948;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955. 

Harley,  Sharon  Associate  Professor,  Afro-American 
Studies.  B.A..  St.  Mary  of  The  Woods  College,  1970; 
M.A.,  Antioch  College,  1971 ;  Ph.D..  Howard  University. 
1978. 

Harper,  Glenn  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.S., 
Purdue  University,  1958;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Harper,  Robert  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Geography. 
Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago.  1946;  B.S.,  1947;  M.S., 
1948;  Ph.D..  1950. 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.S.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1 961 ;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1 964;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Harris,  Curtis  C.  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  University 
of  Flonda.  1956;  M.A..  Harvard  University,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

Harris,  James  F.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.S., 
Loyola  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Harris,  Karen  R.  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education. 
B.A.,  University  of  Northern  Colorado,  1974;  M.A., 
University  of  Nebraska,  1978;  Ed.D,  Auburn  University, 
1981. 

Harris,  Wesley  L.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agricultural 
Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1953; 
M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1969. 

Harrison,  Floyd  P.  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomology. 
B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University.  1951;  M.S..  1953; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1955. 

Harrison,  Horace  V.  Professor  Emeritus,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A. ,  Trinity  University  (Texas),  1 932;  M.A. , 
University  of  Texas,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Harry,  Grace  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education. 
B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1967;  M.Ed.,  1973. 

Harry-Belcher,  Beth  Assistant  Professor,  Special 
Education,  B.A..  University  of  Toronto,  1967;  M.Ed.. 
1973;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1988. 

Harter,  Philip  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  A.B.,  Kenyon  College.  1964;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan.  1966;  J. D..  1969. 


Hartsock,  Thomas  G.  Associate  Prolessor.  Animal 
Sciences  BS,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1968. 
MS.  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974 

Harwood, William  S.  Undergraduate  Program 
Coordinator,  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  BS. 
University  of  Massachusetts  (Amherst),  1980;  Ph.D.. 
Purdue  University.  1986 

Haslach,  Henry  W.,  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B  S  .TnnityCollege.  1964;  MS  .University 
of  Chicago.  1965.  MS,  University  ot  Wisconsin.  1979; 
Ph.D.,  1979 

Haslem,  John  A.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  A.B.,  Duke  University.  1956;  MBA  , 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1961 ;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Hassam,  Adll  B.  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  SB/SM.  MIT,  1974,  M.A.,  Princeton 
University,  1976;  Ph.D  ,  1978 

Hatfield.  Bradley  D.  Associate  Professor.  Kinesiology 
B  P  E  .  University  of  New  Brunswick,  1975;  B.A.,  1975; 
M.S.. Pennsylvania  State  University.  1976;  PhD,  1982 

Haulier,  Virginia  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1979; 
M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1985;  Ph.D..  1990. 

Hauser,  Michael  G.  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  Astronomy  Program.  BS,  Cornell  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology  and 
Physics,  1967. 

Hawkins,  William  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1967;  S.M., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1971. 

Head, Emerson  W.  Professor,  Music  B.Mus..  University 
of  Michigan.  1957;  M.Mus..  1961;  DMA.,  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1980 

Heald,  Felix  P.  Adjunct  Professor,  Part-time,  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A..  Colorado  College. 
1943;  M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946. 

Healy,  William  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  BS, 
University  of  Minnesota,  1977;M.S..  1980;Ph.D.,  1982. 

Heath,  James  L.  Professor.  Poultry  Science.  B.S.. 
Louisiana  State  University.  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Hebeler,  Jean  R.  Professor.  Special  Education.  B.S.. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1953;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1956;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1960. 

Hebert,  Mitchell  Patrick  Assistant  Professor,  Theatre. 
B.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1980;  M. FA. .University 
of  Washington,  1983. 

Heckman,  Timothy  M.  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington 
(Seattle),  1978. 

Hedman,  Susan  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  B.A.,  Ripon  College,  1978;  M.A.,  LaFollette  Inst. 
Public  Policy  &  Admin.  UWisconsm,  1979;  J.D.,  School 
of  Law,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1987;  Ph.D.,  Institute 
for  Environmental  Studies,  U-Wisconsin,  1989. 

Held,  Camilla  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1973;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D..  1985. 

Heidelbach,  Ruth  A.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum 
and  Instruction.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Florida,  1957;  Ed.D.,  Teachers 
College.  Columbia  University,  1967. 

Heifetz,  Daniel  Professor,  Music.  Artist  Diploma,  Curtis 
Institute  of  Music,  1971. 

Hellprin,  Laurence  B.  Professor  Emeritus,  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services.  B.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1928;  M.A..  1931;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1941. 

Helm,  Norman  M.  Professor,  Music.  B.M.Ed.,  University 
of  Evansville.  1951;  M.Mus..  University  of  Rochester, 
1952;  DMA..  1962. 


Helmerdlnger,  John  Daniel  Lecturer,  Part-time. 
Aerospace  Engineering  B.S.C..  Princeton.  1981;  S.M., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1984;  Ph.D.. 
1988 

Helns,  Maurice  H.  Protessor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 
A  B.  Harvard  University.  1937;  AM.  1939;  PhD  .  1940; 
AM  .  Brown  University,  1947 

Helsler,  Martin  O.  Associate  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics  B  A  .University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1960,  M.A..  1962,  Ph  D  ,  1969 

Hellman,  John  L.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  MS,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
1975 

Helm.  Eugene  E.  Professor.  Music.  B.Mu.Ed  . 
Southeastern  Louisiana  College,  1950;  M.Mu.Ed., 
Louisiana  State  University.  1955;  Ph.D.  North  Texas 
State  Unlver,  1958. 

Helms,  Janet  E.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology  B.A., 
University  of  Missoun  (Kansas  City).  1968;  M.A.,  1972. 
Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University,  1975. 

Helz,  George  R.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1971. 

Helzer,  Garry  A.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
B.A  .  Portland  State  College.  1959;  MA.  Northwestern 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Henderson,  Dale  A.  Instructor,  Industrial,  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education.  B.S.,  Park  College.  1984; 
M.S.,  Central  Missouri  University,  1986. 

Hendler,  James  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer 
Science.  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1978;  M.S..  Southern 
Methodist  University,  1982;  M.S..  Brown  University. 
1983;  Ph.D.,  1985. 

Henery-Logan,  Kenneth  R.  Professor  Emeritus, 
Chemistry  and  Biochemistry.  B.Sc,  McGill  University. 
1942;  Ph.D..  1946. 

Henkel,  Ramon  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  Ph.B., 
University  of  North  Dakota,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Henkelman,  James  H.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum 
and  Instruction;  Associate  Director,  Office  of  Laboratory 
Experiences.  B.S..  Miami  University  (Ohio).  1954;  M.Ed., 
1955;  Ed.D..  Harvard  University.  1965,  MA,  Whitworth 
College.  1981. 

Henretta,  James  A.  Pnscilla  Alden  Burke  Professor, 
History.  B.  A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Herb,  Rebecca  A.  Professor.  Mathematics 
B.A. University  of  Oregon,  1969;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Washington,  1974. 

Herln,  Christoph  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  Ph.D..  University  of 
Bonn,  1950. 

Herman,  Eliot  M.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Botany. 
B.A.,  University  of  California  (Santa  Barbara).  1973; 
M.A.,  1975;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (San  Diego). 
1980. 

Herman,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1952;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1960. 

Herman,  Richard  H.  Professor.  Mathematics;  Dean, 
Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical  Sciences.  B.S., 
Stevens  Institute  of  Technology.  1 963;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1967. 

Herman,  Wayne  L.  Associate  Professor.  Curriculum 
and  Instruction.  B.A.,  Ursinus  College.  1955;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University.  1960;  Ed.D..  1965. 

Herndon,  James  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greensboro).  1979;  M.A..  Princeton  University,  1980; 
Ph.D..  1983. 


250     Hueth.  Darrell  L. 


Herndon,  Marcia  Professor.  Ethnomusicology  BA. 
Newcomb College,  1962;M  A  .Tulane  University.  1964. 
Ph.D..  1971 

Herold.  Keith  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B.S.ME..  University  ol  Akron.  1977.  MS  , 
Ohio  State  University.  1979;  Ph.D..  1985 

Herrnson.  Paul  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics  BA,  State  University  ol  New  York 
(Binghamton).  1981;M  A  .Georgetown University.  1982. 
MA,  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Madison,  1983;  Ph.D., 
1986 

Herschbach,  Dennis  R.  Associate  Professor,  industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B  A  .  San 
Jose  State  College.  1960;  M  S  .  University  ol  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1968.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Illinois.  1973 

Hershenson.  David  B.  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  A.B..  Harvard  University.  1955; 
A.M..  Boston  University.  1960.  Ph.D..  1964. 

Hershey.  David  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture 
B.S  .  The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977;  M.S.. 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1980;  PhD.  1983 

Hetrick,  Frank  M.  Prolessor  and  Chairman. 
Microbiology  B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  Ph.D..  1962 

Hetzel.  Peter  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture  B.A..  Pratt  Institute.  1967;  M  Arch.. 
Washington  University,  1971 

Hevner.  Alan  R.  Associate  Professor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B.S.,  Purdue  University. 
1973;  MS.  1976;  Ph.D..  1973 

Hewitt.  Mary  A.  Instructor.  Pan-time.  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B.S.. 
University  of  Kentucky.  1969;  MA.  Western  Michigan 
University.  1973 

Heyneman,  Stephen  P.  Adjunct  Professor.  Education. 
Policy.  Planning  and  Administration,  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1 964;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1965;  M  A  .University  of  Chicago,  1973: 
Ph.D.,  1975 

Hickey.  Michael  E.  Adiunct  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration  B.A.,  University  of 
Washington  (Seattle).  1964;  MA.  1968;  Ph.D..  1969 

Hlebert,  Ray  E.  Professor.  College  of  Journalism  B.A.. 
Stanford  University,  1954;  M.S..  Columbia  University. 
1957;  MA.  University  of  Maryland.  1961;  Ph.D..  1962 

Higgins,  William  J.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S. , 
Boston  College.  1969.  Ph.D..  Flonda  State  University. 
1973. 

Higgins-Hallwig.  Elizabeth  A.  Instructor  Botany.  B.S  . 
University  ol  Maryland.  1950;  M.S..  1969. 

Hlghton.  Richard  Professor,  Zoology  BA.,  New  York 
University.  1950;  M  S  University  of  Flonda.  1953;  Ph.D.. 
1956 

Hill.  Clara  E.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A..  Southern 
Illinois  University,  1970.  MA.  1972.  Ph.D..  1974 

Hill,  John  W.  Professor.  School  of  Architecture  B  A  . 
Rice  University.  1 951 .  B  Arch. .  1 952.  M  Arch  .  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1959 

HIM.  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
North  Carolina  State  University.  1974.  MS  . 1981Ph  D  . 
Iowa  State  University.  1984 

Hill,  Wendell  T.,  Ill  Associate  Professor.  Institule  tor 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B  A  .  University  of 
California  (Irvine).  1974. MS  .Stanford  University.  1976 
Ph.D.,  1980 

Hines.  Anson  H.  Adiunct  Associate  Professor.  Zoology 
BA.  Pomona  College.  1969;  PhD.  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1976 

Hlrzel,  Robert  K.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology  BA  . 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1946;  MA  ,  1949,  Ph  D  . 
Louisiana  Slate  University.  1954 


Hitchcock,  Donald  R.  Associate  Professor,  Russian 
Language  and  Literature  B  A  .  University  of  Maryland, 
1952.  M  A  .  Harvard  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1965 

Ho,  Plng-Tong  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering  SB,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1973;  S.M  .  1975.  Sc.D.,  1978. 

Hochuli,  Urs  E.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering  B.S.. 
Technikum  Biel,  Switzerland.  1950.  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  ol  Amenca. 
1962 

Hodos,  William  Prolessor.  Psychology  B  S  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1 955.  MA 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1957;  Ph.D..  1960 

Hon*.  Karla  Assistant  Professor.  Economics  B.A., 
Wellesley  College.  1974;M.A.L.D  Tuft  University.  1979. 
Ph.D..  Pnnceton  University.  1989 

Hoffman,  Mary  Ann  Associate  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  B  A  Macalester  College.  1971, 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Minnesota,  1975. 

Hoffman,  Miles  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Music  BA,  Yale 
University.  1973;  MM..  Juilliard  School  of  Music.  1977. 

Hoffman,  Ronald  Associate  Professor,  History  B  A 
George  Peabody  College.  1964;  M.A..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969 

Holllday,  William  Professor,  Curnculum  and  Instruction 
B.S..  Purdue  University.  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1970. 

Holloway.  David  C.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1966;  MS  .  1969; 
Ph.D.  1971. 

Holloway,  Susan  D.  Associate  Professor.  Human 
Development  B  A  .University  of  California  (Santa  Cruz), 
1976;  Education  Specialist,  Stanford  University,  1982; 
Ph.D..  1983. 

Holman,  Benjamin  F.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism; 
Affiliate  Professor,  Afro-Amencan  Studies  Program  B.S.. 
University  of  Kansas,  1952 

Holmgren,  Harry  D.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Minnesota.  1949;  M.A..  1950;  Ph.D.. 
1954. 

Holmlund.  Chester  E.  Professor  Ementus,  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.S.  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute. 
1943;  M.S..  1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954 

Holt.  Stephen  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.S..  New  York 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.  1966. 

Holton,  W.  Milne  Professor.  English.  BA.  Dartmouth 
College.  1954;  L.L.B..  Harvard  University,  1957;  MA. 
Yale  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Holum.  Kenneth  Associate  Professor.  History.  B.A.. 
Augustana  College.  1961 ;  M.A..  University  ol  Chicago. 
1969;  PhD.  1973 

Hoover,  Bryan  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and 
Design  BA.  Iowa  State  University.  1973:  M  G  A  . 
University  of  Maryland/University  College.  1983 

Hopkins,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor,  Education 
Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration  B.S..  Stanford 
University,  1962,  M.S.,  1963:  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1969 

Hornbake,  R.  Lee  Professor  Emeritus.  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  Vice 
President  for  Academic  Affairs  Ementus  B.S  .  California 
Stale  College  (Pennsylvania),  1934.  MA.  Ohio  State 
University.  1936;  Ph  D  .  1942.  L.L.D..  Eastern  Michigan 
University.  1963 

Hornstein,  Norbert  Prolessor.  Linguistics  Department 
B  A  .  McGill  University,  1975.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 
1979 

Hornyak.  William  F.  Prolessor  Ementus.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  E.E.  City  University  of  New  York  (City 
College).  1944.  MS.  California  Institute  of 
Technology.  1946;  Ph.D..  1949 


Horowitz,  John  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics  B.S  .  Washington  Slate  University. 
1982.  M  A  .  1985;  Ph.D..  University  of  Calilomia,  San 
Diego.  1988 

Horton. David L. Professor, Psychology  B  A  .University 
of  Minnesofa.  1955;  M  A  ,  1957,  Ph  D  .  1959 

Horty,  John  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy;  Assistant 
Professor.  Institute  tor  Advanced  Computer  Studies 
BA.  Oberlin  College.  1977;  PhD.  University  of 
Pittsburgh.  1986 

Horvath,  John  M.  Professor  Mathematics  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Budapest,  1947 

Howard.  John  D.  Professor,  English  BA  .  Washington 
College  (Maryland),  1 956.  MA.  University  of  Maryland. 
1962.  PhD.  1967 

Howe,  Ann  C.  Professor  and  Chairperson.  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  B.A.,  University  of  Richmond.  1947. 
M.S..  University  ol  North  Carolina.  1949,  Ph.D.,  University 
ol  Texas  at  Austin,  1969 

Howland,  Marie  Associate  Professor.  Urban  Studies 
B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1972;  M  C  P  , 
1974;  PhD,  MIT.  1981 

Hoyert,  John  H.  Professor  Ementus.  Agronomy  B  S  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M  S  .  1949:  Ph  D    1951 

Hrutka.  Mary  Ellen  Director.  Experiential  Learning 
Programs;  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B.A.,  Southern  Connecticut  State 
University.  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1970. 
Ph.D..  University  of  Miami.  1983. 

Hsu.  Hel-ti  Adiunct  Professor.  Entomology  BS,  Taiwan 
Chung-Hsing  University.  1962;  M.S..  University  of  the 
Philippines.  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1971 

Hsu,  Ylh-Yun  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng.B  S  .TaiwanUniversity.  China.  1952;  MS  . 
University  of  Illinois.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1958 

Hsueh,  Chun-Tu  Professor  Government  and  Politics 
L.L.B.,  Chaoyang  University  (China),  1946;  M.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Hu,  Bel-Lok  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  A.B.. 

University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1 967:  MA.  Pnnceton 
University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1972 

Huang,  Helen  O.  Assistant  Professor.  Theatre  B  F  A 
Central  Academy  of  Drama  (Bei|ing).  1982;  M  FA . 
University  of  Missoun  (Kansas  City).  1988 

Hubbard,  Bert  E.  Research  Professor.  Mathematics 
and  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B  S  , 
Western  Illinois  University.  1949.  M  S  .  State  University 
of  Iowa.  1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1960 

Hubbe.  Rolf  O.  Associate  Professor.  Classics  B  A 
Hamilton  College.  1947,  MA.  Pnnceton  University. 
1950;  Ph.D..  1950 

Hudak.  Bonita  L.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Special 
Education  BS.  Towson  State  University.  1971. 
M  A  Loyola  College.  1975 

Huden.  Daniel  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  Education  Pokey. 
Planning,  and  Administration  BS  .University  of  Vermont. 
1954;  MA,  Columbia  Teachers  College.  1958:  Ed  D  . 
1967 

Hudson.  Robert  D.  Prolessor  and  Chairman. 
Meteorology  B.S.  (Hons).  University  of  Reading.  U  K  . 
1956:  Ph  D  .  1959 

Hudson,  William  L.  Professor.  Music  B  Mus  . 
Philadelphia  Music  Academy  1954.  A  B  .  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1957.  M  Mus  .  Yale  University.  1961 

Huebner.  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor.  Human 
Development  B  S  .Concordia  Teachers  College.  1957. 
M  A  .  1960.  Ph  D ..  University  of  Maryland  1969 

Hueth.  Darrell  l_  Professor  and  Chairman.  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  B  S  Montana  Stale 
University.  1959.  MS.  1969.  PhD.  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1973 


Johnson,  Martin  L    251 


Huheey,  James  E.  Protessor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  BS  .University  ot  Cincinnati.  1957: M.S.. 
University  ot  Illinois,  1959:  Ph.D..  1961. 

Hula,  Richard  C.  Associate  Protessor,  Urban  Studies 
B  A  ,  Michigan  State  University.  1 969;  MA.  Northwestern 
University.  1970.  Ph  D  .  1975. 

Hullng.  John  Jr.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Music  B  M  .  New 
England  Conservatory  ot  Music.  1980 

Hult.  Joan  S.  Associate  Protessor.  Kinesiology.  B.S.. 
Indiana  University.  1954.  M.Ed..  University  ot  North 
Carolina  (Greensboro).  1958;  Ph.D..  University  ot 
Southern  California,  1967 

Hulten,  Charles  R.  Protessor,  Economics  A.B.. 
University  ot  Calilornia  (Berkeley).  1965;  Ph.D.,  1973 

Hultgren.  Franclne  H.  Associate  Protessor,  Industrial, 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
University  ot  Minnesota,  1 968;  MS.  North  Dakota  State 
University.  1977;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1982 

Hummel.  James  A.  Protessor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
California  Institute  ot  Technology.  1949;  MA..  Rice 
University.  1953;  Ph.D..  1955. 

Humphrey,  Fred  N.  Protessor.  Recreation  B.A..  Tarkio 
College,  1946;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa.  1953;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973. 

Humphrey.  James  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Kinesiology. 
A.B..  Denison  University.  1933;  MA.  Western  Reserve 
University.  1946;  Ed.D.,  Boston  University.  1951. 

Humphrey,  Jay  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1981; 
M.S..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1982;  Ph.D.. 
1985 

Humphrey,  Margo  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.F.A  . 
Calilornia  College  of  Arts  and  Crafts,  1973;  M.F.A., 
Stanford  University.  1974. 

Hunt,  E.  Joan  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development. 
A.B.,  University  of  Redlands,  1954;  M.A.,  Claremont 
Graduate  School.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1967 

Hunt,  James  Professor  and  Chairman,  Aerospace 
Engineenng.  BAMA,  Cambridge  University,  1 961 ;  Sc.M., 
Brown  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Hunt,  Janet  G.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A. 
University  of  Redlands, .  1962;  M.A..  Indiana  University, 
1966;  Ph  D..  1973. 

Hunt,  Larry  L.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.S., 
Ball  State  University.  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Hurley,  Bernard  F.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Kinesiology. 
B.A.,  University  of  South  Florida,  1972;  M.A.,  1975; 
Ph.D..  Florida  State  University,  1981. 

Hurtt,  Steven  W.  Professor  and  Dean,  School  of 
Architecture  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1963;  M.F.A., 
1965;  M.  Arch..  Cornell  University,  1969. 

Husman,  Burrls  F.  Professor  Emeritus,  Kinesiology. 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1941;  M.S..  1948; 
Ed.D  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Hutcheson,  Steven  W.  Associate  Professor.  Botany. 
A.B..  University  of  California  (Santa  Cruz).  1 975;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1982. 

Hyatt,  James  A.  Assistant  Vice  President,  Administrative 
Affairs.  B.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1972;  M.B.A.. 
1976. 

Hyde,  David  H.  Instructor,  Health  Education;  Director, 
Undergraduate  Studies.  B.S.,  State  University  College 
(Brockport.  NY).  1968:  M.S.,  1973. 

Hyman,  Glori  D.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.  B.  A.,  James  Madison  University  (VA),  1 984. 

Igel.  Regina  Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1969;  Ph.D., 
University  of  New  Mexico.  1973. 


Illadls,  Aglsllaos  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineenng  B  S  .  Aristotelian  University  ot  Thessaloniki . 
1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Manchester.  1976;  Ph.D.. 
1980 

Imberskl,  Richard  B.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology 
B  S  .  University  of  Rochester.  1959;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Ingle,  Marcus  D.  Affiliate  Assistant  Protessor,  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education  B.A  .  University  of  California. 
1 965;  Master  ot  Public  Admin. ,  University  of  Washington, 
1 967;  Master  of  Philocophy.  Syracuse  University.  1 975; 
Ph.D..  1977. 

Ingllng,  Allen  L.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1963.  V  M  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1969 

Ingraham,  Barton,  L.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  A.B.,  Harvard 
University.  1952;  J.D.,  1957;  M.Crim..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Inkelas.  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Linguistics 
Department  B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1984; 
Ph.D. .Stanford  University.  1989 

Inouye,  David  W.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology;  Affiliate 
Associate  Professor.  Botany  B.A  ..Swarthmore  College, 
1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1976. 

Ipavich,  Fred  M.  Senior  Research  Scientist.  Physics 
and  Astronomy;  Senior  Research  Scientist.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.S..  Manhattan 
College,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Irwin,  George  R.  Professor.  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  A.B. ,  Knox  College.  1 930;  M.S. ,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1933;  Ph  D.,  1937;  Hon.  Doctor  of 
Engineering,  Lehigh  University,  1977. 

Isaacs,  Nell  D.  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Dartmouth 
College.  1953;  AM,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1956;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University.  1959. 

Iseman,  Sheila  C.  Instructor,  part-time.  Human 
Development.  B.A,  Brooklyn  College,  1967;  M.A., 
Oklahoma  State  University.  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1982. 

Iso-Ahola,  Seppo  E.  Professor  and  Acting  Chair, 
Recreation.  B.S.,  University  of  Jyvaskyla.  Finland,  1971 ; 
M.S.,  University  of  lllinos.  1972;  M.S.,  University  of 
Jyvaskyla,  Finland,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1976. 

Jackson,  Diana  Ryder  Assistant  Dean,  College  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  B.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1975;  M.L.I.R..  1977;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Jackson,  Fatimah  L.  Visiting  Associate  Professor. 
Anthropology.  B.A,  Cornell  University.  1972;  M.A.,  1978; 
Ph.D.,  1981. 

Jackson,  John  W.  Professor  Emeritus.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  ofCincinnati,  1934;  M.Eng., 
1937;  M.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 

Jackson,  Paul  D.  Lecturer.  Dance.  B.F.A. .  University  of 
Utah.  1976;  M.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University,  1980. 

Jackson,  Reginald  B.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Music.  B.M., 
North  Texas  State  University.  1968;  M.M.ED.,  1973. 

Jackson,  Robert  T.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B.A.,  Cornell  University, 
1970:  M.Sc.  University  of  Dar-es-salaam.  1977;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University,  1 981 . 

Jackson,  Stanley  B.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Bates  College.  1933;  MA,  Harvard  University, 
1934;  Ph.D..  1937. 

Jacobs,  Wendy  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Design.  B.F.A., 
Edinboro  State  College,  1980;  M.F.A.,  Cranbrook 
Academy  of  Art.  1984. 

Jacobson,  Theodore  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics. 
B.A.,  Reed  College,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at 
Austin.  1983. 


Jacoby,  Barbara  Affiliate  Lecturer.  French  and  Italian; 
Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  B.A,  University  of  Maryland,  1971.  MA. 
1972;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Ja'Ja',  Joseph  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering, 
Associate  Director  of  Research.  Systems  Research 
Center.  Professor,  Institute  lor  Advanced  Computer 
Studies  B.S.,  American  University  (Beirut).  1974;  M.S., 
Harvard  University.  1976;  Ph.D..  1977 

Jaklltsch,  Richard  L.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  B.A  ,  University  of  Maryland. 
1980;  JD.  1983. 

Jalote,  Pankaj  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science 
BS,  Indian  Institute  ot  Technology.  1980;  M.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1982;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1985. 

James,  Bruce  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy  B.A., 
Williams  College,  1973;  M.S.,  University  ot  Vermont, 
1979;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

James,  Edward  F.  Assistant  Professor.  English  and 
Secondary  Education  B.A..  University  of  Maryland. 
1954.M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America. 
1969. 

Jang,  Hwee-Yong  Jonathon  Assistant  Professor. 
College  of  Business  and  Management  B.A..  Seoul 
National  University,  1 976;  M.  A. ,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1983;  Ph  D.,  Purdue  University,  1987. 

Jantz,  Richard  K.  Professor.  Curnculum  and  Instruction. 
B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  Ed.D  ,  Ball 
State  University.  1972. 

Jaquith,  Richard  H.  Professor  Ementus,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry;  Assistant  Vice  President,  Academic  Affairs. 
B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1940;  M.S.,  1942; 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1955. 

Jarvis,  Bruce  B.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
B.S. ,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1 963;  Ph.D. .  University 
of  Colorado,  1966. 

Jashemski,  Wilhelmina  F.  Professor  Emerita,  History. 
B.A..  York  College,  1931 ;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska. 
1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1942. 

Jawahery,  Abolhassin  Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B.S.,  Tehran  University,  1976;  M.S.. 
Tufts  University,  1977;  Ph.D..  1981. 

Jellema,  Roderick  H.  Professor,  English  B.A..  Calvin 
College.  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Edinburgh,  1962 

Jeng,  Ling  Hwey  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  B.A..  National  Taiwan 
University,  1978;  M.L.S.,  The  University  of  Texas  (Austin), 
1983;  Ph.D..  1987. 

Johnson,  ArthurT.  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering. 
B.S.A.E.,  Cornell  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1969. 

Johnson,  Charles  E.  Associate  Professor, 
Measurement.  Statistics,  and  Evaluation.  B.A.  University 
of  Minnesota.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Johnson,  Conrad  D.  Associate  Professor, 
Philosophy. A. B.,  Stanford  University,  1965;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan.  1966;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Johnson,  Dale  M.  Faculty  Extension  Assistant, 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S  .  Utah  State, 
1984;  M.S.,  Cornell  University.  1986. 

Johnson,  Gary  R.  Instructor,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S,  Western  Illinois  University,  1970:  M.S.. 
1977. 

Johnson,  Isiah  Associate  Staff.  Accompanist.  Dance. . 
University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Johnson,  Janet  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology. 
A.B,  George  Washington  University,  1951;  A.M..  1956; 
Ph.D.,  1962 

Johnson,  Martin  L.  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  B.S.,  Morris  College,  1961 ;  M.Ed.,  University 
of  Georgia,  1968;  Ed.D..  1971. 


252    Kirshner,  Joseph  M. 


Johnson,  Raymond  L.  Prolessor,  Mathematics  B.A.. 
University  ot  Texas,  1963;  Ph  D.  Rice  University.  1969 

Johnson,  Roy  Prolessor,  Music  3  Mus  .  University  of 
Rochester,  1949;  M.Mus  .  1951.  DM  A  .  1960 

Jolson,  Marvin  A.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  BEE.  George  Washington  University. 
1949;  MBA..  University  ol  Chicago.  1965.  DBA, 
University  ol  Maryland.  1969 

Jones,  Christopher  K.R.T.  Prolessor.  Mathematics 

B  A  ,  University  olBnstol  1974.  M  A  .  University  ol  New 
Mexico.  1976;  PhD,  University  ol  Wisconsin  (Madison), 
1979 

Jones,  Everett  Associate  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engmeenng  B.A.E  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute. 
1956;  MAE.  1960.  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1968 

Jones,  George  F.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  B  A  Emory 
University.  1938;  MA.  Oxford  University.  1943;  Ph.D.. 
Columbia  University.  1951 

Jones.  Jack  C.  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomology.  B.S.. 
Auburn  University.  1942;  M.S..  1947:  Ph.D..  Iowa  Slate 
University.  1950 

Joseph,  John  E.  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian 
B.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1977;  M.A..  1978;  Ph.D.. 
1981. 

Joseph,  Sam  W.  Professor.  Microbiology  B  S  . 
University  of  Flonda.  1956;  M.S..  St  John's  University. 
New  York.  1964;  Ph.D..  1970 

Julln,  Douglas  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.A..  Haverford  College.  1978;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1984 

Jump.  Lance  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engmeenng  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1979;  M.S.. 
1984. 

Just.  Richard  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics  B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1969; 
M.A..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1971;  Ph.D.. 
1972. 

Kacser,  Claude  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A.,  Oxford  University.  1955;  MA.  1959, 
Ph.D..  1959. 

Kadec.  Sarah  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  B  A.  Madison  College.  1 952; 
MLS.  Carnegie  Library  School.  1961. 

Kagan.  Abram  Professor.  Mathematics  MA.  University 
ofTashkent,  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Leningrad,  1963; 
D.Sc..  1967 

Kahn,  Joan  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A., 
Stanford  University.  1978;  MA.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1982:  Ph.D.,  1985 

Kaku,  Bharat  K.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
andManagement  B  E  .  Bhopal  Unrversrty.  1972;  M  B  A  . 
University  ol  Delhi.  1975.  M.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon 
University.  1982;  Ph.D..  1985 

Kaljee.  Linda  M.  Faculty  Research  Assistant 
Anthropology  B  A  University  of  Maryland.  1978;  M.A.  A.. 
1988 

Kameras,  Beth  A.  Instructor.  Maryland  English  Institute 
B.S.,  Coe  College.  1975:  M  AT  Georgetown  University. 
1981 

Kamlnskl.  Bartlomlej  K.  Associate  Professor. 
Government  and  Politics  M.S..  University  ol  Warsaw, 
1967:  Ph.D..  1972 

Kammeyer.  Kenneth  C.  W.  Professor  Sociology  B.A 
University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1953.  M  A  ,  State  University 
of  Iowa.  1958.  PhD.  1960 

Kanal.  Laveen  N.  Professor.  Computer  Science  B.S  . 

University  of  Washington.  1951:  M.S.  1953.  PhD. 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960 

Kandelln.  Nils  A.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  BS  .University  of  California. 


1979;  MBA.  University  of  Southern  California,  1984; 
Ph.D..  1990 

Kangas.  Patrick  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education;  Coordinator,  Natural 
Resources  Management  Program  B.S.,  Kent  State 
University.  1974.  M  S  ,  University  ol  Oklahoma.  1978. 
PhD  .  University  of  Florida.  1983 

Kantor,  Mark  A.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time, 
Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B  S  .  Rutgers 
University,  1972.  MS  ,  Cornell  University.  1975.  Ph.D., 
Rutgers  University.  1981 

Kantzes,  James  G.  Prolessor.  Botany  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1951;  MS.  1954;  PhD.  1957 

Karahadlan,  Carol  Assistant  Professor.  Human  Nutntion 
and  Food  Systems  A  A  ,  Santa  Rosa  Junior  College. 
1975.  BS.  University  of  California  (Davis).  1976. MS  , 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1984.  Ph.D..  1988 

Kartam.  Nabll  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engmeenng 
BS.  Kuwait  University.  1983;  M.S..  University  of 
Michigan,  1985;  MS  .  Stanford  University.  1988;  PH.D.. 
1989 

Kasler,  Franz  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  Doctorandum.  University  of  Vienna.  1956: 
Ph.D.,  1959 

Kauffman.  Linda  S.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara.  1971;  Ph.D.. 
1978. 

Kaufman.  Stuart  B.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A., 
University  of  Florida.  1962;  MA.  1964;  Ph.D.,  Emory 
University.  1970. 

Kay.  Stephanie  H.  Counselor/  Advisor,  Part-time,  Center 
on  Aging  B.A,  American  University.  1962;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1981;  AGS.  1985 

Kearney.  Michael  S.  Associate  Professor.  Geography 
B  S  .  University  of  Illinois.  1973:  MA.  Western  Illinois 
University.  1976;  Ph.D..  University  of  Western  Ontano. 
1981. 

Kedem.  Benjamin  Professor,  Mathematics  BS  . 
Roosevelt  University.  1968;  M.S..  Carnegie-Mellon 
University.  1970,  Ph.D..  1972. 

Keenan.  Kevin  L.  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol 
Journalism  B. A,  Universityof  Illinois.  1977;  MS.,  1979; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia.  1990 

Keeney,  Mark  Professor  Emeritus,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry:  .  Animal  Sciences  BS  ,  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1942;  MS..  Ohio  Slate  University, 
1948;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1950 

Kehoe.  Patrice  Associate  Professor.  Art  B.F.A., 
University  ol  North  Carolina.  1973;  M  FA  .  Washington 
University  (St  Louis).  1977 

Kelejlan,  Harry  H.  Professor,  Economics  B.A.,  Hofstra 
College.  1962.  MA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 
PhD  .  1968 

Kelleher.  Catherine  M.  Professor.  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  Affiliate  Professor.  Government  and  Politics 
A  B  .  Mount  Holyoke  College.  1960.  Ph  D  .  MIT.  1967; 
D.  Litt .  Mount  Holyoke  College.  1980 

Kelley. David L. Prolessor. Kinesiology  A  B  .San Diego 
Stale  College.  1957,  MS.  University  of  Southern 
California.  1958.  Ph  D  .  1962 

Kellogg.  R.  Bruce  Research  Prolessor.  Mathematics 
and  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B  S  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1952.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1959 

Kelly,  Brian  P.  Assistant  Professor.  School  of 
Architecture  B  Arch  University  of  Notre  Oame.  1981. 
M  Arch    Cornell  University.  1987. 

Kelly.  James  J.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology. 
1977.  Ph  D  .  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology. 
1981 


Kelly.  R.  Gordon  Associate  Prolessor  and  Chairman. 
Amencan Studies  B  A  , Depauw University.  1961.M  A  , 
Claremont  Graduate  School.  1962;  Ph  D  .  Universityof 
Iowa.  1970 

Kennedy.  Robert  A.  Prolessor  Horticulture.  Director. 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station;  Associate  Vice 
Chancellor,  Agriculture  and  Natural  Resources; 
Prolessor.  Botany  B.S..  Universityof  Minnesota.  1968; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1974 

Kenny.  William  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  BA  University  of  Notre 
Dame.  1971;  M.S..  DePaul  University,  1976 

Kent,  BrertonW.  Instructor.  Zoology  B  S  .  Oregon  State 
University.  1976;  MS,  1976;  PhD.  University  of 
Maryland.  1981. 

Kent,  George  O.  Professor  Ementus.  History  BS.. 
Columbia  University.  1948;  MA  .  1949;  Ph.D..  Oxford 
University.  1958 

Kenworthy,  William  J.  Professor,  Agronomy  B.S  . 
Purdue  University.  1970;  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 
University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Kerkham,  H.  Eleanor  Associate  Prolessor,  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian  B.A.,  Pomona  College.  1961.  MA .  Stanford 
University.  1963;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1974. 

Kerr,  Frank  J.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  Astronomy  Program  B.Sc.  University  of 
Melbourne,  1 938:  M.Sc,  1 939;  M.A.  Harvard  University. 
1951;  D.Sc..  University  of  Melbourne.  1962. 

Khan,  Hasna  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engmeenng  BS  .Bangladesh  University  of  Engineering. 
1980;  M.S..  University  of  Washington.  1982;  Ph.D.. 
1986. 

Khanna.  Raj  K.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
M.Sc..  University  of  Delhi.  1957;  Ph.D..  Indian  Institute 
of  Science  (Bangalore).  1962 

Kidd,  Jerry  S.  Professor  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services  BS.IIIinoisWesleyan  University. 
1950; M  A  .Northwestern University.  1954:  Ph.D  .1956 

Kim,  Seung-kyung  Assistant  Professor  Women's 
Studies  Program  B.A.,  Yonsei  University.  1977.  M.A  . 
City  Universityof  New  York.  1 987;  Certificate  ol  Women's 
Studies.  1990;  Ph.D..  1990 

Kim.  Young  Suh  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  S  .  Carnegie  Instituted  Technology,  1958; 
Ph  D  ,  Princeton  University.  1961 

Kimhl,  Ayal  Instructor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics  B.S..  Hebrew  University.  1985.  MS    1987 

King,  Henry  C.  Professor.  Mathematics  A.B.,  Brown 
University.  1969;  M.A.  University  of  California  (Berkeley). 
1973;  Ph.D..  1974. 

King,  Katherine  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Women's 
Studies  Program  B  A  .  University  of  California  (Santa 
Cruz).  1975.  Ph  D  .  1987 

King,  Raymond  L.  Prolessor  Ementus.  Animal  Sciences 
A  B   University  of  California  (Davis).  1955. PhD    1958 

Klnteln,  Barnard  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  S  .  Johns  Hopkins.  1 958. 
MB  A  .  Loyola  College.  1976 

Kirk.  James  A.  Prolessor  Mechanical  Engmeenng  B  S  . 
Ohio  State  University.  1967.  MS  .  Massachusetts 
Institute  ol  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D..  1972 

Klrkley.  Donald  H..  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor.  Radio. 
Television  and  Film  BA  University  of  Maryland.  1 960; 
M  A    1962.  Ph.D  .  Ohio  State  University.  1967 

Klrkpatrlck.  Theodore  R.  Associate  Professor.  Institute 
tor  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Associate 
Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B  S  .  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles)  1977.  Ph  D  Rockefeller 
University.  1981 

Kirshner.  Joseph  M.  Lecluror.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  S  .  University  of  Delaware  1947.  M  S  . 
University  ol  Maryland.  1952 


Lawson.  Lewis  A.     253 


KIrwan,  William  E.  President.  Protessor.  Mathematics 
A  B  .  University  ol  Kentucky.  1960;  M  S  .  Rutgers  The 
State  University.  1962;  Ph  D  .  1964 

Klank.  Richard  Associate  Professor.  Art  B  Arch  , 
Catholic  University  ol  Amenca.  1962;  M.F.A.,  1964 

Klavon.  Albert  J.  Assistant  Dean.  Colleges  ol  Agncultui  e 
and  Lite  Sciences  B  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1968; 
MS.  1973;  Ph  D  ,  1975 

Klelman.  Devra  Gall  Ad|unct  Professor.  Zoology  B  S  . 
University  ol  Chicago.  1964.  PhD.  University  of  London. 
1969 

Klein.  Ellaa  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Curnculum  and 
Instruction  B.A.,  Kalamazoo  College.  1975;  MS. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977;  Ph.D..  1980. 

Klein.  Katherlne  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Psychology 
B.A.,  Yale  University.  1978;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Texas 
(Austin).  1984 

Klelne.  Don  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  English  B.A.. 
Univers  ityol  Chicago.  1950;M.A,  1953;Ph.D. University 
ot  Michigan.  1961 

Kleppner.  Adam  Prolessor.  Mathematics  B  S  .  Yale 
University.  1953;  MA,  University  ol  Michigan.  1954; 
Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1960 

Kloa,  Donald  M.  Assistant  Protessor.  Health  Education 
B.S..  The  University  ol  Michigan.  1973;  MPH.  1978; 
Ph.D..  1986 

Klumpp,  James  F.  Associate  Professor,  Speech 
Communication  B.A..  University  ol  Kansas,  1968;  M.A., 
University  of  Minnesota  1971,  1971;  PhD.  1973, 

Knltfen,  Donald  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S. .Louisiana  State  University,  1959;  MA.. 
Washington  University.  1960;  Ph.D.  .Catholic  University, 
1967. 

Knight,  Robert  E.L.  Associate  Professor.  Economics. 
A.B..  Harvard  University.  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1958. 

Koh,  Severlno  L.  Associate  Dean,  UMBC;  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering-UMBC.  B.S  .  New  York 
University,  1950;  B.S..  National  University  (Manila, 
Philipines).  1952;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1957;  Ph.D..  Purdue  University.  1962. 

Kohl,  Frances  L.  Associate  Professor,  Special 
Education.  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1973;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University.  1975;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Illinois,  1979. 

Koines,  Penelope  M.  Instructor,  Botany  B.A.,  George 
Washington  University,  1963;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1980. 

Kolker,  Robert  P.  Professor  and  Chair,  Radio.  Television 
and  Film.  B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Queens 
College).  1962:  MA.  Syracuse  University.  1965;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University.  1969. 

Kolodny,  Richard  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.B.A  .  Northwestern  University.  1965; 
MBA..  New  York  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Komives,  Susan  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  B.S.,  Flonda  State  University, 
1968:  M.S..  1969;  Ph. D  .  University ofTennessee.  1973. 

Korenman,  Victor  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A..  Princeton  University.  1958.  M.A.,  Harvard 
University.  1959:  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Korkegl,  Robert  H.  Professor.  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Lehigh  University.  1949:  M.S.. 
California  Institute  of  Technology.  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Kornblatt,  Joyce  R.  Professor,  English.  B.  A. .  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University.  1966;  MA.  Case-Western  Reserve 
University.  1968. 

Koscielny,  Anne  Professor  Music  B.Mus.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music.  1958;  M.Mus..  Manhattan  School  of 
Music,  1964. 


Kotz,  Samuel  Professor.  College  ot  Business  and 
Management  MS  Hebrew Univenty. Jerusalem.  1 956. 
Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1960 

Kovach.  Kenneth  A.  Lecturer,  part-time.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B  B  A  ,  University  of  Ohio. 
1968.  MBA.  1971.  DBA.  University  ol  Maryland. 
1974 

Kozarlch.  John  W.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S..  Boston  College,  1971.  PhD. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1975 

Krapfel.  Robert  E.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  A  .  University  of 
Connecticut,  1970,  MBA,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  Slate 
University,  1979. 

Krayterman.  Boris  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Part-time. 
Mechanical  Engineenng.  M.S..  Polytechnical  Institute 
(Saratov.  USSR).  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Krelser,  Jeanette  S.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor. 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services;  Assistant  Dean. 
College  of  Education.  B.  A..  University  of  Chicago,  1 965; 
MAT,  1969:  Ed  D  .  University  of  Rochester,  1980 

Krewatch.  Albert  V.  Exlension  Professor  Emeritus. 
Agncultural  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1925;  M.S..  1929.  E.E..  1933. 

Kriebs,  David  K.  Lecturer,  Theatre  B.S.,  University  of 
Tennessee.  1972;  M.A..  1973;  M.F.A..  Yale  School  of 
Drama,  1982. 

Krlemelmeyer,  Harry  Assistant  Vice  President.  Facilities 
Management.  Administrative  Affairs.  B.M.E..  George 
Washington  University.  1953;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1989 

Krisher.  Lawrence  C.  Prolessor.  Part-time,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B  .  Syracuse 
University.  1955;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  Ph.D.. 
1959. 

Krishnaprasad.  P.S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering; 
Professor.  Systems  Research  Center  B.Tech.,  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology,  1972;  M.S. .Syracuse  University, 
1973;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1977. 

Krlshnaswaml,  Uma  Faculty  Research  Assistant. 
Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Delhi,  India,  1975; 
M.A..  1977;  MA,  University  of  Maryland,  1981. 

Krogstad.  Elrlk  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Geology.  B.S., 
Western  Washington  University,  1981;  Ph.D.,  Suny- 
Stony  Brook,  1988. 

Kruglanski,  Arie  W.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
University  of  Toronto  (Canada).  1966;  M.A..  University 
of  California,  1967;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Krusberg,  Lorin  R.  Professor.  Botany.  B.S..  University 
of  Delaware.  1 954;  M.S..  North  Carolina  State  University, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Krushenick,  Nicholas  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A., 
Art  Students'  League.  1 950;  M .  A. .  Hans  Hofmann  School . 
1951. 

Kruskal,  Clyde  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
B.A..  Brandeis  University,  1976;  M.S..  Courant  Institute 
of  Mathematical  Sciences  (NYU).  1978;  Ph.D..  1981 

Kudla,  Stephen  S.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
Harvard  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  State  University  of 
New  York  (StonyBrook),  1975. 

Kueker,  David  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1 964;  M.  A..  1 966; 
Ph.D.,  1967. 

Kuenzel,  Wayne  J.  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S., 
Bucknell  University.  1964;  MS.,  1966;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Georgia,  1969 

Kundu,  Mukul  R.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program.  B.Sc  Calcutta  University,  1949; 
M.Sc,  1951;  D.Sc,  University  of  Pans,  1957. 

Kung,  Shaln-dow  Professor,  Botany  B.S.,  University 
of  Chung-Hsmg  (China),  1958;  M.S. .University  of  Guelph 
(Canada).  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Toronto.  1968. 


Kuo.  Jaaon  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Art  History  B.A., 
National  Taiwan  University.  1971.  MA  .  1973;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1980 

Kuaa,  Fred  R.  Associate  Professor.  Recreation  B  S  . 
University  of  New  Hampshire.  1948.  M.S.,  1950.  Ph  0  , 
Cornell  University.  1970 

Laldlaw,  Charles  D.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Urban  Studies. 
B.A .  Colgate  University.  1952;  MA..  Yale  University. 
1953.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1968 

Lalman,  David  Assistant  Professor.  Government 
andPolitics  B.A  University  ol  Kansas.  1974;  M.A., 
1978.  Ph  D  .  University  ot  Rochester.  1985. 

Lamone,  Rudolph  P.  Professor  and  Dean.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.S."  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1960;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Lamp,  William  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology  B  S  . 
University  of  Nebraska.  1972;  MS  .Ohio  State  University. 
1976;  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska.  1980 

Lampe,  John  R.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971 

Lancaster,  Dalton  Lecturer,  Radio.  Television  and  Film. 
B.A.,  University  of  Missouri.  1956;  MA.  University  of 
Washington  (Seattle).  1960 

Landry,  L.  Bartholomew  Associate  Professor. 
Sociology  BA..  Saint  Marys  Seminary.  1961;  B.A.. 
Xavier  University.  1966:  Ph.D..  Columbia  University, 
1971. 

Lanier,  Lois  Klelnhenn  Instructor,  Maryland  English 
Institute.  B.A.  Anderson  College.  1971;  MA.  Columbia 
University,  1977. 

Lanning.  Eldon  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics.  B.S,  Northwestern  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Virginia,  1965. 

Lanser,  Susan  S.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A., 
Marquette  University,  1 965:  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1973;  Ph.D  .  1979 

Lapinski,  Tadeusz  Professor.  Art  M.F.A..  Academy  of 
Fine  Arts.  Warsaw  ,  Poland,  1955. 

Larkin,  Willard  D.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology 
B.S.,  University  of  Michigan.  1959:  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1963;  Ph.D..  Univers ity  of  Illinois  (Urbana). 
1967. 

Larsen,  Ronald  Affiliate  Associate  Professor.  Computer 
Science;  Acting  Associate  Director.  Libraries  for 
Information  Technology.  B.S..  Purdue  University.  1968: 
M.S.,  Catholic  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1981. 

Lashley,  Marilyn  Assistant  Professor.  Afro-American 
Studies.  B.A..  Millikin  University,  1969:  M.A.,  Universrty 
Of  Chicago.  1971;  M. A.,  1986;  Ph.D.,  1986 

Laskowski,  Michael  Chris  Assistant  Professor, 
Mathematics  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 
1978;  Ph.D.,  Universrty  of  California,  Berkeley,  1987. 

Lavlne,  Roberta  Z.  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B.A..  Queens  College  (CUNY).  1974;  M.A., 
Catholic  University  of  America.  1976;  Ph.D..  1983. 

Lawrence,  Jane  Fiori  Assistant  Director,  University 
Honors  Program.  B.A  .  California  Polytechnic  State 
University,  1972;  M.A..  San  Diego  State  University. 
1978;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1990. 

Lawrence.  Richard  E.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.S  .  Michigan  Slate  University. 
1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Lawrence,  Samuel  A.  Assistant  Vice  President, 
Administrative  Affairs.  BA.,  Harvard  College.  1950: 
M.P.A..  American  University.  1958;  Ph.D..  1965 

Lawson,  Lewis  A.  Professor,  English.  B.S  ,  East 
Tennessee  State  University,  1957;  M.A..  1959;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin.  1964. 


254    Linkow,  Irving 


Lawson,  O.  Jim  Lecturer,  Instituted  Applied  Agriculture 
B.S..  University  of  Nebraska.  1981:  MS,  Southern 
Illinois  University.  1983;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland. 


Lawson,  Wesley  G.  Assistant  Protessor,  Electrical 
Engineering.  BSEE  and  MATH,  University  ot  Maryland. 
1980;  M.S.,  1981;  Ph.D..  1985 

Lay,  David  C.  Professor.  Mathematics  B.A  .  Aurora 
College,  1962,  MA,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1965;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Layman,  John  W.  Professor,  Curnculum  and  Instruction 
and  Physics  and  Astronomy  A.B.,  Park  College,  1955; 
M.S.Ed..  Temple  University,  1961;  Ed  D  .  Oklahoma 
State  University,  1970. 

Leak,  Lawrence  E.  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant 
Chair.  Education  Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration; 
Director.  Leadership  in  Educational  Administration 
Development  (LEAD)  B.A..  St  Mary's  College.  1976, 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1988. 

Leatherman,  Stephen  P.  Associate  Protessor. 
Geography .  B.S  .North  Carolina  State  University,  1970; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia,  1975. 

Leathers,  Howard  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics.  A.B..  Princeton  University. 
1974;  MS.  University  of  Minnesota,  1978;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1986. 

Lebeaux,  David  Assistant  Professor,  Linguistics 
Department  B.A. Oberlin College.  1974. MA. Harvard, 
1981,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1988 

Lecar,  Harold  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  A.B.,  Columbia  College.  1957;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University.  1963. 

LeClere,  Marc  J.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  University  of 
Massachusetts.  1979;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1985;  Ph.D.,  1989. 

Lee,  Chi  H.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.. 
National  Taiwan  University  (Taipei).  1 959;  M.S. .  Harvard 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Lee,  Edward  H.  Ad|unct  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy 
B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1959;  M. A. .University 
Of  Kansas.  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma.  1969. 

Lee,  Hugh  M.  Associate  Professor.  Classics.  B.A.,  St. 
Marys  ol  California,  1966;  M.A.,  Stanford  University. 
1971;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Lee,  Richard  Instructor,  part-time.  Matenalsand Nuclear 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  M.S.. 
1980;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Lee,  Sung  W.  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S. .Seoul  National  University.  1966;  M  S  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1974;  Ph.D.. 
1978 

Lee,  Tzong-Yow  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
National  Taiwan  Institute,  1980;  MS,  Courant  Institute. 
New  York  University,  1984;  Ph.D..  1986. 

Lee,  Yee-Chun  Professor.  Physics;  Professor,  Institute 
for  Advanced  Computer  Studies  B.S  .  National  Taiwan 
University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Dartmouth,  1970. 

Leete,  Burt  A.  Professor  and  Associate  Dean,  College 
of  Business  and  Management.  B.S,  Juniata  College. 
1962;  MBA.  University  of  Maryland.  1964;  J.D.. 
American  University.  1969. 

Leffel,  Emory  C.  Professor  Emeritus.  Animal  Sciences. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  MS.  1947;  Ph.D.. 
1953 

Lef  kotl-Hagius.  Roxanne  Assistant  Professor.  College 
of  Business  and  Management  B  S  ,  West  Virginia 
University,  1980;  MBA.  University  of  Houston.  1982; 
Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1990. 

Lehner.  Guydo  R.  Professor.  Mathematics  B.S  .  Loyola 
University.  1951,  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1953. 
Ph.D..  1958 


Lelbowltz,  Zandra  B.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Part- 
lime.  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A  , 
University  of  Maryland,  1968;  MA  .  1972;  Ph  0 ..  1974 

Lelnwand,  Theodore  B.  Associate  Professor.  English 
BA,  Hamilton  College.  1973,  MA.  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1978;  Ph.D..  1980. 

Lelshman,  John  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Aerospace 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Glasgow.  1980;  Ph.D.. 
1984 

Le|lns,  Peter  P.  Professor  Emeritus,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology;  Professor  Ementus,  Sociology 
M.Phil.  University  of  Latvia,  1930;  Mag.  lur.,  1933; 
Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Chicago,  1938. 

Lekic,  Maria  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Russian  Language 
and  Literature.  Diplom..  Moscow  State  Pedagogical 
Institute/Vil.  1971;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1983 

Lekoudls,  Splro  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering  B.S  ,  National  Technical  University 
(Athens).  1972;  M.S..  Virginia  Poly  Institute  &  State 
University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Lengermann,  Joseph  J.  Associate  Professor. 
Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1958;  S.T.B.. 
Gregorian  University,  1960:S.T.L,  1962;  M.  A..  University 
of  Notre  Dame,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1969 

Leonard,  Mary  M.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.S  .  Boston  College.  1968;  M.A., 
University  of  Minnesota.  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Leonardi,  Susan  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A.. 
Immaculata  College.  1 968;  MA.  University  of  California 
(Davis),  1982;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Leone,  Mark  P.  Professor,  Anthropology  B.A  ,  Tufts 
University,  1963;  M.A..  University  of  Arizona.  1965; 
Ph.D..  1968 

Leone,  Peter  E.  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education 
B.A.  University  of  Iowa.  1972;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Washington.  1981. 

Lesher,  James  H.  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  University 
of  Virginia,  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1966. 

Leslie,  Leigh  A.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S,  Texas  Tech  University, 
1975,  M.S.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1982. 

Lessley.  Billy  V.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S  ,  University  of  Arkansas.  1957;  M.S.. 
1960.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri.  1965. 

Levin,  Melvin  R.  Professor.  Urban  Studies:  Director. 
Community  Planning.  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago.  1 949; 
Ph.D.,  1956 

Levin,  Phillis  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A  ,  Sarah 
Lawrence  College.  1976;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1977 

LeVlne,  David  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engineering.  BSE,  University  ol  Michigan.  1963; 
MS.E.  1966;  PhD.  1968 

Levlne,  Marvin  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1952;  J. D., 
1954;  MA.  1959;  Ph.D..  1964 

Levlne,  Robert  Associate  Professor,  English  B.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1975;  MA,  Stanford  University. 
1977;  Ph.D..  1981 

Levlne,  William  S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineenng. 
Prolessor.  Systems  Research  Center  B  S  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1962:  MS  . 
1965.  Ph  D  ,  1969 

Levinson,  Jerrold  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy 
B.S.MassachusettslnstituteolTechnology.  1969.Ph  D  . 
University  of  Michigan.  1974 

Levinson.  John  Z.  Professor.  Ementus.  Psychology 
B.A..  University  ot  Toronto.  1939;  MA.  1940.  Ph.D.. 
1948 


Levltan,  Herbert  Professor.  Zoology.  BEE.  Cornell 
University.  1962;  Ph  D..  1965 

Levlton.  Daniel  Prolessor.  Health  Education  B.S.. 
George  Washington  University.  1953;  MA  .  Springfield 
College.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1967 

Levy.  Frank  S.  Prolessor,  School  ol  Public  Affairs  B.S.. 
MIT.  1963;  MA.  Yale  University.  1965;  Ph  D..  1969 

Levy,  Mark  R.  Professor  and  Associate  Dean,  College 
of  Journalism  B  A  ,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964. 
MA  .  Rutgers  University.  1965;  M  Phil .  Columbia 
University.  1975;  Ph  D..  1977 

Levy,  Nlll  Lecturer,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian  BA  .Hebrew 
University  of  Jerusalem,  1966:  MA  Baltimore  Hebrew 
College.  1985 

Lewis.  Mark  Joel  Assistant  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1984;  M.S..  1985;  Ph.D..  1988 

Lewis,  Roger  K.  Professor.  School  of  Architecture  B 
Arch  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1964;  M. 
Arch..  1967. 

LI,  Jian-Shu  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics  B.A.. 
Zhe|iang  University.  1981  ;M  A  ,  Cornell  University.  1983; 
Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1987. 

Liakos,  Nina  Turitz  Instructor.  Maryland  English  Institute 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1971;  MS  .  Georgetown 
University,  1978. 

Llberman,  Esther  Lecturer.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian 
MA.  University  of  Chicago.  1949 

Lichtenberg,  Erik  Assistant  Professor.  Agncultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1 973; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1985. 

Lichtenberg,  Judith  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy; 
Research  Fellow.  Institute  for  Philosophy  and  Public 
Policy.  B.A  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison,  1968; 
M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D..  City  University  of  New  York.  1978 

Lieber,  Joan  A.  Assistant  Professor  Special  Education 
B.A.,  Douglass  College  (Rutgers  Univ.).  1969:  M.S.. 
University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1970;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
California  (Santa  Barbara).  1986. 

Llesener,  James  W.  Professor.  College  ot  Library  and 
Information  Services  BA.,  Wartburg  College.  1955; 
M  A  ,  University  ol  Northern  Iowa.  1960;  A  MLS., 
University  of  Michigan,  1962;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Litton,  Mitchell  Professor.  Comparative  Literature  B.A. 
San  Francisco  State  University.  1958:  A.B.D..  Stanford 
University.  1964. 

Lightfoot,  David  W.  Professor  and  Chair.  Linguistics 
Department;  Affiliate  Professor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Science.  Psychology  B.A,  Kings  College  (London), 
1966.  MA.  University  of  Michigan.  1969;  Ph  D.,  1971 

Llgomenides.  Panos  A.  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S..  University  of  Athens.  1951;  MS. 
1952;M  SEE  .Stanford  University.  1956;  PhD  .  1958 

Lin,  Hung  Chang  Professor  Emeritus  Electrical 
Engineering  BS.  Chiao-Tung  University.  1941.  M  S  E  . 
University  of  Michigan.  1 948;  Ph.D. .  Polytechnic  Institute 
of  Brooklyn,  1956 

Linder,  Harris  J.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology  BS 
Long  Island  University,  1951.  MS.  Cornell  University 
1955;  Ph.D..  1958 

Lindsay.  Rao  H.  Associate  Professor.  Education  Policy 
Planning,  and  Administration  B  A  .  Bngham  Young 
University.  1954;  MA  .1958:  MA  .  University  ofMichigan. 
1963.  PhD  .  1964 

Llnduska.  James  J.  Associate  Professor.  Entomology 
B.S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1965.  M  S  .  1968.  Ph  0 
1973. 

Link.  Conrad  B.  Professor  Ementus.  Horticulture  B  S 
Ohio  State  University.  1933:  MS  .  1934  Ph  D    1940 

Linkow,  Irving  Associate  Professor  Ementus.  Speech 
Communication  B  A  .  University  of  Denver.  1937.  M  A  . 
1938 


Marasli,  Barsam    255 


Lipowitz,  Harriet  R.  Instructor.  Maryland  English 
Institute  B.A..  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1969. 
MAT.  School  lor  International  Training,  1976 

Llpsman.  Ronald  L.  Professor.  Mathematics  B  S.  City 
University  ot  New  York  (City  College).  1964;  Ph.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  ot  Technology.  1967 

Litsltz,  Robert  W.  Protessor  and  Chairman. 
Measurement.  Statistics,  and  Evaluation;  Affiliate 
Protessor,  Psychology  B.S.,  Northwestern  University. 
1963;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University,  1969 

Little,  Barbara  J.  Lecturer,  Anthropology  B  A  . 
Pennsylvania  Stale  University,  1980;  M.A.,  Slate 
University  ot  New  York  (Buffalo).  1984;  Ph.D..  1987 

Little.  Donald  H.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture  B  Arch  .  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  & 
Stale  University  .  1971 

Little.  Karen  Instructor/Undergraduate  Advisor,  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1973; 
MA..  1975. 

Liu,  Chuan  Sheng  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S. .  Tunghai  University  (Taiwan).  1 960;  M.  A.,  University 
ot  California  (Berkeley),  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Liu,  K.  J.  Ray  Assistant  Professor,  Electncal  Engineering 
B.S..  National  Taiwan  University,  1983;  M.S.E..  University 
of  Michigan  (Ann  Arbor).  1987;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1990. 

Lloyd,  Esabel  K.  Assistant  Protessor.  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1975;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1980 

Lockard,  J.  David  Professor,  Botany;  Professor, 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1951;  M.Ed.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Loeb.  Martin  P.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B.S..  SUNY  (Stony  Brook),  1970; 
M.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Loeb,  Stephen  E.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S  ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1961; 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Loerke,  William  Visiting  Professor,  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture.  A.B..  Oberlin  College,  1942;  M.F.A., 
Princeton  University.  1948;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Loftln,  Colin  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology.  B. A. ,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 
Hill.  1964;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Logan,  Shirley  Instructor,  English.  B.A.,  Johnson  S. 
Smith  University,  1964;  MA,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill,  1 966;  Ph.D. ,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  1988. 

Loizeaux,  Elizabeth  B.  Associate  Professor.  English; 
Director,  Undergraduate  Studies.  B.A.,  Mount  Holyoke 
College,  1972;M.A., University  of  Michigan,  1974;Ph.D., 
1980. 

Loncarlc,  Joslp  Assistant  Research  Scientist,  Systems 
Research  Center.  B.S.  Mathematics,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1981;  B.S.  Physics,  1982;  M.S.. 
Harvard  University,  1983;  Ph.D.,  1985 

Longest,  James  W.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education;  Affiliate  Professor,  Sociology. 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1951;  M.S.,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

Lopez,  Ramon  S.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Chile,  1969;  M.S.. 
University  of  British  Columbia,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Lopez-Escobar,  Edgar  G.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.  A. , 
Cambndge  University,  1958;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1961;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Lorion,  Raymond  P.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S,  Tufts 
University.  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester,  1972. 

Loss,  John  C.  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B 
Arch.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954;  M.  Arch..  1960. 


Lounsbury,  Myron  O.  Associate  Professor.  American 
Studies  B  A  .  Duke  University.  1961 ;  MA  .  University  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Lozner,  Ruth  J.  Associate  Professor,  Housing  and 
Design  B.F.A  .  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1972; 
M.F.A  ,  American  University,  1979 

Lu,  Paul  C.K.  Professor,  School  of  Architecture  B.S., 
Chung-Kung  University  (Taiwan).  1 954.  B  Arch.,  Kansas 
Slate  University.  1958;  M  Arch  .  1962;  ML  A..  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Design.  1967 

Luban,  David  J.  Protessor  Univ  ol  MD  Law  School  and 
Research  Scholar,  Institute  for  Philosophy  and  Public 
Policy  B  A .,  University  of  Chicago,  1970;  MA.  Yale 
University.  1973;  M  Phil.,  1973;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Lucas.  Beverly  J.  Advisor/Consultant  Computer. 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences.  B.  A. ,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1983. 

Lucas.  Margaretha  S.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor, 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.S  .  Ohio  State 
University.  1979;  M.S..  Iowa  Stale  University,  1983; 
Ph.D..  1985 

Luetkemeyer,  Joseph  F.  Professor,  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S..  Stout 
State  College,  1953;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Stout).  1954;  EdD.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1961. 

Lyman,  Frank  T.  Lecturer,  Curriculum  and  Instruction; 
Coordinator,  Southern  Howard  County  Teacher 
Education  Center  B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1 959;  Ed.M., 
Harvard,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 

Lynn,  Jeffrey  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1969;  M.S.,  1970; 
Ph.D..  1974 

Lyon,  Andrew  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Economics.  A.B, 
Stanford  University,  1980;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University, 
1986. 

Ma,  Michael  C.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1973;  M.S.,  1975; 
Ph.D..  1978. 

Mabbs,  Linda  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.  Mus  . 
Northwestern  University.  1968;  M.  Mus..  1970. 

MacArthur.  Charles  A.  Research  Associate.  Special 
Education.  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  M.Ed., 
American  University,  1974;  Ph.D..  1980 

MacBain,  William  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  M.  A.. 
Honors,  Saint  Andrews  University  (Scotland).  1952; 
Ph.D.,  1955. 

MacCullough,  Glenn  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.S. A  .  University  of  Virginia,  1980;  M 
Arch.,  Harvard  University,  1983. 

MacDonald,  William  M.  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1955. 

Mack,  Maynard,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A. . 
Yale  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

MacLeod,  Anne  S.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.  University  of  Chicago,  1949; 
M.L.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

MacQuillan,  Anthony  M.  Associate  Professor, 
Microbiology.  B.S.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia, 
1956;  M.Sc,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1962 

Macready,  George  B.  Professor,  Measurement, 
Statistics,  and  Evaluation.  B.A.,  Willamette  University, 
1965; M. A  .University ofOregon,  1967; Ph.D.. University 
of  Minnesota,  1972. 

Madan,  Dilip  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Collegeof  Business 
and  Management.  B.Comm.,  University  of  Bombay. 
1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Madden,  Dorothy  G.  Professor  Emerita,  Dance.  A.B., 
Middlebury  College,  1934;  MA..  Syracuse  University, 
1937;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University.  1962. 


Maddocks.  John  H.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
BSc  .  Universityol Glasgow.  1978:  D  Phil,  Balliol College. 
1982 

Magette,  William  L.  /associate  Professor.  Agricultural 
Engineering  B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  Stale 
University  .  1974.  ME.  1975.  Ph.D..  1982 

Magoon,  Thomas  M.  Professor  Ementus,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  and  Psychology.  Director 
Emeritus,  Counseling  Center  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College. 
1947;  MA  ,  University  of  Minnesota.  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954 

Magrab,  Edward  B.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E  ,  City  College  of  New  York.  1960.  MAE.  New 
York  University,  1961,  Ph  D.,  The  Catholic  University 
ofMaryland,  1966 

Malda,  Peter  R.  Associate  Professor.  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  St,  Vincent  College. 
1960.  M.A.,  Fordham  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1969. 

Main,  Daphne  Assistant  Professor,  Collegeof  Business 
and  Management  B.S..  University  of  Vermont.  1976; 
M.S..  Western  Michigan  University,  1982;  Ph.D..  Ohio 
State  University.  1990 

Majeska,  George  P.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A.. 
City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1961; 
M.A..  Indiana  University.  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Majeskie,  J.  Lee  Associate  Professor.  Animal  Sciences. 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964:  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D., 
Kansas  State  University.  1970. 

Major,  Leon  Professor  andChair.  Music.  B.A ,  University 
of  Toronto,  1955 

Makowski,  Armand  M.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S.,  Univ.  Libre  de  Bruxelles,  Belgium.  1975; 
M.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1976;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Kentucky,  1981 . 

Male,  George  A.  Professor.  Education  Policy.  Planning, 
and  Administration;  Director,  Comparative  Education 
Center.  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1948;  M.A..  1949; 
Ph.D.,  1952. 

Malec,  Paul  Associate  Staff,  Radio,  Television  and  Film 
B.Sc,  University  of  Maryland.  1974:  BSc.  University 
College,  1982. 

Maley,  Donald  Professor  Emeritus.  Industrial, 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
California  State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1944;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1947;  Ph.D..  1950. 

Malhotra,  Anju  Assistant  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A.. 
Cornell  University,  1980;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan, 
1985;  Ph.D.,  1989. 

Mallinson,  Edward  T.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Vetennary  Medicine.  V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1956. 

Malouf,  David  B.  Associate  Research  Scholar,  Special 
Education.  B.A..  University  of  Utah,  1968;  M.Ed.,  1970; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1976. 

Manekin,  Charles  H.  Associate  Professor,  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian.  B.A.  Yale  University.  1975;  MA,  Columbia 
University,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Manheimer,  Wallace  M.  Adjunct  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering.  SB.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Manion,  David  Instructor,  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Arizona,  1967. 

Manning,  Raymond  Adjunct  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.. 
University  of  Miami.  Coral  Gables,  1956;  M.S..  1959; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

Marando,  Vincent  L.  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.S.,  State  University  at  Buffalo,  1960;  M.A., 
Michigan  State  University.  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Marasli,  Barsam  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Bogazici  University,  Turkey.  1980; 
M.S.,  University  of  Arizona,  1983;  Ph.D.,  1989. 


256     McGuire.  Martin  C. 


Marchettl,  Glna  Assistant  Professor.  Radio,  Television 
and  Film  B.A..  Florida  State  University.  1976;  MA. 
Northwestern  University,  1978;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Marchioninl,  Gary  J.  Associate  Professor,  College  ol 
Library  and  Information  Services.  B.A .  Western  Michigan 
University.  1971;  M.Ed..  Wayne  State  University,  1974; 
Ph.D.,  1981. 

Marclnkowski,  Marlon  J.  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  8.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.S.. 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Marcus,  Robert  F.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development.  B  A. .  Montclair  Stale  College,  1 965;  MA. 
New  York  University.  1967;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1973. 

Marcus.  W.  Andrew  Assistant  Professor.  Geography. 
B.Sc..  Stanford  University,  1978;  MA.  Arizona  State 
University.  1983;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1987. 

Marcuse,  MlchaelJ.  Associate  Professor,  English  B  A  , 
University  of  Pittsburgh.  1966;  M.A..  University  of 
Michigan.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Mariano,  Patrick  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1 964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1969 

Marlno,  Anne  M.  Lecturer,  Curnculum  and  Instruction; 
Coordinator,  Northern  Howard  County  Teacher 
Education  Center.  B.A.,  Queen's  College.  1959,  M.S., 
1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1986. 

Mark,  Leo  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science.  B.S. , 
Aarhus  University.  1977;  M.S..  1980;  Ph.D..  1985. 

Markley,  Nelson  G.  Professor  and  Chairman, 
Mathematics.  A.B.,  Lafayetle  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Yale 
University.  1964;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Marks.  Colin  H.  Professor,  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology, 
1956;  M.S.,  1957.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1965. 

Marquardt.  Warren  W.  Professor,  College  of  Veterinary 
Medicine  B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  M.S.. 
1961;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Marquez,  Jaime  Lecturer.  Part-lime,  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  B.A.,  Universidad  Catolica  Andres  Bello 
(Venezuela).  1978:  A.M..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1981;  PhD.,  1983. 

Marshall.  James  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Animal 
Sciences.  B.S.,  Texas  Tech  University.  1967;  M.S., 
1969;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1974. 

Martin,  Cynthia  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A..  University  of 
New  Hampshire.  1 980;  MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1983;  Ph.D..  1990. 

Martin,  James  G.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  University 
of  North  Dakota.  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1958.  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Martin,  L.  John  Professor  Emeritus.  College  of 
Journalism.  A.B.,  American  University  (Cairo),  1947; 
MA  .  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Martin,  Monroe  H.  Professor  Emeritus.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S. ,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  1928;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1932. 

Martin,  Raymond  F.  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Ohio 
State  University.  1962;  MA.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1968. 

Martinez,  Reynaldo  L.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor, 
Industrial.  Technological  and  Occupational  Education. 
B.S.,  Texas  A&l  University.  1975;  M.S.,  Corpus  Christi 
State  University,  1 983;  Ph.D.,  Colorado  State  University, 
1990. 

Marx,  George  L.  Professor.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services;  Director  of  Articulation.  System  Administration 
B.A..  Yankton  College.  1953;  MA.  State  University  of 
Iowa.  1958;  Ph.D..  1959 

Masl,  Dale  Affiliate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  College  of  Mt  St  Vincent.;  MS  , 


University  of  Illinois.;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of 
America,. 

Mason,  Glenn  M.  Professor,  Physics  &  Astronomy  8.  A. , 
Harvard  University.  1965;  M.S..  University  of  Chicago. 
1967.  PhD.  1971 

Masters,  Elizabeth  C.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.S. ,  Ohio  State  University,  1 977;  M  ARCH  . 
University  of  Virginia.  1980. 

Mather,  Ian  H.  Professor,  Animal  Sciences  B.Sc., 
University  of  Wales.  1966;  PhD..  1971. 

Mathlas,  J.  Kevin  Lecturer,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.S.. 
1976;  PhD.  1988 

Matosslan,  Mary  K.  Associate  Professor,  History  B.A. 
Stanford  University,  1951;  M.A.,  American  University 
(Beirut).  1952;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1955. 

Matteson,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor  (Retired), 
Human  Development.  B.A  .  Knox  College.  1952,  M  A 
University  of  Maryland.  1955;  Ed  D  .  1962 

Matthews,  David  L.  Research  Associate  Professor, 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S., 
Queens  University  (Canada).  1949;  Ph.D..  Princeton 
University.  1959. 

Matthews,  Thomas  A.  Associate  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  Astronomy  Program  B.A.,  University  of 
Toronto.  1950;  M.S..  Case  Institute  of  Technology. 
1951;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1956. 

Mattlck,  Joseph  F.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal 
Sciences.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942; 
Ph.D..  1950. 

Mattlngly,  Joseph  G„  Jr.  Director,  Undergraduate 
Studies,  College  of  Business  and  Management; 
AftiliateAssistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1 958;  M.B.  A. . 
1966. 

Maurlello.  Thomas  P.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  Suffolk  University, 
1973;  M.F.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1976. 

Mavrovounlotis,  Michael  L.  Assistant  Professor, 
Chemical  Engineering;  Assistant  Professor,  Systems 
Research  Center  Diploma  of  Engineering.  National 
Technical  University.  1984;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1988. 

Max,  Stephen  R.  Professor.  Nutritional  Sciences 
Program  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1966 

May,  Cornelius  W.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Afro-American 
Studies.  A.B.,  Washington  University,  1965;  J. D.  Harvard 
Law  School,  1969. 

Mayer,  Randall  R.  Instructor.  Botany  B.S..  Iowa  Slate 
University.  1986;  M.S..  Purdue  University.  1989. 

Mayergoyz,  Isaak  Professor.  Electrical  Engineenng; 
Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies 
E.E.Dipl..  Polytechnical  Institute.  Novocherkask.USSR, 
1963,  Kandidat  Nauk.  1968;  Doctor  Nauk  E.E.. 
Cybernetics  Inst  of  the  Ukrainian  Acad,  of  Sci..  1975. 

Mayes,  Alvln  Instructor.  Dance  B.A  ,  University  of 
Michigan.  1969 

Mayo,  Marlene  J.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A.. 
Wayne  State  University,  1 954;  MA  .  Columbia  University. 
1957;  PhD  .  1961 

Mazzocchi,  Paul  H.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry;  Acting  Dean,  Colleges  of  Agnculture  and 
Life  Sciences.  B.Sc  .  Queens  College.  1961.  Ph  D  . 
Fordham  University.  1965. 

McAdams.  Katharine  M.  Assistant  Professor.  College 
of  Journalism  B  A  .  University  of  North  Carolina.  1 972; 
MA,  1981;  PhD.  1988 

McAvoy,  Thomas  J.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman. 
Chemical  Engineering.  Director,  Chemical  Engineenng 
Program:  Professor,  Systems  Research  Center  B.A  . 


Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute.  1961;  MA.  Princeton 
University,  1963.  Ph.D..  1964 

McCabe.  Margaret  M.  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  BS  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1974;  M.S., 
1976 

McCaleb.  Joseph  L.  Associate  Professor,  Speech 
Communication;  Associate  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  B.A.,  Abilene  Chnstian  College.  1969; 
M  Ed  .  University  ol  Texas  (Austin).  1973,  PhD  .  1976 

McCall,  Gerald  N.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman, 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  BS.,  Flonda  Stale 
University,  1959,  MA.  Northweslern  University.  1962; 
Ph.D..  1964 

McCarrlck,  Earleen  M.  Associate  Prolessor. 
Government  and  Politics.  B.A..  Louisiana  State 
University.  1 953;  MA  .  1 955;  Ph  D  .  Vandertoilt  University. 
1964. 

McCarthy,  Coleman  Lecturer,  Part-time,  University 
Honors  Program  B  S.Spnnghill  College.  1 960;  Honorary 
Doc  Arts  &  Letters.  Wheeling  College.  1976 

McCarthy,  Marie  F.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Music  B.A, 
University  College.  Dublin  Ireland,  1 983;  MM.,  University 
of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  1986;  Ph.D.,  1990. 

McCarty,  John  Assistant  Professor,  Art  B.A  .  University 
of  Virginia,  1961;  M.F.A..  Pratt  Institute.  1968 

McClure,  L.  Morris  Professor  Emeritus.  Education 
Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration  B  A  ,  Western 
Michigan  University.  1 940;  MA  .  University  of  Michigan. 
1946;  Ed  D  .  Michigan  Slate  University.  1953. 

McClurg,  Charles  A.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture. 
B.S  .  Iowa  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1968;  Ph.D..  1970. 

McConnell,  Kenneth  E.  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1964; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

McCoy,  Robert  Associate  Professor.  Music  B  A 
University  of  Iowa.  1974;  M.A..  1975.  DM  A  .  University 
of  Southern  California.  1982. 

McCuen,  Richard  H.  Professor.  Civil  Engineering  B.S  . 
Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1967;M  S  .  Georgia  Institute 
of  Technology.  1969.  Ph.D..  1970. 

McCusker,  John  J.  Prolessor,  History  B  A  ,  Saint 
Bernards  College,  1961;  MA,  University  of  Rochester. 
1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1970. 

McDanlel,  Chad  K.  Director.  Academic  Software 
Development  Group,  Computer  Science  Center; 
Lecturer,  Anthropology  Department  A.B..  Harvard 
College  (Cambridge),  1972;  PhD  .University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1983. 

McDonald,  Frank  Senior  Research  Scientist.  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  BS.,  Duke 
University.  1948.  M.S..  University  of  Minnesota.  1951. 
Ph.D.,  1955. 

McDonald,  James  Professor.  Music  8  M  .Momingside 
College.  1962;  MA.  University  of  Iowa.  1964;  DMA.. 
1974 

McDowell,  David  Associate  Prolessor.  Institute  of 
Cnminal  Justice  and  Criminology  BS.,  Portland  State 
University,  1973;  MA,  Northweslern  University.  1975. 
Ph.D..  1980 

McDowell,  Paula  J.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A  , 
University  ol  Bntish  Columbia.  1982.  Ph  D  .  Stanford 
University,  1990 

McEwen,  Marylu  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  B.S  .  Purdue  University.  1988: 
M  S  .  Indiana  University.  1 970;  Ph  D  .  Purdue  University. 
1973 

McFerson.  Hazel  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Alro-Amencan 
Studies  B  A  ,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1 969;  MA. 
Tufls  University.  1 970.  Ph  D    Brandeis  University.  1 976 

McGuire,  Martin  C.  Professor.  Economics  B.S  .  United 
States  Military  Academy.  1955;  MA  .  Oxford  University. 
1958;  Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1964 


Moghadam,  Linda  Z.     257 


Mcllrath,  Thomas  J.  Professor.  Institute  lor  Physical 
Science  and  Technology;  Prolessor  and  Director, 
Chemical  Physics  BS  .Michigan  State  University,  1960; 
Ph  D  .  Princeton  University,  1966 

Mclntlre,  Roger  W.  Associate  Dean.  Undergraduate 
Studies,  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.A.,  Northwestern 
University,  1958;M  A  .  Louisiana  State  University,  1960; 
Ph.D.,  1962 

Mcintosh,  Maria  S.  Associate  Prolessor,  Agronomy 
BS.  University  of  Illinois.  1974;  M.S..  1976;  Ph.D.. 
1978 

Mcintosh,  Wayne  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  ol  South  Carolina,  1973. 
MA  .  Wichita  State  University.  1974;  PhD  .  Washington 
University.  1981. 

Mclnturtt.  Mark  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  School  ol 
Architecture  BArch..  University  ol  Maryland,  1972. 

Mclntyre.  Jennie  J.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology 
A.B.,  Howard  College.  1960;  M.S.,  Florida  State 
University.  1962;  Ph.D..  1966. 

McKay.  A.  Bruce  Ad|unct  Assistant  Prolessor.  Education 
Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration.  B.S. .  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1960;  MSST..  Amencan  University, 
1966;  Ed.D.,  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1971. 

McKee.  Claude  G.  Prolessor.  Affiliate.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1951.  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959 

McKenna,  Mary  Catherine  Adiuncl  Assistant  Professor, 
Part-time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A., 
University  ol  Maryland.  1968;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

McLaughlin,  Francis  E.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.S..  University  of  New 
Mexico.  1960:  J.D..  American  University,  1965. 

McLaughlin,  Margaret  M.  Associate  Research  Scholar. 
Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1968: 
M.A.,  University  of  Northern  Colorado.  1971;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Virginia.  1977. 

McLellan,  Eileen  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Geology.  B.A.. 
University  of  Cambridge.  1979;  Ph.D..  1983. 

McLoone,  Eugene  P.  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.A.,  LaSalle  College, 
1951 ;  M.S.,  University  of  Denver,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1961. 

McNelly,  Theodore  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;  MA, 
1942;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1952. 

McNesby,  James  R.  Professor  Emeritus,  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.S.,  Ohio  University,  1943;  M.S., 
New  York  University.  1946;  Ph.D..  1951. 

McWhinnie,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor.  Housing 
and  Design;  Associate  Professor.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction. B.A.E.ArtlnstituteofChicago.  1953;M.F.A , 
1957;  Ed.D.,  Stanford  University,  1965. 

Meacham,  Cassandra  Lecturer.  Speech 
Communication.  B.A.,  Hampton  Institute.  1968;  M.Ed.. 
University  of  South  Carolina.  1974;  M.A.T.,  Hampton 
Institute.  1978. 

Medvene,  Arnold  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services;  Counselor,  University  Counseling 
Center.  BS..  Temple  University.  1959;  M.Ed..  1963; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Kansas.  1968. 

Meeker,  Barbara  F.  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A., 
University  of  Kansas.  1961;  M.A..  Stanford  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Meersman.  Roger  L.  Professor  and  Chair,  Theatre 
B.A.,  Saint  Ambrose  College,  1952;  M.A..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Meijer,  Marianne  S.  Associate  Professor.  French  and 
Italian  Romance  Language,  University  of  Leiden 
(Holland).  1948;  M.A..  Catholic  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
1972. 

Meiners,  Mark  R.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education. 
B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1969;  M.A..  Georgetown 
University.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978 


Melslnger,  John  J.  Ad|unct  Associate  Prolessor. 
Agronomy  BS..  Iowa  State  University.  1967.  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University.  1976. 

Melnlk,  Walter  L.  Prolessor.  Aerospace  Engineenng 
B  S  ,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  MS.,  1953:  Ph.D.. 
1964 

Menard.  John  P.  Director  ol  Facilities.  College  ol 
Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  A.B.. 
Saint  Michaels  College.  1954 

Mench.  Joy  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Poultry  Science 
B  A.  California  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Sussex.  1983 

Menezes.  Bernard  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Prolessor,  Institute  for  Advanced 
Computer  Studies  B.S..  The  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology  (Bombay).  1980;  M.S.,  The  University  of 
Notre  Dame.  1982;  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Texas 
(Austin).  1987. 

Menzer,  Robert  E.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Entomology 
B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1962;Ph.D.,UniversityofWisconsin.  1964. 

Merrick.  Charles  P.  Associate  Prolessor  Emeritus. 
Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.C.E  ,  University  of 
Maryland.  1933. 

Merrill,  Horace  S.  Professor  Emeritus,  History  BE, 
Wisconsin  State  University  (River  Falls),  1932;  Ph.M.. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1933;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

Messersmith,  Donald  H.  Professor  Emeritus, 
Entomology  B.Ed..  University  of  Toledo.  1951:  M.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1962. 

Meyer,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor.  Economics.  B.A., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Stanford 
University,  1966. 

Michaelis,  Otho  E.,  IV  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Part- 
time.  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  BS,  Gannon 
College.  1964;  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1973 

Mickevich,  Mary  Associate  Research  Scientist. 
Entomology.  B.S.,  Boston  University.  1966;  M.A..  1970; 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook), 
1978. 

Mignerey,  Alice  C.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry,  B.S. .  University  of  Rochester.  1 971 ;  M.S. , 
1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Mikulski,  Piotr  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Lyceum 
(Warsaw),  1 942;  M.S. ,  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics, 
1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

Milchberg,  Howard  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  McMaster  University, 
1979;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1985. 

Miles,  Carolyn  W.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Part- 
time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  &  State  University  ,  1969;  M.S., 
1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Milke,  James  A.  Lecturer.  Fire  Protection  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1976;  M.S.,  1981. 

Miller,  Arthur  G.  Professor,  Art  History.  B.A.,  Colby 
College,  1964;  M.A.,  Ecole  du  Louvreity.  1965;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1969. 

Miller,  Cary  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S.,  Poma  College.  1982;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1987. 

Miller,  Daniel  L.  Instructor,  Radio,  Television  and  Film 
B.S..  University  of  Oregon  (Eugene).  1983:  M.S.. 
University  of  Oregon.  1986. 

Miller,  Douglass  R.  Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  California  (Davis).  1964;  M.S..  1965: 
Ph.D.,  1969. 

Miller,  Gerald  R.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry. 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois,  1960;  Ph.D..  1962. 


Miller.  James  R.  Professor  Ementus,  Agronomy.  B.S  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1951;  MS  ,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956 

Miller,  Joseph  W.  Lecturer.  English  B.A..  Saint  John 
Fisher  College.  1958;  MA.  University  of  Rochester. 
1960 

Miller,  Merl  E.  Acting  Chair  and  Associate  Professor, 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  BS.  Oklahoma 
State  University,  1958,  M.S..  1971,  Ed  E  ,  1981 

Miller,  Raymond  Professor.  Computer  Science,  Director, 
Center  of  Excellence  in  Space  Data  and  Information 
Sciences.  B  S.Universityof  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1950. 
B.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1954;  M.S..  1955; 
Ph.D..  1957. 

Miller,  Raymond  J.  Professor,  Agronomy.  Vice 
Chancellor.  Agriculture  and  Natural  Resources.  B.S., 
University  of  Alberta,  1957;  MS  ,  Washington  State 
University.  1960;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1962. 

Miller,  Richard  P.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  S..  DePaul  University. 
1949;  MBA.  Northwestern  University.  1950 

Mills,  Judson  R.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S,  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1953;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1958. 

Mlllson,  John  J.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
Massashusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1973. 

Millstein,  Flora  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S  ,  University  of  Maryland, 
1974;  M.S.,  1977. 

Milor,  Linda  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1982;  Ph.D., 
1990. 

Minis,  loannis  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  Diploma,  National  Technical  University  of 
Athens.  1982;  M.S..  Clarkson  University.  1983;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1988. 

Minker,  Jack  Professor.  Computer  Science;  Professor, 
Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies.  B.A..  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1949;  M.S.. 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1959. 

Mintz,  Alan  L.  Professor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian  B.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1969;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Mintz,  Lawrence  E.  Associate  Professor,  American 
Studies.  B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina.  1966;  M. A.. 
Michigan  State  University.  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Mintz,  Samuel  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Urban 
Studies  and  Planning;  Directorof  Undergraduate  Studies, 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies;  Assistant  Professor,  Affiliate, 
Afro-American  Studies.  M.A.,  University  of  District  of 
Columbia.  1971;  M.C.P..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1985. 

Misner,  Charles  W.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1952;  M.A..  Pnnceton 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Mitchell,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor.  Geography. 
M.A..  University  of  Glasgow.  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1968. 

Miner,  Charles  Associate  Professor,  Entomology  B.S.. 
Stanford  University.  1970;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York  (Stony  Brook).  1977. 

Mityga,  Henry  G.  Lecturer,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture;  Lecturer,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1966;  M.S.  Purdue  University.  1969;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Miura,  Eiko  Instructor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A., 
Kyoto  University  (Japan),  1962. 

Modarres,  Mohammad  Associate  Professor.  Materials 
and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Tehran  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1974;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Moghadam,  Linda  Z.  Lecturer.  Sociology.  B.A.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M. A.,  1981;  Ph.D..  1989 


258    Norman,  Kent  L. 


Mohanty,  Sashl  B.  Prolessor  and  Associate  Dean. 
Collegeof  Veterinary  Medicine  BV.Sc,  Bihar  University, 
1956;  MS,  University  ol  Maryland,  1961.  Ph.D.,  1963 

Mohapatra,  Rablndra  Nath  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.Sc,  Uktal  University  (India),  1964;  M.Sc, 
Delhi  University  (India),  1966;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Rochester,  1969. 

Mohrman,  Kathryn  J.  Dean.  Undergraduate  Studies; 
Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  School  ol  Public  Aflairs 
B.S,  Gnnnell,  1967;  MA,  University  ol  Wisconsin. 
1969;  Ph.D..  George  Washington  University.  1982 

Mokhtari,  Manouchehr  Assistant  Prolessor,  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics  B.S,  University  ol  Tehran, 
1977;  MA.  University  of  Houston.  1984;  Ph.D..  1986 

Molla.  Bekele  Affiliate  Assistant  Prolessor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services; .  University  Counseling  Center 
B.S.  Spnngdeld  College.  1 967;  MA  .  Howard  University. 
1972;  Ph  D,  University  ol  Maryland,  1978. 

Montgomery.  Edward  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics 
B.S.  .Pennsylvania  State  University.  1976.  AM.  .Harvard 
University.  1980;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Montgomery.WilliamProfessor,  Music  BMus.  Cornell 
College.  1953;  M.Mus,  Catholic  University  ol  America. 
1957;  Ph.D..  1975 

Moon,  Sherrill  Associate  Prolessor,  Special  Education 
B.A ,  Randolph-Macon  Woman  s  College,  1974;  M.Ed, 
James  Madison  University,  1976;  Ed.D  ,  University  ol 
Virginia.  1983 

Moore.  John  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1951;  MS  , 
Cornell  University.  1 955.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1959. 

Moore,  John  H.  Prolessor,  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
B.S,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1963;  M.A.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967 

Moore.  Thomas  Academic  Advisor,  College  of  Arts  and 
Humanities:  Instructor.  English.  B.A,  Towson  State 
University,  1973;  M.A..  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1977;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1983. 

Moquln,  George  A.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Summer 
Programs.  B.A,  University  ol  Maryland,  1971. 

Morgan,  H.  Gerthon  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Human 
Development.  B.A..  Furman  University,  1940;  MA, 
University  of  Chicago.  1943;  Ph.D..  1946. 

Morris,  Louis  A.  Lecturer,  part-time.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  B.A..  Boston  University,  1968; 
MA,  New  School  of  Social  Research,  1971;  Ph.D., 
Tulane  University,  1974. 

Morrison,  Keith  Prolessor.  Art.  B.F.A.,  Art  Institute  ol 
Chicago.  1963;  M.F.A..  1965 

Morton.  Eugene  S.  Adjunct  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S, 
Denison  University.  1962:  M.S..  Yale  University,  1968; 
Ph.D..  1969 

Moser,  Thomas  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A, 
Harvard  University,  1973;  MA,  Yale  University.  1979; 
Ph.D..  Stanford  University,  1987 

Moser-Velllon.  Phylls  B.  Prolessor.  Human  Nutrition 
and  Food  Systems.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1969;MS„  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Moses.  Claire  G.  Associate  Prolessor.  Women's  Studies 
Program  A.B..  Smith  College,  1963;  M  Phil,  George 
Washington  University.  1972;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Mosleh,  Ell  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor.  Reliability  Engineenng 
B.S.,  University  of  Techonology.  Tehran,  1975.  M.S.. 
University  of  California-Los  Angeles.  1978;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Mots,  Alfred  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  History  B  A  .Lake 
Forest  College.  1965:  M.Div,  Episcopal  Divinity  School. 
1968;  MA    University  ol  Chicago.  1972:  Ph.D..  1977 

Mots,  Lawrence  Prolessor,  Music  B.A..  University  ol 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1949;  MA,  University  of 
Rochester.  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California. 
1957 


Mossman,  Carol  A.  Associate  Prolessor,  French  and 
Italian  B.A..  University  ol  New  Mexico.  1 975;  MA  .  Rice 
University.  1979;  Ph.D..  1982 

Motla,  Jerome  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Botany  A.B.. 
San  Francisco  State  College,  1959;  MA..  1964;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  California  (Berkeley).  1968. 

Mount,  David  Associate  Prolessor.  Computer  Science 
B.S,  Purdue  University,  1977;  Ph  D.,  1983 

Mowrer,  Frederick  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Fire 
Protection  Engineering  B.S,  Illinois  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1976;  MS.  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1981;  PhD,  1987 

Mueller,  Dennis  C.  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.S, 
Colorado  College.  1962;  PhD.  Princeton  University, 
1966. 

Mulchl,  Charles  L.  Prolessor.  Affiliate.  Agronomy  B.S, 
North  Carolina  State  University,  1964;M.S„  1967;  Ph.D.. 
1970. 

Muncy.  Robyn  L.  Assistant  Professor,  History  B.A, 
Lindenwood  College.  1977;  Ph.D..  Northwestern 
University,  1977. 

Mundy,  Lee  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B.S,  California  Institute 
of  Technology,  1977;  PhD,  The  University  of  Texas  at 
Austin,  1984 

Munn,  Robert  J.  Prolessor,  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry. 
Acting  Assistant  Vice  President,  Academic  Affairs.  B.Sc, 
University  of  Bristol,  1957;  Ph.D..  1961. 

Munno,  Frank  J.  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S,  Waynesburg  College.  1957;  M.S., 
University  ol  Florida,  1962;  Ph.D..  1964 

Murphy,  Dennis  W.  Associate  Professor.  Poultry 
Science  B.S,  Michigan  Stale  University.  1961;  M.S.. 
University  of  Michigan,  1963;  PhD,  Michigan  State 
University,  1974. 

Murphy,  Thomas  J.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.S,  Fordham  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 
Rockefeller  University.  1968. 

Murrell,  Peter  Prolessor,  Economics.  B.Sc,  London 
School  of  Economics,  1971;  M.Sc,  1972;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1977. 

Muse,  Stephen  A.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.  Arch,  University  of  Maryland,  1973; 
M.Arch.  in  Urban  Design,  Cornell  University.  1976. 

Myers,  Samuel  L„  Jr.  Director,  Atro-American  Studies. 
Professor,  Economics.  B.A..  Morgan  State  University, 
1971;  PhD,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology. 
1976 

Myricks,  Noel  Associate  Professor.  Family  and 
Community  Development  B.A,  San  Francisco 
University.  1965;  MS,  1967;  J.D..  Howard  University, 
1970;  Ed.D,  American  University.  1974. 

Nacht.  Michael  Dean.  School  ol  Public  Affairs;  Professor. 
School  of  Public  Aflairs;  Affiliate  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.S,  New  York  University.  1963;  M.S.. 
Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  MS,  New 
York  University.  1969;  MA,  New  School  of  Social 
Research.  1970;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1973. 

Naharro-Calderon,  Jose  Maria  Assistant  Prolessor. 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  B.A,  Allegheny  College.  1 974; 
MA,  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1977;  Ph.D.,  1985 

Nakajima,  Kazuo  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor.  Institute  lor  Advanced 
Computer  Studies  B.S,  Osaka  University,  1973.  MS, 
1975;  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University.  1979 

Narayan,  Prakash  Associate  Prolessor.  Electrical 
Engineenng;  Associate  Prolessor,  Systems  Research 
Center  B  Tech  .  Indian  Institute  ol  Technology.  1976; 
MS.  Washington  University  (St  Louis).  1978;  Ph  D  . 
1981 

Nau,  Dana  S.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
Director.  Computer  Science  Graduate  Studies  B.S. 
University  of  Missouri.  1974;  A.M..  Duke  University, 
1976;  PhD.  1979 


Nelson.  Judd  O.  Associate  Prolessor.  Entomology  B.S, 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1969.  M  S  .  1972;  Ph.D.  1974. 

Nemes,  Graciela  P.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  BS  .Trinity  College  (Vermont),  1942;M  A, 
University  of  Maryland.  1946.  Ph.D..  1952 

Nerl,  Umberto  Prolessor,  Mathematics  B.S,  University 
ol  Chicago.  1961 ;  M.S..  1962.  Ph  D  .  1966. 

Neubert,  Debra  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Special 
Education  B.S,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1976;  M.Ed, 
University  of  Maryland.  1981.  PhD  .  1985 

Neuman.  M.  Delia  Assistant  Prolessor,  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services  A.B,  Chestnut  Hill  College, 
1966;  AM  .  University  ol  Michigan  (Ann  Arbor),  1972; 
PhD  .  Ohio  Stale  University  (Columbus).  1986 

Neustadtl,  Alan  Assistant  Prolessor.  Sociology  B  A  . 
Bates  College.  1 979;  MA.  University  ol  Massachusetts, 
1982;  PhD,  1987 

Newby,  Hayes  A.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  A  B  .OhioWesleyan  University,  1935; 
MA.  University  ol  Iowa,  1939;  Ph  D  .  1947 

Newcomb,  Robert  W.  Prolessor.  Electncal  Engineenng 
BS.  Purdue  University,  1 955;  MS,  Stanlord  University. 
1957;  PhD,  University  ol  California  (Berkeley).  1960 

Newell.  Clarence  A.  Professor  Emeritus.  Education 
Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration  B.A,  Hastings 
College.  1935;  MA.  Columbia  University.  1939;  PhD, 
1943. 

Newhagen.  John  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol 
Journalism  B.A,  University  ol  Colorado.  1976;  MA. 
1979;  MA,  Stanford  University,  1989;  PhD,  1990. 

Newton.  James  N.  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  ol 
Engineering.  B  S  .Towson  Stale  University.  1968;  M  A  . 
Bowdoin  College,  1974. 

Ng.  Timothy  J.  Professor.  Horticulture  B.S,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1969:  M.S.,  Purdue  University. 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Nickels,  William  G.  Associate  Professor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B  S.B.A,  Ohio  State 
University,  1962;  MBA,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1966,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University.  1969. 

Nicklason.  Fred  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History  B.S, 
Gustavus  Adolphus  College,  1953;  MA,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1955;  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1967. 

Niese,  Henry  Associate  Prolessor,  Art  Cert .  The  Cooper 
Union.  1 949;  Cert,  Academie  Grande  Chaumiere  (Paris), 
1949;  B.F.A,  Columbia.  1955. 

Niles,  Lyndrey  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Speech 
Communication  A  A  .  Canbbean  College.  West  Indies. 
1956;  B.A,  Columbia  Union  College.  Maryland.  1963; 
MA,  University  ol  Maryland.  1965;  PhD,  Temple 

University.  1973 

Noble,  Janet  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Human  Nutrition 
and  Food  Systems  B.S,  Kent  State  University.  1968; 
MA.  1976;  PhD,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  Stale 
University  .  1980. 

Nochetto.  Rlcardo  H.  Associate  Prolessor. 
Mathematics  Licenciado,  University  ol  Rosario 
(Argentina).  1976.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Buenos  Aires. 
1983 

Nolan,  Nancy  L.  Adiunct  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time. 
Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B  A  .  Rhode  Island 
College.  1983.  MS.  Kansas  Slate  University.  1985, 
Ph.D..  1987 

Noll,  James  Wm.  Associate  Prolessor.  Education  Pokey. 
Planning,  and  Administration  B.A,  University  ol 
Wisconsin  (Milwaukee).  1954.  MS.  1961;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Chicago.  1978 

Norman,  Howard  Associate  Professor  English  B  A 
Western  Michigan  University.  1972.  MA.  Indiana 
University,  1976 

Norman,  Kent  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.A  . 
Southern  Methodist  University.  1969. MA  Unrversityol 
Iowa.  1971.  PhD.  1973 


Patterson,  William  V.     259 


Norton.  Virginia  P.  Lecturer,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food 
Systems  B.S..  University  ol  Colorado,  1958;  Dietetic 
Internship  Cert ,  Brooke  General  Hospital.  1 960.  M  Ed  , 
University  ot  North  Carolina.  1971;  Ph.D.,  University 
ofMaryland.  1974 

Nossal,  Ralph  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Chemical  Physics 
Program;  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BA.  Cornell  University.  1959.  M.S..  University  ol 
Michigan,  1961;  Ph  D  .  1961 

Oates,  Wallace  E.  Professor.  Economics  MA.  Stanford 
University.  1959;  Ph  D..  1965. 

O'Brien.  Stephen  J.  Adiunct  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S., 
St.  Francis  College.  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1971. 

Obrlmskl.  Francis,  Joseph  Lecturer.  Part-time. 
Aerospace  Engineenng  B.S..  University  of  Maryland, 
1959;  M.E.A.,  George  Washington  University.  1969; 
Diploma.  Naval  War  College.  1979. 

OBrochta.  David  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology 
B.S..  University  of  Kansas.  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California.  1984 

O'Connell,  Donald  W.  Professor  Emeritus.  Economics 
B.A..  Columbia  University.  1937;  MA,  1938;  Ph.D., 
1953 

Odell,  Stanley  J.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  B.  A., 
University  ol  Kansas,  1960,  MA..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1962;  Ph.D..  1967 

O'Flahavan,  John  F.  Assistant  Professor.  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  B.A.,  University  of  Colorado  (Boulder), 
1981;  M.A.,  1982;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1988. 

O  Grady.  Kevin  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology. 
B.A..  Washington  and  Lee  University.  1972,  M.S..  Old 
Dominion  University.  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Connecticut,  1980 

Ohadl,  Michael  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S..  Tehran  University  (Iran),  1977;  M.S., 
Southern  Illinois  University  (Carbondale).  1980;  Me.D.. 
Northeastern  University,  1982;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1986. 

O'Hara,  George  J.  Research  Associate,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1953; 
M.S.,  1955. 

O'Haver,  Thomas  C.  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S..  Spring  Hill  College.  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Flonda.  1968 

O'Leary,  Dlanne  P.  Professor,  Computer  Science; 
Undergraduate  Studies  Director,  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Purdue  University.  1972;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University. 
1976. 

O'Leary,  Ronald  T.  Associate  Professor,  Theatre  B.S., 
Bowling  Green  State  University.  1960;  M.A.,  1961; 
M.F.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Olek,  Anthony  T.  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology  B.A.. 
Oakland  University.  1973;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York,  1979. 

Ollan,  Judith  D.  Associate  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Hebrew  University, 
Jerusalem,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1977;  Ph.D..  1980. 

Oliver,  Craig  S.  Professor.  Horticulture;  Director, 
Cooperative  Extension  Service;  Associate  Vice 
Chancellor  forAgnculture  &  Natural  Resources  B.S., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1957;  M.Ed.,  1960; 
Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University,  1968 

Olson,  Alison  G.  Professor.  History.  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1952;  M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Oxford 
University  (England),  1956. 

Olson,  Christine  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services  B.A.,  Temple 
University,  1973;  M.L.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1976; 
MAS.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1984. 

Olson,  Keith  W.  Professor.  History.  BA,  State  University 
of  New  York  (Albany).  1957;  M. A..;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1964. 


Olson,  Mancur  L.  Jr.  Distinguished  Professor, 
Economics;  Affiliate  Professor.  Government  and  Politics. 
Affiliate  Faculty,  School  of  Public  Affairs  B.S.,  North 
Dakota  State  University.  1954.  B  A  ,  Oxford  University, 
1956;  MA.  1960;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1963 

Olson,  Orrln  O.  Associate  Professor.  Music  A.B.. 
Sacramento  Stale  College,  1960;  M  Mus  .  Indiana 
University,  1961 

Olver,  Frank  W.  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.Sc. 
University  of  London.  1945;  M.Sc,  1948;  D.Se.  1961 

Ondov,  John  M.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S.,  Muhlenberg  College.  1970,  Ph.D.. 
University  ot  Maryland,  1974 

Oneda,  Sadao  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S.. 
Tohoku  Imperial  University.  1946;  M.S.,  1948;  Ph.D., 
Nagoya  University,  1953. 

Oppenhelmer,  Joe  A.  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics  A.B.,  Cornell  University.  1963;  MA.  University 
of  Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University,  1970. 

Orem,  William  H.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Geology.  B.S., 
Lehigh  University.  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1982. 

Orgelfinger,  Gail.  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President, 
Academic  Affairs.  B.A.,  The  George  Washington 
University,  1972;  A.M.,  The  University  of  Chicago,  1973; 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Oruc,  Ahmet  Y.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor,  Advanced  Computer 
Studies.  B.S.,  Middle  East  Technology  University 
(Ankara,  Turkey).  1976;  M.S.,  University  of  Wales 
(Cardiff),  1978;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University.  1983. 

Osborn,  John  E.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Ostas,  Daniel  T.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.S..  Purdue  University. 
1977;  J.D.,  Indiana  University,  1980.  MBA,  1986; 
Ph.D.,  1990. 

Osteen,  James  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.S..  University  of  Tennessee  at 
Knoxville.  1967;  M.S.,  1968;  PhD..  Michigan  State 
University,  1980. 

Oster,  Rose-Marie  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  M.A.,  Stockholm  University, 
1956;  Dr.  Phil.,  Kiel  University  (Germany),  1958. 

Otani,  Akira  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Sophia  University  (Tokyo), 
1978;  M.A.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1979;  Ed.D.. 
1985. 

Ott,  Edward  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering  and 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S..  The  Cooper  Union,  1 963; 
M.S..  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1965;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Ottinger,  Mary  Ann  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Owens,  Lynn  M.  Instructor,  Kinesiology.  B.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1978;  M.A..  1984. 

Owings,  James  C.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
Dartmouth  College,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1966. 

Pacheco,  Jose  E.  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
Doctor  Honoris  Causa,  Universidad  Autonoma  de  Sinaloa 
(Mexico),  1979. 

Pai,  Shih  I.  Professor  Ementus,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  National  Central 
University  (China).  1935;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1938;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology.  1940. 

Paik,  Ho  Jung  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Seoul  National  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Stanford 
University,  1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 


Panagarlya.  Arvlnd  Professor.  Economics  B.A.. 
University  Raiaslhan.  1971.  M  A  .  1973,  M  A  ,  Pnnceton 
University,  1977,  Ph.D.,  1978 

Pandelldls,  loannls  O.  Assistant  Research  Scientist. 
Mechanical  Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1976;  MS.  1978;  Ph.D..  1983 

Panlchas,  George  A.  Professor.  English  BA,  American 
International  College.  1951.  MA,  Trinity  College 
(Connecticut).  1952; PhD  .Nottingham University,  1961 

Pantalone,  Vincent  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B  A  Yale  University.  1954; 
J.D..  University  of  Connecticut  School  of  Law.  1959. 

Pao,  Eleanor  M.  Ad|uncl  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Nutntion  and  Food  Systems.  B.S..  Cornell  University, 
1945;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University.  1968;  Ph.D.,  1977 

Paolettl,  Jo  B.  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics;  Assistant  Dean  for  Student 
Affairs.  College  of  Human  Ecology  B.S..  Syracuse 
University.  1971 ;  M.S.  .University  of  Rhode  Island,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1980 

Papadopoulos,  Konstantinos  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program  B.Sc,  University  of 
Athens,  1960;  M.Sc,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

Papamarcou,  Adrianos  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.A.,  Cambridge  University  (England).  1981; 
M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1983;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Papenfuse.  Edward  C.  Adjunct  Associate 
Professor, History.  B. A.,  American  University.  1965;M.A.. 
University  of  Colorado,  1967;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1973 

Park,  Robert  L.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1958;  M.A.,  1960; 
Ph.D..  Brown  University.  1964. 

Parker,  Rosemary  Director.  Center  for  Minorities  in 
Science  and  Engineering.  A.B. ,  Lafayette  College,  1 977; 
M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Oswego),  1979. 

Parks,  Sheri  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Radio.  Television 
and  Film.  B.  A. ,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill) , 
1978;  M.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1983;  Ph.D.. 
1985. 

Parssinen,  Terry  M.  Director,  University  Honors 
Program;  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Grinnell 
College.  1963;  M.A.,  Brandeis  University.  1965;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

Pasch,  Alan  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  University  of 
Michigan.  1949;  M.A..  New  School  for  Social  Research, 
1952;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1955 

Pasmanick,  Kenneth  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time. 
Music.  B.A.,  American  University,  1962. 

Paternoster,  Raymond  Associate  Professor,  Institute 
of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  University  of 
Delaware.  1973;  M.S..  Southern  Illinois  University.  1975; 
Ph.D..  Florida  State  University,  1978 

Paterson,  Judith  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Journalism.  B.A.,  Hollins  College.  1960;  M.A.,  Auburn 
University.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Pati,  Jogesh  C.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S..  Ravenshaw  College,  1 955;  M.Sc.  Delhi  University. 
1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960 

Patterson,  Glenn  W.  Professor,  Botany  B.S.,  North 
Carolina  State  University,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Patterson,  Richard  E.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor, 
Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.S..  Drexel 
University.  1970,  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972; 
Ed.D.,  George  Washington  University,  1987. 

Patterson,  William  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Theatre. 
B.F.A.,UniversityofOklahoma,  1970:  M.F.A.,  University 
of  Utah,  1972. 


260    Presser,  Harriet 


Pavela,  Gary  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  University  Honors 
Program.  B  A  .  Lawrence  College,  1 968.  MA,  Wesleyan 
University,  1970;  J.D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1973 

Pavlln,  Vjekoslav  Research  Associate,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  Dipl.  C.F.,  University  ol  Sarajevo  (Yug), 
1961;  M.Sc,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University.  1976. 

Payerle,  Laszlo  Assistant  Protessor.  Music  B  Mus  . 
University  ot  Maryland.  1960;  M.Mus.,  University  ot 
Texas,  1962 

Payne,  Richard  Assistant  Protessor.  Zoology  BA, 
Trinity  College  (Cambndge.  England).  1977;  PhD  .The 
Australian  National  University,  1982. 

Pearce,  Alan  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  B.Sc.  London  School  of  Economics. 
1963;  M.Sc,  1968;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1972. 

Pearl,  Martin  H.  Protessor  Emeritus.  Mathematics.  8  A  , 
City  University  ot  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1950; 
M.A..  University  of  Michigan,  1951;  Ph  D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1955 

Pearson,  Barry  L.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  Michigan,  1968;  MA.  Indiana  University, 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Pease,  John  Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  B.S., 
Western  Michigan  University.  1960.  M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University.  1963;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Peaslee,  David  C.  Visiting  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  A.B..  Princeton  University.  1943;  Ph.D.. 
MIT.  1948. 

Pecht,  Michael  G.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng;  Associate  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center  B  S  .  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1976; 
M.S..  1979;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Peckerar,  Martin  C.  Professor,  part-time,  Electrical 
Engineering  B.S.,  SUNY  at  Stonybrook,  1968;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph  D..  1976. 

Pecora,  Norma  Assistant  Professor,  Radio-Television- 
Film  B  A  ,  Governors  State  University,  1978;  M.A.. 
1980;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1988 

Pego,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics; 
Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  A.B..  University  of  Chicago,  1978;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1982. 

Pelczar,  Michael  J.,  Jr.  Professor  Emeritus. 
Microbiology.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  M.S., 
1938;  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa.  1941 

Penner,  Merrilynn  J.  Professor.  Psychology  B.A., 
Harvard  University.  1966;  Ph.D.,  Universityof  California 
(San  Diego).  1970. 

Penney,  Barbara  E.  Instructor.  College  of  Veterinary 
Medicine.  B.S. .  Tutts  University.  1 957;  V.M.D..  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1968 

Perlnbam,  B.  Marie  Associate  Professor.  History; 
Affiliate  Associate  Professor.  Afro-Amencan  Studies 
B.A..  London  University  (England).  1 955;  MA. .  University 
of  Toronto.  1959;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University.  1969 

Perkins.  Moreland  Professor  Emeritus.  Philosophy 
A.B..  Harvard  College.  1948;  A.M.,  Harvard  University. 
1949;  Ph  D  .  1953 

Perils,  Donald  R.  Associate  Professor,  Computer 
Science  B.S.  Purdue  University,  1966.  Ph.D..  New 
York  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester, 
1981 

Perlroth,  Lynn  B.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Heanng  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B  S  .  Indiana  University.  1963.  M  A  . 
Stanford  University.  1964 

Pertmer,  Gary  A.  Associate  Professor,  Matenals  and 
Nuclear  Engineering  B  S.  Iowa  State  University.  1971. 
M.S..  University  of  Missouri  (Columbia).  1973;  Ph.D.. 
1978 

Peters,  Robert  Morgan  Associate  Professor.  Industnal, 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B.S., 
Mankato  State  College.  1955;  M.S..  1958;  Ph  D  . 
University  of  Minnesota.  1965 


Peters,  Robert  R.  Associate  Protessor,  Animal  Sciences 
B  S  ,  University  of  Minnesota.  1973;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1980 

Peterson,  Carla  L.  Associate  Professor,  English  B.A., 
Radcliffe  College,  1965;  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1976. 

Peterson,  William  S.  Professor,  English  BA,  Walla 
Walla  College,  1961;  MA.  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1962;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University.  1968. 

Petrlna,  Stephen  Instructor.  Industnal.  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education.  BS,  California  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1984 

Ptlster,  Guenter  G.  Professor  and  Chair,  Russian 
Language  and  Literature  B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University.  1963;  MA,  Michigan  State  University.  1 965; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas.  1970 

Phat.  Wlhelmlna  Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B.A.,  Gymnasium  A,  Amersfoort/The 
Netherlands,  1966;  M.A..  Lateinamerika-lnstitut  of  Free 
University  Berlin,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Free  University  Berlin, 
Romance  Languages,  1984 

Phelps,  Thomas  C.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services.  8FA/MFA.  Utah  State 
University,  1968;  MLS,  University  of  Oregon,  1972 

Phillips,  Sally  J.  Associate  Professor,  Kinesiology  BS., 
Slippery  Rock  State  College,  1964;  M  Ed.,  Colorado 
State  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1978 

Phillips,  Warren  R.  Professor.  Government  and  Politics 
BA..  Northwestern  University.  1963;  M.S..  California 
State  University  (San  Francisco).  1 966;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Hawaii.  1969. 

Pichler,  Pegaret  S.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.S..  Cornell  University, 
1979;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1983;  Ph.D..  1989. 

Pierce,  Sidney  K.,  Jr.  Professor,  Zoology  B.Ed., 
University  of  Miami,  1966;  Ph.D..  Flonda  State  University. 
1970. 

Pihlak,  Madis  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.E.S., 
Universityof  Waterloo  (Canada),  1976;  M.C.P..  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1980;  M.L.A..  1983. 

Pilato,  Virginia  H.  Research  Associate,  Special 
Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.Ed.. 
1980:  Ph.D..  1984. 

Pinker,  Rachel  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology 
M.Sc.  Hebrew  University  (Israel),  1966;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland.  1976. 

Piomelli,  Ugo  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering  B.S..  Universita  degli  Studi  di  Napoli.  1 979; 
M.S..  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1984;  Ph.D..  Stanford 
University,  1988. 

Piper,  Don  C.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1954;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D..  Duke 
University,  1961. 

Piper, Rowena  W.  Instructor.  Zoology  B.S  .  Midwestern 
University,  1954;  M.A..  Duke  University.  1962 

Plrages,  Dennis  A.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics 
BA..  State  University  of  Iowa,  1964,  Ph.D..  Stanford 
University.  1968 

Piatt,  Christopher  J.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor. 
Zoology  BS.,  University  of  Chicago.  1966.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (San  Diego).  1972 

Plischke,  Elmer  Professor  Ementus.  Government  and 
Politics  Ph  B  .  Marquette  University.  1937,  MA. 
Amencan  University.  1 933;  PhD  .  Clark  University.  1 943 

Plude,  Dana  Associate  Professor,  Psychology   B  A 
State  University  of  New  York.  1976;  M  A  .  Syracuse 
University.  1979;  Ph  D  .  1980 

Plumb,  Jams*  W.  Instructor.  Part-time.  College  of 
Journalism  BS..  University  of  Washington.  1956 

Plumly,  Stanley  Professor  English  B  A  ,  Wilmmglon 
College.  1 962.  M  A   Ohio  University.  1968;  PhD  .1970 


Poetscher,  Benedlkl  Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna.  1979 

Potfenberger.  Paul  R.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics;  Associate  Dean,  College  ol 
Agriculture  BS.,  University  of  Maryland.  1935;  MS  . 
1937;  Ph  D  .  American  University.  1953. 

Pogue.  Stephanie  E.  Associate  Protessor.  Art  B  FA. 
Howard  University.  1966;  M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy 
ol  Art,  1968;  M  A  ,  Vanderbilt  University,  1980 

Polrler,  M.  Lynn  Instructor.  Maryland  English  Institute 
B.A,  Trinity  College.  1977:M  A  .Universityof  Delaware. 
1981 

Polst,  Helenas.  Lecturer  Pan-time  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B  S  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1972; 
MBA.  1980. 

Polst,  Richard  F.  Associate  Protessor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  BS  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1965.  MBA,  University  ot  Maryland,  1967; 
Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1972. 

Polakofl,  Murray  E.  Prolessor.  Economics;  Prolessor, 
Business  and  Management.  Dean.  College  of  Behavioral 
and  Social  Sciences  B.A..  New  York  University.  1946; 
MA.  Columbia  University.  1949;  Ph.D..  1955 

Poll,  Rlnaldo  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B  S.  Universityof  Pisa  (Italy).  1981:  Ph.D., 
Scuola  Normale  Supenore  (Pisa.  Italy).  1985. 

Ponnamperuma,  Cyril  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.A.,  University  of  Madras,  1948:  B  Sc  . 
University  of  London,  1 959;  Ph  D  .  University  ofCalifomia 
(Berkeley).  1962 

Popper,  Arthur  N.  Professor  and  Chair.  Zoology  B.A., 
New  York  University  (Bronx).  1964;  Ph.D.  .City  University 
of  New  York.  1969. 

Porges,  Stephen  W.  Professor.  Human  Development 
B  A  .Drew  University,  1966;  MS  .Michigan  State.  1968; 
Ph.D..  1970. 

Portz,  John  Director  Emeritus  of  the  Honors  Program 
B.S..  Duke  University.  1937.  M  A  Harvard  University. 
1941;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Potter,  Michael  Adiunct  Professor.  Zoology  A  B  . 
Princeton  University,  1945;  M  D  .  University  of  Virginia. 
1949. 

Poulos,  Thomas  L.  Professor.  Chemistry  B  A  , 
University  ot  California  at  Santa  Barbara.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  at  San  Diego.  1972. 

Pourdeyhlml,  Benham  Associate  Professor.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics  L  T.I.,  Huddersfield 
Polytechnic  (U.K.),  1976;  ATI.  1978;  Ph.D..  Leeds 
University  (UK .),  1982 

Power,  Paul  W.  Prolessor.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  BA  ,  St.  Paul's  College.  1953:  M  S  San 
Diego  State  University.  1971;  Sc  D  .  Boston  Unrversrty. 
1974. 

Powers,  William  L.  Associate  Dean.  School  of  Public 
Affairs  BA,  University  of  Michigan.  1 976,  MP  P  .  1 978. 
Masters  in  Economics.  1982;  J  D  .  1982 

Pozonsky.  Charles  J.  Instructor.  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  B  S  . 
California  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1987 

Prange.  Richard  E.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
M.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1955,  Ph  D  .  1958 

Prather,  Elizabeth  S.  Prolessor.  Human  Nutrition  and 
Food  Systems  B.S.  Auburn  University.  1951.  MS. 
1955.  Ph  D  .  Iowa  State  University.  1963 

Pratt.  Minnie  B.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Women's  Studies 
Program  BA  .  University  of  Alabama  (Tuscaloosa). 
1968;  Ph  D  .  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hi«). 
1979 

Presser.  Harriet  Prolessor.  Sociology  B  A  .  George 
Washington  University.  1959.  M  A  .  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1962.  Ph  D  .Universityof  California  (Berkeley). 
1969 


Rimer,  Thomas  J.    261 


Pressor.  Stanley  Protessor.  Sociology  B.A..  Brown 
University.  1971,  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Michigan.  1977 

Pressley.  George  Michael  Professor.  Human 
Development  BA,  Northwestern  University,  1973; 
Ph  D  ,  University  ot  Minnesota.  1977 

Pressly.  William  L.  Associate  Protessor.  Art  History 
BA.  Pnncelon  University.  1966;  M.A..  1969;  Ph.D.. 
New  York  University.  1974. 

Prestegaard.  Karen  L.  Associate  Protessor.  Geology 
BA.,  University  ot  Wisconsin.  1976;  M.S.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1979;  Ph.D..  1982 

Preston,  Lee  E.  Protessor,  College  ol  Business  and 

Management  BA.  Vanderbilt  University.  1951;  MA. 
Harvard  University,  1953.  Ph.D.,  1958 

Price,  Richard  Chair  and  Professor,  History  B.A., 
University  of  Sussex,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Prince,  Stephen  D.  Associate  Prolessor,  Geography 
B.Sc  .  University  of  Bristol.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Lancaster.  1971. 

Prucha,  Ingmar  R.  Associate  Protessor,  Economics. 
M.A..  University  ot  Vienna.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Prultt,  Yolanda  J.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Computer, 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1978 

Pugh,  William  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Science  B.S  .Syracuse University,  1980: Ph.D. .Cornell 
University.  1988. 

Pugllese,  Rudolph  E.  Professor,  Emeritus. 
Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.  A. .  Miami  University 
(Ohio).  1947;  M.A..  Catholic  University  of  America. 
1949;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Stale  University.  1961. 

Pugsley,  James  H.  Associate  Professor  and  Associate 
Chairman,  Electrical  Engineering.  A. B.,Oberlin  College, 
1958;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1958;  Ph.D., 
1963 

Pumroy,  Donald  K.  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services;  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
University  of  Iowa.  1949;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington.  1954. 

Purtllo,  James  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer 
Science  B.A.,  Hiram  University.  1978;  M.A.,  Kent  State 
University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1986. 

Quebedeaux,  Bruno,  Jr.  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S., 
Louisiana  State  University,  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1968. 

Quester,  George  H.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
A.B..  Columbia  College,  1958;  MA,  Harvard  University. 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Qulntiere,  James  G.  Professor.  Fire  Protection 
Engineering.  B.S.,  New  Jersey  Institute  of  Technology, 
1962;  M.S..  New  York  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Quizhi,  Helen  Huang  Associate  Professor,  Theatre 
B.F.A. ,  Central  Academy  of  Drama,  Bejing,  China,  1 982; 
M  FA..  University  of  Missouri-Kansas  City.  1988. 

Rabasa,  Jose  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B.A.,  University  of  the  Americas.  1971; 
M.  A. .  Universidad  Nacional  Autonoma  de  Mexico.  1 978; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Santa  Cruz),  1985. 

Rabenhorst,  Martin  C.  Associate  Professor,  Affiliate, 
Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975,  M.S.. 
1978;  Ph.D..  Texas  A  &  M  University,  1983. 

Rabin,  Herbert  Director.  Engineering  Research  Center; 
Associate  Dean,  College  of  Engineering;  Professor, 
Electrical  Engineering.  B.S  ,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1950;  M.S. ,  University  of  Illinois.  1 951 ;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland,  1959. 

Racusen,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor,  Botany  B.S.. 
University  of  Vermont,  1970;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Radermacher,  Reinhard  Associate  Professor. 
Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Technical  University 
Munich.  1974;  M.S..  1977;  Ph.D..  1981. 


Ragan.  Robert  M.  Prolessor.  Civil  Engmeenng  B.S 
Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955;  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1 959;  PhD.  Cornell  University, 
1965. 

Ralna,  Ashok  Ad|unct  Professor.  Entomology  B.Sc. 
JammuS  Kashmir  University  (India),  1961.  M.Sc  .Aligarh 
Muslim  University  (India),  1967;  Ph.D..  North  Dakota 
Slate  University.  1974. 

Ramaty,  Reuven  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.Sc.  Tel-Aviv  University,  1961;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1966 

Ramsey,  S.  Robert  Professor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian 
B.C.E..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1966;  M.A., 
Yale  University.  1972;  M  Phil..  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Ranald,  Ralph  A.  Associate  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics  A.B..  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1952;  M.A..  1954;  A.M.,  Princeton  University.  1958; 
Ph.D..  1961 

Rao,  Peddada  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engmeenng  B.S.,  Indian  Institute  of  Technology,  1982; 
M.S.,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis),  1985;  D.Sc, 
Washington  University  (1989),  1989. 

Rapport,  Michael  S.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Part-lime,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  B.S. .  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1 967; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Raschld,  Loulqa  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management;  Assistant  Professor, 
Information  Systems;  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for 
Advanced  Computer  Studies.  B.T.,  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology,  1980;  ME,  University  of  Florida,  1982; 
Ph.D.,  1987 

Rassal,  Rassa  Lecturer,  part-time,  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S., 
1975:  Ph.D.,  1985. 

Ratner,  Nan  Bernstein  Associate  Professor,  Hearing 
and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  Jackson  College.  Tufts 
University,  1974;  M.A.,  Temple  University.  1976;  Ed.D.. 
Boston  University.  1982. 

Rattner,  Barnett  A.  Ad|unct  Associate  Professor,  Poultry 
Science.  B.S. .University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1974; 
Ph.D..  1977. 

Raupp,  Michael  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S.,  Cook 
College.  Rutgers  University,  1975;  M.S.,  Rutgers 
University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1981. 

Ray,  Sangetta  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Calcutta,  1980;  M.A.,  1983;  M.A..  Miami 
University,  1987;  Ph.D..  UniversityofWashington,  1990. 

Read,  Merrill  S.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B.S..  Northwestern 
University,  1949;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University.  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1956 

Reaka,  Marjorie  L.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.A., 
University  of  Kansas,  1965;  M.S. ,1969;  Ph.D. .University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1975. 

Rearick,  William  R.  Professor.  Art  History.  B.A.,  New 
York  University.  1953;  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University.  1968. 

Redish,  Edward  F.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1963;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

Reeves,  Mavis  M.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1942;  M.A.,  1943:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1947. 

Regan,  Frank  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering  B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1957;  M.S.,  1958. 

Regan,  Thomas  M.  Professor,  Chemical  Engineering. 
B.S..  Tulane  University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Reggia,  James  A.  Associate  Professor,  Computer 
Science.  B.S. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1 971 ;  M.D.,  1 975; 
Ph.D.,  1981. 

Regier,  Jerome  C.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology 
B.A..  Harvard  University,  1969;  Ph.D..  1975. 


Relnhold,  F.  Donald  Assistant  fo  the  Dean.  Summer 
Programs  B  Mus  ,  Bucknell  University,  1974;  MA, 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1980 

Reiser,  Martin  P.  Professor.  Electrical  Engmeenng  MS  , 
Johannes  Gutenberg  Universilat,  Mainz.  W  Germany  , 
1957;  Ph  D  .  Johannes  Gutenberg  Universitat,  1960 

Reiser,  Sheldon  Ad|unct  Prolessor,  Part-time.  Human 
Nutnfion  and  Food  Systems  B.S..  City  College  of  New 
York.  1953,  M.S.  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957;  PhD. 
1959 

Rembackl,  Carol  Research  Associate,  Special 
Education  B  A  .MarygroveCollege.  1974;M  Ed  .  1978. 

Restortt,  Kathleen  A.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Part-time. 
Physics  and  Astronomy  BA,,  Central  Connecticut  Stale 
College,  1971;  MS..  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 

Retallack,  Joan  R.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  University  Honors 
Program.  B.A..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1963, 
MA,  Georgetown  University,  1976 

Reutt-Robey,  Janice  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.  A. .  Haverford  College.  1 980;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1986 

Reveal,  James  L.  Prolessor,  Botany  B.S..  Utah  State 
University,  1963;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young 
University,  1969. 

Rey,  Georges  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1970;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University.  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Reynolds,  Robert  Adjunct  Professor,  Part-time.  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.S,  Ohio  State  University, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971. 

Rhee,  Moon-Jhong  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S,  Seoul  University,  1958;  M.S. ,1960;  Ph.D. .Catholic 
University  of  America,  1970. 

Rhodes,  Charles  C.  Instructor.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1984. 

Rhyne,  Elisabeth  Lecturer,  part-time.  School  of  Public 
Affairs.  B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1976;  MPP,  Kennedy 
School  of  Government,  Harvard  University,  1980;  Ph.D.. 
Harvard  University,  Graduate  School  Arts  &  Science, 
1985 

Rib,  Harold  Senior  Research  Associate,  Civil 
Engineering,  B.C.E.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1953; 
M.S.  .Cornell  University,  1957;  Ph.D.  .Purdue  University. 
1967. 

Ricart,  Glenn  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Computer 
Science;  Director,  Computer  Science  Center.  B.S. ,  Case 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967;  M.S.,  Case  Western 
Reserve  University.  1971;  Ph.D. .University  of  Maryland, 
1980. 

Richard,  Jean-Paul  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B  A. .Universite Laval,  1956; B.S. ,1960;  Ph.D. .University 
of  Paris.  1963. 

Richardson,  William C.  Associate  Professor,  Art  B.F.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1975;  M.F.A..  Washington 
University  (St.  Louis),  1977. 

Richter,  Karen  J.  Lecturer,  part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S  ,  Knox  College,  1971 ;  M.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1979;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Richter,  Simon  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A.,  University  of 
Georgia.  1981 ;  M.A..  University  of  Toronto,  1983;  Ph.D., 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1990. 

Ridgway,  Whitman  H.  Associate  Professor.  History. 
A.B.,  Kenyon  College,  1963;  MA,  San  Francisco  State 
College,  1 967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1973. 

Ridky,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Cortland).  1966;  M.S.. 
Syracuse  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Rimer,  Thomas  J.  Professor  and  Chair,  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian.  B.A.,  Princeton  University.  1954;  M.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 


262     Samet,  Hanan 


Ripln,  Barrett  H.  Adjunct  Protessor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  S  .Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1964; 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1971. 

Ritter,  Ronald  L.  Associate  Professor.  Affiliate. 
Agronomy  B.S.,  University  of  Delaware.  1975.  MS  . 
North  Carolina  Stale  University.  1977;  Ph  D..  1979. 

Ritzer,  George  Protessor.  Sociology  B  A . ,  City  College 
of  New  York.  1962;  MA  .  University  of  Michigan.  1964; 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1968. 

Rivera.  William  M.  Associate  Professor.  Agncultural 
and  Extension  Education  B.A  .  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1955M  A  .  American  University.  1959;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University.  1974 

Robb.  FrankT.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology  B.S., 
University  of  Cape  Town.  1968;  Honor  Degree.  1969: 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  Riverside.  1973. 

Roberson.  Bob  S.  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.A.. 
University  North  Carolina.  1951;  Ph.D..  1960 

Robertson,  Carol  E.  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.S., 
Indiana  University.  1970;  MA,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Robertson,  Jack  Lecturer.  Part-lime.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  B.A.,  College  of  Wooster. 
1970;  A. MLS  .  University  of  Michigan,  1973:  M.A., 
1977. 

Robertson,  Janet  H.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  College  ol 
Computer.  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1974;  MM..  1979, 

Robertson-Tchabo,  Elizabeth  A.  Associate  Professor. 
Human  Development  B.A.,  University  of  Calgary,  1966; 
M.Sc  .  1967:  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Southern  California, 
1972 

Robinson,  Eugene  S.  Instructor.  Radio,  Television  and 
Film  Shyles,  Leonard  C  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1973; 
MA.  1975;  PhD.  1984 

Robinson.  James  A.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.  A., 
Kenyon  College.  1 967;  MA  .  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1968;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  1975. 

Robinson.  John  P.  Professor,  Sociology.  B  A  .  University 
of  Toronto  (St  Michael's  College),  1957;  M.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1 959;  MS.  University  of  Michigan. 
1963;  PhD,  1965. 

Robock,  Alan  Associate  Professor.  Meteorology.  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1970;  M.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  Ph.D.. 
1977. 

Roche,  James  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Journalism.  B.S..  Southern  Illinois  University,  1979; 
MA.  Marquette  University.  1982:  Ph.D.,  Indiana 
University.  1988 

Roderick,  George  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology 
A.B.  Dartmouth  College.  1981;  Ph.D.,  Unversity  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1987 

Roderick,  Jessie  A.  Professor.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  B.S  .  Wilkes  College.  1956;  MA  .  Columbia 
University,  1957;  Ed  D  .  Temple  University.  1967 

Rodriguez.  Santiago  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.M., 
University  of  Texas,  1973;  MM,  Julliard  School  of 
Music,  1975 

Roeder,  Lois  M.  Associate  Professor,  Nutritional 
Sciences  Program  Sc  D..  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1971. 

Rogers.  Marc  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Kinesiology  B.S  , 
Stale  University  of  NY,  Cortland,  1976;  M.Ed..  University 
of  Nevada-Las  Vegas.  1979;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Minnesota.  1984 

Rombach.  Dieter  Assistant  Professor,  Compute' 
Science  BS  .University  of  Karlsruhe.  1975.  MS  .  1978; 
Ph.D..  1984. 

Roos.  Philip  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  A  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1960:  Ph.D.. 
Massachusettslnstitute  of  Technology.  1964 


Rose,  William  K.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program.  A.B,  Columbia  University.  1957, 
Ph.D.,  1963 

Rosen,  Meriam  Professor.  Dance  B.A..  University  of 
Illinois.  1948;  MA.  University  ol  Maryland,  1965 

Rosenberg,  Jonathan  M.  Professor,  Mathematics  A.B. , 
Harvard  College.  1 972;  Math.  Tripos.  PI  III .  University  of 
Cambridge  (England).  1973;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1976. 

Rosenberg,  Morris  Professor.  Sociology  B.  A. ,  Brooklyn 
College.  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D.. 
1953 

Rosenberg,  Theodore  J.  Research  Professor,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  BEE.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  College).  1960;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1965 

Rosenfeld,  Azrlel  Director  and  Professor.  Center  for 
Automation  Research.  B.A..  Yeshiva  University.  1950; 
M.A..  Columbia  University.  1951;  Ordination.  Yeshiva 
University.  1952;  M.H.L..  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  D.H.L., 
1955;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University,  1957. 

Rosenfelt,  Deborah  Professor,  Women's  Studies  B.A , 
Goucher  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  UCLA.  1972. 

Rosenfield,  Sylvia  Chairperson.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  Cornell  University.  1960;  MA, 
University  of  Illinois.  1961 ;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1967. 

Ross,  David  S.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural 
Engineenng.  BS.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969; 
M.S..  1971;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Ross.  George  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus.. 
Virginia  State  College.  1961;  MM.,  Eastman  School  of 
Music.  1966;  DMA..  1975. 

Ross,  Peggy  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  BS,  Mississippi  State  University. 
1958;  MA.  1968;  Ph  D..  Ohio  State  University.  1982. 

Roth,  Froma  P.  Associate  Professor,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A..  Hunter  College.  1970;  MA, 
Queens  College.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1980 

Roush,  Marvin  L.  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng.  B  Sc..  Ottawa  University.  1956;  PhD  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1964 

Roussopoulos,  Nicholas  Associate  Professor. 
Computer  Science  B.A.,  University  of  Athens,  1969; 
M.S..  University  of  Toronto.  1973;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Rowland,  Robert  J.,  Jr.  Professor  and  Chairman, 
Classics.  B.A..  La  Salle  College.  1959;  MA.  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1961:  Ph.D.,  1964 

Rozenblit,  Marsha  L.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A , 
Barnard  College.  1971;  MA.  Columbia  University.  1974; 
M  Phil  ,  1975;  Ph.D.  1980. 

Rubin,  Roger  H.  Associate  Professor.  Family 
andCommunity  Development;  Director.  Family  Research 
Center  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn 
College),  1965;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  Stale  University. 
1966;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Rudolph,  Daniel  J.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1972,  MS.  Stanford 
University.  1973;  Ph  D..  1975. 

Rumpho-Kennedy,  Mary  E.  Assistant  Professor. 
Botany  B.A  .  Winona  Slate  University.  1978;  Ph  D  , 
Washington  Stale  University,  1982. 

Ruppert.  John  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Art  B.A.,  Miami 
University  (Oxford.  Ohio).  1974;  M.F.A.,  Rochester 
Institute  of  Technology.  1977 

Russek-Cohen,  Estelle  Associate  Professor.  Animal 
Sciences  B.S.,  State  University  ol  New  York  (Stony 
Brook).  1972;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Washington.  1979 

Russell,  Camilla  P.  Lecturer.  French  and  Italian  Laurea. 
Padua  University  (Italy).  1960 


Russell,  Charles  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and 
Italian  B.A.,  Oberlin  College.  1956;  MA.  Bryn  Mawr 
College,  1964.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1970 

Russell,  Horace  L.  Senior  Lecturer.  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B  S  .  Bradley  University.  1958,  MS  .  Air 
Force  Institute  ol  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1971 

Russell,  James  R.  Associate  Professor,  Agncullural 
and  Resource  Economics  B  S  ,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  1973;  MS  .1978;  PhD   Virginia  Tech.  1981 

Russell,  John  D.  Protessor.  English  A.B.,  Colgate 
University.  1951;  MA  ,  University  of  Washington,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1959 

Rutherford,  Charles  S.  Assistant  Protessor,  English 
B  A  .  Carleton  College,  1962:  MA  .  Indiana  University. 
1966.  Ph.D..  1970 

Ryan,  A.  Leigh  Instructor.  English  B.S.,  Western 
Connecticut  Slate  University.  1965;  MA  ,  University  of 
Maryland,  1974;  PhD    1986 

Ryder,  Margaret  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Kinesiology 
B  S  .  University  of  North  Carolina  of  Greensboro.  1957; 
MA,  University  of  Michigan.  1961.  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
Maryland.  1972. 

Rymer,  Victoria  S.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.S  .University  of  Maryland.  1961;  MBA  . 
1976;  Ph.D.,  1983 

Sabol.  William  Assistant  Professor.  Afro-Amencan 
Studies.  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  ol  Criminal  Justice 
&  Criminology  B.A  .  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1979: 
Ph.D.,  1988 

Sachs.  Stephen  F.  Lecturer  &  Graduate  Director,  School 
ol  Architecture  B.  Arch  .  Ohio  University.  1968 

Saddler-Assem,  La  Wanda  Assistant  Director.  Center 
for  Minorities  in  Science  and  Engineenng  B  A  .  North 
Carolina  Central  University.  1973. 

Sagdeev,  Roald  Z.  Distinguished  Professor.  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  &  Physics  & 
Astronomy  B.S  ,  University  of  Moscow.  1955;  Ph.D.. 
Kurchatov  Institute  ol  Atomic  Energy.  1 960;  D  Sc  .  1962 

Sagoft.  Mark  Director  and  Senior  Research  Scholar. 
Institute  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  B.A  .  Harvard 
University,  1963;  PhD  .  University  of  Rochester.  1970 

Sahln,  Linda  M.  Instructor.  Maryland  English  Institute 
B.A  .  Indiana  University.  1969;  M.S..  1971 

Salamanca.  Jack  H.  Professor.  English  Grad  .  Royal 
Academy  of  Dramatic  Art  (London).  1 952;  Dipt .  University 
of  London.  1953.  Licentiate.  Graduate  School  of  Drama 
(Royal  Academy  of  Music) .  1954. 

Salamanca-Riba,  Lourdes  Assistant  Prolessor. 
Matenals  and  Nuclear  Engineenng  B.S..  Unrversidad 
Autonoma  Melropolitana,  1978.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1985 

Salem,  Kenneth  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Computer 
Science  B  S  .  Carnegie  Mellon.  1983.M  SE  .Pnnceton 
University.  1984.  M  A  .  1985;  Ph  D  .  1988 

Sallet.  Dirse  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng 
BS.  George  Washington  University.  1961;  M.S.. 
Unive  rsity  of  Kansas.  1963;  PhD.  University  of  Stuttgart. 
1966 

Salus.  Sharon  Ridley  Instructor.  Maryland  English 
Institute  BA.  University  of  Georgia.  1960  MA, 
American  University,  1974:  AMLS.  University  of 
Michigan,  1980 

Samal.  Siba  K.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Veterinary 
Medicine  B  V  Sc  .  Onssa  University  of  Agriculture  & 
Technology.  1976.  M  S  ,  Texas  A  &  M  University.  1981. 
Ph  D  .  Texas  ASM  Univ  &  Baylor  College  of  Medicine. 
1986 

Samet.  Hanan  Professor.  Compuler  Science  B  S  . 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1970.  MS. 
Stanford  University.  1975.  Ph  D  .  1975 


Senbet,  Lemma  W.    263 


Sammons,  David  J.  Professor.  Affiliate,  Agronomy. 
Associate  Dean.  Undergraduate  Studies  B.S..  Tufts 
University.  1968.  M  A  ,  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Illinois.  1978 

Sampugna.  Joseph  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry  B  A  University  of  Connecticut.  1959; 
MA,  1962,  PhD  .  1968 

Sandler,  Mark  Assistant  Professor.  Art  History  B  A  , 
American  University.  1967;  M  A  .  University  of 
Washington.  1971.  Ph  D  .  1977. 

Sanford,  Robert  J.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E..  George  Washington  University.  1962;  M.S.. 
1965;  Ph  D  ,  Catholic  University  of  Amenca.  1971. 

Sanjlnes.  Javier  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B.A.,  Universidad  de  San  Andres.  Bolivia, 
1971;  Law  Degree.  Superior  Distnct  Court,  La  Paz 
Bolivia.  1979.  Ph  D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1988. 

Santa  Maria,  D.  Laine  Associate  Professor,  Kinesiology 
B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1953;  M.Ed.,  Temple 
University,  1962;  Ed.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1968 

Saracho.  Olivia  N.  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
8.S..  Texas  Woman's  University,  1967;  M.Ed..  1972; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  1978. 

Sargent,  Stuart  H.  Associate  Professor.  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian  B.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1968;  M.A., 
Stanford  University.  1974:  Ph.D.,  1977 

Sarma,  Sankar  Das  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S..  University  of  Calcutta,  1973;  M.S.,  Brown  University, 
1976;  Ph.D..  1979 

Sather,  Jerome  O.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

Sauber,  Heidi  Winlck  Director.  Cooperative  Engineenng 
Education.  B.A,  The  University  of  Michigan,  1977;  M.A., 
1978. 

Saunders,  T.  Clark  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.F.A  . 
SUNY,  1977;  M.F.A.,  SUNY  (Buffalo),  1978;  Ph.D., 
Temple  University.  1984. 

Sawyer,  Robin  G.  Instructor.  Health  Education.  B.S.. 
George  Mason  University.  1978;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Virginia.  1980;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Sayre,  Clifford  L.,  Jr.  Professor,  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S. ,  Duke  University,  1 947;  M.S. ,  Stevens 
Institute  of  Technology,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1961. 

Scales,  William  R.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.S.E.,  Emporia  State 
University.  1959;  M.S..  1963;  Ed.D..  Indiana  University, 
1970. 

Scannell,  Dale  P.  Dean,  Collegeof  Education;  Professor, 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B  A  ,  The  University  of  Iowa. 
1951;  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Scarfo,  Robert  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S  . 
University  of  Massachusetts  (Amherst),  1969;  M.L.A., 
1976;  Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1990. 

Schafer,  James  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  of  Rochester.  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago.  1965. 

Schafer,  William  D.  Associate  Professor,  Measurement. 
Statistics,  and  Evaluation.  B.A. .  University  of  Rochester, 
1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Schaeffer,  Michael  J.  Adiunct  Lecturer,  Health 
Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.A., 
1983. 

Schales.  Franklin  D.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture. 
BS..  Louisiana  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1962;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Schallert.  Joseph  Assistant  Professor.  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  B.A..  University  of 
Southern  California,  1973;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1974; 
M.A.,  University  of  California-Berkeley.  1979;  Ph.D.. 
1984. 


Schelling.  David  R.  Associate  Professor,  Civil 
Engineering  B.S.,  Lehigh  University.  1961;  M  S  .Drexel 
Institute  of  Technology.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1969 

Schelling,  Thomas  Distinguished  Professor. 
Economics  A  B  .  University  of  California  at  Berkeley. 
1944.  Ph  D  ,  Harvard  College.  1951. 

Scheraga,  Carl  Assistant  Professor,  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  B.Sc.,  Brown  University,  1973;  MA.. 
1975;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Connecticut  (Storrs).  1985 

Schick,  Allen  S.  Professor.  School  of  Public  Affairs; 
Affiliate  Professor.  Government  and  Politics.  B.A  , 
Brooklyn  College.  1956;  MA,  Yale  University,  1959; 
Ph.D..  1966. 

Schilb.  John  L.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
Hofstra  University.  1973;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  of  New  York  (Binghamton),  1978. 

Schiraldi,  Glenn  R.  Lecturer.  Health  Education  B.S.. 
U.S.  Military  Academy  (West  Point),  1 969;  MS  „  Bngham 
Young  University.  1976;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1983. 

Schlaretzki,  Walter  E.  Professor  Emeritus.  Philosophy 
A.B.,  Monmouth  College,  1 941  ;M.  A.  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1942;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1948 

Schlesinger,  B.  Frank  Professor,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1950;  M.  Arch  , 
Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design,  1954 

Schlimme,  Donald  V.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.. 
1964. 

Schlossberg,  Nancy  K.  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  Barnard  College.  1951 ;  Ed.D.. 
Columbia  University,  1961. 

Schmeissner,  Joanna  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research;  Director,  Fellowship  Office.  B.  A. . 
Agnes  Scott  College,  1960:  MA,  Yale  University,  1962. 

Schmidt,  Janet  A.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Part- 
time,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Allegheny  College.  1975;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1983. 

Schmidtlein,  Frank  A.  Associate  Professor,  Education 
Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration.  B.S. .  Kansas  State 
University,  1 954;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley, 
1970;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Schmitz,  Betty  A.  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 
(Acting).  B.A.,  Converse  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin-Madison,  1969:  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Schneider,  Benjamin  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
Alfred  University.  1960;  MB.  A. .University  of  City  of  New 
York,  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Schneider,  David  I.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1959;  PhD.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1964 

Schoenbaum,  Samuel  Professor.  English.  B.A., 
Brooklyn  College.  1947;  M.A..  Columbia  University. 
1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Scholnick,  Ellin  K.  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B. ,  Vassar 
College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1963. 

Schonfeld,  Paul  M.  Associate  Professor,  Civil 
Engineering  B.S  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1974;  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California-Berkeley,  1978. 

Schuler,  Catherine  A.  Associate  Professor,  Theatre 
B.A.,  Eckerd  College,  1974;  M.A.,  Emerson  College 
(Boston),  1977;  Ph.D.,  Flonda  State  University,  1984. 

Schuma,  John  Instructor.  Part-time.  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.A., 
Chicago  State  University,  1964. 

Schumacher,  Thomas  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus., 
Manhattan  College.  1 958;  M.S. .  Juilliard  School  of  Music, 
1962. 


Schumacher.  Thomas  L.  Associate  Professor,  School 
of  Architecture  B  Arch  ,  Cornell  University,  1963;  M. 
Arch  .  1966 

Schwab,  Robert  Associate  Professor,  Economics  B.A., 
Gnnnell  College.  1969.  M  A  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1971;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1980. 

Schwartz,  Charles  W.  Associate  Professor.  Civil 
Engineering  B.S.C.E..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1974.  M.S.C  E  .  1977;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Schwartz,  Shirley  Faculty  Research  Assistant,  Special 
Education  BS.,  Temple  University,  1966;  M.Ed  , 
University  of  Maryland,  1983. 

Scott,  Leland  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S., 
University  of  Kentucky,  1927;  MS  .  Michigan  State 
University.  1929;  PhD  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1943. 

Scott,  Robert  E.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  BS.  Washington  University 
(St  Louis).  1975;  Ph.D.  University  of  California  at 
Berkeley.  1989. 

Scott,  Thomas  W.  Associate  Professor.  Entomology. 
B.S,  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1973;M  S.,  1977; 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1981 

Sedlacek.  William  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services;  Assistant  Director,  Counseling 
Center.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1960;  M.S.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University,  1966. 

Seefeldt,  Carol  A.  Professor,  Human  Development  B  A  . 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1956;  M.  A.,  University  of  South 
Florida,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University.  1971. 

Segal,  David  R.  Professor,  Sociology;  Affiliate  Professor, 
Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Harpur  College.  1962; 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Segal,  Jerome  Research  Scholar.  Institute  for 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  B.A..  The  City  College  of 
New  York.  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan.  1966; 
Ph.D..  1975;  M.P.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1979. 

Segal,  Mady  W.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A., 
City  University  of  New  York  (Queens  College),  1965; 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1967;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Segovia,  Antonio  V.  Associate  Professor.  Geology.  B.S.. 
Colorado  School  of  Mines.  1956;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1963. 

Seibel,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education;  Director.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture;  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education;  Acting 
Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Agriculture.  B.S..  University 
of  Illinois,  (Urbana),  1957;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1972. 

Seidel,  John  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Anthropology.  B.A.. 
Drew  University.  1 976;  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Anthro.,  1980;  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Amer. 
Civ.,  1981;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1987. 

Seigel,  Arnold  E.  Director,  Instructional  Television.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1944:  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1947;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Amsterdam  (The  Netherlands),  1952. 

Selden,  Steven  Associate  Professor.  Education  Policy. 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.S..  SUNY  (Oswego). 
1963;  M.S..  Brooklyn  College.  1967;  M.A..  Columbia 
University.  1970;  Ed.D..  1971. 

Sellis.  Timoleon  K.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Science.  B.Sc,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens, 
1982;  M.Sc,  Harvard  University.  1983;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California,  1986. 

Sempos,  Thomas  C.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Part- 
time,  Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A. ,  University 
of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee).  1973:  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison).  1979;  M.S..  1982;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Senbet,  Lemma  W.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.B.A.,  Haile  Selassi  I  University,  1970; 
M.B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1972; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Buffalo.  1975. 


264    Smith,  Michael  V. 


Sengers.  Jan  V.  Professor.  Institute  tor  Physical  Science 
and  Technology  B.Sc..  University  ol  Amsterdam.  1952: 
Ph.D.,  1962 

Sengupta,  Sanjll  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B.T.,  Indian  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1980.  MM  S,  University  of  Bombay,  1982; 
Ph.D.,  University  ol  California  (Berkeley),  1990 

Serwer,  Howard  Professor.  Music  A  B,  Yale  University, 
1949.  PhD  ,  1969 

Seshadri.  Sudhindra  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  Bachelor  of  Technology. 
Indian  Institute  ol  Technology,  1976;  Ph.D.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1986. 

Sewell,  Winifred  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services.  B.A..  State  College  of 
Washington.  1938:  BS  (L  S  ).  Columbia  University. 
1940;  D  Sc  (Hono).  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy 
and  Science.  1979 

Sham,  Foon  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Design 
B.F.A..  California  College  of  Arts  and  Crafts,  1978, 
M  F  A  ,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University.  1981 

Shamma.  Shihab  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor.  Institute  lor  Advanced 
Computer  Studies  B.S..  Impenal  College.  1976.  M.S., 
Stanford.  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980 

Shankar,  A.  Udaya  Associate  Professor,  Computer 
Science.  B  Tech,  Indian  Institute  for  Technology.  1976; 
M.S..  Syracuse  University,  1978;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Texas  (Austin).  1982 

Shanks,  James  B.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture. 
B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1939;  M.S..  1946;  Ph.D., 
1949. 

Shapiro,  Nancy  Instructor.  English.  B.A.,  Brandeis 
University.  1969;  M  Ed..  University  of  Delaware.  1972; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  1984. 

Shapiro,  Steven  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology  BS, 
State  University  of  New  York  (Stonybrook),  1972;  M  S  , 
Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers 
University.  1980 

Shapour,  Azarm  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Toronto.  1977;  M.S., 
George  Washington  University,  1979;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1984 

Shayman,  Mark  Allen  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor.  Systems  Research 
Center  B.A..  Yale  University,  1975;  S.M  .  Harvard 
University.  1977;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Shehata,  Talaat  E.  Associate  Professor,  Food  Science; 
Associate  Director.  Office  of  International  Affairs  B.A  . 
University  of  Cairo.  1962;  Ph.D.  University  of  California 
at  Davis,  1969 

Sheldon.  Anne  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  BA..  Swathmore  College, 
1967;  MLS.  University  of  Maryland.  1973. 

Sheler,  Jeflery  L.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of 
Journalism  B.A..  Michigan  State  University.  1971 

Shelton,  Harvey  W.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor. 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  B.S..  Virginia 
State  College.  1960;  M.Ed..  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1969;  Ed  D  .  Virginia  Polylechnic  Institute  & 
State  University  .  1976 

Sherman,  Alan  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science- 
UMBC  Sc  B  .  Brown  University.  1978;  SM. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1981;  Ph.D., 
1987. 

Sherman.  Lawrence  W.  Professor.  Institute  of  Cnminal 
Justice  and  Cnmmology  B  A  .Denison  University.  1970; 
MA.  University  of  Chicago.  1970.  M  A  .Yale  University. 
1974;  PhD    1976. 

Sherron,  Gene  T.  B.S  B  A  .  University  ol  Florida 
(Gainesville).  1953:  MB. A..  The  George  Washington 
University.  1968;  D  B.A..  1976 

Shifflet,  Anne  L.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Human 
Development  B.S..  Bndgewater  College.  1954;  M  A  . 


Amencan  University.  1971,  M.A..  Hood  College.  1978. 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1983 

Shlh,  Tlen-Mo  Associate  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.  National  Taiwan  University.  1970, 
M.S..  University  of  Southern  California.  1973;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1977 

Shlrmohammadi,  Adel  Assistant  Professor, 
AgriculturalEngmeering.  B.S  ,  University  of  Rezaeiyeh 
(Iran),  1974.  M.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1977:  Ph.D., 
North  Carolina  State  University,  1982. 

Shnelderman,  Ben  Prolessor,  Computer  Science  B.S  . 
City  College  of  New  York.  1968;  MS.  State  University 
of  New  York  (Stony  Brook),  1972;  Ph.D.,  1973 

Shreeve.  Charles  A.  Professor  Emeritus.  Part-time, 
Mechanical  Engineenng  BE  .Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1935;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

Shukla,  Jagadish  Prolessor.  Meteorology.  B.Sc  , 
Banaras  Hindu  University  (India).  1962;  M.Sc.  1964. 
Ph.D.,  1971;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1976 

Sldhu,  Deepinder  Professor.  Computer  Science-UMBC 
B.S. .  University  of  Kansas.  1 966;  M.S. .  State  University 
ol  New  York.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1979 

Sies,  Mary  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Amencan  Studies. 
A.B..  Michigan  State  University.  1974.  A.M..  University 
of  Michigan,  1977;  Ph.D..  1987 

Slgall.  Harold  F.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S..  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  College).  1964;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Texas.  1968 

Slllo,  Charles  B..  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineenng  B.S  E.E  .University  of  Notre  Dame,  1965: 
MS  E.E..  1967;  PhD..  1970. 

Silverman,  Joseph  Professor,  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.  A. ,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn), 
1944;  M.A..  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Slmms,  Betty  H.  Professor.  Special  Education  B.A, 
Harris  Teachers  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan.  1955;  Ed.D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

Simon,  Julian  L.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  Harvard  University,  1953;  MB. A.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1959;  Ph.D..  1961 

Simpson,  Sally  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B  S  .  Oregon  State 
University.  1976;  MA.  Washington  State  University, 
1978;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Massachusetts  (Amherst). 
1985. 

Sims,  Henry  P.,  Jr.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.  Purdue  University.  1961;  M.B.A.. 
University  of  Detroit.  1967;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University.  1971. 

Sims,  Laura  S.  Dean.  College  ol  Human  Ecology: 
Professor.  Human  Nutntion  and  Food  Systems  B.S  . 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1965;  M.P.H..  The 
University  of  Michigan.  1967;  PhD.  Michigan  State 
University  1971 

Slrkls.  James  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B.S..  University  of  Flonda.  1984;  M.S., 
1985;  Ph  D  .  1988 

Sisler.  Hugh  D.  Professor.  Ementus.  Botany  B.S. 
University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.S.,  1951;  PhD  .  1953 

Skiff.  Frederick  N.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics 
B  S  Cornell  University.  1979.  PhD,  Princeton 
University.  1985 

Sku|a,  Andrls  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B  Sc  . 
University  of  Toronto  1966.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1972. 

Slater.  Mary  C.  Lecturer  (Part  time),  Dance  B  S  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1977. 

Slater,  Susanne  V.  Lecturer,  School  of  Public  Affairs 
BA.  Smith  College.  1975;  MBA.  Cornell  Graduate 
School  ol  Management,  1979 


Slater,  Wayne  H.  Associate  Prolessor,  Curnculum  and 
Instruction  BS  .  University  ol  Minnesota  (Diluth).  1967. 
M  A  .  1972;  Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Minnesota  (Minneapolis), 
1982. 

Slaughter,  Leon  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Affiliate. 
Agronomy  BS.,  Howard  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1975; 
PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1987 

Slawsky.  Milton  M.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B  S  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1933.  M.S..  California  Institute  ol  Technology,  1935. 
Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan.  1938 

Slawsky,  Zaka  I.  Prolessor,  Part-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.S..  Rensselaer  Polylechnic  Institute.  1933: 
M.S..  Cahlornia  Institute  ol  Technology.  1935.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1938. 

Sloan,  Muriel  R.  Professor,  Kinesiology,  Assistant  Vice 
President,  Academic  Affairs  B.A.,  Hunter  College  (New 
York).  1947;  MA.  Teachers  College  (Columbia 
University).  1948.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1958 

Slote,  Michael  Professor.  Philosophy  A.B..  Harvard 
College.  1961;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1965 

Slud,  Eric  V.  Professor,  Mathematics.  Director. 
Mathematical  Statistics  B.A  .  Harvard  College.  1972; 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1976 

Small,  Eugene  B.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology  BA, 
Wayne  State  University,  1953;  M.S..  1958.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1964 

Smallets-Palmer,  Sharon  M.  Instructor,  Heanng  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1980; 
M.A.,  1982 

Smith,  Ann  C.  Instructor.  Microbiology.  BA.,  College  ol 
Wooster  (Ohio),  1977;  MS  &  Ph.D..  University  of 
Rochester.  1982 

Smith,   Barry   D.   Prolessor.   Psychology    B.S 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962.  M  A  ,  Bucknell 
University.  1964;  Ph  D..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1967. 

Smith,  Betty  F.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Arkansas. 
1951;  M.S..  University  of  Tennessee.  1956;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota.  1960:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Smith.  Carl  A.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
BS.  University  of  Vermont.  1 972;  MS  .  SUNY  (Buffalo). 
1975,  PhD,  1979 

Smith,  Douglas  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Cnmmology  A.B.,  Flonda  Atlantic 
University.  1978;  A.M..  Indiana  University.  1980;  Ph.D.. 
1982 

Smith,  Elbert  B.  Professor  Ementus.  History  A.B., 
Maryville  College.  1940;  A.M..  University  of  Chicago. 
1947;  Ph.D.,  1949 

Smith,  Gary  L.  Instructor.  Agncultural  Engineenng  BS, 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973;  M.S..  1975 
Smith,  Georgia  R.  Anstlne  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Music 
B.A  .  Dickinson  College,,  MM,  Peabody  Conservatory. 
1979 

Smith.  Gregory  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Human 
Development  B.A..  SUNY  Brockport.  1973.  M  A  . 
Villanova  University.  1979;  Ed  D  .  University  of 
Rochester.  1983 

Smith.  James  L.  Director  and  Professor.  Bureau  of 
Business  and  Economic  Research  B  S  .  University  of 
Illinois.  1972;  MA.  Harvard  University.  1976.  PhD. 
1977. 

Smith.  Kenneth  G.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.S..  University  of  Rhode 
Island.  1970.  MBA.  1972.  PhD  University  of 
Washington.  1983 

Smith.  Martha  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A  . 
Livingston  College  (Rutgers  University).  1977.  MA, 
Rutgers  University.  1982.  Ph  D  .  1985 

Smith.  Michael  V.  Assistant  Prolessor  College  ol 
Journalism  A  M  .  University  of  Chicago.  1980.  Ph  D 
University  of  Michigan.  1986 


Stifel,  Peter  B.    265 


Smith,  Mildred  F.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  B  S  ,  Mississippi  State  University. 
1964;  M  Ed  .  University  of  Flonda.  1967.  PhD  ,  University 
ol  Maryland.  1978 

Smith,  Norman  G.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education  B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland. 
1958.  MS.  1972;  Ph.D..  1980 

Smith,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics  B  S . . 
Drexel  Institute  ol  Technology.  1 965;  M.S. .  Case-Westem 
Reserve  University.  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Smith,  Theodore  G.  Professor.  Chemical  Engineenng 
B.E.S..  John  Hopkins  University.  1956,  M.E.S..  1958; 
D  Sc  .  Washington  University.  1960, 

Smlth-GIII  Sandra  J.  Adiunct  Professor.  Zoology  B.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1965:  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D..  1971 

Snow,  George  A.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S  .  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College).  1945; 
MA.  Princeton  University.  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 

Snyder,  David  B.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S..  University  of  West  Virginia. 
1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  Ph.D..  1983. 

Soares,  Joseph  H.  Jr.  Professor.  Poultry  Science.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland.  1964;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D..  1969 

Soberon-Ferrer,  Horaclo  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics  Licentiature.  University  of 
Mexico.  1975;  M.S..  Clemson  University.  1980;  Ph.D.. 
1986 

Soergel.  Dagobert  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  BS,  University  of  Freiburg,  1960; 
M.S..  1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Solomon,  Martha  M.  Professor,  Speech 
Communication.  B.A.,  Rice  University,  1964:  M.A., 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969 

Solomos,  Theophanes  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S., 
Athens  College  of  Agriculture  (Greece),  1956;  M.S.. 
1957;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University  (England),  1963. 

Solow,  Max  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.E.E.E.,  George  Washington  University,  1943;  M.S., 
1950;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University,  1957. 

Soltan.  Karol  E.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  Harvard  University.  1972;  M.A..  Sociology, 
University  of  Chicago,  1978;  M.A.,  Public  Policy,  1981; 
Ph.D.,  1982. 

Sorensen,  Sorena  S.  Adiunct  Professor.  Geology.  B.A., 
Pomona  College,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1984. 

Sorokin.  Constantine  A.  Research  Professor  Emeritus. 
Botany.  A.B.,  Don  Institute.  1927;  M.A..  Academy  of 
Sciences  (Moscow).  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas, 
1955. 

Sosnowski,  Saul  Professor  and  Chairman,  Spanish 
and  Portuguese.  B.A.,  University  of  Scranton,  1967; 
M.A..  University  of  Virginia.  1968;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Soubra,  Badih  C.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A..  American  University 
(Beirut).  1 975:  M.B.A. .  University  of  Southern  California, 
1977;  Ph.D..  New  York  University,  1985. 

Soyer,  David  Professor,  Part-time,  Music.  Member. 
Guarnen  Quartet,. 

Spalding,  Carol  A.  Instructor,  Zoology.  B.S..  Gordon 
College,  1964;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1970. 

Sparks,  David  S.  Professor,  History;  Vice  Chancellor 
for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  B.A.,  Grinnell 
College,  1944;M.A.,UniversityofChicago,  1945;Ph.D., 
1951. 

Sparks.  Richmond  L.  Associate  Professor,  Music 
B.M.E..  Illinois  State  University,  1977.  M.M.,  Arizona 
State  University.  1984. 

Spear.  Marilyn  G.  Instructor,  Industrial.  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education.  B.A..  University  of  Northern 
Colorado  (Greeley),  1961. 


Spear,  Robert  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  B  A  .  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1967; 
M  S  ,  Georgetown  University,  1970. 

Speece,  Deborah  L.  Associate  Professor.  Special 
Education  B.S  .  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1974. 
M  Ed  .  1978;  Ph.D..  University  ol  North  Carolina  (Chapel 
Hill),  1984 

Spiegel,  Gabrlelle  M.  Associate  Professor.  History 
B  A  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964;  MAT  .  Harvard 
University.  1965;M.  A. ,  JohnsHopkins  University,  1969; 
Ph.D..  1974. 

Splro,  Marie  Associate  Professor,  Art  History.  B.A., 
Wilson  College.  1955;  MA..  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  1961 , 
Ph.D.  1975 

Splvak,  Steven  M.  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and 
Science.  1963;  M.S..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology. 
1965:  Ph.D..  University  of  Manchester.  1967. 

Splalne,  John  E.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.A.,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  1963;  M. A..  1965;  Ed. D.,  Boston  University. 
1973 

Sprague,  Marsha  W.  Instructor,  Maryland  English 
Institute.  B.A..  Lake  Erie  College.  1973;  M.A.,  University 
of  Minnesota.  1981 

Ssemakula.  Emmanuel  Assistant  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S..  University  of  Manchester, 
1980;  M.S.,  1981,  Ph.D.,  1984, 

Stairs,  Allen  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.. 
University  of  New  Brunswick.  1973;  M.A.,  University  of 
Western  Ontario,  1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Staley.  Gregory  A.  Associate  Professor,  Classics.  B.  A., 
Dickinson  College.  1970;  M.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Stangor,  Charles  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology. 
B.A.,  Beloit  College.  1973;  M.A.,  New  York  University, 
1984;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Stanzione,  Kaydon  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Rutgers  University.  1978;  M.S.,  1979. 

Stapleton,  David  C.  Associate  Professor.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1972; 
M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1976;  Ph.D., 
1978. 

Stark,  Francis  C.  Jr.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture. 
B.S..  Oklahoma  State  University.  1940;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Stecker,  Floyd  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S. .Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1963;  M.S..  Harvard.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Steel,  Donald  H.  Professor.  Kinesiology.  B.A.,  Trenton 
State  College.  1 955;  M.  A. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1 957; 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1964. 

Steele,  Robert  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A., 
Morehouse  College,  1 965;  M.  Div. .  Episcopal  Theological 
School,  1968;  M.P.H.,  Yale  University,  1971;  M.S., 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Steffian,  John  Ames  Professor  and  Dean,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.  Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1 957; 
M.  Arch.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design,  1967. 

Stehle,  Eva  Assistant  Professor,  Classics.  B.A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1971. 

Stein,  Daniel  C.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S., 
University  of  Notre  Dame,  1977;  M.S..  University  of 
Rochester,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Steiner,  Paul  W.  Professor.  Botany.  B.A.,  Gettysburg 
College.  1964;  M.S.,  Cornell  University.  1969;  Ph.D.. 
1976. 

Steinhardt,  Arnold  Professor,  Part-time,  Music.  Artist 
Diploma.  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1959;  Member, 
Guarneri  Quartet,. 


Steinhauer,  Allen  L.  Professor  and  Chairman. 
Entomology  BS  A  University  of  Manitoba,  1953:  M.S.. 
Oregon  State  University.  1955.  Ph.D..  1958. 

Stelnman.  Robert  M.  Professor,  Psychology  D.D.S.. 
Saint  Louis  University,  1948,  MA,  New  School  For 
Social  Research,  1962.  Ph  D  .  1964. 

Stellmacher,  Karl  L.  Professor  Emeritus.  Mathematics 
Abilurienten.  Gymnasium  Sundense.  1927;  Staats- 
Examen.  University  of  Gottingen.  1933;  Ph  D  ,  1936 

Stephen.  Wolfgang  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology 
Diploma,  University  of  Erlangen.  1 977;  Ph.D. ,  University 
of  Konstanz,  1981. 

Stephens,  Debra  L.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A..  The  University  of 
Texas  (Austin),  1975;  MA,  The  University  of  Chicago, 
1981;  PhD,,  1983. 

Stephens,  E.  Robert  Professor,  Education  Policy. 
Planning,  and  Administration.  B.S,  Morningside  College. 
1952;  M.S.,  Drake  University,  1958,  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Iowa.  1966. 

Stephenson,  Edward  H.  Affiliate  Associate  Professor. 
College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  D  V.M.,  Texas  ASM 
University.  1961;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1979: 
Ph.D.,  Colorado  State  University,  1973. 

Stepp,  Carl  S.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Journalism  B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1970, 
M.A.,  1972. 

Stern,  Joshua  Visiting  Lecturer  Part-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1935. 

Sternberg,  Yarort  M.  Professor.  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Illinois.  1 961 ;  M.S.,  University  of  California 
(Davis).  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Sternheim,  Charles  E.  Professor,  Psychology  B.A., 
City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1961; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester.  1967. 

Stevens,  Cynthia  K.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Western  Washington 
University,  1982;  M.A.,  Miami  University,  1984;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Washington.  1990. 

Stevens,  George  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute.  1941;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1957. 

Stevens,  Milton  Lecturer  (Part-time),  Music.  B.,  Music 
Oberlin  College  Conservatory,  1965:  M.M..  University  of 
Illinois,  1966;  D.M.A.,  Boston  University.  1975. 

Stewart,  Daryl  G.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Health 
Professions  Advising,  Undergraduate  Studies.  B.S., 
Cornell  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Stewart,  Gilbert  W.  Professor,  Computer  Science; 
Professor.  Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies. 
A.B.,  University  of  Tennessee.  1962;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Stewart,  GreigM.  Assistant  Dean.  Collegeof  Journalism 
B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts  (Amherst),  1973 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979;  AGS  Cert.,  1979; 
Ph.D.,  American  University.  1983. 

Stewart,  James  M.  Professor,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.  A.,  Western  Washington  College.  1953; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1958. 

Stewart,  Larry  E.  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman, 
Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E..  West  Virginia 
University.  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972. 

Stewart,  Sylvia  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President. 
Administrative  Affairs;  Assistant  Vice  President, 
Administrative  Affairs.  B.A.,  Berea  College.  1968;  M.S.. 
Ohio  University,  1971;  Ed.D.,  Northern  Colorado 
University,  1977. 

Stifel,  Peter  B.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S., 
Cornell  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah, 
1964. 


266     Therrien.  Madeleine  B. 


Stimpson,  Richard  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  State  University  ot  New 
York  (Genosee).  1965;  MA.  Michigan  State  University. 
1968;  PhD  ,  1977 

Stockdale.  Donald  K.  Assistant  Prolessor,  College  ot 
Business  and  Management  B  A  ,  Yale  College.  1974; 
B.A.,  King's  College.  1976;  J.D.,  Yale  University,  1980. 

Stocker,  Patricia  D.  Associate  Dean,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B.A.,  North  Dakota  State 
University.  1965;  MB. A.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1976, 
D.B  A  ,  University  of  Colorado  (Boulder).  1984. 

Stone.  Clarence  Professor,  Government  and  Politics 
A.B.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1957;  M.A.,  Duke 
University,  1960;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Stotts.  P.  David,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Science.  B.S..  University  of  Richmond.  1979;  M.S., 
University  of  Virginia.  1981;  Ph.D..  1985 

Stough,  Kenneth  F.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
Millersville  State  College.  1954;  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania 
Slate  University.  1961;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1969 

Stowasser,  Karl  Associate  Professor.  History.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Muenster,  1966 

Stowe,  Laura  Assistant  Professor,  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1 980;  M.F.A..  University 
of  California  (Irvine).  1983. 

Strand.  Ivar  E.  Jr.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  B.A..  University  of  Rochester,  1967;  M.A.. 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  1971;  Ph.D..  1975 

Straney.  David  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany  B.S., 
Brown  University,  1982;  M.S..  Yale  University.  1984; 
Ph.D..  1987. 

Straszheim,  Mahlon  R.  Professor  and  Chair,  Economics 
B.S  .  Purdue  University,  1 961 ;  PhD.  Harvard  University, 
1965. 

Strauch,  Gabriele  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic 
and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  B  A  .Saarbrucken 
(West  Germany),  1 969;  MA.  Southern  Illinois  University 
(Carbondale),  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1984. 

Straw,  Philip  K.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  University  Honors 
Program.  B.  A,  University  of  Kentucky  (Lexington),  1967; 
MA,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 

Streett,  Theodore  P.  Instructor.  Institute  ol  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.S.. 
1978. 

Streln,  William  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1970;  M.S.,  1973;  D  Ed..  1979 

Strlcklin,  W.  Ray  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Sciences 
B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1968;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1975. 

Striffler,  Charles  D.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.E..  University  of  Michigan,  1961;  M.S.E..  1963; 
Ph.D..  1972 

Strobell,  Adah  P.  Associate  Professor.  Recreation  B.A  . 
San  Francisco  State  College,  1953;  MS  ,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1966. 

Strong,  Beverly  N.  Faculty  Research  Assistant,  Special 
Education  B.S.,  St  Cloud  State  University,  1957;  M.S., 
1968. 

Strudler,  Alan  Research  Scholar.  Instilute  for  Philosophy 
and  Public  Policy.  B.A  .  Johnston  College.  1975.  M  A  . 
University  of  California  (Riverside).  1977;  Ph  D  , 
University  of  Arizona.  1982;  JD,  1985 

Struna,  Nancy  L.  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  History, 
Associate  Professor,  Kinesiology  B.S  .  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1972;  MA.  University  of  Maryland.  1975; 
Ph.D..  1979. 


Stuart,  William  T.  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant 
Chair.  Anthropology.  B.A..  George  Washington 
University,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1971 

Stuck,  Garrett  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1983;  M.S., 
University  of  Chicago.  1984;  Ph.D..  1988 

Stunkard,  Clayton  L.  Professor,  Measurement, 
Statistics,  and  Evaluation  BS  .University  of  Minnesota, 
1948;  MA.  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959 

Stuntz,  Calvin  F.  Professor  Emeritus,  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Buffalo.  1939; 
Ph.D.. 1947. 

Sturtz,  Charles  F.  Vice  President.  Administrative  Affairs. 
B.A..  Wittenberg  University,  1958;  M.A..  Wayne  State 
University,  1961. 

Stutte,  Gary  Wayne  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture. 
B.S  .  Oklahoma  State  University,  1979;  M.S.  University 
of  Georgia.  1 981  ;PhD.  University  of  California  (Davis). 
1984. 

Subbaraman,  Sivagaml  Instructor.  English.  B.A.,  Stella 
Mans  College,  1976;  MA,  University  of  Illinois,  1978 

Sublett,  Henry  L.  Professor,  Retired.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  A.  B..  Duke  University.  1951;  M.Ed.  .University 
of  Virginia.  1953;  Ed.D.,  1959. 

Subrahmanlan,  Venkatramanan  S.  Assistant 
Professor.  Computer  Science.  M.Sc,  Birla  Institute  of 
Technology  and  Science.  1985;  M.S..  Syracuse 
University,  1987;  Ph.D..  1989 

Sucher,  Joseph  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S,  Brooklyn  College.  1952;  Ph.D. .Columbia  University. 
1957. 

Sullivan,  Denis  F.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial, 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education  A.B  ,  Tufts 
University,  1 966;  M.S.,  Catholic  University.  1 975;  Ph.D. . 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1972. 

Sumida,  Jon  T.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Santa  Cruz),  1971;  M.A., 
University  of  Chicago.  1974;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Suppe,  F.  R.  Professor.  Philosophy.  A.B  ,  University  of 
California  (Riverside).  1962;  MA,  University  of  Michigan, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Sutherland,  Donald  M.  G.  Professor.  History.  B.A., 
Carleton  University.  1965;  M.A..  University  of  Sussex. 
1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London.  1974. 

Svenonius,  Lars  Professor,  Philosophy  Filosofie 
Kandidat,  Uppsala  University.  1950;  Filosofie  Magister. 
1955;  Filosofie  Licentiat,  1955;  Filosofie  Doktor,  1960 

Svirbeley,  William  J.  Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry.  B.S.  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology. 
1931;  M.S.,  1932;  D.Sc.  1935. 

Swank,  Lowell  J.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B.A. .University  of  California  (Berkeley). 
1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1967 

Swanner,  Robert  Associate  Staff.  Radio.  Television 
and  Film.  B.A  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1979. 

Swartz,  Harry  J.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture  B.S, 
State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo),  1973;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University,  1979. 

Sweet,  Daniel  Professor,  Mathematics  B.S  .  Fairleigh 
Dickinson  University.  1965;  PhD  ,  Brown  University. 
1969 

Swlstak,  Piotr  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  M.S..  University  of  Warsaw.  1978;  MA..  1979; 
M.S..  University  of  Chicago,  1985;  Ph  D  .  1987 

Syrmos,  George  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engineering  BS  University  of  California  (Santa 
Barbara).  1983;  M.S..  1985;  Ph.D..  University  ot 
Maryland.  1990 

Syskl,  Ryszard  Prolessor,  Mathematics  B  S..  Chelsea 
College.  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  London  (Chelsea), 
1960 


Sze,  Heven  Associate  Professor,  Botany  BS,  National 
Taiwan  University.  1968,  MS,  University  of  California 
(Davis).  1970.  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University.  1975 

Szepesl,  Bela  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Part-time. 
Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems  B.A..  Albion  College 
(Michigan).  1961;MS  .Colorado  State  University,  1964; 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  California.  Davis.  1968 

Tad,  Charles  A.  Professor,  Emeritus,  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.S.C  .  State  University  ot 
Iowa.  1937;  M.A..  1941;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Man/land, 
1952 

Talaat,  Mostafa  E.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engmeenng. 
B.S.,  University  of  Cairo.  1946;  M.S..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1947;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Tarica,  Ralph  Professor  and  Chair,  French  and  Italian. 
B.A, Emory  University,  1954;M.A.  1958;  Ph. D, Harvard 
University,  1966. 

Tasch,  Uri  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.Sc.,  Technion  University,  Israel,  1976;  M.Sc.,  Illinois 
Institute  of  Technology.  1978;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1983. 

Tasker,  Frederick  Visiting  Assistant  Prolessor, 
Mechanical  Engineenng-UMBC  BS.,  University  of 
Logos,  Nigeria.  1982;  MS,  University  of  Man/land, 
1986;  PhD,  1990 

Tavares,  Frank  Instructor  (Part-time),  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Wheaton  College.  1966;  MA., 
Northern  Illinois  University  (DeKalb),  1969;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1976. 

Taylor,  Kenneth  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy  A.B., 
University  of  Notre  Dame.  1977;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Chicago.  1977. 

Taylor,  Leonard  S.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineenng 
A.B  ,  Harvard  University.  1 951 ;  M.S.,  New  Mexico  State 
University,  1956;  Ph.D..  1960 

Taylor,  Martha  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Human  Nutntion 
and  Food  Systems  B  S..  University  of  Delaware.  1971; 
MS.,  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  Ph  D..  1977. 

Taylor,  Patrick  T.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Geology  B.S.. 
Michigan  State  University.  1960;  M.S..  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1 962;  Ph. D.  Stanford  University.  1965 

Taylor,  M.  Susan  Associate  Professor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  B.A  .University  ol  Southern 
Alabama.  1973;  M.S..  Iowa  State  University.  1975; 
Ph.D..  Purdue  University.  1978. 

Teachman.  Jay  D.  Professor.  Sociology  B.A..  Western 
Washington  State  College.  1974,  MA.,  University  of 
Chicago.  1976;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Teague,  Gerald  V.  Assistant  Dean  lor  Administration. 
College  of  Education.  B  A  .  Bamngton  College.  1968; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Teglasi-Golubcow,  Hedwig  Associate  Professor. 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  B.A.,  Douglass 
College.  1969;  M  A  .  Temple  University.  1971;  Ph.D.. 
Hofstra  University,  1975. 

Teplltz.  Vlgdor  L.  Ad)unct  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  SB.  MIT.  1958;  PhD..  University  of 
Maryland,  1962. 

Teramura,  Alan  H.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Botany 
B.A..  California  State  University.  1971.  MA.  1973. 
Ph.D..  Duke  University.  1978. 

Terchek,  Mary  Instructor.  English  B  S  .  St  Louis 
University.  1962;  MA    University  of  Maryland.  1967 

Terchek.  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics  B  A..  University  ol  Chicago,  1958.  MA. 
1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1965. 

Thelson.  David  C.  Instructor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
Astronomy  Program  B.S,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee).  1972;  MS,  University  of  Maryland.  1960 

Therrien.  Madeleine  B.  Professor.  French  and  Italian 
Licence  d'enseignement.  University  of  Pans.  Sorbonne 
(France).  1959.  Ph  D  .  Michigan  State  University.  1966 


Verdaguer,  Pierre    267 


Thlratrakoolchal,  Sombat  Assistanl  Professor.  School 
of  Architecture  B  Arch  .Silpakorn  University  (Thailand). 
1978.  M  Arch  ,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1979;  ME. P.. 
Environmental  Planning.  Arizona  State  University,  1 98 1 , 
D  Arch  ,  University  of  Michigan.  1986 

Thlrumalal.  Devarajan  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
and  Biochemistry;  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  M  Sc  ,  Indian  Institute 
of  Technology  (Kanpur).  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1982 

Thomas,  Charles  A.  Adjunct  Professor.  Agronomy  B.S. , 
University  of  Kansas  City.  1940,  MS,  Louisiana  State 
University.  1942;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1948. 

Thomas,  Owen  P.  Professor.  Poultry  Science  B.S., 
University  of  Natal,  1954;  MS.  1962;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland.  1966. 

Thomas,  Stephen  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Health 
Education  B  S .,  The  Ohio  State  University.  1980;  M.S.. 
Illinois  State  University.  1981,  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois 
University.  1985 

Thomas,  William  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor, 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services;  Vice  President, 
Student  Affairs.  B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1955; 
M.S..  1965;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University,  1970. 

Thompson,  Arthur  H.  Professor  Emeritus.  Horticulture. 
B.S  ,  University  of  Minnesota.  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1945. 

Thompson,  Christian  Ad|unct  Professor,  Entomology 
B.S..  University  of  Massachusetts.  1966;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Thompson,  Derek  Associate  Professor,  Geography. 
B.A.,  Manchester  University,  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Indiana  University,  1969. 

Thompson,  Owen  E.  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S., 
University  of  Missouri,  1961;  M.S  ,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Thompson,  Robert  B.  II.  Assistant  Professor,  College 
of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.,  University  of  Florida. 
1976;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Thompson,  Roger  R.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.A., 
Stanford  University.  1979;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1981; 
Ph.D..  1985. 

Thorpe,  James  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Housing  and 
Design.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.F.A., 
1975 

Tlldon,  Jay  T.  Professor,  Nutritional  Sciences  Program 
Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965. 

Tismaneanu,  Vladimir  Assistant  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of  Bucharest,  1974;  Ph.D., 
1980. 

Tits,  Andre  Leon  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering; 
Professor,  Systems  Research  Center  E.E.,  University 
of  Liege.  Belgium.  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1979:  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Tobin,  Mary  F.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  University  Honors 
Program.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A., 
1978;  Ph.D..  1981. 

Toll,  John  S.  Professor  and  Chancellor  Emeritus,  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1944;  A.M., 
Princeton  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Tomaserti,  James  A.  Instructor,  part-time,  Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Topeleski.  L.D.  Timmy  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Enginee  ring-UMBC.  B.S. .Cornell  University,  1961;  ME  , 
1984;  MS,  1986;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1990. 

Torney-Purta,  Judith  Professor.  Human  Development. 
A.B..  Stanford  University.  1959:  M.A..  University  of 
Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.  1965. 

Tossell,  John  A.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry. 
B.S.,  University  of  Chicago.  1966;  M.A..  Harvard 
University,  1967;  Ph.D..  1972. 


Townshend,  John  R.G.  Professor  and  Chairman. 
Geography  B.Sc  .  University  College  London.  1967; 
PhD..  1971 

Traver,  Paul  P.  Prolessor.  Music.  B  Mus..  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1955,  M  Mus  ,  1957;  DMA, 
Stanford  University,  1967 

Tree,  Michael  Professor,  Part-time.  Music  Artist 
Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music.  1955;  Member. 
Guarnen  Quartet, 

Trotter,  Steven  A.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering  B.S  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1962,  MA  . 
Princeton  University.  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Trlckett,  Edison  J.  Professor,  Psychology  B.A., 
TrinityCollege.  1963;  M  A  ,  Ohio  State  University.  1965; 
Ph.D.,  1967. 

Trimble.  Virginia  L.  Visiting  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  Astronomy  Program.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1962;  M.S..  California  Institute 
of  Technology.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968;  M.S.,  Cambridge 
University,  1969. 

Tripathi,  Satlsh  K.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Computer 
Science  B.S..  Banaras  Hindu  University.  1968;  M.S.. 
1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Alberta,  1974;  M.S..  University 
of  Toronto.  1976;  Ph.D..  1979 

Troth,  Eugene  W.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus..  DePaul 
University,  1947;  M.Mus..  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Michigan.  1958. 

Trousdale,  Marion  S.  Professor,  English.  B.A..  University 
of  Michigan.  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London  (England). 
1975. 

Trout,  David  L.  Adjunct  Professor.  Part-time.  Human 
Nutrition  and  Food  Systems.  B.A.,  Swarthmore  College, 
1951;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Truitt,  Anne  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College, 
1 943;  Doctor  of  Fine  Arts.  St.  Mary's  College,:  Doctor  of 
Fine  Arts,  Kansas  City  Art  Institute,;  Doctor  of  Humane 
Letters.  The  Corcoran  School  of  Art,. 

Tsai,  Lung-Wen  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering;  Associate  Professor,  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1967;  M.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo).  1970;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1973. 

Tsui,  Chung  Y.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Hong  Kong,  1 953;  M.S., 
Purdue  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Turner,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1974;  M.A.,  1978; 
Ph.D.,  1983 

Turner,  Thomas  R.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy. 
B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1973;  M.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Tuthill,  Dean  F.  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Twigg,  Bernard  A.  Professor  Emeritus.  Horticulture. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S..  1955;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

Tyler,  Bonnie  B.  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development.  B.A.,  DePauw  University.  1948;  M.A., 
Ohio  State  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Tyler,  Forrest  B.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Depauw 
University,  1948;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  1952. 

Tyler,  Robert  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Kinesiology.  A. B.. 
Dairy  College,  1 957;  M.S. ,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1959;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Ufema,  Kate  Assistant  Professor.  Theatre. 
B.A.Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971;  M.A..  1974; 
M.F.A..  1974. 

Ulmer,  Melville  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics.  B.S.. 
New  York  University.  1937;  M.  A..  1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1948 


Unal,  Haluk  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B.A.,  Istanbul  University.  1973;  Doctor 
of  Economics.  1976;  MA,  The  Ohio  State  University 
1981;  PhD.  1985 

Urban,  Louise  McClelland  Associate  Professor.  Music 
B.A..  College  ol  Woosler,  1957,  MA,  Columbia 
University,  1959. 

Urlagereka,  Juan  Assistant  Professor.  Linguistics 
Department.  B.A..  University  of  Deusto.;  MA  ,  University 
of  Connecticut,  1986:  Ph.D..  1988. 

Uslaner,  Eric  M.  Prolessor,  Government  and  Politics 
B.A..  Brandeis  University.  1968.  MA.  Indiana  University. 
1970;  Ph.D..  1973 

Vaccaro,  Paul  Professor,  Kinesiology  B.S.  University 
of  Massachusetts.  1970;  MA.  University  ot  Florida 
1973;  Ed.D ..  1976. 

Vakharia,  Vikram  N.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S..  Bombay  University,  1971; 
M.S.,  Wichita  State  University.  1979;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Kansas.  1983. 

Valadez,  Joseph  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.A..  Northwestern  University. 
1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Lancaster  (England),  1978; 
M.P.H..  Harvard  School  of  Public  Health.  1984 

Valente,  Carmine  M.  Adjunct  Professor.  Health 
Education.  B.S  ,  Manhattan  College,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Vamos,  John  S.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.M.E.,  Villanova  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Ohio  State  University,  1970. 

Vandersall,  John  H.  Professor  and  Graduate  Program 
Director.  Animal  Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Vanderslice,  Joseph  Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry. 
B.S..  Boston  College.  1949;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1952. 

VanderVelden,  Lee  Assistant  Professor.  Kinesiology. 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Van  Egmond,  Peter  G.  Assistant  Professor,  English. 
B.A.,  Mississippi  College.  1959;  M.A..  University  of 
Mississippi.  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1966. 

Vann,  R.  Lindley  Associate  Professor.  School  of 
Architecture.  B.S.  History  of  Art,  University  of  Texas 
(Austin),  1968;  Ph.D. Arch. Hist.,  Cornell  University,  1976. 

Vanneman,  Reeve  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.. 
Cornell  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1975. 

Vannoy,  Donald  W.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
West  Virginia  Institute  of  Technology,  1970:  M.S., 
University  of  Virginia.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Van  Valken burg,  Shirley  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany. 
B.  A.  .Washington  State  University,  1948;  M.S.  .University 
of  Washington,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

VanWie,  David  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1980;  M.S.. 
1982;  Ph.D.,  1986 

Varner,  Mark  A.  Associate  Professor.  Animal  Sciences. 
B  S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1975;  M.S..  Washington 
State  University.  1977;  Ph.D..  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1981. 

Veitch,  Fletcher  P.  Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1931;  M.S., 
1933;  Ph.D.,  1935. 

Venit,  Marjorie  Associate  Professor,  Art  History.  B.F.A., 
San  Francisco  Art  Institute.  1962;  M.A..  Institute  of  Fine 
Arts,  New  York  University,  1976;  Ph.D..  1982. 

Verdaguer,  Pierre  Associate  Professor.  French  and 
Italian.  Licence/Maitrise.  Sorbonne,  Paris  III.  1972; 
Agregation.  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1980. 


268    WeHford,  Charles  F. 


Verhoven,  Peter  J.  Associate  Professor.  Recreation 
B.A.,  Morehead  State  College,  1963;  M.S..  Indiana 
University.  1965;  Re.D  .  1969 

Vernekar,  Anandu  D.  Professor.  Meteorology 
B.Sc.(Hons),  University  of  Poona.  1956.  M.Sc,  1959; 
M.S..  University  of  Michigan,  1963.  Ph  D .,  1966 

Vletrl,  LolsT.  Lecturer,  Government  and  Politics  A.B., 
Rosemont  College.  1970.  MA.  University  of  Maryland, 
1972;  Ph.D..  1981 

Vljay,  Inder  K.  Professor.  Animal  Sciences;  Professor 
and  Director,  Molecular  and  Cell  Biology  B.S  .  Panjab 
University  (India),  1961;  MS.  University  of 
Saskatchewan,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Davis).  1971. 

Vishkin,  Uzl  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering; 
Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced  Computer  Studies 
B.Sc.  Hebrew  University,  1974;  M.Sc,  1975;  D.Sc, 
Technion.  1981 

Vlttthum, RlchardC. Professor.  English  B.A.,  Amherst 
College,  1957.  MAT.  Harvard  University,  1958.  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University.  1963 

Vlzzini,  Anthony  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Aerospace 
Engineering  SB.  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1981;  SB. .1982;  S.M,  1983;  PhD,  1986 

Vogel,  Stuart  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program.  B  A  .  Williams  College. 
1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1983. 

Vogelius.  Michael  S.  Professor.  Mathematics.  Cand 
Scient.,  University  of  Aarhus,  1977;  PhD.  University  of 
Maryland,  1980. 

Voll,  Mary  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.  A.. 
Mount  Saint  Agnes  College,  1 955;  M.S..  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1961,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1964. 

von  Kerczek,  Christian  H.  Associate  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S. .University  of  Notre  Dame, 
1963;  M.S..  1965:  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1973. 

Vough,  L.R.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966:  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1969.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University,  1972. 

Wabeck,  Charles  J.  Professor.  Poultry  Science.  B.S., 
University  of  Massachusetts.  1962;  M.S.,  University  of 
New  Hampshire.  1964;  Ph.D..  Purdue  University,  1966 

Wachbroit,  Robert  S.  Research  Scholar.  Institute  for 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy.  B.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1970.  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1979. 

Wagner,  Janet  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S  ,  Cornell  University,  1970; 
MA.  1973;  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University,  1982. 

Wakefield,  John  E.  Associate  Professor.  Music  B.Mus.. 
University  of  Michigan,  1963:  M.Mus..  1964. 

Waldrop.  Robert  S.  Professor  Emeritus.  Psychology 
B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1934;  B.D.,  McCormick 
Theological  Seminary.  1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1948 

Wall,  Alaka  Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A.. 
Radcliffe  College,  1974;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University. 
1984. 

Walker.  Richard  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Geology  B.S. 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1979;  M.S..  Suny-Stony 
Brook.  1981;  Ph.D..  1984. 

Wall.  John   R.  Instructor,   part-time.   Industrial. 
Technological  and  Occupational  Education    B  S 
University  of  Maryland.  1981;  MA.,  Central  Michigan 
University.  1982. 

Wallace.  James  M.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  C  E  .  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1962:  M.S.. 
1964;  D  Phil  .  Oxford  University,  1969 

Wallace.  Stephen  J.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S.  Case  Instituteof  Technology,  1961;MS  .University 
of  Washington  (Seattle).  1969;  Ph.D..  1971 


Wallls,  John  J.  Associate  Professor.  Economics.  B.A., 
University  of  Washington.  1975,  MA,  1978;  Ph.D., 
1981 

Walls,  Roy  S.  Instructor,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1975;  M.S..  1987. 

Wally,  Stefan  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A./M.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  1980; 
M  B  A  ,  New  York  University.  1986. 

Walsh,  Christopher  S.  Associate  Professor. 
Horticulture.  B.A.,  Middlebury  College.  1969;  M.S.. 
Cornell  University,  1977;  Ph.D..  1980 

Walston,  Claude  E.  Dean.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.S,  University  of  South  Carolina. 
1946,  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1950;  Ph  D.,  Ohio 
State  University.  1953 

Walston,  William  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor 
andAssociate  Chairman,  Mechanical  Engineering 
B. M.E., University  of  Delaware,  1959;M.S.,1961;Ph,D,. 
1964. 

Walter,  Mary  E.  Research  Associate.  Special  Education 
BS..  Marywood  College.  1971;  M.A.,  1975;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1988. 

Walters,  Edward  H.  Instructor,  Music  B.A.,  Peabody 
Conservatory  of  Music.  1968;  M.A.,  Catholic  University, 
1982. 

Walters,  William  B.  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S  .Kansas  State  University.  1960;  Ph. D. 
University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

Walton,  A.  Ronald  Associate  Prolessor.  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian.  B. A. .UniversityofTexas.  1967.M. A. Cornell 
University.  1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Walton.  William  D.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Fire  Protection 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S., 
1976. 

Waltrup,  Paul  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.S.. 
1968;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1971. 

Wang,  Ching-Ping  Shih  Associate  Professor.  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  B.S  ,  Tung-Hai  University,  1969;  M.S.. 
Louisiana  State  University,  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Wang,  Nam  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  California,  1979;  M.S., 
California  Institute  of  Technology.  1982;  Ph.D..  1988. 

Wang,  Orrln  Assistant  Professor,  English  B.A  .  Reed 
College.  1979;  MA,  University  of  Chicago.  1984;  Ph.D., 
1989. 

Wang,  Xiaolu  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  M.A., 
Wayne  State  University.  1981;  Ph.D.  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1985. 

Wang,  Yu  (Michael)  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering-UMBC.B.S.,Xi-anJiaoton  University,  1982; 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1985;  Ph.D., 
Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1989. 

Warner,  Charles  R.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
B.A ,  University  of  Toronto.  1955:  B.S..  University  of 
Rochester,  1957;  Ph.D..  1962 

Warren.  Anne  Professor,  Dance  B.A..  Ohio  State 
University.  1966:  M.Ed..  Wayne  State  University.  1969 

Warren,  J.  Benedict  Professor.  History  B.A..  Duns 
Scotus  College.  1953;  M.A..  University  of  New  Mexico. 
1960.  Ph.D.,  1963 

Warren.  Lawrence.  Professor.  Dance  B.A..  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1953;  M  A  .  1968 

Washburn,  Wilcomb  E.  Adjunct  Professor,  Amencan 
Studies  B.A,  Dartmouth  College.  1948;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1955. 


Washington,  Lawrence  C.  Professor,  Mathematics 
B  A,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1971;M  A  .  1971;Ph.D.. 
Princeton  University.  1974 

Washington,  Mary  Helen  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
NotreDame  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Detroit, 
1966;  PhD  ,  1976. 

Wasserman,  David  T.  Research  Scholar.  Institute  for 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  B.A..  Yale  University, 
1975;  M.A..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1981;  J.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1978. 

Wasserman,  Paul  Professor.  College  ol  Library  and 
Information  Services  B  B.A  .  City  University  of  New 
York  (City  College),  1948.MS.LS  ,  Columbia  University. 
1949.  M.S..  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan.  1960 

Watson,  John  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany   B.S.. 

Butler  University.  1975;  Ph.D.  Indiana  University,  1982 

Weaver,  James  Instructor,  Part-time.  Music  B.M.. 
University  of  Illinois.  1961;  B.M.,  1962;  MM    1963 

Weaver,  V.  Phillips  Professor.  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  A.B..  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1951; 
M  Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1 956;  Ed. D. ,  1 962 

Weber,  Joseph  Professor  Emeritus.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1940: 
Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of  Amenca.  1951 

Weeks,  John  D.  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B.S.,  Harvard  College.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Chicago.  1969 

Wei. Ching-Zong Professor,  Mathematics  B.A..  National 
Tsing-Hua University,  1971;M  A..  1973; Ph.D.. Columbia 
University,  1980. 

Weible.  Thomas  Associate  Dean.  College  of  Education; 
Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction  B.S..  Virginia 
Commonwealth  University,  1 967;  M.Ed  .  Salisbury  State 
University,  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa.  1976. 

Weigand,  William  A.  Professor.  Chemical  Engineenng 
B.S..  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology.  1962;  M.S..  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1968 

Weil,  Raymond  R.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
Michigan  State  University,  1970;  MS  .Purdue  University. 
1972;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1977. 

Weinberg,  Amy  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Linguistics 
Department.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Advanced 
Computer  Studies  B  A  ,  McGill  University,  1976;  Ph.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1988 

Weiner,  John  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964;  Ph  D  . 
University  ol  Chicago,  1970. 

Weiner.  Ronald M.  Professor.  Microbiology  B.S.. CUNY 
(Brooklyn  College),  1964;  M.S.,  Long  Island  University. 
1967;  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University.  1970. 

Weinsteln,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Economics 
B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1954;  MA, 
Northwestern  University,  1958;  Ph.D..  1961. 

Weismlller.  Richard  A.  Professor.  Agronomy  BS. 
Purdue  University.  1964.  MS  .  1966;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State.  1969 

Weiss.  Gene  A.  Associate  Professor.  Radio.  Television 

and  Film.  B.A  .  Brandeis  University.  1961.  MA.  New 
York  University.  1965.  Ph.D..  Ohio  University.  1970 

Weiss,  Marion  G.  Assistant  Professor.  School  of 
Architecture  B  S  ARCH.  University  of  Virginia.  1979: 
M  ARCH.  Yale  University.  1984 

Weiss,  Shlomo  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Saence- 
UMBC  BS  .  Technion  Israel  Institute  ol  Technology 
1973;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1984 

WeHford.  Charles  F.  Professor  and  Director.  Institute  ol 
Criminal  Justice  and  Cnminology  B  A  University  of 
Maryland.  1961.  MA.  1963;  PhD.  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1969 


Wong,  Tak-Jun     269 


Welllsch,  Hans  W.  Professor  Emenlus,  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services  MLS.  University  of  Maryland. 
1972;  Ph  D  .  1975 

Wells.  Veronica  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time, 
Music.  Howard  University.  1961.  ,  Wright  State 
University.  1967 

Wemmer,  Christen  Adjunct  Associate  Professor. 
Zoology  B  A  .San  Francisco  State  College,  1965  M  A 
1967;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1972. 

Wenhold,  James  Ft.  Instructor.  Kinesiology,  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1985;  M.S.,  1987 

Wentzel,  Donat  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program  B  A  ,  University  of  Chicago.  1954; 
B.S..  1955;  MS  .  1956;  Ph  D  .  1960. 

Wentzel,  Kathryn  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Human 
Development  B.A.,  University  ol  Minnesota  (Summa 
cum  laude).  1982;  Ph  D  .  Stanford  University,  1987. 

Werfinlch,  Carol  Ann  Instructor.  Family  and  Community 
Development  B.S. .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1961 ; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  Ph.D..  1983. 

Werthelmer,  Loretta  C.  Assistant  Vice  President, 
Academic  Affairs.  B.A  ,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1957; 
M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1976;  Ph.D..  1980 

Weske,  John  R.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  Dipt  Ing,  HannoverlnstituteofTechnology, 
1924;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1932;  Sc,  D..  1934. 

Westbrook,  Franklin  Associate  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services;  Acting  Director,  Officeof  Minonty 
Student  Education,  B.S  .  Chicago  State  University.  1961 ; 
M.S..  City  University  of  New  York,  1969;  Ed.D..  Indiana 
University,  1971 

Westerhout.  Gart  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  Astronomy  Program  B.S..  University  o! 
Leiden,  1950:  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Westhoff,  Dennis  C.  Professor  and  Department 
Chairman.  Animal  Sciences.  B.S. .University  of  Georgia. 
1 966:  M.S. .  North  Carolina  State  University,  1 968;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Wexler,  Richard  Associate  Professor.  Music. 
B.Mus.. University  of  Michigan.  1963:  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1969;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Wheaton.  Fredrick  W.  Professor,  Agricultural 
Engineenng.  B.S. A. E..  Michigan  State  University,  1 964; 
M.S..  8.  1965;  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University.  1969. 

Wheelock,  Arthur  K.  Professor.  Art  History  B.A.. 
Williams  College,  1965;  PhD.,  Harvard  University,  1973. 

White,  Marilyn  D.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  B.A.,  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake 
College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1963; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1971. 

Whitehead,  Tony  L.  Associate  Professor  and  Chair. 
Anthropology.  B.A.,  Shaw  University.  1965;  M.S.Hyg., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1969;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Whittemore,  E.  Reed  Professor  Emeritus,  English.  B.A.. 
Yale  University,  1941. 

Whittington.  Leslie  Ann  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  Regis  College.  1984; 
MA.  University  of  Colorado.  1987;  Ph.D..  1989. 

Widhelm,  William  B.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1959;  M.S.E  .  1960;  M.S.M.S..  1965;  Ph.D., 
1969. 

Wiedel,  Joseph  W.  Professor.  Geography.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1963. 

Wiedemann,  Gregory  Lecturer,  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture.  B.A..  Tufts  University,  1972:  B.S.C.E., 
1973;  M.Arch.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design, 
1977. 

Weigand,  William  Professor.  Chemical  Engineering. 
B.S..  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology.  1962;  M.S..  1963; 
Ph.D..  1968. 


Wlese,  Nancy  Instructor.  English  B.A..  Sweet  Briar 
College.  1954;  M  A  ,  Western  Maryland  College,  1965; 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1981 

Wlgtleld,  Allan  Assistant  Professor.  Human 
Development  B.S  ,  University  of  Illinois,  1974.  MA. 
1977;  Ph.D..  1982 

Wilbur,  June  C.  Assistant  Professor  Ementa,  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics  B.S..  University  of 
Washington.  1936,  M.Ed..  1937;  M.S.,  Syracuse 
University.  1940. 

Wiley,  Robert C.  Professor. Horticulture  B.S  „  University 
of  Maryland.  1949;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D..  Oregon  State 
University.  1953. 

Wllkenteld,  Jonathan  Professor  and  Chairman. 
Government  and  Politics  B.S  ,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1964;  M. A  .George  Washington  University.  1966;  Ph.D., 
Indiana  University,  1969. 

Wllkerson,  Thomas  D.  Research  Professor,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S. .University  of 
Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Wilkinson,  Gerald  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S  , 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1977;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (San  Diego),  1984. 

Williams,  Aubrey  W.,  Jr.  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A , 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Arizona.  1964. 

Williams,  Ellen  D.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  & 
Astronomy .B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1981. 

Williams,  Helen  E.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services;  Assistant  Professor. 
Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A.,  Morris  College,  1954; 
M.S.L.S.,  Atlanta  University,  1960;  C.A.S.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1969;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1983. 

Williams,  John  D.  Research  Associate,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University.  1 967; 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Williams,  Otis  Director,  Nyumburu  Center;  Affiliate, 
Afro-American  Studies  Program.  B.A.,  Morgan  State 
University,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,. 

Williams,  Rhonda  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Joint  Afro- 
American  Studies  and  Economics.  B.A..  Harvard- 
Radcliffe  College,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1983. 

Williams,  Thelma  M.  Assistant  Dean,  College  of 
Computer,  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1977;  M.A.,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Williams,  Walter  F.  Professor,  Animal  Sciences.  B.S.. 
University  of  Missoun,  1951;  M.S.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Williams,  William  H.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  A.B., 
Washington  and  Lee  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Duke 
University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Wilner,  Benjamin  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Tel-Aviv  University.  1979;  M.S., 
Harvard  University,  1981;  Ph.D..  1986. 

Wilson,  Andrew  S.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Astronomy  Program.  B.A..  Cambridge  University.  1969; 
M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Wilson,  Forrest  Visiting  Professor.  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture.  Ph.D.,  Union  of  Experimenting  Colleges  & 
Universities.  1977. 

Wilson,  Gayle  E.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
Wayne  State  University.  1960;  M.A.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Wilson,  Laura  B.  Director,  Center  on  Aging;  Professor, 
Health  Education.  B.A.,  Simmons  College,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Wilson,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  Music.  A.B., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1970;  M.S.,  1972; 
Ph.D..  1974 


Wilson,  Robert  M.  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction 
B  S  ,CalilomiaStateCollege(PA).  1950; M.S  .University 
of  Pittsburgh.  1956.  Ed.D..  1960 

Wilson.  William  G.  Librarian/Lecturer.  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services  B  A  ,  Louisiana  State 
University.  1958.  A  MLS  .University  of  Michigan.  1960, 
M.A.,  Claremont  Graduate  School,  1971 . 

Wlltz,  Alclne  J.  Professor  and  Chair,  Dance  B.A., 
University  of  Southwestern  Louisiana,  1964;  M.F.A.. 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1967. 

Wlnblade,  Roger  Lecturer,  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S..  Iowa  State  College,  1959 

Windle.  Robert  J.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management  B.A  College  of  William 
and  Mary.  1977;  M.S.  .University  of  Wisconsin-Madison, 
1981;  Ph.D..  1984. 

Wlnkelmann,  Allen  E.  Associate  Professor.  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S  .  University  of  Minnesota,  1965;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Wlnkelnkemper,  H.  E.  Associate  Professor, 
Mathematics.  B.A..  National  University  of  Mexico.  1 963; 
M.A..  Princeton  University,  1965;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Winkler-Crowley,  Abby  L.  Lecturer,  Special  Education. 
B.S.,  Boston  University.  1973;  M.A.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1981;  Ph.D..  1983. 

Winton,  Calhoun  Professor.  English  A  B  ,  University  of 
the  South  (Sewanee),  1948;  M  A,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1950;  MA.  Princeton  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1955. 

Wise,  David  H.  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Zoology. 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Wish,  Eric  D.  Director.  Center  for  Substance  Abuse 
Research.  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1968; 
Ph.D..  Washington  University.  1978. 

WIsler,  Carl  E.  Instructor,  Part-time,  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education.  A.B.,  Emporia  State  University. 
1956;  M.S..  1957. 

Witczak.  Matthew  W.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
Purdue  University.  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Withers,  Josephine  Associate  Professor,  Art  History. 
B.A..  Oberlin  College,  1960;  MA,  Columbia  University, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Witherspoon,  Christine  L.  Assistant  to  the  Dean. 
College  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  B.A., 
Michigan  State  University.  1971;  MBA,  University  of 
Maryland,  1988. 

Wolde-Tinsae,  Amde  M.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1970;  M.S..  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1971;  Ph.D. .State  University  of 
New  York  (Buffalo).  1976. 

Wolfe,  Peter  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S..  Saint 
Lawrence  University.  1959;  B.S.E.E.,  Renssalaer 
Polytechnic,  1959;  M.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1961 ; 
Ph.D..  New  York  University.  1965. 

Wolfe,  Stephen  J.  Instructor,  Industrial,  Technological 
and  Occupational  Education.  B.S,.  California  State 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1988;  M.Ed..  1989. 

Wolniak,  Stephen  M.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.A., 
SUNY  (Oswego),  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley). 
1979. 

Wolpert,  Scott  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A..  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1972;  M.A..  Stanford  University, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Wolvin,  Andrew  D.  Professor.  Speech  Communication. 
B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1962;  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.. 
Purdue  University,  1968. 

Wong,  Tak-Jun  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A.,  Dickinson  College,  1984;  M.B.A., 
UCLA.  1986 


270    Zwanzig,  Robert  W. 


Wonnacott,  Paul  Professor.  Economics  B  A  ,  University 
ol  Western  Ontano,  1955;  MA..  Pnnceton  University. 
1957;  Ph.D..  1959 

Woo,  Chlng  Hung  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  Louisiana  Technological  Institute.  1958;  M.S., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1960;  Ph  D.,  1962 

Wood,  Francis  E.  Professor  Ementus,  Entomology  B.S.. 
University  of  Missouri,  1958;  M.S.,  1962;  PhD  .  University 
of  Maryland.  1970 

Woodson.  Sarah  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  B.S  .  Kalamazoo  College.  1982;  Ph.D.. 
Yale  University.  1987 

Woodward.  Nicholas  B.  Assistant  Research  Scientist. 
Geology  B.A,  Cornell  University.  1970;  M.S.  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1978;  Ph.D..  1981. 

Worthlngton,  Colleen  K.  Instructor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Sciences  B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1979;  M.S., 
Loyola  College.  1980. 

Wrenn,  Jerry  P.  Associate  Professor  and  Assistant 
Chairman.  Kinesiology.  B.S.,  East  Carolina  University. 
1961;  MS.,  University  of  Tennessee.  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1970. 

Wright,  Ellssa  Y.  Assistant  Dean  for  Student  Affairs. 
School  of  Public  Affairs  B.A.,  Yale  University,  1983; 
J.D..  Stanford  Law  School.  1986. 

Wright,  Nell  Thomas  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng-UMBC.  B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
&  State  University  .  1981;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado 
(Denver),  1 986;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1 990. 

Wright,  Wlnthrop  R.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A., 
Swarthmore  College.  1958;  M.A..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1960;  Ph.D  .  1964 

Wu,  D.S.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S..  National  Taiwan 
University,  1954;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute. 
1956;  Ph.D..  Pnnceton  University.  1959. 

Wu,  Jyh-Yang  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics  B.S., 
National  Taiwan  University,  1984;  M  S..  University  of 
Chicago.  1987;  Ph.D..  1989. 

Wuttlg,  Manfred  R.  Professor.  Materials  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng.  B.S..  Technische  Hochschule  Dresden. 
1955;  MS,  1958;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Wyatt,  David  M.  Professor.  English;  Director.  Graduate 
Studies.  B  A.,  Yale  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1975. 

Wylle,  Ann  G.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S., 
Wellesley  College.  1966;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University. 
1972. 

Wysong,  John  W.  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S  ,  Cornell  University.  1953;  M.S.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1954;  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University,  1957. 

Yager,  David  D.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology; 
Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A..  Wesleyan 
University,  1972;  MA.  University  of  Michigan.  1976; 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1989 

Yaginuma,  Kazuo  Instructor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian 
ESL  MA,  University  of  San  Francisco,  1984;  B.A., 
Ohtemon  Gakum  University  (Japan),  1973. 


Yakobson,  Mikhail  Professor.  Mathematics  M.A.. 
Moscow  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1970 

Yaney,  George  L.  Professor.  History  BE.  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1 952;  MA  .  University  ol  Colorado. 
1956;  Ph.D.,  Pnnceton  University,  1961. 

Yang,  Chia-Hung  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineenng  B.A.  National  Tsing  Hua  Univensty.  1 979; 
MS..  Princeton  University,  1983;  Ph.D.,  1987. 

Yang,  Grace  L.  Professor,  Mathematics  B  A  .  National 
Taiwan  University,  1960;  MA,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Yang,  Jackson  C.S.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.S  .  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  MA.  1961;  Ph.D.. 
1963. 

Yanta.  William  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Texas.  1962;  M.S.. 
Catholic  University  of  America.  1964;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Yanushevsky,  Rafael  Visiting  Associate  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineenng  B.S..  Polytechnic  Institute  of 
Kiev.  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Inst  of  Control  Sciences 
of  the  USSR  Acad  of  Scien,  1967 

Yao,  S.  Bing  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.S  ,  National  Taiwan  University.  1968; 
M.A.,  Western  Michigan  University.  1969;  Ph.D  , 
University  of  Michigan,  1974. 

Yee,  Angelina  Assistant  Professor,  Hebrew  and  East 
Asian.  B.A.,  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1969; 
M.A..  Harvard  University.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Yeh,  Kwan-nan  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  B.S.  National  Taiwan  University.  1961; 
M.S..  Tulane  University,  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Georgia,  1970. 

Yeiser,  Gall  P.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S., 
1982 

Yeni-Komshian.  Grace  H.  Professor,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut, 
Lebanon,  1957;  M.S.,  Cornell  University.  1962;  Ph.D.. 
McGill  University.  1965 

Yesha,  Yaaeov  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science- 
UMBC  B.Sc,  Tel  Aviv  University,  1972; 
M  Sc  .Weitzmann  Institute  of  Science.  1975;  Ph.D  . 
1979. 

Yorke,  James  A.  Professor,  Mathematics;  Director. 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B.. 
Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D.  .University  of  Maryland, 
1966. 

Young,  Edgar  P.  Professor/Instructor.  Part-time.  Animal 
Sciences.  B.S.  Ohio  State  University,  1 954;  MS.  1 956; 
Ph.D..  1958. 

Young,  H.  Peyton  Professor.  School  of  Public  Affairs 
B.A..  Harvard  University.  1966;  Ph  D.,  University  of 
Michigan.  1970. 

Yuan,  Robert  T.  Professor,  Microbiology  B  S  .  Antioch 
College.  1960;  Ph.D.,  Albert  Einstein  College.  1966 

Yuming,  Zhang  Assistant  Research  Scientist,  Geology 
B.S..  Fuzhow  University.  1982;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland,  1988. 


Zaflrlou,  Evanghelos  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical 
Engineenng;  Assistant  Professor.  Systems  Research 
Center  B  S  .National  Technical  University,  1982;  Ph.D.. 
California  Institute  ol  Technology,  1986 

Zagler,  Don  Professor.  Mathematics  B.S  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1968.  Diploma 
Adv  Math  .  Oxford  University.  1969;  D  Phil  Math  . 
1972;  Habitation  Math,  University  of  Bonn,  1975. 

Zakl,  Kawthar  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering  B.S., 
Ain  Shams  University  (Cairo).  1962.  MS  .  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Zanot,  Eric  J.  Associate  Professor.  College  of 
Journalism  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1965; 
M  A  .  1970;  Ph.D  .  University  of  Illinois.  1977. 

Zappala,  Michael  O.  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B  A.  Queen  College  of  CUNY.  1969;  M.A.. 
Harvard  University,  1970;  Ph  D  ,  1975 

Zedek,  Mlshael  Professor.  Mathematics  M.S..  Hebrew 
University  of  Jerusalem.  1952;  PhD  .Harvard  University, 
1956 

Zelkowitz,  Marvin  M.  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Instrlute.  1967;  M.S.. 
Cornell  University.  1969;  Ph  D..  1971. 

Zen,  E-An  Ad|unct  Professor.  Geology  B.A  .  Cornell 
University,  1951;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1955 

Zerblnos,  Eugenia  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol 
Journalism  B.A..  Michigan  State.  1973;  M.A.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1986. 

Zhang,  Guangming  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering;  Assistant  Professor.  Systems  Research 
Center.  B.S,  Tianjin  University,  PRC.  1966;  M  S  .  1963; 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign.  1983; 
Ph.D..  1986 

Zhang,  Xian-Jie  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B  S..  Beijing  University  of  Iron  and  Steel 
Technology.  1965;  M.S.,  1980;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1985 

Zhu,  Wenbo  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering-UMBC  B  S.Shanghi  University  ol  Science 
and  Technology.  1982;  M.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1984;  Ph.D  ,  1989 

Zlffl,  Madeline  C.  Associate  Professor.  History  A.B.. 
Mount  Holyoke  College.  1964;  M.A..  University  of 
Chicago.  1971;  PhD,  1976 

Zlpoy,  David  M.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  Astronomy  Program    B.S..  University  of 

Minnesota.  1954;  Ph.D..  1957 

Zlotlow,  Susan  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research  B.A..  University  of  Rochester  1974. 
M.A..  University  of  Connecticut.  1977.  Ph  D  .  1979 

Zom,  Gus  T.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S.. 
Oklahoma  State  University,  1948;  M  S  .  University  of 
New  Mexico.  1950;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Padua.  1954 

Zwanzig.  Robert  W.  Professor  Ementus.  Instrlute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  B  S  ,  Potyleehntc 
Institute  of  Brooklyn.  1948.  MS  .  University  of  Southern 
California.  1950; Ph.D  California InstituteotTechnoksgy. 
1952 


271 


C  "IIAI'I  IK  ID 


APPENDICES 


Summary  of  Policies  and  Regulations 
Pertaining  to  Students 

General  Summary 

Note:  Descriptions  of  these  policies  are  for  general  information  only. 
Please  refer  to  specific  texts  for  official  language.  Modifications  may  be 
made  or  other  policies  may  be  added  throughout  the  year.  Please  contact 
the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs  for  additional  information. 

In  addition  to  the  policies  reprinted  in  their  entirety  in  the  appendices, 
students  enrolled  at  College  Park  are  expected  to  be  aware  of,  and  to 
abide  by,  the  policies  summarized  below.  Information  about  where  the 
complete  texts  may  be  consulted  follows  each  summary.  This  information 
was  compiled  and  provided  by  the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs. 

Alcoholic  Beverage  Policy  and  Procedures  forbid  unauthorized  pos- 
session, use.  or  distribution  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  University  property. 
Certain  exceptions  are  specified.  (Information  subject  to  change  pending 
legislation.  Originally  approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  September  26, 
1969.  Legal  drinking  age  in  the  State  of  Maryland  is  21  years.  Reprinted 
in  Student  Handbook.) 

Policy  on  Amplifying  Equipment  restricts  the  hours  and  locations  of  use 
of  certain  forms  of  sound  amplifying  equipment,  provides  a  procedure  for 
the  authorization  of  otherwise  restricted  uses  of  sound  amplifying 
equipment,  and  locates  responsibility  for  complaints  with  those  using  the 
equipment.  (Adopted  by  the  University  Senate,  June  2,  1970.  Reprinted 
in  the  Student  Handbook.) 

Campus  Activities  Policies  regulate  reservation  of  University  facilities, 
advertising,  co-sponsorship,  cancellation  and  postponement,  and  various 
other  matters  relating  to  programs  of  student  organizations.  (Published  in 
the  Program  Planning  Handbook  for  Student  Organizations.  For  more 
information,  contact  the  Office  of  Campus  Activities.) 

Policy  on  Demonstrations  establishes  guidelines  for  demonstrations 
and  picketing  Stipulates  that  the  University  will  take  steps  necessary  both 
to  protect  the  right  of  individuals  or  groups  to  demonstrate  and  to  protect 
the  freedom  of  speech,  assembly,  and  movement  of  any  individual  or 
group.  (Adopted  by  the  University  Senate,  June  2, 1970.  Reprinted  in  the 
Student  Handbook.) 

Examination  Rules  set  general  standards  for  student  conduct  during 
examinations.  They  are  applicable  to  all  examinations  given  at  the  College 
Park  campus  unless  contrary  instructions  are  provided  by  the  faculty 
member  administering  the  examination.  (Printed  on  all  University  exami- 
nation books.  See  also  Chapter  4  of  this  catalog.) 

Policy  on  Hazing  and  Statement  on  Hazing  prohibit  hazing,  which  is 
defined  by  the  National  Interf  raternity  Conference  as  "any  action  taken  or 
situation  created,  whether  on  or  off  the  fraternity  premises,  to  produce 
mental  or  physical  discomfort,  embarrassment,  harassment,  or  ridicule. 
Violations  of  Section  9  of  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct,  the  Maryland  State 
Law  on  Hazing,  and  any  actions  which  fit  each  chapter's  National 
Organization's  policy  on  hazing  are  also  considered  hazing.  (For  more 
information  or  copies  of  various  hazing  policies,  contact  the  Office  of 
Campus  Activities,  Assistant  Director  for  Greek  Affairs.) 

Campus  Parking  Regulations  cover  registration,  permits,  fees,  viola- 
tions, enforcement,  fines,  towing  and  impounding,  appeals,  carpool 
programs,  special  events  parking,  emergency  parking,  and  a  number  of 
other  areas.  Notably,  the  regulations  provide  that  "[t]he  responsibility  of 
finding  an  authorized  parking  space  rests  with  the  driver"  (emphasis 
added).  (Current  regulations  in  effect  since  July,  1990.  An  informational 


guide  is  distributed  to  all  who  register  for  parking.  For  "more  information, 
contact  the  Department  of  Campus  Parking  ) 

Policy  Pertaining  to  Public  Displays  defines  standards  for  permissible 
displays,  objects  or  structures  not  designed  to  be  continuously  carried  or 
held  by  a  demonstrator  or  picketer  so  as  simultaneously  to  protect 
freedom  of  expression  and  prevent  unreasonable  threats  to  the  health, 
safety,  security,  or  mission  of  the  campus.  (Approved  by  the  President, 
March  29,  1989.  For  more  information,  contact  the  Office  of  the  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs.) 

Residence  Hall  Rules  define  prohibited  conduct  in  and  around  campus 
residence  halls,  buildings,  and  at  Department  of  Residence  Life  sponsored 
activities,  in  addition  to  that  which  falls  under  the  Residence  Halls 
Agreement,  Code  of  Student  Conduct,  and  federal,  state  and  local  laws. 
The  rules  alsospecify  standard  sanctions  for  rule  violations,  and  provide 
for  an  adjudication  process.  (Reprinted  in  Community  Living,  the  Resident 
Life  and  Dining  Services  Handbook.  For  more  information,  contact  the 
Department  of  Resident  Life.) 

Student  Organization  Registration  Guidelines  define  student  organi- 
zations, responsibilities  of  officers,  and  registration,  and  establish  types  of 
registration,  a  registration  process,  certain  privileges  of  registered  student 
organizations  in  good  standing,  sanctions  which  may  result  from  registration 
review,  and  guidelines  for  constitutions.  (For  more  information,  or  for  a 
copy  of  the  guidelines,  contact  the  Office  of  Campus  Activities,  Assistant 
Director  for  Policy  and  Program  Development.) 


Appendix  A:  Human  Relations  Code* 

*The  Human  Relations  Code  is  currently  being  revised  by  the 
Campus  Senate  to  reflect  the  recent  reorganization  of  the  academic 
units  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  The  following 
interim  procedure  is  to  be  in  effect  until  such  time  as  the  code  is 
revised  by  the  Campus  Senate.  Forthe  nondepartmentalized  colleges, 
an  assistant  vice  chancellor  shall  assume  the  responsibilities  for- 
merly held  by  the  division  provost.  Forthe  departmentalized  colleges, 
the  dean  of  the  college  shall  assume  the  responsibilities  formerly 
held  by  the  division  provost. 

Article  I  Purpose 

A.  The  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  affirms  its  commitments  to  a 
policy  of  eliminating  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed, 
sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political 
affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise 
of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States 
Constitution.  This  code  is  established  to  prevent  or  eradicate  such 
discrimination  in  accordance  with  due  process  within  the  campus 
community.  In  doing  so  the  campus  recognizes  that  it  must  strive 
actively  and  creatively  to  build  a  community  in  which  opportunity  is 
equalized. 

B.  Accordingly,  the  Campus  Senate  of  The  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park,  establishes  this  Human  Relations  Code  to: 

1.  prohibit  discrimination  as  defined  in  this  document  within  the 
College  Park  campus  community  both  by  educational  programs 
and,  to  the  extent  specified  herein,  by  a  formal  grievance  proce- 
dure; 

2.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  of  the  Senate  General  Committee  on  Campus  Affairs; 

3.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  in  connection  with  this  code; 

4.  establish  mediation  and  grievance  vehicles  within  the  colleges  of 
the  campus,  in  conformity  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan; 

5.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  Equal  Education  and  Employment 
Opportunity  (EEEO)  Officers. 


272    Appendix  A:  Human  Relations  Code 


C.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  make  students  and  potential  students, 
employees  and  potential  employees,  faculty  members  and  potential 
faculty  members  aware  of  the  opportunities  that  the  campus  provides 
for  every  individual  to  develop  and  utilize  his  talents  and  skills.  It  is  the 
intent  of  the  campus  to  enhance  among  its  students  and  employees 
respect  by  each  person  for  that  person's  own  race,  ethnic  background, 
or  sex,  as  well  as  appreciation  and  respect  for  the  race,  ethnic 
background,  or  sex  of  other  individuals. 

D.  Development  of  a  positive  and  productive  atmosphere  of  human 
relations  on  the  campus  shall  be  encouraged  through  effective  dialogue 
and  broadening  of  communications  channels.  The  Adjunct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
shall  provide  support  and  assistance,  as  authorized,  to  any  individual 
or  group  deemed  by  them  to  have  a  positive  probable  impact  in 
working  toward  increased  understanding  among  all  individuals  and 
groups  on  the  campus. 

E.  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  advise  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  in  recommending  policies  that 
fulfill  the  provisions  of  this  code.  In  particular: 

1.  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  be  an 
adjunct  committee  of  the  standing  Senate  General  Committee  on 
Campus  Affairs. 

2.  The  purpose  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Rela- 
tions shall  be  to  foster  better  human  relations  among  all  individuals 
and  groups  on  the  campus,  to  advise  in  the  development  of  positive 
and  creative  human  relations  programs,  to  advise  in  the  prevention 
and  eradication  of  all  forms  of  discrimination  prohibited  by  this 
code,  and  to  make  regular  assessments  of  the  state  of  human 
relations  within  the  purview  of  this  campus. 

3.  The  functions  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Rela- 
tions may  include  but  are  not  limited  to:  requesting  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  to  conduct  investigations  of  complaints 
of  discrimination  because  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation, 
physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights 
secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution; 
providing  an  "open  forum"  for  effective  dialogue  among  all  segments 
of  the  campus  community;  recommending  to  appropriate  campus 
bodies  educational  programs  and  activities  to  promote  equal  rights 
and  understanding;  periodically  reviewing  such  programs  and 
activities;  initiating  studies  of  campus-sponsored  or  recognized 
programs  and  activities  to  determine  how  improvement  can  be 
made  in  respect  to  human  relations;  continually  reviewing  progress 
toward  these  ends  and  making  such  further  recommendations  as 
experience  may  show  to  be  needed;  and  participating  to  the  extent 
set  forth  herein  in  formal  human  relations  grievance  actions. 

F.  There  shall  be  an  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  directly 
responsible  to  the  chancellor.  This  office  shall  plan,  develop,  give 
direction  to  and  coordinate  the  overall  campus  effort  to  prevent  and 
eliminate  discrimination  based  on  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital 
status,  personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation, 
physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights 
secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution,  in 
all  areas  of  campus  life  (this  overall  effort  is  referred  to  herein  as  the 
"Human  Relations  Program").  The  office  shall  represent,  and  have 
direct  access  to.  the  chancellor,  and  shall  cooperate  with  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  on  substantive  matters 
concerning  human  relations.  The  office  shall  assist  and  coordinate  the 
human  relations  activities  of  the  Equal  Employment  and  Educational 
Opportunity  Officers  and  the  equity  officers  representing  the  various 
units  of  the  campus. 

The  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to  the  following:  working  with 
deans,  directors,  and  department  chairs  to  ensure  full  compliance,  in 
spirit  as  well  as  in  letter,  with  laws  relating  to  discrimination  and  with 
the  Campus  Human  Relations  Code;  advising  campus  offices  in 
efforts  to  assist  personnel  to  recognize  and  take  advantage  of  career 
opportunities  within  the  campus;  working  with  appropriate  offices  in 
the  surrounding  community  on  such  issues  as  off-campus  housing 
practices  affecting  campus  students  and  employees,  transportation, 
etc.;  recommending  to  the  Off-Campus  Housing  Office  removal  from 
or  reinstatement  upon  lists  of  off -campus  housing,  so  as  to  ensure  that 
listed  housing  is  available  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  (N.B.  any  final 
action  taken  by  the  University  shall  be  preceded  by  proper  notice  to  the 
property  owner  involved,  and  an  opportunity  to  be  heard);  conducting 
reviews  of  compliance  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan; 
initiating  and  carrying  out  programs  for  the  elimination  and  prevention 
of  racism  and  sexism  on  campus;  distributing  this  code  and  informing 
the  campus  community  of  the  interpretations  of  its  provisions;  sending 
periodic  reports  to  the  chancellor  and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations  concerning  the  Human  Relations  Programs;  and 


participating  to  the  extent  set  forth  herein  in  formal  human  relations 
grievance  actions 
G.  For  each  of  the  colleges  of  the  campus,  the  Division  of  Administrative 
Affairs,  and  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs,  there  shall  be  an  equity 
officer,  who  is  designated  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  and  who  has  the  duties  specified  by  the  Campus  Affirmative 
Action  Plan  and  like  duties  with  respect  to  the  forms  of  discrimination 
prohibited  by  this  code. 

Article  II  Coverage 

A    Kinds  of  Discrimination  Prohibited: 

1 .  Discrimination  in  employment,  job  placement,  promotion,  or  other 
economic  benefits  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex.  marital 
status,  personal  appearance,  age.  national  origin,  political  affilia- 
tion, physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of 
rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States 
Constitution. 
2  Discrimination  in  criteria  of  eligibility  for  access  to  residence,  or  for 
admission  to  and  otherwise  in  relation  to  educational,  athletic, 
social,  cultural,  or  other  activities  of  the  campus  because  of  race, 
color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age.  na- 
tional origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on 
the  basis  ot  theexercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment 
of  the  United  States  Constitution. 

B.  For  the  purposes  of  this  code,  "personal  appearance"  means  the 
outward  appearance  of  any  person,  irrespective  of  sex,  with  regard  to 
bodily  condition  or  characteristics,  manner  or  style  of  dress,  and 
manner  or  style  of  personal  grooming,  including,  but  not  limited  to.  hair 
style  and  beards.  It  shall  not  relate,  however,  to  the  requirement  of 
cleanliness,  uniforms,  or  prescribed  standards,  when  uniformly  ap- 
plied for  admittance  to  a  campus  facility,  or  when  uniformly  applied  to 
a  class  of  employees,  or  when  such  bodily  conditions  or  characteristics, 
or  manner  or  style  of  dress  or  personal  grooming  presents  a  danger  to 
the  health,  welfare  or  safety  of  any  individual. 

C.  This  code  shall  apply  to  the  campus  community.  The  term  "campus 
community"  is  limited  to  Campus  students,  faculty,  and  staff;  and  to 
departments,  committees,  offices  and  organizations  under  the  super- 
vision and  control  of  the  campus  administration. 

D.  Exceptions 

1 .  The  enforcement  of  Federal,  State  or  County  laws  and  regulations 
does  not  constitute  prohibited  discrimination  for  purposes  of  this 
code.  Separate  housing  or  other  facilities  for  men  and  women, 
mandatory  retirement-age  requirements,  separate  athletic  teams 
when  required  by  athletic  conference  regulations  and  political, 
religious  and  ethnic/cultural  clubs  are  not  prohibited. 

2.  Discrimination  is  not  prohibited  where  based  on  a  bona  fide  job 
qualification  or  a  qualification  required  for  the  fulfillment  of  bona 
fide  educational  or  other  institutional  goals.  Complaints  concerning 
the  legitimacy  of  such  qualifications  may  be  the  subject  of  human 
relations  grievance  actions. 

3.  The  provisions  of  this  code  shall  not  apply  to  potential  students  or 
potential  employees  of  the  University.  However,  applicants  for 
admission  or  employment  who  believe  they  have  been  discrimi- 
nated against  by  any  part  of  the  campus  community  may  convey 
such  belief  together  with  all  relevant  facts  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs,  for  informational  purposes. 

4.  The  grievance  procedures  under  this  code  shall  not  apply  to 
judgments  concerning  academic  performance  of  students  (e.g., 
grades,  dissertation  defenses),  pending  further  study  and  action  by 
the  Campus  Senate  and  University  Administration. 

5  The  campus,  with  the  advice  and  approval  of  the  Attorney  General's 
Office,  shall  review  on  a  continuing  basis  all  new  laws  and  regula- 
tions that  apply  to  this  campus  to  determine  if  any  shall  require 
changes  in  the  coverage  or  exceptions  to  coverage  of  this  code 

E.  This  code  shall  apply  to  the  campus  community  in  relation  to.  but  not 
only  to.  the  following: 

1 .  All  educational,  athletic,  cultural,  and  social  activities  occumng  on 
the  campus  or  in  another  area  under  its  jurisdiction; 

2.  All  services  rendered  by  the  campus  to  students,  faculty,  and  staff, 
such  as  job  placement  and  job  recruitment  programs  and  off- 
campus  listings  of  housing; 

3.  University-sponsored  programs  occurring  off  campus,  including 
cooperative  programs,  adult  education,  athletic  events,  and  any 
regularly  scheduled  classes: 

4  Housing  supplied,  regulated,  or  recommended  by  the  campus  for 
students,  staff  and  visitors,  including  fraternities  and  soronties; 

5  Employment  relations  between  the  campus  and  all  of  its  employ- 
ees, including  matters  of  promotion  in  academic  rank,  academic 
salary,  and  termination  of  faculty  status,  as  limited  in  III  M. 


Article  III  Human  Relations  Enforcement  Procedures 

A.  In  order  to  identify  policies  or  practices  that  may  reflect  discrimination, 
the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  may  request  the 
Office  o(  Human  Relations  Programs  to  conduct  periodic  review  of  the 
operation  of  any  unit  ot  the  campus.  Units  shall  provide  the  information 
necessary  for  carrying  out  such  reviews  This  information  shall  be 
submitted  through  the  chancellor's  Office.  Any  such  review  under  the 
authority  granted  in  this  statement  ot  policy  shall  be  undertaken  only 
after  specific  authorization  ot  the  chancellor.  In  the  event  that  the 
chancellor  fails  to  authorize  an  investigation  within  a  reasonable  time 
of  the  request  by  the  Senate  Ad|unct  Committee  on  Human  Relations, 
the  chair  ot  the  Committee  shall  report  that  fact,  together  with  reasons 
as  he/she  may  have  received  from  the  chancellor  concerning  the 
matter,  to  the  Senate. 

B.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  on  its  own  motion  shall 
identify  policies,  practices,  or  patterns  of  behavior  that  may  reflect 
discrimination  prohibited  by  this  code  or  that  may  conflict  with  any 
other  campus  policy  concerning  human  relations  or  with  the  Campus 
Affirmative  Action  Plan,  and  shall  call  these  to  the  attention  of  the 
appropriate  officials  of  the  unit  involved  and  recommend  appropriate 
action  Those  subject  to  allegations  of  discrimination  shall  be  afforded 
all  the  protections  of  due  process.  The  office  shall  endeavor  by 
negotiation  to  eliminate  the  alleged  discrimination  Where  such  efforts 
fail ,  the  office  may  on  its  own  motion  report  the  matter  to  the  chancellor 
and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations.  Docu- 
mentation of  the  recommendations  by  the  office  in  all  such  cases  shall 
be  maintained  on  file  by  the  office. 

C.  To  the  maximum  extent  consistent  with  the  purposes  ot  this  code,  the 
confidentiality  of  personal  papers  and  other  records  and  the  principle 
of  privileged  communication  shall  be  respected  by  all  persons  involved 
in  the  enforcement  procedures  of  this  code.  Nothing  in  this  code  shall 
be  construed  so  as  to  conflict  with  the  requirements  of  Article  76A  of 
the  Maryland  Annotated  Code.  Persons  giving  information  in  connection 
with  the  procedures  described  in  this  code  shall  be  advised  by  the 
person  receiving  such  information  of  the  limits  of  confidentiality  which 
may  properly  be  observed  in  code  procedures  and  that  all  documents 
may  be  subject  to  subpoena  in  subsequent  administrative  or  judicial 
proceedings. 

D.  Any  member  of  the  campus  community  who  believes  that  he  or  she 
has  been  or  is  being  discriminated  against  in  ways  prohibited  by  this 
code  may  consult  informally  and  confidentially  with  the  unit  EEEO 
Officer  and/or  the  equity  officer  and/or  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  prior  to  filing  a  formal  complaint. 

E.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  receive  formal  complaints 
from  any  member  or  group  within  the  campus  community  claiming  to 
be  aggrieved  by  alleged  discrimination  prohibited  by  this  code  and/or 
any  other  campus  document  or  policy  relating  to  human  relations 
practices.  Such  complaints  should  give  in  writing  the  names  of 
complainant(s)  and  respondent(s)  and  the  time,  the  place,  and  a 
specific  description  of  the  alleged  discrimination.  Complaints  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  or  else  to  the 
unit  EEEO  Officer  or  the  equity  officer.  Complaints  must  be  submitted 
within  one  hundred  and  twenty  ( 1 20)  days  of  the  alleged  discrimination 
act(s),  or  within  one  hundred  and  twenty  (1 20)  days  of  the  first  date  by 
which  the  complainant  reasonably  has  knowledge  thereof.  Complaints 
not  submitted  directly  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall 
be  forwarded  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  within  five  (5) 
working  days  of  their  receipt.  Copies  of  the  complaint  shall  be  forwarded 
by  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  to  the  respondent  and  to 
the  appropriate  unit  chair  or  director,  dean,  or  vice  chancellor. 

F.  Complainants  under  this  code  shall  be  required,  as  a  condition 
precedent,  to  waive  any  alternative  campus  administrative  procedure 
that  may  then  be  available.  A  complaint  that  has  been  heard  under 
some  alternative  campus  procedure  cannot  subsequently  be  heard 
under  the  procedure  of  this  code.  In  the  case  of  a  complaint  heard 
under  the  Classified  Employees  Grievance  Procedure,  this  restriction 
shall  apply  only  when  the  complaint  has  entered  Step  Three  of  that 
procedure. 

G.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  and/or  the  equity  officer  shall 
ensure  that  each  complainant  is  informed  of  his/her  right  to  file  the 
complaint  with  the  appropriate  State  and  Federal  agencies.  Forms  for 
complaints  to  State  and  Federal  agencies  will  be  provided  or  the 
complainant  will  be  informed  where  they  are  available. 

H.  All  complaints  of  discrimination  that  are  not  connected  with  the  official 
functions  of  the  campus  or  not  falling  within  the  scope  of  discrimination 
prohibited  by  this  code  shall  be  referred  to  the  appropriate  campus, 
municipal,  County,  State,  or  Federal  agencies  by  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs. 

I.  After  a  complaint  has  been  filed,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  shall  promptly  undertake  an  informal  investigation  in  order 


Appendix  A:  Human  Relations  Code    273 

to  make  a  preliminary  determination  as  to  whether  or  not  the  subject 
matter  of  the  complaint  falls  within  the  code,  and  whether  or  not  there 
is  probable  cause  for  the  complaint.  This  finding  shall  be  reported  to 
the  complainant,  the  respondent,  the  chancellor,  and  the  chair  of  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations.  The  burden  of  proof 
in  this  investigation  and  throughout  these  enforcement  procedures 
rests  with  the  complainant 

J  If  the  finding  is  that  there  is  not  probable  cause  to  believe  that 
discrimination  has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this 
code,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  may  dismiss  the 
complaint  Such  dismissal  shall  be  reported  to  the  complainant,  the 
respondent,  the  chancellor,  and  the  chair  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations.  The  complainant  in  such  a  case  may 
appeal  the  dismissal  of  the  case  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on 
Human  Relations,  which  maydirect  that  a  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee  conduct  a  grievance  hearing  according  to  the  procedures 
set  forth  herein,  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on 
Human  Relations  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe  that  discrimination 
has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this  code.  The 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  have  access  to 
the  complaint  file  for  this  purpose.  A  record  of  its  deliberations  shall  be 
placed  in  the  file  according  to  the  procedures  established  by  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs.  If  the  committee  finds  no  probable 
cause,  it  may  dismiss  the  complaint,  and  report  such  dismissal  to  the 
complainant,  the  respondent,  and  the  chancellor. 

K.  If  the  finding  is  that  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe  that  discrimination 
has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this  code,  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  endeavor  to  eliminate  the  alleged 
discrimination  by  conference  conciliation  and  persuasion.  If  by  this 
process,  an  agreement  is  reached  for  elimination  of  the  alleged 
discrimination  the  agreement  shall  be  reduced  to  writing  and  signed 
by  the  respondent,  the  complainant  and  the  director  of  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs.  The  agreement  shall  be  available  to  the 
chancellor,  the  equity  officer,  and  to  the  chair  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations,  upon  request. 

L.  If  a  finding  of  probable  cause  is  made  but  no  mutually  satisfactory 
solution  can  be  reached  under  the  procedures  outlined  in  section  K 
immediately  preceding,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall 
initiate  the  following  procedure:  the  Office  shall  notify  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  of  the  failure  to  reach  a 
mutually  satisfactory  solution,  whereupon,  providing  the  complainant 
requests  in  writing  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Hearings,  a  Human 
Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  selected  according  to  the 
procedures  described  in  Article  IV  following.  Grievance  hearing  shall 
be  closed  unless  both  parties  to  the  dispute  agree  that  the  hearing,  or 
any  part  thereof,  shall  be  open  to  the  public.  All  parties  to  the  dispute 
shall  be  sent  within  five  (5)  working  days  of  the  written  request  of  such 
a  hearing,  written  notification  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  beginning  of 
the  hearing  and  a  specific  statement  of  the  charges.  Hearings  shall  be 
held  as  promptly  as  is  consistent  with  allowing  adequate  time  for  the 
parties  to  prepare  theircases.  Continuances  may  be  granted  within  the 
discretion  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  All  parties  shall 
have  ample  opportunity  to  present  their  facts  and  arguments  in  full 
during  the  hearing.  All  findings,  recommendations,  and  conclusions  by 
the  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  based  solely  on  the  evidence 
presented  during  the  hearing,  and  shall  be  based  on  a  preponderance 
of  the  evidence  having  probative  effect.  The  burden  of  proof  rests  with 
the  complainant.  The  Grievance  Committee  may  be  assisted  by  an 
adviser.  All  the  parties  to  the  dispute  and  the  Grievance  Committee 
may  invite  persons  to  testify  during  the  hearing.  Each  side  shall  have 
the  right  to  cross-examine  witnesses.  Each  party  has  the  right  to  be 
represented  by  counsel  or  other  representative,  but  the  University  has 
no  obligation  to  provide  such  counsel  for  any  party  to  the  dispute.  If  a 
party  intends  to  be  represented  by  legal  counsel  during  the  hearing, 
he/she  shall  inform  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  of  this  fact 
no  later  than  seventy-two  (72)  hours  prior  to  the  hearing,  and  that  office 
shall  provide  that  information  to  the  other  party  or  parties.  A  verbatim 
record  shall  be  kept  of  all  sessions  in  which  testimony  and  evidence 
are  presented  regarding  the  case,  and  this  record  shall  be  made 
available  to  all  parties  to  the  dispute  at  the  conclusion  of  the  proceed- 
ings. Upon  request  the  chair  of  the  Grievance  Committee  may,  in  his 
or  her  discretion,  recess  the  hearing  to  permit  review  of  the  record  by 
one  or  more  parties  in  the  conduct  of  their  case.  The  chair  of  a  Human 
Relations  Grievance  Committee  with  the  advice  of  the  adviser,  if  there 
is  one.  shall  rule  on  all  matters  of  procedure  and  admissibility  of 
evidence.  Any  member  of  the  committee  not  concurring  in  the  ruling  of 
the  chair  may  request  a  closed  session  of  the  committee  for  debate  on 
the  point.  A  majority  vote  of  the  committee  will  determine  the  final 
decision.  Formal  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  be  applicable  to  any 
hearing  before  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee,  and  any 
evidence  or  testimony  that  the  committee  believes  to  be  relevant  to  a 
fair  determination  of  the  complaint  may  be  admitted.  The  committee 


274    Appendix  A:  Human  Relations  Code 


reserves  the  right  to  exclude  incompetent,  irrelevant,  Immaterial  and 
repetitious  evidence. 
M.  In  cases  of  allegations  rega'ding  prohibited  discrimination  concerning 
academic  employment  matters,  a  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee  shall  not  substitute  its  |udgment  of  academic  competence 
for  the  judgment  of  the  appropriate  colleagues  of  the  complainant.  The 
function  of  the  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  to  determine 

a.  whether  there  were  clearly  enunciated  University,  campus  and 
department  standards,  policies,  procedures,  and  priorities  by  which 
to  assess  the  merit  of  the  complaint,  and  whether  the  complainant 
was  given  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  demonstrate  his/her  academic 
merit; 

b.  whether  the  stated  standards,  policies,  procedures,  and  priorities 
were  applied  to  the  complainant  in  a  nondiscriminatory  manner. 

N.  Within  ten  (10)  working  days  afler  hearing  all  the  evidence  and 
arguments,  the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  prepare 
a  written  decision  based  solely  on  the  evidence  presented  at  the 
hearing.  This  decision  shall  include  a  summary  of  the  evidence  before 
the  committee  and  the  committee's  findings  as  to  whether  or  not  a 
violation  of  the  code  has  occurred,  and  the  recommendations  of  the 
committee.  Grievance  Committees  may  recommend  whatever  forms 
of  relief  they  deem  appropriate,  but  must  take  due  cognizance  of  the 
limitations  imposed  by  State  law  and  by  the  procedures  established  by 
the  Board  of  Regents,  for  example,  the  procedures  by  which  promotion 
in  academic  rank  is  achieved.  Within  five  (5)  working  days  afler  the 
decision  has  been  filed  in  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  the 
director  of  that  office  will  formally  notify  all  parties  to  the  dispute,  the 
chancellor,  and  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  of 
the  decision. 

O.  The  chancellor  shall  within  ten  (10)  working  days  of  receipt  of  the 
decision  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  issue  an  order 
specifying  what  actions,  if  any,  must  be  taken  by  individuals  or  groups 
found  to  be  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions  of  this  code. 

P.  When  a  hearing  has  been  scheduled  by  an  outside  agency  or  court,  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  may,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  prior  to  the  conven- 
ing of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  to  hear  a  case, 
postpone  or  terminate  the  campus  grievance  proceedings  when  such 
postponement  or  termination  is  in  its  judgment  warranted  by  admin- 
istrative considerations  such  as  staff  limitations  and  workload,  or  at  the 
request  of  a  party  upon  a  showing  that  the  campus  hearing  will  either 
conflict  with  the  off-campus  hearing,  or  that  participation  in  the  campus 
hearing  will  unreasonably  burden  a  parly's  preparation  of  his/her  case 
or  otherwise  work  to  his/her  prejudice.  Such  postponement  or  termi- 
nation shall  be  reported  to  the  complainant,  respondent,  and  chancellor. 
In  any  case  where  a  complaint  has  been  the  subject  of  prior  admin- 
istrative or  judicial  resolution  or  where  a  complaint  becomes  the 
subject  of  such  resolution  during  the  course  of  proceedings  under  this 
code,  the  procedures  of  this  code  will  not  be  applicable  or  will 
terminate,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Q.  The  chancellor  shall  provide  a  written  explanation  of  the  order  whenever 
that  order  is  not  in  keeping  with  the  findings  and  recommendations  of 
the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee.  This  explanation  shall  be 
sent  to  all  parties  to  the  dispute,  to  the  chair  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations,  to  the  director  of  the  Human  Rela- 
tions Programs,  and  to  the  chair  of  the  Senate.  The  chair  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  report  to  the  Senate 
Executive  Committee  concerning  the  order  and  explanation  at  the  next 
meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee,  and  that  body  shall  put  the  matter 
on  the  agenda  of  the  next  meeting  of  the  Senate. 

R.  When  required  by  law,  copies  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee's  findings  and  recommendations  and  of  the  Chancellor's 
order  and  explanation,  if  any,  shall  be  sent  to  the  State  and  Federal 
agencies  charged  with  enforcement  of  Article  49B  of  the  Annotated 
Code  of  Maryland  and  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Act  of  1 968 
or  their  successors 

S.  When  a  complainant  receives  a  decision  on  his/her  charge  of  dis- 
crimination from  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  that  deci- 
sion shall  not  be  subject  to  review  under  any  grievance  procedure  in 
force  on  the  campus. 

T.  No  affirmative  relief  shall  be  made  to  a  complainant  by  the  University 
unless  the  complainant  executes  the  following  release  as  part  of  a 
settlement  agreement: 

The  complainant  hereby  waives,  releases,  and  covenants  not  to  sue 
The  University  of  Maryland  or  its  officers,  agents,  or  employees  with 
respect  to  any  matters  that  were  or  might  have  been  alleged  as 
charges  filed  under  the  Human  Relations  Code  in  the  instant  case, 
subject  to  performance  by  The  University  of  Maryland,  its  officers, 
agents,  and  employees,  of  the  promises  contained  in  this  settlement 
agreement. 


Article  IV  Constitution  of  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee 

A.  A  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  mem- 
bers selected  by  an  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  two  members  of  a 
selection  panel  consisting  of  1The  vice  chancellor  of  the  unit  of  the 
campus  within  which  the  alleged  discrimination  falls.  In  cases  of 
disputed  jurisdiction,  decisions  as  to  which  vice  chancellor  shall 
participate  will  be  made  by  the  several  vice  chancellors.  2. The  director 
of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  3.The  chair  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations.  If  any  of  these  persons  is 
unable  to  participate,  he  or  she  shalldesignate  a  suitable  replacement. 

B.  The  selection  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be 
made  in  such  a  way  as  to  promote  a  fair  and  impartial  judgment.  An 
effort  shall  be  made  to  constitute  the  Grievance  Committee  of  persons 
reasonably  familiar  with  the  kind  of  employment  or  other  situation  that 
the  case  concerns. 

C.  A  determined  effort  shall  be  made  to  gain  the  consent  of  complainant 
and  respondent  concerning  the  membership  of  the  Grievance  Com- 
mittee. If  in  the  judgment  of  the  selection  panel  such  efforts  become 
unreasonably  prolonged,  membership  will  be  determined  by  majonty 
vote  of  the  selection  panel. 

D.  None  of  the  members  of  a  Grievance  Committee  shall  have  been 
involved  in  the  action  that  is  the  subject  of  the  complaint.  This  selection 
panel  shall  remove  a  member  of  a  Grievance  Committee  whenever  it 
finds  that  member  to  have  a  personal  involvement  in  that  case,  and 
may  excuse  a  member  from  serving  on  the  Grievance  Committee  on 
grounds  of  illness  or  on  other  reasonable  grounds. 

E.  Members  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall 
not  be  eligible  concurrently  for  inclusion  on  Human  Relations  Gnev- 
ance  Committees. 

F.  The  chair  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  elected 
by  the  members  of  the  committee. 

G.  Members  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  and  those 
officially  involved  in  a  hearing  shall  not  be  penalized  either  academi- 
cally or  financially  for  time  missed  from  work  or  classes  during  official 
meetings  of  the  committee. 

Article  V  The  Equal  Education  and  Employment 
Opportunity  Officer 

A.  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunity  Officers  shall  be  in- 
strumental in  the  implementation  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  within 
each  unit  of  the  College  Park  Campus. 

B.  Employees  on  all  levels  within  each  unit  of  the  campus  will  have 
access  to  the  assistance  of  an  EEEO  Officer.  In  non-academic  units, 
EEEO  Officers  shall  be  elected  by  unit  employees  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  the  equity  officer  within  whose  responsibility  the  unit  falls,  or 
shall  be  selected  by  the  unit  director  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate 
equity  officer,  in  either  case  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  of  that  unit.  EEEO  Officers  in  the  academic  colleges  shall  be 
chosen  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  council  of  each  college 

C.  The  functions  of  EEEO  Officers  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to: 

1 .  Advising  unit  administrators  with  respect  to  the  preparation  plans, 
procedures,  regulations,  reports,  and  other  matters  pertaining  to 
the  Campus  Human  Relations  Program 

2  Evaluating  periodically  the  effectiveness  and  sufficiency  of  unit 
Affirmative  Action  Plans  and  other  unit  plans  in  relation  to  the  goals 
of  this  code,  and  reporting  these  to  unit  administrators  with  recom- 
mendations as  to  what  improvements  or  corrections  are  needed 

3.  Participating  in  the  development  of  policies  and  programs  within 
units  with  respect  to  hiring  and  recruitment,  training  and  upgrading, 
and  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  elimination  of  discrimination 
prohibited  by  this  code.  If  a  unit  fails  to  develop  policies  and 
programs  of  this  nature,  it  is  the  task  of  the  EEEO  officer  to  act  in 
an  advocacy  role  and  call  this  fact  first  to  the  attention  of  the  unit 
administrator,  and  if  no  responsive  action  ensues,  then  to  the 
Collegiate  Assistant  for  Affirmative  Action.  The  EEEO  officer  is  free 
at  all  times  to  report  such  cases  directly  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs  and  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations. 

4.  Serving  in  a  liaison  capacity  between  the  unit  to  which  he/she  is 
assigned  and  all  segments  of  its  personnel  and  attempting  to 
remedy  problems  brought  to  his/her  attention  regarding  alleged 
discrimination. 

5.  Advising  students  or  employees  of  the  unit  who  have  reason  to 
believe  that  discnmmation  as  defined  in  this  code  is  occurnng  At 
the  request  of  the  aggrieved  person  the  EEEO  officer  shall  keep 


Appendix  B:  Campus  Policy  and  Procedures  on  Sexual  Harassment    275 


any  or  all  aspects  of  the  grievance  confidential  until  a  formal 
complaint  has  been  filed.  If  the  aggrieved  so  requests,  the  EEEO 
officer  shall  attempt  to  resolve  the  matter,  calling  upon  the  assis- 
tance of  the  equity  officer  where  appropriate  The  EEEO  officer  will 
keep  a  record  of  such  advisory  and  conciliatory  activities  and 
periodically  brief  the  equity  officer. 
6  Advising  and  otherwise  aiding  complainants  in  making  formal 
complaints  under  this  code  When  a  complaint  is  filed  with  an 
EEEO  officer,  the  complaint  shall  be  forwarded  by  that  off  icer  within 
five  (5)  working  days  to  the  equity  officer  and  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs.  The  EEEO  officer  shall  be  available  to  assist 
in  a  preliminary  investigation  of  the  complaint  conducted  under  the 
general  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  to 
determine  whether  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe  that  prohibited 
discrimination  has  occurred. 

7.  Making  recommendations  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Pro- 
grams to  help  facilitate  human  relations  programs  on  campus. 

8.  Assisting  units  in  publicizing  the  functions  of  EEEO  officers. 

9.  Collecting  pertinent  information  regarding  hiring,  upgrading  and 
promotion  opportunities  within  units  and  disseminating  such  in- 
formation to  appropriate  personnel. 

D.  The  EEEO  officer  shall  have  the  full  support  of  the  unit  administration, 
the  college  administration,  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs. 
The  EEEO  officer  shall  be  afforded  reasonable  time  from  other  regular 
duties  to  perform  the  functions  of  the  office.  These  functions  shall 
qualify  as  part  of  a  workday  in  the  case  of  a  staff  member  and  as  partial 
fulfillment  of  required  committee  loads  in  the  case  of  faculty.  The 
EEEO  officer  shall  be  free  from  interference,  coercion,  harassment, 
discrimination,  or  unreasonable  restraints  in  connection  with  the 
performance  of  the  duties  specified  in  this  code. 

Article  VI  Effective  Date 


Conduct  prohibited  under  this  policy  may  manifest  itself  in  many  different 
ways  Sexual  harassment  may,  for  example,  be  as  undisguised  as  a  direct 
solicitation  of  sexual  favors,  or  solicitation  accompanied  by  overt  threats 
Harassment  may  also  be  implied,  arising  from  the  relative  situation  of  the 
parties  In  this  regard,  the  following  types  of  acts  are  more  likely-than-not 
to  result  in  allegations  of  sexual  harassment :  unwelcome  physical  contact, 
sexual  remarks  about  a  person's  clothing,  body,  or  sexual  relations, 
conversation  of  a  sexual  nature  or  similar  jokes  and  stories,  and  the 
display  of  sexually  explicit  materials  in  the  workplace  or  used  in  the 
classroom  which  are  without  defensible  educational  purpose. 

Sexual  harassment  may  occur  within  a  variety  of  relationships  It  may 
occuramong  peers  It  may  occur  where  no  relation  exists  between  the 
parties  other  than  being  co-employees,  or  co-students.  Especially  injuri- 
ous, on  the  other  hand,  is  harassment  in  relationships  characterized  by  an 
inequality  of  power,  where  one  party  has  institutional  authority  over  the 
other  Inherent  in  these  relationships  is  the  power  and  fear  of  reprisal 
Typically,  such  relationships  are  found  between  employer  and  employee; 
senior  faculty  and  junior  faculty;  graduate  teaching  assistant  and  under- 
graduate; and  faculty  and  student,  when  the  student  is  enrolled  in  a  faculty 
member's  class  or  when  the  student  is  in  a  continuing  position  to  require 
evaluation  or  work  or  letters  of  recommendation  from  the  faculty.  Such 
relationships  can  be  immediate,  here  and  now.  or  based  upon  future 
expectations,  e.g.,  the  need  for  future  evaluations  and  references  Sexual 
harassment  may  occur  between  persons  of  the  same  or  different  genders. 

Education  and  awareness  are  the  best  tools  for  the  elimination  of  sexual 
harassment.  The  Campus  is  committed  to  taking  appropriate  action 
against  those  who  violate  the  provisions  of  the  Policy.  The  Campus  is 
committed  to  protecting  targets  of  harassment  from  retaliation. 

II.  PROCEDURES 


This  code  shall  be  effective  as  of  October  18, 1976,  and  shall  apply  only 
to  those  complaints  alleging  discriminatory  acts  that  occurred  on  or  after 
that  date. 


Appendix  B:  Campus  Policy  and  Procedures  on 
Sexual  Harassment 

I.  Policy 

The  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  is  committed  to  maintaining 
a  work  and  learning  environment  in  which  students,  faculty,  an  d  staff 
can  develop  intellectually,  professionally,  personally,  and  socially. 
Such  an  environment  must  be  free  of  intimidation,  fear,  coercion,  and 
reprisal.  The  Campus  prohibits  sexual  harassment.  Sexual  harass- 
ment may  cause  others  unjustifiable  offense,  anxiety  and  injury. 
Sexual  harassment  threatens  the  legitimate  expectation  of  all  mem- 
bers of  the  campus  community  that  academic  or  employment  progress 
is  determined  by  the  publicly  stated  requirements  of  job  and  classroom 
performance,  and  that  the  campus  environment  will  not  unreasonably 
impede  work  or  study. 

Sexual  harassment  by  University  faculty,  staff,  and  students  is  pro- 
hibited. This  constitutes  Campus  policy.  Sexual  harassment  may  also 
constitute  violations  of  the  criminal  and  civil  laws  of  the  State  of 
Maryland  and  the  United  States.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Campus 
policy,  sexual  harassment  is  defined  as:  (1)  unwelcome  sexual  ad- 
vances; or  (2)  unwelcome  requests  for  sexual  favors;  and  (3)  other 
behavior  of  a  sexual  nature  where: 

A.  Submission  to  such  conduct  is  made  either  explicitly  or  implicitly  a 
term  or  condition  of  an  individual's  employment  or  participation  in 
a  University-sponsored  educational  program  or  activity;  or 

B.  Submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  individual  is  used 
as  the  basis  for  academic  or  employment  decision  affecting  that 
individual;  or 

C.  Such  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of  unreasonably  interfering 
with  an  individual's  academic  or  work  performance,  or  of  creating 
an  intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive  educational  or  working  envi- 
ronment. 

In  assessing  whether  a  particular  act  constitutes  sexual  harassment 
forbidden  under  this  policy,  the  standard  shall  be  the  perspective  of  a 
reasonable  person  within  the  College  Park  Campus  community.  The  rules 
of  common  sense  and  reason  shall  prevail.  Allegations  of  sexual  ha- 
rassment shall  be  judged  with  attention  to  the  facts  particular  to  the  case 
and  the  context  in  which  the  alleged  incident(s)  occurred. 


Individuals  who  believe  themselves  subjected  to  an  incident  of  sexual 
harassment  should  be  aware  that  there  are  many  ways  to  bring  i  t  to  the 
attention  of  the  University,  and,  where  proper,  obtain  redress  or  protec- 
tion. There  is  an  informal  route.  There  are  also  more  formal  procedures  of 
long-standing  which  are  sufficiently  broad  to  deal  with  sexual 
harassment.  Preventing  sexual  harassment  is  a  responsibility  of  the  entire 
campus  community.  The  Campus  has  made  this  a  priority,  but  ultimately, 
no  satisfactory  investigation  or  resolution  of  a  complaint  can  occur  without 
the  initiative  and  continuous  cooperation  of  the  person  who  feels  injured. 
Similarly,  allegations  of  sexual  harassment  are  extremely  serious,  with 
potential  for  great  harm  to  all  persons  if  ill-conceived  or  without  foundation. 
Procedures  which  implement  campus  policy  recognize  that  potential.  The 
Campus  is  committed  to  protecting  the  rights  of  the  alleged  offender  as 
well  as  the  offended. 

A.  Informal  Consideration 

An  incident  of  sexual  harassment  may  be  reported  to  any  Campus  or 
University  official  or  faculty  member,  including  an  individual's  super- 
visor, department  chair  or  dean,  the  Director  of  Personnel,  a  depart- 
mental or  college  equity  officer,  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations,  and  to  the  President's  Legal  Office.  When  an  individual 
receives  a  report  of  sexual  harassment,  he  or  she  will  notify  the  Legal 
Office  prior  to  taking  any  action  to  investigate  or  resolve  the  matter 
informally.  The  Legal  Office  will  normally  manage  and  coordinate  all 
matters  relating  to  complaints.  Complainants  will  be  advised  of  rel- 
evant campus  policies  and  procedures,  and  the  informal  and  formal 
means  of  resolving  the  matter  will  be  explained.  While  a  written 
complaint  is  not  required  to  initiate  an  informal  investigation,  the  Legal 
Office  must  receive  a  signed  complaint  from  the  offended  person 
before  any  sanctions  or  other  action  can  be  undertaken  against  an 
individual  for  sexual  harassment.  If  the  matter  is  to  be  investigated, 
consideration  shall  be  given  to  the  situation  and  wishes  of  the  com- 
plainant. The  investigation  of  a  complaint  will  include  discussing  the 
matter  with  the  person  accused  of  sexual  harassment.  The  findings  of 
the  investigation  shall  be  confidentially  reported  to  the  Chancellor  and 
to  the  relevant  vice  chancellor,  dean,  chairman  or  supervisor  for  any 
necessary  action.  Sanctions  for  sexual  harassment  may  range  from 
reprimand  to  termination,  depending  upon  the  circumstances  of  the 
case. 

B.  Formal  Complaints 

Formal  grievance  procedures  for  resolving  sexual  harassment  com- 
plaints are  available  based  on  the  classification  of  the  aggrieved 
person.  All  faculty  members  may  file  with  the  dean  of  their  academic 
unit  under  the  Faculty  Grievance  Procedure  contained  within  the 
Faculty  Handbook  of  the  College  Park  Campus.  University  of  Mary- 
land. Associate  Staff  employees  may  file  with  the  Employee  Specialist 
under  the  Associate  Staff  Grievance  Procedure  contained  within  the 
Personnel  Policies  and  Rules  for  Associate  Staff  Employees  of  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Office  of  Personnel.  1 129  Lee  Building,  405- 


276    Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations 


5648.  Classified  employees  may  file  with  the  Employee  Specialist 
under  the  Classified  Grievance  Procedure  contained  within  The 
Handbook  of  Classified  Employees.  Office  of  Personnel,  1129  Lee 
Building,  405-5648.  Students  may  file  under  the  code  of  Student 
Conduct,  Office  of  Judicial  Programs.  2108  Mitchell  Building,  314- 
8204.  Faculty,  associate  staff,  classified  staff,  and  students  may  file 
under  the  UMCP  Human  Relations  Code  with  a  Campus  unit  equity 
administrator  or  the  Campus  Compliance  Officer,  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Program,  1107  Hornbake  Library,  405-2838. 


Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and 
Annotations 

Approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents  January  25,  1980 

Note:  Students  subject  to  disciplinary  charges  should  request  a 
copy  of  the  document  Preparing  for  a  Hearing,  available  in  the 
Judicial  Programs  Office. 

(Footnotes  that  appear  throughout  the  Code  of  Student  Conduct 
refer  to  the  Annotations  beginning  on  page  279.) 

Rationale 

1 .  The  primary  purpose  for  the  imposition  of  discipline  in  the  University 
setting  is  to  protect  the  campus  community.  Consistent  with  that 
purpose,  reasonable  efforts  will  also  be  made  to  foster  the  personal 
and  social  development  of  those  students  who  are  held  account- 
able for  violations  of  University  regulations.1" 

Definitions 

2.  When  used  in  this  code:121 

(a)  the  term  "aggravated  violation"  means  a  violation  that  resulted 
or  foreseeably  could  have  resulted  in  significant  damage  to 
persons  or  property  or  that  otherwise  posed  a  substantial 
threat  to  the  stability  and  continuance  of  normal  University  or 
University  sponsored  activities. 

(b)  the  term  "cheating"  means  intentionally  using  or  attempting  to 
use  unauthorized  materials,  information  or  study  aids  in  any 
academic  exercise. 

(c)  the  term  "distribution"  means  sale  or  exchange  for  personal 
profit. 

(d)  the  term  "fabrication"  means  intentional  and  unauthorized 
falsification  or  invention  of  any  information  or  citation  in  an 
academic  exercise. 

(e)  the  term  "group"  means  a  number  of  persons  who  are  asso- 
ciated with  each  other  and  who  have  not  complied  with 
University  requirements  for  registration  as  an  organization. 

(f)  the  terms  "institution"  and  "University"  mean  The  University  of 
Maryland  College  Park. 

(g)  the  term  "organization"  means  a  number  of  persons  who  have 
complied  with  University  requirements  for  registration. 

(h)  the  term  "plagiarism"  means  intentionally  or  knowingly  repre- 
senting the  words  or  ideas  of  another  as  one's  own  in  any 
academic  exercise. 

(i)  the  term  "reckless"  means  conduct  which  one  should  reason- 
ably be  expected  to  know  would  create  a  substantial  risk  of 
harm  to  persons  or  property  or  which  would  otherwise  be 
likely  to  result  in  interference  with  normal  University  or  Univer- 
sity sponsored  activities ." 

(j)  the  term  "student"  means  a  person  taking  or  auditing  courses 
at  the  institution  either  on  a  full  or  part-time  basis.141 

(k)  the  term  "University  premises"  means  buildings  or  grounds 
owned,  leased,  operated,  controlled  or  supervised  by  the 
University. 

(I)  the  term  "weapon"  means  any  object  or  substance  designed 
to  inflict  a  wound,  cause  injury,  or  incapacitate,  including,  but 
not  limited  to.  all  firearms,  pellet  guns,  switchblade  knives, 
knives  with  blades  five  or  more  inches  in  length,  and  chemi- 
cals such  as  "Mace"  or  tear-gas. 

(m)  the  term  "University  sponsored  activity"  means  any  activity  on 
or  off  campus  that  is  initiated,  aided,  authorized,  or  supervised 
by  the  University. 

(n)    the  terms  "will"  or  "shall"  are  used  in  the  imperative  sense. 

Interpretation  of  Regulations 

3.  Disciplinary  regulations  at  the  University  are  set  forth  in  writing  to 
give  students  general  notice  of  prohibited  conduct.  The  regulations 


should  be  read  broadly  and  are  not  designed  to  define  misconduct 
in  exhaustive  terms 

Inherent  Authority 

4.  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  take  necessary  and  appropriate 
action  to  protect  the  safety  and  well-being  of  the  campus  com- 
munity.151 

Student  Participation 

5.  Students  are  asked  to  assume  positions  of  responsibility  in  the 
University  judicial  system  so  that  they  might  contribute  their  skills 
and  insights  to  the  resolution  of  disciplinary  cases.  Final  authority 
in  disciplinary  matters,  however,  is  vested  in  the  University  ad- 
ministration and  in  the  Board  of  Regents. 

Standards  of  Due  Process 

6.  Students  subject  to  expulsion,  suspension161  or  disciplinary  re- 
moval from  University  housing71  will  be  accorded  a  judicial  board 
hearing  as  specified  in  part  28  of  this  code.  Students  subject  to  less 
severe  sanctions  will  be  entitled  to  an  informal  disciplinary  con- 
ference,e\  as  set  forth  in  parts  30  and  31 . 

7.  The  focus  of  inquiry  in  disciplinary  proceedings  shall  be  the  guilt  or 
innocence  of  those  accused  of  violating  disciplinary  regulations 
Formal  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  be  applicable,  nor  shall  devia- 
tions from  prescribed  procedures  necessarily  invalidate  a  decision 
or  proceeding,  unless  significant  prejudice  to  a  student  respondent 
or  the  University  may  result.'91 

Violations  of  Law  and  Disciplinary  Regulations 

8.  Students  may  be  accountable  to  both  civil  authorities  and  to  the 
University  for  acts  that  constitute  violations  of  law  and  of  this 
code."01  Disciplinary  action  at  the  University  will  normally  proceed 
during  the  pendency  of  criminal  proceedings  and  will  not  be  subject 
to  challenge  on  the  ground  that  criminal  charges  involving  the 
same  incident  have  been  dismissed  or  reduced. 

Prohibited  Conduct 

9.  The  following  misconduct  is  subject  to  disciplinary  action: 

(a)intentionally  or  recklessly  causing  physical  harm  to  any 
person  on  University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored 
activities,  or  intentionally  or  recklessly  causing  reasonable 
apprehension  of  such  harm. 

(b)  unauthorized  use,  possession  or  storage  of  any  weapon  on 
University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities. 

(c)  intentionally  initiating  or  causing  to  be  initiated  any  false 
report,  warning  or  threat  of  fire,  explosion  or  other  emergency 
on  University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities. 

(d)  intentionally  or  recklessly  interfering  with  normal  University  or 
University  sponsored  activities,  including,  but  not  limited  to. 
studying,  teaching,  research,  University  administration,  or 
fire,  police  or  emergency  services. 

(e)  knowingly  violating  the  terms  of  any  disciplinary  sanction 
imposed  in  accordance  with  this  code. 

(f)  intentionally  or  recklessly  misusing  or  damaging  fire  safety 
equipment. 

(g)  unauthorized  distribution  or  possession  for  purposes  of  distn- 
bution  of  any  controlled  substance  or  illegal  drug'"'  on  Uni- 
versity premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities 

(h)     intentionally  furnishing  false  information  to  the  University. 

(i)  forgery,  unauthorized  alteration,  or  unauthonzed  use  of  any 
University  document  or  instrument  of  identification. 

(j)  all  forms  of  academic  dishonesty,  including  cheating,  fabrica- 
tion, facilitating  academic  dishonesty,  and  plagiansm.* 

(k)  intentionally  and  substantially  interfering  with  the  freedom  of 
expression  of  others  on  University  premises  or  at  University 
sponsored  activities  '• 

(I)  theft  of  property  or  of  services  on  University  premises  or  at 
University  sponsored  activities:  knowing  possession  of  stolen 
property  on  University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored 
activities. 

(m)  intentionally  or  recklessly  destroying  or  damaging  the  prop- 
erty of  others  on  University  premises  or  at  University  spon- 
sored activities 

(n)  failure  to  comply  with  the  directions  ol  University  officials, 
including  campus  police  officers,  acting  in  performance  of 
their  duties. 

(o)    violation  of  published  University  regulations  or  policies,  as 


Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations    277 


approved  and  compiled  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  (or  Student 
Affairs."31  Such  regulations  or  policies  may  include  the  resi- 
dence hall  contract,  as  well  as  those  regulations  relating  to 
entry  and  use  of  University  facilities,  sale  or  consumption  of 
alcoholic  beverages,  use  of  vehicles"  and  amplifying  equip- 
ment, campus  demonstrations,  and  misuse  of  identification 
cards. 

(p)  use  or  possession  of  any  controlled  substance  or  illegal  drug 
on  University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities."41 

(q)  unauthorized  use  or  possession  of  fireworks  on  University 
premises. 

"Allegations  of  academic  dishonesty  are  processed  in  accordance  with 
the  procedures  set  forth  in  graduate  and  undergraduate  catalogs. 
'Parking  and  Traffic  Violations  may  be  processed  in  accordance  with 
procedures  established  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs. 

Sanctions 

10.  Sanctions  for  violations  of  disciplinary  regulations  consist  of: 

(a)  EXPULSION:  permanent  separation  of  the  student  from  the 
University.  Notification  will  appear  on  the  student's  tran- 
script. The  student  will  also  be  barred  from  University  pre- 
mises. (Expulsion  requires  administrative  review  and  ap- 
proval by  the  Chancellor  and  may  be  altered,  deferred,  or 
withheld.) 

(b)  SUSPENSION:  separation  of  the  student  from  the  University 
for  a  specified  period  of  time.  Permanent  notification  will 
appear  on  the  student's  transcript.  The  student  shall  not 
participate  in  any  University  sponsored  activity  and  may  be 
barred  from  University  premises.  Suspended  time  will  not 
count  against  any  time  limits  of  the  Graduate  School  for 
completion  of  a  degree.  (Suspension  requires  administrative 
review  and  approval  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs  and  may  be  altered,  deferred,  or  withheld.) 

(c)  DISCIPLINARY  PROBATION:  the  student  shall  not  represent 
the  University  in  any  extracurricular  activity  or  run  for  or  hold 
office  in  any  student  group  or  organization.  Additional  restric- 
tions or  conditions  may  also  be  imposed.  Notification  will  be 
sent  to  appropriate  University  offices,  including  the  Office  of 
Campus  Activities. 

(d)  DISCIPLINARY  REPRIMAND:  the  student  is  warned  that 
further  misconduct  may  result  in  more  severe  disciplinary 
action. 

(e)  RESTITUTION:  the  student  is  required  to  make  payment  to 
the  University  or  to  other  persons,  groups,  or  organizations 
for  damages  incurred  as  a  result  of  a  violation  of  this  code. 

(f)  OTHER  SANCTIONS:  other  sanctions  may  be  imposed 
instead  of  or  in  addition  to  those  specified  in  sections  (a) 
through  (e)  of  this  part.  For  example,  students  may  be 
subject  to  dismissal  from  University  housing  for  disciplinary 
violations  that  occur  in  the  residence  halls.  Likewise,  students 
may  be  subject  to  restrictions  upon  or  denial  of  driving 
privileges  for  disciplinary  violations  involving  the  use  or 
registration  of  motor  vehicles.  Work  or  research  projects  may 
also  be  assigned. 

1 1 .  Violations  of  sections  (a)  through  (g)  in  part  nine  of  this  code  may 
result  in  expulsion  from  the  university,"51  unless  specific  and  sig- 
nificant mitigating  factors  are  present.  Factors  to  be  considered  in 
mitigation  shall  be  the  present  demeanor  and  past  disciplinary 
record  of  the  offender,  as  well  as  the  nature  of  the  offense  and  the 
severity  of  any  damage,  injury,  or  harm  resulting  from  it. 

12.  Violations  of  sections  (h)  through  (I)  in  part  nine  of  this  code  may 
result  in  suspension  from  the  University,  unless  specific  and 
significant  mitigating  factors  as  specified  in  part  eleven  are  present. 

1 3.  Repeated  or  aggravated  violations  of  any  section  of  this  code  may 
also  result  in  expulsion  or  suspension  or  in  the  imposition  of  such 
lesser  penalties  as  may  be  appropriate. 

1 4.  Attempts  to  commit  acts  prohibited  by  this  code  shall  be  punished 
to  the  same  extent  as  completed  violations.1'6' 

Interim  Suspension07) 

15.  The  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  or  a  designee  may 
suspend  a  student  for  an  interim  period  pending  disciplinary 
proceedings  or  medical  evaluation,  such  interim  suspension  to 
become  immediately  effective  without  prior  notice,  whenever 
there  is  evidence  that  the  continued  presence  of  the  student  on  the 
University  campus  poses  a  substantial  threat  to  himself  or  to 
others  or  to  the  stability  and  continuance  of  normal  University 
functions. 


16.  A  student  suspended  on  an  interim  basis  shall  be  given  an 
opportunity  to  appear  personally  before  the  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Student  Affairs  or  a  designee  within  five  business  days  from  the 
effective  date  of  the  interim  suspension  in  order  to  discuss  the 
following  issues  only: 

(a)  the  reliability  of  the  information  concerning  the  student's 
conduct,  including  the  matter  of  his  identity; 

(b)  whether  the  conduct  and  surrounding  circumstances  rea- 
sonably indicate  that  the  continued  presence  of  the  student 
on  the  University  campus  poses  a  substantial  threat  to 
himself  or  to  others  or  the  stability  and  continuance  of  normal 
University  functions. 

The  Judicial  Programs  Office 

17.  The  Judicial  Programs  Office  directs  the  efforts  of  students  and 
staff  members  in  matters  involving  student  discipline.  The  respon- 
sibilities of  the  office  include: 

(a)  determining  the  disciplinary  charges  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
this  code. 

(b)  interviewing  and  advising  parties""'  involved  in  disciplinary 
proceedings. 

(c)  supervising,  training,  and  advising  all  judicial  boards. 

(d)  reviewing  the  decisions  of  all  judicial  boards.""1 

(e)  maintaining  of  all  student  disciplinary  records. 

(f)  developing  of  procedures  for  conflict  resolution. 

(g)  resolving  of  cases  of  student  misconduct,  as  specified  in 
parts  30  and  31  of  this  code. 

(h)  collecting  and  dissemination  of  research  and  analysis  con- 
cerning student  conduct 

(i)  submitting  of  a  statistical  report  each  semester  to  the  cam- 
pus community,  reporting  the  number  of  cases  referred  to  the 
office,  the  number  of  cases  resulting  in  disciplinary  action, 
and  the  range  of  sanctions  imposed.,20) 

Judicial  Panels 

18.  Hearings  or  other  proceedings  as  provided  in  this  code  may  be 
held  before  the  following  boards  or  committees: 

(a)  CONFERENCE  BOARDS,  as  appointed  in  accordance  with 
part  31  of  this  code. 

(b)  RESIDENCE  BOARDS,  as  established  and  approved  by  the 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs.'2'1  Students  residing  in 
group  living  units  owned,  leased,  operated,  or  supervised  by 
the  University  may  petition  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  authority 
to  establish  judicial  boards.  Such  boards  may  be  empowered 
to  hear  cases  involving  violations  of  this  code,  as  prescribed 
by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs. 

(c)  THE  CENTRAL  BOARD  hears  cases  involving  disciplinary 
violations  that  are  not  referred  to  Residence  Boards  or 
resolved  in  accordance  with  parts  30  and  31  of  this  code.  The 
Central  Board  is  composed  of  five  full-time  students,  including 
at  least  two  graduate  students. 

(d)  THE  APPELLATE  BOARD  hears  appeals  from  Residence 
boards,  the  Central  Board,  and  ad  hoc  boards,  in  accordance 
with  part  39  of  this  code.  The  Appellate  Board  is  composed 
of  five  full-time  students,  including  at  least  two  graduate 
students. 

(e)  AD  HOC  BOARDS  may  be  appointed  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs  when  a  Conference  Board,  a  Residence 
Board,  the  Central  Board,  the  Appellate  Board,  orthe  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  are  unable  to  obtain  a  quorum  or  are 
otherwise  unable  to  hear  a  case.'221  Each  ad  hoc  board  shall 
be  composed  of  three  members,  including  at  least  one 
student. 

(f)  THE  SENATE  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  CONDUCT 
hears  appeals  as  specified  in  part  38  of  this  code.  The 
committee  also  approves  the  initial  selection  of  all  judicial 
board  members,  except  members  of  conference  and  ad  hoc 
boards.1231 

19.  The  presiding  officer  of  each  judicial  board  and  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  may  develop  bylaws  that 
are  not  inconsistent  with  any  provision  in  this  code.  Bylaws  must 
be  approved  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs.'2'" 

Selection  and  Removal  of  Board  Members 

20.  Members  of  the  various  judicial  boards  are  selected  in  accordance 
with  procedures  developed  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

21.  Members  of  conference  and  ad  hoc  boards  are  selected  in 
accordance  with  parts  31  and  18  (e),  respectively. 


278    Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations 


22.  Prospective  members  of  the  Central  Board  and  the  Appellate 
Board  are  subject  to  confirmation  by  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Student  Conduct. 

23.  Members  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  are 
selected  in  accordance  with  the  bylaws  of  the  University  Senate. 

24  Prior  to  participating  in  board  or  committee  deliberations,  new 
members  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Conduct 
and  of  all  judicial  boards,  except  conference  and  ad  hoc  boards, 
will  participate  in  one  orientation  session  offered  at  least  once 
each  academic  year  by  the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

25.  Student  members  of  any  judicial  board  or  committee  who  are 
charged  with  any  violation  of  this  code  or  with  a  criminal  offense"2* 
may  be  suspended  from  their  judicial  positions  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs  during  the  pendency  of  the  charges  against 
them.  Students  convicted  for  any  such  violation  or  offense  may  be 
disqualified  from  any  further  participation  in  the  University  judicial 
system  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs.  Additional  grounds 
and  procedures  for  removal  may  also  be  set  forth  in  the  bylaws  of 
the  various  judicial  panels. 

Case  Referrals 

26.  Any  person1261  may  refer  a  student  or  a  student  group  or  organi- 
zation suspected  of  violating  this  code  to  the  Judicial  Programs 
Office.  Persons  making  such  referrals  are  required  to  provide 
information  pertinent  to  the  case  and  will  normally  be  expected  to 
appear  before  a  judicial  board  as  the  complainant.1"' 

Deferral  of  Proceedings 

27.  The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may  defer  disciplinary  proceed- 
ings for  alleged  violations  of  this  code  for  a  period  not  to  exceed 
ninety  days.  Pending  charges  may  be  withdrawn  thereafter, 
dependent  upon  the  good  behavior  of  the  respondent. 

Hearing  Referrals 

28.  Staff  members  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  will  review  case 
referrals  to  determine  whether  the  alleged  misconduct  might 
result  in  expulsion,  suspension,  or  disciplinary  removal  from 
University  housing. l281  Students  subject  to  those  sanctions  shall  be 
accorded  a  hearing  before  the  appropriate  judicial  board.  All  other 
cases  shall  be  resolved  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  after  an 
informal  disciplinary  conference,  as  set  forth  in  parts  30  and  31  of 
this  code. 

29.  Students  referred  to  a  judicial  board  hearing  may  elect  instead  to 
have  their  case  resolved  in  accordance  with  parts  30  and  31 .  The 
full  range  of  sanctions  authorized  by  this  code  may  be  imposed, 
although  the  right  of  appeal  shall  not  be  applicable. 

Disciplinary  Conferences1291 

30.  Students  subject  to  or  electing  to  participate  in  a  disciplinary 
conference  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  are  accorded  the 
following  procedural  protections: 

(a)  written  notice  of  charges  at  least  three  days  prior  to  the 
scheduled  conference. 

(b)  reasonable  access  to  the  case  file1301  prior  to  and  during  the 
conference. 

(c)  an  opportunity  to  respond  to  the  evidence  against  them  and 
to  call  appropriate  witnesses  in  their  behalf. 

(d)  the  right  to  be  accompanied  and  assisted  by  a  representa- 
tive, in  accordance  with  Part  33  of  this  code. 

31.  Disciplinary  conferences  shall  be  conducted  by  the  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs  or  a  designee.'3"  Complex  or  contested  cases 
may  be  referred  by  the  Director  to  a  conference  board,  consisting 
of  one  member  of  the  Central  Board,  one  member  of  the  Appellate 
Board,  and  a  staff  member  in  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs. 
Conference  Board  members  shall  be  selected  on  a  rotating  basis 
by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

Hearing  Procedures 

32.  The  following  procedural  guidelines  shall  be  applicable  in  disci- 
plinary hearings: 

(a)  respondents  shall  be  given  notice  of  the  hearing  date  and  the 
specific  charges  against  them  at  least  five  days  in  advance 
and  shall  be  accorded  reasonable  access  to  the  case  file, 
which  will  be  retained  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

(b)  the  presiding  officer  of  any  board  may  subpoena  witnesses 
upon  the  motion  of  any  board  member  or  of  either  party  and 
shall  subpoena  witnesses  upon  request  of  the  board  advisor 


Subpoenas  must  be  approved  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programsand  shall  be  personally  delivered  or  sent  by  certi- 
fied mail,  return  receipt  requested.  University  students  and 
employees  are  expected  to  comply  with  subpoenas  issued 
pursuant  to  this  procedure,  unless  compliance  would  result 
in  significant  and  unavoidable  personal  hardship  or  substan- 
tial interference  with  normal  University  activities. "" 

(c)  respondents  who  fail  to  appear  after  proper  notice  will  be 
deemed  to  have  pleaded  guilty  to  the  charges  pending 
against  them 

(d)  hearings  will  be  closed  to  the  public,  except  for  the  immediate 
members  of  the  respondent's  family  and  for  the  respondent's 
representative.  An  open  hearing  may  be  held,  at  the  discretion 
of  the  presiding  officer,  if  requested  by  the  respondent. 

(e)  the  presiding  officer  of  each  board  shall  exercise  control  over 
the  proceedings  to  avoid  needless  consumption  of  time  and 
to  achieve  the  orderly  completion  of  the  hearing  Except  as 
provided  in  section  (o)  of  this  part,  any  person,  including  the 
respondent,  who  disrupts  a  hearing  may  be  excluded  by  the 
presiding  officer  or  by  the  board  advisor. 

(f)  hearings  may  be  tape  recorded  or  transcribed.  If  a  recording 
or  transcription  is  not  made,  the  decision  of  the  board  must 
include  a  summary  of  the  testimony  which  shall  be  sufficiently 
detailed  to  permit  review  by  appellate  bodies  and  by  staff 
members  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

(g)  any  party  or  the  board  advisor  may  challenge  a  board 
member  on  the  grounds  of  personal  bias.  Board  members 
may  be  disqualified  upon  majority  vote  of  the  remaining 
members  of  the  board,  conducted  by  secret  ballot.  Ml  or  by 
the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

(h)  witnesses  shall  be  asked  to  affirm  that  their  testimony  is 
truthful  and  may  be  subject  to  charges  of  perjury,  pursuant  to 
part  9  (h)  of  this  code. 

(i)  prospective  witnesses,  other  than  the  complainant  and  the 
respondent,  may  be  excluded  from  the  hearing  during  the 
testimony  of  other  witnesses.  All  parties,  the  witnesses,  and 
the  public  shall  be  excluded  during  board  deliberations. 

(j)  the  burden  of  proof  shall  be  upon  the  complainant,  who  must 
establish  the  guilt  of  the  respondent  by  a  preponderance  of 
the  evidence.'34' 

(k)  formal  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  be  applicable  in  disciplinary 
proceedings  conducted  pursuant  to  this  code.  The  presiding 
officer  of  each  board  shall  give  effect  to  the  rules  of  confiden- 
tiality and  privilege,  but  shall  otherwise  admit  all  matters  into 
evidence  which  reasonable  persons  would  accept  as  having 
probative  value  in  the  conduct  of  their  affairs  Unduly  rep- 
etitious or  irrelevant  evidence  may  be  excluded.'351 

(I)  respondents  shall  be  accorded  an  opportunity  to  question 
those  witnesses  who  testify  for  the  complainant  at  the 
hearing. 

(m)  affidavits  shall  not  be  admitted  into  evidence  unless  signed 
by  the  affiant  and  witnessed  by  a  University  employee,  or  by 
a  person  designated  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

(n)  board  members  may  take  judicial  notice  of  matters  which 
would  be  within  the  general  experience  of  University  stu- 
dents.'3" 

(o)  board  advisors  may  comment  on  questions  of  procedure  and 
admissibility  of  evidence  and  will  otherwise  assist  in  the 
conduct  of  the  hearing.  Advisors  will  be  accorded  all  the 
privileges  of  board  members,  and  the  additional  responsi- 
bilities set  forth  in  this  code,  but  shall  not  vote.  All  advisors  are 
responsible  to  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  and  shall  not 
be  excluded  from  heanngs  or  board  deliberations  by  any 
board  or  by  the  presiding  officer  of  any  board 

(p)  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may  appoint  a  special 
presiding  officer  to  any  board  in  complex  cases  or  in  any  case 
in  which  the  respondent  is  represented  by  an  attorney. 
Special  presiding  officers  may  participate  in  board  delib- 
erations, but  shall  not  vote  "' 

(q)  a  determination  of  guilt  shall  be  followed  by  a  supplemental 
proceeding  in  which  either  party  and  the  board  advisor  may 
submit  evidence  or  make  statements  concerning  the  appro- 
priate sanction  to  be  imposed.  The  past  disciplinary  record*"1 
of  the  respondent  shall  not  be  supplied  to  the  board  by  the 
advisor  prior  to  the  supplementary  proceeding 

(r)  final  decisions  of  all  judicial  panels  shall  be  by  majonty  vote 
of  the  members  present  and  voting  A  tie  vote  will  result  in  a 
recommended  acquittal  in  an  ongmal  proceeding  A  tie  vote 
in  an  appellate  proceeding  will  result  in  an  affirmation  of  the 
ongmal  decision 

(s)  final  decisions  of  all  boards,  except  conference  boards,  shall 
be  accompanied  by  a  bnef  wntten  opinion. 


Attorneys  and  Representatives 

33.  Respondents  or  complainants  participating  in  any  disciplinary 
proceeding  may  be  accompanied  by  a  representative,  who  may 
be  an  attorney  "',  Parties  who  wish  to  be  represented  by  an 
attorney  in  a  disciplinary  proceeding  must  so  mlorm  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office  in  writing  at  least  two  business  days  prior  to  the 
scheduled  date  of  the  proceeding.  Representatives  may  not 
appear  in  lieu  of  respondents. 

Student  Groups  and  Organizations 

34  Student  groups  and  organizations  may  be  charged  with  violations 
of  this  code 

35.  A  student  group  or  organization  and  its  officers  may  be  held 
collectively14"  or  individually  responsible  when  violations  of  this 
code  by  those  associated  with14"  the  group  or  organization  have 
received  the  tacit  or  overt  consent  or  encouragement  of  the  group 
or  organization  or  of  the  group's  or  organization's  leaders,  officers, 
or  spokesmen. 

36.  The  officers  or  leaders  or  any  identifiable  spokesperson1421  for  a 
student  group  or  organization  may  be  directed  by  the  Vice 
Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  or  a  designee  to  take  appropriate 
action  designed  to  prevent  or  end  violations  of  this  code  by  the 
group  or  organization  or  by  any  persons  associated  with  the  group 
or  organization  who  can  reasonably  be  said  to  be  acting  in  the 
group's  or  organization's  behalf.  Failure  to  make  reasonable 
efforts  to  comply  with  the  Vice  Chancellor's  directive  shall  be 
considered  a  violation  of  part  9  (n)  of  this  code,  both  by  the  officers, 
leaders,  or  spokesmen  for  the  group  or  organization  and  by  the 
group  or  organization  itself. 

37.  Sanctions  for  group  or  organization  misconduct  may  include 
revocation  or  denial  of  recognition  or  registration,  as  well  as  other 
appropriate  sanctions,  pursuant  to  part  10  (f)  of  this  code. 

Appeals 

38.  Any  disciplinary  determination  resulting  in  expulsion  or  suspen- 
sion'431 may  be  appealed  by  the  respondent  to  the  Senate  Commit- 
tee on  Student  Conduct.  The  Senate  Committee  shall  also  hear 
appeals  from  denials  of  petitions  to  void  disciplinary  records, 
pursuant  to  part  48  of  this  code. 

39.  Final  decisions  of  residence  boards,  the  Central  Board  and  ad  hoc 
boards,  not  involving  the  sanctions  specified  in  part  38,  may  be 
appealed  by  the  respondent  to  the  Appellate  Board.144' 

40.  Requests  for  appeals  must  be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office  within  seven  business  days  from  the  date  of  the 
letter  notifying  the  respondent  of  the  original  decision.  Failure  to 
appeal  within  the  allotted  time  will  render  the  original  decision  final 
and  conclusive.1451 

41 .  A  written  brief  in  support  of  the  appeal  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Judicial  Programs  Office  within  ten  business  days  from  the  date  of 
the  letter  notifying  the  respondent  of  the  original  decision.  Failure 
to  submit  a  written  brief  within  the  allotted  time  will  render  the 
decision  of  the  lower  board  final  and  conclusive.146' 

42.  Appeals  shall  be  decided  upon  the  record  of  the  original  proceeding 
and  upon  written  briefs  submitted  by  the  parties.  De  novo  hearings 
shall  not  be  conducted. 

43.  Appellate  bodies  may: 

(a)  affirm  the  finding  and  the  sanction  imposed  by  the  original 
board 

(b)  affirm  the  finding  and  reduce,  but  not  eliminate,  the  sanction, 
in  accordance  with  parts  44  and  44  (a)  of  this  code. 

(c)  remand  the  case  to  the  original  board,  in  accordance  with 
parts  44  and  44  (b). 

(d)  dismiss  the  case,  in  accordance  with  parts  44  and  44  (c). 

44.  Deference  shall  be  given  to  the  determinations  of  lower  boards:'47' 

(a)  sanctions  may  only  be  reduced  if  found  to  be  grossly  dispro- 
portionate to  the  offense. 

(b)  cases  may  be  remanded  to  the  original  board  if  specified 
procedural  errors  or  errors  in  interpretation  of  University 
regulations  were  so  substantial  as  to  effectively  deny  the 
respondent  a  fair  hearing,  or  if  new  and  significant  evidence 
became  available  that  could  not  have  been  discovered  by  a 
properly  diligent  respondent  before  or  during  the  original 
hearing.1481  The  decision  of  the  lower  board  on  remand  shall 
be  final  and  conclusive. 

(c)  cases  may  be  dismissed  only  if  the  finding  is  held  to  be 
arbitrary  and  capricious.149' 

(d)  decisions  of  the  Appellate  Board  shall  be  recommendations 
to  theDirector  of  Judicial  Programs.'501  Decisions  of  the 


Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations    279 

Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  shall  be  recommen- 
dations to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs. 
45.  The  imposition  of  sanctions  will  normally  be  deferred  during  the 
pendency  ot  appellate  proceedings,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Direc- 
tor of  Judicial  Programs 


Disciplinary  Files  and  Records 

46.  Case  referrals  may  result  in  the  development  of  a  disciplinary  file 
in  the  name  of  the  respondent,  which  shall  be  voided  if  the 
respondent  is  found  innocent  of  the  charges.'''''  The  files  of  re- 
spondents found  guilty  of  any  of  the  charges  against  them  will  be 
retained  as  a  disciplinary  record  for  three  years  from  the  date  of  the 
letter  providing  notice  of  final  disciplinary  action. ,i"  Disciplinary 
records  may  be  retained  for  longer  periods  of  tfme  or  permanently, 
if  so  specified  in  the  sanction. 

47.  Disciplinary  records  may  be  voided'"1  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs  for  good  cause,  upon  written  petition  of  respondents. 
Factors  to  be  considered  in  review  of  such  petitions  shall  include: 

(a)  the  present  demeanor  of  the  respondent. 

(b)  the  conduct  of  the  respondent  subsequent  to  the  violation. 

(c)  the  nature  of  the  violation  and  the  severity  of  any  damage, 
injury,  or  harm  resulting  from  it. 

48  Denials  of  petitions  to  void  disciplinary  records  shall  be  appeal- 
able to  the  Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct,  which  will 
apply  the  standard  of  review  specified  in  parts  44  and  44  (c)  The 
requirements  for  appeals  as  set  forth  in  parts  40  and  41  shall  be 
applicable.'541 

49.  Disciplinary  records  retained  for  less  than  ninety  days  or  designated 
as  "permanent"  shall  not  be  voided  without  unusual  and  compel- 
ling justification.155' 

Annotations 

1.  The  University  is  not  designed  or  equipped  to  rehabilitate  or 
incapacitate  persons  who  pose  a  substantial  threat  to  themselves 
or  to  others.  It  may  be  necessary,  therefore,  to  remove  those 
individuals  from  the  campus  and  to  sever  the  institutional  relation- 
ship with  them,  as  provided  in  this  code  of  conduct  and  by  other 
University  regulations.* 

Any  punishment  imposed  in  accordance  with  the  code  may  have 
the  value  of  discouraging  the  offender  and  others  from  engaging 
in  future  misbehavior.  In  cases  of  minor  disciplinary  violations,  the 
particular  form  of  punishment  may  also  be  designed  to  draw  upon 
the  educational  resources  of  the  University  to  bring  about  a  lasting 
and  reasoned  change  in  behavior.  The  underlying  rationale  for 
punishment  need  not  rest  on  deterrence  or  "reform"  alone,  how- 
ever. A  just  punishment  may  also  be  imposed  because  it  is 
"deserved"  and  because  punishment  for  willful  offenses  affirms 
the  autonomy  and  integrity  of  the  offender.  The  latter  concept  was 
well  expressed  by  D.J.B.  Hawkins  in  his  essay  "Punishment  and 
Moral  Responsibility"  in  Modern  Law  Review  205: 

The  vice  of  regarding  punishment  entirely  from  the  points  of 
view  of  reformation  and  deterrence  lies  precisely  in  forgetting 
that  a  just  punishment  is  deserved.  The  punishment  of  men 
then  ceases  to  be  essentially  different  from  the  training  of 
animals,  and  the  way  is  open  for  the  totalitarian  state  to 
undertake  the  forcible  improvement  of  its  citizens  without 
regard  to  whether  their  conduct  has  made  them  morally  liable 
to  social  coercion  or  not.  But  merit  and  demerit,  reward  and 
punishment,  have  a  different  significance  as  applied  to  men 
and  as  applied  to  animals.  A  dog  may  be  called  a  good  dog  or 
a  bad  dog,  but  his  goodness  or  badness  can  be  finally 
explained  in  terms  of  heredity  and  environment.  A  man, 
however,  is  a  person,  and  we  instinctively  recognize  that  he 
has  a  certain  ultimate  personal  responsibility  for  at  least  some 
of  his  actions.  Hence  merit  and  demerit,  reward  and  punish- 
ment, have  an  irreducible  individual  significance  as  applied  to 
men.  This  is  the  dignity  and  the  tragedy  of  the  human  person. 

A  similar  view  was  expressed  by  Justice  Powell,  dissenting  in  Goss  v. 
Lopez  (42  L.  Ed.  2d  725,  745): 

Education  in  any  meaningful  sense  includes  the  inculcation  of  an 
understanding  in  each  pupil  of  the  necessity  of  rules  and  obedi- 
ence thereto.  This  understanding  is  no  less  important  than  learning 
to  read  and  write.  One  who  does  not  comprehend  the  meaning 
and  necessity  of  discipline  is  handicapped  not  merely  in  his 
education  but  throughout  his  subsequent  life.  In  an  age  when  the 


280    Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations 


home  and  church  play  a  diminishing  role  In  shaping  the  character 
and  value  judgments  of  the  young,  a  heavier  responsibility  (alls 
upon  the  schools  When  an  immature  student  merits  censure  for 
his  conduct,  he  is  rendered  a  disservice  if  appropriate  sanctions 
are  not  applied. 

2.  An  effort  is  made  in  the  code  to  use  a  simplified  numbering  and 
lettering  system,  without  use  of  Roman  numerals  or  subsets  of 
letters  and  numbers.  Any  part  of  the  code  can  be  found  by 
reference  to  one  number  and  one  letter  (e.g.,  part  10  (a)  explains 
the  meaning  of  expulsion). 

3.  Culpable  conduct  should  include  conscious  acts  posing  a  sub- 
stantial risk  of  harm  to  others  (e.g.  throwing  a  heavy  object  out  a 
tenth  floor  window  above  a  sidewalk)  If  the  act  itself,  however,  is 
unintended  (e.g.,  if  one  is  distracted  by  a  noise  while  climbing  a 
flight  of  stairs  and  drops  a  heavy  object)  the  individual  may  have 
failed  to  use  reasonable  care,  but  is  not  normally  deserving  of  the 
moral  stigma  associated  with  a  "conviction"  for  a  disciplinary 
offense. 

4.  Former  students  may  be  charged  for  violations  that  allegedly 
occurred  during  their  enrollment  at  the  University. 

5.  Colleges  and  Universities  are  not  expected  to  develop  disciplinary 
regulations  that  are  written  with  the  scope  or  precision  of  a  criminal 
code.  Rare  occasions  may  arise  when  conduct  is  so  inherently 
and  patently  dangerous  to  the  individual  or  to  others  that  ex- 
traordinary action  not  specifically  authorized  in  the  rules  must  be 
taken. 

6.  The  terms  "suspension"  and  "interim  suspension"  are  to  be 
distinguished  throughout  the  code  and  are  not  interchangeable. 

7.  Disciplinary  removal  from  University  housing  should  be  distin- 
guished from  administrative  removal  for  violations  of  the  resi- 
dence contract.  The  latter  does  not  leave  students  with  a  disciplinary 
record  and  does  not  come  under  the  purview  of  this  code. 

8.  The  standard  set  forth  here  represents  the  minimal  procedural 
protection  to  be  accorded  to  students  charged  with  most  disciplinary 
violations.  Students  who  are  subject  to  lengthy  suspensions  or  to 
expulsion  may  be  entitled  to  more  formal  procedures,  including  a 
hearing  with  a  right  to  cross-examine  the  witnesses  against  them. 
Goss  v.  Lopez  419  US.  565  (1975). 

9.  The  Supreme  Court  has  recently  rejected  the  theory  that  state 
schools  are  bound  by  principles  of  federal  administrative  law 
requiring  agencies  to  follow  their  own  regulations.  Board  of 
Curators.  University  of  Missouri  v.  Horowitz  55  L.  Ed  2d  124, 
136.  See,  generally,  "Violations  by  Agencies  of  Their  Own 
Regulations"  87  Harvard  Law  Review  629  (1974). 

10.  Respondents  in  disciplinary  proceedings  may  be  directed  to 
answer  questions  concerning  their  conduct.  Students  who  refuse 
to  answer  on  grounds  of  the  Fifth  Amendment  privilege  may  be 
informed  that  the  hearing  panel  could  draw  negative  inferences 
from  their  refusal  that  might  result  in  their  suspension  or  dismissal. 
If  the  student  then  elects  to  answer,  his  statements  could  not  be 
used  against  him  in  either  state  or  federal  court.  Garrity  v.  New 
Jersey  385  U.S.  493  ( 1 967).  See  also  Furutani  v.  Ewigleben  297 
F.  Supp.  1163(N.D.  cal.  1969) 

1 1  The  "controlled  substances"  or  "illegal  drugs"  prohibited  in  this 
section  are  set  forth  in  Schedules  I  through  V  in  Article  27.  part  279 
of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland. 

12.  Colleges  and  Universities  should  be  a  forum  for  the  free  expression 
of  ideas.  In  the  recent  past,  however,  unpopular  speakers  have 
been  prevented  from  addressing  campus  audiences  by  students 
who  effectively  "shouted  them  down."  Both  Yale  and  Stanford 
Universities  have  treated  such  actions  (which  are  to  be  distin- 
guished from  minor  and  occasional  heckling)  as  senous  disciplinary 
violations.  See  the  "Report  from  the  Committee  on  Freedom  of 
Expression  at  Yale  University"  which  is  available  in  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office. 

The  following  language  from  the  Yale  report  may  be  used  to 
elaborate  upon  the  intent  and  scope  of  part  9  (k)  of  this  code: 
1 .   "There  is  no  right  to  protest  within  a  University  building  in  such 
a  way  that  any  University  activity  is  disrupted.  The  adminis- 


tration, however,  may  wish  to  permit  some  symbolic  dissent 
within  a  building  but  outside  the  meeting  room,  for  example,  a 
single  picket  or  a  distributor  of  handbills" 

2.  [A]  "member  of  the  audience  may  protest  in  a  silent,  symbolic 
fashion,  for  example,  by  wearing  a  black  arm  band  More 
active  forms  of  protest  may  be  tolerated  such  as  briefly  booing, 
clapping  hands  or  heckling  But  any  disruptive  activity  must 
stop  and  not  be  repeated  when  the  chair  or  an  appropriate 
University  official  requests  silence 

3.  "Nor  are  racial  insults  or  any  other  "fighting  words"  a  valid 
ground  for  disruption  or  physical  attack  The  banning  or  ob- 
struction of  lawful  speech  can  never  be  justified  on  such 
grounds  as  that  the  speech  or  the  speaker  is  deemed  irre- 
sponsible, offensive,  unscholarly.  or  untrue." 

13.  A  compilation  of  published  regulations  that  have  been  reviewed 
and  approved  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  shall  be  available  for  public 
inspection  during  normal  business  hours  in  the  Judicial  Programs 
Office. 

14.  The  "controlled  substances"  or  "illegal  drugs"  prohibited  in  this 
section  are  set  forth  in  Schedules  I  through  V  in  Article  27,  part  279 
of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland. 

1 5.  This  part  and  parts  1 2  and  1 3  represent  an  attempt  to  give  needed 
guidance  to  those  who  are  assessing  penalties  Moreover,  the 
direction  of  the  guidance  is  toward  imposition  of  more  severe 
disciplinary  sanctions  in  serious  cases.  Nonetheless,  the  language 
concerning  "mitigating  factors"  is  broad  enough  to  give  decision 
makers  considerable  leeway  to  "do  justice."  depending  upon  the 
facts  in  each  case  The  burden  of  establishing  facts  in  mitigation 
should,  of  course,  be  upon  the  respondent 

16.  There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  rational  basis  for  imposing  less 
severe  penalties  for  attempts  than  for  completed  violations.  The 
authors  of  the  Model  Penal  Code,  for  example,  have  written  that: 

To  the  extent  that  sentencing  depends  upon  the  antisocial 
disposition  of  the  actor  and  the  demonstrated  need  for  a  corrective 
action,  there  is  likely  to  be  Utile  difference  in  the  gravity  of  the 
required  measures  depending  on  the  consummation  or  the  failure 
of  the  plan. 

See  LaFave.  Criminal  Law  Treatise  p.  453. 

1 7.  These  procedures  are  analogous  to  those  found  in  the  "emergency" 
disciplinary  rules  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Regents  in  1 971  and  are 
consistent  with  the  formal  opinion  of  the  Maryland  Attorney 
General  on  this  subject,  dated  January  23.  1 969  See  also  Goss 
v.  Lopez,  C419  U.S.  565  (1975). 

Nothing  in  this  provision  would  prohibit  the  Vice  Chancellor  from 
modifying  the  terms  of  an  interim  suspension,  so  long  as  the 
hearing  requirement  specified  in  part  16  was  met  For  example,  a 
suspended  student  might  be  allowed  to  enter  University  premises 
solely  for  the  purpose  of  attending  classes. 

1 8.  Staff  members  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  should  endeavor  to 
arrange  a  balanced  presentation  before  the  various  judicial  boards 
and  may  assist  both  complainants  and  respondents. 

19  This  language  does  not  effect  any  change  in  previous  policy 
concerning  the  powers  of  judicial  boards  All  board  decisions, 
including  those  rendered  by  Conference  Boards,  shall  be  treated 
as  recommendations. 

20  See  annotation  one.  supra  The  deterrent  effect  of  punishment  is 
diminished  if  the  community  is  unaware  of  the  number  and  general 
nature  of  sanctions  imposed  The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs 
may.  for  example,  arrange  for  publication  of  the  statistical  report 
m  the  campus  press  each  semester 

21.  Boards  established  pursuant  to  this  section  might  include 
modifiedversions  of  the  present  "Greek"  or  residence  hall  boards 

22.  It  is  intended  that  a  quorum  will  consist  of  three  members  (out  of 
five)  The  authority  to  appoint  ad  hoc  boards  should  be  broadly 
construed  and  might  be  especially  useful,  for  example,  when  a 
judicial  board  or  the  Senate  Committee  is  charged  with  heanng  a 


case  involving  one  of  its  own  members  The  linal  determination  as 
to  whether  a  panel  is  "unable  to  hear  a  case"  should  be  within  the 
discretion  of  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

23.  The  power  of  confirmation  represents  a  significant  grant  of  author- 
ity to  the  Senate  Committee.  The  committee  is  presently 
underutilized  and  might  best  contribute  to  the  judicial  system  by 
becoming  more  intimately  involved  with  it  Moreover,  confirmation 
procedures  will  give  committee  members  direct  contact  with  board 
members  and  will  also  allow  the  committee  to  exercise  more 
control  over  the  quality  of  Judicial  Board  decisions. 

24.  Proposed  bylaws  must  be  submitted  to  the  Attorney  General  for 
review. 

25.  It  could  be  a  public  embarrassment  for  the  University  to  have  a 
student  charged  with  or  convicted  of  a  serious  crime  sit  in 
judgment  over  other  students  in  disciplinary  proceedings.  The 
various  state  criminal  codes  are  usually  so  broad  and  archaic, 
however,  that  automatic  suspension  or  removal  should  not  result 
from  any  violation  of  any  law  (e.g..  New  York  makes  it  a  criminal 
misdemeanor  for  anyone  "to  dance  continuously  in  a  dance 
contest  for  twelve  or  more  hours  without  respite"). 

26.  Case  referrals  should  not  be  limited  to  members  of  the  "campus 
community."  A  student  who  assaults  another  person  on  campus 
should  not  escape  University  judicial  action  merely  because  the 
person  assaulted  was  a  visitor  (or,  as  in  a  recent  case,  a  former 
student  who  had  just  withdrawn  from  the  University). 

27.  The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may  appoint  a  trained  volunteer 
from  the  campus  community  to  serve  as  the  complainant.  It  would 
be  preferable,  however,  to  employ  a  "community  advocate"  to 
present  all  disciplinary  cases. 

Several  measures  in  the  code  are  designed  to  restore  balance  in 
disciplinary  proceedings,  even  in  those  cases  in  which  the  com- 
plainant is  inexperienced  with  administrative  adjudication: 

(a)  a  hearing  officer  may  be  appointed  in  complex  or  serious 
cases.  See  part  32  (p). 

(b)  the  role  of  attorneys  or  advisors  may  be  restricted.  See  part 
33  and  annotation  39. 

(c)  the  "disciplinary  conference"  procedure  is  designed  to  elimi- 
nate adversary  proceedings  in  minor  cases.  See  parts  30-31 
and  annotation  29. 

28.  Staff  members  may  consider  the  mitigating  factors  specified  in 
part  1 1  to  determine  the  permissible  sanction  to  be  imposed  if  the 
respondent  is  found  guilty  of  charges.  For  example,  a  student 
involved  in  a  minor  altercation  might  be  charged  pursuant  to  part 
9  (a),  but  referred  to  a  disciplinary  conference,  thereby  precluding 
the  possibility  of  expulsion  or  suspension  for  the  alleged  miscon- 
duct. 

29.  The  hearing  procedures  specified  at  part  32  need  not  be  followed 
in  disciplinary  conferences.  Instead  a  disciplinary  conference 
would  normally  consist  of  an  informal  non-adversarial  meeting 
between  the  respondent  and  a  staff  member  in  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office.  Complainants  would  not  be  required  to  partici- 
pate, unless  their  personal  testimony  was  essential  to  the  reso- 
lution of  a  dispositive  factual  issue  in  the  case.  Documentary 
evidence  and  written  statements  could  be  relied  upon,  so  long  as 
the  respondent  was  given  access  to  them  in  advance  and  allowed 
to  respond  to  them  at  the  conference.  Respondents  would  also  be 
allowed  to  bring  appropriate  witnesses  with  them  and  night  be 
accompanied  by  a  representative,  who  may  participate  in  dis- 
cussions, although  not  in  lieu  of  participation  by  the  respondent. 

The  conference  procedure  is  designed  to  reduce  the  steady 
growth  of  unnecessary  legalism  in  disciplinary  proceedings.  The 
worst  features  of  the  adversary  system  (including  the  concept  that 
judicial  proceedings  are  a  "contest"  to  be  "won"  by  clever  ma- 
nipulation of  procedural  rules)  undermine  respect  for  the  rule  of 
law.  Colleges  and  universities  can  and  should  be  a  testing  ground 
for  development  of  carefully  reasoned  alternatives  to  current 
procedural  excesses  in  the  larger  society." 

Procedures  comparable  to  the  disciplinary  conference  (referred  to 
as  "structured  conversations")  are  suggested  by  David  L.  Kirp  in 
his  1 976  Stanford  Law  Review  article  "Proceduralism  and  Bureau- 
cracy: Due  Process  in  the  School  Setting"  38  Stanford  Law 
Review  841: 


Appendix  C:  Code  of  Student  Conduct  and  Annotations    281 


The  benelits  of  such  conversations  in  the  school  setting  may 
better  be  appreciated  by  contrasting  them  with  the  typical  due 
process  hearing.  Hearings  are  designed  to  determine  the  lacts 
ol  a  particular  controversy,  and  apply  predetermined  rules  to 
the  facts  thus  found.  At  that  point,  the  function  of  the  hearing 
is  at  an  end.  The  wisdom  of  the  underlying  substantive  rules 
has  no  relevance,  nor  is  broader  discussion  of  grievances 
generally  encouraged,  unless  it  is  somehow  pertinent  to  the 
dispute  at  hand. 

Conversation  knows  no  such  limits.  It  too  serves  as  a  vehicle 
for  resolving  what  are  likely  to  be  factually  uncomplicated 
disputes,  but  it  does  more  than  that.  It  enables  students  to  feel 
that  they  are  being  listened  to  and  may  encourage  them  to 
raise  underlying  grievances.  It  provides  administrators  with  a 
relatively  inexpensive  vehicle  for  monitoring,  and  hence  a 
basis  for  reshaping  institutional  relationships.  The  outcome  of 
these  "orderly  thoughtful  conversations"  may  well  be  decisions 
different  in  their  particulars  from  what  might  otherwise  have 
been  anticipated;  repeated  conversations  that  touch  upon 
similar  student  grievances  may  ultimately  lead  disciplinarians 
to  reassess  whether  control  is  so  vital,  and  collaboration  so 
improbable,  as  a  means  of  assuring  institutional  order. 

The  conference  procedure  would  not  be  used  in  any  case  that 
might  result  in  any  form  of  separation  from  the  University.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  procedure  appears  to  meet  or  exceed  the  due 
process  requirements  set  forth  by  the  United  States  Supreme 
Court  for  cases  involving  suspensions  of  ten  days  or  less.  In  Goss 
v.  Lopez  the  Court  held: 

We  stop  short  of  construing  the  Due  Process  Clause  to  require, 
countrywide,  that  hearings  in  connection  with  short  suspen- 
sions must  afford  the  student  the  opportunity  to  secure  coun- 
sel, to  confront  and  cross-examine  witnesses  supporting  the 
charge,  or  to  call  his  own  witnesses  to  verify  his  version  of  the 
incident.  Brief  disciplinary  suspensions  are  almost  countless. 
To  impose  in  each  such  case  even  truncated  trial-type  pro- 
cedures might  well  overwhelm  administrative  facilities  in  many 
places  and,  by  diverting  resources,  cost  more  than  it  would 
save  in  educational  effectiveness.  Moreover,  further  formaliz- 
ing the  suspension  process  and  escalating  its  formality  and 
adversary  nature  may  not  only  make  it  too  costly  as  a  regular 
disciplinary  tool  but  also  destroy  its  effectiveness  as  part  of  the 
teaching  process. 

On  the  other  hand,  requiring  effective  notice  and  an  informal 
hearing  permitting  the  student  to  give  his  version  of  the  events 
will  provide  a  meaningful  hedge  against  erroneous  action.  At 
least  the  disciplinarian  will  be  alerted  to  the  existence  of 
disputes  about  facts  and  arguments  about  cause  and  effect. 
He  may  then  determine  himself  to  summon  the  accuser,  permit 
cross-examination,  and  allow  the  student  to  present  his  own 
witnesses.  In  more  difficult  cases,  he  may  permit  counsel.  In 
any  event,  his  discretion  will  be  more  informed  and  we  think  the 
risk  of  error  substantially  reduced  (42  L.  Ed.  2d  725,  740). 

30.  The  case  file  consists  of  materials  that  would  be  considered 
"education  records,"  pursuant  to  the  Family  Educational  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act.  Personal  notes  of  University  staff  members  or 
complainants  are  not  included. 

31 .  Determinations  made  in  accordance  with  parts  30  and  31  are  not 
appealable. 

32.  Internal  subpoenas  may  be  desirable,  since  cases  have  arisen  in 
which  complainants  or  respondents  were  unable  to  present  an 
effective  case  due  to  the  indifference  and  lethargy  of  potential 
witnesses.  A  student  who  refuses  to  respond  to  a  subpoena  may 
be  charged  with  a  violation  of  part  9(n)  of  the  code. 

The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  should  not  approve  a  subpoena 
unless  the  expected  testimony  would  be  clearly  relevant.  Likewise, 
a  subpoena  designed  to  embarrass  or  harass  a  potential  witness 
should  not  be  authorized. 

The  subpoena  power  specified  here  is  not  designed  to  reach 
documents  or  other  materials. 

33.  Board  members  should  be  disqualified  on  a  case  by  case  basis 
only;  permanent  removal  should  be  accomplished  in  accordance 


282    Appendix  D:  University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records 


with  pari  25.  Board  members  should  not  be  readily  disqualified. 
The  term  "personal  bias"  involves  animosity  toward  a  parly  or 
favoritism  toward  the  opposite  party.  See,  generally,  Davis,  Ad- 
ministrative Law  Treatise  "Bias"  Section  12.03. 

34.  See  Bernstein  v.Real  Estate  Commission  221  Md.221  (1959), 
which  established  the  "preponderance"  standard  for  State  ad- 
ministrative proceedings. 

35.  Testimony  containing  hearsay  may  be  heard,  if  relevant.  A  final 
determination  should  not  be  based  on  hearsay  alone. 

36.  Every  statement  or  assertion  need  not  be  proven.  For  example, 
board  members  may  take  notice  that  many  students  commute  to 
the  University. 

37.  Student  presiding  officers  are  often  at  a  disadvantage  when  the 
respondent  is  represented  by  an  attorney  The  proceedings  might 
progress  more  rapidly  and  efficiently  if  a  special  presiding  officer 
were  appointed.  Generally,  a  staff  member  in  the  Judicial  Programs 
Office  would  be  selected  for  such  a  responsibility,  although  other 
University  employees  with  legal  training  might  also  be  called 
upon. 

38.  Information  pertaining  to  prior  findings  of  disciplinary  and  residence 
hall  violations  might  be  reported,  as  well  as  relevant  criminal 
convictions.  Prior  allegations  of  misconduct  should  not  be  dis- 
closed. 

39.  A  disciplinary  hearing  at  the  University  is  not  analogous  to  a 
criminal  trial.  The  presiding  officer  and  the  board  advisor  are 
authorized  to  exercise  active  control  over  the  proceedings  in  order 
to  elicit  relevant  facts  and  to  prevent  the  harassment  or  intimidation 
of  witnesses.  No  party  or  representative  may  use  threatening  or 
abusive  language,  engage  in  excessive  argumentation,  interrupt 
the  proceedings  with  redundant  or  frivolous  objections,  or  other- 
wise disrupt  the  hearing. 

Students  have  not  been  determined  to  have  a  constitutional  right 
to  full  legal  representation  in  University  disciplinary  hearings.  The 
privilege  of  legal  representation,  granted  in  this  part,  should  be 
carefully  reviewed  in  any  subsequent  revision  of  the  code. 

40.  Punishment  of  one  or  several  individuals  for  the  acts  of  others 
should  be  avoided  if  the  identities  of  the  specific  offenders  can  be 
readily  ascertained. 

41 .  Association  does  not  require  formal  membership.  Individuals  who 
might  reasonably  be  regarded  as  regular  participants  in  group  or 
organization  activities  may  be  held  to  be  associated  with  the  group 
or  organization. 

42.  Leaders  or  spokesmen  need  not  be  officially  designated  or  elected. 
For  example,  if  a  group  or  organization  accepted  or  acquiesced  in 
the  act  or  statement  of  an  individual  associated  with  it,  that 
individual  might  reasonably  be  regarded  as  a  leader  or  a  spokesman 
for  the  group  or  organization. 

43.  "Suspension"  includes  deferred  suspension  but  not  interim  sus- 
pension or  suspension  that  is  withheld.  See  annotation  six. 

44.  Students  left  with  a  disciplinary  record  aftera  disciplinary  conference 
may  request  that  their  record  be  voided,  in  accordance  with  part 
47.  Denials  may  be  appealed,  pursuant  to  part  48. 

45.  The  decision  will  be  "final  and  conclusive"  on  the  part  of  the  judicial 
board,  but  will  remain  a  recommendation  to  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs. 

46  This  part  is  intended  to  discourage  frivolous  appeals.  Respondents 
who  are  genuinely  interested  in  pursuing  an  appeal  can  reason- 
ably be  expected  to  prepare  a  written  brief 

47.  Appellate  bodies  that  do  not  give  deference  (i.e..  a  presumption  of 
validity)  to  lower  board  decisions  will  distort  the  entire  disciplinary 
system  Respondents  would  be  encouraged  to  "test  their  strategy" 
and  "perfect  their  technique"  before  lower  boards,  since  the  matter 
would  simply  be  heard  again  before  a  "real"  board  with  final 
authority. 

Lower  board  members  usually  have  the  best  access  to  the 
evidence,  including  an  opportunity  to  observe  the  witnesses  and 


to  judge  their  demeanor  Members  of  appellate  bodies  should  be 
especially  careful  not  to  modify  a  sanction  or  to  remand  or  dismiss 
a  case  simply  because  they  may  personally  disagree  with  the 
lower  board's  decision. 

The  opportunity  to  appeal  adverse  decisions  has  not  been  de- 
termined to  be  a  requirement  of  constitutional  "due  process"  in 
student  disciplinary  cases. ' ' '  There  is  presently  no  legal  obstacle 
to  adopting  an  amendment  to  the  code  which  would  eliminate  the 
appellate  system  altogether. 

48.  Respondents  who  obtain  information  at  the  hearing  that  might 
lead  to  new  evidence  are  required  to  request  an  adjournment 
rather  than  wait  to  raise  the  matter  for  the  first  time  on  appeal. 

49.  An  arbitrary  and  capricious  decision  would  be  a  decision  "un- 
supported by  any  evidence."  The  cited  language  has  been  adopted 
by  the  Federal  Courts  as  the  proper  standard  of  judicial  review, 
under  the  due  process  clause,  of  disciplinary  determinations 
made  by  State  boards  or  agencies.  See  McDonald  v.  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  University  of  Illinois  375  F.  Supp.  95. 108  (N.D.  III., 
1974). 

50.  See  annotation  19. 

51.  Voided  files  will  be  so  marked,  shall  not  be  kept  with  active 
disciplinary  records,  and  shall  not  leave  any  student  with  a 
disciplinary  record. 

52.  Disciplinary  records  may  be  reported  to  third  parties,  in  accordance 
with  University  regulations  and  applicable  State  and  Federal  law 

53.  Void  records  shall  be  treated  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  annotation 
51. 

54.  The  scope  of  review  shall  be  limited  to  the  factors  specified  at  part 
47.  An  inquiry  into  the  initial  determination  of  guilt  or  innocence  is 
not  permitted.  For  example,  when  considering  the  "nature"  of  the 
violation,  pursuant  to  part  47  (c),  it  is  to  be  assumed  that  the 
violation  occurred  and  that  the  respondent  was  responsible  for  it 

55.  Some  discretion  must  be  retained  to  void  even  "permanent" 
disciplinary  records.  It  may  be  unnecessary,  for  example,  to 
burden  a  graduating  senior  with  a  lifelong  stigma  for  an  act 
committed  as  a  freshman.  Social  norms  also  change  rapidly 
"Unacceptable"  conduct  in  one  generation  may  become  permis- 
sible and  commonplace  in  the  next. 

'See  the  procedures  for  mandatory  medical  withdrawal  developed 
by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs. 

"See  Macklin  Fleming,  The  Price  of  Perfect  Justice:  In  our  pursuit  of 
perfectibility,  we  necessarily  neglect  other  elements  of  an  effective 
procedure,  notably  the  resolution  of  controversies  within  a  reasonable 
time  at  a  reasonable  cost,  with  reasonable  uniformity  we  impair  the 
capacity  of  the  legal  order  to  achieve  the  basic  values  for  which  it 
was  created,  that  is.  to  settle  disputes  promptly  and  peaceably,  to 
restrain  the  strong,  to  protect  the  weak,  and  to  conform  the  conduct 
of  all  to  settled  rules  of  law. 

"*See  the  due  process  standard  set  forth  in  Dixon  v.  Alabama  294 
F.2d150,  158-159  (Fifth  Cir  .  1961).  Cert  den  368  U.S.  930. 


Appendix  D:  University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of 
Student  Records 

Buckley  Amendment 

The  University  of  Maryland  adheres  to  a  policy  of  compliance  with  the 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckley  Amendment)  As 
such,  it  is  the  policy  of  the  University  ( 1 )  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their 
education  records,  (2)  to  limit  disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identifiable 
information  from  education  records  without  students'  pnor  wntten  con- 
sent, and  (3)  to  provide  students  the  opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their 
education  records  where  appropnate. 

I.    Definitions 

A    "Student"  means  an  individual  who  is  or  who  has  been  in  atten- 
dance at  The  University  of  Maryland    It  does  not  include  any 


applicant  (or  admission  to  the  University  who  does  not  matriculate, 
even  il  he  or  she  previously  attended  the  University.  (Please  note, 
however,  that  such  an  applicant  would  be  considered  a  "student" 
with  respect  to  his  or  her  records  relating  to  that  previous  atten- 
dance.) 
B.  "Education  records"  include  those  records  that  contain  information 
directly  related  to  a  student  and  that  are  maintained  as  otticial 
working  tiles  by  the  University.  The  following  are  not  education 
records: 

( 1 )  records  about  students  made  by  professors  and  administrators 
for  their  own  use  and  not  shown  to  others; 

(2)  campus  police  records  maintained  solely  for  law  enforcement 
purposes  and  kept  separate  from  the  education  records 
described  above  and  not  shown  to  others; 

(3)  employment  records,  except  where  a  currently  enrolled  stu- 
dent is  employed  as  a  result  of  his  or  her  status  as  a  student; 

(4)  records  of  a  physician,  psychologist,  or  other  recognized 
professional  or  paraprofessional  made  or  used  only  for 
treatment  purposes  and  available  only  to  persons  providing 
treatment.  However,  these  records  may  be  reviewed  by  an 
appropriate  professional  of  the  student's  choice; 

(5)  records  that  contain  only  information  relating  to  a  person's 
activities  after  that  person  is  no  longer  a  student  at  the 
University. 

II.   It  is  the  policy  of  The  University  of  Maryland  to  permit  students  to 
inspect  their  education  records. 

A.  Right  of  Access 

Each  student  has  a  right  of  access  to  his  or  her  education  records, 
except  confidential  letters  of  recommendation  received  prior  to 
January  1,  1975,  and  financial  records  of  the  student's  parents. 

B.  Waiver 

A  student  may,  by  a  signed  writing,  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access 
to  confidential  recommendations  in  three  areas:  admission  to  any 
educational  institution,  job  placement,  and  receipt  of  honors  and 
awards.  The  University  will  not  require  such  waivers  as  a  condition 
for  admission  or  receipt  of  any  service  or  benefit  normally  provided 
to  students.  If  the  student  chooses  to  waive  his  or  her  right  of 
access,  he  or  she  will  be  notified,  upon  written  request,  of  the 
names  of  all  persons  making  confidential  recommendations.  Such 
recommendations  will  be  used  only  for  the  purpose  for  which  they 
were  specifically  intended.  A  waiver  may  be  revoked  in  writing  at 
any  time,  and  the  revocation  will  apply  to  all  subsequent  recom- 
mendations, but  not  to  recommendations  received  while  the  waiver 
was  in  effect. 

C.  Types  and  Locations  of  Education  Records,  Titles  of 
Records  Custodians 

Please  note  that  all  requests  for  access  to  records  should  be  routed 
through  the  Registrations  Office  (see  II. D.  below). 

(1)  Admissions 

Applications  and  transcripts  from  institutions  previously  at- 
tended. 

a.  UndergraduatelDirector  of  Undergraduate  Admissions, 
Mitchell  Building 

b.  GraduatelDirector  of  Graduate  Records,  Lee  Building 

(2)  Registrations 

All  ongoing  academic  and  biographical  records.  Graduate 
and  UndergraduatelDirector  of  Registrations,  Mitchell  Build- 
ing. 

(3)  Departments 

Departmental  offices;  Chairs  (Check  first  with  the  Director  of 
Registrations).  (Miscellaneous  records  kept  vary  with  the 
department.) 

(4)  Deans 

Deans'  offices  of  each  school.  Miscellaneous  records. 

(5)  Resident  Life 

Mitchell  Building,  Director  of  Resident  Life.  Students'  housing 
records. 

(6)  Advisors 

Pre-Law  Advisor:  Hornbake  Library 

Pre-Dental  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 

Pre-Medical  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 

Letters  of  evaluation,  personal  information  sheet,  transcript, 

test  scores  (if  student  permits). 

(7)  Judicial  Affairs 

Mitchell  Building,  Director  of  Judicial  Affairs.  Students' judicial 
and  disciplinary  records. 

(8)  Counseling  Center 

Shoemaker  Hall,  Director.  Biographical  data,  summaries  of 
conversations  with  students,  test  results.  (Where  records  are 
made  and  used  only  for  treatment  purposes,  they  are  not 
education  records  and  are  not  subject  to  this  policy.) 

(9)  Financial  Aid 


Appendix  University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records    283 


Undergraduate  Mitchell  Building.  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 
Graduate  and  Professional  SchoolsLocated  in  deans'  offices. 
Financial  aid  applications,  needs  analysis  statements,  awards 
made  (no  student  access  to  parents'  confidential  statements) . 

(10)  Career  Development  Center 

Undergraduate  Library,  Director.  Recommendations,  copies 
of  academic  records  (unofficial)  (Note  WAIVER  section.) 

(11)  Business  Services 

Lee  Building,  Director  All  student  accounts  receivable,  records 
of  students'  financial  charges,  and  credits  with  the  University. 
D.  Procedure  to  be  Followed 

Requests  tor  access  should  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Office  of 
Registrations.  The  University  will  comply  with  a  request  for  access 
within  a  reasonable  time,  at  least  within  45  days.  In  the  usual  case, 
arrangements  will  be  made  for  the  student  to  read  his  or  her  records 
in  the  presence  of  a  staff  member.  If  facilities  permit,  a  student  may 
ordinarily  obtain  copies  of  his  or  her  records  by  paying  reproduction 
costs  The  fee  for  copies  is  $.25  per  page.  No  campus  will  provide 
copies  of  any  transcripts  in  the  student's  records  other  than  the 
student's  current  University  transcript  from  that  campus.  Official 
University  transcripts  (with  University  seal)  will  be  provided  at  a 
higher  charge. 

It  is  the  policy  of  The  University  of  Maryland  to  limit  disclosure  of 
personally  identifiable  information  from  education  records  unless  it 
has  the  student's  prior  written  consent,  subject  to  the  following 
limitations  and  exclusions. 

A.  Directory  Information 

(1)  The  following  categories  of  information  have  been  desig- 
nated directory  information: 

Name 

Address 

Telephone  listing 

Date  and  place  of  birth 

Photograph 

Major  field  of  study 

Participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports 

Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams 

Dates  of  attendance 

Degrees  and  awards  received 

Most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended 

(2)  This  information  will  be  disclosed  even  in  the  absence  of 
consent  unless  the  student  files  written  notice  requesting  the 
University  not  to  disclose  any  or  all  of  the  categories  within 
three  weeks  of  the  firstday  of  the  semester  in  which  the 
student  begins  each  school  year.  This  notice  must  be  filed 
annually  within  the  above  allotted  time  to  avoid  automatic 
disclosure  of  directory  information.  The  notice  should  be  filed 
with  the  campus  Registrations  Office.  See  II. C. 

(3)  The  University  will  give  annual  public  notice  to  students  of  the 
categories  of  information  designated  as  directory  information. 

(4)  Directory  information  may  appear  in  public  documents  and 
otherwise  be  disclosed  without  student  consent  unless  the 
student  objects  as  provided  above. 

(5)  All  requests  for  non-disclosure  of  directory  information  will  be 
implemented  as  soon  as  publication  schedules  will  reason- 
ably allow. 

(6)  The  University  will  use  its  best  efforts  to  maintain  the  confi- 
dentiality of  those  categories  of  directory  information  that  a 
student  properly  requests  not  be  publicly  disclosed.  The 
University,  however,  makes  no  representations,  warranties, 
or  guarantees  that  directory  information  designated  for  non- 
disclosure will  not  appear  in  public  documents. 

B.  Prior  Consent  not  Required 

Prior  consent  will  not  be  required  for  disclosure  of  education 
records  to  the  following  parties: 

(1 )  School  officials  of  The  University  of  Maryland  who  have  been 
determined  to  have  legitimate  educational  interests; 

(a)  "School  officials"  include  instructional  or  administrative 
personnel  who  are  or  may  be  in  a  position  to  use  the 
information  in  furtherance  of  a  legitimate  objective; 

(b)  "Legitimate  educational  interests"  include  those  interests 
directly  related  to  the  academic  environment; 

(2)  Officials  of  other  schools  in  which  a  student  seeks  or  intends 
to  enroll  or  is  enrolled.  Upon  request,  and  at  his  or  her 
expense,  the  student  will  be  provided  with  a  copy  of  the 
records  that  have  been  transferred; 

(3)  Authorized  representatives  of  the  Comptroller  General  of  the 
U.S.,  the  Secretary  of  Education,  the  Secretary  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  and  Human  Services,  the  Director  of  the 
National  Institute  of  Education,  the  Administrator  of  the  Vet- 
erans' Administration,  but  only  in  connection  with  the  audit  or 


284    Appendix  E:  Smoking  Policy  and  Guidelines 


evaluation  ol  federally  supported  education  programs,  or  in 
connection  with  the  enforcement  of  or  compliance  with  Fed- 
eral legal  requirements  relating  to  these  programs  Subject  to 
controlling  Federal  law  or  prior  consent,  these  officials  will 
protect  information  received  so  as  not  to  permit  personal 
identification  of  students  to  outsiders  and  destroy  such  infor- 
mation when  it  is  no  longer  needed  for  these  purposes; 

(4)  Authorized  persons  and  organizations  that  are  given  work  in 
connection  with  a  student's  application  for,  or  receipt  of, 
financial  aid,  but  only  to  the  extent  necessary  for  such 
purposes  as  determining  eligibility,  amount,  conditions,  and 
enforcement  of  terms  and  conditions; 

(5)  State  and  local  officials  to  which  such  information  is  specifi- 
cally required  to  be  reported  by  effective  state  law  adopted 
prior  to  November  19.  1974; 

(6)  Organizations  conducting  educational  studies  for  the  purpose 
of  developing,  validating,  or  administering  predictive  tests, 
administering  student  aid  programs,  and  improving  instruc- 
tion. The  studies  shall  be  conducted  so  as  not  to  permit 
personal  identification  of  students  to  outsiders,  and  the  in- 
formation will  be  destroyed  when  no  longer  needed  for  these 
purposes; 

(7)  Accrediting  organizations  for  purposes  necessary  to  carry  out 
their  functions; 

(8)  Parents  of  a  student  who  is  a  dependent  for  income  tax 
purposes.  (Note:  The  University  may  require  documentation 
of  dependent  status  such  as  copies  of  income  tax  forms.) 

(9)  Appropriate  parties  in  connection  with  an  emergency,  where 
knowledge  of  the  information  is  necessary  to  protect  the 
health  or  safety  of  the  student  or  other  individuals; 

(10)  In  response  to  a  court  order  or  subpoena,  the  University  will 
make  reasonable  efforts  to  notify  the  student  before  complying 
with  the  court  order. 

C.  Prior  Consent  Required 

In  all  other  cases,  the  University  will  not  release  personally  iden- 
tifiable information  in  education  records  or  allow  access  to  those 
records  without  prior  consent  of  the  student.  Unless  disclosure  is 
to  the  student  himself  or  herself,  the  consent  must  be  written, 
signed,  and  dated,  and  must  specify  the  records  to  be  disclosed, 
the  identity  of  the  recipient,  and  the  purpose  of  disclosure.  A  copy 
of  the  record  disclosed  will  be  provided  to  the  student  upon  request 
and  at  his  or  her  expense. 

D.  Record  of  Disclosures 

The  University  will  maintain  with  the  student's  education  records  a 
record  for  each  request  and  each  disclosure,  except  for  the 
following: 

(1 )  disclosures  to  the  student  himself  or  herself; 

(2)  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  written  consent  of  the  student  (the 
written  consent  itself  will  suffice  as  a  record); 

(3)  disclosures  to  instructional  or  administrative  officials  of  the 
University; 

(4)  disclosures  of  directory  information.  This  record  of  disclo- 
sures may  be  inspected  by  the  student,  the  official  custodian 
of  the  records,  and  other  University  and  governmental  offi- 
cials. 

IV.  It  is  the  policy  of  The  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  students  the 
opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records. 

A.  Request  to  Correct  Records 

A  student  who  believes  that  information  contained  in  his  or  her 
education  records  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  violative  of  privacy 
or  other  rights  may  submit  a  written  request  to  the  Office  of 
Registrations  specifying  the  document(s)  being  challenged  and 
the  basis  for  the  complaint.  The  request  will  be  sent  to  the  person 
responsible  for  any  amendments  to  the  record  in  question.  Within 
a  reasonable  period  of  time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the  University 
will  decide  whether  to  amend  the  records  in  accordance  with  the 
request.  If  the  decision  is  to  refuse  to  amend,  the  student  will  be  so 
notified  and  will  be  advised  of  the  right  to  a  hearing.  He  or  she  may 
then  exercise  that  right  by  written  request  to  the  Office  of  the 
Chancellor. 

B.  Right  to  a  Hearing 

Upon  request  by  a  student,  the  University  will  provide  an  opportunity 
for  a  hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  the  student's  records.  A 
request  for  a  hearing  should  be  in  writing  and  submitted  to  the 
Office  of  Registrations.  Within  a  reasonable  time  of  receipt  of  the 
request,  the  student  will  be  notified  in  writing  of  the  date,  place,  and 
time  reasonably  in  advance  of  the  hearing 
(1)    Conduct  of  the  Hearing 


The  hearing  will  be  conducted  by  a  University  official  who 
does  not  have  a  direct  interest  in  the  outcome.  The  student  will 
have  a  full  and  fair  opportunity  to  present  evidence  relevant  to 
the  issues  raised  and  may  be  assisted  or  represented  by 
individuals  of  his  or  her  choice  at  his  or  her  own  expense, 
including  an  attorney. 
(2)    Decision 

Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
hearing,  the  University  will  notify  the  student  in  writing  of  its 
decision.  The  decision  will  be  based  solely  upon  evidence 
presented  at  the  hearing  and  will  include  a  summary  of  the 
evidence  and  the  reasons  for  the  decision.  If  the  University 
decides  that  the  information  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or 
otherwise  in  violation  of  the  privacy  or  other  rights  of  the 
student,  the  University  will  amend  the  records  accordingly. 
C.  Right  to  Place  an  Explanation  in  the  Records 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  hearing,  the  University  decides  that  the 
information  is  not  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in  violation 
of  the  student's  rights,  the  University  will  inform  the  student  of  the 
right  to  place  in  his  or  her  record  a  statement  commenting  on  the 
information  and/or  explaining  any  reasons  for  disagreeing  with  the 
University's  decision.  Any  such  explanation  will  be  kept  as  part  of 
the  student's  record  as  long  as  the  contested  portion  of  the  record 
is  kept  and  will  be  disclosed  whenever  the  contested  portion  of  the 
record  is  disclosed. 

V.  Right  to  File  Complaint 

A  student  alleging  University  noncompliance  with  the  Family  Educa- 
tional Rights  and  Privacy  Act  may  file  a  written  complawith  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  Office  (FERPA),  Department  of 
Education,  Switzer  Building.  400  Maryland  Avenue,  S.W.,  Room 
4074,  Washington,  DC.  20202. 


Appendix  E:  Smoking  Policy  and  Guidelines 


Effective  Spring  Semester  1986 

Policy 


It  is  hereby  established  as  the  policy  of  the  College  Park  Campus  to 
achieve  a  public  environment  as  close  to  smoke-free  as  practicably 
possible.  Obtaining  and  maintaining  this  result  will  require  the  willingness, 
understanding,  and  patience  of  all  members  of  the  campus  community 
working  together. 

Guidelines 

The  following  guidelines  shall  serve  to  implement  the  Campus  Smoking 
Policy: 

A.  Smoking  is  prohibited  In  Indoor  locations  where  smokers  and 
non-smokers  occupy  the  same  area.  Such  areas  include: 

1.  Academic  areas:  classrooms,  lecture  halls,  seminar  rooms, 
laboratories,  libraries,  computing  facilities. 

2.  Conference  rooms,  auditona.  exhibition  areas,  indoor  athletic 
facilities,  theaters,  pavilions,  and  retail  stores. 

3.  Health  facilities. 

4.  Common/public  areas  (shared  spaces  not  fully  enclosed  by 
floor-to-ceiling  partitions  and  doors)  including:  stairwells,  eleva- 
tors, escalators,  lobbies,  hallways,  waiting  rooms,  reception 
areas,  restrooms,  and  customer  service  areas. 

5.  Any  area  in  which  a  fire  or  safety  hazard  exists. 

B.  Unit  heads,  or  their  designees,  may  establish  the  following 
locations  as  "Smoking  Permitted  Areas": 

1.  Up  to  one-third  of  dining,  large  lounge,  and  other  large  open 
spaces,  as  long  as  ventilation  is  adequate.  Smoking  of  cigars 
and  pipes,  however,  is  prohibited 

2  Rooms  that  have  closed  doors  and  floor-to-ceiling  partitions  as 
long  as  ventilation  is  adequate  and  non-smokers  in  adjacent 
areas  are  not  exposed  to  second  hand  or  side-stream  smoke. 

3.  The  Director  of  the  Stamp  Student  Union  may.  at  his/her 
discretion,  allow  groups  and  organizations  with  permanent 
offices  in  the  Union  to  determine  the  smoking  policy  in  those 
offices  Such  individual  policies  must  adhere  to  the  restnctions 
set  forth  in  Section  III.  B.  2  ol  this  policy 

The  Director  of  the  Stamp  Student  Union  may,  at  his/her 


Appendix  G:  Statute  of  Limitations  for  the  Termination  of  Degree  Programs    285 


discretion,  allow  cigarette  smoking  by  groups  making  use  ot  the 
Grand  Ballroom,  the  Colony  Ballroom,  the  Atrium,  and  other 
rooms  in  the  Union  it  he/she  determines  that  it  is  appropriate  to 
the  nature  of  the  event  scheduled. 

C  As  a  general  rule,  preferential  consideration  shall  be  given  to 
non-smokers  whenever  It  Is  clear  that  they  are  being  exposed 
involuntarily  to  smoke. 


Appendix  F:  Academic  Integrity 

The  academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  The  University  of  Mary- 
land College  Park  are  designed  to  provide  and  enhance  a  maximum 
educational  environment  for  the  entire  campus  academic  community.  The 
success  of  the  design  depends  upon  the  mutual  respect,  courteous 
treatment,  and  consideration  of  everyone  involved.  The  following  state- 
ments contain  procedures  and  expectations  for  both  faculty  and  students. 
For  questions  about  the  interpretation  of  these  statements,  students 
should  contact  their  academic  advisor,  department  chair,  or  dean. 

Resolution  on  Academic  Integrity 

Approved  by  Board  of  Regents:  May  8, 1981 

WHEREAS,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  The  University  of  Maryland  to 
maintain  integrity  in  teaching  and  learning  as  a  fundamental  principle  on 
which  a  university  is  built;  and 

WHEREAS,  all  members  of  the  University  community  share  in  the 
responsibility  for  academic  integrity;  therefore 

BE  IT  RESOLVED,  that  The  University  of  Maryland  Board  of  Regents 
hereby  adopts  the  following  Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and  Institutional 
Rights  and  Responsibilities  for  Academic  Integrity. 


Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and  Institutional 
Rights  and  Responsibilities  for  Academic  Integrity 

Preamble 

At  the  heart  of  the  academic  enterprise  are  learning,  teaching,  and 
scholarship.  In  universities  these  are  exemplified  by  reasoned  discus- 
sion between  student  and  teacher,  a  mutual  respect  for  the  learning 
and  teaching  process,  and  intellectual  honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new 
knowledge.  In  the  traditions  of  the  academic  enterprise,  students  and 
teachers  have  certain  rights  and  responsibilities  which  they  bring  to  the 
academic  community.  While  the  following  statements  do  not  imply  a 
contract  between  the  teacher  or  the  University  and  the  student,  they 
are  nevertheless  conventions  which  the  University  believes  to  be 
central  to  the  learning  and  teaching  process. 

Faculty  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1.  Faculty  shall  share  with  students  and  administration  the  respon- 
sibility for  academic  integrity. 

2.  Faculty  are  accorded  freedom  in  the  classroom  to  discuss  subject 
matter  reasonably  related  to  the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the 
responsibility  to  encourage  free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression 
on  the  part  of  students. 

3.  Faculty  are  responsible  for  the  structure  and  content  of  their 
courses,  but  they  have  the  responsibility  to  present  courses  that 
are  consistent  with  their  descriptions  in  the  University  catalog.  In 
addition,  faculty  have  the  obligation  to  make  students  aware  of  the 
expectations  in  the  course,  the  evaluation  procedures,  and  the 
grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students  fairly  and  equitably  in  a 
manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall 
be  assigned  without  prejudice  or  bias. 

5.  Faculty  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence 
of  academic  dishonesty  through  the  appropriate  design  and  ad- 
ministration of  assignments  and  examinations,  through  the  careful 
safeguarding  of  course  materials  and  examinations,  and  through 
regular  reassessment  of  evaluation  procedures. 

6.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  faculty 
shall  have  the  right  and  responsibility  to  see  that  appropriate  action 
is  taken  in  accordance  with  University  regulations. 


Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Students  shall  share  with  faculty  and  administration  the  responsibility 
for  academic  integrity. 

2  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  inquiry  and  expression  in  their 
courses  without  preiudice  or  bias.  In  addition,  students  shall  have 
the  right  to  know  the  requirements  of  their  courses  and  to  know  the 
manner  in  which  they  will  be  evaluated  and  graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  complete  the  requirements  of 
their  courses  in  the  time  and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to 
evaluation  of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated  fairly  and  equitably  in 
a  manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives 

5.  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work  any  work  which  has 
been  prepared  by  others.  Outside  assistance  in  the  preparation  of 
this  work,  such  as  librarian  assistance,  tutorial  assistance,  typing 
assistance,  or  such  assistance  as  may  be  specified  or  approved  by 
the  instructor  is  allowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence 
of  academic  dishonesty  They  shall  by  their  own  example  encourage 
academic  integrity  and  shall  themselves  refrain  from  acts  of 
cheating  and  plagiarism  or  other  acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  students 
shall  have  the  right  and  responsibility  to  bring  this  to  the  attention 
of  the  faculty  or  other  appropriate  authority. 

Institutional  Responsibility 

1 .  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  of  The  University  of 
Maryland  shall  take  appropriate  measures  to  foster  academic 
integrity  in  the  classroom. 

2.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  shall  take  steps  to 
define  acts  of  academic  dishonesty,  to  ensure  procedures  for  due 
process  for  students  accused  or  suspected  of  acts  of  academic 
dishonesty,  and  to  impose  appropriate  sanctions  on  students  guilty 
of  acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

3.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  shall  take  steps  to 
determine  how  admission  or  matriculation  shall  be  affected  by  acts 
of  academic  dishonesty  on  another  campus  or  at  another  institu- 
tion. No  student  suspended  for  disciplinary  reasons  at  any  campus 
of  The  University  of  Maryland  shall  be  admitted  to  any  other 
University  of  Maryland  campus  during  the  period  of  suspension. 

AND,  BE  IT  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that  campuses  or  appropriate 
administrative  units  of  the  University  of  Maryland  will  publish  the  above 
Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and  Institutional  Rights  and  Responsibili- 
ties for  Academic  Integrity  in  faculty  handbooks  and  in  student  handbooks 
and  catalogs;  and 

BE  IT  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that  the  Board  of  Regents  hereby  directs 
each  campus  or  appropriate  administrative  unit  to  review  existing  pro- 
cedures or  to  implement  new  procedures  for  carrying  out  the  institutional 
responsibilities  for  academic  integrity  cited  in  the  above  Statement;  and 

BE  IT  FINALLY  RESOLVED,  that  the  Board  of  Regents  hereby  directs 
each  campus  or  appropriate  administrative  unit  to  submit  to  the  President 
or  his  designee  for  approval  the  campus'  or  unit's  procedure  for  imple- 
mentation of  the  institutional  responsibility  provisions  of  the  above 
Statement. 


Appendix  G:  Statute  of  Limitations  for  the 
Termination  of  Degree  Programs 

The  following  policies  apply  to  all  undergraduate  degree  programs  ter- 
minated at  the  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Spring,  1 990  Semester  and  thereafter. 

1 .  All  students  enrolled  at  the  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  or 
at  a  Maryland  community  college  program  articulated  with  the 
terminated  degree  program  during  the  semester  in  which  the 
program  is  terminated  must  complete  the  major  requirements  of 
the  terminated  degree  program  within  five  calendar  years  of  the 
date  upon  which  the  program  is  terminated.  If  only  a  few  students 
are  enrolled  in  a  terminated  program,  a  shorter  time  limit  may  be 
imposed  based  on  a  study  of  the  academic  records  of  all  students 
enrolled  in  the  program.  If  a  shorter  time  period  is  imposed,  all 
students  enrolled  in  the  program  will  be  notified  of  its  length. 

2.  Students  who,  prior  to  the  termination  date  had  been  enrolled  in  the 
terminated  program  or  a  Maryland  community  college  articulated 


286    Appendix  H 


with  the  terminated  program,  but  who  subsequently  interrupt  their 
studies  at  the  University  ol  Maryland  College  Park  or  the  community 
college  for  one  or  more  semesters  will  be  allowed  to  enter  or  re- 
enter the  program  only  if  a  careful  analysis  of  their  records  by  the 
appropriate  dean  indicates  they  will  be  able  to  complete  the  major 
requirements  of  the  terminated  program  within  the  remaining  time 
period  specified. 
3  When  a  program  is  terminated  the  University  of  Maryland  College 
Park  will  make  a  good  faith  effort  to  notify  those  students  who  had 
interrupted  their  studies  in  that  program.  As  part  of  that  good  faith 
effort,  the  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  will  publish  in  its  re- 
enrollment  forms,  catalogues,  and  schedules  of  classes  a  statement 
advising  returning  students  that  programs  may  have  been  termi- 
nated and  that  the  student  needs  to  check  the  current  status  of  the 
program. 

4.  At  the  end  of  the  time  period  specified  for  completion  of  major 
requirements  after  the  termination  date  of  the  program,  the  relevant 
department  or  college  will  evaluate  the  records  of  each  student 
enrolled  in  the  program  for  fulfillment  of  departmental  major  re- 
quirements and  will  notify  students  whether  they  have  completed 
these  requirements.  Such  notice  shall  be  in  writing  and  sent  to  the 
student's  last  known  addresses. 

5.  When  a  degree  program  is  terminated,  the  University  will  send 
notification  of  the  time  limit  for  completion  of  the  major  require- 
ments to  all  students  enrolled  in  the  program  at  that  time.  It  will  also 
attempt  to  send  notification  to  students  who  interrupted  their 
studies  while  enrolled  in  the  program  in  the  preceding  three  years, 
insofar  as  such  students  can  reasonably  be  identified.  This  notifi- 
cation will  be  sent  to  the  students'  last  known  addresses  on  file  with 
the  University.  Such  notifications  also  will  be  sent  to  the  Maryland 
community  colleges  having  programs  articulated  with  the  termi- 
nated program. 

Adjunct  Committee  on  Academic  Standards  and  Procedures 
Approved  December  7, 1989 


Appendix  H:  Policy  for  Student  Residency 
Classification  for  Admission.Tuition  and  Charge- 
Differential  Purposes 

(Approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  August  28, 1990) 


I.  Policy 


It  is  the  policy  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
System  to  recognize  the  categories  of  in-state  and  out-of-state  students 
for  purposes  of  admission,  tuition,  and  charge  differentials  at  those 
institutions  where  such  differentiation  has  been  established.  The  student 
is  responsible  for  providing  the  information  necessary  to  establish  eligi- 
bility for  in-state  status. 

A.  Students  who  are  financially  independent  or  financially  dependent, 
as  hereinafter  defined,  shall  have  their  residency  classification 
determined  on  the  basis  of  permanent  residency.  For  purposes  of 
this  policy,  a  permanent  residence  is  a  person's  permanent  place 
of  abode  as  determined  by  the  following  criteria.  Such  students  will 
be  assigned  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition,  and  charge 
differential  purposes  only  if  the  student  (if  financially  independent) 
or  the  student's  parent,  guardian  or  spouse  (in  the  case  of  a 
financially  dependent  student): 

1 .  Owns  or  rents  and  occupies  living  quarters  in  Maryland.  There 
must  exist  a  genuine  deed  or  lease  in  the  individual's  name, 
reflecting  payments/rents  and  terms  typical  of  those  in  the 
community  at  the  time  executed.  Persons  not  having  such  a 
lease  may  submit  an  affidavit  reflecting  payments/rents  and 
terms,  as  well  as  the  name  and  address  of  the  person  to  whom 
payments  are  made  which  may  be  considered  as  meeting  this 
condition.  As  an  alternative  to  ownership  or  rental  of  living 
quarters  in  Maryland,  a  student  may  share  living  quarters  in 
Maryland  which  are  owned  or  rented  and  occupied  by  a  parent, 
legal  guardian,  or  spouse; 

2.  Maintains  within  Maryland  substantially  all  personal  property; 

3.  Pays  Maryland  income  tax  on  all  earned  taxable  income, 
including  all  taxable  income  earned  outside  the  State; 


4.  Registers  all  owned  motor  vehicles  in  Maryland  in  accordance 
with  Maryland  law; 

5.  Possesses  a  valid  Maryland  driver's  license,  if  licensed,  in 
accordance  with  Maryland  law; 

6.  Is  registered  in  Maryland,  if  registered  to  vote; 

7.  Receives  no  public  assistance  from  a  state  other  than  the  State 
of  Maryland  or  from  a  city,  county  or  municipal  agency  other 
than  one  in  Maryland;  and 

8.  Has  a  legal  ability  under  federal  and  Maryland  law  to  reside 
permanently  without  interruption  in  Maryland. 

B.  In  addition  to  meeting  all  of  the  criteria  set  forth  in  the  preceding 
section,  to  qualify  for  in-state  status  on  the  basis  of  permanent 
residence,  a  student  or,  if  the  student  is  financially  dependent,  the 
parent,  legal  guardian,  or  spouse,  must  have  resided  in  Maryland 
for  at  least  twelve  ( 1 2)  consecutive  months  immediately  prior  to  and 
including  the  last  date  available  for  late  registration  for  the  forth- 
coming semester  or  session  and  must  have  continuously  resided 
in  Maryland  during  that  period. 

C.  If  a  student  is  financially  dependent  as  hereinafter  defined,  the 
permanent  residence  of  the  parent,  guardian,  or  spouse  on  whom 
he/she  is  dependent  shall  determine  in-state  status.  If  a  student  is 
financially  independent,  the  permanent  residence  of  the  student 
shall  determine  in-state  status. 

D.  In-state  status  based  on  permanent  residence  is  lost  at  any  time  a 
financially  independent  student  establishes  a  permanent  residence 
outside  the  State  of  Maryland.  If  the  parent,  guardian,  or  spouse 
through  whom  a  financially  dependent  student  has  attained  in- 
state status  establishes  a  permanent  residence  outside  the  State 
of  Maryland,  the  in-state  status  is  lost.  In  each  instance,  the  student 
will  then  be  assess  out-of-state  tuition  and  charges  beginning  me 
next  semester  or  session. 

E.  In  addition,  the  following  categories  of  students  shall  have  in-state 
status: 

1.  A  full-time  or  part-time  (at  least  50  percent  time)  permanent 
employee  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System; 

2.  The  spouse  or  dependent  child  of  a  full-time  or  part-time  (at 
least  50  percent  time)  permanent  employee  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  System; 

3.  A  full-time  active  member  of  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United 
States  whose  home  of  residency  is  Maryland  or  one  who 
resides  or  is  stationed  in  Maryland,  or  the  spouse  or  a  financially 
dependent  child  of  such  a  person;  and 

4.  A  graduate  assistant. 

F.  Students  not  entitled  to  in-state  status  under  the  preceding  para- 
graphs shall  be  assigned  out-of-state  status  for  admission,  tuition 
and  charge-differential  purposes. 

II.  Procedures 

A.  The  date  on  which  conditions  for  in-state  classification  must  be  met 
is  the  last  published  date  to  register  for  the  forthcoming  semester 
or  session.  In  those  instances  where  an  entehng  class  size  is 
established  and  where  an  application  deadline  is  stated,  institutions 
may  require  that  conditions  for  in-state  classification  must  be 
satisfied  as  of  the  announced  closing  application  date 

B  A  change  in  status  must  be  requested  in  wntmg  by  a  student  prior 
to  the  last  published  date  of  registration  in  order  to  be  effective  for 
that  semester  or  session.  A  student  applying  for  a  change  to  in- 
state status  must  furnish  appropriate  documentation  as  required 
by  the  institution. 

C.  The  student  shall  notify  the  institution  in  wntmg  within  fifteen  (15) 
days  of  any  change  of  circumstances  which  may  alter  in-state 
status 

D  In  the  event  incomplete,  false,  or  misleading  information  is  pre- 
sented, the  institution  may,  at  its  discretion,  revoke  an  assignment 


Appendix  I:  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure    287 


ol  in-state  status  in  addition  to  other  disciplinary  actions  provided 
tor  by  the  institution's  policy 

E.  Each  institution  ot  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  develop 
and  publish  additional  procedures  to  implement  this  policy.  Proce- 
dures shall  provide  that  on  request  the  President  or  designee  has 
the  authority  to  waive  any  residency  requirement  as  set  forth  in  IA 
and  IB,  it  it  is  determined  that  the  student  is,  indeed,  a  permanent 
resident,  and  application  of  the  criteria  creates  an  un|ust  result. 
Such  procedures  must  provide  for  appeal  to  the  President  or 
designee  ot  any  residency  determination  using  a  systemwide 
petition  form  (Appendix  A)  These  procedures  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Office  of  the  Chancellor. 

III.  Definitions 

A.  Financially  Dependent:  For  purposes  of  this  policy,  a  financially 
dependent  student  is  one  who  is  claimed  as  a  dependent  for  tax 
purposes,  or  who  receives  more  than  one-half  of  his  or  her  support 
from  a  parent,  legal  guardian,  or  spouse  during  the  twelve  (12) 
month  period  immediately  prior  to  the  last  published  date  for 
registration  for  the  semester  or  session.  If  a  student  receives  more 
than  one-half  of  his  or  her  support  in  the  aggregate  from  a  parent 
and/or  legal  guardian  and/or  spouse,  the  student  shall  be  consid- 
ered financially  dependent  on  the  person  providing  the  greater 
amount  of  support. 

B.  Financially  Independent:  A  financially  independent  student  is  one 
who  (1 )  declares  himself  or  herself  to  be  financially  independent  as 
defined  herein;  (2)  does  not  appear  as  a  dependent  on  the  Federal 
or  State  income  tax  return  of  any  other  person;  (3)  receives  less 
than  one-half  of  his  or  her  support  from  any  other  person  or 
persons;  and  (4)  demonstrates  that  he  or  she  provides  through 
self-support  one-half  or  more  of  his  or  her  total  expenses. 

C.  Parent:  A  parent  may  be  a  natural  parent,  or,  if  established  by  a 
court  order  recognized  under  the  law  of  the  State  of  Maryland,  an 
adoptive  parent. 

D.  Guardian:  A  guardian  is  a  person  so  appointed  by  a  court  order 
recognized  under  the  law  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

E.  Spouse:  A  spouse  is  a  partner  in  a  legally  contracted  marriage. 

F.  Support:  (1)  Except  as  set  forth  in  (2)  below,  support  shall  mean 
financial  or  material  support,  including  gifts,  services,  and  trusts, 
including  income  or  benefits  derived  from  one's  family.  (2)  Support 
shall  not  include  grants,  stipends,  awards,  and  benefits  (including 
Federal  and  State  student  aid,  grants,  and  loans)  received  for  the 
purpose  of  education  or  by  virtue  of  an  individual's  status  or 
prospective  status  as  a  student.  Such  resource  shall  not  be 
considered  in  calculating  a  student's  financial  dependence  or 
independence. 


Appendix  I:  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance 
Procedure 

'The  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure  is  currently  be- 
ing revised  by  the  Campus  Senate  to  reflect  the  recent  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  academic  units  at  College  Park.  The  following  interim 
procedure  is  to  be  in  effect  until  such  time  as  the  procedure  is 
revised  by  the  Campus  Senate.  For  the  nondepartmentalized  colleges, 
the  dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  shall  assume  the  responsibili- 
ties formerly  held  by  the  division  provost.  For  the  departmentalized 
colleges,  the  dean  of  the  College  shall  assume  the  responsibilities 
formerly  held  by  the  division  provost. 

Approved  by  Board  of  Regents:  April  14, 1981 

I.  Purpose 

The  following  procedure  provides  a  means  for  an  undergraduate  student 
to  present  a  complaint  resulting  from  a  believed  violation  of  the  "Expecta- 
tions of  Faculty  and  Academic  Units."  set  forth  in  Section  II,  below,  to  have 
that  complaint  examined  as  a  matter  of  regular  procedure,  and  to  receive 
a  final  determination  thereon.  This  procedure  offers  a  vehicle  for  seeking 
redress  with  respect  to  acts  or  omissions  of  individual  faculty  members, 
or  of  an  academic  department/program/  or  college.  Redress  may  be 
sought  under  this  procedure  without  fear  of  reprisal  or  discrimination. 


II.  Scope  of  Grievances:  Expectations  of  Faculty  and 
Academic  Units 

The  academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  College  Park  campus 
are  designed  to  provide  and  enhance  a  maximum  educational  environ- 
ment for  the  entire  campus  academic  community  The  success  ot  the  design 
depends  upon  the  mutual  respect,  courteous  treatment,  and  consider- 
ation of  everyone  involved. 

A.  The  following  are  considered  to  be  reasonable  student  expecta- 
tions of  faculty: 

1 .  A  written  description  at  the  beginning  of  each  undergraduate 
course  specifying  in  general  terms  the  content,  nature  of 
assignments,  examination  procedures,  and  the  bases  for 
determining  final  grades.  In  cases  where  all  or  some  of  this 
information  cannot  be  provided  at  the  beginning  of  the  course, 
a  clear  explanation  of  the  delay  and  the  bases  of  course 
development  shall  be  provided; 

2.  Reasonable  notice  of  major  papers  and  examinations  in  the 
course; 

3.  A  reasonable  number  of  recitations,  performances,  quizzes, 
tests,  graded  assignments  and/or  student/instructor  confer- 
ences to  permit  evaluation  of  student  progress  throughout  the 
course; 

4.  Unless  prohibited  by  statute  or  contract,  a  reasonable  oppor- 
tunity to  review  papers  and  examinations  after  evaluation  by 
the  instructor,  while  the  materials  remain  reasonably  current; 

5.  A  reasoned  approach  to  the  subject  which  attempts  to  make 
the  student  aware  of  the  existence  of  different  points  of  view; 

6.  Reasonable  access  to  the  instructor  during  announced  regu- 
lar office  hours  or  by  appointment; 

7.  Regular  attendance  by  assigned  faculty  and  reasonable 
adherence  to  published  campus  schedules  and  location  of 
classes  and  examinations.  Classes  not  specified  in  the 
schedules  are  to  be  arranged  at  a  mutually  agreeable  time  on 
campus,  unless  an  off-campus  meeting  is  clearly  justified. 

8.  Reasonable  confidentiality  of  information  gained  through 
student-faculty  contact. 

9.  Public  acknowledgement  of  significant  student  assistance  in 
the  preparation  of  materials,  articles,  books,  devices  and  the 
like. 

1 0.  Assignment  of  materials  to  which  all  students  can  reasonably 
be  expected  to  have  access. 

B.  The  academic  units  (programs,  departments,  colleges,  schools)  in 
cooperation  with  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 
and  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  shall,  whenever 
possible,  provide  the  following: 

1 .  Accurate  information  on  academic  requirements  through 
designated  advisors  and  referral  to  other  parties  for  additional 
guidance. 

2.  Specific  policies  and  procedures  for  the  award  of  academic 
honors  and  awards,  and  the  impartial  application  thereof. 

3.  Equitable  course  registration  in  accordance  with  University 
policy  and  guidelines. 

C.  The  scope  of  the  matters  which  may  constitute  a  grievance 
cognizable  under  this  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Proce- 
dure is  limited  to  believed  violations  of  the  expectations  of  faculty 
and  academic  units  set  forth  above  in  paragraphs  A  and  B  of  this 
section. 

III.  Human  Relations  Code/Alternative  Grievance 
Procedures 

A  Human  Relations  Code,  with  an  implementing  Office  of  Human  Rela- 
tions Programs,  presently  exists  for  the  campus.  The  Undergraduate 
Student  Grievance  Procedure  and  the  Human  Relations  Code  may  not  be 
used  simultaneously  or  consecutively  with  one  another  with  respect  to  the 
same  (or  substantially  the  same)  issue/complaint  or  with  respect  to  issues/ 
complaints  arising  out  of  or  pertaining  to  the  same  set  of  facts.  The 
procedures  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  and/or  of  any  other  University 
grievance/review  process  may  not  be  utilized  to  challenge  the  proce- 
dures, actions,  determinations  or  recommendations  of  any  person(s)  or 
board(s)  acting  pursuant  to  the  authority  and/or  requirements  of  the 
Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure. 

IV.  General  Limitations 

Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance 
Procedure  to  the  contrary,  the  following  matters  do  not  constitute  the  basis 


288    Appendix  I:  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure 


for  a  grievance  and  are  not  susceptible  of  challenge  thereby: 

A  Policies,  regulations,  decisions,  resolutions,  directives  and  other 
acts  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  The  University  of  Maryland,  of  the 
Office  of  the  President  of  The  University  of  Maryland,  and  of  the 
Chancellor  of  The  University  of  Maryland  College  Park. 

B.  Any  statute  or  any  regulation,  directive  or  order  of  any  department 
or  agency  of  the  United  States  or  the  State  of  Maryland,  and  any 
other  matter  outside  of  the  control  of  The  University  of  Maryland. 

C.  Course  offerings. 

D.  The  staffing  and  structure  of  any  academic  department  or  program 

E.  The  fiscal  management  of  The  University  of  Maryland,  and  the 
allocation  of  University  resources. 

F.  Any  issue(s)/act(s)  which  does  not  affect  the  complaining  party 
personally  and  directly. 

G.  Matters  of  academic  judgment  relating  to  an  evaluation  of  a 
student's  academic  performance  and/or  of  his/her  academic  quali- 
fications; except  that  the  following  matters  of  a  procedural  nature 
may  be  reviewed  under  this  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance 
Procedure  if  filed  as  a  formal  grievance  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the 
first  meeting  of  the  course  to  which  they  pertain: 

1.  Whether  reasonable  notice  has  been  given  as  to  the  relative 
value  of  all  work  considered  in  determining  the  final  grade  and/ 
or  assessment  of  performance  in  the  coursele.g.,  the  relative 
value  of  examinations,  papers,  laboratories  and  other  aca- 
demic exercises  and  requirements.  The  remedy  with  respect  to 
a  grievance  based  upon  this  subsection  shall  be  the  giving  of 
notice  by  the  faculty  member. 

2.  Whether  a  reasonably  sufficient  number  of  examinations,  pa- 
pers, laboratories  and/or  other  academic  exercises  and  re- 
quirements have  been  scheduled  to  present  the  student  with  a 
reasonable  opportunity  to  demonstrate  his/her  academic  merit. 
The  remedy  with  respect  to  a  grievance  based  upon  this 
subsection  shall  be  the  scheduling  of  such  additional  academic 
exercises  as  the  faculty  member,  in  consultation  with  the  Dean 
and  upon  consideration  of  the  written  opinion  of  the  College 
hearing  board,  shall  deem  appropriate. 

Notwithstanding  any  language  in  this  paragraph  or  elsewhere  in 
this  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure,  nothing  herein 
shall  be  construed  to  permit  a  challenge,  either  directly  or  indirectly, 
to  the  award  of  a  specific  grade. 

No  recommendation  or  decision  may  be  made  pursuant  to  the 
Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure  which  conflicts  with 
or  modifies,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  policy,  statute,  regulation  or 
other  matter  set  forth  in  paragraphs  A  and  B  of  this  section. 

"Class"  grievances  and  concomitant  remedies  are  not  cognizable; 
however,  a  screening  or  hearing  board  may,  in  its  discretion, 
consolidate  grievances  presenting  similar  facts  and  issues,  and 
recommend  such  generally  applicable  relief  as  it  deems  warranted. 

V.  Finality 

A  student  who  elects  to  utilize  the  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance 
Procedure  agrees  that  in  doing  so  he/she  shall  abide  by  the  final 
disposition  arrived  at  thereunder,  and  shall  not  subject  this  disposition  to 
review  under  any  other  procedure  within  the  University.  For  the  purpose 
of  this  limitation,  a  student  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  utilize  the 
Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure  when  he/she  files  a  written 
grievance  as  set  forth  in  section  VI. A. 2.  and  VLB.  below. 

VI.  Procedure 

A.  Grievance  Against  Faculty  Member,  Academic  Department,  Program 
or  College 
1 .   Resolution  of  grievance  by  informal  means. 

The  initial  effort  in  all  cases  shall  be  to  achieve  a  resolution  of  the 
grievance  through  the  following  informal  means: 
a.  In  the  case  of  a  grievance  against  an  individual  faculty  member, 
the  student  should  first  contact  the  member,  present  the 
grievance  in  its  entirety,  and  attempt  a  complete  resolution;  if 
any  portion  of  the  grievance  thereafter  remains  unresolved,  the 
student  may  present  such  part  to  the  immediate  administrative 
supervisor  of  the  faculty  member  concerned  A  grievance  may 
be  initially  presented  directly  to  the  administrative  supervisor  of 
the  faculty  member  if  he  or  she  is  not  reasonably  available  to 
discuss  the  matter.  The  supervisor  shall  attempt  to  mediate  the 
dispute;  should  a  resolution  mutually  satisfactory  to  both  the 
student  and  the  faculty  member  be  achieved,  the  case  shall  be 
closed. 


b.   In  the  case  of  a  grievance  against  an  academic  department, 
program  school  or  college,  the  student  should  contact  the 
department  head,  director  or  dean  thereof,  present  the  griev- 
ance in  its  entirety,  and  attempt  a  complete  resolution. 
Resolution  of  grievance  by  formal  means. 
Should  a  student  be  dissatisfied  with  the  disposition  of  his/her 
grievance  following  the  attempt  to  resolve  it  informally  according  to 
the  steps  set  forth  in  subparagraph  A.1 .  above,  he/she  may  obtain 
a  formal  resolution  thereof  pursuant  to  the  following  procedure: 

a.  The  student  shall  file  with  the  Screening  Board  for  Academic 
Gnevancesof  the  college  (hereinafter  "college  screening  board") 
from  which  the  matter  arises,  a  written  grievance.  The  written 
grievance  must  set  forth  in  detail: 

(i)      the  act,  omission  or  matter  complained  of; 

(ii)     all  facts  which  the  student  believes  to  be  relevant  to  the 

grievance; 
(iii)    the  resolution  sought; 
(iv)    all  arguments  upon  which  the  student  relies  in  seeking 

such  resolution. 

b.  In  order  to  be  considered,  a  grievance  must  be  filed  in  a  timely 
manner.  To  be  filed  in  a  timely  manner,  the  written  grievance  (as 
set  forth  in  subparagraph  2a.  above)  must  be  received  by  the 
appropriate  college  screening  board  within  thirty  (30)  days  of 
the  act,  omission  or  matter  which  constitutes  the  basis  of  the 
grievance,  or  within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the  date  the  student  is  first 
placed  upon  reasonable  notice  thereof,  whichever  is  later.  It  is 
the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  ensure  timely  filing. 

c.  The  college  screening  board  shall  immediately  notify  the  faculty 
member  against  whom  a  grievance  has  been  timely  filed,  or  the 
head  of  the  academic  unit  against  which  a  grievance  has  been 
filed,  and  forward  to  them  a  copy  of  the  grievance  together  with 
all  other  relevant  material  and  information  known  to  it.  The 
faculty  member  or  head  of  the  academic  unit  shall  within  ten 
(10)  days  after  receiptthereof,  make  a  complete  written  response 
to  the  college  screening  board;  in  the  event  the  faculty  member 
receives  the  written  grievance  and  other  relevant  materials  and 
information  from  the  college  screening  board  after  the  last  day 
of  classes  of  the  semester  in  which  the  grievance  is  filed,  then 
the  time  for  making  a  written  response  is  extended  to  and 
includes  ten  (10)  days  after  the  first  day  of  classes  of  the  next 
succeeding  semester  in  which  the  faculty  member  is  teaching/ 
working  on  campus  (however,  this  extension  shall  not  be 
available  to  a  faculty  member  whose  appointment  terminates 
on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  semester  in  which  the  grievance 
is  filed).  A  copy  of  said  response  shall  be  sent  by  the  college 
screening  board  to  the  student.  In  its  discretion,  the  college 
screening  board  may  request  further  written  submissions  from 
the  student,  the  faculty  member  and/or  the  head  of  the  academic 
unit. 

d.  The  college  screening  board  shall  review  the  case  to  determine 
if  a  formal  hearing  is  warranted: 

(i)      The  college  screening  board  shall  dismiss  all  or  part  of  a 
grievance  which  it  concludes: 

(a)  is  untimely; 

(b)  is  based  upon  a  nongnevable  matter; 

(c)  is  being  pursued  concurrently  in  another  review/ 
grievance  procedure  within  the  University  and/or  in  a 
court  of  law  or  equity; 

(d)  has  been  previously  decided  pursuant  to  this  or  any 
other  review/grievance  procedure  within  the  Univer- 
sity and/or  by  a  court  of  law  or  equity: 

(e)  is  frivolous; 

(f)  is  intended  to  harass,  embarrass,  and/or  has  other- 
wise been  filed  in  bad  faith; 

(ii)     The  college  screening  board  in  its  discretion  may  dismiss 
all  or  part  of  a  grievance  which  it  concludes: 

(a)  is  insufficiently  supported; 

(b)  is  premature; 

(c)  is  otherwise  inappropriate  or  unnecessary  to  present 
to  the  college  hearing  board 

e.  The  college  screening  board  shall  meet  and  review  gnevances 
in  private.  A  decision  to  dismiss  a  grievance  shall  require  the 
majority  vote  of  at  least  three  members.  If  a  gnevance  is 
dismissed  either  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  student  shall  be  so 
informed  and  given  a  concise  statement  as  to  the  basis  for  such 
action;  however,  the  decision  of  the  college  screening  board  to 
dismiss  a  grievance  is  final  and  is  not  subject  to  appeal. 

f.  If  the  college  screening  board  determines  that  a  grievance  is 
appropriately  one  for  a  hearing,  it  will  so  inform  the  dean.  The 
dean  shall  thereafter  within  fifteen  (15)  days  convene  a  college 
hearing  board  to  hear  the  grievance,  except  that  for  good  cause 
in  the  discretion  of  the  dean,  such  time  may  be  extended. 


Appendix  I:  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure    289 


g.   The  following  rules  apply  to  the  conduct  of  a  hearing  by  the 
college  hearing  board: 

(i)  Reasonable  notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  hearing 
shall  be  given  to  the  student  and  the  faculty  member  or 
head  of  an  academic  unit.  Notice  shall  include  a  brief 
statement  of  the  violatlon(s)  alleged  and  the  remedy 
sought  by  the  student, 
(ii)  A  record  of  the  hearing,  including  all  exhibits,  shall  be  kept; 
(in)    The  hearing  shall  be  closed  to  the  public  unless  a  public 

hearing  is  specifically  requested  by  both  parties: 
(iv)  Each  party  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  make  an  opening 
statement,  present  evidence,  present  witnesses,  cross- 
examine  witnesses,  offer  personal  testimony,  and  such 
other  material  as  is  relevant  to  the  grievance   It  is  the 
responsibility  of  each  party  to  ensure  that  those  witnesses 
whom  he/she  wishes  to  present  are  available,  as  well  as 
to  have  his/her  case  completely  prepared  at  the  time  of  the 
hearing. 
(v)     The  student  shall  first  present  his/her  case;  the  faculty 
member  or  head  of  the  academic  unit  shall  then  present 
his/her  response. 
(vi)    Upon  the  completion  of  the  presentation  of  all  evidence, 
each  party  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  present  oral 
arguments  and  a  closing  statement.  The  chair  of  the 
college  hearing  board  may  in  his  discretion  set  time  limits 
upon  such  arguments  and  statements. 
(vn)   Upon  the  request  of  either  party,  all  persons  to  be  called 

as  witnesses  shall  be  sequestered, 
(viii)  Incompetent,  irrelevant,  immaterial  and  unduly  repetitious 
evidence  may  be  excluded  in  the  discretion  of  the  chair  of 
the  college  hearing  board, 
(ix)    Each  party  may  be  assisted  in  the  presentation  of  his/her 

case  by  a  student  or  faculty  member  of  his/her  choice. 

(x)    It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  chair  of  the  college  hearing 

board  to  manage  the  hearing  and  to  decide  all  questions 

relating  to  the  presentation  of  evidence  and  appropriate 

procedure,  and  is  the  final  authority  on  all  such  matters, 

except  as  are  specifically  established  herein. 

(xi)    All  documents  and  materials  filed  with  the  college  screening 

board  by  the  student  and  the  faculty  member  or  the  head 

of  an  academic  unit,  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  college 

hearing  board  for  its  consideration,  and  shall  become  part 

of  the  record  of  the  hearing. 

(xii)  The  college  hearing  board  shall  have  the  right  to  examine 

any  person  or  party  testifying  before  it,  and  on  its  own 

motion,  to  request  the  presence  of  any  person  for  the 

purpose  of  testifying  and  the  production  of  any  evidence 

the  chair  believes  to  be  relevant. 

(xiii)  The  above-enumerated  procedures  and  powers  of  the 

college  hearing  board  are  non-exclusive;  the  chair  of  the 

college  hearing  board  may  take  such  action  as  is  necessary 

in  his/her  determination  to  facilitate  the  orderly  and  fair 

conduct  of  the  hearing  and  as  is  not  inconsistent  with  the 

procedures  set  forth  herein. 

h.   Upon  completion  of  the  hearing,  the  college  hearing  board  shall 

meet  privately  to  consider  the  validity  of  the  grievance.  The 

burden  of  proof  rests  upon  the  student  to  establish  a  violation 

of  the  expectations  of  faculty  and  academic  units,  set  forth  in 

Section  II,  above,  and  any  concomitant  right  to  relief.  It  must  be 

shown  by  a  preponderance  of  the  evidence  that  a  substantial 

departure  from  the  expectations  has  occurred,  and  that  such 

substantial  departure  has  operated  to  the  actual  prejudice  and 

injury  of  the  student.  A  decision  by  the  college  hearing  board 

upholding  the  grievance,  either  in  whole  or  part,  shall  require 

the  majority  vote  of  at  least  three  members.  The  decision  of  the 

college  hearing  board  shall  address  only  the  validity  of  the 

grievance,  and  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  dean  in  a  written 

opinion. 

i.    In  the  event  the  college  hearing  board  decided  in  part  or  in 

whole  on  behalf  of  the  student,  it  may  submit  an  informal 

recommendation  to  the  dean  with  respect  to  such  relief  as  it 

may  believe  is  warranted  by  the  facts  as  proven  in  the  hearing. 

j.   The  dean  shall  immediately,  upon  receipt  of  the  written  opinion, 

forward  copies  to  the  student  and  the  faculty  member  or  head 

of  the  academic  unit.  Each  party  has  ten  ( 1 0)  days  from  the  date 

of  receipt  to  file  with  the  dean  an  appeal  of  the  decision  of  the 

college  hearing  board.  The  sole  grounds  for  appeal  shall  be: 

(i)      a  substantial  prejudicial  procedural  error  committed  in  the 

conduct  of  the  hearing  in  violation  of  the  procedures 

established  herein.  Discretionary  decisions  of  the  chair  of 

the  college  hearing  board  shall  not  constitute  the  basis  of 

an  appeal; 


(ii)  the  existence  of  new  and  relevant  evidence  of  a  significant 
nature  which  was  not  reasonably  available,  at  the  time  of 
the  hearing  The  appeal  shall  be  in  writing  and  set  forth  in 
complete  detail  the  grounds  relied  upon.  A  copy  of  the 
appeal  shall  also  be  sent  to  the  opposite  party,  who  shall 
have  ten  (10)  days  following  receipt  to  file  a  written 
response  with  the  dean, 
k.    In  the  absence  of  a  timely  appeal,  or  following  receipt  and 

consideration  of  all  timely  appeals  and  responses,  the  dean  in 

his/her  discretion  may: 

(i)      dismiss  the  grievance; 

(ii)  grant  such  redress  as  he/she  believes  is  appropriate, 
except  that  no  affirmative  relief  shall  be  made  to  a  student 
unless  the  student  executes  the  following  release: 

"The  complainant  hereby  waives,  releases  and  covenants 
not  to  sue  The  University  of  Maryland  or  its  officers,  agents 
or  employees  with  respect  to  any  matters  which  were  or 
might  have  been  alleged  as  a  grievance  filed  under  the 
Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure  in  the  instant 
case,  subject  to  performance  by  The  University  of  Mary- 
land, its  officers,  agents  and  employees,  of  the  promises 
contained  in  a  final  decision  under  this  Procedure." 
(iii)    reconvene  the  college  hearing  board  to  rehear  the  griev- 
ance in  part  or  whole  and/or  to  receive  new  evidence; 
(iv)    convene  a  new  college  hearing  board  to  rehear  the  case 
in  its  entirety 
I.    The  dean  shall  inform  all  parties  of  his/her  decision  in  writing 
and  the  grievance  shall  thereafter  be  concluded.  The  decision 
of  the  provost  shall  be  final  and  binding,  and  not  subject  to 
appeal  or  review, 
m.  For  the  nondepartmentalized  colleges,  the  dean  for  Under- 
graduate Studies  shall  assume  the  duties  performed  by  the 
deans  of  the  departmentalized  colleges. 
B.  Grievance  Against  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies,  College  Dean 

1 .  Resolution  of  grievance  by  informal  means. 

The  initial  effort  in  all  cases  shall  be  to  achieve  a  resolution  of  the 
grievance  through  informal  means.  The  student  should  first  contact 
the  administrative  dean,  present  the  grievance  in  its  entirety,  and 
attempt  a  complete  resolution;  if  any  portion  of  the  grievance 
thereafter  remains  unresolved,  the  student  may  present  such  part 
to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs.  A  Grievance  may  be 
initially  presented  directly  to  the  Vice  Chancellor  if  the  administrative 
dean  is  not  reasonably  available  to  discuss  the  matter.  The  Vice 
Chancellor  shall  attempt  to  mediate  the  dispute;  should  a  resolu- 
tion mutually  satisfactory  to  both  the  student  and  the  administrative 
dean/college  dean  be  achieved,  the  case  shall  be  closed. 

2.  Resolution  of  grievance  by  formal  means. 

Should  a  student  be  dissatisfied  with  the  disposition  of  his/her 
grievance  following  the  attempt  to  resolve  it  informally  according  to 
the  steps  set  forth  in  subparagraph  B.1 .  above,  he/she  may  obtain 
a  formal  resolution  thereof  pursuant  to  the  following  procedure: 
a.  The  student  shall  file  with  the  Chancellor  a  written  grievance. 
The  written  grievance  must  set  forth  in  detail: 


(iii) 
(iv) 


the  act,  omission  or  matter  complained  of; 

all  facts  which  the  student  believes  to  be  relevant  to  the 

grievance; 

the  resolution  sought; 

all  arguments  upon  which  the  student  relies  in  seeking 

such  resolution. 

b.  In  order  to  be  considered,  a  grievance  must  be  filed  in  a  timely 
manner.  To  be  filed  in  a  timely  manner,  the  written  grievance  (as 
set  forth  in  2. a.  above)  must  be  received  by  the  Chancellor 
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the  act,  omission  or  matter  which 
constitutes  the  basis  of  the  grievance,  or  within  thirty  (30)  days 
of  the  date  the  student  is  first  placed  upon  reasonable  notice 
thereof,  whichever  is  later.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student 
to  ensure  timely  filing. 

c.  The  Chancellor  shall  forward  the  grievance  to  the  college 
screening  board  of  a  college  other  than  that  from  which  the 
grievance  has  arisen. 

d.  The  college  screening  board  shall  immediately  notify  the  ad- 
ministrative dean  against  whom  a  grievance  has  been  timely 
filed,  and  forward  him/her  a  copy  of  the  grievance  with  all  other 
relevant  material  and  information  known  to  it.  The  administra- 
tive dean  shall  within  ten  (10)  days  after  receipt  thereof,  make 
a  complete  written  response  to  the  college  screening  board:  in 
the  event  the  administrative  dean  receives  the  written  grievance 
and  other  relevant  materials  and  information  from  the  college 
screening  board  after  the  last  day  of  classes  of  the  semester  in 
which  the  grievance  is  filed,  then  the  time  for  making  a  written 


290    Appendix  I:  Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure 


response  is  extended  to  and  includes  ten  ( 1 0)  days  after  the  first 
day  of  classes  of  the  next  succeeding  semester  A  copy  of  said 
response  shall  be  sent  by  the  college  screening  board  to  the 
student.  In  its  discretion,  the  college  screening  board  may 
request  further  written  submissions  from  the  student  and/or  the 
administrative  dean. 

The  college  screening  board  shall  thereafter  review  and  act  on 
the  grievance  in  the  same  manner  and  according  to  the  re- 
quirements set  forth  in  subparagraphs  A. 2d.  through  A.2.e.  of 
this  section,  for  the  review  of  grievances  against  faculty  members, 
academic  departments,  programs  and  colleges. 
If  the  college  screening  board  determines  that  a  grievance  is 
appropriately  one  for  a  hearing,  it  will  so  inform  the  Chancellor 
The  Chancellor  shall  thereafter  within  fifteen  (15)  days,  convene 
a  campus  hearing  board  to  hear  the  grievance;  except  that  for 
good  cause  in  the  discretion  of  the  Chancellor,  such  time  may 
be  extended. 

The  campus  hearing  board  shall  conduct  hearings  in  accor- 
dance with  the  rules  established  in  subparagraph  A.2.g.  above, 
for  the  conduct  of  hearings  by  a  college  hearing  board.  Upon 
completion  of  a  hearing,  the  campus  hearing  board  shall  meet 
privately  to  consider  the  grievance  in  the  same  manner  and 
according  to  the  same  rules  as  set  forth  in  subparagraph  A. 2  h. 
for  the  consideration  of  grievances  by  a  college  hearing  board. 
except  that  the  board's  decision  shall  be  forwarded  to  the 
Chancellor. 

In  the  event  the  campus  hearing  board  decides  in  part  or  in 

whole  on  behalf  of  the  student,  it  may  submit  an  informal 

recommendation  to  the  Chancellor  with  respect  to  such  relief  as 

it  may  believe  is  warranted  by  the  facts  as  proven  in  the  hearing. 

The  Chancellor  shall  immediately,  upon  receipt  of  the  written 

opinion,  forward  copies  to  the  student  and  the  administrative 

dean.  Each  party  has  ten  (10)  days  from  the  date  of  receipt  to 

file  with  the  Chancellor  an  appeal  of  the  decision  of  the  campus 

hearing  board.  The  sole  grounds  for  appeal  shall  be: 

(i)      a  substantial  prejudicial  procedural  error  committed  in  the 

conduct  of  the  hearing  in  violation  of  the  procedures 

established  herein.  Discretionary  decisions  of  the  chair  of 

the  campus  hearing  board  shall  not  constitute  the  basis  of 

an  appeal; 

the  existence  of  new  and  relevant  evidence  of  a  significant 
nature  which  was  not  reasonably  available  at  the  time  of 
the  hearing. 
The  appeal  shall  be  in  writing  and  set  forth  in  complete  detail  the 
grounds  relied  upon.  A  copy  of  the  appeal  shall  also  be  sent  to 
the  opposite  party,  who  shall  have  ten  (10)  days  following 
receipt  to  file  a  written  response  with  the  Chancellor, 
j.     In  the  absence  of  a  timely  appeal,  or  following  receipt  and 
consideration  of  all  timely  appeals  and  responses,  the  Chan- 
cellor in  his  discretion  may: 
(i)      dismiss  the  grievance; 

(ii)     grant  such  redress  as  he/she  believes  is  appropriate, 
except  that  no  affirmative  relief  shall  be  made  to  a  student 
unless  the  student  executes  the  following  release:  "The 
complainant  hereby  waives,  releases  and  covenants  not 
to  sue  The  University  of  Maryland  or  its  officers,  agents  or 
employees  with  respect  to  any  matters  which  were  or 
might  have  been  alleged  as  a  grievance  filed  under  the 
Undergraduate  Student  Grievance  Procedure  in  the  instant 
case,  subject  to  performance  by  The  University  of  Mary- 
land, its  officers,  agents  and  employees,  of  the  promises 
contained  in  a  final  decision  under  this  Procedure." 
(iii)    reconvene  the  campus  hearing  board  to  rehear  the 
grievance  in  part  or  whole  and/or  to  receive  new  evidence; 
(iv)  convene  a  new  campus  hearing  board  to  rehear  the  case 
in  its  entirety, 
k.   The  Chancellor  shall  inform  all  parties  of  his  decision  in  writing, 
and  the  grievance  shall  thereafter  be  concluded.  The  decision 
of  the  Chancellor  shall  be  final  and  binding,  and  not  subject  to 
appeal  or  review. 

VII.  Composition  of  Screening  and  Hearing  Boards 

The  following  procedures  shall  govern  the  selection,  composition  and 
establishment  of  the  college  screening  boards,  and  the  college  and 
campus  hearing  boards.  The  procedures  are  directive  only,  and  for  the 
guidance  and  benefit  of  the  deans  and  Chancellor.  The  selection,  compo- 
sition and  establishment  of  a  board  is  not  sub|ect  to  challenge  by  a  party 
as  part  of  this  grievance  procedure  or  any  other  grievance/review  proce- 
dure in  the  University;  except  that  at  the  start  of  a  hearing,  a  party  may 


(n) 


challenge  for  good  cause  a  member!  s)  of  the  college  or  campus  hearing 
board  before  whom  the  party  is  appearing.  The  chair  of  the  hearing  board 
shall  consider  the  challenge  and  may  replace  such  member(s)  if  in  his/her 
discretion  it  is  believed  such  action  is  necessary  to  achieve  an  impartial 
hearing  and  decision.  A  challenge  of  the  chair  shall  be  decided  in  the 
discretion  of  the  most  senior  of  the  other  faculty  members  on  the  board. 
Decisions  with  respect  to  a  challenge  shall  be  final  and  not  subject  to 
further  review  or  appeal. 

A.  College  Screening  Boards  for  Academic  Grievances 

1.  Membership  of  Screening  Boards 

a.  Prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year,  the  college 
council  of  each  college  shall  choose  at  least  fifteen  (15)  faculty 
members  and  fifteen  (15)  students  to  be  eligible  to  serve  on 
boards  considenngacademic  grievances  from  that  college 
Concurrently,  it  shall  choose  three  (3)  other  faculty  members  to 
be  eligible  to  serve  on  boards  considering  academic  grievances 
for  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  The 
names  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Administrative  Dean. 

b.  Prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year,  the  Administra- 
tive Council  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies  shall  choose  at  least  fifteen  (15)  students  to  be  eligible 
to  serve  on  a  screening  board  to  review  grievances  arising 
within  academic  units  under  the  administration  of  the  Adminis- 
trative Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies.  These  names  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Administrative  Dean. 

2.  Establishment  of  Screening  Boards 

a.  Upon  receipt  of  the  names  of  the  designated  faculty  and 
students,  the  dean  shall  appoint  a  five-member  college  screening 
board  which  shall  consist  of  three  (3)  faculty  members  and  two 
(2)  students,  and  each  shall  serve  on  the  college  screening 
board  for  the  academic  year  or  until  a  new  board  is  appointed 
by  the  dean,  whichever  occurs  later.  The  dean  shall  also 
designate  two  (2)  alternative  faculty  members  and  two  (2) 
alternative  students  from  the  names  presented  by  the  college 
council  to  serve  on  the  college  screening  board  should  a 
vacancy  occur.  The  dean  shall  designate  one  of  the  faculty 
members  to  be  chair  of  the  college  screening  board.  Members 
of  the  college  screening  board  shall  not  serve  on  a  college 
hearing  board  during  the  same  year,  except  that  alternative 
members  may  serve  on  a  hearing  board  other  than  one  con- 
sidering a  case  in  which  the  member  had  previously  been 
involved  in  the  screening  process.  A  member  of  the  college 
screening  board  shall  not  review  a  grievance  arising  out  of  his/ 
her  own  department  or  program;  in  such  instance,  an  alterna- 
tive member  shall  serve  in  his/her  place. 

b.  Upon  receipt  of  the  names  of  the  faculty  members  designated 
by  each  college  council  and  the  students  designated  by  the 
administrative  council,  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Under- 
graduate Studies  shall  appoint  a  five-member  screening  board 
to  review  grievances  arising  within  the  academic  units  under 
his/her  administration.  This  screening  board  shall  thereafter  be 
established  and  composed  in  accordance  with  the  procedures 
set  forth  in  subparagraph  A. 2a.  of  the  section,  for  college 
screening  boards. 

B.  College  Hearing  Boards  for  Academic  Grievances 

For  each  grievance  referred  by  a  college  screening  board,  the  dean 
shall  appoint  a  five-member  college  hearing  board.  The  college 
hearing  board  shall  be  composed  of  three  (3)  faculty  members  and  two 
(2)  students  selected  by  the  dean  from  among  those  names  previously 
designated  by  the  college  council  and  not  appointed  to  the  college 
screening  board  The  dean  shall  designate  one  (1 )  faculty  member  as 
chair.  No  faculty  member  or  student  shall  be  appointed  to  hear  a 
grievance  arising  out  of  his/her  own  department  or  program  The 
Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  shall  appoint  in  the 
same  manner,  a  hearing  board  to  hear  each  grievance  referred  by  the 
screening  board  reviewing  grievances  ansing  from  the  academic  units 
under  his  administration.  The  members  of  the  hearing  board  shall  be 
selected  from  among  those  names  previously  forwarded  to  the  Admin- 
istrative Dean  by  the  college  councils  and  from  those  who  had  not  been 
appointed  to  the  screening  board 

C.  Campus  Hearing  Board  for  Academic  Grievances  For  each  case 
referred  by  a  college  screening  board  to  the  Chancellor  for  a  heanng, 
the  Chancellor  shall  appoint  a  five-member  campus  hearing  board 
The  campus  hearing  board  shall  be  composed  of  three  (3)  faculty 
members  and  two  (2)  students  selected  by  the  Chancellor  from  among 
those  names  designated  by  the  college  councils  and  remaining  after 
the  establishment  of  screening  boards  The  Chancellor  shall  designate 
one  faculty  member  as  chair  No  faculty  member  or  student  shall  be 
appointed  to  hear  a  grievance  arising  out  ol  his/her  own  college  or 
administrative  unit 


Appendix  J:  Procedures  for  Review  of  Alleged  Arbitrary  and  Capricious  Grading    291 


VIII.  Definitions 


"Days" 

"Days"  or  "day"  reler  to  days  ol  the  academic  calendar,  not  including 

Saturdays,  or  Sundays. 

"Party" 

"Party"  or  "parties"  refer  to  the  student  and  the  individual  faculty 

member  or  head  of  the  academic  unit  against  whom  a  grievance  is 

made. 


Appendix  J:  Procedures  for  Review  of  Alleged 
Arbitrary  and  Capricious  Grading 

Approved  by  Board  of  Regents:  March  12, 1982 

Purpose 

1 .  The  following  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  a  means  for  under- 
graduate students  to  seek  review  of  final  course  grades  alleged  to  be 
arbitrary  and  capricious.  Before  filing  a  formal  appeal,  students  are 
urged  to  resolve  grievances  informally  with  the  instructor  and/or  the 
administrator  of  the  academic  unit  offering  the  course.  Students  who 
file  a  written  appeal  under  the  following  procedures  shall  be  expected 
to  abide  by  the  final  disposition  of  the  appeal,  as  provided  in  part  seven, 
and  shall  be  precluded  from  seeking  review  of  the  matter  under  any 
other  procedure  within  the  University. 

Definitions 

2.  When  used  in  these  procedures 

(a  )the  term  "arbitrary  and  capricious"  grading  means:  i)  the  assign- 
ment of  a  course  grade  to  a  student  on  some  basis  other  than 
performance  in  the  course,  or  ii)  the  assignment  of  a  course  grade 
to  a  student  by  resorting  to  unreasonable  standards  different  from 
those  which  were  applied  to  other  students  in  that  course,  or  iii)  the 
assignment  of  a  course  grade  by  a  substantial,  unreasonable  and 
unannounced  departure  from  the  instructor's  previously  articu- 
lated standards. 

(b)  the  words  "Day"  or  "Days"  refer  to  working  days  at  the  University, 
excluding  Saturdays,  Sundays  and  University  holidays. 

(c)  the  word  "administrator"  is  defined  as  the  administrative  head  of 
the  academic  unit  offering  the  course. 

Procedures 

3.  A  student  who  believes  his/her  final  grade  in  a  course  is  improper  and 
the  result  of  arbitrary  and  capricious  grading  should  first  confer 
promptly  with  the  instructor  of  the  course.  If  the  instructor  has  left  the 


University  or  is  on  approved  academic  leave  or  cannot  be  reached  by 
the  student  after  a  reasonable  effort,  the  student  shall  consult  with  the 
administrator.  If  the  student  and  the  instructor  or  administrator  are 
unable  to  arrive  at  a  mutually  agreeable  solution,  the  student  may  file 
an  appeal  within  twenty  days  after  the  first  day  of  instruction  of  the  next 
semester  (excluding  summer  terms)  to  a  standing  committee  consisting 
of  three  tenured  faculty  members  of  the  academic  unit  offering  the 
course.  If  the  instructor  of  the  course  is  a  member  of  the  committee, 
that  instructor  shall  be  disqualified  and  replaced  by  a  tenured  faculty 
member  selected  by  the  administrator. 

The  student  shall  file  an  appeal  by  submitting  to  the  committee  a 
written  statement  detailing  the  basis  for  the  allegation  that  a  grade  was 
improper  and  the  result  of  arbitrary  and  capricious  grading,  and 
presenting  relevant  evidence.  The  appeal  shall  be  .dismissed  if: 
i)      the  student  has  submitted  the  same,  or  substantially  the  same, 

complaint  to  any  other  formal  grievance  procedure: 
ii)     the  allegations,  even  if  true,  would  not  constitute  arbitrary  and 

capricious  grading; 
iii)    the  appeal  was  not  timely;  or 
iv)    the  student  has  not  conferred  with  the  instructor  or  with  the 

instructor's  immediate  administrative  supervisor,  in  accordance 

with  part  three  of  these  procedures. 
If  the  appeal  is  not  dismissed,  the  committee  shall  submit  a  copy  of  the 
student's  written  statement  to  the  instructor  with  a  request  for  a  prompt 
written  reply.  If  it  then  appears  that  the  dispute  may  be  resolved  without 
recourse  to  the  procedures  specified  in  part  six,  the  committee  will 
attempt  to  arrange  a  mutually  agreeable  solution. 
If  a  mutually  agreeable  solution  is  not  achieved,  the  committee  shall 
proceed  to  hold  an  informal,  nonadversarial  fact-finding  meeting 
concerning  the  allegations.  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  shall  be 
entitled  to  be  present  throughout  this  meeting  and  to  present  any 
relevant  evidence,  except  that  the  student  shall  not  be  present  during 
the  discussion  of  any  other  student.  Neither  the  student  nor  the  faculty 
member  shall  be  accompanied  by  an  advocate  or  representative.  The 
meeting  shall  not  be  open  to  the  public. 

The  committee  shall  deliberate  privately  at  the  close  of  the  fact-finding 
meeting.  If  a  majority  of  the  committee  finds  the  allegation  supported 
by  clear  and  convincing  evidence,  the  committee  shall  take  any  action 
which  they  feel  would  bring  about  substantial  justice,  including,  but  not 
limited  to: 

i)      directing  the  instructor  to  grade  the  student's  work  anew,  or 
ii)     directing  the  instructor  to  administer  a  new  final  examination  or 

paper  in  the  course,  or 
iii)    directing  the  cancellation  of  the  student's  registration  in  the 

course,  or 
iv)    directing  the  award  of  a  grade  of  "pass"  in  the  course,  except  that 

such  a  remedy  should  be  used  only  if  no  other  reasonable 

alternative  is  available. 
The  committee  is  not  authorized  to  award  a  letter  grade  or  to  reprimand 
or  otherwise  take  disciplinary  action  against  the  instructor.  The  deci- 
sion of  the  committee  shall  be  final  and  shall  be  promptly  reported  in 
writing  to  the  parties.  The  administrator  of  the  academic  unit  shall  be 
responsible  for  implementing  the  decision  of  the  committee. 


292 


CHAPTER  11 


INDEX 


Academic  Achievement  Programs 20 

Academic  Advising  20 

Academic  Affairs,  Office  of ! 19 

Academic  Calendar Front 

Academic  Clemency  Policy 33 

Academic  Common  Market 30 

Academic  Computing  Services  (ARHU) 59 

Academic  Dishonesty  Policy  Statement 40 

Academic  Dismissal 34 

Academic  Honors,  Semester 36 

Academic  Information Front 

Academic  Integrity.  Resolution  on 38.  285 

Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 29 

Academic  Warning 36 

Accounting  Curriculum  (BMGT) 64 

Accreditation Front 

Adele  H  Stamp  Union;  see  Stamp  Student  Union 

Administrative  Affairs,  Office  of 19 

Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs 20 

Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 19 

Administrative  Officers  of  the  University  System  .,.236 

Admissions  Information 1 

Freshman  Admissions  Criteria  1 

High  School  Students.  Admissions  Options  .2 

International  Students 60 

Limited  Enrollment  Programs 3 

Out-of-State  Admissions  Cnteria 2 

Transfer  Admissions  Cnteria 7 

Admissions.  Office  of  Undergraduate 21 

Advanced  Placement  Program  (AP) 3 

Assignment  of  Credit 3,  8 

Chart 4-5 

Advanced  Studies  Requirements 44 

Advertising  Design  Curriculum  117 

Advertising  Sequence 76 

Advising 20 

Aerospace  Engineering,  Department  of  (ENAE) 79 

Afro-American  Studies  Certificate 80.  154 

Afro-American  Studies  Program  (AASP) 80 

Aging.  Center  on 74 

Agribusiness  Option 83 

Agricultural  Chemistry  Curriculum 81 

Agricultural  Economics  Option 84 

Agncultural  Engineering,  Department  ol  (ENAG)  ....81 

Agricultural  Experiment  Station  56 

Agncultural  and  Extension  Education. 

Department  of  (AEED) 83 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 

Department  of  (AREC) 83 

Agnculture,  College  of  (AGRI) 54,  82 

Agricultural  Experiment  Station 56 

Combined  Degree  Program,  Agriculture 

&  Vetennary  Medicine 55 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 56 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 56 

Virginia-Maryland  Regional  College  ol 

Veterinary  Medicine.  Maryland  Campus 56 

Agriculture,  College  ot.  Departments  and  Curricula 

Agricultural  Chemistry 81 

Agricultural  Engineering  (ENAG) 81 

Agriculture-General  Curriculum 82 

Agncultural  and  Extension  Education 

(AEED) 83 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

(AREC)  83 

Agronomy  (AGRO) 84 

Animal  Sciences  (ANSC) 85 

Food  Science  Program 108 

Horticulture  (HORT) 116 

Natural  Resources  Management 
Program 132 


Poultry  Science      85 

Agnculture.  General  Curriculum  82 

Agriculture-Vetennary  Medicine.  Combined 

degree 55 

Agronomy.  Department  ol  (AGRO) 84 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program 147 

American  Studies.  Department  ot  (AMST)  85 

Animal  Sciences.  Department  of  (ANSC) 85 

Anthropology.  Department  of  (ANTH) 86 

Apparel  Design 142 

Application  Procedures 2 

Applied  Agriculture.  Institute  of 56 

Applied  Mathematics  Program  (MAPL)  87 

Approved  Courses 

Campus 156 

CORE 45 

University  Studies  Program 48 

Arbitrary  and  Capricious  Grading.  Procedures  for 

review  of 291 

Archaeology:  See  under  Art  History  & 
Archeology;  Architecture 

Architecture,  School  of  (ARCH) 57 

Art(ARTT)  87 

Art  Education  (ARTE) 97 

Art  Gallery  (ARHU) 60 

Art  History  &  Archeology  (ARTH) 88 

Arts  and  Humanities,  College  of  (ARHU) 58 

Academic  Computing  Services 59 

Art  Gallery  60 

Language  Center 60 

Maryland  English  Institute  (UMEI)  60 
Nineteenth  Century  Music,  Center  for 

Studies  In 60 

Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies. 

Center  for 60 

Arts  and  Humanities.  College  of,  Departments 
and  Curricula 

American  Studies  (AMST) 85 

Art  (ARTT) 87 

Art  History  &  Archeology  (ARTH) 88 

Classics  (CLAS).  (GREK).  (LATN) 93 

Comparative  Literature  Program  (CMLT)  ...93 

Dance  (DANC) 101 

English  Language  and  Literature 

(ENGL) 105 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and 

Literatures  (FREN).  (ITAL) 109 

German  and  Slavic  Languages  and 

Literatures  (GERM).  (RUSS) 111 

Hebrew  and  East  Asian  Languages  and 

Literatures  (HEBR).  (CHIN).  (JAPN) 114 

History  (HIST) 115 

Housing  and  Design  (HSAD) 117 

Jewish  Studies  Program 124 

Linguistics  Program  (LING) 126 

Music  (MUSC).  (MUED).  (MUSP)  98.  131 

Philosophy  (PHIL) 133 

Radio-Television-Film  (RTVF) 136 

Romance  Languages  Program  137 

Russian  Area  Studies  Program  (SLAV)       1 38 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages 

and  Literatures  (SPAN),  (PORT)  139 

Speech  Communication  (SPCH)        ,  142 

Theatre  (THET)      „  144 

Women's  Studies  Program  (WMST)  146 

Astronomy  Program  (ASTR) 88 

Athletic  Eligibility  25 

Attendance  Policy  31 

Audiology.  see  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

(HESP) 
Audit  Transcript  notation  32 


B 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  College  ol 

(BSOS) 60 

Business  and  Economic  Research, 

Bureau  ot  62 

Center  lor  Minorities  in  the  Behavioral  and 

Social  Sciences  61 

Computer  Laboratory 61 

Global  Change.  Center  lor 62 

Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies 

Center 62 

International  Development  and 

Conflict  Management.  Center  lor  62 

Political  Participation  and  Leadership. 

Center  lor 61 

Survey  Research  Center 62 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  College  ol. 
Departments  and  Curricula 

Afro-American  Studies  Program  (AASP) 80 

Anthropology  (ANTH) 86 

Criminology  and  Criminal  Justice.  Institute 

of  (CRIM),  (CJUS) 95 

Economics  (ECON) 101 

Geography  (GEOG) 109 

Government  and  Politics  (GVPT) 112 

Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences  (HESP) 114 

Psychology  (PSYC) 135 

Sociology  (SOCY) 138 

Urban  Studies.  Institute  lor  (URBS)  145 

Biochemistry;  see  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 

Biological  Sciences  Program 89 

Biology  Education 99 

Board  of  Regents 236 

Bookstore;  see  University  Book  Center 

Botany,  Department  ol  (BOTN)  90 

Broadcast  News  Sequence    76 

Buckley  Amendment;  see  University  Policy  on 

Disclosure  of  Student  Records 
Bus  System  See  Shuttle  Bus 

Business  Education 121 

Business  Farming 56 

Business  and  Economic  Research.  Bureau  ol  62 

Business  and  Law.  Combined  Program  66 

Business  and  Management.  College  ol  (BMGT)       62 
Business  and  Management  Curricula 

Accounting 64 

Business  and  Law,  Combined  Program        66 

Decision  and  Information  Sciences 64 

Finance 64 

General  Curnculum 66 

Institutional  Management 67 

International  Business 66 

Insurance  and  Real  Estate  66 

Management  and  Organization  64 

Management  Science  and  Statistics  65 

Marketing 65 

Production  Management  65 

Statistics  65 

Transportation,  Business  and  Public  Policy  66 

c 

Calendar,  Academic  Front 

Campus  Activities.  Office  ol 21 

Campus  Senate  21 
Campus  Visits,  see  Orientation 
Campus-wide  Certificates 

Alro-American  Studies  1 54 

East  Asian  Studies  1 54 

Liberal  Arts  in  Business  1 55 

Women's  Studies  1 55 

Cancellation  ol  Registration  29 


293 


Career  Development  Center  21 

Carpooling  22 

Catalogs Front 

Central  Collections  Unit  (CCU) 

Certificates.  Undergraduate 154 

Change  ol  Address  31 

Cheating 40 

Chemical  Engineering.  Department  ot  (ENCH)         90 

Chemistry  Education    99 

Chemistry  and  Biochemistry,  Department  ot 

(CHEM).  (BCHM)  91 

Child  Care;  see  Center  lor  Young  Children 
Chinese:  see  East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 

Civil  Engineering.  Department  ot  (ENCE) 92 

Classroom  Climate.  Statement  on  31 

CLEP;  see  College-Level  Examination  Program 
Classics,  Department  ot  (CLAS).  (GREK), 

(LATN) 93 

Classification  ol  Students 30 

Code  of  Student  Conduct 276 

College  Park  Administration 236 

Colleges:  See  under  individual  names,  e.g., 

Aghculture,  College  ot 
College-Level  Examination  Program 

(CLEP)  34.35 

Combined  Degree  Programs 

Agnculture-Veterinary  Medicine 55 

Arts-Dentistry 150 

Arts-Law  151 

Arts-Medicine 152 

Business-Law 66 

Commencement  Honors 37 

Community  College  Articulation  Programs 8 

Community  Studies 106 

Commuter  Affairs,  Office  of 22 

Comparative  Literature  Program  (CMLT) 93 

Computer  Laboratory,  College  of  Behavioral  and 

Social  Sciences 61 

Computer,  Mathematical,  and  Physical  Sciences, 

College  of  (CMPS) 67 

Computer.  Mathematical,  and  Physical  Sciences, 

College  of.  Departments  and  Curricula 

Applied  Mathematics  Program  (MAPL) 87 

Astronomy  Program  (ASTR) 88 

Computer  Science  (CMSC) 94 

Geology  (GEOL) 111 

Mathematics  (MATH) 128 

Mathematics  Education 129 

Meteorology  (METO) 134 

Physical  Sciences  Program 134 

Physics  (PHYS) 134 

Computer  Mapping,  Cartography,  and  Spatial 

Analysis  Option 110 

Computer  Science.  Department  of  (CMSC) 94 

Computer  Science  Center  (CSC) Front 

Concurrent  Enrollment,  High  School- 
Undergraduate  2 

Concurrent  Inter-Institutional  Registration 

Program 34 

Concurrent  Registration,  Undergraduate-Graduate  30 
Conservation  of  Soil.  Water,  and  Environment 

Curriculum 83 

Consortium  of  Universities  of  the 

Washington  Metropolitan  Area 30 

Consumer  Economics 142 

Cooperative  Education  for  Liberal  Arts,  Business, 

and  the  Sciences  (COOP) 23 

Cooperative  Engineenng  Education  Program 

(ENCO) 73 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 56 

CORE  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  Studies 

Program 44 

Counseling  Center 22 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Sen/ices.  Department 

of(EDCP) 95 

Course  Numbering  System 156 

Course  Offerings,  List 156 

Credit  by  Examination 34 

Credit  Requirements 37 

Credit  Unit  and  Load 30 

Criminology  and  Criminal  Justice,  Institute  of 95 

Crop  Science  Curriculum 84 

Curriculum  and  Instruction,  Department  of  (EDCI)  ..96 
Curriculum  Laboratory  (EDUC) 69 

D 

Dance,  Department  of  (DANC) 101 


Deans  List;  see  Semester  Academic  Honors 
Decision  and  Information  Sciences  Curriculum 

(BMGT)  101 

Degree  Requirements 37 

Dental  Hygiene,  Preprofessional  program  150 

Dentistry,  Preprofessional  program 150 

Departmental  Brochures Front 

Departmental  Proficiency  Examinations 33 

Dietetics 119 

Dining  Services 23 

Disabled  Student  Service 22 

Disclaimer Front 

Disclosure  ol  Information 282 

Dishonesty.  Academic 39 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 36 

Distributive  Education 131 

Distributive  Studies  Requirements 44 

Dormitones;  see  Resident  Life 

Double  Baccalaureate  Degree 37 

Double  Majors 37 

Drop/ Add;  See  Registration 

Duplicate  Course 33 

E 

Early  Admission,  High  School  Students  3 

Early  Childhood  Education  96 

Early  Childhood  Special  Education  Option 141 

Earth  Science  Education 99 

East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures  (CHIN), 
(JAPN);  see  Hebrew 

East  Asian  Studies  Certificate 154 

Economics,  Department  of  (ECON) 101 

Education  Policy.  Planning,  and 

Administration.  Department  of  (EDPA)  102 

Education,  College  of  (EDUC) 68 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

Professional  Coursework 68 

Student  Teaching 69 

Student  Services  Office 69 

Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences 69 

Credentials  Service 69 

Curriculum  Laboratory 69 

Educational  Technology  Center 70 

Mathematics  Education,  Center  for 70 

Young  Children,  Center  for 70 

Science  Teaching  Center 70 

Education,  College  of,  Departments  and  Curricula 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

(EDCP) 95 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  (EDCI) 96 

Early  Childhood  Education 96 

Elementary  Education  96 

Secondary  Education 97 

Education  Policy,  Planning  and 

Administration  (EDPA) 102 

Human  Development  (Institute 

for  Child  Development) 119 

Industrial,  Technological  and 

Occupational  Education  (EDIT) 121 

Measurement.  Statistics,  and  Evaluation 

(EDMS) 129 

Special  Education  (EDSP) 140 

Educational  Technology  Center  (EDUC) 70 

Educationally  Handicapped  Option 144 

Electrical  Engineering,  Department  of  (ENEE) 103 

Elementary  Education 96 

Engineering,  College  of  (ENGR) 70 

Engineering  Sciences  (ENES) 72 

Engineering  Transfer  Programs 72 

Dual  Degree  Program 72 

Japan  Technological  Affairs  Program 72 

Minorities  in  Science  and  Engineering, 

Center  for 73 

Cooperative  Engineering  Education  (COOP)  73 

Instructional  Television  System  (ITV) 73 

Engineering,  College  of,  Departments  and  Curricula 

Aerospace  Engineering  (ENAE) 79 

Agricultural  Engineering  (ENAG) 81 

Chemical  Engineering  Program  (ENCH) 90 

Civil  Engineering  (ENCE) 92 

Electrical  Engineering  (ENEE) 103 

Engineering,  B.S 104 

Fire  Protection  Engineering  (ENFP) 107 

Materials  and  Nuclear  Engineering 

(ENMA.  ENNU) 126 

Mechanical  Engineering  (ENME) 130 

Engineering  Cooperative  Education 73 


Engineering  Sciences  (ENES) 72 

Engineering  Transfer  Program 72 

English  Education  .97 

English  Language  and  Literature,  Department  of 

(ENGL) 105 

English  Language  Instruction  lor  Non-native 

Speakers  25 

See  also  Maryland  English  Institute  (UMEI) 
English  Requirement  (Fundamental  Studies)  44 

Enrollment  in  Majors 30 

Graduation  Requirement 37 

Entomology,  Department  ol  (ENTM)  105 

Environment,  Soil,  Water  and;  see  Agronomy 
Environmental  Analysis,  Resources  Management, 

and  Physical  Geography  110 

Environmental  Education  and  Park  Management  .  133 

Equity  Officers,  Campus 24 

Examinations 31 

Excluded  Credit 33 

Experiential  Learning  Programs,  Office  of 23 

Expenmental  Foods 120 

F 

Faculty  List 236 

Family  and  Community  Development, 

Department  of  (FMCD) 106 

Family  Studies 106 

Fashion  Merchandising 142 

Fees  and  Expenses 12 

Final  Thirty-Hour  Rule 37 

Finance  Curriculum  (BMGT) 64 

Financial  Aid 14 

Application  procedures 14 

Grants  and  Loans  (Self-help) 16 

Merit-Based  Scholarships 15 

Part-time  Employment 16 

Regulations 17 

Rights  and  Responsibilities 16 

Satisfactory  Academic  Progress 17 

Work-Study 16 

Financial  Aid,  Office  of  Student  (OFSA) 24 

Fire  Protection  Engineering,  Department 

of  (ENFP) 107 

Food  Science 108 

Food  Service  Administration 120 

Foreign  Language  Education 98 

Foreign  Students 6 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and 

Literatures,  Department  of  (FREN).(ITAL) 109 

Freshman 

Admissions 1 

English  Requirement 45,  48 

Math  Requirement 45,  49 

Full-Time  Student 

Fees 12 

Financial  Aid 14 

Fundamental  Studies  Requirements 44 

G 

GED;  see  High  School  Equivalence  Examination 

GPA  (Grade  Point  Average) 36,  37 

Gender  Reference Front 

General  Business  Education  121 

General  Curriculum  in  Business  and 

Management 66 

General  Education  Program  (GEP),  Statute  of 

Limitations  for 44 

General  Education  Requirement  for 

Undergraduates 29,  44 

General  University  Requirements  (GUR) 

Statute  of  Limitations  for 44 

Geography,  Department  of  (GEOG) 109 

Geology,  Department  of  (GEOL) 111 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 

Literatures,  Department  of  (GERM),  (SLAV) 111 

Gerontology;  See  Center  on  Aging 

Gifted  Student  Admission 3 

Goals  of  an  Undergraduate  Education 

at  College  Park Front 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program 6 

Government  and  Politics,  Department  of  (GVPT)  ..112 
Grading,  Procedures  for  Review  of  Alleged 

Arbitrary  and  Capricious 291 

Grading  System;  see  Marking  System 

Graduate  Courses.  Undergraduate  Credit  for 30 

Graduate  School  Catalog Front 


294 


Graduate  Student  Admission  11 

Graduation  and  Degree  Requirements 37 

Graduation  Applications 37 

Grants;  see  Financial  Aid 
Greek  (GREK).  see  Classical  Languages  and 
Literatures  Grievance  Procedure. 
Undergraduate  Student 287 

H 

Health  and  Human  Performance.  College  ol 

(HLHP) 74 

Gymkana  Troupe 74 

Center  on  Aging  74 

Health  and  Human  Performance.  College 
ol.  Departments  and  Curricula 

Health  Education  (HLTH) 113 

Kinesiological  Sciences  ( KNES) 1 24 

Physical  Education  (PHED) 134 

Recreation  (RECR) 137 

Health  Center 24 

Health  Education.  Department  ol  (HLTH) 113 

Health  Professions  Advising  Oflice 1 49 

Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences.  Department 

of(HESP) 114 

Hebrew  and  East  Asian  Languages  and 
Literatures.  Department  ol  (HEBR). 

(CHIN).  (JAPN) 114 

High  School  Academic  Grade  Point  Average 1 

High  School  Equivalence  Examination  (GED) 3 

High  School  Grades.  Use  of  Mid-Year 1 

High  School.  Special  Admissions  Options 2 

High  School  Transcripts 1 

History,  Department  ol  (HIST) 115 

Home  Economics  Education 121 

Honor  Societies 19 

Honors 

Commencement 37 

Semester  (Dean's  List) 36 

Honors  Program,  University  (HONR) 24,  149 

Horticultural  Education  Option 117 

Horticultural  Production  Option 116 

Horticultural  Science  Option 116 

Horticulture.  Department  of  (HORT) 116 

Housing 

Off-Campus 22 

On-Campus 27 

Housing  Curriculum 117 

Housing  and  Design.  Department  of  (HSAD) 117 

Human  and  Historical  Cultural  Geography 110 

Human  Development,  Department  of  (EDHD) 119 

Human  Ecology,  College  of  (HUEC) 74 

Human  Ecology.  College  of.  Departments  and 
Curricula 

Family  and  Community  Development 

(FMCD)  106 

Human  Nutntion  and  Food  Systems 

(HNFS) 119 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

(TEXT) 142 

Human  Nutrition  and  Food  Systems. 

Department  ol  (HNFS) 1 19 

Human  Relations  Code 271 

Human  Relations  Programs.  Oflice  ol 24 

I 

Identification  Cards 30 

Immigrant  Students 7 

Immunization  Requirement  for  Registration  29 

In-State  Status  for  Tuition.  Determination  ol ....  11,  266 

Incomplete 32 

Individual  Combined  BA/MA  Program 36 

Individual  Studies  Program 149 

Industrial  Arts/Technology  Education 122 

industrial.  Technological,  and  Occupational 

Education,  Department  of  (EDIT) 121 

Industrial  Technology  Curriculum 122 

Information  Front 

Publications Front 

Telephone  Numbers Front 

Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

(IPST) 68 

Institute  ol  Applied  Agncullure 56 

Institute  of  Cnminal  Justice  and  Criminology 95 

Institutional  Advancement,  Office  ol 19 

Institutional  Management  (BMGT) 67 

Instructional  Television  System 73 


Insurance  and  Real  Estate  (BMGT) 66 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program  (IED); 

see  Academic  Achievement  Programs 

Intercollegiate  Athletics,  Oflice  of 24 

Interior  Design  I  I  r 

International  Agriculture  Option 84 

International  Business  (BMGT) 66 

International  Development  and  Conllict 

Management.  Center  for 62 

International  Education  Services 255 

International  Relations  Option 112 

International  Students  Admission 6 

Internships  and  Field  Experience 23 

Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation 26 

Italian  (ITAL)  109 


Japan  Technological  Affairs  Program 72 

Japanese  (See  East  Asian  Languages  and 
Literatures) 

Jewish  Studies  Program 124 

Job  Referral  Services 16 

Journalism.  College  ol  (JOUR) 75 

Journalism  Curricula 

Advertising 76 

Broadcast  News 76 

Public  Relations 76 

News-Editorial 76 

Judicial  Programs.  Oflice  of 25.  277 

Junior  English  Requirement 45.  48 


Kinesiological  Sciences.  Department  of  (KNES)  ...  124 


Land  and  Water  Resource  Management 133 

Landscape  Design  and  Contracting  Option 117 

Latin  (See  Classics) 

Law,  Preprofessional  Program  151 

Learning  Assistance  Service 22 

Learning  Disabilities.  Students  with 

Admission 3 

Assistance 22 

Liberal  Arts  in  Business  Certificate 155 

Libraries Front 

Library  and  Information  Services.  College  of 

(Graduate  program)  77 

Life  Sciences,  College  of  (LFSC) 77 

Life  Sciences.  College  of.  Departments  and  Curricula 

Biological  Sciences  Program 89 

Botany  (BOTN) 90 

Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (CHEM). 

(BCHM) 91 

Entomology  (ENTM) 105 

Microbiology  (MICB) 131 

Zoology  (ZOOL)  146 

Limited  Enrollment  Majors 3 

Linguistics.  Department  of  (LING) 126 

Loans;  see  Financial  aid 


M 


Maiors  40 

Choosing 32 

Second 46 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies 107 

Management  and  Organization  Curnculum 

(BMGT)   65 

Management  Science  and  Statistics  Curriculum 

(BMGT)  65 

Mandatory  Fees 13 

Marketing  Curriculum  (BMGT) 65 

Marking  System  and  Record  Notations 32 

Maryland  English  Institute  (UMEI) 60 

Fees 14 

Maryland  Higher  Education  Commission 

Transfer  Policies 8 

Malenals  Engineering  (ENMA) 126 

Mathematics,  Department  ol  (MATH) 128 

Mathematics  Education  98 

Mathematics  Education,  Center  lor  (EDUC) 70 

Measurement,  Statistics  and  Evaluation. 

Department  of  (EDMS) 129 

Mechanical  Engineenng.  Department  ol 

(ENME)  130 


Medical  and  Research  Technology. 

Preprolessional  program 151 

Medicine,  Preprolessional  program 152 

Merit-Based  Scholarships,  see  Financial  Aid 

Meteorology,  Department  ol  (METO)  131 

Microbiology  ,  Department  ol  (MICB)  131 

Military  Call-up  14 

Minorities  in  the  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

Center  lor 61 

Minorities  in  Science  and  Engineering,  Center 

lor  61 

Minority  Student  Admission  6 

Minority  Student  Education,  Office  of  (OMSE)  26 

Modified  Rolling  Admissions  Plan 2 

Motor  Vehicle  Administration  (MVA).  See  Parking. 
Music.  Department  ol  (MUSC).  (MUED). 

(MUSP)  131 

Music  Education  (MUED)  96 

N 

NCAA  Eligibility  and  Requirements 25 

Natural  Resources  Management  Program 132 

National  Student  Exchange  (NSE)  23 

News  Editorial  Sequence 76 

Nineteenth  Century  Music.  Center  for  Studies  in 60 

Non-Accredited/Non-Approved  Maryland  High 

Schools 3 

Non-Applicable  Course 33 

Non-Degree  Students 6 

Non-discrimination.  Policies  on Front 

Nuclear  Engineenng  (ENNU) 127 

Nursing,  Preprolessional  program 152 

O 

Off-campus  Courses 30 

Transfer  of  Credit 34 

Office  of  Laboratory  Expenences  (EDUC) 69 

Optometry.  Preprolessional  Program 153 

Orientation  Office 26 

Orientation  Programs 3 

Fees 13 

Ornamental  Horticulture  Program 56 

Osteopathic  Medicine.  Preprolessional  Program     153 

P 

Parent  Consultation  and  Child  Evaluation  Service    23 

Parking.  Department  of  Campus  26 

Part-time  Employment;  see  Financial  Aid 

Pass-Fail 32 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations  Curnculum 133 

Pharmacy,  Preprolessional  Program 153 

Phi  Beta  Kappa.  Election  Cnlena   39 

Philosophy.  Department  of  (PHIL) 133 

Physical  Education  (PHED) 124 

Physical  Sciences  Program 134 

Physical  Therapy.  Preprolessional  Program  154 

Physics.  Department  of  (PHYS) 134 

Physics  Education  99 

Plagiansm 40 

Plant  and  Wildlife  Resource  Management  133 

Podialnc  Medicine.  Preprolessional  Program 154 

Policies.  Student.  Summary 271 

Policy.  Planning  and  Administration.  Education 

(EDPA) 102 

Policy  Statement  Front 

Political  Participation  and  Leadership.  Center  for    .61 
Portuguese;  see  Spanish  and  Portuguese 

Poultry  Science.  Department  ol 85 

Pre-Law  112 

Preprolessional  Programs  and  Options  6.  149 

Dental  Hygiene  1 50 

Dentistry  150 

Law 151 

Medical  and  Research  Technology  ...         151 
Medicine  152 

Nursing 152 

Optometry  153 

Osteopathic  Medicine  1 53 

Pharmacy  1 53 

Physical  Therapy  153 

Podiatnc  Medicine  1 54 

President.  Office  of  the  19 

Pnvacy.see  University  Policy  on  Disclosure  o< 

Student  Records 
Production  Management  Option  (BMGT)  155 


295 


Proficiency  Examination  Programs 33 

Advanced  Placement  (AP)  3.  4-5.  33 

College-Level  Examination  Program 

(CLEP)  34.35 

Departmental  Proficiency  Examinations 

Credit-By-Examination 33 

Programs  of  Study.  Undergraduate 

Psychology.  Department  of  (PSYC)  135 

Public  Affairs  (PUAF).  School  of  (Graduate 

Program)   78 

Public  Relations  Sequence 76 

Public  Sector  Employment  Option 112 

R 

Radio-Television-Film  (RTVF) 136 

Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory;  see  Learning 
Assistance  Center 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement 1 1 

Records  and  Registrations.  Office  of 26 

Recreation.  Department  of  (RECR) 137 

Recreation  Services 26 

Refund  of  Fees 14 

Regents.  Board  of 236 

Registration 29 

Drop  Period 29 

Schedule  Ad|ustment  Period 29 

Regulations  and  Requirements,  Academic 29 

Religious  Holidays.  Examinations  on 31 

Religious  Programs 27 

Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies.  Center  for 60 

Repeat  Policies 33 

Research  at  College  Park Front 

Residency  Requirement  (Final  Thirty-Hour  Rule)  ...37 

Resident  Life 27 

Resource  Economics  Option 84 

Retention  Requirements 34 

Returning  Students 6 

ROTC  Program;  see  Air  Force 

Romance  Languages  Program 109.  137 

Russian  Area  Studies  Program  138 

Russian  Language  and  Literature 112 

s 

SAT  Scores 1 .  2 

Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for  Financial  Aid  ...  17 

Satisfactory  Performance.  Academic 36 

Schedule  of  Classes Front 

Schedule  Adjustment  Period 29 

Scholarships;  see  Financial  Aid 
Schools;  see  under  individual  names,  e.g.. 
Architecture.  School  of 

Science  Education 99 

Science  Teaching  Center  (EDUC) 70 

Second  Degrees 

Taken  Sequentially 37 

Taken  Simultaneously 37 

Second  Major 37 

Secondary  Education 97 

Secretarial  Education 121 


Section  504  Compliance  Statement  (non- 
discrimination policy  handicapped  persons)     Front 
Selective  Maprs,  see  Limited  Enrollment  Majors 
Semester  Academic  Honors  (Deans  List)  36 

Severely  Handicapped  Option  1 4 1 

Sexual  Harassment  Policy  and  Procedures  275 

Shuttle  Bus  System 22 

Smoking  Policy  and  Guidelines  284 

Social  Studies  Education 100 

Sociology.  Department  of  (SOCY) 138 

Soil  Science  Curriculum 84 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and 
Literatures.  Department  of  (SPAN).  (PORT)       137 

Special  Admissions  Options 2 

Special  Education.  Department  of  (EDSP) 140 

Speech/English  Education 100 

Speech  Communication  (SPCH) 142 

Stamp  Student  Union 27 

Standardized  Test  Scores 1 

State  Central  Collections  Unit  (SCCU) 12 

Statistics  and  Probability  (STAT) 129 

Statistics  Option  (BMGT) 65 

Statute  of  Limitations  for  Termination  of  Degree 

Programs 285 

Student  Affairs,  Office  of 19 

Student  Conduct  Code  276 

Student  Financial  Aid.  Office  of 14.  24 

Student  Services  Office  (EDUC) 69 

Student  Residency  Classification  Policy 286 

Student  Teaching 69 

Study  Abroad  Office 24 

Study  Abroad  Programs  148 

Summer  Enrollment  for  High  School  Students 3 

Summer  Programs 20 

Survey  Research  Center 62 

Systems  Research  Center 73 

T 

TOEFL,  International  Students 7 

Talent  Search  Program 28 

Telephone  Numbers Front 

Testing,  Research,  and  Data  Processing  Unit 23 

Textbooks;  see  University  Book  Center 
Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising 

(TEXT) 142 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics, 

Department  of  (TXCE)  142 

Theatre  (THET) 144 

Theatre/English  Education 100 

Thirty-Hour  Rule,  Final 37 

Title  IX  Compliance  Statement Front 

Transcript  Notations 33 

Transfer  Admissions 7 

Community  College 7 

Credits 7.34 

Criteria 7 

Maryland  Colleges 7 

State  Policies 8 

University  of  Maryland  System 7 

Transfer  Policies,  Maryland  Higher 
Education  Commission 8 


Transportation,  Business  and  Public  Policy 
Curriculum  (BMGT)  145 

Tuition,  Determination  ol  In-stale  Status 11.  286 

Tuition  and  Fees 12 

Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Curriculum  84 

Turfgrass  Management  Program 56 

Tutoring  28 

u 

USP;  see  University  Studies  Program 
UMponum,  see  University  Book  Center 

Undergraduate  Admissions,  Office  of 21 

Undergraduate  Advising  Center 20 

Undergraduate  Catalog;  see  Information 

Undergraduate  Certificates 154 

Undergraduate  Credit  Requirements  for 

Graduate-Level  Courses 30 

Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study Front 

Undergraduate  Studies.  Administrative  Dean 147 

University  Book  Center 28 

University  Credentials  Service 69 

University  of  Maryland,  History  of Front 

University  of  Maryland  System  Administration 236 

University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student 

Records 282 

University  Policy  Statement Front 

University  Studies  Program  (USP) 48 

Unsatisfactory  Performance 36 

Upward  Bound  Program 28 

Urban  Geography  and  Regional  Development 110 

Urban  Studies.  Institute  lor  (URBS) 145 

V 

Vehicle  Registration;  see  Parking 
Veterans 

Admission 6 

Benefits 30 

Veterinary  Medicine-Agriculture,  Combined 

Degree 55 

Virginia-Maryland  Regional  College  of 

Veterinary  Medicine,  Maryland  Campus 55 

Vocational-Industrial  Certification 123 

Vocational-Technical  Education 123 

Volunteer  Service 23 

w 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 14,  29 

Withdrawal  from  courses 29 

Women's  Studies  Certificate 155 

Women's  Studies  Program  (WMST) 146 

Work-Study;  see  Financial  Aid 

Writing  Center 105 

Y 

Young  Children,  Center  for  (EDUC) 70 

z 

Zoology,  Department  of  (ZOOL) 146 


BUILDING  DIRECTORY 


102 

Agriculture  Shed  I-5 

024 

Allegheny  Residence  Hall  C-4 

104 

Animal  Science  Annex  lb 

142 

Animal  Science  Bldg  I-5 

103 

Animal  Science  Service  Bldg  I  5 

060 

Anne  Arundel  Residence  Hall  G-3 

156 

Apiary  J  3 

145 

Architecture  Bldg  F-2 

146 

An -Sociology  Bldg  F-2 

002 

Asphalt  Institute  H-6 

005 

Asphalt  Institute  Garage  H-6 

016 

Baltimore  Residence  Hall  0-3 

008 

Bel  Air  Residence  Hall  J-F 

143 

Benjamin  Bldg.  G-3 

119 

Blacksmith  Shop  I-5 

235,  236. 

300-307  Byrd  Stadium  Blags  I  3 

177 

Byrd  Stadium  South  Bldg.  H-3 

178 

Byrd  Stadium  North  Bldg  H-3 

161 

Byrd  Stadium  Field  House  H-3 

302 

Byrd  Stadium  Press  Box  I  -3 

160 

Byrd  Stadium  Concession  Bldg.  I-4 

015 

Calvert  Residence  Hall  0-3 

006 

Cambridge  Residence  Hall  I-4 

343 

Campus  Mail  Facility  F-6 

070 

Caroline  Residence  Hall  E-3 

065 

Carroll  Residence  Hall  E-3 

110 

Came  Bom  I-5 

017 

Cecal  Residence  Hall  0-4 

345 

Center  ol  Adult  Education  G-2 

067 

Cen.  Animal  Resources  Fac.  I-6 

001 

Central  Healing  Plant  0-6 

206 

Control  Receiving  Warehouse  B-7 

098 

Centrevtlle  Residence  Hall  J-5 

025 

Charles  Residence  Hall  C-4 

090 

Chem.  and  Nudear  Engineering  Bldg.  H  5 

091 

Chemistry  Bldg.  G-5 

121 

Chestertown  Residence  Hall  J-4 

106 

Classroom  Bldg.  H-6 

162 

Cole  Student  Activities  Bldg.  H-3 

224 

Computer  and  Space  Science  Bldg.  I -4 

122 

Cumbenana  Residence  Hall  J-4 

107 

Dairy  Science  Annex  I-5 

105 

Dairy  Science  Bldg.  I-6 

079 

Dairy  Sales  Room  E-5 

252 

Oenton  Residence  Hall  J-3 

097 

Dining  Hall  (Cambridge)  J-4 

251 

Dining  Hall  (Oenton)  K-3 

026 

Olnlng  Hall  (South  Campus)  E-3 

257 

Dining  Hall  (Elllcott)  J-4 

064 

Dorchester  Residence  Hall  G-3 

229 

East  Poultry  Laboratory  I -4 

253 

Easton  Residence  Hall  K-3 

066 

Education  Annex  West  E-3 

254 

Elkton  Residence  Hall  J-3 

256 

Elllcott  Residence  Hall  J-3 

223 

Energy  Research  Facility  I -6 

088 

Engineering  Classroom  Bldg.  G-5 

089 

Engineering  Laboratory  Bldg.  G-5 

093 

Engineering  Research  Bldg.  H-6 

018 

Environmental  Safety  Office  Bldg.  B-5 

344 

Environmental  Service  Facility  K-5 

007 

Fire  and  Rescue  Institute  C-5 

158 

Football  Bldg.  H-3 

048 

Fronds  Scon  Key  Hall  E-4 

126-139 

Fraternity/Sorority  Houses  C-6 

029 

Frederick  Residence  Hall  C-4 

031 

Garrett  Residence  Hall  0-3 

299 

Gate  House  F-6 

237 

Geology  Bldg.  G-4 

166 

Golf  Course  Clubhouse  J-2 

002 

Greenhouses  (Harrison  Lab)  E-6 

124 

Grounds  Operations  and  Main.  Fac  K-5 

258 

Hagerstown  Residence  Hall  J-3 

014 

Harford  Residence  Hall  D-4 

002 

Harrison  Lab.  E-6 

140 

Health  Center  G-3 

074 

Holzaptel  Hall  (Horticulture)  F-4 

147 

Homboke  Library  (Undergraduate)  G-4 

108 

Horse  Bam  I-5 

112 

Hospital  Barn  I-5 

026 

Howard  Residence  Hall  D  3 

033 

Inst  of  Applied  Agrlc.  Annex  1-6 

085 

Inst,  for  Physical  Sdences  and  Tech.  15 

045 

Instructional  Television  Facility  G-5 

034 

Jimenez  Hall  G-3 

059 

Journalism  Bldg.  F-3 

227 

Jull  Hall  1-4 

022 

Kent  Residence  Hall  0-4 

027 

Knox  Rd.  Office  Bldg.  East  C-4 

117 

Knox  Rd.  Ollice  Bldg.  West  C-4 

038 

LeFrok  Hall  E-3 

259 

LaPleta  Residence  Hall  J-4 

071 

Lee  Bldg.  (South  Administration  Bldg.)  E-4 

250 

Leonardtown  Community  Center  B-6 

238-249 

Leonardtown  Housing  B-6 

201 

Leonardtown  Ollice  Bldg.  B-6 

260-285 

Lord  Calvert  Apartments  B  3 

077 

Main  Administration  E-4 

046 

Marie  Mount  Hall  E-4 

084 

Mathematics  Bldg.  G-5 

035 

McKeldln  Library  F-3 

009 

Memorial  Chapel  E-4 

231 

Microbiology  Bldg.  G-4 

232 

Mill  Bldg.  G-4 

052 

Mitchell  Bldg.  (North  Admin.  Bldg.)  F-5 

094 

Paint  Branch  Drive  Office  Annex,  H-6 

179 

Parking  Garage  #1  H-3 

073 

H.J.  Patterson  Hall  G-4 

083 

J.M.  Patterson  Bldg.  H-5 

255 

Phys.  Ed„  Recreation  and  Health  Bldg.  J-5 

100 

Physics  and  Astronomy  Res.  Facility  E-6 

082 

Physics  Bldg.  G-5 

006 

Plant  Operations  and  Main.  Shops  D-6 

101 

Plant  Operations  and  Main.  Shops  E-6 

216 

Plant  Operations  and  Main.  Shops  D-6 

217 

Plant  Operations  and  Main.  Shops  D-6 

328 

Plant  Oper.  &  Main.  Veh.  Storage  Bldg.  K-5 

050 

Plant  Oper.,  Main.  &  Equip.  Storage  K-5 

113 

Police  Substation  C-3 

181-191 

Poultry  Shelters  and  Storage  Bldgs.  1-4 

054 

Preinkert  Field  House  F-3 

164 

President's  Residence  1-2 

021 

Prince  Georges  Residence  Hall  D-4 

061 

Queen  Anne's  Residence  Hall  F-3 

078 

Reckord  Armory  E-5 

334-341 

Relocatable  Bldgs.  1-6 

004 

Ritchie  Coliseum  0-5 

080 

Rossborough  Inn  E-5 

019 

Satellite  Central  Utilities  Bldg.  C-4 

003 

Service  Bldg.  (Police)  0-5 

109 

Sheep  Bam  1-5 

159 

Shipley  Field  House  (Baseball)  H-4 

037 

Shoemaker  Bldg.  E-3 

075 

Shriver  Lab.  F-4 

013 

Shuttle  Bus  Facility  E-6 

044 

Skinner  Bldg.  E-4 

044 

Somerset  Residence  Hall  F-3 

1 70-1  76 

Sorority  Houses  B-5 

062 

St.  Mary's  Residence  Hall  G-3 

163 

Stamp  Student  Union  Bldg.  G-4 

118 

Swine  Bam  K-5 

076 

Symons  Hall  F-4 

030 

Talbot  Residence  Hall  D-4 

043 

Taliaferro  Hall  E-4 

141 

Tawes  Fine  Arts  Bldg.  G-3 

321-322 

Temporary  Bldgs.  1-5 

053 

Temporary  Classroom  Bldg.  AA  D-3 

058 

Temporary  Classroom  Bdlg.  EE  D-3 

079 

Turner  Laboratory  (Dairy)  E-5 

042 

Tydlngs  Hall  E-3 

286-292 

University  Hills  Apartments  G-1 

005 

University  Press,  Plant  Operations  and  Maintenance  Shops  E-6 

023 

Washington  Residence  Hall  C-4 

228 

West  Poultry  Laboratory  l-4 

069 

Wicomico  Residence  Hall  E-3 

081 

Wind  Tunnel  Bldg.  G-6 

047 

Woods  Residence  Hall  E-4 

051 

Worcester  Residence  Hall  F-3 

144 

Zoology -Psychology  Bldg.  H-4 

[HIRD  CLASS  BULK 
Non-profil  Organization 

U  S.  i' 

PAID 
Permil  No 

.  Park.MD 


M 

Hisffluau 


OlA  (  Rl  \ll\l  5ERV1<  l-